Suboxone Withdrawal Symptoms – Sweating, Headache, Nausea, Insomnia, Anxiety, Pain…
82
Why does Suboxone cause withdrawal? What circumstances cause these withdrawal pains and what are the symptoms of a buprenorphine withdrawal?
Why Does Suboxone Produce Opiate Type Withdrawal Symptoms?
Suboxone contains buprenorphine, and buprenorphine is an opiate – and like all opiates, buprenorphine will cause withdrawal pains when you try to stop taking it. Fortunately, because buprenorphine is a short acting and only partially activating opiate, the withdrawal pains induced are less severe than for drugs like heroin or oxycontin, and far less severe than for long lasting methadone.
When Will a User of Suboxone Experience Opiate Withdrawal?
With most opiates, this question is answered quite easily – if you stop taking the drug, you will feel the withdrawal; but Suboxone is a little more complex than that, and there are several scenarios that may induce some degree of withdrawal discomfort.
1 If you try to shoot Suboxone
Suboxone contains 2 active medications, buprenorphine and naloxone. Buprenorphine is the opiate and naloxone is an opiate blocker.
If you take the medication as directed (under the tongue) the naloxone is barely absorbed, and has very little effect, allowing you to feel the effects of the buprenorphine.
If you shoot or snort the medication, then the nalexone is fully absorbed, and blocks all of the effects of the buprenorphine (and any other opiate you might try to take) and you would go into immediate and full withdrawal.
The naloxone is added to Suboxone to make it harder to abuse, so if you do try and abuse the medication, you will feel withdrawal.
2 If you take Suboxone while high on opiates.
Before you take your first dose of Suboxone, you will be asked to stay clean for a certain length of time – long enough for you to start feeling the first effects of opiate withdrawal.
You are asked to do this to ensure that the Suboxone works as it should and does not cause you to go into a fuller withdrawal.
Buprenorphine (the opiate in Suboxone) is only a partial opiate agonist. What this means is that although it activates the same opiate receptors in the brain as drugs like heroin or other opiates, it is only able to activate them a little bit.
Buprenorphine has a high affinity for these opiate receptors in the brain. What this means is that if your opiate receptors are filled with pleasure causing drugs like oxycontin and you take buprenorphine, the buprenorphine will displace the other opiates in the receptors in the brain.
So – if you are high and you take Suboxone, the buprenorphine will bump out any other opiates, but since it is only a partial agonist, it can’t activate these opiate receptors as completely.
So – what happens is that you get an immediate loss in opiate receptor activation, and it is this loss in opiate receptor activation that causes the body to go into opiate withdrawal.
3 – If you take Suboxone while very physically dependent on opiates
Suboxone is said to have a ceiling effect. That is, it will work very well up to a certain point, but after that point, it can't really work any more.
Some people with heavy addictions won’t find that buprenorphine can give them enough relief from withdrawal symptoms. These people will likely need to start with methadone instead.
Likewise, although people can transfer over from methadone to buprenorphine, they must be down to about 30 mg a day before they can transfer to Suboxone and not feel withdrawal discomforts.
4 – When (if) you try to stop taking Suboxone
After finding your stabilization dosage, you can maintain on the medication indefinitely, and as long as you take your meds each day, never feel withdrawal.
If you decide to taper down and get off, you will feel some withdrawal discomfort. The longer the tapering down period, the easier the transition should be, and a 30 week taper is often recommended. When you do finally jump off completely though, you will likely feel some withdrawal.
Suboxone Withdrawal Symotoms?
The severity of withdrawal symptoms experienced will vary, but these symptoms are less intense than for methadone or other opiates.
Symptoms of Suboxone withdrawal can include:
- Yawning
- Sweating
- Nausea
- Vomiting
- Diarrhea
- Pain
- Leg restlessness
- Irritability
- Anxiety
- Cold or flu symptoms
- Insomnia
These symptoms will peak in intensity after about 2 days, and should be diminished after about 5 days, although most people will feel lingering withdrawal pains for a couple of weeks or more after stopping.
- Treatment Site
- SAMHSA buprenorphine site
The US govt.'s info site on buprenorphine.
vote upvote downshareprintflag
- Useful (180)
- Funny (29)
- Awesome (36)
- Beautiful (20)
- Interesting (9)
CommentsLoading...
2mg wont be enough. Take 8 mg at least. Normal prescriptions are for 16 mg but i found that after using for 3 years that 8mg of suboxone was enough.
I've been on subs for two years now and it is the best overall substitute for opiate dependence in my opinion. 300 milis of oxycontin is alot so you probably want to take the max dosage allowed by your physician. i was on 120 milis of methadone for 1 year before I switched to subs and let me tell you i went about switching all wrong because of my lack of knowledge about the drug. inquiring like you are doing is a good thing and will spare you the misery that i went through.
like
i
sorry i submitted the comment to early...
Anyway......Like I mentioned before I was on 120 milis of methadone for 1 year before I switched. What I did wrong was that I didn't taper down to below 40 mgs a day befor I took 16 mg. I would personally ignore the below 40mgs and taper down to at least 10mgs a day, now in your case the oxycontin has a half lfe of 12 hours and methadone has one of 32 hours. What a half life means is that it takes oxycontin 12 hours for half of the amount you are taking to leave your body. So if you were totally clean and you took 100 mgs of oxy, 12 hours later your body still has 50 mgs left in it to get rid of, and vice-versa with the meth(16 hours). Now this does not include the amount that you have taken before. How it works is if you religously take 100mgs a day of oxy at 1200am..... at noon time you have 50mgs still in you. Now the "kicker" is if you like the way it feels and you take another 100mgs at noon at midnight of the following day you will now have 100mgs still in your body. now lets say you take another 100mgs 12 hours later you will now have 150 mgs still in your body. This is were your tolerance comes from. So you can easily see how much shit we still have in our systems to clear even if we didn't take anything even for two days..So in your case I would wait until you are smack dead in the middle of withdrawl to start your regiment. If you dont the buprenorphine (the opiate) and the narcan(the opiate blocker) in the subs will knock all of the residual opiates right off your receptors and put you in ,what they call precipitated withdrawl. In my case I didn;t listen and 1 hour after I had taken the subs, I could feel the opiates being knocked off my receptors like a racked set of pool balls being broken with the cue ball. It felt like a rushing wave of icewater swept through my brain and down my spine all the way to the tips of my extremities. I was so sick for 5 days that I thought I needed to go to the hospital. Now the even shittier part about it was that I couldnt take any opiates to make me feel better because of the opiate blocker. I was stuck like that.... like it or not. So don't do what I did so stupidly. Take the subs when you can just barely stand the withdrawl anymore. This way it will work more efficiently and will give you relief in about an hour not 7 days.....good luck
I went into percipitated withdrawal once also. It is the worst thing in the world. I called the suboxone hotline and they told me to go back on my opiates and try again in a few days. I tried adain in about 6 months. I did it the right way this time. If taken correctly it really works. And I was snorting about 880mgs at least everyday. You should wait til you are in pretty hard withdrawal and then when you tske 8mgs your withdrawal will go almost all away in about a half hour. The only problem is I have been clean for 4 months and I am really scared of getting off the suboxone. Withdrawal is what always makes me weak enough to relaps. I am so happy to be clean. I was a hard core oxy user for years, Does anyone have any suggestions for me?
I was a heavy opiate user (heroin and 80's) for about 2 years. I was arrested and put in jail for a little bit. At that time i was just using heroin, I detoxed in jail for about 5 days then the symtoms begain to subside. When i was realesed I stayed clean for about 30 days but I knew that I wanted to get high from 0 tolerance. The next chance I got to use heroin I did, so again I became a heavy user switching between the dope and oxy 80's. I used heavy for about 10 strait montsh then I became so broke that I began buying suboxone off the street, starting at about 8mg a day and working myslef down to about 2 mg a day over a month period. I began to experience flue like symptoms while using the 2 mg a day and a couple days later was hospitalized and was diagnosed with various different serious illnesess. I stoped using the suboxone while I was in the hospital for two days, when I was released I used 1 mg to help me sleep one night. After that last night using the 1 mg of suboxone I stopped the the suboxone completely. I am now on day 12 of the suboxone detox and it is less painfull than the heroin detox but more drawn out. It took me about 9 or 10 days to get over the worst of the effects, where as just kicking heroin took only about 5 days but it was way more painful (Expecialy in jail). I now have no urge to use from 0 tolerance and am still recovering. I figure most if not all of the withdrawl symptoms will be gone after 30 days or so, maybe more. So in my experience heroin withdrawl is more painful, it just takes less time than suboxone withdrawl. I do not think I would have made the choise to get clean if it were not for the suboxone it did help me get off the dope and the bupe, I just want people to know that it can work, but the withdrawl prosess will be long and drawn out.
I am just starting my wean off suboxone..Iwent intl a detox facility b/c of roxy's and anything else I could get my hands on.(this has been over 8 years) I'm 30! Anyway I supposedly was detoxed in a 600 dollar a night place, but when I left I woke up the next day ready to jump off a bridge!! I went to my doctor and he saw i was in full on withdrawl and so gave me a script for suboxone. It saved me....It took away all the pains but did not give me a high. I have been on it for 4 months and am just about ready to get off. Idid not have any problems with it counteracting with anything else. I will say though, that you need not bother getting anything once you're on the suboxone b/c you really don't get any affects like you usually would, so It just makes it a waste of money!! It is all good if you are ready...if you are not, then wait!!! gud luck!!!
Listen you guys, I'm 24, I was an oxy and heroin abuser for over 3 years...Did about 3-4 oxy 80's a day, and a bundle of dope on other days..I went on suboxone, and ended up being on it for the next 2 years..Suboxone is a crutch, and it is a miracle drug for sure, but what doctors don't tell you is that you really shouldn't be on it for more than 6 months. It's Nov. 24 2008, I just stopped taking Suboxone 8 days ago, and it was a very bad week of withdrawals....Not as bad as Oxy's or H though....I was tapered down even to 2 mg a day for months leading up to when I stopped...I've been hurting though, still am, but I think more clearly about things now and I already feel like a new person..I wasn't myself on oxy's or H, and I'm sure I wasn't either on Suboxone...My advice to all, would be to use Suboxone only to give yourself enough time to get away from the people and places where you used to use, After you stabliize for a couple months or so, taper down the dose 50%-75% every week or two until you get to 2 mg a day....and then do 2mg a day for about 2-4 weeks....and then just cold turkey it. I'm serious, tell your family, tell your friends, they will support you I promise...And take a week or so for yourself to get through the withdrawals of Suboxone. I'm 8 days in, and I was bed ridden for the first 6 days, and the last 2 days I get these crazy cold sweats, not so much the aches and pains anymore, but sweats...I think the shit is making its last stand on me, but your will has to be outstanding...All you have to do, is think about all the things you used to love in you're life, and how you want them all back...Good luck to everyone, don't do what I did and use Suboxone as a crutch for years...I'm not religious, but I pray for those who are just like I was.
Hi my name is David, i was eatin about 20 to 30 10mg lortabs a day, all i can say is dont wait till your 42 to get off, it can easily kill you, young people have a much easier time, i take suboxone 8-2- and it was a miracle pill from day one, im clean now for 4 months, and i also get a little freeky if i think im going to half to stop, i dont think you half to , its up to the individual, some people may just want to be comepletely drug free, but im not going to take the chance, not right now anyway and quit what literaly saved my life, i thout every breath would be my last, but when they gave me the symboxone, 2 times a day under the toung, i was set free, so to each his own, i just know the pill works.
Good luck to all
I have been taking 8 mgs, I guess, 3 times a day for two years. Yeah, 24 a day because I have pain issues. The only dirty UA's I have had is when I spilled my thyroid meds, scooped them up, and got a few of my boyfriends penobarbitals mixed in. I mean, who gets high on phenos? Not me. Problem is, last week I took my Subs in my pack because a friend's daughter was staying here and I didn't totally trust her. I lost them. My Doc is out until Monday and it is Wednesday. By Friday night I was looking for anything and all I could find was black, so I snorted a cotton. Didn't get high, but not sick anymore. The next day I was able to borrow enough subs to get through, Of course, at my scheduled Doc appointment he UAed me. I lied and said I didn't use, but I am going to tell the truth to my counseler next week. But, the withdrawals were brutal! My Doc has to know that, doesn't he? He's an alcoholic. I've been clean for two years and I really do not want to go to out-patient treatment again. Hell. I was clean 13 years and a drug and alcohol counseler myself. He should understand..do ya think? But, addicts lie, so why should he believe me, right? I thought maybe I could have my counseler call him.
I have been takin 8 mgs, I guess, 3 times a day for two years. Yeah, 24 a day because I have pain issues. The only dirty UA's I have had is when I spilled my thyroid meds, scooped them up, and got a few of my boyfriends penpbarbitals mixed in. I mean, who gets high on phenos? Not me. Problem is, last week I took my Subs in my pack because a friend's daughter was staying here and I didn't totally trust her. I lost them. My Doc is out until Monday and it is Wednesday. By Friday night I was looking for anything and all I could find was black, so I snorted a cotton. Didn;t get high, but not sick anymore. The next day I was able to borrow enough subs to get through, Of course, at my scheduled Doc appointment he UAed me. I lyed and said I didn't use, but I am going to tell the truth to my couselor next week. But, the withdrawals were brutal! My Doc has to know that, doesn't he? He's an alcoholic. I've been clean for two years and I really do not want to go to out-patient treatment again. Hell. I was clean 13 years and a drug and alcohol couselor myself. He should understand..do ya think?
I was abusing opiates for like 4 years, worked in a hair salon where vicodin and oxycontin were literally sold in our salon, by other salon workers. Needless to say, my addiction got so bad I really couldn't manage my life anymore. Every bit of money went to my dealers (well, at the time "friends'), and that's obviously not the worst of it. Eventually, by March of this past year, I was taking almost 500-800 mgs of oxy a day. Snorting. If I had no other choice but to take vicodin, it basically did nothing unless I took 15 to 20 and at least I wouldn't feel sick, but no high really. I am a guy, about 5' 7" and I was literally down to like 110 lbs, no lie. It was horrible. So back in March of this year, I ended up one day just not going back to that job. Was in withdrawal, started freaking, and decided to seek help. I ended up in an outpatient drug treatment program. They put me on Suboxone, which obviously saved my life, and I stayed on it for about 8 months. Towards the end, my insurance stopped covering the program, they dropped me because I couldn't afford treatment, and I decided that I just wanted to get off the meds. Now, what I did, was this: I had a script for 90 subs which was enough for one month of my normal three 8mgs per day. However, during the time in program, I was eventually only taking one or two per day because I felt completely fine from taking one. Also, I was, after time, starting to feel SLIGHTLY euphoric from three subs (two morning, one night). So, in a way, I had prepared myself for this experience.I actually made that script of 90 last for over three months, in the end, I was literally just scraping little pieces off, so one pill was lasting over 4 days. Redonculous, right? I mean, as soon as I would take that TINY piece, I was completely fine. What I began to notice, was that every morning when I woke up, I was already starting to feel the withdrawal. Legs hurt, chills, moody, etc. I assumed that if I just continued to take the little piece every morning that eventually, my body would adjust. Logically, this is true. In reality, I was taking little pieces for OVER A MONTH, no signs of the withdrawal subsiding, until two weeks ago today, I had no more sub. I decided, and braced myself for the events that were to come. The withdrawal was, in fact, pretty bad. Not nearly as bad as the withdrawal from oxy's, obviously, but was still bad enough that I was literally out of work, unable to even get out of bed for longer than ten minutes at a time. Granted, I was NOT sleeping, just rocking back and forth and kicking. The leg pain, for me, was intolerable, did not let up enough to let me sleep. I know this is a long post, but really this is what I wanted to say:It was, in fact, an intense withdrawal, something I would like to never have to do again. Ever. The absolute fact of the matter is that Suboxone withdrawal may be milder than oxy's or other opiates, but it is most certainly LONGER of a withdrawal. Like I said, today is day 14 - two weeks exactly. Though I can now sit through work, and can go about every day, I still have extreme sensitivity to cold, mild chills, mild leg aches, and I'm still running for the bathroom at least 3-4 times a day with diarrea. But I am starting to feel like a normal human being and I am truly thankful. I have not even the slightest desire to use, in fact, it completely turns me off altogether, thinking about what I just went through.What I personally stand advocate for is that when going on Suboxone, you need to find the RIGHT treatment program for your needs. It needs to be more than a Dr. prescribing you Suboxone and sending you home. Drug counseling is a must, and group therapy with other addicts is STRONGLY recommended. These two things gave me (if nothing else) the tools or at least strength and support to suffer through over two weeks of withdrawal and to finally actually know how to live a life of sobriety. None of us opiate addicts will ever be anything less than instant gratification seekers, and, unfortunately, with opiate addiction, there is NO EASY WAY OUT. But despite all the negative things I have experienced with the program, I do not have any regret, because it is what made me able to say "I just want to be done, and I will not cave in." Without the 8 months in counseling, I would have never gotten through my addiction.::sigh:: Well, that's my story. Should anyone have any questions, need support, or anything else you can reach me via email @ sean_so_sick@yahoo.com.
Good luck, and be well. Stay strong. It is only temporary.Sean
My doctor will only write Suboxone sripts for long-term addicts over 35. I am 55. He says, and I believe it to be so, that all those years of addiction wrecks your endorphin system. I also know this to be true because as a detox couseler. my MA in Human Services, on the streets, as well as personal experience: withdrawals are worse the older you get and totally clean, older addicts have a more difficult time staying clean. Why? Because our bodies have so many more receptors in our brains from the drugs, so now we have more empty receptors crying out to be filled. So, for me, Subs will probably be part of my life-forever. I was totally clean for 13 years, then started using again about 10 years ago. Believe me- the withdrawals I had in my twenties and early thirties were like a bad flu compared to what I went through a couple of years ago. Oh, and only a few close friends in NA know I take the subs, because most people in 12 step programs don't think you are really clean if you take them. I think we all know that you don't get high on subs. You just get to live your life.
I think the original article is wrong in some respects. Sub does not have a short half-life like heroin or pain pills, which are around 3 hours. Sub has a half-life of 37.5 hours and methadone has one of 40 hours. Therefore, sub is very hard to get off of, as I am finding out as I type. My doc put me on maintenance suboxone for a year and a half without good reason, and now I'm having severe withdrawals (on my fifth day) even after tapering as he directed.
Looking around at opiate forums showed me that I was not alone, and that severe, long, drawn-out withdrawal is the norm for long-term users. Sub may be a great drug for a 2 week detox period, but should almost never be used long term. I went through a honeymoon period of four months when I first started sub, but after that wore off, I didn't feel so great. I was treating sub like the opiate it is: I couldn't wait to get off work and take my pill so I felt normal for the evening. I've been struggling to get off this drug ever since. These withdrawals just keep going on and on, and the intensity comes and goes, but can be as bad as when I was taken off I-V dilaudid suddenly after breaking my back and having surgery (I was on it for eleven days).
My doc was completely ignorant, I guess, of the severity and length of w/d symptoms. He always said if we taper, it will be no big deal. Bull!!! I was sick on- and-off the whole time of the taper (two months), and now that I'm off the last tiny dose, I'm sick as sh*t. And mad. I went to this doc originally after a rehab stint to get off alcohol and benzos. I still don't drink or pop pills, but my doc has me addicted to an opiate! Just know that if you get on suboxone long-term, you will either stay on it forever or really pay the price to get off. From what I read on forums, I may feel w/d effects for a couple of years.
I hope everybody makes the right decision. Get informed!
If your feeling withdrawl symptoms for a few YEARS after taking suboxone theres definitly something else doing it. After being on subs for 18 months I wanted to stop. Once I dropped below 8mg's I didnt have that same rush. Once I was down to 4mg's I just felt normal--except I was paying over $400/month for the doc and the script. Today is my 8th day off and I still have chills, sweats, and leg cramps. Also very little energy.
The good part is that the worst is over. The first two days I felt shitty but I could still function--like shoveling snow. The 3rd day got pretty bad with the leg cramps and chills so I took 2 Vicodins which helped but I still felt like shit. The 4th and 5th day were by far the worst for me. So now I just keep telling myself the worst is over and it only gets better. It just threw me off since I was used to herion w/d hitting the next morning. So I was thinking the first two days that this sub detox isnt bad at all. Little did I know subs long halflife doesnt really hit you until the 3rd or 4th day!
I had all the same symtoms of being dope sick just not as bad. Now I'm just yearning for the day I wake up with no chills and I'll be good to go. Good luck all!
my boyfriend was addicted to h for almost all of his grown up life and when i found out he decided he wanted to get off and went to the doctors. they put him on subs and after being on them for about 6 months he is now adicted. He recently lost his job and insurence. Today was the first day he didnt have money to get subs and he is the worst ive ever seen him....I dont know what there is to do to help him...I'm hoping some advice can be provided...PLEASE I'M DESPERATE!!!! I don't want to lose him.
The first two days of my sub w/d, I was doubled-over with stomach pain. I should have been the picture next to the dictionary entry for "all balled up", because that is exactly how I felt. I don't know how I got thru it. Immodium A/D helped the stomach issues. Smoking pot helped a little, but short-term. This is my ninth day off after a year and a half and I'm still sick and can't go to work. Luckily, I was able to borrow some money to pay the mortgage this month. After about the fourth day, I've been trying to move around as much as possible, walking, etc. I was cold all the time, so if it was too cold out, I would take laps around the house like a rainman or something.
i've been taking my meds as directed for approx a year now and just recently and over the holidays misplaced them. well. i also was coming on with a cold too so i was taking my add meds to overcome the flu symtoms. Within several days of not having the subs i began to have severe aches, diarhea like i didn't know was possible and not a wink of sleep. it took me a minute to realize i was in withdrawl but there i was on christmas in a miserable state of affairs. I mean, i felt like my body was falling apart, so you can only imagine when i found my orange capsule how everything was instantly fixed; what a sigh of relief. if i had a scale, i probably would've noticed it was shifting with the consumption of a steady diet of nothing. anyway i didn't even bother telling my doctor about my childish manner of losing chemicals altered specifically for my receptors instead i wandered into the unspeakable territory of sexual tendencies or lack of. he said it could be my testosterone levels and put a shot in me. blood test, he said, thats all! He said he wasn't comfortable with me taking anymore scripts at the time. well at the very least that hurt my feelings and i walked out of there feeling empty inside and discouraged that i either would have to start taking shots once a month or never be able to measure up to the llevel of love from my girlfriend. i don't so much mind having to put pink tablets under my tongue every now and again, it's just embarrassing if i have to go in and get shots once a month for the rest of my life. i remember i was a sexual dinosaur a couple years ago and now this. maybe i can start taking ciallis or something. i'm also in the 12 steps program and am currently taking three different controlled substances-i wonder if i told my sponsor about that if they would really think i was one of them. i mean, i have been taking the etg UA's for the last 9 months now so i'm able to prove i'm not drinking;which is what i thought the steps were all about.
during the time i had the 'FLU" I was also experiencing random nauseau and repeated stints on the bathroom floor dry heaving. i guess this is not that uncommon but the whole insomnia deal was the worst i can remember and if i did decide to come completely off i think that would be my biggest concern. As soon as i got my hands back on my meds i was already day four or five on 0-zzz's and remember how well i slept the following night. Those that weaned off discuss sleep insomnia if it was part of the withdrawl process.
I'm sorry you had to sample the withdrawals of suboxone, they just keep going on and on because of the drug's long half-life. I'm on Day 11 of 0mg and still unable to go to work. I'm slowly improving, though, and promised to work Sat and Sun (the day after tomorrow). I force myself to do housework and take a walk, but it really knocks me out physically, yet I can't sleep well. Insomnia is definitely a w/d symptom.
The first time my doc tapered me to 0mg (way too fast, from 4mg), I suffered for a couple of days and then called him. He said to take more sub and we'll taper more slowly. After taking just 2mg, I felt great later in the day; my body just unwound and relaxed. I then knew how addicted I was to sub.
Your lack of sexual desire may very well be due to the sub also. I know it affected mine greatly. Now that I'm off the drug, the sexual feelings are coming back with gusto even though I'm sick.
This is one of the most inaccurate articles I have ever read.
1) Buprenorphine is both an "activator" and "blocker" of mu-opioid receptors.
2) Naloxone is not orally active, only when shot. It was added to dissaude people from banging the tablets. And it doesn't work the way it's supposed to anyway.
Buprenorphine is a long-acting drug providing pain-relief from anywhere between 6-12hrs. Long acting because it sticks to the opiate receptors and slowly dissociates.
It's now been 16 days off sub and I still feel shitty. The worst is definitly over but I cant believe I still have slight chills, sweating under the arms, and no energy at all over 2 weeks later. This was comming off of less than 1mg. I split a 2mg pill into 4 pieces which even that was hard--thats why I only did that for a week before comming off it completely.
I know everyone is different but I'm only 29, good shape, and mentally prepared knowing I'm done with dope. I just can't figure out why I'm still having slight withdrawl symptoms over 2 weeks later from such a low dose. It has to be out of my body by now right? So why am I still sweating, having chills, and still have the runs!? I'm starting to get frustrated not being able to function after the doc telling me it wont be bad at all and I'll just feel like I have a slight cold for a few DAYS--not weeks. Even walking the dog for 5 minutes takes it out of me!
Hey guys. I had been addicted to any type of pain killer for about two years. I got on suboxone this past christmas. I was taking 24mgs of sub a day for about 3 weeks then i started to try to taper myself off (i honeslty cant afford to go back to the doc and gegt a refill on my script) of them. I have been completely clean for 7 days. The first 4 days were a cake and then came the 5th day. I now have to same pains and sleeplessness that i had trying to get off the pain pills. Like I said this is now my 7th day being clean and i just keep feling worse. How much longer can I expect feeling like this? Any help would be great. Thanks!!!
These doctors and drug companies make me sick. They have no idea. I am down to 2 mgs a day and am about to quit Subs. Reading things like still in withdraw after 16 days doesn't make me very confident. Doctors should inform people what they are getting into. I kick myself for not doing more research before getting on Subs. And when people say the withdrawal is not as bad as heroin or Meth they are evidently wrong. The withdrawal is as bad it is just different and worse much longer lasting. Damn these doctors and drug companies. And damn myself for believing the pill of crap they fed me. So, here goes another two weeks+ of my life wasted on trying to get clean again. Clean from a prescribed medicine that I thought was a drug that was suppose to help me. Curses.
i am so depressed that i cant shake this stuff. i've been on suboxone for 2 years and 9 months all this time i brag to people how im clean. but as you all know our life does get better but now we're addicted to this !!!!im so fed up with this! i am on three 8 mgs a day now the doc i was seeng had me on 4 and a half a day please someone help me get of this alltogether im so serious someone must have a good plan cause god knows im just a soboslave email mikedhrty4@yahoo.com ty ty ty ty ty ty t y
I am finally off the suboxone. I made it 12 days on 0mg in January, but I was still so sick that I gave in and took 4mg. An hour and a half later, I felt great. The next day I got a migraine from restarting the sub. After that, I got so anxious about being back on this drug which I hate that I wanted to die.
I then found ibogaine treatment on the internet and went to Mexico for a week to a treatment center called Pangea Biomedics (formally Ibogaine Assoc). It was a miracle for me. Ibogaine is from a root bark in Africa and it is hallucenagenic, therefore illegal in the US. It is legal in Canada and other countries as well. The ibogaine knocks opiates out of the receptors, and then is converted to noribogaine in the liver, which blocks opiate receptors for a couple of months to allow the addict to get his/her life back together. The psychedelic part helped me deal with past trauma with the help the the therapists there. Google ibogaine and check it out for yourself. It is the ultimate detox.
Suboxone is no miracle drug. I've been on it for nearly 6 months for now, and have made multiple attempts at getting off it. I'm actually in day 3 right now. I won't sleep at all tonight due to restless legs, my stomach is doing what every addict is familiar with, the false pains may or may not come tomorrow. The withdrawal symptoms from suboxone are absolutely no different for me than coming off of opiates themselves. The one good thing about it is its a way cheaper way to avoid withdrawal than buying regular opiates, especially without a script.
I say this not to rain on anyone's parade, but to be blunt and honest about this drug. In the end, you will either need to make a choice to withdrawal or to remain on suboxone as a maintenance drug, which I'm just not willing to do any longer. It is a delayer of the inevitable. While it is very possible to make withdrawal less unpleasant for some, I can only speak of my experience and that of the people I know. The vast majority are still on it.
Just to also provide a little info on the "tapering down" method.......in my case it just doesn't seem to matter. I've tapered down to the point where I can take an 8 mg sub and break it into little pieces and make it last a week. I've been at that point for months. I have made attempts a coming off of opiates directly, suboxone directly, and tapering off of suboxone. The symptoms are exactly the same for me, the same order of occurrence, seemingly same intensity.
Do any of you think that the drug companies WANT you to be able to break dependency? It makes more sense for them to shift what you are dependent on, which is what suboxone does.
Well, it's been a little over a month off the sub now. I feel like I'm about %70. The chills and sweating are pretty much gone, unless I get a bit of anxiety then I'll sweat a little. My hunger came back and I can eat pretty good again. Like others have said, the withdrawls seem very similar to any other opiate. For me the worst symptoms were my legs cramping up, the runs, and no energy.
While I'm slowly getting energy back I still have to push myself to even walk the dog for 10 minutes per day just in the yard. My biggest concern is still having the runs a month later. If I take Immodium I'm fine but I don't want to take it everyday. So the day I take it I'm fine, but then the next day the runs come back.
And I agree with you Angry As Heck, I was mislead by my doctor too. I went to my original doctor after falling off the wagon for 3 months after 6 years clean. I ran into an ex-gf and I figured I was moving out of state in a few months anyway. Horrible mistake. Anyway I go to my doc and ask for a 1 week supply of Sub to help with the WD's. He said I should stay on it for at least a year so the chemicals in my brain can readjust. I figured I would take myself off in a week and just save the rest. Well when I took the Sub I felt great! I mean I went from beginning stages of WD to being peppy and energetic. Of course I didn't stop taking them in a week, which lead to nearly a year and half on sub.
When I moved out of state the only doctors I could find were shrinks. I went from paying $80/visit to $220 visit at this shrink. Plus $400/month for the script. Money aside, I couldnt believe some of the comments this shrink would make. She said I most likely wouldnt even have to take time off from work as it will just feel like a cold, and that most horror stories kicking sub are from people with mental issues. On top of all that she would practiaclly brag to the group how many patients she had lined up at both of her practices. It was sickening. To be honest, that was the main reason I jumped off Sub when I did--she seemed like an absolute quack. Anyway, just wanted to update my situation and wish everyone the best. :)
Subeater, I feel your pain. I stopped two weeks ago to the day and I sit hear sweating under the arms, stomach discomfort (no runs, but not normal either), insomnia. I was only on sub for 4 months, 3 of which were at 2mg from there I tapered to .12 -- not .25, so we're talking breaking a 2mg pill in to 16 pieces. I stayed with each drop for a week to let the hal-life catch up and then jumped. People always say it's not worse than oxy withdrawal, but that gets cancelled out by HOW F'N LONG the F'N withdrawal IS. At least with oxy, you can almost set a watch and know when you'll round the corner -- not so with suboxone. It just keeps giving ans giving. Did you enjoy the neverending insomnia or feeling like natives are stabbing your back with sticks -- that's always pleasant. Suboxone has done its job in some ways -- I never, ever want this hell again. It is a quackfest out there too. People who don't even have a clue of what this feels like just tell you to stay on it for a year or more. Most of them have 'doctor' or 'PhD' in their title -- LOL. It all doesn't matter as I've taken responsibility for everything because the 'professionals' just can't cut it. I'll never give my power over again. If that isn't an incentive to get sober, what is?
Claudius
Does anyone know any kind of medical insurance I can get privately? I live in WA state and I work as a server, so no mediacal from work. I have been on sub for 1.5 years, but never had my own script. My ex does, and he gets enough for both of us, but we broke up 6 months ago. He was still helping me for free, but recently moved out of state. I don't want to go off, my life has been so stable and wonderful since I started taking them. I don't get high (I take 2-3 mgs/day.) I am currently not working because I am going to school full time with a 3.6 GPA. I live in a tiny house and live use my financial aid to barely pay my bills. I don't have kids, so I doubt I could get DSHS to help me... I don't know what to do. My email is shenanins@yahoo.com if anyone has advice that might be helpful for my situation.
i have been on suboxone for 4 years , and i just went 17 days no sleep sweating chills and let say i had to give in and take little 17 days no sleep is totaly impossible to work , so let me tell everyone suboxone is an evil drug and is in my mind impossible to get off unless u can afford not to work i could walk my legs were killing so much , and how can the human body gop 30 days or longer with no sleep , i really dont know what to do because i wanted off the evil drug that was suppose to be the dream drug well truthfully this drug is nothing but a drug company scam and everyone should know the real truth is extremely painful and be prepared to not sleep and to not work or walk so i have to say this drug is a scary addiction not any different than any other opid actually is worst the withdral last over 30 days i had to give in and take 1 milgram so i did loose my job so how do u get off this evil drug sub well plan on no work and no sleep and alot of pain in your legs and sweating for 2 weeks !!!!
Beaner,
I believe you brother. Now on day 24 and I'm still sweating. Anxiety kicked in too. I swear it took over 2 weeks for my pupils to unpin. *insane*.
This drug is the fucking devil.
Period. Make not mistake. I was on methadone for one year 15 years ago and I did a blind detox over 30 days to get off -- it was *nothing*, *nothing* as bad as suboxone. Beaner, taper down as much as you can before you jump and get some Ambien. It will take brute force will or animal instinct to get through this. Pray to God, whatever you have to do, but get off it because it's not going to get better the longer you're on. It amazes me that there are pom pom waving cheerleaders out there pushing this 'treatment'. Suboxone treatment reminds me of A Clockwork Orange.
Claudius.
I just read every single post and I'm really dreading this. I've been on subs for a little more than a year. I'm down to about one 2mg each day, sometimes 2. I can go every other day with just one 2mg. But by day 2 the restless legs sets in and I work a full time job, I cannot be a (non)walking zombie. I'm so upset about this because I'm a f**ing slave to my doctor at $75 a month (which I understand is cheap and my prescription only costs $30). But I can't stand being dependent on this crap.
Has ANYONE tried using Requip to combat the restless legs and sleep problem associated with the withdraw symptoms??? My doc (ironically the same one who scripts me subs) gave me a script for Requip to try out. It gives me very mild nausea, so I stopped taking it. But, I'm thinking I can deal with the mild nausea a lot better than the crazy insomnia and restless legs. Anyone have success or experience with Requip when jumping off subs? Thank you in advance.
dustybug
my GOD this is all so discouraging! now i can see why the one time i did try to get off sub it just kept getting worse and worse. and i only made it to the end of day 3! i wish i had known that was going to likely be one of the worst days. i'm gonna give it a shot again. reading everyone's experiences here is giving me a strength and sense of comradery. i'm down to 2 mg a day (after 2 years), but apparently that isn't really going to make it much easier. i'm going to try skipping every other day to combat that half life somewhat. i'm going to try to check back and update. God bless any of you going thru w/d right now. you are already this far...you can do it!
Getting off is doable, it's just rough. Taper,taper,taper. I'm on day 28 and I regret being so negative in my previous post, but hey, it was a heck of a day. Physically, all major symptoms except for lingering depression (always been there anyway) have gone. The longer you can stretch out the taper the better. Don't take benadryl for restless legs -- it will make it worse, my experience. Get Ambien or Percogesic. Percogesic is an OTC antihistamine / tylenol combo. It has a better antihistamine for sleep then Benadryl, again, my opinion. Clear your calendar for a week if you can. The first three days can't count, you can't trust on day three what 4 through 10 will be like. The symptoms are not violent, they just last a long time. Getting your expectations in order will help. Who knows, your experience may be totally different -- it seems like a crap shoot anyway, some people it's mild and brief some people not so. I apologize for scaring the p*ss out of anybody.
Claudius.
5 days ago I stopped taking suboxone because I was having a partial thyroid lobectomy. I had to stop the suboxone in order for anesthesia and paid killers not to compete. They (the suboxone website) recommend stopping suboxone 36 hours prior to surgery, but I read other forums and said that is TOTALLY not enough time, so I gave myself 2 extra days. So I had suboxone out of my system for 4 days before I went into surgery.
I didn't have any problems going under. My surgery is a very mild/short procedure that only takes 45 minutes. They don't cut through a lot of muscle so there isn't a LOT of pain, but I was still scared sh!tless. They prescribed me 20 perk 5s and let me tell you, Day 1
5 days ago I stopped taking suboxone because I was having a partial thyroid lobectomy. I had to stop the suboxone in order for anesthesia and paid killers not to compete. They (the suboxone website) recommend stopping suboxone 36 hours prior to surgery, but I read other forums and said that is TOTALLY not enough time, so I gave myself 2 extra days. So I had suboxone out of my system for 4 days before I went into surgery.
I didn't have any problems going under. My surgery is a very mild/short procedure that only takes 45 minutes. They don't cut through a lot of muscle so there isn't a LOT of pain, but I was still scared sh!tless. They prescribed me 20 perk 5s and let me tell you, Day 1 I
...continued from last post...
Day 1 after surgery had me very concerned that I would be in a lot of pain due to my opiate tolerance. I managed to find perk 15s and that helped a lot more with the pain. Now is Day 2 and the only thing I'm battling is the restless leg problem from this God damn suboxone withdraw!!! I even took the Requip for RLS but it barely helped. The only thing that is keeping my restless legs at bay is the perk 15s, which I don't have anymore of.
I wish I never went on suboxone. My addiction was on the mild side compared to other users in this post. I was using taking oxy 80s or splitting them in half when I knew I wasn't going to find them. Usually one 80 would last me 1 or 2 days. I'm mad my doctor didn't tell me how much hell the withdraw from suboxone would be. I will keep everyone updated on what happens (when I stop taking pain killers, if I go back to suboxone.) I really DON'T want to go back on suboxone, but I just don't know if I can deal with the withrdraw yet...
dustybug
You can read my older comments from above. I could not get off suboxone after being on it a year and a half for depression (off label use). I made it 12 days on 0mg in January, but saw no improvement after the first 5 intense days. I broke down and took 4mg and felt great in less than two hours. But I got so anxious about being back on it a couple of days later, that I felt sick even on this drug.
A friend mentioned ibogaine treatment. I researched it and was on a plane to San Diego a few days later. It's illegal in the U.S., so we crossed the border into Mexico to get to the clinic. It works!!! In less than four hours after taking it, all my withdrawals disappeared. The psychedelic part helped me deal with some psychological issues and the whole experience changed my life. I am SO done with traditional psychiatry. I am actually selling my house and moving to San Diego to meet with the therapists from the clinic, as well as starting Hakomi Therapy, for about a year. Good luck to all.
i am on day 6 of sub w/d and i am still so sick i had to take a tiny piece of methadone (2mg) for my sanity! i was only taking a tiny piece of sub (less than 1 mg a day). i cant beleive this im a seasoned vet when it comes to w/d, 37 years old, batteling opiate demons for 17 years, this is by far the worst ever! i am forcing myself to eat and sleeping very little. Oh well, at least im not in jail!
I took Tramadol, methadone and herion for over a 10 yr period. About 6 years ago after taking Trams for about 4 yrs at 1200millies a day I went to rehab the withdrawal was just like many in this blog discribe Suboxone to be. I went through three wks of 10 mins of sleep per day, restlessness, cramps, the shits, and nerve tingles which made it unbearable to sleep. The worste of it was gone afer about 22 days. Then the depression started. I was clean for about 4 months before I started the Trams again. After my tolerance level required about 1400 mgs a day. I started the methadone which only help lower the Tramadol dosage. Another horror in itself. I deside to stop the meth and increase thr Trams to prevent the withdrawal from the meth. Didn't work. It only esculated to Heroin. I took Heroin and trams for about 6 months until I went into Detox and Rehab January 7, 2009. The docs put me on Suboxone maintenance at 24mgs daily split into 2 doses of 12mgs. So I have been taking that dose now for 2 months to the day. It does work in a sense that I don't have any craving to use other opiates, but I sleep most of the time. I haven't taken any for about 15 hours now, so I don't feel anything just yet. But I can't take this sleepiness all of the time so I decided to stop for a few days. I came on this hub in search for answers about what the withdrawals would be like if I stopped all together. After reading the horror stories I sounds as if though I would go through the same withdrawals I went through after I stoped the tramadol. Damn, I don't know if my mind can withstand that type of hell again, but I am going to give it a try to see if it is as bad as I have read in this hub. I will be back in a couple of days to give an update.
Ms Reen- good luck to you and please tell me how you are doing. Because of my job in the health care industry i must be clean. otherwise, i would not put myself through this again. I am starting to think i really am mentally ill that i would continue to put myself in this situation. I was clean for 4 years and decieded to dabble a little and here i am again.... Like you were saying the depression is very hard to conquer.
Well I am really looking forward to the next few weeks let me tell you. I have been on Suboxone for about a year and a half now. I will be turning 28 in 2 days March 10th and well I need to grow up. I going back to school full time start april 7th and well have to quit my job to do so. Witch means I will no longer have a income or my medical insurance. I started to taper down 2mgs a week starting on fridays. I have weekends off from work and figure it be best to do if I will have to be ill. Everything was fine the past few weeks doing this. I was at 24 mg a day and have lowered myself down now to 4 mg a day after tapering for weeks now. Well had no withdrawl at all each weekend til I reached this 4 mg mark. The worse side effect for me is the anxiety. i had always suffer with anxiety but it seems the Sub has made it worse then can be. Also I have kind of been getting these blackouts were I zone out and driving for me has become a danger. I am sufferring more from the mental aspect of what Suboxene does to ones mind. I have researched this and learned long term use of this drug will cause depression and long lasting anxiety witch becomes worse after you stop. Rite now I am in fear for my mental health more then my physical. Rite now I feel as if I have been in a comma and that the suboxene has disconnected me from reality, I don't care if i have to feel sick and can't sleep. it the price you have to pay when you play with opiates, I just wish i was more informed on what the mental side effects were,because for me and the hell i have to live with day in and day out,could really make me a danger to myself.
Queenie &, PhillyPunk the depression is worst when you stop the opiate use, (Including Suboxone). Meaning if you had already suffered with anxiety & depression before the opiate use think of it as 5 to 10 times worst than that. As I said in my last post, I was clean for 4 months, after going through the major withdrawals for almost a month I thought the worst was over. It had only just begun. My body felt 100% better but my mind was out of control. Rehabs or the doctors don't tell you if at all that the depression & anxiety will be tremendous. I suffered with Manic Depression for many years before I started using. Stupid me avoided drugs until I was 29yrs old due to my crazy brain. What led me down this monotonous path was severe osteo athritis and the docs prescibing me any opiate short of meth & heroin. After using the Vicodin and Tramadol for about 4 months for pain I stopped not knowing I was addicted to them. I got very sick after stopping the pills & when I took 2 pills I would feel better. Once I realized I was addicted I did not seek help due to embarrassment and thinking I could do it myself. I didn't know anything about addiction at that time. I always thought it was all in the mind and that people could stop if they wanted to. I'm kicking myself in the ass till this day for that belief. I'm on Suboxone maintenance because of the hell I put my brain through with the drug. A LOT of drugs. The doctors initially thought that because I used so many pills ( about 24 to 28) in a day and used up to 6 bags of H a day that I was trying to kill myself. Not to mention that because of using so much I had to take about 16 Motrin a day to conquer the migains I would get from taking so much. I guess subconsciously I was, but at the time I was taking that much because of my tolerance level. The Suboxone is making me sleep all day. I take 24mgs a day. So I stopped taking them for a few days to see how I would feel. Well, I took my last 12mg dose on Friday. Saturday I was able to stay up for most of the day and because I take Seroquel for sleep (and other reasons) I had a very good night sleep. Sunday I got up early and stayed awake all day. by the evening though I started feeling the anxiety, but I got another good nights sleep. Today, I'm shakey with anxiety but I'm not felling the physical withdrawals yet. I hope I don't. Because of knowing what to expect with the depression I can handle the anxiety better. It's the physical part for me that is the ass-kicker. I am not fearful of many thing, but that really scares me. Philly my man, all I can say about the anxiety and depression is "shrink it up." Go see the psycs and exlain what is happening. Trust me they will help. Stay strong Queenie you know what you have to do. STAY CONNECTED!!!
I am trying to get off of suboxone AGAIN. About 7 years ago I got off of heroin with no problem. But, these Suboxone withdrawals are intense and lasting weeks. Last time I tried to get off of sub I gave up after 3 weeks. I couldn't handle the pain anymore. My doctor metioned something called Naltrexone. Does anyone know about this stuff. He said that it is supposed to reduce withdrawal symptoms but, my research says otherwise.
hi guys, today is day 8 or 9 not really sure. i can tell you my only symtoms are now weak stomach( lost 15 pounds) and depression. I hate myself! why, why, why?! Its so much easier to stay clean than to get clean. I remember every other opiate being bad too. Even H for me was a 10 day- 2 week process. I just dont handle this well. I almost wish i was around other people in a rehab, atleast i have company and disstraction. I am lonley but have no energy to get out of the house. Good luck y'all, its not easy but i do remember when i get back to normal it feels great! When is the million dollar question....
i think this is day 9 of sub w/d for me. The worst is over but im not out of the woods. i feel uncomfortable in my skin and restless. I find buy taking long walks with ipod helps relieve some unwantd anxiety, im in Florida so thats do-able. Though my withdrawls are not violent they are still ever present and my skin is giving off a nasty smell. Long, hot baths also help ease some of the discomfort. I hope with Gods help i stay strong and never do this again ( i have gone through this many times). When you think about it....is the pain of everyday life any more difficult then this pain of withdrawl? i think the pain and depression that comes along wih withdrawl far exceeds anything life can dish out in sobriety
Hi everyone! God bless all of you and I hope WE all find our way back to peace or forward to a peaceful future! "I will believe in you, if you will believe in me." said the Unicorn to Alice. 'Alice In Wonderland'. I thought It was appropriate. We are all in uncharted waters, arent we? I have been on Suboxone for 4 months after a wierd 4 years of off and on again vicodin and oxycodone. My family has and is battled with cancer so there was a ton of pain killers laying all over the place all the time. It starts out 1 or up to 2 an before you know it, its 4 to 6 with 10-20 milligrams! What the heck! You are not yourself. Its like its you , but you are inside looking out, but its not you running the show. You kinda remember when 5miligrams would knock you on your butt. I am trying to get off the suboxone. I think it is more addictive than they tell you. I am talking about me and I think it might be a great answer for some! Dont forget it was the medical community that introduced HEROIN as a NON ADDICTIVE alternative to morphine!!!! Yep its true, look it up! I am down to 4mg a day and I felt the drop to 6 from 8mg I started with. I wish I would have just did the 5day withdrawl from vicodin 4 months ago. I found that I would have weird compulsive behavior on Suboxone at 8mgs. Adrenaline stuff like wanting to shoplift or gamble or drive fast. That is definitely Not me. I dont have any of those feelings now. I am afraid of going cold turkey after reading all these posts. I have read some that say they were ok after 5 days, but these are all people who were on it less than 6 months. I hope you all will be and are doing better. I am really gonna say a prayer for all of us. Remember: "Always rage against the dying of the Light!" I dont know who said it, but I love it and it fits!
i wish you the best Shasta. Today is 11 days off for me and i feel much better. My body has calmed itself though my stomach is still upset and i lost 15 pounds during this hell. I had weened myself down to approx. 1 mg (breaking into little pieces) and still my body kicked like it was H, just not as violent. Its 2 am and i am up after my 2 hours of sleep. This, and my sick stomach are actually welcomed and a sigh of relief after the fist week of sweats,hot and cold,vomiting and restless legs. Yeah! im on my way to being happy joyess and free! ps. my legs are still restless
Today is 2 weeks and i feel pretty darn good.
I have been addicted to opiates for a about a year and a half. I kicked the habit the first time about a year ago by using subs for 2 weeks. The dumb arse that I am, I was also taking Xanax to go to sleep at night, while on the sub. When I came off the sub, I also came of the Xanax and experienced the absolute worst anxiety I have ever experienced. I absolutely could not sleep for 2 weeks no matter what I took - Xanax, 50mg of Serequel, etc. Because of this, I got back on the opiates and have been on every since. Around October of 08, it really began affecting my work performance, as I would withdraw at work almost ever day in attempts to get off and snort an 80 to go to bed at night. In 0ctober of 08, I began taking about 2mgsof sub ni the morning and would still snort my 80 at night, so that I would withdraw. I came off everything again in Mid Dec, and fvcked up again in Jan. I have been on and off of subs and oxys since then. If I do oxys, I am up to 240 mgs a day. I am sick and tired of this sh1t and want my life back, so I began the subs 2 days ago and am taking them like you are suppose to, at least 8mgs a day for the first week, then will ween down.
A couple of things, I have plenty experienc withdrawing off of both substances, and the withdrawals are completely different. When you withdraw off of oxys, you have the physically problems, especially sweating and the sh1ts, anxiety, coupled with severe depression. When you come off the subs, you are not nearly as depressed because you are not coming off of the "high". The only depression you have is due to the physical problems. With subs, you sh1t a little more, can't sleep, but you do not sweat. You also have a tremedous amount of anxiety. IMO, coming off the sub is much easier because you are in a much better mental state; not coming down of the opiate high. You physical withdrawals are mainly anxiety and insomnia. The best thing to do coming off subs is to get your arse up and keep moving. I am prepared for my sub detox this time. I have alot of adderral to get my arse up in the moring, somas for the day, and valium for sleep. I wiill use these for about 7-10 days, then quit. I am so ready for this sh1t to be over.
Today is 18 days off sub. Im sleeping 5 or6 hours a night and taking pepcid ac for my stomach ( works great). Im able to eat again. My stamina is not back 100% but its prob safe to say " i did it ! " PRAISE GOD! You guys can do it too! Not easy but doable
I stopped taking sub 4 weeks ago. The worst 4 weeks of my life.I am just starting to feel better. I thought I was going crazy.1-2 hours sleep for days. Severe depression. The restless legs were horrid.
Listen. I'm 72 days into a 17 year run. H to meth to H and meth, snorting Xanax for "fun"...only 10 years of that, and taking the Elavil and Seroquil....just to wake up and face the day. Fun Times. Detoxed from suboxone...after taking it 3 and a half years. 8 to zero was kinda stiff....so I broke and took 2 mgs a day after about a week, skipped a week, then took 1mg for a week. IMO...it's a wet dream compared to kicking H or METH (wheh....). Really. I was back to work after 2.5 weeks, wearing a tie... This stuff aint fun. I kicked EVERYTHING at once, the C included. 1-2 hours of sleep aint fun. Hard kick that other stuff...1 or 2 hours is what I got in 5.5 days before I broke.
IMO you have to take on the attitude that you will have to be the baddest SOB alive for awhile. Hard as a rock. Period. Period. Your success and your level of anguish will be defined by JUST HOW MOTIVATED ARE YOU. BE MOTIVATED. F**k the world...kick. Tip: OF COURSE IT SUCKS, OKAY...THAT'S A GIVEN. COMPLAINING IS USELESS....SO DON'T. IT MAKES YOU FEEL WORSE AND NOBODY WANTS TO HEAR IT ANYWAY. And finally...get in a program already. My favorite line from an NA book is "our best ideas got us here". Mine did. Now I listen to someoene else's best ideas...that actually worked. 72 days has its ups and down, it beats day 2, but it gets better. PS. I still sleep 1-2 hours a day. And I tell myself...if it aint ruff it aint me. Tell yourself that.
Listen. I'm 72 days into a 17 year run. H to meth to H and meth, snorting Xanax for "fun"...only 10 years of that, and taking the Elavil and Seroquil....just to wake up and face the day. Fun Times. Detoxed from suboxone...after taking it 3 and a half years. 8 to zero was kinda stiff....so I broke and took 2 mgs a day after about a week, skipped a week, then took 1mg for a week. IMO...it's a wet dream compared to kicking H or METH (wheh....). Really. I was back to work after 2.5 weeks, wearing a tie... This stuff aint fun. I kicked EVERYTHING at once, the C included. 1-2 hours of sleep aint fun. Hard kick that other stuff...1 or 2 hours is what I got in 5.5 days before I broke.
IMO you have to take on the attitude that you will have to be the baddest SOB alive for awhile. Hard as a rock. Period. Period. Your success and your level of anguish will be defined by JUST HOW MOTIVATED ARE YOU. BE MOTIVATED. F**k the world...kick. Tip: OF COURSE IT SUCKS, OKAY...THAT'S A GIVEN. COMPLAINING IS USELESS....SO DON'T. IT MAKES YOU FEEL WORSE AND NOBODY WANTS TO HEAR IT ANYWAY. And finally...get in a program already. My favorite line from an NA book is "our best ideas got us here". Mine did. Now I listen to someoene else's best ideas...that actually worked. 72 days has its ups and down, it beats day 2, but it gets better. PS. I still sleep 1-2 hours a day. And I tell myself...if it aint ruff it aint me. Tell yourself that.
Today is 3 weeks. I am starting to feel happy again. Still sleeping only about 4 hours but that i can deal with. I like what this cat (FUN TIMES) says about " if it aint hard it aint me ". Thats real talk right there....gangsta! If your gonna play your gonna pay.
Holy shit. Everything everyone posted is EXACTLY what I'm going through. I'm on day 17 or 18 on 0 of the sub. I admit I did take vicodin, about 10 mg's or 20 mgs a day for about a week. It helped get me through the worst of it, but what I'm going through now still sucks ass. I feel better, but still feel like shit. I'm starting to get some exercise which is excruciating but helpful... I hope. I can't stop sneezing. Does anyone else get that symptom?
BTW, a little history on me. I've been using opiates for 15 years along with a plethora of other drugs, but opiates just feel like home to me. I guess enough said.
Fun Times has it right. You have to have will like you never thought you had. Grow some balls, I don't care if you're a woman or a unic, grow a pair and get off the shit. The only way to do it is the hard way. Piece of advice, take at least a couple weeks off of work unless people at work are either clueless or understanding of your situation.
Don't give up, stay the course. It's not going to get any worse. BTW, stop bitching and just do it. If I can anybody can... and I mean ANYBODY can. I'm not necessarily known for my willpower.
Yes Jaybow, Im 22 days off and still sneezing! That and 5 hour sleeps are all thats left of w/d symtoms.
God smiled on me last night. I work construction and went back to work doing some manual labor type stuff yesterday. It sucked bad. I came home, ate dinner and fell asleep around 11:00. I didn't wake up until 9:00 this morning.
So I guess my advice to the insomniacs is hard manual labor. It bites because your tired. I had only gotten about 10 hours of sleep total the last week. I slept like a baby last night though and the only difference is the exercise.
Sneezing, tell me about it. I can't stop. I was an oxy addict for the best of two years. Went on methadone for 7 months then slowly to suboxone. Literally, sept-Jan I took no more than 2mg/day. Then the taper began, what a rude awakening- just to realize how dependent we are. You have to remember suboxone is such a powerful drug 40x that of morphine. So i'm hurting like the rest of us, but tapering is key. What I did the last 3 months is wait until withdrawal gets to where I can't handle it and take the smallest peice (prob .25mg) and do it again in 72 hours. This has worked, i'm not sleeping great, don't feel very motivated, and depressed. But, I can function and i'm on day 4 of nothing. Part of my is so deathly afraid it will hit me like a ton of bricks, but I will brace myself. I've had enough of being dependent ! Get it done now or get it done later... its always going to be worse later. Keep your chins up everyone, just being here is half the battle, not using that is. Good luck & God Bless!
Okay. I'm glad this site exists, especially if it helps anyone (GOD willing)...but I'll be honest...I'm glad I didn't read it 70 days ago...because I didn't need ANY negative thoughts back then. I had a singular purpose...I was going to quit suboxoxe and everything else...understanding that in theory it may kill me...but knowing it wouldn't. Now...I'm cool. To me, the bitch about it wasn't the pain. 100% Honestly...I couldn't feel pain (I can now)...my body was shut down NUMB. I took showers with the heat full blast and no cold 3 times (or more) a day. I can't do that today...it burns...but my pain receptors just shut down back then. I was numb for many days.
In the beginning this was a twofold SOB. First, I think something worse than pain is being UNCOMFORTABLE. That's kicking H in a nutshell. It doesn't hurt per se, but F**K it's uncomfortable. And it stays uncomfortable...forever (it seems). I know there's the back pain, stomach cramps, leg cramps...etc., but I would have just about traded my soul back then to be a clean man with a cramp. Shit. I'll settle into some pain...but this ongoing feeling of being severely uncomfortable was not fun. Whatever, it's over.
The mind F**K that this stuff can (at times) put you through can be unpleasant as well. TIP: I went through ULTRA RAPID DETOX (REALLY FUN TIMES THERE!!!!!!) where they put you under anesthetic and pump you full of naltrexone until all of the opiates are out of your body. They cycled me THREE times that night...one is normal. Wow! That was not fun at all...I found out later it was like going through an epilectic or diabetic seizure...for about two or three hours straight, give or take. I was leaving AMA after dropping 7.5 grand, and the doctor/sadist raced in and gave me a sheet of things to do to stay clean. NUMBER 1: SHOWER EVERY DAY AS SOON AS YOU WAKE UP....EVEN WHEN IT'S THE LAST THING YOU WANT TO DO. That was worth the 7 grand. I took alot of showers these last weaks. There is both a physical, but more importantly PSCHYCOLOGICAL BENEFIT to showering often. It confuses your mind. One minute it's "poor this me...this sucks" and the next "what the hell am I doing in this water". It makes you forget the "this sucks" for at least a brief respite. I was confusing the shit out of my mind. While laying on the floor (which was the most comfortable place to be) I would decide..okay...time to lift weights. It was really strange. I was lifting weights, and my mind mind was sort of thinking..."what's going on man...what are you doin?". The hard part was getting off the floor. TIP: Confuse your mind. Do silly shit...really. Walk...run...fly...just move. Go here, go there, get out out of the house. My legs were sore, so I casually wrapped some turnicets around them as tight as I could, figuring it would cut off the blood supply and reduce the cramps. Thighs and calves at one point. I'm not promising it cured anything (I thought it was a fun idea), but it took my mind off my problem...being upset that my legs hurt. MOST OF ALL LAUGH. I GOT TO THE POINT ONE NIGHT ABOUT THREE AM AND JUST STARTED LAUGHING SO HARD AT THIS KICK...IT WAS BRUTAL...IT WAS HYSTERICAL THAT ANYTHING COULD BE SUCH A Son of a BITCH. Wow...For real. Now I would like to thank GOD for starting to fill that empty space where the drugs used to go. I didn't know it, but HE carried me through this situation. Trust in HIM....and everyone...I WILL PRAY FOR ALL OF YOU. For real. Even though I don't need to, because all you MF*****S ARE STRONG, WHETHER YOU REALIZE IT OR NOT.
i was a very highly addicted opiate addict and i thank god for suboxone!
one step at a time dillon. Have tried getting off yet? Or maybe the concensus is wrong....
I'm currently working in India for the next 6 months (i've been here about three weeks) and couldn't get any more scrips for suboxone. I still have a full bottle of 8mg but figured i should get off sooner rather than later since i can't get any while i'm out here. I was snorting over 180mg of oxy a day and h if i couldn't find oxy for almost 2 years (that doesn't include the 6 years of abusing every other drug know to man). I've been on subs for a little of 5 months and am current;y on day 6 of withdrawal. I am so f-ing miserable. I can't stop sneezing, running to the bathroom and i can't sleep more tha 3 hours at a time. The worst for me is the overwhelming anxiety that i have been dealing with my whole life but is now intensified beyond belief. I am in India with a few people from work and have NO ONE to talk to and no support system here (no English AA or NA meetings either). I'm so glad i found this site..i spent the past two hours ready EVERY single post and feeling a little less alone. I've gone through opiate withdrawal almost 8 times already and this is like nothing i have dealt with before...it just keeps going and going.. Also every other time i detoxed a smoked pot every hour, had xanax or gabapentine. I feel like this is never going to end. Any words of advise??
It will end K and hold on. I believe around day 8 it becomes easier to deal with. I think the key is to keep moving even though you dont want to. My muscles became sore so i used Icy Hot and drank alot of water. Also i used pepto and Pepcid ac for my stomach around 8 to 15 days in to w/d. If its any consolation, im 4 weeks monday and im so glad i stayed strong i feel great!
Thanks Queenie :) I think the worst part for me is the constant sour stomch and inability to sleep more than 3 hours at a time (the rest of the symptoms i can deal with). That is what i loved about opiates and suboxone...just being able to sleep well for a full night and stop all the racing thought in my head. Will i ever get that feeling back?? It's been seven days and i'm so tempted to take just a tiny little piece to help myself sleep tonight. Will that just prolong my w/d?
Well K, i took tiny pieces of methadone (like 1 mg) when i had really bad times i did this up untill about 10 days. I read some people took sub but that is what your trying to rid your body of so thats why i choose the done just to aid me through. Tommorrow makes one month and im still not sleeping more than 5 hours at a time but ive done this afew times in my life and the havoc we put our bodies through does not undue itself overnight. I lost 15 pounds the first two weeks so i know what your going through with the stomach. I am now eating great and have gained 5 back. Stay strong you will be restored to the person you were ment to be! ps. get pepcid ac for your stomach
Yea the stomach pain and sleeping is what is killing me. I've already lost 10 pounds in 8 days I wish I could get my hands on something to ease my pain, but i have no connections in India (specifically pot or hash)... I also don't want to undo all of the work that i have already done by taking the sub. I can't sleep more than an hour at a time and get in max 3-5 hours a night. I have some Ambien but don't want to take it everynight..then i will totally f-up my sleeping pattern. I can't find Pepcid AC out here, but i'vebeen chugging Kaopectate and taking Clonidine at night. I did not realize this would be so drawn out. My DR made it sound like regular opiate w/d (5-7 days and thats it)...i was not expecting such long lasting pain. But i guess part of that is my fault for using opiates for so long and then just switching it to suboxone.. Thanks for the support Queenie! Heading to work soon..another day of cold sweats in 95 degree weather.
subutex does not have an opiod blocker so you can switch to it with out having to wait. After all thats what its meant for too stop withdraw. It is not as strong as other opieates but it will get rid of your pain. But if your on it your body still wont start to reproduce its natural morphine. so the only way to fix your brain is to stop all opiates and over time your mind will repair itself. The longer you have been using the more painful it will be and the longer it will take. Your body will no longer crave it once it is producing its own morphine again. Like i said if you have been using for 5 years then it will probablly take 5 years to recover. thats why it is so hard to quit. Subutex is very strong you can get really high if you are clean for few months and your tolerance to opiates is gone. Subutex and suboxe only show up in your fecile matter. So pee tests are of no use.
k props for going to work while your in withdraw. Your a strong person in a month you will be sleeping good again and your symptoms will be greatly reduced. Just some goosebumps, akwardness in social settings and some soarness but that is a lot better than the first 3 weeks. I find its easier to prolonge the withdraw by taking few days off sub. Than taking 2mg for one day than taking a week off then taking 1mg than taking two weeks off. instead of being in pain for a whole month your brain will slowly repair itself when your not on it so when you stop completely it will not be nearly as painful.It doesnt mattter what opiod your on meth or sub or vic the less you take the less pain you will expierence in withdraw. get your self on a really low dose like .5 or 1 mg a day for a couple months then take a couple weeks off then take only one dose than two weeks off ect. It will be hard to stop have somone hold on to your medicine it is the best way to greatly reduce withdraw pain. It is not how much you take but how long you give your mind time to repair itself. I you can only do one day at first it still helps. your body can only start to repair if you are not taking anything. If you stoped for two weeks and then went back to a really low dose for three days your body will be back to how you felt on the 11th day so you got some relief and now your withdraw is only as bad as it was on the 11th day not the first day or week wich is the worst.The longer you stop using the more your tolerance goes away wich is how you ween off. You will have pain but I think going through pain a few days at a time is better than 3 or 4 months straight. Thats what it is meant for. Taking every day is just a substitue and is only making things worse. Doctors say it only takes 5 days but thats only because the worst days are the first 5 about every 5 days you will feel a little better.Depending on the amount and length of time you have been using the longer it will take. I never new opiates could be so fuckin horrible. I have been addicted to many drugs and this is right next to ghb when it comes to withdraw. Even coke isnt as bad that just makes you really depressed plus coming down makes you not want to do it and unlike opiates wich keep you high all night. Coke only works for and hour than its all down hill after that. Benzo's are next they just give you some anxiety and then it switchs to massive rage where you get into fights but I rather feel like that then opiate withdraw. Last is weed I wouldn't mind taking during the mild part of opiate withdraw it would work great but unfortuantly I cant. That would get rid of mild pain hot flashes and insomnia and deppresion. Withdraw from weed is easy just work out to release endorphines and feel relaxed and get used to going back to your prespictive you have on life wich is very different than that of when your smoking weed. When I smoked weed I would feel like I cant believe I acted like that when I was sober. It gives you such a better prespictive on how to act in life that is why I like it so much.
Hey opp.. how long are you off? its so funny that you mentioned having someone hold my meds. I carry them around with me everywhere i go and i look at the bottle about 10 times a day. Part of what is making this so hard is that i still have a full bottle of 8mg pills. although it kinda sounds weird, carrying them on me all the time and knowing that at any minute i can cave, has actually made me stronger. If i don't have them on me it turns into this temptation that i have to have so i can feel better..instead keeping them constantly in eye sight just reminds me of how much pain and trouble this has been thus far and how it is my choice to stop, not something that i'm stuck doing cuz i ran out. I've gone through almost every type of withdrawal multiple times and this is by far one of the worst. It reminds me of those few hours right after you run out of coke, except this lasts for an eternity..i've never been more strung out and weak and anxious in my life. i can't eat or sleep and am back to weighing 100lbs. but again...this is something that i did to myself so i can't get angry at anyone but me. i'm still searching for hash to help ease some of my body pains, but it's not looking too promising...
I am going on my 3rd week of Suboxone detox. My questions is, has anyone been experiencing terrible headaches that will not go away - no matter what! Also, does it really take longer than 3 weeks to regain your strenth, and your weight? This is really hard! Thanks for anyone who can answer!
I caved and went back on suboxone after my I stopped taking opiates from my surgery (and the perk 15s (and 1 oxy -I know , bad)). I didn't want to go back on subs, but I ran out of opiates and couldn't deal with the RLS. My logic was if I had enough opiates to get me through the sub withdrawl, I could kick the subs and I could get through the opiate withdrawl in half the time (I can see this sub withdrawl is going to be 3-4 weeks at least). Well that plan went belly up and I told my sub doc about my idea and he vetoed that saying I should taper down to where I'm taking a CRUMB of a 2mg every 2 days. Got him to prescribe me neurontin and to see if that'll help with the RLS. I took 2 mg sub yesterday (my job is crazy strenuous so I needed it) and today is my day off and took 1 mg. Took 1200mg of neurontin and I'm still feeling antsy but I'm going to bed... is there ANYBODY out there who had success and a mild sub detox by tapering like this and taking gabapentin/neurontin?? I'm trying to keep my eye on the prize... I'm 26 and in the next 2-3 years my husband and I would like to start a family. I will not carry a baby and take suboxone. no no no
gman, how much did you pay for your ibogaine treatment? I googled ibogaine like you said and what I read was pretty convincing, but I did read there's a number of people who died from ibogaine and they're unsure of the reasons. Here's a quote, "Several people are known to have died during treatment, and there may in truth be many more, given that ibogaine is frequently administered in surroundings where people may be reluctant to contact the authorities in the event of something going wrong...there is simply nowhere near enough data to draw any realistic conclusions as to why these deaths have occurred. Taking too much of the drug; using stepped doses, (ie: half a gram followed by another later on); being excessively thin; or suffering from liver or heart problems have all been suggested as dangers..." (http://www.relfe.com/ibogaine.html)
Sorry for the long post, but Gman what was your experience? Did you go to a sketchy detox facility or was it regulated?
Dustybug - i used gabapentine to go through opiate withdrawal a few times already. Unfortunately i do not have anything left for this round, but it certainly helps. It will not only help with your RLS but it will help when you are trying to sleep as well. I came off of oxys and h using it and the gabapentine + weed really took the edge off. But again...suboxone detox is a whole other animal and lasts much longer that any other detox i have ever gone through...well possibly the exception of Zoloft, but again, the weed really helped me there too. God damn..i need to find some weed out here.
Wronged..i'm on day 9 and i still feel horribly weak and like i am going to pass out all the time. Has your sleeping improved?? I'm really holding out in hope that i will sleep again without help from drugs.
K - As for feeling like you're gonna pass out, that's probably from lack of sleep.. How about some melatonin? It's a vitamin supplement that you take at night for sleep (not gonna be a miracle but it might help you relax). In the states they have this stuff I saw at the drugstore in the vitamin isle its a combination of Valerian root and Melantonin. Might be worth checking out..
I'm not in withdrawl yet, I'm just tapering. But I take extra strength melatonin before bed and it helps me relax. It's not gonna knock you out like Ambien (obviously) but if you're trying to sleep again without drugs melatonin & valerian might help a little. I think when it's time for me to completely jump off subs I'm going to make sure I have a full script of neurontin, stock up on icy hot patches for my legs, Pepcid AC, and make sure the spare bedroom in my house is nice and comfortable so my husband doesn't divorce me! He's totally clueless to all this and never had an addiction problem in his life.
I am on day 25 detox from Suboxone. I My headaches are actually not as intense. I got on the scale and have gained 2 lbs.
K - As for sleep, the only way I could handle not sleeping at night was to take Ambien. At least it's non-narcotic. I feel a little stronger, even though it is still in the morning. I see, however, each day it gets a little better. It is just a slow process. Don't give in, and don't give up!
Hmmmn. Today is day 81 with no subs...still no fun...but much better than before. I actually had some serenity this weekend. Between Saturday and Sunday I slept 30 hours, give or take. My body just broke down and crashed. That was cool. I laid there watching college hoops in a trance when I awoke every few hours...with the sound off...but I was COMFORTABLE.
In the beginning....I took a bunch of Immodium AD and ate a ton. I decided if I wasn't going to put drugs into my body I was sure the hell going to put something in it. So I gained like 20 pounds from eating and just laying around. No troubles...it beats rolling up and down the West Side of Chicago everyday, asking every banger I see if he's cool. Its bad when they know you so well strangers start asking if your cool. I would also recommend a nice blend of Mr. Jack Daniels and Bailey's Irish Cream...as desired. Knock yourself out. I can buy that at the supermarket/ any liquor store around and drink legally at home and chill.
For those who are suffering...if you can...get some benzos. I was so F'ed up I quit those too...but if I wasn't a raging addict...I would recommend chilling with a nice meal, drink, and some clonipin or valium. You'll notice on some Seroquil sites that it is being used "experimentally" to help junkies. That shit if a bona fide horse tranquilizer. If you don't have a tolerance it is one and lights out. Catch up on sleep time. Hell...I never took more than one. Good luck to all.
Been doing some research on how to lessen the withdrawl symptoms for when I jump off subs. Haven't seen anyone here mention the "Thomas Recipe." It's kinda what we've already been talking about but I'll publish the link for everyone.
It involves a prescription for Valium, Xanax, or Klonipin, L-tyrosine, Immodium, a strong mineral supplement with 100% RDA of Zinc, Phosphorus, Copper, Magnesium, and Potassium, Vitamin B6 capsules, and access to frequent hot baths/jacuzzis. The recipe has a disclaimer (and that goes for me too) and has a schedule of how to take the ingredients (times of day, etc).
I do have some reservations with this so-called recipe. A potassium supplement is NOT recommended for females taking some forms of the birth control pill. (I'm taking Yaz and I actually skimmed the manual and it said it can increase potassium levels! And basically not to supplement potassium while taking it cause it can cause major problems.) Zinc too I have some reservations with.
The L-Tyrosine helps stabilize hormone levels, stress, cold, fatigue, sleep deprivation. I've read on other forums this really does help and improve withdrawl symptoms.
1 more thing! I read in another forum that "Hylands Leg Cramps" (it's a OTC homeopathic pain medication available at Walmart,CVS,Walgreens,etc) works really well!! For myself, at nighttime I'm going to take my gabapentin (neurontin), the Hylands Leg Cramps, along with either tylenol PM or an herbal substitute like melatonin (or both). If the gabapentin can't help the RLS (which is my worst withdrawl symptom) then I have a script of Requip I can try. Then for the mornings, I'll take the L-tyrosine with my huge horsepill multivitamin and a B complex supplement. (Disclaimer: I'm not recommending anyone follow what I'm doing because I'm not a doctor and don't know anyones medical history).
Here's the link everyone: http://www.drugs.com/forum/featured-conditions/tho Hope its useful. Let me know if anyone has any success with it.
hi guys, today is day 33 for me with no subs. I feel alittle better everyday and tho i dont believe my brain is producing its normal amount of serotonin, im on my way. As far as the RLS goes i ran or worked out everynight before i attempted to sleep and that helped. I am a 5'7 female who normally weighs 140 however, i dropped down to 124 after 2 weeks of w/d. I now eat well and im up to 130. Im sleeping about 5 hours and napping an hour in afternoon. Te bottom line is you must be strong and prepare yourself to endure some suffering because freedom and a good life are on the other side. I remember the first day i knew i was turning the corner was at the 2 week mark. I had a day of clarity , peace and i laughed some. The next day i went back down aliitle but continued to progress. The depression and my stomach were the worst for me and now both have lifted.I have narcs in my house and do not take them because the pain of addiction outweighs the pain of life in sobriety.I admit i often feel out of place in life and uncomfortable in my skin sometimes but i am more adventurous and laugh alot more when im clean. ....and oh yeah, i have this thing between my legs! Its alive! lol This site has helped me through w/d i felt like i wasnt alone
I finally got in touch with my DR in the States yesterday and he suggested that i take a tiny bit of suboxone once a week or so to help my body adjust more comfortably. I took some last night, and slept like a baby. I'm really nervous though that i just fucked up everything and prolonged my w/d. I'm so sketched out by how much my DR is pushing it but i did convince him to write my another scrip for clonadine (which i'm not really sure does anything). Does anyone have any opionins on that? Should I follow his advice or go back to cold turkey?? It was the first time I was able to sleep and eat in DAYS. When i started this I weighed 115 and i'm already down to 100 (and i'm 5'5). Its like i could feel myself dying a little bit inside. Now i'm just afraid I ruined my previous 9 days of hard work and suffering. Did I??
My gosh k, you are right there! dont stop now
My gosh k, you are right there! dont stop now
Listen. A straight kick (as everyone knows who is doing it) makes no sense to me, UNLESS YOU ARE 'TAPERED' DOWN LOW. That's MY OPINION...I'm pretty f***ed up. For ME: kicking off 8mg was stupid...especially while quitting the C (long bad run) the pills and all that shit. Lets do the math: Better to kick off of 8 or 4? I'll say 4. 4 or 2?..I'm going 2. 2 or 1...guess. After I had enough with the 8 and out times...I felt like K. I took 2mg, felt like superman...and I thought. I done F'ed up for real...blew days on zero. But...I did the math. LIFE IS GRAY, NOT BLACK AND WHITE. So I made what I consider an intelligent choice and kicked off 2. After another week on zero, I kicked off 1. Pardon my french...but F**K your doctor. Only you know how you feel. ONLY YOU KNOW HOW COMMITTED YOU ARE. IF YOU ARE SERIOUSLY STRUGGLING, AND HAVE WEIGHED EVERYTHING OUT, AND ARE ABOUT TO SNAP...I WOULDN'T KILL MYSELF OVER TAKING 1 OR 2MG ONCE: ONCE: A WEEK, AFTER 9 DAYS WITH ZERO. IM NO DOCTOR...THATS MY OPINION.
QUEENIE...I RESPECT YOUR OPINION. K...IF YOU CAN GET THROUGH THIS TAKING ZERO (WHICH YOU CAN ), QUEENIE IS RIGHT. TAKE ZERO. I DON'T KNOW YOUR LEVEL OF PAIN OR DESPAIR. ONLY YOU DO. I MUST INSIST, IMO, THIS IS NOT AN ALL OR NOTHING GAME ALWAYS. THATS ADDICT THINKING...WE TEND TO BE EXTREMIST. THAT SAID: THIS AINT ANY TIME TIME TO BE THE LEAST BIT SOFT AT ALL. K...IF YOU CAN BE ONE HARD M-F, DO IT. BUT WHATEVER YOU DO, DO IT INTELLIGENTLY WITH THE RIGHT MOTIVATION. K-I DON'T THINK YOU DID ANYTHING WRONG. NEXT WEEK...YOU GET 2 MORE MGS. NEXT WEEK!!!!!!
Thanks Fun Times. I took about 1.5 after 9 days of zero and it was the first time i slept in 9 days. I feel much better today but don't plan on taking anymore for at least another 9 days. I was thinking about it, and i feel like stopping after weaning myself down to only 4mgs was not the way to go. Going from 4 to 0 was really fucking rough and i should have tapered a little better. You're right...addicts are extremists (i sure as well know that i am) and it this is not black and white. I'm certainly not going to start taking it everyday again..but my body needed a break and needed to recoup which is what i think the 1.5mgs did for me. I got a whole nights rest, was able to eat 3 full meals and re energized before starting another 9 days of 0mgs. No one said this was gonna be easy, but i kinda felt like I was making it harder on myself than it had to be. But again..i was looking at detoxing in black and white and some things are just flat out gray. I'm gonna keep going as strong as i can till i'm about to crack, then take the tiniest bit i can. I may be rationalizing, but i think that is probably best for your body as well. Jumping off the side of a cliff (so to speak) cannot be good for you..it is definitely going to be more comfortable to take a day off every 9 or 10 days to help your body catch up to all the shit you're putting it through. i may be rationalizing, but the 4 to zero was like fall off a cliff and landing straight on my fucking face.
hey guys i know! if you read my earlier entries you'll see i took tiny pieces of methadone a few times in the first two weeks when i just couldnt deal. and i was only taking 1 mg of sub for the last 3 weeks of my using it. no doubt its hard and only the strong survive(Fun times gave me strength with balls to wall attitude earlier on). K, do what you must, just move forward ! I recpect anyone who pulls thro even 3 days of sub or any opiate w/d! Stay strong ya'll. GOD BLESS!
I'm very glad for this site. I do go to NA meetings (and really don't care if I have one drink at night....they can keep the keytags...I'm grateful for the support and knowledge EARNED THROUGH THEIR EXPERIENCE)...and I'M JUST SAYING...a Good Group is a very valuable resource to me. Some groups suck. I'm white, my 'home group' is made up mostly of cool black guys (w/the obligatory fidora) and women who have been through shit WAAAAYYYYYYYY worse than me. The average clean time there is like 13 years or so. I don't speak, I listen and learn, b/c I have determined that the root of addiction...which carries over to "kicking" is ALL IN MY/YOUR MIND. My favorite line from an NA book is "my best ideas got me here". I have my Law Degree, and my BEST IDEAS got me hooked on everything you can buy in Chicago. I go to NA to hear other people's best ideas (gained through painful experience) that have helped them get and stay clean for 13 years. Make no mistake...these are real hard core ex-junkies who are now doing very well.
Back to this site: K and Queenie, thanks for the kind comments. If anything I may have written helps anyone one bit....it makes my unpleasantly painful experience more acceptable to me. You both helped me and made me stronger with your words. For real. Thank you. It is especially appreciated because we are all going through some rather F'ed stuff that most people will never know exists. I told (and may tell again) people all the time (boss, friends, family) "Listen...I may appear to be a happy functional human being right now, but make no mistake....I still feel F'ed up...okay". They just kinda nod...and I don't balme them...only WE people know what this shit is about. Its just no fun. I know it is not supposed to be fun, but I fully condone everyone saying (in a non complaining voice) "Motherfucker already....this shit really aint no fun". Then get back to being hard...and say "Fuck fun....I'm kicking this motherfucker".
K-don't worry about rationalizing. This is one of the hardest/trickiest parts of the kick...to be FEARLESSLY HONEST with yourself to the point where you KNOW...okay...1.5 mgs in 9 days equal an average of .166mgs per day. I am not "rationalizing using this miniscule amount...I'm being fucking sensible for once in my life". Shit. .166? Are you kidding me? You are doing great. Just make that your limit if you have to...in 9 days do 1.5 or 1 again. That's not rationalizing...that's intelligent.
There is a nice bonus once the kick is done (aside from...holy shit....I don't need an orange pill to survive). When you get through this you are forged from fucking steel. Everyday shit that people worry about will not phase you (aside from shelter and food). I'll close with two lyrics: by Jimmy and Jimi: "I've been dazed and confused for so long it's not true"....that was during the rough part, and now "If the sun refuses to shine, I don't mind...I don't mind. If the mountains, fall into the sea...let it be...it aint me". I'm cool. God Bless you all.
Fun Times, Queenie and this site have been sooo helpful to me too. I'm working abroad and no one knows about my past with oxy and herion and no one here could possibly understand even the slightest bit what i'm going through. I, like Fun Times, am a functioning addict. I used to do herion and go to work in finance. It was just what i did and no one knew my dark secret, which in a way made me feel even more on top of the world than with the drugs. It was like i had this inside joke that only i got and i was laughing at everyone around me. I'm sure i'm like many other people on this site...i will never truly hit a rock bottom because i am too functioning, but that isn't a reason not to quit and doesn't make it okay to use(i only realized that recently). I thought, if i can do all my regular life activities just as good f-ed up all the time as sober, then what is the point of being sober?? I still question that sometimes. But at some point it wasn't an option to function without drugs (not like i would have anyway) and thats when i decided i need to clean up my act. I had no defining moment, and i never will...at some point it just came down to being sick and tired of being sick and tired...no winding up in jail and no being close to death (well maybe a few times..). And knowing that whatever i do there was a very rare chance that my actions would have a negative impact on anyone but myself (no stealing, lying or cheating...just illegal drug use) and without that "rock bottom" in sight it makes it even harder to quit drugs. But i'm a better person now..i still have dreams about heroin and oxys at least three times a week and i do indulge in my weed habit (at least i did in the US) but i feel like i'm finally living for real. And that scares me shitless but it makes me proud at the same time. I lived for so long on drugs (I started at 14 and i'm 24) that living this life now is terrifying, but after discovering this site, I feel like it is not only possible, but probable. I've never been a fan of NA (i just can't seem to find a good group) but this is the best support system I can imagine. Thank you all so much for making me realize that i am not alone in this or anything and for all of the words of encouragement. I appreciate it more than any of you will ever know. Good luck to all. We will speak soon.
Hey K. You are sounding cool young lady. Real cool. Women in my opinion are more sensible then men. I'd almost bet (almost...b/c I quit doing that after too many times at the flats aka thouroughbred races) that you are a very attractive, extrememely intelligent, and genuinely kind person. And an absolute narcissist (spl. ck. pls?). I'm just giving my best guess...because I AM one too...it's not cool...but I'm trying to understand and be honest with myself. Anymore narcissistic folks here? I know what its like to pull up to a very respectable school of law in a Turbo Porsche (bought with perhaps slightly unclean funds), high as a kite on H, very well groomed, and look down on everybody there. Haha...you people actually study? It wasn't such an inside secret that I was different (I'm fairly certain I was the only guy hitting the gheto for H between classes)...but it was an inside joke/pleasure to me. I loved it. I mean being successful and on H (and smart enough to be in a meth clinic...just in case things got a bit dodgy) and upwardly mobile...that was my American Dream, and I was living it. Pride cometh before the fall. My opinion about women being more sensible may be wrong...but at age 24....I was just starting to have fun. YOU YOUNG LADY (UNLESS YOU ARE A 100 POUND MAN...MY APOLOGIES....LOL) ARE DOING SOMETHING BEAUTIFUL. I honestly love my career...but if I had quit when I was 24...I swear to God I wouldn't have a boss. Life works itself out the way it does...period. SO AGAIN K- NOW I'M ALMOST EMOTIONALLY INVESTED IN YOU DOING THE RIGHT THING...YOUR TOO YOUNG AND TALENTED TOO FUCK UP 15 MORE YEARS OF YOUR LIFE. LIKE I DID. DIG.
This site is blessing. Queenie- you seem strong and very determined. Your my age, and we have been through a little bit. I like your spirtuality. It's beautiful. I'm trying to find mine. Not into war stories...but here's a reminder of just how bad things were and get...this is a progressive disease...it only gets worse...never better. I have been stuck up so many times that someone had to be REALLY FUCKING CONVINCING EVEN WITH A GUN ON MY NECK BEFORE I WAS GIVING UP SHIT BEFORE I QUIT USING. In the beginning..they just had to pull a gun out and I gave up my cash. I possesed a superior ability to crash cars...into all kinds of things. I'm sure thats common here. I drove through a taped off murder "scene" not long ago (in fairness...after breaking through the first tape at the beginning of the block...I stopped with the tape on my windshield at the other end)...and the police looked at me with a state of utter disbelief...guns pointed at me of course...that anyone would do that. I actually considered it a reasonable thing to do...cops were everywhere...I wasn't really supposed to be on that block...might have been dirty...why stop? Cops and guns was a reasonable reason to stop. They showed me the dead victim's brains on the wet street, let me go...and of course I did what I went out to do.
I'm sure people have worse stories. I never killed anyone (thank God...with all the accidents), never committed armed robbery, I consider myself a GOOD PERSON. I LOVE TO HELP PEOPLE. ADDICTS BY NATURE ARE SELF-ABSORBED AND SELFISH...LIKE ME. SO I GUESS I LOVED TO HELP PEOPLE...AFTER I GOT WHAT I WANTED...AND DIDN'T REALLY MIND HURTING THEM TO GET IT. I FELT BAD UNTIL THE NEXT DAY.
FUCK ALL THAT. I'M NOT THAT WAY NOW BECAUSE I DON'T USE DRUGS...AND I'M NOT HOOKED ON SHIT! I believe addicts are for the most part kind and intelligent people (and selfish when using)....that unfortunately have something amiss with themselves inside, that makes them seek oblivion. Narcissism is a bad trait I will overcome. I will be humble. Perhaps God is using all the pain I went through to humble me. I thank him for it.
K or Queenie...feel free to shoot me a text or call sometime...if you want. I'd love to put a voice to these comments I hear. My cell is 312.342.1271, as you can see...I REALLY DON'T GIVE A FUCK WHO KNOWS IT. If you wanna call, just give me the first three numbers of your cell...and i'll know its you. I'll be free over the weekend...busy tonight. No hard feelings either way. I wish you both nothing but the best. Stay cool.
I have been a heroin user for 9 yrs. I decided after about 4 months of addiction that I would try a methadone detox. Well, they don't offer a detox plan; they only offer a maintenance plan. So, basically the government wants your money. They have no interest in seeing you clean; they want you to stand in line everyday and give them your $13.00 a dose to be addicted to something that is government regulated. By the way, methadone was the worst thing imaginable to come off of. I quit cold turkey, and I was sick for a month. I thought I would never get better. Obviously if I tried this methadone program 4 months into my addiction; I relapsed. In October of 2008 I went into a detox program. They used suboxone. I had quit cold turkey numerous times, but I just couldn't do it this time. After about a week I had completed my taper. I have to admit though, I did feel some withdrawal symptoms. Sometimes you do need a break from the withdrawal, and when I was sick from the methadone I did get high once a week. I needed to sleep, to move, to do anything other than be in agonizing pain. You can do this, and for a doctor to think that substituting one drug for another is better, well, in my opinion it's not. They mislead people into thinking that suboxone is some miracle drug. There is no miracle drug, but you will be a better person for going through this experience, and if you have to take the edge off every now and then do it. It is just unfortunate that we aren't warned that these other drugs have a much longer and sometimes much worse withdrawal than our original addictions. Good luck to anyone who needs it.
Hey Fun Times..you hit the nail pretty much on the head. only i'm not a "hey look at me" narcissist, i'm a "self hating so everyone must be looking at me" narcissist. I've had some childhood trauma that has lead me to seek out the incorrect things to try to comfort myself and live with the memories of my past. Much of my behavoir is just to try to cope with life. I'm a drug addict, and if something can be abused I will be the one to abuse it. In college I even managed to turn occational acid use into a habit..i had to be tripping all the time (and I did for a good 6 months). That's why i felt so at home with opiates. It just makes everything okay. I could forget about the past and the present and it would stop my mind from racing about the future. It gave me peace of mind for the first time in my life and i wanted to hold onto that feeling forever. Well that's how it was like in the beginning. After a while it wasn't an option not to use and that was okay with me because what is the point in living such a painful life when you don't have to? I'm still having trouble coming to terms with some of this stuff. I too agree that most of the addicts i've met are too intelligent for their own good (I tihnk that's one of my problems). Being so aware is hard to deal with and at times i wish i was ignorant like so many other people..being content working their 9-5 jobs and wanting settling down and getting married. Ugh..life sucks. FT - my Indian cell has the numbers 966 in it..i'll shoot you a text that my company will pay for later this weekend.
Amanda - I agree. I wish someone (namely my DR) had explained just how addictive Suboxone would be. I'm not sure if i would have cared (I was so concerned about not using H and oxy I would have taken anything) but at least then i could have made an informed decision about going on it. This detox is waaay longer and waay more uncomfortable. I'm still not sure if i will ever feel whole again.
ello there (best english accent)!Just wanted to say addicts are the most interesting people i know. As a nurse, im around all kinds of people and at the end of the day im always so happy to be around other addicts(recovering of course). Alot of peolple in my field are very judgmental of addicts and say " they did it to themselves", which is true but i dont belive its that cut and dry! I never wanted to be a H addict when i was a kid...it just sorta happened.Whats funny is there are alot of drug abusers in the health care industry that judge patients and then turn around and have their hand in the cookie jar! I do not discuss my situation with coworkers as i have found some things are better left unsaid! I do however advocate for some of the pts who come in addicted (in my own way). anyway, i just spent two lovely days at the beach here in south Florida and it was great and i realized im nolonger experiancing any w/d symptoms. I also slept 8 hours solid last night. Fun Times you are so honest it cracks me up! K, are you feeling any better yet? my area code is 954. Stay strong guys. With love, Queenie
K - wow you said it "Being so aware is hard to deal with and at times i wish i was ignorant like so many other people..being content working their 9-5 jobs" That is exactly what landed me in the situation I'm in now. The constant state of wake up, go to gym, feed dog, take shower, work my ass off & people scream at me, go home, go to sleep and do it all over again is so fucking depressing that the only way I could work and for awhile actually LIKE my job was to pop pills like tic tacs. Thats exactly it, being so aware of it makes it so you can't even enjoy the weekend coming because you know you gotta do it all over again. And yea, we can all try and find some bullshit "rewarding" career but the only things that are genuinely rewarding don't pay the bills. And I don't know about you, but then I'm so aware of this, that I try to tell myself I need to stop thinking like this, I'm young and need to enjoy my life because before I know it I'm gonna be old. I guess I just need to find something that really makes me happy and do it... but WTF is that!!!??
Dusty - that is exactly it! I feel like i am wasting my life and everyday that i'm not doing something great with my life is another day i've failed. I hate my job, feel unstatisfied with my life, and just go through the motions because I know that I should be. When i was using, i just didn't give a fuck. It let me forget about how miserable my life is and made going to work and doing my routines tolerable. This being sober thing is miserable because everyday i wake up in a panic and say, "what the fuck are you doing with your life, K???" I know that I need to find something that makes me happy, but nothing does. The closest I have come to that was using and it didn't make me happy so much as numb (to me they are two in the same). I have no passions besides scoring and dread living the rest of my life. I need to find something I'm passionate about, but i have no clue what that is.
just checking to see if i need an account before i post
k well i weened down after a forever opiate addiction from subs to about 1mg a day i got tramadol for some fractured bones and now i'm 10 days 0subs and taking like 50-150mg tramadol to ease my symptoms plus some benadryl i don't feel terrible but i don't feel great either i think this is the best site so far as w/d goes detailed days and all are awesome...i'm now down to 50mg tramadol starting today for the next 5 days i figured i would feel a wee set back when i'm done with them but that will only last a couple of days and the worst of the sub w/d will be over if anybody else has experience with this drug let me know...when i kicked dope i used vics and i don't even remember feeling a set back and tramadol isn't even as strong as them and subs are def. the same damn dif. as dope except w/d is a wee different so i think i'll be okay it's not like i'm having a walk in the park right now......man i'm so grateful for this site i went to drugs.com and nobody even answered my thread!!!wtf but it's all good
Merchantofdeath- hang in there boss and do whatever you need to do to get through. In prob another week you'll be good (not great but good). What made you decide to stop anyway? Not that it matters im just curious. PS use icy hot if your muscles start aching
I posted 3 weeks ago about quitting for good and my experiences with withdrawing off of oxys and suboxone. I sit here 3 fucken weeks later in the same god dam position. I am so sick of this fucken shit. I relapsed last week again, not bad, but enough, doing 1-2 80s per day; now I am back on the sub again trying to get off. Took 4 mgs yesterday, and 6 mgs today, but the subs are no longer working for me. They stop the bad wds, but I still am anxious, depressed, and worse of all - the worst hot and cold flashes imaginable.
I am at my wit's fucking end. I am a 30 year old, successful businessman (who would be more successful if it werent for the 800 lb gorrilla on my back) with a beautiful, supportive fiance and great parents. Yet, this shit has made me mentally, emotionally, and physically weak to the point, where I am really starting to lose hope and begin to think about painting my office walls with my brains.
If I am not successful kicking it this time, I don't know what to do. There is no end in sight to this thing. I know that I can stabilize with the sub and might be able to crack a smile in a month, but it starts all over again, when I try and come of the sub. Then, on top of that, I have a years worth of fucken depression and insomnia to look forward to. Honestly, I would sell my soul to the lucifer himself to be rid of this problem.
Dog - I hear you. The only thing worse than coming down off a strick regimin of opiates is having to go back to the life that lead you to use in the first place. Some people use for fun but I've always used as a means to deal with all the shit that takes place in my head. That has definitely been the worst part of detoxing...going back to the way i felt before i used and never sleeping never having a normal thought. All i can say is that smoking weed and hash has helped me considerably, but i know that is not a long term plan. Good luck and if you find the devil, send him my way...i'm willing to make a few deals.
K - You are 1000% correct. My problem is similar. . Unlike you, I don't have any crazy shit or demons in my head. I have been completely off and dam near sleeping again 2 times already, but the same thing always leads me to falling of the wagon again - boredom. My mind gets bored. Its embarrassing and ashame to say it, when compared to the problems of other people. I partied hard throughout my 20s and now that it is time to calm it down, I find life very boring. I really need to learn to direct that boredom to something worthwhile.
Hey,
I've spent the good last hour reading all of these posts—really great!
I have been on black tar Heroin for the past month. Previous to that I was on suboxone and had been for about 1 year taking 8mg (1 pill) per day. I have been struggling with some sort of opiate my whole life it seems, well, ever since i had my first knee surgery and found out about pain pills. Anyhow, I heard about suboxone through a friend and i quit taking drugs and got on suboxone after a bit of a struggle to get there, but I did it.
After about 6 months of being on suboxone i decided i wanted to quit and just go back to taking nothing... Well... i found it too hard to do. As soon as I got my dosage down to about 1mg suboxone every other day, my cravings just got too strong and I ended up moving the dosage back up. I never felt any pain or withdrawal though while tapering down to the .5mg from 8mgs though. It was about a 6 week taper and I would just feel a slight discomfort every time i brought the dosage down, but nothing much and pretty painless.
I don't understand all of this pain that every one is talking about with quitting suboxone?? I was told by my doctor that if i did the taper that he put me on, that I wouldn't feel any withdrawal, and I pretty much didn't, the problem for me was the strong cravings that came and so I went back on suboxone to keep myself from doing the dope again.
I am a couple days from getting back on suboxone from Heroin again. I have been on the heroin for about a month, like I mentioned but for some reason, it is just so scary waiting to be ready to get back on the suboxone because it is uncomfortable for the first couple days.
I have never comletely been successful in getting off of suboxone again completely. I have tapered down to taking next to nothing (.5mgs) but never completely. I really don't understand all of the withdrawal pains that have been mentioned several times in this post. Is that just because of trying to go cold turkey off of the suboxone? I can tell you that if you taper over a period of about 6 weeks, that there will be no withdrawal... can anyone else testify to that also?
Well, as of today, i'm trying to find the courage to kick the dope and get back on the subs, and then after I do that, i want to taper off the subs again and possibly go to rehab which I have never done before and feel it will be the cherry on top to getting myself permanently clean.
Any words or encouragement or comments to what I have to say?
Keep the great posts coming and thanks for sharing all of your stories!
Steve
Awwwwwwwwwwww Shit. Here we go. My computer is F'ed up at home so I just read the comments from work. K, Dustybug, I swear...I SUPPORT YOU, PRAY FOR YOU, AND WISH YOU SUCCESS AND HAPPINESS!!! I DO.
BUT I AINT TRYING TO TELL YOU WHAT YOU WANNA HEAR ONLY WHAT YOU BETTER MUTHERFUCKING KNOW!!!!!!
K-"I too agree that most of the addicts i've met are too intelligent for their own good (I tihnk that's one of my problems). Being so aware is hard to deal with and at times i wish i was ignorant like so many other people..being content working their 9-5 jobs and wanting settling down and getting married. Ugh..life sucks".
Wow!!!!!! Now that is some HARDCORE NARCISSISM! For Real! Fuck! Wow!!!!!! Now I got something to say: I work with attorneys, in fact I advise them (some are smarter than others, I couldn't call one ignorant). At times I need a really really smart attorney to advise me on how to advise them. These are not ignorant people...not by a long shot. Queenie, it appears that your work in a hospital. If you have a cardio or neuro ward...I bet that you can atest to the fact that there are some very smart surgeons. I dare say...way smarter than me. Attorneys aren't surgeons (thankfully, or we wouldn't have such a thing as surgery....hahahahhaha). I'm not Shakespeare, Oppenheimeir....or Kepler. Neither are you. WERE THEY SO SMART THAT THEY HAD TO BECOME ADDICTED TO DOPE...BECAUSE...HOLY SHIT...THEY "REALLY KNEW HOW THE WORLD WORKS" AND "WERE WAYYYYYY TO SMART FOR A 9-5". Doubt it. they probably worked for three days without sleeping with their genius ideas on the true nature of a Lepton. C'mon.
What about the really regular people. Take for instance my Infiniti mechanic. I have a basic understanding of an internal combustion engine. I can take one apart. I can put one back togather...with the help of a machinist. If the engine is from 1972. Variable Rate Timing Dual Overhead Camshafts running off of a brainbox...aka...a car computer that runs a lot of shit...namely the entire car...is wayyyyyyy beyond my practicle knowledge. I dare say that fuckers smart. Why does go to work, this smart fellow? Didn't he read Nietzsche, Sartre, Heidenger and Kierkegaard? Whoa is me...life is purely a matter of perception....there is no truth....blah, blah....motherfucking blah. Save it.
DIG THIS. WE ARE THE FUCKING WEAK. ARE YOU TRYING TO TELL ME THAT A 'SIMPLER' PERSON THAN YOU IS IGNORANT BECAUSE THEY CAN'T SEE WHAT YOU SEE. THEY ARE SMART ENOUGH NOT TO PICK UP A FUCKING DOPE HABIT. THATS RIGHT. FUCK- DO YOU HONESTLY THINK THE WHOLE FUCKING WORLD WOULDN'T RATHER LOVE TO BE KICKED BACK NODDING ON DOPE AFTER A HARD FUCKING DAY'S WORK THAN ACTUAL DEALING WITH REALITY?!? SHIT...I KNOW A TON OF DUMB DOPE FIENDS. GETTING THROUGH LIFE CLEAN AND SOBER (AS IN SON OF A BITCH EVERYTHING'S REAL!) TAKES STRENGTH. THERE ARE CONSEQUENCES TO USING...SUPRISE. Who is smarter than who? Who is stronger than who? Feeling a little "unsatistfied". Poor folks. Fly to Rawanda or Darfur...maybe you can participate in the famine, pestilence...and in your lucky....a little genocide.
Keeping thinking that you are the Chosen One...keep taking Morpheous' pills...and enjoy a little more pain NEO. I swear to everyone hear...I thought the same exact motherfucking thing that K mentioned. 17 years later....Suprise. I'm not the chosen one. Humility folks. Everyone would like a little oblivion after a hard day. Some people are strong enough to live without it...and to do the right thing.
I have used oxys, percs, roxys, hydros, anything I could get for the last two years. We were spending so much money on them every day that we started doing subs in between because we could get them cheaper. I finally decided I wanted my life back and I was going to do whatever it took!! So I have not done a pill in almost 3 weeks. I stayed on the subs until last Thursday, I wheened myself down. I never would let myself do much of a sub even when I was using them in between pills. I would just shave off a small line. So it got to where I needed this teeny little bump just to get through the day. It was just so stupid!! I wanted to be a normal person again that did not need to do something every morning just to get by. It is the end of my 5th day without anything! I feel wonderful! The first two days were the worst, but nothing compared to oxy withdrawls. The second day I felt like doing easter shopping for my little one and stayed out of the house most of the day, even drove 30 miles to visit my dad. I still have still felt like cleaning up the house and did a couple loads of laundry. We went to the grocery store tonight. I am doing all the things that I used to need the sub to be able to do. I have mild restless legs, and insomnia, but I take a quarter of my husbands sleeping pill and I am out for the night. I have gone to work and made it through. I am getting over diarrah now, and feel amazing. The symptoms I have had have not been nearly bad enough to keep me in bed or keep me from doing anything I would normally do. I just want this so bad and I listen to several songs that keep me motivated. I feel better and better every day, and I wish everyone that is trying to get through the same thing, the best of luck! Just remember that there is an end to it all.
Guess what guys....in the medical world we (addicts) fall under a catogory titled mental illness. HOWS THAT PILL FOR SWALLOWING? When you continue to do the same thing over and over when you know what the final outcome is( Death, jail, nutward) you are officially insane! I agree with you guys life can be boring and scary but the key is to stay really busy and volunteer your extra time helping someone less fortunate than yourself. Our time on earth is short. What will people be able to say about you when you die? He/she was a caring ,giving, kind person who did this, this, and this or, He/she was a piece of sh*t and waste of life junkie. Just some food for thought. As a 37 year old who has battled this demon a long time i tell yiu nothing in life thats worth having comes easy( except maybe the lottery). Dig deep and find inner strength. I hope some of you younger folks dont struggle 20 years away like i have. Time goes by fast and 20 tuns into 35 in what seems like no time. As always i wish you all the best and send my prayers up for you.
Alright. I almost kinda sorta got a tiny bit little 'remorsefull' about coming off as kinda harsh. I said almost. On the one hand, I DO NOT want to hurt anyone's feelings. However...I don't have a problem grabbing car keys from a drunk before he kills himself or herself and someone else. He can be pissed at me now...and hopefully...cool off later. In any event, I'M NOT GONNA LET THIS DUDE CRASH AND BURN IF I CAN HELP IT.
I would like to comment on what Queenie said...because I'm with it. I almost regret calling addicts weak people...with the complete understanding that I am a full blown addict. Is it a disease...doctors say it is. So if you don't like thinking that during active addiction you were weak...cool...you were sick with a mental illness. Entirely plausible, I'm not ruling it out. If it wasn't a disease to begin with...it sure the fuck became a mental illness after a little while.
So..now we all have a disease, called addiction. Let's say we were born with or acquired it or whatever. Were all f'ed up. Queenie is right...we as addicts have all become insane. Except for those of you who planned on winding up addicted to hardcore opiates and planned on getting on suboxoxe, and planned on a terrible kick. You folks are exempt...your genius maschocist (which is still a mental illness). But for the rest of us who made less brilliant choices that got us here...shit...didn't you know after being sick the first time kinda where this was going? Kept putting your hand on that hot stove anyway...thinking this time...it wouldn't burn. Didn't ya. Told yourself...if I just put my hand on the stove a little less often (which you couldn't do anyway)...for sure it wouldn't burn. Result...you got some f'ed up looking hands after a awhile. Addicts, and I have seen the 'pictures'...have some f'ed looking brains after a while.
So, what now? I'll tell everyone: YOU ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR YOUR DISEASE, BUT YOU ARE REALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR YOUR RECOVERY. THAT IS THE MOST "PROFOUND" AND IMPORTANT THING I WILL EVER SAY ON THIS SITE. That is as good as I got.
If you are a diabetic...like my father was....take insulin. If you are addict...get in RECOVERY. It's that simple. A disease....which doesn't go away...but like diabetes...it can be arrested. Go make a citizen's arrest on this motherfucking disease...or get high. Your choice. Only you can want to do it. I like Queenie pray that you arrest this disease through Recovery. Jails, Institutions, and Death. Those are the "yets..." waiting if you don't. For what it's worth...don't go to NA if you don't want to. Don't seek counseling if your too cool. Some loving Recovering Addicts made me one simple promise: Get into Recovery, come to meetings, take our advice...and if it doesn't work...no trouble....we will gladly refund your pain. I'll take my tax refund...I'll let the pain go. God bless you all. Pray to Him and you might get a good answer.
checkin in
k...well i wrote before and it didn't post...it's me i'm a goof.
well progress....i've been answered at drugs.com forum=need to talk? and they there are 2 members with a lot of experience with tapering of subs. now i know i could logically sit down & figure this all out myself but having the support really helps out with the my will power. okay well i was using tramado to come of subs i was on day 10 and feeling lousy as well as sick to my stomach from the tramadol[which after extensive research...should not be used w/subs...luckily i didn't mix them but really we've all have been garbage cans before, right] i was advised to stop taking the tramadol & restabalize on the subs which i had tapered down to 1mg before i switched off to tramadol. i did what they recommended and i feel better which of course we all know would happen.
now i'm on a scheduled taper.i'm going to take 1mg of sub for 4 days then cut down 25% every 4 days depending on how my body is reacting. so the schedule goes like this:
1mg/4days
.75/4days
.50/4days [.25 in the am & .25 in the pm]
........................then the schedule switches up since it is of the upmost importance to feel stable at each level of tapering the days may proceed past 4 it depends on how your feeling. they use 4 days b/c of the 1/2 life of subs... if it's too fast for your chemistry to keep up with and you start feeling w/d you may stay on that dose until you feel straight. and that stands for every increment of this tapering schedule that is why you talk to them everyday to help gauge the best course of action on an individual basis.
now you'll begin to start skipping the pm dose every other day;
.25am & .25pm/1day
.25am & skip/1day
.25am & .25pm/1day
.25am & skip/1day
.25am & .25pm/1day
.25am & skip/1day
.25am & skip/1day
.25am & .25pm/1day
.....so every 4 days you'll adjust your dose, providing your adjusting okay...now the next set you'll skip the pm dose 3 days in a row and eventually you'll be at .25 and eventually that'll be your jump off.........but alot of times people will reduce down to aprx. 1/2 of .25 like .12mg or whatever then jump off...but that is slow i'll use .25 as the last dose for example purposes so you'll be at .25 for 4days then you'll go to every other day for a while then every 3 days then every 4 days and i'm not really sure after that other than what seems to be the next logical step and that is be done. everybody says either they felt no w/d or very little. so since i really want to do this right and suffer the least i'm gonna try this.
this hubs greatest attribute is it's daily journal of what people experience as they detox so i decided that is what i'll contribute. i have yet to read of somebody doing that here. although i really can't wait to be done i want to do this slow so my body has time to adjust...it's been abused long enough and getting clean is about doin' things right [isn't insanity repeating the same mistakes and expecting different results?] and i'm always in such a haste to get off & be clean that i end up hurting and back on square one...over and over and over and over again.this time around i want to make sure i'm done for sure and going slow i think is a good idea. i'm not going to glorify my addiction or carry on that i'm some super addict w/crazy tolerances...that's so unimpressive when i see people posting how tough or "bad" they are. but i will give a quick time line b/c that is relevant to my detox and my body's reaction to tapering:
2yrs herion & misc. opiates
3 1/2 yrs. methadone [peaking at 190mg tapered to 20mg for subs]
2 yrs. subs [started at 16mg tapered to 1mg over this last year]
so aprx. 7 years w/out a break of synthetic opiates in my body so it is only logical that my body needs to repair while i'm tapering to feel min. w/d. and i am no super hero to be honest i'm tired of fighting the good fight...ya at 18 cold turkey sucked but doable now no way i'm defeated i'm only 30 & i just don't have it in me so i'm gonna try to make this as comfortable as i can. i might take longer to adjust as i taper than 4 days and that's okay. so i will log in hopefully everyday and give a bried account of what is going on. i recommend visiting drugs.com to anybody looking to get off subs it has a high success rate and it's done by people that have been where we are now they are not doctors but they are experienced & educated.so sorry for such a long post future ones will be alot briefer but i thought for those in need this is a good explaination & my history is important to why i feel the way i do. thanks and good luck to all!!!!!!!!!!
1mg/day 3
i feel fine no symptoms what so ever. i'm sleeping & eating & fully funtional & no anxiety/depression has set in.[ however i was at 1mg for 2mths before i tried quitting. i tapered myself down from 2mg to 1mg over night & had min. w/d and adjusted quite quickly.but if your on this schedule i recommend using their method of cutting down 25% i was anxious and by msyelf.]i taper down in 2 days to .75 and i'm hoping that is okay as well but for now i'm happy to be stable at 1mg.
drugs.com= http://www.drugs.com/forum/need-talk/
i highly recommend it. this links right to the forum i talked about and look for robert325 or musicman they are the ones that work w/ you on a one to one basis. if you need anyother information or support you can find tons of references there.
i think coming to this hub for support & journaling as well as the drugs.com for sheduled tapering "program" & recommendations are a good step to getting off subs. i just wanted to contribute back what is helping me maybe it can help somebody else too.
oh sorry for any typos i don't feel like editing or proof reading :)
first...i would like to apologize to K and Dustybug for not speaking in a more thoughtful and constructive way. i hope you both accept my apology as it is sincere. i am impulsive and posess terrible judgment. God i want you two too succeed. i'm pretty introspective. i was really upset at the fact that my best intentions were not tempered by humility or judgment. i prayed for both of you by name last nite, at 10pm, and fell asleep before i was done. i woke up when my alarm rang 6am. a peaceful nite. i do not like going to sleep being angry at anyone or having someone angry at me. my biggest concern today wasn't getting to work...but writing this. hopefully you will accept my apology as sincere. it is. and keep focused on your detox/recovery.
this is a journal of sorts. boredom led me to use. using felt alot more like being alive than boredom did. it hurt in the end.
hello merchant of death. i hope things go well for you. i humbly hope that you and i both succeed in this endeavor. being 'hard' is what i sincerely felt i needed to be to kick. i felt other people might have to be hard too. if not...i apologize. i agree...boasting of a high tolerance is passe'...i told everyone where i was...just like you did. i told everyone of the stupid things i did...as a reminder to myself how far i had come...and how far my addiction led me. to me it's important to tell people what i believe...addiction leads to death...so i saw no harm in adding real life illustrations.
i'm not going to lie...i thought being mildly criticized for expressing what i don't even consider a high tolerance (i have friends shooting raw weight...i never did that...not even close)...which was 'where i was at' as being exremely unimpressive- when i really wasn't trying to impress someone...kinda turned me off. same thing with telling folks...i was hard...you might need to be a little hard...that seemed reasonable. i couldn't have got completely off subs as long as i did without being hard. and it came from the humblest of sources...Merchantofdeath. i can kid with you and tell you that it seems like that name would be extremely unimpressive to a teenager these days. but i am kidding. honestly. you are doing something cool...keep doing it. and when i speak out of turn...correct me. i have an open mind. i appreciate criticism these days...it makes me look at myself...because "i am my own worst enenemy...i'm a hazard to myself". Thanks Queenie, K-, Dustybug, Mechantofdeath, and everyone on this site. help me help myself...and i'll try and be as supportive as i can.
stevenp....if you've never been to rehab then maybe you should try outpatient therapy...your insurance or county will probably do that first anyways. i would do outpatient & go to NA meetings & listen to their advice. i don't know your overall history but i'm guessing your mind set is like everybody elses. rehab blows to be honest but if you never went you won't hate it as much as when your a "repeat offender". oh and i'm tapering now and it seems if i do it right i won't feel any w/d....fingers crossed.
fun times....i actually wasn't even referencing you at all....i was reflecting on how i was when i was younger and i was thinking of the people i see in my life who still use. i enjoyed your posts truth be told...sorry if their was any misunderstanding.oh and you could joke around with me as crazy as you want. i'm very down to earth & posses a very dark sense of humor. oh and the name comes from an inside joke between my boyfriend and i that's y i used it.[just to fill ya in] but i don't take myself that seriously & i appreciate kidding around it lightens the day up. oh and i rarely take offense to what people say b/c i'm pretty raw & only expect the same in return.
1mg day 4
i feel fine still...good deal. i usually have a difficult time waking up but today i actually woke up fine. i'm also a night person through & through and i've finally managed the last couple of days to go to bed before 1pm. i'm staying busy cleaning and organizing our apt. i've been depressed and laying about for what seems like eternity so it's nice to feel productive. plus i was thinking that any activity/exersize would help "jump start" my natural opiates...i've also been trying to eat well and drink healthy. i guess i 'm prepping for the lower end of the tapering.if i develop a schedule i can better evaluate if i'm not feeling right. like i mentioned in prior posts i really want to do this right. i have no desire to use dope or anything i'm fortunate to be passed that but i don't want to be dependent on subs forever it is very spiritually confining for me.
awwwwwww man.....Merchantofdeath....i just assumed you were a guy. damn it. that's a cool name for a chick. lol. i'm glad all is well. i like your comments very much. no misdunderstanding...just another case of a narcissitic addict...me...thinking the world revolves around myself. one day....i'll realize it doesn't. fun times!
ya i like that the name is ambigious....hey no worries...& you are the center of your world...but when i talk to somebody or whatever i'll put their name first so there isn't any confusion...you'll find though that most of my posts will be just ramblings sort of reminds me of diary of a madman by bukowski...i just go off on rants...that's what i like about this site..it helps me clear up my thinking and try to find the point behind whatever it is i'm thinking. my head...i call it the committee b/c i picture a "board" of different people [atheist, moralist, scientist, rebel, etc.] sitting at this table inside my head and whatever comes up for debate they all scabble and have different perspectives which leads to different outcomes or solutions to whatever it may be that i'm contemplating so needless to say getting it all out and in front of me helps organize my thoughts. oh and i too enjoy your posts.
Fune Times - no worries. i'm a big girl and can take some criticism. You don't have to apologize for how you feel or what you think. Thanks for doing so, though.
Merchant - I wish you had come onto this site about three weeks ago when i first stopped my subs. I definitely needed a better taper plan. I had myself down to 4mgs a day and thought that was low enough to stop cold turkey. Needless to say I experienced the WORST w/d symptoms that seemed to go on forever. I went 9 days on 0mgs before i could get a hold of my dr who told me to take 1-2mg every few days to help my body adjust. I took 1.5 mgs 9 days ago and plan on taking another 1mg tonight before i go to bed (1.5 every nine days seems reasonable). I was nervous about it at first, but the more i experience this and the more i read it seems like i was putting myself through more pain than was actually necessary. I'm on day 18 (with a tiny piece every 9 for i'm gonna say the first 27 days) and i feel a hell of a lot better than i did on any other day (well maybe not 9 but that's a given). Also i am very grateful that i am not trying to do this at home. Being in India makes trying to score H or oxys damn near impossible and i fear that if I were in my regular environment i would have picked up again to ease the pain. This has certainly not been fun, but i'm finally starting to feel proud of myself instead of constantly ashamed. Thanks to everyone. I really appreciate having a place to go when things get too hard or i just need to vent to someone about detoxing. Take care everyone
K you sound like me being in a big hurry and starting that vicious cycle over and over again...i strongly suggest scoping out the website i posted it seems to be helping me out alot. i too put myself through unnecassary pain. if you do go to the site seekout the 2 members i mentioned and fill them in. dr.'s usually go by a universal tapering schedule instead of tailoring it to individual needs and adjustments.
everybody's body reacts so differently to coming of subs that's why when you read posts about people detoxing it ranges so vastly in experiences. i've come to realize that no one experience is goin' to measure up to my own & one on one guidance is the most responsible thing i could do for my body & finally taper off correctly thus ending the vicious cycle.
it sounds like your doing well though...keep up the good work & my boyfriend and i are contemplating moving to europe where people work to live instead of living to work like here in the states. we're saving up to relocate sometime next year after getting married...can't wait.we have a few ideas of where we want to check out but if you travel often and have any suggestions that would be great! he's a mechanic [gearhead sooo bad!] & in a couple of years i'll have my degree in neuroscience with a double minor in religion & philosophy. i think they are pretty good fields for relocating. oh and i'm very jealous of you K! :) happy trails in india.
hi everyone, Merchantofdeath, i guess you didnt see i posted my entire detox on this site (just scroll up and you will see). Im coming up on 6 weeks and im sleeping 8 hours again eating great and have gained most of my weight back (135). Today i went to Hollister and spent 220 on new duds! How awesome to buy clothes instead of drugs. I think everyone should continue to keep it real on this site , thats what makes it great!
queenie...? i'm not sure where you got the idea that i didn't read your posts by what i wrote....but i did read them. i'm pretty sure that i stated that the day to day journals of those dextoxing was, in my eyes, one of the best assests of this hub. either way i'm happy to hear your doing well.
.75mg day 1 [taper day 5]
am dose .25mg
k well i had to take the 4mg i had and smash it into powder...kinda scary...and break it into .25mg & .50mg all guessing of course. so then i made little "envelopes" out of post it, the non stick kind, and divide up the next 6 days of my schedule.
i took my am dose of .25mg like an hour ago and i seem to be okay. i've been drinking hot tea just incase the stupid chills sneak up on me. i'll be reposting later after i take my .50mg pm dose. this will go on for the next 4days. by then i'll def. know if my body is adjusting accordingly since the 1/2 life of my previous doses are still intermingling with my biochemistry. but so far i feel okay other than tripping myself out. i'm trying to stay busy...cleaning & other misc. apt. chores as well as eat all 3 meals and load up on liquids. i feel like i'm preparing my body for some chemicla warfare.......well i guess i am....the better prepped and armed the better my chances of overcoming whatever may come my way.
anyways i'm feeling okay and i'll post the pm prognosis later on....
it's cool that everyone is doing better. K-thaks for being cool...and I am proud of you too. I'll never actually meet you...but i am genuinely proud of you. thats's an interesting dynamic of this site...i'm never actually going to meet anyone on it...but damn if i don't feel for you. i do. i kicked in a fairly non-sensical way...not doing as smart of a taper as I could have (as previously noted...my judgment is really bad), but i did honestly get one benefit...this particular kick really was unpleasant...i spent by far the better part of everyday for like 2 months on the floor....i slept on the floor...etc., etc. that after going through this 'ordeal' life is quite easy now. it takes an awful lot to phase me after that...and that awful of a lot has happened yet...i remain unphased. i may get angry...but it's extremely short lived. i don't have time to be angry.
i just celebrated 3 months without subs (and other shit)...and i am proud.
Ms. Merchant of Death....I'm really glad you are here. i like to journal...awesome benefit. i love to rant...clears my head. i like 'talking' with people who are doing what i am. i like to help. i like to be helped. i was tinking about your atheist member of your commitee. i used to love and read nietzsche...quite a firm atheist in my early 20s. then one day it kinda occurred to me...athiesm is as dogmatic as catholism (i'm proud to say i was an altar boy...for the current cardinal of chicago when he was just a priest...and never got molested ;) ) he was cool. but atheist say there is no God. really...how do you know. it's a faith, like catholism. you can believe there is no God...which is the exact same faith someone uses when they believe their is one. you cannot prove either scientifically...so they are both purely faith based ideas. to be agnostic seems to be the one 'reasoned' approach. they admit...who knows?
sure...the judeau-christrian bible can be found to be simply inaccurate on many levels. scientifically unsound. contradictory in itself...eye for an eye...turn the other cheek. mutually-exclusive ideas. i am kinda big on how Jesus...if he existed...carried himself. he had the whole bill and ted's 'just be excellent to one another vibe' which is cool. be excellent to each other. a final thought on religion. doestoevsky called it the opium of the people. that does sound appealing to me...hahaha. opium without the withdrawals...lemme get some. happy Easter Christians...and thank God or thank oxygen...it's FRIDAY!!!!!!!! Fun Times!
Fun times...your posts are always stimulating...i tend to look at the school of thought behind anything fundamentalist instead of the often corrupt organization. i always took nietsche as somebody who questioned the meaning of existence not so much as contemplated it's origin...although if you read in between the lines it's obvious what he thought.
it's funny how your just born a certain way...i've have def. been hard wired since birth to question everything and my natural "bottom line" to all is bleak & morbid. however i have this huge existentialist side to me that has created this uproar of spiritual rhetoric to carry on inside me....which i'm forever grateful for.it's like my birth given beekon guiding me through musty dark thoughts that perpetually circulate through my mind.i can laugh at myself though...i always come to the conclusion that the only real nilist is a dead one....:) but it's very thought process that validates the empty life style of addiction to me [or has] what's the point in caring anyways???? well i've obviously come to terms with that by deciding i create the significance....i create the reality i chose to experience everyday....so which life is to be? sort of a tabula rasa carpe diem metaphysical cocktail i guess...but hey it gets me through ya know....
c what you have started...tsk tsk...no i have to settle everybody down.....
spell check is for metrosexuals...lol...inside thing
sorry it's sacreligious to misspell nihilist....lmao
oh & as far as jesus i have this standing theory...i actually came close to writing it as a reflection paper in a low level theology course....summerized:ya know how back in the day how people where easily impressed.okay well now adays the intellectual crazies that are like on time square ranting enlightening but insane nonsense their that their the messiah and they say demands need to be meet well i believe jesus may have been a hybrid of a crazy and a david blaine...crazy man w/cool tricks...like the dude on tv...FIRE THE POWER OF CHRIST COMPELLS YOU...and they walk omg it's a miracle...believe strong enough and it does become your reality....well it goes alot deeper but that's the jist....thought you'd find particular string of thoughts entertaining....but ya anybody chill w/ a solid soul makes a good role model
.75mg day 1
.50mg pm dose
well i must say i started to feel a wee bit lathargic and felt the chills but i also know that i wasn't doing much to distract myself either. but it was tolerable i mean i could still function and take a nap if needed so like on a scale from 0-10 i'll give my symptoms a 1 and i'm sure i'll be okay i'm gonna stick with my schedule and see what day 4 brings. i think taking the .25mg in the am is was the hard part cause i took the 1mg in it's entirety yesterday morning....i should have split the dosing into .50am/pm...oh well i feel fine actually now that i dosed like an hour ago adn tomorrow afternoon will probably be the same but if this is the worst....i'd b grateful....i've had worse colds....k will keep ya posted
awwwww merchant (may i call you merchant or death ;) ) great post. yeah...i remember my existentialist days...they were 'real' fun. not 'fake' drug fun. i wasn't on dope yet (first run at college). i actually stole beyong good and evil and human all too human and daybreak from my college library. hahahahahahaha. i bought the hollingdale edition of zarathustra...they only had the bogus one by kauffman or someone...i purposely forgot his name b/c i took my nietzsche seriously and he did such a poor job. i agree that he had a life affirming message....not a nihilist like schopenhauer...imo...nietzsche evolved. being and time, being and nothingness...i dug that shit alot...those were truly fun times. it's kinda cool remembering back to when i cared enough about this stuff to ditch class and go in the library and read all the existentialism they had. yeahhhh...don't grow old...it sucks.
if you really wanna wrap your mind around some shit...seriously....i am talking the most absolutely insane motherfucking genius stuff i have ever seen...buy Alan Moore's Mindscape. dvd. phewwww. i didn't dig the movies...but watchmen was cool (the comic), v for vendetta was bad as shit....and then miraclemen man hit with an opening sequence quoting zarathustra....he is this lightning....he is this madness. fuck. the movie is insane...Mindscape of Alan Moore. phewwwww.
zeitgeist online is fairly entertaining...you probably saw it...if not...click and watch. 911...christianity...the fed...i mean i have a business degree with honors and i never paid attention enough to realize that we do not have american money in our pockets...there is no such thing as american money (except for the uncirculated silver back securities jfk printed before eating a bullet)...our cash is printed from a bank owned by the rockefellers, rothschilds, and morgans. that sucks. they just pay for the paper and ink. headline...they just printed a trillion more dollars...what the fuck do they care. its only fiat cash...backed by...the paper it is printed on. fun times.
hey...maybe you shouldn't be morbid. i found existentialism to be really life affirming. you are young. the stupid reason i got turned off of all of it was when i read that nietzsche went kida insane after being dumped by that chick that freud was bamging. i was dating a hot blonde...i figured...fuck...if he's flipping out over a chick and i gotta pretty cool one...maybe i shouldn't be taking this shit that seriously. great judgment on my part once again. in fairness...when you are a 20 year old guy with a really hot girlfriend...life is pretty fucking cool. fun times. stay cool ms. merchant of death. love your comments
yeah I'm not saying I'm smarter than most people, I'm just wishing my mind wasn't always going. Like when I'm cleaning the house, I'm not thinking 'yes, only a couple more minutes and the house is clean and I got the rest of the day!' what I'm thinking is, 'Only a couple more minutes the house is cleaned and I gotta do it all over again in a few days." Its weird bc I hate thinking I'm prob depressed, but I've been on depression medicine and refuse taking that shit again because it just makes you numb (different kind of numb than opiates). Its a numb that doesn't make lifes little annoyances less dreadful so you can get them done and over with, it's a numb that makes it so you don't even do life's annoyances and you don't give a fuck if they ever get done!....so when I was at my parents home one day and my dad & mom who are total normal working class people, say, wanna try a piece of this little green pill?... Sure, why not? My parents NEVER did drugs in my entire life (24 years at the time) and NEVER even kept a bottle of wine in the house, why wouldn't I try it? Well that day is when life's annoyances stopped being annoying and started being enjoyable... long story short, once I figured out how much the shit costs (bc pops was giving them to me for free) I had a full blown addiction to oxys and no longer felt right taking them for free from my parents (aw, isn't that nice of me?). After about 6 months, I figured when I worked (made cash) half of my money to buy drugs and half to pay bills. Well bc I'm cheap (which doesn't make a good drug addict) I stopped taking the oxys and got on subs. I guess I've spent a year on subs now, and I'm down to 1mg a day, sometimes .5 mg a day. Just feel like I'm at a standstill though, because I wanna cross the bridge to the clean side but the troll keeps beating me back once I get to day 3 or 4. ::sighs::
Merchant....sorry i was at work and a co-worker(and dear friend) was reading post to me and she is obviously not as interested as me and was reading fast. Your post was then misconstrewed. Anyway, i wish you the best and will pray for you. As far as finding God goes Ask and you will recieve, seek and you will find,Knock and the door will be opened for you(matt 7-7). Its kinda hard for me to imagine there is no God. If there isnt one why dont we all just go buck wild? What have we to lose if this is all there is? I should just kill as many people as i can and take all there stuff cause after this its over....right? oh but wait....theres this thing called a conscience or still small voice that lets you know right from wrong. I belive that is God. I also find it hard to believe that the universe is a big bang or accident. It seems to me that someone planned very carefully. Trees need CO2 and we need O2 and kindly exchange with eachother. When a baby is born it does'nt have the antibodies to fight off infection but right before birth there is an exchange of antibodies from the mother via the placenta that last approx two weeks in the baby. When a new born is then breastfed, it takes in something called colostrum that provides nutrients and antibiotics until the baby produces its own. The fact that a man fits perfectly into a woman and then from this seed and egg comes a human. The sun is just perfectly placed far enough away that we dont burn up and yet close enough that we can sustain life. Everything about the human body has a purpose to protect us from the tears in your eyes to the wax in your ears to the discharge in the vagina.I could go on and on and sometimes do but for typing puposes i will not. Before this last relapse that lasted 3 months, i had 4 years clean(almost). In the beginning of that 4 years i found God through prayer and bible study. I attribute my strenghth in that time to God. It was when i began to fall away that i relapsed. What ever you do i respect your chose to get clean. And i,d like you to know there are alot of cool Godly people who have come through hard times (bikers, hookers, drug addicts) and are not these goody-goody nun type a**holes. Its hypocrites that give God a bad name. I send you strength, and happiness
wow. this site is getting deep in a sincerely cool way. alright. Dustybug....you have truly got me beat already (and i will NEVER and have never used sarcasm toward anyone here). you actually clean your house! wow! you win. i swear...i was just kidding with this chick at work about how my office looks like a a south american steppe pyramidal ladder of files...which for me...if it's in a file...thank God. worse is a tornado strewn office full of loose paperwork. papers important enuff that as candid as i am...i'm too embarassed to desrcibe. gosh. i told this young lady...my pad....that's a different story. if you've made it into my pad than you must know me...and hence cannot possibly be suprised that when you walk in you'll see project mayhem is going down there. i try and keep my car clean...but as you said: WHY? THE FUCKING THING IS JUST GONNA GET DIRTY AGAIN. ENUFF!!!
Dustybug...if can clean your house on 1mg of subs....you are like fucking wonder woman. i aint kidding. give yourself a fucking break. when i was on 1 mg...go ahead...ask me to clean some shit b/c i want to. to make it look nice? try it with a fucking gun. then go home looking at my f'ed pad. i was stuck on the floor...unable to break inertia. u have motivated me enuff to make me consider possibly cleaning...in a week or two. that's progress for me.
Do yourself a favor and give yourself a break. you are not sucking down oxy's like tic tacs. that didn't turn out well. 1mg of suboxone....i am no doctor...but ms. merchant of death had a great point....stay on 1 mg until you are completely stable. that's how i f'ed up all my methadone detoxes. i would go down fast. once i hit 30 mg, i was sick...like a clockwork orange...i would suppliment my meth with H. it worked out the same every (and i mean every) time...i was off methadone and back on H. and i kept wondering...how the fuck did this happen again?
you are really doing great K-, Dustybug, Queenie, MerchantofDeath...all of you. stressing over something like a milligram...please quit it. give yourself a break. take your milligram and chill out. i used to preay for a day when one single milligram of anything would allow me to function. like Queenie said...i asked God...(really i just told Him kill me if you want...i give up)...but God saw me through this thing.
Queenie..it's always nice to hear your spirituality. i would say that even if i knew God didn't exist...i would be cool to people. life is a gift enough. heaven would be like hitting the lottery. i've heard people win....i'm not expecting it. and i wouldn't kill anyone because i been to cook county jail. i mean...it's not even a nice place to visit...i certainly am not trying to live there.
fun times......i've seen zeigist...shit gets me all wound up...i'm chomsky fan when it comes to social order.i can get into that later....it's the weekend and my b/f doesn't have work.....hooray...so i'm gonna TRY to be brief. i've never seen mindscape i'm gonna go and dld it....fuck payin' unless i decide it's worth it then i'll support it. i've seen alot of movies......i love art especially anything expressive like david lynch's earlier animations...since we're talking films...here's an animation i really liked [it's not lynch] http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bsGEWHNJ3s8 scope it out...it's pretty deep. oh and i'm gonna dld mirclemen...i loved v is for vendetta....if your a film buff i'll put together a wee list later on for ya and see if anything is new to you.
dustybug man my apt usually looks like dexter's but right now you would think i was ramsacked by some patriot act happy swat nazies....seriously fuck it...i'm more like funtimes when i'm down and out....cleaning is not a priority...give yourself a break!
queenie it's great your all one with god. i'm not looking for him or whatever i stopped believing in santa too. i don't mean to sound harsh it's cool your good but i'm good on fairy tales. it's awesome you have that....i'm with bill mayer...religion is usually for people in foxholes...i almost envy you have this feeling of somebody omnipotent watching over you and caring....however i can't even fake myself into that....i'm not trying to knock you i appreciate the whole ask and you shall receive you put time into but post for your sake not mine....i have come to terms w/my own set of beliefs that get me through the day their just not your standard out of a mold god beliefs...but like i said it's awesome you feel content w/your god it's def. a good thing....oh and sorry i have faith that humans can morally function w/out some religious mandate hanging over their head....it's cool you believe god's voice guides you...i just call it human nature....i've never believed in some afterlife consequence and i have yet to kill...i emphasize the yet...lol...seriously and the cycles of life...well my daughter is always asking about this she's only 4 but like me distracted w/ the meaning of life and mortality...you could def. tell she comes from me...and nobody knows but keep a good head about you question everything if god made all this then who made god another god...so a russian set of gods exsists???? i don't see it i don't claim to know the answers....saying god knows best and we can't grasps gods intentions well fuck him he doesn't make any sense...his means doesn't justify the ends alot of the times and he's a sick fuck w/what goes on here on earth..oh wait that's where we say it's the devil right...so that's a quick cop out we made a bad guy to take the wrap???god is all powerful so that nix the devil right there. i'm sorry i just think if there is one he's in need of some serious therapy and his humor is sicker than mine.
.75 day 2 [taper day 6]
k well last night i was restless and had chills so i took .25mg before bed...i'm waiting on my schedule guy to tell me which option he wants me to take i suggested a few. i think i'm going to take 1mg broken up throughout the day instead of the .75 right now and spread out the hours as to get to the point i only need .75mg..not sure i'll be back w/the update...i just wanted tolet everybody know what's going on.
funtimes...i hear ya about the 1mg i do laugh at myself from time to time but i feel an uneasyness....i haven't done anything "hard" in a minute now...thankfully. but i'm sort of the type that likes being one w/myself complete all natural. i won't feel that until my using of anything is in a complete state of arrest. it's like i mentioned earlier about a spriritual jihad taking place. for no other reason do i want off. fuck social validation or anything to that nature....i need to feel me...the raw me...nothing sythetic....i crave the day i'm liberated...that is what drives me...i have come along way with the finish line in the distance taunting and teasing me like some school girl w/a jacked up skirt....i can almost have it i'm right there....just just just oh yeah that's right...there's a dante's 10 circle of hell just before it...ahhhh reality...it sucks.....but with virgil at myside i'll get through...[virgil my support...you guys my b/f my inner strength].....so yes 1mg only not so bad except it is still 1mg and i have not yet won my freedom.
ms. mechant of death. yikes...you are a liitle raw about the GOD thing. it's your right...the patriot act has shut this site down yet. I mean,,,dig Bill Maher...denounce pantheons...but really...you are prety upfront about telling God loving people that he is santa claus. you don't know that. religion and spirituality are different. if someone has a spiritual relationship with God...and is kicking...i'm gonna do the rodney king and say for the sake of us all 'can't we just get along'.
finally...the movies suck.. buy the comics..or steal them. take care.
funtimes...k i'll check out the comics. and no nobody knows what's going on with the god thing....but isn't funny when somebody is passionatly projecting their opposition it's oppressive and yet the other way around it's people expressing their love??? hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm...i play nice i'm not putting anybody down i'm just giving my opinion in turn for hearing others
man i love this site.. i love the rants more than anything. they're the most sincere. hearing about a tapering schedule is a really good idea. but the rants...i can't buy this kinda shit. thank you all. Dustybug...it occurred to me after rereading your post. you are one motherfucking responsible addict. i am really fucking pulling for you here. in the midst of my full blown addiction...fuck...bills? if i happened to have cash left over from all the H (in fairness...i kinda lucked/unlucked out by aquiring substantial funds in what may be considered by people a slightly illicit manner)...i may pay a bill or two. rent...i ususally paid...albeit late. i guess i paid every bill...albeit late. i wasn't living without cable.
i'm kinda misssing/envious of evrybody's kick. i'm not trying to brag or boast (as it is obviously not something to be proud of...and i care about you folks alot...but you're not worth lying to...nobody on this planet is so 'important' that i feel like i have to lie to them...as shakepaere said...'to thine own self be true...and in doing so you will never be able to lie to another man'...slight paraphrase possibly)...but my kick really was 'different' then what i'm reading.
Chills?!? holy fuck. believe in God...don't believe...cool. someone is looking out for you folks with chills. when i hit 1mg...in very short order from 8mg...i was FROZEN TO THE FUCKING MARROW. after i woke up...i could not move for about an hour and a half b/c my core temperature had to re-establish itself. my body quit producing heat. no lie. RESTLESS?!!@!!! fuck what i would have gave to be a liitle restless. i was up 23 hous a day for weeks...plural. i'm just gonna be really honest. when i posted early about doing silly shit to kick...i was under the assumption that 'of course everyone was kicking like me'. MY PAIN RECEPTORS LITERALLY SHUT DOWN...as i said before. the silly shit i was doing involved inflicting violence upon myself...hoping to feel some pain...but that took alot. from punching myself to induce cramps...to wailing on myself with a hard wood stick...i did that. shit like begging friends to 'please...just hit me as hard as you can...not in the face b/c i have to work'. i didn't cut myself b/c i didn't want to hurt myself...just get some pain.
this was how that started. one day during a ruff H kick i stumbled in the night and smacked my shin really hard against a table. i wave of ecstacy washed over me. the pain didn't register in my brain...i was psychotic...but it did register in my shin...which told my brain to produce some some natural pain killing dopamine or serotonin or something to my body. i swear...it was that cozy warm feeling that washed over me like i had when abusing H. just didn't last as long. so...i used the pain game...and i have been on zero subs for months now. ruff kick.
back to my point. you folks are doing great. i'm not jealous..i'm happy and proud of all of you. ALL OF YOU....of course you want to be on ZERO right now if you are not. I'm just saying: as a whole i believe a couple things. getting to zero NOW...sounds like an addict seeking instant gratification. i want this now. and also sounds like 'as i often display' f'ed up judgment. really...you are all doing so well...let yourselves be proud...not miserable. one day i woke up in so much pain...physically and emotionally...that i spent fifteen minutes on the floor opening and shutting my eyes...trying to decide which hurt less. of course i was utterly paralyzed...literally. that was my f'ed up i want off all this shit now kick. i want. fuck what i want...better to think about what i truly needed...8 to zero quick wasn't it. please everyone...if you are really low on your dose...like a single milligram....just chill until you chill. THEN kicking off one will be a moonwalk.
Merchant...i want your movie list...PLEASE. I NEED MOVIES!!!!!! just tell me Fight Club made your cut! American Pscycho? and fuck me...christian bale in the machinist...fuck...that guy is insane. wow. awwwww...and my sentimental favourite...True Romance. fucking Clarence was cool. ps...that alan moore flik is makes zeitgeist seem as profound as cinderella. that aint even a movie...that's something different.
Queenie...I could not have gotten through this but for the help of God. I believe God has a name. it is Mercy. Luv you all!
hello people,
Ok it works, i wasnt sure if you could just write something and then send it, but you can, so ANYONE reading these POSTS PLEASE COMMENT OR SEND SOME WORDS OF WISDOM. I have been on day 4 of my cleaning, OMG I FEEL GREAT, heres a little back ground, i have been on workmens comp now for 4 years and i just turned 23, i have 2 herniated disks in my lower back at L5 and S1 and a buldge at L4, and let me tell you, i have been in EXCRUCIATING, almost unbearable pain from my work injury everyday!!! Now let me tell you, YOU PEOPLE ARE NOT ALONE!!! i got caught up in over doing my medicines, i was on 4 roxy 30's, 3 roxy 15's and 3 perk 10's, and also 50mg of the Fet patches, now thats alot of SHIZ. yeah i know, but at first it didnt start that way, i told my doc almost ever other month the meds wernt working and they kept goin up and up. and i was eating more and more, my tolerance SKY ROCKETED through the roof, EVERYDAY I WOKE UP, feeling so MAD AND DEPRESSED WITH MY LIFE. mad at myself, the fact that i got hurt while working, totally DEPRESSED ABOUT LIFE AND WANTED TO KILL MYSELF, Now for the people out there that think about doing something so pathetic, DONT YOU DARE PUT THOUGHTS LIKE THAT IN YOUR HEAD, God put you and I on this world for some reason, im 23 and i dont know why im here but i know and believe in my heart that there is a PURPOSE HERE ON THIS PLANT, and TO EVERYONE OUT THERE, THERE IS A PURPOSE FOR YOU TOO, EVERYONE was put here for some reason, now i believe in GOD and you have to...where do you think we came from....huh...? really think about it, SOMEONE PUT US HERE....so dont EVER THINK YOUR NOT SUPPOSED TO BE HERE....Because YOU ARE, You are special in MANY WAYS, if its helping your elderly neighbor take the trash out or giving HOPE AND WORDS OF WISDOM to a young child whos doing drugs. PLEASE EVERYONE LIFE IS EXTREAMLY HARD AND I KNOW THIS AT 23. now i dont know about you but if you think of life as a huge game, dont you always wanna win, who wants to loose, not me. LIFE IS A BITCH AND A HUGE CHALLENGE, God has us all dangling on string by his finger tips, he throws us CHALLENGES TO SEE HOW STRONG WE ARE, EVEYTHING IN LIFE IS A CHALLENGE, now LETS FIGHT THREW THESE CHALLLENGES......lets fight threw this. DONT BE A LOOSER, BE A WINNER, show him and everyone else you can fight the world with no problem, everyday there is some challenge we all have to get thru them, if its work, kids, bills....whatever, get up, get going and lets TEAR THIS SHIT UP!!! show your family and friends YOUR A WINNER!!! now i know its hard, im in alot of pain...but there are lots of things that you can do instead of eating pills, and getting high....SHOWERS....omg...there SOOOOOO HELPFULL...there was a posting, someone saying showers throw your mind off and they do....you wanna BREAK THE HABBITS, like waking up and popping pills before you shower or throughout the day whenever you do what you do.....BREAK YOUR USUAL SCHEDUAL, shower at night, switch your daily life style up, when someone asks you to go out, the bar, a movie, whatever DO IT, DONT JUST SIT AT HOME AND DWELL ON WHAT U DONT HAVE, WHAT YOU LOST, WHAT YOU SHOULDA DID....the HELL WITH THAT, you did what u did and look at where you are now.....YOU HAVE NOTHING, MAYBE LOST YOUR FRIENDS, WIFE, HUSBAND....NO MONEY IN YOUR BANK ACCOUNT....whateva.....DONT WORRIE THOSE ARE THINGS YOU CAN GET BACK.....YOU HAVE TO PUSH YOURSELF, YOU HAVE TO GET OUTTA BED AND MOVE ON.....oh dont forget, the best saying ever, "YOUR BEST IDEA IS YOUR WORST IDEA, AND THATS WHY YOU ARE WHRE YOU ARE NOW....DONT WORRIE THO..there are family and friends, doctors and even TOTAL STRANGERS OUT THERE THAT WILL HELP YOU....YOU GOTTA WIN, the shit gets old, theres ONLY SO MUCH YOU CAN DO AT ONCE......SO TAKE BABY STEPS....YOU CANT FIX EVERYTHING IN ONE DAY SOBER BUT IMAGINE WHAT YOU CAN DO IN A WEEK...or a MONTH.....yeah ALOT MORE...so just take one day at a time, theres no rush....you are where you are now because you were careless....but thats ok.....its called life....NO ONE IS PERFECT....NO ONE...i HAVE FAITH IN EVERYONE ONE WHO READS THIS...if you need someone to talk to IM HERE....ask me whateva....i will do whateva i can to help anyone who wants help....oh i forgot....i am on SUBS...a half of a 8mg daily.and for the people out there who ABUSE THEM....YOU SHOULD BE ASHAMED OF YOURSELF, YOU ARE WEAK AND NEED HELP, subs are for the people who wanna get clean and stay clean...PLEASE PEOPLE I KNOW IT SUCKS....the sweats, the shits, the sick feeling, BUT WHEN YOUR DONE YOU ARE GONNA FEEL LIKE YOU JUST FOUGHT 1000 people with your bear hands and WON....I BELEIVE IN YOU....I HOPE AND PREY FOR EVERYONE OUT THERE WITH THIS PROBLEM....but hey....DONT WORRIE, YOU CAN DO IT, YOU HAVE THE POWER AND EVERYONE HERE HAS THE FAITH...and HOPE IN YOU....HOPE and faith....strong words......they mean YOU CAN DO IT AND WE HAVE YOUR BACK...stop feeling and being so SELFISH about life, theres people that need your help too, so dont forget that, YOU AND I ARE NOT THE ONLY PEOPLE OUT HERE. TALK to people, tell them how you feel, you can do it.....someone said to laugh alot...well i totally agree with that....IT WORKS....TURN THE RADIO ON AND SING....BRING BACK THOSE HAPPY FEELINGS by doing something constructive....watch TV and MOVIES too....SMILE...be around people who care about you, not people who will give you drugs, they dont care about you if their giving you stuff....dont forget MISSERY LOVES COMPANY....ITS TRUE, hey if you have to leave your girl or man for a week THEN DO IT....TAKE A BREAK….TELL THEM YOU NEED TO START WORRYING ABOUT YOURSELF NOW....your HEALTH IS EXTREAMLY IMPROTANT....think of what you do to your body....wow....these drugs and your body arnt meant to do and take all those drugs...you dont want, kidney problems or heart transfers do you..?...NO YOU DONT....ALSO EAT AS MUCH FOOD AS YOU CAN....orange juice and drinks with lots of healty stuff.....go get what you want....if its pizza, wings, skittles candy....whateva works so when your eating your giving your mind and body and sense of happiness...do things that used to make you happy, go to the movies, sing to yourself, play the drums....whateva....JUST SMILE AND LAUGHT AND YOUR MIND AND BODY WILL START TO RE-FILL THOSE MISSING HAPPY FEELINGS and YOUR FEEL GREAT.....I PROMISE!!!!!!!!!!!!! LOOK.....think about LIFE, YOU ARE SPECIAL, you are GREAT, YOU ARE HERE FOR SOME REASON....ok...everyone is...dont do nothing stupid, PICTURE WHAT HELL LOOKS LIKE........I KNOW I WOULDNT EVEN WANNA IMAGINE WHAT LIFE WOULD BE LIKE THERE IN HELL....know if your thinking well ive been there, i know what its like...........ok.........well.....hummm....lets see....NO YOU DONT!!! AND JUST KNOW YOU DONT WANNA KNOW....ok...im 23 and ive been on shit for 4 years now....i NEVER THOUGHT I COULD EVEN THINK ABOUT STOPING, but there comes a time in a mans life when ENOUGHT IS ENOUGHT AND ITS MY TIME....THE LINE HAS TO BE DRAWN AND SO DOES YOURS, if you already havent tryed... SO STOP BEING A LOOSER AND START BEING A WINNER....and EVERYTHING ELSE WILL FALL IN PLAY, GOD KNOWS YOU HAD IT ROUGH....STAY STRONGER THAN EVER AND GET IT DONE....NOTHING IS IMPOSSIBLE....im walking proof....dont you wanna be...GOD BLESS ALL AND PLEASE COMMENT ABOUT ANYTHING......TELL US HOW YOU FEEL...LOVE YOU ALL...REMEMBER EVERDAY IS A NEW DAY....BABY STEPS PEOPLE BABY STEPS...
ALSO THANK TO EVERYONE HERE I AM CLEAN DAY 4 and continuing.....GOD BLESS :)
YOU CAN DO IT!!!-------------------------->
Merchant, i wish you peace, joy and happiness. You sound angry and mean right now and i understand that, detoxing is a miserable thing. I was just trying to help . I gained alot of personal and spiritual growth through the 12 steps of recovery that is centered around God(or higher power for those who do not want to use the G word).If you are your own God thats great but for most addicts a divine intervention is extreamly helpful and i was just offering hope. I did not mean to offend you. I have been on this site for some time now and we encourage each other and discuss w/d symptoms. My words were to share my experiance,strength,and hope with you and if your not wanting to here that ,i accept that. Congradulations on your progress and i look forward to watching your posts and seeing that you get clean. Funtimes, thanks bro. Your awesome and we've helped eachother through. Im proud of your growth and that your in recovery too. I wish i was closer to you i would enjoy your company. k, i hope your doing well and wish you all the best and you too dustybug!
baby steps, uh yeah..............ok........keep coming back!
Hello all. Some quick background... I am in my mid 20s and was doing oxys on and off at 18 and 19. When I hit my twenties it started to be evident that I had a problem. Well the long and short of it is I decided to go to detox and was givin a 5 day suboxone cycle after being on 160 mgs of oxy a day (give or take). When I left the program I had some mild deppression and some insomnia but nothing too bad at all. Well, I messed up and started using again and got to a point to where if I didnt use I was an absolute worthless mess. Due to a very good job which I had, I seeked out a suboxone outpatient treatment. During my initial meeting I asked the usual questions about length of use of the suboxone and the withdrawal symptoms assosiated with it. I was told that I had to be on the subs for at least 6 months so that I could psycologically get out of the habit of being high. Well needless to say, after 6 months and being told to stay on the subs I started to taper myself off. Funny thing started to happen, I would actually feel cravings for the subs. Well the last time I saw my doc I asked what amount of subs I can safely stop at w/o feeling withdrawals. I was told that if I take 2 mgs in the am and 2 mgs in the pm, the withdrawls would be negligable.
Well let me tell you, tonight marks day 4 on 0 subs, my last dose being 4 mgs on last Tueday (today is saturday). I havent slept a wink for a few days even though I have been taking melatonin. I havent missed a day of work even though it is almost unbearable to be out of bed. All I can say is I have absolutely no desire to give in no matter what the pain, I'm just disgusted with the way I was misinformed about the subs. Thank God I found this site.
Showers are a God send, also excersise, excersise, excersise. Running is good if you can, but I prefer weights till my muscles quiver. It is weird but the pain is almost welcome. At one point I dropped to my knees, dumbell still in hand, and started to yell and weep. It wasnt the weights but just an emotional rush of resentment for the path I had chosen. Needless to say, on any given day more addicts choose to keep using then to stop. I give you one peice of advice in this regard, take the path less chosen. Embrace the pain. It is not just withdrawals, its a higher calling. Our experiences in life make us what we are and to be honest, anyone who can make it thru withdrawing from opiates can do amazing things.
When it comes to God, I know peoples views vary. Here are my thoughts on the subject. Whether you believe god to be the singular higher being in JudeoChristianIslamic tradition or if god is just some vague higher power, the key to God is us. It is through our belief in God that God exists. I like to think of God as an internet of souls. There are many ways to tap into the strength that this internet offers, one way of which I am sure leads to this is through trial and tribulation. What the ancients used to call enlightenment is the realization ( and even practice) that ones body is a vessel. Project, meditate, pray, whatever it takes to take your consciousness out of your body (exestentialism anyone). Learn from yourself, be at one with the world around you and embrace it. This is the path to true happiness. To all of you, which I consider my sisters and brothers, thank you so much for your words of wisdom and your help, 1 love and 1 soul. (Sorry, Im feeling kind of deep right now.
P.S. To all our christian friends and all those who believe in Jesus, Happy Easter
HAPPY EASTER!!!!!!!!! first...let get my narcissism out of the way....it was my idea (that cost me 7 grand) about the showers....and they do they work! hahahaha. and i want credit for eating everything i saw...dead or alive. stay busy...move around. oh man...i'm just playing (no swearing today...it's Easter) around. and yeahhhhh...it's time to get hard and fight the power. do everything baby steps said.
Baby Steps....please stick around. Fentanyl?!? phewwwww. shazam! for folks that don't know...until recently...doctors even couldn't give you fentanyl (maybe still can't) until they went through special courses...with the understanding that fentanyl is (per milligram) 100 (almost exactly) 100 times sronger than morphine. so i'll call it at least 75 times stronger than H. They weren't just giving that stuff out. a couple years ago in chicago dope addicts were dropping like flies. cops found out why. someone was putting fentanyl in the dope. pertanint point: when the H addicts started overdosing and dying...and i remember this...sales of that "dope that killed everyone" skyrocketed. everyone was looking for it. folks...that's insane. tip: a broken mind cannot fix a broken mind. get into recovery. tip: a smart man can learn from himself, a wise man can learn from others. get into recovery.
indian proverb: a young man asks the chief (his dad)- father there is a war inside my head. there are two wolves fighting. one wolf is kind, protective, selfless....the other is viscious, hateful, selfish. which wolf will win this fight...who will i become; Indian Chief- the one you feed. tip: feed the good wolf and get into recovery.
ms. merchant...don't compare Jesus Christ to david blaine or a tv preacher. you're smarter than that. when david blaine officiously (grab a dictionary...just kidding...but i know u got to) sacrifies himself for our sins...then ....still don't compare him. he aint Christ.
and William Allen...you are really cool man. please keep coming back.
Queenie (sweetheart), K-, Dustybug, Mechantofdeath, Baby Steps, William Allen...i need you guys man...please stick around. PLEASE.
today everyone do me a favour: don't forget to love yourselves.
Happy Easter!
i don't understand y it is i sound angry? cause i voice what i feel? the bottom line is....i think the whole believing in god has stopped the human race from evolving...i think it has caused way more destruction than peace....i think people hide behind it...they're afraid of their own mortality....it's childish actually....and i am happy for those it makes happy but just b/c i feel strongly about their not being a god doesn't mean i'm angry or it's b/c i'm coming off subs...man i'm more passionate about my convictions clean if anything...truth b told i knew i would get the responses i got b/c that is what always happens...if only i placed bets on this i would be rich....look when people go off about jesus or god or whatever it's devotion it's love....when people say nah man i think it's bullshit their bitter misguided blah blah blah the only thing i'm upset about.....if anything at all....is nobody here has been the exception...just b/c i don't believe in god doesn't mean i don't have love in my life or anything it just means it comes from me....i actually think i appreciate the good things on a higher level....when things are bad or good i can work with them b/c that is life not some preordained b.s. i'm not offended i just hear this same stuff over and over rehab meetings everywhere...i can't relate i don't feel that way i probably never will....however talk about human sacrifice or inner strength b/c of circumstance or whatever just something positive that is real
funtimes....i hold you in high regard however jesus is nothing but what i already stated and i will not retract...i'm not being a dick i sincerely believe in it's the same idea as my 4 yr.old thinking the tooth fairy came into her room...dude zeigist is another good way to open your mind type in the one about religions...seriously....u do realize their where many "christs" before him right w/ 12 disc. lazerous died rose from the dead???? old wife's tale switched up over time is all....i love the ideals of "christ" it's a good thing but unnecassary and people make huge sacrifices everyday their not the messiah and their pain is bad what happened to christ would be any easy alternative to them so please no i'm sorry but i just don't get it especially anybody as intelligent as you i guess it's the foxhole thing please do some theological research...oh and i'll have your movie list later on
i am 100% about expressing your beliefs and ideas i truly am i'm not a hyprocrite i just feel compelled to break that religious mold when i hear b/c life is profound w/ no god and you have done everything to make your reality and you should get the credit for being clean or take the blame for shit being messed up..i do wish everybody well and i do appreciate the help and support ....and educating people is a big deal to me..thinking outside the box...whatever reality has been passed down to you...question it all of it
Tapering
yesterday i didn't have time to repost but i ended up taking the .75mg but in 2 doses and later on in the day which seemed to work out just fine
today i have yet to take my dose i'm feeling slight chills and restless but i'll b okay i'll be taking my .25mg dose in an hour or so.i'll keep yas posted.
http://www.geocities.com/inquisitive79/godmen.html
this is only the tip of the iceberg there's alot more...i don't care if anybody believes in whatever all i'm saying is think about it for yourself...don't believe cause addiction sucked and now your clean or you almost died but you didn't believe b/c you know beyond a doubt it's real and you have educated yourself and your "big picture" of life comes from all the knowledge you could obtain it's the only logical answer do not believe for the sake that you've been preprogrammed that if you don't your bitter or negative..........just look at the "coincidences"....i don't know seems like "brave new world" to me...
.75mg day 3 [tapering day 7]
well i'm happy that yesterday i got through the day with only .75mg....hooray! as for w/d....i didn't experience anything at all however i was hanging out with my buddy captain morgan....which masked any uncomfortableness i would have naturally felt.
so i took my .25mg a wee bit ago and before hand i only felt the usual minor stuff which was barely there. i am starting to think that maybe it won't be so bad. still im a junkie and the idea of any w/d sends into instant fetal position....
merchant....it's still America...for now...so run wild...follow your heart (what else can u do...except possibly be thoughtful of others)...forget people's feelings or using judgment...like i do...and speak what you believe. just stay clean. i have been told by many people that i am very smart. tests said it. tests said i was real real smart. than why did i get hooked on everything you can imagine....junk included. poor judgment. whatever. hey i didn't attak you. you said everyone did. i like u, play nice. incidentally...i know u r smart enuff to realize that your atheism is as faith based as my Christianity. i can prove God exist just as easily as u can prove he doesn't. i'll make a bet with all atheist. bet u can't prove God doesn't exist. take me up on that...tell ur friends to also. that why i can win and be rich. lol.
hey...post that movie list already. just do it. i need movies. pulling for u merchant.
remember...you are a big girl. and smart. if you are expecting certain result...like ranting aout how God is the tooth fairy...knowing what you are gonna hear already...before even commenting on it. that's passe'. if i burn my neighbor's house down (stupid analogy....but i'm typing quick)..expecting him to get mad....knowing he will...betting on it...yeah...i'll will get rich. that's not my style.
i honestly think u have a great mind. good chance you are right about everything and i'm wrong. opium for the people is cool to me. i luved opium. shit...we can talk freely. couldn't offend me if u tried. other folks may possibly be offendable. food for thought. ps. zeitgeist is reallt full of shit with alot of things they reported on christianity. not everything u readonline is true...imagine that. stay cool everyone.
Hello everyone.... don't hate on the name, I'm just being stupid (anything to laugh while going through withdrawals!!!) I just recently found this site a couple of days ago, and I first just wanted to thank Queenie for posting her detox on here... It's hard to find people who have actually went through it, stayed off, and still want to talk about it, you know? Me and my husband are on day 16 of no suboxone... came off 2mg, but it was really like coming off 4mg because we only took 2mg for two days before we jumped off. Just couldn't take it anymore. We went through about 5 years of using hydro, fentanyl patches, tramadol, WHATEVER we could get - 4 of those years we were using daily. Then low and behold here was this freaking pamplet in our family doctor's office.... Are you or someone you know addicted to opiates?? We can help at the methadone clinic!!! I still want to kill myself for not researching methadone first. How stupid could we be? We had actually taken methadone before so we KNEW you feel so good off it.... I guess that was part of the allure. Plus we were spending about $200 a day on pills, our business was gone by now, we lost our house, our vehicles, and we were living on our last money. We went home... and the next day we ran out of pills... couldn't find ANYTHING.. for the first time in 4 years I felt the wrath of withdrawal, and I told my husband, lets got to the methadone clinic tomorrow. So we did. And a year and a half later we were taking 120+mg of methadone a day. I was getting two weeks worth of 90mg a day and taking it up in less than a week. I was told when I went to the methadone clinic, "Oh, it's ok... you can stay on this as long as you need to... the rest of your life if need be." Dang were we fooled. At my one year review I told the Dr. I wanted to get off, and she said she didn't think it was a good idea yet. I guess I'm a really stupid person (or I just didn't do my research, just didn't know crap) when I'm taking pills, but I decided one day when I got my two weeks take home that I would take it up then quit, and I wouldn't have a choice. So I did that. I came off of that much methadone cold turkey. WHOA. I made it 8 days, and I was back at my old doctor, begging to get on suboxone. Once again, I didn't do my research.... was told by this SAME doc from the beginning and all the way through... that there wouldn't be any withdrawals like it was a miracle drug. I'm not dissing suboxone so don't get that impression. We stayed on it about 2 1/2 months, and now we are 16 days clean from everything. So I'll put myself out there and answer any questions anyone has about the withdrawals or whatever I can help with. I don't want to bust anyone's bubble, but at day 16 I am only about 75 percent. But from what I've read, it truly does take about 25 days or so to reach close to 100 percent. Everyone's different... I was expecting this crazy jump from feeling horrible to feeling awesome like everyone talks about when they get off other opiates, but suboxone is obviously not like that. It gets better with time.... I do agree the worst is DEFINITELY over, and me & my husband actually stayed on pretty much the same page every day until about 3 days ago. He's actually been feeling a little better than me lately so I think after the "tough" part is over - everyone really starts to vary from everything I've read and our own experience. i take my hat off to Queenie though for making it through with no sleep medicine? WOW... we tried, we couldn't take it. I was SO suicidal and everything was just SO horrible when I went just one night with only 2 1/2 hours sleep which was split up during that night. COULD NOT sleep more than an hour at a time, it was unbearable. Don't get me wrong, even with sleeping pills sleep is questionable during these withdrawals, but man they helped so much. Anyway, just wanted to hop on here and thank Queenie. I do have my whole withdrawal ordeal wrote down in a journal.... will probably post somewhere when I feel better. We used someone else's withdrawal journal to make it through this whole ordeal... we read it everyday onine to see what we could expect that day... it really helped... www.suboxonetaper.com He felt 95% at Day 12... I don't agree with this... not for us anyway.... but everyone't different. Guess I've typed enough. THanks.
chickadee, thank you it was not easy and im glad you gained something from my daily online journal. As far as the sleep thing went, i took two weeks off from work and prob needed to take three. Im a vet when it comes to detox(stupid i know)so i knew what to expect.My job is pretty important(more for others than me)so i really couldnt work on no sleep. Sub is a long drawn out w/d but it is acheivable. Today im happy and healthy and sleep great. I continue to come back to this site b/c i like to see how others are doing that did this with me and to inspire others. Keep up the good work! At 16 days you are so close to feeling like the person you were made to be. Opiates are awesome and if they were free i'd prob be dead. But the reality is they suck you in and then turn on you and subsequently we make poor choices. In the last four years ive managed to put alot of my life back together and that was what compelled me to stop using again. Like you i lost alot over the years but im greatful for what i have and that i came out in 1 piece. i know so many who were'nt as fortunate. Keep us posted.
well yesterday i took my pm dose and felt fine all night. i got geezzz like at least 9 hours of sleep. i feel good now and usually when i wake up the first thing on my mind is sub sub sub...like those seagulls in finding nemo but subs instead of mine. and i have to ignore it and hold off so i can take my doses later on in the day so my tapering stays on track. but i really don't feel the need to take them right now. so today is day 4 @ .75mg and tomorrow i am suppose to go down to .50mg and i'm nervous i know this is only a small change but it really does make a difference. the first day is the hardest it seems well for me and it as they go on better which i thought would be the opposite. so i'll be taking my wee doses later and let ya know how i feel and all that. oh & this is the way to go man....anybody lookin' to come off subs...taper taper taper!!! no pain no problem min. w/d i mean min.
funtimes i posted last night b4 bed but it's not here...not sure what i did wrong but it had a movie list. i don't have time right this second so i'll be back in a wee bit and i'll hook ya up if you have a specific genre let me know...otherwise i'm just mix it up...oh fight club...can you say one of the best damn movies ever!!! talk about nihlism...tyler is the man...wooooooo! dude i love the parking lot scene where he's acting like bruce lee and right after norton tries shooting tyler...he's like your shooting at your imaginary friend or whatever but the kick and like yell soooo funny...that movie is great and the pixies were a perfect choice for the end!!! oh and marla...she reminds me of me her school of thought...but i'm instead i use my "dark side" to validate my addiction...ah alright explained it but fight club...book is even better! the fat used in the soap actually came from marla's mom she sent to marla to save for when marla need to make her lips fuller....and she stores at tylers and he uses to well ya know but in the movie he goes to the clinic to get the fat....selling the high and mighty their asses back!! got damn and chuck's other books don't even come close to fight club i've read i'm pretty sure all of them their okay some cool ideas but fight club....stands on it's own that is a great modern day classic that i would use if i taught an entry level philo. class. k well i'll get that list for ya. oh hey i can't believe that my body adjusted to the .75mg...i'm so psyched i still have a wee bit to go but i'm taking my time...i think my body's been through enough. and ya know what like my cycle is trying to get off as fast as i can and that i think is bad like all the suffering that's your body telling you something and since def. of insanity is repeating the same mistakes and expecting different results i thought i'd take it slow and allow my body to heal as i went and that would be a positive thing all around breaking the cycle my body is used to the high and lows i want it to be used to being calm/normal. what ya think?
funtimes...i have a literary question...k well i don't know if your a fan of Dexter...if you don't know what i'm talking about it's a showtime series..you'd enjoy it...i do immensely...well the dark passenger is mentioned and for some reason when i try to find the original poem only dexter and modern poems are brought up...i remember in high school choosing this poem for a class i had and well i feel like i'm loosing my mind maybe it was something similar but i'm pretty sure it was that...have you heard of this poem and who is the original author? or is it just a concept maybe from another work that i maybe pulled it from? idk please help....grrrr.
.75mg day 4 [tapering day 8]
.25mg am dose
well i just started to feel the chills so i took my .25mg dose. it's funny cause in my head it's like it just started try to fight it off as long as you can that's the way to get off them. but actually that goes against tapering and slowly allowing your body to adjust....it's weird but this is def. working. the only w/d i have felt thus far are really the chills when i was restabalizing i had all types of things going on but now since i'm taking my time it's like nothing...no anxiety or depression [well what is naturally there but no crazy w/d bs], no aches, no stomach pains or problems i eat well i do have an appetite..nothing really that intolerable...i'm starting to really think of my pasts experiances just ripping myself down & off and the torture of it all .... how bad is that for you? it can't be healthy
oh and there is alot of talk about the ill effects of MMT & subs....personally i think dr.'s are uneducated in this field...experience is key...they lack that...they only have what their research shows them....i feel yes opiates in general are pure evil however when i got on MMT then subs i was grateful i used them as a platform to build a healthy life and to fix my social maladaptive behaviors that i learned in my addiction. there is no quick fix...and coming off sucks but i feel subs afford us the opportunity to do it according to our body's pace, frame of mind, life style so in away you can look at as a bridge as well as the freedom to detox at your will...i don't think using in general leaves a person feeling complete but i say take the responibilty of detox into your hands don't leave in your dr's you know you best just be grateful the stepping stones that once weren't there are....just see subs for what they should be.
well i'm just taking a break from cleaning and nobody has posted other than me...so i sort of feel like i'm talking to myself...lol.....nothing new!!!
funtimes......here's the movie list
<!-- /* Font Definitions */ @font-face {font-family:AnkeHand; panose-1:0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0; mso-font-charset:0; mso-generic-font-family:auto; mso-font-pitch:variable; mso-font-signature:-2147483645 0 0 0 1 0;} @font-face {font-family:Rabiohead; panose-1:0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0; mso-font-charset:0; mso-generic-font-family:auto; mso-font-pitch:variable; mso-font-signature:3 0 0 0 1 0;} /* Style Definitions */ p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal {mso-style-parent:""; margin:0in; margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; mso-layout-grid-align:none; punctuation-wrap:simple; text-autospace:none; font-size:10.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 {size:8.5in 11.0in; margin:1.0in 1.25in 1.0in 1.25in; mso-header-margin:.5in; mso-footer-margin:.5in; mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 {page:Section1;} -->
Factory Girl
Killing Zoey
Chelsea Walls
I’m Not There
Snatch
Gonzo: The Life and Work of Hunter S. Thompson
Expelled: No Intelligence Allowed
Across the Universe
Lost highway
Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind
Hotel Rwanda
The Usual Suspect
The Acid House
Deception
The Fountain
The Others
Blue Velvet
Lock Stock & Two Smokin’ Barrels
Smokin' Aces
The Midnight Meat Train
Righteous Kill
Mulholland Drive
Revolver
Wristcutters: A Love Story
Slipstream
Walled In
The Children of Huang Shi
Burn After Reading
The Poughkeepsie Tapes
The Hoax
Lars and the Real Girl
Kalifornia
Wonderland
Boy in the striped pajamas
Choked
k well it's a miss and match i liked alot of them and some not great but entertaining i recommend you look them up so you can see what their about. i gotta go
merchant, i dont think any of the w/d symtoms i spoke about happened until i actually stopped taking subs completely. i was only taking 1 mg a day for along time before i jumped off. Your doing great tapering and until your ready to do physical battle dont jump off cause chances are you will experience symptoms. Its amazing that such a tiny piece of that pill is so powerful. Someone said sub is 40x stronger than morphine. Do you know anything about that cause i have'nt reserched it. How bout we just agree not to talk about religion anymore and just focus on the issue at hand.? .....Truce?
Thank god for this site!! I have 27 days clean today from a raging IV heroin addiction and like a dummy tood Subs to detox at home and am now paying the price. I was on 8mg's 2x's a day and within 2 weeks went down to 2, I know not smart, but, I only had a few left and did not want to rely on Subs any longer. THANK GOD for that cause I am in Sub withdrawl hell! My last dose of a quarter of an 8mg pill was 4 days ago and I was clueless as to why the last 2 days I was feeling like I got hit with a Mack Truck!
I too have the sneezes, ZERO energy, restless legs, anxiety, the whole nine yards and I was only on the Subs for a few weeks!!! If anyone is reading this who is considering taking Subs, don't, unless you plan on this hell or being on them for the rest of your life. Now, I can say that the subs DID help with the h withdrawl, but, had I known that the detox from Subs would be so narly and LONG after reading all these posts, I would have said f it, I will take them for the 3 days of hard core withdrawl and then stopped.
I too work a program and attend meetings daily and I can say that the support from AA or NA is def one of the most important things you can do for your sobriety. You just don't realize the help and support you get from those cats. My suggestion, go to meetings, get a sponsor and get active, I know that sounds like the last thing to do if your on this site cause I find it difficult just getting in the shower, but, trust me, it's worth it!
I am miserable, but, I am not going back to the hell that once was of chasing that drug on a daily basis. We all can do this, just stay strong and it WILL get better, I have def learned that by reading each and every post on this site!!!
Queenie is super sexy everyone.....awwwwwwwwwwww yeah. and if you really look at her posts....she is the most thoughtful and helpful person on this site. yes...i am trying to embarass her....but yes...it's all true. i do remember benicio del toro (H addict) saying to the little girl in 'things lost in the fire'..."i like compliments". c'mon...who doesn't. i mean really...Queenie you really go out of your way to be helpful to people...and unlike myself...are always thoughtful and caring and you possess great judgment. maaannnnnnnnn....you're so cute.
it would be nice to have a fun (times????) atmosphere on this site where people could come on...and just have laugh. laugh about this or that or anything. if someone needs to get something off their chest that's serious...do it. we'll all try and offer support. c'mon troopers...for everyone out there feeling a bit chilly...for real...i live in chicago....it's fucking winter 8 months out of the year. i know it's your chilliness....but i keep thinking...fuck man...why i so fucking frozen (post Easter-swearing again...but committed to change) that i couldn't move for an hour and a half after my 83 minute night sleep. 100% honestly...by the time i got chilly...i was singing "Alayuiah!!!" and dancing a jig! ohhhhh boy. this means you're all doing waaaaaaaaaaaaaaay better than me....so keep it up ladies and gents. kudos.
yeahhhhh...my genius buddy (best friend since age 6) had to correct me...karl marx said religion was the opium of the people...not fyodor d. that fuckers always right. lol. hey...at least he didn't know that freud snatched nietzche's chick. hahaha. not that smart.
listen to what this guy did. 100% true. unreal. i have to say for the sake of anyone who might be reading that i might just making this up. for his protection. i previously posted that i had friends shooting weight of raw H. he used the most. (i was cool...i just snffed it ;) )he had some deal with a guy that he would hold some (alot) of weight of raw H...and in return...get this: he could use at much as he wanted. period. so i get clean (off subs...i quit using H a lonnnnng time ago)...and he get's on subs to kick. i'm taking him to meetings...we're loving it. then he calls me today all scared (he's really shy). he tells me G-, i don't know quite how to say this, and i'm kinda nervous telling you...but i've been lying about something. i said...yeahhhh...i know...your back on H. he said no. I TOOK SUBOXONE FOR 7 DAYS AND QUIT...I'VE BEEN CLEAN FOR 21 DAYS OFF EVERYTHING.
are you fucking kidding me? mind you all...he get's into my car after NA meeting freezing his fucking ass off....i mean he was shaking...so he wasn't high...and the best i could get out of him was....'uhhhhmmm...can you please turn on the heat just a little".
FUCK! i know i said before 'if it ruff it aint me'. now i feel like a schoolgirl crying in the playground b/c someone grabbed my ponytail. i was like "dude...you just did the unfathomable...why were u nervous about telling me...that's awesome. get this: his answer: "well...i kinda new you were having a ruff time with your kick...and i didn't want to be like Sickboy from Trainspotting and 'upstage' you by how easy i kicked".
i don't know about everyone else...but when i hear someone with a habit like that (i am talking 3 full rigs at a crack...lined up to do at once...full of UNCUT(?) H at LEAST 3 times a day...kicking and not even telling me b/c he didn't want to hurt my feelings...I GET INSPIRED. If this fuckers not complaining...fuck me...i aint either. periooood.
hope that story was entertaining and inspiring to someone who read it. i kinda really did happen. he's kinda sitting next to me. that said...remember folks...not only is this not supposed to be fun...but try and have a laugh over this stuff. thanks merchant for the movie list. i feel for you merchant...you are a human being just trying to dissect alot of informatio scrambling around your head. personally...i don't give a shit what you say about religion...i'm not considering u an expert b/c of a theology minor and a misplaced belief in zeitgeist. yeahhhh...i play nice too. but really...i asked before if we could all get along. sexy Queenie asked that religion be takin off the table. and in my best judgment i humbly say....If Religion is helping people stay clean, and if God is helping them like He is helping me...fuck all that...God can stay...and keep the shit up about how God is the tooth fairy and i swear...you will be writing to yourself. you said Virgil is your inner strength, right? how the fuck do we know that he exists. i never seen him. i reading a post from a peson called mercahntofdeath and is that some kinda proof to me that virgil exists...or do i call him the tooth fairy? i'm gonna be cool and say...hey...if virgil is helping you stay clean...that is awesome. i not gonna knock this guy or your relationship with him. i encourage u to find a joyful life with him. extend the same courtesy to the rest of us human beings who have a relationship with God. alright. is that asking too fucking much. i know...u can see virgil and we can't see God. guess what I can't see God or virgil. it could be your dog for all i know. quit that shit already...just be cool merchant. i want u here and want u clean...and hope we can have really really cool discussions. just don't blindly say shit that is gonna hurt someone's chance of recovering. use your common sense...man. i really dig u merchant...and i dig everyone on this site. Let's fuck around...laugh as much as we can...support each other in every possible way...and everyone go home a winner. if my fucked up buddie just did without flinching (m*****fucker)...we can to. luv u all.
queenie...all is fair in love and war...no worries...and all though i'm kinda hardcore or whatever...believe it or not i wasn't offended by anything you said so it's all good...no truce even needed there was never a problem just a good ol' debate...plus i think it's good for people of my sort to know their not alone and they could get over this even if they don't believe in god ya know...and queenie can express your beliefs it's all good i want you to that's you ya know i really do accept people for who they are i love differences that's how you learn i am not at all about making you uncomfortable and if i did i'm sorry i wasn't more clear when expressing myself...i should work on clarifying my intentions but they weren't ill i promise you that...just close your eyes and pictures how often you here god mentioned in recovery now pic. those who can't relate...what guidance do they get from groups or rehab? they're sort of in no man's land ya know...and i feel like my voice can maybe open people's eyes to that....that's were alot of my passion comes from actually it's like there's no spiritual autonomy...seriously please don't feel like you can't talk about something so important to you i would be very upset and then may have to yell at you.. :) to thy self be true
and here's some info that you requested:(i love missions...thanks!!!)
The oripavine derivative etorphine is a representative of a particularly potent class of morphine analogues. Etorphine is approximately 1000 times as potent as morphine, and arguably is too potent to be released for human therapy. It is currently used as a tranquilizer for large animals. A newer, related analogues is buprenorphine, which is a potent mu agonist (0.3 mg = 10 mg morphine) that dissociates very slowly from the opiate receptor, giving it a longer duration of action. It also shows antagonist activity in the rat tail flick test. There is some question as to whether naloxone can reverse respiratory depression in patients who have overdosed on buprenorphine. It is used by injection for moderate to severe pain relief. In sublingual form, the products Suboxone® and Subutex® are used in the treatment of opiate addiction. Subutex contains only buprenorphine, and is used for the initial phase of treatment, followed by Suboxone®, which also contains naloxone.
the web site i pulled it from:
http://wiz2.pharm.wayne.edu/module/opioid.html
i don't know what your education background is but this is sort of intense in organic chem. & neuropharm. but hey either way i say scope it out.
another site which is just a pdf of published research on bup. on pain relief is :
http://www.cja-jca.org/cgi/reprint/24/2/186.pdf
if you scroll down their are charts and some written information on strength and some charts it does have some comparisons to morphine...however i think you'll get your best data if you pull a similar researh publication and compare and contrast the effects of dosing/time.
and here is an abstact from another study:
BACKGROUND: The aim of this study was to evaluate the analgesic effect of PCA buprenorphine (intravenous) on postoperative pain in gynecologic patients of Taiwan and the potency ratio of buprenorphine versus morphine, a commonly used potent analgesic. METHODS: Fifty women undergoing abdominal total hysterectomy under spinal anesthesia were enrolled into the investigation. Patients were randomly divided into 2 groups (n = 25 each). Group 1 received intravenous buprenorphine using PCA device for the management of postoperative pain, whereas Group 2 received PCA morphine for the same purpose. During the first 48 hours postoperatively, we collected the following data: demand and delivery of analgesics, pain scores, vital signs, nausea, vomiting and pruritus. RESULTS: Despite different treatments, we found that pain scores on day 1 and day 2 postoperatively were low and were not significantly different between groups. Also, times of demand for delivery of PCA medication were not significantly different between groups. The cumulative consumption of buprenorphine and morphine within 48 h were 1.5 +/- 0.6 mg and 36 +/- 7 mg, respectively. The potency ratio between buprenorphine and morphine was 24:1. Both treatments showed only minor side effects. CONCLUSIONS: We found that PCA buprenorphine (intravenous) could be effective in the treatment of postoperative pain in the gynecologic patients in Taiwan and the potency ratio of buprenorphine versus morphine appeared to be 24:1.
so i would say it's fair to say that the ratio of potency is apx. 30-20:1 and structurally it has a significant difference hence the insane 1000 times stronger quoted on the first site. and of course their are other variables to consider.
oh and i know i won't get off scott free but tapering makes a huge difference. one of my b/f did it and man i couldn't believe how easy she had it....i just never had the patience....but now it's weird i swear i can feel my body adjusting and i've done extensive research on it...it's healthier and has positive results the idea of subs they attach and distrubtion are ideal for tapering that's why they were approved in the beginning now for some reason their a maintance program but hey whatever keeps ya off the streets and manageable. but hey either way we'll find out soon enough.....i'm on .50 today and the day will be here soon enough.
withdrawal again: no need to kill yourself...you should taper...i mean do as you like but being on scheduled taper allows your brain to start compensating for the years of not needing to produce the neurotransmitters needed as you taper it replenishes so you'll not go through insane w/d. i've seen this done before and it works i just always wanted to be clean NOW and never tried it but i was only setting myself up for failure the w/d may even make you want a quick fix...be careful....sub w/d is long lasting but then again it could be done easily w/patience.if you scroll up you can find a site...drugs.com where they're really good at this....i don't go to a dr. plus this is on an individual basis. you have yet to feel the worse of it so i recommend staying strong and using all your support....i wish ya the best.
funtimes wow that's the point i don't care if god is here and i was rebuttalling after a while...i took it as an intellectual debate not a personal attack and fine i won't sell out my beliefs b/c you threaten to not talk to me that's a bs request. you can't see the offense??? i never directly attacked anybody i'm pretty sure i was like thats for you cool however this is how i feel....and me saying what i believe isn't okay b/c it offends you....well i guess it's only allowed to be one way i can't take offense to what i think is bs and has caused more death than anything??? sorry that's a no go...look i'm not even bothered now ostericize me fine...i sort of feel like you just shown the bigot in you and that's not very attractive....we are here for addiction and their are so many atheist that feel alone b/c of the major influence of god in recovery...i know i hated rehab for that very point i wanted something i could relate to i was knocking them but i felt dismissed...i'm very spiritual and have alot of positive beliefs as do many of my sort and i will not be oppressed b/c of my differences and i hope anybody else that sees this and is on the same page can find solace their not alone it's okay not to be the majority and they're a good person that can get clean and not forsake their beliefs...and i never intended to hurt anybody's recovery it was meant as a discussion and why once again is this only one way??? try following the steps and be me...i have to be creative...try lookin for advice oh wait it usually goes back to god...hey i've adapted but will not be silenced and sorry if my beliefs bother you...i was simple expressing my opinion and as a matter of fact your bring it up again not me dude i haven't mentioned in the last few posts i was bor
bored with it...redundancy.i wasn't out of line in the least i always reassured whoever it wasn't even directed at anybody just the general belief that whatever gets them through the day just i feel this way...dude one of my best friends is a born again preacher....we go back and forth no judgements made...sorry funtimes but i think you've lost perspective...keep an open mind.
oh and come on virgil was an analogy...really...and dude he's a greek author...he did exsist...but i wasn't being literal...
not greek...meant to say roman....like dante....homer was his greek equivalent.
Virgil:
Better times perhaps await us who are now wretched.
Come what may, all bad fortune is to be conquered by endurance.
Each of us bears his own Hell.
It is easy to go down into Hell; night and day, the gates of dark Death stand wide; but to climb back again, to retrace one's steps to the upper air - there's the rub, the task.
Every man makes a god of his own desire.
this isthe quote i think that best sums up all of the conversations:
'The time has come,' the walrus said, 'to talk of many things: of shoes and ships - and sealing wax - of cabbages and kings.'
-l carroll
Day 18, and my shoulder and neck pain & reoccuring leg pain I have been experiencing the past 5 days is finally subsiding... I think, I hope. I don't know about any of you, but things definitely get worse for me at night. I never imagined Day 11 and 12 would be pretty good, and then I would drop back down into another vicious cycle, but I think it might be just about done. So there is light at the end of the tunnel.... who woulda thought. A guy that hosts this sub website I go to says he has had about a thousand emails, and out of those only 6 people actually tapered and got off subs. How crazy is that. I just can't get over how mislead I was by my doctor about methadone and suboxone. I can't wait until I'm 100% so I can call and tell her of the hell I've been through. I'm only 25, and she wanted me to stay on methadone the rest of my life. Then she told me I should stay on subs the rest of my life. Then she misled me to believe she had had people she was treating that had actually came off subs, and it wasn't hard at all. I talked to her a week after that, and she admitted..."Well, no, I don't actually have anyone that has stopped taking it...yet." We missed our appointment on the 7th of this month so I bet she thinks we're back on opiates. LOL. She didn't know a thing about how to taper... we brought our written down plan to her, and she didn't even really look at it. If we had stuck to that plan, we'd only be down to 1mg instead of 18 days clean. I gave my subs to my best friend (since 3rd grade), and the day I gave them to her I was trying to explain how she should take it to get off pills, and she wasn't even listening. They don't have much money so eventually she started taking the sub to feel good (I guess) - she abused it - was taking 12mg a day for about a week, and she ran out not last night but the night before. So yesterday was day 1 for her. Haven't talked to her today yet. She's one of those people that thinks she's fine, and she's not going to have any withdrawals. I told her she might not.... I dunno. Everyone is so different. SHe was only on it a week, but at a sorta high volume SO? I'm so worried about her... she has three kids, and NO ONE to help. I've been blessed with someone to watch my children the ENTIRE time, and couldn't have done it otherwise. I'm going to confess to her today, something I've been thinking about for a while now since I quit taking the subs.... I can not and will not risk my sobriety to be her friend. My kids and husband should come first, and they haven't in a long time & I can't be talking to someone who talks about pills 24/7. We've been friends almost 20 years. I can't believe I might have to cut the cord. I don't see her quitting unless there are no withdrawals. But she knows if she tries to take a full antagonist, she's not going to feel it for several days so she's screwed either way. Well hubbie's up... have lots to say about y'all's other comments so I will get back on here later.....
Well, this is the clearest my head has been in a long time. I have been off the oxys for about a week and getting stable on about 4 mgs of sub. Everytime my head gets clear, I really want to blow it off, when I start thinking about the time, energy, and MONEY I have wasted on this fvcken garbage. I WILL NEVER FORGIVE MYSELF FOR IT.
Then, knowing that once I feel better in another 2-3 weeks, I have to go through this sh1t all over again coming off the sub and will not sleep right for probably a whole year. Talk about nothing to look forward to. It is what it fvcken is, I guess.
good morning everyone. i had a thought. i remembered during the beginning of my kick...i was calling my buddy...and laughing my ass off about the kick. i really was. the funny part was me laughing at myself for being so stupid that i just kept kicking like every year. and never learned. i was laughing about what son of a gun (working on swearing) this kick was.
now...i wasn't laughing so much alone. so i firmly believe that a newly recovering addict by him or herself is in terrible company. i hope everyone has a friend that can relate to this situation and laugh at it and laugh at themselves. it takes the sting away...clears your head...and laughter produces good chemicals in your body. when my buddy came freezing cold in the car afte meetings....i couldn't stop laughing if i tried. which made him start laughing (the guys ruff). but laughter...like yawning is contagious. i know its not fun folks...but i would advise against letting self-pity envelope your mind and just try and have a good laugh as often as possible possible. when you feel depressed...please remember...love yourself. and love everyone else too.
and a final point. as for my kick...one thing i really noticed. it ebbed and it flowed. in the beginning (day 2) the pain/discomfort was really flowing. then it would like ebb for 20 minutes. by day 10 or so...an hour of bad times...then a tolerable hour. by day 90...no more pain...just lacking a little motivation. all is well.
I don't remember if I ever thanked Recovering Addict for starting up this site. Thanks so much. it has truly helped me a ton. it's one of the tools that is helping me save my life. the site and the good natured people on it. and my special friend. take care all.
ps.K- haven't heard from you in a minute. lemme know u are doing well.
I meant agonist
Hey guys... for some reason I get the feeling like I'm not fitting in here??!! (and I want to) Am I that boring? LOL... forgive me, I AM going through withdrawals, and I still don't feel clear in the head so if I ramble, I'm sorry. ANd if I'm not interesting, I apologize. I used to be the life of the party, what happened to me? SHIT... Dog: I feel your frustration about the subs being just SOMETHING ELSE you gotta get off of. BUT I tried stopping methadone which is suppose to last quite a while itself, and I only made it 8 days... I was either going to kill myself (literally) or go on subs. I'm glad I made the choice to go on subs. If you look on the net, there are SOOOO many different stories about suboxone. It ranges from no withdrawals to people committing suicide because of the withdrawals...... some people can taper and be fine, some people taper to nothing and still go through hell. It's just soooo crazy to me how different everyone is. No matter what though, I think the key is to taper as low as you can, prepare yourself, and take the plunge because otherwise you're gonna be on the shit the rest of your life or you'll exchange it for something else.... everyone says it, there is NO easy way out from opiate addiction for most people. Today is day 18, and I am doing ok.... you do have something to look forward to, and it might not even be that bad for you... you can't worry yourself to death about it. Heed everyone's advice about how to get through it. The right vitamins, gatorade, water, showers, sunlight, all that. Shop in advance. Embrace the days you do feel better and try not to worry if tomorrow is going to be bad again because I feel like I've been so up and down & now I realize I have to be grateful for the up days. You've gotta be ready to stop... everything. It does take will power, but if you're like me I just got so sick of everything.... it was just time. Do your research, but be weary of misinformation..... there's a lot of it out there.... don't listen to the people that say a year later they're still not sleeping right.... either something else is going on or they're one of the rare ones. If you dread it, it will be worse. Try to look forward and be happy you are getting sober when you do come off the subs. GOOD LUCK... I will answer any questions you have about the withdrawals.....
.50mg day 1 [tapering day 9...i think w/out double checking]
.25am dose
well i woke up at 645am and i've been feeling fine...i waited until 2pm to take my dose and still feel fine. slight chills hear and there but ever since i started getting up and moving about that's disapated. and for all the mixed opinions on what happens to you when you come off...well i'm trying to take a sample and see what the general consensus at least in regard to tapering cause we obviously know what to expect when cold turking it.but as far as i've been it seems with each day of the 4 day increments my body slowly adjusts to the new dose...i get chills and some restlessness nothing really that bad at all better than getting a cold in fact...sometimes my face gets runny or whatever when waiting to take my pm dose but by the 4th day it all gets less...so i'm really hoping that pattern sticks i'm pretty sure i can work with it...it'll take a while to be completely sub free but worth it i mean in i have like 4mg left man that should last at least 3 weeks...imagine that. some people said they were skipping like 3 days then taking .25mg ya know at the end of their schedule and forgot to take and just stayed clean b/c they didn't even really notice anything at all.....that's what i'm talking about...i guess we'll see i'll keep this going till i'm done...i love the day by day detox on here it's my fav. part of this hub.
Subfreechickadee!!!!!! Welcome!!!!!! Listen young lady...you are in like the top three or four of people (as far as days off subs) on this site! believe me...you are very welcome here. we got a couple rambling psychpaths (like me)...and we need to balance it out with some reasonably sane people like you. EVERYONE kicking this shit is very welcome here.
you have a greast mesage...many great points. SHOWER LIKE CRAZY. it helps. sunlight...yeah..can't wait until i get some of that in chicago...but i'm happy...through an act of God i kicked in the winter. something to look forward to. and you young lady have made it to the other side!!!!!!! 18 days with no subs...it's all funtimes from here!!! really. i was on them way top long...over 3.5 years...and i was using other stuff. so it took me a little while to feel cool. and i didn't taper with any judgment...i went from 8 to zeo pretty quick. your best point. imo...is "embrace the days you feel better and don't worry about the future (slight paraphrase)". Stay cool JUST FOR TODAY. anxiety is actually a split of two greek roots (which escape me)...one being "mind" and the other meaning "half". in other words...people aren't anxious about things in the past...they get anxious (nervous...worried) about the future. our minds are literally split in half...one part is in the present and the other is in the future. hence...anxiety may arise. live in the now. good girl. and yeahhhh...be motivated. focus on the positive. i don't know anyone else's situation here regarding this...but i'll speak for myself. i do not have another opiate kick in me. no way. if i screw this one up i may as well put a bullet in my head. i have not had one singular thought of using any illegal drugs since this whole thing kicked off three months ago...and not even a drug dream. i think being in recovery-NA meetings, w/ a sponsor (who is an ex-marine and tells me G-shut the fuck up already when i go on these rants) has provided really positive reinforcement. i aint picking up shit...and i hoping that nobody else here ever does again too. nice to meet you. take care.
Wow..i go away for the weekend and all hell breaks loose on this site! I'm sad i missed out on the "higher power" debate, although i'm pretty sure no one would want to hear what i have to say (well maybe merchant). I'm doing pretty well - Fun Times thanks for asking. I went to the taj mahal which is the first thing i've done drug free in years. every major trip or milestone in my life has had a little footnote... *i was using ____ when this happened. for the past two years its been oxys or h before work, going out with friends, visiting family, flying on a plane..anything and everything. it was the only way i could even possibly imagine enjoying or just tolerating anything. this was a big step...especially still detoxing and being weak and having all the w/d symptoms but i did it. and once i got through all of the initial stress and anxiety of having to function in public for an extended period of time with people that i work with (COMPLETELY FUCKING SOBER), i actually enjoyed myself and had a worthwhile experience.
I'm jealous of you Fun Times...no drug dreams or intense urges to use?? I can't go a night without waking up feeling this deep emptiness because all my dreams are surrounding drugs. I still smoke to calm my nerves and that really helps me sleep and limits the amount of dreaming i do, but whenever i do remember a dream, it has to do with using (real drugs not pot or hash) and in them i am always furious because i know that i should be using (but i do) and even worse, i dont get fucked up (i'm guessing because it is a dream). I do the stuff and then wait....and nothing happens. and i wake up frustrated and feeling like i did actually use but without any of the fun stuff. I still have that lingering guilt that hangs over my head for the rest of the day, because in every dream i give in. and i know i shouldn't, but inevitably i always succumb to the temptation. in real life though i've been good..I don't search out this stuff. but if i were to ever stumble upon a bottle of oxy 80s or a bundle of heroin, i'm not sure what i would do or if i would be able to restrain myself.
Analgesic / Opioid Strength (Codeine) Equivalent Dose (30 mg codeine) Aspirin (non-opioid) 1/36 1080 mg Difusinal (NSAID, non-opioid) 1/16 480 mg Dextropropoxyphene[1] 1/4 120 mg Codeine 1 30 mg Tramadol 1 30 mg Anileridine[2] 2.5 12 mg Pethidine 3.6 8.3 mg Hydrocodone 6 5 mg Morphine 10 3 mg Oxycodone 15-20 1.5-2 mg Morphine IV/IM 40 0.75 mg Hydromorphone[3] 50 0.6 mg Oxymorphone 70 0.4 mg Levorphanol[4] 80 0.26 mg Buprenorphine[5] 400 0.075 mg Fentanyl 500-1000 0.03-0.06 mg Carfentanyl 1,000,000
30 pg (Used only in sedating large animals)
Opioid Conversion Table Opioid Strength (Codeine) Equivalent Dose (30 mg codeine) Strength (Morphine) Equivalent Dose (10 mg morphine mg) Aspirin 1/36 1080 mg 1/360 3600 mg Difusinal 1/16 480 mg 1/160 1600 mg Dextropropoxyphene 1/4 120 mg 1/40 400 mg Codeine 1 30 mg 1/10 100 mg Tramadol 1 30 mg 1/10 100 mg Anileridine 2.5 12 mg 1/4 40 mg Demerol 3.6 8.3 mg .36 27.8 mg Hydrocodone 6 5 mg .6 16.67 mg Morphine 10 3 mg 1 10 mg Oxycodone 15-20 1.5-2 mg 1.5-2 4.5-6 mg Morphine IV/IM 40 .75 mg 4 2.5 mg Hydromorphone 50 .6 mg 5 2 mg Oxymorphone 70 0.4 mg 7 1.4 mg Levorphanol 80 0.26 mg 8 .8 mg Buprenophine 400 0.075 mg 40 .25 mg Fentanyl 500-1000 0.03-0.06 mg 50-100 0.1-0.2 mg Carfentanyl*** 1,000,000 30 pcg 100,000 100 pcg
queenie these are opiates in ratio w/ 30 mg of codeine & 10 mg of morphine.... thought it might be useful to ya...the first post was confusing so i am trying to fix it
So for me it has been 45 days clean off subs. I will say that suboxonetaper.com gives a very good representation of what to expect from days 1-25. My issue now is how have people felt from day 25 on? Like I stated it is now day 45 for me yet I have lingering issues. My mind still feels like its clouded and my anxiety level is very high. The best way I can describe this is that I feel constantly dizzy and cannot concentrate very well and its just an overall feeling of being uncomfortable and dizzy. My stomach is also pretty messed up still and I get heartburn quite often. I feel as if im backsliding but I do not have any cravings for opiates by the way. The hell of opiate addiction has been so bad that turning back is NOT an option. I am just curious to know if anyone has had this similar problem after day 25+ and when it began to subside for them if you had these long lasting side effects. I am aware of PAWS (Post Acute Withdrawl Syndrome) and think this may be the culprit.
cdizz...here's a website about PAWS and what to do...
http://digital-dharma.net/addiction/post-acute-wit
http://www.medhelp.org/tags/show/30016/Post-Acute-
Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome (PAWS) is a set of impairments that occur immediately after withdrawal from alcohol or other substances. The condition lasts from six to eighteen months after the last use and is marked by a fluctuating but incrementally improving course. PAWS/Rebound-Many substances can cause rebound effects (significant return of the original symptom in absence of the original cause) when discontinued, regardless of their tendency to cause other withdrawal symptoms.. Occasionally light users of opiates that would otherwise not experience much in the way of withdrawals will notice some rebound depression as well. Extended use of drugs that increase the amount of serotonin or other neurotransmitters in the brain (opioids including buprenorphine) can cause some receptors to 'turn off' temporarily or become desensitized, so, when the amount of the neurotransmitter available in the synapse returns to an otherwise normal state after wd's, there are still fewer receptors to attach to, causing feelings of depression/fatigue until the brain re-adjusts (Receptors turn on again). Buprenorphine PAWS/rebound seem to differ a bit from the typical/textbook definition of PAWS. The lingering effects from bup/sub seem to be more of fatigue, lack of motivation, or lack of energy that slowly restores over the course of months. Sometimes you feel ok, and a week later you will feel crappy again. Its VERY frustrating and unpredictable, and its almost impossible to gauge improvement on a day to day basis, some entire weeks/months are better than others. One thing that does appear to hold some validity, the longer you were on sub, the longer the PAWS will last. I would not state that you are feeling depression initially. However, feeling exausted, fatigued, and lazy for months is certainly a cause for depression all on its own.
There are many supplements you can take to increase neurotransmitter production, but without many active or desensitized receptor sites there is no way to produce the proper balance of endorphins (dopamine, norepinephrine, and epinephrine) naturally to get absorbed by enough receptors to feel good. Time seems to be the best way to combat PAWS, and that is the most frustrating part of the whole ordeal.
Thanks merchant. All very imformative. As far as supplements go I take 5HTP herbal supplement which is a mood enhancer and seems to help. My despression is not very bad but I also take prozac. The fatigue and general dizziness is the most annoying and it makes doing things like school/work very difficult. I was on suboxone this time for a good 8 straight months before I came off it and I also came off it while on about 2mg a day so for those who are wonderin if you can come off suboxone while still taking a moderate amount a day after a long period of using it. You can. Just be aware that because I did not do the tapering as many recommend, it has quite possibly caused a prolonged withdrawl period for me although the worst period of W/d lasted only the first 2 weeks.
Sadly I made the huge mistake of going back on suboxone after coming off it before. The first time I was on it for around 2 months when my doctor lost his license and I was shit outta luck and had to come off it. I really dont recall much W/D if any the first time except despression and I felt great after about 2 weeks but I still worried about relapsing back onto OC so a few months later I restarted using suboxone and 8 months later I realized I couldnt be on it forever. This time around however I was hit full force with the withdrawls and wishing I had never gone back on it. Of course hindsight is 20/20 and there was no way to know this without actually going through it and hopefully I will have gained a bit more wisdom and humility which will keep me from ever going back down the same ruinous path of opiate addiction.
K-i am so proud of you. really proud. look at you-the taj mahal...man....and you're jealous of me. that's sweet. the dreams really sucked back in the day. there was a simple formula...i had a dream about using...i woke up....and used as fast as i could. i mean i hit the ground flying for dope after a dream.
this time was different.if i had the idea of picking up anything for 1 second or less, the most fleeting thought of using even the most miniscule part of a pill...or anything i actually developed like a violent flinch in my face. i got angry for that .5 second thought, and reacted viscerally. really...i'm through. just get really committed K-. pain is an awesome motivator. i hope and pray you never need it like i did. K-i swear...i swear on my father's soul...it only gets worse. i implore you to believe me. please. u have such a wondeful life ahead.
always remember...dreams are just that....dreams. nothing more. somebody once told me something interesting...an emotion is merely a thought that we place too much importance on. i found that to be really profound. it's just a thought...that we place too much importance on. when the dreams come...don't let them take up space in your mind...they aren't that important...and soon...you won't have the ruff emotional reaction to them. just dreams. just thoughts. nothing more. they're not actions. you are safe...and cool.
yeahhh...it got a little fun after you left. it's better now that your back.
as far as paws goes...as for someone going through over 90 days without subs...after using subs well over 3 years...the information seemed incredibly accurate. honestly. lack of motivation is tough...thats why i go to meetings and work very hard...and stay busy. and honestly...if i am lazy and lounging at my house after working all day and hitting a meeting...i am cool with that. i am clinically hyperactive...yeah...big suprise there hummmn. but i have learned to focus that extra energy well. i could cram a semester's worth of intellectual propery law into one night. i'm weaker than usual...which the world is grateful for. yeahhhhup.
cdizz...i'm not really sure where your symptoms are coming from. i don't think you should be feeling dizzy or have that acidic stomach thing after 45 days. maybe something else is going on with you...and a doctor could tell you. congratulations though. i'm like you now...after this many days clean after this many years...using opiates again just could never happen. it hurt me. too many times. it hurt too much. hey...it aint like day 2...right? good luck man...stay tight.
.50mg day 1
.25mg pm
i'm soooooooooooo tired. um yeah okay i took my dose at like 8ish....i had a wee bit of chills and the fake allergy thing going on but not really bad at all. i have been tired all damn day though but i don't think it's w/d i think it's b/c i was laid up since st. paddy's due to some fractured ribs and ankle w/contusion....so lately i've been up and doing things...well around the house...i did walk like 3 miles over the weekend...it was to make a point and i was drinking other wise i wouldn't have. i do think the activity helps alot...but today i just sort of looked up cognitive stuff for the wee one...ya know grouping/matching/sorting/math/letters...voltaire ya know basic pre school things...lol. oh and we kicked ass in socom earlier...anyways ya really tired all day but as far as the sub thing i seem to be okay...oh wait i was a little anxious earlier but it's hard b/c i'm fighting w/ the b/f and that's a variable and taints the whole thing so i don't know maybe a wee bit of both....however my cousin is in recovery well like 6 or 7 months clean she works at a home for preg. women on methadone...she said i sounded wound up...but she thinks it's enviromental not so much biochemical or more like i'm getting like overwhelmed and my mind is like on low so i'm more anxious about dumb stuff that normally i would blow off....whatever either way i'm good...adieu
The truths of religion are never so well understood as by those who have lost the power of reasoning.
sorry i mentioned voltaire...couldn't resist...
cdizz...you might want to do some extensive research on degenerative paws...there are three forms....the link i gave ya explains it....i think learning how to manage it should be a priority...which it probably is. going to see a doc isn't a bad idea at all actually...other than just an all around check up is good after all you've been through...the doc maybe able to help ya out with your symptoms...dizzyness often occurs from the lack of sugar b/c of all the abuse we put our bodies through it takes a while to get everything up to par...i strongly urge you to look at your diet...sort of like a car with oil/octane...eat well complex sugars and proteins. and i'm just guessing the uncomfortableness is due to anxiety which can in turn make you hyperventalate w/out being aware tensing your body up which will cause an uneasy feeling physically and mentally...i mean quiet time through out the day is vital for me i need to re ground myself so much more right now until i'm well i suggest looking into whatever makes you tranquil and pursueing it with passion however if your like going insane and need like meds do what ya got a do but temp. ask about trazadone for like a week or something you take it at night it's a really light sleep med w/anti depressants in it which in turn will calm you down....depends you can gauge for yourself....i think it's a good habit for you to start learning how to naturally chill so you can incorp. that into your new life however i would never knock ya for going the other way either....sorry to ramble...i do it often but i'm sleepy and thought about how any response got me through the hour or day and felt like a jerk for not offering to you what may [or may not] be of use to you....well good luck & i check in throughout the day if you need somebody
Thanks Funtimes, I appreciate it. Got a question... I know Queenie started sleeping better at 6 weeks... what about everyone else? I still can't sleep for more than 2-3 hours at a time even with taking Ambien or Lunesta throughout the night. Day 19... been almost 3 weeks now. I am so jealous of my hubbie.... he can take a half an Ambien and sleep all night pretty much. Is it messing me up going back and forth between Lunesta and Ambien? I had no choice though cuz I couldn't get the Ambien filled yet so I had to take Lunesta for two nights, and now I've been back on Ambien for two nights, and I haven't slept well at all those two. I also started taking 5 HTP and some other vitamins and stuff two days ago as well.... surely these aren't keeping me up?! It's been light sleep & short. Freaking sucks. MAN - I don't even wanna think about PAWS!!! NO!!! Oh I dread that shit, and I really hope you come out of it cdizz. I was only on subs 2 1/2 months.... taking other opiates all day every day heavy for the 5 or so years prior.... but damn I hope these withdrawals don't last as long or longer than I was even on the freaking subs. Am I the only one on here with kids? Small children anyway? My husband's parents have been taking care of them this whole time. I guess I consider myself really lucky to not have to worry about going to work or taking care of kids right now... I have time to heal. As much time as I need. My husband is over here snoring - DAMN HIM LOL... and I've been up bascially since 4am or something. We stayed on the same page with the withdrawals (mine might have been a little more intense) for the first 12 days... it was crazy... if one had a good day, we both did and so on... then day 13 hit, and I've had so much pain and anxiety and all kinds of shit, and he's been pretty ok just no energy and stuff. AH!!! I'm happy for him, and I love him to death, BUT it freaking sucks for me. I couldn't of made it through this without him though. NO WAY. That's why I hate mornings like this where he sleeps and sleeps, and I'm up by myself. Need to call and check on my best friend... today is day 3 of no subs for her... she was ok last night... I dunno... she wasn't taking it right... taking like 12 mg throughout the whole day, but it was only about a week so I guess we'll see what happens. She doesn't think she's going to have ANY withdrawals at all. We'll see. Later guys.
subfreechickadee...c'mon...you are the one inspiring folks not to dread what may happen tommorrow. i may get into a fatal accident when i go on lunch break (hopefully not too many people on or off this site are pulling for that one..lol)...i'll take this thing five minutes at a time when a day at a time seems long.
as for the paws...i was thinking of a couple song lyrics which reflect my 'paws' after 90 plus days (getting near 100)...
bullshit 80's song:
"she's blinding me with science....ooooh...ooooh...oooooh"
i hate that pop bullshit...some people dig it.
my kinda tune...slightly paraphrased...by Great Britaian's Hardcore
"well i just got back from vietnaaaaaaaaaaam, where i burned a town with napalllllllllllllm, the next minute it was't there, i was getting high too much to care....now i get i off on my purple heart...and i can stop you if you start...coming back now and the loose...got to get rid of those vietnameeeese blues"
its gonna be cool subfree and cdizz. give it a little time. don't fret over how bad it's supposed to be...the input gained from which data was compiled is from a control group that i don't know personally. sure...you'll be weak. sure...you'll lack motivation. tell you what though...it beats fighting that war in vietnam.
i'm glad a made a special friend on this site. i hope everyone can get as much as they can out of it. i'll be honest...guys...i can more or give a fuck about guys conplaining...just be men. cdizz..i don't mean you though...you have made it clean a month and a half and have some symptoms that i didn't. look into it. i think you're cool as hell.
i do care about the youg ladies though. who knows why. i want K-, dustybug, merchant, and subfreechikadee to do well...that's my natute. i think men are maybe a little less emotioal than ladies and should always help a damsel in distress...maybe it's chauvinist...maybe chilvarous...maybe it's just me. Queenie...you gotta know a dig you. thanks for being there for me. take care all.
subfreechickadee....well i wouldnt' worry too much about PAWS cause you were only on subs for 2.5 months ya know. PAWS has a direct correlation with the duration of your sub use. also there are 3 types of PAWS there are links above i posted for cdizz you can scope out but here are a quick summary:
Post-acute withdrawal symptoms are not the same in everyone. They vary in how severe they are, how often they occur, and how long they last. Some people experience certain symptoms; some people have other symptoms; some people have none at all. Over a period of time PAW may get better, it may get worse it may stay the same, or it may come and go. If it gets better with time we call it regenerative. If it gets worse we call it degenerative. If it stays the same we call it stable. And if it comes and goes we call it intermittent. Regenerative PAW gradually improves over time. The longer a person is sober the less severe the symptoms become. It is easier for people with regenerative PAW to recover because the brain rapidly returns to normal. Degenerative PAW is the opposite. The symptoms get worse the longer a person is sober. This may happen even when a person is going to AA/NA and/or following some type of recovery program. People with degenerative PAW tend to become relapse prone. Sobriety becomes so painful that they feel they must self-medicate the pain with alcohol or drugs, collapse physically or emotionally, or commit suicide to end the pain. A person with stable PAW experiences the same level of symptoms for a long period of time into recovery. There may be days when the symptoms are a little better or a little worse, but essentially the symptoms remain unchanged. Most recovering people find this very frustrating because they believe that they should be feeling better the longer they are sober. With sufficient sober time many people learn to manage these symptoms.
I plan on just simple observing my symptoms, researching whichever one i may fall into, & eating right as well as having a solid schedule. However i've had paws with dope before and i remember it wasn't that bad i was okay...guess i was lucky hopefully this time will be the same ya know. as for as not sleeping i find any type of exersize crazy beneficial and no naps throughout the day def. helps kava kava and melatonin are good as well and you should be able to take them w/what your taking now but i recommend cross referencing just to be safe.oh and woman in general have higher anxiety than men hence the difference...warm milk & turkey are naturally diet sedatives try that during "wind down time" also do not taking anything throughout the day that may be stimulating like coffee or anything with caffeine stay away from sweets or fruits ya know simple sugars b4 bed. i've battled insomenia since i was really younger and found that alot of this does help but often it takes getting into the routine to show a difference. but you should see a little bit of an improvement in your sleep every night...oh and bendryl always was the best sleep med for me but no more than 50mg b/c it could have inverse effects after that.oh if you smoke cut back as the day progresses that's a stimulant.
as far as kids i have a daughter 4 she's with us 4days a week til school starts for her. she's easy though & she actually helps me out when i may need it like [not recently but the last few months i kept trying to just come off subs...what a nightmare] she's very bright and independent as well as understanding...she is clueless obviously to everything but i'll tell her i have a cold or virus. but either way she's inspiring and helps out w/anxiety and depression plus when i feel like fading into the couch or bed for the day i have to get up and move w/her and that may suck at the time but at night i'm grateful for the activity.i also have a [usually] awesome boyfriend who she adores and they do things together to strengthing their bond...like she'll go on little off roading adventures w/him and they collect pine cones and rocks...they go bug catching...she'll help him in the garage w/his truck or playing w/his rc cars...she also has a dad that's active in her life and she goes there every weekend and i did need a few days off once and he has his own buisness so he has no problem adjusting his hours and he is always helpful that way. but right now it's imperative regardless how i feel that i'm w/her b/c i have this whole education plan for her before kindergarden and i want her to complete it and since she's only child she needs to work a wee bit on her "social graces" not that she's bad she's just oblivious to other kids sometimes and likes adults.plus next year i won't be in the reserves anymore i'll be active in the army and i need her to understand why i'll be gone a few months so bonding is really important right now...i can't worry about my ailments getting in the way. hence another reason i chose to taper slowly i have so much going on that i just can't crash and burn right now just ripping off it.i did take the semester off though which lightens the load tremendously but that's okay life's not a race and my b/f has only 6 credits to go. how old are your kids? it's awesome you have support that's so important! you sound okay for where your at it's more like your just going through the motions...hang in there...it's worth it...if you've come this far i'm pretty sure your uphill battle is pretty muchover and you should be at a plateau soon. good luck!
well incase nobody notice i've yet to post my dosing thing....reason being i didn't take any subs today. last night my wisdom teeth were f'n killin' me and i barely got sleep....it was horrible so i tried motrin 800...tramadol 50mg..all to no avail. so i then took aprx. 1mg of sub which worked. this is a reoccuring problem for me when i detox it sucks i don't have the cash to get them removed yet...soon i will...so i spoke to my scheduling "sponsor" and they said to chill on .50mg for a while so my body gets acclaimated....so that's what i'm doing i've been sticking w/motrin and my pain is def. better so since i don't want to screw up all that i've done i'm gonna go back to my normal dosing schedule tomorrow. i don't have any w/d symptoms but i am tired and my routine for the day has been disrupted which sucks i napped and i really shouldn't do that but i think i'll be okay. we'll see what's goin' on tomorrow w/my body...so i'm going to stabalize on .50mg then start to go down and prob. stabalize again on .25mg for a minute...it's a process but so far i'm happy it's worth it.if my wisdom teeth weren't a problem i think i would have been fine i started my taper yesterday to .50mg and last night no w/d so whatever....where there's a while there's a way...
i dld an awesome version of monsters vs alien cam and the burrowers for later when the wee one is asleep. oh she's funny she has figured out how to "rig" her tic tac toe game...i hear her in my bedroom w/the b/f telling him he can put his little bunny peg in that hole or she won't win...she was doin' that to me all afternoon the little bugger thinks she's clever..lol...it's hard tryin' to explain it's about playin and havin fun it's not about always winning...she's 4 so yeah it's all about the win.
Hi guys, i just got off work and im very tired. two back to back 12 hour shifts.(cash moves everything around me cream get the money dolladolla bill y'all! anyone old enough to remember that song?) Anyway, just wanted to check in.subfreechickadee, i was on subs maybe 6 weeks to come off oxy's and have no paws so maybe you wont either and sleep will come be patient.I do know paws to be a very real thing though that can last like 18 months. Oh and fun times i would like to add a movie to Merchant's list- Gorrillas in the mist! take care y'all im going to take a long nap my friends.
wu tang clan first ep 1995 c.r.e.a.m.
not while ...but will where there's a will there is a way...i'm like a reckless typer
thats weird, i posted something earlier and now its gone. anyhow, subfreechickadee,i was olny on subs like 6 weeks to come off oxy's and did not experience paws so maybe you wont either. I do know paws to be a really real thing though that last like 18 months for some folks. I just finished two back to back 12 hour shifts and found i once again have the stamina needed to pull that off. as far as sleep goes ,it will come. your body must reset to homeostasis which takes alittle time. Congratulations on making this far and it gets better and better from this point on. I suggest you go out and about and physically exert yourself to induce sleep. I forced myself to leave the house everyday after bout 10 days and i found that to be helpful. Fun Times, i would like to add a movie to Merchant's movie list...Gorrillas in the mist! Merchant and K, keep strong and i send peace from the heart of the Queen. Love Queenie
WTF! now after i posted this last one it was there and Merchants comment. Huh, maybe i bookmarked it or something (me was tired then) Oh well, sorry
well...i have to admit...as i did before when merchant posted the symtoms of paws (as i said then...its incredibly accurate) that i have a certain view about things (everyone has a certain view...b/c it is just that...it's their view)...which kinda goes like this:
i really try and avoid hearing things and thinking of things which are negative. even when the stuff is true...like paws. im off subs over three months. its very real...but i am focusing hard on being positive. i consider people's tapering experiences and advice to be great...b/c i wanted instant gratification when I was kicking..i wanted to be done with subs and everything NOW. and i used poor judgment. going from 8 tom zero was just stupid and impulsive. so i think people who are posting their infinetly smarter schedules are doing a great service to other people who are trying to figure out how to get off subs.
merchant...we've had some differences...but i am extremely proud of you. i cannot fanthom the anxiety and stress i would be feeling knowing that i was gonna be in the army. you really inspired me with how u are handling such a stessful situation. and i thank u for that. i said a prayer lst nite for everyone and i said a special prayer for you...that you be safe. i don't know where you are going...but i pray that you are safe.
thanks for the movie Queenie. i need to thank you so much for your support. it meant and means so much to me. you are an angel of mercy to me right now. i gotta fly...but everyone...stay hard...stay cool..BE GOOD...and i wish everyone a beautiful day,
Ok, ok, ok.... I know, stay positive... I'll get through... I'm sorry guys, I've just been having a shitty WEEK... I feel worse today than I did yesterday, and I acutally got sleep last night kinda after two nights of hardly any so I don't know what's up with me.... I guess I just got discouraged because I still have pretty rough withdrawals, especially at night... my neck and shoulders HAVE improved THANK GOD, but my legs hurt ALL DAY every day so they kinda took the place of that - I think my problem is every time I think I feel better, I get worse so it just trips me out. Also since me and my husband lost our house and everything, we've been living with his parents (even though we have a house right down the road that we started remodeling & never finished of course) Anyway, and their house is two story - it's built into the side of a hill so from the front, you can only see the first floor - the top floor - and we live in the bottom floor which is like half basement - am I making sense? If you look at the back of the house you can see both stories & there's two porches, but anyway point being we just about live in a freaking basement. We've watched just about every freaking movie there is... our TIVO has never been this empty as well, we even watched the new XMEN movie which doesn't come out til June or something, right? LOL... We have an xbox 360, a Nintendo DS, a Wii, and a shit load of games, but STILL don't feel like playing them. I'm just ranting my frustrations, OK? I can't even hardly watch TV anyway because my anxiety is so horrible STILL. So I'm just frustrated. I almost wish I had a job to go to. We made ourselves walk over a mile yesterday, and YES that did feel good after we MADE ourselves do it. We smoke like a pack or more a day though so we were pretty winded. Quitting smoking is next of course. We live 5 minutes from a lake so we drove all down through there yesterday, looking, listening to music.... that was nice. My advice is just like Queenie's.... once you get through the rough ass stuff, YOU HAVE to get out of the house daily if possible. My husband quit his job to get off the subs, didn't have a choice. I am in awe of anyone that can work like this. Y'all are all so awesome. I'm so glad my hubbie found this site. He reads it with me everyday too. I'll tell you what people need to avoid (having unrealistic expectations).... look at MOST people that get off subs.... the norm to feel better is usually a month to six weeks, and it sounds like it can be up and down, and you have to mentally prepare yourself for that. I think that's my main problem - most people claim about every two days they feel better and better once they hit a certain point - and it's like, parts of me do feel better, but then other shit takes it's place & I'm just TIRED of being in strong pain. I've been through two child births with the epidural not working, two kidney stones (which hurt WORSE than child birth), and I've been through cervical surgery which involved sticking the hugest needle ever into me down there & having a lot of it removed while I was awake, but NONE of this lasted 20 plus days.... you know???? I'm just so wore down from it all. I got my kids to get back to.... I got my house to get back to.... I have my life to get back to.... but in the midst of bitching about all this, I REALIZED SOMETHING.... I will ACTUALLY BE LIVING my life now once it's back.... and IT IS coming back... and THERE IS something to look forward to... no pill chase, no feeling horrible when you don't have something... financial freedom again.... a REAL LIFE, WORTH LIVING... which is WORTH all the suffering... Point being - everyone's going to feel horrible going through this... everyone's going to feel despair at one time or another during this... and it's good to talk about it... Look at Queenie's story, you can watch it unfold... you can read each entry and see the improvement... that's why it's good to let it all out... so on day 20, sitting here THINKING I'm feeling bad, I can go back and look at my hand writtten journal I've been keeping and realize that I do feel way better than I did a week ago, and I am making progress, and there is something to look forward to. Just the lingering effects wear you down since it seems like it's been FOREVER since I took any subs... seems like I've been FOREVER suffering.... but compared to week one, it's nothing. So no one should take to heart the negative stuff people have written (including me)... we bitch because we can, and it's all part of the process. Feels good to.... I have mixed feelings because I do agree if I had actually known how long it would take to get back to totally "normal" (still can't remember what that is, but I"m closer than ever), I also don't know if I would of had the guts to quit, but I also believe you should know what you're getting yourself into so you can be prepared mentally. I felt really good on day 11 and 12, and then day 13 it went all to hell, and I wasn't prepared, and I think it made it worse. We didn't research til that day how long it can and usually actually lasts.... so I just don't know. I guess you just have to be really, truly ready to quit, and not care what it takes. It helps to know what to expect. By the way my best friend gave in on night two without even feeling withdrawals yet, and she took some tramadol. She said she's not ready to quit. I gave her a way out with the subs, and she didn't take it. I'm so upset. Her husband doesn't even know how bad she's on pills. Thanks everyone for all the support and advice. You are all so wonderful. I hope I didn't just rant and rave on here, hope I had something useful to say..... I was typing so fast so I dunno....LOL... Got an 8 hour trip ahead of us tomorrow... kinda excited, kinda not. Gotta go......
Subfreechickadee, i used icy hot for my aches and found it helpful. I believe that is the end of w/d symptoms(it was for me anyway). That and lack of sleep. You should be really proud and no doubt it takes so much will power to do this! You are a soldier for sure and your life will be rewarded! You and your man keep on keepn on.
hey guys, I know i've posted my entire miserable detox on here and much to some of your likings.Today however, im going to share alittle of how life has now turned around for me. I was off from work today and hung out with my best friend,her husband,and 3 year old kid. We had dinner at a mexican resturant,drank ice tea, and shared some laughs and memories. She commented on how much better i looked, that i had gained my weight back and seemed to be at peace again. About 40 min into our time at the resturant all hell broke lose as the 3 year old kept sliding under the table and stabbing our feet with a fork and then screaming when we tried to pull her up from under there. my friend stormed off saying that her man was staring at my chest which left everyone uncomfortable. by this time im looking at my ice tea and wishing i were in Long Island!To top it off i was left paying the entire bill as her man went after her and they duked it out in the parking lot and im left with this kid thats still stabbing my feet! I payed the bill and as i was leaving i shouted to the many eyes staring at me..." im not related to these people!" The car ride back to her place(where my car is) was silent i was angry that my night off was ruined by this extreme disfunction and uncomfortable set of circumstances i was trapped in at that point. When we got back to her place i went towards my car and she called out" where u going?" I looked at her and we just started laughing and then she said "welcome back kid"and i said "its good to be back". My point is im one disfunctional beotch even when im clean. .....and if im not my friends are. I wouldnt have it any other way. Who wants a boring life with boring people? Holla
Hey guys.... GOOD NEWS.... Today is day 22, and BOTH of us started turning the corner yesterday... small withdrawal symptoms left, but NOTHING to complain about.... So now I think it's safe to say (just like Queenie before) WE MADE IT!!!! Drastic improvement!! And for the first time since this whole ordeal started, I felt better AT NIGHT then during the day last night! WOW! So excited, so hopeful.... Was even cleaning last night.... Now I'm wondering, what is y'all's opinion on the Ambien... hubbie's taking one a night... I'm taking two (10mg) throughout the night.... should we wein (ween) whatever... ourselves off or what? Hubbie's been on it 3 weeks, and I've been on it a month... pharmecutical papers say only take one to two weeks.... we're still not sleeping right, and sometimes the Ambien doesn't even help past the first one anyway... think I'm going to try to take just one tonight when I go to bed.... I know I'll wake up, but I'm going to try to go back to sleep with more.... maybe take one a night for 3 more days or so then go down to a half for three days or something.... what do y'all think? Or do you think we should just stop taking it in a couple days or so or wait til we feel 100 percent to stop?? Definitely don't want to get addicted to this shit.... Queenie you're a nurse so thought you might know more about it than me.... Merchant, how you doing? Funtimes, keeping busy? Thanks for the story Queenie.... we got crazy friends too... ready to get back to 'em also.... TTYL
it's funny how you mention being dysfunctional cause i've been so crazy lately that i haven't even written here. i really don't know where to begin....well i guess i have come to realize that i don't have good coping skills when it comes to being angery or dealing with being hurt. i'm a pretty hardend person and it takes alot to get to me but when it does happen i act out in the most unhealthy ways. i am so good at handling stress and life's ups and downs however when i fight w/the b/f i spiral out of control. i went out for a bday party and ended coming home to talk ....bad idea...i was drunk....then was so mad went out and got high which i don't even like it's f*cked up it is more like a self destruct mechanism or like a rebel thing like f*ck off i'll show you....yeah show you how weak i am??? i haven't even done anything in like forever either b/c i honestly don't have the desire and still don't it was likejust a behavior thing. so the next day i got in touch w/an old friend in na she knows me well enough not to be all fanatic like and were hooking up this week i'm not really worried about the fact i did it more like the fact i was on auto pilot for self destruction....i need to fix that. i was just always indifferent to my b/f or friends i didn't get upset over really anything...however i've never been in love til now i grew up in a very emotionless just gotta survive home so now i have two people in my life i love and when they hurt me or whatever i don
't possess the skills to deal w/in a healthy way. i mean on 1 hand i'm happy i feel so intensely ya know i'm not numb anymore but i'm disappointed that i'm so at a lost that i chose self destruction...i've also come to the conclusion that drinking although i don't do it often is a very convenient means to acting out when angry and i think being the impulsive person i am i may just wanna not do it,,,,i'm happy this has happened b/c i've got some self enlightenment out of it but at the same time i feel like i am well was not a part of the solution. i take everything so seriously and i rarely don't have an answer to problems but there really aren't any answers to being hurt or whatever just lessons on how do deal with it the most healthy way i can. it's funny though cause my b/f isn't an addict and i see the way he deals with it and he just like dives into his stubborness and gets apathetic but nothing self destructive...huh and he's just as intense as me but he's learned i guess over time how to deal w/this where as i never did well i never had to. well we talked so all is well now but i really really need to start building a support network so i'm prepared for the next time...which is hard b/c i don't want to go to meetings i don't like to socialize i don't know itlike has to be one on one so i think calling my friend was a good idea and i could build from there and she can help out we met when we were kids in the rooms she stayed i left but we always stayed in touch.it's even weird to talk about this like out loud it goes against all my wee fibers and it's not that life is bad it's not i just need to stay the course and well i jumped off for a night so i need to take it for what it's worth and stay focused...i just trying to keep it in the perspective of do i want to contribute or hinder my/our life? so if anybody has any idea on how to deal w/this sort of thing in a healthy fashion let me know. b/c i obviously can't.
WOW girl... let it all out... it's always good to do that. I might be able to actually help you here -although I don't know if my and my husband have an actual normal relationship.... we met in May of 2002, and were married in November 2002 so we're coming up on our 7th anniversary.... and yes, we got married QUICK, but it was the BEST thing I've EVER done.... we're one of them couples that makes everyone sick... we hardly ever fight, and we're truly in love. And I'll tell you what KEEPS us this way.... COMMUNICATION. Let me just also tell you that even though I'm only 25 (26 in July), and my hubbie will be 30 in May... I had my first child when I was 17.... so I grew up QUICKLY. (Just some info - we both had a son when we met that are only 4 months apart so it was like twins!!! And in 03 we had a daughter together) Anyway, my son's father who died in a car wreck (rest his soul) in 07 - I don't want to speak ill of him, but it's just the truth - he was drunk and went around a curb at 103mph and flipped 6 times.... he was an alcoholic even though I didn't realize it back then, and he also MOVED to another state when he found out I was pregnant after being with me for a year and a half.... my husband's ex-wife actually packed up and moved to another state a couple of months before me and him met - the SAME state, same city how ironic is that.... ANYWAY, sorry, I keep getting off subject. The key, in my opinion, to a great relationship is to be able to tell each other ANYTHING - we are SO open and honest with each other, and I'm not in the dark here - we've only spent one night apart since we met, and we use to run our own business side by side day by day - we're always together, and don't get tired of each other.... point is though, if we do need some alone time, we can just say it.... if we're upset about something, we can and DO talk about it immediately.... without yelling, we discuss. I grew up in a VERY verbally abusive household... I, of course, was an out of control teen, could talk my parents into anything, but there was CONSTANT, CONSTANT yelling in my house. Yelling and no one listening. People tend to yell at each other at the same time.... trying to get THEIR point across instead of listening to the other side as well... not to get all retarded on ya, but Dr. Phil calls 'em "Right Fighters" Always gotta fight to be right. Well, no one's right all the time. If you start to yell or fight, seperate until you can talk rationally and calmly. If you truly LOVE each other, you can work through anything, and you have to accept each other's flaws.... I don't know exactly what y'all are fighting about, that's your business, but my guess is 9 times out of 10 in the scheme of things it's probably not even that important. You have to pick your fights with the boyfriend just like you do your child.... you can't argue over every little thing or you'll drive yourself crazy. Another thing is, I've noticed that some couples... especially the guy... will not open up because he knows how his girlfriend is going to react, and he doesn't want to deal with it. Key is to talk about this very thing... not react so strongly (don't even know if you're doing this, just saying) to something he comments on or wants to talk about.... even if it hurts, even if it upsets you, even if it pisses you off.... don't go psycho about it.... talk and work it out.... my hubbie could tell me he wants to have a threesome, and we would discuss it. I'd rather know why and deal with that then freak out on him, and him wish he'd never told me.... Some people aren't like me, some people would rather not know... that's not me. Be real, ya know? Really dig into what's triggering these fights.... are you actually fighting about some key issue constantly or are you fighting about stupid little shit a lot? Some people tend to pick fights if there's something bothering them, and the fights won't even be about that. They're just pissed off about something. Sounds like y'all had a heart to heart though already, and you should do that often. The way I see it, if I'm going to spend the rest of my life with this person, we better be able to tell each other anything... like if we're getting on each other's nerves... without either of us getting pissed off about it because it's going to happen.... Anyway, how to deal when you do get stressed without turning to drugs?? Sounds like you're on the right track.... take some time to yourself, call a friend, find something productive to do that you enjoy.... have sex.... punch a pillow.... you're talking to people who have been medicating themselves with drugs for years also.... hate to say, but if you really don't want to drink or smoke than sounds like you need to not associate with whoever you're doing it with. Sucks to do it alone. Are you doing it to get at your boyfriend?? I drank about 3 or 4 times a week for a year and a half then I smoked weed all day, every day for another year and a half while also drinking occasionally then met hubbie and got on pills for all these years.... and I'm not even that old.... and that lifestyle just sucks all the way around... Are you depressed often? Suboxone makes you numb... worse than other pills.... I also took depression medicine for years, and have battled with depression since I was young... cut my wrists and legs when I was 13... my brother is bipolar... my dad and his mother battle with depression... I was also raped shortly after I had my first son... I still had stitches down there, and that was the worst pain when that happened.... but I think I've let it all go.... life's gonna get ya down, and I guess everyone has a different way of dealing... you've just gotta learn not to turn to drugs or alcohol - that is the absolute WORST thing you can do, especially if you have children. I know I can't talk.... only been clean for three weeks, but I'm NOT going back.... EVER. And you do need support. I hope some of this helped.... I hope you can get off the subs for good because that would probably help A LOT. Your brain's just not right on it, and it never will be. Well, good luck, keep us posted.... you've got support here. Later girl.
wow now we are getn real...ok! Merchant, men and women do not think the same this has been proven scientifically. The sooner you can wrap your brain around that one the easier your love life will be. I dont want to sound bitter cause im not. I adore men and i have learned to appriciate our differences and embrace them. I dont claim to be a relationship connoiseur but lifes experiances have taught me that two halfs do not make a whole( forget what you learned in math). I suggest you work on your self and making yourself strong, independent and happy. im speaking from experiance. When you become psychologically and spiritually whole ( im not there but im alot more complete than i was at 23) and you share your life with someone else who is whole then your living. I think by you sharing and asking for help your on your way. It sounds as if you are trying to sabotage whatever you guys have going. Does this cat care if you drink and party cause i noticed you said he doesnt drink. When i got clean over 4 years ago i spent two years abstaining from relationships and it was the best thin g i could have done for myself. I know its not realistic to think others will but emotions can really do a number on us and learning to feel them and recognize them for what they are and not fly outta control is key. I dont remember your age but i know its young. This might be the guy for you and it might not. Life doesnt always unfold like we think it will . Infact, it almost never does and thats what makes it interesting. I hear you say your hard and i played that beat for a long time but i was hiding a very hurt little person whos spirit was broken early in life. i wonder if your doing the same? Subfreechickadee, congradulations and as far as the ambien goes if you want to be 100 percent clean stop taking it. Your brain will begin to produce meletonin along with serotonin once again to bring you to homeostasis. It will not happen while your manipulating it with ambien. The serotonin yes(energy and happiness) but the melotonin no(sleep). As long as your taking it you will need it. Since your feeling better now it wont be so bad to be awake alot and sleep when you can even if its 20 min in the day. I realize if you are working or have alot of responsibilities this isn't always feasible. But if i remember you have family helping. If thats the case and you want to be clean nows the time. Well my friends stay strong. Where are you guys ? im in Florida and im just curious.
Thanks for asking subfreechick....I'm doing well. I've been a little busy (usually working long hours, NA meetings, talking to friends in recovery, etc.), and I think I'm gonna be hurting tommorrow...i played 3rd base at the first practice for my NA softball leauge...and my fingers are a bit sore.
If you are in a relationship...it better be a healthy one...b/c a bad relationship early in recovery is a sure fire bet the pick up again. As i said before i have a special place in my heart for the ladies on this site...don't let some guy who is not fully invested in recovery drag you down with him.
I gotta fly...Ii just want to tell everyone that i am proud of you all...so please be proud of yourselves. I can't count the number of times i was in the middle of kicking that I wondered "what the hell am i doing..this sucks" and FORGOT THAT I WAS KICKING AND THAT I SHOULD BE PROUD OF MYSELF. dont make the same mistake i did.
Stay cool everyone. Take care everyone...I'll check in soon. I hope you all do the same. luv Gary
PS. Every once in a while life does put the right person in your life, just when you need them. When it happens, embrace it. you'll know when its real...you will feel it in your heart.
I've only commented on this site twice, but I am going into my 6th week of no suboxone. I still have headaches, but they are diminishing. I was on sub for a year and did not want to live on them the rest of my life, so decided at 4 mg. to stop. My story is like everyone else's. The first two to three weeks is the very worst! Then comes that corner you turn. But it is very slow. My depression and anxiety come and go in varying degrees. My weight still fluctuates daily, but I am starting to regain my weight, but it very slowly. My sleep is still not normal, but better overall. I'm just now able to clean my house and do the laundry (not in the same day, of course). I didn't know anything about PAWS, until reading it tonight, and I'm so glad I did. I have been experiencing short intervals of the beginning of w/d, and thought I was going crazy! That was very helpful. I have been taking it easy, though, for the last 6 weeks. Reading, doing research, watching the news; just being patient with myself. I am ready to start doing more. I got back on my treadmill, (something I love) but was shocked at my performance. I could only run very slowly for about 10 minutes before I became exhausted! That was disappointing, but I will try again tomorrow. The depression and lack of motivation is a huge factor that is sabotaging my efforts to start getting involved with the things I did before getting off sub. But, I am trying very hard not to give up on attempting to get active. It just takes so much mental energy to even get in my car and go anywhere. It's a good thing I can do my own hair, skin, and nails - right?! I did have to close my business, though. That was depressing enough! But, there was no way I could have stopped the suboxone, take care of myself, and run a business at the same time. So I decided it was more important to get off the sub, and then try the business again at a later date. Well, I've rambled enough. Thanks for listening/reading. Good luck to all out there for making such a tough decision!!
hey thanks for all the feedback ladies...k well we are together all the time and we do talk about anything and everything i swear and you know me and how i feel about this sort of thing but if there are soulmates out there he's mine...we are unbelievably compatible and we are that couple that all the friends make fun of but we rarely fight and we can have and do have healthy arguements however on the rare occassion we have an all out fight we are both crazy stubborn and i being unstable right now ya know detox little support i know the right things to do but when i'm hurt i go a wall. i have never been intoxicated around my daughter nor has she ever felt the or seen my as a maniac...that is my grounding point actually...i miss cleaver and i am really hard core about protecting her b/c my upbringing was all violence and addiction so her life is all sunshine and rainbows. but the b/f and i don't yell really or cause scenes we go silent...i would rather yell and freak out i think it would at least serve as a release for me even though it isn't a good solution. but since we are so close and are like one when we fight and shit gets all shut down i don't know how to handle it i wanna talk but i get bitter that i'm chasing after him it's like i'm cool w/ a 24hr self reflection period...we both need that "head" time ya know but then i start getting all fucked up and like queenie was saying it is def. that little hurt girl thing...i'm aware actually my awareness and my inability of control pisses me off...i know better but i say fuck it so after a while i feel like self destructing...ya know the people that like self mutalate or whatever as an emotional release...i swear that's what it's exactly like. that's a new truth to me that i never realized about myself or maybe it's new altogether i don't know either way i've identified it and now i'm like what do i do to correct it. i wrote you guys for feedback and called a friend in na w/long term clean time and were going to start hanging out. it's just so fucked up b/c this is actually a really healthy relationship...he's great we're great but i'm like at a vulnerable point right now and i need to gain some perspective when i get all jammed up....he doesn't mind me drinking b/c i normally only do it like twice a month tops and i don't go overboard it's like down time w/friends or my brother...it's chill [except i'm thinking it's become a problem in the fact that i'm using it as a coping/vengence tool..which i never have before...unhealthy pattern ya know] he does however completely and totally hates and condemns dope. he doesn't even take asprin for headaches or bendryl for allergies...which he as hard core...the only thing he really has done was he used to smoke all the time then when we met i didn't so he just quit...he said he wanted to for a while and when he was younger tripped but nothing hard at all...so he is in the dark to this whole world ya know. the some what good news is we finally talked and worked through it...but now is the best time for me to start figuring out how to handle being hurt...it's weird...it takes so much to get close to me...i can be friends w/somebody for years and just walk away..i usually have relationships from an emotioanl distance...i've always been indifferent to the turmoil cause i never really felt connected to begin with....now man it's different i'm def. intune and emotionally enraptured...i've allowed myself to get involved...deeply...but it's new to me...i can't handle the hurt. i agree w/queenie about working on me...that is the answer for sure. i keep thinking once this detox is done i'll feel all that closer to being complete or at least feeling true to myself so how do i deal w/shit when i feel tainted...that's a problem...i'm so extreme. ya know i try to think of it as i want to be a positive contribution to our relationship i just don't know how to come to terms w/myself in this state...i know he's not going anywhere or anything....i just need to get my shit together.ya know what's funny everybody always talks about how well i'm doing how i'm such a good mom and girlfriend and sister and how nothing ever gets to me i'm like the person everybody goes to and i cant' go to them b/c they don't know what to do with me like this and it's not all the time i'm crazy it's when i'm feeling hurt...i look at the pattern we fall into when we do have like "big" fights...fight...words thrown around...silence..ignoring eachother...little spiteful acts ...we start to communicate/tolerate eachothers presence...then the heart to heart. it's in the middle i go loco like some kind of impending doom is going on....i feel bad rambling on about this cause i'm really just circling the problem,,i don't have healthy coping skills that's it plain and simple...solution...get support, get clean...stay focused on tapering...keep things/life in perspective...find positive outlet when i'm all fucked up...i've come so far i'm like almost done w/my degree, i'm going active next year...so that helps out w/money and we get to travel and rylie gets a good education i'm not doing bad at all i just need to stay the course and not sabatoge what i've worked so hard for b/c i'm not happy when i fight w/the b/f...that sounds about right. we even went to see lamb of god yesterday and it was like what we needed for like healing or whatever...i think we both missed eachother and needed to feel complete again and i have 2 fractured ribs and 4 bruised ribs and an ankle w/a contusion from st paddy's day but i wanted to be up close and he was all protective and i don't know it just felt so good and it made me think about how he's only human and if i keep putting him in compromising positions i can ruin this...and for what b/c i'm not able to handle myself. i think i should make a list of like what i feel when we are all fucked up and what my natural responses are and why bring them to pati [na friend] and go over them w/her to figure out alternatives...healthy ones. oh and thanks subfree...communication is key so once i start working on myself and could handle shit better i'll see what i could do as for now i can even approach him when he's mad cause he's not hearing it but your right and drugs and alcohol are not the answer and actually when i'm sober i don't fuck w/drugs and the alcohol use is minimal and def. with in reason...but when i'm angry they become more like weapons...if that makes sense...i believe ani defrance said in her one song "everything is weapon if you hold it right" that comes to mind...i need to figure out why when i'm hurting i feel this need to hurt back...i need to realize he's hurting too i just don't see it...i'm blinded by rage and sadness. i'm gonna just try to answer your questions b/c i really appreciate the time you took out for me..honestly...thanks...and i don't care what your clean time is it's your soul and experience that helps ya know.
well out fight wasn't about anything important...and ya know how i mentioned he really doesn't drink...every so often he will like once in a blue moon & really it's b/c he wants to be on the same page as me so if i dont' drink he's not gonna.....we rarely fight and we do have open communication he knows he can tell me anything and i'm really good about handling it...truly...it's just a stubborn/pride thing after the fight ya know...we don't fight about serious stuff that we talk about...it seems to happen when we drink together...i'm chill but he can't handle liquor and takes everything the wrong way and flips out...completely out of character behavior....we talked about it and he decided on his own that if he does drink [which prob. won't be til the summer] he's not touching liquor. we can drink like lager and be cool. but see the thing is drinking isn't that important to me...or him...we can have fun without it...we always do...so i think maybe we should just stay away from it...but i don't know if that's practical either b/c we really only do it once and a while and it's like fun to be sort of silly and hangout w/people we never really see [we don't party all the time at all and well all his friends do and i feel ba
i feel bad not chillin' w/them once in a while b/c that's not really fair to him] in so far as socializing...we really are just in our own little world and venture out once in a while...i only drink or get fucked up to get back at him when we fight...other than that no not all i just have like 2-3 drinks to chill w/friends or family once in a while...that's why my behavior is odd to me with going to alcohol to spite him...i've never done that before....i'm not really a depressed person normally...but your right about not being right on subs...i def. feel off and the fact that i'm not totally clean does really depress me...i know i'm almost there but i'm not me yet and i feel like it's not fair to me or him.i'm trying to taper the best i can and the slowest ever just so i don't set myself up and give my brain restoration time...it's never gone be fast enough i guess but i should be clean soon...this has been a minor set back so i'm gonna stabalize at my dose of .50mg for a week before i start to taper again...just to try to get right. this is not only the first time i'm in love but the first time i'm in a good/healthy relationship as well as getting clean while dealing w/all this it's overwhelming...i'm overwhelming myself! so i think w/this hub's support and my willingness i can do this...i found a 12 step book based on buddism which i can relate to the abstract spirituality in it...i'm gonna see about ordering it...i'm also gonna try not to drink...that's hard only b/c that's my social time....otherwise i'm sort of just w/him and my daughter...i'm not willing to do the full out meetings/recovery thing right now...however i have my na friend and i'm cool w/her and meeting new people that don't get fucked up and for now that's good...we already have plans.i need to get a job as well i've always been independent which right now i'm not and i'm looking into picking up hobbies that i used to have i love alone time and i need healthy outlets....so i think this all sounds like a good recipe i just need to do it...detoxing kills my motivation...i can't wait til i'm done...i swear it's like a xmas present to myself. thanks again!
oh and subfree when you had that cutting thing going on....what did you do to correct that...cause i really feel like that's sort of like the same thing right now. i don't feel numb though....i feel way too much...so intense...i'm not accustom to this.
oh and queenie your spot on....i'm def. like you in that respect i need to feel like i'm working on bettering myself. right now i think i'm having a hard time b/c i still have subs in my system i don't feel "pure". i know i'm working on getting off but it's hard to stay focused b/c i feel like i'm not where i want to be and i feel guilty b/c i'm not really giving myself completely to my relationship. my self esteem is low i'm not so much apathetic more guilty and like really really want to be me again. being that your like me with feeling complete and all how did you handle life and all it throws at you while getting off subs....it just seems like i've been w/out myself for so long. i mean i'm me...but not exactly. i know it could be alot worse shit my life is alot more manageable now then back in the day but it's not like when i had four years clean...i felt so alive and good...like i had something to offer the world.
I am going on 4 days without Subs, so I'm just beginning my journey and scared. But I'm determined to make it! Last night was rough. I barely slept, my legs were crawling everywhere. So I slept in the chair for an hour or two. I tried Requip for RLS, but didn't work, so I found myself in the bathtub at 3:00 A.M. I have been on Suboxone for almost 4 years. I am better today than last night. If I can keep saying that everyday, I'll make it
My hubby doesn't understand. He has never had any "bad" habits, so he thinks it's all in my head. I hope he understands eventually that I am overcoming the worst thing I can imagine.
Foreverannie.... GO GIRL GO GIRL GO.... don't give up!!! It's rough, it's tough, but it's worth it! I'm on day 24... if you can make it through about day 10 or so the worst will be over. Me and my husband both actually had a good day on day 5, 11 & 12 which is what I hear from most people... around about two weeks they have a pretty good day or two.... everyone's different, but if you can make it 2 weeks, the worst will be over!!! Maybe you should print out some opiate withdrawal info for your husband... you really need his support and help... I'm truly sorry to hear he isn't supporting you through this... it's DEFINITELY, ABSOLUTELY NOT in your head!!! Maybe print out some medical info for him... that might go over better. We feel your pain girl.... there's not many people that get off opiates.... I read online 90% of people that try to quit opiates relapse within the first few days because of the withdrawals.... so only 10% succeed... you are one of these 10% now, don't give up.... it's probably the worst thing you'll ever go through because of the length, but it's not as intense as other opiates in my opinion... you just have to really want it.... I really hope your husband gets on board... I know you probably don't feel like dealing with him right now or talking him into anything... surely he'll realize after a few days that it's not in your head, and you are in pain, and you need his support.... gotta go for now will write more later and write merchant and queenie back.... talk to y'all later...
Now that I think about it, maybe that is what you should tell your husband, that it is in your head... it's your brain.... and there are reasons for every single withdrawal symptom you have... mostly from your brain not producing serotonin correctly or at all because of the pills, among other things.... plenty of medical reasons.
LOL, thanks for the support, but theres little I can say to change his mind and I don't have the strength to argue with him :0 I think your right about the 5th day. Tonight, I don't feel as bad. My legs are trying to act up, as if they are saying "haha, we may or may not get you in your sleep..you never know". I'll pray for the latter! I just wish I could believe it when he says it's in my mind, then maybe I can convince myself and get through this!
Fourth day and I did scrape up some energy to play with my 2 year old and do homework with my preteen. My husband and children seem like aliens to me right now. So hence I paint on my smile.......I do see the light. My personality that Suboxone took from me is creeping back in. I do wish my doctor warned me of this 4 years ago. Maybe someone will read our stories and learn. Lets see how everything changes in the next few weeks. Heck, I could wake up tommorrow a new person :)
Hey everyone. Foeverannie....i do wish the doctor warned me about suboxone almost 4 years ago. that's how long i was on the miracle drug too. that would have been cool of her. considerate. perhaps even diligent and proffessional. no dice. whatcha gonna do.
in your head after 4 years. please. and i mean please. i been off subs for over 100 days...all the days have good hours...many have some not so fun ones. there is a definate trend. i keep getting better. the good hours get longer. in the beginning i was praying for 15 good minutes every so often. i have to remember that. when i start getting a little upset that things aren't 1000% cool now...they were about 1000% uncool at first. time heals all wounds. that truth applies to us all. stay cool, stay honest, do the next right thing, and time will just keep passing...and soon you'll bre trying to remember the pain u feel now.
100 days just happened. and its no big deal. good or not...i forgot the pain. i have enough to deal with today. ladies...i'm proud of you all. Foreverannie...i just want to let you know that being a 4 year person like yourself...damn woman...you are really doing something fucking amazing. if someone hasn't done it...it is unimaginable. u can't make this shit up. hopefully your husband is gonna realize that you need all the support he can give u. good luck and God bless u all.
Thanks so much Fun times. It's real encouraging to see someone off for 100 days. Now you are strong enough to tell us how you did it. I have Darvocets, which I know is a weak drug, to help with my leg pain, but I'm afraid of a set back. I'm gonna do this.....
I've been up all night or most anyway for the past couple of days and I think I miss sleeping the most. I miss waking up to go to work (which many would be suprised what professional job I do part time) and if I don't go to work, I spend time with my children. I work tommorrow and dread going in like a zombie. I'm not sure how my bodies doing this, but I do know that it's trying to kick it for me. My body is on my side...I'm gonna do this...
For those of you are in the same situation I'm in or are thinking about quitting, this may help. Think of reasons why you want to quit subs. For me, it was easy, they changed who I was. Plus, I felt like a slimeball going into the clinic. I don't know about your experiences, but docs around here don't think highly of addicts. And remember, you don't really feel actual withdraws till u quit completely, no matter how much your taking. So prepare yourself. THis website has lifted my hopes.
Foreverannie...i'd love to give u my best opinion on this, but i need to know something first. I need a your best recollection of how you tapered. Were you on 1mg for a week...a month...did u go 8mg kamikaze style...how did u get to 4 days on zero? Please tell me asap..i'll wait and see if u respond before signing off.
I'm gonna say this about going back to work: I did a stupid kick and went in work off 8mg (one day at the end of week 2 i took 2mg) after taking off 2.5 weeks. i was fucking terrified. i slept 1 hour in 3 days before work. from 6 to 7am...the day of work. my anxiety level...the thought that i will walk in like a zombie and possibly hit the floor right there...had me up 3 days straight. at 6am i said (and really meant) fuck it...if i hit the floor..let it be. i thought all eyes would be on me. it was welcome back for 6 minutes and i slid back into my office thinking...i just might pull this off. and i did. been back to work ever since. fucking miracle. how many mgs are u coming off of...and for how long? (My philiosophy to everyone has always been...easy fucking does it...yeah i do swear a lot...sorry...but really...i'm all for everyone having the easiest kick possible...fuck that kamikaze shit...it hurts and it is STUPID). you sound smart.
As far as professional jobs...they're all here. Legal field. Medical Field. Financial Field. Very smart students. your in good hands.
I'm not sure. I had a few 8 mgs left and I chipped off a small piece for the past month. Maybe less than 1 mg? Heck, I might as well been taking 50-lol- know what I mean?
What is Kamakazi style? Not sure what you mean
yeahhh. i know. that last milligram is the bitch of the bunch. i remember the beatle's singing that 1 is the lonliest number that u'll ever see. i kept think...yeah...u sure...cause zero is seeming pretty fucking lonely now motherfuckers. God. LOL. now i'm getting crazy again.
i'll just give u my opinion. gained through experience. less than 1 mg...you're very smart. you'll be fine. trust me. i know. i did take some tylenol ac (like a shotglass a day...while it lasted...but i did have a full bottle)...and i think i got a nice placebo effect. after u get home from work lady...ur gonna be very proud. lady...your on your way home. would i take a darvocet before day 1. fuck yeah. then again...after being off subs for a couple weeks (8mg style) i said...this is really fucking dumb...then i took 2mg...quit a week...and took 1 mg for a week. i didn't give a shit about the illustrious being on zero prize. i was trying to be reasonable. i'm glad i did it..took the 2 then 1. if i felt i need 1 darvocet after 4 days...gulp...its' down the hatch. with ZERO remorse. but that's me. u may very well be stronger. best wishes annie! it's gonna be fine.
I got dis ngaw that wont stop fuckn me! From the front from the back and im like damn ngaw get off me let me get a sub rite quick!
When did you start feeling better being totally clean from everything. Sorry about all the questions. I think I'm going through this obsessive faze. Heck, I have watched the same Nancy Grace episode three times tonight
okay. my asshole buddy had this burning desire to correct me. three dog night, he claims, sang that song. one of us is likely correct. i insisted to him that it was the fucking point...not the band that mattered. but there ya go. zero is a bitch. lol.
I was going to let you slide on that one because as far as I'm concerned, I could have made that song up myself during this crazy zero week!
fyi: i refer to kamikaze style as using subs for 4 years and going from 8mg to zero in one day...flushing your pills...and having some real fun. i am not a proponent of the kamikaze method. it hurts.
well...day 2 sucked. i remember that. in fairness...i didn't need that 2mg kickstart at day 7...whatever...8 to zero hurt. i mean i kicked like a fool and was feeling good enough to work in two weeks. i felt better after 1 week. days 2 thru 4 sucked. i think u have to gauge things on when u get a little sleep. thats when u really feel better (from being on zero). ur body will crash...let the anxiety go...and sleep. lord knows ur tired . DO NOT WORRY ABOUT WORK. please...that will work itself out. u'll see. if u make it to work tommorrow...you will fell ten times better. really. that first day back to work off zero is a fucking milestone. what a relief. when u come home...you'll be proud, the anxiety of "what will work be like" will be gone, you'll be so tired from working that u'll actually sleep...and my best bet is come Wednesday...you're gonna be telling us all: it was tuff...but not NEARLY as tuff as i imagined. tell me i'm lying. i did it. you're set Anne. and...as an added bonus...i'm going to say a prayer for u by name tonite. if you're not religious...no trouble...im doin it anyway. lol. i have some extra pull with God after getting past the 100 day mark. 1 of my prayers now is worth more than 17 years of my junky prayers comibined. i beat some strong recitivism odds. He likes me.
Thanks! I'm actually on Day 5...I was fixing my children breakfaast this morning. My husband looked at me and said "You don't even look sick"...Now do remember, he has never been close to an addict before, so I assume he was expecting the sweaty face, unkempt hair, and dirty clothes- but I was none of this. Remember yesterday, I told you I painted a smile. Despite my somewhat throbbing headache, I actually enjoyed my morning with the kids. Once again, I genuinely laughed with my daughter, something Suboxone took away from me (although then I may have chalked my grouchiness up to turning 30). After driniking fluids, my headche went away, which was great. Now let me tell you about my night. Last night, I didn't sweat, have chills for the first time. I did have the creepy crawlies, but only in my right leg- still enough to aggravate the heck out of me and remind me of why I was here. I couldn't fall asleep untill 2:30, which is better than NO Sleep the night before. I prayed, prayed, prayed for strength to heal both physically and mentally. MY body is going to battle for me- I can tell.
For those of you getting ready to kick the habit and believe that It may take several weeks and months, this may give you hope. I'm not going to say that I'm healed, because I'm not. But, everyday I'm getting stronger and the worst IS behind me. My mind is thinking more clearly than years. I am so thankful that I decided to kick the habit and for this site.
Good girl Annie. You're gonna feel like a million bucks after u get off work today. I am in possession of a theory, which I think is valid. And thus begins a rant. whatever.
i believe with all my heart that anyone playing around with a milligram or less should just quit already. it aint worth it. the anxiety of what zero will feel like is worse than what zero will feel like...from 1mg or less. plus you can say...okay...now i'm actually doing this shit. and just get on with it. if it contradicts anything i said before...i guess i am growing...hopefully.
Queenie...thanks for letting me rant on the phone. i had a joycean epiphany: i told her that i was kinda dragging a bit. she asked why. i told her after 100 days...i was kinda hoping to be cured of the bullshit (weakness, lack of motivation, common stuff). my best ideas always come to me after sleeping on something. i was thinking while driving to work: hmmmmn...what was i expecting. well...there was that Fun Times parade down Michigan Avenue that the mayor never arranged. probably busy. at least the endless line of playmates congratulating me and offering me a happy ending. at least that. they didn't get the memo. so...that said...i decided not to expect anything (things always work out best for me that way), and just keep living.
that wasnt too bad of a rant. at least it was broke up pragaraphically. i want to read some rants...but they are like a stream of conscioussness dictaion from a person a 'little wound up'. im not that smart. hard for me to follow. i keep thinking i should read them backwards and diagnally and look for the cypher. just kifdding. get it off your chest. take care everyone.
and if you cant do it 'pragaraphically' as advised above...paragraphically is cool too. ;)
and if you cant do it 'pragaraphically' as advised above...paragraphically is cool too. ;)
Hi guys, welcome Annie ,congrats on your progress! I think this is 2 months off subs for me. When i read these posts i find myself praising God for giving me strength. Annie my advise about the restless legs is still the same; run those little legs off and icy hot is very helpful. Im at work and one of my coworkers wants me to look up the jail web site and see if her man is there. lol! Later y'all
Queenie...i'm about to look up the jail website and see if you are there. lol!
Icy Hot- whoops forgot about that one. Much congrats on 2 months. I'm not sure about the excersise thing. Don't get me wrong, before I went off subs, I was in the gym everyday but for some reason I don't know if my body can handle it. I did work today and that was fun, fun. I was out of energy but felt at peace. Went to GNC and stocked up on all the weapons I need for tonights battle.....
Icy Hot- whoops forgot about that one. Much congrats on 2 months. I'm not sure about the excersise thing. Don't get me wrong, before I went off subs, I was in the gym everyday but for some reason I don't know if my body can handle it. I did work today and that was fun, fun. I was out of energy but felt at peace. Went to GNC and stocked up on all the weapons I need for tonights battle.....
Great Hub! very well written and informative. I read your profile and wish you all the very best in your fight recovering addict.
Good job Annie. really. congratulations. i didn't consider myself "well" until i was on zero and at work. So how was work...as bad as u thought...a little better...or a little worse? kinda glad u went?
Hey guys... I got a confession to make... back when I wrote on day 22 talking about I thought I might be through it since I felt so good night 21... well, as soon as I wrote on day 22, it hit again... and last night was HORRIBLE... what the hell man... today is a little better... day 25... I was only on the shit 2 1/2 months... it's been a month of withdrawals almost... crap man... but I'm making it. Keep telling myself it's worth it, it's worth it.... I actually wrote something right after when Queenie said, "Well, we're getting real now", but I never posted it because I didn't finish... here it is....................... Sorry guys, did I get a little too real? I'm just being honest.... people have been through & do go through a LOT worse.... I know times are tough right now (ching ching $$ wise), but all this recovery and pain has got me to thinking about people less fortunate. People in more pain than this for their entire life.... I don't know if any of you listen to Kidd Kraddick (the radio show), (use to listen every morning on the way to the methadone clinic) & like I said, I know times are tough money wise, but if any of you do ever have cash to spare, he sponsors a thing called Kidd's Kids.... they take terminally ill children and their families to Disney World once a year. It's an awesome thing. It really changes these kid's life's.... I truly believe (also scentifically proven) even if you have a terminal illness, having a good outlook on iife can help your condition... help you live longer, everything. I heard this is especially true for cancer and MS.... Anyway, I just think it's a really awesome thing, all the money actually goes to what he says it's going to... he's a really awesome guy. I am so blessed to have healthy kids.... my daughter was born with several brain hemmorages... due to doctor's error... she had seizures and the whole nine yards when she a baby up until about 2 or so.... but she's FINE now... almost 6 years old, and she's extremely smart. It's actually a crazy story, anyone got time? LOL... y'all probably think I'm crazy telling y'all all this stuff.... I just realized how screwed up my life sounds.... or did sound.... no wonder I was on drugs.... LOL... just kidding. No excuse. Maybe I shouldn't have shared everything I did? I dunno, just trying to give my background.... recalling stuff I haven't thought about in years............... The end. Never finished. When our daughter was born, she was bruised from head to toe, the blood vessels in her eyes were all busted, and she was purple/blue. The imbilical cord was around her neck, every time I had a contraction her heart beat would go below 30, and the machines would go off. We were told ALL this was normal and ok.... should of had an immediate c section... doc finally came in at the last second and made me push when I was only dialated to an 8.... but anyway... we took her home, she slept constantly that day and night... we had to wake her up to feed her... I told my husband I thought something was wrong... we took her to our pediatrician the next day, they did tests... we got home, and the doctor had already called telling us to come back to the hospital immediately. She had jaundice (sp) so bad they tried to take her blood like 10 times while I was watching... they were having a hard time because her blood was so sticky... Doc said her heart couldn't have pumped that blood for another day... if we hadn't have brought her in, she would have died from that alone. After treating her for that, he runs tests, and we find out about the hemmorages. She was moved to a better hospital and was in the neonatal unit for 2 months. We were lucky to have a good doctor there, and we had to take her a lot to the Texas Children's Hopital in Houston (yeah, I'm from Texas Queenie) to a pediatric neurologist there who was bad ass. I went through this at 20, and I am just now realizing the gravity of it. I couldn't imagine my life without her. Man, I don't want y'all to think I'm crazy... I haven't talked to anyone about any of this shit or even thought about any of this stuff.... I guess rehabilitation's got me trippen... I don't think anyone here will judge though, huh? By the way Merchant... me and my husband do the EXACT same thing... we get mad at each other, and we don't speak to each other for a while... trying to make the other give in first... LOL... well, think I've said enough, later guys
Thanks for sharing Sub Free. What was so bad about your night and what did you do for it? Was you tempted?
I keep telling myself that no matter how bad we feel through W/D, there is a great, clear feeling to being clean. I can be myself clean and not be so paranoid as I do when I hide my condition. I guess that I didn't realize that being on Suboxone for 4 years really put the Addict Crown on my head more than my prior 2 years before that of pain pills. 22 days is amazing and your a trooper! I can't wait to write 22 days on here-
I think at this point someone would have to hold me down and forcefeed me Subs. I would definately put up a fight to the end. In other words. don't need, definately don't want that devil drug again.
Queen,
I just worked a half- day from 11:30 till almost 4. My hubby dropped me off and picked me up- I still felt a little weak, but believe it or not I have more energy than when I was on Subs. I support T's theory about just jumping off at 1. I have came to realize that 1 milligram was just enough to put my body in misery and in my mind that was normal to me. I kept telling myself that one milligram was saving my life, but really, it was just confusing my body. I am just relearning what normal is.
Foreverannie: It's actually day 25 now, but who's counting.... LOL... man, you are doing good girl... and sounds like you're determined... I totally agree with everything you said in your last post.... subs take the life out of you... me and my husband were alternating between taking 4mg & 6mg & only took 2mg for two days before jumping off so might be why we're so bad off.... it was bad for us when we got below 4mg... some people can taper without problems, some can't... I was having full blown withdrawals by the afternoon everyday we took only 4mg... then I read on suboxonetalkzone.com how to take it differently by breaking it up in my mouth and pushing it into my cheeks and stuff.... we were actually able to go down to 2mg by doing this, and it was lasting ALL DAY... but it actually made us feel "high", and we eventually went back up to 6mg throughout the day.... we were so sick of going back and forth... this other way obviously made us absorb WAY more of the subs, and that probably hurt us too even though we were able to go down to 2mg, and actually below at one point. Never went below 1 1/2 though... did anyone else take it like that?? If you read on suboxonetalkzone.com, he's a doctor & it's suppose to be better that way... I DUNNO... who cares anymore huh... ANNIE: How does it get bad at night? My neck/shoulders and/or legs start hurting really bad... my anxiety gets so high... I can't concentrate on watching tv or anything... I push through as long as I can then I go to bed... there is no miracle thing I do... but Queenie is right, I KNOW you don't feel like it, but walking DOES help with the anxiety... you have to MAKE yourself, but after you get going, it REALLY helps your legs... there are some days though when you can't walk, when your legs can hardly hold you up so I understand if you feel like that, we tried walking around WalMart one time when we felt like that, and I was literally about to fall out. But even we only felt like that for 2 or so days.... I recommend getting the hell out of the house when your anxiety gets really bad... can't believe you worked today... WOW.... I guess it does get your mind off it... I'm really impressed by all of y'all working.... we do stuff online to get by right now, but that's it.... couldn't imagine a standing job... whoa.... anyone watch American Idol????????? GO ADAM!!! I hope the fact that he's gay (have you seen the pics online?) doesn't keep him from winning.... what y'all think?
Sorry y'all, don't mean to be taking over the page...LOL... but I forgot to answer Merchant about the cutting thing.... Um, I don't know if this is true for all girls, but it was for me... when I was a teenager, every little thing was the end of the world for me.... starting about when I was 13... being from Texas, my parents are kind of prejudice I AM NOT... but I started dating a guy named Carlos (take a hint), and I was sneaking out of the house at night to see him.... and I got found out (busted by our dog named "Buster" how ironic).... and he was 18, and my dad was a cop so they threatened to put him in jail... yada yada.... so I was at a suicidal time in my life... I carved his initials in my ankle which are still there... I didn't have the guts to cut my wrists enough to do real damage... I think I was just extremely depressed.... which like I said runs in my family... it really just got better with time until I got pregnant.... I've battled depression on and off.... sorry I don't have a true answer for why I stopped mutilating myself like that... it did feel good while I was doing it, which is screwed up, I know... but I couldn't even imagine doing it nowadays... like I said I think my problem was more being a crazy teenager, and there's another reason behind why I did it.... something that's carved on my other ankle, but I'm scared to say because it's horrible..... not even I can go there... LOL... I'm sorry I don't have any answers, I suck, I know... good luck dealing, you have a good head on your shoulders... you're on the right track... maybe talk to a professional if you're still struggling with why you do what you do or why you are how you are.... oh I forgot, you don't like that shit huh... don't blame you... now I'm rambling... bye y'all
Hey Sub Free Girl or anyone for that matter. How many days before your legs stopped hurting/ jittering. I'm going nuts right now and still don't think I'll sleep. Gotta work in the morning....
Also,
Subfree, you would have probably hurt less if you tapered down a little more, but there is no turning back. You are very brave for sticking to it. I tapered to one for awhile, but I have been on them for over 4 years.
My legs still hurt, especially at night... my husband's hurt sometimes at night, but his stopped hurting daily around two weeks... he hasn't had the neck or shoulder pain like I have either... but his teeth hurt sometimes and mine don't... we stayed on the exact same track until day 13.... looking at my journal, the leg pain got better on day 10, and it has come and gone since then, getting worse for me at night come about 8pm.....
day 6
today was tough i guess, very tired, even though i may have squeezed in 4-5 hours of sleep. I took Melontonin last night along with Sleep MD and kept a heating pad nearby for my legs, which were aggravating. I'm not sure if the Sleep stuff made me drowsy today, but I just didn't know if I could make it through the 4 hour half-day I had. My legs were tingly and like spaghetti. My career requires a strong, clear mind at all times. Noone knows my "secret" of course- I'd lose my job. But I Made it and I'm still clean!!!!
I still have no cravings for Sub or anything else really. These are the things I'm looking forward to over the next couple of weeks
1. smiling and not feeling guilty
2. being able to get off the couch without thinking about my legs
3. returning to the gym- believe it or not, I'm losing more weight right now NOT going to the gym. Don't want to lose much more
4. Cleaning my house
5. Waking up in the morning with a headache and NOT raiding my medicine cabinet.
I am getting along better with my hubby. Sub kept me on edge. Looking forward to staying clean. I went to the pharmacy yet again and bought Legatrim PM for leg pain and sleep (11.99) and Icy Hot (thanks to Queenie) will let you know how it goes....I will get through
im probably not going to be taking up space on this post anymore (possibly say hi)...i've been off subs awhile...it's probably time to cut the cord, so i wanted to say a couple things.
thanks everyone for your help. this site meant an awful lot to me...even after kicking 70 days. you folks helped me out alot. you guys on this site, along with friends, family, (even co-workers) and other recovering addicts helped me get my life back. and i haven't really had it for over 20 years. so thank you to all of you who helped me through this. this site meant alot to me...and you people are this site. Thank you Recovering Addict for setting up this forum. I honestly believe that through this format and your initaive that lives will be saved. That's something i hope you are very, very proud of.
Merchantofdeath. you are a fascinating person. i don't mind be called a bigot or being told i act in an unattractive way...not in the least. i've been called things way worse than that and i don't care to defend myself. my two best friends are atheist/agnostics (leaning atheist). atheist i have found are unusually smart people...many are gifted...as i believe you are.
my arguments to you in retrospect regarding the fact that you can't prove God doesn't exist were reductio ad absurdum at best, and simply intellectually dishonest at worst. let's face it...i cannot prove the tooth fairy doesn't exist. its fairly common knowledge that its impossible to prove anything doesn't exist...outside the bounds of a confined structure of rules...such as pehaps geography or mathematics. and even that's tricky. you get my point. my argument was ridiculous.
i do want to say you are one of the smartest people i have had a dialouge with. i don't measure intelligence by memory of facts. im not great at trivial pursuit. i don't care about trivial things. u question everything. you have a wonderful imagination. and u made me want to read fightclub. you're boundless enthusiasm for deciphering the meaning of existence on what i consider to be a very sophisticated plane is incredibly admirable to me. at your age...if you stay off drugs...the world better watch out. you are gifted. more so than the atorneys i work with. much more.
K and Dustybug...you are both extremely bright. u both have a violent (which i consider to be wonderful) and intense 'problem' with settling down in the sense that odinary people do, you are displaying the same fantastic 'questioning' of the meaning of existence as merchantofdeath. that is extremely commendable. life defined as a 9 to 5 and a happy marriage is an extremely shallow view of existence. if not shallow...it's extremely common. very univentive bordering on inspired. it should be unsatisfying. u ladies ae right. i applaude you both, and i hope that you both find that intangible 'something else' that is satisfying to an inquiring mind. please post it if you do. i don't need to post...but i will be looking at what u guys are up to. you both will be dangerous as well when unshackled by withdrawals and your intellect can run wild and do wonderful things.
all 3 of you ladies. u are young. u are intellectually sharp. that's not exremely uncommon. but u are also questioning the very meaning of life itself...which is the singular question of the highest order (that is extremely uncommon)...u are unsatisfied with the status quo....and you are hungry for answers. that dynamic got me involved with narcotics. u have your youth. as i've said...u have the world. i'd love to be in my mid twenties without being numbed by drugs...so i could actually do something important. i'll try at 39. i still have the adenaline...but much, much more responsibility that i had at 24. as Tyler Derton said in fight club, (close paraphrase)..."it is time to let go...of everything. the things you own, end up owning you". be as unattached as possible. and dream big. be unafraid. the kick really is just a bit unpleasant. you've all tapered so well. call it a day with the subs...suffer a bit (u'll forget the pain sooner than you will ever imagine), and go do some damage ladies.
i'm not the authority on anything. but i have met and dealt with all types of intellectuals, some leaders of industry, college and law proffessors...and attorneys ranging from common real estate attorneys to chief counsels of billion dollar conglomerates. and i'll tell you what my boss told me one day. he said "I don't know if you are aware of this, but I (he) have dealt with common attorneys to fortune 500 businessmen...and one day you(me) will realize tha you are just smarter than them'. one day it happened. i realized. one day you three will realize that people just ae not as smart as you. and when you do...if you are off drugs...you will have some Fun Times for real.
everyone else...thanks for all your help. especially Queenie. you lady REALLY helped me. more than almost anyone i know. friends and family helped...but in a different way. i couldn't talk to them and expect them to empathise with kicking dope. you brightened quite a few of my days, from post comments to conversations. thanks again. i just wanted to thank everyone and specifically give three young ladies justified encouragement, because i wrongly "put them dow before". i hope i've made a reasonable amends. i meant every word and it all came from my mind and from the heart.
best wishes gang.
http://www.medcalc.com/narcotics.html
this is a conversion chart for dosages....i find it easier when i convert my dose of bup. [subs] into methadone. even though they're different...they have alot in common in regards to detox.
http://suboxonetalkzone.com/?tag=tapering-suboxone
that is a website regarding the potency of subs....no joke...jumping off at 2mg or 8mg...no difference...subs has a ceiling effect...i've known this and tried finding the best site for you guys....going down to even .25mg still isn't enough to deter w/d's. there is alot going on w/ your biochem. then you realize and when you jump off so fast your setting yourself up for a long hard detox plus it'll take forever for restoration...either way do what you want so long as you stay clean i'm just trying not to mess myself up more than necassary.For all those still detoxing i recommend even surfing around the sites maybe you can find not only hope but maybe some tips.
i would also recommend looking up PAWS b/c that is a huge problem w/people who jump off at 2mg +. I recommend eating right & exersize...but hey easier said than done right? that song...time is on my side sort of thing comes to mind.
oh subfree...thanks for replying...all is well actually...i've done some research as well as started to build a support network w/people i trust. it's like an impulsive/anger thing...i've learned how to handle alot but when things are new my first instinct is that so it's sort of like a self evolution thing i'm gonna have to keep in check and i'm trying to figure out some main triggers and my natural responses then some positive intervention [that i can do]....thanks though it's been a while since i acted out/got f*cked up and it def. through me i appreciate all the time you took out.
those who don't know: the technique that records the multifarious thoughts and feelings of a character without regard to logical argument or narrative sequence. The writer attempts by the stream of consciousness to reflect all the forces, external and internal, influencing the psychology of a character at a single moment.
yep...def. what i do.....good self reflection tool...the logic is usual found inside the madness....creativity & open-mindness are a prerequisite to reading.
.25mg day 2 [no idea what day i'm on altogether]
well no fun...but whatever i'm gonna stay at .25 til i feel stable then i'm gonna cut that in half.....whatever wee amount that'll be...i'm hoping i get throught the night w/out taking more...but who knows...right now i'm really light headed allergy thing and some chills not so bad though...more blah really...but i kinda screwed up my taper schedule the other day so i expected to feel this way...i was cool on .75-.50 but that's where i left off....25 is a new adjustment so i'm just gonna truck on hopefully it'll pan out soon....i was gonna just start skipping days once i got down to this amount but i think i'm gonna just keep weening myself down until it's just to the point of being an unreasonably small amount.
next week come hell or high water i'm gonna start up at the gym b/c i know that will make a world of difference. the depression sucks but i know it's like superficial so it's all good and exersize helps everything...isn't it funny though how your so damn weak and yet the one big help requires you to move....sick sick joke iswhat it is!!! well i'm gonna go and try to catch some sleep while i feel it coming over me....good night to all!
Fun Times:
Good Luck to you,you may not realizethat you really helped me a couple of days ago. It was nice to have someone that understands what I was going through. You are truly gifted in helping others and I really hope you at least check in daily :0
Great Merchant OD that you are exercising. I have saying that all week. Day 6 off of everything was tough - much worse than Day 5 and I have been telling myself that I must take back control of my life or this is going to be a bad week.
Just remember, based on my experience, don't be suprised by the crappiness you fell after Day 2 of quitting everything. I was down to your dose and it just hit me like a brick. You have to really have do mind control. I wish you the best. BTW,, do you have any children Merchant? I have 2 and it's been really tough taking care of my kids, working and getting through this. I firmly believe keeping yourself busy does help.
Also, I wrote earlier that I would update you guys on the OTC stuff from the pharmacy I bought to help with W/D.
Legatrim PM is great (11.99 at CVS). It actually has helped with my leg cramping/ RLS.
I'm also taking Vitamin Supplements, Amino Acid, and Melantonin to sleep. Pray that all goes well for me tonigt...
ya i'm gonna go down to aprx. .12mg once i'm stable on .25mg then i'll start skipping days. i don't feel 100% but i'm not dying and i'm sort of happy i'm not feeling well b/c that's telling me my natural neurotransmitters will be kicking in to replace what i've been taking away...if i didn't feel anything i think i would be a wee bit worried. i just try using whatever source of inspiration i can find ya know. i think keeping my head in the right place is key b/c i know it will get to the point of intolerance and that's when i'll need the inner strength...but for now i'm still a guinea pig scoping out how low i can go before jumping off.
dude for sleep...benadryl all the way...most of the time your paying crazy cash for a bunch of bs when you can skip it and just take the main ingredient....i don't know about legatrim pm though...i have never scoped it out so hey if it works awesome but pop benadryl if ya need some sleep just don't exceed 50mg or it's counter productive.
and ya i have one daughter...shared custody..well i'm primary but it's shared...and we're okay...i'm focused on her education right now so she's pretty occupied with that...and leap frog rocks! plus i have a great b/f that supports me and is tight w/her so things run really smooth here. i wake up w/him...normally...eat do like me time then she wakes up eats we watch tv eat clean or bum around...depends on what is going on w/me...eat lunch then b/f home from work he makes dinner we all chill out play/watch movies then she goes in her room and gets her hanging out w/myself down time and me and him get our time....it's nice and i get a break all weekend long so i'm lucky in that respect...plus detox is more annoying than anything....i'm not really losing sleep or aching...just mild cold stuff...i've been tapering pretty slow so i think that's making a difference. but like everybody else i've had my ups and downs...can't wait til this burden is unloaded!
i don't work right now....i'm off from school and army so i have the best time ever to get this done...i'll be looking for a job in a few weeks...money sucks! but i sort of need this time out to get my head together...i have a lot of responsibility and commitments to fulfill in the near future so i want to be in prime condition.i'm used to juggling alot and it's really out of my element to be sitting idle like this.
everything in me wants to just quit, deal, dope myself up and all that but i'm staying the course and doing it right this time. subs are very strong...i think most people under estimate their effect on your body and i don't want to f*ck my shit up worse. personally i don't know why they don't use short acting opiates for addiction maintance but whatever....i'm not in the mood to fight city hall. i think most decisions are made w/poor intentions. do you know they have a patch to help you come off subs in the uk...not available in the us? i believe i posted a link to some info. i'm knocking subs but really any consitant opiate flow in the body could and would help a willing addict...i guess tolerance would be a problem...but their is....i'm gonna stop i'm going off on a tangent. but hey all is well w/merchant [speaking in the 3rd person...bendryl kicking in i think] and i hope all my other sickies are okay too...damn siren call of opiates!
haaaaa-chew!!! haaaaaaaa-chew!!!
Day 7- 1 week clean!!!!
OK, last night was rough. The Legatrin worked for a couple of hours, then my legs were spastic all night. I went to work again for 1/2 day 8:00 till 12:30. I felt much better this morning. I came home, took a nap and woke up with a classic headache, not the foggy doped up headache like the Subs gave me- jumped in the bath and now for the 1st time in a week, I'm doubting my choice to quit.
I'm not turning back to Subs, no way, but just wishing I didn't feel bad. See, when you spend over 5 years on some type of pain pill, you cab forget what its like to be in real pain. I pray tonight is better!
Merchant, your doing great. Do you have support when you do take your last Sub?
well to update on progress i woke up at 530am and felt like my heart was tearing it's way through my chest so i made the decision to take my .25mg for the day. i usually try holding off but whatever....i'm takining it slow either way....if i feel all out of whack later on before bed i'll take .12mg to coast through the night...eventually i'll adjust to the .25mg...but it's almost 12hours later and i feel better than yesterday when it was about the same hours later since my .25mg dose so my body must be compensating.
i pretty much laid around all bummed out yesterday...mentally struggle to stay on course....but today i went out...well i had an appt. and i feel like cleaning so something must be going okay.
i talked to my NA buddy and she and i are gonna hang out next week when i'm down to .12mg and especially when i start skipping days. my cousin also works w/preg. woman on methadone in a half way house and she's sending me info on tapering off long term opiates...i can always use more info. and my "taper sponsor" guy from the other site i go to has me checking in everyday to evaluate my body's responses to change in sub mg. so far he said i'm at the norm. but to take it slow it's worth it.
so overall i guess i'm doing okay i'm just getting nervous b/c i'm so close...but i really do believe i'm doing this the right way...or the best way for me and i have faith in my instincts...i know i won't feel great or anything but i think it will be less than what it could have been.
are you guys all at work??? i know i usually have a bunch of posts at once but where is everybody? hmmmmm....i should probably apologize in advance b/c i think my rants will only worsen as i come down...but once i'm good it'll balance out. wow the lower i go the more sensitive i become...so strange...i'm not usually this way...oh and i get a vistor this weekend hooray...i'm quite the hermit...but my cousin is coming in for an overnight visit! it'll be my 2nd day at 12mg so that's ideal...keep my mind busy. k i'm sure i'll be back!
HOORAY!!!! life is out there! yes foreverannie i have some...i'm working on that. my b/f will help w/my basic needs but can't really grasp where i'm at b/c he's not an addict...my cousin and NA friend as i've mentioned. i have a horrific case of being a hermit and usually go it alone..this web site has been my venting spot...obviously...when i do come off i may attend meetings to just fill the time....other than that no family or anything of that sort...most of my friends are deliquents so that's a no go...umm but i think i'll be okay w/what i got.
it's funny how my body is like messed up in waves when i taper the first two days are not really fun but then they even out and by like day 4 or 5 i drop again but it's not intolerable at all...well yet. plus i'll be skipping days until i hit a stable point like once every 4 days @ .12mg then i'll jump off. i really want my body to heal as i go...i don't mind some w/d or whatever as i go i just don't want anymore damage done.
so i've been pretty much eating and sleeping well overall...some minor stuff that i've mentioned but my "schedule sponsor" guy is really spot on and everybody is an individual w/individual needs so i'm well we are tailoring this entire tapering not so much around time more so around how i react to change and how well i adjust.so it's been helping me predict what days are going to be rough and i have this hub 24/7 to vent...it all helps...it really does. everybody's been awesome...
how are you dealing? i hope you feel better soon. what was your taper plan like?
Update: Night 25 was pretty good... day 26 was pretty good... night 25 and 26 hubbie had fever... yep, we both got a cold from the kids... sore throat, fever, runny nose, the whole nine yards. Day 27 off subs today... despite being sick for 2 days, I feel ok. Legs haven't really hurt since day 25... neck and shoulder pain is minimal and so is anxiety. TOMORROW IS ONE MONTH! WOOO HOOO! Foreverannie: Day 6,7,8, and 9 were the worst for me and my husband so hang in there!!! Try not to worry what tomorrow brings. You've had a great attitude so far.... Merchant too... y'all are doing great. I just wanted to say a couple things, and then I'm going to stick to sub talk from now on unless someone else says something... I guess no one watches American Idol or y'all aren't reading my posts, LOL... not a problem. Also I agree and disagree with Fun Times, and I had to say something because I do strongly believe in God. There is archeological evidence that the Bible is real. And some of the smartest people in the world are atheists, but on the other hand some of the smartest people in the world are the most religious. There are different types of intelligent people.... 90 something % of top field scientists are atheists, and we'll all agree that they're some of the smartest. I can't even pronounce some of their job titles. Then again, look at Einstein - he was married to his cousin, but damn did he have a brillant mind. Something I studied in college was "savants" - extremely brillant at some things and lacking greatly in others. I'm talking about I saw a guy that could quote you the temperature and weather forecast for any day, from any year - going back since he was born. You could ask him the square root of an incredibily complicated number, and he could tell you in 5 seconds.... but he couldn't tie his shoes. He could also pick up just about any instrument and just start playing it. Some kids with autism can do that too. Point is, intelligence comes in all shapes and sizes.... try not to judge it on religion. Not knocking anyone's religion or lack of or whatever... just saying. Anyway, sub talk from now on. Good luck making it through the day Merchant and Annie...
Hey Merchant... your posts popped up after I just wrote.... damn you're doing so much better than me or my husband could... if you can really, truly get down to taking something every 4 days then from what I've heard, you really will probably have mininum withdrawals... we just couldn't do it... I, personally, was suffering so badly starting like 5 hours after I would take the suboxone when I got down below 4... we just went back and forth so much, going up and down, couldn't take it any more, that's why we jumped off. I had a lot of sub left too... you're doing AMAZING.... I think you're right on about everything... the tapering and not going by a real time table, just listening to your body instead... that's what you gotta do... that's what everyone successful tapering says... you're doing everything perfect. Also, yes... I was extremely emotional during the withdrawals - as you can tell I went a little crazy telling everyone on here my business.... too much info, I know, but I couldn't help it, it just all came out, and it did help. I really wish you luck with your taper... you're already extremely low - definitely be proud of yourself!!!!! Both you and Annie!!!! Hang in there guys!!! I'm feeling 1,000% better than I ever did on suboxone!!!!!
thanks....it's hard to be patient but i think it's worth it...i'm happy your feeling better and don't worry about spilling it all dude we all need to just put it out there from time to time...i'm looking forward to when i'm finally off it but at least i'm able to do my dishes...that's kinda cool.
i do have a question though...what is with all the formal good byes??? hey i say screw all that and pop in time to time to say hello...or instead of goodbye what about adieu? i like that better goodbye is so concrete...plus i'll b here for a wee bit yet and would like to hear from all the cats that i started with so ya im protesting this goodbye thing....i say no....no goodbye...just adieu! :)
Also I'm pretty sure Einstien's parents were cousins (I could be wrong, but I think I heard that on the History channel LOL)... gross huh. Annie: it's normal to feel the way you're feeling.... me and hubbie felt the same way... didn't want subs, but was regretting getting off because of the withdrawals symptoms... it came and went (feeling like that) so it's ok.... it will get better soon girl... going down to 1/2 an Ambien tonight guys..... gotta get off em, it's time... been a month now... wish me good luck. From 2 throughout the night to a 1/2.... damn
no not insofar as i know his parents were not related nor was he to at least his first wife but later i think he did get w/his second cousin but ill have double check that ...however that was quite common then even my buddy poe married his 14 yr old cousin....ummm adam and eve had cane able and seth...so did they sleep w/eve? lol just curious since insest is on the table...
oh and if you have a hard time sleeping turkey warm milk and benadryl....good times they do help
subfreechickadee...i believe in God too. I was making amends for past indescretions toward atheits on this site. I'll break my silence for God. LOL!
PS. Foreverannie- the fucking weekend is coming up lady. hang in there. ok-it's thursday...1 day left lady. uyou know you got one day in you. what the hell...you're all ready back at work. i'm gonna promise u something...in no time your going to look back and think "what horrible week...did i even have one"? ;) c'mon lady...you have a singular purpose...you know that. de driven. all will be well.
PSS. if u wanna skip the turkey (good for sleeping...no doubt) and get straight to the source...i have heard they are selling straight tryptophan at health stores or online. natures knockout drug of choice.
and Foreverannie...if you can't de driven...be driven. listen. i have been on the bullshit for 4 years too. i cannot emphasize enough that it kinda sucked in the beginning...but i was prepared for way worse. and weeks later...it really is like "big deal...that was easy".
that is one major reason the recisitivism rate with heroin addicts is so high. they forget how miserable it is to kick...even after kicking. just go on misery cruise control for another day or two. your life is worth a day or two...isn't it?
FUN TIMES, your back! I've missed reading your posts. Thanks for the encouragement. My husband is an engineer and getting ready to be called out for at least 24 hours. I so dread being responsible transporting my kids (12 and 2 year old) back and forth to school, sitter, then I have work tommorrow (half day again, although that will change to full day next week). Dreading taking care of my own kids- I feel pathetic for writing that.
Anyway, what do you guys know about Amino Acids, when and how much should you take and how do they help? I went and bought a big bottle of the liquid stuff and it is so GROSS. My husband said it might make me gain a few pounds, but for the 1st time, I don't care!
Sub Free, so I may have to weight for a couple of more weeks for my legs to stop- that sucks! Thanks for your informative posts. It's always great to hear from someone that went through the same thing I am going through now.
Merchant, I understand about your guy not understanding. My husband is the same way- never had an addiction (he keeps askinng me is I'm sure I don't have the flu-lol)and I have kept everything a secret from 95 % of the world. You guys, my hubby, my doctor, counselor, and 1 other friend (who is also addicted to Subs) are the other 5%
Geez, we will all get through it :0
Where's Queenie
Ah, religion... the cause of so many wars.... I stand corrected about Einstien... I agree, it was atleast his second wife or whatever they were & that was common then... it was someone in his family, I remember something shocking that I didn't know before, and I thought it was related to cousins and someone close to him (besides him and his cousin)... give me a break, pills screw with your memory... LOL... and it is true that there's only like a 2% increase in birth defects when even 1st cousins mate... sorry, I'm not judging anyone, especially Einstien, but I personally, couldn't do it.... that's why I said gross... because it is to me, but that's me... the Bible doesn't talk much about women, but Cain did have a wife from Nod, outside of Eden.... who knows who she was, but I don't believe it was Eve... people lived a long time back then, it's obviously leaving out something because it says should anyone find Cain, they should not kill him so there was obviously enough people around... Adam lived 930 years I believe.... we could argue about this all day.... I'm sure there's insest back in my family somewhere... I'm not judging... just stating my opinion... I do believe that most religions are wrong in what they believe, and I do not believe in going to church & having someone tell you what to believe.... you should read the Bible yourself & interpret it in your own way... I don't believe in anyone pushing their beliefs on anyone else so I'm not trying to do that. Just a little healthy debate. Yeah, I know turkey's got an amino acid in it that's suppose to help sleep - they say that's why you get sleepy after Thanksgiving dinner... Thanks for the advice
Damn why does my shit keep doing that? I refresh, and there's a shit load of posts that wasn't there when I started to post.... yeah, L- tryptophan, that's it.... Annie, I don't know if your legs will hurt that long, I pray not.... I just gotta be honest. My husband has been doing a lot better than me in the pain department so just stick with it... you never know. This is what all we've been taking daily since day 1... a soft gel multi-vitamin, B-12, Fish Oil, L-Methionine with B-6, L-Glutamine, and 5-HTP.... and that liquid stuff is unbearable for me too.... I have three children of my own, don't feel bad about saying you don't feel like caring for them, I know you wish you could, and I guess you have to if you're not going to have help, but me & hubbie have felt the same way - there's just some things you can't do or definitely don't feel like doing... you're very vulnerable right now... hang in there... day 11 and 12 were really good for us so look forward to that because most people do mention a significant difference around that time... Fun Times is right... the weekend is almost here, you're doing great.... the worst, worst is almost over I believe... just remember, you're coming off way less than I did, right?
Caffeine is shown to help opiate withdrawals in mice... but I wouldn't recommend taking it until you're through the worst... some people tend to feel like they're on LOTS of caffeine while going through withdrawals.... so I guess it's not for everyone. We take some every fews days, and it seems to help... but we didn't start that til after two weeks.... just a thought....
Can't imagine caffeine at this time- lol. Have you or anyone else heard of anything over the counter that specifically is made for withdrawals?
Ok, I'm doing fine tonight so far, DAY 7, and I'll share why. I was laying around on my couch tonight. My husband was dozing in the chair waiting to get called out. I decided to take Queenies advice and workout. Didn't feel like the gym, so I just turned on Video on Demand and did the 10 min workout. It was free and my husband joined me. We actually had a couple of laughs trying to keep up with the instructor, but for a moment I felt normal....
Just wanted to share because if any detoxers are sitting on the couch and you have cable, give it a try....
annie i am happy you had a real moment with your man and yourself they are priceless right now...keep up the good work! i have my ups and downs but luckily i've been pretty okay...and i love when i'm on an up and up and i can give myself to him 100% instead of like i'm sick...blah...let me try to be me...plus he knows and it's like he as well as your husband suffer too they miss us and it's a really cool thing when you can just chill and be you...i'm seriously very happy for you...it sounds like your day was hectic and all over and now what a happy ending...[no pun intended]..lol
subfree...i'm a ball buster...it's cool dude state whatever all day and no worries about the memory i'm spent too.
as for amino acids....well..since it has been asked i'll hook you guys w/some information tomorrow...i just took a benadryl and want to go watch evil dead...for the 100th time in my life...but a quick fact LCN i believe is being used experimentally for endorphin and norep. restoration in patients w/MS. i have a pretty lot of data on this topic and there are a few things you can buy at a local vitamin store...i'll get the names for you later on. here's a website that you can read then maybe hit your dr. up but i am warning you that if you take any monoamine oxidase inhibitors you really need to be carefully what else you take...even over the counter they are no joke.i really don't know all the otc stuff only biochem end but i'll be happy to supply you w/them and you can see if there are products available for restoration.
https://www.neurorelief.com/index.php?option=com_c
there are also a vat of diet alterations you can make....cayenne pepper added to your food is one that helps stimulate opiod receptors and exersizing is a perpetually useful tool to combat w/d it sucks i know i'm a slacker that knows better and yet i often chose to suffer. also you want excitatory amino acids like glutamate...as a matter of fact that particular a.a. is key in opiate w/d there are also enzymes you can take one i believe is tyosine or something to that effect....i'll get all this together tomorrow for ya but scope this little bit out for now...the chaotic abstract it is...oh and don't pay for nrt or anything just use the information to sort of crash course it and then bring it up to your own dr......much cheaper...i don't really endorse any of this though...el natural for me...hence the slow taper...but hey i'll get the info to ya...i love doing that sort of thing...it's right up my alley...oh sex & chocolate also stimulate endo. and nore. .....happy times there...caffiene def. helps w/pain but....anxiety is alright there so becareful on that one gauge where your at....i stay away....well except in chocolate...mint is good for your stomach..take bicarb soda and a mint an hour before you eat...
seriously...i actually would suggest tapering slower truth be told your body obviously is crying out for a reason...you should not feel so bad...i'm on day 3 .25mg and i'm pretty chill...not so tired but i know i'll get like 6hours in...eventually...but i know everybody is like you've come this far but everybody seems to be suffering tremendously...hey i'm here for whoever and whichever method they chose...i'm just saying listen to what your bodies telling you...but it requires a lot of self discipline either way but before anybody starts pumping there bodies up w/synthetic stuff...just ask yourself are you aligned? i know everybody wants to be off it right now...hell i do i can't wait...but apart of recovery is changing the behaviors that got us into this mess right? i just feel so bad for everybody suffering when it's not necassary that's all and i wish i could just wave a wand...man if your hurting really bad taper slower there is no harm in that your pride and anticipation will be okay...at least they're my demons....as a foot note this is not directed at anybody just in general....anybody popping in here reading or whatever...your not gonna be in heaven or whatever but you don't have to be in hell.[and everybody knows i'm figuratively speaking.... :)]
hey does anybody else ever get giddy before w/d kick in like some silly limbo thing?....
Merchant,
Thank you, thank you for the advice! I can't wait to look through all of the websites you posted. Such will also be useful for others going through this.
I did taper to very little for a long time (few months) before deciding to go cold turkey. At this point, my mind is telling me that if I take a small amount of sub, then I'll just b sitting myself back. Plus I'd have to get it off someone, which I don't want to revert to that habit. I'm going to have to deal with it eventually anyway :).
Day 8: Last night was a little rough, but I got almost 7 hours of sleep and my bodies loving it. Everyday, I'm getting more and more morning-sleep. Last night was a little rough with my legs and arms. At times, I just wanted to break, but I feel decent this morning. My Husband is working in another state and won't be home for another day- so I'm a little paranoid about that because he helps me get through the day- taking care of the kids and all.....
My sons 2nd birthday is May 3. I pray that I will feel good that day so I can just enjoy him without being so self absorbed.
Merchant,
Thank you, thank you for the advice! I can't wait to look through all of the websites you posted. Such will also be useful for others going through this.
I did taper to very little for a long time (few months) before deciding to go cold turkey. At this point, my mind is telling me that if I take a small amount of sub, then I'll just b sitting myself back. Plus I'd have to get it off someone, which I don't want to revert to that habit. I'm going to have to deal with it eventually anyway :).
Day 8: Last night was a little rough, but I got almost 7 hours of sleep and my bodies loving it. Everyday, I'm getting more and more morning-sleep. Last night was a little rough with my legs and arms. At times, I just wanted to break, but I feel decent this morning. My Husband is working in another state and won't be home for another day- so I'm a little paranoid about that because he helps me get through the day- taking care of the kids and all.....
My sons 2nd birthday is May 3. I pray that I will feel good that day so I can just enjoy him without being so self absorbed.
religion started wars. so did land. so did money. so did power. so did egos. so did facism. i dare say someone hated someone else's shirt and that startred a fucking war. lol. i'm entitled to at least one rant.
merchant...u really are fucking stubborn. be stubborn with your kick and as my former dealers said when them peoples past by.."all's well!".
it friday..i'm getting happy. undiscerning comment(s) of the day: 1. i don't care who einstien fucked. in fact i keep a list of shit i don't care about...i have to add that one. he really aint shit to me. he wasn't saying...hey good job...keep it...during this kick. not once. 2. i do not believe in vitamins. lol. no joke. unless they give u a placebo effect. that's cool. i really don't think the normal rules of biological well being apply to people in the midst of long term opiate withdrawals. i just don't. except for chocalte, tryptophan, and sex. those are winners.
forverannie-respectfully speaking...your mind isn't your friend right now. sure it wants drugs. fuck your mind...why not...you got a mindfuck from it going on obsessing over orange pills. how motivated are you foreverannie. no shit-i would have set myself o fire for a day or two (if it didn't mess with my complexion) to be through with this shit. and it the subs were easy and cheap for me. one dr. visit (not a clinic visit) every 2 months...and insurance covered the pills. still not interested.
subfreechickadee-i am speaking sincerely when i sat great fucking job. absolutely stand up job lady. now-i'm fucking around again: do really really believe adam lived to be 930? shit. lemme guess..the canopy effect. with faith like that...no wonder u kicked cool.
as far as the leg thing goes i will say this-i had cramps for a couple weeks. three times i woke up in the middle of the night with my leg like at about a 65degree angle in the air fucking screaming...b/c the muscles were tightening...and i am convinced the tendon was about to snap. then in statred to spreading to the other leg. i laid back cool...repeated a mantra...and it slipped away right after that. that actually hurt...very sharp pain. that numb pain is what u have to expect.
merchant-i did look up some of the info on the sites u posted and the facts seem mutually exclusive. for what its worth.
happy friday everyone!
.25mg day 4
ummm i lasted a full 25 hrs before taking my dose but i really hate the time schedule i'm trying to figure out a way to fix it w/out messing up my taperingschedule. i def. not adjusted to the decrease so i guess i'll be at .25mg for a few more days...my appetite is up and down but i'm like 5'4'' at 105pds and my b/f is always putting food in front of me...and that helps alot so diet has been good regardless of the last few days...sleep well i'm def. getting it just not like i was my schedule is off i get 3 hrs and wake up at 530am agree and wait to push the hour threshold then take my dose then waiting like another 1 -2 hours then falling asleep for acouple more hours. i'm not really that bad off or anything i'm just adjusting and it's messing up my daily routine...i don't like that very much at all but hey whatever i'll deal.
annie if your okay then awesome...truck on through it your doing well....i mean i'm not w/you or inside your head but from what your laying out there it seems to be going a little bit easier for you than from what i've heard before so def. stay your course...your hubby will b home soon enough and you'll be able to relax a wee bit.
funtimes...y are you so hostile? subfree mentioned einstein so we chit chatteed about it...so the fuck what....don't read it dude if side talk gets you so worked up...now the next time she wants to talk about something to pass the time or whatever how is she gonna feel? we know i don't care about what anyone thinks but maybe she does...i'm sorry you get so worked up but sometimes just bsing gets the day by and that is worth a million bucks. i'm not even trying to censor you...it doesn't bother me....i just thought you might want to look past all that hubris bs. nobody else seems to have a problem or takes offense...hell your apology to me or the other atheist wasn't even necassary...it was a conversation...not some moral judgement or personal attack...just people talking...your like way ahead of the game in clean time...i'm detoxing down....your a smart dude see shit for what it is and man relax you deserve it...nobody is out to get you...i promise.
as far as amino acids go...i will...once motivated go crack open a few books and hook ya up...if there is anything specific ya want to know? i'm thinking just restoration right? so what natural a.a. is depleted and what products are out there to help...that sort of thing? i'm happy the websites help i usually try finding the content that bests matches what i've read...i'm not trying to re-type my neuro. books or anything...and i try to find sites that can stand up on their own....sometimes just the infor. is correct....most of the knowledge is in research and that requires some depth to read and i don't want to bog the info up so abstracts are better i think for the general audience
...so i'll be back w/something hopefully of help. first i need to do that exersize thing i am so not wanting to do and i need to make some good meal so off i go!.............to stare into the abyss of the fridge waiting for that special something to jump out at me..mmmmmmmmmmm.
i just swear alot. im anti hostile. for real. ladies...chit chat away. really. i did say it was an undiscerning comment...kinda my way of saying...i'm just kidding.
i understand this is a serious time for people. the thing i dislike about online discussions is that nobody can tell when someone else (me for instance) is saying things in good fun. reading a line in black and white from someone u don't know is tough enough. adding the subjective addict input into what that person meant really puts things on thin ice. i did it myself before.
dude i feel ya i get misread all the time...as we both know....so i've just been doing the lol thing or smiley deal so my humor isn't taken the wrong way.....lesson actually learned from our talks.
oh and why does the green number up top change???? what's up with that?
ohhh..i was gonna say thanks abouts about the kind offer to relax. thanks. what is neccessary and what i want to do are up to me...but i do appreciate your thoughts. hubris. fucking classic. that's how Leonitus knocked out the Immortals at the battle of Thermopoly (ie?). Xerses had hubris. My apologies for apologizing. i don't know...fuck it...i just say what i want like everyone else.
one thing i do know. i did think this was an open forum. i never called anyone a name. i was assured you were big girls...unphaseable. my mistake. fool me twice...shame on me.
really Merchant...when u described ur relationship with your b/f...fuck...i saw it i your posts. i do belive u can turn ur back on anyone. i know i can't. i do believe u try to hurt him in subtle ways (paraphrasing u). i'm sure i have done it...but i aspire not to. and with the fact that i am past this bullshit...i bid you good luck and adieu!
mercahant..i hate the time lag. that last ost was sweet of you. ok...hopefully we can still talk with the understand that hopefully at both ends are good intentions. i eally am just fucking around...i hope people know i only take one thing seriously on this site...everyone getting clean. call the rest hostile humour...even if it's not funny to you.
i really do want you well lady. i do.
it's all good and ya have to constantly refresh the page it's crazy i know. i actually enjoy your humor it's witty your not a fool even if your not my biggest fan i appreciate somebody w/intelligence. getting clean is the primary objective but through our wee conversations we do gain personal insight and interpersonal skills so there is something always to be gained.
ya i'm not perfect....i love my b/f very much he's the only one ever....and yet i've never been so sadistic when hurt...huh go figure...but i'm working on that...it's all i could do ...and he's the same way actually so we both are trying to change that...but that comes with time....i guess it's sort of likethe deepest love hurts the most sort of thing...and i'm a newbie.
the reason i don't think i'm so effected by people around me is b/c i'm in a state of constant reflection...it's my prison of sorts...so i already know how i'm messed up [surprises do occur] and i truly am my worst/best critic....
but hey i'm happy it's all humor...i just say it as being bitter for a minute and as an objective opinion...which i appreciate...i thought i would sort of call it out...i don't care if i'm oppressed...we're alot alike that way...however not everybody is and for a moment i thought about people who originally posted the topic...not just my response..ya know...but hell joking around you can go where ever you want i'm as dark as they get...and screw it if nobody gets it so long as you know it's all in good fun....
i think a huge part of getting clean is not taking yourself or life so seriously
but really....the green number on top??? wtf...please i need to know...what is it? people on the hub? posts? number of smurfs required to make gold???? enlighten me...i very well may lose sleep!
i got two guesses. alchemist smurf makes smurf gold with three helpers...give or take. the green numbers...my best guess is that this is a limited forum as far as space...so you kick off a 6 month old rant lasting 3000 words, and add two new shorter comments pop up...and the number drops. something like that.
i really did 100% honestly appreciated the hubris remark. (am i allowed to call it brilliant without acting like i'm using hubris again? lol.) that was classic. spot on. obviously..u don't need my encouragement. i thought i was possibly hurtful to u ladies' recovery. and i just want to help. really.
u know...i can call my friend an asshole. and then the fun begins. my friends know me...they know i'd do anything for them (cause i don't have many...by choice). if someone's creeping around their house at 3am...call me. i look forward to that shit. i'm going there with two burners and bad intentions. really. if it turns out to be a cat...i'll be upset. i want vengance dexter style. and i aint trying to be clean about it. not yet anyway.
merchant...don't take this as condescending. you are by far the most interesting person on this site to me. wikepedia'd hubris...you fucking nailed it. fight club too. i don't know how to exchange email adresses or phone numbers (even though i gave the whole site mine)...but i think u are rare and gifted and extremely interesting. i'd enjoy emailing, iming, texting, or talking.
it would be fun. take care.
queenie....i just found a post on drugs.com from you...i just got all excited and had to tell ya....i taper w/robert....dif. name but whatever...hey such a small world...it made me jump out of my seat when i realized it was you :)
dexter...huh my f*ckin hero! dude when me and the b/f went to see lamb of god on sunday...well i have messed up ribs and ankle so he was sort of helping me battle of the miscreants at the show...well he was all fed up and said i wish i had one of those damn dexter needles so i can start dropping people...there is a dexter doll no lie...body bag knife badge it's bad ass i want it soooo bad! i'm a dork i know and i don't care that shit is priceless...i would love to be at the writer's table for that show i have an infinite no. of ideas! SNL too that damn i'm on a boat song...too funny. you should scope out bo burnham on youtube some of his stuff is funny...silly humor some is pretty witty...and racey.
yeah i'm a hard core vigilante myself when it comes to justice...and i too invite "evil doers" to f*ck w/me or those i care about....that's a good thing though i think most are lacking the right perspective when it comes to protecting your own or what is universally right.
i have an aim acct and the whole myspace thing no cell....they are evil...i barely answer my house phone. if ya want send me that and i'll send ya mine....it's all good.
hmmm...the number count sounds about right...i thought it was posts but i was confused by the no. fluxuating so often but that makes sense to have a limited amt. of space and so forth. i will consider the mystery solved....hooray! all is well in the world of merchant now...
day 4...sucks...my body is mad so very mad at me! it could be worse this i know...but i'm like so high strung right now w/no energy...no aches or anything some chills/sweats they're okay i guess...mentally though grrr. i'm making my main goal today to be putting away groceries that are chilling on my kitchen floor..there are alot of non perishables that need to go in the basement. i am so sluggish blahhhhh....but from what i hear this is one of the harder transitions and once i get to skipping days i'll be better off going through this.
it's like i'm teetering on this fence ya know like i want to be normal so bad i won't give in to temptation...i won't i know me i'm a dick even to myself...but on the other hand mmmmmmmmm sythnetic normality in the wee orange pill.....no worries that pill could crawl in a hole and die but it's like always on my mind
i know i'll adjust only to go down yet again but it's blunting the w/d for later and that is cool....taking it in increments is better for me just tonight is gonna be one of those nights...maybe i'll f*ckin go nuts and run up and down my steps til i pass out ya i can do laudry and take a shower hmmm...
sorry for the "out loud" contemplations i am honestly trying to kill this day one hour or post at a time. i have 18min til i get up and go do something....i gave myself a timeline....but i could be so insubordinate :)
awwwwww man. Merchant...i just saw lamb of god on you tube. can't u just be hard like them? i started listening to old venom, bought slayers show no mercy (their first) when it came out, early frost (i bought that fucking hellhammer ep...still upset ), and old school dri, minor threat, and coc (while hey were still punk). i still dig the misfits. "mother...." my buddy said florida had this doom death call it what u will scene. shit...draw some strength off that. there are some really kick ass bands from europe. google a a drummer ccalled hellhammer...if u arent into euro balck metal. that fucker is insane...for real.
i saw dri at a smaller venue for chicago...the metro. this fucker had like 3 drums, and he just wailed the shit out of them. that was a cluster fuck. great show!!!! punks don't mosh (if that term is even used anymore...i don't know)...they throw down harder...but they will pick a cat up if he's about to die.
anyway...check out some avante gaurd (not my name) balck metal from Europe. anti-christian (not too satanic) pagan shit. they feel christianity watered down their norweigan viking culture. my dying bride, dimuborgir...just go europe black metal. u may or may not like it.
i miss my thrash/punk days. Fun Times!
i took a shower did some push ups i'm okay...my mind doesn't have an off switch though...i deal i've learned how it's all good. the show was great as i lay dying played they had awesome energy my only regret is i was too messed up to participate in the wall of death....next time. this summer you should scope out the mayhem fest. it has a decent line up slayer cannibal corpse...old skool stuff...i'm one of the rare ones like dig punk and metal...i love minor threat and rage did a great cover actually. i hate children of bodom i don't understand y people like them they're fags. i like rammstein there from europe...u should check out chimaira and parkway drive they are really good...talent suicide silence and job of a cowboy are hard core too.
as far as jumping off...no way i'm sticking to the plan...i'll be there in like a week anyways...i've already stated my theory and i'm sticking withit and hell it's hard not to just quit [def. masochist] but every time i did i never stuck with it and i'm trying to do something different and i've come pretty damn far so i have a good feeling i'll be done after a couple of weeks.
i am very motivated and i appreciate the sentiment it all helps. i've kicked c/t many times before....but for some reason this is the best way for me w/subs and the feedback i get is positive most people are feeling 100% by day 14 by taking their time. so it's a worthwhile investment.
and i am pretty sure we are around the same age...it's just apart of me....it's real me from when i was younger that addiction could never touch so i always stayed w/the music it's liberating....kinda funny when i first went to NA back in the day they would say it was a trigger to go to shows little did they know that was when i was most sober.....
oh and by messed up i mean the fractures and what not....i reread and it sounded sort of bad...job for a cowboy another typo
alice in chains is my theme music today though...oh and my man tyler sticks to plan...in the end after all is set up you blow it up and start over....my intentions to the fullest trust and believe me....i'm crazy committed to my convictions and more determined than almost everybody i know....watch that movie w/the comments on it's really quite funny man
one of the very best bands ever is tool though.....right in two i can listen to on repeat over and over and over ...tell me your a tool fan any respectable music fan has to be.
angels on the sideline,
puzzled and amused
why did father give these humans free will?
now their all confused.
---just his ideologies are great how well there put...no i'm not religious but i have like this filter right so when say somebody says god bless...i hear..have a good day but aside from all that redundancy...really really insightful well at least for me it relates to all the thoughts that float around in my head
i tend to look at the larger pic. first and it helps keep my life and decisions into perspective for instance like when i would kick c/t i would think about vet. over nam kicking that was a bad detox getting shot up blown up all sick marching ....makes me look weak...and when shit hits the fan and i feel overwhelmed i think of other people's realities...i become humble and grateful really quick...i may not believe in god but i am seriously one of the most spiritual people i know when i feel it's deep it's not shallow and i def. don't take that for granted i'm lucky not alot people get to live or look at life the way i do...it's nice to find things to relate to it's not too often i come across it....this is a good topic
k well off i go for a wee adventure outside
OK Merchant, you said it, 1 week and NO MORE SUBS. WE are counting down the days-lol. By next Friday, no more SUBS! I'm with Fun Times, you are feeling withdraws right now that you could very well be feeling not taking any. Day 9: I'm just weak. But, get this team, my legs are not restless for the 1st time. I'll take any beating over restless legs!I went to work today and hated every minute of it. But I'm starting to feel more normal. 7 hours of sleep last night!
OK Merchant, you said it, 1 week and NO MORE SUBS. WE are counting down the days-lol. By next Friday, no more SUBS! I'm with Fun Times, you are feeling withdraws right now that you could very well be feeling not taking any. Day 9: I'm just weak. But, get this team, my legs are not restless for the 1st time. I'll take any beating over restless legs!I went to work today and hated every minute of it. But I'm starting to feel more normal. 7 hours of sleep last night!
I WAS ON SUBOXONE FOR ABOUT 6 MONTHS P-SCRIBED. I LOST MY DOCTOR SO FOR THE PAST YEAR OR SO I'VE BEEN BUYING THEM OFF THE STREET. I'M UP TO ABOUT 16 MG A DAY...ANYWAYZ, I'M CURRENTLY WITHDRAWAL REALLY BAD FROM THEM, AND I DON'T NO WHAT TO DO.IF I WENT TO THE ER WOULD THEY DO ANY THING TO HELP ME?
Andrea,
I know it's tough and I'm glad your on here. I'm not sure what they would do. How long have you been without?
You may want to try finding a rehab center if it gets bad. I am currently 9 days free of subs and it's still a little tough! I feel for you girl.
you know...i need to start this post with something i said earlier. Merchantofdealth mentioned a few things to me in her post. First, let me just say that i have been told that i caome off as hostile at times. Merchant had no incentive to lie...of coursh of course...so i believe i do.
it is important to me that everyone on this site understands something. just as i told Merchant...i intasnt message people, and things are taken the wrong way, by them and me. I've had everything at one time or another misinintrepted...from posts, to cell texts, to IMS, to emails....and sometimes (quite rare) rarer...voicemails. as ive said before...a post is a black and white snapshot of words. veryyy useful. but not a window into the posters soul. or their state of mine, body language (do they think something that they're writing is a joke...like my freud comment...and/or somthing that seem genuinely seems hostile...and if so: DO THEY MEAN TO BE HOSTILE PRICS?).
if i didn't care about you people....i really wouldn't be here. merchant i did get genuinly angry when you called God the tooth fairy, after calling him santa and that stuff. it seemed (and still does) that through my experiences...many recovering addicts...especially new ones (like i condsider many people on this site, myself included, to be)really needed their faith in God to help through what can feel like torture. i just felt like i had to say-listen..quit that merchant...because God is REALLY paramount to some addicts...especially early in recovery.. i will speak my mind..no joking around...when i feel that someone's recovery is jeapordized (by themselves or someone else). i hope everyone understands that,,,cause i'm not changing. I call anything fair game...tell me i'm a fag..call me a bigot or racist...say that bush was a great president (pheww...now i'm really conceding the unthinkable, lol!) BUT IF I SENSE THAT YOU ARE HURTING SOMEONE'S RECOVER I AM GENUINELY HOSTILE. IF I SENSE THAT YOU ARE HURTING YOUR OWN RECOVERY...I WILL BE GENUILNELY CONCERNED. I WON'T BE HOSTILE...BUT I WONT BE JOKING. I MAY NOT ALWAYS BE RIGHT...BUT I FUCK AROUND ALOT...I DO NOT FUCK AROUND AVOUT PEOPLE GETRTING OFF SUBOXONE AND STAYING OFF.
i care for you guys concerning your detox, i really, really do. heroin fucked up my life. now i'm finally free. my coscience demand that i try and help anyone i think i can get to beopiate fee. the words i use i posts about that in my posts all have good intentions toward someone detoxing. just take that for what its worth . fuck the rest of what i say..its small talk.
Merchant of death...i really loved the various definitions and deper meanings of hubis..not the current americam "arrogant/condescening" definition. i may think im smart..ive been told it throughout my life, in various ways...someyimes by people i consider to be very importannt. i always tested very, very well. but i wasn't smart enough to not become a dope adicct. as i've said...i measure intellgence in my own way .but reading the ancient meaning and my "sorry laies" post...it seemed like so many of my remarks were geting twisted (noone's fault...except quite possibly mine) that i was doing more harm than good. and i never every want o mess with anone's detox/recovery. in the classic sense at leasrt toward you i had no hubris. i wasn't being condescending. i consider you my intellectual equal. maybe you're smarter...maybe i am. i was trying to be encouraging, sometimes people don't know just how gifted they really are. thats all. i wante to make sure you knew...if it inspired u 1 crumb...i wanted u too know, i was being honest. Also...after looking at your posts i can tell another thing...you likely have way more responsiblity. i live alone. never been married. no kids. stable job. you're in the fucing army, with children, cracked ribs and kicking, and you are job hunting. my life is a breeze compared to that. No wife..no kids...no military duty ( i was marked PMD 'permamnent milltary disqualification whe i enlisted in the ariforce before i even got my high school diploma...because i had some surgical operations ate age 11 0r 12...i applaude anyone in por military for their service. Thank you for preserving my loved ones and my freedom merchantof death) you are strong lady. fuck you are srong!
Foreverannie...whether you know it or not...you said the sweetest thing anyone can possibly say to me on or off this site. you said i really really helped at one point of your detox. and your a 4 year member, like me. u don't know how good of a feeling. i feel hearing anybody tell me i helped them get and/or stay clean. Thank you so much. that's the one thing anyone on this site can say to me that really means anything. otherwise i'd already be off this site.
i am here to have a little fun (like meeting some wonderful people,,,like Merchant, Queenie (even though from a silly text we stopped taliking..if you're out there queenie...if it would have been a converrsation we'd still be texting, talikng, and laughng...i gotta at least see if we can be cool), and now you forverannie.
I just bouhgt a new computer and am breaking it in with this post. lol. fuck...is it magna carta length..or longer? me email/im is garysloane@att.net. if anyone i've spoken/posted with wants to get in touch with me...i would like that alot. merchant...i really hope you do. you too Queenie (of course), K-, Dustybug, Subfreechickadee (with out hubris on my part...you seem very interesting) and Foreverannie (you really made my day the other day...i know these can be really ruff times..id love nothing more to try and help you in anyway i can). just send me an invite if any of you want to talk, joke around (Queenie) or have a discussion (cmon Merhant) i am hoping we get the chance. it would mean alot to me.
as for your plan merchant...im kinda split. u seem to be doing it so well and meticulosly...that why fuck up something that is working so good. Forverannie...i really get your argument. it seemed to just take a lot of the stress any obession away whe i flushed the rest of my oills. it caused me undo anxiety...i felt like i was really relieved when i was on zeo. sure...it was uncomfortable. in favor of your idea foreverannie...it seems common knowledge among my friends that the easiest heroin kick is in jail...b/c you mind doesn't consider heroin anymore...cause there aint any...and they say that helped so much. merchant... i know u have already thought this out and are gonna do what u are gonna do. in favor of yor plan i can oly say "hey...you kicked cold before...it didn't work...this is working...so keep it uo girl"! Another bonus...i quit using H 7 years ago at least. subs never got me high. the longer u are off the drugs that got u to subs...the more u forget them. the only thing i remeber about H is it made me comfy and sleepy...and made me wake up every morning vomiting bile, made me cat insane, cost me money and relationships, and desroyed my mind. and almost got me killed and impriosned daily. ohhh...i i did get the occassional euphoria and plan something brilliant that i never did, cause i woke uomsick the next day.
be good everyone. garysloane@att.net. say hi if u want to. it would be very cool to chat with you guys.i hope i can. later.
take care gang. stay strong...mentall
it would be cool to me if everyone understands what is in my heart: i scrw around at times on this site. sometimes i forget that you guys have not persoannly known me for many yeras...and if i tell me friend..."hey...that is some thinking. quit it jackass"...i will be met with either "really...why the fuck did you say that" (actually is curios), or a "fuck you / whatever )not so curious at the moment, a laugh, or silence, and the conversation will proceed all cool. i only keep a few friends by choice...i just don't find that many people intetesting.
my post was disjointed. i spell meticulously at work, wow my spelling sucks on this site. paragraph form or not...it becomes a sTream of consioussness. many of the words ending in "o" really end in "p", i'm only one space away! but i hate reading the grammatical errors i write down. simple spelling. leaving entire phonetic parts off of words. sounds so retarted. ahhh well. it could be worse. stay strong mentally gang. i'm proud of all of you. be proud of youselves...please. you know u are all doing some hardcore stuff. in your most painful or boring moments..remember that. you're doing ALL YOU ARE SUPPOSED TO...SHIT U DREAMED ABOUT FOR YEARS. DO NOT FORGET THAT,,,please don't. think of all the times you wanted kick in your life, now you are, ;) be proud!
ohhhhhh. i forgot to give a special conratulations to foreverannie. made it through work on zero. IF THERE WAS EVER A WEEKEND were i was your husband i would give u a big LONG kiss (and you know where too! c'mon man...help the lady out already)! How about an Alaskan Waffle. mmmmnnnn. I forgor....in addition to trytophan, chocolate, and sex is Ben & Jery's, Dove Bars, and Haagen Dass.
And husbands much watch the kids today. PERIOD. me, personally, I would let all you women curl up on the couch...rent her a couple dvds (tropic thunder, forgetting sarah marshall, something about mary, pineapple express, something FUNNY)....and massage her with a nice oil/lotion...and give her the sweetest "kiss" for each and every bj they ever got in their life! That's the deal dudes (men). if you want your wife or g/f healthy...if u EVER wanna get laid again...this is the ladies weekend. DEAL WITH IT...AND DO THIS STUFF WITH A SMILE...BECAUSE YOU SHOULD ACTUALLY LOVE THIS WOMAN...SO ACT LIKE IT...ESPECIALLY DUDES NOT KICIKING...C'MON...SHOW YOUR WOMAN HOW PROUD YOU ARE AND HOW MUCH YOU LOVE HER.
TAKE IT FROM ME GUYS...THIS IS A CLASS A SON OF A BITCH. A CROSS BETWEEN A HANGOVER, FOOD POISONING, POISON IVY, THE MOTHER IN LAW VISTING FOR A MONTH, THE WORST FLU U EVER HAD, AND A SLIPPED DISK. TELL ME I'M LYING. CAN U REALLY JUST LET HER SUFFER LIKE THAT. GO GET BREAKFAST. HOW WOULD SHE TREAT YOU? I SWEAR..LEAVE HER STRANDED THIS WEEKEND AND WATCH...SHE'S GONNA START LOOKING SUPER HOT (LOSING WEIGHT, GETTING SUN, EATING HEALTHY, EXCERCISING, AND STRUTTIG AROUND ALL SEXY...NOW THAT HER LIIBIDO WILL BE GOING TROUGH THE ROOF FOR LIKE 6 MONTHS) so men do everything i said (ladies..telll them thats the deal, period), and give your women a well desreved break,
and ladies, very sweetly lay down law, if your husband can't read this post...explain to hi exactly what you require. His payoff is a clear headed sweet wife (with a super libido) whe the kick is over and tou are 100% again. Then he'll be happy he listened, loved, supported, and helped you during a crucial time in your life!
How can I go from having a decent day to the worst freaking night of my life!!!! NO SLEEP, achy muscles, blah, blah. I actually started feeling sorry for myself last nigh- something I swore I wouldn't do. My husband is at work (he's on call 24/7) and it took everything out of me to take care of my baby.
I am soooo ready to give in today guys or am thinking about going to rehab. My mind is raising......
School will be out in less than a months, so I will have the summer off.
Andrea, most likely they will not give you what you are looking for. The normal protocol for addicts in ER is saline drip and monitor B/P through W/D. After being stabilized you will have a psychiatrist do an eval. If your not ready to kick why dont you find another Dr. to write for you? Hi to everyone else
ps. everyone, if for some reason we cant meet on this site lets meet on the other sub site with the face . It has only 3 comments.....k?
Most Important First: ForeverAnnie.... don't give in!!!! It's no sleep... it makes it so much worst... I did that on night 12, and day 13 I was crying all day, suicidal... it was horrible... I felt the exact same way you do now... I checked out several rehabs, and no one would take me on suboxone... they said I had to be 7 days without, and I had to have something else in my system when I came in... but they also admitted that suboxone wasn't on the drug test... I know there are some out there that will take you though... but the ones I called only gave anti-nausea & anti-diarrhea & sleep medicine for a week and that's it.... we prefer the comfort of our home, but I've never been to rehab either so... I just wanted you to know that you will probably get some kind of sleep tonight - lots of people say you have to sleep when you can, even if it's only a couple of hours at a time... but you will probably feel better tomorrow if you can hang in there girl.... we've all been there, done this... you're just wore down today because of no sleep I believe... I only got 4 hours sleep last night - 2 and 2 with several up hours inbetween, and that was with Ambien, and I know what a bitch it is... but it will get better... like FunTimes said, you will have good days and bad days... I really, really hope you can hang in... I feel for you so much right now... you've had a wonderful attitude so far, but it is normal I believe to break down after so long, especially after no sleep... I also don't want you to get discouraged by me still not sleeping on night 28 because once you get to this point, you can deal with that... there are more good days than bad, and it will be over soon is what I keep telling myself.....
Now... Funtimes, I did not post yesterday even though I read everything because I was offended, I thought about never writing again because my first reaction was that you attacked me, and I thought it was VERY counter-productive to my recovery.... and Merchant hit it right on the head, it made me not want to say shit else about anything else, PERIOD. That said, I read everything else, thought about it, and it's cool. I understand. And I think Merchant is smarter than you...LOL... thanks Merchant for everything you said, I was thinking everything you said, you were exactly right... I appreciate it... you really are an awesome person, and one hell of a fighter.... I care about everyone on here as well, and I was just trying to make small talk... but sub recovery is the most important thing... I put my whole life on here... and it helped, and that is something I normally wouldn't do... and I thank everyone for listening, and I'm sorry if it was boring or too much info or whatever, but it was theraputic for me, and I encourage other people to talk about whatever they want... I'll read it... LOL.... sorry, guys, I've just been very emotional - worried because I am running out of Ambien (not like it helps much anyway anymore), I'm on my last pack of cigs, and I loaned all my money to a friend that was suppose to pay it back yesterday (I don't get paid until next month), and I had a really bad day yesterday physically - oh the pain, why is it still around??? The anxiety yesterday.... what the hell man? My jaws hurt from gritting my teeth, chewing on my tounge... fuck my mouth hasn't even been bothering me this whole entire time.... and on day 28 it starts? And I'm still doing it today.... I took over one of my husband's symptoms, what the fuck? I'm just pissed... ANYWAY... doing better today Merchant? Today is day 5 huh... on .25 - should be leveling out... Hey Queenie nice to hear from you... Day 29..... will this ever end?? Shouldn't complain, I know... anyone got any tips for quitting smoking? Thanks y'all...
foreverannie, dont give up! You will have good days and bad for a month. Two weeks until i started turning the corner( i documented everyday on this site). This is when you must dig deep down and be strong. You are stronger than that orange pill. I did have a 10mg methadone pill that i broke in teeny, tiny pieces and when i could take no more and felt i was going crazy i would take .5 or 1mg . It was just enough that i could exhale. I did this maybe 4 or 5 times during the first 2 weeks. After two weeks i still had half the pill left. From that point on i was balls to the wall! I dont think anyone will condemn you for whatever you do.At least not on this site.
I've also had a cold for 4 days now...
Foreverannie: don't let my rants get you down, it does get A LOT BETTER after two weeks... hang in there!!!! Keep us updated, let it all out...
Thanks guys, I haven't gave in yet although I have opportunities. I just think I can handle another sleepless night. I am manic waiting on my husband to come home. Maybe I can try to take a nap when he gets here. Last night sucked. Every night sucks- days are better. I just worry about not taking care of my to children properly. It's not their fault that I'm an idiot.
Queenie are you sleeping yet.
Whats the link to the other website.
Thanks guys, I haven't gave in yet although I have opportunities. I just think I can handle another sleepless night. I am manic waiting on my husband to come home. Maybe I can try to take a nap when he gets here. Last night sucked. Every night sucks- days are better. I just worry about not taking care of my to children properly. It's not their fault that I'm an idiot.
Queenie are you sleeping yet.
Whats the link to the other website.
I just wanted to say that it has been a lot better for my husband... for about the last week he was sleeping about 7 or 8 hours..... we just had a bad past two nights for some reason... I dunno... yes, definitely try to take a nap.... good luck...
c'mon foreverannie. its easy to say but its what i did. adjust your expectations. this really aint supposed to be fun. u may go awhile without sleeping. u kinda gotta say..ok..this aint fun...but i can swing it. i can deal with a little misery. it goes away. now i will say this: anxiety sucks. can't you get some valium or xanax. they're just benzos and will take the edge right off.
ohhhh yeah. subfreechickadeee...i owe u an apology as well. and i mean it. i forget a few things...u guys don't know me (my friends would ignore me or tell to to get fucked)...i'm just gonna let you women talk (that's the other thing...i swear alot and talk like a guy in bar...good intentions or not).
foreverannie..i'm sure i offended you too..i had to ;) I am sorry. be good girls.
I swear a lot too, hope it's not offending... Funtimes, I didn't wanna lie about how I felt when I read it, but it's really ok... don't feel bad about it, I understand where you're coming from & you've explained how you are and think so I didn't mean to make you regret anything you said, you are who you are... I think you're funny, witty, and you've helped me & everyone else.... it was just my first reaction to get offended, that's why I didn't write, so I wouldn't say anything I would regret... what I meant to say earlier was I'M COOL - I get ya, and would miss ya if you went away.... I shouldn't have said anything, I feel bad now... dammit (Texas talk) LOL... you were here before me... I don't want to hinder you helping anyone.... I'm sorry for what I said, that was low of me because I know you weren't trying to be mean - IT'S ALL GOOD, really!!
Say what you want to say, when you want to say it
subfreeckadee...all is well. that was sweet of you. i'm particulary proud of you. you've actually kicked. that's great. we're al addicts. we all operate on impulse. we all have to learn to change that...at least i do.
and i think we are caring sensitive people. i am used a ruffer sense of humor than women have...so i'll be mindful of that. and please...never worry about hurting my feelings. that would be difficult for anyone to do. i've already hurt myself more than anyone could. i kind am unphaseable. on things that does phase me is if i am hurtful to others. that offends my conscience. i'm always hopeful i can help. i would wholeheartedly agree that merchant is wayyyy smarter than me...but I'm on to that one...hubris was punishable by death in ancient greece. it's a fucking requirement to be an american it seems. lol. i'll be mindful that i am talking to women, tis isn't bar, we're here for a somewhat common person...but u've never met me nor I you. i think we'd all like each other. i honestly do.
foreverannie...you were just telling merchant to QUIT altogather. she is being really hard and sensible. understand that your emotions are in a state of "confusion?...for lack of a better word" try and inhale exhale, and be cool. you'll be parent of the year off subs. i'd aim for giving your baby that. your gonna be fine. opiates cause sleep (morphine=morpheous=god of sleep). remember homer's army crashing in that poppy field. so now..no opiates..no sleep. it's natural. ur body will adjust. c'mon...forget thinking if u can...just keep existing...set the bar low...let days pass, and all will be well.
yes im sleeping and have been for at least a couple weeks. i also work 12hr shifts, that helps me sleep but when i first went back to work(week 3) i was not sleeping much. The other site is just another hub. Just google suboxone hub and you will see it. Its a wierd face that almost looks plastic. It says 3 comments. Fun Times you sound passive-aggresive on here and i see you have a way with the ladies.....eh!? Your alright in my book kid and your rants crack me up (i sound like a guy in a bar) lmfao!
as long as Queenie likes me all is well. ohhh yeah...thanks...i was just born charming. it's one of those blessings that God gave me...like i said before...more of a curse than anything. [that my a inside joke between me and sexy Queenie....so i politely ask that nobody condemn me for it. I cannot help being born handsome and witty and charming...oohhhkay...it's my cross to bear!].
imfao=in my fucking absolute opinion?
and thank you again for calling me passive aggressive. in my imagination that's a step up from hostile ;)
where the fuck did i learn how to type? land of the retards. oooohkay! once more: {that WAS my inside joke between me and sexy Queenie}
(until i pissed her off one night and had to beg for forgiveness. no shit Annie- i hope ur not next. lol.)
Queenie...i know u weren't being sarcastic about my way with women. right? i di i did tell them they all desired a day full of unilateral sexual favors from their boyfriends/husbands (time to call in those bjs ladies). And while its true that all but one has at one point detested me.....they still take me back.
why...b/c they know i truly care. i maintain i am not trying to get laid on this site...there are better ways to go about that. this is a for real kicking suboxone sucks so help each other site to me. there.
fuck it...last try: " i di i did tell them they all desired a day full of unilateral sexual favors from their boyfriends/husbands: should read:
I DID TELL THEM THAT THEY ALL DESERVED A DAY OF UNILATERAL SEXUAL FAVORS FROM THEIR BOYFRIENDS/HUSBANDS. geeze
OK, so I'm fine now. Your right, I'm just a nut case, but I'm only 9 days and balancing a career, two kids, and much more. I'm just thinking about how I'm going to do it all. I'm a teacher!
So my husband comes home at 1:33 and I instantly feel better. My vulternability is getting the best of me I think. I used to be a strong- willed, independent woman, with over 12 years of college under my belt and I get my a** kicked by pain pills. Thank you all for helping me understand my addiction...I haven't untill now or have been in complete denial
OK, so what do you guys think about Tramadone and Clonipine. My mother offered my some, but I don't want to pick up a new addiction
First a joke: 12 years in college. wow. i got a bba and j.d. in seven. you must have been on a decelerated program. lol. just kidding...but u better have a phd lady.
Seriously: Run and get the Clonipine faster than a speeding bullet. just don't gring and sniff them like i used to. Honestly Annie...i'm not as silly as i sound. it takes weeks if not much longer to build up a sincere benzo addiction. i have no experience w/tramadol. benzo's (and clonipine is like valium...not like it's evil brother Xanax)...i highly recommend u STAYING OFF SUBS AND OPIATES AND HIGHLY RECOMMEND GETTING THE CLONIPINE. just swallow 'em...you'll be fine. and yes i am a doctor. juris doctor. so bear that in mind. go girl!
Lost story about mmy education..it's not that I'm was a bad student that kept flunking out, I just did different things Masters in Secondary Ed and Masters in Special ED, plus 2 year PHD, not finished. I am slowly doing my dissertation in my classroom. Although I did do 2 years of fieldwork experience with At Risk Youth, we decided to publish our ethnography (university sponsered program), so it can't be credited as dissertation work at my university.
Anyway, about my crappy addiction, I also bought 7 day Detox OTC and L Gaurantine, and some type of pain relief bath- so I have more battle weapons- lol.
Fun Times,
you don't offend me. Have you noticed than I intentionally ignore some of your comments? lol. I try not to get caught up in drama. Maybe in a couple of weeks when I feel like giving you a piece of my mind, we'll do battle
i appreciate u ignoring me. lol. u are one of the kinder souls on the site.
what's drama to ladies really is funny to me. in a couple weeks...if i'm still alive...i welcome the summer of your discontent with me. i don't battle women though. don't even argue (verbally) with them. i hit guys that hit women. gosh...i really am cool to every girl i meet. hell...i've never even cheated on a girl i dated. i just haven't met anyone on this site. as i've said...i have to remind myself...this isn't cyberworld...these are real people.
it's been hard ever since that nigerian dude tricked me with phony photos on match.com. lol.
I heard that happens to te best of your kind...
So will the Clonopines help me sleep tonight. THey better or I'm blaming it on u!
I wouldn't touch the tramadol..... it works differently than opiates, but me & hubbie were addicted to them, and it didn't take that long... we were ordering 1,000 at a time because it was cheap to do that & taking 20+ a day - I'm not saying taking a couple here and there would get you addicted, but it won't help you sleep - never made us sleepy or anything, not strong enough - Are we talking about Klonopin or Clonidine? our doc gave us Clonidine (not pin) when we were tapering down - made us feel messed up in the head, and did not help us sleep.... took it once and never again, but we were still on subs... it's a freaking high blood pressure medicine, and it did make us drowsy, and it is suppose to help with withdrawals, I dunno... I did take valium for two nights during the first week, and they helped me sleep SO WELL... I don't think the Klonopin would hurt you - I, personally, wouldn't take it every night or anything... just when I couldn't take it anymore, probably will help you sleep, but I haven't taken any... benzos do help you sleep though... I'm proud of you for hanging in there....... my work is online, on my own time, so I couldn't imagine having to juggle all that... like I said before, I have someone to watch my children 24/7 also so damn I feel like a wuss compared to you and Merchant... can I just add in here that I didn't finish college, but I do have business smarts.... hehe... me and my husband did have our own business with several employees, and a huge warehouse... we bought baby items, electronics, toys, all kinds of shit wholesale & resold them - we were living the high life, and a $200 a day habit took that all away... ruined us... so I'll be the first to admit, I'm not as educated as everyone on here... I missed so much college because of my daughter being in the hospital, then having to go to Houston all the time, I finished out my second year, barely and never went back. Sucks....... I regret it..... but anyways, just had to put that out there - y'all make me feel inadequate...LOL... but in a good way, if that makes any sense??? Funtimes, I took what you said wrong - since you tried to say bye once before, I thought you were saying you were just going to let us girls talk - like you weren't going to anymore... but now I realize what you meant, but anyway... everyone loves you on here, you're fucking awesome.... and I'm not being sarcastic.... you sound like a good catch, why aren't you taken? Never cheated on a woman? DAMN.... smarts and loyal... was it the drugs? Just curious...
Also what's weird is, the pills actually made us quit working - that's how we lost everything.... time took over and eventually money ran out right in front of us, lost everything one by one, and it didn't even phase us... damn pills are evil... hehe
OH - I came face to face with hydro today, and I was very pleased that I actually became physically nauceous at the thought of taking one... it was a test.... I passed, and I'm pleased...
Sub Free,
Klonopin is what I got. I am definately taking one tonight. Thanks for the advice girl. Yeah, you are definately lucky to have someone watch your child. I'm sure that takes a load off your mind. My daughters family lives around here, but my husband (thefather of my 2 year old) family lives in MA. I'm one that feels a little unease to be away from my kids, especially the baby for any amount of time even though I'm sure it would be us good from time to time. Your such a nice, caring person. I can definately tell. I can't wait to get to where your at with your recovery.
Just a few side notes:
I haven't considered myself extremely smart, just ambitious and devoted (before my habit). I used to love what I did (before my habit) and couldn't wait to get to work to see my group.
The past few years I took some time off as a high school teacher, became a stay at home mom, and worked on an advanced degree to keep my mind straight because I hated myself so much.
Now I'm returning to the classroom, teaching something different, and I just want to love what I do again.
I took the Tramadol bf I read your post. It did stop my legs from cramping, but I didn't know it was that addictive, even from other stuff I read. I'm glad you shared your 1st hand experience. I just figured if I could get my legs to stop and take a Klonopin for sleep- just one good night then maybe that will speed my recovery.
I tend to be impulsive ;)
By the way...my husband told me that he loved me more now than ever and I was much nicer now. Geez, that type of comparison makes me think I must have been a major b*tch before.lol
a couple of thoughts:
seriously-that's a nice post foreverannie. that's very nice of your husband to do.
kinda joking-tell him talk is cheap and he better get busy! ps. from one junkie to another...let it out lady...say BITCH! lol.
subfrechickadee-as much as i loved women...sniff....i loved heroin more. really- it didn't not seem fair to any girl i dated to wind up married to an addict like me. they were good girls. i was bad. hence...i'm single. hold back your tears though...i have recentlt accepted that i really got to try and date women over 23...so i have a chance. i shall keep u all posted on the very intimate details of my quest for one true love.
Foreverannie-i'm glad u got the Clonopin. Now i'm gonna give u my address...hahahaha. Really, take 2 before sleeping. one aint enough to knock u out...although u can give it a try. i can't even say they will knock u out...they may...but they will certainly do what they were designed to do: take the edge of your anxiety...day or night. i bet a pint of ben and jerry's will knock u out.
Foreverannie-why did you hate yourself. I'm curious...no joke.
Subfrechick-drugs are like that. at first use you become superhuman. once the thrill is gone u become subhuman (even animals a knack for self-prersevation...i lost that at the end).
do tell foreverannie. you seem very nice. why would u hate yourslf?
Annie: if Tramadol took the leg pain away, then a little won't hurt to get you through... just be cautious.... I just had to say something about it... me and my husband used to joke in the beginning of kicking, what if we don't like each other sober??? LOL... we don't remember what we use to be like... I have three kids, and I am with them every day... we're staying with my in-laws to get through the withdrawals, but I do have the luxury of kind of "living" downstairs while they live upstairs right now, and it's hard - I feel bad not caring for them how I should right now, but I know it's for their own good, I couldn't take care of them properly right now... I'm on edge, no energy, and all that... You're absolutely right FunTimes, you need to date women over 23... hehe...also, my hubbie wants to know when you got your full energy back??
I would tell your husband that I have energy when I need it...after about 2.5 weeks. This week, after working hard all week...my body hit the floor Friday night after work and I woke up at 1pm. But I was cool at work.
I actually lifted free-weights through my kick. I could summon 20 minutes of energy early on. after 2 .5 weeks...i was a madman at work. After 25 days it's purely a matter of motivation. I could sleep 18 hours after over 100 days. Or workout. It really is all in my head. The cool thing is...your body is like a videogame. Point, click...and your body will move. I'd advise freeweight. The lethargy lasts awhile...unfortunately. so be motivated.
subfreechickadee, gosh, couldnt you have picked a shorter name? lol. Just wanted to tell you i started getting energy back around 6 weeks but i pushed myself from 3 weeks on. You are truly blessed to have in-laws like that. Can you imagine trying to do this with that stress? OMG. I cant believe Fun Times is telling you guys to call in those BJ's. That is so off the wall. i appreciate that kinda inappropriate humor!
how is everybody doing?
foeverannie...are u ok?
subfreechicakdee...are u ok?
mercantofdeath...are u ok?
everyone else...are u all ok?
i finally got my new computer. I'd really like to chat with you merchantofdeath, as ive said before. we can talk philiosophy, punk, metal, u name it. i hope u are cool. i really do.
I know we all rant...of course i do...but this site really helped me...even after being off subs for 72 days, I do have some kind of PAWS to thsi day that are very real. i slept eighteen hours yesterday, (and slightly crashed my car soon after leaving my house...yeah...fun times). I had no motivation or energy this weekend. really no motivation at all. but I called a friend in Recovery...my best friend since i was 7 (32 years ago), we hung out, i called Queenie, we had a great and fun conversation...and i know i always get in trouble for doing this...but i want to say that even if she and i joke around a little...and it carries over to this site...she is the best. she is in the medical field. she is really really smart and caring...and i will continue to thank her for all her help. i have read her posts where she helps others. she seems to have maternal caring instincts to help others...she helps others with medical issues for her life. Queenie...thank you for helping me. it mattered and still matters more than u know.
i believe in all of you. please get well.
just to clarify...i got on this site after being off subs 72 days. its 100 and something now (January 8, 2009...my last sub)...and i still feel it. i thank God for NA and Recovering Addicts who have helped me. And I'm glad merchantofdeath described PAWS...b/c at least now I know that I'm going through what others have before me...and I'm not freaked out or worried about it. I say God...others call it spirituality, willpower...your choice...but God has given me enough energy to do what I need to do...like go to work and hit my NA meetings EVERY DAY. my body might still hit the floor after over 100 plus clean days when i get home...but i do not pickup drugs...i do not even think about it...and i do not have dope dreams. I do believe that the therapeutic value of one addict helping another is without parallel. that's one reason i visit this site.
Day 10:
Guys and Gals I slept 10 hours last night taking one Clonopin. DAre I say that I feeel great- better than 5 years ago. I've also been doing that 7 day detox/ cleansing (or a massive amount of horse pills). We Went shopiing today, bought matching Hollister tops for the whole family (lol), bought my baby birthday stuff (he'll be 2 May 3) and I was also trying on stuff myself- although losing my detox pounds makes me insecure. I was happy before.
Something else I noticed, my face, hands and feet are not swollen as when I was taking my subs and I'm not as aggravated with my husband as I have been for years.
Anyways, Fun Times, the reason I hated myself then was that I was teaching full time and not enjoying my career. Since I was 3, I wanted to be a teacher and I couldn't believe I was dreading going in everyday. I now realize it was the subs and not me. I did alot of soul searching and I guess I was unable to comeup with answers.
Let me tell everyone how I ended up on the stuff and maybe you'll understand:
I was given Vicodin 10s for my teeth after having 4 wisdome teethcut out- 2 1/2 week supply. After the time was up, my stiches became infected and I was still in pain. I happened to mention it to my neightbor who brought me over percs I think. I was naive, didn't realize it was addictice.
Then I ended up dating my neighbor to keep getting percs. Hmm, wonder if he had different motivation? Still, I didn't think I would become addicted. I would tell people that I can't get addicted to anything. Hell, I could smoke a pack of cigs for a month and just stop be done. Or go out drinking, then just stop.
So I went to my doctor told him that I had been taking pain meds for a couple of months (maybe one or two percs a day- not alot at all) and when I stopped, I had a headahe. His suggestion was to start Subs (3 8 milligrams a day!). I didn't know they were addictive. He told me they were not. During a monthly visit, I told him that I didn't feel depressed. He said that I may need to take them for the rest of my life. I trusted our family doctor, now I was to kick butt for taking my life from me.
You see for the 1st year or so, sub was great. I felt happy and energetic. After a year, they start to break you to the point that you fall into survival mode and ignore the beauty of life.
By the I got rid or my crazy next door neighbor and as if fate stepped in, I met my husband, who is a good hard working man andhad his son.
So there's my background... Anyone on myspace?.
Queenie, shorten the name however you want, I don't care... it is long, isn't it... that was the first thing that came to mind, I was in a silly mood - it is VERY hard to let go and let my in-laws parent my children for this long... we don't exactly see eye to eye on things which makes it worse, but I just keep telling myself, I have to get well, and I will be a better parent for it... my poor little girl... she's turning 6 in June, and I've been on some kind of pills practically since she was born... I freaking suck... Anyway, damn Annie - that SUCKS... what the hell is wrong with doctors - I know mine only had to take an 8 hour course to start prescribing suboxone... she doesn't know much about it, and she told me the same thing - it's not addictive.... no problem quitting... doctors don't realize how much we trust them... I noticed the same thing about my fingers and hands, and I've lost 20 lbs like everyone else... I never felt happy or energetic on subs... neither did my husband... but you were taking a lot more than me as well... I was only taking it once a day for a while... I'm so glad you're doing good today, and it's great you got some sleep... shopping? WOW... aren't you glad you didn't give in? Keep looking up... i have more 2 talk about, but I have to go for now more later
Foreverannie...once again...you've helped make my day. First things first- i am not kidding around AT ALL in this particular post...no sarcasm...i mean what i say...and have only good, thought out...intentions for you foreverannie.
I am sooooo glad that you got sleep you desperately needed. FOREVERANNIE, I SWEAR ON MY FATHER'S SOUL, THAT TAKING ONE KLONOPIN IS A VERRRRRRRY INNOCENT THING. I DO NOT ADVISE THAT ANYONE TAKE DRUGS, LET ME BE CLEAR!!! BUT I HAVE TAKEN KLONIPIN...I ABUSED IT LIKE OTHER SUBSTANCES...BUT I KNOW FROM EXPERIENCE THAT IF YOU TOOK ONE A DAY FOR A WEEK...IF YOU NEEDED TO...THERE WOULD BE ZERO WITHDRAWALS FROM KLONIPIN. I SAID 1 WEEK. ITS NOT AN OPIATE. DONT TAKE MY WORD FOR IT...CALL A PROFESSIONAL IF YOU WANT A SECOND OPINION. ASK THEM HOW HARD IT WILL BE TO QUIT TAKING KLONIPIN AFTER TAKING 1 PILL FOR 1 WEEK, GET A SECOND OPINION IF YOU WISH.
I AM WRITING IN BIG LETTERS B/C THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ME. THE OTHER DAY YOU WERE CONSIDERING USING SUBS. DO NOT EVER, EVER DO THAT! NEVER! BUT IF TAKING 1 SINGLE KLONIPIN WILL HELP SAVE YOUR LIFE...JUST FOR A WEEK...NOT 8 DAYS...IF NEEDED...I IMPLORE YOU FOREVERANNIE...PLEASE DO IT AND THANK GOD...AND FEEL LIKE YOU WERE BLESSED. MOST OF ALL: DO IT GUILT FREE AND WORRY FREE. I SWEAR A PILL A DAY FOR NO MORE THAN A WEEK IS 100% SAFE. i never took tramadol...thus i have no advise about that.
I'm sure we will never meet...but i do care for you. I can empathise with you...and that connection is enough to make me care. That said: I can scarcely fathom the innocence of your story. i am not being dramatic. i have never heard of a more innocently "intended" addiction than yours. I did Heroin for fun. I thought it was cool. I didn't take it for pain. I took it to get high. I was a piece of shit.
You had legitimate pain issues. someone officiously brought you a fairly potent pain killer. you weren't seeking drugs. my God...you only used one or two a day. you weren't using them as a big joke for fun. and the most incredible part of this story: SOME MOTHERFUCKING DOCTOR PUTS YOU ON ENOUGH SUBOXONE TO SATISFY 3 LIFELONG HEROIN SHOOTERS! THAT MOTHERFUCKER...YEAH...NOW I'M MAD. FOREVERANNIE...I WOULD BE THRILLED TO TYPE UP A LEGAL COMPLAINT AGAINST HIM (YOU REPRESENT YOURSELF...PRO SE...FOR FREE) FOR MEDICAL MALPRACTICE, INFLICTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTRESS, NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF CONTRACT (WRITTEN OR VERBAL...HE VIOLATED AN IMPLICIT DOCTOR-PATIENT AGREEMENT-TO ACT IN YOUR BEST INTEREST), AND THOSE ARE OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD..AND I COULD STILL GO ON. I WOULD OF COURSE TECHNICALLY BE HELPING YOU...I AM NOT CURRENTLY PRACTISING LAW...BUT I CAN GIVE ANYONE IN THE WORLD MY OPINION, HELP (WITHIN CERTAIN PARAMETERS, WHICH I KNOW), AND ASSISTANCE FOR FREE. LET ME REPEAT...I WOULD LOVE TO HELP YOU.
i dont go walking around telling people to sue other people. in fact, i am appalled at how ridiculosly litigous our nation is. THAT SAID-THIS FUCKING DOCTOR SCREWED YOU OVER SO BAD I CANNOT FUCKING BELIEVE IT!!!! HE FUCKED YOUR LIFE UP ANNIE! IGNORANCE OF THE LAW...OR IGNORANCE OF APPROPRIATE MEDICAL PROTOCOLS/APPROPRIATE MEDICAL ADVICE-IS NOT AN EXCUSE, REASON, DEFENSE, OR ACT THAT ABSOLVES ONE OF THEIR CRIME OR CIVIL LIABILITY.
God i'm angry. 24 milligrams of suboxone will fuck up ANYBODY'S LIFE. PERIOD! HE FUCKED UP YOUR LIFE AND IT DISGUSTS ME. IF IT WERE ME: I DO NOT THINK I WOULD REPORT HIM TO YOUR STATES MEDICAL BOARD...UNTIL I WON MY LAWSUIT. THEY WILL TAKE YOU MUCH MORE SERIOUSLY THEN, BELIEVE ME. THEN YOU CAN STOP HIM FROM EVER DOING THIS TO ANYONE AGAIN. i don't care if he's the nicest guy in the world. i don't care. he has almost destroyed your life...don't allow him to keep doing this to even 1 single person. you can't. someone could have saved you.
i am thinking very clearly right now. trust me in that. this is not a rant. i mean every word and i am choosing my words carefully. this is how I would deal with your situation, if what you said happened to me.
First...you have my email address. garysloane@att.net. USE IT!!!!! any help i give you will always be free...by law i couldn't charge anyone anything if i wanted...i'm not practicing now...but will be soon. i still wouldn't want anything from you ever...except to stop this doctor from his unfathomably insidious practices. Email me and we'll talk.
Never threaten to sue the doctor. it is always so much better when the sheriff SERVES him/her with your Complaint and he realizes...i have been sued...if i don't appear in court within 30 days...WITH MY LEGAL ANSWER TO THE COMPLAINT...I WILL BE IN DEFAULT AND LOSE THIS CASE...AND FOREVERANNIE WILL HAVE A DEFAULT JUDGMENT ENTERED IN HER FAVOR AGAINST ME. he will be sicker than you...i promise you that foreverannie. Now I will brag, but its 100% true: I know from experience. Nobody likes getting sued. Not even me. But I mean this as much as I can mean anything: NOBODY WANTS TO GET HIT WITH A COMPLAINT THAT FUN TIMES (HELPED/ADVISED ON...CMA) PREPARED. REREAD THAT TEN TIMES. MY LAWSCHOOL JUST SUED ME FOR A MISUNDERSTANDING. AS OF TODAY: THEY SUED ME FOR $27,000 plus. AS OF TODAY...I HAVE WON...A JUDGMENT WAS ENTERED IN MY FAVOR. AS OF TODAY...THEY OWE ME $50 B/C I HAD THEIR LAW FIRM SANCTIONED FOR ACTING IN BAD FAITH. AS OF TODAY...MY EMPLOYER WAS SUED FOR VARIOUS BULLSHIT STUFF THAT WE WERE NOT LIABLE FOR, SEVERAL CASES EXCEEDING $3.25 Million. AS OF TODAY...WE HAVE PAID NOTHING. these my dear are very sophisticated cases. i give our litigator my "ideas". and he listens very well.
i don't fuck around when it comes to litigation. add the personal aspect of a doctor destroying lives...and how innocent you are compared to me and other addicts. and add the fact that i understand you had a dream, pursued a phd, and were aspiring to help at risk youths, and are now kicking suboxone...after your dream was a bit derailed....and you have all the ingredients for the fiercest lawsuit that someone couldn't imagine. how much is foreverannie's life worth...BEFORE PUNITIVE DAMAGES? i'll give you a quick answer...more than you are thinking that I'm thinking.
This offer is only good for one singular person-foreverannie. i politely ask that nobody else requests similar help (not that anyone would). Foreverannie-i'm so proud of you. i'm so glad the Klonopin helped. a million dollar wining lottery ticket would probably cheer you up as well. so would making sure that what happened to you never happens to anyone again. when it comes to legal matters...i promise...nobody wants anything to do with me. if i wasn't sure you had an extremely compelling case...i wouldn't have said a word about it. garysloane@att.net. its free. and my absolute pleasure.
PS. 1 a day for a week is harmless. i promise you. take care.
48 hours no sub...i need a fuckn' benzo....but can i find one....no no ican't ........
blah i feel like shit it sucks all around....i'll prob. end up takin sub but i'm tryin tosee how long i can go........need recommendations drug wise
actually i know everything to do i just want a quick fix really but whatever i just want off so hopefully i'll make it through the next couple of days...it annoys me to even type i wish i had cash for that rapid detox shit ya know it is so damn nice out today too it just adds to the depression i'd rather it be rainy out
hey merchant. i have ideas that may be helpful to you. first let me say i am really fucking proud of you. the 48 hour mark is when the shit is the worst...anyone will tell you that...day 2 is the bitch of the bunch.
merchant...if i may ask-specifically what are your symptoms. physically and emotionaly. what was your last dose. and gimme an idea of what is bothering you the most. please...the more info. you enter...the beter advice i could give.
you know me. i'll try to give you good advice that works. i already have ideas. i think i can help you, even a little, maybe a lot.
sweety...specifically...what's going on with you. how are u (and how have u been) eating, sleeping, restless, tired, depressed...anything u can think of is pertinent. please reply. i have ideas, and i want u well.
Queenie, I think I started calling her sub free a long time ago and she hasn't became upset yet-lol. You can just call me Aniie, even though that's not my name and I don't plan on giving my name on this website because my real name is so uncommon that anyone reading this can put the puzzle together and unfortunately things I have admitted could cost me my job!
Sub Free, how are you and your hubby today?
Guys, I swear I feel great- dare I say "cured" after 10 days? No I'm not gonna do that yet.
Fun Times,
I appreciate you sincerity and passion about this- trust me I do, and I have already though about how to keep others from going through what I did. In fact, I had a conversation with my doctor about his mistake. He admits he did wrong, I am currently writing an editorial in a newspaper about the effects of suboxone.
I just don't have it in me to sure anyone. I can't explain to you what type of person I am, but I'm not angry and I can only passively place blame on someone because I am not a naive idiot. I didn't research the drug before taking the med. I liked the way they made me feel at first, so I made the choice to keep taking them. That was my mistake.
In fact, I didn't start doing alot of research untill I met you guys. This website has been a lifesaver for me. In fact, no one could ever make me go to face to face group. To me, that's uncomfortable and somewhat embarrassing to speak to people in person about your problems. I am so suprised that I am benefiting so greatly from this.
Fun Times,
I am an activist. I speak out about Autism (my passion), to parents, at Universities, schools, train teachers, etc.. I even have a website dedicated to Autism.
Maybe one day I'll gather up the courage to speak about this.
FYI: rapid detox is a fucking scam. i did it. i wasted $7500. i aint getting into all the resaons its full of shit. the seizures break your back...your body cannot rebuild itself overnight...and it didn't work. its a fucking urban myth that it does. im living proof. so is my buddy that did it twice.
I did the 7 day Detox from walmart. It comes in a package for 17.97. Today is my best day. Day 10- NO SYMPTOMS!!!!!! I am full of energy. You can get bath stuff for achy muscles at Walmart 4.98. I bought amino acids and L gaurantine.
Last night, since I was up so long, I took 1 Klonopin and 1 Tramadol and I slept like a baby. Can you call your doc about Klonopin 2 tommorrow. THey are prescribed for severe insomnia.
annie...i respect your decision. it's not your job to research a drug before taking it...it's a doctors to research something before prescribing it. i get where u are coming from. if it happened to me...gosh...i'm like you...i don't like blaming anyone for my mistakes. if i think its my mistake. if the suboxone resulted in you losing a limb...would u feel the same way? no matter...you didn't.
i'm settled down now. if your fine now....that's enough to make me happy. i applaud the fact that he understands his mistake...and even more that you are forgiving. you are setting a great example. great job Annie!
i asked earlier and i'll ask again- is anyoe a mysace user? i have a site set up there about autism that you shouls check out
Merchant,
don't freak out girl. Reread my posts if you want. I am pretty detailed about my experiences day to day. So is Queenie. After Day 3, you will see light at the end of the tunnel, your senses will enhance, day 10 and I have NO symptoms and I was taking as little as you towards the end.
Your cravings will go away in a couple of days. The thought of a sub will make you cringe
k i just found klonipin....hooray...um chills sweats anxiety depression restless....i'm thinking about sawing my legs off putting them on ice til later.....oh and i want to throw up i keep gagging
Lol about the legs thing Merchant. I felt that way 2 days ago. If you walk around it will stop although I'm sure you don't have energy without sleep. Let the Klonopin knock you out for a few days- then see how you feel. I took Tramadol for leg pain- helped out a whole lot. I think you can order them online. Heck if I lived close buy, I'd bring you over some. Don't forget about the Detox (17.97 Walmart). Get that sh*t out of your system asap.
im reading a current pdr. clonazepam aka Klonopin it says is prescribed for anxiety and panic attacks. since it is a sedative...it will make u sleepy...i'm just telling you what the physican's desk reference says.
tramadol aka ultram (or a generic) is a pain killer. its prescribed to people getting out of joint surgery and cesrean section births. it sounds strong. i've never used that stuff personally. it says it works similar to a narcotic...and can be habit forming, producing mental and physical dependancy. keep that in mind.
I'm actually seing my dr. tommmorow at 2pm. i dont know who u were addresing...but I'll be glad to ask him about this subject . the pdr states that short term therapy of Klonopin (8 weeks or less) is typical. I have several pdrs. this one's the best. it doesn't even give a time table for tramadol.
k well i have tramadol and i'm getting the klonipin now i have to get motivated tp pick it up.....really the detox works what's in before i blow 20 bucks???
respectfully...i am 1000% for you getting the Klonopin merchant. read what the pdr says about tramadol...its definately going to feel good..i just don't know at what cost to ur well-being. it is non-narcotic. i have used over the counter detox products...and they never ever helped me. never. Klonipin helped a lot. I wouldn't use the over the counter detox if it was free. annie and me just have an honest difference of opinion over its usefulness.
Annie-if merchant was to reread your post...remember what i said before: the recitivism rate for heroin addicts is so high b/c they forget their pain so easily. i am truly gald u feel great today...possibly cured. this is how u felt 35 hours ago...before Klonopin and tramadol:
"How can I go from having a decent day to the worst freaking night of my life!!!! NO SLEEP, achy muscles, blah, blah. I actually started feeling sorry for myself last nigh- something I swore I wouldn't do. My husband is at work (he's on call 24/7) and it took everything out of me to take care of my baby.
"I am soooo ready to give in today guys or am thinking about going to rehab. My mind is raising......"
you took a serious pain kiler (a post surgery pain killer) and acceptable anti-anxiety drug after that...you were writing about soooo giving in and or going to rehab. i question whether tramadol is benefical. one thing i learned the hard way from drugs is that there is NEVER a free ride. anything that nmakes u feel cured after wanting to give in or go to rehab raises a red flag to me. post surgical medication is serious stuff.
Fun Times: You might be right. I definately agree with your theory. I just took 1 last night to help me get through because if I didn't get sleep I would be in rehab right now.
I haven't had anything today or plan on anything tonight. I am going to test that theory on my body and report to you guys in the morning how I feel. But, this might help you get through the hard stuff. And remember, this is coming from someone who has never taken any other drugs besides percs, vicodin, lortabs, and the deadly subs.
I just want Merchant to be successful and not experience what I did.
Merchant, go to Walmart and look through the products. I believe it might help flkush the Sub out of your system quicker.
OK, I did some more research about Tramadol and spoke with a friend of mine who is a Doctor, pediatrition but he still knows his stuff. Yes, Tramadol is presrcibed for mild to moderate pain and one of the most common prescribed in the ER because Docs are hesitate to prescribe opiates theses days since, in his opinion, more addicting. Tramadol can be addictive and probably shouldn't be given to recoveries like ourselves (they are my words), but if you have RLS they should help you get through the worst times in my opinion.
Fun Times: You cannot recommend and addictive drug 1000% then say your not sure about other. Both are addicting after prolonged use :). In the end Merchant, in my opinion, just use them for emergencies and no longer than 1 week
thanks for all the feedback guys....i'm a vet i know what's up no worries tramadol is a non opiate and highly addictive like it was an opiate and benzo's i don't particular like so i don't think i'll have a problem i am taking .25 4 times a day for about a week longer like 2 if necassary i just want off subs and i'll b good i know me very well i went to my na friend and my cousin is crashing here tonight so that'll help out tonight but tomorrow i'll b alone for a while so you fuckers better be online ;)
foreverannie...i'm pulling for you. Both Queenie (who I have a big crush on...and just felt like telling everyone for no reason) and myseif broke down and took a little something around the same time you did. I needed a break Annie...i was detoxing from 8 to zero...i did read stuff about a "ceiling effect" that said kicking 8 and 2 was about the same...and I'm pretty convinced that whoever wrote it didn't try them both. I did. 2 was easier. 1 was easier than that. zero is fucking zero...nuff said.
I digressed. so Queenie and I both did a little something to break the fall. i was at my wits end kicking from 8mg, really proud, but I was dyin" So i thought about it, and made what i consider after many days on zero a smart decision. i took 2mgs after being on 8 to 0 for a week, i felt a lttle guilty...but it was a respite i realized...one that i needed. in the following month a took 2 more 'little breaks'. and have over 100 days since then.
I fully condone and believe in giving yourself a break after hitting zero for a week or more and if your mind and body are screaming STOP! I CAN'T DO THIS ANYMORE!" time to let yourself relax a bit.
hey...we didn't get hooked in a day or a week or a year. we can be a little patient with ourselves with getting clean. Queenie's post awhile ago and mine show that as long as the "little bit/tiny break" we give ourselves remains just that...a tiny break...everything works out fine. be honest with thyself. We each have months on zero, and I just got through talking to her. We laugh so much togather. My best friend assured me that I never laughed this much before. Things are getting so much better.
I think you made a smart move annie. your body and mind deserved a break. I used to by every detox product known to man before urine drops. always as directed. i failed everytime. they never got drugs out of my system. but as i said...we agree to disagree.
Im proud of you annie-stay the course.
and Queenie...i hope people don't get sick of hearing it...but I'm so happy whenever we text or talk. u have a tremendous sense of humor. and to laugh my ass off with you after still having some ruff days (3.5 months clean after a couple decades feels good...but i'm still getting better)...is priceless to me.
merchant-now that the fuckin spirit. I'll fucking be here...for awhile for sure. i gave u my email address...shoot me your contact info and we could just chat in real time without the world knowing our twisted secrets. You have a boyfriend, so all is well. I'm gonna try and marry Quennie, so all is well. we can just bullshit about our metal/punk days or talk about nietzsche.
i'm gonna try to get throught the next couple of days i think i should be okay i'm a pretty tough but hey the ceiling affect doesn't have anything to do w/detox it has to do w getting high anywhere between 24-32mg your done your body won't use the rest and sends it on its way methadone doesn't have this.....that's why you never really hear of people on more than 24-32 mg of subs.
annie-ohhh in fact i can recommend one only: to wit: i recommended one addictive drug 1000% and not the other for a very simple reason. i actually used the one i recommended, not the other (so how could i recommend it...i just read the pdr and said it may be worth considering?). it doesn't always work...but i try not to talk out of my ass. lol!
I used heroin too. it's addictive. i don't recommend that one right now either ;)
merchant-u are getting funny. i like reading your pots alot. as for the ceiling effect-i agree with your last statement...not when u wrote
"that is a website regarding the potency of subs....no joke...jumping off at 2mg or 8mg...no difference...subs has a ceiling effect"
i didn't agree with that one (your post from 4 days ago). lol. its all good. thanks for your email. i know we are gonna have a riot if/when we chat. u seem like your in a great mood..and that's cool. i believe u are a vet and u know exactly what u r doing...anything non-opiate is cool, as long as you don't go fucking crazy and take like 20 pills at once for the next week. lol.
a couple bags of dope.......20dollars a few oxys.....30 dollars feeling healthy, alive, able to eat and sleep......priceless! I just sent you an email fun times. Merchant you can do it! this is where you implement that tough girl attitude. I know have appox. 4 hours to sleep for 12 hours of work.......Darn!
k well now i'm up again and listening to music on my ipod and typing you fuckers....i'm sure everybody is sleeping but well we all know i can't i'm serving this sentence of junkie limbo hell bullshit so when all you guys wake up tomorrow i'm sure i'll have all types of dumb ass shit written....for your entertainment of course....i am okay though i feel fucked but i'm okay just to fill ya's in music is a huge help....tool good stuff helps me not feel so fucked....my stomach is all crazy so i'm just chillin w/some watermelon italian ice....i'm hooked on that shit....
This body holding me reminds me of my own mortality.Embrace this moment. Remember. We are eternal.All this pain is an illusion.
i am not feeling well at all my fuckin muscles are kiiing me
Been reading all the posts for days, finally decided to speak. I'm almost 48. It's 2:43 a.m. as I look at the clock and I have to work in about 4 hours. My addiction started out about 10 years ago. Started with Hydro's for severe migraines and shoulder surgery. I was playing hockey at the time and hurt my back. Doc gave me Soma. What a mixture Hydro's and Soma. Over the next two years my tolerance went up. I was taking 25 1500 Hydro's with 10 Soma's at a time. Needless to say I became an ambarrassment to my family, passing out in my food and what not. My wife finally talked me into getting into a rehab. That lasted a little over a week and then my new drug of choice was Oxy's & Soma. A month or so after this I flew back to Michigan to deer hunt. I once again embarrassed myself in front of my friends. The next day I was sitting in my blind and lost control. I left and drove to my dad's house where I went to the bedroom and stayed in there flipping all day long. That night I told my dad i needed to get back home so I called the airlina and beeged them to change my flight. I was lucky the person I spoke to changed it and the next day I was headed back to CA. I spent the next 6 weeks sitting in the living room chair staring at the T.V. I would get up and pop all my pills and just be a zombie. My wife would cry and my brother would cry and tell me "you look like an 80 year old man and your going to be dead soon. I was now also manically depressed when I wasn't stoned. On new years day I drove myself to the emergency room and checked myself in. Immediately they injected me with subutex. One hour later I felt like a new man. 4 days later I was releases with a script for suboxone. (4) 2mg pills per day. Me being a addict decided to take all 4 at once and I would actually get the euphoric felling for hours. My new life had started. I went back to work still fighting deppression but when I took my sub I was good. After A couple months I decided I would skip every other day so I could take 16 mg per day all at once. Life was great, i was a new man and everyone noticed it. Fast forward 5 years. 4/7/09. I've been thinking about getting off of the sub. There was no euphoria anymore but i never increase above the 16mg every other day. So on the 7th i got a cold and left work to go home to bed. Thought this is a great time to get off it thinking it might take 5 or 6 days of w/ds but I was sick anyhow. Sleep 16 hrs a day for the first 3 days. Weekend comes and i'm felling fine other than the cold. Sunday night comes and i'm going back to work tomorrow. I get rls and do not sleep. Make it thru work but am getting sicker. From this point on i'm in a living hell. Yesterday I had to take a .5 mg because I thought i was going to snap. Today is day 20 and I am feeling sicker than ever. I have to work 10 to 11 hrs per day and everyone knows i'm sick. I've lost a good 10 lbs. If this doesn't start tapering off soon I'm not sure i'll make it. I've always been one tough sob but this is taking me to my limit. I should have probably tapered down instead of just jumping off such a high dose. My doctor also never explained how bad the w/ds would be. My symtoms are: goose bumbs, yawning, sneezing, RLS, creepy crawly skin everywhere, stomach discomfort and the squirts, insomnia, uncontrollable spirts of crying. no energy. I'm going to try like hell to get through this, i would hate to throw away 15 days of heavy suffering.
merchant u pscyopath...are u there? (psychopath is a compliment). alright....let me make an off the board suggestion. the pain aint going anywhere...let it be for a minute.
would u consider telling yourself..."fuck this...i need a break...i'm taking 2mgs today....at once...i'm not getting any detox gold star by adherring to this painful plan"?
if so...take 2mgs just today and chill. i promise you...the pain aint going anywhere...it will be back tommorrow or the next day. give urself a break today.
annie-is all well?
plaininsane-you've earned your name. i kicked off 8mg a day. that was plain insane. 16 mg's every other day...what did you have...dr. fucking kevorkian...j/k...that was annie's doctor. Anyway...i said fucked all that and did the 2mg to 1mg to zero thing. Fucking 8mg split me ib half. it freaked my fucking body out. I'd try a more reasonable taper.
Plain Insane,
Thanks for your story! It's probably really tough for you because you didn't taper, but your 20 days in, so DON't go back. Your body needs rest to heal so my suggestion is to get a Klonopin or Ambien and just take for a day or so to sleep, relax- no longer.
Then write us and let us know how your doing. In fact write us anytime!
Merchant, are you off Subs completely. If so, Fun times, shame in you for telling her to take more. She only has a few more days till she feels better. Merchant, don't listen to him-lol. GET THE SUBS OUT OF YOUR SYSTEM!
Today, day 10 I think
Guys I feel even better than yesterday. I woke up with a slight headache which probably came from the 7 day cleansing I got at Walmart. I feel happy, healthy, and ready to go out and enjoy my sunshine.
I did not take anything FUN Times last night, no Klonopin, no TRamadol, etc. and I slept 7 hours!!!!! I woke up a couple of times with a slight ache in my arms, but ignored it and went back to sleep. I just took one the night before. I think my body was dying for sleep day 8. That's what makes one heal. THe more sleep, the better you are.
Merchant,
get the 7 Day cleanse if you can. A womans body is chemically and physically different than a mans so what didn't work for funtimes may work for you. Definately worth 20 dollars.
Guys, if I feel better tommorrow, I am going to shout out "I'm over it, 11 days"!!!
annie...this is one case (of many) where i am glad to be wrong. i'm glad you are well. hopefully cured. that would be cool.
as for my advice to merchant...it's just what i did...to get where i am. she's a big girl...she knows how her body feels and what she can take. u were 1 day away from rehab lady...i dont want her in a rehab. rehabs are not gonna help.
I know Fun Times ;)
Foreverannie,
I just stopped work for lunch. I read your comment. I took 25mg of Ambien CR last night and did not sleep one minute. My body feels like its about to collapse. I called me MD but he's off on Mondays. I asked the nurse if she could get the oncall to give me something, told her the ambien has no effect on me. I have realized how badly i've screwed up my brain. If i'm lucky I've slept on average 2 hours a night since I started this and the sleep comes in 20 minute intervals then its back awake tossing and turning or watching TV. I'm trying like hell but i'm almost broke, if I could only sleep 6 or 8 hours I know it would help me combat the way I feel. sleep depravation also f's up your mind. I had a meeting this morning and it was very hard to keep it together. well everyone thanks for the comments. I'll keep in touch. Back to work I go!!
well around 330am i took .25 i don't feel 100% but i'm happy about that i only wanted to get the edge off....it did i was goin crazy so i don't think i really set myself back and i'm feelin blah today like a zombie and detoxing but fuck it ....went to a meeting this afternoon....passed the time now i'm in this hot ass apt.
annie i'm on klonipin so i'll try the detox after i'm done w/that and cleanse my body or whatever....right now juice eating and well just not fuckin dying is on my top priority list.
i'm hoping to get throught the next 72hrs w/out subs at this point if i can get past that i'll fuckin jump for joy. but as for today no sub and tomorrow no sub. i could make it to the 48 hour mark an hopefully what i did will make things easier.
Plaininsain, if you can take off work do it. You are in for a battle. Pepcid ac is good for the stomach and icy hot for the legs. Drink alot of water. Thats a pretty addict friendly hospital you went to that gave you iv subutex a script and send you out the door.? Wow! I have never seen addicts accommodated so well in a hospital setting. Shame on them. In the long run they did'nt help you at all. They simply prolonged your misery. Just mentally prepare yourself and tell your self your stronger than that pill. Merchant hang in there and i dont think after a couple of days you need to be taking subs since thats what your trying to get off of. Dont listen to that knuckle head!
i know what's up i also no skipping days is a taper thing if i can get through it great that's what i want but i'm not gonna kill myself either this is an 8 year run it didn't take overnight to get here so it won't take over night to get off either....ideally yes i want to not take anything but if i'm at my wits end i just might but i'm okay right now and taking the .25mg didn't even make everything okay it made the pain manageable
thanks though i appreciate all the feedback really i do
Plaininsane - you might want to try Lunesta... I will admit, in the beginning I was taking up to 40mg of regular Ambien throughout the night... and now I have weened myself down to 5mg, and tonight will be my first night without any... but I think I will be ok.... I'm on day 31... my husband slept almost 10 hours last night without any Ambien, and he's been taking it since day 2 also... I'm not saying take it the whole time like we have or anything, but I think it did really help... taking it a week straight won't hurt... Lunesta made us way more groggy... I, personally, am still waking up every couple of hours, but I go back to sleep after a while, I'm not wide awake and wired in the middle of the night anymore... I also have a cold right now, and I have been coughing a lung up at night so that's waking me up... oh I also wanted to say that the Ambien didn't even really start making me sleepy until week three or so - I know I was taking too much, and I was still wide awake, but it eventually started working correctly I think... and now I'm quitting it, don't want to get addicted to that or anything - you can overdose on it also so be careful... but I definitely agree about the sleep... it will drive you freaking crazy... I agree with Annie though, I would try not to take anymore subs... quit now or quit later... you still gotta quit... remember, that's what your brain is wanting... SUBS SUBS SUBS... do you really want to go through this all over again?? It's rough and tough, but hell, 20 days? Come on, man... you'll feel SOOO much better if you can get some sleep... regular Ambien is waaaay cheaper than Ambien CR... hang in there... you and Merchant gotta come through this...
Damn... some posts popped up while I was typing... I guess me and Queenie have the same opinion on not taking any more subs, but I can also see where you're coming from Merchant... I hope it helps instead of prolonging your misery... think about this though: if you were to put all the days together that you have been suffering and will suffer inbetween taking the subs... what day would you be at if you didn't take any? I mean, you already tapered pretty damn far, a lot farther than most people can stand... and it's still that bad for you? Is it worth it? I, personally, think you're low enough that it's not going to make a big difference in tapering anymore - you're just going to prolong your suffering - this comes from quite a few people I've talked to... we couldn't even take tapering below 4mg, and you're down to .25 - sounds like you're stronger than we are, and we made it so damn girl, you can do it... Ok, said my opinion... I'm definitely not going to judge you if you keep tapering, you know your body better than me so do what you gotta do... I just had to say how I feel... like I said in an earlier post, if I had stuck to my tapering plan, I'd only be down to .25 instead of being on day 31 clean... you just have to bite the bullet and flush the pills... if they're around, you'll take 'em... good luck with whatever you decide to do... we're here to support you either way...
Plain Insane,
I know how you feel. I taught school on no sleep and may have very well went crazy at times. If this makes you feel better, I'm at day 10 and I think I'm done withdrawaling. My body is so peaceful, that I can't see it going back. If something else happens then I'll be sure to let all my detox buddies on here no. I want to chronicle my experience as openly and honestly as possible. If you have money, 17.97, get the 7 day cleanse. And get ahold of Klonopins. Take one or 2. I personally think they are much better than Ambien. Your doc will probably prescribe a weeks worth to you. Klonopins may be a nerve pill, bujt they are prescribed for insomnia. I have a pill bottle that says "take on nightly for Insomnia". I took one once, slept, woke up and my withdrawals were gone. Take a Multivitamin, Protiens, and Amino Acids. You can do this. Keep posting all day if neccessay. THis is a great group, full of sensitive, strong women! Everyone helped me get through it...Oh yeah, and Funtimes.
Sub Free,
You are so right with the last post, advice to Merchant. I spent months just taking a crumb of Sub. Now that I think back, I was miserable the whole time, night sweats (I thought I was going through early menopause and I am extremely young for that), bad moods, unemotional, headaches, etc. See, my body wasn't getting enough to make me feel normal and I wasn't willing to take 8-12 mgs any more. I was guilty of prolonging the inevitable. Well said girl!
Thanks Annie - point is, you're gonna have to pay up sooner or later, and YOU ARE GOING TO BREAK DOWN... emotionally, physically, mentally.... it's inevitable..... but if you can make it through that day or two, it gets better... I haven't said anything about how I'm feeling, but on day 31 it's ok.... only thing left for my husband is his energy level... my anxiety is down, my neck, shoulders, and legs are not hurting anymore, and sleep is ok... there are definitely up and down days, but I am soooo glad to be off... was it worth all the suffering? HELL YEAH... was all the good times I had on pills worth all this suffering... HELL NO...
AGREE with that. I remember everyone telling me not to give in at my 8 day when I was nuts and because of you guys, I didn't. How many hours are you sleeping now. I slept almost 8 without any sleep meds last night. My aches and pains are gone. I feel such release, but I'm not going to try to do to much, even though I want to do everything.
Your husband definately had a differernt detox, sleeping alot. I would consider that great.
Yeah, mine was rougher than his... I can't really judge how well I'm sleeping until I get over this cold... main thing is, I wake up, but I can go back to sleep instead of being wired... laid down at 10 pm, and I didn't get up out of the bed until 7 am, but like I said, I was up a little during the night because of my coughing and breathing... but the best thing is if I do wake up, I'm not lying there in pain, wired, with my anxiety running high or anything anymore so that helps a lot... it doesn't bother me to lay there for an hour before I go back to sleep... hubbie's totally different though, he only woke up once last night, and that was because I was coughing, and he went right back to sleep so it's all good... I can't complain, knowing what everyone else is going through. I'm so glad you're feeling so good, that's awesome... like I said before, we had pretty good days on day 11 and 12... went back down after that, but I don't think we were feeling as good as you so you might not... the worst, worst is over for sure - Plaininsane: I would agree with Annie on the Klonopine - in the beginning, Valium helped me better than Ambien, just be careful... I only took it two nights, but I slept 4 hours straight which was a godsend then...
Oh - Annie: I don't want you to take what I said the wrong way - stay positive, you could and might be through it all - I'm just being honest, but if you stay in good spirits, that helps a lot so don't pay attention to what I said about going back down...
I'm not Sub Free, that's why I'm going to give it a couple of days. But as of now, I have NO WD Symptons. I just pray I am that way I can give hope to those who may think it will take forever
Where's Fun Times, I figured he would be writing on here defending himself fiercely-lol/ Must be tied up.
i'm just happy to be alive and i agree with everyone!
I was wondering the same thing about FunTimes... FunTimes I want you to know that yesterday I read some of your earlier posts that I hadn't read before, and I laughed my ass off... keep it coming...
I am really scared I have been on subs for a month I will be picking up my last script and my insurance is ending at the end of April, I kind of wish I had stayed on the pain meds right now, I will break them in half untill they are gone and after 5 days go back on vicodan it is much cheaper. It just seems like you cant win.....
well i was blah all day but i was busy out and about in society.....went to a fuckin meeting....it sucked but i ran into somebody i knew he has 5 yrs clean that was cool then b/f daughter and i went for spring water icecream and park i just can't wait til i can feel connected to life again
ya i get what you guys are sayin i do and hopefully i'll be done soon enough i'm almost at the 24 hour mark and hopefully i'll sleep through it but it's not like it's messing me up i still feel sick just more tolerable...i would be so happy to have this done with and all the in and out suffering adds up it could of been worse if i didn't taper thanks for all the feedback it's appreciated it really is...i'm so damn tired right now i can just pass out in the ac...........can't wait...tomorrow won't be that much fun but i have stuff to do so hopefully that'll help me out who knows i'll just focus on one day at a time or whatever
Merchant: good to hear from ya... I totally agree with the taper - if you can handle it, which you could... but I was talking more about the suffering you've had since you stopped & the days you will suffer from now on inbetween subs... I just feel like taking more starts the suffering over for most people.. not all... some can taper down to every three days or so... or I've even heard of 4 days without withdrawals... i dunno... everyone's different... sorry you feel like shit... I feel your pain in your posts...
Debbie,
If you are in Chronic Pain for a medical reason, get advice from a doctor. Otherwise get rid of the Subs. They are the devil. Taper down to less than 1 milligram, thengo through the withdraws. Read our suggestions on how to get through them, then do it!
You don't have to live your life addicted to meds. I'm 10 or 11 days clean and feel great after being on Subs for 4 years.
no chronic pain....i'm a junkie that's my plague
the plan as of now is to sleep as much as i can and tomorrow i'm going w/my friend from na til b/f gets home then deal w/life til then....i hear ya about suffer and tapering and how it works either way i'm just gonna try and push it but if it's rough at least i can c how long i can go ya know..........thanks
oh and no dr. i'm down to .25mg and it's all me
haww-chew
Here I go... first night without sleep aid in over a month... I did take 2 Nyquil and 3mg Melatonin - don't know if it will help... we'll see.... hope everyone sleeps well..... night night
merchant sing it with me;
go.go.go.go.go.go.go.go
fight the power, fight the power, fight the power c'mon c'mon
fight the power, fight the power, fight the power yeahh. fight the power, fight the powers that be!
i show u my gun, myuzzi wrighs a ton, merchant be public enemy number one...one, one one!
feeling unispired...think i'll lite a fire. everybody run...merchants gotta gun. she thinks im kinda neat...then she tells me i'm a creep.
k-that was my inspirational music. merchant- go kick some fuckin ass. nothin for nothein but i saw my doctor today. the old german type...why did you gain 11 pounds since our last visit 6 months ago. "listen fucker...u really wanna know...lol." anyway, he's cool. i told him i had to quit smoking (a pack or so a day). he looked all crazy at me...put the stethescope to my lungs, had me breathe deeply....and told me a had lungs like a fucking thouroughbred.
long story short...i haven't smoked since 130pm. i quit. fuck...now that the suboxone, (and other shit) is over...i'm bored. i need to be fighting something. cigarettes...batter up! your time has come. i wanna suffer at least a lttle bit with you guys. i feel its my duty...and i'll be healthier. good luck all.
PS. subfree...yeah yeah...i love compliments. you are very cool. i can't call you sweetheart or Queenie will get jealous...women. lol. i am extremely proud of you. really. thanks for the kind words. it feels good to hear them.
so i have a question is anybody still awake???
so what day would i technically b on?
so impatient i am...i am dreading tomorrow i feel like it's gonna suck worse than today i'm suck a fuckin pestimist aren't i ....i went to a meeting and i really had no interest in what they had to say they all just bored me mundane same ol same ol ...it's like where's the insight where is the profound revelation.....nope just some dumb ass mother fuckers complaining or quoting the na text....shit i can read....what are you thoughts on it how does it apply to you or do you disagree....better yet ;) i'm gonna go to fill up time and space right now what else can i do but damn they are lame as fuck....at least where i am they are................anybody out there yet???????????????????????????????????/
so funtimes....the caffiene...ya....lower the intake my friend....songg them of the night......the ramones.....i wanna be sedated...hee hee
merchant...hate me today...hate me tommorrow...but i'm just saying:
really...quit fuckin crying already. i support u but shit...this is fuckin ridiculous. i know u are hard. fuckin act like it. dig...embrace the pain. its a once in a lifetime show. enjoy it for all its worth. fuck. i miss fighting shit so im quitting smoking. it aint as bad as subs...but its something.
noone wants to hear anyone complain. i promise u that. u don't want to hear yourself complain. yeah the world sucks and life in unfair. SUPRISE MOTHERFUCKER. just kinda kidding. but you better get tough lady. for real. you know...i (or anyone shouldn't have to tell you).
this aint no fuckin picnic lady. quit acting like its supposed to be one. really doe. this is fierce shit. sink or swim.
y do i keep missing everybody? i tell ya....i'm def tired and feel like jello w/ all the fun pains and allergies i've had a fever the last couple of days aswell.......i'm so tired i just want to sleep i need a fuckin lullaby
ohhh..i was saying..i want everyone here off subs. period. ladies...if i'm wrong about the "you better have a positive and hard attitude in life" tell me. i just know how a man has to act. i am a guy.
dude i know life isn't sunshines ande fuckin rainbows and thanks for the lecture but it wasn't nec. and i don't care how hard somebody is......this sucks and i have a non addict b/f who is harder than you so trust me i know the fuckin deal....no sympathy go it alone you did it to yourself blah blah blah....no fuckin shit thanks for the update.....i don't get offended by you so don't worry....i'm just in a world of hurt and will be for a minute so what do you want ....wanna talk about say the yankees? or how it was so nice and sunny? and no i'm not angry and pissed generally just now i'm annoyed at myself being in this situation and personally anybody coming off wants to act like oh well i did da da da and life is great isn't really comin off them this shit is my cryptenite and it's been a long time since i've had to deal w/it so yes it fuckin sucks ......hey i'm makin an effort i've been goin out doin water trying to feel real about it but it's not there and i'm not happy about that and when i 'm done and back to being me i'll fuckin post happy go lucky shit.....venting doesn't make me weak at least in my eyes i'm just sayin what's going on with me....it passes the time and helps to keep shit in perspective....am i bitter? fuck ya! if you can find somebody happy to detox i wanna meet them...really.
aside from this bullshit conversation.....am i on day 3 or back to 1? what's your take on that....i actually was waiting for your dumbass so you can help contemplate this with me.
well
see...you called me a dumbass...so i'm guessing no hard feelings. no sarcasm..i know thats "good" coming from you.
honestly angel....it sucks becuse i dig you, your fascinating, but I can't really ever successfully gauge what i should say to you. i think we are both too opiniaited, high strung, and hostile...yet caring. i wind up hurting not helping u, and i dont wanna do that. honestly...fuck what day u r on. this is "how to save a life time"...there are no fucking rules...except be honest to thineself. Yeah...don't stat back on alot of subs. after that..fuck it...survive. i dont care how many days anyone has. i care how are they today.
i was happy to detox. u should have seen it...i wish i taped that fuckin kick. i laughed through this shit. most of the time. on the floor laughing...no sleep..in the dark. i don't need to sound hard to folks i'll never meet. your boyfriends harder than me..so you have met someone pretty fucking hard. anyone harder than me laughs through this shit. really. it aint no super violent H kick. and it aint no ultra rapid detox. fuckin Fun Times.
mercahnt..u wanna talk...i'm here. we can talk. non-hostile. lets go. i invited u too chat..no reply. talk here...anywhere. cmon. please.
chat...what where
my email address is garysloane@att.net. use yahoo IM. say Hi. lets talk. or use msn messener. im on both. SAY HI!!!!
chat at yahoo im or msn messenger...i already sent u invites...garysloane@att.net SAY HI already!
dont u have aim
yahoo is being retarded and i'm already signed into aim express dude just go there
for u...i will discover aim. hang tight.
ok...im on aim...what the hell user id am i looking for? i went with Sloane 007.
April 28th- Day 13
Still going strong. I did stay home from work today but thiswasbecause my toddler was so sick. I woke up a couple of times during the night, but just because again he was sick. No sleep meds for 2 days straight. In fact, I am not taking anything at all besides the 7 day cleansing. I noticed a slight dull sensation in both of my arms last night, but it was totally bearable- kinda like a slight cough compared to the flu.
I did wake up with a headache again,but went away after water and coffee. My friend the doctor says it may be the 7 day cleansing- if you do that, you have to stay hydrated and take vitamins because while it is good for you, the cleansing flushes out alot of your vitamins. I am going to test my theory by drinking a huge glass of water before bed.
My mind feels clear and strong. I feel normal like a huge weight has been lifted. I hope all of you can get there soon!
Good job Annie!!!! Listen...you were a 4 year nut like me....and i just want to say that i think you have an inspiring message to everyone!
You're a strong, reasonable, woman. You did something that breaks people. Great job!!!!!
Day 21, another sleepless night. Oncall Dr. did not call back yesterday. I'm sicker than I ever imagined I could be. I really believe I may collapse at anytime. I'm at work and don't believe I can make it thru the day here. When will this start turning the other way??? Last time i took any sub was 3 days back and it was .50mg. I'm determined not to take anymore but I believe it may kill me. It takes every bit of strength I have just to stand up. I'm freezing and I'm wearing a heavy sweater and a jacket. I woudn't recommend anyone to go from 16mg every other day and then jump to 0. In a normal month I would take 240mg, in the last 3 weeks I've taken a total of 5mg. and no more than .5mg every 3 days. I'm going to try the 7 day cleansing. Thanks for the advice and votes of confidence from everyone. I'll keep in touch and let everyone know how its going.
lol....i went "running" around my hall way laid on the couch and passed out for a couple of hours. i just got off the phone w/my na friend and i really don't feel like going out but i think i might not sure. foreverannie i'm happy to hear your doing well i hope my detox is like yours. i know tonight will suck but i'm gonna just take whatever to try and knock myself out. i don't even kno wwhat else to say write no w i'm like a ball of painful mush....
ghfggl ug
well my na friend is coming to get me i 'm gonna hang out w/her until later or even crash there not sure yet i feel so bad though it's my b/f bday and his parents are throwing a party tonight and i'm a no show i could take sub s and b normal but i'm not i'm just gonna get through this make it up to him later....i know he'll be so much happier when i'm normal...it sucks that he doesn't really understand i have t olike do the thinking for the two of us w/this he thinks y n ot just stay on subs and be "normal" but i can't stay in this prison any longer and im not myself....this is temporary and needs to be done sofuck it......it just sucks feeling guilty on top of all this other chaos my friend has a computer and what not so i'll check in
Plain Insane,
Suggestion: Do NOT give in and take a sub. You will set your progress back. Did you get any Sleep Meds, Nerve Meds, etc? If you feel like your gonna pass out, go to emergency room asap. They may give you sleep pills or something for you. Just do not take suba, do not let it have control. You have been 3 days without. It will get better each day. Trust, me I experienced the same symptoms you have.
I'll b reading this hub later to see how things go.
I did a you tube search and there is this guy (Dr. JUnig) who i think posts on drugs.com and he set up a website call subfree.com.
he seems pretty knowledgeable. maybe it wil help someone.
my apologies. the blog is suboxone-talk zone.com
Yeah, that website is where I learned how to taper & take subs a different way... Y'all... today is not my day... I'm breaking... I don't know what the hell is wrong with me... I'm extremely depressed... about everything... I can't stop crying... suck it up, I know...
subfreechickadee,
Hang in there, it will pass. I went thru the same thing a couple days back. You need to do something to get your mind off it. Hang in there, please don't give in.
foreverannie,
I'm not going to take any subs. I really don't care if it kills me, I'm not taking any. My doc is calling me in a script to help me sleep. I asked him for clonopin, I believe he will give it to me. I'll let you know tonight when I get home from work.
hey...hey ...hey there subfreechicakadee. listen...please. i had fucked up days after being off subs for over 3 months. I was asking people in Recovery like "hey...whats up with this bullshit...i'm supposed to be getting better). they were talking some shit about a honeymoon period...dragging a brother down.
subfree...i will say this. and it comes from experience...straight out of the Beatle's (i'm sure of this one Annie ;) ) Helter Skelter:
"well i get to the bottom i go back to the top of the slide, i get to the top and i go for a ride, i get to the bottom and i get up again!"
week 3 or so was great. honestly great. week 5 or 6 was less great. go fucking figure. but one thing is for sure...i aint doin that bullshit again. that kick was my once in a lifetime fun time (the violent H w/ds broke me in half...so did the skipping out of the meth clinic...i wasn't that hard).
so now i just take things a day at a time. i tell myself everyday at work (like now) fuck this...i'm leaving early. but i don't. i want to very very bad. then i'm cool. i'll hang out...do all i can..."and if the mountains....fall in the sea....let it be....it aint me".
you'll feel cool by nitefall angel. and i truthfully told someone what i'm gonna tell you...i haven't cried in so many years i cant count. tears are a gift. i couldn't cry when my dad died. that made me feel guilty. so tears are natures way of releasing stress. you are exactly where i was this time awhile ago. and u have support from your husband. you're doing great and you'll be fine.
Sub Free,
Whats wrong? Is it WD or something else happened. Are you having pains, craving, etc., etc.
Yea for you. Now that you have your script, you'll get through it. Just remember, I am under 2 weeks and I feel that I have beat the nightmare. I guess I'm one of those statistics that Queenie was talking about 90% give in within a few days. Thats OK, I've beat other statistics and so will you!
That second paragraph was direct to Plain Insane. I pray the meds get you through it :)
The way I understand it, If you take a very high dose of oxycontin or opiates, that they recommend you to get on methadone first, and then suboxone. Can anyone tell me the milli it would take to be recommended for methadone or what the limit for suboxin?
Mamasawn,
I will never recommend either lol, but that depends on your dosage of Oxy's etc. Suboxone may be ok to get you off of the other stuff for a very short period of time, but taper asap. No matter how great Methadone or Subs make you feel in the beginning, they will eventually break you down if you stay on them.
If you want a better opinion, give us a little more info like what drugs your on, how long, the dosage, are they prescribed, etc.
One more inspirational lyric from my man Ce-L, for u subfree:
" you get up...you get down...but you've come to far to start fuckin around"
ur doing it girl. watch. nitefall. u'll be great. as them gym shoe kids say when them peoples pass by: "All's well!"
Fun Times,
keep the inspiration coming! Where are you Sub Free? Usually you answer quickly??? Anyway, keep us informed girl!
Fun Times... I luv you man... thanks everyone... I broke down, I let it all out, made some wild, passionate love (it really does help)... and now I'm better.... my racing thoughts just got the better of me... and I am so thankful for this hub... laughter is the best medicine (Thanks Fun Times)... I felt so petty writing about my little bullshit I'm going through while others are suffering big time, but I had to get some feedback, and I'm glad I did... I'm caring about things I haven't cared about in a long time... I think my brain is coming alive again... with care comes worry, but I'll take it... I had a long talk with hubbie about everything that was bothering me.... didn't want to bore y'all with that... Oh and Annie - yeah, I hurt A LITTLE, but that wasn't my problem... no cravings, just uncontrollable emotions... worrying about shit too much... Fun Times, thanks... knowing that someone else goes through this after this long really helps... it all helped... you did your good deed for the day... thanks for caring
Sub Free,
So glad you are feeling better. Sounds like you have a great relationship with your hubby like I do with mine. Even taking away the Sub addiction, I still have emotional issues. They seemed to get better with age. Now that I'm 30, I don't sweat the stuff small- by the way that's a good book. Reading anything really heals the soul. I am getting my summer reading list together. Anyone have suggestions?
My husband and I have been cleaning this evening. I used to take such pride in my house- keeping it clean and such. But the Subs took that away from me. While I was taking them, all I did was work, take care of my kids, and sit on the couch wishing my life was different.
Even though my energy level isn't great (better than when on Subs) I am gaining pride in my house again. It's not much, but we are fortunate in many ways. Now that my mind is clearer, I wonder how did I let myself get that way, so yes Sub Free, with happiness sometimes comes lingering painful thoughts.
Good Luck :)
you did your good deed for the day by sharing those kind words. i mean that. i say harsh and impulsive stuff at times...well intentioned or not...so when i hear something really sweet like you just said coming from someone who's being a brave son of a bitch like me through what can be franky really unpleasant shit....IT MAKES MY MOTHERFUCKIN' DAY!
i knew u'd be cool subfree. i knew u didn't come this far to start fuckin around. and i knew it was a matter of hours b/c u caught your second wind and felt better.
subfree....each day...it gets better. i had a bad few days here and there....but a fuckin lot more great ones as times passes. so will u. GREAT FUCKING JOB!!!!!! tell hubby (i'm sure u did,..how important he is to you). us men need to hear that shit ;)
alrigghttt....now for my silly kid shit: at least i'll amuse myself. ;)
merchant...i took the the high road on how far hard your b/f is.
so now i gotta quote my Eazy E-lyrics:
"my pockets are fat , you see, shit don't matter to me....i feel like nobody is badder than me".
them gym shoe kids weren't get shit from me...even w/ a gat stuck to my neck. really doe. i got to let Queenie know that i will be the man in our relationship. LOL!!!! and im psuhing a lot of weight...not drugs (for once)...steel!
and of course i had girlfriends harder than u. so i'm calling us even.
PS. Motherfuckers knew better than to throw a party for me. Fuck. I wasn't going anywhere for a party, much less my own. i Had drugs to do. LOL!
My daughter, a 5th grader, wanted me to help her read a story out of her reading book Hattie's Birthday Box, by Pam Conrad- just a little short story. Geez I was not prepared for that. I don't know if it was empathy for Sub free, or the struggles that I have been going but I was crying like a baby after the first paragraph. My daughter was looking at me like I was nuts and my husband was laughing his butt off that such a short story could evoke so much emotion.
Anyhow, I think the story made a connection with my dilemma of knowing that just a little pice of suboxone (or a peek in the box) will take all of my troubles away, but avoiding the temptation of looking in the box makes me a stronger person.
Anyway, on a lighter note, that's not how i feel now, since tommorrow I am going to scream that "I'm recovered"!
Fun Times- nice how you can make poetry out of song lyrics. I used to use that technique with my high school kids-lol
My daughter, a 5th grader, wanted me to help her read a story out of her reading book Hattie's Birthday Box, by Pam Conrad- just a little short story. Geez I was not prepared for that. I don't know if it was empathy for Sub free, or the struggles that I have been going but I was crying like a baby after the first paragraph. My daughter was looking at me like I was nuts and my husband was laughing his butt off that such a short story could evoke so much emotion.
Anyhow, I think the story made a connection with my dilemma of knowing that just a little pice of suboxone (or a peek in the box) will take all of my troubles away, but avoiding the temptation of looking in the box makes me a stronger person.
Anyway, on a lighter note, that's not how i feel now, since tommorrow I am going to scream that "I'm recovered"!
Fun Times- nice how you can make poetry out of song lyrics. I used to use that technique with my high school kids-lol
made it through today....just got home i plan on going w/my friend everyday til i'm stable it comes and goes nights suck but i just took my cocktail and should hopefully fall asleep soon depression sucks but oh well went to a damn meeting again anything to fill the day i'll be going on day 3 tomorrow and i expect 3-5 to be the worse of it....sad so sad but whatever if i can just get through this week.....general question what was the worst of the days for everybody else??? just so i have some light at the end of the tunnel
Merchant,
Day 5 is a great day, week, but I felt better. Then just 5 more days till I recovered. Just remember when your legs ache and your wide awake, it will pass. Reread my posts. I posted everyday :))
Merchant,
Day 5 is a great day, week, but I felt better. Then just 5 more days till I recovered. Just remember when your legs ache and your wide awake, it will pass. Reread my posts. I posted everyday :))
Merchant ,4 thro 8 were the worst for me. I am really proud of you and try and focus on the fact that you will feel like a new woman soon enough(well maybe not soon enough for you but...). What your doing is not easy but take comfort in the fact that we made it (Fun Times is a pussy and even he made it) and you will too! Big ups to all my girls doing the right thing (Fun times included)!
i must say annie you are my biggest inspiration right now...day 5 and i should b feeling better....i would be so happy!i'm taking benadrly klonipin motrin every 12 hours i really can't wait til i can actually apreciate life again instead of a zombiefied mess. i think our detoxes are going to be alike b.c of how we tapered....don't ya think
Annie: that is literally how I was today... day 13 was the only other day I was like that... that bad anyway... my husband told me I was sexy, and I started crying so what the hell is up with that... you were cleaning today? You deserve a "short" run so I really hope you stay cool... I'm amazed, really, and it's very encouraging for other people... Merchant: you asked, so I'm going to answer... day 4 was pretty rough.. 5 was ok, but 6,7,8, AND 9 were the worst for me & hubbie... I kept a journal so I'm not just going on memory... I have everything wrote down in detail... on a better note, day 11 and 12 were pretty good... hopefully you'll be like Annie... this might sound lame, but I'm proud of you girl... yeah, stay busy... everyone says that, but it's true... you won't feel like walking or going out or whatever, but it really, really does help.... I was walking all up and down the halls here at night because it has always been worse for me at night too... like I said before, we would take a ride to the lake with the music blastin'.... just to get out of the house for a little while.. you gotta do that or you'll go crazy... damn, you're making it girl... Fun Times: are you sticking to your plan of no smoking? I hustled and got a carton for $30 so I'm not quitting yet... don't think I could handle it right now anyway... also, when you do have "bad" days, what exactly are your lingering symptoms? I'm still only having like one, maybe two, good days inbetween all the bad..... better than nothing though so I'll shut up
Posts popped up... Merchant: you're right, you both tapered very low so hopefully her timeline will hold for you too... it will be so awesome to have everyone on here off subs for good...
subfree. just relax and feel whatever it is your feeling. they are only feelings. Journaling helps sort out your thoughts and also purge feelings. If its any consolation....i cry all the time. I cry at work over patients, at meetings when i see someone struggling, when my periods coming i cry sometimes for no reason at all . Its ok to cry your not cracking, your healing. love Queenie
I mean, it is so awesome to have everyone off subs not will be...
I jumped off at like a tiny crumb, prob less than 1 mg. Subfree , maybe you were crying when your husband said you were sexy cause you knew it was weiner time! lol OH YEAH! alright you nuts i have work from 7 to 7. good nite everyone
queenie what was your jump off
and shit cry all day at least your not numb
I hear ya Queenie, but what I went through today just isn't normal... but it passed like Fun Times said so it's all good... not used to not being numb... I'm embracing it though... gotta push through - just didn't expect that shit today, it being week 5 and everything... I'm pushing for Merchant and Plaininsane... ready for everyone to be at peace... atleast through the worst... doing good guys...
dude i love this site seriously i wished ya all liked by phillie pa so we can have an after subs party like go out to eat at some posh resturant that would be bad ass
funtimes! where r u i just tried aim
Queenie...i knew u loved me...even though i am a pussy. (u are what u eat ;) ) merchant...the gats were on my neck...not in lyrics. just an FYI. u started, big girl...don't forget that. ur boyfriend...not my girlfriend.
annie-iam thrilled u have college kids that could rhyme. i wish they taught that way in law school.
subfree- i love talking to you on the posts...b/c u have made it through some days. (Queenie makes it up to me...lol!) The lingering effects for me were an absolute lack of motivation...bordering on being pralalyzed. that sucked. real low energy. sleeplessness...for a couple/few weeks. and i would go to being really sharp to burned out and tired b/c of sleep deprivation. right at the same time you are. i'm holding tuff on the smokes...buts its kinda of a bitch. no patches...no gum. i'm alive. thats cool enough.
there will be some tuff times subfree. but i make meetings. i dont use. and life keeps getting better. i wasn't cured in 4 weeks. 4 months is coming up. i'm getting better. stay in touch.
merchant..glad were cool...i hope. im gonna try and get on aim. Sloane 007.
dig lady..what is your id...it said merchant of eath is offline...try Sloane027..do u have a different id?
Hey Merchant, I got an idea... we can all meet up in Florida at Fun & Queenie's wedding...LOL....
I just got through chatting with merchant. she is cool as hell. subfree...u r too. you are both invited...although it may be in Chicago. I do like the Florida beach wedding thing though. i like u alot subfree. stay cool.
my bad annie...you teach high school...not college ;)
Queenie..subfree...anyone. Now I told merchant during a very pleasant chat that day 2 was the motherfucker of all motherfuckers. I expect you all agree. Aside from that..some of us recall days of pain. but we're all cool. merchant needs to know that. after dy 2...fuck...its all downhill. especially with her scientific taper. Please...save the horrer stories to her. Focus on how much cooler things are. i know u guys already are coll like that...but dont reak this girl out. okay. please. i told her i am glad as shit that i never visited this site unti 72 days off subs. the fucking stories were way worse than the reality. and i kicked like a motherfucker. 8 to zero. not proud of it....it was stupid. merchant is smart. lets focus on be honest and POSITIVE. thanks.
hey i have a question is anyon out there?
u mean beside me?
Fun Times, your really funny (you are what you eat). And as far as the wedding goes.....lets see if this guy is worth his weight in the sack first. If we did get married, you girls can be my maids! Merchant, once again it was a very small crumb i jumped off at. prob like .5. Stay strong girl. Just get thro these next few days and you will be straight. If i did ,you can do it too. Take alot of showers they really seem to help when you are most uncomfortable. Drink alot of water to flush your system. Im pulln for ya! Well everyone, while you guys are hanging in cyber world i'll be busting ass at work. When im clean i love going to work. Its very satisfying and i feel productive. Its 4:30am eastern time and i must get moving. Have a wonderful day everyone! Oh and Merchant, i love philly! Tho last time i was there i ended up in the county....ouch. oh well, the life of a nurse/drug addict what are you gonna do! love ,The Queen
me in the sack? better ask somebody. lol.
great nite sleep. i hate mornings anyway. how u doing merchant? subfree? everyone? i still alive. by the way, isnt it great...my future bride was arrested in like 20 states. what the fuck? lol.
only two but hey let that exemplify what happens to sweet, kind ladies when you continue to abuse narcotics. It takes you places you dont want to go peoples. Get off and stay off! How many times you been roped off nigga? Just cause you dont travel...........
please....
Hello i just spend 3 hours reading these post and am very inspired now to stop more than ever. I have a questtion i takle oxys and methadones, and once i cant get those i take suboxone. The last 3 or 4 days i was using methadone and this morning didnt have any and was feelinbg a lilttle sick and took suboxone(too early appearently i've heard (and now know) all about takin too early) and got really sick all day. So when/can i take another dose of suboxone now? cause thats all i have. Im iffy on taking another one and feeling worse. any input? Thanks Alot.
Hello i just spend 3 hours reading these post and am very inspired now to stop more than ever. I have a questtion i takle oxys and methadones, and once i cant get those i take suboxone. The last 3 or 4 days i was using methadone and this morning didnt have any and was feelinbg a lilttle sick and took suboxone(too early appearently i've heard (and now know) all about takin too early) and got really sick all day. So when/can i take another dose of suboxone now? cause thats all i have. Im iffy on taking another one and feeling worse. any input? Thanks Alot.
hey lastime. welcome. never mind the fucking around...some people cant help themselves. anyway...i had to detox to 30 mgs of methadone before taking subs. in fairness...that kinda sucked a little. in real fairness...i might have used xanax to take the edge off.
anyway...what is your meth dose. i heard taking subs while high on opiates is a motherfucker of a clusterfuck. be wary. apparently u know this. how long since u took meth and how much?
Last time, do not take until in to W/d. Noy just alittle sick but sick. That guy on top of me is right......clusterscrew (i dont swear)
I take 3-5 10mg's a day of methadone. I dont usually mix anything with suboxone, once im sick and dont have anythign else i take the suboxone. I took 3 at around 12 noon, the followoing morning (today) i took first 4mg of suboxone then 10 mg's more, thinking it would help but it didnt. I actually just took 2mg almost 2 hours ago and am feeling ALOT better so i think i found my answer but thank you. You guys seem cool.
merchant dear...how are you? ill stay up late if you need me, just to talk. You are too special in my eyes for me not to try my best to help you. You are as Ive said...truly truly gifted. Ill fight (as much as i can) to get u through this.
Subfree...plesae tell me how u are. I really care about you too.
Foreverannie-todays the day u tell us all u are cured. merchant needs your inspiration. dont take that responability lightly. share what God gave u to others. and if u are not totally cured...then share that. we care for each other round here. jokes are jokes. lives are lives.
lastime...did u think about what i asked? we all want to help u. let us try.
love u all...yeah... i met Queenie on this site. and she has brought me so much joy and laughter...it is honestly unbelievable. i love her...and weve never even met.
2 weeks clean,:
Funtimes, sorry been busy with work, etc. I'm not going to say I'm cured just yet. Yes, I still feel great and getting stronger every day, but last night I had a few small muscle spasms in my arms and legs- nothing major. I was up for an hour, took a Unisom Sleep Melth and went back to sleep. also, today is the 1st day I have worked a full day and will be from now on till summer. I felt decent, maybe a little weak, which could have very well been from anxiety. So therefore, I'll wait a couple of more days :).
thanks foreverannie. its great that you are doing as well as you are. it sounds like u r getting better fast, which tells me that you are mentally strong and that you must have a great mind set. keep it up lady. i'm very proud of you.
how can i really be proud of someone i have never met, just heard about a few day ago, and will never meet? its b/c we share something that very few people shared. overcoming this miserable thing. the only people i know who have done something similar are in NA recovery groups. they made it...and they teach me through their knowledge, experience, and understanding how to stay clean. and they are a grateful and great bunch of friends.
i know this "kick" is something that we all have in common. you and i are both 4 year users of this shit. thats a long time, as we know. i will be 100% honest: when i was chatting with merchant last nite and she was telling me about how u inspired her i said its great that annie inspired u, but my opinion is "bullshit...i have never heard of someone using subs for 4 years and say at day 13...'i'm cured!"
we suffer from a disease called addiction. there is no cure. you and i are addicts. i know what u meant...u felt the wds would be cured. i told merchant "i promise...annie is not posting that she is cured tommow". and frankly...i'm kinda glad...b/c if u did...i would have thought u used something...too much tramadol, klonopin, whatever. u felt like admitting yourself into recovery to almost being cured with only one intervening event: u took pills. something about that sounded amiss to me...but i know u are on your way to being cured of wds.
that said: i was able to get back to work in two and a half weeks. i wasn't myself, but i did it. it was kinda tuff...but i managed. after 4 weeks things were getting really nice...then Bam! i started feeling paralyzed through utter lack of motivation. it was hard to get off the floor or the couch...shower...dress up....look presentable...and go to work. it was so so easy on the subs. even after using C all night (i quit H many many years ago...and never used oxys/oxys/k4s or that stuff).
so like subfree...i felt really good not too long after kicking. but i regressed without using any drugs. i'm telling u this b/c its good to know its normal if it happens to you.
you have a truly excellent frame of mind annie. i think it is actually a great thing to say "the worst is past...i am cured". i believe in self fulfilling prophesies...and u r setting yourself up for a great one. well done annie!!!!
Subfree...merchant...are u guys ok? Queenie...as always...i sincerely enjoyed talking to you tonight. SINCERELY. i do evey single time we talk...you are great! really...this is the first time i've been clean since ive been a man...and woman...talking to u is often (almost always) the best part of my day..bar none. tonite was no exception. i think jerry mcquire said it but i'll repeat it: "she makes me want to be a better man". i met her on this site. we dont talk about sex. we talk about recovery and share laughs about silly stuff. she makes me laugh so hard...and i hope everyone can get 1% of what i got through this site. I got to make the coolest friend i ever imagined that i could make online. or in real life.
laughter at this point of my life is priceless. we laugh so much togather. unlike me, Queenie has substantial recovery time. so i also learn from her. its just the best. i'm saying this in a post for 1 reason. i hope someone else on this site can make a great friend like i did. someone who is sharing getting better. it is priceless
Another sleepless night, Sunday no sleep, Mon about 2 hours in 20 minute intervals, last night 2 ambien cr's and 3 hours of restless sleep. Haven't touched the sub since i took .5 mg on Sat. The previous 22 days took a total of 5mg, .5mg every couple days. before that I was on 16mg every other day for 5 years. I have to work 10 to 11 hrs 5 days a week and have not missed any work. I think I may die soon. My body is so weak and tonight I have RLS and haven't tried to go to sleep because I know I can't. My dr. was supposed to call me in a script of clonopin but decided I'd be better off with Lunesta. A misunderstanding between my wife and me tonight and I ended up without the script. The pharmacy is closed now so I'm going to enjoy another sleepless night. I have meetings starting tomorrow @ 8:00 and will probably run till noon. I feel pretty freaked out around other people due to my state which makes it hard. I keep thinking i should turn the corner soon but I'm feeling worse day by day. I'm scared to come home and try to sleep but am to weak to do anyhting else. I'm pretty amazed at what a body can take.
Fun Times
Your a kick in the ass and a real inspiration. You are one who tells it like it is and you are real. I wish everyone well. Be tough everyone. I would rather crash and burn then to give back into this. Somehow i'm going to get thru this even though i tell myself i can't take this anymore several times a day. I tought I was pretty tough with a high pain tolerence and a strong mind but I now know the only way i'm getting thru this is by the grace of God.
Plaininsane...man you have gone from 16mg every other day to .5mg...great fucking job!!!!. Dude...I'm glad you realize that God is carrying you through this thing. There was no way I did it on my own. No way.God carried me through this shit. I KNOW THAT! Shit...this is how i useed to get through work: i'd promise myself every fucking day that i was going home early. Work piled up...i didn't really care. I was kinda like u: "fuck it...this shits killing me anyway...i aint stressing about this job. I'll do my best. If God wants me to keep it...I will. if not...I won't".
I have a professional job. I used to be wired at work (hyperactive...didn't use til after worka). Now i just chill out. people could see the "this fuckers gonna break" look in my eye when i was running on a horrible 2 hours sleep. they left me alone. i told my boss i was quitting xanax...half true...and that it was breaking me. he was supportive...not bragging but i am "in demand" at my work...when i do work...i get shit done other people their cant. when i can muster up energy i work furiously...then take a break.
so daily i would promise myself i would leave early...and i meant it. then when that time came i just said fuck it...and stuck around a little longer...until finally the day was done. NA meetings really helped me keep myself sane, they were and are like decompression chambers after work. i went to over 100 in 90 days all over chicgoland...until i found good ones i like. i usually hit 6 a week...i gave myself one day off to chill.
man...you are gonna turn the corner soon. u took 16mgs every other day for 5 years...i took 8 day for about 4 years...sometimes 12. i wish i had a wife to comfort me a little...it cant hurt. luicky motherfucker. LOL! u can always go lay on the couch or floor to be alone when your legs are kicking. I'd buy Xanax online if i were u...i would. that shit helps u sleep in the begining and takes a serious edge off the anxiety and kicking. it helps u relax.
can you take 1 week off work? tell them you got a bad flu man. that swine flu is freaking people out. i took 2.5 weeks off. of course my desk looked insane with files and paperwork when i got back...but i just did what i could...and gave my body a fucking break.
one day my boss was pisssed at me about some petty bullshit. he was screaming. then yelling. then just mad. finally the guy (good guy) gave up when he realized i hadn't gave a shit about his rant. (i was honestly hoping to get fired i was so fucked up...unemployment checks seemed like a fucking miracle cure). When he was done i told him as calm as can be (which i never was able to before....)
I said: "I'll do my best...i really will. But I need you to understand...this is my job...not my life". he totally respected that. i aint trying to blow smopke up your ass....you really are doing great. and as long as u dont pick shit up. hey 5mgs in over 20 days aint shit and we both know that. not from 8 a day. it aint a race my man. just remember...as long as u keep taking the same or LESS...ur getting clean. dont kill yourself with some dumbas addict "i have to be on zero yesterday shit". your deling with your life. just keep being sensible and u r doing great! And stay hard motherfucker! I'll say a prayer for u tonight. Stay fucking hard!!!!
Fun Times
God is very important in my life. I'm a addict that hardly ever misses church. I pray several times daily. God is number 1 in my life and always has been, I just forgot to turn everything over to him. I always thought I could let him run 80% of my life and I could take care of the rest. My faith and Gods grace will carry me thru. It's midnight here and I tried to lay down for 45 mins. Kicking legs and keeping my wife awake so I'm back up. I'll try to lay down around 4:00 and relax till 6:00 when I have to get ready for work. I would love to take a week off but I run about 70% of our companies work and everything will go to shit. My boss who is the owner is a great boss but I feel like I'll be letting him down. I'm in charge of multi-million dollar projects and if i'm gone it could cost the company greatly. Your work ethic sounds so similar to mine. I always say as soon as 8 hours is up i'm outta there-never happens, some nights its 8 or 9 before I leave. My wife is very supportive of me, been married almost 22 years with 3 girls. Marriage is tough though, I 've put her thru hell and vise versa, many times close to divorce but because of our faith we've fought thru it. We have finally over the past 3 years become very good friends-best friends in fact. I think we've finally made it over the hump in our relationship. Come to think of it marriage is kinda like a ass kickin wd too. Once you get over the hump life is good. Thanks for the prayer-very much appreciated. I will also be saying prayers for you. your certainly helping a lot of people here. Thank you also for all the incentive, you really are helping me fight this. Take care and talk soon.
Fun Times, I want to respond to your last comment because I am truly insulted and let me tell you why... First, I've said this before and I'll say this again....I don't feel that taking a Klonopin and Tramadol 1 time cured me, but the sleep I was allotted allowed me to get the sleep that healed my body. Therefore my symptoms went away. Yes, for a couple of nights afterwards, I recieved small spasms, but I promise it was very minor. Just something I mentioned to the group. Maybe your just stuck on the words "I'm cured" which are words that I just used to make light of the situation.
There are some suboxone users that do not have any withdraw symptoms and some that heal within a few days. We are all different. You may be still experiencing depression, weakness such a few months later and I'm sorry for that but I'm not going to take what you say and think "Oh no, a few months from now I will be doing the same"...we are all diifferent and we should respect those differences on this site. I just think we should be pushing everyone through with the positive.
Merchant, if I inspire you, then thats great. I want nothing more than for you to kick that habit. You may do better than me and I hope you do :)
Plain Insane,
You are truly an inspiration. Your strength is amazing! I can emphasize with the way you feel. I had the exact same thoughts. I know you will get through this. As soon as you get a good nights sleep, your body will heal. Also, I bought Lavender Body Salt at Walmart for achy legs, restlessness, etc. It was 5 bucks and I used it for a hot bath. It really soothed me :)
Plain Insane,
I just reread your posts and wanted to tell you that in my opinion, just quit taking subs all together. You already know what the WDs feels like and if your feeling this bad on .5, then just kicking the habit puts you closer to recovery. Just a thought. Annie
Plain Insane,
I just reread your posts and wanted to tell you that in my opinion, just quit taking subs all together. You already know what the WDs feels like and if your feeling this bad on .5, then just kicking the habit puts you closer to recovery. Just a thought. Anni
annie...you have a knack for beiung truly insulted. and unlike merchant...who i had my differences with...we still wound up chatting with simply b/c i offered/she asked...whicever....but we both cared enough too. you are something else. take the petty few words that rubbed you the wrong way and hold 'em tight. it apparently makes you feel good.hold 'em really fuckin tight. it sounds like you need to.
"Fun Times- nice how you can make poetry out of song lyrics. I used to use that technique with my high school kids-lol" i don't give a shit about that...and i wasn't insulted. im a fucking adult. ohhhh. lol.
lets both choose to forget what i told you: "its great that you are doing as well as you are. it sounds like u r getting better fast, which tells me that you are mentally strong and that you must have a great mind set. keep it up lady. i'm very proud of you." and
"you have a truly excellent frame of mind annie. i think it is actually a great thing to say "the worst is past...i am cured". i believe in self fulfilling prophesies...and u r setting yourself up for a great one. well done annie!!!!"
b/c they aren't helping you feel angry, they were nice words of encouragenment:
you took "so like subfree...i felt really good not too long after kicking. but i regressed without using any drugs. i'm telling u this b/c its good to know its normal if it happens to you."
to mean this:
You may be still experiencing depression, weakness such a few months later and I'm sorry for that but I'm not going to take what you say and think "Oh no, a few months from now I will be doing the same".
how u sounding? like a scared woman..and thats fine. like an insulted woman...despite the kind words. i know people like you...i dont talk to them either.
"Fun Times- nice how you can make poetry out of song lyrics. I used to use that technique with my high school kids-lol"
you're very trite. and your secret job that nobody would believe sounds like the genuiinely lesat impressive thing ive heard of. your not practicing medicine, law, runnining multi-million dollar projects, a student in the army...your a fuckin high school teacher. wow. we wouldn't believe that. its wayyyy beyond us. whatever.
plaininsane...my man. Man you sound cool. I make it to church too. I told sexy queenie how happy i was that i had my first clean Easter in at least 20 years. I don't know ur faith...but Easter is the big deal for Christians...which if u r one...u obviously know. That was so cool. I went to a meeting in the morning, church later, and actually showed up at "Easter with the family" which rocked. People were looking at me so curiously...like i was a ghost. I didn't make family events in a few years. It felt great. I reconnected with my sister, niece and nephew, and her cool husband. I was great when they were born but addiction just started isolating me. I stayed so late i almost crashed there.
I know how that work deal goes. I know how those 7 to 8 om days go. What can you do? Just keep doing something... I realized that I could honestly work all weekend alone (with no questions/meetings/distractions) and i still would have work to do. I put it all in God's hands, prioratize as best i can, and do what i can. so far...so good.
I really really want you to know that it gets better brother. After 3 almost 4 months...work is getting cool again. Im 100% at least 90% of the time. Before I was 70% half the time. My boss owns our company too. They both built these companies (ive known my boss for 25 years..when he had nothing. fate, and his cool nature, allowed me to have a great job with him). Sounds like your boss appreciates and recognizes how vital u are (and thats not bragging...some things are just true...i believe u 100%), and so he knows that "i need plaininsane. if he's a little off...it's cool. he'll get better". our bosses own our companies b/c of their good judgment.
its nice to have a guy on this site. the women (most) are great. but i like hearing a guys point of view. and its super cool to hear that your a God loving and faithful guy too. Becaue so am I.
Take care man. truly...it only gets better. u know the serenity prayer. live it as best u can. peace.
Foreverannie
I haven't touched a sub in 5 days and will not. Even though i'm sick as hell and haven't slept 5hrs in the last 3 nights my adreniline is kicking in. I'm actually getting some pretty heavy adreniline rushes now. I will not give into the beast!!
Fun Times
Thanks for everything. I am a christian and Easter and Christmas are important to me. If jesus didn't beat death then our lives are pretty worthless and I would continue down the road of destrution till it killed me. I actually got about a hour of sleep last night. I made it to my 8:00 a.m. meeting but then called in and said I was going home for the day. I think my boss understansds when he is receiving emails from me at 1:00 in the morning discussing work. If I can get some sleep tonight I'll be able to make it thru tomorrow and then I'll have a couple days to rest. I just took a valium and hopefully I can crash a little while. You have given me what it takes to say no way to anymore subs. I'm starting to feel invincible and I know what to expect in the furture. If this will start getting a little better I can kick its ass. I've made it this far and i can't see it getting any worse. even if i improve a couple % a day I can manage. If I felt 25% better now it would feel like a 100%.
I'm starting to believe pain is my friend. It's almost a much better feeling than being numb. At least now I'm expressing emotion to my family. One of my co-workers said to me yesterday, "your not such a hard ass lately, you've mellowed, what's up with that" That pretty much proves that when i was on subs i was a different person.
Lyrics from a song by Days of the New. It kinda fits don't you think.
Alone with pain, I thought I'd made a friendWhy do you leave now is that what you've plannedWait your turn it's a long time before you'll breatheStay under water and tell me are you free
Cannot complain the pain will stay here for todayit seems to stayCannot complain the pain will stayCannot complain
I want to be there for you You can't seem to take this rideI want to be there for you now
You're not a shoulder if i'm the one to leanAs I see your red side when you always bleedWorld is a pea no it don't revolve around meIf anything I revolve around the world
Cannot complain the pain will stay here for todayit seems to stayCannot complain the pain will stayCannot complain
Talk soon!
Nice song. If you read my earlier posts you'll see i was burning myself in the shower (my pain receptors were dead)...i hit myself with a sturdy stick...i tried punching myself (and begging friends to join in) just to feel some pain. Man...i know what numb is like. I cannot take a scalding shower now. it hurts. before...it didnt at all. and i took long hot showers that would burn my skin today. those were strange days.
as for the people at work...i swear...everyone is so much cooler to me now. my job isn't like this website. there's no swearing and i work with enough women that i have to really watch out that i don't say ANYTHING that they will take the wrong way about ANYTHING (work stuff...not flirting shit...they know i don't do that).
but since ive kicked and felt numb and felt pain (it wasn't hell but it wasn't fun)...ive mellowed alot at work. trivial shit doesn't phase me anymore. i dont have the energy to be angry. or the desire. i really don't.
one day i was getting ready for work...fixing my hair...picking the right shirt (been skipping ties lately) and i was really trying to look sharp for work. and it hit me. nobody cares what shirt i wear. this girls getting a divorce, this guys kid is on drugs, this guys wife is sick...i realized that the world doesn't revolve around me. i was like a kid sitting home sick from school...thinking b/c i wasn't there...school must have been called off. it couldn't go on without me....right? now i'm starting to becaome an adult. its about time.
i forgot to say- Congratulations plaininsane. You're gonna make this. and everyday will get better. There may be an occassional ruff day or two...but not for awhile. maybe never. from where your at now..it ONLY gets better for a while. wait til another week passes. you'll feel like superman. take care man.
That's the fucking spirit Plaininsane... that's how you gotta be... Fun Times, thanks for asking about me... you and Annie play nice... Y'all, I'm really worried about Merchant... do you think she caved? Are you out there girl? I had a really rough day yesterday.... and only slept about three hours last night - feel like I'm going backwards... but fuck it, I'll be ok... Fun Times, I totally hear what you're saying about family... I guess everyone gets isolated when they're an addict... fucking sucks... I am lucky to have my parents, grandparents, and even great grandparents - brother and sister... I miss them all.... need to start spending more time with them... I, also, have really come to care for everyone on here.... FOR ANYONE OUT THERE THINKING ABOUT QUITTING SUBS or whatever... it really does feel good to be free of this shit... clean... drugs and alcohol have been part of my life for the past 10 years, and it's just taking time for my brain to heal... and I'm just going with it in the mean time... I honestly don't know how I could ever repay Queenie, Fun Times, and everyone else that has helped me through this... the closest NA meetings are over an hour away from me (yeah, I live waaaaay out) so this site really is my therapy... Thanks guys...
No luck with the valium, although I feel a little wobbly everytime i lie down within 20 mins those creepy crawly feelings take over and keep me from sleeping. I have to get up. My stomach feels like its tied in knots also and nausea comes and goes. I just said with tears in my eyes "Is that all you got f-kin bring it on your not going to break me" This really helps being able to talk with people here. My wife is picking up the script of lunesta later today so I'll wait till 9 or 10 to take it and maybe it'll get me 6 hrs of sleep which would be a first in over 3 weeks. Does anyone recall how long the restlessness has been lasting. Thats one of the main reasons i cannot sleep. At 3:00 a.m. this morning i finally dosed off i can even remember dreaming then all of a sudden the restless body wakes me up and i look at the clock and it's 3:34 a.m. That was about it for my sleep for the night. Take care everyone and remember gain strength from all the positive attitudes here. This will pass and you will all be much stronger with more character.
Fun Times
I can handle an occasional rough day as long as i have a couple good days before it. When i was heavy into the oxy's and soma I often told myself i was quitting. I would go thru 2 days of severe wd's then give in. This time i'm on day 23 and this to me has been far worse because of the duration. I could never waste 23 days of this awe inspiring pain to go back to subs. You mentioned the swine flu earlier in one of your posts and that made me think-am i more vunerable to pick it up now. They closed a school witin 15 miles of my house because one of the kids had it. Well if I did get it i'd kick it's ass too. I know i have a strong immune system cause i only get a cold about once every 3 years and its been at least 10 years since i had the flu. Talk soon.
plaininsane...i gotta say...u r going at this like one bad motherfucker. i sincerely respect that. tis site is one of the few places i can let loose and say "fuck all that...i gotta get on with this", and not offend more than one or two people a day ;) honestly...i remember those fuckin 34 minute nite sleeps. and i said the same thing you are saying...FUCK YOU...THIS KICK AINT SHIT. now we both know not sleeping isnt that cool. there was one benefit for me: when i woke up after a short nap...MOTHERFUCKER I WAS COLD. ive said this probably half a dozen times...but really...I WAS FROZEN TO THE FUCKING MARROW FOR AWHILE AFTER WAKING UP FROM A NAP...FUCK AN HONEST 2 HOUR NITE SLEEP...THAT WAS TERRIFYING SHIT. sometimes i had so little energy and motivation i was like fucking paralyzed. no circulation. that was kinda ruff...but u know...what are u gonna do.
just keep being a hard motherfucker. fuck...i honestly wish you could get some elavil or syraquil. the dr. would give u elavil for back pain...its like a muscle relaxer and anti depressant. i know...strange. i dont advocate using drugs illicitly. it the dr. prescribes it...u will sleep with some elavil. pretty easy to get. makes lunesta look like a sugar pill. that shit is lites out my friend...and i know what its like to not sleep at all for 3 days in a row. u can use some sleep plaininsane. maybe try for elavil. no more restless legs. think horse tranquillizer. wake up fresh.
anyway...this shit aint nothing but a thang. it aint outlasting you my man.
Fun Times
Yeah i took elavil years ago for depression, your right it would really put me out. I also took a drug called remeron for a month or so, but I could sleep for 20 hrs everyday while on it + I would have these nightmares and also bite my tongue everynight and hard enough that I would wake up with a mouth full of blood. i had to stop or I wasn't going to be able to work. I'm going to try the lunesta tonight and if it doesn't work I'll call the Dr. tomorrow and have im give me some elavil. I just need to get thru one day of work and then i can kick it for 2 days. At that point I could care less if I sleep on the weekend at least I know I don't have to get up and work and God willing i'll be feeling better by Monday. Hey are you a Blackhawks fan? I'm originally from Michigan and a die hard Redwing fan. I played hockey here in CA till I was 40. I'm actually skating again and going to get on a over 35 league in the fall. We could be seeing you in the conference finals. Watching a hockey game also gives me some peace and take smy mind off the pain. You are right this shit aint outlasting me. When I'm finally over the worst of it i'm gone to consider myself one of the baddest mofo's out there. (at least in my mind) I definately will also want to help other souls defeat this beast!!!
Plaininsane
i remeber using elavil for years. at my worst i took 300mgs AS SOON AS I WOKE UP, TO FACE THE DAY. thats fucked up. back when i took it to sleep and quit...the nightmares were fucking fierce. man. i read the side-effects. they called that shit nite terror. i found out why. that remeron sounds pretty fucking strong. some lunatic gve me some capsules called geodon. this is the only drug i have been too afraid to take. really. these capsules look like poison.
Honstley...after we traded Roenick i said fuck the Hawks. Im glad their playing well...BUT MY MOTHERFUCKING BULLS GOTTA WIN TONITE MY MAN!
Talk soon. STAY HARD!
Fun Tmes
Last I looked they were doing it. There up with 2 mins left. Every game they've played with the celts has went to the wire. Pistons are on a down turn now. But I've seen them play really well for several years, although that group is going down as under achievers. Time to rebuild, on the other hand the Bulls are definately up and coming. Good Luck!!
Fun times
Way to go Bulls. 3 OT's. They got to be tough in Boston or it will be over. As close as the games have been Chi-town should have great confidence knowing they already beat them there once. GOOD LUCK!!! Took the lunesta 1.5 hours back then laid down 30 mins. ago. Feels just like I snorted a bag of crank. don't think this shit gonna work and its going to be another long night. How long did it take bfore your started to get 4 to 6 hrs of sleep a night? Sleep has always been an important thing for me. I need to be at work at 7:00a.m. and during hunting season I'm often leaving my house at 3:00 a.m. to drive close to 2 hours where I duck hunt. Last year went to Montana elk hunting. Drove 1181 miles in 14 hrs. Talk about making time. I got on I-80 and set the cruise at 92 mph and sailed for hours on end. Had a great time there. What a beautiful State with yellowstone park and all.
Well it's almost midnight and my lunesta is working well. I might of been blastin some coke. Work is going to kill me tomorrow but i'm going and will get thru the day. Hope everyone else is doing well. this could be my forth night in a row of less than 2 hrs of sleep. I think i'm headed next year to get a job on "The Deadliest Catch" I can hang with those guys putting 30 + hours in with no sleep. Sweet dreams everyone!!! tick tock, tick tock, tick tock, tick tock. Funny thing is i don't have any cravings for the subs, just a little shut eye.
subfreechikadee, foreverannie, queenie & merchantofdeath
Hope all is well with you gals.
Plaininsane
3 fucking overtimes!!! Ding-a ling muthefucker...I hope my boys roll hard down in Boston. My advice to the Bulls...let Rose go to the fucking hole...make him. and make Tyrus Thomas sit down with Dennis Rodman for an hour and learn how to be a man! Fuck...i saw tyrus leap over the fucking backboard! really, this mutherfucker has springs. why cant he man up already?!?
I gotta say...that is some hilarious shit. took lunesta ...might as well have snorted some crank. Laugh out fuckin Loud! thats a fuckin classic!!!! Hey man...were all opiate addicts here. we live to fuckin sleep. take a hot shower man. clear your head. get some elavil. it took me about 3 weeks to get 4 hours a night.
Sounds like you did some cool shit. My dad used to hunt ducks here in Illinois. I happy when the salmon roll in ;) You'll be cool man. wait til this weekend comes. your body will quit pumping all the adrenaline due to work and anxiety, and u'll crash like a king.
take care.
Fun Times
Just getting to leave for work. Actually took another Lunesta around midnight. got 3 to 4 hrs of sleep, broken up but at least my wife said she heard me snoring for awhile. Definately feel a little more energy this morning other than the wobbles from the lunesta that still hasn't cleared my body. Anyways off to work I go. Have a great day and we'll talk tonight.
lucky dog. good for you man. i know if you were into opiates and Soma...you loved your sleep man. i am VERY gald u got some. I am suprised Lunesta worked. pleasantly suprised. that is great fucking news. see u go from being all cranked up to given 4 hours of sleep.
beats 34 minutes don't it ;) just give your 20%. God has the rest.
FYI: Mutherfucker it's FRIDAY!!!!! Have Fun!!!! or just chill ;) Talk soon.
Day 25, Made it thru work, actually had my best day in the last 2 weeks. Still tired from getting a total of about 5 hrs of sleep this week but, I got two days to rest. If I can't sleep tonight i could care less, don't have to work tomorrow or sunday. Just watched my Wings beat the Ducks and that was great. Everyone have a great weekend and be tough!!
Fun Times
Good luck to the bulls. I actually despise the Celtics. Kick their asses and have a great weekend. I honestly think I'm finally making the turn. I know there will still be many bad days to come but if i have a good day in between then it gives me the energy to fight thru it. I'm starting to feel like steel, although it still hurts and plays on my mind I know I can kick its ass. After all if God's with us who can mess with us. It's like David slaying Goliath. Nobody messes with God's children.
Plaininsane
I'm really pulling for you man. I may repeat some things i posted weeks ago, but thats cool: for one...i don't expect we'll ever meet. yet i still really care that you get well. i really like you man. you are very God centered, and i myself truly appreciate that. i know David v. Goliath isn't esoteric...but its a perfect analogy. i'm glad you're here man.
i doubt you're Catholic...i was raised Catholic. i consider myself simply Christian today. i'm not blind to 'bad stuff' that happened in Catholicism, and i dont adhere to all its tenets. but i am proud i went to a Catholic/Christian garmmar school, high school, university, and law school. they taught middle eastern religion at the university..but obviously they taught Christinaity mostly (in theology of course), but they never taught Catholicism. i was an altar boy for the current Cardinal (Francis George) in the biggest archdiocese in America...when he was just a starting out as a priest. he was cool. wow time flies.
its amazing we can be cool about sports. detroit and chicago. we've had a rivalry or two ;) yeah...fuck boston. they bought a team last year. big deal. shit...they were never the bulls or pistons...even back in their white men cant jump larry bird days. lol.
u know people come and go on this site. i stay on and stay clean, and help anyone i can. people helped me a lot. Queenie more than anyone. i just got off the phone with her. she's an incredibly inspiring person. she has a gift, she's really hot too;)
i'm gald your here buddy. please stick around. its makes me feel better just hearing from you. this is the first time ive really been clean since i was a grown man...so i appreciate any help i get.
congratulations on making it through work. i have a very good idea of the intensity and diligence your job requires. you really kicked as this week by toughing it out and staying hard. very well done man.
by the way...i have this theory. one of my prayers now is worth more than 17 years of junkie prayers combined. i believe that. i'll pray for both of us, Queenie, and everyone trying to recover. God Bless you bro.
Fun Times
Actually was raised babtist but my wife was raised catholic. Dosen't really matter as long as you know where your heart is with God. I'm the typ of person that gets along with anyone. I take people at face value. I'm definately staying on this site even after I feel I've got this thing put behind me. I want to help others to get thru this. It's great talking with you because as i stated before "Your Real" and also brutally honest. Thats an admiring quality. just because we may never see each other doen't mean we cant continue talking here. Who knows some day when i'm passing thru to Michigan we could meet. I own 74 acres in a town called Gladwin Mi. and thats where i plan on building my home and retiring at. I was fortunate to buy a home here in 89 and although $190,000 seemes like a lot of money I sold it 10 years later for $384,000 put that money into a bigger house and even with the recession this house is still worth $650,000. If things turn around in the next few years it'll jump back up to around $850,000 which it was at a couple years back. I love your theory and will be praying for you also along with the others here. Glad that Queenies been such a great friend and help to you. Doesn't hurt that she's a hottie too. You always wonder what people you talk to look like and when you meet them your hardly ever right. Here's a picture of me so to speak. 5' 10', 179lbs graying brown hair, bluish green eye's depending on what I wear. Since I was a teenager i've literally had 1000's of people tell me I look like a young Paul Newmen- Probably a ugly one. But I have had my share of beautiful women. To bad it took me so long to learn how to treat them. Well I think i'm there with my wife now anyways. She seems to think i'm pretty special and of course so do my 3 girls. I know god has me here for a reason because if not i'd surely have been dead by now. I was always the one in the goup that would try anything and do anything anyone dared me to do. I did some pretty messed up things when was younger and could of landed myself behind bars or 6 feet under. i'm sure god has a plan for my life and also for all of us here. we'll its 1:18 a.m. and im going to try and get some sleep. I actually feel like i can sleep tonight. If not i'll get up and let you no otherwise I'll talk to you tomorrow. Take care and God bless.
Plain Insain/Fun Times alter ego- your not fooling anyone. I just wanted to pop in to let you know that you are crazy if you think that it's not obvious that your the same person. Keep your game going, it must be a Fun Time for you. I will not be replying to any of your comments anymore.
I guess being an dumb English Teacher must have just taught me one thing- how to compare similiar phrasing, grammatical errors, and narcassism.
Plainsinsane
wake up man....you gotta read this post above. u cant buy this shit. tell me i was wrong about her. dont tell her anything...she'll think it was me. laugh out fucking out! UNREAL!
Really man..i know its not right...but that shit just made my morning. (i slept late).
Annie-you are a terrible fucking teacher...and a screwed up lady. i know...you cant help it. parananoia will destroya woman. already has.
PS. Annie...you cant spell very well. that cant be good for a teacher. i may make typos...but at least i know it and can spell. lol.
Fun Times
If I am your alter ego, what a mind we must have. I live in CA. and you in Chi-town. I don't care anyway, you have been great help to me and I'll continue posting here. BTW, I slept from about 1:30 a.m. till 8:30 a.m. this morning. You can imagine my delight when I woke up I had tears in my eyes I was so happy. I actually am feeling much better so far today. Maybe i'm finally turning the corner a little. The last sub I took was last Sat. and it was a .5mg crumb. Well now we can carry on conversations between our alter egos and we won't be fooling anyone. That's really sad she believes that because she was inspiring me also and now she doesn't even believe there is a me. "Bulls Baby" fiinish it tonight!!! Good luck Bro!
Plaininsane
7 hours sleep. God that is great news. I am VERY glad to hear that. You seem to be geeting better bigtime, and i know u had a hard kick, shit we all did, and i when i hear someone has turned the corner on this motherfucker...it just makes me feel good.
You know plaininsane, i actually do care that some people might get help, even a tiny bit, frome this site. and when someone says
"Fun Times:
Good Luck to you,you may not realizethat you really helped me a couple of days ago. It was nice to have someone that understands what I was going through. You are truly gifted in helping others and I really hope you at least check in daily :0"
that means alot to me. plianinsane...i have alot of days off subs..but it is helping me that you are here. it really is. we can tlak about kicking, God, sports, work, anything...but knowing that we are both coming rom a certain place (a couple guys who are getting clean for the first time in at least a decade) gives us something to truly relate to each other about.
you're right. i shouldn't care and don't care either about infantile stuff. i wasn't that upset, but c'mon...this site has been important to my recovery, yours, and others. so it does matter a bit to me. i have to be honest...i was dissapointed...because i hope a couple people (mechantofdeath and subfree) who i was really pulling for didn't somehow get turned off by this person and their brilliant idea on this site or any other, (man/woman..who knows what annie is, addict/bullshitter...who knows...for the first time it occurred to me that people might just be sick and trying to sabotage others, that is dissaointing)....like u said..i cant care, b/c i cant do anything about it.
Bull's baby. How about a Bulls Lakers Finals ;) that would be cool (if u like the Lakers). Incidentally...i don't think we look that different, just as an fyi type thing. Paul Newman really couldnt be called ugly. lol. Cool Hand Luke is one of my all time favorite films. when i was going through a ruff part of my kick, i actually thought of him. instead of complaining I sat back and told myself "every once in awhile i get a pretty cool hand". take care bro. go Bulls!
Fun Times
Ah, the egg eating contest!!! What a classic movie. One of the greats. I'm here for you anyday anytime. I'm always checking for posts. I sure hope the other gals are all o.k. Haven't heard from any of them lately. Love to see the bulls get to the finals. love to see them kick the Cavs asses. LeBron just gets to many calls. He drives, nobody touches him and yet he gets the call. That SUCKS!! Not a laker fan though. I'm a die hard Michigan sports fan even with the hapless Lions. Sad how they ruined Barry Sanders. If he'd have been on any other team he'd of won a SB. Keep being you, thats how God made you. Your intellgent, witty and you have went thru hell and you have awesome painful experiences to share which will only make the people you touch stronger, if not those people are not yet ready to face their DEMONS!!! I'm finally kickin this shit-1. Because i know that is where my faith takes me and 2. because i can finally say I want this. It may be selfish but until i was ready to do it for me it just wasn't going to work. Talk later GO BULLS!!!!!!
BTW, this morning my wife called me her little Mexican jumpin Bean. Laughed my ass off. She had to take a sleeping pill last night just to get a good nights sleep due to my kickin it all night long for the last 3 weeks.
Fun Times
Sorry to see the Bulls lose. I know how heartbreaking that can be. they're only going to get better with the talent they have though. They'll be back to the top soon. Had a fairly good day. Started draggin ass in the afternoon though. hopefully i'll get some sleep again tonight. Stay strong and i'll talk to you soon.
the young bulls tried. Rose and Tyrus have alot of potential, gordon and salomon are tight...they'll improve. really...after having the joradn era teams w/6 championships...im not greedy. rodman, piipen, kukoc and even kerr too...it aint getting that good again.
Lebron is a player...so is Kobe...but i watched jordan play 82 regular season games a year..plus playoffs. nuff said. dumars wa the only cat i ever saw guard him well..and that was mjs prime.
i hear u about Barry. thats how i felt about Walter Payton. yeah....the 85 Bears were insane (noonoe's ever gonna make me believe there has been a better defense)...but payton played so many years with no offensive line, quarterback, or game plan...other than handoff payton.
it made me sick seeing Barry have to start every play 4 yards BEHIND the line of scrimmage every fuckin play, running and spinning for his life just to get to the line. hey, we both know if Barry played for emmit smiths cowboys...they would be measuring his gains in miles not yards. its VERY HARD for me to say this: but Barry had moves that Payton didn't. and Payton was a great all around player...but he lacked break away speed. otherwise u could measure his gains in miles. on a bright note-this is the first time in the Bears history they have a quarterback. honestly. i'm not counting that one year eric kramer threw for 4000 yards. mcmahon was not a great qb. but its the bears. they got rid of bernard berriman last year...so we can now play on a 20 yard field with the safetys up....instead of streching it 80 yards and having options.
we'll see...at least the hawks are still in it. redwings ae like the old bulls...if they never win again...you've been lucky. im not a spoiled yankee fan. i dislike new york..as a rule..a lot. most chicagoans do..i hope.
as far as the kick goes...lets help each other. we both know its no fun...but it aint supposed to be. once u accept that...its simple. you have pain coming...maybe discomfort...and u wait abit and it goes away. mine is gone. now i just getting used to living life clean...i really do like this girl queenie...i wish she lived closer...but i wouldnt trdae talking to her for the world. u know...i enjoy talking to her more than ANY girl ive ever known...and we've never even met. God puts the right people in our lives when we need them. I bet your wife is already so proud of you. and i bet your marriage is really going to hit a new stride and be better than ever, as will your life...now that your mind has a layer of "numbness: removed rom it and u aren't living to work then sleep. right? hey...take care man. talk soon. thanks for checkin in and talking. i appreciate it alot. clean living is new...but i'm really liking it.
Fun Times
if I'm correct she lives in florida? You should hop a plane down there for a couple days and meet her face to face. Can't cost that much out of O'hare. That is if she'd agree with it. I'm assuming you've talked with her on the phone several times. I've been telling my wife i would take her to Florida the last couple years and haven't got around to it. When I was 18 my neighbors had a shrmp boat out of Benita Springs The kids were shrimpers among other items they brought back on their boat. My friend and his father and myself drove down from MI. to pick up a load of shrimp to sell where we lived. I just went along for the ride. We left a 7:00 a.m and drank straight JD till 4:00 a.m. the next morning taking turns driving. At 4:00 I was driving and we were somewhere in Georgia, I couldn't see the road anymore due to double vision so i pulled of the side of the road. About 6:00 a.m. the sun started rising and the old mangot out of the back of the truck. I had parked in this red slime clay and we were stuck. He was pissed and threw a right hook to my check, still being quite drunk I told him if you ever do that again I'll knock your f-in head off. He was a trucker by trade so he had a CB and he radioed a trucker and in no time we were back on the road. We did have a great time while we were there though. Jakes going to be a great QB for you as long as your line protects him. The dude has a cannon on him. i was really hoping Detroit would get him but I doubt to many good players would really want to go there until they can prove they can protect a QB. Talk later.
cool story. i'll visit her..we kinda planned something. i notice u didnt comment on ur wife. lol. fun times! she has to b great to put up with u. really.
anyway. Wings 1...Ducks zero!
Fun Times
The wings are looking shaky. End of period one. My wife is great and has put up with alot of my BS. But remember it takes two!!
Right after we had our 3rd child 1996 my wife was diagnosed with non-hodgkins lymphoma. The next year was hell. 7 months of chemo and 3 months of radiation. 13 years later and shes doing great. She plays basketball in a league everyweek. 2 months ago her baby brother (39 yrs) old is diagnosed with the same thing only his is at stage 3. He's thru 2 chemo's now and he's doing great. they say its not hereditary but I have a hard time believeing that. slept about 6 good hours last night but feel pretty shitty today. i'm definately better then I have been though, think its cause of the sleep. tonight is what scares me cause of work tomorrow. Well going to watch the rest of the game. Talk later.
New here.... Figured it was my crack at some bad advice, spelling, grammar, punctuation, and a fuck load of run on sentences. ahhhhh.
Now then.
I will be brief and spare everyone all the war stories we've heard time and time again. I'm 33 Male. Live right outside of Baltimore, home of the drive thru dope streets. started young. 15, weed, acid, whippets, shrooms, molly. 21 became an overnight alcoholic and addicted to any form of pain medicine. 23... Full blown Heroin addict. Snortin about $40 a day. few months later, IV use. Thats all she wrote once I stuck that needle in my arm. my $40 aday habbit quickly became $100 a day habit. lucky for me I was a some what functioning addict. I Bartended and made decent money and the nights that people didn't tip right, WHICH IS %20 for all you cheep assholes who came into my bar, sat all night askin, "YO!~ Day aint nuff licker en her!" so you make their drink stronger and they leave you SHIT! (anyone who has waited or bartended Knows exactly what I'm talking about!) shit..... I didn't mean to go there......Basically if I knew I had some shady Canadians or foreigners I would scam the fuck out that bar until I had enough money for my dope, and whatever the fuck I wanted that night.
This might not be the best advice to give but I will tell you this. IT FUCKING WORKED AND IT WAS AWESOME! I knew I had to get off dope, Heroin. The 1st time I detoxed off dope was a breeze. I know what you all are thinking...... I'm full of shit, this is BS..... blah blah blahh. Luckily for me I didn't limit myself to opiates I loved KETAMINE! I beat about %90 of all opiate withdrawal with steady injections, IM. I went through about a 10ml bottle a day over the coarse of a week and came out on top and with a different, yet somewhat twisted, look on life.
I said no war stories and check me out.... war stories....
anyways. I got back on dope for another 4 year bender this time my K hook up was Locked up...... oh the tangled webs we weave. I had to quit dope... I HAD TO! Checked into A treatment center, The Hope House" HA! the only "hope" I got was three new solid dope connects. anyways.... They didn't have suboxone, or Ketamine (lol), when I was there. They gave me clonodine, Blood Pressure meds to help cope with the withdrawals.... HA! BS! they gave me flexeril for achy mussels and a slew of other crap that really didn't do shit for me other than make me feel worse then I was already feeling. 30 days finally out of rehab.
2 days after getting out of rehab I was back on Heroin. Fuck me! Writing this down just seams to pathetic...... anyways. During my last bender of heroin, I thought maybe if I can get away from Baltimore maybe, just maybe I could beat it, even though everything I learned in rehab says it wouldn't work.
I move to Danville Virginia.... YEEE FUCKIN HA! Their was NOTHING to do there except smoke crack with my supposed clean sister who was took me under her wing. The only people I knew there was my crackhead sister and all her crackhead friends.... once I finally got over the last of the heroin withdrawals I got a job at Outback Steak house" Let me stop......
Are you seeing a pattern here, and I'm not talking about the shit spelling, another fucking restaurant job. WHY!?
I Probably don't even need to tell you what happens outback at the Outback. I don't know how it happened but I managed to squeeze in a GF through all this and turned her into a full blown heroin addict in just a short month. We would pull our money drive 7 hours to Baltimore to get GOOD dope, risking getting ripped off or popped by the cops than turn right back around and drive another 7 hours, 9 if your dumbass gets caught in rush hour traffic, back to Danville, Virginia. Lets wrap this up.....
Said GF gets pregnant, I kind of had an epiphany, and I got arrest twice one thrown out of my car at busy ass gas station in the middle of the ghetto in Bmore, they literally stripped off EVERY piece of clothing,handcuffed me and laid me down on the side off the road, during rush hour, face first. They ransacked my car and found nothing, You all know why they didn't find anything........ That's where my bottom, lol, Rock bottom happened. I'm reliving it all over again ........... My bottom was when I grabbed 6 $20 vials out of my..... Bottom and did them one by one by one by one by one by one...... wow......
My GF had no intentions on quitting since she was A LOT younger than myself. Pregnant..... What the hell was I going to to with a baby, a heroin addict GF, and me and my fucked up situation.
We, Pregnant GF and ME, move in to my parents house, came clean with them with most of whats going on and asked for help. I really. REALLY wanted it. Something ate away at me when I found out that I was going to be a father. Once we moved in their was no more heroin for me. The detox was something I can't even put into words, however, you probably all know ohhh to well. The worst part for me was the psychological part, yeah the aches and insomnia, barfing and shitting bile like acid every 15 min was bad, but the psych..... about day 5 of no heroin I go to suboxone, been on it now for close to 4 years..... I tapered down from 3 8mg a day to 2 1/2 8mgs a day for 3 weeks to 2 8mg a day for 3 weeks to 1 1/2 8mg for 3 weeks to 1 8mg for 3 weeks. After 1 8mg for 3 weeks I went to 3/4 for 2 weeks then 1/2 8mg for 2 weeks.
I felt NO withdrawal until the last day on 1/2 8mg. I still don't get it. I felt fine all the other 13 days at just a 1/2 8mg, why withdrawal now? For the next 5 days my withdrawal got worse, not as bad as dope but I felt like shit.
I had 2 8mg pills left. I chopped up 1 into 4 quarters, leaving me 4 2mg and 1 8mg and finito!! I took a 1/4 for four days until I was left with my last 8mg pill. Fuck it. I took the whole 8mg for my last day. Figured I could get in a full day of spinnin records without shittin myself in the middle of a fat double drop!
It's funny because I am now on day 5 and this has got to be the weakest ass withdrawal I've ever experienced. My Psych prescribed me 100mg of seroquel, for sleep which works okay. Ive tried them all. 3mg lunesta 10 mg ambien, 12.5 AmbienCR, 100mg Trazadone, melatonin BS. Seroquel is mainly used to treat people with schizophrenia and Bipolar disorder, however, it is also used as an alternative sleep aid. My doctor also prescribed me Klonopin. He prescribed it take 2 .5mg twice daily, a total of 2mg of benzodiazapam, which I also used to be addict to at one stage in my live only it was Ativan.
Now remember I'm only on day 5, fuck it in 4 hours it will be day 6,
make that day 6 and on a scale of 1 - 10. 1 being completely normal no dependency, er Human. and 10 being curled around a toilet lying in your own vomit and diarrhea looking like leo from BB diaries. I would have to say I am a 1.5 not even a 2. I can't explain it... don't get me wrong I get a wave or 3 throughout the day that puts that 1.5 to maybe a 3 but this whole Suboxone withdrawal is HORRIBLE thing is just not true.
My doctor said said the 1st day with no suboxone wont be that bad, however, with every passing day it will slowly get worse and worse untill about the 1 week mark and then you'll feel your worst for that week. On day 14 your body should slowly ascend back to normal just as quickly as it went from normal to
Seroquilt Klonaman
Buddy, the worst may be on the way although I hope not. I was on 16mg of sub everyother day for 5 years. When i decided to jump I said f-it i'm done. The first 5 days I had no w/d symtoms at all. I thought I was superman. Day 6 started feeling bad, that was 26 days ago and I've suffered severly since then all while still working 10 hrs a day. 3 weeks of no more than 2 hrs of broken sleep a night and several nights with absolutely no sleep. 25mg of ambien cr and might as well snorted a bag of C. No sleep whatsoever. The last 2 nights with a combo of valium and lunesta and i've got 5 to 7 hrs. The kicking legs, yawns, sneezes, creepy crawlys all over the entire body, notted stomach and taking everything you have just to get your ass of the floor. Hopefully your body is different but I wouldn't think your out of the woods just yet. i've went thru opiate w/ds many times in my life and have never experienced anything close to the awesome pain i'm going thru now. It seem to linger for months. hang in there and hopefully you won't experience the same thing the majority of us here did. Good luck and be strong.
Oh yeah and damn dude....
subfree- you know lady...i care about some people on this site. u r one of them, i just want u to know that...and hopefully say hi once in awhile so i know how u r doing.
i hope u r ell. i really do. (remember...it was me that kinda said "welcome to the 'group'....we're glad u are here when u felt a little left out. i hope u let us know how u are doing, even if its one sentence. we're here to help each other. i need help too. now that u've been clean...i hope u stil stick around like me).
take care subfree. say hi to hubby, from a concerned online 'friend', whi has gone through and is going through the same stuff as you. be good.
plaininsane: hope work is going cool buddy. i meant to post to u earlier...but i wanted to give it some attention, b/c i was reading about what your wife went through, and it hit me kinda hard. i do wanna give u my opinion abiout something: worry about work when you are there. remember the serenity prayer. worrying about the future can be viewed as a lack of faith in God...although i'm not saying that is the case with you. i am saying that worrying about how things might be "bad' tommorrow never helps me. its a cliche', but i am trying to live one day at a time. i cannot affect my actions tommorrow, today. so i don't try. i can't change what will happen tommorrow, today (other than preparing the best i can), so i don't get my mind worked up about it. tommorrow will come soo enough. i just let it be.
Addiction may be a disease. ill speak for myself..i used for fun (until the drugs used me for fun). it makes me 'reassess' things when i hear stories like your wife's. she had a real disease. there was no impulse for fun with complete disregard to her health and the feelings of others...the total self-centeredness which is addiction, when she became very ill. and she had to face chemotherapy. that really makes me think about just what an arrogant asshole i was. good, honest people faced horrors...and i was a kid (supposed to be a man) just fucking around oblivious to anyone's cares but my own. and everyone's pain...which they didnt cause, and had to live with. it makes me a bit disgusted with myself...but that was the past. i'll let it be, and just keep trying to never act like that again, whether its about drugs or life in general.
even in my addiction i was ( and am really so now) very caring toward others. with one understanding: in my active addiction i was caring and nice and very considerate of others: AFTER I GOT MY DRUGS IN ME. before that...fuck everyone.
it is such a nice thing to care about people, without any kind of twisted 'understanding'. i dont need to be high to try to help someone...if i can. it feels so good to help someone. that is a beter high then drugs to me. i feel good...not 'dirty'. i don't need to be high to express my emotions or how i feel. i don't need to be high to live. so for the first time in my adult life...I am living. I am free. and i am very very grateful. and beyond that, i have a feeling life is going to start getting VERY good. things are lining up in a beautiful way in my life, ever since i put drugs down. Thanks God.
take care everyone.
Ok... here's the deal... I've been reading the posts & everything, but I was kind of chilling, letting the guys talk.... thank you so much for your kind words Fun Times... maybe I'm insecure, and it helps to know that people care.... I feel the same way, I genuinely care about people on here... there was a huge storm/tornado that came through here Saturday night/morning & the damn lights went out - fired the generators up, but the damn internet was out until this morning - so that's the second reason why I haven't been writing, and the third reason is REALLY BAD. Yeah, I fucked up. I fucked up. I fucked up. I wrestled with telling this.... but I feel like I can tell y'all anything, right? I can't just keep writing on here like it's all good.... I was on the phone with my friend I spoke of way earlier... the one I thought about cutting ties with... she asked did I want some xanax cuz she knew how I had been struggling (the past week has been hell), and it turned into do you want some tramadol, hydros, oxys.. what do you need? Yeah, I took some tramadol this weekend... and I felt normal for the first time in forever. I got stuff done that needed to be done, and I had my personality back I felt like... I'm just being honest. And I don't really feel bad about doing it... what does that say?? Am I unclean now?? They're all gone... I made sure of that, and I don't plan on getting any more, and I certainly don't plan on taking any opiates... especially subs... and I don't encourage this behavior at all... it happened, I had to tell someone... and I have to be honest about how I feel... be real, right Fun Times?! You ARE the one that made me feel welcome on this site... and I was starting to feel weird about that again so what you said really helped me... despite all the drama (which keeps it interesting) I do think you are one of the most sincere and caring on here, and I'm glad you didn't leave... and I'm not going anywhere either... I read this site everyday, always checking in (does that make me a dork?) Said it before, will say it again, I couldn't have made it through without this hub.... without the people here... can't say Thank you enough... and I obviously still need help and encouragement too - it's awesome having my husband by my side to go through this with, BUT it kind of sucks when I'm feeling worse than he is... I mean, I'm happy he's doing good, don't get me wrong... the lenght of this withdrawal process has just been getting to me... coming up on 6 weeks... but I am feeling better today than I was pre-tramadol, and I'm pretty sure it's totally out of my system now... so I don't think it has anything to do with that... my anxiety is down, and my brain is actually not on FIRE... wow... it feels weird... my brain has been fuzzy/burning for over a month - my withdrawals aren't gone, but they are very mild today so I'm thankful for that... I asked earlier... and I'll ask again, one last time... Merchant, you out there?? I prayed for her so much y'all... I think she gave in. Damn that sucks if she did. Plaininsane: you're doing great, and I'm happy to hear it... wanted to let you know that in the beginning those sleeping pills did the same thing to me... I would take one & be horny and wired.... that's what it did to me anyway... then after about two to three weeks I noticed when they actually started making me groggy... just takes time... but I knew that was your main problem, no sleep... and stress of work and everything... just to let you know my husband is off the sleeping stuff period, and he's sleeping VERY well... and it always got bad for me at night too... I'm anxious to see how tonight will be... I'll say this... no, melatonin didn't work in the beginning at all... but during week 5 my husband took it for about a week & it worked really well... he always had a problem falling asleep during the withdrawals, and I always could fall asleep but not stay asleep & it helped him to fall asleep so I dunno. Hope all is well with everyone... oh, and I was very happy to hear you feel almost 100% all the time now Fun Times... gives me hope... oh, and Queenie sounds like a really good woman, dont' fuck it up..lol.. check back soon...
I don't want y'all to get the wrong idea... I do feel bad about what I did, and I'm not going to do it again... I just need to forget about it, right?
ALRIGHT!!!!!! SUBFREE IS BACK IN THE HOUSE!!!!!! thats great news, honestly. there is absolutely no reason to even post if you are not honest...i mean really...who are you lying to...a bunch of people that you want to get better (in all fairness) but will never even meet (except the occassional queenie and me...yeah...i'm very lucky). but for each of us...this site is for us. I think i've only 'condemned' posts 3 times...w/o getting into names: 1. i didn't like when my remarks were taken the wrong way about addicts being smart, which wound us as two very nice ladies (u were one...and i apologized) calling the rest of the world stupid. but hey...i apologized and admitted my less than thoughtful response. everyone was hyped up early in withdrawal, and i dont like seeing even normal people getting put down. (if me and quennie wind up married with a couple 9-5s...that will be a dream for me). 2. i didn't like it when another young lady kept calling God the tooth fairy or santa...and i dont apologize for that. im sorry but God is too important to me and others, ESPECIALLY DURING THIS BRUTAL WITHDRAWAL FOR SOMEONE TO MAKE FUN OF PEOPLE'S FAITH, SOMETHING THAT MIGHT SAVE THEIR LIVES. I DON'T MIND SAYING AT ALL: I WAS ABSOLUTELY RECKLESS AND INSANE IN MY ADDICTION, AND BUT FOR GOD'S MERCY...I DONT BELIEVE I'D BE ALIVE. so if u dont believe in God...dont. dont put the rest of us down. and of course 3. annie's brilliant conclusion (after reading my encouraging post like a spiteful person) that me and a strugling addict named plaininsane...who only wanted help...were the same person...and she knew this cause she taught English, and i was crazy if i thought i was fooloing anyone. in plaininsane's words "annie, you really inspired me. now i realize that you don't even think theRe is a me. that's sad". enough said.
Subfre-first of all...sweetheart...you are clean off opiates. so u took some tramadol. its ok. odds are some of us might slip up...and actually take opiates! it doesn't erase all your hard work. i read u were in tears, and u did what u did with good intentions. i dont think u were trying to get high. u were trying to hold your life togather. thats different. even if you told us that u broke down and took opiates, i would say this with all my heart:
THE SHAME IN ADDICTION IS NOT THAT YOU USE AGAIN. THE SHAME IS NOT GOING BACK AND CONTINUING YOUR RECOVERY AFTER YOU DO. please remember that everyone. you can't dwell on mistakes (if they even are mistakes). the past is history. i said this before and i'll say it again...i dont care how much clean time someone has...i care about how they are doing TODAY. today is all we got...make the next right move today, and all will be well.
plaininsane...ive been on this site for awhile and i shouldve known better than to start with the Bulls and guy talk. this is a recovery site, period. I'll give u my email and we can bullshit about non-recovery stuff there.
and subfree...once again you've made my day. first because of your kind words...which mean very very much to me (cause this withdrawal can be a beast...and helping anyone may just be saving a family or a life...so that feels good). and second, and more importantly: BECAUSE YOU ARE BACK! you know...you're still invited to be a maid of honor. yeah...i want this woman ;)
Cheers Subfree!!!!
better yet subfree...you were not one of the 2 ladies smarter than the world. i'm happy to apology once again!!!!!!
I don't want you to take anything I said the wrong way either... I don't care if y'all shoot the breeze... it's cool, really, do it... just don't talk shit about my Cowboys plz... lol... or my Longhorns... Anyway, I was only offended for a split second - knee jerk reaction - I appreciate that you say what you mean and mean what you say, and I wouldn't want anything less, and no need to apologize for anything you have said... I shouldn't have even said despite all the drama... it's not what I really meant... by all means, stand up for what you believe in totally... By the way... since I posted earlier, I am feeling a little worse... damn will this ever end... once again, thank you for your words... I'm going to put it behind me... I just don't want to be a hypocrite (sp), ya know? I don't want anyone to read what I posted & go take something... I was worried about that... I'm over it, it's done... I can't go back... another bad thing about having an addict husband and wife: you use together... you follow each other... sucks... plus it costs twice as much..LOL... I'm done though... keep on keepin on....
Oh, and Fun Times: you have saved my life... Thank you... I'm pushing for your happiness... you need a good woman & deserve one...
Want to make it quick cause i'm still at work.
Subfree
Your honesty will set you free. Your O.K. Your truly a beautiful inspiring women. Hang in there and don't get discouraged. You're going to be fine. I'll be praying for you and your hubby.
Fun Times
Your right I need to take it a day at a time and not worry about tonights sleep or whats going to happen tomorrow. God will take care of me. I know that for a fact. Yeah give me your email or a phone number- would love to talk to you in person sometime. Also your right again, My wife went thru pain I can't even imagine. How would it feel waking up every morning and not knowing if this could be your last day, I mean nobody knows whent hey're going to go but when you have cancer theres always going to be that thought of not making it. Having a o.k. day. Will post when I get home. Don't take this wrong but I love you people, without you people I'd have never made it this far. Tomorrows 4 weeks!!!!
And you never know... if y'all did get married in Florida.. I'd come.. I LOVE Florida... sorry, I don't like cold weather... Chicago versus Florida... come on, man... I'd be a beach bum if I didn't get sunburnt so easily...
Thanks Plain insane... I know what it's like to have someone in your life go through something like that... like I mentioned before, my daughter almost died, and we were struggling with her for the first two years of her life... actually, 3... she couldn't hold her head up for a long time, sat up late, crawled late, walked late... because of the bleeding in and around her brain... not knowing if she would have permanent brain damage...she had seizures all the time... she was in speech therapy when she was 3... but her brain eventually healed itself, and now she is excelling at everything she does... school, everything... that's great your wife has been in remission - she got through it, and I know it made her stronger... we love you too man... think you're through the worst, worst? keep us updated
And Fun Times is right... I keep having to remind myself, take it ONE day at a time... don't worry about tomorrow... or tonight...
hey, where is Merchant?
Merrrrrrrrrrcchhhhhaaaaaaaant????????
merchant...r u alive?
Subfree
Can't imagine the suffering you went thru the first few years with your child. It must have been horrible. Mental pain can sometimes be worse than the physical. I'm so happy she's doing great now. I have 3 daughters 18, 15 & 13. If something happened to one of them it would kill me. They all know what i'm going thru now. I'm very honest with them and they are so supportive of me. They continually ask " how are you doing today" They Love their daddy and except me for who I am. I always talk with them about not making the mistakes i've made. Hopefully they will listen. Several years ago when i finally made the choice to get off the oxy's and soma I awoke one morning and my wife said I want to show you something. She turned on a video and guess who was the star. She videoed me as I passed out face down in my dinner plate. Then she woke me up and continued to video until i finally had to be carried to my bed. Imagine the shame and guilt I felt knowing my young children saw this and really didn't even understand why it was happening. How could I be so selfish and selfcentered. My wife should have thrown me out on my ass. She didn't, she stuck with me and helped me thru it. The subs made me normal again. My life got back to normal again. our rellationship improved. I got closer with God. But as time passes i realized I was still an addict just trading one drug for another. It ate at me and I kept sayng I got to get off this shit. I've finally did it and I've went thru the longest and most painful w/d of my life. Is it over, I don't believe i'm even close yet but everyday being able to post on here and talk with you and Fun Times and the others makes me stronger and stronger. Today has been one of my best days but I know that it'll be short lived. At least I've got some more strength to fight the next wave. I have alot of people pulling for me. Thankyou all for just being here to talk to.
FunTimes
My man how are you today??
Oh, WOW, that reminds me of when I would use Fentanyl patches... I fell asleep standing up at the store... I was just running in to get something and 30 minutes later my husband came in to check on me because I never came back to the car... the people were asking my husband should they call the hospital or the police... dang man, I can't imagine all the things my kids have seen... ouch... that hurts... three girls, huh... looks like they'd be the ones that are a handful huh.. not you.. I know I was a wild teen - whoa - I'm glad you have good kids... and they're supportive... I totally agree with letting them know what's going on... my oldest is only 8, but they know we are not well... they know we quit taking our medicine... and they've been wonderful about it... they also ask how we're doing... and tell me they can't wait for me to be well... gosh, I miss them... I spent some quality time with them this weekend, but I'm just ready to be able to do everything with them again. Take care of them like I'm suppose to. Yeah, that shows some real strenght, your wife staying with you through that... Thanks for sharing
okay...i'm sentimental. its nice to have a small group of people again who are actually going through this and helping each other. for awhile..it was just plaininsane and his alter ego. now the girls are back. STAY HERE LADIES!!! cmon Queenie...step up. You were given/earned the gift of recovery...share it with us newcomers. oooohhhkayyy!!!
plaininsane, my email is garysloane@att.net. write or chat anytime. i posted my number awhile ago (cause i really care who knows it)...but i'll give u that in an email. i'd really enjoy getting to know you and shooting the breeze, and i think we can help each other. it'll be a fun time.
subfree-you do say the kindest things. you have been so strong, and God only knows how far you've come. just push a little harder, u r so close. do not give up now woman!
remember please: you've been up, you've been down...you've come to far to start fucking around. you've dealt with feeling shitty before. after like 2 months i was feeling kinda bad...so i mentally 'reset' the clock. i told myself...okay...this is day 1. but it was really like day 51. nowhere near as bad as the real day 1 (or 2,3,4,5,etc.).
subfree-i implore u. there is only one choice u can make now. its too late to start over again. just surrender, accept that drugs are not a part of your life, keep moving forward, and the days will past faster than u can imagine. your too nice to let your life get ruined by drugs. you really are.
take care my friends.
Fun Times: you always say what everyone needs to hear... I guess I connect with you because you are ahead of me like Queenie, but you've went through PAWS which is what I think I may be going through... you're so right, with everything you say... and Queenie how are you doing?? My hubbie's legs starting hurting tonight & that hasn't happened in over a week for him... so we are paying the price... you know I just had to bitch for a second... makes me feel better... I'm ok now... trying not to worry about sleep tonight... Plain Insane - hope you sleep well tonight...
Subfree
I've been blessed with some great girls. No trouble to speak of yet. They all get along with each other pretty good too. Thats a great goal for you. Soon you will be with them always and life will be great. Don't lose sight of that. Imagine all the fun times your going to have with them. I'm sure they can't wait also. You probably can't fathom the love they have for you and when mommy is hurting so are they. They just want to see you happy again.You've got so much to be strong for. Don't give in. I continually check this for posts and if your feeling bad let me know and i'll get back to you as quick as possible. I want to help anyone I can. I'll be praying for your strength. Have you tried anything for your arms? hot shower, Icy hot?? Maybe you need to armwrestle with your husband-lol. strain those muscles so they relax. I know this may seem sick but try to enjoy the pain because when you kick this your going to be one of the badest ass women around. God refines us so when we come out of this were purified. Be tough and let me now how your doing.
WOW... I'm having a brain overload... so many sweet guys... I know you're busy Plain Insane so you saying you'd be there to write back WOW that's so nice.. and I know you're in more pain than me... and going through more than me... and I check too so let it out if you need to also... I'll write back as soon as I can as well... I really appreciate that gesture.... I have had those dreams people were talking about earlier... but the past couple of nights I've been dreaming about having something, but not being able to take it for one reason or another... but I'm not craving anything.. I won't do it, I can't do it.. I know I couldn't let my kids down like that... or myself or husband... no, no, no... NO! Sweet dreams.... I hope I don't dream though... lol
Also Plain Insane: Thank you for your words about my children & everything... you're so right.... also, you are VERY blessed to have wonderful children & they get along... wow.. I hope mine grow up to be like that... the two boys are practically twins as far as age goes, and they go up against my daughter, but she holds her own... she's a bossy little Princess..lol...
Subfree
Don't worry mom, the amazing love you show them will be instilled in them and they will follow suit. There's nothing that will break that. They may have their times but they will always be there for each other. Love is the key to everything. Never stop telling them how much you love them and how important they are to you and each other. Do this each and every day time and time again. Talk with them often and openly and they will always trust you. Those boys will protect their little sister when they get older and a make sure she's safe. I cannot stress enough how much showing them love will play apart in their personalities as they grow. Love makes everyone feel good and worthy and you can never get enough. Hope you sleep as well tonight.
FunTimes
i sent you a email.
I understand that you guys are trying to get off Subutex or trying to quit other drugs?
f/24/Ky
I guess this isn't a chat room. Any how it was kule reading you guys posts. I have been thru some of it. I am on Subutex and my doctor is gonna taper me down. Ive just been reading about what it will be like. I hope it goes well. I see most of u all are ok so I should be ok. Thankx
lilibugg24
Yes, people here are gettng off sub. If you have any questions any or concerns ask away. People are here to help give you strength and let you know what you can expect. Sometimes it takes time for answers because everyones from different places. If you have concerns check back people are always happy to help. Good luck
Lilibugg, welcome and good luck to you. Subfree, i am well thank you for asking.My advice to you is to hit your knees and ask the Lord to give you strength. We can not do this alone. Just move forward and focus on the progress you have made.Its 5:30 am east coast and i will be leaving for work in 30 minutes. This my friends is my favorite part of the day. I enjoy the peace of the early morning and feeling God's grace around me. Oh yeah, and my pit stop to the cuban cofee shop is awesome! Raw caffine...something like coke (when the cubans make it) but its acceptable. Have a great day Ya'll and stay strong.
who in the world is happy at 530am? maybe if im still up from the nite before...but waking at and going to work at 530? i'm just saying... guess i a definately NOT a morning person. good for u queenie, someone has to be alive that early (i guess).
okay...i'm at work. i am working. i am half asleep. been here about 3 hours and still have my coat on. 'cause thats how roll. lol. i got this nice black trench...lite for spring...that i often dont take off until noon. cant spare the energy. lol. my theory: when i take it off at noon, then i can pretend i just walked in work and the day will go quicker. ridiculous...sure. is it working...kinda yeah. do folks at work always ask why i have my coat on....not anymore ;)
Sick as hell today, It's taking everything I've got to be here at work. I'm also wearing my coat cause i'm freezing and its actually warm here. Sleep was not good. Wife says I was kicking her continually. Did not take any sleeping pill last night. Thought I was turning the corner but now I know that was just a mind-f. I have to continue to lean on God. Today is 4 weeks and it feels like day 6.
plaininsane
just keep promising yourself you'll stay just one or two more hours at most. the day will end...and u'll be home crasing tired as hell soon enough.
Plain Insane, Humm, 4 weeks. Well isnt that funny. You were telling us eight days ago that you were 48 hours. Can't keep your story straight can you Fun Times?
I wonder how many real people are on this sight. I know Sub Free is, but thats it. No offense to anyone who may be real and benefit from this (I did in the beginning untill I started realizing something isn't right with this guy), but Plain Insane has went really far to make a joke out of this sight and play with others emotions. It is so obvious. Fun Times, you claim to be a smart guy. Reread your posts and Plain Insanes post and see how obvious that you are the same person. Come to think of it, alot of the different names on here have the same writing technique.
I really don't care that you what you do with your spare time, but I just wonder why you are doing this. Are you preying on women? Are you trying to steal identities? You definately fit the profile of a crazy person. For example, I just told you that I was offended that you said "I must be taking Klonopin (you and PInsane spell it Clonopin) and Tramadol) and you felt the need to literally attack me with hateful words and attack my job, which I'm really proud of by the way. In addition, you immediately claimed to be a lawyer wanting to sue my doctor when I made a complaint. My father is a real attorney so I know how attorneys act. They just don't meet people on websites and offer to defend them. If you ever want to through your real name out then let me know. My dad can easily look you up :)
P.S Hope everyone else is doing ok
Annie,
Maybe you should reread my posts again. You will realize that i jumped off the subs 4 weeks ago. During the first 3 weeks there were times when I had to take a .25 or .5 mg piece just to keep my sanity. Since 4/25 I haven't touched any sub and I'm suffering unbelieveably. I hope your happy about that. You are terribly mistaken women. Why would I prey on women when I have a beautiful wife and 3 kids at home. BTW my wife even reads some of my posts. I've never berated you in any of my posts I only offered my sympathy for what your going thru. Thank you for your kind words. I forgive you though and will continue to pray for your recovery.
Fun Times
This blows me away!!! How could someone really think this??
annie...i told u go pro se...nut. listen annie...i dont know what kind of pill cocktail you are on...but you might wanna quit it. you are like schizophrenic. u have truly lost your mind. PS. i spelled Klonopin with a K too, just fyi. psycho.
plaininsane...don't indulger her, im justsaying...do what u want...but as your alter ego i should have some say. lol! plainsane, i assure you, annie IS NOT represenatative of this site at all. well...u know u r not me. that makes 2 of us. lol! I can't believe it either! u cant make this shit up. thanks for that annie. what the hell does a guy say to some shit like that. not much else.
PS. Annie-u said u wouldn't reply/post again. as entertaining as you are...could u please keep your promise. i tried to help u. u helped plaininsane. now u lost ur mind (pills are BAD annie...i warned you!!!). btw...plaininsane and i might both be very smart. so what?
Wow. Lot's of posting since my last, and only post. Here I am again. now on day 7 and I give my withdrawl symptoms about a 1.5 on the BBDS 1-10 ( basketball diarys scale ) I actually sleep pretty good last night and woke up without the chronic back pain. Seems like most people oh here are saying the same thing...... 1st week is a breeze then the nest 2 are hell. I dunno.....
All the postings about kids..... I feel you. I'm raising my daughter, Karly all by myself, with a little help from my parents. She'll be 4 on may 9th and by my witdrawal clock that will put me at day 12 with no subs. I'm taking her to the National Aquarium even if I have to rent a wheelchair or hoveraround!!
I havent touched dope in almost 4 years....... I just can't imagine throwing it all away for ....... just one time.
Good luck people, were all doing it!
How convenient,
Both of you guys come on at the same time. Oh and then theres a Seroquil Klona.... shooting the same manic bullshit lines you do. You are such a pathetic joke.
And you would like to think your smart, on this site anyway, most social outcasts have to prove themselves somewhere. Your a freak.
BTW,
I'm not going to post once in awhile to remind everyone of your sick jokes.
Seroquilt Klonaman
Great to hear your getting by without to many problems. Just be prepared for the worst and if it doesn't happen then praise the lord. Must be tough raising your daughter on your own. Make sure you do take her out for her b-day, those are times she'll always remember. I would prefer the hoveround since it's electric...lol. Hang in there and be tough!!!
seroquilt klonaman...judge this woman for who and what she is. other than her...we believe in each othere round here. gotta fly. will post later.
and seroquilt clonoman...i'm proud of you. stay hard man.
seroquilt clonaman...dude...i have well over 100 days with no subs and the first week was really really tuff man. and i aint soft. i dont know what u been reading...but if u read awhile back at one of my posts...i described how i had a buddy who was kicking weight of raw dope that he was 'holding' for someone...and he too subs for like a week or two and moonwalked past this kick. it just didn't hit him ANYTHING like it hit me. BOTTOM LINE: I dont know how the fuck u r doing it...but if u r handling day 7 well, fuck...YOU HAVE IT MADE IN THE SHADE BRO. it aint getting worse than day 7...maybe as bad...but no worse. you are a hard motherfucker. Much congratulations to you. you fucking deserve it. my kick sucked.
plaininsane...i am glad we are in touch. Thanks bro...i have isolated myself a lot and had to cut off the couple drug fiend 'friends' i had. wasn't hard. there were only a few left. but i need healthy recovering and spiritual people in my life now. I'll be glad if you're one of them. Thanks again for the talk..and consider what i said. it worked for me.
and good luck to you all.
Just going to bed gonna do my last Oxy 40 first thing 2morrow and nothing till thurs morning when I go on subz. Any sugestions??
Fun Times
Great talking with you tonight. I'm here for you anytime. You got my # and email. Your a great inspiration to me and I'm definately hearing what you said to me. Thanks for taking the time to talk even though you were with a friend. Tell them thanks for being patient with you while we talked. I thank God for you man!! Let's keep in touch.
KrisOfdeath
If you need the subs to get off the oxy's take them only for a short period. I'd say no more than a week or two. Believe me you don't want to go thru the long w/ds of the subs- it ain't no fun. The only reason i'd ever recommend staying on them longer is if you don't think you can stay away from the oxy's. You need to really be ready to give all the shit up or it isn't going to work. You gotta do it because your 1000% ready. How long have you been on oxy's and how much are you taking everyday?? Good luck.
you wanna trade real names annie...no sweat...i missed that one. you go first. my boss knows my history. did you look up pro se yet? it means you represent yourself...in case you dont have a Black's Law Dictionary handy.
yeah...and i luv to prey on women from a suboxone recovery site. it's better than match.com.
so what is your real name. you said its not annie. give it up...you asked me too, that is only fair right? you wouldnt ask me to do something you wouldn't, would you? put up or shut up. fyi-i'm not practicing.tell your dad he has a junky daughter when you ask him about me. tell your school board too. my boss is my friend and knows my history.
reread that letter genius "by law i couldn't charge anyone anything if i wanted. ...i'm not practicing now:, notice how i spelled Klonopin with a K as in you are Krazy.
you have no idea how sick you are. and you know subfree is real b/c why? your incredible talent for getting everything fucked up so far.
sorry everyone. this lunatic, who wants other people to identify themselves but hides herself has accused at least 3 (likely more) of us as being one person. its obvious that she failed, is back on subs, and/or oxy, and KLONOPIN and whatever else makes you crazy, and is ashamed and JEALOUS that we support each other. be jealous. be ashamed. be more ashamed of how u r trying to hurt people's recovery b/c you obviously failed.
queenie...don't be mad. please. i'm wound up (u had to crash early and i didn't hear your sweet voice). i'm not (that) crazy. i talked to plaininsane tonight. he's such a cool guy. he really is...and i'm very glad to get to know him, and I think we can help each other. sure, he's not as pretty as you, but he's very cool. HONESTLY, it really bothers me when people (one person in this case) are trying to hurt other people's chance of getting off drugs and living a new and happy life. its sad and sick. identity theft. how about sobriety theft. which is worse annie? that's all...i've said my piece. ooooohhhhkay!
God bless everyone, and forgive my anger at this demon.
hugs not drugs
I'm crazy. Geez..did you used to throw these types of fits when you were little. If you don't think you have issues, then again reread your posts. I will not reply with angry tirades. That's your thing and any real person reading this site will be freaked out by it. Again, sadly I don't think they exist.
But we'll play your games. Keep it going........BTW I think it's also pathetic that you would make up something about about someones wife having Cancer. I, like many others have lost loved ones with Cancer and its no joke. You were caught in a lie, your embarrassed, and you will do anything to cover that, go to any extreme, try to use words as your battlefield because you can't face the real worl. It's quite humorous.
But I will stand by my conclusions about you, Plain Insane, and Seroquil, and now Kris being the same person (plus many others)
And I will keep reminding others from time to time. Sorry I took your fun away, but I think you are terribly disturbed and dangerous. Sorry, but I do.
BTW I think being addicted to Subutex is not considered a junkie. But wait, your smarter than doctors (I forgot). You, on the otherhand used to use needles to shoot up drugs in your system and from the way you act I think you still do :)
Why do I feel Tension from foreverannie? I'm here to cope with the withdrawal off subs not get reamed out for being pathetic or a joke. WTF? Maybe that's your way of welcoming the newcomers. Lucky for me I'm on day 8 now and still I give my withdrawal about a 2 out of 10.
I don't know why I'm not feeling as shitty as everyone else? Everywhere I've read and everyone I've talked to said by day 7 I should be at my worst for about a week after. Maybe I'm just comparing it to my countless times detoxing off of SEVERE heroin addiction. Nothing can compare to that. That gets a 12 out 1-10.
On a positive note. I actually had the energy to take my daughter to daycare today! Thank god she's only 3, 4 on the 9th so she has no clue about withdrawals and the such.
@fun times.
You said you felt your worst the 1st 7 days? 100 days no subs? WOW! Dude you're awesome! I'll be there in 92 day! lol
I don't remember who said "why am I taking so many different meds it the Withdrawals aren't that bad"
My Psych thought Klonopin would help with the anxiety and seroquel will at least knock me out. Maybe that's why the withdrawals aren't that bad for me. I'm sleeping though the worst and actually getting real rest my body needs to fight off the withdrawals!
Their has to be a concrete reason why most of you on here are going through some serious hell coming of the subs and why I'm not. Maybe it's all the medication I'm prescribed? Dunno.
meds prescribed while on suboxone ( about 2 years ago)
Zoloft 50mg
Lisinopril 20mg
Prevacid 30mg
Adderall 20mg x2 daily
meds prescribed to cope with sub withdrawals
Klonopin .5mg x2 twice daily (4)
Seroquel 100mg 1 right at bedtime.
now I take everything as prescribed except for the Klonopin. I'm not taking 4 .5mg pills in 1 day! That's the last thing I need, an addiction to benzodiazipams. I take 2 Klonopins with 1 seroquel right at bed time and I actually sleep pretty good. I get about 9 hours... wake up about 5 times throughout but hey.... I'm sleeping.
Maybe the combination between all my meds has somehow nullified my withdrawals..... Personally I would've though the Adderall alone would've magnified withdrawal symptoms, however, it's seems that it helps me focus on everything except withdrawal. Weird?
I'll sum this up by saying, Most on here have really given positive support which lets me know that I'm in fact not alone. And as for the negative support...... Maybe you're having a bad day or going through some sort of personal issues and I was an easy target to unload your frustrations on..... whatever the situation is I hope the worst is past.....
ohhhhh.
whats funny, well to me at least, I quit smoking cigarettes about 2 years ago...... about 1 month after I quit my blood pressure went way up... 165/110 That's when I was prescribed Lisinopril. Now I'm averaging about 135/85. Again... about 1 month quitting smoking cigarettes I started experiencing SEVERE chest pains. I was in and out of the ER. Had EKG and ECG everything came back normal, my primary doctor said I was having anxiety attacks. prescribed Zoloft and Ativan. Kicking the Ativan was anything but easy. (that's for another forum) after about 4 months of dealing with extreme chest pains I started noticing they intensified whenever I bent over. went back to the doc, It's not panic attacks, its Acid Reflux Disease. Prevacid fixed that problem......
Rambling..... TMI lol
sociopath-ask plaininsane how "humurous" it is to have a wife with cancer. you are fucking sick.
"then i started dating a neighbor to get percs". how cute. junkie.
everyone else...as for my part i will not address this cancer again. ever. you guys do what you want, of course. iwill focus on recovery.
seroquilt clonaman...this cancer is not part of our group that helps each other. i'm just telling you so no know. if everyone ignores it, the cancer will not get the attention it craves, and will go away. the cancer thrives on attention. without it..it will die, and everyone can just be excellent to each other.
i would have really really loved to be a newcomer and face some "i dont exist shit". im glad u guys are still here...i probably would have said fuck this and left. please stick around.
i know people's motives fairly well. attention. starve the cancer.
plaininsane...how is work today bro?
queenie...keep coming back...it works if you work it lady.
subfree...i almost cannot imagine what is spining through your head. i have faith you will be well. people do care for u here.
everyone else...stay humble, stay hard.
You know peoples motives well because not only are you a Lawyer (or the mailman in the lawyers office with Big Dreams), Hockey player, perverted old man, the smartest man in the world (who raps with others peoples lyrics) you are also a doctor. Thats what you should make Seroquil, a doctor! That would make the site more interesting and I fully promote being all that you can be. We are all laughing at your attempts to cover your lies. A big group of us right now are laughing at you!!!!
Fun Times
I'm hanging in their today. It's only 9:00 a.m. here so the days just getting going. Got 5 hrs sleep last night. Felt a little better this a.m.
Seroquilt Klonaman
Great to hear your not having to tough of a time. Hang the man.
Talk with all later. Everyone have a great day and be strong!!!
I'm back f/24/ky. Does anyone know if Subutex is better than the orange ones to with draw from? My doctor wants to switch me to the other and then taper me down this week
Hey Plain Insane: I'm so sorry you had a rough day yesterday... I still can't believe you're working through this shit... I'm trying to get my business back going so we were on the road all day yesterday, and it just about killed me... it does help to get your mind off stuff - working - but ugh... through the worst of it... you're hanging in there & making it huh... Today is hubbie's 30th bday - WOW time to trade him in I told him.. he he.... Yeah, Fun Times my mind is racing, and I have lots to say - I'LL BE BACK....
Fun Times,
OK listen- I'm willing to cut the crap if you just stop with the different people. You and I both know whats going on and for whatever reason you want to keep it up. I know you'll never admit it, but if the others just "magically" go away then all will be good. I won't say anything mean. I promise!
subfree
Good luck on getting your business going again. I'm sure if it was successful before you can make it again. Tell your hubby Happy B-day. Work is very tough but i'm making it. I did have a slightly better day today. You just gotta keep pushing yourself. You'll know when you really need to take it easy and relax. My weekends i do absolutely nothing but relax. Try to get ready for the long week. Hang in there and take it a day at a time. God Bless! Talk soon.
lilibugg24
I really am not sure I just know subutex does not have naloxone. I would think one is just as rough as the other. I think the naloxone is to keep you from getting high on other opiates. Someone please correct me if i'm wrong. At any case get off of them as soon as possible and taper your dosage down before completely quitting. Be strong!!!
Plaininsane,
It's nice to see that you are not only getting well...but that you are helping others. That's a nice thing about this site, whether you ae new, kinda new, or been on it awhile like i have been. you can help someone...which feels great, or you can get help, which is great. it really is a win/win.
lillibug24: WELCOME!!! I LOVE TO SEE THAT NEW PEOPLE SIGN IN, CHECK IT OUT, AND STICK AROUND! so stick around. we're in this for ourselves and each other. we can all relate to you. we want to help.
i have heard that unless you are worried about using other opiates again...subutex is much better than suboxone. I am not a doctor, but i have learned the hard way that doctors while having the best intentions are only human. the reason i heard subutex is better than suboxone is because of the naltrexone that plaininsane brought up. i have heard this, from a doctor: naltrexone does block opiates: EVEN YOUR BODY'S OWN NATURALLY MADE OPIATES. it makes the kick harder (from what i have picked up) because now your body is really "relearning" how to create the proper amount of opiates. i'll speak for myself..i wish i detoxed off subutex...because i think after many days after quitting suboxone my body/brain is having a harder time relearning what it is supposed to do. THAT SAID: IF YOU MIGHT USE OXYS OR HEROIN OR MORPHINE AGAIN...SUBOXONE WILL HELP YOU STOP THINKING ABOUT THAT STUFF, BECAUSE IT DOES HAVE THAT BLOCKING EFFECT. only u truly know. if u aren't thinking of getting high, i would certainly use subutex. i wish i kicked off that.
seroquil clonaman...after being in Recovery for awhile i realize that i can't make anyone get clean, stay clean, go to NA meetings, or do anything. THIS STRUGGLE THAT WE ARE ALL GOING THROUGH IS NO LESS THAN A LIFE AND DEATH MATTER TO ME. so..sure...i can't convince you to stay around...God i cannot believe how horrificly you were treated....especially after just getting here. i honestly would have said 'fuck this...i dont need this shit right now, im fighting to get clean and i gotta hear im a pathetic joke? FUCK THIS SITE!" if i were you too.
but I need you to know that i care about you man, even though i'll never see you. if u stick around...we can ALL (except maybe one peron and who knows, another may appear...but you can't give them the power to make you leave a place that might help you very much...you gotta stand up for yourself and not let anyone fuck with your recovery...its easy...ignore that shit...i certainly am) be cool and help each other...and we all need the help. Plaininsane and Seroquil Clonanman, the way you were treated more than disgusts me, it gets me angry. Plaininsane you have my cell already. Clonaman, my email is garysloane@att.net. I hope you email me, I'll give u my cell #, and I'd luv to talk to u sometime. dude...i never heard of anyone kicking as cool as you are (the very sad fact is that my friend who i bragged about, and his easy kick...already relapsed). please..whatever u decide, be verrry proud of yourself. im proud of you. please email me anytime. you're doin so fucking good bro...this is your life...keep it up man.
by the way...everyone not sleeping well...seroquel really puts you to sleep if u need it. Plainsane,,,i forgot to tell you that, but i wanted to. it also takes an edge off the kick. please...talk to a real doctor before taking any, but it does work.
subfree...how are u? gonna say Hi?
finally Queenie. you know how i feel about you. you're my girl.
take great care everyone. God bless you all!!!!
Fu Times,
Did you forget your "n". That gets kinda tricky when your signing in and out as different people.
Seroquil Klonoman,
I love your name. How convenient you pop up after Mr. Fu Times advises Plain Insane to take Klonopin and Seroquel. Kinda takes that originality out of your name huh.
Hey everyone,
I think that someone, I'm not gonna say who because it can be any of various MOs is crazy with multiple personality disorder. So ifd there is someone out there whos screen name is Crazy MOFO, sign in please.
Plain Insain,
Poor baby, didn't mean to hurt a grown mans feelings but your sad stories were getting to me. Fu Times, if your so willing to give any stranger your phone number, why don't you include your address so that I can report you to "Catch a Predator"
Seroquilt Klonaman
I hope you listen to Fun times, please keep posting and lets help each other. Don't let one person make you feel shitty. Your doing great and I admire you for raising your daughter on your own all while going thru this kick. We definately care about you and your struggles and it always helps to have people you can relate with. Hang in there and let us kow how you're doing.
Fun Times
Did have a pretty good day. Went to bed about 1:00 a.m. last night and slept pretty good till around 5:30 a.m. Still dragging at work but was better today. Work is starting to pile up though and with that comes more stress-just have to deal with it. Like you said just take it an hour or two at a time and before you know it it's time to leave. Hope things are going good for you. Talk soon.
lilibugg24
Hope you keep checking in. We're really here to help give support in anyway we can. Stay strong!!
it has come to my attention that an individual known as "foreverannie" has created her own hub...she is an author of a hub with zero fans, and zero hits. she has an ad there...very cheap tactic....its not a recovey ad...its designed to create third party income.
in any event as an "AUTHOR" of a HUB, which i also noticed she is alone in this regard...she has violated several terms of service, as her hub that nobody has commented on can be linked to this hub via her conduct and posts. see annie's comments if anyone cae, and they will relate back to this hub. Said terms of service she agreed to as an author of hub pages include (but are not limited to) not acting in a defamatory, libelous, tortuous, vulgar, obscense, or invasive manner. she also agreed as an author capable (and in fact doing so) of soliciting third party advertisements that she would not threaten, harass, or intimidate others. she has. i dont care to debate her. i'll take this up with hubpages. my argument(s) are very 'comfortable' to me. these activities are also strictly prohibited by any author of a hub, and she has through her service agreement violated them all, and has also INDEMNIFIED HUB PAGES against any and all lawsuits and reasonable attorney fees incurred through any violation of her service agreement. let her look up indemnify.
said individual has also violated the terms of service (which only aplply to authors who have created their own HUB, which affords them the benefit of soliciting third party funds. as stated...there is already an ad unrelated to recovery on the hub which has no fans of foreveranie) by asking me my name and address, she has attempted to collect pesonal information about myself, in direct violation of the terms of sevice for hub authors.
for my part, i really have minimal concern regarding said individual. in the interest of full disclosure, i am concerned that she might really be a teacher, and i do not feel that someone who dates their neighbor to acquire drugs illicitly should be in a position of authority and trust over minors. I know for a fact that schools are extremely wary of this type of individual, and will do what they can to prevent individuals with criminal behavior from causing the school or its students problems of any sort. It leads to litigation ofen against the school board, district, area, etc. when an individivual of this type causes harm to minors...especially if the school has been put on notice about aforementioned illicit drug use, and means by which said drugs were obtained. it is quite unseemly. I will do my best to make sure that the appropriate liscensing board is aware of this corrupting influence within its body.
I will let Hubpages know how harmful one of their authors has been. And i will take a special pleasure if and when the fact comes out (although since she is the only author i cannot see how it would) that i am and have only ever posted from one town under one name, which is Fun Times. As I will (as I stated...it can't really happen...but we'll see) when the fact comes out that plaininsane has only ever used one name, and has posted some 2500 miles away from my town, almost simultaneosly. Unfortunatel y(Fortunately), as diligent and thouhtful users, not Authors...these are not concerns anyone but annie wil have to deal with.
Everyone else...just stay clean.
plaininsane...of course our identities are strictly confidential. we have not authored any hub pages, and if you did, you were never abusive, i did not. its enough that we know who we are, and others are cool. i would advise against authoring a site on hubpages. it opens up too many windows of liability and personal information....in my humble opinion.
I'm not the type to sit around and watch other peoples chance of saving their lives get destroyed by a would be (as of ye tperfectly unsuccersful) profiteer, and/or a person with he worst intentions imaginable to people recovering from a life altering affliction, who are in sincere need of help.
Ok, damn, I was trying to stay out of this shit, but now I gotta speak up...Please read EVERYTHING before you react... WAY BACK WHEN Fun Times and Annie first got into it, BEFORE the accusations of everyone being everyone else... Annie didn't post for a little while (and I didn't think she would be back) so I contacted her through hub pages to see how she was doing because I cared and was interested in her quick recovery... and I had to give my email which is my real name & my email for my My Space so that's why she knows I'm real... I'm not going to front anyone out - I DON'T agree with her about Fun Times posting on here as different people, and I do think what she said about Plain Insane's wife's cancer was horrid... come on, man, no need to attack that regardless of what you believe... and I do think what Fun Times said about her job was wrong... I mean, kids with autism - no reason to bring any of that to the table guys... Fun Times is crazy and off the wall and that's what makes him cool... I don't want to offend anyone, I'm just speaking the truth... she looked me up to make sure I wasn't Fun Times trying to contact her when I emailed her.... and I wanted to say that she has her own, personal reason why she believes you're pyscho - I'm not going to put her business out there, she can tell you if she wants to (maybe it will help you understand), but it has nothing to do with Fun Times... SO... also can I say that I was a little offended because I emailed Annie, telling her about St. John's Wort and SAM E - just trying to suggest some things she might want to take (everyone else seems to be doing it natural), but I thought this happened with most people like Fun Times was saying - lack of motivation & overall mood - I did some research, found these things to be helpful for this, bought some, and I was just trying to be helpful, and she told me maybe I need to see a shrink... I'm not really depressed, just wanted a natural boost but was more trying to suggest it to her incase she was going through this like me and hubbie... I think she meant well, but I dont' need a shrink & I sure as hell don't want any antidepressants or anything like that... This shit is getting a little out of control though... we're talking about ruining people's careers?? I see where everyone's coming from, but man - Oh, and about the hub... when I first emailed her, I asked her if she knew of any other place on the internet to talk about subs and recovery and stuff because I couldn't really find anything, and she said she would start her own hub. So that might have been my doing. But I do think that she really, truly believes you are the same person, pretending to be different people or whatever, and I don't think anyone can change her mind, but I say that no one else here thinks that so Annie: just don't worry about it anymore... just let us all talk, and if I'm talking to the same person oh well... seriously though, it's ok... Fun Times and Plain Insane and everyone else are really helping people here... so lets get back to that.... y'all don't like each other, whatever, it's fine. I don't have anything against anyone.. I don't agree with some things said... and don't worry, Annie, I'm not putting any personal info out there - I think you're wrong about Fun Times, and I think I might not walk a straight enough line to really relate to you... but I would never put someone out there like that... And if anyone cares, the two main reasons why I don't just put my info out there is because we have custody of my husband's son, and I wouldn't want to jeopardize that in any way, giving his mother ammo, you know... and plus, I put A LOT of personal stuff on here... whoa... that I don't just want anyone and everyone knowing which they would if I put my email up here cuz it is my name... so it's more about anyone else looking in, not the people I've come to really treasure on here... I trust several of you so it's cool... just like Plain Insane has his own reasons for not putting his info up... which I totally respect... like he said in the beginning though, you wonder what the people you talk to daily look like, ya know? So anyway... there, I said it all... I hope everyone is doing good today... I drank last night for hubbie's birthday... BLAH.... should have got liquor instead of beer... but oh well, don't plan on drinking again, and it had been atleast a couple years, if not more since I had drank anyway... just trying to take the edge off, but didn't work for me so I don't recommend it until you're well. Plain Insane: I really did want to apologize for what Annie said about your wife... all these low blows... ouch... God Bless you and your wife, and I hope you are ok today... Queenie - stay crunk... Fun Times - keep helping everyone... Peace Out
Sub free, OK I'm going to address your comment real quick. I didn't tell you to see a shrink, I told you that maybe you need see your doctor for a physical- So if your going to quote me, please don't misquote me. Thanks
Fun Times,
I know your an old man and all, but when I dated me neighbor because he had meds, I was just a young girl- over 7 years ago you idiot- way before I became a teacher. So what if I dated him for meds. We dated for 2 years so I'm sure we had other things in common. I married my husband because he didn't take pills. I'm sure you bent over plenty of times for your cracked out habit. If thats all you can throw back, yeah!
One thing about me is that I am who I say I am- everything in me is honest. Sub Free, regardless of what you think, you know this. I am a teacher, a mother, a mentor, an activist, nd many other things. I don't just cruise the internet all day long like some people. Everyone in my life knows I am good at what I do and if anyone ever becomes concerned about me being in
Sub free, OK I'm going to address your comment real quick. I didn't tell you to see a shrink, I told you that maybe you need see your doctor for a physical- So if your going to quote me, please don't misquote me. Thanks
Fun Times,
I know your an old man and all, but when I dated me neighbor because he had meds, I was just a young girl- over 7 years ago you idiot- way before I became a teacher. So what if I dated him for meds. We dated for 2 years so I'm sure we had other things in common. I married my husband because he didn't take pills. I'm sure you bent over plenty of times for your cracked out habit. If thats all you can throw back, yeah!
One thing about me is that I am who I say I am- everything in me is honest. Sub Free, regardless of what you think, you know this. I am a teacher, a mother, a mentor, an activist, nd many other things. I don't just cruise the internet all day long like some people. Everyone in my life knows I am good at what I do and if anyone ever becomes concerned about me being in recovery
continued
principal, the school board, whoever you said then so be it) I will just say OK and move on. Fun Times, you claim to know the law, you should know this.
Now, let me tell everyone why I called Fun Times out. He started to concern me by some of him comments. So I started thinking about it, called my friend who is an ethnographer and co authored a piece with me. We retyped all of his comments, submitted it through software that we have. We used to collect data and put it through the same software that would code the data, find patterns, and develop themes for us. The results came back with 97 % accuracy that they were the same person and Seroquilt Klono,an.
I can send anyone those results or post them on here. It includes similiar phrasing, patterns, and punctation patterns.
Anyway, I just brought it up on this site hoping he would stop and he started threatning and acting crazy, which lead me to believe he had a dark side and wonder about his motivations.
Sub Free, I would have never attacked his wife if I wasn't sure. Again, I just recently lost someone I loved deeply to Cancer and for him to make stuff like that up, it makes me sick.
You can believe what you want Sub, your entitled to that, but I just want everyone out there to know about him so that he doesn't take advantage of anyone.
Big Deal about my Hub. I just posted it a couple of days ago. Are you crazy? Do you really think I care about what you do with my Hub?
See, I wanted to just leave it all alone. Point is: it made me feel like something is wrong with me... like I shouldn't be feeling like this, and I don't think that's the case... whatever, I don't care, I could get mad, cuss people out, and go off, but I got my own sobriety to worry about... didn't think I was mean, just truthful... wasn't trying to piss anyone off, actually trying to help... guess I always make things worse... just trying to end the feud - FUCK IT... oh, was trying not to cuss...lol... was I out of line in anything I said? I apologize... I'm on day 41 and still withdrawing from this hell so forgive me if I have the attitude of FUCK IT... I look to this site for help and encouragment so please can we keep that up... THANK YOU.....
I was at the point where I thought I so many wild things happened in my life that i would find nothing unbelievable. A meteor hits my car...expected it. Cubs win a world series, had to be this year. Aliens invade Los Angeles...of course...why not. Then there is this site.
Respectfully...I sympathise with autistic children. I pary for them if this lunatic is their teacher. She developed a program with her friend, that makes it official. 97%...2000%...its still fuckin wrong. Am I suprised. You guys tell me. Anyone bored enough to retype all of my comments (my God are you insane) is just fucked up...how else can I say it? Design a new one...it doesn't work. Never mind...you couldn't make change for a dollar yet alone create something viable. Ask plaininsane...b/c frankly...i am out of here. I'm sure he still loves you for your continuous assault on his wife who beat cancer. Fuck you. Annie...you get all the attention now...i hope it completes at least part of your fucked up brain.
I didn't know anything about bending over for crack...and I didn't need to. Keep your personal "love life" to yourself. Or tell everyone ...I don't care...cause I aint reading this shit anymore. And subfree...God Bless you, honestly. I swear I hope you get well. Just don't misquote annie again...it's so unfair to her. Hope she inspires you all.
Take care everyone...continue being cool to each other. That's all.
When a man gets caught cheating, he lashes out, makes threats and acts like an idiot.
When Fun Times gets caught in his lies he does the same thing. I'm just letting you incriminate yourself because any reasonable person reading this site can see where I'm coming from. Any habitual liar gets defense like that. Keep insulting, making threats, your just completing your own MO and making my point.
I may be snide and make rude crude comments but they are without anger and I haven't threatened you, just making my point. And you kept this up Fun Times (I see you switched your name back, don't blame you) but in the end, you and I are the only ones who know the real trutth.
and who in the heck said I taught Children with Autism (the correct way to say adress children with these needs)? I said I taught high school English- I am just an activist for Autism.
I didn't develop the program, CAQDAS, it's used by all Qualitative researchers or detectives. You should know this lawyer.
Wow!! Fun Times, don't let annie run you outta here. Your job isn't finished yet. Don't let one person destroy everything you've done for everybody. As you know I've pretty much let her spew her evil and yes it does hurt to know that someone actually makes terrible comments about someone that is a cancer survivor. That's her problem though. I would love to lose it and tell her what I really think of her but what good would that do?? She doesn't know me from jack. Remember God says to forgive and thats one of the hardest things in life to do. I choose to do it. My heart is in the right place and all I care about is helping others and getting the help I need.
Subfree,
Thanks for the kind words and I know you know I'm who I say I am. Hope your feeling o.k. Hope hubby's b-day went good last night. Getting off this shit brings out emotions and I've shared alot with you guys/gals which I don't even share with my close friends. BTW this is the the first hub I've ever posted on, so you won't find me under any other name anywhere else. I hate to say it but annies little program is 100% faulty. Please continue to post everyone because it sure helps me fight this wicked kick. Gotta get back to work. Hopefully we'll talk tonight. God bless you strong souls!!!
Are you kidding me? Plain Insane is right Fun Times... PLEASE don't let her run you off of here... we're still suffering, and you help SO much... no one believes that shit... don't worry about it... did I say something wrong, seriously? I'm totally on your side, and the program or whatever... that's not the reason I was talking of - I didn't know about that... it was something more personal to Annie & I am just trying to be respectful, but I thought it would give insight into why she's paranoid about you... I'm not trying to take up for her - I didn't mean to offend you at all... I definitely don't want you to leave, you are part of what makes this hub... I've never posted on one before either... that's why I was saying can she just leave it alone because everyone here is on your side Fun Times... so just let us be, Please Annie... I'm not a confrontational person, and that's why I was trying to stay out of it... I was joking with some of my comments earlier so don't take them wrong Fun Times... you were the one being attacked, you attacked back... it's cool.. I was just trying to make peace... be nice to everyone... I dunno, but I plead with Annie, seriously, we're trying to get well, and I REALLY REALLY wouldn't have made it & wouldn't be making it if it wasn't for Fun Times and everyone else so please just leave him alone... regardless of what you think, he's HELPING people... you said it yourself Annie, you wouldn't have made it through the hard stuff if it wasn't for us so just let it be. I really can't be any more sincere, we want you to stay Fun Times, but we can't make you, and I don't blame you for wanting to leave, but just remember there are people on here that need your help... and more popping up daily... Anyway, I'm pissed, and I don't think it's right that you are getting pushed out of here... you make this site fun and enjoyable & give me hope for the future - I just hope you don't go anywhere... and I wanted to say I can't believe your friend relapsed... I'm sorry to hear that... his next withdrawal probably won't be as easy... Plain Insane: yeah, you do go through A LOT of emotions... I'm still going through them, and you're welcome to share anything, anytime... I know I have, lol... I admire everyone on here who's getting off subs... and yes, I hope everyone continues to post because it is helping me as well... and don't ever hold back... Talk soon...
I agree with forveranni. Man these bitches are crazylol. I can totally c where ur coming from lol
Seriously though, you ask us for advice then insult us? You don't like it, don't come back, don't read it, whatever...
Really Subfree? Are you calling someone else a sub taking fool? Geez your just as judgemental as the rest of these guys. You want some real people on this site, now you got them because theres only 3, me you, and 1 person that Fun Times claims to be. In fact you told me that you can totally see why I was accusing them on being one person in the email you sent me. I think your just the type of person that says one thing to one person, then something different to someone else or whatever clever word you can think of to call it. Welcome Lilibug. I'm glad that someone else can see these big joke on here. But there's no use in arguing with this 3 on 1 person. He'll fight you till the death on that one :)
If it helps you to talk to someone that don't exist, then go for it.
If it's all a big joke then why are you still coming here???????? I don't have a fucking thing to hide, and I don't play people like that... I was trying to emphathize with what you told me about why you thought it... it's not even worth fucking arguing about it... I don't know why we can't just focus on helping people instead of this bullshit... it was fine til you showed up... you want me to fucking post the damn emails on here, I don't fucking care - I'm not two faced... excuse me for reaching out to you... excuse me for trying to see both sides... if you're so convinced everyone on here is fake then why do you keep coming back?? You and lillibug go talk on your hub then and leave us the hell alone.... if Fun Times doesn't come back, then I'm off here too because I'm sick of this shit... this is ridiculous... it's a shame too because he was really keeping me from relapsing - staying on track - him and Queenie are the only ones ahead of me with this shit & I really counted on their support... I had to take a side, I didn't have a choice... I didn't think you were a bad person, but damn you like to agg shit on, don't you... on and on and on.... I could give a fuck less what you think about me so fuck it, but I just want Fun Times to know that I am not two faced, and she's twisting my words... give it up because I'm not responding anymore, really...... what's the point in arguing back and forth.... you think you're so much better than us anyway so leave us scum alone.......
Oh and she called me a crazy bitch... what was the point in that?? So I said something as equally stupid back... THAT'S WHY I WROTE LMAO... judgemental???????? And what are y'all being? I was just bullshitting around....... from one bitch to another.......
Hey forv err u sure this bitch isnt a dude 2 lol
Hey forv err u sure this bitch isnt a dude 2 lol
Subfree and plainsane....really....i get wound up. But then I wind down. I SWEAR TO GOD...if you both weren't so cool....fuck would I be out of here. See...work today was a bit different. I was involved in personal litigation...which isn't as fun as being involved in someone else's litigation. I have to remember, i may have a moment of frustration....but I'm fucking unphaseable. I JUST KICKED SOME SHIT THAT WAS REAL. IT WAS FUCKING HARD...but so am I. I'll probably tell annie to go fuck herself everyday....as long as thats understood...plaininsane, subfree (you are sweet as hell...you really are....fuck am i pulling for you)...you both help me. a bunch of days off subs is nice...but i am an addict. and not an accidental i was in pain and have an excuse addict. i did drugs for fuckin fun until they almost killed me. thats my addiction. i'm clean now...my addiction is doing push ups in the parking lot waiting for me. i'm trying to tame a fucking beast. unfortunately...that beast is me. annie...you fucked with me...i dont give a shit. i consider plaininsane (sorry...but im not as calm or forgiving as you yet man, maybe one day) a friend. i consider subfree a friend (i'd tell u to shoot me an email but your married...i dont do that...plus i do like queenie). dont fuck with my friends annie. you dont motherfucking know me like that. i swear to God you dont. one more fucking time annie...i fucking dare you....fuck with someone i care about again...say one single word about this guys wife you motherfucker, and you'll see how smart i am. and how much i care for friends. and really how much after kicking this shit I JUST DONT GIVE A FUCK! ok.
ok. it's cool. subfree you have good advice...annie has her own blog. nobody wants you here man, just fucking annie. im almost exaspertaed when i say...lady...you arent fucking with a normal person. realize that. subfree...i never thought you are anything but a very very sweet girl doing something brave if not fucking superhuman. God i am proud of you and your husband. i'll be here as long as you need me. Plaininsane...you can be the voice of reason. So we have a pschyco trying to get better (thats me), a really sweet lady who is caring and kind (subfree) and the spiritual voice of reason (plaininsane).
i'll cool out. its been a ruff day. cool...i just exhaled for the first time in awhile. i'll help all i can. u guys help me. i'm with that.
Really...God bless both of you. I'm nowhere near 'normal'. maybe i never was. but i'm getting better. thanks.
OK Funtimes,
Your right. It's immature of me to keep this going. I shouldn't do that to others on the sight who are here to get help. You do give good advice at times and i do believe your battling demons. I don't mean to get you so upset that you have to lash out like that. I just can't explain it, but somethings you said really set me off and rubbed me the wrong way.
lilibug
Subfree is a girl I'm almost sure
I wuldnt take that shizit off thos kats,girl I got ur bck
Fun Times,
You say what you gotta say man, I respect you standing upfor me and everyone who is looking for help and comfort. You Da Man!!!! Thank you for being willing to put up with her and remain here to help and inspire people like me. GOD BLESS YOU MAN.
Subfree
You have not offended me at all. Your are a wonderful woman and also help and inspire me. I will continue to be there for you and anyone else who needs help to get thru this. I've got way to many more important things to deal with then to worry about what one person thinks about me or anyone else here.
lilybugg24
sorry you feel the way you do. Please annie and lily leave and let me continue to talk to myself (plainInsane, fun Tmes, Seroquilt Klonaman and whoever the else you think is the same person) eventually we'll get tired of talking to ourselves and may go away. Excuse me it's time for me to take my dosage of thorzine, the voices of my alter ego are talking to me to help me with my next post.
All my friends here be cool, stay strong and I'll (we'll) be talking to you soon. God Bless and take it a dayat a time.
annie...okay...lets be cool. that was big of you. i appreciate it. thank you.
wOW! anyone just entering this would think y'all are really knucking futs! Can't we all just continue to post how we are feeling and give sound advice and encouragement? This behavior is not conducive to recovery and may exacerbate feelings of anxiety and depression that often accompany W/d. -SUBFREE- as far as keep'n it crunk....i got dis here on lock.....ya heard?!!!
I agree!
Quennie...you got clean with at least a tiny bit of help from this site. C;mon man...u said i inspired u. Can you give back a little baby. Not everyone is lucky like me and gets to talk to you,. You are a very strong lady, very smart, gifted at helping others...so I'm glad you noted the insanity the site was degenerating into...noew take a minute every day...and share your strength, intelligence, gift, knowledge gained through experience...and help people. Step 12. Give back what was given to you. I love to read your posts, and we talk at least 2 hours a nite. You're a very Special (capital S) lady. Share what you have.
Subfree...please let me know how you are doing. If you don't feel like Posting....THEN YOU BETTER POST...OKAY! If you are happy...share it, and inspire me and others. If you are going through terrible shit...you better share it, and hopefully someone here can cheer you up. You know I'll try.
Thanks for your EXTREMELY KIND WORDS SUBFREE. I SWEAR ON MY LIFE...WHEN SOMEONE SAYS IN A POST THAT I HELPED THEM...IT DOESN'T GET ANY BETTER THAN THAT. NOT ONLINE. YOUR KIND WORDS HAVE ENCOURAGED ME SO MUCH SUB-FREE. THEY REALLY HAVE.
Plaininsane...keep up the great work. Never forget..the prize in this crackerjack box is nothing less than your life. You've come so far. It's Friday. My man..you got another week under your belt. I bet u already forgot how ruff last Friday was. This time next week, you'll have forgotten how ruff this wek was. Until you wake up fine..and forget it all. It's that simple:
Don't pickup, and you get your life back for the first time in many years. Time starts flying. Today is officially 4 months with no subs. May as well be 4 days. I'm clean TODAY!!!
Bless you all. Funtimes,
Awwww... Fun Times is in love..hehe... To be honest, me and hubbie are struggling... 6 weeks today, and we just thought we'd be further than this... we just get kind of discouraged... now I know why they don't let husband and wife's go to rehab together... we help each other so much, but if one of us gives in, the other will follow.. I know this man... Queenie are you 100% normal now? We were only on subs 2 1/2 months... I understand the lack of energy and even the sleep problems still, but yesterday (part of why I was so crunk on here) and today have just sucked because of the leg pain and anxiety - I think I repierced my tounge from chewing on it so much...lol... Me and hubby can both barely walk outside to smoke a cig... my legs literally can barely hold me up... I just thought I'd be further along by now - a month and a half man... dang... I know it's not as bad as week one or two, but I'm just burnt out by the lenght of this whole process... I listen to most people's stories, and they are usually normal by now.... so I'm just wondering what's wrong with me... What is y'all's opinion on staying friends with addicts? My best friend I mentioned before... she's taking methadone now... I'm not tempted to take any opiates or anything, but it's all she really talks about, and I think damn, is this all we ever use to talk about?? Problem is, she's my one last connection to tramadol... and I know I can ask and receive... but I have to stay strong... I guess I'm the problem, not her, so I just have to deal. I can do it... gotta do it... for myself and my kids... I'm cool, it's ok... Plain Insane: haven't really heard how you're doing lately... what have you been going through? What are you planning for your wife for Mother's Day? My kid's have already given me all the cute little stuff they made. I really hope all is well with you, and I hope you start posting more now that the bullshit is over... we really want to help you through this, I know you're having a rough time. Have you been sleeping ok? We went and picked up our Ambien again just to take every once in a while because the last 2 nights have been rough, really need sleep tonight. I know you're stressed out, Plain Insane... let it out... atleast it's Friday, and you can have a relaxing weekend, right? I sound like a broken record, but thanks Fun Times for everything you said... Queenie, hurry up and sleep with him so you can find out if he's a keeper..LOL... j/k - well, my hubbie's freaking out over here..anxiety and whatnot so I need to go comfort him... laterz
Forever may not wanna fight w/ u but I still think u beotches r crazy and fed up. All u do is complain. Get over ur withdraws u big babies. Hell Ive kicked lots of shit and I dont whine like that
blah blah blah u say that same shit over and over again. An what dummy gets addicted to tramdol lol
This place is for people who have quit subs and going through withdrawals and everything that goes along with that... discussing how we're doing is not bitching or complaining... we care about each other and are trying to help each other through this stuff... and what dummy gets addicted to ANYTHING period...we're all in the same boat, all recovering... so we're going to stick to the positive stuff and encouragement, and talk about whatever we feel like to get us through this so please no more negativity! Help or get help, but please no more disruptions with negative influences. I apologize for anything I said to you lbug. It's all over.
Hey lilibugg, don't start none wont be none! oooohkaaay! Yes Subfree i am 100% and have been for about a month. I think it took me 5 maybe 6 weeks. You must push yourself to go,go,go and you will one day say "hey i feel pretty good".
Fun Times, subfree
I'm good, tomorrow 14 days with no subs at all. Last night no sleep aids and got a couple hours of sleep. Wife came home with a migraine and went sraight to bed. I got up this morning and went to work, felt o.k. even though I hardly slept. About 10:00 a.m. my wife calls and says she needs to go to the acute care since her primary dr. is gone today. she says she keeps nearly passing out and she's afraid to attempt to drive. I leave work, pick her up and take her into the acute care. while she gets called in i go to a 1:00 p.m. job walk and then head back to her. Her blood pressure was high yet her heart rate was down to 42 beats p/min. They decide to do a ct scan on her head to make sure she's not having a anurism. i'm freaking out because the chemo years ago is really hard on your heart as well as other organs. They also draw several viles of blood. ct scan comes back normal and they say she has a slight bladder infection. That alone would not cause what she's going thru. Dr's are baffled. send her home with some scripts for the infecton and nausea, also tell her to stay rested and keep plenty of fluids in her. Dr. gives her a note telling her not to work till at least next Weds. and set up a appt. with her Dr. By weds. her blood work will be in. Needless to say I haven't even been thinkng about myself.Just trying to keep her comfy. It's really scary,please pray for her. i'm going to spend the weekend taking care of her so she can just kick back and take it easy. She's very frightened that its her heart. I have to watch her and if she gets any worse I need to get her into the E.R. I'm also very tired and feel like i can go to sleep tonight without any sleep aids. My pain now is nothing compared to my wifes. I'm going to worry about her now and she's a tough women but I know she's scared. I'll keep you all informed. Thanks for inquiring and caring how everything is going. Take care and i sure hope you (subfree) and hubby are feeling better by tomorrow- at least for a couple days so you can build up your strength for the next wave of b.s. I believe I'm now feeling better one day and the next is hell. I will not take any subs so don't worry:) God Bless and will let you now how everythings going tomorrow.
lilybugg24
please have some compassion and ease up. Please don't degrade others when then trying like hell to get well. God forbid something bad happen to you and then your friends turn on you. I'll pray for you also.
Hey subfree, thanks for checking in. You know, I sound like a broken record when I talk about how much i like Quuenie. I honestly am not good at getting compliments...its easier online...but please...when it comes to helping someone through addiction...I WANT ALL THOSE COMPLIMENTS...KEEP 'EM COMING LADY!!!! please.
Subfree...for what its worth...you will be getting better very soon...I swear you will. I know...a month and a half...its still a motherfucker at times. As you said...it aint week one or two...its better. This particular has got legs....I'll give it that. I felt EXACTLY like you after a month and a half. My boss was worried b/c he said I looked better after 3 weeks...he thought i used or some shit! That upset me a bit. I explained that he could grab a cup...watch me piss in it...and leave me alone.
It wears on you after awhile. The lack of energy, motivation, and sleep. But I promise...it only gets better subfree. For some reason I caught a bad week after being clean like 100 days. My body DID NOT want to fucking move. I'm thinking....what the fuck is going on? 100 days...this is fucking crazy. You know what saved me subfree...WORK. I had to go to work everyday, i dreaded getting ready and leaving, but once i was OUT OF THE HOUSE AND IN MY CAR ON MY WAY TO WORK...I WAS COOL. Working killed at least 8 hours a day. Was I at my best...fuck no. Did I do enough to make my boss happy...fuck yeah. I did my best. After work, exhausted or not, I go to NA meetings. Subfree..I cannot tell you how many days (earlier on) that I was glued to the floor...peeled myself off...took the energy God gave me, and went to a NA meeting. Then I came home and hit the floor again. Not my bed, couch, or futon...the floor. This may sound crazy...but I was too weak to lay in bed for awhile. The hardwood floor at least held me up.
I sleep on the couch now (I told Queenie that I have 2 bedrooms, I don't use either...except one for my computer and the smaller one has my a very nice olympic weight set in it (which i use a lot lately...working out has also saved my ass, its getting my mind and body healing quicker)...and that if she comes here...she can have her own room...i'll let her decorate it however she wants and just call it hers. whenever she wants to swing by Chicago, she has a free pad, i'm cool on the couch if its like that). AS for the bed thing...you read my rants...i have a an awful lot of energy, kinda smart, honestly thoughtful, and am very into trying to make people i care about happy. and she has no clue what she's in for in the sack. I told her that I'm just need a 5 gallon bucket of gatorade next to the bed...it's like that. LOL!
subfree...its gotta be tough kicking w/someone else. I did it with my friend in college. but he was dude. Can't you guys just fuck your brains out? You get exercise, good chemicals, plus maybe some good sleep. Seriously.
Unrelated to sex: Both of you. Shower at least 3 times a day!!! The fucking secong u wake up...hit the shower. You may not want to. BUT YOU WILL DO THIS, BECAUSE IM TELLING YOU IT WORKS AND CLEARS YOUR HEAD AND GETS U READY TO TAKE ON THE DAY COOL. AND SHOWER BEFORE GOING TO SLEEP!!!! THAT'S AN ORDER. AND FUCK LIKE MANIACS EVERY NIGHT. I WISH I WAS GETTING LAID DURING DAY 45, LUCKY COUPLE. OOOHHHKAY!!!!
Final thought: Sweetheart...you said you are not in an NA program. They have them online. AT LEAST BUY THE NA BOOK. THAT THING HELPED SAVE MY LIFE. IT SAVED MY BROTHER'S LIFE YEARS AGO. I FOUND HIS OLD COPY IN MY BASEMENT STORAGE, READ IT, AND ECIDED I WOULD GIVE IT A TRY. guess what. it saved my life too. I have to tell you one thing: YOU REALLY GOTTA BE DONE WITH ANYONE AND EVERYONE WHO U KNOW THAT USES DRUGS. I JUST TOLD MY BEST FRIEND OF 32 YEARS (i knew him since i was seven), not to call me anymore. period. it hurts thinking about it. but will not jeapordize my recovery in ANY way. Get this: we haven't used togather in WELL over like 15 years. he shot dope then, and that wasn't me. we lived togather going through college...and STILL didn't use togather. we knew that both of us being H addicts, it would destroy our friendship in no time. Now he caused me to miss a NA meeting I really like b/c he was shooting up before it and blacked out while I was in the car in front of his house waiting for him? Fuck that. Then he tried lying and said he took 2 valiums and didn't know what happened, until i told him I'm not fucking stupid...and I don't appreciate my "friends" insulting my intelligence or worse yet, lying to me. If he ever recovers..we can talk then. I told him to call me in 6 months if he got srious enough to get clean.
I dont have anything in common with people who's priority is seeking and using hard drugs. AT ALL. And I worked wayyyy to hard to let ANYONE mess with my recovery, their intentions are irrelevant to me. He's a very very nice guy. He really is. Fun as hell. But still using drugs. He's out of my life. period. If he cares about me (and himself...more importantly..and his daughter) enough, he can choose us over drugs. That's my opinion about associating with drug addicts. I would treat my own mother the same way, who I love more than anyone alive. My life is that serious to me. Yours should be that serious to you.
Thanks for checking in subfree. Remember...I'm here for you and your husband if yo need me. SHOWER, EXERCISE, CUDDLE, AND FUCK!
luv Fun Times.
I apologize again. I forget my manners. Fuck u bug. Listen everyone...be smart. Annie did have at least good intentions (I do believe she was truly kicking, maybe still is, and whats done is done). This fucking bug is just a prank. i mean, entertain the cockaroach if u want...but why would u you want to? This fucking bug hasnt started kicking, read its posts. I dont wish a hard kick on anyone...and even though I know its a very uncreative 'joke' by this bug...if its real...I'll be so fucking happy when it gets hit with the bug spray. Please...ignore the bug. its a stupid joke by a stupider bug,. dont you guys be stupid too, because you are not.
Plaininsane,
I just read your post. Gosh man...i don't know what to say. I'll pray for your wife tonite (at least I know her last name from our emails...and she is your wife...God will know who I mean). Listen man, these are bug posts from yesterday/today:
"I agree with forveranni. Man these bitches are crazylol. I can totally c where ur coming from lol" and "Forever may not wanna fight w/ u but I still think u beotches r crazy and fed up. All u do is complain. Get over ur withdraws u big babies. Hell Ive kicked lots of shit and I dont whine like that".
Dude, i cannot tell you how much i admire what an incredibly good person you are. If you were Catholic you'd be cannonized as a Saint. To me...to use your wife and her in the same post is plaininsane. Not you..you are just too kind...if that is possible.
I'll be on my knees before I sleep paying for your wife. I swear on my dad's soul. Email me her name. Please. My mother gives to a lot of charities...mostly all churches...not all Catholic. I get that stuff too, but not like mom. We'll have a mass dedicated to her...I'll give you a list of churches (worldwide), and u pick a couple. Please. It would make me feel good. They said a lot of masses for me.
Truth be told...I had Holy Water from Lourdes that I used daily (three signs of the cross...head...lips and heart) three times a day daily during the ruff part of my kick. That, the masses said for me around the world, all my mom's rosaries for me, my own determination, exercise, love towards myself for once and most of all a Recovery Program (NA) which I followed strictly (90 meetings in 90 days, a sponsor to guide me (who I listened to without reservation), all made this kick work. I feel REALLY GOOD. I may still get a bit manic (Queenie's diagnoses)...but that's who I am and I am CLEAN!
I cannot believe with all this going on that you are praying for this bug who is obviously into some kinda sick prank.
You are one hell of a guy. You are a bigger man than me. Please do email your wife's name. I'll send you a choice of masses. You've come too far and are too good of a person for God to let you down. Luv u man, Funtimes.
PS. Let your wife know that everyone here loves you, and we are all pulling hard and I (and I'm sure others) are on their knees praying for her. God Bless you man. And God bless your wife.
Just wanted everyone SEE that sure, my sleep pattern is disrupted, look at the times of my last post, it isn't even 6am here abd I posted and was online until 3am. I have to leave for softball by 10am, get ready at 9am. And guess what: I'm happy that yesterday was onr more clean day!!!! And to day will be too. Softball is a doublehaeder...so I will try and get a quick nap in.
Plaininsane I emailed you. Shoot me back with your wiife's name, so I can use it in my prayers and the masses I'll run by you.
Morning everyone...SHOWER EARLY...get off to a great day!!! I'll be back. later for now,
Hey all, im at work on my lunch break. They floated me to another unit today (usually on cardiac). Anyway, its times like this i dig deep for courage and realize how little confidence i have (you would'nt know that tho cause i'm front'n for real). This is when the work comes in to play in recovery. I dont want to be on this floor and i dont feel comfortable. "God grant me the serenity to accept the things Queenie can't change." My ego does'nt want to ask for help or admit that i really have no idea about these labs, charting and care plans in this situation (hopefully none of your relatives are in my care-lol lmao). I dont do well with change so God give me "the courage to change the things that i can." Its times like these that i would take something to alleviate some of this anxiety and stress. Oh well they say "if it doesn't kill you it makes you stronger" ( if thats the case im fkn popeye) My point in sharing this is to tell you guys that recovery is not all joy and pleasantries. there are times when you gotta dig deep and "do you". Can i do anything about this......no. Do i have people depending on me.....yes. Am i gonna stay here and kick butt like Queenie does.......absolutely! Queenie is a soldier y'all and she cant do anything about it anyway "and the wisdom to know the difference" ok! Ps. Thanks for letting me share!
Queenie,
Lean on God as you do, you'll get thru it. Thanks for sharing. I just said a prayer for you. Hope your day goes well.
Funtimes
I'll shoot you an email.
Queenie, I know how ya feel. I go to work feeling like an alien every day. Keep trucking girl. You are probably damn good at what you do :)
ooooohkaaaay! lol
Queenie, you know you'll be fine. You are a tough lady. I know thats true. Hell..you have to be tough just to "Front" when you're all freaked out. Your patients, well you know "let God's will be done" with them. LOL. Hey... may I ask...why do you keep referring to yourself in the third person. I mean its cool...but I'm just curious ;) Thanks for sharing. Glad you decided to, you are an inspiring person. And kinda sexy.
Kinda ?
Slept a good 12 hours last night. Got up this morning for about 4 hours then laid back down and was able to sleep another 4 hours. I think my body finally had it. That was great. Right now feeling so so. Some of the w/d symptoms are fading a little. Maybe turning the corner now. Still feel no energy though.
Fun Times
hope you got my email?
Hey is anyone waking up with a dull, nagging, a little throbbing morning hangover like type headache. I have been averaging between 6-8 hours of sleep. Any suggestions as to what it is?
annie, i had bad headaches when i first starting to W/d and it lasted only the first week or two. how long have you had this? How long have you been without subs?
No real headaches here, just all the other terrible stuff.
Fun Times
Great talking to you tonight. Lets keep in touch.
Subfree and any other mother out there,
Happy Mothers Day, hope you can have a great day!!
I've been without subs for about a month. And have had these headaches for about a week. Usually when I sleep upstairs I noticed.
annie,
Don't know where you live, but is it possible allergies could have something to do with it. this is definately the time of year with all the pollen and shit floating around. Also humidity sure makes a difference. maybe you should try a humidifier or de-humidifier at night in the room where you sleep?? could help.
take care.
Its was great talking to you to plainsane. When you feel better..you may want to change your sign in name...and i mean this in a fun way...but you are not plaininsane. you are someone really really cool.A great husband, dad, and man. I almost feel guity calling you plainsane... no lie. Plus you are the most spititial sounding person (IMO) on this site, or that i even know in real life. You are so forgiving that i think it helped everyone take a example from you, and b/c of u and subree, this site is a wonderful place again for people going through and feeling some really bad times to come for help...and only we can help each other...a doctor may know more about the mechanisms of a suboxone kick...but we know how it FEELS, and had EXPERIENCE COMING OFF IT WHICH WE SHARE TO HELP EACH OTHER. It's priceless. We only have one earthly life...I'm glad we keep helping each other save it. Dying of old age, realizing that i spent my life numb on opiates, would have been a wasted life. I wont let that happen. I'm hapy that we're talking, and I'm happy we'll keep taling. I hope your wife is better, thanks for the pics, you guys look happy. I can't wait to get married and have a child (DID U GET THAT QUUENI! ;) ) I hope YOUR WIFE has an awesome nother's day. Your friends were dead on...you look like Paul Newman...its just a fact. what a cool guy to look like. Lucky man.
Annie...i'm glad things are cool as far as all of us geting along and i'm glad you are here. About the headches..I have one idea. If you quit drinking caffeine during your kick (u know...i dont)...that will get you hedaches (so will not drinking enough fluids..water is important...dont dehydrate even a little).
But caffeine...I quit drinking coffee awhile bacjk, and it didnt happen immediately, buy i was feeling what you describe. If look loo at the ingredients on Excedrin or other headaches medicines...notice they usually have 2 ingredients: Acetompinaphen and Caffeine. IF you have stopped taking caffeine...its a distinct posibility that is causing headaches. Dehydration is another. It sounds like you are doing graet. Keep it up...I'm truly proud of you.
SUBFREE, WHERE ARE YOU LADY?!? .COME ON...I HONESTLY HAVE BEEN WAITING TO HEAR FROM YOU... CAN YOU CHECK IN PRETTY PLEASE. PLEASE, PLEASE, PLEASE...IF YOU USED...ITS NO BIG DEAL AT ALL. IT JUST MEANS THAT YOU NEED TO STOP AND GET BACK WITH US NOW! IF YOU HAVEN'T, THATS GREAT. BUT EITHER WAY..PLEASE...YOU ARE SO SWEET...PEOLE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU, QUEENIE WAS ASKING ME ABOUT YOU ON THE PHONE LAST NITE..SHE CARES. PLAININSANE AND ANNIE CARE. come on misses, don't leave us hanging.
no matter what...you get back and post asap subfree. i know its hard when u re kicking with someone else and your best friend uses, God that must be hard. FORGET REMORSE...REMEMBER RECOVERY. many MANY times relapse is a part of recover. I personally know people who were clean between 2 and 10 years and relapsed. but they quit using and continued recovering. its very common...just in case it happned you. as ive said, thhere is NO shame in relapsing, the only same is not putting down the drugs and not seeking Recovery. I'm gonna be honest...you made it sem like hubby was having a ruff go...and you were 'doing the thinking for both of you".
subfree, that is extremely unfair to you. the result will be two active addictions before long. i know from experience. you probably (almost certainly) needs some time apart. you can only help him when after you have cured yourself. i mean that.
Queenie..sorry for keeping you up so late AGAIN. I just love talking wuit you so much. 3 or 4 hours NEVERS goes by so fast as it does when im talking and laughing with you. God really blessed me by putting you into my life when i needed you most. thats as true as anything i can say. Thank you angel. angel of mercy,
Happy mother's day Moms!!!
Fun Times
Fun Times and Plain Insane,
Thanks for replying. Both or your advice just may be dead on. Both of my kids have severe aleergies, mine is just to bees. So that could be a possibility. My husband asked me today if I was drinking enough fluids. Luckidly, I slept on the couch downstairs last night and No headache. Sometimes when I drink coffee and take Excedrin, it goes away. Which brings me to the question, are you psychic by any chance Fun times lol.
Before kicking subs, I would drink 3 to 4 cups of coffee. I craved it. Now I'm lucky to have 1 cup and it doesn't taste good. The last time I had headaches like this was when I was pregnant with my son. But I'm pretty positive that isn't the case.
Another question, I have felt really unmotivated lately, like really bad. I'm not sure if I'm depressed or not. My husband was just laid off, so that may have a factor, but geez all I can think about is "living like this sucks". I haven't worked this week because I'm just part- time and they have been testing, so not much to do.
Happy Mothers Day Queenie, Sub Free, Plain Insanes wife, and Fun times mommy ;)
Thanks for the Mother's Day wish Annie! I have 6 kids to 6 different baby daddy (all by c-section) the state has them and I'm kinda relieved. I'm sure they're better off. Its not something i think aboutmuch anymore. Outta site outta mind ya know! I'm missing that maternal instinct anyway. The only time i really think of them is when i think "Gosh, i wish i didn't have these stretch marks!" Anyway,i suggest you take 81 mg of aspirin and drink plenty of like some of these folks said. I often get headaches when i don't drink coffee too. Coffee w/d takes approx 7 to 10 days. Hope u feel better.
annie...if you go back and check out some earlier posts, you'll see that we both became exremely unmotivated at the same time. i know how u feel. i thought...what the hell...i felt better three weeks ago than now...and i haven't used. in particular i had no motivation whatsoever (i mean my best friend was the floor). This part of the kick does suck...and its new to me...ive never 'regresed' in any kick before.
merchant posted a very accurate desription of PAWS which is what i think you have..i know i did and it still flares up (ive read some that were wrong imo). hers said PAWS for us manifested itself in lack of motivation and physical weekness. it doesnt really hit until you've been clean like over a month or so, but it does kinda suck.
I drank caffeine and took caffeine pills for energy for awhile...still drink coffee as needed. chocolate also i found restores motivation...i dont know why. but you have to move...its not hard to do...but its crazy hard to start. IF YOU HAVE TIME OFF FROM WORK...LAY IN THE SUN. THAT IS A GREAT REMEDY FOR PAWS. i dont think you are depressed annie...this is natural.
the real cure is a good 12 step program. not just making a meeting...i mean immersing yourself into the program sponosor and all. nothing rewires your brain better or faster, remember annie...truth be told...our brains are messed up b/c of substance abuse. YOU CANNOT FIX ABROKEN MIND WITH A BROKEN MIND, PERIOD. you know me a little by now. do i seem like someone who would be doing 'group therapy'. i only do for one reason...it works. better than anything else i've tried. so i stick with it. these people (addicts) are the experts at helping other addicts. they make my advice look like something a child would write. after living and breathing recovery for 10 or 20 years, after having serious opiate addictions and behavioral disorders...these are the prople i trust with putting my life back togather. these people are the ONLY reason. let me repeat ONLY reason...I am even clean today. They'll help rewire your brain to think in a productive/non-addictive way. and they are free. i hope everyone gives them a shot. fyi: my girl is in recovery too, has been for years. they have a saying in NA/AA, they're both cool: come to 90 meetings in 90 days. get a sponsor. read the book. work the steps. if your life isn't better after 90 days, they give a monry back guarantee: they will refund all your pain. i dont want the pain back. ive had enough.
and i mean for what its worth...queenie is a terrible liar. she really only had 5 kids and 5 babies dadies. ;) i dunno...some people just say silly things for attention. maybe she was trying to be a little funny and lighten the mood. i can see that. she's a great lady....thats the honest to God truth. you all know that anyway. she's like all of us...a little worn by the kick (although she wont admit it), and really worn from talking to me until 4am florida time. But we both love it. I hope evertone has someone in their life who they can laugh with like i laugh with her. It makes the days so much more fun...and bearable. I thank God for this site, b/c it gave me you people, and by far most of all...it gave me her. aside from a good 12 step program w/recovering adicts (NA), i implore everyone to not take themselves or the kick too seriously and LAUGH as much as you can. Like sex (which i just about forgot about its been so long since ive been laid), laughter, exercise and even tears produce awesome natural chemicals that help you get better. meetings do too..they've done blind studies....noone knows why but being in a recovery producices increases in serotonin, dopamine, and endorphin levels. its all good stuff.
Yeah, sounds like me- the stuff you described Fun Times. So will I eventually get better? Become more energetic? I dread the summer because I know I won't be working and I'll start feeling useless :)
Queenie, you can't be serious about all of that stuff you said about your kids. Mom to mom- I know your joking. I hope you got to spend some time with them over the weekend.
Hey everyone... Happy Belated Mother's Day... Plain insane I hope your wife is doing better, been thinking of her... Forgive me now because there's been a lot of posts since I wrote so I have a lot to say, might be kinda long, and I might jump around....WOW - I had a hell of a weekend. I'm freaking out because I think Annie's right, Fun Times is psychic!!!!! He always says the exact things I need to hear... I can't explain it, it's crazy!!! I don't know what the hell it is, but he just happens to post about everything I've been thinking about and dealing with all weekend... it's crazy, I was telling my husband (well, I've kind of been mentioning it since the beginning), but I was telling him that I think we really need to go to some NA meetings or something.... I told him I need a sponsor or someone I can call when I'm having trouble... I really didn't want to talk about cravings or anything on this site because no one else is, and I didn't want to set anyone else off or hurt anyone's recovery. And I'm not going to. I just think we need to learn the skills it takes to deal with everything..... we're going to start working on our house, push ourselves... we have everything we need to finish the remodel, we just have to go DO it... Fun Times, everything you said really, really hit home with me... I mean, all of y'all are really busy, you don't have to be on here helping people, but you do, and I got my husband to read what you wrote about the NA, pushing yourself, and all that... and I think it finally clicked for him... so I think we're going to be ok. I am also taking to heart what you said about cutting ties with addicts. See, I hardly talked to her for the first few weeks, and I didn't have any problems.... it's like, even if we don't discuss "pills", I can't talk to her without thinking about it because that's just what she's all about right now. But what really sucks is she has three kids that I LOVE with all my heart and will miss dearly... I think I'm going to just take a break from talking to her until I'm stronger. Also, in the beginning, I was turning to God for strenght, and I quit doing that within the past week or two, and I need to go back to that. Totally. Annie - I read on Wikipedia that serotonin is involved in several things including aggression and migranes... I mention the aggression because I believe I behaved inappropriately towards you, and I wanted to apologize and let you know that I'm normally not like that at all.... I believe you are a generally GREAT person, and I hate it that this controversy put us at odds. I said some things I shouldn't have said, and I want you to know that I wouldn't have put those emails up here.... I'm one of those people that say A LOT of things they don't mean when they get angry or riled up... and you were right, I don't think you would have brought any of that up, period, if you didn't really believe it - my thought was just that - what if you were wrong and the damage that would cause... so just try to see it from my point of view... Ok, it's over, I know, won't say anything else about it, just wanted to say I'm glad you're still here, and I guess we're ALL stubborn. I hope we can make a truce, and I hope you don't hold any of that against me. I was a bitch, plain and simple, but I'm just not myself all the time right now. Also, me and my husband have been feeling the SAME exact way... no motivation, and it also started around a month - that's why I was recommending the mood boosters.... I feel pretty damn good today. But it's like my mind is wanting to do this and this and this, but my body just won't follow suit. I've came to realize that after years of abusing my brain, I would be pretty damn lucky if it got back to normal in 6 months, much less 1 or 2.... it's just going to take time. It makes me feel better to research stuff so I can understand what my brain and body is going through... you might want to try that and learn all you can about it. But I bet Fun Times is right, it's probably caffeine - the headaches. If your body was use to getting a lot, and now it's only getting a small amount of that or none, it's probably craving it & headache is the main withdrawal from caffeine. But hang in there girl, I believe that the motivation thing is totally normal - a normal process of sub withdrawal since it seems to be we're all going through it... I mean, be careful because that's what got to me... I was rough and tough the first month and then I lost steam.... Wiki also mentioned depression - this comes and goes for me right now... I can't explain it, it's not really depression, depression - 3 days out of the past month and a half since the kick I went psycho where I couldn't stop crying and stuff... I don't know what was up with that, but besides that I just get frustrated or something instead of really depressed because I want to be 100% NOW, and I tell myself "I'll NEVER be normal!!" But I just push through it. That's the only option, really. Queenie was soooo right... every day is not going to be sunshine and roses. Thank you for sharing Queenie, you helped put things in perspective. Hey if anyone ever gets down just think, I could have it worse... I could live on a 100+ acre farm with in-laws like subfree with every animal known to man (no pigs...lol) that have to be taken care of daily, and with roosters waking you up every morning at 5:30 whether the sun is up or not...LOL... and I'm not exactly what you would call a "country" girl... I love animals but damn... Annie: like I said earlier, I'm taking Fun Times advice, and I'm throwing myself back into my business and my house... I'm just gonna push and do it - you will drive yourself CRAZY sitting around with nothing to do besides watch TV or something... like you said, summer's coming up, and you need something to do - what do you enjoy doing on your down time? What did you fill last summer with? Oh, I wanted to tell you that I am trying to update my MySpace.. I looked on there, and I hadn't been on there since March of 08 - so I changed everything cuz it was WAAAY off, and I'm going to go through these 100's of pics I have and put some new ones on there. Fun Times - I have to address you, and you know what I'm going to say. You're always right on with everything you say, and you are so sweet to call me out. I wanted to email you some pics of me and my family so you could see exactly who's lives you've actually impacted. Is that cool Queenie? LOL... I am so happy she's done so much for you Fun Times... sounds like y'all really get along great, and y'all both deserve so much happiness... we don't hear enough from Queenie, but I know she's EXTREMELY busy and hard working so I respect that. She sounds like a wonderful woman Fun Times... you know me and my husband met online... Ok, I think this is long enough...
Also I wanted to say that hot tubs and pools really help... if you don't have either, go find one.... it's too damn hot here now to get in the hot tub for me, but swimming is great too...
Man, I always try to seperate my words like everyone else does to make it easier to read, but when I post it always posts altogether... anyone know what's up with that?
Annie....first, as far as something not that important goes...of course you are right, queenie was joking. Queenie...i tell you here, not when we talk for hours almost every nite....but here: PEOPLE (INCLUDING MYSELF ) NEED YOU. UNDERSTAND THAT LADY. NOT ONLY ARE YOU FAR ALONG WITHOUT SUBS, YOU HAVE YEARS IN RECOVERY. YOO'RE VERY SMART. CAN YOU PLEASE BRING IT LIKE I KNOW YOU CAN? I SHOULDN'T HAVE TO ASK...YOU SHOULD WANT TO (in my humble opinion(. I HAVE SO MUCH RESPECT FOR YOU WHEN IT COMES TO RECOVERY. please help. if you think NA was vital in saving your life, or that NA helped you more than you ever imagined it would, let other people know that....please. i know this is coming off stronger tha i want. so now i am whispering.
please queenie. help save some lives. one might be mine.
Annie...whatever you do, remember this. You must get this: YOU ARE ONLY ALLOWED TO THINK ABOUT TODAY. I mean that. I would say (truthfully) that you are only allowed to think about this exact moment in a day called today. But "JUST FOR TODQAY: is a FOUNDATION BLOCK in a revorering adicts RECOVERY. There is no tomorrow for us annie. The only things that we can allow ourselves to think about are things happening just for today. THAT CUTS YOUR 'PROBLEMS/CONCERNS' DOWN AN AWFUL LOT. Doesn't it annie? There is no more summer to worry or care about for us. there is just for today. So you see...you already have a lot less to worry, think, or have anxiety over.
Can you make it through TODAY annie? Yeah you can. I thought so. Then you are clean, sober, and most beautifully...you are free from active drug use...YOU ARE TRULY FREE AND BLESSED WOMAN ANNIE, just for today. Ecen my new addict friends who haven't used for TWENTY (20) have exactly as much clean time as you. and they'll tell you that themselves. they've told me. they have today clean. just like me. and yesterday. and the day before that. thats all.
Annie...i need to know your thoughts getting into actual Recovery...aka ...a 12 step program. Please let me know. Then I can give you my best advice.
Of course you are only going to get better. Of course you'll be 100% again without drugs. Of course the real questions are...when will that be...and what if anything can I do to get well as soon as possible. I have ideas/suggestions. Some i think will prove to be good. Let me know how you feel about getting into Recovery/12 step program (how and why you feel however you do), and when you let me know...I'll give some good advice if I can. I'll certainly try.
DO NOT FORGET THAT YOU SHOULD ONLY...AND I MEAN ONLY...ALLOW YOURSELF TO THINK ABOUT THINGS AS THEY ARE AFFECTING YOU just for today. TAKE CARE OF BUSINESS...just for today. STAY CLEAN...just for today. AND GO THROUGH A TINY BIT OF HELL, but do it just for today. Tomorrow is coming for sure annie. t5hen you can think about it. but you cant change tomorrow today. and you cant know wht tomorrow will bring....only what is going on today.
That advice applies to EVERYONE HERE, most of all myself.
write me back annie w/ an answer about your thoughts on being in a Recovery program. and take care everyone. don't forget to love yourselves. please.
Fun Times - I would like some of that advice... and Annie - I think it's ok to plan things and have something to look forward to for the summer, but like Fun Times said - can't stress about it... maybe think of a good reward for yourself this summer
Hey my hubbie said I might have gave the wrong impression... I did not use this weekend... it was rough because my father in law was in the hospital so y'all pray for him...
Thanks everyone for your prayers and concerns about my wife. The whole weekend was about taking care of her and forgetting as much as I could about my pain. I actually went shopping for her, made sure the house was clean and cooked all her meals. It was nice and she really appreciated it. I'm still at work and it's 6:41 p.m. It's been an awful day with alot of pain. I've been terribly busy and was asked by my boss to do some things only I was capable of doing because of my LEED AP status. It was very rough on me. Now i'm ready to go home and try to take care of my wife. I know we all go thru the same issues so I admire all of you for your strength and fight. I'm having a little energy early in the morning and then just like that its gone. I pray for all of you everynight and love to read your posts. Hopefully by Weds. the blood test results will be back and we'll know a little more as to whats going on. Sat. was 2 weeks with completely no subs and tomorrow will be 5 weeks with a total of about 5mg in the first 3 weeks. Sleep has been a little better but the energy is still zapped. Continue to be strong all and lets continue to help each other get thru this. I'm going home now and will post later. God Bless.
Fun Times
Once again thanks for the call this weekend it gives me more strength everytime we talk. I thank God for all of you people.
Awesome hearing from you Plain insane... it's amazing how this whole recovery process really puts things into perspective huh... it makes me realize how dear my family is to me, especially my husband... he told me if he could, he would take on my withdrawals along with his own so I wouldn't suffer anymore.... now that's love..lol... then he said - I didn't say I wouldn't bitch about it, hehe... I told him you better be careful what you wish for because during like week 2 or 3 he hadn't been sleeping at all, and I prayed - really prayed and told God I would sacrafice that night's sleep so he could sleep because he was really suffering, and I swear, it happened.... I only slept like 2 hours that night... I dunno.. but anyway, I really hate it that you're having a rough time still, I hope tomorrow is better for you, but more importantly I really, really hope everything is ok with your wife - please keep us updated. You're a very strong person, I probably would have broke down if I had had your weekend, but you stayed strong for your wife & that's out of this world - you're pulling at my heart strings... God Bless all of you & I'll be praying for everyone...
SUBFREE IS BACK!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ALRIGHT! I'm so glad to hear from you lady...you had me scared. Your husband is right...I was a little worried about you. I am REALLY glad you showed up today (we were writing at the same time earlier...you posted...i finished...then saw your name. I had to go to a meeting...otherwise of course I would have said: SUBFREE IS IN THE HOUSE, WITH HER HUSBAND TOO, HOW COOL IS THAT EVERYONE!!!!...about 3 hours ago).
I want to say Hi to you and plaininsane. lemme just grab a bit of food...b/c I'd like to try and write a nice post and dont wanna rush. This site is too important to me. I'm of ythe opinion this is as serious as life and death. so I shall grab a bite and return. Had to say Hi to yopu subfree as fast as I could first...and of course my man plaininsane as well. we talked (PS. Thanks for that...so I know he is at leasr alive ;) ) I shall return.
I have to admit, I was wondering why you ignored me, lol... I thought you were wrapped up in helping Annie so I let it go... I'm joking by the way.... anyway, thanks for explaining... yeah, I had a good weekend actually, I cooked all weekend which is one of my passions that I miss... Saturday afternoon I kind of wigged out a little, but it's all good... not much pain today which is AWESOME - you are so sweet - Girls, I can't believe these men on here LOL! You just don't meet guys like this where I live... well, there's not many people to meet out here anywhere lmao.... Hey but I wanted to say I do live kinda close to Shreveport, LA - bet there's some really good NA meetings going on there, gonna check it out... it's still like an hour and a half away though which sucks and probably would prevent us from being able to go every day like I would like... will be looking for your post Fun Times... Sweet dreams
Oh I wanted to ask everyone - I all of a sudden started having these breathing attacks the past couple of nights - it's REALLY scary & like my worst nightmare & even my father in laws prescription inhaler doesn't work - does anyone have asthma or know someone close to them who does? I read up on it, and I'm debating whether that's it or not... I switched to smoking lights like two weeks ago & now I'm having breathing problems which doesn't make any sense to me... I KNOW I need to quit smoking, but I don't think I can deal with that right now, but it's like my worst nightmare not to be able to breathe like that... I hate it when I'm even stopped up & can't breathe through my nose, I'd rather burn alive or something.... thanks guys...
i can eat later. subfree...your husband is luck, and im sure that works both ways. you are lucky to have each other. I'd give my left....arm ....to be recovering with Queenie right now. I told her yesterday when we were talking that it might be tuff for subfree to be recovering with her husband at the same time. she reminded me that recovering alone is worse. the empty bed...and i'm not talking about sex here at all (thats just the biggest bonus ever), wears on an addict recovering alone after awhile. She's right. You and your husband are sooooooo lucky to have each other at this time. You really are.
My email is garysloane@att.net. It would be so cool to see you, husband and children. Plaininsane was kind enough to send me pics as well. It was just a super cool thing that from this very anonymous site (uuuuuuuuuhhhhhhhh scary. lol!) I made a couple friends who are nice enough to actually show me family pics. REALLY...NOW HOW COOL IS THAT. IN THE MIDST OF KICKING THE NEVER ENDING KICK (no shit...am i lying...fuck this kick is fucking crazy long, lmao for real! u guys know...fuck already. lol!), in the midst of this...i get to know people who care, and are cool enough to show me their family. THAT IS JUST PLAIN SWEET (for a woman) and plain cool (for a man). send em to me...id luv that.
It is really hard for me to overemphasize how important NA is to me, and how important I TRULY BELIEVE IT IS FOR ALL OF YOU. i cant over-emphasize it. its that important. I think I made it pretty clear, by the time I quit subs ( and everything else) i WAS FUCKED IN THE HEAD...even more than i am now. hahaha. really though. I didn't quit drugs b/c I lost/was losing my job and/or things. I quit b/c I WAS HONESTLY LOSING MY MIND. and quitting subs was NOT even in my plan AT ALL. I had a legal script. some guy in NA convinced me that kicking subs was no big deal, I believed him, told my boss i needed 2 weeks off work to quit this script...took my last 8mg pill (never tapered) and flushed the rest down the toilet. then came day 2. fuckkkkk me. nah...it wasn't easy. Should I be angry at this guy and scream at him...I should've tapered...whats wrong with you man!!!! No. because he's 29 years old. and he is dead. he over dosed and is now dead. that was a very fun call. I called him to go to a meeting. his mother answered his phone. i asked is Mike around. she said no. he is dead. and she cried. just like you parents think she would.
so ask me how important i think being in recovery is now. he quit going to meetings...before dying. he has one run left in him. he was only 29.5 years old. phhewwwwww. fuck. i was always sure it couldnt happen to me. i was always wrong.
if any of you people are kicking opiates for the first time EVER, and you know you got this thing beat...kindly disregard everything i say. just beat this addiction that controlled your entire life without any help. give it a shot. for those of us who have tried kicking by ourselves and fucked up once or twice...i have advice. I'm not saying that you cant make a good run at getting clean on your own. so far so good, right? or maybe, so far...what now? nod if you hear me. this kick is a different animal. it saps you of all your strength, energy, and motivation. IT STEALS YOUR FUCKING LIFE FORCE. I know.
NA has really accelerated my healing process. THIS PROGRAM AINT A FUCKING JOKE. I'M REALLY NOT INTO SOME 'HEY LETS ALL GET CLEAN TOGATHER KUMBAYA BULLSHIT. neither is this program. its hardcore. its real. every motherfucker at that meeting with their 5 and 10 and 20 years clean peeled themselves off a fucking floor in the beginning just to make meetings...until meetings made sense. you guys are smart...i mean that. given a basic text and some recovering addicts with years of wisdom born from their pain and their experiences...and you will all do what i did: WRING EVERY OUNCE OF HELP THERE IS OUT OF THIS PROGRAM LIKE IT WAS A WET RAG FILLED WITH LIQUID FUCKING GOLD.
i gave myself once simple rule concerning my recovery...which has served me very well indeed. my philosophy is this: "i will do everything i can to stay clean that i did to use".
"i will do everything i can to stay clean that i did to use".
and that says it all. nothing stopped me from using when i wanted to use a/k/a everyday. nothing. unlike drugs...Recovery is free. meetings are free. a sponsor is free. and as far as 'how fuff the suboxone kick is/can be'...i'll say this: i do not know how...i do not know why...i just know that being in the 12 step program of NA (and even though i never really drank...i go to certain AA meetings, b/c the principles are INDENTICAL) has made thgis kick soooooo much more bearable. i cant stress that enough. please....just try it. now i am proudly addicted to recovery. subfree...i think u ssaid that in the beginning u turned to God fror strength amd then starting cutting back on that and things just got a little worse. God is soooooooo important to my Recovery. When I skip doing the things that I did to get clean (make meetings when i was sick, pray to God for strength, forget this is a war i cant think about losing, etc.) i make the kick resurface all over again, and it becomes harder than it should and thats just a fact. once i missed going to meetings for 3 days i a row. i had dreams of using after that. fuck that. the program has my mind so focused...i dont even dream about drugs.
you know we can all abstai for awhile. maybe a month, year, or two. but the same addict will use again...i promise you all that. SO WE MUST CHANGE OURSELVES. JUST SAYING KNOW ISNT ENOUGH GUYS. BELIEVE ME..I WISH IT WERE, AS MUCH AS ALL OF YOU. but we need to change. let an loving, hardcore group of people (NA) who have done what we atre doing and worse show you how. i am. and i thank God for it. They take a lot of weight off this kick. They really do.
Take care everyone. God Bless you all.
I'm not so sure about the NA Program. I don't want to run into people I know to be honest about it. I live in a very small town, so I can hear everyone saying "look, theres "bleep" going to a NA meeting, I wonder what for". So I'm going to do it a different way, I have done it a different way. I don't really communicate with anyone who takes pain pills, except 1 friend on subs and she hates them and wants to get off. But we don's talk abou them except she may ask how I'm doing from time to time.
She's going through alot. Her husband was recently murdered over pills, although they try to say it was suicide but we know better. She's 7 months pregnant with her first child. And the story goes on and on.
Oh, I'm sorry, they recently switched her to methadone because shes getting farther along in her pregnancy. Hence, she has to get up and go to Methadone Clinic every morning at 5 AM right after her husband was murdered in order to keep from going in withdrawals so she won't lose the baby. What is the 12 step recovery Fun Times. Aren't we holding our own little NA meeting here.
Sub Free,
It's cool. I'm not really upset, I just didn't like the threatening to post email things. But it was big of you to say your sorry.
I'm not sure about the breathing attacks. Maybe you should ask your doctor, it could be allergies or switching cigarrettes. I'm not a smoker, so I don't know much about that.
hey guys. annie...this is definately not a 12 step meeting...although i dont doubt that there is therapeutic value in what we do. subfree- annie-plaininsane- if you cant make meetings (subfree..i'll be honest...i dont know if id drive an hour and a half away...although i might...in my citiy thee are NA/AA meetings non-stop, i can hit at least 6 different ones 15 minutes from anywhere); BUY THE BASIC TEXT FOR NA...READ IT. God it helps.
I'm guessing that some people, not just us, are thinking...i can do this myself and I will. Well...sure you can...for awhile. But what made any of us abuse drugs? There's a reason. Furthermore how did our drug abuse affect us phyisically, mentally, spitiritually, and behaviorally. These are things that are good to find out and 'fix' as best we can. I'm sure many people think...'yeah, but how will this take my restless legs away or help me sleep'. try it and find out. addicts by nature want instant gratification...'cure me now'...myself included. i'm learning patience. i'm getting strength from others. maybec mostly...i'm getting outside of my own unhappy mind...and having a bunch of positive stuff stuffed inside my subconscious and conscience mind. it really makes a shitty day better...what else can i say. and u guys know me. c'mon..i really am near the last person in line that wants to be told what to do. but honestly...i can admit defeat. whatever i did got me to where i am. because i am in Recovery (NOT JUST ABSTAINING AND BEING THE SAME GUY) i feel better every day.
a 12 step program has just that. 12 distinct steps that one goes through with a sponsor and the group discussions. on this site....there are no steps. there ae no agreed upon rules for a happy kick. we're just winging it here. trying to get help and be helpful and share what we've been thru and know, but we are just winging it. I wish u would all buy the book. Pesonally, i dont care who sees me go to meetings b/c in my city, there is no stigma from being a Recovering addict. WE have so many not in Recovery. plus...i can take a clean urine test anytime. only through the help of NA/AA. go to AA if you can,. its the same. just substitute "pills" for alcohol in your mind. thats what i do anyway.
By the way...they take these "steps" quite seriously. Church never got and kept me clean. I never got and kept myself clean. I ried the "i'm just going to avoid drugs, people that use, and pretend they never existed and don't exist method." there was only one problem with that. i am an addict. and i take my addiction wherever i go. and until i address my addiction, i'm the same guy who used before...and who will use again. the same things that caused me to seek obliovion before will resurface. i know this all too well.
Downloading the NA books and audio books (almost ready), couldn't wait for Amazon or Ebay, lol... More Later
Of course i was joking about kids (im childless on purpose ). Subfree, i also suffer from breathing attacks. I believe its allergy induced or possibly psychosomatic (anxiety). It happens to me every summer when the humidity kicks in (now). I have self medicated with every kind of allergy/asthma med off the med cart at work to no avail. I will suggest you go to a health food store and buy something called Turmeric root. I take two caps when im struggling and it works. Smoking will definitely exacerbate the problem. The Turmeric root is great for many reasons and its comprised of some sort of curry powder. Anyway ,God gave us everything we need naturally and this will help you. Also, vicks vapor rub helps alot and when your struggling make sure your proppedup with 2 or 3 pillows as this aids in lung expansion and is what we do in the clinical setting. Today i started back to school working on some prereqs. im happy, healthy, and greatful that the Lord loves me and meets all my needs. May he bless you and keep you. Love Queenie
see...look above...the program works;)
OK, I gave it some thought, the 12 steps program. My girlfriend, who goes to the methadone clinic told me that there is a NA 12 step Program there. We are going to try it. Sub Free, what book are you talking about.
Queenie, what can I take to get motivated?
well....a double shot expresso usually works for me! also, i suggest you take a multi-vit plus iron and a vit b complex because when abusing narcs your body is depleted of essential vit and nutrients. Eat fruits and veggies, drink water and exercise. Its really simple ,take care of your body and it will take care of you! Focus on positive thoughts and force yourself out of your comfort zone!
Wife has vertigo, blood work fine, heart fine, ct scan on head fine. dr. says it happens to some people and should subside. hooray!!! I'm on the other hand having a day like the 6th or 7th day. I don't know how I made it thru 8 hours of work. I'm really sick all over can hardly stand up. Tried to lie down but started the bouncing all over. I thought I was past this worse but now i don't know if it will ever go. God help me!!
Let me just say out of obligation that if you (subfree) have any swelling of the tongue,lips ,face ,throat or hives go to ER immediately . Of course ,I'm not a Dr. and can you afford an allergy specialist i suggest you see one so that you may have a proper diagnosis.
OK, just watched American Idol. Whoah those guys are great. Side Note: my hubby tried out for Idol last year, didn't make it but he's very talented.
Queenie, I actually take very good care of my body, except I could probably eat more veggies. I take vitamins, exercise, and try to watch eating junk. I would consider myself pretty physically fit for someone in early thirties with 2 kids lol.
I've been thinking and something stuck in my head that Fun Times said about abusing your body for so many years then expecting quick change. My physical symptoms are gone, except for lack of motivation which could quite possibly be emotional. I know theres nothing physically wrong with me.
Sub Free, my friend who is a doctor told me that lemon juice is great for flushing out your liver. Helps the toxins go through quicker I guess. Thought that may interest you :)
Plain Insane,
Glad your wife isn't going through anything terrible. Vertigo isn't too bad. My grandma has it and says it comes and goes. She just doesn't drive if she feels a wave. Hopefully you'll start feeling better and get a good nights sleep.
If you guys want to know about liver flushes then yes lemon juice is great. mix 1 lemon, 1 tbl spoon extra virgin olive oil and water for a flush. Milk thistle ,dandelion and turmeric root are all great for the liver
Fine go ahead and email Fun Times if you want to. After All, i don't own him.....yet! ooooohkaaaay!
Plain Insane: Momma said there would be days like this...lol... hang in there bud, you'll surely feel better tomorrow... I think the consensus is that around the two week mark you go back down a little bit... or a lot, but it shouldn't last long... of course I'm thrilled to hear about your wife.... you've been worried about her which is probably adding to your anxiety... it really sucks you can't take off work when it gets bad like that... I really feel so stupid for complaining about my shit when I read how you're doing... just think, you made it... don't know how or why, but you did & tomorrow certainly WON'T be any worse...Poor thing, I can tell you could hardly type... hang tough ANNIE: Did I finally find an American Idol fan on here??? Adam finally sang Aerosmith & Danny blew it out on that second song huh... Chris is ok, I can't stand that thing he does with his mouth.... ANYWAY.. thank you so much Queenie for all of your advice... my attacks only happen at night & I start this deep cough, it wakes me up, and I can't breathe - very short, shallow breathes... I do have to sit up with a crap load of pillows, and it will finally go away after about an hour or so... and my throat has been feeling really swollen at night.... I've never, ever had allergies, but my mom does really bad, but it's more sinus allergies, not any lung or throat problems... my sister has wheezed like her whole life, but she never done anything about it... and my son has asthma - I know I need to go to a specialist.... even if it might be asthma, should I still see an allergy specialist? I hate my regular doctor... the one that switched me from hydro to methadone to subs... yeah... need a new one, not much to choose from around here so I'm going to try a couple towns over... Seriously though, thank you SO much for y'all's input, I really appreciate it... I feel for ya Queenie, I can't stand those attacks... you have them at work? Or you just tried medicine from work? I've actually had panic attacks before brought on by mixing drugs - X and some sticky icky - LOL - oh man, those are scary... I mean, you really think your heart is going to give out & your going to die... I was telling my husband I loved him and that I was dying - I was saying BYE.... Fun Times: thanks for your post... I've been working all day - Awwww man, my Ambien is kicking in, and I can't see straight, for real... will finish tomorrow damn that sucks....
Everyone is soundin cool. Plaininsane...i dont know know, maybe I need to semi-plgarzize some hard lyrics to remind you..that my man..we are in a fuckin war here.
gangsta: as defo\ined by Fun Times: a hard motherfucker who takes the hard road (DRUG FREE) and is kicking some shit that the normal person would deem unfathomable, and isn't pickin up shit..cause using is for them chumps.
"Damn it feels good to be a gangsta, A real gangsta ass nigga plays his cards right,
A real gangsta ass nigga never runs his fuckin mouth, cause real gangsta ass niggas dont start fights,
Niggas always wanna highcap, tellin all his boys how he shot em, Real gangsta ass niggas dont flex nuts,
Cause real gangsta ass niggas know they got 'em
Real gangsta ass niggers dont talk much, all you here is the Bak from the gun blast,
AND REAL GANSTA ASS NIGGAS NEVER RUN FROM FUCKIN SHIT, CAUSE REAL GANGSTA ASS NIGGAS CANT RUN FAST,
so when the few in the crew are talking shit, usiing shit...go hit the pen and let a motherfucker shank ya,
cause the motherfucker cat Fun Times stays back and stays clean. Damn it feels good to be a gangsta.
Plainsane that was man to man. Fuck it man. Tell yourself something good. I swear I could fingd a hundred things to be upset about:
NA tip...first thing you do whe you wake up (before/after shower): make a list of 5 (five) things you are grateful for today: You are fuckin clean, you have a wonderful spouse and kids you love that will get their patrent back, you are going to learn what it is to be you again, you like and are grateful for a job...whatever...
you all with spouses and kids...fuck...ask me how blessed you are. Im 39, single. not thinking about dating, cause I do not want to fuck up my Recovery...so I am alone (not til I see Queenie anyway, shes in Recovery...we may not post for a week when we get togather...but we'll be doing fine..scouts honor...lmao), and dont all think Id love to come home from work to daddy daddy and a loving wife. Fuck man....you all are complaining. Shit.
Annie...the book to get is the NA Basic Text. Number two is called the 12 steps and traditions of NA, lastly a book called JUST FOR TODAY. guys...these books saved my life. tell me i am fuckin lying or even exaggerating. I was getting WAYYYYYYY out of hand in places that I CANNOT BELIEVE I WENT TO. at 3am. looking for more H or C or anything. in the middle of Jaunaury, negative twenty degrees. and high as a kite and scare as shit. Cant count how manyy times. Knowing I had to be at workik looking sharp at 930, which I was, cause that was my ass if I missed.
Plainsane...just hit that floor and chill my man. Everyone here who has kicked has got better...than worse...then beter. The floor is a comfortable place to lay back and chill, and just kick like a gangsta.
annie and subfree and plainsane...check out those 3 books. for all of us, it is require reading. One day sooner or later you will see how insanely PROFOUND THEY ARE and will be so glad you heard about them and own them. Period. i swear to that on my fathers soul.
Queenie...thanks for the time as always. I was down when I called you (like i said i had to force myself to even call..works was wearing on me...life was wearing on me), but you cheered me up as only do lady. You really bring out the best in me. THANK YOU ANGEL.
Everyone: Stay hard, stay humble. luv Fun Times
i cant forget this:
CONGRATULATIONS SUBFREE! WORKING ALL DAY. THAT A FUCKIN GIRL.
I am very very proud of you lady. Very proud indeed. I know you'e gonna make it. The really sweet ones (right Queenie) always do.
God Bless u subfree, God bless you're entire family!!!!
PS. If you hit enter, a new paragraph starts ;) j/k. Keep doin all you're doin lady. It sure is workin!
i started praying in bed...lazy. i got outta bed and prayed for real...on my knees:
I thank God for giving me the strength to do what I did,
And I pray that God gives me, and you, and everyone battling addiction in its many substances and forms: the strength to do His will, follow our conscience, and stay clean and grateful another day. I pray He gives us all that stength. From my knees.
God Bless you guys.
Funtimes
Right Back at ya Fun Times 12:38 a.m. P.S.T.
This is straight from my heart!! Tomorrow's a new day and although its a sleepless night your lyrics fire me up to fight thru!!Thanks for the prayers.
I started this kick thinkin I was tough. I started this kick not realizing how rough. Now that i'm in it, I realize it's in me and that's a voice. I set here sick as hell but made my choice. Is it my life or is it the fire that burns inside. If I choose my life then I choose this ride. Pain can be my friend, and if I learn from it then it should someday end. Another sleepless night and the shit runs through my head. Keep on fighting cause its better then being dead. I'm almost at my limit and want to break but I've come so far and there's much more I can take. Thank you everyone for your kind words of strength and healing for my wife and myself. God Bless all!!
Subfree, You can develop allergies at any age. Coughing at night is symptomatic of asthma. allergies are also hereditary . If the bronchi in your lungs become inflamed you will not necessarily feel it but will feel the symptoms. Also when coming off narcs your body's chemistry changes. Nasal allergies go along with trouble breathing because the mucus forming in your nose is also forming in your bronchi. I'm not saying this is what you have but your symptoms are indicative of allergies/asthma. Are you completely clean or taking anything else? Benzos and opiates can cause respiratory depression. I would see a specialist. I do not have panic attacks at work or anywhere,mine is allergies/asthma. I'm down here in the tropics where stuffs blooming year round. I'm telling you Turmeric root is all i take for it and it works! Have a Great day all!
Hi Queenie,
it's 4:00 a.m. here and still haven't slept. 2 hours and need to get ready for work. This night is shot. Hope you have a wonderful day.
Hey everyone! I was on suboxone for about 7-8 months. Started at 8 mg everyday, then started tapering down at about 5 months cuz I wanted to be clean of everything. I slowly made the pieces of the 8mg suboxone smaller and smaller(I'm talking until it is a tinyyy crumb). Just go at your own pace, just take what you need to make it through the day without being miserable. I have been off completely now for 1 month. The worst of the w/d symptoms I'd say take close to 2 weeks to go away. After a month I am still having sensitivity to cold, slight insomnia, uncomfortable sweats and goosebumps. But I am just happy that I can function without any drugs....except pot! but that's an herb and I don't care what anyone says I will never give it up, it's the one thing that really helps you feel better and will never get you physically addicted.
inRed
You did it the right way. Wish I would've known how bad and long the w/d's were when I decided to stop taking a high dose for 5 years. Lesson being learned the hard way. Too far along to start taking them again.
Listen plaininsane....what fun would a normal kick be? I can promise the universe one thing...everyone hink what they think...i don't care...but this motherfuckin kick had a BITE to it. I'll give credit where credit is due...this fuckin kick was a motherfucker. That said...I aint fuckin around again. This one almost broke me in half.
plaininsane...look at inReds post: "After a month I am still having sensitivity to cold, slight insomnia, uncomfortable sweats and goosebumps. " that dont sound like fun. I undestand NO SLEEP truly sucks as well as anyone. i was up 3 (three) days in a row...before going back to work on day 1. I had been off subs for like 3 weeks. I was terrified. Honestly...now I have the other problem...I have no motivation....I just wanna throw a blanket over myself and SLEEP and have the world kinda leave me the fuck alone.
Where's that 'happy' middle ground? Who knows. I'll stay clean, Recover, and find it. Or else I'll adapt...right Queenie. If it aint ruff it me;) I get over self pity in like a minute..with just a little help from my friends.
i cant get my tag line wrong:
if it aint ruff it aint me, so really cares who you want me to be, see....
thats better
Well, today is going to be a rough day & the withdrawals are the least of my worries.... excuse me if I rant, but I just found out my husband is/was/did DOESN'T FUCKING MATTER having an affair. Suck on that one huh. He's still asleep because he was up all night and doesn't even know that I know yet. It's a long story, but I have proof from the bitch that's undeniable - and get this guys... how does this story always go... she's claiming to be pregnant!!!!!!!! Damn am I a fool. I think I'm still in shock. Be back in a little while....
Thank you Queenie for taking the time out to talk to me about this... I slipped up for two days a couple of weekends ago, but that was it so I haven't taken anything else... I used the inhaler before I went to sleep the past two nights, and I didn't have the breathing attacks so I think it's working... I think it's asthma, and I'm going to quit smoking soon... and I'm going to find a doc to go to... and Fun Times, I do hit ENTER, I'm not a total dumbass, but when I post it all goes back together I dunno - Plain Insane: I loved your poem, rhyme... you HAVE to take that attitude during this shit or you WON'T make it... hubbie's still asleep.... hmmmm... trying to think how I should play this guys.... been on the phone all morning with friends, trying to figure it out.... Back to more important things: I really hope today is better for you Plain Insane... try not to work too hard... take a breather when needed... all the new posts really helped boost my mood so thanks guys... y'all are a trip...
subfree...motherfucker. i mean i say motherfucker a lot...but this time I TRULY mean MOTHERFUCKER!!!!!!!!
Fun Times theory...if its true...mind you...i dont know and your head is spinnin...but 'undeniable' sounds pretty fuckin 'undeniable'....goddamnit! i dont even know what the fuck to say. son of a fuckin bitch. wayyyy to go asshole (husband). Fuck you!
i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better. i can only say that you are such a sweet girl....you deserve better.
and i know, u have children. mothefucker. what an asshole. fuck him. stay strong lady. dont let him drag you down. whenever i felt like someone wasn't it to me...and i had relationships that lasted years...they all knew where the door was. i mean i'm nicer than nice to someone i love...but if you aint into me...i'll show u to the door. my fuckin pleasure. yeah...and please dont let it hit you in the ass on the way out.
c'mon subfree... i was kidding about the 'enter' button...i'm on ur side lady
I'm sorry dude, didn't mean to be snappy about that - forgive me... well, she knew his email password which he obviously recently changed because I've always known it - and jackpot... didn't cover his tracks..... so what is there left to say... just going to ask him what he wants... I love this man... I have lived and breathed this man for over 7 years... and will stick by this man... can not live without this man, know what I'm saying... just going to see what he has to say... and then we'll go from there... Thanks Fun Times for your support....
You know what really gets me... is that he use to work with this bitch, and we saw her in WalMart a couple of weeks ago, and she was like, " Oh, blank (his name), we reeeaaaaallllllly miss you up there, you need to come back" If I knew then, I would have went to jail that day.... still might. I don't know about the pregnancy... I honestly don't think he's that fucking stupid... he's still fucking sleeping - I oughta go poor cold water on his ass... lol
wow! Men are always down for "some strange". What a cock sucker! I would punch him in the balls. I know its so hard when you have so much much invested in someone you love. This is when I'd say " i see your acting crazy.....I'll show you crazy mother f**ker!"lol . Oh well just remember...all is fair in love and war....or is it? Also remember that life shows up in recovery. its not easy but we are here for you.
Fun Times= I hope you got my texts.ttyl
Queenie...i got ur texts. YOU ARE THE FAIREST OF THEM ALL. thank you sexy. ur kinda really sweet too. Thank you. I love getting your kind words during work. I wait for those fuckers!!!! lol!
Ok...now I copy a Queenie quote, cause I'm with it: "This is when I'd say " i see your acting crazy.....I'll show you crazy mother f**ker!"
fuck it...and i mean FUCK IT! i dont want to tell u to screw his best friend or his brother (those are petty vindicate options ...that only someone sick like me would consider....but of course...with a female)...subfree...i talked to a very nice woman at work who is married to a firefighter for 18 years, loves him to death, has 2 great kids with him and asked her what would she do:
"I'd divorce him".
She said she could never look at him the same again. This happened to me before...I wasn't married...no kids involved...but I kinda really lliked/loved this girl. After she cheated on me-THINGS GOT AND STAYED FUCKED UP. PERIOD. I NEVER TRUSTED HER AGAIN.
THIS DUDE HAS PROVEN HOW MUCH HE LOVES YOU...NOT THAT MUCH. I DON'T WANNA HEAR THIS IS "MEN'S SHIT". I NEVER CHEATED, RESPECTFULLY. I WOULD NEVER HURT SOMEONE I LOVE. NOT A FUCKING CHANCE. I NEVER CAME CLOSE TO CHEATING...AND I KINDA COULD HAVE...WITHOUT TOO MUCH PROBLEM. NEVER CROSSED MY MIND. FUCK. SORRY...A CHEATER IS A CHEATER. THEY DONT GET CURED BY GETTING CAUGHT.
THINGS WILL NEVER BE THE SAME WITH HIM. LET 'EM GO.
Subfree,
i will respond to this issue tonight, I'm at work now and can't. i've had experience with this and have alot to say. I'll talk to you tonight. Please hang in there and don't bow your cool just yet. I feel for you. I MEAN I FEEL FOR YOU AND HAVE A GOOD IDEA OF WHAT YOUR GOING THRU. I'M SO SORRY FOR THIS. PLEASE HANG ON TO GOD!!!
Hey Subfree....its your buddy Funtimes. I was talking with Queenie (what a great friend this lady is to me...and God put her in my life when I NEEDED a really great friend) about this situation you're in, and I'll just speak for myself. I feel you deserve better. This just seems so thoughtless and cruel...from someone who is supposed to love you. Willing to hurt you to get laid by a piece of shit.
I'm sorry,,thats just how I feel. Please let me know how you are doing. Maybe this site is so important to me b/c not only did you guys say very kind things to me...but I met a woman who is honestly the most special woman in my life on this site. And now I have an incredible friend from this site. So I care about this site, and the people on it quite a bit.
Subfree...how are you sweetheart? I really wanna know.
Plaininsane...how are you man? This is where u can share, and get encouragement. Remember that.
Annie...how are you?
Queenie...Thank you for everything.
Subfree,
I've been married 22 years in July. I've never came close to cheating. I made a vow at marriage and could not WOULD NOT break it. That being said. I was very in Love with a woman and after several years of being together i found out she cheated on me. That devistated me for many many years. She was truly sorry but the trust was broken. I didn't want to be without her but once your trust is broken things will never be the same. You will always question him, you will worry everytime he's gone. Your mind will drive you insane and I don't believe this hurt will ever completely heal. The choice is yours and you alone have to make it but trust me you'll never forget this and it will haunt you. I do not think you should seek revenge because then your sinking down to his level. You can certainly forgive him but I don't think you'll ever forget the hurt and pain he's caused you. I would have nightmares for years that my girl was cheating on me. Trust is the key to a successful relationship and without that you cannot rebuild what has been damaged. You must rely on God to get you thru this. You have to take some time and sort this all out before making your decision. Don't base it on the thought that you cannot live without him because you can. What you need to decide is if you believe you will ever be able to really trust this man again. With children it even makes it worse but this is a decision you have to make. I hurt for you terribly and wish there was something to say to make you feel better. Please do not let this affect your sobriety because that will only intensify the terrible hell you're going thru. If you choose to stay and make it work he damned well be ready to get into counseling and to stay in it however long it takes for you to gain your trust back. How dare someone do that to someone they claim to love. There is no justifying his actions no matter what the circumstances. I'll be praying for you heavily and am willing to talk with you anytime you need. I'm so sorry this happened to a sweet loving honest person like you. Please be strong and don't make any rash decisions. I despise people who cheat on their spouses and I'm a very forgiving person but this is one thing that even i don't know if i could forgive and I know that's wrong. Be strong and be smart even though that sounds nearly impossible at this point. Take time and think this out. You did not deserve this and don't ever let anyone try to twist it and make you think that somehow you brought this on. I believe only God can help you learn to forgive someone for something terrible like this. Please hang in there.
Funtimes,
I'm going on about 38 hrs with no sleep. I made it thru the day of work and actually felt a little better till i read subfree's post. That has dredged up past memories and I truly hurt for her. She's in a terribly tough situation. I feel like i'm tired but now my mind is worrying about subfree. She doesn't deserve this. My prayers go out to her with the deepest of sympathy. Let's help her anyway we possibly can. Thanks for keeping in touch and i'm still kickin but not giving in. I'm so glad you and Queenie get to spend a lot of time talking, I can tell she makes you feel really good when your down. keep it up Queenie. Let's all keep praying for subfree and please keep us informed of how your holding up. We truly care about you!!! God Bless everyone.
Plaininsane....fuck it. After that post...I'm happy to have you as my alter ego. I could not possibly agree with you more...or have said it any better. That's what this thing here is about. You showed how much you care for this lady. I care for her too.
Subfree...when you can...please let plainsane and me know how you are feeling. It's important for us to know how a sweet girl like you...how YOU, young lady are doing. WE CARE FOR YOU.
Please do us that favor...when you can. As soon as you can...when you are ready. I can picture you crying and itI isn't fucking cool at all. YOU KNOW IF YOU NEED HELP....PLAINSANE DOESNT SLEEP AND I BARELY DO. I know we'll both pray for you tonite.
That really was great plaininsane. It was awesome advice, experience, and it came directly from your heart. My man.
I'm so glad for this site and Believe it or not...I've never met people on line before this. Isn't it strange how we all were just researching about subs and got stuck here? I been on here 3 months. Anyway, its cool. What happened to Merchant? May God bless you and keep you all. nite nite dont let the bed bugs bite...unless they're hot!
Glad everyone's doin great. Plaininsane, I'll call you when I get a chance. I took care of that thing. we'll emai/talk later. You're gonna be fine. Queenie...you know...I talk to you, I talk to plaininsane, I talk to you a lot (Thank God)...other people come and go. I certainly thank the site for you more than anything, and plaininsane, I'm glad we met.
Subfree..i hope u r well. What else can I say?
Fun Times,
Thanks for the email and the offer. Your a great man!!
Subfree,
How are you doing sweetie? I truly hope your hanging in there and being strong like you are. I'm praying for you. Please when you have a chance let us know how you are. You are on my mind and have my sympathy. Please be strong!!! You have so many who love you. You have to stay strong for your children. They need their mommy. Please focus on them and the bond you have with them. Stay strong for them. I'm so sorry this had to happen to you. don't let anyone take from you what you've worked so very hard to accomplish. I wish I could absorb some of your pain for you. I'd gladly take it if would help you. Remember your loved by us and we're here for you. Lean on God for strength. He loves you whether or not you beleive that or not. God bless you woman and please let us know how you are doing when you feel you can talk.
I AM SO SORRY!!! I left right after I posted last, and I just now came home. I took his wallet and left...lol... hit him where it hurts. Where it hurts him anyway. I went and stayed with my friend a couple hours away. OMG - I feel so horrible, I didn't mean to bring up bad memories for you Plain Insane!!!! Oh gosh, when I read that, I about died. I really won't talk about it if it bothers you AT ALL - just let me know..... I can't get over how caring everyone is on here even though we've only known each other a short period of time & we've never met.... Thank ALL of you for all your kind words, advice, support... It means SOOOOOO much to me... How is everyone else doing? Well, I'm not going to talk about what's going on & what happened unless Plain Insane is going to be ok with it, and DON'T tell me it's cool if it's not... seriously... you sounded REALLY upset, and it made me feel so horrible - I don't want to drudge up memories and make you keep thinking about it over and over so it's cool if we just leave it alone.... talk to y'all soon....
Why has everyone disappeared????????
Subfree,
Great to here from you. I'm glad you left for a couple days to sort things out. You certainly can talk about this if you want to, thats how you start healing. I'm past my issue, yes I was hurting but was hurting for you. I have a great wife and family now and my issue has long past. I just know the kind of pain this puts a person thru. I just want to know your hanging in there and making it thru this difficult situation. Like I said and Fun Times also we're here for you and talking about this doesn't bother me as long as your o.k. with it. Thanks for checking in and God Bless you woman!!!
Hey Fun Times I just sent you some random pics of my kids & stuff so you could see us.....lemme know you got em.
Awwwwwww....those were really cool pics. Your children are adorable, really. The pics of them at Christmas are like a Sears Catalog ad. Thank you. That was sweet of you, as always.
How are you doing lady? This is something pretty big (to put it mildly) that happened to you. Nobody was talking b/c we all wanted to hear from you....no kidding. It's kinda hard talking about..."I got the chills" when someone (YOU) might be going through about the worst thing I can imagine..aside from issues with your children and/or health.
The hardest thing I ever went through aside from drugs and kicking them was being the unknowing "cheatee" with a girl I kinda loved. Fuck. My heart was pumping through my fucking chest when I got the "Dear Steve I love you baby" letter from a notebook she left at my house while we were studying for final exams. You see...my name aint Steve. lol now...cry (not sloppy soobbing...but genuine tears) back then. That was a real mindfuck. Honestly..I can and do tust women again...but she just about single handedly made me think..fuck it...I can't trust anyone I'm with...b/c I AINT GONNA GET HURT LIKE THAT AGAIN. I didn't trust her gain...but found out that sweet honest women do exist.
So give it up Subfree...HONESTLY...how are you feeling lady?
Thanks Fun Times - I love my sweet angels. And you know what I've been thinking about more than anything? My little boy... and my hubbie's little boy... if we were to split, my boy has no one but me. As I mentioned before, his biological father died in a car wreck a couple of years ago... not that he really knew him anyway, and I felt my son was too young to go to the funeral so he doesn't even know yet... he thinks my husband is his dad, which he is. And also if we split, my step-son's biological mother would definitely take my husband back to court for custody, and you just don't understand what kind of life he would have if he lived with her, so far away, and she's a TERRIBLE mother. It would just rip my family apart.... my daughter is so attached to my mother & father in law... damn I just couldn't do it. No way. I reread y'all's posts about all this. I think your advice and views are dead on Plain Insane. And I wish I would have read them before I took off..... because I kinda sorta screwed up. I went and picked up a mutual guy friend of ours.... we rode around, talked, I cried... and we both went to my friend's house & he stayed there with me the whole time. If y'all can understand something... in the several years me and hubbie have been together, we've spent like 2 nights apart & that's it. And that's because I went out of town to visit a friend, and he couldn't go because he had to work. So when I finally talked to hubbie on the phone that day, he was freaking out. I've never just left like that, he didn't know what the hell was going on. He didn't try to deny it... he said it happened twice. We talked for like 4 hours on the phone about everything. He was crying, I was crying... he begged me to come home... we didn't yell, I didn't cuss him out.... he still won't tell me why it happened... claims he doesn't know which is bullshit so we've got to work on that. Point is, he knows me... and he knows (I've told him) that I'd rather him cheat on me than lie to me (they kind of go hand in hand, but you know what I mean).... I can't fucking STAND it... if you want a threesome, tell me... if you want another woman, tell me... if something does happen, tell me immediately!!! He's always known that he can tell me ANYTHING... we can work through ANYTHING... but lying to me over and over again for months? Naw man, I don't get down like that. So after we got off the phone, I followed Fun Times' advice, and I laid on the floor for a couple of hours. I was in bad withdrawals - my legs were killing me, and I was emotionally wrecked. I wish my friend had a damn computer because I really would have loved to have read y'all's posts. So my guy friend comforted me, and the little fucker kissed me. That really fucked me up because then I felt guilty as hell, but I didn't really kiss him back & I told him to chill & he did & it was all good after that. I just can't believe guys, what the hell is wrong with them man. ANYWAY - DAMN am I getting the royal treatment around here - lol... he's doing everything for me, apologizing constantly for every little thing, and being extremely loving & I'm like get the fuck off me. I guess I finally hit the mad stage. Although I really still think I might be in shock. Still. I need real answers, and I won't be ok until I get those so we'll see. It's like, I haven't really wrapped my mind around it yet I don't think. I usually obsess about things, but I haven't let myself do that with this yet. I'm kind of numb. I dunno. I can't stress how much I appreciate y'all taking the time out to help me deal with this and caring so much. I don't know what to say.... y'all took more time out for me than my friends did. I haven't told my Mom or anyone else yet. Plain Insane - I hope your wife realizes what a wonderful husband she has. Treasure each other. How are you doing by the way Plain Insane? Did you finally get some sleep? Are your withdrawals better? Fun Times... you're great. And I'm really, really happy for you that you met Queenie on here, and all joking aside... I really hope y'all do get together & hit it off... you are both truly inspiring, kind, loving people who deserve some happiness. You're missing out Fun Times - you need to have a child... Queenie, help him out... you need one too. THANK YOU THANK YOU THANK YOU ALL... Love, Subfree
wow. That was actually not sounding so bad. You've read the emails, you would have mentioned if there were some torrid affair going on.
As far as the "i'm not down with lying goes"...I gotta say subfree...he might not have an answer....honestly. I mean guys like to get laid. So do women. It might be as simple as he really loves you, and he was thinking with his dick...and the consequences of how wrong he was never really occurred to him. I really doubt he was thinking "if she finds out...fuck her...who cares". Fuck...he was a drug addict (as was I...my drug of choice just made me wanna sleep...not get laid), he had poor judgment (like me), and I hurt people I loved by acting selfishly and impulsively while being in a complete state of denial and apathy about what i was doing. And I did it for two decades...not two (or however many) nights.
It doesn't sound as bad as I thought. He seems (based purely on what you are saying) truly remorseful. You know I always have crazy ideas...here's my latest: Have him call this slut up (if you have two phones and you can hear what is said)...and tell him exactly what to say so you hear what you want to know (ie. how long this was going on...did he talk shit about you...whatever you wanna know), and if she doesn't have much to say except for "I hate subfree and even though we were togather only twice)...maybe this works out. If she says..."it was great when she was gone the last couple days...thank God we've been fucking for months" thats a different story.
Mind you...I'm not known for good judgment...but in your shoes, with all you've said...thats what i would do.
In any event...thanks for letting us know how you are doing. If he just honestly got laid recklessly twice and is a great guy and great dad...maybe keep him and just make him atone...however you see fit.
PS. Whats with the threesome? Southerners are wild. lol.
PSS. Thanks for trying to talk to help me with Queenie. I'm not exactly that bad looking (she hates when I say that)...and we'd make a great couple....but we live far apart, and there is this career thing, but we're gonna meet in early July. I'm trying hard with her. I like her a lot...I can do my best to give this a shot...and I am. Thanks for your kind thoughts subfree.
Sincerely,
Fun Times
Fun Times - How u sound? You said you cant cry.
Subfree- Im glad your not killing yourself over this clown! Stay strong
hey....i said i can't cry now...and i really cant. or should i say...i dont. anythings possible. that was like over 15 years ago queenie. check this lady out. and for what its worth...i did say i wasnt sobbing...tears did come down out of my eyes...and she wants to put a guy down for that. thats ruff.
fuck man...cant a kid have a tear or two come down his face when his heart is crushed for the first time. phewwww. how u soiund?
man...this ladies like crazy obsessive jealous about somethin that happened over 15 years ago. i guess i'm flattered...i'll be big about that reamrk ;)
Subfree,
Slept 6 hrs last night. Guess that was just the body saying its time for a little sleep. Felt good this morning. Started going downhill in the afternoon. It's 1:39 a.m. now and can't sleep. Supposed to go with the family tomorrow to Sacramento to see my brother in law race. Going to spend the night there tomorrow night. Temp is supposed to be 106 degrees tomorrow. Don't know if i'm going to make it. Really thought I was going to sleep tonight. Tomorrow is 3 weeks without any subs and I'm not getting any better. This is a nightmare that just doesn't end. I took a sleeping pill tonight cause I new I needed the sleep to make it tomorrow. Here I set pissed as hell. I'm so tired and worn out. I do things at work that people tell me I did and don't even remember them, that can't be good. The other day i nearly crashed coming back from a meeting cause I was dozing at the wheel. I'm speechless!!!
Well, It's Sat 7:53 a.m. Did not sleep again. Getting ready to leave for Sac. I just hope I can make it a day out in the blazing sun.
Fun times,
Didn't get your mail Friday, hopefully it'll be in Mon. Everyone have a wonderful weekend. It's great your going to see Queenie in July. Hope you and her have a wonderful time together. Should be an incredible time:) Taking my laptop with me so will check in tonight if I can get a Internet connection.
Subfree,
Hang in there honey and be strong, I'll continue praying for all. Tell hubby he should be on his knees thanking God for you and your ability to overcome this and give him another chance. He does not know how extremely lucky he is to have someone like you which he really doesn't deserve. He'd better get his shit together and now!!! I admire your determination and willpower, keep it up. Talk soon.
Man...I dropped it in the fuckin fed ex. If your work is open today..if anyone is THERE...I promise you that fed ex is threre waiting. Just in case you can swing by. I put direct signature requested...so if anyone's there...so is the fed ex. MOTHERFUCKERS. It was sent 730pm Thursday...in a 745 drop box.
Fun Times,
No worries bro. It'll be there Monday morning. No one is in today and we're just leaving. I'll be fine till Monday. Thanks again your a very special guy (God sent). Thanks again for caring so much. Hopefully someday we'll get to meet. Nearly everytime I go back to home (my real home) MI. I have a layover in Chicago. Take Care.
I just turned on GI Jane. This fucker (I just get out swearing here...ok,,,,thats probably a lie...but unless in CAPS...its very soft polite swearing....kinda like a loving whisper;) ) was talking about Pain:
prarphrase, as usual:
PAIN IS YOUR FRIEND. PAIN IS A SERIOUS MOTIVATOR. PAIN LETS YOU KNOW WHEN YOU ARE HURT. PAIN MAKES YOU ANGRY. PAIN LETS YOU KNOW YOU ARE ALIVE. AND PAIN GIVES YOU THE EXTRA ENERGY IT TAKES TO ACCOMPLISH YOUR MISSION AND GET BACK HOME.
I think thats a productive way to think about pain.
for the comptitie types; Pain is a great challenge. and for everyone,
Pain is an indication that you are clean.
I salute you troopers.
Plain Insane: You're not thinking of giving in are you? I think I pretty much have. I hope today went ok for you.... 106 degrees, damn, and I thought it was hot here. I hope today wasn't too unbearable for you. You should be getting a good day soon, you know... seems like it came back for some revenge or something because you were feeling decent a few days back. That sucks more than anything about this kick - it's so unpredictable, so up and down - I always felt worse at night for like the first month then I started feeling worse in the mornings - it's weird. It's been almost 2 months for me, and I hit another slump, and I just can't deal with this shit anymore. It's not just lack of motivation or energy either... it's full on pain and no sleep and all that shit, and it doesn't make any sense to me why I would still be suffering so badly after this long... I'll be fine for 2 days then hell will hit for 3... just sucks ass, and I have a life to live & kids to take care of - my in laws are tired, and I don't blame them. BUT ANYWAY - Who said anything about FORGIVING HIM? HA... y'all know it's a hell of a lot more complicated then the facts I put out there. Plain Insane, did you split with that woman because you could never trust her again because I'm assuming from what you said, you weren't talking about your current wife. I didn't tell my husband I read the emails. I was waiting to see if he would fess up because I questioned him throughly & gave him every opprotunity, and he didn't. It was killing me, but I kept my mouth shut. So I checked his email yesterday and he hadn't done anything to it, but when I checked today - the little bastard had actually changed his password back to the old one, and the emails were gone. So I confronted him on it, and he actually got mad at me. So Fun Times, not that bad huh? LOL... I didn't expect him to tell me to go to hell or anything... I figured he would be sorry... he acted exactly as I suspected... and I don't believe it was only twice. The emails were proof of an emotional affair more than anything, with a hint of sexual activity. But does it really matter if it was once, twice, 30 freaking times... I have a feeling if it was only twice that it was because of availability.... not enough opportunities... so whatever. We'll work through it, but I'm going to be moving into our house for a little while - while I'm working on it. I really just have the attitude of fuck it, I don't freaking care right now... too much drama. Despite all this, I love him & we'll be fine as long as (if she is pregnant) it's not his baby. That's the only reason I found out - she left a message on his cell about being pregnant, and by some miracle the phone had a signal out here (you usually have to go outside) & it beeped... and I checked it & I called her back. He claims early December was when it happened so the three months she's claiming to be doesn't make sense. I dunno... we'll see. Might try the phone thing, Fun Times... I thought about it. Also - I thought a threesome was every guy's dream... ??? You're calling Southerners wild? Isn't Queenie a Southerner? I just used that as an example - I mean, we've talked about it before... I wouldn't go down on a girl or anything, dang. LOL... anyway, let me clean my talk up. Fun Times: I'm really excited for you - I understand about the careers & all, but y'all can work that out later if something's really there. It seems like to me that she really makes you a better person & I think it's so cool y'all met on here & hit it off - I really, really am pulling for y'all.... it's so sweet. Toot - a - loo
Oh and Plain Insane - BE CAREFUL... you almost crashed? You should start sleeping better pretty quickly... 3 weeks huh... man... hope you sleep well tonight - I find those sleeping pills make me emotional the next day like depressed or something. They're really only to put you to sleep, not keep you asleep... well, the CR is, but nothing really helps at this stage anyway.... Good luck
Fun Times check your email
subfree, I just read your long post and i find it so interesting that you are so casual about this whole thing. I would be beside myself with fury and devastation. It is possible however, that you are processing as we all do with the 5 stages of grief. One of the stages is "denial" and another is "bargaining". I'm sure there's something bout it on the Internet (5 stages of grief ). I mean im glad your moving forward, its just I'd be so hurt and i wonder if your not just covering your feelings.
And yes-yes y'all, Queenie is a southerner. Represent'n for the dirty south! I like 3somes....hell, i like 5somes...lol lmao....just kidding! I can be so inappropriate. Gosh Queenie whats wrong with you!
Excuse me Queenie..u gonna text a kid back? That was really a beautiful picture you sent. You are Truly beautiful. You have a gorgeous face. Small noce, high cheeckbones, gorgeous smile..very symmetrical ;) Great hair too. Really...you did not need to send it completely naked like that...but I do get a strange sensation when I see look at it. THANK YOU. I would make that my screensaver...but I cant crop out that friend of yours.....I dont know how. lol
I did not send him a naked pic and my nose is not small. Its not a beak but its a bit ethnic. Its one of my many flaws that make me who i am (and besides I've never had any complaints.)
Fun times- My phone was still not working this morning and i hope its dried out by tonight cause its Sunday and when i leave work the At&T store will be closed. I would love to text you back but i cant
I'm glad you like the pic and thank you for the kind words . I'm just wondering if you are seeing me or my friend....?
okay...you do have a small nose...thats true. Honstly. Absolutely NOT A FLAW. I mean of course you have flaws...but that just doesnt happen to be one of them. Very very pretty woman. You can tell everyone you werent naked...I'll play along.
You sent me like 5 pics alreday. Dont insult me...its you. women.
Plainsane...how are you man? Lemme know.
Subfree..I was really tryingto be supportive. Its really best I keep my mouth shut (for once...i know...hahahaha) about the cheating thing. I have no clue what is going on with the situation.
But as far a "giving in"...listen woman...take a fuckin milligram if u need it. Fuck it...take 2mg. NO FUCKING MORE THAN THAT AND NO FUCKING DRUGS. Ooooohhhhhkay!!!!! I'm gonna be pissed if you get back on that hillbilly heroin bullshit, or take more than 1 or 2 mgs.
So dont fuckin do it. Thats an order. Im watchin you lady.
its my little sister.
I really hate how shit gets twisted around on here - I didn't mean anything bad towards you Fun Times I swear. I guess it came off that way, I dunno. I know you were trying to be supportive and you were. Just bear with me through this if I'm a little bitchy. I don't mean to be, especially towards any of y'all. We don't have to talk about it anymore, it's cool. I just wanted to say thank you Queenie for the info - yeah, I think I'm in denial - I'll do anything not to think about it right now - don't wanna deal with it right now honestly because I'm trying to stay clean - this whole ordeal of quitting opiates has just wore me to the core & I didn't come this far to fuck up now - the problem will still be there when I feel like dealing with it, really. I know, it's really weird walking around here like nothing happened, just going about our business, but that's what we're doing. I don't want to talk about it, and he sure as hell doesn't want to bring it up so here we are. Anyway so we don't have to talk about it anymore on here because I don't want to piss anyone else off... I'm not going to take any subs - that's not even an option for me - that's not what I'm craving. I'll be fine, I can deal - I'm just depressed, and I let it out here so you can just ignore it if you want to. If it annoys you or bothers anyone, I'll stop. We can keep it all about being clean instead of my struggle to stay clean. That's cool. Really. I was worried about talking about it anyway... Plain Insane: Hope you're ok & still on track....
Say what you want subfee. Lord knows i do. If you cant open up here where can you. PS. I only mentioned yusing the 1mg b/c I thought you said you were givong up. I apologize.
Stay clean and stay strong subfree.
So Queenie...well...is she single and/or willing? lol.
Ok well y'all take care...
That's what I mean - you thought you needed to apologize so that means I sounded rude again to you, and I really, really didn't mean it like that so I'm just going to chill for a while because I'm obviously offending you & that's not my intention. That's the last thing I want to do to someone who has really helped me through this horrible time in my life. I can't thank everyone enough. I really wish everyone the best of luck - from the bottom of my heart!!!!
Subfree...please...just be cool. Listen...I'm like the fucking rudest guy online...lol. Really woman....you are so sweet. YOU ARE NOT AND HAVE NOT OFFENDED ME EVER1 arrright. i want u well woman. please...you are like to nice for you own good. quit being so nice, really. kick that cheater in the nuts while he is sleepin ;)
Subfree,
Got back late last night. I'm o.k. It hit 105 where I was and that was brutal. Yeah, I split with that women. It took alot of years to get over that but i'm fine now. Slept good last night with a lunesta. Felt o.k. this a.m. but am starting to feel a little worse as the day progresses. Hope your hanging in there.
Fun Times,
I'll call you tonight. Thanks.
Heys guys. You know I read other suboxone sites..and this was for awhile, and to an extent still is, different. WE HAVE A FEW PEOPLE, WHO KNOW WHO THEY ARE, THAT POST ABOUT EVERY DAY (PLEASE...ITS FUCKIN FREE...JUST SAY HI) TO HELP KEEP THIS SITE GOING AND TOGATHER.
THE FUN DONT END WHEN YOU HIT ZERO, OR WHILE YOU ARE TAPERING, AND IF YOU BAIL...ANYONE...THIS SITE FALLS APART. i try and post one or more times a day...I NEED SUPPORT....YES...AFTER 4 MONTHS I AM NOT 'NORMAL'...I USED OPIATES FOR 17 YEARS...OKAY. And this is truly the fucking most unpredictable kick i could fathom. and i like to try and be helpful.
Anyone can speak about anything on their mind...its encouraged by all of us I'm sure. See, a lot of people in my life cant understand that you can go over 4 months without a drug and still have hard times. Fuck...I can't understand it. I feel better...but I KNOW I AM NOT COMPLETELY OVER THIS SHIT. I know..I live it.
That said: Thank you to everyone who POSTS, newcomers...you are all welcome, we stay close around here...I have photos from plaininsane w/his family, subfee w/hers, queenie..completely naked, and its a cool feeling. Im really pulling for you all, and I know you are pulling for me.
Thanks for sticking around, and please..stick around.
Heys guys. You know I read other suboxone sites..and this was for awhile, and to an extent still is, different. WE HAVE A FEW PEOPLE, WHO KNOW WHO THEY ARE, THAT POST ABOUT EVERY DAY (PLEASE...ITS FUCKIN FREE...JUST SAY HI) TO HELP KEEP THIS SITE GOING AND TOGATHER.
THE FUN DONT END WHEN YOU HIT ZERO, OR WHILE YOU ARE TAPERING, AND IF YOU BAIL...ANYONE...THIS SITE FALLS APART. i try and post one or more times a day...I NEED SUPPORT....YES...AFTER 4 MONTHS I AM NOT 'NORMAL'...I USED OPIATES FOR 17 YEARS...OKAY. And this is truly the fucking most unpredictable kick i could fathom. and i like to try and be helpful.
Anyone can speak about anything on their mind...its encouraged by all of us I'm sure. See, a lot of people in my life cant understand that you can go over 4 months without a drug and still have hard times. Fuck...I can't understand it. I feel better...but I KNOW I AM NOT COMPLETELY OVER THIS SHIT. I know..I live it.
That said: Thank you to everyone who POSTS, newcomers...you are all welcome, we stay close around here...I have photos from plaininsane w/his family, subfee w/hers, queenie..completely naked, and its a cool feeling. Im really pulling for you all, and I know you are pulling for me.
Thanks for sticking around, and please..stick around.
" Ay, Let me kick it to you right quick, man, That on some gangsta shit man, on some real shit, Anybody done been through the same thing, I'm sure you feel the same way - I've been travelin' on this road too long (too long) Just tryin to find my way back home (back home) But the old me's dead and gone, Dead and Gone... Ooooh, I've been travelin on this road too long, too long Just trying to find my way back home, back home But the old me's dead and gone, Dead and Gone........ No more stress, now I'm straight, now I get it, now I take time to think, before I make mistakes just for my family's sake, That part of me left yesterday, The heart of me is strong today, No regrets I'm blessed to say, The old me's dead and gone away..... I turn my head to the East, I don't see nobody by my side, I turn my head to the West, Still nobody in sight, So I turn my head to the North, Swallow that pill that they call pride, That old me is dead and gone, But the new me will be alright" Man I really like that song. Well, it's official - the water will be turned on by the end of this week in my house & I'll be moving in - alone - for now. I'm heartbroken and scared. Fun Times: I'm cool.... you just seemed upset with me or something, I dunno. You never really talk about how you're doing, you should do that more, especially when you're having a rough day. I know this might sound screwed up, but it helps me to know that you're not normal yet. I mean, of course I wish you were, but since you're not I feel like I'm on a normal path instead of feeling like I'll never be right again. I really get to thinking what if my brain is damaged & it's irreversable? I know, I'm trippen... but I'm cool. Got a one hour counseling session tomorrow with hubbie. Yippee! Really looking forward to that... NOT. Oh I wanted to ask, did/is anyone else having skin issues since they stopped subs? My skin has been really dried out or something & it's usually opposite that. My legs look ashy!!!??? They're slightly better now, but for the first month or so my hands looked like I was 40 or something - it's weird.
Who sings that song...it's cool as hell. I love reading all your posts and I love a good song. Listen subfree...honestly...I know how you are, you are extremely sweet, and you're gonna upset me...b/c I know u care for me. And I care for you, and plaininsane, and queenie of course. Let it be a broken record...but damn that lady makes my nights cool when we talk. She is so fucking funny and soooo cool. And like i said...we got four muskateers here...I can't afford to lose any of you guys.
subfree...it's been a weird often ruff trip. Queenie...you sound really suprised at times to hear that life can still be a bitch for me. You make my life much much much better. Understand lady...you have 4 years clean...minus 6 weeks. I have 4 months clean off a 17 year opiate run. Constant H. Constant Methadone. Constant Suboxone. For 17 years. I wish I could tell everyone...well its been 120 days and thank God its over. it aint. and OF COURSE I KICKED LIKE THE SUPREME IDIOT. 8mgs to fuckin ZERO. Wayyyy to go fuckin Genius.
Day 103 SUCKED...i fuckin remember it. 2 weeks ago i was gonna go to a meeting...but my body crashed. I GAVE MY RECOVERING FRIEND MY CAR KEYS AND SAID 'HERE MAN, GO...I AM FUCKIN OUT OF IT'. I stayed up watching tv the night before until like 330am and woke up at 7. and this last week has been excellent. its getting warmer in Chicago, i was hanging by the lake today with my buddy (and still talked to queenie on the phone, by the lake, for at least half an hour...while he just chilled), drank a frapuccino so good it honestly got me high...and it was a gorgeous nite and i thank God.
Yesterday we found a great new hot dog joint (Chicago has real good authentic hot dog joints that have everything...but they're getting scarce b/c of fuckin McDonalds and shit...but a killer joint just opened RIGHT BY MY HOUSE THANK GOD!!!), we grabbed a couple Pints of Guiness, watched a kickass movie (V for Vendetta...not as good as the graphic novel...but still kickass), listened to some Led Zeppelin (I dont own a home, have had a nicer car...but u cant buy a better stereo than i own....i lucked out: A Jolida TUBE CD player...w/1963 tubes running straight into a Musical Fidelity Power Amp thru B&W speakers and a Klipsch sub....that is living music...unreal...truly), and had a wonderful drug free nite.
Things are getting better. I walked 15 miles total in the last 3 days...nice walking weather. Very healthy. Very serene. and I learned not to stay up too late on work nites...so I'm gonna take a hot shower, drink a cup of tea, chill to a little TV...sleep well...and I actually am starting to enjoy mornings.
The kick is in a very good stage right now, FUCK IT FEELS GOOD TO BE OFF DRUGS! Thank you guys. I aint goin anywhere...you guys help me more than you know.
Justin Timberlake and Ti sing that song. Its funny you posted that cause thats what i think about when i hear it (recovery). Thats cute when you spit like a G subfree! Keep on keepn on y'all.....you know i will!
subfree...i missed an important word..."and you're gonna upset me sould read "and you're never gonna upset me"....but you know that... u better:)
That was a very sweet text queenie. you are really something else lady. thank you very much.
plaininsane...it was great talking to you tonite...it really was. i'm truly gald we did...i know everything will be cool. I KNOW IT.
God Bless you three.
Can anyone out there tell me how long this exhaustion lasts? I'm on day 19 of no subs but am so tired. No motivation to do anything.
7 yr opiate addict: You've made it past the hard part so that's good. I think most people start getting their full energy back around 6 weeks, but everyone's different.... it may come sooner... it's just part of the process. Don't worry yourself about when it will come, just let it come... and it will. I will be 2 months off this Friday, and I've been pushing myself - doing physical labor - it's really hard to start, but once you get going you feel a lot better. Don't get discouraged. Hang in there.... life gets better. Good luck.
Gotta fill y'all in on what happened today & reply to earlier posts - be back in a little while.
hey 7yr...i got u beat by exactly 10....much to my chagrin. That motivation and energy thing...for ME...was a son of a BITCH...on day 75. But that was me...many people have had it easier, b/c they got off like 1 or 2 mgs for a few months or weeks.
i kicked from 17 years off H, meth, and subs from 8 to 0. Supremely stupid. 4 years on subs, 11 or 12...give or take on meth...and i kick from 8mg...maybe the stupidest thing...well one of them...that i ever did.
How long have u been on subs...and how hard did u kick from 7years?
Thanks for the feedbak. I've been on the subs for about two yrs. Weened down for weeks to 1mg or .5 (breaking the tablets). I can say clonopine, lunesta and hot baths do help with sleep. Just wanting some sort of motivation back. I guess I've been a prescription addict on and off for about 16yrs. Just taking percocets, oxy, vicodin, etc.
Welcome 7 yr
Great job at tapering down. Your going to make things a lot easier on yourself. I'm at 42 days and still have the issues with energy and severe insomnia but then again I did the stupid thing and kicked off 16mg. every other day which I was on for 5 years. It's been a living hell. Hang in there and try to get as much exercise as possible. Things will slowly turn around. Good luck and keep us informed of how your doing.
Fun Times
sent you a email. Had a pretty good day today and got 6 hrs of sleep last night.
Subfree
Hope all is well with you. Hang in there gal! Hope your counseling session went well. Take care all.
Hey 7yr, MY APOLOGIES...WELLCOME!!!!!...you are very smart. It takes a lot of common sense and disclipline to taper like you did. I'm curious...were you ever at the point where you were 'comfortable' on .5mg or 1mg? Were you feeling 'good' on those low doses..like yourself? Please let me know. I'm proud of you, and the folks here are pulling for you. Stick around. Please.
subfree...u owe us an update lady. STAY IN TOUCH. please.
Plaininsane...as the only guy that I've dealt with on this site, more importantly someone I can SINCERELY relate to, I'm glad as hell we 'met'. Glad you got some sleep. Thanks for the email. you sounded great. God works in mysterious ways. You helped me by us talking/emailing. It was like looking into a mirror. While giving you advice at one point I realized that I was 'working this thing out' for myself too. And I'm glad I did.
Queenie..you know I'm very proud of you. Stay ruff lady. Stay humble. Trust God.
I mean this: TAKE CARE OF YOURSELVES GUYS...YOU ARE ALL DOING SOMETHING TERRIFIC AND I'M PROUD OF ALL OF YOU.
Wassup Wassup WASSUP.... it's all good here. Don't laugh, I know it's sad... but the counsler we went to see is the Program Director/Counsler at the methadone clinic we use to go to. She has her own practice when she's not up there, and we used her for my son when he was having attatchment issues with me. I know her fairly well, and she knows A LOT about me and hubbie of course because of the clinic. It's slim pickin's around here y'all. So anyway, it was really a waste of my time because the bitch just kept trying to talk me and hubbie into going back to the methadone clinic. I was dumbfounded. I'm serious, the bitch really pissed me off, and I let out all this anger and frustration I've been feeling. I just hit a boiling point, and I took it out on her. And I told y'all, I'm not a confrontational person, but she was just being ridiculous - like she didn't even care what we were really there for - like it didn't even phase her, and she was saying rude, blunt shit & I told her this shit just happened to me, and the wound is still very fresh & I didn't appreciate her talking to me like that. It was W I L D!!!!! I just couldn't believe it.... so after like 10 minutes of arguing I told her where she could shove it, and my husband was just staring at me like damn, what the hell has gotten in to YOU? Like he was scared of me or something.... LOL. I told him lets GO, and she proceeded to threathen me for not paying... You want me to pay $150 for 20 minutes of bullshit after insulting me???? BITCH PLEASE. So she threathened to call the police, and I'm like, what the hell are THEY going to do?? My husband knows them all, and what the hell could they do anyway, seriously? That bitch has done fell off her rocker, for real. Whoa. My husband ended up giving her $50, and we got into a big ass fight about that. We don't ever fight, seriously. Fuck that shit, I don't need anyone's help.... I really don't care enough right now to get help, and I can't afford that shit anyway. It was too soon I think anyway because I jump into PISSED mode every time I even look at him right now. If he had a brother, I just might DO IT. But he doesn't so squash that. I'm joking anyway - I'm ticked, but I couldn't do it. SO ANYWAYS - good to hear from you Plain Insane. That's really sweet that every one gets along so well on this site. I can tell it's kind of fizzling out, but I hope everyone keeps in touch. I really do because I couldn't have made it through this kick - couldn't be still making it through this kick - without y'all's help. I don't just send pictures of my kids to anyone.... you really made an impression with me - it might have even been foolish to do that, but it's done. I'm guessing no one else is having skin problems then? Maybe it's all the vitamins and stuff I have been taking... I stopped a couple days ago so we'll see if it clears up. Well, it was nice to unload. Thanks for "listening".... and Queenie: I am more GANGSTA than you know - LOL - just because I'm stuck out here in the country doesn't mean I'm a country gal...hehe... I would LOVE, and I mean LOVE to live in Florida!! It's so gorgeous there... you're lucky. If you and Fun Times ever get serious, I'd make him move to where you're at.... screw that cold weather!!!
By the way, I forgot to say that there was protection used (ugh, I'm gonna throw up thinking about it), and I don't even think it's a possiblity she could be pregnant with his child - I've been worrying myself about it, but I knew he wasn't THAT stupid (he's been fighting me about having another baby) - I didn't tell y'all, but we've been talking for the past year about having another baby together - I've actually been the one pushing the issue - and that was one main reason for getting clean - he admitted that he thought I was trying to get pregnant because I was telling myself then I would HAVE to quit... and he was scared I still wouldn't quit, and he didn't want to go through that, and all this might have something to do with why he did what he did...... so we're making progress.
By the way, I forgot to say that there was protection used (ugh, I'm gonna throw up thinking about it), and I don't even think it's a possiblity she could be pregnant with his child - I've been worrying myself about it, but I knew he wasn't THAT stupid (he's been fighting me about having another baby) - I didn't tell y'all, but we've been talking for the past year about having another baby together - I've actually been the one pushing the issue - and that was one main reason for getting clean - he admitted that he thought I was trying to get pregnant because I was telling myself then I would HAVE to quit... and he was scared I still wouldn't quit, and he didn't want to go through that, and all this might have something to do with why he did what he did...... so we're making progress.
Subfree,
That's why I've had a hard time with counseling over the years. Seems like they never really understand what your going thru. All they care about is the money their making. BTW I haven't had any issues with my skin. You've got a long way to go with the husband but hang in there. At some point things will clear up and you'll be able to really know in your heart what you want. You've got shit piled on shit now and you need to concentrate on your health. I wish I could say more to help you but this is one of those things that you have to find your way through. I sure hope you have some close friends that you can confide in. It's definately good to get stuff off your chest and not hold it in. If you hold it in someday you will explode and that wouldn't be good for anyone. Anyways hang in there and I check or post everyday and will continue to do so. You have all been a great help to me and i'm greatful for eveyone here.
God Bless.
FunTimes,
How you doing my man? Thanks for the kind email. It really makes my days better. I'm glad if I can help you in anyway also. You've definately opened my eyes and for that i'm very greatful. We've been through a lot of similar situations and its great to get someone else's perspective on things. Slept good last night but was drained today, no pain really just tired to the point of almost nodding off at my desk. This lack of sleep is really starting to catch up with me. 2 more days and have a 3 day weekend which will give me some time to try and catch up on missed sleep. I remember you saying in on one of your posts that aways into your kick you fell asleep watching b-ball on t.v. and slept for like 16 hrs or so. That's kinda where I feel I'm at. Just need to make it to the weekend. Hopefully i'm stabilizing a little bit. It's been six weeks of hell now. Talk soon and everybody be strong!!!
Plainsane...you're cooler than cool. Subfree...I'd emial and talk with you too, I wish I could, I really do...but you are married...and I just do not do anything like that. If I get married..I dont my wife talking to some other guy...so I dont do that. I dont chaet..as Ive said...and I wa just brought up to be very respectful toward women. When I was younger I could get jealous, and it sucked. Just so you know...if you weren't settled down...I'd love to say Hi to you as a friend. You have a suprising wild side.
Yeah...I felt the site fizzling out. But I know who takes the time to Post. And I hope that we just keep doing it. I know I will. I'll bet plainsane will too.
Unfortunately...I have no idea of what women think. It's beyond me..and I thought I was smart. So I hope you Post as well subfree. We need a woman to share too. and you do share...and it is appreciated it.
It feels good to get help...and just as good to help someone in our position.
as always..I care for you guys. i really do. take care.
Subfree
How's it going? You doing o.k. women? Post and let us know how your doing.
Fun Times
How you doing today? Had a good day today. Got one more day to make it and then 3 off. That's exciting for me. Now I can try to catch up on sleep. Not going anywhere and don't plan on doing anything just staying home and relaxing. Hopefully spend time with my family and be the person I'm supposed to be. Thanks for the MMS it's nice to put a face to the voice. I didn't even notice it till about noon today, My shitty phone doesn't alert me when I get messages- either that or I'm going deaf in my old age. Take care and talk soon.
I don't want anyone to take anything I say in this post the wrong way. In fact, y'all will probably agree with me. I, SERIOUSLY, don't want anyone to freak out or worry about me or any of that, if y'all even would. I'm just going to be real and SPEAK FROM MY HEART. And I am dead serious about everything I am going to say. Fun Times: I don't feel left out, I understand. Fact is, I understand that we don't have that much in common, I'm married, so on and so forth, it's cool... I'm really thankful that I met you guys, and I realize I probably shouldn't have bogged down this hub with my personal problems. Truth is, I don't really have anyone to talk to about my personal problems besides my husband, and we can all see the problem there. All of my friends are addicts in one way or another, and we all know how self absorbed you can be when you're like that. But IT'S OK - I'm OK, really - I got a little emotional from time to time on here - I let it all out - and that was cool, but I realize I shouldn't burden you guys with these things - y'all could probably care less about the details, and I'm SERIOUSLY OK with that too. So NO NEED to respond to that - I know you guys care about my recovery, and that's what this site is all about. And y'all have supported me & helped me more than you will ever know.... I will never forget y'all, ever. No need to keep posting to each other when y'all can email, you know? I can't keep posting on here because I feel like a fake. I have failed myself, my children, and everyone I care about. Yeah, you can guess what I'm saying. I guess I'm not as strong as I thought I was. So maybe I'll pop back up on here some time from now, going through this terrible mess all over again. Seriously though, I can't help anyone right now because I can't even help myself. And that's the point of this site. I feel as if I would be detrimental to this site if I stayed. I don't belong to the group anymore guys. I am so proud of you, Plain Insane, and you also Fun Times.... 17 years is a long time to be using any type of drug, let alone several, and I hope you realize what an accomplishment you've made - I'm sure you do, but just take the time to treasure it. You are both really great, incredible guys, really. Thanks for taking the time out of your hectic lives to help me. I wish all of you much luck and success in your recovery and life. I really struggled with telling y'all about me "messing up" again because I don't want y'all to think all your help was for nothing. Because it wasn't. And I hope you both continue to help people. Y'all don't have to respond to my post because there's really nothing to say.... I mean, what can you say? I'm going to be fine... it will all work itself out!! I just wanted y'all to know that you've made a difference in my life, and I hope y'all continue to do that with other people. Fun Times - you've made me laugh so hard, don't ever change!! I really hope things work out with you and Queenie, I really do. You deserve to be happy. I guess this kick makes you really emotional, and maybe that's why I felt so close to you guys. It was really cool to have this site while going through all that, and I hope more people take advantage of it.... IT REALLY DOES HELP. Thank you so much for everything. TAKE CARE because I really do care... I am emotionally invested in y'all's recovery, and I will be reading y'all's posts (for as long as you continue to post) to see how you're doing. Love Always, S
subfree, relapse is part of recovery and we all do it. I hope you stick around but if you dont i wish you the best!
Subfree,
Hang in there, don't give up and keep working at it. Don't beat yourself up over this. You have so many tough things going on now. If I was in your shoes I'd have slipped also. You really sound to me like a wonderful women who has had your life turned upside down (which you didn't deserve). I admire your fight after what has happened to you. I wish you all the best and you will be in my prayers. I hope at some point you will post again. You have not failed at all, you've just hit a little bump in the road. Thank you for all your previous posts, words of inspiration for me and your will to overcome this. I know you'll be successful at some point. You're not a fake and you haven't failed your family. Remember your children who love you and and will never stop. Be strong and keep fighting. I hope you can work your relationship out and then you'll be able to concentrate on this kick. GOD BLESS YOU WOMEN and hang in there.
Subfree...if you wanna shoot me an email...I'd like to take a second and chat or email you...I'm sure Queenie won't mind. I wanna know where you are at with this relapse and try and offer some advice if I can. Thats Recovery. Its a "We" thing.
You haven't done anything that can't be fixed. Friends don't bail on each other when things get a little tuff. Everyone asked you to stick around. So stick around.
Ghost from the past........
I figure I update you all. It's been over 2 months and still now subs. The withdrawl IMHO was pretty easy to beat. 2 things really bothered me then and now, actually. I can't sleep anymore for shit, even with now 200mg Seroquel or 3mg lunesta or 12.5mg Ambien CR. Besides sleeping about an hour a night, with the help of sleep aids, I sweat all day and all night still.
So..... Other than No real sleep and sweating my ass off I'm pretty much over a 7 year run with any kind of opioids. Of course I'm only into 2 months.....
Ohhhh I'm not taking Seroquil or Klonopin anymore..... maybe I should change my name....... lol
ohh yeah. I think Adderall is starting to have adverse effects on me now that I'm not taking suboxone anymore. When I take Adderall now. It makes me feel REALLY cracked out, misserable, achey, Lazy, nausious, and worst yet It makes my concentration worse than ever!!! I called my Doc and he recommends that I just stop Adderall all together.... so...... I can cross off Adderall now too.
Hi I am new here. I have been off of Suboxone for about 4 weeks now. I was on 8mg in the beginning and then got down to 4mg. I was on it for about 6 months and found out I was pregnant. I stayed on the suboxone and got down to 1mg while I was pregnant. The baby was born somewhat addicted. He had seizures and tremors. They kept him for a week and put him on an anti-seizure medicine. After was all said and done, I tried to get off of it and it didnt work. I had a 2 week old baby and I wasnt ready. I finally got off of it and my baby is 11 months old now. I was on under 1mg and I had severe withdrawls. The first 2 days I threw up, stomach in knots, in the bathroom constintly and oh my god...showers (hot) were the help for the first week.
I have been having issues to where I cant control my body temp at all! If I watch a show that is about life and death I get chills up and down my body and almost sweat. I have to have the a/c on as little as possible b/c the air feels like needles on my body and its like 90 degrees where I live...so that doesnt help. Im about to fry my husband out of the house. At night I cant stop moving and hurting. My legs are on fire and advil is what helps me out. I was on a blood pressure medicine for the first week to help the withdrawls...which helped but I had noooo energy for my baby. Then I stopped that and got a huge spurt of energy and couldnt stop cleaning the house. Now going on week 4 Im back to my lazy not feeling good self again. Im moderately depressed. Nothing I cant handle though. Im tired of taking medicine! Before all this I was on Methadone for over 2 years and beofre that addicted to anything...so I am happy to be where I am today witha beautiful son and a moderately happy life.
I know some of you have been going through the withdrawls longer than I and sure you were on higer doses. I am trying to find out when the stomach pains and restless legs go away...oh yeah and the uncontrollable ANXIETY!!!!???
HELP!
Thanks
Welcome Phoenix54,
Your going through all the usual stuff it seems. It's hard to know when these things will subside. Just when you think things are getting better, all hell breaks loose and here we go again. From what I understand the longer you've been on subs the longer the w/d's last. The restless legs are a killer. I had them pretty severely the first month then they went away. Last Sat. night when i tried to go to sleep they were back again. I don't know if you read anything about PAWS but this is something you could experience for up to a couple years from what I understand. This is just like the w/d's coming back full force after you've went a period of time and been fine. This is a nasty drug to get off of because of the duration of the w/d's. Only thing I can say is hang in there and be strong. Someday this will all be behind you. You may want to talk to your Dr. and see if you can get some Requip which is for RLS. I've heard some say that it helps. My anxiety has not been to bad, but the depression comes and goes and sometimes it's pretty rough. My stomach pains come and go also so its hard to know when it will quit. I'm nearing day 60 and I have some good days and a lot of bad days. Having no energy and having to work 50+ hrs of work a week makes it much tougher. Good luck and keep in touch and let us know how it's going.
Even if inject suboxone IV, the buprenorphine still has a higher affinity to µ than naloxone, does it not? When I was on Suboxne, I swallowed the pooled saliva, and since first pass metabolism doesn't apply to naloxone, I was still getting the full dose. I do not think precipitated withdrawal is possible, unless you're addicted to a different opiate/oid, methadone especially. I am on day 6 of quitting, and I must say the physical withdrawals are only slightly less excruciating than heavy hydrocodone. Reckkit also claims that on a low enough dose, for a long enough period of time, the enorphins your body produces will increase while on the drug. Last time I went though this, I had a haphazardly tramodol recovery, and I couldn't sleep for four months after quitting oxy, but I've been on Suboxone for over a year, and 2mg subutex for about 6 months now, but if my neurotransmitter levels are as fucked up for months, like last time, I'm going to be livid. Reckkitt and Benkiser (sp?) have already advertised false aspects of the drug, but I can appreciate the white lie they tell you, to try an keep you from injecting the drug. Another thing, buprenorphine without the naloxone (subutex) will completely block regular agonists, it'll make you feel a little tired, but no effects, even if you're only on 2mg of it. I've heard that at too high a dose, buprenorphine will start blocking itself. The bottom line is, during the two years I was on buprenorphine, I didn't have a single craving unless there was like a painkillers in front of me, so it took care of that without getting me high. Since it's metabolized into norepinephrine, it's does bring a level of comfort but that's about it. If I don't have to go through the 6 months of neurochemistry recovery, as you do with regular opiates, then I'll say the drug is worth it. If I do however, it's a waste of money, and a waste of time, because you can start injecting heroine and go through a 2 day withdrawal, or you can get a high affinity antagonist pumped through and go through an excruciating withdrawal, that lasts about for hours, but that treatment is about $3000+
I've heard that the quick, expensive detox doesn't work that well and you come out of feeling like your body was on the verge of death. Don't want to go that route. Definately the best way to go is a very long taper over 6 to 9 months.
Hey PlainInsane, thanks for the info.
So you are on day 60? And still feel like crap? That sucks. I cant stand this stupid feeling. I'd have to say that if I knew about all this, I would've gotten off the H and stayed off the bulls*it. But backt then, no matter what anyone says...they wouldnt have gotten off of it. They need to experiance this to be able to be strong enough not to do it again. I also did NOT have ANY cravings of using while on Suboxone. For the first week or so I thought...."hmm, it would be nice to eat a perk or something" but I never did b/c that wouldve set me back. I actually still have some Subs left.. I just stopped b/c I was ready. I dont have any contact with users or dealers which is a bonus. I havent for years now. It would be so weird anyway.
I worry about the depression and the "after effects" of this though. I havent been clean "clean" (off of every kind of drug) in over 8 years. So...it will be hard not to get up and say to myself..."do I have my meds?" I always made sure I had them with me just in case. Or if I felt like crap.. I took some. I rely on meds of anykind to cure my pain. Even if it is Advil. I hate going through pain and depression. I already have issues with depression. They "say" Im Bipolar, manic, mood disorders, dilusional.. blah blah! I had all these issues b/c I was haveing postpartum depression 7 months AFTER I had my baby. It hit me very hard and I starting hearing voices. Seeing htings...thinking people were out to kill me.. it was horrible! They put me on meds for the bipolar and that was a RARE side effect. After that experiance... I said F this! I'm quiting everything!
I am slowly getting better and in time 6 months or so..if I cant handle depression then I will start a low dose of something. They told me that the meds (anti-depressants, mood stablizers) could have messed with my chemical levels and since I was on Sub, that couldve been the big issue.
I am a stay at home mom and a lot of people say "oh, you're soo lucky" blah blah. No, Im not. I mean its nice to not have to work but it sucks b/c it gets to you after a while....you sitting in the house and bored...sick..a baby crawling and crying everywhere...umm does that sound fun??
Anyway, thanks for the info. Keep me posted on how you are too. You are soo lucky to have 2 months down. June 1st will be one month for me! I am happy that I finally did it. I know it will pay off in the end. That is why I have a positive attitude. Sorta..lol! The lingering pain is what pisses me off! lol!
Thanks!
Phoenix54,
Yeah I know all about the depression. I've been on at least 30 different anti-depressants. The subs did the trick for me. After detoxing off opiates I stayed on the subs because I had no depression. 5 years later and i'm ready to get off them. I started thinking its time to be drug free and hadn't experienced any bad depression for many years. Little did I know that these subs don't want to let you go. At times I think this is never going to end (these w/d's). I can only hope this ends soon. I have to take sleeping pills or I won't sleep and even sometimes they don't work. I've had several nights with no sleep and work the next day. It's been tough to function. If I didn't work though it might be tougher on me cause at least at work I can take my mind off it somewhat. I know what its like raising young kids also and it ain't no picnic especially if your dealing with something like this. I sounds like you tapered down to 1mg for sometime before stopping, so hopefully you will get thru this much quicker. I jumped off at 16 mg every other day for 5 years and it almost killed me. Good luck, hang in there and be strong.
Wow Plaininsane. Dropping at 16mg's every other must have been tough. I have been on Sub for a year and a half. I recently began tapering and I have noticed lots of joint pain. And the bottom of my feet are tender and painfull to the point of being unable to work. Which is a bumber because I find it is easier to quit opiods when you can be active enough to sleep at night.
I am down to 1mg once a day. trying to level out so I can go to random chips. It is difficult to break the 8's up small and keep a consistant size. So what i am doing is making then close to powder and trying to keep myself on the edge of sickness. I only hope that staying a little sick for a month or so will help when I just stop all together.
Good luck to all my fellow quiters.
Wow Plaininsane. Dropping at 16mg's every other must have been tough. I have been on Sub for a year and a half. I recently began tapering and I have noticed lots of joint pain. And the bottom of my feet are tender and painfull to the point of being unable to work. Which is a bumber because I find it is easier to quit opiods when you can be active enough to sleep at night.
I am down to 1mg once a day. trying to level out so I can go to random chips. It is difficult to break the 8's up small and keep a consistant size. So what i am doing is making then close to powder and trying to keep myself on the edge of sickness. I only hope that staying a little sick for a month or so will help when I just stop all together.
Good luck to all my fellow quiters.
Does anyone know if 24 hours is enough time to go from a gram of H a day to subs? I'm thinking it should be a bit longer. Also, how does ibogaine work with suboxone? I imagine that you would need a booster dose of the ibo at some point. I am trying to figure out if I should go on subs (my doctors advice) or do the ibo treatment.I have finally broken the methadone habit after 6 or 7 years by going back on the H and I am now at a crossroads. Do I go on subs or do the ibogaine?
My doctor recommends getting stabilized on the subs, but I think I would rather just do a 2 week taper to get off the H. This is making my head spin as I am not sure who to believe anymore, especially with all the horror stories on here about the sub detox. I have heard that subs are a good way to taper though if you only do them very short term. Any help would be appreciated.
Greenburger,
Yes it was and is very tough. I wouldn't recommend it to anyone. The first month I would take .5 mg every 4 or five days. Didn't help that much but took the edge off. I think the long slow taper is definitely the way to go. I'm still having trouble sleeping unless i take a sleeping pill (lunesta) and still have the rls. I'm coming up on 60 days now and still have little to no energy.
Sub newbie,
What I understand is you need to be experiencing w/d symptoms before you start the subs. If you do go on sub get off them as quickly as possible. I would say no more than a couple weeks. Then do a taper off them and you should be fine. Most of the people here who are suffering severe w/d symptoms from the subs have been on them for many months or years. Good Luck.
Thanks PLaininsane, I am down to the smallest chips I can break and I think taking it avery few days is the way to go. That way you get some reliefe. I realize that is sure to draw it out, but at least your body is begining the process. I just need to feel normal every few days so I can love my wife longer than two strokes.
And Sub Newbie. I totally second Plain on this. DO NOT MAKE SUBOXONE A LONG TERM TREAtment. It gets in you deepper than methadone. I have sever l;eg and foot pain and it increases as I decrease my dosage.
Thanks for your comments, Greenburger and Plaininsane. My doctor told me that sub is an easier kick than methadone. I imagine it like six of one half a dozen of the other. I still have not started sub yet and I was wondering if anyone has experience with the plant Iboga or it's extract ibogaine and suboxone. Will the ibogaine work for sub addicts too? Damn these drugs. I've thrown away almost 15 years of my life, scared away the woman I wanted to marry and grow old with, sold all my beautiful, expensive music gear chasing a high that doesn't exist. What the fuck is up with that? What is wrong with me? I used to be able to stand on my own 2 feet, but now all I have are bum legs and a very expensive crutch. Gotta stop hating myself but it's hard. Opiates hate me and I hate opiates!
My question for today is this: Is it really true that sub puts your drug cravings and insane drug seeking behavior into remission?
Hey everyone, just want to say hi and offer some encouragement. I have been off subs for about 3 and a half months and feel great. yes, its a long process (about 6 weeks for me) but when you finally get to the other side, you will enjoy a freedom that you haven't known in so long. Life is so much better clean. I think faster, laugh more and possess a genuine childlike appreciation for life. I wish you all the best. Keep on keep'n on!
First....hello. couple comments. ultra rapid detox is an awful cruel joke. i know...it was played on me at my own behest...for$7,500. I promise...that is no fun.
For me subs were a blessing. Getting off them didn't hurt per se, but it just drained me. That said...i much preferred seeing a doctor once a month than ealing with H or meth.
Subnewbie...get off dope and on subs. Heroin is a fuckin life destroyer. Yes...you can use $300 worth of H a day and yes...subs will stop the withdrawal. As for stopping the cravings...thats up to you. You have to want to get off junk...b/c subs will make life tolerable, and give you a chance to live your life stabily and eventually taper off them, but they won't get you high like Heroin. Understand that goin in. And you cannot switch from meth to subs unless you are at 30 mgs or below of meth. Subs do have some amazing property that they work for everyone from vicodin users (i have 2 friends that kicked vicodidn w/subs) to full blown H adicts like you, and along time ago, like me.
Plaininsane, you are really being cool by keeping the site going. Good man. Im sure u got my text Friday nite. Queenie...awwww... tou are so cute.
Take care everyone
Fun times
Thx for your input. Everyone I know who has done the rapid detox has relapsed almost immediately after. As for sub, you seem to be the only one on this forum saying that the sub detox is no big deal. I think I will just do a 2 week taper off the h, straight down from 8 and hopefully it won't have a chance to stick to me so much. I know a guy who did that and said he never as much as even lost a night of sleep.
There is another very interesting forum online, by a former anaesthesioligist and opiate addict called suboxonetalkzone.com. This guy is Mr.. sub witha capital M. He makes alot of very interesting points. The worst part of the opiate addiction for me is the isolation and depression. The physical stuff sucks, but the mental anguish is almost unbearable. I find myself playing chicken with buses and thinking about carbon monoxide...say no more, I'm sure you know what i mean. Life destroyer is a good way to put it. I'm 40, soon to be 41 and I don't think I can face the prospects of another decade of this shit. Why do we do it to ourselves?
Fun Times,
I did indeed get message, Thanks Hope your doing well.
Subnewbie,
If you are having severe depression getting off the h I would recommend a short time on the subs. It will help you get through that depression from quitting the h. It did wonders for my depression, thats why I stayed on it so long. Since attempting to get off the subs my depression has comeback somewhat but not nearly as bad as when i tried to kick the opiates without the subs. Good luck and hang in there.
subnewbie...read some earlier posts of mine...if you care to. i must have given you the wrong impression. i came off subs too fast. it just about broke me in half...and i felt really down after being off them a LONG time. IT AINT FUN,,,but it can be done. First get off dope.
Hey..wow, a lot has gone on since I last checked in.
PlainInsane and Sub newbie,
I'd have to say that I know about the long-term depression and it sucks! I went through a horrible relationship and used all types of drugs and in the end of it all ended up abusing myself and drugs. I had so many suicidal thoughts it wasnt even funny. Thats why I got on heroin b/c it took my mental pain away. I realized I was addicted and said F it I feel fine and can manage. I couldnt obviously.... So I thought oohhh Methadone will save my life and mental anguish. Not for long b/c I found crack cocaine and my life didnt get anywhere from there...Finally I said I am way too young for this..at the time 21-22 yrs old. Couldnt hold down a relationship, job, no stability...anywhere in my life. So, I thought Suboxone. It was a freakin saviour! I didnt crave ANY drugs. I stayed on it for 2 yrs and said Im done...plus my baby of course helped me to see it was time to get off Sub.
To Sub newbie,
I know your pain! Mentally I wasnt stable and couldnt get stable. This might sound weird but when you do the H are you getting off...like trying to chase the high or are you like...uggh, gotta wake up and find some shit so I can manage?? You have to be mentally ready to be clean clean. Off everything. The Sub will help that depression like PlainInsane mentioned. I think long-term for you would be benifitual. Not years...unless thats what you needed. I had a friend go through the same process of "getting off" and she is now currently in jail. She has so much anxiety that she "has" to have it in her. The Sub. Its really b/c she isnt ready to not use. She is such a great person but when you arent mentally ready (for the most part) to get off Suboxone then stay on. I know you arent even on but I wouldnt go the other route of rapid detox tripping on a root plant or some shit. Also, yes it does put your cravings and drug seeking behavior into remission but it also helps you get a more stable life. You can work, carry on convos...be normal. After a while of being on Sub you realize I can do this without anything. That took over 2 years for me to say it and do it. Methadone is a sucky withdrawl as well but I couldnt hack it honestly...I slipped after I got off the meth and used H for a bit (couple days) till I got on Sub. I used pills for about 2 days in that process to delay withdrawl. It took a long time to get my severe depression on beating myself up minutely! lol! Its true it sucks being sad. But the pain was gone b/c of the Sub though almoslt immediatly. ITs hard to explain. I watched the love of my life (back then) go from a great awesome smart as hell guy to a full blown drug seeking heroin abuser - methadone - eating patches and massive amounts of pills then back on methadone and shooting it as well as valiums and doing dope on top. I stuck by his side and thats kinda where the mental anguish came from... This site helps out a lot with the explaining of what to look for and the mental issues we experiance. Its nice to see other people going through this too.
everyone else,
Im feeling like shit (been off for a month now) but I know in the end it goes away. I just want to find a remedy for my f'n legs! Thats the only thing I cant handle. Pot helps a little but the pain is insaine when Im not stoned anymore. I dont want to eat opiate pills to help this pain or sub...so I tried smoking. I am tired of short term remedies. I know some of you had the leg thing too. Did anyone find anything that helped?? I feel like a kid again going through growing pains!! It sucks! I am a small person and I can barely do physical activities. I am so weak from abusing my body for so long. My new thing is Im trying to eat healthier.... then maybe work out. I hear that working out helps but I tried walking and when its time to go to bed, my legs are THROBBING and burning sooo bad I want to die! I lasted the chills over and over again and the sneezing every 10 seconds and then aches and stomach issues...all of it but the leg pains are unreal ( for me at least) not everyone gets like this I know. I know I will start some meds here soon though. Maybe I have RLS cuz I thought I did b/4 I got on shit a long time ago. Its been so long that my body hasnt been supressed on something that I dont know anymore. Its kinda like being re-born again getting off everything. You have to re-discover yourself.
Thanks for listening!
Take care all.
Hi Guys!
I'm on my 10th day without subs, I was on it for approx. 2 years. The withdrawls are a fucking nightmare. I cant sleep more than 2 hours a night still, and i'm at work trying to deal. I just wish that I had stoppped taking them sooner. My doctor made a killing off of me. Every month i would pay $125.00 (because with suboxone they didnt take insurance) and then for the actual meds, it was like $90.00. I am sooo pissed. I just delayed the fucking inevitable. I almost feel like I wasnt clean these last 2 years because even though I wasnt taking pain meds i was still dependent on a drug, which i am now paying the price for not taking them anymore. I know things will get better, but damn its hard, especially when you cant sleep.
HEy Phoenix 54.
Thx for yr insight. I use The H to function, to get me through the day. It doesn't get me high at all. Of course, I must still be chasing the high or I wouldn't keep doing it. I don't know anything else. I am supposed to stop using today so I can go on sub tomorrow, but seriously, wtf? My plan is to only use the sub for a week to wean off right away. I know a guy who did it successfully 6 months ago. With all of your scary w/d stories, I know I don't want to be on sub long term.
Right now I am again at a point (as ususal) where evreything is on the verge of going to shit any second. cCme to think of it, it's been like this for so long...I might lose my job, my place to live because of the addiction. No it's not because of the addiction, it's because of me and my choices and my addcited brain. I have already thrown away a great career, a wonderful loving g/f and all I care about is getting more money to get more dope. What a life!
I enjoy hearing success stories if you know anyone who has made it let me know.
Thanks and hang in there evreyone
This may sound wierd but me and my friends have done this and it really does help for the needle fealings. When Air blows on you it feels like needles beacuse your skin is hiper sensative and your hairs on your skin are the most sensative on your body and when you with drawls your hairs Pick up everything..... Its kinda wierd but shave your body hair and that helps out alot... I know it sounds crazy but it works. Dont worry it will grow back Shave your legs and your arms = your arms wont be as sensative and your legs you will get less tingles or those little feelings when your trying to sleep that make you move your legs like sombody is touching you with the tip of a feather......This is a bout the wierest post i have ever posted but boy it helps
dallasgirl,
I've been going thru the same thing for almost 2 months now all the while working. I'm taking lunesta at night during the week so I can get some sleep. I had countless nights with no sleep at all. I finally had to take .5 mg of sub every 5 to 7 days just to get some relief. Don't kill yourself over it. This is a long lasting kick and is something I could've never imagined. Did you taper down before stopping? It's getting a little better but still tough. If I would of known what I was in for I'd have definately tapered down to a crumb before jumping off. Well that's in the past and I can only move forward. I was taking 16mg every other day then jumped. Damn near killed me. Hang in there. Good luck.
Sub newbie,
You got to be ready to do this and want to do this for yourself. If your not 1000% ready to do this for yourself your going to have a hard time being successful. If you start the subs they should keep you from getting depressed and help you with the cravings but you gotta want it. Good luck, I hope it works out for you.
Josh Gipson
Never heard of that before, luckily i'm not having a lot of the restless leg stuff anymore. More a terrible lack of energy and my stomach is stilled messed up. It kinda goes and comes now. Some days are better than others. If my legs were bothering me though I would try anything to help that. Even though its painless its still like torture.
PlainInsane
See that's what scares me. You say its been 2 months!!!! and you're still not 100%. Thats crazy!! Yeah, I tappered down. I took this Tylenol verson of Nyquil, and it made me sooo tired, but I still couldnt sleep, so it made it even worse. You know i took the pain meds because I wanted to feel happy, but right now i would kill to just feel normal.
dallasgirl,
I know exactly what you mean. I started trying to take ambien cr at night and would take a double dose and not sleep at all the whole night. The lunesta works pretty good for the sleep. Just don't want to get addicted to that. You may not have as rough a time since you tapered down, I didn't. I would recommend anybody doing this taper down to almost nothing before stopping. I took the pain meds for the same reason, little did I know what hell it would cause me. Let us know how your doing. Stay strong and Good luck.
Yea the tapper has helped me a bunch. I litterally couldn't break the pills into anything smaller before I quit. Now I have stopped all together and i am copping OK. If you consider a bottle of wine and Xanax copping. But, the way I see it is so long as the benzo use is short, I might as well take advantage of their anti anxiety effects. Unfortunately they don't do anything for the head ache and sore joints.
Hey Greenburger,
IT seems everyone has a "copper". So far I have read so many people getting off this crap and having some sort of home remedies! I ent a month ithout anything. I tried smokin a little bit and man did it take aay the stomach pains and restless legs. That as bad. It also helps with the chills... which suuuck! I hurt a lot and if I sit around too long then I start gettin anxiety. My stomach turns. It sucks. So, smokin a little here and there helps a lot. As long as I am not eatin pills.. I feel good about my self! lol!
PlainInsane
Well, I tappered down, it's been 2 weeks and if i am getting better, its a really really freaking slow process, so i cant even imagine what it would be like to NOT tapper down. And it's really hard when you have to go to work like this, I dont feel like doing anything at all, and i was the employee that was always running around, I'ts just so exhausting to just get up from my chair.
Hey Dallasgirl
I know exactly what you mean. I was exhausted too for a long time. That feeling goes away real soon for you. Do you have any other bad symptoms?
I come on here and see other people like me and I wonder WTF is goin on here? The long drag is crazy! They need to come up with a ne drug that helps this process down by half! lol!
Take care guys...its getting better for me daily now. (Almost 6 weeks off) :)
Well, its been about 4 or 5 months since my last dose of sub! Seems like it was just yesterday. :P I had this page bookmarked and figured I would check in. I'd say the first month or two were pretty bad, leg cramps being by far the worst, then the chills/sweating. I never had too much of a problem sleeping thankfully. I always slept with a fan right in my bed since I was a kid--the noise and breeze always put me right to sleep. :D
It really did feel like its never going to end since the withdrawls ease up very slowly. And its not like they all went away at the same time for me either. With dope I would feel sooooo much better after 4 or 5 days energy wise, but with sub each symptom lasted different periods of time and actually getting energy back took about 2 months.
In any case I feel normal now, it just took a long while. I'm back to jogging 3 miles/day and weight training 3/days per week. I saw rapid detox mentioned in earlier posts, and I have to say that it can really work as well. I stayed clean for about 6 years after rapid detox. I even gave up coffee and cigarettes right afterwards as I just felt so good to be off drugs! I felt like I got hit by a truck for the first few days but no W/D symtoms--just tired.The feeling of knowing I wouldnt have to go to a clinic or find dope the next morning was awesome. I kept expecting to wake up the next morning with chills and sweats but they never came. So yes, I truly believe rapid detox is an option for some people.
The main thing I think is changing your envirement. If you go in for rapid detox and come home to all your friends using you'll be more prone to relapse. I went from getting on methadone, moving to a new town, stopped haging with anyone who used, THEN had rapid detox.I remember it feeling like I was on cloud 9 since I went from years of herion use and rehabs, to years of methadone to being clean and feeling great within days. I never got the cloud 9 feeling kicking sub only because it dragged out and I felt awful for months. I'm happy and grateful I'm off it now but there just wasnt that feeling I had after rapid detox.
The only thing I can really recommend for anyone reading this is to try and get off sub quickly. It doesnt just make you feel normal, it will make you peppy and energetic with no anxiety. At least it did for me and that made me stay on it much too long. I had every intention of getting off after 1 week but I felt so good on it 1 week turned into 1 and a half years. Just know that getting off sub is gradual and takes awhile if you stay on it for too long. While typing this now I think a month isnt that long but when I was feeling like ass I truly didnt think the withdrawls would ever end...but they do. Hang in there guys.
Well, its been about 4 or 5 months since my last dose of sub! Seems like it was just yesterday. :P I had this page bookmarked and figured I would check in. I'd say the first month or two were pretty bad, leg cramps being by far the worst, then the chills/sweating. I never had too much of a problem sleeping thankfully. I always slept with a fan right in my bed since I was a kid--the noise and breeze always put me right to sleep. :D
It really did feel like its never going to end since the withdrawls ease up very slowly. And its not like they all went away at the same time for me either. With dope I would feel sooooo much better after 4 or 5 days energy wise, but with sub each symptom lasted different periods of time and actually getting energy back took about 2 months.
In any case I feel normal now, it just took a long while. I'm back to jogging 3 miles/day and weight training 3/days per week. I saw rapid detox mentioned in earlier posts, and I have to say that it can really work as well. I stayed clean for about 6 years after rapid detox. I even gave up coffee and cigarettes right afterwards as I just felt so good to be off drugs! I felt like I got hit by a truck for the first few days but no W/D symtoms--just tired.The feeling of knowing I wouldnt have to go to a clinic or find dope the next morning was awesome. I kept expecting to wake up the next morning with chills and sweats but they never came. So yes, I truly believe rapid detox is an option for some people.
The main thing I think is changing your envirement. If you go in for rapid detox and come home to all your friends using you'll be more prone to relapse. I went from getting on methadone, moving to a new town, stopped haging with anyone who used, THEN had rapid detox.I remember it feeling like I was on cloud 9 since I went from years of herion use and rehabs, to years of methadone to being clean and feeling great within days. I never got the cloud 9 feeling kicking sub only because it dragged out and I felt awful for months. I'm happy and grateful I'm off it now but there just wasnt that feeling I had after rapid detox.
The only thing I can really recommend for anyone reading this is to try and get off sub quickly. It doesnt just make you feel normal, it will make you peppy and energetic with no anxiety. At least it did for me and that made me stay on it much too long. I had every intention of getting off after 1 week but I felt so good on it 1 week turned into 1 and a half years. Just know that getting off sub is gradual and takes awhile if you stay on it for too long. While typing this now I think a month isnt that long but when I was feeling like ass I truly didnt think the withdrawls would ever end...but they do. Hang in there guys.
Man.... Ol man..... If you can taper down with Sub, then just taper down with what you are doing, unless you are doing heavy shi+... If on pills or one or two 80s a day, just try to taper off. It will probably save you money! Sub is a miracle drug but getting off of it is terrible... You better have a lot of will power and a couple of weeks, if not a month to sit and do not crap. It has been two weeks and I crap like a goose, my head hurts so bad I feel like I have cavities in all my upper teeth, lathargic, no energy, angry, aggrivated, can't make myself smile, depressed, no sleep, legs that want stop jerking, loneliness and wanting to be alone,.... I would rather starve than to get up and grab something to eat. With the kicker being... I have been completely insane, trying to figure out how the hell to get relief... Just moved to Phoenix with my little boy and my wife (they have been here for 4 months, I have been East coast finishing school) and now, I can't even love my son the way I should because I don't have the energy or mental compacity to grab a ball and throw it back to him. I make myself do it out of guilt and love but feel like I have been hit by a mack truck and exhausted after the fact. I go try to hide for a quick nap but my damn legs will not quit jerking, flashes of light from my minds eye will not stop strobbing. Trust me, if you can ween yourself off pain pills, do it, and don't let anyone fool you, sub can be pretty intense and very long.... I would rather just get over it. I was doing 15 to 20 oxy 10s a day after I got hooked from a script.... All the sudden I was deployed overseas with the military. I went through withdraws, it was hard, really hard but after 5 days it was ok, after a week or so, I was a killing machine agian. With this sub.... I couldn't kill a fly with one of those purple light eletric... things... hell i don't have the energy to plug the sucker in. Be strong and try to fix yourself first... then go get help... But if you do the Sub, you have a long hard road to travel and you better have some time to drive that road. Try to take care and try to fix yourself, if you are serious it will work.
subisworstome:
Hey. I feel kinda bad for you man. Shipped overseas, military, family. I give you some advice if you care. Like to see you do well. I used to post a lot. A few of us did. I know how you feel. I had long hard days.
Getting off subs can be kinda of a bitch. It's a motherfucker. I was on hard candy for 17 years, give or take, subs about 5. A month....? Hmmmmn. I have this to give this fuckin kick I just had credit, really...it was a hard motherfucker. I remember day 103 being a real bitch. Who knows why. Day 45 was cool. Strange days.
I'm just gonna give an opinion, b/c I'd love to see you succeed. That's a fact. Quit complaining. Period. Quit feeling sorry for yourself...it does not fucking help. Complain on this site if you need too...that's fine. The shit you are dealing with is fucked up. When you 'log off'...it's time to be HARD motherfucker. The body is fucked. The mind is fucked. But...if you slow down, take things 20 minutes at a time...don't fucking worry about your family troubles now...when your son has a healthy dad back....all will be well. So fuck the future...and just let time pass. Hard. You're a fuckin kiling machine. Act like one. Give your body simple commands...break the inertia...pick up the fuckin football for ten minutes, play catch...go lay down and die a bit....and repeat as neccessary.
Savor this pain. It doesn't get this good again...thankfully. You honestly don't have time for self-reflection, or feelings, or emotions...they're chemically fucked up anyway....they're not real. You sure the fuck shouldn't be thinking about what should. An old friend liked to say...it is what it is. Learn to love it. You're getting clean. You get up, you get down...you've come too far to start fuckin around. Shower like crazy. Put some food in your body...how do you expect it to heal without food? Or make energy? Take immodium ad, take ibuprofen. Remember this.
What you can do in 5 minutes, you can do now. Use your mind like a computer mouse. point and clik. The body will follow. Play some catch. Laugh at this kick. It's easier that way. I swear i did. I had to.
If I can help with anything, as I have kicked, just ask. c'mon soldier. Time to be fuckin hard. God Bless you and your family.
Wow 'fun times'. That was awesome. I even got some insight out of it. The way 'subisworsetome' said some stuff though... I really relate. Im a chick with a 12 month old and cant eat shit either or even desire life right now.
I'll be honest, I went into this with an open mind and knowledge of it being a long process. I thought.. it could only get better.. but It has been 2 months and your right 'fun times', there will be days you feel great and then days where you want to die. I dont know how long you have been off this crap but I wanna know, when can you believe the thoughts going through your head? When you said our chemicals are fucked up so dont listen to our thoughts pretty much...when can we believe them? I have had so many horrible thoughts and its eatin me up. Im not a soldier here but I try to be for my family and kid. Not my self right now. My mental capacity is pretty blown. What do you do for that?
Hi Phoenix,
I feel for you. I feel for anyone jusat trying to get 'clean' and then being caught up in this mess. It aint cool. I know, my brain was shot for awhile, but then I was constantly pumping my body and brain with artifical opiates for like 17 years, b/t Meth and Subs. The body should make its own opiates, dopamine, serotonin...all that stuff that allows you to functio and feel 'normal'. Mine forgot how.
THe thoughts I had were basically "fuck this. i can't keep doing day after day, working, being exhausted, not sharp at all, and completely unmotivated, with no energy or desire to even live really, after awhile. One of the most disconcerting things was feeling healed only to encounter another wave of this bullshit. As I said, day 103 without subs was no fun for me. Day 104, not so bad.
As a rule, it certainly gets bettter with time. There are the bad days, or weeks. But they get to be fewer and fewer, and you have more and more good days as time goes on. I can't tell you exactly how long until you are fiine, I can tell you that are so close that if you just stay positive, accept that this is a clusterfuck at times, those bad times will pass. I'm not sure when I finally thought, okay...I'm happy to be alive. It helped so much being involved in NA. I do not know why these 12 step Recovery programs work...but I' ve seen them worked, and they saved my ass. If you can, get into one, do it, and get a sponsor. It does take work 'rewiring' your nural pathways...simple abstinence won't do it.
Phoenix...remember to be as HARD as HELL...and to take it very easy on yourself. Do njot get down at yourself about anything. As long as you are kicking...GET IN NA, or evev AA (just say your alcoholic...we know you used something else...but it's the same program...and it just fucking works...its the ONLY way I succedded).
And take abreath every now and then, relax (I know you have a baby...hard times call for hard actions), take a breath, understand this is all in God's hands...it will pass. The more you think about it, the more you dwell on the misery, the worse it will be, by far. People focus on the negative...the fucked up kick. Not the positive...you are doing something amazing and will be free.
Put some effort into 'fixing' your mental state (GO TO NA MEETINGS and GET AND READ the NA BOOK and listen to a SPONSOR...people and a program who have all kicked RUFF opiate habits and know how), and you'll feel better immediately. There are meetings in Phoenix, if that's were you are.
Stay hard, stay cool, do the footwork, focus on TODAY and just getting through it, remember how far you've come (didn't those first days, weeks really really suck...not to mention using and waking up sick everyday), and handle your business.
You'll be fine. No kidding. It seems longer than it is, 2 months seems like forever now. Chemical trick. It aint. It seems like DESPAIR. Chemical trick. The body and mind want some extrenal drugs...they will work the old neural pathways and play on your weeknesses. Recognize annd be hard and ignore those thoughts. You'll be fine.
Let me know how everuthing goes. Praying to God for strength, execising without energy (even walking), eating with no appetitite...do those things. SHOWER the second you wake up, and before you sleep. Take vitamins, as many as you can, especially omega 3 fish oil pills, I take gingko as well and B complex and a multi-vitamin. And just "Let Go". All will be well.
Best wishes,
Funtimes
Well 'Funtimes', sounds like you should be a sponser. You have so much motivation it is crazy to see that far where I am. I have good days and then some bad. Honestly, I know a lot of us stayed on opiates for so long b/c that's all we knew for so long. I liked getting up and knowing I always had something to do. Even though it had a horrible consiquence...bein dope sick daily! I just dont feel like myself. Its so weird. And "rewiring" is totally a good way to put it. I am weak and I hear myself talking myself into "trying" something or "you can handle it" bullshit talk in my head. That isnt the worst of it though. ITs like I have another personality in my OWN head!!! Managing a relationship, a home, a baby and myself is so much harder than being a dope head. All I had to do was get up, call someone, go meet them, get my fix and then go to work. I didnt have this life I have now. So, getting clean and then immediatly finding someone and getting pregnant a while after was CRAZY! I never thought I would have kids....never saw myself here today. I am thankful and I know the shit I went through was for a reason...to make me stronger for whats ahead. A lot of us think we lived a hard life (which we did) but we are going to struggle minutely trying to be sober and happy. Thats hard for me. Some people's chemicals dont ever return though. I hear depression is very hard and I heard also it would take a bit to kick in but it is bad for me. I was on a high getting clean for the first 2 weeks and now Im like "WTF.... lets get a move on already!" I really DONT want to get on anti-depresants again! But... if I do, I pray they will work this time!
Thank you for the support though. I dont live in Phoenix, its just my name on here. I can find NA meetings but they work for some people and some people it doesnt work on. Im one of them. The stories I hear make me crave like a crazy person. It counteracts for me. Plus, my family and man dont understand the shit I go through on a daily basis either. So, its hard to keep all this in. I talk to a therapist but she I feel just doesnt understand. I feel alone almost.
Phoenix.
Phoenix:
By the way...the best part of the NA groups is your not alone. I've been to well over a hundred meetings...in good ones...you talk about RECOVERY...war stories are NOT ALLOWED. Plus I'll check in on you. People did it for me.
Fun Times
Hi, I'm new to this. I'm not a heroin addict or a heavy drug user. For pain control I took Hydrocone for years- wanteed to get off it- drained my testosterone, etc. Went to hospital detox and started suboxone. I'm on disability and have Medicare. The Suboxone burned up my presription insurance, so I could get no more very abruptly. I'm six days out from stopping and have had one of the worst days of my life, I'm 59. So I read that in the past, before Methadone, some pioneering doctors used Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C) to get heroin addicts through detox with little discomfort. I went out and got some tonight and it actually works. I've gone from feeling like jumping in front of the train right in front of where I live to feeling almost completely normal within 4 hours! Sounds simple I know, but I'm placing my mental health on it. Wish me luck, maybe give it a try.
Wow, didn't know i could misspell so many words, can't type, sort of symptomatic of what I'm going through.
Wow, intresting... Vitamin C huh? I'll have to try it. I have been going through the withdrawls for almost 2 months. Its a long process. What symptoms does it seem to be helping?
day 2 of week 10 since stepping off subutex
muscle pain still there, burning sensation on flesh, creeping skin, poor sleep but improving, mental anguish is by far the worst symptom and emotions still blunted but slowly coming back online...
all symptoms are decreasing in ferocity and becoming almost manageable except the mental anguish and f***ed up thinking patterns but even these are becoming less intense although still mind bogglingly awful
almost had an OK day yesterday for the first time since starting WDs
anxiety still a major problem, took 6 seroquel yesterday night and didn't even touch me, that's 150mg (25mg tabs)
was diagnosed with asperger syndrome last year:
If you have had major problems with anxiety all your life, especially; social anxiety, social awkwardness, feelings of social isolation, behavioural problems as a kid, tendency to fly off the handle when things don't go your way, extreme views, black and white thinking, difficulty sticking to guidelines, addictive/OCD personality, heavily self-critical, racing unstoppable thoughts, inferiority complex, and so on..., then consider you MIGHT have been self-medicating all your life to compensate for some type of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), this includes such things as ADD, ADHD and PDD-NOS and not just asperger syndrome,
subutex is f***ing horrible but stick at the detox, keep chipping away, if you screw up one day don't beat yourself up just get back at it, don't criticise yourself about anything, you are doing the most important thing in your entire life right now, good on you! :) At the moment all that matters is detox and getting your mind back from the opiate monkey. Everyone else in your life will benefit from this so don't feel bad about how the WDs affect your relationships because the long term gain is HUGE and immeasurable in comparison!
Hey 'funtimes' I didnt see you wrote back. Now that I read some other stories, I wonder about these damn drugs we swore by for so many years. NOW I get why parents (most of them) and other people...said "Dont use drugs!" I know I can get through the pain but at times I wonder why I got off them b/c I feel the same way I would when I was sick...but this time I cant take care of it. Maybe I am going through this b/c of all the shit I put my family through back then. Who knows! I know I can do this, I have been this long. I have too much to lose now. Thats what keeps me going. If I lost it though... I would loose it. I'll tell ya str8 up! Other than that, Im good. I always play it off at least. There really isnt anyone that understands this pain beside the people on here. I dont want to become numb though..
'vincentx90' , I always felt that I was masking the f'd up ness about me. The only shitty thing is, now I am figuring this out...with an addiction issue and mad crazy stress Im not used to. I mean, where would u start to get help for those things? How do you supress those issues... they are hard core. Just about all of those things yous said up there... I feel on a daily basis. Im sick of it and need a change or I cant change for myself. I cant just become numb and say F it! Thats how I was ON drugs ..ya know? Any suggestions on how to tell your therapist that you have these issues and kinda diagnosed yourself? lol!
hi Phoenix
I wish I knew the dosage this dr. used, but he says that ascorbic acid, dissolved in water or juice has the same or similar effect on opiod receptors in the brain that the shit we're trying to get off does. The whole effort was squashed by the pharmacutical companies when they came out with methadone, now repolaced by the suboxone. Also, he says that the same situation occurs that after detoxing with ascorbic acid, the expected effect of the drugs are no longer achievable. I've been crushing 2000 mg of Vitamin C tablets (make sure its from ascorbic acid) and drinking it every few hours. I'm only on day 8 without suboxone and i fear its getting progressively worse, but the main problem I'm experiencing is anxiety/depression and it smooths it out quite a bit. The pharmacist told me that high sustained doses of VC will cause kidney stones, but I don't think a realivelt short term course would hurt anything. And, ineterstingly enough, he stated it also killed the virus that causes Hepatitis A.
Wow, that sounds crazy! I dont know what to believe. It sounds great though. Whatever works for you. Day 8 I can tell you that you have more time and more to come. I thought around day 8 was coming to an end and was all happy. I started feeling good and then the symptoms just started doing like a wave. A couple days in and then out. I have my days still. The people on here are cool. They have been off for a long time now. I hate knowing that the pain lasts a long time, its depressing. I just dont want to feel like this forever. I am def gonna have to be heavily medicated after this. Legally of course. My mental state will I fear ...never be the same. I dont even know who I am anymore, I started using drugs so quick in life that I wonder who I am. Odd shit I know. Its a scary new world out here knowing your crutch is gone. I wish you luck though.
Hi Phoneix54, can you contact me on email so we can discuss in more detail?
mailto: vincentx90@live.com
(and that goes to anyone interested in more info about the comments i made)
After reading several comments, I got scared to quit suboxone. Why would I want to go through weeks of hell. I never really got clear cut drug abuse histories from some of the comments. I started using opioids recreationally because my father had slipped vertebral disks in his cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine. All I had to do was take one or two vicodins and mix it with a 5mg valium. Then it progressively went to norcos and valiums, to percocet and valiums, tylox, ms contin. However, I was a chipper (someone who controls their usage so addiction can be avoided). So I always thought my spine or backbone would not allow me become addicted. Then I moved out of my parents and realized I could not get any pills, so I started using heroin more on a regular basis. In highschool I blasted (shot up) recreationally in between using pills recreationally as a chipper. But once I got my own place I decided to blast brown while going to school. For eight months I was a hardcore junkie. I would blast up 6-8 times a day if I had strong brown, and more if I had weak brown. After eight months I realized that this is fucked up and I have to turn my life around. I saw a Dr. and got suboxone and took it and went through precipated withdrawal because I was too much of a pussy to take the heroin withdraw. I waited 5 days and decided to get off brown cold turkey. I cannot explain the extent of how bad that was, on the third day, I took an 8/2 sub and all my withdrawal symptoms went away. I started taking 3 8/2 subs a day and became really constipated and went down to 2 a day. Eventually I went down to 1 a day after 6 months of being on the suboxone. Right before I started withdrawaing I was taking 1 mg a day. I Exercise hard every day for the past 5 months to build up my endogenous opioids for this event I'm going through. On day 1 I had crazy chills and sweats, along with backache/tightness and diarrhea, but the worse thing is my sleep issue, but the ambien I was subscribed along with diphenhydramine sleep gels (probably not safe together) give me 4 hours of sleep per night but the restless legs suck so sleep in a bed by yourself because you will toss and turn. On day 2 I felt like shit. The chills were even stronger in the morning but I forced myself to exercise to help build up my endorphins as well in day 1 (this is hard to do but you have to push yourself). After I took a shower I felt way better though and the rest of the day I only experienced chills 7 or 8 times later that day, along with back tightness. Going to sleep was the same as the first night, about 4 hours. Woke up on day three and no chills, no back tightness, just really tired (probably from the sleep meds) but after they wore off, I felt good, but still have periods of weakness where I have to sit down. The only other thing I have is diarrhea, but I think all of us are sensitized to that (if not take immodium before you eat). Another thing I read is how people lose weight because of a lack of an appetite, but I'm eating like an African kid with a fly on my eye. My appetite has come back and it's great. So I'm about to go on to my 89th hour after my last 1 mg dose of suboxone and I have 0% chills, 0% sweats, No back tightness, 0% restless legs because they usually start acting up by this time. I just hope get more than 4 hours of sleep tonight because I'm tired as shit right now. The most important thing to do before you start to withdraw from suboxone is exercise, exercise, exercise!!!!! It will help. And continue to exercise while you are withdrawing. Push yourselves. Hold your nuts. This ain't shit compared to heroin withdrawal. Heroin withdrawal made a bitch out of me. Good Luck and try to take this info to heart because it will help, and don't read into all these people's experiences because by exercising I've increased my metabolism, which shortens the half life of suboxone from 37 hours (mean) to 20 hrs (minimum)
Woke up after six hours of sleep. I only took 1-10 mg ambien and 1-50 mg diphenhydramine. Felt good and played basketball for about an hour this morning. My legs felt good and the heavy feeling went away, but my shot is all fucked up because my arms are kind of weak. As long as I get my target heart rate for 30 mins I'm fine. Took a shower and ate some ribs and okras, and my shit did not come out my ass right away, so my diarrhea is gone. Then at 2 pm I actually took a nap until 4 without sleeping pills!! When I woke up I felt sober for the first time in two years. I can't explain it, but my head felt incredibly clear of drugs and that kind of nasty shit (you know what I mean?). The rest of the day I felt awesome with so much energy.
I was talking to a friend of mine who currently is on methadone about withdrawal, and he always tells me that the hardest part of getting off opiates or any drug is the period after the physical withdraw stops. How do you occupy your time? If you don't then it's tough. Think of it like Brett Favre and Michael Jordan. They retired and came out of retirement numerous times because they had to fill a void in their lives which was playing professional sports. If it's hard to stop playing sports, then you know it's harder to quit heroin, alcohol, meth, pills or whatever because I quit football in middle school and I could care less. My friend said that filling that void is important. He's right. There are so many triggers that make you think about using the drug (such as looking at your bathroom sink, medicine cabinet etc...) and you are going to have to disconnect those things with your old habit. One of my worse triggers is seeing John Travolta blasting in "Pulp Fiction" and Leonardo Dicaprio in "Basketball Diaries" talking about the ritual with another junkie of cooking up some brown. My friend said NA meetings help.
If anyone is thinking of quitting suboxone and wants to ask specific questions of the withdraw, just ask and I'll try my best to help. Late.
Phoenix,
Yes, tell your therapist you have self-diagnosed yourself by all means. Many, many people self-diagnose aspergers/autism spectrum stuff. But, first of all, try going to an aspergers/autism web forum and/or chatroom (google chatautism) or see link: http://www.aspiesforfreedom.com/showthread.php?tid and click on the chatroom link at the top of the page. Another asperger (aspie for short) place on the web is called wrongplanet.
Chatting to other people with aspergers/ASD helps you to confirm or otherwise your self-diagnosis and thus gives you the confidence to then tell doctors/therapists about it. It 'takes one to know one' as they say and this is why going on such chatrooms/forums is so useful because after a short while it is pretty easy to find out what 'autistic traits' you share with other people. Also, there is quite a lot of asperger stuff on youtube which can be interesting.
Learning about my diagnosis and thus my strengths and weaknesses has enabled me to stay clean and strengthened my resolve to quit opiates in the first place. I'm on day 5 of week 10 since my last subutex dose and things are beginning to get a little easier :)
All the stuff I have read on this website has been hugely encouraging and/or useful to me. Before reading it, I thought i must be the only person having such a bad WD from subutex because the doctor was so ignorant. Just knowing that what I am going through is pretty much par for the course was and still is a massive weight off my shoulders.
I have massive respect for everyone struggling with opiate addiction and/or withdrawals. Opiates kill physical and emotional pain but they also kill any pleasure you may get out of life. I'd rather feel the pain because the pleasure and beauty that is in this world is worth having. I remember looking at an idyllic countryside view while wasted on opiates and not thinking much of it. Months later, I was going through WDs but having moments of clarity and saw the same view, and my heart jumped at how beautiful it was, and I was reminded how I'd never been able to get pleasure from it when numbed on dope.
Withdrawals are f***ing nasty but the prize at the end of it is priceless and goes on for the rest of your days. I wish everyone the very best of luck with kicking the habit. Do whatever it takes to distract yourself from those screwed up thoughts. I have a little car and did quite a few 300 mile day trips just because driving forced me to concentrate and not think about how ill i was mentally and physically.
Soberxone,
I'm glad to hear your withdrawals are 'not too bad' (relatively speaking). It just goes to show how different individual experiences can be. Although, for most of us, it seems the bupe WDs are more intense, far longer lasting (weeks, months), don't fully kick in until 3 or 4 days after the last dose and coupled with a cripplingly high level of anxiety.
My anxiety has been so chronic that it has had me housebound on most days. Admittedly, nervousness is something I have always struggled with as a natural predisposition, so the WDs are just exaggerating a pre-existing condition. Withdrawing from opiates (subs atm) screwed me so hard that I even spent 2 weeks in a psychiatric hospital as my nervous system pushed me over the edge and I became a danger to myself. Bear in mind I live alone, had noone to talk to, no company, having cut off all the bad contacts I'd made in this town, for weeks.
You were asking about drug abuse histories suberxone. I started out abusing alcohol at about 12yo. From 14yo I was smoking a lot of weed, doing some acid and speed. I quit drugs when I was 17yo but after some bad bullying at work I hit the bottle and, as I was working in an operating theatre at a hospital, I had access to various opioids, anaesthetic drugs, etc... I left that job about 18yo and continued abusing every drug I could get my hands on but opiates were always my favourite and remained so for the best part of 20 years. And, of course, it was the opiates that caused the real problems when it came to wanting to be clean. Some people say withdrawing from benzos is worse than heroin/opiates, f***ing balls, benzo withdraw was a f***ing walk in the park compared to this and my valium habit was 150-300mg a day.
Vince,
You've been on opiates for a long time. I'm glad I've never had to go through this lifestyle for that long. My adolescent years sound the same as yours. I've done every drug by the time I was 18.
Today's day 6 off the subs and I'm just wishing I could sleep normal. I don't have chills, restless legs or anxiety, I just feel tired because I can't sleep like I want to. I don't have the "heavy legs" feeling when you go into withdrawal, I just feel tired. I continue to run every morning for an hour. I haven't woken up feeling great yet, but after I exercise I feel great. For me the peak was at day 2, and day 4 all the chills, restless legs etc. stopped. I've never had predisposition to anxiety or stress, but I've always had sleep issues. Everyone's gotta have something wrong with them right?
I just have to say that the amount of valium you use to take in a day is pretty damn insane! Did you orally take it? I never took more than 40-50 mg a day, but I always took it with a hydrocodone or oxycodone, never by itself. Also, I want to say that I think my w/d's are far less intense than other people's from what I have read probably because I haven't been a true abuser of opiates for many years. I've been a chipper for years, but an addict starting a year and a half ago. I think that has a lot to do with the severity of the withdraw from suboxone. Late.
Hello everyone, I am on methadone right now and have been for a little over two years. I have also been on it two other times and I noticed that it makes me sweat more and sleep a lot more. Well now I have a two year old that doesn't let me sleep when I want to and makes me sweat soooo much. It's getting to the point that I'm so miserable all the time that I am thinking about switching to suboxone. My dad and my boyfriend are on it but I never have been, I took it once but got sicker instead of better. I have always heard that suboxone is so much better than methadone but reading some of these comments(from the beginning) makes me wonder if that would be the right choice. Has anyone ever experienced anything like this on methadone? I am only on 50 mgs but I have to nap everyday or I get sick,nauseous, and really mean and the sweating is the worst part, it is SO BAD!! I'm wondering if there is anything I can do to help it not be so bad. I am also taking Adderall and am not sure if that plays a role in my side effects, I know that the other times I was on methadone I was the same way but I'm not sure it was this bad. Any suggestions?http://hubpages.com/hub/Drug-Addiction-Information
Does anyone have experience with short term use of subs? I have ta king Roxys and oxys for about 8 months, up to 100-300 dails by the end, depending on what i could afford. Went off two weeks ago and started taking the subs which i got on the street as well. Took one a day for 9 days, took last one on sat. Now starting to feel mild to moderate w/d's. This shit i have been reading for the last two hours has got me scared shitless... I am hoping with such a short term use the effects will not be so bad or so long. any thoughts?
Does anyone have experience with short term use of subs? I have ta king Roxys and oxys for about 8 months, up to 100-300 dails by the end, depending on what i could afford. Went off two weeks ago and started taking the subs which i got on the street as well. Took one a day for 9 days, took last one on sat. Now starting to feel mild to moderate w/d's. This shit i have been reading for the last two hours has got me scared shitless... I am hoping with such a short term use the effects will not be so bad or so long. any thoughts?
I also Have to say, Fun Times... You are a Good Read! I mean that! you are funny, straight, compasionate and hard, and obviously very intelligent. Ever thought of putting any of this shit in writing? You have got one customer right here, I would be at Barnes and Noble tomorrow to pick up a hard copy. Your experience and advice has been helpful already, i saved some of your best stuff so i can go back and read and remind.
soberxone,
Yah, it was a pretty insane vallie habit lolz. I would think nothing of taking 10x10mg blue vallies in the morning (orally), 10 after lunch and 10 in the evening. Some days it'd just be a few less or even 5 three times a day if I was preoccupied with something constructive. Most I took in one day was 55x10mg. On top of those little blue pills I would drink 1/2 to 1 bottle of vodka or similar spirit. I would also drive a car like that. Obviously, I'd built up quite a tolerance but I still managed to get pretty mashed. And, as ever, I was using opiates albeit not so strong ones during the valliemoon (my honeymoon with valium).
Pinklily,
Yes, I had terrible sweats while on methadone as did a friend of mine. I spent days doing nothing but lying on the couch drowsy or sleeping. I put on loads of weight. I hated that stuff. I was on 140mg methadone a day and eventually detoxed down to 30mg and switched to subs but as you've read, then finishing longterm detox on subs was pretty bad anyway. Short term sub detox sounds like the best option from what I have read.
Justoff,
Short term use of subs for detox purposes, like for a week or two, seems to have (from what I've read) a pretty good result. The withdrawals you are feeling may well be PAWS (Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome) from the opiates you were using previously. Someone I knew who went cold turkey from a vicodin habit said he felt unwell for 2 months.
If I was you I wouldn't keep taking the subs for more than 14 days and always take the absolute smallest dose you possibly can. You may well still have to go through withdrawals from your oxies etc. but the subs would have got you over the initial acute phase. So it sounds like you will have to go through some pain and if you cover that up with subs then longterm you are setting yourself up for a nasty sub withdrawal that could well last for months.
PAWS from what i have read, seems to be mostly physcologica, where i am having physical w/d effects as well, not the horror stories that i have read on this page, So far, but still on a wait and see basis. Got a couple hours of restless sleep last night, hard to tell if i am better, or same today. It has been two weeks since i have taken any opiates, cant imagine any of that still in my system. four days since last 8 mil dose of subs, after taking them for nine days, can only hope the worst is over, but not convinced.
Sorry it's been so long since I posted. Hope you all are doing well. I have been reading the comments and I came across Subisworsetome's and part of me agrees with him. Why go through 2-3 months of withdrawls when heroin only lasts a week. Most people go from dope to methadone to suboxone. i am trying the oposite. \\I was on suboxone for a year and a half. I got laid off and lost my insurance, so I tried to quit the suboxone by taperring. When I got down to a 16th a day, about a 1/2 mg., I noticed sever leg cramos and foot pain. Soon after I got called back to work. I couldn't work with the pain, and I quickly went back to taking suboxone. However, the foot pain never went away. I was up to 16mgs. a day, yet the cramps in my feet never subsided. So I switched to methadone, ad after a week of treatment, my feet are getting slightly better, but I am still in too much pain to work.
Has anyone else experienced effects simalar to these???
Justoff,
That's really cool of you. Thanks. I'm sure we all got stories. Honestly, I just didn't give a fuck. LOL. Really. I did pschyco shit. God.
This PAWS is a strange thing justoff. I mean fuck...I felt bad, then good, then bad, then just just fucking wiped out. After not using?!? C'mon...that aint even kinda cool. lol. awww fuck., all is well now. I think you're doing greaty and I'm sure you'll be fine...I aint just saying that. I was on H...sure...but long term use of Methadone, and suboxone (like 15 years) kinda freaked my system out. My body just quit making natural chemicals...dopmaine, opiates, serotonin, whatever...b/c I was constantly pumped this shit. No highs and lows...just numb. If you took maintenance opiates for substantially less than a decade and a half...you are cooler than cool.
At least with the oxy roxy deal...there had to be times that your body realized...fuck...need to make some fuckin chemicals here...feeling a bit fluish, lol. And if you were on subs, like 2 (two) other people I know...one from a weak Vicodin habit and one from a nasty raw dope habit...they are fine, and you my friend will only be getting better.
Take care justoff. You liked me kicked from 8 mg. Why? I was just stupid...I wanted to be clean now. I thought the better of it...afer a long fucked up time of bullshit...and kicked down to 2mg than 1mg. Much easier. If you are doing well...great...keep it up. If things get a bit dodgy...maybe kick a little easier. Taper...if you need to, without remorse. I know...nobody wants to throw clean days away. You lose that Gold Star for being on zero. Just see what can handle. And good luck. Thanks for the kind words.
Justoff,
Forewarned is forearmed. PAWS ain't just psychological although that is definitely part of it. I am still experiencing milder physical withdrawals and I'm on day 71 since my last subbie dose. My mind is still 'rattling' as well, although again in a less intense way than originally.
Also, Justoff, subutex/buprenorphine IS an opiate. So the last time you took an opiate is 4 days ago not two weeks (aka your last roxy oxy). Bupe is a very powerful opiate semi-synthesised from the active opiate alkaloid thebaine. Bupe has a very long half-life and can stay in the system for as much as 21 days. This is, perhaps, one of several reasons it is such a biotch to rattle off when used longterm.
8mg of bupe IS a lot of opiate receptor blockage and will cover a lot of w/d symptoms and maybe the fifth day will give you a truer indicator of what w/ds you are left with. So, ok, let's be hopeful and say that you very well might not have much w/d at all BUT be prepared that if the 'shit hits the fan' it doesn't catch you off-guard and cause a relapse. Instead, remember it does end and get a little better each day as you become 'human' again, with thoughts and feelings.
I sincerely wish that it does not get any harder for you with regards to w/d. I hope that your relatively short term physical addiction will mean less of a psychological struggle in the following months. All I am cautious to say is, 'be prepared for the worst' and that way anything else is a bonus and you won't be caught out.
I sound very 'doom and gloom' but it was reading about the difficulties other people had that gave me hope out of chaos and ignorance. If everyone here had had easy w/d from bupe then I think I would have given up as I would have assumed that I wasn't actually going through w/d at all, and instead was just barking mad. I'd have used that as an excuse to go back on opiates, self-medicating against an undiagnosed illness. Instead, I've been able to relate to what others have written here and this has informed me that it is indeed 'just' w/ds and thus it WILL END :) :D YAY!!! \m/
ciao for now
Fun Times:
lolz, yeh,. we all did some crazy shit when smacked out our brains, I can hardly believe how I actually used to behave sometimes, u gotta laugh! :D
Well I'm on day 5 of Suboxone withdrawals. It's 8:10 a.m. on Thursday. The last time i slept was 9am-12pm on tuesday, because my sister gave me a xanax, which she is prescribed to. I have been off heroin for about 2 years, during which time i have been on suboxone. i started off at 24mg a day, and eventually got down to 4mg. I was laid off from my job about 4 months ago, so I had extra time on my hand. My doctor, who is awesome and totally understanding, recommended I get back to 8mg a day. I just got back from a month long road trip, which my doc gave me an ample supply of suboxone for. I started taking 12mg a day because 8 wasn't working for some reason. Anyways, long story short, I went from 12mg a day to zero for the past 5 days, and ive gotten a total of 12 hours of sleep. I could give a fuck less about the pains, the diarrhea, the cold sweats. I just want some sleep.
I was in jail for a month in December, and for the first 4 days, i had no suboxone, but slept good. i eventually was transferred to my permanent cell and was granted work release. so i would take suboxone while i was at work, and then sneak one into jail if i had the next day off and had to stay there.
What I'm trying to say is, "Ween yourself!!!" I just can't afford it anymore. I have no desire to go out and shoot dope. The only thing I have a desire for right now is sleep. I am soooo tired, but I am WAY too restless. Oh well, I know I'm better without the shit.
B
Thanks everyone for the advice and experiences and kind words. I am def feeling a little better today, not much sleep last night, and still all the same w/d's but thy seem much milder today. Its day six with zero, and i still hoping all gets better from here. I followed everyones advice, got out of the house last night went to a friends game, walked the dog, moved around. Man it fucking hurt to do so, but also felt a little better for a while. Was really hoping it would crash me out, but not the case. Fun Times i jumped off 8mg out of pure ignorance of the drug, I REALLY I HAD NO INFO ON THIS SHIT, my friends all used it for days they were out or the town was dry, or had to pay bills and buying was not an option and neither was getting dope sick. So my dumb ass thought i could just stop the Roxy,oxy, hit the subs for a week and a half and bam i am clean! First two days i was patting myself on the back for a job well done, and even thinking well if i ever go back, what an easy way to quit. Then came day three and i was like what the fuck? Here they come! Fortunately relapse is not option for me right now, nor is any relief, as I removed myself from that entire scene. As in 1,300 miles removed!! I knew i had to get out to get off, i have not Dr's, no dealers, no "friends" where i am now to even get anything, not even a vic, so no where to turn right now even if i wanted to. And belive me i have wanted to!! Not to go back, just to feel ok, and get some sleep. Still just worried about how long this will last right now. I kicked a morphine habit about 8 years ago, cold turkey and yes it was bad, real bad, much worse than this, but by day 6 or 7 i was feeling good again, yes i am stupid. After mixing in the subs this time the w/d's have been easier in my case than going cold turkey off morph, but it is longer, and after all i have read here, and elswhere about the half life of this shit, i worry about the duration of pain i have left even if it is milder. Just gonna keep chugging along, trying to be strong, and hope for a light at the end of the tunnel somewhere. Thanks evryone!
Justoff,
GO JUSTOFF GO! Opiate detox is soooooo worth it regardless of the pain :)
:D
Well, I have been on the Methdone for almost two weeks now and it surprises me how quickly it wears off. With the Suboxone i could easily go two days without feeling and withdrawal at all. But with the methadone, by early evening it is apparent I am coming off something. That just shows how deeply Suboxone gets into you. I am going through with my plan to reverse detox. Methadone for four months, then heroin for as long as I can afford it, then I will inroll in a medical detox and end it all.
Is anyone else experienceing foot pain joint pain, that lingers on?????
Greenburger,
You think perhaps the foot/joint pain could be a seperate medical issue? Or perhaps because the dose of methadone you are on is not actually maintaining you?
Towards the end of my methadone 'treatment' I also found it didn't last 24hrs. Some people split the dose in two. I felt constantly ill on the methadone once my body had become tolerant to it.
Please don't stay on it for long if you can help it. Methadone, like subutex, is worse to come off when used longterm. I was so messed up trying to get off of it I ended up switching to subutex but once I stepped off it was just as bad.albeit slightly different. Slow tapering methadone was probably the worst experience of my life although I did try cold turkey from 140mg methadone and that resulted in 7 days of zero sleep, severe panic attacks and constant hypothermia type feeling while cold sweating by the bucket load. My body went into total shock. During the night I would beat my legs up and down, while sitting, for hours non-stop.
Oh the joy! ;)
Day 11 since my last dose of 1 mg suboxone. I saw my doctor yesterday on July, 4 (believe it or not) and told him I stopped taking suboxone. He asked me "Do you need anymore?".
I said "No. Just give me some ambien so I can sleep better".
"Ok", he said. Then he gave me two packs of accupuncture needles for me to stick on my ear to help suppress some withdrawal sympoms if I still had them. I looked at an ear model he had and asked him where to stick them, and he told me to stick it in the part of the ear that affects the heart and lungs (which is in the center).
There are two reasons why I have not used them. First, I don't have anymore withdrawal symptoms, I feel perfectly normal......Seriously!!. Secondly, I don't want to stick a needle in my ear.
I explained to my doctor what the withdrawals were like for me (stated above). He always told me there weren't withdrawals from suboxone as long as I exercised. Whatever dude! After 7-8 days I felt way better, and the past three days I've been a perfectly normal person. I wake up normal, and go to sleep and stay alseep. I don't have anymore symptoms at all.
To reflect back on this experience, I just want to say tapering down to 1 mg/day for a couple months helped me. If you've been taking suboxone for a while (in my case 13 months) there is no way in my opinion to avoid all the withdrawal symptoms. The good thing about suboxone withdrawal is that if you taper down like I did, it really is milder than heroin withdrawal. The only thing that sucked about my withdrawal was my lack of sleep. Before I started taking opiates I had sleep problems anyway, since I was in 2nd grade. So withdrawaing off suboxone exagerrated that for me. I also look back on the first and second day of withdrawal when I used to look at my cell phone calendar and think to myself that I should feel better by July 8. Now it's July 5 and it seems like the time just went by since June 24. I have a lot of energy and like I said, I feel good if not great.
I know there are people out there withdrawaing right now and reading other people's experiences thinking to themselves, "Holy shit, I'm fucked", but if I would have known how mild the withdrawal would have been for me, I never would have hesitated to stop suboxone. The other thing I don't have are prolonged withdrawal symptoms. I feel the same today as I felt 3 days ago. Late
soberxone,
that's great you doing so good an not having protracted withdrawals...
fancy a mind swap? ;)
i'm day 5 of week 11 and still getting better but also mentally (mostly) and some mild phsyical discomfort. The mental shit is the worst for me and i'm sure if it wasn't there i wouldn't even notice the very mild phsycial side...
But, I know it's withdrawals because everything gets milder by the day and my mental state is slowly coming back to earth...
Still, it's worth remembering for others that reading your story, we can see it ain't gonna neccessarily be a long ass haul through hell for everyone... Indeed, it really might not be that bad at all for some :) GrrrrrrrrEAT!!! :D
Oh yes, and the acupuncture....
I went along to a few auriclear (in the ear) acupuncture sessions that were supposed to help with cravings etc... Personally, i found it a total waste of time, and worse still was how much the f**king needles hurt sometimes when the trained acupuncturist was putting them in, seriously, I felt like I needed a painkiller... :P
But, hey, if it works for someone else, placebo or not, whatever it takes...
hi everyone,need some advice,i smoke £10 of h per day and like all of you want off the s--t i havent ever really tried after smoking for 2 years.Have wife,kids etc so need to sort life out.not to hot on computer either so could anyone with help or advice e mail me.thanks
chris
Hi everyone,
need some advice I smoke £10 of h a day and like everyone here i have had enough been smoking for 2 years now,have a lovely wife and kids and really want off the s--t subutex have worked in the past but i have never really tried them long term,any help gratefully received
chriswales,
I really wouldn't recommend subbies long term, can you not do a short term subbie mediated detox? like 7-14 days?
The majority of people here have experienced a lot of long term w/ds from long term subbie use.
are you from wales? i'm in england, email me if you want at vincentx90@live.com
Hey, I've been an "anything" opiate addict for a few years now. Before I went to see my doc, I was up to 5 oxy80's a day. He only does Sub detox for month, so I went for 6 8/2's a day for a week, to 4 a day for a week, to 2, to 1 (this week), to none a day. Now after reading this page, I'm freaked out! I'm a college student and can't afford to be all withdrawaled up for days! Is it really that bad, or will I be OK because I only used Sub for a month? Someone please give me some advice??? kmettthefrog@gmail.com
Hey, I've been an "anything" opiate addict for a few years now. Before I went to see my doc, I was up to 5 oxy80's a day. He only does Sub detox for month, so I went for 6 8/2's a day for a week, to 4 a day for a week, to 2, to 1 (this week), to none a day. Now after reading this page, I'm freaked out! I'm a college student and can't afford to be all withdrawaled up for days! Is it really that bad, or will I be OK because I only used Sub for a month? Someone please give me some advice??? kmettthefrog@gmail.com
Hello everyone! I literally just spent the whole day reading everyone of these stories. I apperciate everyone for sharing. I too have been dealing with addiction for some time now. It all started with painkillers and led to a nasty herion addiction. Anyway for the past 2 years I've been taking suboxone. I've decided to take back my life and get off this drug. The past few months I've become very aware of how I'm not myself anymore. Don't think I've been myself for a long time. Anyway I've been trying to ween myself off suboxone. Like others I was unaware of the fact that you will go through withdrawal if you are on suboxone. I was convinced it was a wonder drug and i was cured from my herion habbit. Not so true. So this is probablly my third or fourth time attempting to quit. I would always get to day 5 and cave. My ex would supply me with his. (He was the one who introduced all this to me to begin with) Well I'm now in a new relationship and I have a 4 yr. to worry about and I don't want to depend on the orange pill the rest of my life. I have 1 8mg left. Any suggestions on how I should finish it. I've been taking about 1mg every other day for the past month. Sometimes more sometimes less. I really want to do this. I want to start right away. Any advice would help. Like I said I've been reading this all day. I found most of these post very helpful. It got a little hairy there for awhile. I'm glad you all worked out your differences. This should be a place for support. Thanks for listening and good luck to everyone dealing with addiction and withdrawal.
Hello everyone! I literally just spent the whole day reading everyone of these stories. I apperciate everyone for sharing. I too have been dealing with addiction for some time now. It all started with painkillers and led to a nasty herion addiction. Anyway for the past 2 years I've been taking suboxone. I've decided to take back my life and get off this drug. The past few months I've become very aware of how I'm not myself anymore. Don't think I've been myself for a long time. Anyway I've been trying to ween myself off suboxone. Like others I was unaware of the fact that you will go through withdrawal if you are on suboxone. I was convinced it was a wonder drug and i was cured from my herion habbit. Not so true. So this is probablly my third or fourth time attempting to quit. I would always get to day 5 and cave. My ex would supply me with his. (He was the one who introduced all this to me to begin with) Well I'm now in a new relationship and I have a 4 yr. to worry about and I don't want to depend on the orange pill the rest of my life. I have 1 8mg left. Any suggestions on how I should finish it. I've been taking about 1mg every other day for the past month. Sometimes more sometimes less. I really want to do this. I want to start right away. Any advice would help. Like I said I've been reading this all day. I found most of these post very helpful. It got a little hairy there for awhile. I'm glad you all worked out your differences. This should be a place for support. Thanks for listening and good luck to everyone dealing with addiction and withdrawal.
Staying sober...great fucking job!!! From a nasty H addiction to 1mg every other day is a miracle. I think every one who had a bad opiate addiction should realize that only other opiates 'cure' being sick. But I swear, at 1mg every other day you are there lady. DO NOT BE AFRAID AT ALL. I wasn't...I was simply determined that I was quitting and just as vital...that failure was not a possibility. I was done. But I didn't do nearly as well as you. You tapered to almost nothing already. I kicked from 8mg a day...for a wicked long time...then got smart and kicked from 1mg a day. You do half that? You're set.
I am so glad this site existed...I needed a place to vent with people who were doing what I was. But I swear...I came on this site after 72 days, maybe the last 40 or so on zero (I took 2mg than 1mg for like 2 weeks after the 8 zero debacle), and almost all the previous comments were fuckin horror stories. I didn't need to hear that shit. I came on feeling strong, and a lovely lady named Queenie really made me feel great. I'm very happy to still be in touch with her. This site can be a great thing. Take what you can and leave the stuff you think is bullshit behind. DON'T BE NERVOUS WOMAN, YOU ARE THERE. I tell everyone that when you quit...there's no room for being or feeling anything but STRONG AND HARD mentally. Stay fucking hard. And you'll be fine. Forget anything 'scary' shit you read. You wanna know the biggest truth: When you are done (and you basically are), the pain and discomfort go away...and you forget how bad you will ever feel. Stay sober...and you'll see. Pray to God if you believe, I know I do. And he keeps me strong. Good luck. Stay cool. Stay hard. People will be here for you, until you are feeling just fine. Should be soon.
Ohhhhhh...as an answer to your question: Keep taking 1mg a day, every other day. It really is a pretty soft kick from there. Just keep doing what you've already done. Honestly...don't think about anything 'bad', just focus on the fact that very soon...you are gonna be FREE. Use positive imagery. Clean isn't always easy, but fuck does it beat being addicted. That was hell.
Funtimes,
People have varied experiences coming off opiates. Just because you had a 'relatively' easier time coming off it doesn't give you the right to intimate that other peoples more harrowing withdrawals are bullshit.
I am very glad to hear that some folks will not have the same shit I went through myself. I doubt not that part of it for me is the fact I've been masking and running away from my true self for 20 years. The drug I stepped off happened to be subutex but could have been a number of others. I'm sure whatever substance I eventually went clean from would have caused me a lot of problems.
However, my posts are nothing but an honest reflection on what the experience has been like for me. And, from reading some of the other posts, I can see that I am not the only one to have had such an ordeal.
I DID need to 'hear that shit' about withdrawals because before coming here I thought I was the only person suffering like this. Reading about some other people with similar issues made me put it in perspective. I felt somewhat 'normalised' and it made me stronger. In the same way, when you have an undiagnosed illness causing you problems it is shit scary but just getting a diagnosis, after the initial shock, brings about it an ability to cope and come to terms with it.
Thank you to everyone who posted their shit scary stories. You helped me carry on and reminded me that it doesn't last forever. It is only a temporary 'illness'.
Oh, and for those who are freaked by some of the TRUE stories, REMEMBER that you might have a really easy time of it coming off subbies. It really is very different for every person. I've even known people to glide off methadone, with taper, without hardly a muscle ache and maybe one night of insomnia.
You might find it incredibly easy to withdraw from a low dose of subs. If you don't, then at least the 'shit scary' stories will remind you that you are not alone and most importantly that it WILL and DOES END!
Personally, I'm glad it has hurt so much because it has put me off ever wanting to play games with the opiate monkey ever again. Opiates are f**king nasty as a habit. Why did I ever go there in the first place... Oh yes... I remember now.... LOLz :D
BUT, it just ain't worth the hassle....
Funtimes,
People have varied experiences coming off opiates. Just because you had a 'relatively' easier time coming off it doesn't give you the right to intimate that other peoples more harrowing withdrawals are bullshit.
I am very glad to hear that some folks will not have the same shit I went through myself. I doubt not that part of it for me is the fact I've been masking and running away from my true self for 20 years. The drug I stepped off happened to be subutex but could have been a number of others. I'm sure whatever substance I eventually went clean from would have caused me a lot of problems.
However, my posts are nothing but an honest reflection on what the experience has been like for me. And, from reading some of the other posts, I can see that I am not the only one to have had such an ordeal.
I DID need to 'hear that shit' about withdrawals because before coming here I thought I was the only person suffering like this. Reading about some other people with similar issues made me put it in perspective. I felt somewhat 'normalised' and it made me stronger. In the same way, when you have an undiagnosed illness causing you problems it is shit scary but just getting a diagnosis, after the initial shock, brings about it an ability to cope and come to terms with it.
Thank you to everyone who posted their shit scary stories. You helped me carry on and reminded me that it doesn't last forever. It is only a temporary 'illness'.
Oh, and for those who are freaked by some of the TRUE stories, REMEMBER that you might have a really easy time of it coming off subbies. It really is very different for every person. I've even known people to glide off methadone, with taper, without hardly a muscle ache and maybe one night of insomnia.
You might find it incredibly easy to withdraw from a low dose of subs. If you don't, then at least the 'shit scary' stories will remind you that you are not alone and most importantly that it WILL and DOES END!
Personally, I'm glad it has hurt so much because it has put me off ever wanting to play games with the opiate monkey ever again. Opiates are f**king nasty as a habit. Why did I ever go there in the first place... Oh yes... I remember now.... LOLz :D
BUT, it just ain't worth the hassle....
Hi all. I am on day 2 w/o Suboxone. Not because I'm tapering but because I ran out and my doc is on vacation. I can honestly say the wd's SUCK! He has me on 32mg/daily and to just stop cold turkey is really f***ing painful. I slept 25 minutes last night. The panicky, jittery, feelings along with the chills and sweats...wouldn't recommend anyone doing it this way. My doc won't be back til monday 7/13. but they couldn't fit me in til 7/15. So I get to 'enjoy' this horrid experience for another week. Wish I didn't have to.
Fun Times
Thank you for your support. I know it will be worth it. I'm actually excited to get it over with. obviously I'm not looking forward to being sick but I will get through this. Everyones stories scrare me but it's also nice to know that you will get through it. I've been through Heroin withdrawal before. I get cold turkey after a 2 year $100 day habit. That my friends SUCKED!! So if I can get through that I know I can get through this. Anyway thanks again for the support and I will be letting everyone know how it goes. I'm 30+hrs. from my last does that was less then 1 mg. Nothing too terrible right night. Just a little anxious.
Vincentx90
I don't think Fun Times takes anyones journey lightly and if you read older posts you wil see he in fact did not have it easy. I think he is just telling me to have a positive attitude about and to not be afriad. I can see where you are coming from. But I truly think you misunderstood Fun Times intentions. Hope you are doing well. WHere are you at in your recovery??
Well I hope everyone has a good day. Keep your heads up!!
So I'm pretty pumped about what I'm attempting to do. I'm just a bit nervous over a few things. I have a 4 yr old and I'm a stay at home mom. I really don't want her to see me suffering and I want to be able to take care of her. I already feel terrible for the way I am now. I'm so not present. I feel nothing anymore. I can't have fun with her and that kills me. I just go through the motions. Also I have nothing to help with the sleeping. I don't have insurance. I know the OTC stuff probably won't work. No one around me knows I'm going through this. So I really need support from strangers. The good news is I have NO way to relapse. I moved to a new area and don;t know where toget anything and my sub supplier won't supply anymore. (EX BF don't talk to him) I know I just need to stop worryiing and do it and get it over with.
I look forward to feeling again. I used to be a funny person. I used to have so many friends. I fake everything now. I don't enjoy anything. I literally walk around life like a zombie right now. I want it all to end!! I want to play with my daughter and laugh and really mean it. I want to want to do stuff with friends and family. I'm only 29 and I have so much more life to live.
I have been abusing opiates for 10 years. Recently just relapsed after about a year and half sober. Amazing how our mind lets us forget how bad this shit really was. I started doing Oxy contin again and anyother opiate I could find when I couldn't afford the the oxy's. Well I hit that bottom much more quickly then it took last time only 5 months after relapsing. I went to the clinic today and got on suboxone and I have been on it before and last time it was an 18 day withdrawal compared to the 5 day on oxy but I can't function at work nor can I take time off to do it. So instead of staying long term I paid the clinic for a week and I am going to take for a week and during that week gradually take smaller dose. I am getting back into the meetings too because that was the only way I stayed sober for the time I did was being around sober people who knew what it was like to be an addict and having someone to talk to and being able to hang out with people who dont' use. I also use the thomas receipe and have used it many times before with success but you really need to be able to do nothilng for a week and I can't do that at this point. So I will take suboxne on taper schedule for a week and excersise take vitamins and try to do this. This board has been great.
staying sober:
ty for your words, i'm sure you are right :)
I really do wish you the best of luck in stepping off subbies. It's exactly 12 weeks for me since my last subbie dose and I am actually starting to feel like a human being again. Oh boy! It is worth every bit of pain to get to this point. I cannot stress enough just how good it is to start feeling human again and returning to your old self. It takes time, but it really does happen! :)
I so want you to experience it aswell Staying Sober. Do whatever it takes to get through w/ds. Just keep on going no matter what because it starts to get a little better every day. Those feelings and emotions start to come back online gradually.
zombie:
good luck with the 1 week detox, I'm sure you will cope with it just fine :)
janel79
:( sorry to hear about you having a rough time stepping off 32mg sub a day, that's quite a jump, it's really powerful stuff...
maybe next time try cutting 8s into 4mg and taking less than 32mg a day and thus building up an emergency supply, i mean.... it's hard to notice much difference dropping from 32mg to 28mg or even 16mg for a day or two.
just an idea.... wish you all the best.... i'll pray for you even...
Vincentx90
Thank you for your encouragement!
So I got interrupted when I was writing before so I'm back. I hope I don't annoy anyone I'm sure I'll be posting alot. It really helps me to get stuff off my chest and like I said no one knows I'm going through this. I've decided I'm not going to take sub again unless necessary. I've been clean for almost 40hrs. I'm going to try to make it. I read in the previous posts that people "cheated" a little around the 8-9 day mark. I have 1 8mg left and I will use only for emergency. I'm really prepared for this. (at least I think).
I gave myself some rules. I will wake up every morning(not that I'll be sleeping alot) take shower and get ready for the day. Not just though on sweats and pull hair back but try to make myself look nice. Cause it's so true that if you look good you feel good. I wil get out and try to walk with my daughter. I don't have a car to myself so I'm going to try to walk alot. I refuse to let myself just lay around and feel sorry for myself. I'm going to force myself to eat at least 3 times a day. Take my vitamins. I might try that 7-day detox stuff. It can't hurt right?? I wil force myself to drink 8 glasses of H20. I'm a smoker but when I don't take sub I feel the need to smoke a lot less so who knows maybe I can quit that too. Now I'm pushing it. I will take another long walk at night then a hot bath then try to sleep. This of course all sounds easy now. We'll see tomorrow. I figured if I have a plan it might help. I also plan to journal I hear that helps alot. I will also be on here a ton I'm sure. Anyway that's my plan. Wish me luck!
It has been 187 hours since my last subox. No taper - I just tossed myself into the fire after taking my last 16mg / day dose.
It amazes me how I refuse to learn. I have been down this road six times now. I cleaned up but due to the fact that the subox wasnt providing any hint of euphoria I figured cutting it out to be cake. I couldn't be more wrong!
This stuff is incredibly powerful. Apparently I took it for long enough for my brain to shut off the gaba valve - I have slept 6 hours in 8 days. I swear I am insane for doing this again, especially while working 50 hrs/week.
I do, however have hope and resolve. I refuse to call my doctor. I know what would immediately relieve this agony but that would simply reset to clock. Instead I am embracing this every pain, and asking God to continue to provide the strength to beat this demon within me.
I hope that my experience can help others. Taper! Dont fly off the cliff with the wreckless abandon I did. It is not a joke. The wd is of the same varient of any other opiate - only more drawn out. It is the devil, and the devil will do anything to get you back in his company. Fight it! Stand and feel your worth and whatever you do dont stop.
I wont.
Godspeed to all of you strangers that share my pain.
Alrigh guys on day 2 of taper schedule. Yesterday I took 4 mgs. Today I took 2 and I haven't felt any withdrawls. I went to the clinic and they gave me a 8 mg pill and I was told to take it all but I did some hand tricks and acted like I took it and then when I got to work just took 2 MG. So now I have 6 MG left and I am going to try and stretch that for 4 more days. Again I am coming off of OXy contin and only want to use suboxone as little as possible as I used suboxne before for three months and it took 18 days to detox. Last night went to the gym and did a light workout and ran a little but stayed in sauna for thirty minutes and walked out drenched. Sweating is key. I also am following the Thomas Receipe which has worked wonders for me in the past. Then I went to a meeting and felt good when I left.
Staying Sober: I have done this many times only once with Suboxone but many times with other opiates. The key is sweating and drinking lots of water. If you can get to a sauna or really hot bath it will work wonders. You have to flush this stuff out of your system. I also have a four year old daughter and can't wait till I am completely sober and I wake up in the morning when she does and feel normal, watch some cartoons and hang out. Can't wait to be normal. It will come we just have to hang it there it will help.
Well I'm half way through my 2nd day. I feel ok. I have the sweats and anxiety but that's it so far. I'm trying to have a positive attitute by telling myself that hey I'm going to be fine. I won't even feel those withdrawal symtoms. I know I'm bound to feel something, I'm just praying it will go easy on me. But you know what I got myself into this situation and if it takes a couple months to feel ok then it will be worth it. After all it took me 7 years to destroy my body it's going to take it awhile to get it back but I've never been more determined to do it. I'm still in the very early early stages but I will get through this. I really do look to this site as a source of support so I appericate everyone on here and sharing your stories really helps me. Thank you!
I'll be checking in soon and look forward to more posts. Stay healthy everyone out there and keep up the good work with your recovery.
Well I'm half way through my 2nd day. I feel ok. I have the sweats and anxiety but that's it so far. I'm trying to have a positive attitute by telling myself that hey I'm going to be fine. I won't even feel those withdrawal symtoms. I know I'm bound to feel something, I'm just praying it will go easy on me. But you know what I got myself into this situation and if it takes a couple months to feel ok then it will be worth it. After all it took me 7 years to destroy my body it's going to take it awhile to get it back but I've never been more determined to do it. I'm still in the very early early stages but I will get through this. I really do look to this site as a source of support so I appericate everyone on here and sharing your stories really helps me. Thank you!
I'll be checking in soon and look forward to more posts. Stay healthy everyone out there and keep up the good work with your recovery.
Staying sober,
great to hear your conviction and committment to getting through this and acceptance of whatever it might throw at you, with that attitude you will surely make it through :)
I'm still making steady progress, things are starting to fall back into place, I'm re-learning who I am, I've become a stranger to myself over the years, is a weird experience, sometimes uncomfortable, sometimes frightening, but sometimes very exciting, and ALWAYS worth every ounce of pain :) I wouldn't change sobriety and freedom from opiates for the world!
Oh, and just for reference, I'm in day 2 of week 12 since stepping off subbies :P
So I'm About to do it! I'm jumping very soon. I've been tappering myself down over the past month. I take less then 1mg ever 36 hrs. I have 4mg left to my name. I used to be a heroin addict and have been on sub for 2 yrs. I will no longer be able to get sub but that's ok I don't want anymore. I'm nervous and excited at the same time. I just haven't heard to many success stories of people getting off the suboxone. Withdrawal from heroin was awful but it was done with in a week. I'm not sure if I can be sick for months. I guess I have no choice. So I'm jumping. Here goes....
About to jump:
good luck with that mate, hope all goes well :)
day 4 of week 12, half good half bad, feeling bad now, 6pm, mind still rattling, when the f**k will this end? geeeeeeeeeez :(
stay the f**k away from buprenorphine, this stuff is f**king evil
am currenlty listening to Jayson Green's 'looking for', awesome trance track, at an obscenely high volume ;) that'll blow the rattle into submission for a bit :D
I am currently on day 24 of sub wd. My Doc started me on 16mg a day from a Percocet habit and I quickly was able to taper to about 4mg daily for about 6months. Then since Jan. I' tapered to about 1 mg a day until I jumped off. The withdrawal was brutal as expected but the lingering effects are crazy. My mind still races and anxiety and sleep problems are rough. That being said; I hope I never have to use that crutch again because it is BULLSHIT. DON"T TAKE IT
Brian68,
I know EXACTLY where you are coming from on this...
The racing thoughts, poor sleep and high levels of anxiety are the worst shit to deal with. It just goes on and on, day after day, even though mine are milder now it is still an issue driving me crazy most of the time and I'm on day 81... but it does get steadily milder even though it is f**king almost unbearable.
sub is one twisted f**king drug, it should be taken off the market and banned except for the 7 day (or so) fast detox from short acting opiates.
While I am sure all these things(racing mind, anxiety and sleeplessness) are withdrawals; I do think that if you can keep yourself busy(NA meetings, phone calls, NA meetings etc...)you CAN make it. These freaking DRUGS have ruled us all for too long! FUCK THEM! GET HELP! TALK TO SOMEONE who has been in your shoes. It's hard work but the choice is YOURS Clean or DEAD
Now that my suboxone W/D has faded from a thundering roar to nearly a whisper I want to write this in order to provide a possible hope for those reading within my age, usage, and physiological demographic that are going through the same thing. This forum is filled with horror stories outlining months of debilitating symptoms - my story is simply not the case, so here goes:
War stories are absolutely pointless to this channel (and in general - wow, you went through your entire weeks paycheck worth of crack two minutes after it was issued to you, impressive). Rather, I am going to provide the vitals so that somebody reading may have a comparative basis to use to guage their progress through the rollercoaster of withdrawal.
I abused opiates of the synthetic variety for a number of years 'recreationally' before becoming fully-blown addicted two years ago. By this I mean that it was an all-day-every-day affair. The progression of my chemical romance is probably like most you've heard before. When Lortabs couldn't cut it I moved to Percoden. From Percoden to Hydros and/or O.C. - from O.C. to Fentanyl and finally Dope for economic purposes.
By the time I entered rehab I had a $200-500/day habit. The clinical staff agreed that I was an advanced case and would require methodone maintanence which I vehemently opposed. Instead they put me on suboxone, which I knew nothing about at the time but was assured that it was far easier to kick than any full-agonist, including methadone.
I stayed on subox for 6 months until 12 days ago when I took the gloves off to kick. If I can change anything about what I went through I would have tapered. My addict-mind assured me that subox was nothing since I couldn't feel any sort of euphoria, even at 32mg/day. Needless to say I was wrong and I felt the grueling effects of W/D after jumping of the cliff from 16/mg.
For me the withdrawal was nearly the same as any full agonist. If it didnt kick quite as hard as H, it sure was close. I had every symptom under the sun, with the worse being insomnia. I went 8 days on little more than an hour or two of sleep a night. All the while I was working and hiding my condition under fake smiles and forced interests.
Now so far I sound pretty much like everybody else on this board. What I came to say is this: yes, it sucks - so prepare your self for the shit-show that is about to become your life. But remember that it is only temporary. By day 12 (yesterday) I was 90%, and I feel even slightly better than that today. I am a 26 year old male, 6 ft/165 lbs with a very fast metabolic rate, so I do think it may have been easier on me then some.
Still, I dont want anybody to be discouraged. I have a very difficult time believing some of the posts that say day 150+ was so tough due to W/D. I am sure you had a hard day, but that was not because of any sort of suboxone withdrawal. In fact, it is fully eliminated and undetectable in the body within 150 hours (metabolites and all).
I guess my message here is to stay strong, know there is an end in sight to all of the pain that you are going through - and dont give up. I didnt and I can tell you right now - for every moment I wanted to quit I cursed myself for my poor decisions and this fueled my desire to be free. I screamed at my past. I had it out with myself for almost two weeks and I feel much, much better now for going through it.
Make up your mind to conquer your demons, or forever be a slave.
Godspeed
Redeemed,
That's great stuff to hear. However, you have no right to shit on other people's stories that have come from their heart and soul. You certainly have absolutely no right to infer that some stories (e.g. day 150 - bad), are not true.
Everybody has the right to tell their story as it is for them on this page.
I'm delighted you have recovered so well but it is very different for all of us. Some of us are suffering for a lot longer. The half-life of subs is only a small part of the story. Once the drug is out of the system the brain still has to do a lot of re-wiring due to those dummy opiate receptors being present.
You feel free to tell your story on this site, don't shit on other peoples freedom to do the same, regardless of the nature of their experience.
Be encouraging, not defamating.
Your words suggest that people should keep quiet if they are having a really rough time for weeks and even months. What a crazy, ridiculous thought! The very point is so that people can VENT, be honest and upfront about their experience. Share their experiences with others, some of whom will be having a similarly bad time and others not so bad.
I am on the verge of giving up with posting here because I am SICK AND TIRED of assholes trying to tell us that because they had an 'easy' time of it that our experiences mean shit. For those of you that found it comparatively easy, I'm glad for you but it gives you no right to question the validity of other peoples experiences. Doing that is character assassination and downright nasty.
I have to question your motives. Do you have a problem that it was MUCH harder for some than others? Do you feel you are lacking something because you just didn't suffer as much? If so, get a fucking life and leave the rest of us alone. Go bully someone else! People here need support NOT criticism.
Go gain some empathy.
Brian68:
thanx for the encouraging words :)
First sentence:
..."I want to write this in order to provide a possible hope for those reading within my age, usage, and physiological demographic that are going through the same thing."
My recovery went so well?
..."For me the withdrawal was nearly the same as any full agonist. If it didnt kick quite as hard as H, it sure was close."
Be encouraging, not defamating.
..."I guess my message here is to stay strong, know there is an end in sight to all of the pain that you are going through - and dont give up."
Your words suggest that people should keep quiet if they are having a really rough time for weeks and even months
Now for that I simply don't have a response (I couldnt find anywhere in my post that referenced people remaining quiet.)
Best of luck with all of your recoveries! I wish you the best, especially my friend Vinnie!
Idiot.
a very bipolar response Redeemed...
one minute "best of luck... especially my friend Vinnie!"
the next... "idiot"
hahahahahaha
;)
Hey all. I want to share my experience strength and hope with those going through suboxone withdrawal. I am in day 16 completely off after about a year and a half on. I was down to 8mg per day for about 4 months prior to tapering. I tapered down to 0 in 2 weeks, spread out evenly by dropping 2mg per day. My experience is that the taper was fairly painless, the only real painful step was going to 0. The first night without was tough. Restless legs, couldn't sleep, sweating, cold, tired, sneezing, yawning, and all the symptoms shown on the top of this page. I was on Ambian for 10 days (it is an addictive drug no matter what the commercials say, so be careful with this) and it did help somewhat. Plus I had that anxiety you feel in the pit of your stomach. It was tough.
The restless legs went away quickly, but all the other symptoms remained for several days. I am actively in recovery, and the only medicine I found for the withdrawal was within the rooms of AA. I hit 3 to 4 meetings per day, talked with my sponsor, continued working on my steps (I am working step 8 right now), prayed every day and worked with other alcoholics and addicts as best I could. Spent a lot of time talking with others in the program and it helped me a lot.
I started feeling some relief after 8 to 9 days, but only a little. Sleeping is still tough, but better. Today is the first real day I have felt substantially better (day 16). In 16 days I hit over 40 meetings. I know we all can't do that, but it worked for me. Got me through to today and thats all I can ask for. I plan on doing it again tomorrow, but right now it's just about today.
It's a scary thing no doubt about it. And it's hard. Each of us has our own history and our own path through this process, but I will make one promise, the more active you are in your recovery, the faster and easier this will be. For those not in the program, I hope you give it a try. I read almost every post and found a consistent idea, and it is this, those in active recovery and working the program are getting through this faster and easier than those that are not. The posts that say it has taken months to get over it don't seem to mention the program, and many that have worked through this thing quicker often talk about working the program. I'm not saying every post was this way, but it was common among many.
Hang in there and don't look back and don't look forward. Deal with today and right now by not isolating, getting into a meeting (or several), read the big book, share with others, pray to a God of your understanding, and try to do the next right thing. It's easy to sit and veg getting off this stuff, but muster all the power you can to get up, and take action against this thing. It sounds corny and overplayed, but it works.
The Big Book says we sought an easier softer way to recovery. Many of us think that suboxone is the easier softer way. It isn't. It can be an effective tool to get us off the other crap and get into the program and gain the spiritual tools necessary to deal with the pain when it comes when you get off suboxone.
That is my experience and I hope it helps someone. I am in day 16 and still have some work to do yet, but I feel better than I did on day 5 thats for sure. Day 5, 6, and 7 were very tough, but got better after that, a little at a time with the help of lots of meetings and action in my program. I see light at the end of the tunnel, but not quite there yet.
Keep coming back.
Hi Matt,
That's great you are doing so well and yes no doubt going to the AA type meetings has helped you enormously.
I am keeping as active as I can. I'm in the process of moving to a new location and that has nore than enough work involved in it. Shifting all my stuff, finalising bills etc. etc.
I never had any success with AA/NA. I have asperger syndrome and do not function well in groups (can in fact make me feel a whole lot worse and be a real disaster). It's a syndrome that fucks up my social skills and makes it almost impossible for me to communicate to some people and worseso in a group setting.
Fortunately I'm staying with friends who understand my curious personality and treat me well. I have work I do bits of in the garden, manual labour.
I'm getting better every day but still suffering what is, for me, some intolerable withdrawals mainly in that my mind feels like it doesn't belong to me (my body as well), feels so uncomfortable, as if my mind is outside of my head and a real struggle to get it to work. I am still getting a lot of confusion.
At times I've just given in and taken a few sleeping pills and/or alcohol to bring down that anxiety level and enable me to think clearly for a while. I've also tried uppers (not often) just to get me more active for a day and distract me from the long haul symptoms.
I've now asked my doctor to prescribe more sleeping pills and some prozac to see if that will give me a bit more energy and lessen the anxiety.
Anyone else found antidepressants helfpul in the later stages of recovery?
I took it only like an hour a go so will be a while to see if it helps at all...
vince
Oh, and yes, having asperger syndrome or any autistic spectrum disorder (like ADHD) might well make the recovery process a lot harder than for someone neurotypical (NT, not on the autistic spectrum).
We tend to be extremely sensitive people and notice very fine detail in things. This could well mean that moderate withdrawals feel like intense withdrawals and so on... This is only an idea, not proven fact, but I've read a few stories on here that seem to relate to the ASD type person who is battling not only opiate addiction but also an underlying condition that is already causing a high level of anxiety and possibly many other problems.
The withdrawals exaggerate all the worst aspects of being on the autistic spectrum. Being on opiates, before tolerance kicks in, tends to suppress a lot of problematic autistic traits, hence why it turned into my drug of choice. I was able to socialise without anxiety, felt more empathy for people, calmer and content with myself etc.. These are insanely addictive qualiities regardless of the very addictive high that one can get before too much dependence kicks in.
I've noticed that 'some' people addictied to opiates do indeed have some kind of underlying condition that was never resolved/helped and that they then discovered opiates and at first it was a 'miracle cure' for overcoming whatever their issues were.
So quitting opiates and returning to who you were before can actually be quite terrifying when you know that you had serious problems to deal with in the first place and that these will resurface upon withdrawal.
It was only getting my aspergers diagnosis that gave me the confidence to quit opiates forever. I was no longer running away from myself, scared of this undiagnosed condition that was causing me so much hurt, grief and isolation in my life for 20 years.
If you have any kind of underlying issues then I must urge you to seek help for them and to find a correct diagnosis. Nothing is scarier than not knowing what your diagnosis is while being very aware you have a problem. This will invariably make you stronger in your quest to be opiate free.
Just thought I should share in the vain hope it might help at least one person in this world (and therefore worth it).
vince
My doc did prescribe Remeron to help with sleep and appetite, as well as some of the anxiety. It has been very effective, but I am being cautious with it. With my personality, I'd get addicted to aspirin if I wasn't careful, which is where my program helps. This is a great forum. You may want to try some online AA meetings. I know some folks who have found some help there. It's all about honesty, open mindedness, and willingness. I've tried every possible "cure" for my disease of addiction, every easier softer way, and AA is the only thing that has worked one day at a time. In this age, we have tons of options and ways to get into the fellowship and to get involved in the process of recovery. I hope everyone finds what works for them. There will always be stuff that comes up, it's how we deal with it that matters.
Stay strong and stay sober today.
on day 8 no subs when does this anxiety start to back off im on xanex it helps some everything else is bad but this anxiety is a keller
iwas on sub for four months i was going between 4mg and 2mg for i month my dr decided it was time to stop that i was ready ready right but not for all these wonderful w/d i was on long term pain relief for about a year and a half had surgery to fix the problem thats done now i have to deal with this does it ever end
I'm on day 17 and the anxiety has subsided, but not gone. I would say to be careful with xanax. It is also a highly addictive substance, especially when combined with alcohol. You can see my previous post as to how I dealt with the anxiety and that is what worked for me.
thanks matt going to the doctor tommorow will ask about remeron this is scary shit been through alot nothing like this good luck on your journey
Seems that highly elevated levels of anxiety is a common withdrawal symptom that is particularly prevalent in coming off long acting opioids like subbies and methadone.
It seemed more manageable when rattling off short acting stuff as it didn't go on for so damn long.
Man, I ramble on about shit in my posts sometimes. I'm tired. I'm very very tired of all this. Drug abuse has wrecked my entire life.
This is a bad day. Only one way forward. Just keep going. I need to get some sort of life. I need a job. Everything just seems fucked up. I spent so long incapacitated by the amount of drugs I was doing and living a vagrants life, a street bum, sofa surfing. I've lost touch with how to live.
Sorry for this depressing shit. I just can't see a way ahead at the moment. I've lost sight of what I'm supposed to be aiming for. My confidence is shattered.
I know it sounds pathetic but I just want a shoulder to cry on. I can't carry on like this, fighting alone. I have so much shit to sort out.
OMG, this whole sub thing has turned into such a nightmare. When I looked into getting off a long history of taking narcotics I was prescribed subs and told to stay on for at least 1 year. I at that time could not find forums like this one that collaborated comments with live persons that had or were going through the detox of the subs. The Dr never told how very difficult it would be to endure the detox. I am floored that all this information isn't more detailed wherever there is any information dissimulated on sub usage.
My question is a little different thou, I am currently being treated for hep c, the treatment requires both interferon and ribavirin which have terrible side effects as well. As for subs I have weaned down, I am down to 1/2 of one tab which are 2mg-0.5mg tablets. When I decrease it is for a 2 week period, then i split in half again. I want to jump off but keep in mind at the same time I don't want to sabotage my hep C treatment. Will it make any difference by getting to a very low dosage before I stop completely? Or by what I have read sounds like it is the drug itself that manifests the horrible side effects when stopping. This drug got me off the narcotics but sounds as though, over all, suboxone is really not for those that want to be free from drugs. I just wish I had all the information I needed when I started. I may have still used the subs to detox but I would have gotten off them ASAP. I do believe the longer they are used the harder it becomes to get off them. Something changes in the brain chemistry that takes a long time to adjust back and you start to feel well again. I cant blame anyone but me, I wanted a quick fix, well I got it and all the interest and payment due along with it. I must also admit that I was not informed about the detox from the subs from my prescribing Dr, but what do you expect, I don't really think he knew himself at the time because of the newness of the drug. Now the cat is out of the bag I really hope that they keep looking for the magic pill to help those that suffer from the fear of detox and provide us a real treatment that works and does not have such horrible side affects when we decide to stop taking them. I will post more through my detox from the sub, perhaps it will help someone with their decision.
Mark:
Keep tapering down as small as you can possibly go. I'd say at least to a 1/4 of your 2mg tablets (0.5mg). Any smaller is perhaps impossible to divide, but if not, then yes taper even lower to 0.25mg. It might sound like a tiny dose but 0.2mg of buprenorphine is considered a theraputic dose for the control of pain. Yes, so like, many of us have been on a dose that is 80 to 160 times stronger than a dose used for pain relief in people with no tolerance.
I jumped from 0.4mg. This was easier to do in the UK because I was prescribed these little 0.4mg tabs once I went under 2mg. So, I could taper from 2mg to 1.6mg to 1.2mg and so on...
I felt pretty much withdrawal free on the 0.4mg before I jumped. Yes, it hurt. I was totally surprised at the intensity and longevity of the w/d's.
However, Mark, not everyone has such a rough time of it. Some people have tapered down, jumped, had a rough time for maybe two weeks and then started to feel better. So don't presume it will be just as rough for yourself. We are all very different.
Keep tapering as low as you can go and get stable before tapering again.
Should you 'jump' while receiving the treatment for Hep C? Good question. I'm not a doctor and I haven't had the Hep C experience so I'm badly qualified to answer. All I can think to say is that if you want to jump then go for it BUT keep plenty of subs for emergencies in case you need them to enable you to maintain your extremely important medical treatment.
If you jump and then find you need to do a little maintenance then you might find a very 'low' dose will be adequate.
Thanks for sharing your experience. Keep us posted :)
vince
I been on drugs off and on for my whole life mostly on.today is day 27 off subs and i am still awaiting to feel completely normal. I used percocet 60mg for about 3yrs and have been on subs for about 6 months prior to quiting subs cold turkey. The first week was pretty bad the second week was better every thingseems to be getting better as the days pass by I just didn't think i would fell so damn lazy after this many days I was down to about 4mgs aday of subs and have strugled with the weening myself down process so I decided to just quit versus tapering down. All or nothing for me I notice that mornings are still a rough part for me it usually takes alot of phisical activity and amulti vitamin to get me feeling ok .The more moving around i do the better i feel but i feel like im draging most of the day . i take a mornig and night time bath and that helps me alittle . Any other suggestings to help please comment good luck every one
Hello Everyone. So I'm jumping off suboxone. My last dose was actually about 2 hours ago. I've been tapering down from 8mg to just crumbs. I mean I just took basically dust. I feel ok. I really can't complain tapering down wasn't that hard. I really juat had mild wd's. I know I have more to look forward to in the up coming days. I'm nervous and excited right now. I just want my life back. I've been addicted to opiates for the past 5 yrs. I've been on suboxone the last 2. So anyway we'll see what happens. It's nice to have these forums to have a place to go and share your experiences. I'll let you know how I do. Thanks for everyone's stories.
Well, is day 88 since stepping off subbies. Yesterday, day 87, I was able (for the first time yet) to stay active ALL day without hardly any of that dragging oneself about by force of will. I did some garden maintenance tasks, removing overgrown ivy, and enjoyed it! :)
I'm certainly not better yet. I've still got that alien feeling, not comfortable in my own skin. My flesh still has creeping and burning sensations (ibuprofen does seem to help now). My emotions still don't feel completely back on-line. There is that numb sensation in my head and my mind is rattling a little still. HOWEVER, all these things are much much milder and more manageable.
I have had a few depressing rants on here over the past few days. I was just getting very stressed out as I'm in the middle of relocating from one part of the UK to another and having financial difficulties. Fortunately, I've managed to find a workaround and my stress levels have come down somewhat.
jmb:
You will continue to feel a bit more normal every single day. Day 27 was, in retrospect, still early days for me as to feeling like a human being again.
You might well get back to feeling normal a lot quicker than me. Either way, don't despair, because you WILL become normal again. It does happen, even though never as quickly as we would like.
Keep going, it's sooooooo worth it! And, well done for getting this far! You've done fucking brilliantly! :)
Jules: Good luck Jules, keep us posted! :)
on day 12 off subs wd still bad went to the dr put me on cembalta (spelled wrong im sure) and something for the anxiety rls is a little better with alive im still a mess with the anxiety but waiting for the meds to start helping this crap seems never to end what else is in store for me
Suboxone to me is a miracle drug.. but Im caught between wanting to be totally clean and knowing that i need this medicine. I cringe at the thought of having to detox off suboxone. It saved my life. But there are days when I have to go without it and around day three it starts to get bad.. But better than the alternative. I am so thankful for suboxone. I dont know where I would be without it...
1st full day without the suboxone. I fell alright. I was real sleepy today but couldn't really sleep. Of course I have the sweats and yawning. I'm about to go to bed so we'll see how the night goes. I'll be back tomorrow to keep you updated. Thanks for the encouragement.
Betty:
As you are on day 12 there is nothing more that you need expect in the way of withdrawals. What you are going through now is as bad as it gets. Yes I know, it is pretty bad especially the terrible anxiety. Hopefully the meds your doctor gave you will help with the anxiety a little, take the edge off at least.
The anxiety might start to ease off over the next few weeks. It depends very much on the individual. It took 12 weeks for my anxiety to improve considerably and even now (in week 13) anxiety is still the number one issue albeit milder and more manageable.
Stick in there Betty, you can do it! Get all the help you can from your doctor for the anxiety. I used zopiclone which helped a little. I hear valium is quite good. Be careful with these medications though as they are addictive if used daily for more than 2 weeks at a time.
dopewasouttokillme:
Certainly sounds like subbies saved your life and that is the most important thing! After a while though, on maintenance therapy, one does get that desire to want to be completely clean and feel like a human being again (not emotionally blunted and numb).
Don't be afraid of jumping off subs. If you do ever decide to do it then first taper down to the smallest possible dose you can cut up. Then make sure your parachute is safely atttached and JUMP!!!
Jules:
Great post! Very exciting to see what is happening on your journey. Yes, please do update us on your progress. :)
It's early days but I'm sure you will battle through this like a true warrior and will find strengths you never thought you had.
Thanks to everyone for posting about your amazing experiences. It is a HUGE encouragement to me to hear about you all.
Today is day 32 w/o subs and I actually got about 7 hrs of sleep last night. Please be very careful with anti-anxiety meds like valium and klonopin-VERY ADDICTIVE!. My doc gave me nuerontin for bedtime but it didn't do much for me so I dumped em.The anxiety level is way down low now so for anyone out there going thru this; Hand in there-----You're life is worth it
Day 2- Not so good today but Iknow this isn't even the worst of it. I'm so tired but CANNOT sleep. I feel like I'm going to vomit any second. My poor daughter has entertained herself all day long. I know I deserve this for abusing drugs for so long but it hurts bad. My back is killing me if I could live in the bathtub I would. I haven't had the energy to brush my hair and I got out of the bath 5 hrs ago. I'll stop complaining now. It will be worth when it's all done.
Still tapering down haven't jumped this time yet and not looking forward to it at all. How does anyone get up to go to work when getting off the subs? Look just read posts for someone off 28 days and they still cant sleep and still aren't at 100%. What kind of Frankenstein meds are we being prescribed here? I am seeing more and more evidence from all the posts that the great and wonderful Suboxone is nothing but another lie for us and I for one was never told of the long term affects, just take this it will help with the effects of withdrawals from the narcotics the Dr's had prescribed to me for years. Now we look for the best method to get off subs, perhaps another magic pill. Keep up all the good work all, get off all the junk, life is way to short not to feel alive all day.
Day 3-Last night SUCKED!! I got maybe an hour of sleep altogether. It was the near panick attacks I had that were the worst. I talked myself down and survived. I took a bath this morning and feel better. It's not awful if it doesn't get worse I think I can survive this! i just don't want to feel this way for months and months. Good luck to anyone out there that is going through this.
Day 3-con't so today was ok. There are definitely wd symptoms they just aren't nearly as intense as the H wd's. It seems to be worse at night probably cause I want to sleep then and can't. It's about 9pm and I want bed but know it's too early and I don't think I'm ready for the torture ahead of me. My stomach hurts bad but I've been able to eat which is good. I forced myself to do the shopping today. We were out of food completley. It was good to get out and not think about it too much. It's always at it's worse when I'm just sitting still well as still as my legs will allow. I'm always nausea. Haven't thrown up yet. I'm going to go take a bath and hopefully that will calm be down for bed.
I can honestly say though it's not as bad as reg opiate wd's for me anyway. I hope that stays true. Afterall I'm only on day 3. Well I'll be back in the am to post my night. Wish me luck!!
Keep it up Jules, the nausea and physical stuff is probably close to over now. In my case the sleeplessness was the worst because you're so tired and you're mind is racing. But it gets better!! As far sitting still; try not to. If you can keep busy and active your mind will not obsess as much.Try NA or AA meetings. These are people who KNOW what you're going thru and you can get phone #s to talk to them which really helps and keeps your mind busy. Good Luck and don't give up
Brian-Thanks alot for your encouragement! I just moved to the area I'm at so I have to find the new meetings. My ex's mother the grandmother to my daughter said she would go with me so I'm looking forward to that.
Day 4-It's 9:34am I've been awake for about an hour. Just got out of the bath. I feel pretty descent right now considering my night. I tried to go to sleep at 12am and did't fall asleep till 2:30 then was woke up by my BF(He doesn't know I'm going through this he thinks I have the flu) He went out last night for a bit and apparently got jumped!!! It's a long story but got pretty beat up. I hate this new area I live in. It's all scumbags! He'll be fine though. I feel bad because I also felt like shit and just didn't feel like comforting him. That sounds awful.I did though so I guess I'm not a terrible person. I finally fell back asleep at 6am after tossing and turning for 3 hrs. Then bam my daughter wakes me at 8:30 but believe it or not other than the typical headache I felt semi-normal. My legs were still and I actually wanted to get up. When I was on sub I could have slept the whole day.
My stomach gave me some issues but that doesn't even bother me so much it's the NO SLEEP I can't take. It's one thing to just not be tired but when you're tired as hell and for the life of you you can't sleep. It's not a good feeling. I'm really hoping it won't last a long time. Overall though these wd's are way easier than H wd's there was no way I could even sit here and type when I was going through that. So I just have to tough it out a little longer. I just pray that it gets better everyday and not worse. I'm still so early in the process. I'm keep my head up and hoping for the best. Because I refuse to go back to that terrible drug. I'll be back later to let you know how the day goes. I'm going to try to take my daughter to the park. Poor thing has been house bound for 3 days.
Jules:
It's great to hear your posts. I know it's bloody hard right now, the sleep issue especially. You really sound like a fighter and I'm sure you'll get through this.
Stop putting yourself down! You are NOT a bad person. You are as good a person as anyone else on this planet and a lot better than most. Here you are, honestly bearing your heart out on this website and going through a lot of suffering because you want to do what you believe is right. That says to me you are a very worthy person and I have the utmost respect for you right now.
Brian68, thx for the encouraging posts :) You encourage all of us by encouraging just one :)
Best wishes,
Vince.
So Im a week away from being off the Sub for 4 months! I am excited. It was really hard the first month. After that it got better weekly. I was kinda scared there for a while. The stress gets to me a lot worse than it did when I was on Sub. I have more energy and if I dont get up and do something with my son, then Im a wreck all day. Cant get motivated! They put me on some meds though b/c I told them I was having a hard time. I havent started but I will soon. I just hate knowing I got off something to get right back on something else. Its something for moods, pain, and depression. Its a pain blocker. Its not a pain killer which is sweet! I have cronic pain so I look forward to it.
I hope that everyone that is getting off of this shit will pull through and not relapse. The hard part is not over though. The cravings will come so be ready guys!
Take care!
Vince-Thanks for the kind words that really makes me feel better!! I just wish I had someone to talk to on a one to one. I love this forum but having to wait for respones is hard.
Anyway I just got back from the playground with my daughter. It was hard getting the energy to do that but she loved it. She actually took a nap when we got home something she never does. I tried but failed of course. I just hate the RLS and the no sleep. I can't seem to get my legs to stop jerkin! But let me say once again this is way easier then kicking H. It's not fun at all but I can actually shower and walk around. That's huge! Well I'll be back later for more updates. Sorry if I annoy anyone. Good luck to everyone out there going through this it is very hard!!
how bout getting a life people! Gosh, drug addict losers
Not very nice pissitohole!!!! Why are you even reading these? Maybe you need a life!
Day 4-Night time! It's always worse at night. I just got home from the store.(I walked and it felt good) EXERCISE is key! Stocked up on some imodium and icyhot. I also bought some OTC sleep aides. I figured I would give it a shot. I've noticed the past 2 nights I actually don't fall asleep till around 6am. I only sleep a couple hours but I feel fine when I wake up. SO I'm going to try to stay up as late as I can tonight. The anxiety is a killer. I literally talk myself down.
The good news tomorrow my daughter's grandmother is taking me to a meeting. I'm hoping that will help! She's an amazing woman. He son my ex is the one who got us started on all this. I'm not blaming him I'm a big girl but he introduced it to me. Then he supplied me with sub for 2 years and all of a sudden cut me off after he found a new gf. But that's not the point. The point is I'm getting through this. A few times today I thought I wouldn't make it but I'm hopefull again. I also must stress again. This is WAY better then H wd's! Still sucks but better. Here's looking forward to day 5!!
Good luck to everyone else out there!
Just ignore pissitohole, he's what is called an internet TROLL (someone who goes round internet forums and chat rooms for the soul purpose of causing offence and upset). Some people term them 'internet bullies', but 'troll' is better I think, hence the act of 'trolling'. Ironically, people like that do indeed have no life whatsoever otherwise why the f*** would they do it? Probably just some dumb kid who hasn't grown up yet or experienced any real problems in their life.
Thank you again Jules for your great post and encouragements :)
Yes, I know there are times in the day that one feels like 'I can't go on like this anymore'. Only way I deal with those moments is by reminding myself that I am still getting better, every minute of every day, and that this really bad bit will pass shortly.
Would your doctor be prepared to prescribe something to help you sleep? After all, this is probably the worst and most disabling part of the recovery.
Best wishes, and hope you have some kind of relief/encouragement in day 5
:)
Phil.
Hi Phoenix54,
I got a bit confused about your post. What isn't a painkiller but a painblocker? Aren't they one and the same? Where are you on the bupe taper? I assume u are tapering off at the moment?
Regards,
Phil.
Day 5-Morning! Well last night was probably the hardest yet. I went bed at 2am but had the worse rls and back pain so I was in the bath at 3am if I could sleep in the tub I would. That seemed to doo the trick though. I got out and kept telling myself to sleep and the last time I loooked at the clock it was 5am it's now 9am and I feel pretty good.
Mornings are always easy for me of course I would like more sleep but 4 hrs isn't bad compared to the other nights.
I was ready to give up last night but I reminded myself that I'm so close to my goal and I don't want to do this all over again ever!! I can not stress enough that exercise and hot baths are the answers!!!
Vince-I don't have health insurance so no doctor visits for me! I'll survive!!
I'm also going to meeting today and then to my mom's for a few days so I can get some help with my daughter. So I might not be posting for awhile, but I'll be back soon.
Thanks again for everyones encouragement it really helps!
im doing some research on drug addict losers and seemed to have found agreat resource...JULES!
pissitohole:
You are a strange boy!
Jules:
That's great you are getting out a bit. Get out as much as possible, it certainly helps a lot. Hopefully going to your mum's will give you some extra breathing space as well :)
Don't give up. Keep going. You know the goal is so fantastic that it is worth all this pain. To be normal, to feel emotions, to experience life as it is meant to be with it's ups and downs, pains but also immense pleasures :)
Keep posting Jules, I look forward to hearing from you soon.
The very best of wishes,
Vince.
don't stop posting peeps!
encourage us all!!
good stories and bad, or just plain venting frustration... do it all!!!!
you guys rattling off *shit* have more strengths than you can ever imagine... keep going cos when you return to 'normal' you'll be rocking people :) :D
So please keep going, however fucking shit it gets, because it WILL and DOES get better, even when it feels like it drags on week after week.... man, it really does end, even after all that time, and you'll be 200% the person you were before with life skills that other people can only dream of....
Jules, baby, get posting... u can fight this shitty little demon, i know it feels big now, but man, it fades into the background given time :)
We know this thing is a bitch; but don't give up! I lost my career of 30 years because of DRUGS and nobody except the guy who got the scripts for me and the pharmacist knew.Until DEA arrived.This crap ruins lives, don't let yours be another one of them! Keep Busy! Call People on the phone!The rewards are not ther yet; but when they come----Freedom.
Thanks for explaining why suboxone roduces opiate type withdrawal symptoms because many may not know when to stop taking this drug or what to expect when they do. It is good that you are providing information so people can learn from the mistakes of others.
Research Analyst:
It really isn't that simple...
I'm back!! and it's day 10- I feel ok! It's gotten a little easier but I feel about the same as 5 days ago but at least it hasn't got worse!! It was nice being away for awhile. I was with family and even got to see some old friends. Really the only bad thing is I drank one night and that made me feel terrible the next day. So I think I will stay away from alcohol for awhile. Well I'm going to keep going strong. Too bad if I get NO sleep it's all worth it. Talk to you guys later!
I been using zopiclone to help with sleep for the past 4 weeks, i'm now worried i'm hooked on it physically and getting adverse reactions... :(
Phil- That sucks!!! I just use OTC stuff it helps a little. I really don't ever fall asleep till 4 or 5 am and sleep till 8 so I'm just dealing with it!! I don't want to depend on sleep aides besides they just make all groggy and don't really let me sleep! Good luck with all that!
First day totally off subs. I am starting school about third week of sept. so i really want to get off the sub dependance. I probably did not get off them the right way I was on 4 mg for a while then went down to a pinch a day for about a few days and just decided to go cold turkey. I am in bed all dy, feel like shit with the sweating, no energy, stomach issues, etc. I also got bad cold sores all over beacuase I stopped so drastically but am going to try to stick with it.
Andrew- You should be very proud of yourself it's a big step to make and certainly not an easy one. I promise you though it gets easier. Exercise and HOT BATHS!!! They are the best thing you can do for yourself. Also eat well and take vitamins. Good Luck to you with your process.
Jules, good to hear you going strong and fighting on.
I am less worried about the zopiclone now. It seems that I am actually going through another phase of my very long withdrawal. It is a very nerve racking experience but it is all for the good. The numbness has started to go away and at last I am beginning to feel the full force of reality hitting me.
I hated the numbness more than anything so even though this is an intensely uncomfortable period it is also really really good that I am going through this now. :)
It is day 98 for me since stopping all the subs and I haven't touched any opiate since then. The thought of going back to that numb existence, not experiencing life to the full (or even to a tiny degree) just terrifies me. It scares me more than the withdrawal syndrome I have.
For a few weeks i did get into drinking quite a lot to calm myself down and I have recognised this and stopped it now. It just wasn't worth how bad I felt the next morning and of course I would get rebound anxiety after the alcohol wore off.
This is the most terrifying (but exciting) journey of my life, coming clean from opiates (and drug abuse in general of course). Everything seems so fresh and new. I'm shocked at how drugs made my life so narrow minded and shallow.
At the same time, I really don't know how I'm going to get through each day. I'm struggling with motivation to even shower at the moment. I just want to curl up in bed and for all my worries to go away. But, this withdrawal experience is so long that I have to attend to various things to keep my accommodation going etc...
I really need 6 months on a desert island with a guide showing me how to survive... I really don't need external pressures and additional stress at the moment, but that is the way it is.
But, at last, the numbness is finally deserting me.
Phil.
Day 11-Just when I say it hasn't got worse BAM! Last night was awful. I can't take feeling sick to my stomach all the time. I'm constantly uncomfortable. I hate everthing right now. I've lost my positive attitude. Mornings are easiest for me but nights are pure hell. I'm done with this. Not that I really have a choice I have no way of getting anything anyway. I'm just very frustrated right now.
Day 11-Just when I say it hasn't got worse BAM! Last night was awful. I can't take feeling sick to my stomach all the time. I'm constantly uncomfortable. I hate everthing right now. I've lost my positive attitude. Mornings are easiest for me but nights are pure hell. I'm done with this. Not that I really have a choice I have no way of getting anything anyway. I'm just very frustrated right now.
Jules:
Sorry to hear about it hitting you harder. This is why I think it is important that the truth be out there about bupe withdrawals, so that people are prepared.
It does seem to come in waves, with better periods then worse ones and so on...
This bad bit will pass Jules. Keep on going. Do whatever it takes to take your mind off it.
Best wishes...
just a point of note.... i believe the prozac is actually intensifying what were mild withdrawals, my skin is burning up from head to toe and crawling... anxiety is off the scale... suffice to say i stopped taking the prozac today so hopefully in 48 hours i'll start to feel better...
(this is not the first time i've had a very intense adverse reaction to antidepressants)
Day 12-Well it got better. Last night was still rough I was exhausted at 8pm and just crashed for an hour. Then I was up on and off all night. The rls is what seems to bother me most right now. My whole body feels like it's shaking. But the good news I woke up this morning and felt calm. It was weird. It was like my body had a party all night and now it's sleeping. I'm awake but I don't think my body knows it yet. So hopefully it will sleep a little longer. Fingers crossed the physicall wd's are almost over. My spirits are up again so I'm just going to keep pushing on. Mornings are always easy for me though so we'll see how the day goes.
Vincentx90- Thank you so much for the encouragment. It means the world to me. I really hope you start feeling better too. You have come so far. I hear those antidepressants can be killers. Good luck to you!!
Thank you Jules for your kind words *hug* :)
Yes, I'm feeling better, turns out I did have an extreme adverse reaction to the prozac, treatment was terminated and I have been given mild sedation for a few days to recover :)
Keep reminding yourself of the times it gets easier Jules. Then when it is feeling hard you can remember it does get better again and on... Your mind will try and play tricks and tell you how awful it will always be... It's all lies... It does get better and better after a while. At least the horrible physical stuff like rls does pass soon enough. The mental numbness and return to fully human might take longer but is a rewarding process because things get better every day.
Best wishes as always... :)
Just wanted to do a quick update I have felt good all day so far. I don't have a ton of energy but I don't feel sick and my legs have been still all day. I really hope it stays this way. I've been doing online meetings huge help!! Especially if you aren't a social person.
Hi I have been on and suboxone for 3 yrs off during my pregnancy and it is the just as bad as opiate withdraws if not worse I totally agree with this and you did a great job writng!
MandyGwen- I'm glad you like this post as much as I do. Everything on here is true and helpful. I just wanted to post my journey so I can look back and remember what is was like.
It's still day 12 but it's evening and I really have felt good all day long. I just have ZERO energy but I can live with that. Also my legs feel like they are about to start kicking but haven't yet so we'll so how the night goes. I've also been on NA meetings online all day and they have help a whole lot. Wonderful people out there.
Good Luck to everyone going through this it's not easy but it does get better. I'll see what tommorrow brings. Fingers crossed!
Jules, thank you once again for your post. It brings me such a great deal of comfort. I read your posts and have nothing but the utmost regard for you.
Things have improved again for me. As the prozac works its way out of my system I am feeling so much better. That really was a nightmare and I narrowly avoided another admission to psych ward.
I'm really astounded at how the prozac amplified my now mild physical discomfort from withdrawals. I was suicidal on that stuff as I thought it was some kind of delayed extreme reaction to coming off the bupe and it was just getting worse every day. Ah well, that nasty episode is over now :)
I am still experiencing a degree of numbness in my mind and a difficulty in finding pleasure in anything. However, I am finding some pleasure in things, enough to keep me fighting through this PAWS (post acute withdrawal syndrome). All the withdrawal systems continue to get milder and milder every single day.
I'm very glad to hear that some of your physical symptoms are beginning to abate. The rls is grim I know but it will also soon go away for the most part and will continue to become milder and milder and more manageable, less distressing.
I'm so encouraged by your battle and your courage. Keep fighting the good fight.
Best of wishes, from... ah forget my alias, name is indeed Phil. :)
MandyGwen, thank you for your post and encouragement :) Yes, indeed, bupe withdrawals really can be nasty for some of us. I tapered to 0.4mg a day before jumping and still had a heck of a bad ride... (in UK we get 8mg, 2mg and 0.4mg tabs of subutex rather than suboxone and 2mg smallest)
Day 13- Early morning. Last night was once again rough. Didn't fall asleep till around 5am and woke at 8am. I guess 3 hrs is better than none. RLS is better but still present. I feel very out of it today. It probably doesn't help that it's raining here. I was sick to my stomach all night but that has now let up. It's so weird how one day you feel so good and the next it's all back again. But each day clean is better then before.
I feel really good about what I am doing. I know before long I will be back to normal and things will be so much better. Till then I will just pray that I get through this.
Phil- You have no idea what it means to me that someone out that is listening to my journey. I as well look forward to your posts it's what keeps me going. Quick question for you? When did you start sleeping right again? I'd appreciate any advice on that. I've tried OTC stuff but it doesn't help. Thanks again for your support.
Jules,
I was able to get 4 or 5 hours sleep after about 6 weeks. I know that sounds a long time but there is no point in me not telling you the truth. I did manage to have some daytime naps aswell.
I didn't manage to get a good sleep (like 7 hours without disturbance) until a couple of months had past.
Is there no way you can access a doctor for maybe some short term sleeping aid? I remember you saying you don't have access to medical help :(
I did manage without sleeping tablets for the worst of it but looking back it would have been helpful to have had something. It wasn't until i ended up on a psych ward for two weeks that the doctor relented and prescribed me zopiclone to help with sleep. I was on the psych ward in week 7 and 8 of my withdraws. However, I have underlying anxiety issues that have been with me all my life and these were obviously amplified by w/ds.
I hope that this info is of some use to you, don't hesitate to ask anything, anytime... :)
I am thinking of you Jules. Keep fighting the fight. And, you are right, however bad one feels at a particular time, it does and is getting just a bit better every day.
Kindest regards,
Phil.
Phil-First I want to tell you that my real name is Jules! Second I consider you a friend now. It is so nice to being sharing this experience with someone especially someone who understands what I'm going through. Thank you for your honesty I'd much rather hear the truth so I know what to expect.
I figured I'd probably wouldn't be sleeping well for awhile. I do get some sleep it's just always interuppted and it's the worst between 2am-5am. So I get about a total of 4 hrs everynight just not all at once. So I really can't complain. I just love to sleep so it's hard not being able to.
On the plus side I'm awake now to enjoy my little girl. While taking subs I would sleep all day on and off. I feel terrible about that. I would literally have to force myself up to make her meals. I'm a wonderful mom. I know I shouldn't beat myself up but I've really slacked in that department do to drugs. Good thing she is young and very forgiving.
Phil I know you said you don't go to NA because it's akward for you and what not. They have online meetings and chat rooms and I have found them to be so so helpful. For example I had a great day yesterday but for about 20 mins I went into a rage of anger and have no idea where it came from so I got online and they helped me get through it. So you might want to try that out.
I know it's still so ealry in my recovery but I remember 3 weeks ago thinking I can't wait to be posting I'm 13 days clean!!! And here I am. I'm quite proud. Today is a rough day but you know it could be way worse. I'm alive and clean and so much closer to being myself again.
Once again thank you for your encouragement and I'm grateful to have you through all this. I also hope my "journal" will help others. Like the ones in the previous posts helped me.
Enjoy Today!!
Jules
Thank you Jules.
It's a long time since someone has called me a friend :)
I will look into this online NA thing.
You ARE a wonderful mum. Anyone with the strength and conviction to do what you are doing has got to be a great mum! :)
I consider you a friend aswell and am honoured that you think of me as a friend.
*hugs*
Phil.
Today is good day!! I laughed alot. It was so nice. I feel good too. I'm still shaky and achy but I can deal with that. I fear tonight will suck and it probably will but if I keep having good days I don't care about the nights. My body will sleep when it's ready. I'm not worried. I just wanted to let you guys know that it does get easier. It comes and goes in waves but the good waves happen more then the bad. So keep going strong don't use, stay clean, and get support because you can't do it alone. :)
Phil- Hugs right back to you!!! You have been so cool through all this. Thanks again!
you've got quite a bit of misinformation here, first suboxone is not a short acting opiate. it has a half life of 36 or 72 hours i believe and the reason that the withdrawal is less severe is because its more drawn out due to the long halflife. the reason its so bad with heroin or vicodin is because they are short acting opiates only having a few hour halflife
secondly..the only reason the naloxone is added is so that they become unshootable, trust me they are very snoratable and actually have a higher bio-availability through this route. the bupenorphrin itself is also a blocker due to its high affinity and ability to glue itself into the opiate receptors hence blocking other opiates form even reaching them.
also in detox i was told that sub withdrawal can last anywhere from 13 days to over a month and if stopped suddenly i'll tell you first hand i would rather experience withdrawal from a 300mg a day oxy habit than taking 24mg of in a 2 day period then stopping cold turkey. i can manage the oxy withdrawal but i was ready to call 911 with the bupe withdrawal and felt like i was having a stroke
Day 14-2 weeks So here it is NIGHTS SUCK!! But I'm okay with that considering I've been having good days. Yesterday during the whole day it was almost like I had no symptoms. Very mild.
I did go out to dinner later that evening but was very uncomfortable the whole time. I had a few drinks. Stupid me didn't I learn before I had a killer headahce all night long. I tried to stay awake as long as I could before actually going into bed. I crashed at 2:30 but was up and 3:30 and once again was awake till 5am and woke at 8am. It's like a routine now.
Here are my symptoms:
Night time-No sleep and mild RLS
Day time-shaky, numb, and sneezing
The sneezing is so odd. I always sneeze in 3's and 4's so last night I counted from 3-5am I sneezed over 40 times. It's not terrible just annoying.
So anyway I feel like I'm doing quite well and am happy with the progress I've made. It's only going to get better.
NA meetings have been super helpful as well. I also thought I would remind everyone of my history. I was a heavy opiate user for 5 years. To the point where I was shooting up $100 a day of heroin. Then for 2 yrs I was on suboxone on and off, switching between that and dope. The last 5 months just strictly suboxone. I didn't really taper to much. I made my last 8mg last about a week and half before I jumped.
So I still have a long recovery ahead of me but this is def. doable. And once again way milder then H wd's but a lot longer. So think long and hard before getting on suboxone.
Thanks for listening and I will continue to update my journey!!
I first want to say congrats to everyone that is attempting sobriety, it is really hard to make that change.
I was addicted to painkillers for about 2 1/2 -3 years, vicodin, percocet, oc's, basically whatever. When I decided that pill chasing was killing me and afraid that I would get caught as well, I decided to finally do something. I reached that point of feeling I was sick & tired of being sick & tired! I remember thinking one day that this is going to be the rest of my life! I just couldn't be ok with that.
I first went to a methadone clinic for about 6 months, basically to break the habit that I was in. Although looking back I wish I would have never gone there. Methadone is pretty much like taking the pain meds & it is really hard to come off of. I wanted to get away from going to those clinics b/c the doc's there seemed to just want to keep me there for as long as they could. I wanted to stay at 30-35mg, but they kept saying I needed more! I was prepared to feel some discomfort b/c hell I'm the one that got myself into this damn mess anyway.
So this new doc started coming there part time & I told him my story & he gave me his card to see him in his office for suboxone. He was an advicate for suboxone & to help more & more ppl get off methadone. I thank God that I met him b/c the clinic was not the answer for me. Anyone considering methadone, please do all your research & choose what is best for you!!
So I got on the suboxone in March 2008, and I have been off of it for about 9 days now. I started on 16mg for about a week, then I decided to just take 8mg b/c after reading how subs works, it only takes about 8 mg to block the receptors in your brain. You WILL feel some discomfort, but you can handle this (have a support system at all times!) I stayed on it for too long I guess, but I tapered myself down to about 1 1/2 mg once a day> When I actually had a chance to come off of it (due to not being able to get off of work)I had been taking it for about a year & a half.
Basically the longer you take the suboxone, the longer your withdrawl sypmtoms (though it varies). I came off 1 1/2 mg cold turkey & I thought it was going to be a breeze. Not that it was the worse withdrawl I've experienced, but by the third day I was miserable. I had ALL the sypmtoms that anyone could have, but I had a much needed support system right there with me the whole way. I'm on my 8th day of being off the suboxone & I feel pretty good besides some fatigue, hot & cold, and some stomach issues. I would suggest that everyone gives themselves a full week to start to feel better (some may need more).
Before you start the process, make sure you are well rested, hydrated (drink only water for at least 3 days prior)& healthy food in your system. You will need the extra fuel & rest so that the transition will be more comfortable. Make sure you are ready to do this & that you have cut off ALL ties to anyone that could give you meds, drugs, or whatever to disrupt your recovery. There are people waiting in the background that will always get you sucked back in. I can't stress this enough, DO WHATEVER YOU NEED TO DO TO GET ALL THE PEOPLE THAT STILL USE OUT OF YOUR LIFE! I don't care if it is your mom, dad, brother, sister, husband, wife, child, or friend; the only thing that being around those people will do is further bring you down & defer your recovery.
The biggest thing that I hated about withdrawl was the couple nights I couldn't sleep. It was the night marking the 3rd day, I only slept about 2 hours. I did use a sleepaid (just over the counter) and always had tums by my side! Looking back on this experience, I would do it over & over to feel the way I feel now. I know that each day that passes, I will feel better & better. Just try your hardest to not work yourself up on those difficult days; try to lay still & breath very slow; almost like meditation. You are going to feel crappy for at least a couple days, but if you freak out it will make it worse for you.
Have someone there that can give you back rubs, make you meals, & basically get you through the tough times.
It is so worth going through this transition, you are going to feel so much better. It's hard to know what normal feels like after being addicted for so long, but trust me it's worth any pain you go through.
Good luck to all my fellow sobriety chasers, remember God wants you to be happy & he will be there if you ask...
Drink fluids people, de-hydration causes cramping and if you are having bathroom issues everything is leaving your body. Drink things high in sugar or Gatorade, water, whatever drink something. Keep yourself hydrated. You will lose less weight if you drink high carb/sugar drinks also. You can get liquid shake meal replacements from GNC which is better than not eating at all, which is what we all do. I'm on day 3 w/o suboxone and cannot wait for the depression to pass. I've been on suboxone for over 3 years. When my w/d is finally over I will want to see if I'm still depressed then I know I've been self medicating for over ten years.
Not eating and drinking makes w/d much worse, that is another reason u get depressed and cramping.
I titrated down to .5mg then stopped, I haven't moved much in 3 days but everyone has a different chemical make up in their body so symtoms will differ from person to person as well. I have plenty of suboxone but refuse to take it no matter what!!! Being a pharma rep I cannot believe the cash pay cost of suboxone. I managed a pain management pharmacy and they cost about $2 a pill. It's insane how doctors are hooking everyone on a drug that, if u have no medical coverage you are in big trouble. I guess it's just part of learning the lesson, money, pain, agony, what we choose to put in our bodies b/c that is who we chose to be. Everyone was clean at one point so we have to have a bad w/d to remember to stay clean, or at least tht is what I'm trying to tell myself...LOL GOOD LUCK EVERYONE
Correction, drink things high in sugar and carbohydrates, your body needs any nourishment it can get!!!
You are right about having to feel the pain of w/d, I agree with you 100%> I don't EVER want to go through this again, plus I lost my husband 8 months ago b/c he overdosed. That really made me look at life & my recovery differently; it really is life & death!
I really enjoy reading what everyone has to say, it helps me stay strong:)
Listen up peeps, nobody gets a free ride here. Whatever the circumstances are of your getting addicted; you're gonna pay. Having said that; Hang in there! what's worse??--sleep depravation or Chasing that feeling that cannot be found?? The choice is yours_____a potentially good life CLEAN or Jails, Institutions or DEATH
Phil- I miss you!!!
So glad new people are posting!! I think this site is great.
I'm getting ready for bed time and I hate it. I know it's going to suck but I had another good day so I'm up for the challenge.
Good luck to all those going through this right now. You can do it!!
Day 15-I GOT 5 HRS SLEEP LAST NIGHT!!!! WOO HOO!
The day is almost and it's been another good one. I still can't believe I got that much sleep. I still tossed and turned for post the night and my legs hurt but it was easier then the previous nights. Today I feel pretty good. I sort of feel like I have a small cold but I think it's because I've stopped smoking as well. I just have no desire anymore since stopping the suboxone. So I think I'm clearing out my sinuses.
Overall I think I'm over the wd's for the most part. It's really just at night when I don't feel so great. I'm just crossing my fingers that PAWS doesn't accure.
Jules, I'm still around and reading the posts. Just very tired at the moment following my allergic reaction to the prozac. I'm pretty much over it now and starting to function again.
I still feel emotional and pleasure numbness from w/ds. This syptom is now my most distressing as I just desperately want to think and feel like a human being again. I miss it so much.
So, knowing that this will end in time, I am fighting on.
Good to hear from you Jules, I'm so glad that it is going relatively well for you right now.
Great to hear all your posts guys and gals. They are all a great source of encouragement to us all.
:)
*hugs* Jules.
Phil.
I have been on subs for a year and two months. I started out taking 3, 8mg sub pills for the first 3 days,and tapered down slowly. The past 2 months i have been taking barely anything. I 2mg pills would last me for a very long time. 1mg(half a 2mg pill) of sub lasted me for 11 days. I went through w/ds on and off when I tapered down the last 4 months. I am on day 2. Today I felt so tired, chills, sweats, but now I feel decent. I am still exhausted, emotionless, chills, but nothing even half as bad when I would w/d from roxys. I don't think I'm out of the woods, but I'm hoping that because of how hard I worked to making a crumb of sub(literally the size of a piece of pepper) last me I hope the w/ds won't be so bad. Any thoughts?
Jstne, yes I don't see why you should have so bad withdrawals considering the excellent tapering regime you have achieved.
Have you not considered tapering down to 0.5mg? Maybe this would help even more? 1mg of bupe is still a powerful amount of drug.
Best of luck and please keep us posted as is fascinating to hear your experience,
Phil.
Jstne, hang in there! You probably have already had the worst of the physical but I must warn you that the emotional stuff will be there for awhile. While tapering as you did was great; you still gave your receptors the opiates they sought. I suspect that much like myself and the other posters here, anxiety and sleeplessness will follow. That having been said; you can make it. Try to keep busy and spend too much time with yourself right now. Remember, like it or not you are sick and need some help. I am 7 weeks without the Subs and most of this crap has diminished to a point where it is managable.The thing that gets me is the lack of emotion and enthusiasm in ANYTHING. Like Phil, I look forward to FEELING again .
Day 16-I slept 6 1/2 hours last night!! With no help either. I just crashed. My body was still all night. I did wake a few times but went right back to sleep.
On another note I have s question if anyone can answer...ever since stopping suboxone I've noticed my skin smells strange. Not bad just weird. I remember reading in an earlier post someone mentioning that but was wondering if anyone else experienced this. I know when I kicked heroin months later I swore my skin smelled like heroin it drove me crazy. My skin doesn't smell like subs just smells weird. And I take at least 2 baths a day and 1 shower. Maybe it's all in my head.
I also wanted to apologize for my terrible writing. I never proof read and I just reread some things I wrote and man I suck!!
Phil-Hope you're feeling better. I'm sure you will be feeling again soon and it will be amazing. I'm certainly not %100 but I feel pretty darn good. Laughing again which is awesome.
JSTNE- Congrats on stopping the suboxone. I think how you tappered with help you so much. I did almost the same and I'm on day 16 and feel pretty good. You can reread my posts I've been posting almost everyday perhaps that will help you. It wasn't easy but it's doable and just when you thinkg you can't take it anymore it gets better. Best of luck to you!!
Everyone else have a peaceful and sober day!!!
Jules
Jules-
I slept great last night, this can't be it. I'm on day 3. I'm just going to go about my day and tonight could be a completely different story. Have that tingly feeling in my heart area,feels like anxiety. Weird. Thanks for the support and glad you're feel better!:)
Day 17-Still going strong....
Jstne- Good luck I hope it all goes well for you but remember its takes about 3 days for it to actually get all out of your system so don't be suprised if you get hit. I do wish you well though. I'm feeling very well now.
Thanks everyone have a sober day!!
Just wanted to check in & say that I'm still going strong at day 13! I still have anxiety & tiredness, but it's all worth it to see another sober day. I'm so happy that I found this site, everyone stay strong & rely on whoever you can to get through:) God bless you all, good night:)
Well today was much more difficult than the past few days I have experienced. I only got about 2&1/2- 3 hours of sleep last night & haven't been able to fall asleep for a nap. I felt like I drank 10 cups of coffee, but didn't have any caffiene at all. I got so frustrated that I began to cry a little....I need my sleep to feel sane!
Other than the lack of sleep, I'm doing much better. It's day 14 & I feel better everyday.
Stay strong everyone:)
I am on day 5. I slept great the past few nights, I am definitely up and down during the days. Achey body, restless leg syndrome (only during day not night, thank god). This is nowhere near severe as it was getting off oxy, but it still sucks. If anyone is reading who is still taking suboxone, I'm telling you, cut down your dose of sub AS MUCH AS POSSIBEL before you jump. Like I said before, a half of a 2mg pill lasted me 11 days. So 1 mg of sub lasted 11 days and I took that dose for at least 2 months. I was on sub for 1 year and 4 months. I remember reading everyone posts and horror stories thinking, 'oh my gosh, I don't want to feel that again im scared!" Then i read from someone that A LITTLE bit of sub goes A LONG way and to taper down as much as possible before you get off. Glad I took that guys advice.
Beth- You are so close:) That's awesome!
Jules- Thank you. You don't know how much you have helped. I have been reading your posts for the past week before I stopped taking sub and it really did help me.
Jstne- I'm so happy you are doing so well. It's almost reverse for you I have great days and horrible nights. You should be very proud of yourself. You are so right about the tapper. I was ready to jump and 8mg and I found this site. It saved me. I'm so glad I've been of help to you. It so nice to know others can relate to what you are going through.
Beth- Keep up the good work. It gets bettter and better every day. I hear you on the sleep thing. I'm still only getting about 3hrs of sleep and as you know its not good sleep. But my days are good so I'm happy. I have my moments were I feel defeated but thats when I go to NA. They have meetings online and I met a ton of cool ppl. You might want to try it out.
Day 18--WOO HOO! I'm almost there. Still littl sleep and no energy but the physical part has passed. Thank God!!
Good luck and stay sober!!!!
Jstne- I'm so happy you are doing so well. It's almost reverse for you I have great days and horrible nights. You should be very proud of yourself. You are so right about the tapper. I was ready to jump and 8mg and I found this site. It saved me. I'm so glad I've been of help to you. It so nice to know others can relate to what you are going through.
Beth- Keep up the good work. It gets bettter and better every day. I hear you on the sleep thing. I'm still only getting about 3hrs of sleep and as you know its not good sleep. But my days are good so I'm happy. I have my moments were I feel defeated but thats when I go to NA. They have meetings online and I met a ton of cool ppl. You might want to try it out.
Day 18--WOO HOO! I'm almost there. Still littl sleep and no energy but the physical part has passed. Thank God!!
Good luck and stay sober!!!!
Your welcome and thank you to everyone as well..I'm glad I decided to get on-line for support groups, since I haven't felt like going out to NA meetings in the last 2 weeks.
Last night was somewhat better as far as the sleep, though didn't fall asleep until 5:30am & slept until about 11am. Hey I'll take what I can get, otherwise I will fell crazy.
No matter how bad the withdrawl symptoms may get, it doesn't compare to the feeling of sobriety.
I know that this a life long process, but I would rather chase a happy life than a high that is never a reality.
Thanks for the encouragement, Jstne it sounds like you are doing well! Stick through it, there def. is a light at the end of the tunnel:)
Peace
Hey Phil.
I totally forgot I posted something. Sorry. That medicine is called Neurontin. The doc said it was invented by a guy that was helping people with Shingles. He said it was for pain that came from having Shingles. "Neurontin is also used to treat nerve pain caused by herpes virus or shingles." Thats what I looked up and its also for seizures. I really didnt know all of that. I took this medicine a long time ago and it REALLY helped with my moods/issues. Honeslty, I havent even started taking it b/c I dont want something to control me anymore. Im tired of that life. But its on reserve if I need it. I never tapered like you asked... I just got off the Suboxone. I was on it for about 3 yrs and got tired of it. I was on 2-4 mgs a day. The withdrawls sucked forever but 4 months into it... I am starting to forget I was on that crap! Its really nice. The only thing that has NOT changed, is the stomach issues. They are really bad. Maybe its b/c I have more anxiety.. ? Who knows..
Take care!
I am soooo glad I found this website!!! I have been totally off of suboxone now for about 2 1/2 weeks and feel like I could just end it all if you know what I mean. I quit cold turkey due to insurance running out. I never thought I could feel so down and depressed. I ended up in the emergency room last Friday due to severe depression. I wanted to be admitted so I could have someone around me. I was literally afraid of killing myself. I have been on subo. for about a year. I also take prozac which doesn't seem to help the depression now. My husband is a truckdriver and is out of town alot. I have a 15 year old son who is my world but right now I am just not a good mom!!! I feel so numb and so disconnected to myself. I have the hardest time just getting up and washing dishes or folding clothes. How long does this crap last!!!!!!!!!!!!!! I have an appointment with a mental health counselor next Monday. I hope that someone can help my anxiety and depression. I never dreamed that it could be this hard to get off this mess!!!!
Hey everyone!!!
I'd like to make a huge suggestion to everyone...get in NA even if its online. It saved me!!!
Day 19- Still going strong. Sleep sucks but I'm sober baby!! I'll sleep later.
Good luck all!
Hey to 'Alone in Alabama'
I know it sux really bad right now. If you scroll way up in this forum, you will find me and my feelings I went through. I thought about it all too girl! I wanted to die and go use, I wanted to hit and just break things. I couldnt get up to do laundry either. I have a 1 yr old to run around after all day too! There were times where I thought, I cant do this. It took about 2 months to realize I was getting massively depressed. I already had exsisting issues with that. Sometimes it can take longer or even shorter like your case where you get way too down to manage. Its good that you went to the ER to try to get into a place. Just keep your head up and know that you will get some help. I hear Prozac is highly addictive and hard to get off of. So DONT stop that medicine...even if it isnt helping. The doc at the mental health place will help you out. When you start to get down and really depressed, get your ass up and freakin go clean out the closet...do something that will take a while, not to exhausting either. So, then when you get done...you feel good about it and accomplished. As a stay at home mom... I have to do those things. It helps I promise. At night is when I know it also gets bad esp without someone. If you have a friend that could stay with you...that would help. Its nice to have the company. The pain wont last too long either. I kicked and cried the first couple weeks in my sleep. I was in so much pain! I have been off this crap for 4 months now. I feel GREAT! I promise it goes away. Just be VERY assertive to your mental health. Tell your boy to help around the house too.
Good luck!
Phoenix54
Alone in Alabama, keep it up! If you stay with it these things will pass in time. Admittedly who wants to hear that. But you have to understand that it took a long time to get here and it's not gonna get better without some work.The inability to get motivated is a combination of some depression and frankly your brain re-wiring.Think about it, one day at a time or the alternative of where you,ve already been. Make no mistake, where you've been =Death
Well, I am almost 3 weeks in on detoxing and I still feel the depression although the numbness seems to be letting up some. I still don't have the energy to do much. I am sneezing alot too. I never dreamed this would be so hard to do. I had an appointment Monday with a mental health counselor but due to income can't afford to go right now. At least I know what is wrong with me now!!! Thanks for all your encourgement!!!!!
Day 21-3 weeks woo hoo!!
I also slept 7hrs last night. Wow what detox!!
I'm doing much better ppl. I feel good. I have little energy and get very anxious leaving the house but other than that. I feel good.
Keep going strong!! You will survive!
Jules
Hey everyone!! It's good to see new people on here, this will really help you in the recovery process.
I am on day 18 & I feel a little better everyday, though it definitely is a process! I do have some depression, so when I feel really down I write in my journal, spend time with family & supportive friends, & pray ( & of course get on this website) I think it is ok to be alone sometimes, but to have a support system there for you (even if this website is the only thing)is the best thing. I am very grateful that I stumbled upon this a couple weeks ago. Not only did I find the technical answers to my questions, I also found yet another fabulous support system:)
Everyone keep up the good work, be proud of yourselves for making the leap! C ya later
Hey everyone. I see that everyone seems to be coping with this stupid detox. Like I have said before, I am in my 4th month and I thought it would never come!
'Alone in Alabama', the sneezing is so frustrating isnt it? It would give me chills and just make me so mad! But, guess what? My sneezing is back under control! I used to sneeze at least 20 times a day and now Im down to 1 or 2 times! Its awesome! About the depression.... as long as you know the deal, it is a lot easier to get from under the rock that holds you down. When you feel deppressed, just get out the house...even if it is to wlak around your house or down the street. I have to get out everyday. With my son esp he has to get out! Keep busy and hydrated!
'Jules', I know about the aniety too! It still gets to me a lot. I had a really hard time driving b/c I thought people were staring at me. I couldnt go into stores for too long without sweating and freaking out. With my son esp b/c he only has a couple minutes of patience before he starts screaming and doing the norm for a 1 yr old. So, that didnt help. I finally decided to do the things without him and the anxiety got a little better. I think we will always have the anxiety. I have "pockets" as I call it. The moods are very off still for me. Like right now. Im chill and not too anxious. Then I will go to pasing the floors and cant sit down for 2 seconds. Then I crash and need a nap. I try to keep busy around the house. Hang out with friends. Support is a good thing, you're right! Good luck to you!
In my opinion, it takes a GOOD 3 months to start feeling somewhat normal. depending on a lot of people here, we almost forgot what normal is...so you just have to be in tune with your emotions! Talk to people or someone about what you are going through. Friend or counselor. Whatever.
Good luck to all the new people and of course the ones that have a lot of clean time. It gets harder everyday.
Well, it's August 12th and I'm at the end of day 112. I really do think that it will take 6 months for me to be relatively completely free from this f**ker of a detox.
Suffice to say, things are getting better and easier all the time. I'm still dealing with unpleasant anxieties and that sense of my body not belonging to me. It's like I'm in a foreign skin. But, today, for the first time, I started to drowse off while watching some TV just like when I was pre-drug addicted, like when I was a child. It was a really nice feeling.
Now, about 11pm, I'm trying to get an early night as I have to be up at 7am and also have an ear infection in both ears so need to help my body recover. I have antibiotics. But, can I sleep? Nope... I just can't seem to do it naturally yet so I've taken two sleepers to try and help. I did give it a good two hours before taking anything as I really wanted to be able to do it without but I have a physically demanding morning tomorrow (moving stuff from old home to new). I just can't afford not to sleep much tonight.
I sound like I'm justifying myself but the truth be known I'm just feeling bad for all you people who haven't got anything vaguely strong to help you sleep through the worst times. :(
So, despite not feeling human yet, I'm a bloody lot nearer than ever before. I even managed a sing-a-long in a pub, after a few beers, with a smile on my face! :O At last, my social awkwardness is coming back to its normal level.
The withdraws are still leaving me feeling agoraphobic but this is improving a lot as well. I really can see the light at the end of the tunnel, brighter than ever before.
Oh boy... What can I say? Except, this has been worth every ounce of suffering. There is nothing more important, wonderful, fulfilling and just downright beautiful as life without opiate addiction. :)
You are all doing a fantastic job and I know I don't even have to tell you to keep going because I know you will. Every one of you are amongst the bravest people I'll ever be communicating with.
Lots of love to you all out there going through this, prayers and best wishes,
Phil.
Phil, keepit up but please be careful about the Pubs, a couple of pints WILL weaken your defense system and ability to say NO. Just some friendly advice. Remember that you're wiring isn't like that of "normal" people. Good Luck.
I sent the link to this website to the doctor that had me on this sh8$ and so far.....no response. You know....it is all about money with those people. They think they know everything and really they don't know squat!!! I keep expecting to see some ad on tv where lawyers are sueing the drug companies...doctors...etc. Keep it up everyone....i still feel like crap but "one day at a time".
Day 26-I took a little break from posting but things are still going strong. Nights are getting better over all but still aren't great. I get about 4-6 hrs of sleep every night. Which isn't that bad.
The days are good. I keep myself busy with my daughter and talking on line with other recovering addicts. I also gave up drinking so I feel really good. I quit smoking when I stopped the suboxone. My body is healing and I like it.
Phil-I'm so glad you feeling better. I hear you on the anxiety its killer. I still hate leaving the house but I make myself. I almost go into full panic mood but I just breath and talk myself down. I went through this detox with nothing but OTC sleep aides and only did that for the first week and I notice they only made me feel worse. But everyone is different. Best of luck with the move wish I could help:)
Everyone else keep up the good work this battle is rough but worth it. Best wishes to you all. Love you!!
Jules
They say that moving house is one of the most stressful things going... Well, just try it while in withdrawals!!!!!!!!!!
eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeek!
:D
Join the group vincentx90! We are in the process of moving back to Nashville Tennessee so I know what you mean!!!! I have to get my son in school there...etc. Not to mention the money involved. I dread packing boxes. Especially since my husband is out of town alot.
I do NOT do AA/NA etc. groups
I am autistic, dx aspergers, groups are NOT suited to such types. Especially, when they are not specifically geared towards the needs of those on the autistic spectrum.
I am very much alone in this... I have no friends who are sympathetic as such... Pretty much the attitude is that i brought it on myself. Very true, but it doesn't help when you need encouragement, every ounce of it.
Phil.
I also completely disagree with tee-totalism for those that never had an addiction to alcohol in the first place, which I don't. In fact, I hate drinking more than just enough to get me merry when I do (on seldom occasions) visit the pub with my new (non-drug using) friends. These people do not like drinking a lot either.
I hate AA/NA. I find it repetitive and boring listening to the same crappy stories week after week from people who have already come through detox or quit cocaine (or whatever) and seem to be encouragement to rant on about it forever more.
As I get my life together I thoroughly look forward to reflecting on entirely different things. I am starting to do this already. I have hobbies such as playing guitar, writing music and photography, to name but a few.
Here is a photo I took last weekend in Broadstairs, Kent, on folk week weekend. http://www.flickr.com/photos/34832736@N04/38143905
All the best to you all, much love and encouragement to you all as always (just don't expect us all to be into 12 steps, I have my own God and my own faith thank you...).
not that i'm saying it isn't useful to rant and share while actually going through the withdrawals!!!
Sorry to say but addiction is about escape from yourself and if you think a mind-altering substance such as alcohol is good for you: Good Luck! You can have your own God and you will need him. Perhaps withdrawals are lengthened by not allowing the Brain to heal.
If you can't use alcohol sensibly, on occasion, then that is your problem brian 68 not mine. Please don't force your views onto other people.
In other words, get a life and stay out of mine! :D
I am a christian, I believe in God, and in my faith the use of alcohol is widespread and healthy. It warms the hearts and is a wonderful thing at celebrations.
However, I know there are some people that suffer from addiction to alcohol and for those people I am sure that any use of alcohol carries dire consequences, christian or not.
I am not addicted to alcohol. It holds nothing over me. I actually turned to other drugs at a young age because I found getting drunk (i.e. being immature and drinking too much) to be extremely unpleasant.
Please go preach to your fellow NA peeps and leave us others alone Brian 68. I utterly disagree with you on this issue so just let us agree to disagree. We are all different and you seem to have forgotten this. Criticising the way I live is not how to help someone. It is character assassination and very unpleasant.
If you disagree with me then just keep your peace.
Shalom,
Phil.
PS
The idea that my having a couple of pints the other week while enjoying healthy socialising and entertainment has somehow slowed down my recovery is both silly, 'splitting hairs' and completely unscientific.
Au contraire, I found that night out to be extremely beneficial. It improved my confidence no end as I joined in the communal singing at the pub and it was a wonderfully friendly experience. You have extrapolated and presumed that somehow this lovely evening actually means I now go down the pub every day and drink 24/7.
I'm sorry your resolve is so weak that a beer could send you back into your addiction. If that is the case it is obvious you should not drink. Do not presume that other peoples' resolves are so weak.
For me personally, the only drugs that send me back into addiction are opiates. I go through a lot of physical pain, due to a neck injury, just because I refuse to take opioid painkillers. I hope with perserverance and the right exercise that the pain will eventually go away but I am prepared to live with it for the rest of my life.
Oh, and Brian, a word of advice... Do not judge people by your own yardstick. Oh, and... Do not judge! (doesn't your God tell you anything?
Dream on
Hmmmmm I missed alot!
Day 29-WooHOo!!
So I've been at this for a month and I feel great. Don't get me wrong I still have some symptoms like anixety which seems to be the big one right now, legs are still achy, sleep is tough at times, but overall I'm doing good. Would I rather not deal with this absolutely but is it doable YES!!
So anyone out there going through all this keep going it gets better and you can survive this!! Best of luck! Get support whether it be AA/NA, family, or friends.
Phil- I just want to thank you personally for all your support through out my journey you have been a real inspiration to me and I look forward to reading your posts everyday. Keep fighting and take care. Much love!
Juels
Oh and Brian, if there is one thing I AIN'T doing right now it is dreaming! I'm living life out there in reality mate, maybe you should come join me and see for yourself if you can't trust what people say...
Jules,
Thank you once again for your encouragement. I'm not finding it as relatively 'easy' as you but I am definitely getting over this horrid w/d thing. My old character is returning and it shocked me just how much I'd forgotten who I was!
Big hugs and love to you too Jules my friend :) I look forward to your next post. (And not so much towards any from Brian, maybe time to just let sleeping dogs lie?)
oh, and the 'shock' of finding out who i am again is a VERY pleasant one :)
I'm starting to enjoy ordinary things again like gardening, cooking, music playing/listening/writing, reading books, writing prose. It's all slowly but surely coming back and is so delightful :)
I'm also in touch with the National Autistic Society (UK), and they are going to help me find work.
It really is incredible to be taking part in life again. How could I ever have not wanted this? Well, because I never knew back then that that evil habit would take over my whole life and try to ruin it forever!
Keep going everyone! The prize is ENORMOUS!!! Reality! Freedom! Happiness! (yes, life has it's knocks but you get all those good bits too :) but dealing with the knocks sober is also what life is about and creates character :)
30 DAYS!!! Woo Hoo!!!
Recovery Rocks!
Get clean and stay clean!!
First of all vincent or Phil or whatever you're name is; I don't feel that I've been judging anyone here. In fact I'm also just trying to share my experience and maybe help someone.But you sound a bit like a Diva who cannot stand to hear a differing view. Remember, your RESOLVE was so strong that you ended up on Suboxone. Read your most recent posts, Drinking does NOT mean sobriety. You are in fact potentially leading those who trust you down the Primrose Path.Grow Up
i've been on sub for about 5 months now, 12mg a day dose.. and just reading all the comments regarding how hard it is to kick subs makes me both mad at myself for believing in this miracle drug, and super pissed at my clinic for feeding me a line of b.s.
I love all the people who have made a clean break off subuxone.. It gives me hope..
I tapered down to 20mg of methadone to get on subs as both my counselor and dr. said it would be so much easier to kick subuxone than methadone..
After doing mad research on this pill, i've realized it's just another substitute for an opiate and found some very alarming facts in the FDA's Suboxone research.. Did you know that sub stays in your body on avg. 11 days after your last dose, when stopping cold turkey.. Buphenorphine is 20 times as strong as morphine.. So when you get down to 1mg of sub you essentially are still at a very very high dose of medicine.....
Anyway, it's great to see people kick this with the will power of superman and wonderwoman... I start my decrease tomorrow and will tell you how it goes..
god bless..
" Nothing in the world can take the place of persistence. Talent will not; nothing is more common than unsuccessful men with talent. Genius will not; unrewarded genius is almost a proverb. Education alone will not; the world is full of educated derelicts. Persistence and determination alone are omnipotent. The slogan "press on" has solved and always will solve the problems of the human race. - ?John Calvin Coolidge"
"Jules says:
14 hours ago
30 DAYS!!! Woo Hoo!!!
Recovery Rocks!
Get clean and stay clean"
Bravo, bravo, bravo.. Keep it going Jules.. You give everyone hope that this evil drug can be slayed and abolished.. What I wouldn't give to be free of this miserable drug.. I'll keep everyone posted how my taper goes in the up and coming weeks and then the jump to freedom.. peace and god bless.
go for it c-poesy!
taper down as much as possible first ;)
i'm amazed that today, day 117 since stepping off, i am actually feeling like my old self, the guy before drugs, wow, it's so weird to be coming back!
and just to think that yesterday i wrote this:
day 116, aug 16th, sunday 2009
i want to die, i can't motivate myself to do anything, i want meds to take my mind off this shit
i know i'm almost better but still this horrid numbness is present in my mind, i can't bear it
...oh boy... but today i've made great progress! funny how one day can seem so bad and then the next can be so rewarding...
it does keep getting better and better, bupe is not freedom or sobriety, it's just as much an entrapment as heroin or any other 'opioid' analgesic
but don't panic, you can taper it down, you can step off, you can recover, if i can do it then ANYONE can do it because I'm the biggest whining neurotic in the world :P
so you stand a better chance than me, and you will do it!
Brian
er weird, it cut off my last bit and left the name Brian...
my name is Phil :) big love to my main man Brian ;)
look forward to hearing from you again Jules and glad things going well :)
keep us posted c-poesy
at the end of the day all opiates are shit to come off and PAWS can happen with any detox, it just has to be done if u want to get your life back and feel human again... funny how that psychiatrist on youtube who touts suboxone and was a junky himself and yet HE doesn't take suboxone...
anyway'se, peace and love to you all...
Phil.
well, it's a few minutes off 5am and I haven't managed to sleep yet, this isn't really due to any withdrawals, for the first time I'm actually not sleeping and not blaming it on PAWS etc. :) I have a raging ear infection that hasn't responded to 7 days of antibiotics
well, i'm gonna get in to see the doctor come rain or shine because this needs treating, moreso because I am NOT going to be accepting any script for opioid painkillers! I will have to tell the doc that those sorts of painkillers are just not an option as I'm sure that atm they would throw me right back into the hideous world of opiate addiction, 'even' something 'weak' like acetaminophen+codeine...
so, i'm just into day 118 and I can finally say that, despite my ear infection, I am glad to be alive for the first time in 20 odd years... :D :) and it's all thanks to quitting drugs and MOST of all those bloody opiates
man, when i was a kid there was that 'just say no' campaign, what a load of crap, it didn't show even a fraction of just how bad addiction to opiates is and the nightmare of withdrawals etc...
for me, right now, there is nothing worse in this world than opiate addiction, my addiction wrecked my life, now I want to start having some fun, enjoying life for what it really is and at last i can feel my body, my mind, I can think! I can talk to people in a nice way and not offend with my previous emotional bluntness...
if u ever think it is worth slipping back into opium world then please first remember just how sick it really is, it's twisted man, real twisted... and you'll have to come back from it and go through all that untwisting in your mind all over again... no NO no!
man, i'll have to be half dead and unconscious before a doctor ever puts an opiate into me...
i'd rather pain, suffering, distress, depression, anxiety, all the above, and of course beauty, serenity, peace, love, satisfaction, real pleasure and real feelings, yes this is what i can have without opiates...
with opiates i have nothing, without opiates I have everything I could ever need!
So, if you tapering then keep tapering, if you've stepped off already then keep on trucking through, it really really does end, the nightmare don't last forever and it is followed by the sweetest of dreams. No opiate ever gave me a feeling as good as real life!
But hang in there guys. There is a LOT of changes the body has to make and your nervous system might be far from recovered even when you think you are fine once more. The anhedonia (lack of, or reduced, ability to find pleasure in anything) can persist, at some level, for a long time. So, you might think you are recovered but at the same time find life a bit dull and the thought of relapsing may seem like a better alternative. It's a lie. You just haven't recovered completely. Life isn't dull. Hang on in there. Those brain cells, neurotransmitters and your mind will heal and then you'll see again what life is really all about.
Giving up opiates is the most important thing you will ever do. Do whatever it takes. I did! Not all my methods were conventional or even recommendable to others but they worked for me. I'm not going to go into any more detail as we are all different and need to find our own path through this. Just, when you step off, make it a priority to stay off opiates, that is the most essential thing.
I cried properly for the first time in goodness knows how many years last weekend. I was horribly upset but perversely it felt good afterwards. Well, let me rephrase that, it felt NORMAL.
Detox brought me to the edge of suicide. Sorry if that isn't encouraging but it's true. I really did consider it. But, heck, that was all part of returning my mind back to normal. I can't believe I was so scared of reality now because now that I'm here it isn't scary at all :) What was I afraid of? It was all just a nightmare that wasn't true.
Good luck everyone and to anyone reading this who is still in the deep throws of opiate dependency, be it subs or whatever, hang in there, there will come a time when your mind tells u it just ain't right. When that time comes, be kind to yourself, don't hate yourself, you are trying your best against a very big problem, taper yourself as much as possible before stepping off and be prepared for a mind fuck, but one which will go away and leave you fresh once again.
Phil.
c-poesy.....big hugs to you! I have been off of subs for a month now and still my energy isn't up to par. I have headaches now. But.....I keep moving on....one day at a time!!!!
Been yo yoing on cutting back on subs for 2-3 months. I sure know when my system gets low on the drug. Was down to one half of a 2ml X .05ml once a day but things got too bad so went back to 1 tab a day and things have leveled out for me. For now I don't want to think about jumping just maintain on an even keel. Been on subs for 2 years and started at two 8mg tabs a day. Biggest side effect I have are the taste, cant stand it. I did do a survey quite a while back and got paid like $75 for answering their questions. Had a lot of questions about the taste and if I would prefer a clear tasteless dose. Anyone else take the survey? Another side effect is the loss of sexual desires and can be a killer in a marriage or any intimate relationship. But there are medications to get back on track. I will ask my doctor the next time I see him.
As much as I would prefer not to be on any drugs at this time jumping completely off is way to scary from what I have read above and I am comfortable as of now.
SO I think today is 33 Days!
Still feel weird like not comfortable in my own skin and anxious alot but overall it's not so bad. I'm sleeping through the night about 6 hrs. It's crappy sleep but its sleep. My stomach is also still an issue but I really barely notice it. I aslo have little energy and little desire to do much but at least I'm not hurting. I look forward to loving things again. Just to plain feel again. I haven't had too many emotions through all this just pain and anger...I'm ready for the good ones to come. Well thank you all for listening to me babble on for a whole month. This little diary of mine had helped so much.
Take care everyone!!
lovely to hear from you again Jules! :)
oh yes, the feelings do come back, it does take quite a while but find whatever pleasure you can in the meantime to make it more bearable.
I know one thing for sure, it has been worth the wait just to start feeling normal again. And, at last, I really am starting to feel normal. It will just break through quite suddenly at some point. Probably will result in a great big release of tears, tears of happiness :)
marker:
I understand completely. I was on methadone for 2-3 years before I got to the stage i was ready to take whatever shit the withdrawals would throw at me. Even then I whittled down to a small dose and then caved in and transferred over to subutex for quite a while.
Just keep trying to take yourself by surprise. You have to creep up on the opiate monkey in a crafty fashion. Sometimes it just helps to have a little go at sobriety, suffer a bit, give up and go back on a small dose... It's no big deal doing that. It's not something to knock yourself about. I did that loads of times before becoming fully committed to stepping off completely.
Those previous attempts helped my resolve because they gave me moments of clarity where I could see how good life was without opiates. They were just flashes of clarity amidst a lot of suffering but eventually those moments gave me the determination to jump...
You sound like you are on the right road already marker. I can hear myself in the words you are saying. I was at that stage not so long ago :) Good man!
You haven't babbled on at all Jules.
It is always special to me and a pleasure to read your posts. I've missed them :)
Phil-
You make me smile :) Thank you!!
hey im macy. i will be 19 friday. i am addicted to suboxone. i was on pain pills for four years then went to rehab for 9 months, which did no good for me. i got out and started right back taking them. so i heard about sub " oh so how great it was " whatever!! ive been on it now for 3 months and my insurance are no longer going to cover it plus my dad wants me to come off of it. needless to say i myself really want to come off just hate to go through the withdrawls. especially being i have to work 5 days a week. working and withdrawl i just dont think are going to go so great together :( i have three 8 mg left. i have been taking 2 mg a day for about a week. doin good for the most part so far but am experiencing sweats and very moody. i was just looking around on the internet about sub withdrawl and found this page and guys as i was reading some of your stories i just started crying....knowing what i am fixxin to face. the withdrawls i went through in rehab were rough. never thought i would have to experience this situation again. i live with my dad and he really doesnt know much about my problem or that i really have a problem so the family support really isnt here! i have been talking to this guy and hanging out with him about a month and he says he is here for me and willing to help and support me in any way possible. my email is pookeyboo08@yahoo.com if anybody would like to email me some tips!! i would really appreciate them! and to the ones that have overcome their addiction god bless you and stay strong dont let the enemie get you cuz you know hes trying. stay focused on what matters most in your life and always remember who got you through it ^^^^the good lord above!! thank him everyday! god bless you all again...macy! i will be checking back on this page.
Macy,
I have sent you an email. Hope it is of some help :s
I'm just an ordinary average human being who is going clean from opiates.
Look forward to hearing from you again, either email me or post here or both! Whatever you feel comfortable with.
Phil.
Jules,
If you are reading... *hugs* :)
Hey Ya'll, I recovered from this hell they call "subs" about 7 months ago and i'd like to tell you life is great! I feel good, look good and dont miss drugs one bit. I spent all summer working and kicking ass in school. Stuff drug addicts dont usually do and i enjoyed it (most of the time) i enjoy running with my ipod to get high. I wish you all encouragement and strenghth, i know it ain't easy but so fkn worth it!
OMG queenie you are like a celebrity on here... I read all your posts thanks for coming back and congrats on being clean.
I am still going strong I believe it is day 34.
Thats all I got now.
Phil *HUGS* right back at ya!
:(
not so good tonight, 3.50am, wide-eyed and wide awake, mind spinning, thoughts racing, I'm not necessarily blaming this on withdrawals as I am in some pain from my ongoing ear infection problem but I am getting seriously overtired as have already had one night of zero sleep this week plus the last two nights of half a night's sleep and now tonight even worse...
They say it "ain't over till the fat lady sings". Not my favourite expression but it kinda sums up how I'm feeling right now. Just when you think it is all over it still throws up a little surprise here and there.
Still, generally speaking, I am continuing to 'humanise'. Emotions, thoughts and feelings flooding back on-line at quite a pace and it is great. Earlier this evening I smiled and laughed at a TV programme in a way that I haven't for 20 odd years. It was like being a child again, in the sense of just not being aware or thinking about how my body and mind felt but instead just totally engrossed in the programme.
Additionally, if I was 100% sure that giving up opiates was the right idea before now, I'm now 200% sure. Non-opioid life is pretty darn incredible despite my current 'teething' problems.
Too tired and wired to say much else right now...
Warm greetings to you all.
Thanks queenie for the encouragement of your post :)
Phil.
I have kicked suboxone twice now and am on day 4 of kicking them for the third time, I gotta say sub is a miracle drug for short term detox. the first two times I quit, I had a multi year heroin habit and did a free detox at a local chemical dependency center, they would give you one 8mg sub a day for five days and boot you out into the street. I don't know if its because of only taking 40mg total and not having it built up in my system but there was almost no withdrawal except wanting to use. this third time kicking sub I went and got a script i've taken 7 of the 18 (8mg), my doc prescribed and I am on day four of 0mg and it still isn't that bad. So I guess I just want to say if you are using sub for short term detox and you don't plan on doing maintainence it really is a miracle drug.
phil-
replied back to your email. thanks!
Olympia, that is fascinating to hear. Yes, I have heard that subs are a miracle drug for short term fast detox from shorter acting opiates like heroin. From what I've read even the the 14 day sub detox is pretty much free from problems although the 5 to 7 day one sounds the best to me.
Yes indeed, using subs long term is where all the problems start. There are many posts about the subject of subs being great short term and nightmare'ish long term on this forum. Have a scroll up and look at older posts.
Good day to everyone,
Phil.
I have also replied to your reply Macy! :D
:)
come on guys and gals, don't give up posting just yet!
I know some of you might be experiencing unexpected problems with withdrawals and PAWS that have thrown you. You might well feel totally incapable of posting. Hang in there. You will get a good day again. Those good days will get more and more frequent as time goes on.
If some of you are not posting because you feel great and recovered and have 'moved on', then, tell us! It would be greatly encouraging for everyone to here about it :)
Whether it's negative or positive, post away!
As far as I'm concerned, I'm struggling with the whole sobriety thing at the moment. It isn't too bad but I'm tempted, at times, to relapse into drinking and such. I had my first meal out with friends where I didn't drink and they did. It really sucked. I felt miserable the whole time. Well, at the end of it I did leave happy instead of intoxicated and looking for the next high :) Albeit the happiness was mainly the relief of getting away from the situation lol
How you doing there Macy?
You ok Jules?
What you at Marker?
Best wishes, warmest regards and big hugs to all,
Phil.
Phil- Have no fear I am all good. I went to my mom's for the weekend so I didnt have a chance to post. I am still going stronge. I have my moments where it still sucks but I keep pushing through. Overall though live is good and I love being sober.
Hugs*
Jules
Phil- Have no fear I am all good. I went to my mom's for the weekend so I didnt have a chance to post. I am still going stronge. I have my moments where it still sucks but I keep pushing through. Overall though live is good and I love being sober.
Hugs*
Jules
great, glad everything is going so well for everyone
i want to kill myself but have run out of sleeping pills and don't fancy an unpleasant slipping away on something painful and poisonous...
C'est la vie...
ho hum...
Phil.
[quote]Brian 68 says:
10 days ago
Sorry to say but addiction is about escape from yourself and if you think a mind-altering substance such as alcohol is good for you: Good Luck! You can have your own God and you will need him. Perhaps withdrawals are lengthened by not allowing the Brain to heal.
brian 68 says:
7 days ago
First of all vincent or Phil or whatever you're name is; I don't feel that I've been judging anyone here. In fact I'm also just trying to share my experience and maybe help someone.But you sound a bit like a Diva who cannot stand to hear a differing view. Remember, your RESOLVE was so strong that you ended up on Suboxone. Read your most recent posts, Drinking does NOT mean sobriety. You are in fact potentially leading those who trust you down the Primrose Path.Grow Up
Brian 68 says:
9 days ago
Dream on
[end quote]
Interesting, the only dream i'm having at the moment is of feeding you, Brian68, into a food dispenser and then cremating the results just to make sure you are completely and utterly dead.
It's just a shame you live so far across the pond. Otherwise I could come round and kick the living daylights out of you. Preferably this would leave you feeding out of a tube in your neck for the rest of your life. Oh and I'm sure the hospital would give you plenty of opiates for the pain...
In other words, I think you a prick, you think I am a prick. I hate NA and think it sucks, you think it is wonderful.
In other words we will never ever see eye to eye. But on a bad day like today I reflect on your previous nasty comments and it does nothing but bring out the very nastiest comments from myself.
Thank you for provoking me...
You are such a wonderful blessing, not.
Phil.
Day 38??? Maybe I really have to keep better track. Anyway I am doing pretty good these days I just wish I had more energy. I don't want to do anything. Just making my daughter breakfast, lunch, and dinner takes all I have. But I slept 10hrs last night that was amazing! I really feel my old self coming back hell I am even funny again.
Thanks for everyone's encouragement. I will post again soon.
Jules
Hello everyone
I am on suboxone for over a year and a half. I did ok for a long time but for several months insomnia and anxiety crept into my life. I started suboxone because chronic pain led me down the path of misusing opioids. I am in AA recovery and heted to be on any drug.
Anyway damage is done. I stsrted at 16mg and have gone down to 4-6mg the last month. I took 3mg at 4am and now dearly want to stop the suboxone. I'd hate to take even one more 2mg pill!
Darn it I have anxiety/insomnia to beat the band-what the heck if I stop the sub now? I feel like I'll die if I do not start a detox in earnest.
I am on another site that is in full favor as I was of suboxone and they seem to insisit the anxiety is "unresolved conflicts" boloney! it is the suboxone! I swear it is. I've worked the twelve steps over and over as well as having therapy. Yes I'm a bit screwed up from an abusive upbringing etc but am otherwise usually in good spirits and I have a rich spiritual belief as well as religious belief in God.
In a nutshell, am I crazy to want to stop cold turkey at 3mg? will my anxiety cause me to want to die?
I need help and I really need to get off of this drug
Thanks
Glen theswan
By the way thanks Phill, queenie and all for the hope you offer
Glen theswan,
I know exactly how you feel in the desperation to get off subs as quickly as possible. They were making me ill. They caused me terrible, suicidal depression due to the awful numbness and lack of any stimulation in my brain.
I gave up with my psychiatrist because I got so angry with him because his answer was to put the dose up when I was trying to keep reducing.
But, if you can, it really would be better to carry on tapering. You could even try leaving it for 48 hours till the next dose. There are various things you can try.
But if you really feel you have no choice then I don't doubt that you can do the jump from 3mg. I'm quite sure you are capable of it. It will send you a bit crazy but no doubt you'll find a way through.
I know what you mean about being a bit screwed up anyway. I am pretty badly screwed up myself, emotionally and psychologically and all that. A lot of opiate addicts are screwed up in various ways. That's why we found them so addictive, because they (temporarily) numbed our emotional pain, lifted our depressions and softened our anxieties. But, as we all know, in the long run the opiates cause even more problems than they ever originally 'solved'.
When coming off the opiates we then have to address all the original problems we were running away from.
An example of how screwed up I am is my previous post where I'm ranting about Brian68. I really do have a screw loose but underneath my heart is in the right place. I just go a bit mad from time to time. I got dx'ed with aspergers syndrome which has kinda helped me understand a bit about why I am like I am. But, it isn't as straight forward as that. I have had a lot of abusive experiences and am very hurt, withdrawn, distrusting, frightened, agoraphobic and full of social anxieties.
Something happened when I was about 18 that destroyed my trust in the human race. Maybe that is why i find it easier to communicate on-line, who knows...
Jules,
Great to hear from you. Really great to hear you are trucking on. The lack of energy and enthusiasm is a real bind but your body is recovering every single day.
Fantastic news about you getting that 10 hour sleep. I bet you needed it! :)
Great to hear from you Glen theswan. And very sweet of you to thank us. I'd like to thank you for your encouragement in posting your current experience on the site and for being so honest. We are just the same as you Glen but if we can be of any help then don't hesitate to ask.
I have a pretty anonymous email that people are free to contact me on: vincentx90@live.com should they so wish... Otherwise, I do drop in here quite regularly and check to see what is new.
Love and hugs to all,
Phil.
Ive been on sub for one year. I have been slowely tapering down now for a couple months. I thought I was being clever by doing only a fraction of a pill a day. Reading the comments on this page has been hard. I had no idea sub was so bad to get off. Ofcourse I wasnt told. Reliving that nightmare does not sound fun. I have problems with depression and anxiety disorder on top of it...which feeds off the withdrawl. It would be easier with out the anxiety and depression I already have ..that is for sure.
Some of the comments have been encouraging. I got to do this. Its nice to know Im not the only one. Not that I wish this on anyone. Wish me luck. You will be in my prayers..as I am sure to be doing more of it in the next weeks.
Barney F,
Please remember that withdrawing is different for every person. You won't necessarily experience the same level of discomfort. But, if you do, then at least you know you are not alone and that it is a normal part of the process.
I think you might have gathered already that it's recommendable to taper down as low as you can possibly go, gradually, before stepping off. This will lessen the intensity and duration of any RLS you 'might' get.
Yes, the withdrawals feed the pre-existent anxiety and depressive problems but being free from the drug can also cause surprisingly positive side effects too. For example, I am experiencing less depression problems since stopping subs. The anxiety was bad but I'm even getting to grips with that now albeit slowly. My emotional state isn't great but it never was. I'm just relearning how to cope with my natural ups and downs, getting used to myself again.
good luck and look forward to your next post,
Phil.
29 hours away and feel like heck!
Thanks for the good comments. Too sick to post much now
Glen
Glen,
sorry to hear you are very sick atm with withdrawals
things really do start to improve after time, I'm not sure where you are with it all atm, did you jump from 3mg? that's a pretty big drop... bupe is 20x potency of morphine, dose for dose... so that's jumping from 60mg morphine or maybe a bit less because morphine is normally administered IV, either way it's a big drop...
the worst bit for me at the start of complete withdrawal was the restless legs (and my arms twitched aswell), i had to slow down my taper at one point due to the rls being too intense
Phil.
thanks Phil and I did go off morphine 300mg in 2002 so they 60mg does not scare me too much although they used a taper of methadone in a 7 day detox. If it is somewhat less then that detox I should be ok
I'm 60 plus hours away from my last does so I hope it is near peak
Reading through these comments is some scary S***!
I first took Suboxone in Feb of last year, for a thrill, just to see what it was like. I took about 2mg of an 8mg pill. I had never really done opiates before, so i ended up spending 4 hours in the bathroom throwing up. However, I went back to it, and began taking subbys 'every now and then'. I stopped taking them at the beginning of this year, Had NO withdrawls (i was only taking like 1mg or less at a time, but i ended up out of work in Feb. Since then, ive been taking it regularly. Apart from a 1 week break, i have been on subbys most nights since May of this year. Primarily to kill the boredom of unemployment. But of late, I have started to notice that i need to take more and more of this stuff to get the same high. the most i have taken so far in one day is 4mg. BTW, ive been buying the subbys off a 'dealer'.
I am scared that i may have withdrawls from this if i stop now. I'd like to know what you guys think. Please reply to me.
brian 68,
Words fail me...
Go in peace.
Phil.
Brian 68,
On further reflection I feel it is necessary that I comment thus:
I am sick and tired of our little battle. I have let you provoke me into feeling angry and hateful in the past. I do not see why I should let your words continue to affect me in such a way.
I just want to recover and be at peace. I really can not cope with our squabble. Please let us put an end to it now. I am not apportioning blame. I am asking that it does end NOW.
People come here for help, hard facts and encouragement, not to listen to us two fight it out.
Please stop accusing me of various things. I am an ordinary human being with manifold weaknesses and failings. There will always be something that I can be criticised about.
Please, please, please, let us both remember from now on that this site is about recovery. Both our behaviours towards each other are getting out of control.
I forgive you for any and all comments that you have made that I feel have offended me. Please, can you forgive me for the comments I have made in the past that have offended you. I realise my former bluntness, something I do struggle with, has offended you. I freely confess I have done wrong by you and indeed by many in my lifetime.
Now, because of my energy being sapped by our battle, I haven't atm got the strength and concentration to reply to the other new posts. Hopefully I will be able to do so later.
Brian 68, if you feel I am dominating the page then you can quite simply start to contribute more, as much as you like. This page is totally free to be posted to as often, as frequently and as by as many people as so wish.
I would be very relieved to see more people contribute to the requests and needs of others. However, I come here and see important questions and honest declarations of suffering, and yet I see noone, or very few, responding. My heart aches for others suffering and in need at such a difficult, frightening and confusing time.
Brian 68, post more! Then you might remember that it is in fact hard work making these posts. I have to give a great deal of thought to them. I have to read and re-read the new posts to try and understand, as best as I can, where the other person is at and what advice/encouragement/empathy they need.
If other people on this site would like me to stop posting and not come back then please do tell me.
I will abide by any such decision and will never come back, either to read or post, ever again.
If others are not troubled by my being here then I shall continue to be myself and carry on as before.
Now, due to the unpleasant necessity of this post I have no energy or concentration left to respond to the more important jobs at hand, namely responding to Neil's and Glen theswan's posts.
Thank you both for posting. I will come back later once I've rested.
Please Brian 68, let this be an end to our bickering or, at the very least, let us both keep our peace and not antagonise each other any more.
Phil.
Good Greif! Will you guys stop arguing?!
Anyway, Its now 6;23am. Ive just got up to go to the toilet, so i'll be heading back to bed soon!
Last bit of Bupe i had was @ 6pm last night. A tiny amount, maybe 0.25mg. Today is my 'scoreday'.
Im going to buy one, but leave it at my mates house, just in case there are any nasty withdrawals.
Im not taking this stuff any more!
I'll keep you guys posted every 24 hours, but so far, i feel very tired and sleepy (ive only had 4 hours!), i know i'll get back to sleep(ive had insomnia before).
And i'm going to tell the other users that i hang out with about how dangerous this stuff is.
I hope you guys are'nt still fighting when i get back.
Peace.
Neil
just checking if i can get on
just checking if i can get on
darn it! I got very sick and took 2ng at 1 in the morning. How bad does this set me back? I was t the point of leg kicking and violent thrashing about. Last time this was the start of the worst and near end of it.
please tell me I can get off of this stuff. At the NAABT site they all tell me to taper slow and if I could I would but am too sick of the suboxone. I want to be off!
Thanks for any good words
Glen theswan
Glen theswan,
You really do need to taper down more slowly. I did post about the rls (restless legs syndrome, kicking). I had to go back on a lower dose to cope with the rls and then taper more slowly.
I know how you feel, how desperate you are to get off the stuff. But, take it a bit slower! See how long you can last on the one 2mg tab you took. Next time the rls starts don't wait for it to get so bad and then try just 1mg and see how that goes.
At least 2mg is less than your previous dose of 3mg so you ARE making progress.
Yes, it IS possible to get off subs. I am 5 months off them now. It ain't a pretty ride but it's doable. Most of my problems now are the psychological stuff but I was fucked up before I got hooked on opiates anyway...
Phil.
I have been about 25 hours subbie free. So today i suppose is Day One. I have been out and about today, just walking around town to kill time and expend some energy.
Occasionally i get a 'hot flush', sometimes with sweat, but it only lasts a few minutes. The hot flushes feel like fever symptoms, or like you are wearing a sweater in hot weather. I scored a pill (8mg) but havent touched it.
I have a feeling that tonight i may have insomnia, but we will see.
I don't think my withdrawals are going to be a quater as bad as most if not all the folks that have posted here. I hope so anyway.
I'll post again this time tommorow.
aussie steve,
You need to start tapering down before christmas. Ideally get down to 0.5mg or 0.4mg (if u can get the smaller 0.4mg tabs in australia). Better still, get down to 0.25mg/0.2mg.
Jumping at 2mg will give you quite a kick. It AIN'T a small dose. It's equivalent, IV, to 40mg of morphine. The standard 'slug' of morphine they give u in hospital for acute pain is 10mg and that knocks a non-tolerant person for six and 20mg would knock them out altogether.
Hope is of some help... :s
Phil.
Neil,
Hope all goes well for you. Look forward to your next post.
Phil.
aussie steve et al.
i have recently been prescribed propranolol, a beta blocker. It blocks the release of noradrenaline. I was very cynical about it but a few hours after taking my first pill I am experiencing a significant decrease in my symptoms of racing heart, anxiety, sweating and restlessness.
I don't know if it would be as effective when the withdrawals are more severe but could certainly be worth a try. It isn't physically addictive.
I have used zopiclone to help with long term insomnia. I don't find it very effective but it gave a little relief. My doctor also has, on occasion, given me very short (a few days) course of diazepam to get me through some acute episodes where I was losing the plot completely. Of course, diazepam can be very addictive psychologically and also physically after a couple of weeks and should be used with extreme caution. I am aware that zopiclone has the same potential for addiction but personally I haven't had a problem with it as it has been only a very mild help. I go nights without using it and only try it again when sleep is becoming a problem once more.
When my insomnia was at it's worse I found the seroquel more effective than the zopiclone in enabling me to get off to sleep and then remain asleep for a reasonable time. My occasional zopiclone dose is 7.5 to 15mg at night. My seroquel dose is prescribed at 2x25mg tabs 3 times a day. I take it only at night as I don't like the thick head it gives me during the day. Seroquel is a non-addictive drug with no physically addictive properties at all. It is helpful in slowing down or eliminating racing thoughts.
Propranolol has the obvious advantage of not being physically or psychologically addictive. It was/is a drug used to treat high blood pressure and also tachycardia (which is a symptom of withdrawals). You should not stop taking it unless under the supervision of a doctor.
Please don't forget to taper down to as tiny a dose as possible before jumping. This will also help any drugs you take, to lessen the withdrawals, more effective and at lower doses.
The only drug that helped with rls for me was diazepam but again this is a very short term option due to it's physically addictive qualities let alone the psychological ones.
I went through the worst of my withdrawals, the first 6 weeks, without any medications at all. I don't think I needed to suffer that much but my psychiatrist refused to prescribe me anything at all, not even beta blockers. It was as if he was only interested in me getting back on subs as he would always offer to up the sub dose, or start it all over again, despite the fact that the drug was making me mentally ill and I just had to come off it.
Phil.
I took 1mg today but really want to stop it at that. I will try CT tonight.
How many days will it be bad? Morphine took 6 days but after 4 or 5 days it got a little better. I hear sub is milder and hope that is so.
Thanks
48 hours since my last bit of Bupe.
I slept well last night, got about 7 hours. Hot flushes have subsided but are still there.
I honestly think that i am NOT addicted to these, but have come close.
To anyone how takes this stuff for a cheap 'hit': Beware! it creeps up on you, before you know it, you'll be snorting 16mg a day to get the same buzz as 0.5mg you had in the beginning.
Another theory i have about this is; People on here have been hooked on P/K's or H for years and were prescibed this to come off Heroin or whatever, yet all this drug soes is create a kind of Dam, to hold back the waters of withdrawal. Once the drug is no longer taken, the dam breaks and all hell lets loose.
Glen theswan,
Don't be too hard on yourself if you find you need to take another 1mg or even 0.5mg if the rls gets too bad again. Just see how far you can get but don't wait until it is so bad that you feel like taking a higher dose. Pain feeds pain, anxiety feeds anxiety, if you know what I mean.
Sub withdraws tend to last a lot longer than morphine and other short acting opiates. But, they are milder, just longer lasting. It's different for everyone, but that is the general picture I get from comparing my own experience with others on this site.
Neil,
I'm sure there is a lot of truth in what you say. I was hooked on 140mg methadone for quite a while plus topping up with other drugs on a regular basis. I was a poly-drug addict for the best part of 20 years. I have other emotional problems too, as I'm sure many of you do, dysfunctional family, lack of support over the years when I was crying out for it, etc... and last but probably most relevant is that I have chronic PTSD. Basically, I'm a mess sober but at least I am dealing with all the shit now and getting more help rather than anaethetising myself into catatonia and ultimately death. I am recovering.
Best wishes to all,
Phil.
felt good today with less anxiety after my 1mg dose this morning.
I want to tough it out and stop but if I must will take another .5mg I am so sick of it I want off so bad.
I do not mind a longer withdrawal if it is not savage like pure agonist opioids are. Sadness and some trouble sleeping I can live with acute depression/anxiety/insomnia is a whole other story. I carry anxiety very poorly. I pray God is gentle with me as I so very much want freedom
Glen
Thanks Phil,
Over the last 22 years, Ive done a wide variety of drugs but was educated enough to stay away from Heroin. I have never been hooked on any particular drug, although i admit, i was borderline alcoholic about 5 years ago without realising it (drinking 4 days a week to the point of leglessness ect)and up until about a year ago, a regualr potsmoker.
It was 15 years ago, after a particular bad comedown off speed that someone gave me a DF118 (DiHydrocodiene - i dont know what its called in U.S)and since then, I always looked upon DF's as a 'nice buzz', and would occasionally take these whenever they were available.
It was last year, I asked an ex-heroin user, if he had any DF's that he offered me Subutex which he said had the same effect, but a lot stronger. In truth, this guy is using his script as beer money - He's a boozer - selling them at £4 per 8mg tablet - which, when you think about it, is a pretty cheap thrill that would last me, in the beginning a week, but more recently, just 3 or 4 days with me.
I admit, i am a thrill seeker. Perhaps i dont have the addictive gene that many addicts have (there is no history of addiction in my family)and i cannot promise that i'll never take this again. But what I CAN promise, is that i will use caution, and only take this occasionally - maybe once or twice a month.
Its been 51 hours since i had a negligble amount of sub, I feel normal. No headaches, nausea, ect. I did have a bit of sweating yesterday and this morning, but thats gone.
I wish all of you the BEST of luck in getting off this, and living your lives as best as you can, because this is the only life you will ever have, make the most of it!
All the Best to everyone,
Neil
Can't reply much now. Just to say that, Neil, I am in the UK too. You are still playing a very dangerous game. I began my opiate psychological addiction on codeine and DF118's. I really loved the DFs. Abusing opiates is something to avoid altogether. If something bad happens you'll revert to them as a method of coping. It just happens like that. I don't believe in any addictive gene bollox. No one else in my family is addicted to anything.
Also, 8mg subs are sold for as little as £2 in this country. Get a refund!
Gwen theswan,
Hopefully all will be fine. But, the acute depression/anxiety/insomnia problems can happen. They did to me and I ended up in a psychiatric ward at one point because of it. Forewarned is forearmed. Yet, we are two different people and everyone can react differently.
Best wishes to both you,
Phil.
Hi Phil,
I know what ive been doing is dangerous. I know i said before that id take occasionally, but now im having second thoughts (even before reading your latest post) and thinking about not taking it AT ALL.
In less that a month, I will be starting an Access to Higher Education course, so I can get into University as a mature student (im 36) next year, so i will be very busy and occupied with my time very soon.
The reason ive been taking these is primarily boredom, not being able to go out thru lack of money ect. Everything costs money when it comes to socialising. And living on £60 a fortnight makes socialising nigh on impossible.
If I was paying £2 per tab, I would definately have been hooked by now!
I dont see any need to post here anymore, but im glad that i have, for now i am more educated about this stuff.
I guess im lucky in just getting my hand burned, as it were, with opiates, and not been the fully fledged dependant.
I will keep it that way.
Neil
Make sure you do Neil, otherwise you'll end up wishing you were never born...
any way to get to the bottom of this page without scrolling? it takes a long time!
Ended up taking 1mg or close to it as my anxiety is so high.
How does anyone live with this level of anxiety? I cannot take benzo's as I become dependant fast. My life is revolved around the bedroom watching TV and I am sick of it. I got out yesterday to the gym as I had a few hours relief from anxiety. I guess I should be happy with that but it is fleeting. I am afraid I can not CT from this drug and have to say at 1mg for now. Will i get well anyway? I know no one can really anxwer that but this crap about milder withdrawl is really obsurd.
I bearly got to the leg kicking part and was overwhelmed!
Dear God please help me!
Glen
Phil, Peace to you and hopefully we can be on the same team. Part of addiction is control-freak related and we don't always respond well when others don't agree with us(me). If I might for those looking to jump; 2mg is a sizeable dose. If you've been using these things for awhile it's best to taper as best to a microscopic dose. But if your goal is freedom from Subs beware; There Are No Free Rides!! There will absolutely be lengthy WD'S and anxiety. insomnia and this is where you MUST be STRONG. Hang in there and believe a better life is coming. Slowly.
Brian 68,
Peace to you too. I'm glad we have stopped bickering. I am also delighted at your post. I'm struggling to keep up with it all on my own. I need your help. Your comments are most appreciated and extremely useful to us all.
Glen theswan,
You seem to be having the same reaction as me to sub withdrawal. My anxiety went through the roof. In fact, I've never experienced anxiety so bad in my entire life even when going CT from short acting opiates and my CT from a huge valium habit I had.
But take heart that you will settle down on 1mg. It won't be too long before 1mg is more than enough and you'll not be having any anxiety other than the desire to taper down some more.
Note what Bfw68 said, it's true. You can lessen the intensity of rls (kicking) and anxiety/insomnia by tapering down to as tiny a dose as possible, gradually as possible. But, when you do eventually step off, even from a 'tiny' dose, there will indeed be no free ride.
You seem to have the same anxiety problems as myself. I would be interested in talking further to you about this issue as there might be another factor involved here. I don't want to talk about it in the forum as it is not directly related to sub withdraws, more indirect. My email is vincentx90@live.com
Best wishes to all,
Phil.
Well, im still Sub free; it'll be 96 hours at 6pm since i last had any. I have slept well enough everynight and feel normal.
After reading these posts, I keep expecting to keel over at somepoint but i dont think thats going to happen.
Good luck to everyone!
it was too much for me and I took 2mg yesterday and 2mg today.
I feel like a failure but my anxiety was too strong. I feel better today and have decided to try and stay the course of slow reduction as it may be the only way. My new goal is off subs by Christmas.
I think a slight reduction of 1/2mg per month will do it. September will get me to-wait, maybe January!
in any case please continue to offer me advice as I sorely need help.
Glen
Glen,
You haven't failed at all. Going from 3mg to 2mg is a major reduction. The fact that 2mg is now enough is great news. You've succeeded in getting one step further to your goal.
I think your idea of dropping 0.5mg a month is an excellent idea and very similar to what I did myself. Going under 2mg is where it does get more difficult. I dropped from 8mg to 4mg without much of a problem but as soon as I started tapering below 2mg it was a completely different story, much like yourself.
From 2mg I tapered in steps of 0.4mg. In UK we have 0.4mg tabs so this wasn't difficult with regards to needing to cut up the tabs. Once down to 0.4mg a day I tried to jump but couldn't handle it so I stayed on 0.4mg for 2 months. Then I jumped but still struggled too much so tried 0.2mg for a couple of weeks. I probably should have stuck at 0.2mg for longer but jumped all the same.
I know slow tapering is a pain in the arse but it will enable you to reach your goal of being free from subs.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Glen, you have not failed in any way. This is serious shit and 2mg is a lot stronger than you think. When I jumped I was taking a CRUMB-sized piece and that would keep me calm all day. This is why it is so difficult to prevent relapse. The anxiety and obsession are too much but at some point everyone has to conjure up the inner strength. One of the best ways is too get some people to talk to and keep your mind busy. Good Luck
This is going to be my very last post here.
I'd like to Thank everyone who has told their tales of woe (and victory) of what opiates can lead us to.
I'd like to share this video with everyone. Im not religious, in fact, im agnostic/atheist, but this video applies to everyone, and it certainly puts things into perspective, and is incredibly uplifting:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p86BPM1GV8M
Carl Sagan, Pale Blue Dot.
Farewell everyone, I hope you all reach your goals.
Neil
post alive!
still alive!
I am still alive!!
Just nothing exciting to report. Still clean! I will post later though.
XOXOX
Hello everyone, I have been reading this hub for the last few days, and i must say, i have never felt less alone in this world! I was addicted to opiates for over two years now, started with vicodin that i got for free from a friend, then to percocet, then to OC 80's. My "friend" who used to get the OC's for me quit and gave me suboxone when i told him I also wanted to quit. I just started noticing how much the PK's were killing everything in my life but the pain, and I had enough! I have a great g/f who was starting to really despise me and my addiction (although she is with me 110% now that i've made the jump), and i haven't worked a real job in almost a year, barely surviving on odd jobs that have introduced me to some of the most selfish and horrible ppl i have ever met. I have been free of the OCs for three weeks today, and free from the subs for 10 days. vincentx90, i sympathize greatly for you. I too have serious problems with groups and anxiety, which is what led me to my opiate problems in the first place. I never even considered autism until i started reading your posts. i live in the US where it seems that autism and its relatives are not very well understood or accepted, maybe things are different in the UK, or my agoraphobia and hatred of mass media (especially TV) just make it seem that way to me LOL! I have been addicted to benzos twice, valium and xanax, and i have to say this is 1000x harder than both combined. I feel for every single soul that has left there mark on this site, and i hope and pray that each of you will find your way and learn to live again! with much love,
-distracted
man, i'm sure a lot of the long term WDs are caused by the psychological turmoil rather than physical addiction?
was reading some earlier posts, few months back, some guy saying he was playing chicken with buses, i was doing that yesterday... i still struggle to keep my head up without having a psychoactive drug buzzing up my brain...
things are still getting better. at the end of the day, i spent 20 years abusing drugs and now i've got to learn to motivate myself without chemicals and that is going to be hard...
laterz..
Phil.
distractedbyreality:
If you wanna find out about whether you have an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) then get to see someone who specialises in this area, regular doctors without experience in autism are shit and misdiagnose all the time.
The US is about the same as the UK with regards to autism related stuff. I only got diagnosed last year at the age of 35.
Email me about it if you want further info at vincentx90@live.com
Phil.
keep the post alive!
had my first proper nights sleep, about 8 hours, following a long day and plenty of socialising, took my mind off myself and seemed to do the trick even though it was hard work
looks like getting back into being fully active will be the key to my recovery, be it voluntary work or whatever... (i'm unemployed atm)
Hope to see some new posts soon, with hints, tips, tales of woe and encouragement etc...
Phil.
Hey Phil, I was talking to a guy the other day who went on Subs after snorting 10 80mg oxys a day. This kicked his ass and he told me it took him about 6 months to feel better. Not that he always felt shitty but "something wasn't right". Hang in and try listening to some good music. It can calm the savage beast.
Brian 68,
ty for the advice and info... it does help to know the truth about how long it takes to be 'normal' again
bupe is evil shit, i remember a few years back doing a short term detox on dihydrocodeine (after long term opiate abuse), i went from 32 30mg tablets a day down to 16 tabs a day, then 8, then 4, then zero... in a month, and it was pretty much painless, yes i struggled with cravings after the final jump but that was all, didn't even lose any sleep...
bupe taper and withdraw (after long term bupe 'maintenance') has been worse than the methadone (long term, taper and withdraw) one I did previously... and man, that was bad enough...
i know all opiate abuse, at the end of the day, is just a total nightmare, I so hope I never go back to them ever, I'm sad and angry that I ever got into this addiction as I know I'll never be free from the temptation for the rest of my life.
What's worse right now is that I have been diagnosed with gall stones which is aggravating my existing acid reflux problem. I can't eat without suffering a lot of pain for hours afterwards. I only take acetaminophen but I fear the day I might end up in such crippling pain that i need to go to hospital and get a morphine shot (this is what happened to my dad with same complaint).
If the pain is so intense that I'm incapacitated and hospitalised will the in-patient pain relief get me hooked again? (I know that leaving the hospital with a script would definitely get me hooked again and that ain't gonna happen, I've already told them about my opiate addiction problems).
Any ideas much appreciated, and thanks again for your post Brian, it has helped me a great deal, don't feel so confused and alone about it all now.
Phil.
ohhh man i wish i never got on suboxone in the first place. I convinced myself i needed a crutch so i could get some clean time under my belt before i joined the "real world" again.
Today is day 5 for me and i still feel like shit, haven't slept in 4 and im going to the bath room every 15 mins to either puke,gag,diarrhea or sometimes all of the above.
yesterday i decided to clean my room and guess what i found a 2mg piece, took the edge off thank the lord.
Anyone have any methods or ideas that can help with the pain and sleep. I found taking hot baths with EPSON salt works really good
yeh, it sucks huh?
only advice i have is to see a sympathetic doc for meds to help with cramps and stuff
also, try and get out as much as possible, being alone is a nightmare with withdrawals as one is not comfortable with oneself...
hope is of some help :s
if anyone got any advice about my previous post then please respond...
Hi everyone, 7 months off subs and loving life. what seems so hard (and is) to do, is so worth it. Be strong and get thru it. A month of not feeling good turns out to be worth every second of it when your free of those shackles. Anytime i think of getting high i come back to this site and read my (and others) posts and I'm swayed towards sobriety once again. you guys are awesome! take care
I am on day 4 w/d with subs (9 month habit)
I am on day 4 of a breakup (5 1/2 year habit)
and....ta-dahhhh I just got my period - it never fails
This is my personal version of hell on earth.
The backache from sub w/d is bad enough, but when you add the period and the fact that I was thrown from a horse a year ago and broke my back into the mix, it is unbearable. Does anybody have any ideas????
In adition to the backache, I have all of the classic w/d symptoms, but chief among them is the anxiety and depression. A good measure of this is likely a result of the breakup; however, I felt it necessary to get away from the man who introduced me to pills (all types) originally, and who has continued to feed my habit for years. No, he did not hold a gun to my head, but he certainly was more than happy to reintroduce me to pills in moments of weakness even after I had made it out of the woods with countless, painful withdrawals. Maybe it's just too much all at once, but I know that I will never be sober, and never get off suboxone for good with him in the picture. Am I just a masochistic idiot, or would you attempt to go thru a breakup and w/d simultaneously as well given the circumstances?
in some ways it can even help because the break-up can take your mind off the withdrawals (albeit in not a very nice way)
the opiate monkey is cunning, catch him off card and u can beat this...
life on opiates = no life
Phil.
It takes a clever person to put a positive spin on such a brutal experience :)
Thanks for the smile, Phil - needed that.
Day 5 - the worst day so far.
I feel like I have the flu; I am so weak I can't sit up for more than 5 minutes. It took me 3 hours to convince myself to at least brush my teeth. Can't stop crying - this sucks. I can't write anymore.
i know the feeling...
i remember at one point not properly washing for 2 weeks...
at least the crying shows you are in recovery, emotions coming back online, that is a good thing, sob your heart out, it helps... not being able to cry is worse...
things will get better, a little bit, day by day
Phil.
You know I think its quite sad that people are complaining about being on subs..thats crazy!! Yeah you're body is dependent as if it were pills or dope...yet subs relieve you of searching for shit on the street everyday just to feel NORMAL. I dunno maybe their addiction wasnt like mine..anyway I have been on subs for exactly two years..coming off of 80's and percocet...vicodn or lortab as a last resort..but I did my research and I knew what it was going to be like gettin on the subs as well as getting off..I had taken about 10 oxycontin 20's a day for 9 days straight..first day of WD i refuse to take the sub just yet...2nd day of withdraw I thought I was dying..took 2 subs....third day my mom is takin me to the hospital..I was so sick I thought I was going to die..but after that..Ive been able to get back to a some what "normal" life... and tapering down as we speak..my dr told me to taper down a fourth at a time..and when I get to my last fourth I can stop after a week..does anyone have any opinions about this?? Im sorta nervous..sub wd is not as bad as 80's yet the whole wd thing freaks me out and really brings back bad memories..any inputs??
You'll soon complain a few days after jumping from subbies...
Phil - thanks again for your words of encouragement. I'm going through this alone, so your thoughts & comments really help. The good news is that I think I peaked out yesterday. Despite 2 hours of sleep, I do feel a little bit better today...whew
Nikole - After using suboxone to help with w/d from pills, I continued taking it for reasons other than that which it is prescribed, (depression, energy etc...) and without insurance, you wouldn't believe the lengths I would go to to get it. i.e. I would rather have subs and cigarettes than eat. So, to me it was just another drug.
Keep us posted...
Um, sorry for the excessive posting, but this forum is all I have at the moment. As a result of the breakup, I moved in with my family and convinced them that I have the flu. I have chalked up the crying spells to "breakup aftermath". I just don't have the heart to tell them the truth. I am 35, and they already think that I've lost my mind. A little over a year ago, I was as high as a kite and just got up and walked out of a very decent management position with an international firm. It has been a downward spiral ever since.
So it's day 7 sans suboxone, and the insomnia is really taking it's toll. I was actually punching myself in the knees last night in an effort to stymie the RLS....needless to say, it was an exercise in futility.
I am extremely concerned, because the insomnia is what ultimately drove me to recommence taking subs 4 months ago after 10 days of w/d.
Help!
Double Trouble:
I'm here and reading the posts. Don't apologise for excessive posting. All your posts are very welcomed.
You are hitting it hard with the WDs. Go see the doc and if he'll prescribe something to help you sleep and for the other symptoms.
Failing that, I did do the first 6 weeks from jumping without any medication. Yes, I thought I was going crazy but I wasn't. It was just reality finding it's way back in again.
It does feel like a bad trip but you can learn to make it a good trip by tricking your mind.
It's really hard to get motivated to shower. However, it does get easier and then it feels good.
I take trips out during the day even when I'm not feeling up to it. Just forcing myself into 'society' seems to be stressful but it really helps afterwards.
You are not going crazy. I know it feels like that but it isn't true. These are the WD mind games. This is you arguing with yourself as your mind tries to stay in opioid world but without the opioid present.
I'm 35 too. Wasn't ever as successful as yourself. I walked out on a few low wage jobs. I was diagnosed with aspergers syndrome last year. It made me realise why I've been struggling to fit in, my whole life.
I did go to Uni as a mature student to read computer science. I went straight A's on all subjects in the first year. Second year you wouldn't even have seen me in the college. I just quit on it while my mind was messed up with drugs and stuff.
Can you buy Promethazine OTC where you live? I find 50mg of that is enough to make me drowsy. It sometimes comes in OTC sleeping aids in UK. Alternatively, see if a doc could script you it. It's not a drug of abuse. It's just a first generation, drowsy-type, antihistamine. I believe the anticholinergic effects might also be of help.
But anyway'se. Post all you like!
Ok, so I have a question. I have been off subs since May 1st. So, almost 5 months. I have noticed that my moods are really violent and I am a bitch 24/7. I worry just about everything and I hate going outside unless it is absolutley needed. Like, I have no food left or my kid needs to run outside. I cant distinguish if it's depression or aniety..or just all of the mental crap! Im tired of doctors puttin me on stuff. I just want to feel normal and control my issues. But I cant seem to shake them. Also, I feel as if my world is crashing down on me all the time. Like nothing is ever good enough or something. When I was on subs, I was normal. I didnt crave, I wasnt a physco bitch, I didnt cry or hit shit, rarely lost my temper, wanna lay in bed for months, I mean WTF!!??!
I wonder why I even got off this shit, my family and friends told me it would be better to break the chain and all that. Which I got and still get but they never got that my brain needed that chemical.. I mean I took it for so long. Anti-depessents are so harsh on me and I havent had good experiance with them. Would it be a bad idea to try to get back on subs? or is there something out there that people know about that have been off subs longterm that helps?
The physical w/d's are pretty much gone. They def come and go though. I still have stomach issues. Like IBS or some annoying shit! I have lost just about 10 or so lbs as well. Which I didnt need!...
Oh also, if you dont have people that really get this shit, then its harder too. My family and friends just think Im happy and all but they must be crazy if they cant see Im not. I tell them all the time, Im about to break! They still just dont get it....sux.
Thanks,
Phoenix54
yes, you need to go out and have a good time, and no i don't mean use any opioid painkillers, i mean try doing something that is just for fun, whatever takes your fancy, take a friend bowling...
i know you are in a right shell at the moment. i have felt that way myself, the agoraphobia, anxiety, depressive thoughts, fear of absolutely everything...
Sounds like you could do with some more moral support at this stage. What country are you in? I would look into local NA meetings and/or even a local friendly spiritual centre, church, buddhist meditation priest, or whatever it takes, where you might find people are more understanding and think outside of the box...
Phil - I took your advice and left the house for the first time, well...not including the other night when I went to the grocery store & got so freaked out that I left empty handed & made a run for my car...lol
So, I forced myself to go for a walk. I must have been a sight to behold - I have not washed my hair in 7 days. Oh well, that's my next project. I know without a doubt that I am detoxing, because the strangest thing happens to my vision -colors are ultra vivid, and all of the leaves and blades of grass are very crisp and clear. It's actually very beautiful.
Which brings me to my next point - music sounds really good when I have w/d.
I have attached a link to an article that indicates that powerful music (the kind that gives you the chills) causes a release of dopamine & activates the same pleasure centers as drugs.
http://psychcentral.com/news/2009/06/15/emotional-
Just be careful of your song choices. Music is powerful. I was once sent over the edge & relapsed from listening to Spiritualized - Let it Flow.
Hope this helps somebody - at least music can give you a tiny bit of relief.
Hey. So I live in the US. I dont have good times at NA meetings and spitually Im burnt out. I dont need to believe in a higher power to get me through this. I need to believe in myself but I dont. Never really have. Im just tired of this feeling and Im tired of being a guinea pig. They should have a better control on drug addicts so we can bounce back a lot better than this. I mean, I most def do more things now that Im off subs but it takes a lot to get outside. I am much more paranoid. I truely hate this feeling. Im a stubborn ass too. You can tell me that something will work but I wont do it. Im very mental and can think things out. Anyways, I can say that I was productive. I have been cleaning my carpets for the past 5 hours and its 3 am! Way back when, I wouldve been up doing stupid drugs and stressin about the next day. So, at least I am in a better place now! There are positives... I know..
The psychological battle is a hard one...
Day 8
Some symptoms have subsided: crying and severe pain, while others remain steadfast: insomnia, RLS, lethargy; anxiety.
Any relief is welcomed at this point.
I wanted to point out that the reason my body kicked so hard is b/c I jumped off at 8mg. It was a matter of poor planning on my part - I dumped my dealer, I mean my boyfriend; effectively cutting off my supply. I have a propensity for taking the "ready, fire, aim" approach, and sometimes it doesn't work out so well for me.....so it goes.
At any rate, just follow the advice of the good people on this forum & trail off slooooowly.
Phil - I must clarify a comment you made regarding me as "successful". The only thing I have ever been consistently successful with is systematically dismantling my life with drugs, alcohol & toxic relationships :) Oh well, I guess it's subject to change...
P.S. I washed my hair...twice
I'm f-ing dying. I don't know what happened, but I am back in full blown w/d - sweating, knees killing me, hot & cold at the same time, nauseous. I feel like SHIT.
I don't know what to do. Should I try to get a little 1/4 or just tough it out? God, this f-ing sucks.
Other people have kicked from 8mg. I haven't. I don't know what to suggest.
I'm guessing the worst of the subby phsyical stuff must peak soon. Can anyone help here?
If you do end up taking a crumb or two of subs or slow tapering then you can jump again but will still be unpleasant. Albeit, maybe not as bad physically from a lower dose.
In the absence of anyone else posting I'll just say that you gotta do whatever you gotta do to get through this. Don't beat yourself up about it. This is a big change you are going through (like you don't already know that).
Keep us posted whatever you decide to do...
15th september, 146 days since jumping, my mind is starting to come back to normal instead of crazy racing thoughts, it's not back to normal yet but my thoughts are starting to work again in a more 'sane' manner.
awaiting new posts...
(lol, ok so i don't have a 'full' life back quite yet and still spend too much time on the internet :P )
well, at this rate, i won't bother coming here much longer...
for anyone wanting hope, i have come off subs and am getting better!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! :D
Well I was writing for about 20 minutes and accidentally hit a key and erased everything! I am just so glad I found the posts here as I was about to spend $800 to start sub treatment from methadone...was told only 3-5%of people stopping sub get some mild w/d...what a crock obviously. I have quit meth twice before and swore never again...but here I am. I am prescribed 80mg a day, but only take 40mg in two doses of 20mg/day. I am going to try and get down to 20/day by stopping for 2-3 days, and not taking any until I absolutely cannot stand it. Then hopefully go off from a much lower number. I can no longer take the absence of motivation, lack of sexual desire, weight gain, slavery to the drug, along with the fear of being without it- anymore!! Not only that, but I will be unable to use my nursing license until I am free of everything...including suboxone, if I went on it. My doctor said sub is used for counteracting the opiate fatigue and that I should be on it for 12 months. After hearing everything though, I would be in the same spot with sub, only one year older and farther from my goal. I have not had any meth for about 16 hours, which is no big feat, but it is a start for me...the fear is so real...I think I would rather have my pinky finger axed off right now than go through another full fledged, uninterrupted withdrawal from methadone. It is not as violent as H, but lingers on for sooooo long. Maybe with the support of other addicts like all of you, it will be a little more tolerable. I am definitely going to take the advice of getting up and doing things instead of rolling around in bed feeling sorry for myself. I know that it is worth it once you are on the other side, it's just so fucking hard to get there. You are all warriors! Thank You for your stories of strength and victory! I will try and keep posting on my progress through this next battle.
lealaken
good to hear from you
yes, if u can, taper the methadone and step off, going down the subbie route will only delay the inevitable and then you'll have to go through it all again, it could be easier but it could be worse, most likely it'll just be as bad as methadone withdraw...
and yes going on them for 12 months will mean you are in for the full subbie withdraw plus you'll probably get addicted from the novelty on being a 'new' opiate and stay on it for longer than intended...
but your path is yours to choose, make the decisions that are right for you...
vincentx90:
Thank You so much for your acknowledgment and compassionate words of encouragement...it really makes all the difference in the world.
Well just want to journal about what happened last night. After laying awake for a few hours, I decided to take half my usual night dose (10mg intead of 20mg) Ended up sleeping pretty good and woke up around 5 am feeling surprisingly fine. Usually even with my regular 20mg I wake up and NEED my morning dose ASAP. So instead of going ahead and taking my 20mg this morning, I once again took half of it (10mg)! I have noticed that when trying to reduce my daily dose, the best way to do it is to go through 12-24 hour periods of some mild/mod w/d and then dose a much smaller dose. This, however, is the easy part....going to zero is the killer. My plan is to go through 4-6 days of hell when jumping to nothing, and then giving myself a break with a 5-10mg dose...then try another 5 days or so and do the same thing. I plan on doing this 2-4 times before stopping the in between "breaks" so to speak. If anyone has done this and has had a terrible time, please let me know. Any suggestions and feedback are welcome. I do have a pretty strong will to stick with a plan once I commit to it. Once I am off the opiates I usually do not have a huge problem with cravings. I usually end up back on them due to health issues, and surgeries. Although, it has also been due to dabbling, thinking I can handle doing it just once or twice. (Yeah, right! What a joke.) I know how important it is to have a good program and attend NA or AA meetings regularly...I have been going to meetings, but a part of me feels like a bit of a faker since I am still on methadone. I still do consider myself sober, but I won't be 100% satisfied until I am 100% free of every crutch. Nor will I be able to practice nursing. I had a 9 month stretch of true sobriety back in June 2004 to March of 2005. I had never felt better! But I got too confident and stopped going to meetings, and before too long I was contemplating using, and within days I was high. I have battled with the big C and opiates for so long now, I am just so tired of being tired. I will update later how the taper is coming along. Thanks for listening! It's amazing to me how therapeautic it is to journal like this. I tend to be a little shy talking in meetings...I sometimes get too nervous to fully express what I need. I appreciate you all!!
Hi lealaken
You will be fine-just remember that the pain of today does not have to come again ever if you dont want it to. I was on sub for three years and it has been a while since i tapered off and I still feel mild wd after a lot of time....your brain just has to repair all the damage we did to it . Call an NA hot line and see if they can send someone over who can help you through it who was also an opiate addict . God bless- and remember-you will get sick as hell-but nothing good comes from anything easy.
XXX: You're right! Thank You for your thoughts...nothing worth having is easy...that's a fact.
In the past, I have never had the option of tapering and quitting slowly, which might be part of the reason why I am scared shitless of doing this. This third time around I am quitting because I want to and I need to, not because I ran out of money to pay for the methadone or other drugs. It seems to be the general consensus that tapering and coming off slowly is much more tolerable. The addict in me wants instant gratification, I want to get it done right now...but the scared shitless part of me knows that I would not be able to do it without giving in and setting myself up for failure. I just need to do this slowly, and keep reading and posting to maintain the motivation I have received by sharing with fellow addicts. I know it's only 9:30am, but damn I still feel pretty good! I owe it you guys! I can't say thanks enough. I'll post later this evening, to document how I feel after cutting my dose in half over the past day and a half. I know this is a suboxone withdrawal forum, but I feel really comfortable and connected with you all so I hope no one cares that I am actually tapering and coming off methadone. As far as I can tell, it's really not much different of a withdrawal...long and agonizing, even if not quite as violent as H or oxy. Opiate w/d is opiate w/d is what I have learned.
lealaken:
'opiate withdrawal is opiate withdrawal'
So true!
no problem with posting regardless of whatever u coming off, as far as i'm concerned anywway, can't speak for anyone else but can't see them minding
if you connect and it helps then post all you like
that's still a pretty fast taper you are doing by halving from 40ml a day to 20ml a day, be careful as the kick might take longer to hit you than just 24 hours, prolly 48 hours or 72...
when i tapered methadone i did it in 5ml steps down from 140ml a day to 10ml a day then i think i did it even slower going like 1 or 2ml at a time, can't remember precisely but was something like that, but i still didn't wait to stabilise properly between tapers, like i would wait till the worst of the withdraws past, the mental hell, then cut down again... although all-in-all it took me 6 months to complete the methadone taper, but then i was on 140mg a day for a long time (aka 1mg per 1ml solution, UK)
like you i was just desperate to get off as quickly as possible, it probably takes a good 6 months to be back to 'normal' after jumping, with meth or subs, but gradual taper will deffo reduce the violence of the physical stuff like restless legs syndrome which is probably the most intolerable aspect of it, they should have a syndrome called restless arms sydrome as i had terrible twitching in my arms and shoulders aswell...
it was the rls type stuff that forced me to taper more slowly as i found it intolerable as it seemed to go on for ever, a slower taper did improve the situation
your plan sounds good, i'd go for it, i think you are more than intelligent enough to be able to manage your own taper in whatever format suits you...
good luck mate and keep us posted :)
XXX:
how long since you jumped?
it's 5 months for me and still just getting my head back together... 152 days to be precise...
Hey guys, sorry about the lack of support from here. I have been off since June 16 and I'm still having periods of massive anxiety. That being said; these fucking MDs who give you this shit do not know what it even does!! Whether from long-term opiate use or Sub Wds (all the same), it's gonna be a bitch. NO FREE RIDES But believe in yourself and keep seeing that rainbow at the end. What else is there??
vincentx90: Well you are definitely right about the speed of my taper being a bit fast!
I am checking in for this evening...I tried taking only 10mg again for my night time dose, but I had to take an extra 10mg; totaling 30mg for the day. I know it will be better to take my time here.
So this is two days in a row going from 40mg to 30mg. I feel pretty good, so I plan to hold at this dose long enough to adjust and then I'll go down another 5mg.
I'll will continue to update and journal about how I am doing, and I look forward to reading more posts about how everyone else is doing. Thanks for listening.
Brian 68:
Great to hear from you. How long is it now since you jumped?
I know what you mean about the anxiety. Yesterday evening I was 'relatively' calm and then this morning I was shaking from head to toe. It took all my mental energy just to hold it together at some small social event (local church coffee morning) that I attended. Fortunately the people there know I'm going through a rough time and so I don't feel embarrassed or awkward about rattling in front of them. It just helps to be around people sometimes...
Man, I sweated so much that the back of my trousers were soaked through after sitting down for just 30 minutes. My mind feels like it is gurning, twisting, turning. It's a vile feeling but it does get easier every day despite being so bloody awful.
lealaken:
hang in there mate. you are doing a herculean effort and deserve a big pat on the back. I'm not surprised you've had to backtrack a bit and go upto 30ml :P But if you manage to handle 40 to 30 then you've done a major feat. Don't ever be disheartened about slowing the taper. All progress is progress. Look forward to hearing from you again.
Anyway, I know I post a lot here but it is all I've got at the moment. I'm still searching for other avenues of support and advice outside of the internet. I've even visited rehabs but they just haven't been for me. I'm not looking for residential placement and that is all they offered. I've had a couple of other leads to chase up today about the possibility of a place I can visit just on the worst days when I need the most support and just to be distracted by doing chores in the company of other people. All these places are charity based.
Anyway, thanks for listening to my endless rambles :s I really do appreciate it. If I hadn't of found this website I really don't know what I would have done.
vincentx90: Once again you have made me feel better...thank you for your continued encouragement and support. I am grateful that you continue to post and keep us updated on how you are coping. And please continue to do so as much you as need to. It is just great to be able to have this place to keep in touch with others going through this same hell...no one else can really understand. My husband is very supportive, but he doesn't fully understand all that opiates can do to suck the life force out of me and the huge significance that trying to quit has in my life. You really do have a lot to be proud of. Look at what you have accomplished...5 months without opiates...not everyone can do what you have. As you know, the support of others is what you need at this time, and for a long time to come. In fact, the best way to ensure your continued abstinence is to always remain connected with people and support groups. I have, in the past, had the habit of drifting away from the NA and AA meetings once I got my life back together...this has proven to be my fatal mistake. Before long, I end up dabbling here and there and end up with another full blown addiction. I feel that the meetings are like preventative medicine. I don't always feel like I belong...but if I just go anyway, I do stay clean.
I am on day three of my taper from 40 to 30mg. I took 10mg this morning and I am feeling the taper a little today. However, with the support I've received and the help of reading all the posts, I am tolerating it very well. I plan to wait until as late as I can tonight to take the rest of my dose, and I may even try taking 15mg instead of 20mg....not sure yet. I will post later tonight or tomorrow, and will continue reading about all of your issues and experiences. Thanks again for listening and supporting.
lealaken: great to hear from you, keep us posted
Brian68: i misread your post, i see you stated quite clearly that you jumped on june 16, my bad :s
not surprised you still having massive anxiety bouts, i'm still having them after 5 months (although NOT so intense and I can function while experiencing them)
take care y'all,
Phil.
Jumped off 4 days ago at 2mg. Was on sub for ~13 months usually at a dose of 4-8 mg/day. User of dope, oxys, and painkillers of all sorts for 2+ years before that. Withdrawals so far not near h, but very shitty to say the least. No nausea or headache, just extreme lethargy, sweating, chills, stomach cramps, diarrhea. Looking for hope at this forum but see theres none to be had. It's a Long Hard Road out of Hell.
Horation: we are here and reading!
the hope i can give you is that i'm 5 months down the line and am finally getting my head together and back in reality
it really is worth every ounce of pain, the goal is priceless
i hope by six months i'll be almost 'normal' i.e. without opiate WDs and the opiate psychological wiithdrawal battle
I am getting better each day. Today I had half good, half bad. But the good bit was fantastic and enough to get me through the bad bit.
I can remember getting a little bit better every day even months ago. This is what kept me going then. Now i'm in a positiion where I'm reaching out to the local community rather than in. For me this means church involvement and vooluntary work. For you it could be anything, whatever you might find that helps. Maybe NA, maybe church, maybe buhddism, like whatever suits you!
But, if you feel unable to reach out, or don't want to at this point, then you will get through this still.
All I know is, for myself, not for everyone, that I have found a FRIENDLY local church that is down to earth, no whacky pentacostal shit, just regular people who accept me for who I am and where I'm at. This has helped enormously, immeasurably.
Maybe a completely different journey might help you. It's worth looking at the various possibilities even if just to rule them out...
Yes it is a long hard road but there are things that can help, if and when you are ready.
I really do wish you all the best and hope you will post again.
Phil. (155 days since jumping from subbies and yes I continue to get better :). But, it was never easy...
Horatio:
Sometimes hope comes in mysterious ways...just realizing that you are not alone in this shit can prove to be invaluable. I have found this forum to be a great place to finally find the courage to start my own journey of getting off the opiates permanently. I know I am no where near where you and many of the others are, but I aspire to be as strong as all of you have been. I really hope you will keep us updated on your progress.
vincentx90:
I am so glad to hear about how great you are doing...I can sense the positive change in your words! Slowly but steadily you are getting to that awesome place that I myself hope to be in someday. Hopefully in the not so distant future. Patience, patience, patience...that's what I need.
I am maintaining well on my taper...no setbacks, and for that I am truly grateful. As always, thanks for posting and thanks for listening. I wish everyone the warrior strength that we all must possess in order to fight this. With great sacrifice comes great reward.
lealaken: thank you so much for your words of encouragement :)
i wonder how you are doing?
vincentx90: You are quite welcome...hey, that's what we do for each other. You have been a huge help to me. I am really glad to know that you have found a good, down to earth church group that accepts you for who you are. That's a huge asset for you and your recovery...but you know that. Keep it up! You are a huge inspiration for anyone going through hell and for those of us trying to quit. I know you said you tapered and quit methadone but that you didn't wait to stabilize 100% before going down more. In your opinion, how long should someone wait before going down another 5mg or so? I believe I'm on day 5 of 30mg from 40mg...and today feels like my best day yet. But I'm not 100%, so I do think I should wait to feel more normal. I'm thinking two weeks at this dose...does this sound sensible?
Well this weekend should be full of stress since my husband and I are moving to a new place. I'm excited and dreadful at the same time. If you don't hear from me for a bit it's because I have to get my internet set up properly. Right now we get a signal from our current landlord, so I may have to order service at the new place. I will be back though, so please keep posting. See everyone back here as soon as I can. Hang in there.
Melanie
lealaken: 2 weeks sounds like a good plan for stabilisation after taper. That was what I was supposed to have done only I lost patience towards the end and speeded the process up. I started tapering like every 2 or 3 days. This wasn't good as, at one point, I experienced intense suicidal feelings and had to make an emergency appointment with the psychiatrist. Following that, I backtracked and recommenced a slower taper.
I just hated being on the stuff. I'd had enough of the slavery to chemicals. I wanted to get a natural high from just knowing I had reached zero. I guess it's that compulsive addictive personality thing again, wanting it to happen all at once.
When I did finally zero (albeit on subbies but whatever, it's all the same) I did not experience any high but instead had the CT to deal with. But before jumping, I did a better job at slow tapering even staying on a 'small' dose for an entire 2 months.
In some ways it's harder to taper the subbies cos you have to carve up the tablets so damn small. With methadone I used a syringe (sprayed into mouth) so I could accurately taper by as little as 1ml at a time.
It's the percentage drop that counts not the dosage. So going from 100ml to 90ml is kind of the same as going from 10ml to 9ml, if you see what I mean. 40ml to 30ml is a 25% drop, that's quite a lot and I'm delighted you have been able to deal with that. You can take great encouragement from that.
Of course, inevitably, when jumping one is going from whatever dose to zero whether it be 1ml or a 100ml. So, naturally, that's a 100% drop and some kick might be felt. But, to kick from 1ml has surely got to be less painful and traumatic than to kick from say 10ml (which is still approx equivalent to 100mg of codeine 4 times a day).
Although, for myself, once I'd reached a very low dose, like 5mg I really felt like I was already fully clucking. Maybe because I had rushed it so much earlier on and was still clucking from the bigger drops I had done previously? I tried like 3ml and stuff to ease the discomfort but it really had very little effect. Although now, looking back, that little effect might have been beneficial if I'd had continued to taper bi-weekly?
It seems to me now that the 3ml had no effect because I was probably still clucking from a dose much higher due to rapid tapering.
Definitely, it is best to taper very slowly and to stabilise between tapers before continuing (two weeks being a good plan, but if longer is needed then so be it). The body doesn't like sudden and dramatic changes to it's chemistry so it follows that it is going to be kinder to yourself and your body to taper as slowly as is required.
I hope the above makes some sense as I'm going through a bit of a wobbly episode right now although I had a really excellent first half of the day.
May I add you to my prayer list? Please let me know, as I do not want to offend you by doing something that you might feel strongly against for your own personal and very valid reasons.
Wishing you all the best Melanie and, yet again, thank you for your kind words and encouragement. You really are a thoroughly nice person and I hope you are already or will soon feel that for yourself.
Kind regards y'all ("y'all" being a quaint american expression I have picked up on, me being from the UK... :D ),
Phil.
I am now 144 hours out and am no doubt feeling somewhat better. I was even able to sleep almost 7 hours last night. I'm far from out of the woods though. I am still experiencing the chills, back pain and bad GI problems as well as some unpleasant underarm sweating, but my energy and mood is up a little which is welcomed. Hopefully at 25 my body can rebound quickly and I can get my head together. The thing I miss most is the speedy high I got from the subs. I was able to get so much done on them and they turned my life around 180 so they're not all bad. But I hated that my moods were always intimately tied to the level of subs I had in my system. Then again I didn't really quit by choice I just ran out.
Horatio: So glad to hear that you are improving...the worst is just a memory. You may be right about it being easier when you are younger. The first time I detoxed from methadone I was 25 or 26 and it didn't feel nearly as bad as it did the second time around at age 29 or 30. Now I am 34 and dreading my third, and hopefully my last, detox off of methadone/opiates. Like you, I was forced to quit the first two times due to lack of funds and/or inability to get the chemicals. Once this occurred, I was forced to suffer through the w/d, but after it was over I was glad I was done with the shit anyway. I remember feeling fatigue and not sleeping very well for several months after coming out of the woods...but each day was a little bit better than the one before it. Please keep us posted on your progress. Just remember how strong of a person you are for making it through this. It will take a different kind of strength to keep yourself away from it.
vincentx90: Absolutely add me to your prayer list! I would be so honored and grateful for that "mate" (A quaint British expression I picked up from reading the posts...lol) I feel I owe my life to prayer. I believe it may have saved my life when I was in a coma for nearly a month back in January of 2004. I had a rare complication that occurred as a result of taking oral contraceptives. The pills caused a large, benign tumor to grow and abruptly rupture on my liver. I was rushed from the small ER at the hospital where I was actually employed as a nurse, and taken via helicopter to a large nearby hospital. The surgeon told my family that I had about a 40% chance of surviving, at best. After I did recover, I found out there were a lot of people and prayer groups that were praying for my recovery while I was in ICU. I really think this influenced the outcome. Once I regained full consciousness in the hospital, I recovered very quickly, and with no permanent damage. The only downside, of course, was the hardcore morphine addiction that I was sent home with. This led to a desperate act of phoning in my own prescriptions of Vicodin (the strongest opiate legally allowed to be phoned in to a pharmacy here in the states) and subsequently getting caught, thus leading to the suspension of my RN license. Now the upside to this is that I was forced to take a good look at myself and I found true sobriety for nearly a year. This is what I want to have again...it was amazing!
I really appreciate the explanation you gave of the tapering. I never knew that it was a percentage based concept, although it makes perfect sense to me now. I did have one question about what you were saying about what you went through after stopping subbies. What does CT stand for? I also like the term "clucking"...I have never heard that used before, but it's really quite catchy! It's so encouraging to hear how you are doing. Hopefully the ratio of good time during your day will continue to get bigger than that of the bad times. I know it will...that's the nature of this drug.
I have spent the weekend moving to a new place, so it's been really busy. Luckily I found a network to grab some internet service here at the new place, so I can continue to read, post, support, and receive the support of you all. I am maintaining on my current dose of 30mg with no setbacks. Each day I feel a little better, so hopefully I will be able to drop another 5mg in a week or so. I will keep reading and posting! As always, thanks for the support and thanks for listening.
Just a quick post as am a bit out of sorts at the moment.
However, I am still improving everyday. I'm just getting my head around socialising. This is always a huge challenge for me because of aspergers syndrome. Being in recovery from opiate dependency just makes it even harder.
Melanie: CT = cold turkey
Glad you like the word 'clucking'. It's commonly used in the UK to describe going through withdrawals. The other word that is used here is 'rattling' but I think you use that in the USA aswell?
Sometimes my head is rattling so much it feels like my brain is just wobbling about inside my skull.
Man, I have so much paperwork I need to get done but can't find the motivation. I guess I'll get round to doing it at the last minute...
Anyway, good to hear from you Melanie and Horatio. Yes, I'll certainly add you to my prayer list Melanie and also submit your name in the prayer request box at the local cathedral and my local church.
Take care y'all,
Phil.
Melanie: just to update you, today I gave your name forward for the prayer team at my local church, on Friday I will be at the Cathedral and will submit your name there also.
I hope this is to your liking :s :)
Phil.
Today is day 1 for me. I have been on sub for 2 1/2 years now after conquering a 3 year heroin addiction in which the last year i was using 2 bundles every day. I thank god it got me off heroin but now its time to get off the sub. I have tapered down to 1 mg per day which seems to have a descent success rate. i cant do anything about the pain. might try to find something for anxiety. just trying to stay focused on being dependent free. i figured it was gonna suck to w/d from but some of these post scare the shit out of me. through my experience with suboxone i dont fully support it because it is a crutch and prohibited me from being myself. i would advise to avoid it unless necessary.i will post back to share on my experience. good luck to all others kicking this drug!
sabin: i would strongly recommend tapering down even further than 1mg, see earlier posts like those by Brian68, taper down to a crumb, 1/4 of a 2mg tab or even smaller, and taper slow
jumping from 1mg might kick hard, sub is very strong, something like 20x that of morphine dose for dose, the lower the dose you jump from the less intense the physical stuff like RLS will be...
forewarned is forearmed
don't scare yourself shitless just because of the reports on this web page, yes it is hard to kick subs and any opiate but it is certainly possible, you will get through it
look forward to hearing how you doing, bear in mind that subs have a very long half-life so you might not feel the full kick until 48-96 hours have past
Phil.
what you said is very useful advice Phil. unfortunatley for me i start my new career next week and will need to be at the top of my game. One month ago i was down to .5 and feeling great. i was on that dose for two months b4 numerous issues suddenly arrised. I coped by taking my tolerance back up to 2mg from .5mg. smart move right? lol. anyways right now im at my 24hr mark and feeling the burn. A pleasant suprise after 2 1/2 years. i got myself into this mess now its time to dig myself out. Im going to try to buy another week b4 work to do this as smart as possible. Thank you for your advice and knowledge.
Day 9.5. Most symptoms ameliorated, but sweating, axillary hyperhidrosis and diarrhea steadfast... Feeling like an alien in my own skin... Its a good thing I severed communications with the opiate element in late 2008 because I may be having trouble. No doubt this is some nasty stuff. It is definitely of worth that everyone at this forum is going through the same shit... peace, horatio
btw, i wish i would have tapered! i went down from 8 to 4 mg to 2 mg but thats pretty much as low as I could go because I only had a nice cache of the 8 mg pills. A lot of times when I only took 2 a day I would be cranky as shit in the afternoon - I knew I was in for quite an ordeal but didn't want to believe it.
i gave in and took a .2 sliver for one last good sleep. so im back to 10 hrs of clean time.im defintely craving a crumb of suboxone right now but im pretty sure the pain of breaking this habit will be worth it for me. if anybody knows some tricks to help sedate some of the symptoms i am all ears.
horatio: 9.5 dsys is a great accomplishment and i hope things keep getting better for you. stay strong and i hope to be following your footsteps right on out of this hell.
Hey Sabin and Horatio, keep trying because You have decided YOUR worth it. No doubt this will be hard but as I've said before and I don't mean it in a jerky way; No free rides.I believe that a key to getting thru the really hard times is talking to people and keeping the mind from racing with thoughts which are inevitably on drugs which would relieve your misery. Problem being that the misery will be waiting for you next time you try to stop! Listen to some good tunes when sleep is not coming, hang in there! You are worth way more than any fucking drugs.
vincentx90: Thank you so much, Phil, for including me in your prayers...that is so kind and thoughtful of you, and I feel truly honored. I am glad to hear that you are keeping strong and continuing to stay opiate free. As I have said before, you are an inspiration to those of us quitting and trying to quit. Whenever I start to lose my nerve, I just come back to this forum and I am blessed with a dose of truth, support, and motivation to stay on the right track.
sabin: So glad to hear from you. I hope you keep us updated on your progress and I wish you all the success in the world on quitting, and on your new career. This forum has been a Godsend for me...just having a place to stay in touch with others who know exactly how you feel, is invaluable. If you read through the posts there are several things listed that others have found helpful for easing the w/d symptoms, at least a little. One of the best things that works for me is just forcing myself to do my regular daily activities and getting out of the house. It feels nearly impossible, but when you force yourself to do it anyway, you will feel better for doing it. It sounds like you will probably have to do this anyway since you are starting a new job.
Horatio: Congratulations! You have toughed it out...seems like the worst part should be over. Hopefully everyday will get a little better than the one before it. Keep us posted!
brian68: You are absolutely right...there are definitely no free rides with this shit. I'm glad to hear you are doing OK. It is good to hear that people are surviving after getting off these horrible chemicals. It's stories like all of yours that continue to give me the strength to keep going towards my goal of being completely being drug free.
Before I found this forum I was scared shitless of coming off methadone again. This forum actually changed my mindset and gave me the courage that I needed to make my decision to actually quit. I appreciate you all so much for this. I am feeling almost 100% on my taper going from 40mg to 30mg of methadone. My plan is to hold here until Sunday or Monday and go down another 5mg. I wish everyone the strength they need to beat this, and I look forward to reading more posts.
sabin, horatio, Brian 68, lealaken (Melanie :)
It is so incredibly encouraging to hear from you all and reading your posts is a great privilege to me.
The suffering makes me sad. It is such a tough journey but it IS doable. Going back to how we were when taking opiates every day for maintenance (rather than tapering or rattling) wouldn't provide any relief because we would be straight back into that cycle of guilt and self-loathing. What a depressing place that would be!
Personally, I got to the stage where I wanted to die because it was such a horrible place to be dependent while making no progress towards sobriety.
On the other hand, there is no need to rush the taper. It'll only make the jump harder with regards to physical withdrawals. However, I know that some of you have had no choice due to running out of meds and money. You will still get through this, all of you.
Even when tapering down to a crumb, the final jump is where the fun begins... But it does get a little better every day and the rewards are ENORMOUS.
It's day 161 for me since jumping. I'm still not back to normal but heck, I am so much better than I was!
Warmest regards to you all (y'all ;)
Phil.
im 53hrs into sub detox now and anxiety seems to be my major issue. would taking xanex or ativan slow down or effect the detox?
sabin:
Do what you have to do to get through this (just don't take opiates). Only opiates will slow down your recovery.
HOWEVER, be very careful not to get hooked on xanax/ativan aka any benzos. They are only safe for short durations. Personally, I wouldn't recommend it for more than a few days at a time with a decent break in between and only take when absolutely desperate.
The anxiety issue may well take months to subside so you will have to get used to dealing with it raw for some of the time.
Other people will no doubt strongly disagree with me. However, I have been on and off benzos for short periods throughout my detox. Like, a week or 5 days on then a few weeks off.
Hope this is of help. I apologise if I've offended anyone by sharing this. I'm just being honest about my own detox journey. We're adults, and at the end of the day you should assess the info you get from this site for yourself, and come to your own conclusions.
Like I say, all I can do is share with you my experience. I never presume I am in the right. I'm just telling it as it is for me. The truth for one person isn't always true for another.
Do NOT get yourself hooked on them. Use with caution. Use wisely. Accept you will have to suffer anxiety some days without any benzos to help. Use the smallest amount possible as infrequently as possible. Give yourself a good break from them if you've been taking them non-stop for a few days.
Abusing (rather than using wisely with caution) benzos and/or any other drug (including alcohol) could well slow down the psychological recovery. Abuse will certainly give you even worse withdrawal symptoms not least rebound anxiety that is worse than the original symptoms. Getting into this kind of scenario could well lead back to full blown addiction.
Hope this is of help. I apologise if I've offended anyone by sharing this. I'm just being honest about my own detox journey. We're adults, and at the end of the day you should assess the info you get from this site for yourself, and come to your own conclusions.
Like I say, all I can do is share with you my experience. I never presume I am in the right. I'm just telling it as it is for me. The truth for one person isn't always true for another.
I am currently taking two non-addictive drugs to aid sleep, seroquel and promethazine, as prescribed by my doctor. Some people find seroquel useful for controlling daytime anxiety aswell. Personally, I don't handle seroquel well during the day as it mongs me out too much so I just take it in the evening, normally about 8pm so I start to shut down by bedtime. It relieves the racing thoughts.
No doubt the best way is to do it without any meds at all (unless you have a psychiatric condition that needs treating). However, we are not all super-human and some of us need a bit of help to get through this.
Amongst the most evil detox symptoms from buprenorphine, for me, has been the incredible levels of anxiety and racing thoughts. I have never before experienced anything like it in my life.
Once again, apologies if I've offended anyone. I'm an adult sharing my experiences with other adults. I am imperfect and make mistakes. So, remember to make up your own mind and assess the facts for yourself.
Be kind to yourself. Don't make matters worse but also don't reject assistance if needed.
I'll stop rambling now as I think (hope) I've made my point clear.
Best of luck sabin, I'll remember you in my prayers.
Warm regards,
Phil.
I just wanted to check in after tapering my dose from 30mg to 25mg. This is day number 2 and it has been a little bit difficult. Although not to the point that I cannot handle it. Like I've said many times...this forum had given me the strength and courage to do this, and I am ever grateful for it. I will post again in a few days, or sooner, if need be to update on my progress. One thing I have noticed about tapering and w/d is that every time is different. For instance, last time I had more problems with thermoregulation and insomnia, where as this time it has been more achiness and lethargy, along with GI problems. Oh well, in the end they all join up together to give us hell anyway. Good luck and God bless.
Melanie
vincentx90: Phil, I wanted to leave a quick post just to say thank you again for including me in your prayers...I must say it seems that there are outside influences that must be helping me through this. (There's no doubt in my mind that it has to be the support of the forum and the prayers that you have so kindly included me in.) I hope you will kindly keep me in your prayers. It means the world to me. I hope all is well with you, and I look forward to hearing from everyone soon.
Melanie
Phil,
I read your post and it really makes me feel not alone. I have the exact same issues. I know you have been off the subs for a lng time like me too. Its long term for me and remember I told you about the Neurotin, well it didnt work at all it took normal pains away but other than that...sleep and anxiety were unbearable. I talked to my doc and he prescribed me serequel as well but time released. Said it helps through out the night and some of the day. Also have a small script to klonopin but it isnt strong enough for my severve anxiety. So, I will up it. But I totally agree with you on "in moderation" b/c I cant take the K's every day. I also realize the anxiety will never go away, this is a part of me and I have to learn to deal with it.
I wanted to ask though, my sleeping meds arent quite strong enough for the sleeping aspect. I take them at dinner and they kick in 3 hours later so I dose off but I wake up and toss and turn a lot. I dont sleep at all. Even the time realease is nice but not strong enough to keep me out. I need my sleep and like my doc explained, you need your sleep to be able to start to replenish. Its so true. And I have my 1 and half yr old SCREEMING at me 24/7 so that is my major stresser. I feel half way there and its been 6 months now. Its a hard life to say goodbye to mentally and physically, like Im over this shit of using drugs but, it hurts your body just like alcohol. I have also completely quit alcohol (which never used much anyways) and dont smoke ciggs anymore. Its been like that for close to a year though. But with all this anxiety and crap, I havent picked up. So, Im ok... just ok right now.
Let me know about your other sleeping aid and Ill ask my doc about it next time.
Thanks
Melanie: Great to hear from you. Yes, I will most definitely keep you in mine and the church's prayers. We are praying for you at prayer meetings.
I will pray for anyone who requests it. I don't presume that someone wants prayer as I do not wish to offend others who may have a different faith or who might be atheist, agnostic or whatever. I respect everyone's right to their own beliefs. What is true for me isn't necessarily the truth for someone else.
Phoenix54: what sleeping meds are you taking at present? The other sleeping aid that I have found very useful is available OTC (in the UK at least, I don't know about the USA but should imagine so). One of the brand names for this med is Phenergan. The actual drug is Promethazine Hydrochloride (or just Promethazine).
Promethazine is quite simply a first generation, drowsy antihistamine. It is non-addictive. However, you should check with your doctor whether it is safe to take with seroquel. I'm naughty in as much that I am taking it without having checked with my doc first.
The effective dose for insomnia is 50mg. So it's only worth getting it in the 25mg tablet form rather than some of the weaker tablets that it is sometimes supplied in. I find it very useful because it makes me feel drowsy in a very natural kind of way.
The other way to get more sleep is to ask the doctor about additional seroquel that isn't in time release formula. That is, so it only lasts for the duration of sleep and doesn't leave you feeling excessively shut down during the day.
I sometimes (when struggling badly) take 100-150mg of seroquel a good two or three hours before bedtime. I also take the promethazine between 1 and 3 hours before bedtime. When things are really bad I take two zopiclone 7.5mg, 100mg+ seroquel and 50mg Promethazine. This combo knocks me out for between 6 and 8 hours.
I am not condoning or recommending what I do when I'm desperate. As I've said before, I'm just telling you the truth as to how I'm coping.
I would STRONGLY recommend that you speak to your doctor before thinking of attempting this kind of medication combination. For all I know it could even be a health hazard. Thus, it is VITAL for you to discuss this with your doctor.
It could well be that an increase of night time seroquel is all that you need.
I hope I'm making some sense as I'm feeling pretty odd at the moment. My thoughts are very disconnected. I hope this is of some help Phoenix54 but please don't hesitate to ask me further about anything whatsoever.
Melanie: I know what the methadone taper is like. It's really tough doing the drops when below like 40 or 30mg. It's like going through a rattle each time and so unpredictable. The nature of the withdrawal seems to just keep changing. It's never the same twice.
I wish all of you the very best and thank you so much for your posts . It really is just so encouraging to know I'm not alone in this struggle.
Warm regards,
Phil.
Phil,
So I have just started this odd time release seroquel and I was suppossed to up it 50 a night till I got to 150 and well it was nice but it made me drowsy till at least noon! I cant be that sedated. I mean, I couldnt even get out of bed. I have a child!
I havent taken anymore since that bad sleep stint. I am up at almost 3 AM cuz I cant seem to shut down. I took a Klonopin earlier today and stupid thing made me really uppy and chipper. (Totally not me) I get really bouncy if I dont get enough of it. It sucks right now. This transition to new meds to level me out.... It sucks!
I totally know about the methadone withdrawl/tapper as well. Did that too... ugh. It hurts you physicaly towards the end. And you're right, it has its days of good and bad towards the end of it.
I have so many friends that are still out on the streets or using really bad at home still livin with their parents. I just cant understand anymore why I used. Why I messed up so much. I mena, I get the drugs and the power it has but in the end it was air wasted. Just poof... GoNe!
I have to start over and its freakin me out! I am slowly getting there. I know I cant take big steps. I have to take normal steps now. Before when I was detoxing, it was pins and needles. Still is with my temper. I absolutley HATE my temper. I dont know how to control that though... I dont want to be so sedated, I am mean! Im struggling... but Im ok. Im clean. Just mentally skrewed up right now. LOL!
Phoenix
Phoenix54: Yeh, I know exactly what you mean about the seroquel being too sedating during the day. I very rarely, hardly ever, take it during the day. I also turned down my psychiatrist's offer of changing from standard seroquel to the extended release formula.
I find the regular seroquel wears off by the next morning in the dose range of 50-150mg. I didn't want the extended release because I knew it would shut me down during the day and I wouldn't be able to function.
Maybe you should ask your doctor for regular seroquel upto 150mg at night (can take less, as required). At least then you have more control over it as the shut down effect seems to start wearing off after 6 hours or so.
Like me, it seems, you do need something to help you shut down at the moment but only at night time.
The Promethazine is surprisingly effective for an OTC. It is very similar to Diphenydramine (Nytol) although I've not yet tried the Nytol as I'm happy with the Promethazine. I might try it next though just out of curiosity.
I'm mentally screwed up at the moment too. My moods swing violently. I feel like I'm losing the plot sometimes. Other times I can get quite manic and animated and then go the other way and shut down. Some days I'm talkative and others I hardly speak. I've majorly screwed myself up with drugs. The recovery is slow. I'm being referred for cognitive behavioural therapy. Goodness knows what will work in the end. I feel like such a loonie.
I'm struggling with suicidal thoughts today (and yesterday evening). Things have been going pretty well until last Sunday when for some reason I just plummeted into this bad phase.
I know I'll get through it though. I need to get up and back out into the world and start living again. I've just shut right down today. I'm still in bed and it's 2pm. I haven't washed. I did get up for breakfast and lunch, which is something.
I'm going out to a churchy thing tonight for 7.30pm. I'm hoping this very low key social event will be just enough to pull me out of this bad lull and feeling of isolation.
Thanks for putting up with this ramble. I needed to get it out.
Warm regards,
Phil.
I finally got out of bed at 5pm and got dressed. Had a wash just now (about 1/4 to 6).
I think I'll get over this bad phase.
I have taken 25mg seroquel this morning and this afternoon. I'm prescribed 50mg 3 times a day but that would vegetablise me. I'm handling the 25mg ok, better than I have done previously.
I'm calming down. As usual, I seem to get calmer in the evening anyway. Maybe I just tolerated the seroquel during the day because I stayed in bed (I think that says a lot).
I'll probably dose up this evening with the promethazine and seroquel (prolly 100-150mg of the latter) in order to get some sleep. I'll try and avoid taking any more benzos for the immediate future.
I'm not feeling suicidal any more. I think it was just a nasty phase of re-adjustment post opiate abuse...
Anyway, I thought I better post this update as it is more positive than the last one.
Warm regards to all,
Phil.
Just keeping the post alive...
Just letting you all know I am still here...I have not been home much the past few days. I don't have much time to write, but I did want to let everyone I appreciate your posts and I have been reading them.
vincentx90: I am so glad you are feeling better...I was very concerned about you after reading one of your previous posts. I hope you are still OK. It seems like you have been diligent in seeking the support you need, I just hope that you will continue to feel better. It's terrible how long it takes to get back to normal after opiates, but I know it will happen for you. What has helped me in the past with mood stabilization is getting regular exercise. You may be doing this already. It was difficult for me to motivate myself to do this, due to the lingering fatigue, but it helped me so much. Please let us know how you're doing.
Phoenix54: I hope you are doing OK, it's great to hear from you. Phil has been such a great help to me, as I'm sure he has been to you as well. Please keep us updated on how you're doing.
I have been surviving, I may have to stay at 25mg for a little longer...maybe 3-4 weeks. It has been a little more difficult, as I expected. But I will survive. I always do. Thanks for listening.
Thank you lealaken (Melanie) for your encouragement :)
I am feeling much much better!
It really was the darkness before the dawn. Just when it seems to get so bad and intolerable is just the time that I am near another big step towards recovery. I'm so glad I hung in there.
I have been feeling a huge improvement both yesterday and today. Other people have also noticed a massive improvement in me and have encouraged me by commenting as much.
I really can see the light at the end of the tunnel. It really does end. I know it does. I can feel the change in me. I'm not quite there yet but I am pretty sure I'm very close. I am tolerating my current state very well indeed.
It is day 171 for me since jumping.
Look forward to hearing from you all.
Warm regards,
Phil.
hey i am on subs right now and i have been reading what you guys have been posting and a lot of it is very inspirational i still need too taper down a little bit i am going too give it a little while longer and then try my hardest too kick it for good i just want too be me again and im sure a lot of you feel the same way i know my family and friends miss the old me and i want too stop being selfish and not only do it for myself but do it for them and i know its a lot easier said than done but every body has to start somewhere i stumbled across this web site and i am glad i did i just want to say thank you too people that understand and are willing too give advice too other people thank you very much and for people that are about too kick it good luck and i hope you succeed
hey i am on subs right now and i have been reading what you guys have been posting and a lot of it is very inspirational i still need too taper down a little bit i am going too give it a little while longer and then try my hardest too kick it for good i just want too be me again and im sure a lot of you feel the same way i know my family and friends miss the old me and i want too stop being selfish and not only do it for myself but do it for them and i know its a lot easier said than done but every body has to start somewhere i stumbled across this web site and i am glad i did i just want to say thank you too people that understand and are willing too give advice too other people thank you very much and for people that are about too kick it good luck and i hope you succeed
Good luck Josh, keep us posted :)
Thank you very much vincentx90 and I will definitely keep you posted.
josh: So glad to hear from you...I wish you all the strength you need to beat this. We all help each other in so many ways. Look forward to hearing how you are doing.
vincentx90: I was so relieved to read your last post! I am truly grateful that you are doing better and feeling good. You had told me in a previous post that I am a sincerely nice person and I wanted to thank you for that. I also wanted to tell you that you are a truly nice person as well. I don't know about you, but I found that while I was using drugs, genuinely nice people were very hard to find. I was often taken advantage of for my niceness. I usually knew when people were fake, I just ignored it, but I refused to be like that no matter how desperate I was. Once in recovery, it seems you meet all those rare, nice people that ended up in the wrong crowd also...not that I didn't do some shady, stupid things...but it seemed like there was a fundamental difference. You are definitely one of those good people and I am so glad to have the chance to talk with you on this forum. You are a great inspiration and support and I truly appreciate it.
I am feeling OK in the evenings with this taper, but the early a.m. hours and even throughout the early afternoon continues to be a bit of a struggle. It's still tolerable though and I know I will make it. Thank you everyone for your support and your posts.
It's been a rough day and also a beautiful day. A bit of both.
Melanie (lealake): I'm doubly blessed as always when receiving and reading your posts. Oh, how I know how you feel about being taken advantage of just because you are a nice (decent, loving) person. There are countless times I've been conned out of various things due to my desire to see the best in people.
These people don't always mean to be so messed up and lacking morals. It's often the drugs, especially the opiates, that have led them down this path. Yes, I have too, done some crazy shit while high or to get high but it was at war with my spirit that wanted to do better by all.
I believe in love. I'm not just talking about love between partners (of what ever kind). Yes the latter is a beautiful thing but to have love for all people is even better. But, I don't know everyone in this world so my heart seeks out those whom I do know.
I know you Melanie. OK, so only by name and we live on different continents (well OK I'm actually on an Island). But, I can't deny that I love you (in the way of a caring brother). Your recovery during taper and then eventually your recovery when you eventually step off is of the greatest importance to me.
I have put your name forward, once again, to the church for continued prayer. This is because I love you and I want you to have all the support possible to get through this. I want God to help you too (like He is helping me). I know he will.
With good intentions, you are daily in my thoughts.
I pray that God keeps me on the right track for ever more. I want the same for you.
Of course, I want the same for ALL of you. I want, as God knows, for all of you struggling with opiate addiction/taper/recovery to get better. You all deserve it. It doesn't matter what you have or haven't done in the past. God loves you all. I love you all.
Sometimes, reading about all of your suffering brings me to tears. I was so moved one day that I printed out part of this forum and presented it to my local vicar. He read it. It helped him to have some idea of how much all of you are trying and how difficult it is.
Please, all of you, realise that your pain is not going unheard. And remember, how ever far and difficult recovery seems, it IS possible and it IS happening.
I am one person who is indeed recovering. Yes, I still have some pretty damn rough days but still, every day, I experience also an improvement.
So hang in there. If you have gone back to using then look forward to trying taper and detox again. If you are still going down the road of taper then keep on trucking, you will get there. If you have finally jumped, yes the chaos may hit you but you are worth so more than that. And, each and every one of you are loved.
If you don't know who you are loved by then, take it from me, I love you. Others might have more tangible love in the form of relationships and family. That is great and I wish you the very best. But, for the ones without any love or who don't feel love (even if it is there), there are people in this world, myself but also others, who love and care dearly about your troubles.
Phil.
Oh gads, that last post sounds so pious! LOL
I apologise if it came across a bit too full on but I did mean it. I'm just not very good at knowing how to convey what I feel in an appropriate way that doesn't offend anyone. I'm learning though, slowly.
Sometimes I'm over the top and other times I don't say enough. It's all part of my recovery. So, thank you for putting up with my endless rambling!
Regards,
Phil.
thank you very much lealaken im on day two right now and i can feel its getting stronger i just know i can do this and for anybody else doing this we know you can do it im feeling pretty good about my self not having too rely on a pill to get my satisfaction im going too beat this and thanks for everybodys support
Time to share a quote with you good people. I picked it up from an american drama series about vampires. Yes, I know, bizarre, but it seemed so appropriate to opiate addiction/recovery:
"What do you do when the only thing that will save you is the very thing that will make life intolerable?"
That is the dilemma of opiate addiction recovery. We all know that that one hit will restore us but at the same time will throw us back into that intolerable opiate world. It just isn't worth it. The short term restoration combined with the total loss of all humanity, emotions, feelings...
It really isn't worth it and that is despite how painful it is to recover.
So, keep on trucking folks. It is worth it. It really is worth everything. The pains and torments are hideous but the end result is worth every ache, pain and mental anguish. It really DOES end.
Keep that light in sight. You can reach that goal. It takes a long time. Don't be fooled by the opiate monkey. Fight him with everything you have. Life is worth so much more than this damn evil addiction.
Please just keep chipping away at it. Keep on going, whether you are tapering or jumping, just keep that goal in sight. It ISN'T fantasy. The goal is REAL. You really can become opiate free. I chased the opium trail for the best part of 20 years and still I'm able to come out of this shit. So, you can too!
I am a pathetically weak human being. I am so easily addicted to everything. So, if I can do it, so can you...
If you fail at first attempt, try again. Don't be disheartened. Don't give up on yourself. Human life is precious. It matters not what you have or haven't done in the past, however serious. Your life is still incredibly valuable.
Thank you for listening to my rant... :)
Phil.
vincentx90: Sorry it has taken a bit to get back with you. I wanted to tell you how great I felt after reading your post...it was not pious, it was amazing. I was brought to tears, not only because of the loving supportive words, but because it was completely genuine. I, too, feel like I come off too strong and a lot of times I don't always say exactly what I want, because I am afraid to. Afraid of feeling foolish. Afraid people will think I am either maudlin, crazy, or even phony (although I never am). You have a huge, beautiful, compassionate heart and you should NEVER NEVER be ashamed of that. You answer every single person on this forum as if they were related by blood. You go out of your way to encourage us all, and show your support...I truly hope you realize just how rare and exquisite you are. I am able to keep my goal of being opiate free alive, as a result of your words. I can hear such positivity in your words...and it is so important to hear, that people DO get better. The vampire quote is dead on! I have often thought the same thing, but I have not been able to put the thoughts down in a way that describes it as well as the quote does. I return my love to you in a caring sister way also, and I feel so blessed to have you in my life. Thank you again for keeping me in your prayers!
josh: We are all rooting for you...you are truly a warrior. I wish all the best for you. Although life will still have it's ups and downs...your life can only be better without the crutch of opiates to dictate it. Please keep on posting about your progress. You are an inspiration to me, as I have yet to jump off completely.
I am still on 25mg, down from 30mg of methadone. Although tolerable, I have felt the same degree of clucking effects since I went down about a week ago. Well, that's not completely true...I do feel a little bit better today. I think it's partly my fault though for just laying around the last few days, trying to sleep more than I need to. I got up and cleaned my house this morning, and although I am sweating something fierce, I do feel a little better. I need to practice what I preach and get myself out of bed every morning...even if I feel like shit. I plan on continuing to stay at this level until I feel a little bit more stabilization...hopefully another week or two at the most. Thanks for posting and thanks for listening.
I'm going to switch from using my alias 'vincent' to using my real name 'Phil' from now on...
Melanie: Great to hear from you. I think you are doing the right thing by staying as long as you need to on 25mg before tapering further. It's got to be done at the time that is right for you. Maybe even taper 2mg at a time instead of 5mg from now on? Just a thought.
Some of those withdrawal symptoms, especially the severe outbreaks of sweating, are apparent even when one is 'stabilised' on a dose. It doesn't seem to be possible to stabilise completely on methadone or subbies once below a certain dose range.
I knew a girl who had no intention of ever tapering from her dose of 30mg a day. She'd been on the same dose for ages and not a day went past when she didn't have some unpleasant withdrawal symptoms. The fact that she was tolerant to that dose meant that the methadone was just incapable of 'maintaining' her. It was perpetually throwing her into withdrawals on a daily basis. Eventually, she became so tired of it she went into rehab. Fortunately for her, she has wealthy parents who were able to provide funding.
I had the same problem on both methadone and subbies. Neither of these drugs were able to keep me stable for much more than half a day and sometimes not even that. It was because of this that I ignored the doctor's advice to take my dose all in one go at a set time of day. Instead, I split the dose and took it every twelve hours.
Although slow tapering and stabilising does definitely reduce the violence of many aspects of withdrawals, there are some symptoms that are just part of being on the drug in the first place and these only start to go away after jumping. The side effect profile of these so called long acting opiates is truly horrible.
However, slow taper is still worth it, a sudden jump might well prove too much to cope with unless one happens to be in some posh rehab with plenty of professionals and drugs around to counteract the symptoms.
Another person I knew, back in the day, did a methadone taper straight from his H habit. He started at 50mg meth a day and then went down 2mg every week. So that was pretty much a six month taper. I think it must of helped that he never stayed on the same methadone dose for more than a week, so saved his body from becoming too dependent on a higher dose.
Still, we are all different and have to find what works for us personally. I just thought I'd share these stories in order to provide food for thought, different perspectives, etc.
Josh: Very pleased to hear from you again. I look forward to your next post. I'm so pleased that you have such a positive feeling about this taper you are doing. I wish you the very best and continued encouragement.
Phil.
Here is my nightmare!!!!! I had abused opiates for about 4 years in the end i was snorting about eight oxy 80's per day and had tried to stop taking them but the withdrawal was so bad I turned to a doctor who gave me suboxone. I was on suboxone for two years. I knew i had to get off these and was told it would only feel like a mild cold. All this time no one has known of my addiction including my wife! I was able to taper down using my last 60 8mg subs over a four month period. my last couple of weeks i was only taking small little pices of the subs. I stopped taking them 10 days ago. the first day not so bad, second day ok you can do this!!! Third fucking day this hurts( I thought it was only suppose to feel like a bad cold). I haven't slept in 10 days and still feel horrible. I do feel slightly better than yesterday but, this is the hardest thing i have done in my life. I still get up and go to work and do everyday activities and it is absolute torture! when i talk to people I am screaming inside my head but manage to hold a normal conversation. How i do not know. My grandmother passed away 3 days ago and i felt emotions for the first time in years. I feel i am going to break but i know i cant and i have to be strong. I searched online and found this page which has helped me. I needed to know there is a light at the end of this tunnel and my withdrawal symptoms are normal and will get better. I will be at a wake tonight and a funeral tommrow. Hopefully i can do this!!! today is my 10th day sub free. I am all alone in this fight just me and subs. Thank You all! I feel a little better writing this post and reading all the others. My email is hardroadtaken09@yahoo.com if anyone can help me .
All Alone: I have sent this to you by email but thought it also helpful to us all to share it in the forum:
Hello mate,
I read your post on the forum. If I can help in anyway then I will. I’ll do my best to answer any of your questions and concerns.
Believe me, you will get through this. I know the mind games are hell. The withdrawal makes one feel like one is losing one’s sanity. This is not the case. It’s incredible but we do get through this and cope with whatever we have to. It’s just a very cruel mind game that the opiate monkey plays with us when we are in withdrawals/recovery.
It’s absolutely horrible. I’ve never experienced anything so unpleasant. Yet, at the same time, it is totally doable. It is totally possible to get through this despite all the other traumas, like bereavement, that you are going through.
I was losing the plot at one stage and I had to single handedly manage a move from one part of the country to another. Obviously this involved endless hassle with paperwork, arrangements of all kinds, finalizing bills etc. What made it more stressful is that I’ve also been signed off work by my doctor due to having had breakdowns and crap like that in the past. So, I’m broke, I depend on the welfare state. I had to beg and borrow to make the move possible. It was absolutley necessary for me to move. I was in danger in my last town due to the people that knew me and the trouble that I had been in. I’d previously been beaten unconscious and hospitalized, robbed by deception by people that were meant to be my ‘friends’, etc.
I can’t imagine what it must be like to have to deal with the funeral of such a close family member while in withdrawals. It must be hideous. But, you can and will get through this. Remember, all the negative shit, all the nasty feelings and thoughts, they are the withdrawals (what I like to refer to as the opiate monkey, trying to cling to your back and whisper bad shit in your ear).
It’s going to be a tough journey for a while but, boy oh boy, you will so reap the rewards. It’s clear you are already starting to get the benefits because you mentioned how your feelings are coming back online. Yes, I know this sucks, but it is also wonderful because this is reality. It’s real life. It’s the only way to live. It’s the only way that life will be satisfying and pleasurable despite the times when it is just damn hard.
I wholeheartedly wish you the very best in this valiant fight of yours. Your post is inspiring and encouraging to us all. Please keep us updated. Do not hesitate to contact me for whatever reason.
Warm regards,
Phil.
well thankfully i have made it 2 more days, which have been the most difficult so far. The weather has been freezing and rainy. I felt the chills and pain down to my bones. In some ways i feel i deserve this and have accepted what i am going through. I know time will pass just like it alwayse does and some day i can look back.
Standing at a funeral seeing a coffin and staring into a big hole in the ground really scared me.I know this could have easily been me. I think of the times when i didnt care if i lived or died. Now i know i want to live, but not just for me, my family and friends to.
I finally got some sleep last night and feel the worst is over. today is my 12th day with no subs and I actually feel better. The uneasyness, chills, and sick feelings are still there but at a somewhat manageable level. I keep telling myself i can do this and i have no other choices. In the past choices have alwayse lead me in the wrong direction.
Phil: thanks for all of the advice and kind words. To be able to communicate and write about what i am going through has been very helpfull. Just knowing we are all going through this together and can help each other makes me feel better.
Josh: Day 6 or 7 is difficult, but you can make it. Don't give in. Forcing yourself to do stuff is difficult, but moving your body and distraction helps. Be sure to take plenty of vitamins( daily vitamins, vitamin water, orange juice etc.) Your brain and body will need this. Good luck! and stay strong!!!!
Mark.
Hang in there guys and gals. The end is nigh. The recovery does work. Beware the temptation to use again once well on the road to recovery. Speak to helpful people and do everything possible to remind yourself that you are escaping from a living hell because that is what being back on opiates is.
Yes, I know, recovery is hell too but at least with recovery the hell ends. With opiate abuse the hell goes on for as long as you take them and then you'll have to do the recovery hell bit all over again...
In mine and the church's prayers Melanie and Mark. Anyone else want prayers, just ask.
But whatever, I wish all of you the very best. You all deserve this recovery.
Kind regards,
Phil.
AllAlone: I read your post and it was so great to hear how brave you are...it's so important to hear stories such as yours. It keeps us all going and it is what unites us. I wish I could just speed through time and be over the worst withdrawals and be done. But it just doesn't work that way. I hope you keep us updated on how you feel and I wish you the best.
Phil: I appreciate the post regarding the taper issue about always having some withdrawal once past a certain dose. I think that I most likely will not be able to feel 100% at any dose until I'm off completely and past the chaos. I believe you are right about this, unfortunately.(lol) However, I do have several hours during the day where I feel almost 100%. And this is a really good thing. I mean, the worst thing about full withdrawal is that there is no relief...for days on end...until one day you realize you are OK...even if only for a short time. I tell you, even though I have found courage in this forum, I am still scared shitless to jump off completely. I admire you and the others for doing it. A part of me almost wishes I would be forced off like I was the other two times, but I have been too careful not to end up in that situation this time. I can't decide if it's a blessing or a curse. It has given me oppurtunity for too much procrastination...but that is probably the addict in me always wanting instant gratification. At least I'm still moving in the right direction. I am still at 25mg. Although I have improved, I don't anticipate being able to completely stabilize here...we will see. Another week or so is all I'm giving it, and then I am planning a 1.25 to 2.5mg drop. I have 10mg pills which are scored in the middle. This makes it easy to get a 5mg dose, but halving the halves can be a bit of a mess, and I haven't even tried halving those quarter pieces into eighths. (I know this must sound ridiculous:))! I think I will definitely need a store bought pill cutter, a knife does not cut all that evenly, nor does a razor blade. And since it is prescribed as a monthly prescription by a pain management doc, I only have the option of pills...liquid is not legal here in Florida, except at methadone clinics, and there are none anywhere near where I live.
I hope you are doing well, I have enjoyed reading your posts. I thank you for keeping me in your prayers. I will be keeping you in mine also.
Stay strong,
Melanie
just to say that i'm having severe problems with my gallstones (gallbladder) so i'm not able to post much
Melanie, you are still in mine and the church's prayers and also All Alone...
Am in too much discomfort to write much else. Will be seeing the surgeon on 28th October and hope for surgery very soon. Things are pretty desperate.
Best wishes to you all.
Kind regards,
Phil.
Phil: I hope you are able to get this taken care of promptly. I know what a horrible feeling gallbladder issues are since I have had mine removed. Take all the time you need for yourself and get better. I will be keeping you in my prayers, wishing you a speedy recovery. As I'm sure you are well aware, surgery and the meds that go along with it can be a very tricky and difficult situation for us opiate-familiars. Even telling the docs about your past may not be enough, sometimes you have to be your own advocate. For me, moderate post-surgical pain is mild compared to detox...but at the same time you cannot allow your pain to get out of control. It is a tough situation. Please keep us updated when and if you are able, your well-being is very important to me. Get plenty of rest if you can. I'm here if you need anyone to talk to.
The only thing I notice about my gallbladder being gone is a slight intolerance to high fat, fried foods...they just don't sit as well with me...which is not really a bad thing. I'm not sure if it has to do with my gallbladder, but I noticed it after having it removed, so I assume that is why. Here in the states a lot of people our age do not have insurance and can do nothing about things like this. A friend of mine is a waitress and has gallbladder attacks all the time...and it has been going on for the past 2-3 years and she can do nothing about it. We have no public insurance for adults here unless they are pregnant...it is a terrible thing. The country is now in the middle of a huge health care reform debate, which is not going well. The big, for-profit, health insurance companies don't want anything to change, so they give payouts to government agencies and officials and the middle and lower income class suffers, as usual. I just hope you are able to get this surgery as soon as you need to.
No changes for me...although I feel better in general this week than I did last week. I did actually go to the store and bought a pill cutter. I plan on going down a quarter pill (2.5 mg) next drop...either this Sunday or next. Will wait and see.
AllAlone, josh, and anyone one else out there: I hope you are all doing OK. I wish you all the best and hope to hear from you.
Phil: I am sorry you are having problems and wish you all the best. You are a kind person and i will be praying for you. Last week i was in a desperate situation and your words and advice helped me tremendously! I was very close to turning back before i found this page. Thank You.
Last night was a really crazy night. I slept for about 2 hours, but all i dreamt about was pills. I dreamt i found pills,there were broken pills, and i was in whacky places.I could smell the orange taste of the subs. Although i was never able to take them. It was very weird and when i awoke i could feel the withdrawal even more. So this morning i decided to go to the chiropractor because i feel really tensed and this is what was written on the board there
"keep your vessel free without influence, let your life flow up to down and inside out".
So today i am trying to stay positive with my thoughts, the adjustment has loosened me up. Today i will try to clean up around me and get some better energy going. I have survied on doing the absoulte minimum for the last 2 weeks.
Melanie: I wish you All the best on your journey. I was tapering for a long time and was really scared to about what would eventually happen or if i could handle withdrawal one more time! We can all do this just stay strong. If i can help you at all let me know.
Thank you for the prayers. I will be praying for you and phil as well.
Stay strong,
Mark
hi all - I'm a newbie to this post, tho I've read a lot of it. Scary stuff. I'm on day 10 off suboxone after 2 and a half years on them (after a 2-year stint with methadone, though never higher than 20mg a day). Started subs at 16 mg/day, worked my way down to 8 the 1st year, then 6, 4, then a couple months ago moved down to 2mg/day. Then I reduced the dose .5 mg about every 10 days, my final daily was .5 for about a week before I jumped off. BTW, all decisions to taper down were made by ME, my doctor never in any way suggested I start thinking about weaning. He also said coming off would be slightly uncomfortable, but nothing like coming off of the methadone.
Pure unadulterated BS. It was the same symptoms, only it appears it's going to be much, much longer. As I said, I'm at day 10 and still feel like my skin is on fire and can't concentrate at all. Yawning, sneezing, heavy lethargy and depression. And, of course, insomnia. I'm lucky that I happen to have a large bottle of Seroquil, which lets me get some sleep, but leaves me in a horrible grog-fog all morning.
I am livid about how my doctor (and apparently a lot of others) don't seem to have a clue what coming off is going to be like. Or they do, and don't care. I am seriously thinking about legal action. But maybe I'm just crazy right now.
Anyway, thanks for all of you out there who have shared your experiences...although they don't make me feel any better as to how long this will last. I have a great job, but have already used up all my sick/vacation time. Here's hoping I get better, and can stay strong. Hoping the same for all of you, too.
kk
Thank you for your beautifully encouraging and kind words, both Melanie and Mark.
It has invigorated me to carry on the good fight.
I am very delighted to hear about both your plans to continue to fight this out. It is so encouraging to read.
I've been prescribed medications to help reduce the intense discomfort, mainly hyocsine (an anti-spasmodic that helps stop the gallbladder contracting and thus easing the pain.
I'm still very 'spaced out' by how ill the attacks are making me both physically and mentally and can not post any longer....
So great to hear from you Melanie and Mark and hope to hear from Josh (and anyone else) for an update.
Thank you, to all of you, for sharing your experiences on this forum. It has been an invaluable help to me. I am grateful to each and everyone of you.
Ok, i can't manage any more typing, time for sleep.
Kind regards,
Phil.
Thank you for your beautifully encouraging and kind words, both Melanie and Mark.
It has invigorated me to carry on the good fight.
I am very delighted to hear about both your plans to continue to fight this out. It is so encouraging to read.
I've been prescribed medications to help reduce the intense discomfort, mainly hyocsine (an anti-spasmodic that helps stop the gallbladder contracting and thus easing the pain.
I'm still very 'spaced out' by how ill the attacks are making me both physically and mentally and can not post any longer....
So great to hear from you Melanie and Mark and hope to hear from Josh (and anyone else) for an update.
Thank you, to all of you, for sharing your experiences on this forum. It has been an invaluable help to me. I am grateful to each and everyone of you.
Ok, i can't manage any more typing, time for sleep.
Kind regards,
Phil.
AllAlone: I can relate the the dream experiences you described...this is totally normal. I have spoken with so many people who have also had this happen. It just shows how deeply these meds/drugs are a part of us and our psyche. You are on the right track. You are doing the best thing for yourself by deciding to end your dependence on these horrific chemicals. From my past experience and the experiences of many other people I know, the dreams will most likely continue, but will come less and less often as time goes by. It is a good idea to talk about these experiences, like you have been doing. It benefits you, as well as all of us, to hear about your personal experiences, and I appreciate you taking the time to do so. I also thank you for keeping me and Phil, and the others in your prayers...you will be included in mine as well. Stay strong like you have been. Keep doing the things you need to do, such as seeing your chiropractor, to maintain your liberty from these chemicals. You may be doing this already, but finding some local support groups such as NA, or church groups is one of the best things you can do for yourself and your recovery. I look forward to hearing about how you are doing.
kk: I am so glad to hear from you. I know exactly how you feel hearing the countless stories of misery...at first it's scary, but then you realize that it actually helps to hear that you are not alone. I found this forum while researching suboxone. I went to an addictionist per requirement for getting my RN license reinstated. After telling the doc I was on methadone he suggested switching to subs. He stated, "Only 3-5% of people who come off subs experience mild to moderate withdrawal." Well all I can say is, thank God I found this forum first...before I gave him the $800 dollars just to begin the sub treatment. I have since decided to save myself another year of addiction and hundreds of dollars by just tapering and quitting the methadone myself. I was very angry that I was almost duped into it...I can only imagine how angry you are for being lied to. Again, I am so glad to hear from you...I hope you keep us updated on your progress...doing so has helped me through my curent taper off methadone. I still have a ways to go, but at least I'm going in the right direction. I guess you do have to go through hell before you get to heaven.
Phil: I can feel your pain in your posts...I am praying for you day and night. You have been made a warrior in this life from all that you have suffered, and this too, shall pass. I just hope it passes very soon for you. Post back only if you are able...we know you are there listening and praying for us. Just take as much time as you can to rest and relax.
Stay Strong,
Melanie (lealaken)
Been reading for hours and wanted to share with everyone that its day 3 for me. Been on subs for couple years. Tried to kick year ago but by day 8 I went back on subs. I was fine for first week then thats when it all hit me. I couldnt even hold my head up. Im on day three this time and the worst part of this for me, is the chills in my spine. I have had 3.5 hours of sleep and Im so tired. Im having stomach cramps, bowel probs, mood swings, joint pain and the sweating!!! Dont even bother to put on make up.
Wanted to say that reading all of this has really helped me. Im so emotional anyways I cant keep from crying but truely, I wanted to say so. Im a patient with epidermolysis bullosa and when my sons father died a few years ago, I medicated myself heavily. Im just looking forward to the day when Im back to thinking with a clear head. Yes this sub w/d sucks, but suboxone saved my life. Im a single, disabled mom and checking into a facility wasnt an option. I had a life and a son to care for.
Kk and maryruth: It is so good to hear you are doing this for yourselves! It amazes me how this forum helps us heal. I am all to familiar with the days you are on and know how it makes us feel. I know how the nights seem to be the most difficult and will be keeping you in my thoughts and prayers. You can do this! dont give in! stay strong!
Day 15 and i slept for a couple of hours which was good and there were no dreams of pills! Thank god! I think that actually set me back a little. This morning i was up at 5am and was able to force myself to go to the gym. I did take about an hour for me to talk myself into it because my brain and body kept saying no. It helped alot giving my body a little energy.
The withdrawal symptoms are getting more bearable In the last few days, But definately not gone. There is some releif during the day but at night it becomes more intense.
Phil: You are very important to us here and i hope you get well soon. You are truley missed.
Good luck and stay strong everyone and we will get trough this! There is no other choice.
Mark
It's me Phil (vincentx90)
My last two posts failed to come up after hitting the submit button :(
So now I've created a hubpages account and am trying this test post to see if I can post again.
Phil.
I posted earlier today (still day 3) and since then Ive been doing some thinking. I stayed inside today and did only a few things around the house. My boyfriend came home and was almost furious that I didnt get out to find a job today. He is a recovering alcoholic and he says that this is all in my head and so what I dont feel good. He has been supportive but now I think hes upset over repeating the same shit over and over on how I will feel better if I just push through this and stay active. I know he is right. I do. But I sit there and cry and cry over what he had to say to me. I mentioned that I was on here reading and that is now something I cant talk to him about. Reading on the internet about others going thru the same thing isnt being productive. there is something i have to say: I dont know what to think about reading how it could take 6 months before this depression and anxiety and sleeplessness is over. I mean yeah, I can get there. I know I can. But my god. 6 months? What in the hell have I done to myself??? I know everyone is different but I have suffered from depression all of my life. last month i came off my anti depressants with the help of my doc. Im still smoking about a pack of cigs a day but thats it. I havnt even smoked pot in months. I think about taking a xanax to get some sleep but I dont want to do that either. Im rambling. Maybe tomorrow will be a better day. I feel like I cant even complete a single thought right now.
Great! I can post again! Shame that my last two long posts that said stuff I really wanted to say failed to come up.
Melanie and Mark you are in mine and my church's prayers (and also the cathedral's daily prayer list).
My local church has been amazing. They've taken your names on board and mention you in prayer with great compassion. Even though they only know your names through me and you are far away geographically, they pray for you as part of our church family. I feel that you are indeed part of our family.
Melanie and Mark, thank you so much for your kind words. Reading them brought a tear to my eye. I'm so grateful for you both.
kk and maryruth: thank you so much for your posts. I look forward to reading again how things are going for you.
My offer of prayer from my church is open to anyone who wants it. I never presume to take such action unless asked as I do not wish to offend anyone or do something that they don't want me to do. I respect everyone of every faith or no faith or whatever beliefs they have. Love is inclusive not exclusive, it is for everyone.
If anyone would like me to bring their names forward to my church for prayer then just email me your first name to vincentx90@live.com or post your firstname in here.
kk and maryruth, I do remember and will be remembering you in the silent prayers of my heart.
I put your name forward for prayer at the local cathedral last Friday, Melanie. Mark, I'll be putting your name forward at the cathedral on Friday (that's the day I go there for a morning service and prayer).
It is a great privilege reading every and all your posts everyone. This website has become such a huge blessing in my life. I really don't know (and daren't even think) what I would have done without this place. I'm extremely grateful to whoever was responsible for setting it up.
This site has really been a lifeline for me. It has given me such a huge amount of encouragement. I'm learning so much from all your experiences. Words fail to express just how much this site and everyone who has contributed to it has helped me.
There was other stuff I wanted to say but, as I mentioned earlier, my last two posts didn't go through and I lost the content. It's difficult now to remember it all as it was very much of the moment.
It's a shame because there was a lot of heart felt stuff that I said.
Anyway, I look forward to reading more from you courageous and inspirational people. None of you deserve this suffering. It does not matter what we have or haven't done in the past. We all want to quit opiates and it isn't our fault that it is such a cruelly physiologically addictive drug. It isn't our fault that it is such a long drawn out and painful recovery. It isn't always our fault that we were lead into circumstances that brought us into this addiction. Even if we do apportion some of the blame to ourselves, there were always many other factors involved. Blame isn't the right word. It is too harsh. Some of us may have made bad choices and yes we can be held responsible for that but that must be balanced out with remembering that other people also played a part in not helping us or even encouraging us to go down a bad path. And for some it was purely a case of being prescribed painkillers for serious pain which led you down this path. For many it was because life felt intolerable, if not because of physical pain then because of mental anguish, anxiety, depression and so on.
But we've all come to the same conclusion. Opiates do not give us the relief that we so desperately seek. They might seem to help for a short time but then it is all downhill. They cause more problems than the ones we were escaping from. They don't even provide any relief after a while. In my case they actually, ultimately, made my problems much much worse. And sadly, for some, it has ended in premature death.
We have a lot to look forward to. The light at the end of the tunnel is real. Life after opiates really does exist and it's just as good as the one we can remember from before we ever got into this evil addiction. Maybe in some ways it is even better as we appreciate life all the more for having gone through such suffering.
Oops, once again I've managed to ramble on when only meaning to make a short post :) Forgive me, and thank you for allowing me a place to get all this stuff off my chest.
Time to try and get some rest. Look forward to reading more posts. If I'm too distracted by the gallstone pain then I'll still be reading and praying.
Thank you for such thoughtful and kind advice Melanie. It really touched my heart when you said to not worry about not posting if I'm too ill. It's so healing to hear such kind words. It is hugely heart warming to hear that both you and Mark are praying for me. Thank you both so much.
Kind regards,
Phil.
maryruth: I've just read your post after submitting mine. I know how you feel. The withdrawals cause intense confusion. I'm so sorry your boyfriend is being very unempathetic. He really does not understand what you are going through. Please feel free to post whenever you like. Feel free to ramble and vent your frustrations. It does help to get it out. And anyway, your post did not sound like a ramble at all. You are making perfect sense. What you are going through is very real and very painful (like you need to be told that).
It does help to come here and read the posts and contribute so your boyfriend is very much wrong on that account. I have a 'friend' who was brutally unsympathetic towards me when I was in a really bad way with withdrawals. It is incredibly painful when someone close to you does not understand and behaves in a way that is unkind (whether through ignorance or whatever). I guess I forgive my friend for his ignorance but it doesn't make it any easier.
It's ridiculous that your boyfriend is expecting you to be able to look for a job at such an early stage of your recovery. You can only do what you can do. I was pretty much incapable of doing anything constructive for the first few weeks of withdrawals.
I know it sounds scary that it 'could' be six months before getting back to some kind of post withdrawal normality. But, please remember, it isn't always going to be this intense. It will become more manageable. It isn't six months of what you are going through right now. Once it has peaked there will be a sense of recovery every day.
Remember, everyone is different, everyone recovers at different speeds. Find what distractions work for you. I wouldn't even bother trying to do what pleases your boyfriend. You need to do the things that help you the most to get through this. Maybe you will need some medication to help you, maybe not. This is for you to decide. Check some earlier posts about suggestions and the warnings to bear in mind, especially regarding long term use of benzos like xanax.
Some people, including myself, have found seroquel of some use to address the insomnia issue at night time. Again, check some slightly earlier posts for the full story on that one.
Look forward to hearing from you soon. Ask as many questions as you like. It will all help with your recovery. You will not slow down your recovery by reading from this site. On the contrary, you'll learn more and more about what you are going through and realise you are not alone and that there are people that want to care about you.
Hang in there. I know you are probably going through the worst of it now, being day 3. Keep focused on the goal. Don't let your boyfriend or anyone else bully you into feeling guilty about anything. Do what is right for you. This is the time to be strong and look after number one. It is you that is important right now. You are going through an absolutely huge change in your life and deserve all the encouragement you can get. You have my utmost respect for what you are doing. It is people like you that inspire me.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Phil: Youre dedication to this site is awesome. I appreciate what you have to say, truely. I have been feeling so alone. Right now i think the only person that has any care for what Im going thru is my 10 yr old son Ethan. He was there the last time I attempted the jump. but because of major family drama (very typical) I went back to the subs. Since then we moved away in an attempt to live more "stress free" and here we are. I say we because I recently feel like Im not alone in this house struggling with this kick.
I hear alot of you talking about your RLS. Im have no such thing. For me (still day 3 here. Headed to 4) its the chills in my spine and arms that keep me from having a few seconds of anything even close to a relaxing moment. It's 9pm here in Kentucky. (Yes I said Kentucky. Made the move not long ago from Martin Tennessee. Alot more happening here as far as job opportunities but honestly its our stepping stone to somewhere much farther away.) ANYWAYS I want to say that as far as my symptoms go, I feel good. I was just telling my son that if i could actually relax I would feel half way normal. Kinda bitter sweet at night I guess. We'll see how I feel tomorrow during the day. Im hoping for a better one but know Ive got alot of bad days ahead. What is it they say? "One day at a time?" Thats the best I can do for now.
Oh and Phil, Ive done the whole AA/NA thing and thats not for me either but I can always use prayer. Where are you at? Thats so neat you do that for people.
Just a quick post as am going to prayers in a minute.
maryruth: Indeed I will pray for you. If, and only if, it is ok with you, could you tell me your firstname (or email me at vincentx90@live.com)? I'll assume it is Mary at the moment. It's just that it makes it so much more personal to pray for someone knowing what their actual name is for sure. But, I also respect people's privacy and if u do not wish to disclose this info then I understand completely.
I'm so glad to hear that some of your symptoms are lessening or becoming slightly more bearable.
Right, I really have to get going. Will read your post again later.
Kind regards,
Phil.
[edit: deleted repeat post]
maryruth: I read your post and it was very encouraging for me to hear what you have to say. You are on the right track and it only gets better with time. You do need understanding and encouragement from others at this most difficult time and i have found it here, but most of all you need to encourage yourself. This fight comes down to you and the opiates, and the opiates will do everything in its power to try and pull you back in. The first week is difficult, but this is the path we have to take. Going through what you are going through right now will make it much better when you start to come out of it. Find what works for you and make life happen for yourself. There are a lot of good people and suggestions on this page that can help. I am on day 16 now and feel a little better each day. You can do this! just stay strong and beleive in yourself. Everyone is different, but you will not take six months to get better. The mind is a powerful tool. Beleive me you will start to get sooner than later.
Phil: Thank you for the prayers and the words of encouragement. It is amazing how you are here for all that come looking for the help that they truely need. we all find this site at the most difficult times and it has helped me tremendously! I wish you a happy and healty life.
By the way on loosing your post. I now highlight and copy my post before sending. the same has happened to me. i am a slow typer so that really sucked.
Melanie: Hopefully your tapeing is going well. Let me know if that pill cutter works. I tried it, but it alwayse cut unevenly so i just scored it with a razor on both sides and cut it. Maybe i was just used to doing it that way. Good luck and i will be here when you jump.
Well it is day 16 and i feel pretty good this morning. I feel ok but i know the w/d's will get worse as the day goes on. I am going to get asorbic acid vitamin c pills and see if it helps. My mind is slowly clearing and playing my guitar has s given me good thoughts of getting back on stage. That was alwayse a good natural high!
Much love and respect,
Mark
MaryRuth is my name.
Ok it is the morning of day 4 and I have to say that I feel good. I slept pretty good too. I woke up several times, but always went back to sleep. Sleeping on the couch didnt help Im sure but didnt know if I was even going to get to sleep since my back and arms were crawling so bad I felt like I couldnt deal! Oh man was that sleep well deserved! Ok having been thru this before, day 4 wasnt bad then. I remember dancing in my living room where i lived a year ago when it was day 4. My doc said that if I could make it 4 days then I had it "whipped". Well, as Ive said before, I gave up on day 8. I have to say that my stomach is tore up but other than that Im ok. I will post back later in the day since Ive been feeling worse as the day goes on.
You guys are so awesome. I dont know if I would have followed thru with this if not found so many of you going thru the same thing. Its inspiring.
Allen. My name is Mary Ruth Allen and im 27. I live in Kentucky. I understand some of you may have jobs or big family names to protect but I dont. Even tho my mom and me arent very close (Actually shes not speaking to me at the moment bc I moved away from her) theres nothing she doesnt know. That goes for the rest of my family too. And my dad, well fuck him because I never met him anyways. Yea hes a well known business man but he found another family to be apart of. Ive been in college since I left 10th grade at 16 years old so no big career yet. Hell Phil guess you got me to thinking. Feeling a little confused right now but here I am.
MaryRuth: I am so glad to hear that you are tolerating your withdrawals. It will be so worth it...just think of how proud your son will be and how proud you will be of yourself. Please continue to post as often as you need to keep yourself going through the battle. If your withdrawals do not peak until day 8 then maybe you could prepare for this in advance, just in case it happens again...but who knows, you might have peaked already. There are several suggestions throughout the post on things that seem to take a lot of the edge off of the worst symptoms. Again, so happy to hear from you. It works to help in both ways...it helps you through it, and it also helps all of us. We are all united in our fight here. Phil has been an angel to me and so many others here on this site, and I agree with everything he has said regarding your situation. It can be so difficult when your partner is not supportive. But we are here for you. It does get better and you are worth it.
AllAlone: Thank you for your kind words...it helps so much to be acknowledged and encouraged. I can actually sense a positive change in your words and that gives me so much hope. About the pill cutter, I bought one that works pretty well, although when splitting a small pill into eighths, it doesn't always cut exactly even. However, it does a better job than I could do. It's one of those kind that closes first on the pill, thus stabilizing it...then, once the top is completely closed, you push a button on top which pushes a razor up to cut the pill. It works better than one I had several years ago which stabilizes the pill before you push the razor down yourself. That one didn't work as well for small pills, because as you push the razor down, the pill actually tends to move out of the way. I bought my new one at CVS and paid about $7.00 for it. Definitely worth the money. But it actually sounds like scoring first on both sides with a blade, as you mentioned, might work just as well. I feel like a dingbat for not trying that myself.(lol)
Please keep us updated, as your story is so inspirational. I am so glad you are over the worst of it.
Phil: Thank you so much for your prayers...I know they must be helping me through this. I will continue to pray for your health to be restored as soon as possible, and I truly hope you are coping with everything OK. You are such an inspiration and such a great support to everyone here, and you deserve the best.
I feel better today than I have since I decreased my dose, and I am so grateful for that! I just want to say how much I appreciate all of you...I could not have done any of this without you.
Melanie (lealaken)
I have been on suboxone for about 2 and a half years now. At first it was great, it got me a degree from school, a wife, a daughter but now its time to get off. I am trying to do a long drawn out taper from the subs. before i started the wean, i was taking roughly 4mg's a day. I have been squeeky clean since the day i started the suboxone program. Currently I just stepped down from 2mg's per day to 1mg per day. I take 2 doses of .50 1 in the morn, 1 at night. My symptoms right now (day 2 of 1 mg) are tolerable. Ofcourse im sweaty as shit, my legs ache, and i took a muscle relaxer last night that i think really knocked out my energy today. Fortunatly I am unemployed right now and was able to plan a month or so to sit in my house, play wow, hang out with my daughter while i kick. I am getting off subs cause im sick of depending on them, and they cost too much. Filling a script of 20 2mg pills cost about 80 bucks here. I found buying the 8's and splitting them up is the best way to go money wise. I think im going to stay on 1mg per day for about 2 weeks or so. then drop to .50mg. On my first day of 1mg i got that HORRIBLE bupe headache. The kind that feels like a permenate brain freeze. I also was crippled with a grey fog of depression that hit me really hard, my wife had to come home from work because i just was unable to keep up with my 9 month old, I never want her to see me like this EVER. This is it for me and my stent of subs. BTW my doc also told me getting off of them would be cake. i guess he was wrong :( BUT chills, sweats, dry heaving, insomnia, and legs cramps i am willing to deal with. One day i will wake up and be at 100% and i cannot wait to break this shackle.
I have been on suboxone for about 2 and a half years now. At first it was great, it got me a degree from school, a wife, a daughter but now its time to get off. I am trying to do a long drawn out taper from the subs. before i started the wean, i was taking roughly 4mg's a day. I have been squeeky clean since the day i started the suboxone program. Currently I just stepped down from 2mg's per day to 1mg per day. I take 2 doses of .50 1 in the morn, 1 at night. My symptoms right now (day 2 of 1 mg) are tolerable. Ofcourse im sweaty as shit, my legs ache, and i took a muscle relaxer last night that i think really knocked out my energy today. Fortunatly I am unemployed right now and was able to plan a month or so to sit in my house, play wow, hang out with my daughter while i kick. I am getting off subs cause im sick of depending on them, and they cost too much. Filling a script of 20 2mg pills cost about 80 bucks here. I found buying the 8's and splitting them up is the best way to go money wise. I think im going to stay on 1mg per day for about 2 weeks or so. then drop to .50mg. On my first day of 1mg i got that HORRIBLE bupe headache. The kind that feels like a permenate brain freeze. I also was crippled with a grey fog of depression that hit me really hard, my wife had to come home from work because i just was unable to keep up with my 9 month old, I never want her to see me like this EVER. This is it for me and my stent of subs. BTW my doc also told me getting off of them would be cake. i guess he was wrong :( BUT chills, sweats, dry heaving, insomnia, and legs cramps i am willing to deal with. One day i will wake up and be at 100% and i cannot wait to break this shackle.
Melanie, Mark and Mary: Thank you all. Your posts have re-invigorated me. I shall continue to remember you all in my prayers and thank you so much for remembering me in yours. Your continued support is hugely appreciated. It is so good to hear back on how you are all doing. I'm delighted that there has been improvements even though the going is still extremely tough for you all.
Darbycrash: Great to hear from you. Your attitude is noble. You are obviously another fighter and will recover from this. Personally, I would advise caution in tapering too quickly. Try and get down to a crumb before jumping. It will at least reduce the severity of the physical symptoms.
I went from 8mg to 4mg with no problem at all. 4mg to 2mg I think I had some very mild withdrawals. 2mg to 1mg was a lot harder. 1mg to zero I gave up on and instead ending up tapering from 1mg to 1.6mg to 1.2mg to 0.8mg to 0.4mg and then even a crumb to 0.2mg. If you're wondering, we have 0.4mg sub tablets prescribed in the UK, they're absolutely tiny things. I remember giving up on staying on the 0.2mg as I was so much in withdrawals it didn't provide me any relief.
I think, in retrospect, my mistake was rushing the taper so that I was still too much in withdrawals from the previous drop.
Your description of the 'brain freeze headache' is a great analogy. I like it so much I might have to borrow it! It certainly has helped me put it into words as before I never really knew how to describe it. It does seem to be a specifically sub withdrawal symptom. Man, I loathe buprenorphine with a passion (and methadone). I still get the brain freezes but they are way way less intense and very much in the background of my thoughts and feelings.
I also like the skilfull way you describe being 'crippled with a grey fog of depression'. You seem to have a talent for the written word. The sub WD depressions I got did feel very much like a grey fog as I felt so confused and lost aswell.
Melanie: that sounds great about the neat pill cutter you have found. I still have the one I bought. It was like you described your previous one. The blade would go down with the lid, hitting the pill at a slight angle and thus pushing it away and off-centre. Damn, that used to be a real pain in the ass LOL. I'm very glad to hear you are feeling slightly better and more stabilised on your current dose.
Mary Ruth: Thank you kindly for sharing your name with us. It will be a pleasure and a blessing for me to prayer for you and add your name to the church prayer list (and the cathedral's). I'm also so grateful for the prayers of Melanie and Mark. You are doing so well at such a tremendously difficult time. It's amazing to hear you reflect on the positives, notice the improvents, see the bigger picture, despite how rough it sometimes is.
I'm so sorry to hear about the level support you are not able to get due to the break down of relationships in your family (and of course the unsympathetic boyfriend). These factors must make it so much more difficult but remember it is still very much doable. Feeling loved is of immeasurable value when detoxing. I hope you will get a sense of the love we have for you in this forum. I pray for your comfort and an awareness of being loved deep down in your heart.
These family relationships you describe must have been causing you a lot of pain for many years. It wouldn't surprise me if they have left you with a terrible sense of rejection. I know what rejection feels like, especially the cruelness of being rejected by the people that should be showing you love.
Just one other thing, I'm positively interested as to what I had I got you to thinking about?
Mark: I play guitar too! :) Good advice about highlighting and copying firt, thank you. Most of all, I'm delighted to hear that you are seeing improvements in your recovery. Thanks for your kind words to me and inspiration to us all.
With love and respect (I liked Mark's sign off so I've kinda borrowed it),
Phil.
Phil: that is so cool that you play guitar as well. I am sure you know how it helps to play music and listen to during recovery. It really does help create good feelings. You are so right on the tapering issues. Anytime you do a 50% drop it will definately hurt. A 20-30% at a time will be much easyier.
I took some 1000mg vitamin c's today and it did help! wow!
I will be wishing everyone a speedy recovery! It can happen, just prepare yourselves as much as possible. knowledge is power.
Much love and respect,
Mark
Phil,
Good to hear from you. Today is day 3 on a 1mg a day (do it yourself) taper. Last night my sleep was limited to about a total of 4 hours, while never reaching full REM. I would sleep for an hour, dream heavily then wake up wide awake and try to force myself back to sleep. Sweats are here, but tolerable, When i got out of bed this morning I felt great no wd symptoms but when i started to move around it felt like a brick was attached to my boots, and i had to sit down freqently. I also had that dreadfull headache start to chime in but i took 800mg of Motrin and it has seemed to subside. I think once my body stables out on 1mg i will stay stable for a week, then drop to .75mg. once stable at .75mg then down to .50mg and so on...then finally jump off at .25 or even .10. I just want to get this show on the road. My wife has been a great help to me, she is also a recovered addict that acually had to kick in jail for a year, no subs. She has been clean with me now for 3 years but has not been on a sub program like me. She is taking my daughter to my mom in laws tonight so i can have some peace and quiet to myself. I hope that grey monster of depression does not come knocking while she is at work, she is my support system. I feel so helpless, but I know it's doable. In this family I am used to being the bread winner but now i am sitting at home like a terminally ill patient. I think thats what makes the depression hit so hard. Anyways, Phil how many days have u been off subs since your final jump, how many mg's did u jump off of and how do you feel now?
Thank you again for all your support on this forum. Most people when they feel well would just want to leave the community all together, but you are different. You're here to help others with what u suffered. Truely a godsent. Your karma will indeed be honored. As for everyone else, you are all in my prayers. Godbless
Well it's day 17 and i feel about 75% right now, but as the day goes on It seems to drop and the w/d's come back a little at a time. Although each day is not as bad and i know there will some period of releif tommrow.I can definately say i peaked at about day 12 and have absoultley no thoughts of turning back.
I would like to share my full journey if it can help anyone or if anyone cares to know. But truely i do need to write this for myself too.
It started 14yrs ago when i started having pain in my abdomen, back and side on a daily basis. I have had too many doctors to count and evey test you could possibly imagine, but every test says you are perfectly fine. I was warned by most doctors not to use pain meds for daily pain ,because they could become habit forming and be difficult to get off of, so i can't blame them for this. The doctors basically told me i had fybromyalgia, which really means they have no fucking clue what is wrong! So for 8 yrs I fought the good fight and eventually lost and gave in. I was now on pain meds
First i took vicodin a few times a day then two at a time and so on, then percocet, then opana, then i find people who sell because you can't fill that script until the pharmacy lets you. This is where it gets real out of control and oxys come in. That shit made me feel too good! But it alwayse took more and more to feel that way. It was an everyday, all day prison and i was being fully controlled by that opiate monkey. It took 4 yrs to get to this point and it was only getting worse.
My turning point came when my son was born a little over 2 yrs ago. There were complications and he was purple, motionless and yet to breath on his own. I sank lower with every minute and could no longer watch as the doctors worked at a frantic pace. Then came the best sound i have ever heard, a little screaming baby. The doctors did an amazing job under extreme pressure and i can't thak them enough. My soul was lifted off the ground and was given a second chance, because that would have destroyed me. My son was a fighter and that gave me hope and i knew he needed me. He was normal ,healthy and we brought him home 2 days later. I was tuely thankfull and knew what i had to do.
At this point i just tried to stop doing oxys and opanas and holy shit the w/d,s were out of this world and impossible to take. I searched online and found out about suboxone and went right to the sub doctor and started immediately. That hour while the pharmacy filled that script was way to long.
Suboxone gave me a chance to fight this addiction. I first tackled the pain issues with an amazing chiropractor who has healed hundreds of people( she is a gift from god for all who know her). It was 3x a week countless hours of laying corrective blocks, diet, exercise and most of all listening to your body and letting life flow from your brain down so it can heal itself. It took a little over a year and i was pain free for the first time in many years. So i started tapeing down from 16 mg of subs a day about a year ago. about 4 months ago I took the last 60 8 mg subs and made it down to small little pieces 2x a day before i jumped. It was a pain splitting an 8mg pill into 16 little pieces, but it is doable.
I feel this journey coming to an end and it feels good to write and reflect on it. My next child will be born in febuary and that is when i hope to close this horrible chapter in my life. I will alwayse remember the people here who got me through the worst of my final step. 7 days is not that long but man it does feel like a lifetime ago!!! I wish health and happiness to everyone here and thanks for listening to how i feel today. Today is a very good day!!!!
Mark
Darbycrash: I'm six months from jumping. I jumped after staying on 0.4mg for 2 months. I was backwards and forwards with trying 0.2mg.
How do I feel now? Well, it's more than just withdrawals. Life after opiates (and other drugs), for me, is meaning re-learning life altogether. So it takes time. The withdrawals are one thing but depending on how much they changed the way you lived your life, well, now a new pattern has to be learned.
I'm not finding it easy but I guess I never expected it to be so.
I still feel like I'm finding my old self again. The person I was before all this. It's working, slowly but surely.
I'll read again and post later as am needing to get some rest.
Mark: look forward to reading your post more fully later, really need to rest right now. It's a great post. Thank you for submitting it.
Warm regards to you all,
Phil.
Oh, and what has complicated my withdrawal process is that i've been having increasingly frequent attacks due to gallstones blocking up my gallbladder. Btw this gives pain in your abdomen and back (similar to Mark's pains he was describing I noticed).
This has made things more complicated as the pain also causes sweating and psychological disturbances that aren't that disimilar from some of the withdrawals.
My whole system is run down by this issue which is why I can't post much right now. Just thought I would add this as it is probably relevant.
Phil.
OK guys, there is really no reason to suffer that much from stopping this Pill. This is what i did. Was doing oxy for almost a year about. Then quit oxy and went on subs. I was on subs for 4 months. I started to take a half a pill and then went down to just small pieces of the pill. I just did smaller and smaller pieces every week or so. I got to the point of tapering that i was getting one pill to last a week or more.
from what i see on this is that people are not tapering down slow enough. You have to just go down very slow. It took me 2 months to get down to the smallest piece you can imagine. It was insane.
So i had only one pill left and i gave it to my roommate so he could regulate it. He gave me a small piece only when i begged him beause i just wanted to feel "normal". I was still having withdrawals but they were very mild i guess. Mostly just lack of energy,hot and cold tinglining in your body, and insomina. The insomina was the worst.
So i still had more then half a pill and it was over a week that i gave the pill to my roommate. I really could not have been on a lower dose. And it was helping me very effectively. You have to want it to work and it will.
So one day my roommates girlfriend came over with some shrooms.(magic mushrooms) We all split a 1/8th of them with me and her doing more then the other kid. So while i was tripping i decided that i no longer needed any pills ever again and that my body would never feel any withdrawals anymore. I had a really good trip and i spent most of the night by myself in my own little( amazing) world. I was actually kinda pissed when i came down off that high cause it was better then anyfeeling i have ever had before. And with mushrooms you never really know what you are gonna feel form one trip to the next. So being kinda bummed and just wanting to be in the shroom land i just said fuckit. No pills man, none.
So a few days went by ad i did not feel great but not to bad. I just knew i was gonna be ok in a few days. I went to the gym and worked out my muscles really hard and i actually got high form that. It was like i really just took a oxy. NO kidding!!!
So with the gym and my mind made up no more pills, it has been over a week now and i have not one symptom to report. I dont want any pills, i dont crave any pills and its great. Actually i would love to take a oxy but i cant get any if i want them so thats good. I think once you crave oxy you never really lose it. You just have to fight it your whole life. Who knows. But anyways......
I feel if you just taper and make a pill last over a week and fight through a small withdrawal, you can really kick this shit.
I read somewhere once that says this " Its not us who needs oxy, its the oxy that needs us".
Good luck to everyone with their battles and i relly suggest you try tapering like i described. It worked wonders for me. And if i can do it, believe me, you can DEFINETLY do it.
LOve and Peace
Keith
Phil; Hope you are feeling ok! Pain is exausting and drains you mentally. I will be praying for you. Stay Strong!
Keith: how many oxys were you taking and what was your starting dose of subs. You are right about the exercise, that and vitamins have been the some of the best tools for me. I did taper to a small piece over a 4 month period. My biggest mistake was lisening to the sub doctor and staying on them for two years. I think he just wanted the money every month. Only doing them for 4 months was a great move and I wish I had realized sooner myself. The longer you are on opiates/subs the worse it will be no matter how slow or much you taper. Your mind becomes very attached
Good job on getting off subs when you did. Just dont take oxys or any opiate drug. It will pull you right back in before you even realize it. Any thought of doing oxys or taking subs makes me feel sick( like you drank to much vodka one night and ya can never drink that shit again). Good luck!
Mark
Hey mark. I was taking a middle range of about 80 to 160 a day depending on what i was doing. If i was out drinking or whatever which was a common thing i woul be on less. If i was at home playing online poker i would do more.
Funny you mentioned Vodka, Thats my other vice right now. But it sure as hell beats pills as far as addiction.
It was a a orange pill so i think that is a 8 mg right? So i Started on a 4mg dose. I Barley ever did a whole pill at one time. I would do some and then a little later on after work. Another thing is that i was snorting them everytime. I really dont know why except that the taste made me wanna puke, seriously. I would gag, YUCK!! Plus i think it hits you sooner then under the tounge. I dont recommend snorting but it does work and is not to bad( in my oponion)
Funny that thinking about pills dont make me sick at all. I actually have to force myself to stop thinking it would be ok to do, even once.
Almost everyone of us is addicted to something. Weather you know it or not, i would bet you are. We just have to do everything in moderation and we can all live in peace. You just have to be aware of the consequences. But we never care or think it could happen until its too late. Even with drug education, people have to learn on their on, no one can tell anyone what to do.
Ok ill stop rambling on and on.
Good night and peace to everyone.
Keith
keith: before i got on subs i was taking about 300-500 a day of the oxys. I was snorting about 4-6 80,s a day and that was just to beat back the withdrawals. there was nothing good about that life.. It slowly clouds your mind and you really dont care about the consequences anymore and that is waht makes me sick. Especially now that i feel myself returning to normal. I am almost at 3 weeks off of subs.
I alwayse tried different drugs, but nothing ever had a death grip like opiates. tripping out is fun but i definately wouldnt want to do it all the time.
Now online poker thats addictive, fun and harmless (unless you loose all the time). My wife hates when i play tournaments online, I could be hours before im done or i just start another one and tell her it s the same one.LOL!
Everything in moderation is good advice. That is how it alwayse was for me until i met opiates like oxys. Moderation and oxys is an oxymoron( hey wait thats pretty funny) they just dont go together.
Live life and have fun, Its way to short not to. peace it is. Later.
Mark
Haha ya poker and gamblling can be addictive. If your winning you want to play more. If your losing you want to get your money back. So its a cycle.
I only trip maybe once or twice a year. No big deal.
I like that oxymoron reference, good stuff.
Think about people and drinking coffee. I bet you ask people to stop drinking that shit and they will think you are outta your mind.
I got to go before i get a online addiction.
Keith
Hi everyone,
I have been on 8 mg/day of suboxone for 11 months now and I want to get off them. My doctor would never take me off them if it was up to her. She says that the only withdrawals I should experience are "some cravings," but after reading the posts on here, I can see that she is mistaken...
I am a full time student and I can't afford to miss two weeks of classes while I'm going to be sick. If I am off by early December and go through withdrawals over Christmas break, will that cause much worse withdrawals than if I taper slowly over months? It seems like people that taper end up having really bad withdrawals anyway, and I don't want to be on them for months more. I figured I could cut by 50% every week or so for the next 6 weeks and be done with it... is that going to be way worse?
Thanks,
Lil
Lil: I didn't have much problem going from 8mg to 4mg and even from 4mg to 2mg was manageable. Going below 2mg was where it really started to pinch.
I'd still recommend slow taper as soon as you start to find it hurts. It might be easier to do when you have outside stuff to keep you preoccupied. The slower the taper the less intense the final withdrawal will be.
God bless,
Phil.
I was put on 24mg.of subs.per dayafter abuseing oxy's10,30mg..tabs per day.however after 1 year later,my doctor refuses to take me off this stuff.All my tests have been great,I have been 100% clean for 1yr.and now that i have had so many bad side effects its time to gget off. I am now down to 2mg.per day and on my 4th day of w/ drawls and from whatI read its not going to get any better soon. When I showed conserned about this to the doc.he went crazy on me even to the point of swearing at mme saying it was bulshit that it isnot harder to get off of..I am here to sat The hell it aint!!!!While my doctor over medicated me w/ this stuff I hallusinated all the time, was wastes off my ass more so than the oxys, couldno longer drive much less even make stairs as I fell down them 2 times.Sex drive went to zero,my once interests and energylevel were excellent now are zero.I eve have to puch myself into takeing a bath some days.And When I told my doctor how high I was he acted shcoked and said I would get over it,well 1 yr later,i still am high even on 2mg.subs so now what do I do? y next visit I am going to tell him I am haveing my lower teeth pulledout and the boneshaved and more narcolepsy tests and these docs.want me off all meds.My doc.is going to be pissedas in the past he gets real angry if anything is said about subs.in a neg.way.I wonder ifhe gets money for keeping people on this stuff? why would a doc.or any doc put someone on sonething more addictive and gets me more wasted,and has caused me more pain than my oxy's? One addictve drug for another.makes no sense.And they have to go on to extra schooling in order to give out subs, why is this? Is not the regular narcotics not so bad after all? From my experiance the subs are way more strong and more addictive and so much harder to get off of. again can someone please help me to understand this? why will my doctor not take me off this stuff after a year? I have 3 missing disks in myback and will always be in need of pain meds.but how am I to do this? Is itnot my right to tell the doc I dont want this strong med? and his oath to help find what is right for me? W/subs I noticed this, I am higher than a kite all day, w/ regular narcotics at least I cam down in a few hours and was normal but my pain level was way high...I never had ant teeth problems all my life matter of fact I took great pride in my teeth as I had a beautiful smile and everyone noticed my white teeth first, now 1 year later after taking subs my whole bottom has to be taken out, I find the subs sto at least be a factor in what has happened, the surgen also thinks this may play a part..So I have not onlt ruinedmy life by being on this drug, but now my teeth have to come out..How much more do I have to take?What doctor is going to treat me w/ any pain meds w/ my addiction on my record?I had a hell of a time finding a doc to give me Ibreprphonan...I have worked my ass off on staying clean and plan on never abuseing meds again, however I am not dumb either, I know the risks..What to do I don't know..HElP
michelle: I am so pissed off after reading what your doctor has done to you. I wouldn't usually recommend anything like this...but perhaps you should take a hidden mini recorder and get him to say some of the things he said previously...preferably get him to swear at you...and then sue his fucking ass for everything he has. If for nothing else but being a total dick to you and contributing to your problems!! I am appalled what this doctor has done and how he has treated you. I have yet to hear of a doctor who agrees with the fact that suboxone withdrawal is just as miserable as any other opiate...since it obviously is.
Seriously though, I really feel bad about your situation, and I don't feel that it's my place to tell you exactly what to do...but I do think you should at least seek out a different doctor. The one you are seeing is not treating you correctly.
As far as the taper goes with subs, I have no experience...but it does seem to be the recommended route. I am in the process of tapering off methadone. I have went from 80mg a day, to 22.5mg a day, and it has been tolerable. I have also questioned whether or not tapering makes a noticeable difference from just going cold turkey. It seems like it might just hurt the same in the end anyway...thus delaying the inevitable. But many people have said that it's easier to kick if you taper slowly. I have done methadone kicks twice, both cold turkey. This time I am tapering slowly and documenting my progress along the way. Hopefully it will be of some use to somebody else someday.
I sincerely wish the best for you, Michelle...and I hope you find a doctor who listens to you and treats you with the respect you deserve. Please let us know how you are doing.
Phil: I am still praying for ya, mate. I hope your appointment goes well on Wednesday, and I hope they schedule you promptly for surgery. As always, you are in my thoughts and prayers.
Today is my first day tapering from 25mg to 22.5mg of methadone...I actually haven't taken my night time dose yet. I am putting it off for as long as I can tolerate before bed...it seems to help make the taper smoother if I do this just once, on the first day of the decrease. It could be all psychological, who knows. I'll post back soon to document how I feel. I wish everyone the strength they need for their battle against these evil chemicals.
Melanie (lealaken)
Battle is right. I remember the first day I got prescribed my subs I was so happy I didnt have to deal with oxys anymore. I remember letting a sub dissolve and 30 mins later I realized I was feeln even better than if I had smoked an 80 WHILE AT THE SAME TIME realizing I still had $50 in my pocket from the opportunity cost I saved. I still remember going to bed that night loving life knowing that the subs would work out for me and I didnt have to deal with the oxy life anymore.
That was then, this is now. I'm sure most of you know how it was once you finally gave yourself to the subs and just rolled with it. Well to anyone who hasnt done this yet, make it shorter than longer, cuz the longer you stay on the subs the worse. I'm now on my second attempt to go longer than 48 hours without them, and I hear it only gets worse for the next 3 days - 2 weeks. GREAT!! Techno helps.
i'm in a dark place right now
adjusting to life post opiates and all the crap i gotta deal with atm is overwhelming
good luck everyone, michelle: yes subs are a very strong opiate
sorry i can't be of much more help right now, everything seems so dark and angst ridden.
God bless,
Phil.
i am getting there though, this isn't just about opiate withdrawals, i should imagine it is the psychological battle that goes with being opiate abuse free and trying to cope with life without such a powerful and destructive crutch
i found life difficult to tolerate before my full blown 24/7 opiate habit, now i'm confronting those 'demons', it hurts, but this is a much better place to be in, the opiates never worked anyway, tolerance and various other factors made life on them even worse, so i'm better off dealing with life as it really is...
yeh, subs are no different to any other opiate, maybe in some ways better but also in many ways worse, no opiate offers the freedom we seek
makes me laugh (in a black humour kinda way) when i read on wiki about how morphine was marketed as, amongst other things, a cure for opium addiction, then came along heroin which was touted as a cure for morphine addiction, no doubt other drugs have been marketed for this purpose but none have ever changed anything, diconal was prescribed for heroin addiction back in the 70's and turned out worse than heroin, a lot of us know about protracted withdrawals from methadone, and now buprenorphine with all it's associated problems, personally i hate the stuff but i know of people who actively seek out buprenorphine as a DOC (drug of choice)
tapering and withdrawal is the only way to get your life back, short term it hurts, long term it's a psychological battle to cope with life again but it's worth it, right now I am still 100% convicted that it is totally worth every struggle just to be part of the human race again even with the times of depression and anxiety (like i'm going through right now), bad times are as much a part of life as good times, i just have to keep convincing myself it's all worth it, and it is most definitely worth it
sorry to rant but anyway i'm done
best of luck to everyone,
God bless,
Phil.
Phil: Life definitely has it's share of ups and downs. Remember, it takes a very long time to get your brain back in balance...1-2 years or more. But it is so worth it. You are so worth it. I hate to hear that you are suffering, feeling so alone and dark right now. I'm sure the health issues are not helping with this. I hope everything goes OK at your doctors appointment.
I wanted to post about my latest decrease from 25 to 22.5mg. So far I have felt just fine...almost as if I did not decrease at all. Maybe it's just a delayed reaction since the decrease is so small. I started the decrease with my night time dose Sunday night (2 days ago) and have not felt it at all yet. However, I did wait to take it until about 7 hours past the regular time on Sunday...I think this MIGHT actually help make the taper smoother...will wait and see. I will document later on.
Tones: I really wish you the best on trying to quit...it really helps to post on this forum. I don't know if you read any of my earlier posts, but I was considering switching from methadone to subs, until I found this forum. I found out that getting off subs is no different than quitting methadone, so I decided to taper and quit methadone myself. I am down to 22.5mg from 80mg...and it has not been too bad...yet. However, I have quit the meth twice before and I know all too well how bad it hurts when jumping off completely. I am trying to get my RN license back into active status, and the rules are NO meds, not even subs, so this is my only option. But this forum, and all the kind people who have shared their stories, gave me the courage to try and do this. Before that I would tear up at the thought of having to go through the withdrawal again...I was scared to death. I'm still scared, but not like I was. People survive it...I survived it in the past, and we will survive it again.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Melanie: be cautious, personally I would stay on the 22.5mg dose for a while even if you are feeling fine with the drop, I just remember that feeling ok and then pushing the pace of taper then gave me serious WDs
if you are feeling fine on that drop then give your body a chance to catch up with your mind before tapering again, at least one to two weeks i'd say, if you can wait then two weeks is probably better
this is only my personal opinion from previous experience, I know you'll decide what is best for you as you balance other peoples' advice with your own experience
great to hear from you
i'm coming out of my most recent 'dark' phase, as usual the darkness is before the dawn, i've come out feeling better and one step closer to my goal, so now for a good'ish phase for a while, i'll make the most of it...
Tones: great to hear your positive outlook, this will no doubt see you through it as it has done before, just don't go back this time! I listen to a bit of techno myself when I need to motivate myself to mow the lawn or some such task, is handy for an energy boost
God bless,
Phil.
Pepople who want to get off subs but teir doctor wont let them is bullshit. Yourdoctor dont own you. You can choose to take anything your doctor tells you. Do some research yourself and make your own decisions in the end. Become your own doctor. How many doctors havee fucked up peoples lives with mistakes and they cant say one thing about it.
Just because a doctor says its right or not does not mean its true. Doctors have a huge ego casue they are doctors but really they are just like everyone else, we dont really know shit about anything.
keith: interesting comments, I know exactly what you mean.
I also know what some of these doctors are like. I quit my doctor and did my own rattle. I found him less than helpful other than prescribing me the subs (was that helpful?). Only thing he would ever offer to do was up my dose. No way man, I wasn't going back down that road. So we parted company.
To beat opiate withdrawal psychological and chemical imbalance mind games you have to think outside the box:
http://www.tummyfluff.co.uk/puzzles/trimobi.html
God bless,
Phil.
I just wanted to keep the post alive and also post regarding how I have felt from the most recent taper. I must say that so far the only thing I have felt is a very mild achiness, which is generalized and sporadic...but definitely tolerable. And, I have been very low energy, just sleepy. But I am able to sleep, so I am not 100% convinced that this is withdrawal related. It could be just another one of my mildly depressed times, which comes and goes. These episodes are mostly my own fault for not exercising and keeping up with my daily chores and such.
Phil: I will definitely be taking your advice and will stay at this dose for a good two weeks, regardless of how mild the withdrawal seems. I hope you are OK...you haven't said much about the gallbladder issue lately. Were you able to see the doctor yet? Please let us know if you can.
I hope everyone is doing their best with their battles. Thanks for listening.
Melanie (lealaken)
Melanie: good to hear from you
they screwed up a bit with my operation, it turns out, after seeing the surgeon, that i'll have to stay in hospital for a day or two, so i'll have to be re-referred by my GP cos this place only does day surgery and can't offer overnight stays
so i'm now going through the whole process all over again...
they've upped my hyoscine to the max, the anti-spasmodic, slows the gallbladder down and supposed to stop the pain, it helps a little, can't really go into much more detail in the public forum, would be willing to tell you more by email Melanie - as is somewhat sensitive...
Melanie, don't be too convinced it ain't WDs. I told myself that many times over my rattle and time has proven that it was indeed withdrawals. However, I know it's hard to tell when tapering cos still being on the drug has it's own problems anyway (as it always did).
Be safe as possible and err on the side of caution. Sounds like you will anyway, which is good! Slow taper is deffo the way forward. Going down another 2.5mg right now might well throw you into a more intense WD. So, i agree with your caution and your decision to stay on it for two weeks.
And, thanks for keeping the post alive! :)
You're still in my prayers.
God bless,
Phil.
Was on 100mg. fentanyl patch plus 16mg.dilaudid for severe back issues for 15mos.Could'nt stand the stuff so I went in and had my back totally rebuilt.While in hospital and after surgery they had me on combinations of fentanyl,dilaudid,oxycodone,and methodone.Six weeks post surgery I got on suboxone to get off all this shit.Took subs for four weeks tapering down to like 1mg.By the third day the withdrawal was so bad,I went to my doctor and he has me on 12mgs.dilaudid in the morning,and 4mg.in late afternoon,then 5mg.valium at night.After seven days we will reduce the amounts.By the evenings I still feel like shit and don't sleep much , but I start back to work tomorrow and I have a child to raise.Does this sound like a plan that can work to get me eventually off everything while allowing me to function.
w.c. : go for it! Sounds like you have a doctor that is actually prescribing stuff that can help with withdrawals (i.e. diazepam, albeit not good long term, see earlier posts)
Whatever opioids you are tapering on doesn't really matter. The taper is still going to be quite a journey. Keep your spirits up. Stay positive. Heck, it might not be that bad. Follow your doctor's advice.
I'm sure you will be fine. Look forward to hearing how you get on. Remember, you are already doing the important thing, i.e. tapering off all that stuff. Take it slow and steady.
Regards,
Phil.
Phil: It's so good to hear from ya. Please email me at melanievictor@gmail.com ...I definitely want to know what's going on with you...your well-being is important to me. I'm sorry to hear about the red tape B.S. that you are dealing with. It sucks that you have to suffer longer due to you needing a slightly different course of treatment...why can't things like this be more properly anticipated by professionals? At any rate, please let me know via email when you can. You are in my prayers, as always.
w.c. It sounds like your doctor is working with you, which is definitely a good thing...but it just might be that you'll have to go through some sort of withdrawal in the end. However, the slow taper is definitely going to make it easier since your body will have time to adjust to a lower dose. Everyone is different and every drug is different...I have never detoxed off of dilaudid, so I cannot give an opinion on how that feels, but opiates are opiates. Sounds like your doctor is very willing to help you and you are willing to help yourself. I am tapering off methadone and documenting my progress along the way. It has helped me so much...it would be great to hear how your progress goes. I wish you the best.
I am still feeling pretty low energy at this dose...so I will be holding here at least another week. Today makes exactly one week since my last decrease.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
A slow taper off a short acting opioid analgesic like Dilaudid will probably be easier long term than subbies and methadone. So, stick with it w.c., u'll obtain your goal. Try and keep cool and stay with that understanding doctor of yours.
Yes, cold turkey from dilaudid and other short acting opiates can be unbearable. But, that isn't what you are doing w.c., you are doing a slow taper. Last slow taper I did on short acting opiates was pretty much OK. Might help if you have a focus to aspire to rather than just blindly detoxing into an empty life.
Outside stimulus can be very helpful. Sounds like you already got that with your dependencies.
Best wishes to you, Melanie and Mark (whom I haven't heard from recently, hope you doing ok buddy).
God bless,
Phil.
btw, subs, buprenorphine, makes me sick, just to think about it, long term bupe use is the worst thing i've ever experienced
I'm over 6 months now, and yes i'm almost better, but fucking hell it's a hard struggle
these long acting opiates are just plain nasty
when will there be an honest doctor who has been on subs long term to see just how nasty this stuff is?
well, there won't be because the opiate addicted doctors can afford the very finest in private rehabs
so, meanwhile, the poor (or just poorer) will suffer at their hands...
Have been on Subs for 2 1/2 years. After detoxing from a 100mg/day Norco habit the doc put me on 2 mg suboxone a day. Everybody else in group was at 8 mg or more a day. I felt cheated. The doctor was more than happy to put me on 12 mg/day. Big mistake! I should have titrated off within 30 days and stayed at 2 mgs. But I didn't know what was going on. Anyway, I have been at 2 mg/day (after switching to Subutex) for the last 8 months and started taking smaller slivers of the the pill the last few weeks. Took the last one three nights ago and went into full blown withdrawl. Finally got some sleep last night. Legs are still restless and tense. Can't keep still can't focus. What's worse is i have a formal engagement in three days that I can't wiggle out of. I have tried to get off of Suboxone/Subutex three times in the last year and have failed. Hopefully I can get thru the next few days.....
don't set yourself up for failure, and don't consider it failure if you need another sliver after a few days of withdrawals if only to get through this appointment
i'm not saying this advice is what you should follow but don't see it as failure if u cave in and take a sliver, you can still go back to withdrawals afterwards and it won't be as bad as the first time
your body will still have started to make progress and one sliver will not take you further back than you were, it'll just delay the current state of withdrawals for another day, taking it once off like that won't increase the withdrawals
i know this advice might sound unconventional to some, i'm sure plenty would love to disagree with me, but if you set your goals so high that you can't attain them then you will be more likely to fail
i don't like that word fail, you are not failing, you are consistently trying to quit the drug, you should give yourself a pat on the back, i respect you for what you are doing, well done!
don't beat yourself up about it, don't be so harsh on yourself, if you need to slow the withdrawal down intermittently with a sliver then so be it, if you can get through without it then that's great, but we are not superhuman, so try and make a strategy that enables you to succeed
yes i know, whatever strategy you adopt will not stop the inevitable emotional and physical pain, but it might just help you succeed in your goal
you are already attaining your goal by tapering and jumping, there is no failure in taking it steady, just having had a few days withdrawals already means your body has recovered some
be kind to yourself, you will succeed whatever you plan to do, do NOT make the mistake of thinking u have failed if you take a sliver to get through that engagement, such thinking will make you believe you might as well just give in and go back to taking it every day
instead, 'if' you do find yourself taking a tiny dose then consider it as still part of your taper albeit with a few days gap, some people finish the taper by dosing every other day or every three days etc...
there are many ways to taper, find what is right for you
if you do make it through the next few days without taking any subs then well done! If you don't then well done for getting as far as you did! And, go back to the withdrawals afterwards..
I hope you get my point. I'm just trying to help you see the bigger picture. It's always going to be a bit messy and crazy obtaining the goal. There are many ways of achieving it but one way of not achieving it is by always thinking you've failed when you've really just taken a one off sliver that'll not really make a huge difference to the overall recovery.
I really do wish you all the best Brian. Please feel free to post whenever you want and let us know how you are doing.
Kind regards,
Phil.
PS: Also you could try and get to see a doctor for meds that might help you through this extremely tough period. This might also take the edge off just enough to help you cope with your engagement.
Thanks Phil
Actually, I am doing what you just said. My doctor and his administrator are (thankfully) very receptive and flexible and I was able to stop in and get one pill to slice up for the next few days. I will keep pushing that slivered envelope.
I will check back here often. Again thanks, It is a real comfort to know someone is there.
Best Regards
Bill
Bill: I am glad you are here and sharing your story on the forum. I must say...Phil has given great advice and encouragement and there is not much that I could add to improve upon his words of wisdom. You are indeed doing something that is going to improve your life exponentially...and it is so important not to give up if you need to slow down your withdrawal. Please keep us posted on how you are doing.
In the dark, cruel world of opiates, progress is measured in micro-increments. Sometimes the hardest part to overcome is just getting to the realization that you need to get off the shit for good. The thought of not taking these drugs/meds is so scary at first...it seems like an impossibility...but then you realize that you will survive. You find others who have went through it, and others who are going through exactly what you are going through, and somehow you find the courage to just do it.
I would not have been able to get past my own fears without the help and support of this forum, and I appreciate you all so much. Phil has been an incredible source of strength and encouragement for me and so many others on this forum...thank you so much Phil! Love ya!
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Thanks Melanie
The good thing about Suboxone and Subutex is that it has given me the chance to remove all of the addictive influences that got me here in the first place, ie...people, places, connections, etc.... That is key in starting over. Now I am ready to start, without bupenorphrine. I'll keep you posted. One milligram at a time, I guess.
Very Best Regards
Bill
Thank you Melanie, very sweet of you to say so. I also find you a continuing source of encouragement and good cheer. The feeling is very much mutual.
Bill, great to hear you have an understanding and flexible medical doctor.
Look forward to hearing from you all,
Phil.
hey everyone, this site is wonderful and over the last few weeks just reading your posts have given me hope.. I've been on sub for about 7 months now and want off this horrible drug. Just another crutch and I wish I would have just tapered off methadone. So my doctor is finally letting me taper (off a 12 mg per day) so im hoping in 2 months I will finally be rid of this last vice (although I know what it takes to stay clean and it takes luck and hard work but im ready for it)
But here is the kicker! I've developed a nasty habit of plugging subs. Yes I know it sounds disgusting, but I have to be honest if I'm going to get clean... So my question (if anyone has ever been down this road) Should I just taper going the same way I've administered my suboxone over the past 7 months (plugging)? Or do I need to revert to actually disolving them in my mouth again?
I've been completely clean off everything for 120 days (and yes a few months ago before I decided to get my shit together, I was plugging any drug I could get my hands on including my sub script - thank god I didn't have access to needles), except suboxone and my Dr. nor my counselors no of the way I administer my subs. What route do you think I should go? I have suffered no ill effects from plugging except a nasty addiction to suboxone. Thank you for any advice and your posts give me hope.
cdubois: Heck, plugging isn't any more disgusting than visiting the doc to have your prostrate gland checked. In fact it's a great deal less disgusting than that. It's only on a par with having to insert a glycerine suppository for constipation.
I don't see why you can't taper the same way regardless of the route of administration. Although you might find it easier to start taking the subs sublingually (under your tongue). Maybe try just one day of under the tongue and see if there is any difference. The only difference is probably psychological.
Subs are very effectively absorbed in the mouth as it has lots of blood vessels close to the surface, much like the other route. If taking them sublingually will reduce your psychological dependence then this might be worth some thought. You'd probably get used to it pretty quickly as you realise there is no discernable difference.
Whatever route you take it will be the same situation regarding taper.
Best wishes and look forward to hearing how you get on, if you so wish to post again. Feel free to post as much as you like.
Phil.
I want to thank you guys for your imputs.I just went to my doc.i told him that i weaned my way down 2mg. and now he gave me a 1 tablet a day 30mg. er moraphine per day,Thats fine but after about 5hrs.my pain is unbareable, i will say this at least the subs kept me pain free.I have a question for u guys...I was on the subs for 1 yr. in that one year i got 18 yes, 18 cavities..Never did I have more than 3 or 4 in my 43 yrs. now my dentist told the surgan to pull all my bottom teeth out as they are all bad..i am so upset, I have beautiful teeth, for all my life I was always told how beautiful my teeyh are and now yhey have to be pulled.Has anyone else had this problem? I am so angry I want to sue the drug company.Thanx u guys.
michelle: Glad to hear your doctor seems to be working with you a little bit more. Opiates of any kind decrease saliva production in your mouth, which leads to an increase in bacteria, which then speeds up the process of tooth decay. Saliva works as a natural cleanser, so if there is less saliva, your mouth does not clean itself as well. This is very unfortunate and I am so sorry to hear that you have had this happen. I have read some tips on how to keep this problem at a minimum. Of course good, twice a day tooth brushing, and daily flossing is most important. Make sure to brush your teeth for a solid two minutes...use a timer or look at your clock...two minutes is longer than you think when you brush your teeth. Also getting regular cleanings and exams at the dentist is very important. I know not everyone has insurance, and it's not cheap. Another thing you can do is chew gum often. This helps stimulate saliva production. I hope this helps, and I sincerely wish you the best. Please keep us updated on your progress.
cdubois: Glad to hear from you. I am so glad that you are being honest about everything...that is one of the most important things when striving for recovery and abstinence. I agree with everything that Phil has said and I wish you the best. Keep us posted.
I have decided to stay one more week at my current dose before tapering another 2.5mg. Feeling almost 100% but I think another week would be best. Thanks for listening.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
michelle: yes other people have had this problem, i don't know why it is worse with bupe, although all opiates dry up saliva and that can cause a lot of dental decay as plaque isn't then absorbed by the normally present saliva.
my teeth had always been good but have suffered a lot due to opiates and after bupe i got a few cavities in my lower teeth
melanie: missed your comment, must have been posting at almost the same time as it wasn't there when i started.. so i've just re-iterated what you already said..
hope you are well, glad you are taking the taper slowly
After reading these commments and knowing what my friends have gone through, I have come to the conclusion that suboxone withdrawal differs GREATLY from one person to another, more so than with any other drug.
I made the worst mistake of my life just over 2 years ago by starting to fool around with oxys. I should have known better seeing what it did to my best friend. But, I thought I was different than others. I had partied for years before that with every other type of drug, except crack and heroin (oxys, same fvcken thing), and I was always the guy, who knew when to stop. I would do a couple of days, on the weekend, etc., and would stop everytime because I knew I had work and other responsibilities. Crystal could not even come close to hooking me on something. These oxys, though, god dam this is a whole other ball game.
I first quit about 1.5 years ago by using a mix of subs and oxys. I was only on the subs for a few months. When I came off the subs, I had never felt as bad as I did throughout 10 oxy withdrawals. Subs have a different type of withdrawal than opiates. When coming of subs, I wasn't depressed, sweating, or sick, but experienced with the worst anxiey and insomnia imaginable. After 5 days, I couldn't take it. What I did is jump back on oxys for a couple weeks, then successfully withdrew off of that. After this experience, I flush all of my subs down the toilet and swore them off for good.
About a year ago, I made the 2nd worse decision of my life and starting using oxys again, but much worse than the first time. After a couple of months, my situation was getting so desperate that I did what I said I would never do again and got back on the subs. I am on them now and am so scared of the sh1t that I sometimes will jump back on fvcken oxys for a couple of days, just so I am not constantly pouring sub into my system. Furthermore, what really is the kicker is the use of suboxone actually INCREASES your tolerance. I have to get off these subs in 6 months because I am getting married in a year and want this stage of my life DONE WITH.
Now, to counter my experiences, I have had friends that experience little to NO WDs coming off subs. I also have friends that have had it bad like me. The difference in withdrawal symptoms within circle of people I know differs tremendous. Unlike most of my friends, I also have the unfortunate affliction of being able to feel an oxy only 4-6 hours after taking all the way up to a half a sub, so although the sub does curb my cravings somewhat, I still have a decent amount of cravings.
Like others have said, you must taper your suboxone use as much as you can when coming off. I recommend going down to 1/16th of a tab every other morning. When you do come off, and I don’t care what anyone says, make sure you have a nice supply of xanax, somas, and preferably, klonopin because you are going to feel anxiety second to none. Even if you do develop a small problem, I would trade 10 small problems with a downer to get rid of my oxy problem.
Finally, the worst part for me in regards to this opiate issue is coming to grips with how bad I have fvcked my body up, knowing how much money I have spent (even though I was creative in making sure that I did not dip into my savings, but didn’t save the amount of money I should of considering what I made over that time), realizing how much time and energy I have wasted, and knowing how much the drug changed my formally fun-loving, energetic, and outgoing personality. It is depressing.
DOG: yeh it is depressing how much opiates fuck one's life up, but that is a good motive to get clean and stop abusing them in the future
the sub withdrawal does differ vastly from person to person although it does seem to make a huge difference how long the person was actually on them for. short term detox over a week or a few weeks seems to work out ok for most
taper is definitely the key to reducing the violence of withdrawals
like yourself, i detest subs, the anxiety in withdrawals is second to none in my experience and goes on for a long time. I've been on and off benzos and also take sleeping tablets (zopiclone) and seroquel at night time
i'm guessing but it probably makes a difference to recovery as to how much stuff you have to face up to that you've been burying under a cloak of opiates. All that shit comes to the surface and has to be dealt with.
Keep on tapering to as small a dose as possible. You sound like you already on the right tracks with regards to taper.
I agree that for me too the opiates are far more addictive than any other drug of abuse. I think it's probably because I could function and feel 'OK' while high on opiates whereas
other drugs of abuse had far more horrid side effects. But, although I thought I was OK, I wasn't. It took me a while to realise that I'd changed so much and become someone I didn't like (and nor did anyone else).
It's a tough journey but worth all the pain to get back to 'normality'.
Wish you well and look forward to hearing how you get on DOG.
How hard is it to get a doctor to prescribe this? Do you have to pay one of the expensive clinics, or will normal doctors prescribe suboxone?
I am really scared to take these. I got 6 of them from a friend. They say N 8, which I think means 8 mg, but the Pill Identifier says that that could be anything from 2 - 8 mg. More importantly, I am afraid that the subs won't work, and that they will make it so that I cannot take an oxy for 3 days either - meaning I'll miss work for three days? I have been taking ten 80 Oxys a day for way too long. I quit cold turkey once, but that launched the worst 4 weeks of my life (I am 44 years old, so withdrawals hurt worse than when I was young). Have subs ever failed for any of you - where you take the sub and it does not stop the withdrawals but does block out the oxys, so there is no relief for 3 days or more?
I am really scared to take these. I got 6 of them from a friend. They say N 8, which I think means 8 mg, but the Pill Identifier says that that could be anything from 2 - 8 mg. More importantly, I am afraid that the subs won't work, and that they will make it so that I cannot take an oxy for 3 days either - meaning I'll miss work for three days? I have been taking ten 80 Oxys a day for way too long. I quit cold turkey once, but that launched the worst 4 weeks of my life (I am 44 years old, so withdrawals hurt worse than when I was young). Have subs ever failed for any of you - where you take the sub and it does not stop the withdrawals but does block out the oxys, so there is no relief for 3 days or more?
Phil - Thanks for the words. You are correct about the anxiety with sub withdrawal. It is, BY FAR, the worst anxiety imaginable. I am to the point where I am considering staying off the subs for a month, doing oxys, and take 2 weeks off of work and coming off the oxys. I am on my 3rd day back on subs today, and I can really put a shotgun to my head. Why? Because although I am not really sick, I am depressed beyond belief. I have taken 4 adderall, and I am still shockingly depressed. With that being said, even if I get better on subs, I still have fvcken monster withdrawal to go through. I might as well fvcken come off oxys. I am at my wits end. I cannot stand what I have done to myself. I absolutely HATE myself for it. I am ruined both physically and mentally.
Amacao - You can look up all the physicians, who prescribe subs in your area, on the internet. The physician needs a specials license. There are some expensive clinics and some relatively inexpensive clinics. My physician is cheap and costs $200 for the first visit and $100 for each subsequent visit. The subs, themselves, are very expensive if you don't have insurance, but a fvck of alot cheaper than oxys. 30 subs will cost you about $200 bucks. I have good insurance, but refuse to put any of this on my insurance, so that it is not readily available in my medical records. You have to really look for it.
Worried - Those are 8 mg subs. If you have been doing 10 80s a day for a long time, you are still going to feel like sh1t on the subs. You will feel a hell of alot better on subs than without them, though. You are still going to be very achy, depressed, and the worst for me, sweating your arse off for at least 3 days. At 10 subs per day, I would wait at least a solid 24 hours to take the sub after your last oxy. You know better than me when the oxy is COMPLETELY out your system. I usually due about 3 to 4 80s a day and wait about 17 or 18 hours before dropping a sub. If you take it early while opiates are still in your system, you will break out into the worst withdrawal sweat imagineable. Finally, the subs blocking an opiate for 3 days is BS. If I have not been taking any subs for a while and I take a 1/2, I can feel an 80 or remove any WD symptoms about 6 hours after the sub. The Narcan/Naxalone in the sub is what blocks your receptors, and its half life is only 2 hours.
113 DAYS!!!! Hi All! Just wanted to update you all. I am doing great. I am back to working and I love it. Things are looking up for me these days. I hope all is well and everyone out there keep up the good work.
am in a bit of an emotional mess right now so can't write much
DOG: subs left me feeling really depressed too.
Worried but read: i agree with DOG, DO NOT take subs until you are in withdrawals from oxys, wait as long as you can, which i guess means at least 24 hours, try tapering the oxys down as well
subs will throw you into precipitated withdrawals if you take them too soon and this is a seriously nasty thing to experience
also, if i was you, i would only use the subs for a short detox of 7-14 days
getting hooked on subs long term will bring a whole host of problems no better or worse than with oxys and the eventual taper/withdraw will be long and drawn out
Jules: thanks for letting us know how things are going, is great to hear the good news!
im withdrawling right now , worst feeling in the world i was blowing a half a sub a day(N8's)... i know its bad i should of been taking it under my tongue, this is why i havnt been able to stop.... im freaking out, mad cold sweats, so anxious.. i feel like grabing some xannax and passing the fuck out, just wanna nodd out sooooo bad
dattpiff: you're not alone, I felt exactly the same, the anxiety was the very worst aspect of it all
i don't think it makes a great deal of difference whether you were snorting them or taking them under the tongue. the withdrawal is still the same
the anxiety will start to decrease as will the other withdrawal symptoms, it takes time but you will feel improvement soon
maybe see a doctor about other meds that can reduce withdrawal symptoms
i wish you the very best with your brave fight
I was just dropping a few lines in to let you all know that you are all being heard. I always read all the posts on hear and I am glad to hear from every last one of you. I sympathize with all of you going through this shit right now, and I am inspired by all of you who have beaten this monster. You all give me hope and strength.
I am still fighting my battle. I have been in the process of tapering my methadone slowly over the last couple months. I've come a long way, although I still have a ways to go. I have succeeded in decreasing my dose from 80mg/day down to 20mg/day. I just did another 2.5mg decrease as of yesterday. This is day number two for me at the new dose. Well I definitely feel it...the last decrease was a breeze, but this one is a little tougher. I'm getting down to such a small dose, at least for me it is, and I know it's probably going to keep getting harder. Especially when I get down to around 10mg/day. But I'm doing it one day at a time right now....that's all I can do.
I never thought I would be able to get where I'm at...I used to think I might be on the shit forever, but I know I will win again this time...hopefully for good...no, it WILL be for good!!!
Good luck to you all, and God Bless you!!
Melanie (lealaken)
Melanie: great to hear from you
as you no doubt already know it is the percentage drop in dose that really makes the difference, so a 10% drop from 100mg to 90mg is comparable to going from 22.5 to 20mg and from 10mg to 9mg etc...
and yeh, it becomes more noticeable at smaller tapers when on a lower dose
but anyway, is really encouraging to hear from you, am so glad that you are doing so well despite the discomfort and struggle
I know you can do it Melanie!
You've been kept in both my prayers and the church's.
Good luck and best wishes to you all.
God bless,
Phil.
I thought I would bring this here, as I posted it on a few other sites, and it has been helpful to others in deciding whether or not to begin suboxone treatment.
After doing the suboxone and oxy merry-go-round for the last 2.5 years and withdrawing a few times off of both, below are the positives and negatives associated with suboxone based upon my experiences:
Positives
- Allows you to stabilize your life
- Deters drug-seeking behavior
- Gives you a glimpse of how sober life will be, which is a great motivator to get clean. Basically, it gets your “mind right”
- Cheaper. ( I know subs are expensive without insurance, but if subs are more expensive than your habit, you should not need subs to come off.)
- Does not give you the high other opiates do, which results in much less depression during withdrawal time when compared to h or oxys.
- Withdrawals do not result in the same the level of acute sickness, when compared to other opiates
- Gives you the possibility of still being able to work during withdrawals
Negatives
- Could result in just another addiction
- Gives you a false sense of security, ie “Hey, I am off dope.” No, you still have a long road ahead.
- Could very well INCREASE your tolerance for opiates. (It has happened to me and a few of my friends)
- Extended withdrawal time. Depending on how long you took subs and your taper, it could very well be 3-6 months before you are back to what you would call normal.
- Withdrawals include some of the absolute worst anxiety one could imagine. To describe it will not do the feeling any justice, rather you have to experience it.
- You could be like me and have the unfortunate affliction of still being able to feel an 80 after 6 hours of taking a sub.
I hope the above helps someone in making their decision. Like I said, the above is based upon my experiences, but I will say the vast majority of my friends have confirmed most of the above.
Finally and in my humble opinion, if you are doing anything less than 2 oxy 80s per day for a year or less, I STRONGLY recommend you attempt other options, specifically coming off cold turkey, instead of the sub. I have seen people begin subs as the result of a 10-Lortab, per-day habit, which I believe is just a mind-numbing mistake. Hope this helps.
DOG: truly fantastic post, thank you!
I agree totally with what you have said. Your ability to see both the positives and negatives objectively is truly masterful. You are a very intelligent chap.
Thank you,
Phil.
Phil: Thank you for the kind words. Hearing that from a stranger invokes so many feelings within me. I cannot stress enough how much partying and the use of drugs has negatively impacted my life over the last 5 years. Everything your parents tell you about drug use is spot on; TRUST ME.
If you are a young man or woman between the ages of 18-24, please take note of the below and hopefully it will point just one of you in the right direction in moving forward. My story is not one of those horror stories regarding the use of drugs, in which most young folks just blow off because they know it chances of it happening to them are low. My story is a REALISTIC story regarding the effects of drugs that will UNDOUBTEDLY happen to you if you follow my path.
I graduated college at 22, but did not experiment with drugs until the age of 24. During my last 2-3 years of college, I was the guy that NO ONE wanted to be in class with. You know why? It is because I busted the curve on all tests, and if you were in my class, you wanted to be my best friend. Throughout my last 6 semesters or 3 years of college, I made A’s in every single class, except one B, which was a class involving a group project and no exams. In regards to all of my other classes, I scored nothing less than an A, and I am not talking about individual classes. I am talking about TESTS. I made an A on ever single test my last 3 years of college. I graduated college with a total GPA of 3.75 and a GPA of 4.00 in my major and minor. (I made a couple of questionable grades my first year in college before I was focused and when I did not attend class, which affected my final GPA.
Just to give you one small example, while in college, I was never required to take an English or Writing class because I tested out of English due to the admissions test and my ACT scores of 34 and 35 in Reading Comprehension and English, respectively. During my senior year in high school, I was allowed to leave English class to go train for football season, as I was the football teams starting running back.
Now, please be assured that I am not bragging or I would not be on this site, rather setting things up for my point. After I graduated college and entered my profession, I started to party. Smart, yes, I know. I would eat tabs all weekend or stay up all weekend on coke or meth. I always stopped Sunday afternoon and would show up for work Monday. Instead of reaching my full potential, I was operating at about 50% during the week until Thursday, when the cycle would start up again. I was able to get the job done with no problems, but was wasting my full potential. With the beginning of my oxy problem, this cycle has continued, and I am still at the operating rate of 50%. I am now sitting at the age of 30 years old.
As a result of drug use and to this point in my life, I have completely wasted all of the gifts I was blessed with. My drug use has leveled the playing field and allowed those, who are not addicts, to keep pace with me. Drugs have prevented me from even NEARING my full potential in life. I should be in a better position within my profession and a MUCH better position financially, but I am not all because of drugs. As I sit here at 30 years old, I am so angry at myself because of this and am filled with so much self-hatred for what I have done. I am now hell bent on straightening out my life and fulfilling my potential.
With that being said, to those young users out there, drugs may not result in homelessness, it may not result in a prison sentence, it may not result in death, it may not result in the loss of everything you own, etc. What it undoubtedly will result in is the wasting of your many talents, animosity toward yourself and self-hatred, a loss of the most precious thing we have, time, and worst of all, drugs will ensure that you remain no better than average your entire life.
(Sorry for the rant)
DOG: don't apologise for ranting! feel free to rant here as much as you like.
AND, anyway, that was NOT a rant. It was a very intelligable and interesting post. Thank you once again. I have to agree with everything you said.
I found it very interesting that you mentioned doing so well at college except for the course that was group work orientated instead of exam. I had exactly the same problem at uni. I excelled when working alone (got straight A's) but when the focus turned to group/team work I found myself hating it and coping very badly.
Have you ever read about Aspergers Syndrome? I was diagnosed last year with Aspergers Syndrome (AS) at the age of 34. Such people are often very intelligent and gifted but struggle in the area of social intercourse. The classic example (and it is only an example), is the eccentric university professor who is a genius but is very awkward in social environments like parties.
I overcame my social anxiety by abusing drugs and became a hard core party man. I'm now learning how to be the same person without abusing drugs (especially those damn addictive opiates).
I am NOT suggesting you have AS. I am merely presenting the autism spectrum disorders (ASD) as something you might find interesting to read about. It is NOT about retards. It is NOT about disabled people. It is about VERY gifted people who have a common set of personality traits. Indeed, the label 'syndrome' and 'disorder' are very misleading. Many people who are aware of their ASD, be it AS or high functioning autism (HFA), or whatever, consider it a blessing. However, there can be struggles that come along with that gifting such as social anxiety and higher than average levels of anxiety in general.
Your posts are inspiring. I really am so glad you discovered this site. Please forgive me for mentioning the autism spectrum thing as you might consider it completely inappropriate. I just don't want to miss out on the chance of mentioning something that 'might' be of some benefit to you.
Either way, you are clearly a thoroughly decent sort of person. I can tell that just by what you have written and it being so from the heart and also for the benefit of others.
Do not feel guilty about your drug use history. It is part of your journey in life. You have recognised it as a negative thing that needs addressing. You have already seen that it isn't the way forward. Many people never even do that. You've done so well and been so brave. Build on that. You are one of the special people in this world that we need.
You had your reasons for doing the drugs at the time. You wanted to have a break from the difficulties that life caused you. You wanted to have fun. At the time, it was the only way you could see of being able to have fun like everyone else around you. Everyone deserves to have some fun in their lives. And now, like me, you've recognised that drugs do not have the answer. But, life without drug abuse does not lack fun. It contains even more fun. It's just a matter of learning how to enjoy life, chill out, let your hair down, without needing to resort to drugs.
For a while this goal might seem impossible. It isn't. It just feels a bit raw when one first quits the dope. We have to re-learn how to live life and enjoy it. A few months down the line and things will start to make sense again.
I could go on but I've run out of time.
Melanie: in mine and the church's prayers, I'm thinking of you.
And to all of you, the very best of wishes,
Phil.
Phil: Again, thanks for the kind words. Yes, I am very familiar with AS because one of my nephew's has it. I can only imagine the added difficulties this could play in your recovery. May the sun god, Helios, bless you in moving forward.
As far as myself, the ability to socialize is probably one of the least of my concerns. It probably contributed to my problem in that I was always expected to be in that wild and crazy mood to liven up the party. Unfortunately, my opiate addiction has really changed my personality in that respects, as I have become more and more to myself over the last year of my addiction.
The reasons why I chose drugs is the basis for my beating myself up over it so much. I come from a good family with some of the best parents in the world. I did not have to overcome any hardships or deal with the tragedies some others have dealt with. The reason I chose to do drugs is because I found life boring, which is just a ridiculous reason to turn to these substances.
Keep in touch!
DOG: I don't think it is a ridiculous reason to turn to drugs because you found life boring. I'm pretty sure that that was a major consideration in my reasoning. In fact, now you mention it, I'm pretty sure I started off on the drug trail through nothing other than boredom/disillusionment with life.
Of course, we've now learnt that drugs don't enhance life or make it more interesting. In fact, life on drugs goes beyond boredom into total depression and a host of other hideous side effects. I'd rather be bored than depressed and hooked on dope.
It's the usual pattern that eventually the drug use becomes so controlling that we stop bothering to go out and become isolated. Even chronic cannabis users stop going out and become loners. However, cannabis doesn't give the horrendous withdrawals that opiates do when you finally decide to quit.
All we end up caring about is the hit. We lose all interest in other people and the world about us.
Thank you for your Helios blessing DOG. I have the utmost respect for people of all faiths and beliefs.
Yes, AS has certainly thrown me some pretty unique problems in the withdrawal process. The worst aspect was the fact that the unbelievable levels of anxiety just fed all the negative sides of my autism. I was completely incapable of seeking outside help and spent the first few months of withdrawal without speaking to anyone. It sent me over the edge and I ended up on a psychiatric ward for a couple of weeks.
Looking back, I can see that the withdrawals made me mildly psychotic (mild compared to full blown psychosis, but certainly didn't feel mild at the time). Plus the tachycardia was appalling. I don't think my heart rate ever dipped below 140bpm for the first few weeks. I was measuring it every few days.
But, AS or not, the anxiety and tachycardia caused by buprenorphine withdrawal is the worst I've ever experienced. No other opiate, not even methadone, has come close with regards to that. If I had known what it was going to be like I would have battled through the methadone taper and never switched over to bupe.
Crazy, crazy world. Crazy pharmaceutical companies. Crazy psychiatrists believing the pharmaceutical company hype. Long term bupe maintenance and taper is a big NO NO.
When will the medical profession learn? How can they be so naive? It was the pharmaceutical companies that originally marketed morphine as (amongst other things) a cure for opium addiction. Then they marketed heroin as a cure for morphine addiction. Then, back in the 70's they marketed Diconal as a cure for heroin addiction (it turned out more addictive and way more disastrous to physical health). Then methadone takes centre stage. Horrid stuff. And now bupe is constantly being touted as the very best in many respects for long term maintenance.
I've read some really ridiculous claims concerning bupe. If only they were true. Alas, it is nothing but another opiate, and a very strong one at that. In blind studies, heroin users were given bupe via IV and when asked, they thought they had been administered heroin...
Maybe my AS has made my recovery slower than for other people. I really don't know. At the end of the day, autism or not, I'm still a human being. All I can do is say what has happened to me. I can but tell the truth.
Oh crap... I've just lost the rest of this post. Lol. I hit the backspace key and that was that...
Well that just leaves me to wish you all the best.
God bless,
Phil.
(211 days since jumping and I am not better just yet BUT I am beginning to get my sense of humour back :D
My last dose of sub was Sunday at 2pm so I guess that means i just finished day 4 free of my crutch. I miss my crutch sometimes but despise it at others. Its like there is a constant battle in my mind - Im strong enough and life will get better vs this is utter bull, i will always feel this shitty, it wont get any better just take the pills. There is so much at stake here - this is the battle i cant afford to lose!!! I feel so crappy and if i could just get a clear idea of when it will be over or at least better i think i could handle it better. I called my dr and told him i was gonna throw myself from the nearest bridge. He told me he was gonna call me in xanax. I refused and asked why the hell would i want to trade one addiction for another. Maybe i wont become addicted as he states but im not taking any freaking chances. I don't know!!! My chest hurts, my body hurts, my intestines hurt, my head hurts, Shit - my hair hurts!!!!!! I managed to go to work every day, however yesterday i wore half the clothes i slept in!! I don't know how much farther i can go before i crumble. On the other hand - reading success stories on this site - WOW - it can be done?????? Maybe ill feel better tomorrow? Maybe this is all just a nightmare?
Girl next door: If you're doctor is recommending xanax then I would accept the offer. You need all the help you can get right now. If you want to avoid benzo addiction then just try and keep your usage to a minimum and not every day for more than a week or two. I'm sure you know all this already.
It will start to get better. I can relate to everything you have said.
I have to get going now.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Take the Xanax. TRUST ME. Your anxiety is just beginning and willl get worse; MUCH WORSE. You are going to wish you had taken the Xanax in 2 or 3 days. Furthermore, Xanax isn't 1/10th as addicting as opiates. To get off opiates for good, I would chance a Xanax addiction in a HEARTBEAT.
Well, today is day 6. I guess im not in as much physical pain but i cant seem to unclear my head. I will try to meditate a little later today and see if that helps. Its like ive been in a coma for the last 3 years and i could see everything that was happening but unable to stop or change anything and now im facing all the heartbreak and consequences. Today my twin boys turn three, you tell me - isnt that one of the best reasons out there to push on even when the thought of breathing is too much. You know, I can't remember life before the pills very clearly. I can't remember what normal feels like. I just pray that the pain and anguish I feel isn't normal. I don't remember what normal feels like and when i read on here how good someone is feeling after a while it really helps. I would like to hear some success stories, any hope at all is great.
I'm just a girl - im not tough as nails or have anything made of steel.
Girl next door: I know exactly what you mean and totally relate to all that you are saying.
The pain and anguish is only normal for withdrawals. It isn't 'normal' for when the withdrawals eventually go away and you start to get your mind balanced again.
Today I was doing some voluntary work, laughing and joking, having fun, sober!
I'm not tough as nails or made of steel either. I've needed medication to help me through this. I've been prescribed sleeping tablets sometimes and also occasional diazepam plus seroquel to help my mind shut down at night times.
If you want hope then yes, I can honestly say that although it takes time you can and will make a 100% recovery.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Thank you Phil, more than you can ever know! Id like to ask a favor of you, if it's all right? Can you tell me about yourself, or your story, or even just a story? I don't want to sound as pathetic as i feel but - you are all i got right now. I won't be back to my computer until monday morning and what you give me is something to look forward to. It also gives me one more piece of accountability. I have a family and friends and all but none of them know about who i really am. You are the closest person to knowing me - isn't that the sadest thing youve ever heard in your life? I can make a promise for the favor - One day i will write to the desperate soul seeking comfort. Please don't think im crazy, i just need a friend. Phil, please forgive me if im asking too much. The only person who knows im an addict is you.
Girl Next Door:
No need to make a promise for the favor. Don't consider it a favor. I'm happy to tell you my story. You don't sound pathetic because I know you are going through withdrawals. That's just the way things are right now. It will get better, day by day, a little at a time.
I guess by 'your story' you mean how I ended up on bupe maintenance. With that assumption in mind, here is an outline of what happened to me:
I abused drugs from my early teens and throughout my adult life, for the best part of 20 years. I got addicted to every drug I tried but I also managed to wean myself off when things got too out of control. However, when it came to opiates, I soon discovered that it wasn't so simple.
Thus, I ended up taking the methadone maintenance option. However, a few months down the line and I'm struggling to maintain my sanity on the stuff. Even though my dose was increased I soon realised I needed to get off it.
I went through two years of tapering, failing, upping the dose again and so on. Eventually I managed to get down to below 30mg a day and then begged the psychiatrist to put me on bupe instead. I had heard that it was easier to taper and withdraw.
I found myself getting hooked on the bupe and instead of tapering I chose maintenance for a while. However, once again my tolerance built up and the drug was failing to maintain me. My dose was increased but I hated feeling so far removed from being myself. I was in a completely different world all the time.
I realised I'd have to taper and withdraw. Going from 16mg to 8mg was amazingly easy, as was going from 8mg to 4mg. Things got a great deal tougher when I was down to 2mg and under. This is when I started to experience the anxiety, pain and RLS.
In the UK we have 0.4mg bupe tablets so I went down from 2mg to 1.6mg to 1.2mg and so on down to 0.4mg. I stayed on 0.4mg for a month or two which is about how long it took for the worst of the anxiety to subside.
I jumped from 0.4mg. I didn't expect many problems. I was very wrong. The anxiety was the worst aspect of it. I became increasingly tense, afraid to go outside, restless and paranoid. However, I knew my goal now. I was really committed to being opiate free.
It has been a very tough journey. However, it is worth every bit of pain as the goal is priceless. You will benefit so much from it, as will all those who are around you. To be human is to feel pain and sorrow as well as happiness and joy. Opiates might kill physical and emotional pain for a while but soon they fail even to do that. But, they certainly rob you of happiness.
Life isn't as painful and sad as it feels when you are still in the thick of withdrawals. You've got to remember that this is the normal process of recovery. Everything feels raw . Your nerve endings are coming back to life so everything seems to hurt. You are not used to 'feeling' physical or emotional pain.
As the weeks and months pass you will find yourself getting used to feeling stuff again. The psychological and physical trauma will get increasingly milder. You will start to be yourself again and that is the best bit. You'll be able to show and receive love. Your children will benefit enormously as will you.
Don't regret the past. Turn it into a positive by learning from it and moving on to a better place.
If you want me to pray for you then drop me a line at vincentx90@live.com , it would be handy just to know your first name for this purpose.
Feel free to post here as often as you like. I'm not the only one reading it. At least you might feel less alone by coming here.
God bless,
Phil.
Girl Next Door: I am here and listening. It is your courage and the courage of all the others on this site which has given me the strength and inspiration to quit these drugs. You are not alone. Please post as much as you need to...this is how we all help each other.
I sincerely hope you are doing OK...I have went through withdrawals quite a few times. Although I have never taken subs, I have quit methadone twice, cold turkey. This is my third time around quitting methadone, only this time I am attempting to taper. I have gone from 80mg a day to 20mg a day, which is where I am at currently.
Drugs have taken nearly everything from me. I have lost my career as an RN, which I worked so hard for...there is a chance that I will be able to get my license back, but it will be difficult, and I will most likely have a hard time finding an employer with the record I have. (Both criminal and the disciplinary license issues). But the worst part of it all is the fact that I haven't seen my daughter in four years. My mother won custody of her in court and she refuses to let me have any contact with her. I tried my hardest to win but the judge had no sympathy for me. I had taken voluntary hair follicle tests to show that I had stopped using drugs back then, but since I had gotten myself into so much trouble he scoffed at me. It was unfair but it was not his job to look out for me, so he didn't. My mother and I no longer talk...she refuses to talk to me, even though I have apologized many, many times and I have been sober for 3 years. She is extremely immature emotionally and has never known how to be a parent to me. She was very abusive growing up, but that was due to her jealousy of how close I was to my father. When I was five years old I remember her saying "Your father loves you more than he loves me", and she said this with anger. She has changed and she does treat my daughter like a princess, however, and I am not worried that she will abuse her. It is the only saving grace I have. She and my father are now divorced, and have been for over 15 years. Everyday is plagued with sadness and I have been unable to fully come to terms with this loss. But I am sober...I am still taking the methadone maintenance, and I know some people do not consider that sobriety...but it's nothing like being out there using heroin and crack. And I am on the road to being completely free of this crutch, too. I have even quit smoking cigarettes! It has been almost 4 months since I have smoked a cigarette.
My story is pretty extreme and I would not wish this kind of heartache and misery on my worst enemy...it just needs to be told. These are the kinds of things drugs do to people. If you would have told me this was going to happen before it did, I would have never believed it. I was an excellent parent...I breastfed my daughter exclusively for four months and continued doing do until she was 16 months old. I read every parent book I could find and devoted my life to her. But the drugs took a hold of me and after I lost custody, I felt like I had nothing left to live for and wished for death. But that was then...today I am OK. I am taking it one day at a time. My daughter is 10 years old now. My father keeps me updated on her progress and sends me pictures. She tested so high on her state exams in school that she was placed in a special academy for gifted students at the start of this school year. She is happy and healthy, and for that I am eternally grateful.
I guess that's all I will write for now...I know it's tragic, but it's my life and this is what I have to deal with everyday. This is what drugs have done for me.
Phil: Thank you so much for keeping me in your prayers! You are still in mine as well! Hope you're feeling OK, mate!
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
To submit your question "a friend...... i was a heavy hydro user and oxy's for over a year. My doctor got me into a clinic and i got started on suboxone. It was great. I felt "normal" again. Not knowing the suboxone was just as addictive until a month ago. I went on vacation. I put all my meds in a plastic case with the days of the week on it. I went through the airport security and they took all my meds bc they werent in a bottle. I called my doctor right away and he wouldnt return my calls. so i went of suboxone cold turkey. It was just as bad as the withdrawal of the opiates. Im just now not feeling as sick but i still have some symptoms. I hate my doctor. He has totally abandoned me. He has yet to return a call even to set up an appointment. I wish I had never got on any meds.
a friend: I'm truly sorry that you have found yourself in that predicament. It's really awful that the airport security confiscated your meds. Wouldn't surprise me if the security person is up to no good. It's also terrible that your doctor has abandoned you like this.
You are showing real courage and bravery in dealing with it all as well as you are. The fact that you have managed to come here and post despite everything, sharing your burden with others is a sign of great inner strength.
I hope you will be able to find the help you need as soon as possible. Maybe you can even come off the subs now? But, whatever you do, you are not the one that has screwed up. The system has messed up. If you can handle the sub withdrawal then that is great! But, if you need to taper more slowly then that is very understandable. Whatever you decide to do I wish you the very best and pray that you will be able to be opiate free.
Melanie: Oh boy! Reading your story was absolutely heart rendering. I am so upset and saddened that you lost custody of your daughter. You so deserve to get re-registered in nursing and also to get your daughter back. That judge was harsh.
I hope things are going ok for you on the new lower dose of 20mg. Please keep me updated.
Kindest regards to you all and thank you for all your posts. They really are an inspiration and incredibly humbling to read.
Phil.
Well, just so you know i have written like 5 different very long comments and managed to convince myself that each were derranged in their own ways and deleted them. I'm beginning to think i'm derranged, lol. Ive made the decision to write what i feel and think without trying to filter them so just a heads up, some of what i may say may be meaningless or at worst possibly offensive however not intended.
Now with my disclosure in place, I will continue. Today is day 8. That may seem like progress to some but for me its a miracle. I have to say, even though i don't want to because i still feel like a P.M.S.'ing mental patient on shock therapy, i do feel better today than yesterday. I remember previous posts i read stating that this site scares them and i don't want to encourage fear but, my God, I'm just a girl, jim. Seriously, this is some shitty stuff but not impossible - if i am still here there is hope. I am sooooo glad you guys are here. The amount of empathy and general concern i have rec'vd from you (phil and melanie), complete strangers yet comrades the same has been overwhelming and literally brought me to tears. Phil - you assumed correct but now tell me why you are still here? What has been the most significant difference that keeps you sober? Why did you stop using, for real?
Melanie - I have spent alot of time today thinking about your story. Knowing mine is similar just a step behind. I am grateful for your bravery and honesty, you really are stronger than me. Oh crap, i have 4 mins. ill finish my rant tomorrow thanks!@
You know, I feel genuinely pissed off thinking about your story, Melanie. Its not fair, really. The world wants to say addiction is a disease, mental illness or defect and treatable just the same as bi-polar disorder and major depression. There is not a "cure" for any only treatment. Can someone explain to me why then a mother with mental illness who makes large errors in judgement and brings her life to shambles is seen with empathy, given treatment, and deemed fit without shame yet there is a stigma for addicts. I'm sure we are judged on some level by the "worst case scenario" but are we ever redeemed in the eyes of others? Can we be trusted again? Is there a chance we can regain our lives back and not fear judgement? I wonder, if it were viewed by the masses that all mothers with postpartum, or even the majority, drown their children - how many women would seek help and how many would cower in fear their children will be ripped from them. We as addicts, are taught to accept responsibility for our actions, blame ourselves, etc. I do take responsibility. I am responsible for the choices i made in the beginning of my addiction however, somewhere along the way who i am ceased to exist and only my defects remained. I am responsible NOW for my choice to say sober, no matter what. I'm sorry, i might be an idiot, but i feel enough shame without others laying it at my feet. Tell me what sin i have committed that is so much worse than others. It breaks my heart to think of you being treated harshly or unequally by a judge who is supposed to remain neutral. If you could prove your sobriety with the hair test then why werent you seen as redeemed? Why is your mother allowed to keep your daughter from you? We face a large enough demond already.
Question: You know that feeling in your stomache when your falling or going down a rollercoaster, that uneasy almost like vibrating feeling in your stomache, i have it all the time. It's like no matter what i do i cant settle it and my chest hurts a bit like i cant catch my breath. I just feel tense everywhere and shaky. Is that anxiety? I've never had a problem with anxiety in the past so what is going on. My hands are shaking and my thoughts are racing. when and how do i make this go away or is this it? I feel disconnected and out of control.
I took methadone for six months (started at 10, up to 60 down to 35). 2 days later I started sub, started at 4mgs, next 2 days did 8mgs, 4mgs for 3 weeks, down to 2mgs last 2 weeks.
I stopped taking them today, Does any one think I will experience real bad withdraw symptoms? I have to go to work.
I think you will have some w/d symptoms but maybe not that bad. You will know pretty quickly. I took subs for almost 2 years, my withdrawl was harsh and still kicking but i havent missed any work and i have 4 boys. I'm on day 9 without subs. My experience was the first 2 days were managable w/just discomfort. Day 3 thru 5 were the hardest. Day 6 and 7 were a little better but after that week i couldn't see it then and the morning of day 8 i found i was thru the woods. I have mild symptoms that suck but are getting better. If you have a support system it will help. I think the more you push thru and just do what needs to be done, like working the easier it seems in the long run. I guess that depends greatly on your work too. I'm not sure i could have done heavy manual labor for the first week but i did take them substantially longer and i have heard of people who took them a short time like yourself who had little or no withdrawls. The only thing that makes me think you will have some is the extent on methadone. Good luck! Let me know how you are doing. Just a note though, it took me 3 times to finaly make it here so don't give up if you backslide a bit. Tomorrow is another day and this is hard.
Girl Next Door: First of all I just wanted to express how healing it has been to get this story out and to have you and Phil empathize and respond with such compassion and without judgment. Your reaction to how unfair it seems is completely accurate. The judge in my case did not give my negative hair follicle results a second thought. He did not care that I was trying, nor did it even matter that I was clean. The past history of my addiction is all that mattered to him. He was cold, unfair, and even glared at me with some kind of sick satisfaction. I am not one to exaggerate, this really happened to me...I felt like I was in a horrible nightmare and I just wanted to wake up. Probate court judges can basically do what they want. It is different than a criminal court which has set guidelines. Usually a probate judge will take the advice and recommendations of a child protective service case worker, but in my case there wasn't one, because there was no child abuse and no child neglect! It was because I had failed the first hair follicle test a year prior to that...this was what he was basing his decision on. My mother had said she wanted the hair test administered on me, so they made me do it...and of course I didn't have enough clean time when this all started to pass the very first hair follicle test. Of course my mother knew this. Later on, when I took my mother back to court to try and get visitation, I paid for, and took my own voluntary hair follicle tests...(2 in a row, each going back 90 days) and I passed...there were no drugs found. But like I said, the judge did not care...he actually said, "Let's get this adoption hearing underway, this matter is frustrating the courts." I was railroaded. My lawyer was shocked...even my mother's lawyer was shocked. Her lawyer even thought I would get visitation. It just didn't seem real. I felt suicidal back then, but like I said before...I am OK now. I am the only person that my mother keeps my daughter from seeing. My ex-husband, her father, is an alcoholic and just got out of prison for habitual DUI's and pot possession, but she lets my daughter see him every week...it's a senseless, tragic, horrible mess.
I am very cautious about telling this story to anybody because people tend to judge me and/or say things like, "If it was my kid I would kidnap them...I wouldn't let this happen." People have a hard time believing that this could actually happen...but I am proof that it can and it most certainly does happen. I tried my hardest to win back custody. Like I said, I was railroaded in court. I plan on seeing a counselor to try and help with the grief and nightmares that I experience every day and night. I am hoping that a counselor might know of something else I could do...or at least help me come to terms with some part of this.
It really made sense what you were saying about the stigma of addiction...it's so true. If addiction is a disease, then why are addicts treated like hardened criminals when the only crime they've committed is using or possessing drugs? And you're right...even after an addict recovers, there's still such a stigma and harsh judgement placed on them. My parents divorced when I was 15 and my father's wife hates drug addicts so much she refuses to talk to me...even though it's been three years since I've used. But she's such a shallow, narrow minded person that I only feel pity for her anyway.
As far as that feeling you are describing in your stomach, I don't know for sure if it's anxiety, but I have heard sooo many people say that the anxiety is the worst part of sub withdrawal. I have only withdrawn from methadone and a couple other different opiates, but I have experienced a similar feeling in the pit of my stomach. It is a terrible feeling! It feels like the worst butterflies in your stomach with a touch of pain and nausea all mixed together. It is absolutely sickening. I know you don't want another addiction to a benzodiazapine such as xanax or valium...but perhaps there is something else your doctor could prescribe for this. Maybe seroquel, or something along those lines. Seroquel is nonaddictive, but it does tend to be too strong for some people to take throughout the day. These are just some ideas that I have heard from others experiencing the same type of symptoms.
I am truly glad that you are here and sharing your story...like I said before, it's your strength and the strength of so many others on this forum that has given me the courage to go forward with my taper and eventual quitting of the methadone that I currently take. I look forward to talking more with you.
Wirenut1: I can't say for sure if you will have any withdrawals...but if you do, hopefully it will be mild since you only stayed on the subs for a short time. I would really like to know how you come along with this. Please update on your progress and how you are feeling.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
to Wirenut1,
I think i may be able to help you out. I was taking about 8-10 viks a day for probably around 8 months, then i started getting into heavier stuff which woke me up. I decided to quit being an idiot and got about 25 viks and 4 suboxones and went a few days of minimal vik use(3-5) and then i would wait as long as possible to take subox(less than 2mg). This cycle lasted about 2 1/2 weeks. Note: it takes pretty strong will power to avoid the viks and switch to the sub's, therefore I do not advise this plan to most. It worked a bit, when coming off viks I felt like I could kill someone but after using the 2 1/2 week cycle I only dealt with the minor issues such as runny nose, few chills, little sleep. I then started full blown subox treatment for another 2 weeks just to cap off strong. I got 3 box and stretched them to last for 3 weeks, and at each 2 day interval I would take less. I am on day 3 of being on nothing and its not bad at all. Yesterday I was pretty irritable and had runny nose, chills, ect. but nothing compared to jumping straight of viks. Today started off slow but after a shower and some moving around I'm generally pretty good...After reading way too many posts and trying to gather as much info as possible I think the trick to sub's is to use them only for the short-term. When you stop afterwards it will suck, its inevitable, but not as bad as some of the posts I've read of 1 year+ use. Not sure what the next few days will be like...Guess I'll find out soon
hello to any one who is reading, listening i am on day three off of the subs and i was googleing sub wd to see what came up and see how much longer my hell is going to be and i came across your page very glad i did and to know i am not alone
let me tell you my story i was takeing hydros for for six months pretty much every day and days i didnt have them i would feal like crap so i knew i had an issue i quit cold turkey one time for a week because i knew i needed to pass a drug test for a job as soon as i passed the test i went straight to hy hydro hook up dont know why the hell i did now that i look back at it the week i took off from the hydros was nothing like these past three days. SO It was getting harder to find a constant supply of hydros where i am from so i had a friend who went to a doctor and got a presciption for subs he said to me take one there not adictive so his doctor originally told him and it would take away the withdrawl feallings so i did i have been on them for over six months now and i stopped takeing them ten am sunday morning was my last quarter of a sub so 2mg its has been hell i cant do anything and tomorrow is thanksgiving i am dreading an usual great day to be with friends and family because i dont feal like being sociable and entertaining talking to any one by the time it is thanksgiving i will be well into day four is any one out there in this early part of there wd any more?
i use to love to go out and see people hang out and party exspeially the night before thanksgiving one of the biggest party nights of the year i am only33 years old and these subs have made me feal like i am 20 years older then i realy am i dont ever want to do anything help
shit you guys
i dont know if ever had to scroll down that far to get to the bottom of a page
this tells me that its not just me
i truly wish i had seen this page before i got on suboxone
and before i went from 4 mgs a day to nothing at all
all these symptoms are dead on accurate with what ive been going through
ive had to work during all of this
and it has been fucking killing me
i cant tell you how badly ive wanted to just get the fuck out of there
at least to change my shirt because of the insane amount of sweat my body is producing
perhaps my biggest problem at this point in time
this withdrawal has sent me into an old familiar state of mind
once again i am filled to the brim with a case of the fuck its. i have no motivation. for anything. but i cant sleep. this leads me to nothing. i tried to watch television a minute ago and stared at the clock. oh dear. what have we done?
i can only hope that soon i will find something normal inside of me. or at least get some sleep.
I GUESS THE MORAL OF THE STORY IS TO NEVER GET ON THE SUBS IN THE FIRST PLACE
shit you guys
i dont know if ever had to scroll down that far to get to the bottom of a page
this tells me that its not just me
i truly wish i had seen this page before i got on suboxone
and before i went from 4 mgs a day to nothing at all
all these symptoms are dead on accurate with what ive been going through
ive had to work during all of this
and it has been fucking killing me
i cant tell you how badly ive wanted to just get the fuck out of there
at least to change my shirt because of the insane amount of sweat my body is producing
perhaps my biggest problem at this point in time
this withdrawal has sent me into an old familiar state of mind
once again i am filled to the brim with a case of the fuck its. i have no motivation. for anything. but i cant sleep. this leads me to nothing. i tried to watch television a minute ago and stared at the clock. oh dear. what have we done?
i can only hope that soon i will find something normal inside of me. or at least get some sleep.
I GUESS THE MORAL OF THE STORY IS TO NEVER GET ON THE SUBS IN THE FIRST PLACE
I been overtired, not getting much sleep and have a lot more voluntary work to do these days. This is the first chance I've had to check this page in the past few days.
Fortunately, I'm getting the sleep I need now.
So many posts since I last visited!
Girl next door: You asked me why I'm still here, what 'for real' my reasons for quitting opiates are and what keeps me sober.
Well firstly, I'm still here because I'm concerned about other people going through taper/withdrawals and don't want them to feel so alone. Also, it is a continuing source of encouragement for me to read the posts and stops me from feeling so alone too. It also reminds me how important it is to get my sobriety back and what a mistake it would be to start using again.
Secondly, what made me want to stop taking opiates? Well, I think there are a lot of reasons. They had stopped getting me high and were instead making me feel depressed. They cut off my emotions and destroyed my ability to love and care for other people. They distorted my personality beyond recognition and I became someone I did not like. I didn't even know who I was any more. They ruled my life and even those people closest to me meant less than the drugs. They kept me in a prison in my own mind. I was self-destructive. I did not care about anything or anyone. I OD'ed a number of times and I'm very surprised I'm still alive (especially after OD'ing on a cocktail of methadone, heroin and valium following a binge on crack). Other people found it very hard to like me as I was so far removed from reality and deeply set in my own little opiate world. I couldn't make friends. Oh boy, the list is just endless. My addiction completely ruled and destroyed my life. I was so obsessed with chasing the high that I didn't even work. It was a full time job being a dope fiend. I was on and off homeless for many years, until getting on maintenance and thus accessing welfare and social services. The opiates were making me extremely unstable, mood swings were violent.
Well, like I said, the list is positively endless.
Thirdly, what keeps me sober? The fact that using again will cause all the above problems!
Melanie: I told your story to a small group of friends from church because it was so much on my heart. I ended up breaking down in tears. I sobbed my heart out so hard my body was shuddering. But, I'm glad I did. I was at a service this morning and the presiding minister, who was there the previous night when I broke down, prayed for you by name and also for all people who are the victims of addiction.
Girl next door: I guess that is why I'm still here. Because, you guys are going through stuff that I can relate to. To hear the stories of hardship, pain and courage is incredibly moving.
Becoming and being a victim of addiction is a truly terrible affliction. Unfortunately, some people in this world really do have small minds and relish judging others as it stops them reflecting on their own inadequacies. Just like Melanie said earlier, I normally end up pitying such people because their lives are so narrow. Despite everything, I would rather be a recovering addict than a narrow-minded judgemental bigot.
To all of you going through this nightmare: Yes, it DOES and WILL start to get better eventually. It really is possible and recovery inevitably happens because that is what the body and mind does naturally. I know it doesn't ever happen quick enough. Time is a great healer.
Holesome: I get the 'fuck its' aswell. These episodes become less frequent and shorter lasting as time goes on. Personally, I think it is the psychological battle of getting used to life without opiates (and I guess any other drug addiction). It's the mind trying to find it's natural balance again. It's getting used to being sober again.
Well, I'm running out of steam...
Thanks for all your posts, it is still a constant source of inspiration and healing.
God Bless,
Phil.
k...a little update. After I sent the post the other day it was downhill from there...I still havent felt much physical pain like coming off viks straight and the chills and yawns have gone down a bunch, still some nausea & damn...the depression is no joke, didnt even go to thanksgiving...just sittin here at the house...Anyone know how long the depression last for?
textbook10: you might start to climb out of the depression soon. It's hard to say as it is different for every person. But, whenever coming off an opiate, depression, lethargy and restlessness are a big problem.
As you have only been on the subs in the very short term you might well be able to bounce back pretty quickly after this initial acute phase of discomfort.
I really do wish the best and do keep posting and letting us know how things are going for you. There maybe other advice someone on this site is able to offer you.
I hope so as well. Also, thanks for the timely response and support...i start school again in three days so im hoping the worst of it will subside by then. Today I've begun to notice that its starting to come in waves...one minute im totally ok, the next minute I'm feeling crappy again...very weird situation. I keep reminding myself of how I'm still young and should nip this is the bud before its too late...seems to be working thus far. Hope everyone had a good thanksgiving
It sure has been busy here, which is good.
Dan, Holesome, textbook10 and anyone else in early w/d's:
Today is day 12 since i last used subs. This is a hard road but it's one i will have to take, inevitably. There are frequent moments when i find myself bargaining in my mind to use. I hear myself saying "you should quit after the holidays", "just use today so you can catch up on laundry and housework", "everyone one is suffering and it's not getting better" well, quite honestly it's endless. The real truth is, IT IS GETTING BETTER. Even if it's hard to recognize, it is. The physical symptoms aren't really that bad from an outsiders point of view, they just feel THAT BAD because i'm not used to feeling ANYTHING at all!!! The stiffness and body pain are improving daily. The lethargy, feeling tired, old and worn out, unable to complete small tasks without exhaustion and such are gonna get better too. I remember in the first about 7 days that walking more than 20-30ft sent me gasping to catch my breath. I've gotten to the point that the chills and "odd" feeling of my skin is almost so annoying its humorous. The thing that i keep reminding myself of is simple, really - I DONT WANT TO DO THOSE 12 DAYS AGAIN, EVER! I remember and even ask others to tell me stories of what i used to be like, how happy (and pain free) i was before i met opiates. I look at pictures of me smiling and really, really happy with my loved ones. I could continue my drug use but am i willing to let the hope that i can have that back go? Am i willing to pay the price - economically thousands upon thousands a year, physically my body cant handle it, emotionally will i be lost forever along with everything important to me? Is it worth it???? NO, NO, NO!
I want to see my boys grow up, go to Paris with my husband, go camping with friends. I want to play with my grandkids when im a grandma (what, am i gonna quit then or was my plan to take opiates forever?) I see my biggest w/d right now is psychological. I need constant reminding of what i want to be and what i want to keep. Youre right, it comes in waves so do what you have to, to stay afloat.
It is awkward to face the public and family gatherings, not to mention painful, but one thing i noticed - i laughed and talked and my mind was clear. It's like i can think again, clearly! That's kinda hard to describe, but when you realize it for yourself youll know what i mean. Don't hide from the world, part of why im doing this is so i can have the world back.
I know this is hard - I remember sitting on the couch the morning of day 7, it was about 6am and i had spent the night tossing and turning from the unbearalble body pain. I sat there holding a sub. I sat there wanting to take that damn pill sooooooooooooo bad!!! Everything in me screamed for the comfort but something held me back. It was the stories on this hub of others falling only to start over. I knew i didn't want to start over, im not sure i could. That was the day i destroyed all the pills. That was the day i not only found out how strong i was, but how weak i really was too.
The only thing im trying to say is - i want my life back, do you?
PS - Phil, my name is Brandi.
Girl Next Door:
That was truly an amazing post and testimony. Thank you so much for sharing it. I am sure I will be only one of many that will benefit from it.
It has really encouraged me to keep going on and to never return to opiate dependency. I agree with everything you have said.
We really would lose the rest of our lives if we went back to using instead of tapering/withdrawals and recovery.
Thanks Brandi and best wishes to all of you. Keep up the good fight!
Phil.
Brandi: I agree with Phil...you have written a truly honest and inspirational post. If you have to remind yourself every minute about why you can no longer take these pills, then so be it! I have to do this also. I have had the same kinds of thoughts regarding using opiates until the day I die...who wants that? Definitely not me. The opiates would surely have to be on my epitaph if that was the case. I don't want these chemicals to be what I lived for.
Thanks for all of your support and posts, Brandi. It's great to have you here.
Phil: I feel so blessed and lucky...I know that even though we are oceans apart and have only spoken online...that you truly care about my well being. I am so grateful for your caring support and your prayers. I hope all is continuing to go well for you.
I am still at 20mg a day of methadone. I am doing OK at this dose. I plan to stay here another week, or more if need be. Thanks for listening, everyone. Keep fighting.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Keep going folks! (and yes i'm addressing myself also in that proclamation)
The goal is real and it is worth every bit of fight to get there.
Best wishes to all and God Bless,
Phil.
I just found this site and wow this is great ! I have all the same problems. In my city i cant even get subs. There is only one doctor and he is not taking any more clients, wonderful. My only option is to drive sixty miles and attend an out patient to get a script thru them. So now i buy them off the street real cute!
today is day 8 for me all my aches are gone but i still cant sleep more then 2 hours a night and to the guy who posted one minute before me why? dont you want to live an opiat free life
goodoldwatertown: try and use them to taper and withdraw instead of using long term otherwise you will have extended withdrawals... they seem ok for a week or 2 to get over the worst of the short acting opiate CTs
but at the end of the day, it's your choice, just make the right one!
dan:
Well done for getting so far! The sleep will start to improve. I know it's never soon enough but things will get better a little bit day-by-day, noticeably.
Good luck mate and well done!
Phil.
I've been searching online for something that will tell me it doesn't have to be this way. That I can get off oxy without feeling severe withdrawal symptoms. I was switching between snorting 200-300 mg of oxy a day, occasionally snorting heroine, and using methodone when I didn't have the money for oxy for the past two and a half years. 3 months ago I decided to quit the drugs (for the wrong reasons) and get on suboxone treatment, but as soon as I was out of suboxone I went right back to the oxy. I was so excited about getting high again, because my tolerance was so low I knew it would rock my world. I was incredibly naive in thinking I could do oxy and not fall right back into my patterns. Needless to say the addiction fired back up, but this time I stayed away from the methodone, because it really made the withdrawals soooo much worse. So 11 days ago I stopped the oxy. I hope for the right reasons this time, but do you ever really know? It wasn't too horrible, because I got to take the sub within 24 hrs, so the w/d symptoms never got too out of control. But now 11 days later after tapering and tapering the sub, I'm down to .5 mg a day, and running out soon. I have felt like complete shit for the past two days, and I'm terrified of going off completely. The RLS literally makes me insane! I have no energy. I can barely get out of bed, but I can not sit still, and I feel like I'm losing my mind! I have family coming into town in 4 days and I don't know if I can pretend to be normal. I don't know what to do? I guess I just have to wait it out, but I don't know if I am strong enough. I want to be clean so bad. I want my brain to function normally again, or as close to normal as it ever did. :)
I feel like this whole idea of getting people off one opiate and onto another is crap. I would've rather gone through intense and short w/d from the oxy than weeks of "mild" discomfort from the sub. Mild my ass. Also, the anxiety is debilitating and nauseating.
I'm depressed and looking for some inspiration.
Help?
Annie:
Hang in there! Things will get better. The distraction of having family come round will hopefully help even if you feel like it is going to be a nightmare. The fear of a situation is normally so much worse than the actual reality.
It's scary dealing with life without opiates when you've been used to that warm fuzzy feeling 'protecting' you from the stresses and strains of every day normality (whatever 'normal' is). But, that protective blanket of opium also stops us from experiencing the joy in life and destroys our ability to empathise with others. I'm sure you are well aware of all this, seeing as you have already made the brave step towards taper and recovery.
Can you see a doctor about perhaps getting some kind of medication to help with the worst of the symptoms?
Your body will most definitely get used to the 0.5mg, to the point where it will be more than adequate in controlling the withdrawals. At this time, you then might feel able to reduce it to a crumb, 0.25mg or something.
If you can hang in there then do so. If you really can't and you are going to end up doing something worse if you don't get any relief then perhaps consider trying 0.75mg or 1mg, even if just for one day, and then resuming the 0.5mg. You won't have failed. It would just be a case of slowing the taper to make things less violent, especially with regards to the RLS.
Alternatively, you could speak to a doctor about non-opioid meds that might help. I have found seroquel to be useful in stopping the racing thoughts and promoting sleep. I currently take 100-150mg of it a few hours before bedtime, or stagger the dose over the evening. I tried it during the day time but found it too sedating.
Benzodiazepines can help with both the RLS and anxiety but, as I'm sure you are aware, they are addictive and extreme caution is advised. I'm sure a doctor would know of various other meds that might be of assistance. Heck, even if it's placebo, it sometimes helps just to know a doctor is taking your struggle seriously and giving you some support.
It is also very beneficial to have others to whom you can off-load. I hope this site continues to be a place where you feel comfortable to share whatever you like. Find support wherever you can, whatever suits you. Spending every day alone and in your thoughts can be extremely debilitating at this point.
I am 7 months clean now and almost feeling completely like my old self again. I still have a psychological battle going on but with the support of friends I am making progress each day. I'm getting more involved with life, doing some voluntary work and even getting the housework done!
I wish you the very best Annie. I agree with you that replacing one opiate with another is no real solution. Suboxone is just another opiate and causes the same kind of psychological and physical problems. Plus, it does seem to produce an exceptionally nasty anxiety problem upon withdrawal that does linger on for a long time in comparison to the short acting opiates (or even methadone for that matter). In my experience, the RLS really will start to get better soon, even maybe over the next few days.
I know it might sound dreadful me saying about slowing or even backtracking the taper to a very slightly higher dose but it is about succeeding in the long term rather than pushing yourself over the edge to a point where you cannot cope and then relapsing completely.
However, if you can hang in there then all the better. Every day your body is on that lower dose it will decrease it's tolerance and you will be one day closer to full recovery.
I was on the 0.4mg dose (in UK we can get 0.4mg tabs) for one or two months as I waited until the anxiety subsided (on that dose) before jumping. In hindsight, I think I should have tapered to 0.2mg until I was stabilised. I did try 0.2mg for a short while but then lost patience and decided to jump all the same.
I remember, at one point of the taper/withdrawal (I think when trying the 0.2mg), getting overwhelmed with the anxiety and restlessness and taking a 0.4mg dose. By this time my body had become much less tolerant and the tab was more than adequate in providing me with relief for that night. Furthermore, it didn't throw me back into addiction because, although I was pleased to get rest, it brought back that horrid numbness and ultimately left me feeling depressed and anxious to get back to sobriety.
My impatience probably caused me more suffering but, at the end of the day, when you jump you jump! And, that is always going to hurt. You are going to lose that psychological crutch as well as dealing with the physical realities of opiate withdrawal. Now having positive people around me, even for short periods on a daily basis, is a tremendous help in getting my mind back on track.
Sorry this has been such a long post. Don't hesitate to post as much as you like Annie and ask questions etc... None of us here pretend we have the answers, we can but share our experiences and hope that this helps you in some way. You might find you disagree with some opinions while others may suit you better but at least it gives you food for thought that might help you make decisions about your own recovery needs.
I certainly do not claim to be right about my suggestions and thoughts on opiate addiction recovery. I'm just telling it as it is. This is the way I see it at the moment. All I have to rely on is my own experience, hindsight and the numerous accounts of others that I have read on this site. Thank goodness for all your posts! I don't know what I would have done if I hadn't of found this website. I've learnt so much by reading here.
Again, I wish you the very best in your brave fight Annie. I know you can do it. If I can do it, in all my weaknesses, then anyone can. You deserve a big pat on the back for just how far you've come already. You are doing a great job.
Look forward to hearing from you again. I'll be praying for you.
God bless,
Phil.
It's great to read and see everyone being so strong. I have gained so much inspiration and positive energy from this page and everyone here. (thanks phil and melanie). I am on day 60 or so and the wd's are slowly drifting away day by day. Not having to worry about the daily pill grind has been amazing. I have dedicated my time to a life of health and happiness, which has helped me heal in so many ways. Exercise has been the best. Yeah it was difficult at first, but i just tried to do a little more each day. now my body thanks me for it. I watch out for certian foods and how much i eat because it triggers my depression and lack of motivation. I have found vitamins, fruits and vegttables to be very helpful( your body needs these in order to heal itself when you are sick!).
I am still fighting withdrawals everyday. They are getting less and less as my will is getting stronger. My dreams and ambitions are coming back and it feels better than i remember.
We all can get through this, relearn how to live and feel good on nothing but life. I remember those nights just lying there praying for the wd's to stop. Somehow i have made it here and i never want to go back!
Mark
Annie, You said you quit the first time for the wrong reasons and that played a part in your relapse. Now you say your quitting for what you hope are the right reasons sounding uncertain. What are your reasons? What reasons do you have to want to save your life now? Write them and remember them always and it may help you in rough times, it helps me. Only you can decide when you had enough, lost enough and where your bottom is. On the same note, only YOU can decide what the "right" reasons are to fight for your life back. What were you like before the drugs? Answering that question helped me know who i was again. Who i became in my addiction was a stranger to me. I look at pictures and remember how full of life and happy i was. I didn't live in constant pain, depressed and anxious like right now. Remembering who i was helps me to believe i will be there again. Today is day 17 sub free for me and i can promise you it will get better. Your friend - Brandi
Ps - Mark, It struck a note what you said about the "daily pill grind". I lived to take my pill and i took my pill to live(i thought)! It is quite freeing to not be constantly in fear of losing pills or running out. I got to the point in my addiction that i was NEVER without them. I even slept with them near me. Its something to get used to but i like that part. How did you start the exercise? I want to start but im still having digestive (if you know what i mean) issues. Do you think it would be ok to start now or should i wait till this symptom clears. I almost think it might help??? Thanks - Brandi
Well I managed to get through one more night. Although Phil, I did end up taking an extra .5 mg last night just to sleep, and was feeling crappy about it until I read your post this morning. Thank you so much for everything you said, it was all quite helpful and encouraging. I'm feeling a little more hopeful today than I was yesterday.
Mark- your post was incredibly inspiring for me. Just reading about where you're at now, and comparing to where I'm at, it gives me hope. To think, I could be there too soon!
Brandi, I'm thinking about what you said very seriously. The first time I quit, I didn't really believe I was done with opiates. I wasn't incredibly committed to getting clean, because it was someone else's idea, not my own. This time however, is my choice, and I'm hoping that will make all the difference. I feel that as long as I'm quitting because I want to, and not because somebody else is telling me too, that is the right reason. Regardless of my personal specifications, as long as I want sobriety, that works for me. Although, I am going to take what you said, Brandi, and do a writing workshop with it. (Not on the internet, just a little too personal for me)
I'm going to really think about why I'm doing this, and write it all out. Maybe put it on my wall by my bed. :)
Thank you everybody!
-A
P.S. I'm sorry if my post was a little angry yesterday, I was just so frustrated :)
Brandi- I started exercise around day 13 when i was just sick of sitting around and having my brain rattle around in my head. start by streatching throughout the day. Put on some music and try to do as much as you can each day. walk up the stairs a bunch of times, push ups , sit ups, anything you can. I really concentrated on my legs first because i felt i coulnt walk for more than 10 seconds. After about a week i really felt grounded. My body stood from the ground up. I was no longer sinking from my head down barely able to hold myself up. Start the exercise as soon as possible if you can. I wish i had started sooner or even prepared my body for the journey beforehand.
The daily pill grind did suck. The thought of losing or forgeting my pills when going somewhere made me shake with nervousness. I would wake at night and have to take the subs. It feels good to be free! Good luck and be strong.
Mark
Mark, Phil, Annie, Brandi: Thank You all so much. I have been reading these posts and it has resonated with me so much that I have been moved to tears. It has boosted my motivation to continue to strive to be completely free of these drugs. I, too, sleep with the bottle of pills next to me and have obsessed over the fear of losing my pills. I have had countless nightmares about losing my prescription or having it stolen. I cannot wait to finally be free of this ball and chain.
Mark: I wanted to thank you so much for your appreciation...it means the world to me. You have been an inspiration to me also. You have motivated me to get off my somewhat large, out-of-shape arse and actually practice what I preach about exercising. I have been putting it off for way too long...opting to take a nap rather than take a walk. And all the while giving the advice of exercise to all of you good people. I want to thank you for this much needed boost of inspiration! I am so encouraged by your story. I am also delighted to hear that you have gotten back your desire to achieve goals in your life. I didn't even realize that I was losing my ambition until about eight months ago. I realized one day that I just didn't have "a plan" anymore...I was just drifting along with no purpose or desire. The person I once was, was gone. It's exhilarating to know that this lack of drive goes away right along with the dependency on these chemicals.
Brandi: I am so glad that you have been so strong...it's all downhill cycling from here:) Don't ever forget how strong of a person you are for beating this. I can't wait until the day comes that I can say, "I've done it...I am no longer taking the pills, and I am feeling better every day." It seems kinda far off right now, but I know I will do it...and I owe it to all of you guys on this forum.
Annie: It's so great to have you here. The post that Phil wrote you was such an inspiration, and I completely agree with what he has said. He has helped so many us of here...thank you, Phil...you're an angel! You're absolutely right...the fact that you want to be sober is the only reason that matters. I am in the process of tapering also, although I still have a ways to go. I look forward to hearing about your progress.
Phil: I am always inspired and in awe of the compassionate and sound advice that you so generously give to all of us. Thank you for keeping me in your prayers, you are in mine as well.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
I've been on it for 2 years and while it does take away the Withdrawls, we must remember this is opiate replacement therapy. Most changes that occur while on this drug are behavioral and the psyological effects don't pop up until its time to quit. I've been at 1mg for 2 months and still can't quit. Its very powerfull stuff.
onSUBinMN: Great to have you here. I have never taken nor even actually seen a sub, but many people have talked about splitting these into very small pieces. Some have taken as little as .2mg or maybe even less than that. I don't know if this is possible for you, it's just something I have read on the forum. When jumping completely off, to zero, it might help to have some other medications to use for the short term to help with the withdrawals. I definitely understand what you are saying about the subs being opiate replacement therapy...but what is really disconcerting is the fact that these doctors are telling all of us that there is usually no withdrawal when coming off of subs long term. I think it's obvious by what so many people say, that this is simply not true. I was told by an addictionist that I would need to be on subs for at least a year (when switching from methadone maintenance to subs) and that only 3-5% of people get mild to moderate withdrawal when quitting the subs. I am just thankful that I found this forum before I spent the $800 for the down payment for sub treatment. The anxiety issues that seem to be so prevalent with sub withdrawal, seem to be exaggerated when coming off of subs than for any other opiate. Even people who have never had problems with anxiety are having this problem when they come off of subs. I think it's very scary and angering to be lied to and misinformed about what's really happening with sub treatment and other treatments in the medical community as well. I wish you the best, and I sincerely hope you are able to get the help you need to beat this. Please let us know how you are doing.
I hope everyone is doing their best in their fight to stay or get sober and drug free. I look forward to hearing how you are all doing.
Mark: I actually took the initiative and did some light exercise yesterday, and I felt really great for doing so. I want to say thank you again for the inspiration. It's really great to hear that you are feeling better every day...it's important to hear that people do recover, and that recovery is worth every ounce of suffering.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Just a quick post as I'm in the middle of doing the housework (my landlord pays me to do it, means i can just about afford the rent).
Is very exciting to hear from you again Mark. I found your post both inspiring and great reading. I know it surprises some people when they hear about withdrawals still being apparent after 60 days but that was exactly my experience too. They just fade a bit each day. I still have some sort of PAWS after 7 months. However, I am also much more involved in life again. I'm doing 2 or 3 times as much voluntary work as when I first started out plus a number of other things. So the news is good!
I'm very glad things are continuing to go well with you Melanie. I do remember that daily exercise, in my case going for walks, helped a lot with the methadone taper-stabilisation-taper process. It also helped my mind recover and stay far more positive. I really was coping much better with that first attempt at getting off methadone. Unfortunately, right when I was really getting somewhere, I was kicked out of my accomodation. I know there are no excuses, but it was all too much and I resumed on a much higher dose. However, I'm now here and sober, so I got there in the end! Thank you for your continued kind words and encouragement.
Annie and Girl Next Door, so good to know you are trucking on. I'm very glad you are not beating yourself up about taking that extra 0.5mg. In the long term it really is no big deal.
onSUBinMN, don't be fooled by 1mg sounding like a 'small' dose. It isn't. And yes, you are right, it is very powerful stuff. The standard dose for chronic pain management is 0.2mg. So it isn't surprising you are finding it hard to quit from 1mg. Melanie is completely right in what she said, it can be possible by reducing in crumb sized pieces. Plus, is always worth asking a doctor about complementary meds, if you want to.
I look forward to hearing more from you all as your journeys progress.
Ergh, back to housework... :D
God bless to you all and take care of yourselves,
Phil.
Hi everyone! Im in Texas and believe it or not its SNOWING! Well, kinda - its not accumulating but its snow all the same. Anyway, I come to this site everyday, multiple times and read posts for support through this journey(nightmare) and i cant tell you how great it is to read the encouragement and kindness. Phil and Melanie, i dont pretend to know who you really are but gosh i find myself desiring to be more like you. I am not as positive and encouraging as you two nor do i have any skill at eloquence and political correctness but at least im aware - i suppose. Sometimes i have no idea how you two stay so positive but i am grateful you guys are here. Yesterday was rough for me and i would write a post and delete it thinking i shouldnt air my problems to the world but today im like what the hell. I just want you guys to know that im glad i found you and maybe youll rub off on me. Today is day 19 sub free for me but it is day one with NO meds whatsoever. That is a huge step for me. Since quitting subs ive been taking IBU 800mg as needed - which i don't think really helped as much as the actual taking of the pills, elavil 10mg at bedtime for sleep and pain, phentermine 37.5mg for energy in the morning and i have taken xanax probably 5-10 times as needed. I skipped the elavil last night and felt the same this morning as all the others and i havent taken any other meds at all and don't plan on it either. My question is what the hell are we supposed to do if we need pain meds for say like a serious injury? I'm 28 yrs old so i have, hopefully, a long life still that may require pain meds for emergencies. Ive been seriously wondering what the hell i will do if such a crisis arises or what if i wake up in the hospital(god forbid) and they already gave me pain meds? Its funny almost how subs have ruined allllllll opiates for me. I not only despise them but fear them too. There isnt anything that would make me want them again. This bothers me because the reason i started pain meds is because i have a brain tumor and i get headaches sometimes. I think its alot better now but im worried. I am an addict(and it took me a long, long time to come to terms with that) even if my addiction was started by accident. I know, i know - what? accident? i started the meds and only used them under a drs care and exactly as perscribed. when i went to stop i learned what w/d's were. i didn't know what was happening so i researched and found subs would "stop w/d's from opiates" i didn't read however that w/d's were inevitable - no my idiot dr said "there will be no w/d's. When i told him i was in w/d's the first time he said it couldn't be and sent me for a ct of my abdomen -like the bowel issues were what - colitis? he kept saying to "be stronger" or "push harder" or "think about my kids" bull. Any way he should do it and then talk to me. In the end, i think he understands that i didn't lie. And let me tell you another thing - i NEVER had anxiety issues ever in my life - i didn't even know what i was feeling until someone said it sounds like anxiety. I finally gave in and took the xanax my dr wanted me to take and it stopped so i guess it was anxiety. I was not even stressed at those moments but my heart was racing, i couldnt catch my breath, my head was hurting, racing thoughts, the pain in my chest was awfull - it's better now but my God - i now know why people mistake anxiety for heart attacks - i thought i was gonna die! OMG i have been rambling - ill be back later - me
PS thanks Mark for the work out reply. I read it and said "im past day 13 so i don't have to do it" hahahahahahahaha oh how i try! Then Melanie- you responded and how ashamed i felt! You are so amazing, how humble and thought provoking you are. i went for a walk yesterday (i must admit it was like 5 mins then i talked myself out of it) but today is another day! WHEN does the whole "bowel issue" resolve??????? I cant stand this, i almost want to take like a zillion laxatives and be done with it but that might be insane (i know it is) does anyone else seem to have a problem controling what they say like me? Maybe i can be the excentric (whats that guys name on seinfeld - obviouslly not seinfeld but the wild haired guy that lives next door oh Kramer thats right. I should change my handle to kramer. Mel you can be elaine and phil you can be seinfeld, mark can be fatty - whats his name the fat guy who lives with his parents wait does he lives with his parents? i don't know oh look there i go again bye
im not calling you fat, mark. and how the heck is excentric spelled? eccentric, ecentric, this thing needs spell check. Maybe i need ed-u-ma-kate-ing.
Girl Next Door (Brandi), chill about rambling! You can ramble all you want here. That is what this place is for. It's somewhere you can get all that stuff off your chest. It isn't even rambling. Everything you said makes perfect sense and I can relate to it all. Don't ever fear making a post. We know what you are going through. Some of my earlier posts were full nothing but F this, F that, F'ing doctors, F F F F!!!!
It's all part of the recovery.
I been praying for you Brandi and will continue doing so.
I know exactly what you mean about the fear of 'what if?' when it comes to perhaps needing painkillers in the future. I have experience of this and can tell you more but would prefer to email you with the info as is very sensitive in nature.
Suffice to say, you do not need to worry about it, you just need to be aware and make the medical professionals aware of your previous addiction problems.
Right now you have enough on your plate to deal with. These other concerns will work themselves out. It is right to be cautious but becoming anxious and worried is always going to be a negative thing. It is possible to be extremely cautious without becoming anxious. I know that's easier said than done when one is going through the intense early days of withdrawals.
Hang in there Brandi. You don't have to be a superhero. If you need to take meds to help then so be it. Don't beat yourself up about it. You obviously know how to be cautious with the meds and use them wisely.
Just get yourself through the worst of it and remember it will eventually start to get better every single day. You'll be surprised at just how good life is on the other side. It'll be better than you remember.
It really is worth the pain. But, don't martyr yourself. Try and be kind to yourself. It's a great struggle for an opiate addict to relearn how to love themselves again but it can be done. It is OK to love yourself. You are not the world's worst person. You are a victim of painkiller addiction. It is not your fault that opiates are so addictive. You are the one doing the brave bit. You are the one making the right choices and striving for sobriety.
Keep us all updated Brandi. Post what you like, whenever you like. If it helps to get it off your chest then do it! :)
God bless,
Phil.
Hi everybody! I commend everyone who has made the decision to go through this difficult process to free yourself from the chains of opiate addiction. I know all to well how hard it can be. I have been using crystal meth on a regular basis since I was 13 years old, and that eventually led to oxys and then shooting heroin. I am now 22 years old and have almost a decade of severe drug use under my belt. I made a decision on Sept. 7th that I couldn't take it anymore and I wanted a better life for me and my daughter. The next day I went to rehab for ten days to jumpstart the process.
I have had fleeting attempts to stop using in the past, but I always failed b/c I didn't make the necessary changes. The longest period I abstained was during my pregnancy, but I went right back to the b.s. after she was born, b/c I needed surgeries (painkillers!). This time I went on Suboxone maintainance (actually a slow taper). I celebrate 90 days clean in 2 days.
I don't think I could have done it w/o the subs. I started w/ 24mgs a day and now I'm down to 2mgs. I'm schedualled to take 2mgs for about 2 more weeks. I have been experiencing alot of sweating and anxiety after dropping the dose to this smaller amount. But doing this has been much more comfortable than coming off of dope cold turkey.
I agree with *PHIL* about the Seroquel. I also started taking it when I was in rehab, and it continues to help me sleep. I take 50-75mgs at night and I'm supposed to take 25 in the morning and 25 in the afternoon, but it makes me to sedated also. I have issues with anxiety that are getting worse as the sub dose comes down. I have even had a few anxiety attacts.
Reading these posts have been very motivating to see other people going through what I'm going through. Thank you *MARK*, for the advise about exercising. You are definitely right! I have been working out the past few days and I love to run. It helps clear your mind and helps w/ many wd symptoms. Jumping in the shower helps too.
Keep up the good work *ANNIE*! It does get better. I'm nervous about coming completely off the subs. It is really helpful to talk to people who are supportive who know what it's like. I highly recommend NA or AA meetings (b/c we don't have to do this alone!!) NA meetings have helped save my life. Praying has been a little help too (I'm just beginning to really do this.)
These posts have been very helpful in letting me know what else I need to expect. Thank you everyone. I wish you the best in your journeys. God bless
~Brielle
GirlNextDoor: Brandi, it's so great to hear from you! Phil is absolutely right...post as much as you want about anything you want and need to talk about. I really enjoy reading your posts...they're so honest and 'unplugged' and I always get a giggle from reading them. It's almost like I can hear you talking...your emotions and wonderful sense of humor come right through the page. I check the forum everyday also, and I love when there's plenty of new materiel to read. I wanted to thank you for the kind words...it really boosted my confidence and reminded me of how bad I want to get back to my pre-opioid self. I want you to know how much inspiration and strength I have received from reading your posts...you are way ahead of me in this journey. I just hope when I finally taper down to zero, that I will have the guts to make it through like you and so many others here on the forum have done. You guys have become a very important part of my life. No matter where life takes any of us, I believe everything happens for a reason, and I truly believe we were all meant to find this forum as a source of support and encouragement for this particular time in our lives.
I completely agree with what Phil said regarding the concern you are having about possibly needing opiates in the future. It's good to be cautious, but it doesn't necessarily mean that you will have to go through this type of situation in the future. I have actually had to deal with this very thing. If you need surgery, or have some sort of trauma that requires opiates, it is important that you let the doctors know just how VERY concerned you are about not becoming addicted once again. Make sure they know that this is of the utmost importance to you. I have went about this two ways...the right way and the wrong way. I was hospitalized almost six years ago (coincidentally at age 28) and was in a coma for nearly a month. During this time I was given morphine every 1.5 hours for nearly the whole time. When I started to improve, the doctors stopped giving me the morphine cold turkey, and instead allowed me one Percocet every four to six hours. Now I was still recovering while my body went through the morphine withdrawal, and I would have been OK, except that I was given a written prescription of Percocets to take home. This is where I made my mistake. I didn't really need them for pain, but I took them anyways, and ended up with another full blown pain killer addiction. All of this happened very shortly after I had quit methadone the second time around, so I didn't have much time in between to allow my brain and body to heal. I eventually got off the pain killers, but shortly there after I had to get a procedure done that required IV opiates and sedation. I was scared to death of going through the same thing all over again. I did explain my fear of addiction to the doctors and nurses, but in this case I ended up having to be my own advocate. I was OK with what they gave me in the hospital, and suffered no withdrawal from it...but they gave me a written prescription of Fentanyl patches to take at home. I knew that if I filled the script, I would probably have to go through the same BS again, so I opted not to fill it, and I was fine. I can't speak for everyone, but unless it is ABSOLUTELY necessary, Tylenol and ibuprofen are what I prefer. Suffering some physical pain is much easier for me than is suffering through withdrawal. I can only speak for myself, but for me, I know I can only use opiates on a very short term basis, and/or only for extreme situations such as surgery, things requiring surgery, or trauma. I have found that the withdrawal is minimal or non-existent as long as I stick to this. The first time I take that pain killer when I don't absolutely need it, is when I know I will have to pay for it later. I don't assume that this is true for everyone...I can only speak for myself, and if any of it is helpful or resonates with you then that's wonderful. But I know you said that you have a brain tumor, and I have no idea what kind of pain that you have to deal with. My issue is having several, small, benign tumors on my liver. When I ended up in the coma six years ago it was because one of the tumors grew too large and ruptured, causing massive internal bleeding. These tumors formed as a result of taking birth control pills. (Supposedly a very rare side effect that doctors either don't know about, or don't tell us about). I didn't have any pain up until it actually ruptured, and then I was in the worst pain of my life. I still have six or seven small tumors, but the procedure I wrote about earlier in this post was performed in order to block the blood flow to the tumors, and I have been given the OK to lead a normal life without worrying about them anymore. I do have an increased risk of getting liver cancer because of this, but it would still be unlikely. The reason I am on methadone this third time is because I was stupid and thought I could take a few pain killers here and there for recreation...to feel that warm fuzzy feeling. It's completely my fault...I had a momentary lapse in judgement, and I am paying for it. But there is no one and nothing to blame except myself for this one. I'll get through it, though...I always do...and I have promised myself that this will be the last time. I'm just getting too old for this shit! :)
Brielle: It's so great to have you here. I am still tapering myself (from methadone). This forum has been a Godsend for me. Please post as much as you need. I look forward to hearing about your progress. Were you planning on jumping off completely in two weeks? I know you said you were on 2mg for another two weeks, but I wasn't sure if you meant you were going to taper after that or quit all together. A lot of people on the forum have said that they actually taper down to .2mg, or even smaller than that...which requires breaking the pills into crumbs. I wish you the best in whatever you decide.
Well I truly apologize for boring anyone to tears with this long, drawn-out post...I guess I just needed lots of words to get my thoughts out tonight. Thanks for listening everyone.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Well I have to say that I took advice from this post and actually forced myself to exercise yesterday! It was really challenging, but I just did what I could and didn't push myself too hard. I did a little yoga (I used to be really into yoga before I started abusing opiates), and my boyfriend and I went for a little jog/walk. It felt great!
I'm feeling better than I was and I actually got some sleep last night for the first time in ages.
Brandi- I totally get your frustration with the whole "bowel" issue. It's totally brutal. I hope it gets better soon for both of us. :)
I'm down to .25 mg/ day now, and it seems to be working ok. I think I will do .25 for another 2 days, then cut that in half (which is basically going to be a literal crumb), then try every other day for 3 days, then stop completely. I have to admit, I'm really scared of going off all together, but from this Tuesday through New Years I will have time off and be able to just be home and focus entirely on healing. I really think that if I can exercise a little every day or so, it will help immensely.
Brielle- Thank you for the comment. I have actually attended 2 N/A meetings this past week and a half, and I have yet to really feel any sort of a connection with anybody there. I haven't had the guts to talk in the meeting yet, so maybe that has something to do with it. :) I just don't feel comfortable with the people at all. I get incredibly insecure and shy. They actually called on me to talk at the last one, and I told them I didn't want to. I feel like it would be good to talk, but I have always had a problem with public speaking. Hearing that you've had a good experience is inspiring though, so I will keep trying.
BTW- it's eccentric... :)
Melanie- I really enjoyed your post. It was really good for me to read what you said about taking the pills this last time for recreation, thinking it would be ok, and relapsing. I'm so sorry you did, but this is something I have thought about a lot through my w/d, and I have tried to convince myself that I could take oxy recreationally someday in the future. I always kind of knew it was unrealistic, but hearing your story really confirmed that for me. Thank you for sharing.
I just wanted to share with you all that over the last day and a half, I have laughed with my boyfriend in a way that I haven't in so long! Granted I still feel pretty rough physically, but I am already noticing a difference in my personality. I had completely forgotten what it was like to crack up like that about the most mundane things! It has been incredibly uplifting and inspiring. I know I'm still on opiates (buprenorphine), but it's soooooo much less than the oxy, and I'm just not half as numb as I have been over the last couple years. I know that if I'm already noticing a difference now, then it can only get better. Although maybe that's naive. Realistically, I know I will probably feel worse (when I go completely off the buprenorphine), before I will feel better, but I see the f-ing light at the end of the tunnel which is more than I could've said 2 days ago.
Now I'm feeling silly for rambling too, but oh well. What else is this place for, right?
Take care all.
Annie: I really enjoyed reading your post, and I am thrilled that you are progressing along so well. I hope you are hanging in there. I was especially happy to hear about how you felt your old self shining through once the opiate numbness was no longer there to mask everything.
As far as NA meetings go, I think most people feel a little shy and insecure at first...I know I did. But I truly believe in NA and the twelve steps. The first time I achieved true sobriety was when I forced myself to keep going to the meetings. Like most people, I never really felt like the whole NA thing was for me...but it just clicked one day, and I felt so incredibly blessed. I just started going through the steps, even if I wasn't sure about how to do it, and I really benefited from it. I really started to understand the meaning of all the phrases that are used there, and it was truly awesome. I relapsed shortly after I stopped going regularly. I still haven't gotten back into going on a regular basis, but I know that I need to. I really wish you the best with everything and hope to hear about your progress.
I am still at 20mg per day on my taper. I was planning on going down another 2.5mg this past Sunday, but I really didn't feel like it would have been a good idea...I am still feeling the last decrease too much. It will probably take longer to get to a somewhat normal state as the levels get less and less. I am also going to need some meds to counteract the withdrawals, so I am waiting until my new medical insurance policy starts at the beginning of the year. This way I'll get any meds covered by my insurance.
Phil: I hope all is well with you. Still praying for ya!
I hope everyone is doing OK with their fight against these chemicals.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
I have been 9 days clean no subs or opiates. I was addicted to Vicodens and Oxys for about 3 years. I want to address a lot of points that have been brought up in this thread so hold on. First being day 9 I'm still having the "bowel problems" sucks. But I did something stupid when I got off the Subs I was taking 2 to 4 Mills a day of subs for 6 months and I was just fed up and wanted to be rid of it all. So now the stupid part I took my last sub on black friday and extra one "for more energy" at 5 o'clock in the morning shopping with the wife who is on opiates I will get into that later. Anyway the following saturday night I decided to take 3 and half vics and sunday night I took 2 and a half which was my last dose period. Like I said 9 days off everything. One last hurrah if you will but I think that made the w/d a little worse so I wouldn't reccommend that to anyone. The anxiety issue is a good one I never really had bad anxiety and yes I will take a .5 mill xanax if it gets really bad yesterday I was having real bad anxiety at work I took my medication and was ok for a little bit. Than I could barely do my work I was counting the seconds till I could leave the office and I still had to go to the bank. Which was absolute hell I wanted to get the f out of the bank in the worst way and I'm very friendly with this particular teller. I got home and just had to hold my wife I asked if she would just lay down with me for a little I told her I was freaking out and don't know why. It was almost like a panic attack with anxiety. My wife is on opiates which I mentioned earlier she was in a severe car crash and broke her lower back she also has degenerative disc disease and bulging discs in her upper back. She was on a 75mcrg fentanyl patch and taking over 480 vicodins a month. She is currently lowering down she is now on a 25mcrg patch and 300 vics a month. Obviously this makes it very difficult for me being and addict my self especially because I help her put the patch on to make sure it stays LOL also with having so many pills in the house it would be easy for me to just "take a couple pills" no big deal yeah right. But I am determined to get clean this time for real we have an 8 year old son together and before I was hooked I used to do all kinds of stuff with him and saw myself spending less time with him that is going to change I'm starting to feel better and I know everyday that I don't do the shit (excuse my language)will be a better day. Thanx for letting me rant.
Hey everyone. Oh shit did I make a stupid mistake. I was taking 2mgs of subs each day (down from 4mgs) from Tuesday to Friday. I was really tired this weekend and I had to pull all of my Christmas decorations down from the attic and set up the tree. So, I decided to take a whole 8mg sub on Sat. and Sun. Then I couldn't get my next script until this afternoon, so I had not taken anything since Sunday morning and I was feeling like shit.
Now I know what everyone is talking about! The sub w/d isn't nearly as bad as heroin w/d, but is still is extemely uncomfortable. I did not want to move! And I was quite sweaty and my back was bothering me. I just took 2mgs and I'm feeling better. I didn't realize that was going to affect me so much. From now on I am going to stick to my plan as close as possible. No more excuses, it just makes it harder.
*MELANIE* Thanks for your comments. I am going to take the 2mgs a day for the next 7 days, then probably break them in half to 1mg pieces for a few days. I'm going to gauge how I feel and take it from there. It's unbelievable how these tiny itty-bitty crumbs can have such an effect! I'm glad you're doing okay w/ your methadone taper. Are you going to switch to subs when you get low enough? I hope you can get back on that wagon and start going to NA meetings again. They can really help when you're struggling.
*ANNIE* I'm glad to hear you went to the NA meetings. I agree w/ Melanie about the insecurity when you're new to meetings. If you keep going, you will find yourself talking w/ people before or after the meeting, and will most likely find you have things in common. The main thing to remember is we are all there for the same reason: we are addicts and we need help to save our lives. I have found a good network of people w/ serious recovery and I still find it difficult to share in meetings. I go to meetings regularly and I've never been called on to speak before, so I'm not familiar w/ that happening in meetings. So I hope that doesn't scare you away. Just keep coming and call people on the meeting lists. It's weird at first, but they know what to say when you call b/c they have been in your shoes.
I have recently gone through the same feelings of really laughing again and it is incredible isn't it? It just feels so good. I'm happy your experiencing it too.
*RBM* Thanks for sharing. I know that must be difficult to live with that much medication in the house. But you're doing the right thing for you and your family. I'm doing this for my daughter as well. I posted my story 4 days ago if you want to check it out.
Keep up the good work everyone!
Thank you and God bless!
~Brielle
Just a quick post as have to rush off in a minute.
Melanie, yes I'm doing well. I had a few days of serious cravings to fall back into self-medicating (not necessarily on opiates). But, I made the right choice in the end and am still trucking on with getting my life back together.
I haven't had so much time to check in here recently. I'm doing a lot more voluntary work at 3 different places. In my spare time I'm cleaning the house for a discount on my rent (without which I wouldn't be able to afford the rent). Plus I go to a few church social things and also services.
The rest of the time I'm pretty much whacked out, tired and just resting. But, it's all good! It's living life in all it's fullness again.
My mind is still in recovery but as each week passes the changes are very noticeable both to me and other people. Life without drug abuse (opiates in particular) is making sense more and more as the weeks pass. It really is a much more pleasant way of living. The opiate numbness, emotional blunting, really messed me up far more than I have ever previously realised.
Life had no edge while I was abusing. Now that edge is coming back. At first this causes anxiety and fear. It's incredibly scary at times. But, ultimately, it's great! The anxiety and fear does subside and you are left feeling more and more like your old self. The fears dissolve away and the anxiety drifts off into the background. Before too long, one starts to forget about these issues altogether as one is preoccupied with just living a full life once again.
Now I get plenty of days where I'm thinking, "What was I ever afraid of? Why was I worrying so much? Everything is fine. Life without opiates is both manageable and much much better!"
Of course, it has taken me a while to get here. Earlier in my recovery I found that all I did was worry, fear and panic. Like RBM, the 'normal' things completely freaked me out. Having to go to the bank or food shopping was like entering hell on earth. I felt like I was being watched. I was extremely afraid, anxious and panicky.
Many times I arrived at places only to turn around and go home again because I was too afraid.
These feelings do go away. It's like learning to ride a bike. It seems all weird and new and confusing at first. You can't even maintain any balance. But, after a while, bit by bit, it becomes easier and eventually what was previously an issue is now second nature.
Best wishes to everyone on taper/withdraws. Don't rush yourself.
On reading Brielle's post, just a note on going from 2mg sub to 1mg, that is a big drop. You would be better going from 2mg to 1.5mg or even 1.75mg, if you can break the crumbs up sufficiently. Don't forget that sub is very very powerful stuff. It's standard therapeutic dose for pain is 0.2mg!
Oops, I need to rush or I'll be late.
Thank you for all your encouragements. It's great to hear from each and every one of you. I have read all your posts.
God bless,
Phil.
Hi, I have just sat here and read EVERY LAST post on here...I have come to realize that there are a lot more people in this world with bigger addictions then mine...But mines a little different...(atleast in my mind it is and I hope someone somewhere out there can relate and tell me what the hell to do..
A little over a year I met my current (living together) boyfriend. He had been in a bad wreck years ago and was on pain pills and now is addicted and does it for fun. He kept bugging me to "oh just try it" he would say. I like my weed, as does anyone, but if I don't have it, I get bad headaches and can't eat. Anyway I should have known better then to try the pills...my dad was on 10mg percocets so I had a constant supply of them as he didn't take them. Well a year later here I am trying like hell to get off of these but I get one or two days into withdrawl and I can't do it. I made my BF realize he had a problem and he started the Suboxone Program. He loved it, so I decided to try one. (NOTE: I was only doing 100mg-200mg a day..the last couple days before I started Subs I was only doing MAYBE 50mgs a day. he promised me that we would get thru this. I would only take 1/4 or less of 8mg sub a day....now 2months later I need to quit..job, kids etc..problem is...I am doing less then 1mg a day and I go nutty if I don't have it or know I wont have it. I have been lying to my boyfriend, taking one of his pills like every 4-5 days and making it last. He thinks i have quit..he keeps tellin me he is proud and so on. I sit an cry when he isn't here just becasue I feel like shit for lying to him. But see the other night he caught me smoking weed and FLIPPED ( nothing physical) he threatened to leave because I am putting us at risk, he just got custody of his daughter a year ago also (that was another reason we agreed to quit because of court ordered drug testing which I have been avoiding one way or another but I can't any longer)I just tried dismorning again to do with out and failed..I just found part of a oxy 40 and took it and feel a lot of relief. Now I am sitting here looking at my kids (mine and his) thinking "what in the hell is wrong wit me" and i know i NEED to quit but I can not get thru the WD's of the subs. I havn't been able to get ahold of any subs ssince yesterday morning, which was only less then 1mg but the WD's are still horrible..I am already bi-polar and manic depressive and have taken myself off the meds for that because when doing pills i feel normal. I need some help or advice to get me thru this WD. I can tell it isn't AS severe as WD from painpils but to me its horrible. Is there things I can take to elviate the WDS? Someone please kick me in my ass...as i am afraid to admit to my BF that i haven't quit in fear that he will leave, cause if that happens i know I am going to relapse hard because before i met him I was a so-so alcoholic. Its like with my depression that i can not stay sober...I mean I DO NOT get f***ed up to the point where i can not care for my kids...i do it now it now to feel "normal" so I CAN take care of them. What do i DO? Thanks in advance.
Dear Stupid in NY,
First of all you're NOT stupid. Life just happens sometimes. I know... I've been on Suboxone for 2yrs. I noticed you just posted your cry for help and I just wanted to tell you and everyone reading this hubpage I have one word...
KRATOM
Look it up...I'm telling you it's a freaking miracle! If you have any questions I'll be happy to answer.
sorry, I submitted comment too early. I'd like to tell you and all the others here more about my journey.
I started reading this hub about a month or so ago and wanted to post many time but never did. However, all the posting & comments helped me tremendously and I thank all of you for that.
Well, for me, it all started Oct 2004, I broke my ankle & had to have surgery. I liked the Vicodin (well, you know after the worst of the ankle pain was over) then I started taking Lorecet for fun with a so called friend who was more than willing to give them to me so she would have someone to get high with. (or at least until I got hooked then I had to pay) Next thing I know it was about 3yrs later I'm up to 10-10mg a day. Tried 8-10 times to quit, couldn't do it.
Finally, I found a suboxone doctor. Yes, suboxone helped me kick the opiates I'm thankful I had it.
I just wish I knew then what I know now. I would have tried to ween off a lot sooner, or I would have only taken it several times a week, NOT everyday after the initial withdrawals were taken care of which should have only been a week. And lets face it. Everyone knows that even a tiny bit of subox in your system will kill any cravings.
Personally, I think 8 and 16mg of suboxone everyday after 1 week is WAY TOO MUCH!!! If people only knew how strong this drug really is. Anyway, I digress.
So here I am 2 yrs on suboxone and I'm so over it. I've been down to 1/8mg or 2mg of an 8mg suboxone for the last several months and every time I tried to jump, I could not ever get past day 3 before giving in. Then I'd start all over again.
It's freaking unbelievable how the long half-life of suboxone is what gets you. The longer you go without it, the worse it is with suboxone withdrawals, but it's true. By day 3 or 4 I truly felt as though I wasn't going to make it.
I had ALL the symptoms, insomnia, yawning constantly, some stomach problems and besides feeling very socially withdrawn, the worst part was how bad my body and arms felt. It was like there were lead weights in me & my arms & legs.
I tried to walk around the block for some exercise and only made it to the corner and had to come back. (about 300 ft) When I would take a shower, it was difficult to lift my hands in order to wash my hair. I would have to sit down in the shower in order to finish. It was so pathetic.
I was about to start trying something different in order to quit, but then something (Kratom) happened. (I get to that in a min) I figured since I could go 2 to 3 days after jumping before the real withdrawals set in, I would try skipping days between taking the suboxone. Like go as long as I could then take 1/8 to get me through the next couple of days. I believe that may have worked because a friend of mine did it that way and she's been off subox for 6 months now, no withdrawals. BUT, I never got to try it.
Instead, after researching all I could find on this subject I found someone who posted about something called Kratom.
So, I puchased some Kratom after doing a lot of research on it and let me tell you...as of Saturday, Nov 28th right after Thanksgiving (today is day 12) I have not had a single piece of suboxone and NOT ANY WITHDRAWALS!!! I'm not kidding, it's like a freaking miracle! If you or anyone has any questions I'll be happy to answer them for you.
Everyone please there is help and it's legal in the US. Yes, it cost a little money but nothing compare to the amount of money I had to pay for the doctor and script of suboxone. I'm still taking the Kratom everyday and planned to for the 1st 14 days.
Like I said, it's day 12 now and already I'm only taking 1 dose of Kratom a day oppose to the 5 doses a day I had to take on days 4,5,6. Then I plan to dose every other day or every 3 days till I'm off of everything. I'll let you know how that part goes if you're interested.
Anyway, I'm so excited I found Kratom and I just want the whole world to know there is help for suboxone withdrawals.
Ok, enough rambling for now...
Good luck everyone and God bless!
Stupid in NY: I concur with Bellevedere, you are NOT stupid. Stop beating yourself up. You have become a victim of drug addiction. Now you recognise this and want to do something about it. That is the best starting place! So, you first need congratulating that you have come to this realisation.
You really need to taper down to a much smaller dose. OK, some people can jump from 1 or 2mg of subs but it isn't pleasant (understatement). Also, you have a lot of other factors making it harder. You feel the need to appear like you are not going through WDs and this is no doubt making it an even bigger struggle.
Even if you slow taper to 0.25mg you will still get withdrawals, albeit less intense. But, it's still worth tapering as low as you can go. I know this might be difficult with 8mg tabs. Would you be able to get 2mg tabs? I've never tried to carve up an 8mg sub into less than 1/4'ters. You'd probably need to powder it up and divide that.
Can you see a doctor about meds to help with withdrawals? I've been on seroquel for sleep, 100-150mg at night time. I've also been on and off benzos like diazepam but obviously these can cause their own addiction problems. Plus I've had sleeping pills (zopiclone), on and off for the insomnia. Again, zopiclone has similar potential for abuse as diazepam so this might not be a good idea for everyone. Great caution is advised when taking these types of meds. The seroquel is a non-addictive and very helpful sleeping aid.
I've never tried kratom for withdrawals. I'll be interested to hear how bellevedere gets on, especially after stopping the kratom and attempting life without chemical crutches. I wish you the very best Bellevedere and look forward to reading more about your withdrawal and recovery experience.
I'm slightly reserved about being too positive with regards to kratom as replacing one drug with another can create a different set of problems albeit maybe not the same as with opiates. However, I am open minded and extremely interested to see how you get on Bellevedere.
It's funny how people refer to 'coming off PKs' when they go onto subs. Buprenorphine IS a PK and an extremely potent one at that. Dose for dose it is 20-40x more potent than morphine. It is a semi-synthetic derivative of thebaine which occurs naturally in the opium poppy resin. Bupe is an opiate (opioid, whatever...). It has a very long effect and even longer half-life.
Personally, I hate the stuff. I hate all long-acting opiates even more than the short-acting ones. I was just permanently stoned on subs (and previous to that, methadone). There was never a time where I was even approaching 'normal'. Still, that's just my personal experience. I'm aware that subs (and methadone) have given some people a chance at life whereas before they were shooting up heroin or whatever.
However, I'm not an advocate of maintenance. I think it comes down to money. In the short term it is cheaper to maintain an addict than it is to invest in full abstainance programmes. When I first asked the health services for help I think I really wanted to just be free of the constant search for PKs. All they could offer was methadone (and now subs aswell). If I was offered full rehab I would have taken it. My goodness, it would have saved me so much pain in the long run. My sub WDs just went on and on.
I really think long term sub or methadone maintenance is not good.
But, it IS possible to come off these drugs. I have done it. Other people have done it. Yes it will hurt. Yes you will get withdrawals however slow and small you taper (albeit less violent). Yes, you will get better. No, the WDs do not last forever. Yes, you will after a while start to feel an improvement every day, little by little. Yes, it is possible to get your life back completely. Yes, you do deserve it. No, you are not a bad person for falling victim to addiction. Hating yourself for it is a big mistake and will ultimately drive you back to your addiction just to escape the hatred! You need to and will be able to learn to love yourself again. Always look for the positives because they really do exist even during the worst of it.
Stupid in NY: try tapering just a crumb, a shaving, off the dose you currently feel you need. Keep tapping away at it. Catch the opiate monkey off-guard. Be cunning. You got tricked into opiate addiction, you can trick yourself out of it. A lot of it is mind games. Start winning those games! You can do it, I know you can. If I can, then anyone can.
I really look forward to hearing from you again, regardless of where you are at. Don't fall into the trap of thinking you are failing. You are not. You've posted here and been honest about where you are at. That is great! Now try and build on that. Post all you like. Come here and rant. We'll do our best to offer you hope and share our experiences.
God bless,
Phil.
Hi Phil,
Thanks for your support. I feel like I know you even though you don't know me. Like I said, I've been reading this hub for a couple of months now, about the same time I wanted to seriously get off the suboxone.
Yes, I'm being very careful using the Kratom. No, I don't want to replace one substance for another. But I had to do something. My attempts to get off suboxone on my own were sincere but I couldn't get through it.
Just like suboxone helped me get off opiates, hopefully kratom will help with getting off suboxone. This time, I'm not planning on taking it everyday, like I did with the suboxone. Huge mistake. Taking suboxone a couple times a week would have been plenty after taking it for the first week or two.
I wish I was stronger and could just go thru it without any help. I applaud those that did it or are doing it on their own, like yourself. But, I'll have to take my chances because I just can't stand being on suboxone any longer. Just as you said, (I really think long term sub or methadone maintenance is not good.) Well, I couldn't agree with you more!
What I don't understand is why we don't hear more about this plan of action... meaning if suboxone has approx 36 hour half-life then that means once you can get down to taking 2mg or even 1mg without feeling w/d's then why not wait 36 hours before taking anymore? Why not try skipping a day here and there?
Whenever I tried jumping from 2mg or even 1mg I could actually go 3 days before w/d's set in, but when they did, they kick my ass. About that time I would cave and start taking the subox again...but I started back to everyday until the next time I tried to jump.
BUT...What I should have done is just take the smallest amount possible until feeling better to just get me through the toughest parts and then go at least 2 or 3 more days before taking it again.
I don't hear to many people trying it that way, but I certainly think its a concept to consider. The more days in between dosing, then each time try to take it one day further. Eventually, you could be on suboxone once a week which is way better than everyday, don't you think?!
This is my plan for myself now that I'm taking Kratom for withdrawals, because like you said I don't want to find myself chained to yet another substance. I want to be free from this hell I've put myself into.
I'm also taking a 25mg of seroquel at night and I'm cutting that into 3 sometimes 4 pieces. Now that's a pill that's hard to cut into quarters, but luckily so far that's all I need to sleep.
I'm glad you brought that up because I wasn't sure if it was addictive and relieved to hear it is not. Honestly, 100mg of that would put me in a coma, I'm sure. But, I only weight about 115lbs.
I really think I can do it this time with the help of Kratom. I'm a little nervous about what will happen after I stop, but I'm going to start spacing it out and skipping days in between. I've already cut down and so far, so good. I even have an appetite. I'm energetic and I just simply can't believe it's been 12 days without suboxone or withdrawals!!!
Hey, why not check out the kratomforum.com for yourself. They have a lot of threads on overcoming addiction by using kratom.
And yes, there are problems with anything if it's abused and kratom is no different. It should and needs to be respected.
There are some people that have stated they are having a problem getting off kratom as well, but from what I've read those same people were daily users for quite awhile and just like anything else, they abused it and/or so took more than needed.
Well, time will tell and thanks for listening. Wish me luck. I'll keep you guys posted.
Cheers!
Thank you Phil and bellevedere for your support. I am already in the proces of looking up Kratom...interested to see how that works out. I have been ready to kick this habit since the first time I ever went without pills (went thru partial WD) and realized I was hooked and needed them to function. I thought it was great when my BF went to the clinic for help with suboxone because I thought that was the answer for both of us...now I am realizing it isn't. He is still taking 2 8mg pills a day, sometime 3. He doesn't need that much, he wants it..and I have tried to talk to him about it but he thinks it will all be ok, the dr will get him off them. I got some news for him, its not gonna be as easy as he thought I had it cause in reality I didn't quit.
I am going to try something in the mean time, to maybe compensate for the withdrawls...as I said earlier, today was my first day with out the lil bit that i was taking(less than a mg a day) and i felt like i got ran over. I think some it has to do with my size..I am 5'0 and like 90lbs.(I think things leave my system faster then someone normal size) At my worse on pills I was doing whole 80s at a time..4-5 a day. I was never f***ed up tho..tolerance too high. (back to my point lol) with today being the first day without, I couldn't take it (already had the cold sweats, diaherra and so on) so I got a oxy 40 from my friend and took a small piece...it took my WD's away, what I am going to TRY is maybe (a little bit of a reversal) a little piece each day to get me by (make me feel better) until I think the worse is over, than thats it. I am only gonna do if I need to, (not for the feeling, fun) ust to see if it works. So far today it has. Thanks again guys and I will keep ya posted!
Stupid in NY and bellevedere: Wow, I am so glad to have both of you here. I have really enjoyed reading your posts. I am also very interested in the Kratom. I found a site that sells it, but I'm not sure what it is that you are supposed to take.(pills, extract, powder, etc) What exactly do you take, and where do you get it? I read on wiki that it does pose a risk of withdrawal which is described as being "The character of morphine withdrawal and the severity of caffeine withdrawal." At first I was like, oh great it's natural...it's just a plant...then I remembered, oh yeah, so is the poppy! I am really interested in this though, and I am so glad that it is working for you. I really look forward to hearing how things go with this. I wonder if it would be effective for methadone withdrawal? I plan on going to the forum to check this out, also.
I was reading something on this site buprenorphine.samhsa.gov and I found it quite interesting to learn that bupe is meant to be used for either long term maintenance OR short term opiate detox. The doctors I have spoken with about bupe were unwilling to agree to anything short term...they insist that you be on the stuff for a year or more, and they charge several hundred dollars just to start the program. The information also stated that most patients would be adequately medicated by dosing every other day, and even every third day for some people. It really does look like it might be a money thing...these doctors just want to continue getting that ridiculously expensive fee that is charged for administering the subs, and the longer they keep someone on them, the more money they get. I actually called around quite some time ago trying to find a doc who would prescribe on a short term basis and no one wanted to do that. I told them I did not want to get hooked on the subs and end up having to go through sub withdrawal and I was told that people don't usually get withdrawals when coming off subs! I mean, are they lying to people or just fooling themselves? I just don't get it.
I really appreciate all of you and I look forward to hearing more. Please let me know where to get the Kratom, if possible. Thank you!
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Hi Lealaken, Hi Everybody,
I don't know about the kratom for methadone withdrawal, b/c I only was looking up suboxone w/d's but, I'm pretty sure there were ppl who were using kratom for all types of withdrawals.
Your comments about the information you found on suboxone dosing blew me away.
You wrote:
the information also stated that most patients would be adequately medicated by dosing every other day, and even every third day for some people.
It's hard to say, but I think these doctors ARE lying to us. And that's just my personal opinion.
I think taking subox would be much better on short term. My girlfriend took her subx like that (few X's a week) even though her doctor didn't tell her to and when she decided she didn't need it anymore she just quit taking it...NO PROBLEMS - NO WITHDRAWALS!
Also, a few months later she took a pill out of her moms purse, so she started taking a small piece of subx like 2x a week. She said it stop the cravings and thats all she needed to keep the cravings at bay.
Anyway...
I purchased from kratomhill.com and I'm impressed with his service & quality. (although it's my 1st purchase, so no way to compare)
The kratomforum.com had a thread recommending different vendors and (kratomhill.com) was 1 of about 4 that was recommended repeatedly. Plus he had the best price, if memory serves me right.
Another thing, although it's legal, there's a rule, regulation or whatever you want to call it, where it has to state "not for consumption". You'll notice on some of the forums especially that kratomforum.com, they dont' allow any talk of taking it, only burning it for the aroma. Other forums don't care and speak freely about taking it. Apparently, some are afraid that the DEA is going to make it illegal, I suppose.
If you google diff things like how to take bali kratom or recipes for bali kratom or and here's my favorite, "toss and wash bali kratom"...you'll find plenty of info.
To help further, what I purchased looks like a fine powder. I ordered the plain "Bali Kratom" which is dried Mitragyna speciosa leaf. I put 1 teaspoon in a small shot glass of pinapple/orange juice, held my nose, drank it real fast and chased it with more juice. Trust me, it doesn't taste good, but mixed in the juice it's not as bad. but then again I was holding my nose. lol
(also, I may have started with 1/2 teaspoon cuz some say they had a reaction (stomach ache/feel like he was going to vomit) the 1st time taking it. So not wanting to chance it I took a tiny bit first then increased. I believe the recommended dose is 7-14 grams. A tablespoon is about 12 grams, I do believe, but don't take my word, please look it up.)
Today is day 13 and I've been up since dawn and I haven't had anything yet today...and I feel good, almost great!
During the 1st week starting on Sat. Nov 28th, I only took the kratom 3x a day, and on days 3,4,5 I found I was taking the kratom 4-5times a day. By the 2nd week I started to taper and the last 3 days I've only been taking 1-2 times a day. Yesterday, I only did the bali once. Today, so far I don't need anything. I could maybe use a valuim but don't have any. But, I'm good, I don't need the val that bad. I do feel a bit, what's the word, anxious. I'm waiting to hear if I got a job I've been applying for, so I'm sure that's all it is.
So...I'll let you guys know if I have any problems today NOT taking anything! I feel really positive... right now anyway.
Take care!
Bellevedere
Well guys, day isn't too bad...so far, i didnt another piece of that oxy last night just to keep the WDS away and it worked, I am a little sore today kinda sluggish but I can deal with this, I mie try just a sliver more in a bit just to see if it takes the edge off cause i do have a few appts disafternoon so I don't want them to notice anything.
As far as the sub doctors yes they are all after the money because if I woulda been smart i woulda only took the little bit to get me thru the WDs from pk's and been done but I was afraid to feel the WD so I took it a lil longer and now here i am lol. my BF dr that is prescribing him the subs had told him from the beginning that he would have to sign a contract for a year to get the right treatment, and he did. He pays $200 a month and if he voids the contract he will have to pay the rest of the year anyway..I just wish I could talk him outta taking it but he thinks the dr know what he is talking about...any advice on how to get him to open his eyes? He is starting to abuse it, this i see. He is suppose to take 2 8mgs a day but has been taking anywhere from 1-3 a day just depending if he is upset, which he uses as an excuse. Tries to blame it on me if we are arguing..."why do you do this to me?" he says while hes taking his third one...I just don't know. I love him to death but then again I just want him to learn on his own but don't wanna see him get in over his head, help lol...thanks again...it is so nice to get on here and read this daily and see that people can actually relate. THANKS!
Hi NY,
Your bf is taking 3 8mg of subx a day? OMG, he is going to soooo regret that. First, how long has he been taking that much?
belleveder
Stupid in NY I have to agree with Bellevedere 3 8mg is way to much I'm going on day 11 with no opiates and no subs and this is the first day that I feel almost "normal" but I forget who said that they felt like their arms and legs felt like they had weighs in them and taking a shower was a burden but that is exactly what I felt. Also Stupid in NY I know it sucks but it does eventually get better with nothing in your system but even trying to handle real life while going through w/d is really hard I wish you the best of luck. You almost have to force yourself to do it nobody can do it for you and your bf is going to have a hell of a time getting off that many pill the doctors are liers I was on 2 to 4 mg's a day when I quit and I wish I tapered it was absolute hell day 3,4,5,6 got progressively worse and day 7 on have gotten progressively better my anxiety hasn't been as bad but it is still an issue. I'm just so glad I took this final step to get clean and i'm not going back I never want to feel like that again. Just a little drinking for me I eventually want to quit that too but one thing at a time.
Yeh, I must admit to a bit of drinking myself. Personally, it is the least of my worries and it isn't excessive.
I really feel uncomfortable about the kratom thing. It sounds like everyone is getting excited, yet again, about a possible easy solution to opiate dependency.
However, I'm not judging. In the early days of withdrawals I would have taken ANYTHING as long as it wasn't an opiate. If it would have relieved the hell I would have taken it.
But, I'm learning that the best way is to stick to non-opioid presription meds that help. At least then there is some control, some accountability.
I dunno. This is such a long term battle that I'm pretty much open minded to whatever might help. However, taking stuff that 'sorts you out' completely just seems to disrupt the recovery.
It does hurt to go clean even after months. Even when the physical withdrawals are long gone it will hurt. Yeh, I'd love to chase another high. I could easily start smoking puff 24/7 let alone other alternatives. But, they would all lead me back to the same place.
I'd start chasing the high again. Eventually weed would fail me and I'd seek a more potent buzz. No doubt this would, once again, take me down the cocaine/crack route which would inevitably lead me back to opiates for the comfort and comedown relief. Then the opiates would become, once again, the staple of my life.
Not getting high on drugs hurts. It will hurt (on and off) for a very long time. How long? I have no idea. I'm still hurting badly on some days. Other days I'm doing just fine and happy to be free of any drug (including kratom or any such 'legal' dope).
If I drink too much I notice my cravings kick in. It is rare but I do occasionally binge on the alcohol. I don't suppose it helps that I'm taking sleeping tablets aswell. I should really try and get off those soon. I been on them far too long.
Drug addiction really does suck. However, I maintain hypocritically (as I'm on prescription meds), that abstainance is the best way forward. Prior to that, slow taper is definitely recommended by me personally.
But, I'm really quite concerned about all this current excitement induced by kratom. Well fine, do whatever you have to do to get over the worst of WDs but remember you'll still have to go through the psychological mayhem. Kratom might help with acute WDs and if it does then that is great but PAWS is PAWS and kratom will just put off the inevitable.
If you want to taste freedom then why resort to another unsupervised substance? Kratom is a drug of abuse. I don't care what anyone says. It has been made illegal in several countries including a country where it grows naturally.
Right now I'm hurting emotionally. I feel dreadful. I'm sure a hit of kratom would sort me out. I'm also sure a hit of cocaine, cannabis or whatever, would also 'sort me out' but not in the right way. PAWS is about a tough psychological recovery. I'm better off sticking to the seroquel to get me to sleep and tomorrow will be another day. I'll be grateful in the morning that I didn't self-medicate to get through this. It will make me stronger and one step closer to my goal.
In acute withdrawals I wouldn't blame anyone for taking whatever to ease the pain. I'm not going to judge anyone for whatever they do anyway. I'm in no position to judge. I've screwed up so many times. It's really about what you want for yourself. Do you want freedom or miserable slavery?
There is no medicinal cure for opiate addiction. There are drugs that can offer some degree of relief but that is all. The rest of the battle is a ferocious psychological one. The only way to win that one is by trying to stay as sober as possible as much of the time as possible.
The psychological battle is so violent that it will even cause you to have physical symptoms. I'm sure you all know that depression can cause people to experience physical pain. I think the word to describe such phenomenon is psychosomatic.
Yes, right now I'd rather die than have to lie here thinking about how much I want a hit of something and yet how much I don't (because I know the bad stuff that will happen as a result). I feel totally alone at such times. My friends who have never experienced addiction have no idea what it is like. It's such a self-consuming madness.
I even found the idea of Kratom tempting after being clean for 7-8 months. What put me off is the cost and knowing that it is piss cheap for the manufacturer and that they are making a huge profit on each sale. Huge? Yeh, like in the 1000% mark-up and then some. These people are not trying to help you. They are the same as the subox docs if not worse. They want your money and that is that. It is business. You trust these peoples' opinions any more than the pharmaceutical companies and sub docs? More fool you.
Wise up. Taper and get clean. Yeh, find a sympathetic doc if you need to and get some meds to help. I needed to and I'll never deny that. And yeh, I'm messing up in my own way with regards to having a few too many to drink sometimes. But heck, I don't feel half as fucked up as I did when doing drugs. Okay, I'm not an alcoholic, things would be very different if I was. One night of drinking too much and I'm like, "ew, that was rough, I don't fancy doing that again in a while..."
Don't be fools. Sobriety from drugs ain't ever going to come easy but it constantly brings huge rewards. Man, I was unemployed most of my life and permanently for the last 6 years. Now I'm almost full-time doing voluntary work. I struggle every day but for the most part it is constant reward.
I'm an asshole on drugs. I make no friends and noone likes me. People seem to like me in the fragility of my human nature with it's constant ups and downs. I just got to learn to like myself. I am learning this slowly, bit by bit.
Don't get fooled by another miracle solution. You want to be fooled because you are desperate. People who are desperate are easy prey for Kratom distributors and whoever else. Heck, I've had offers of 100's of 10mg valium tabs COD. Oh I thought, how that would be so helpful. Oh yeh, about as helpful as a mallet in the head.
To take up such offers would destroy me all over again. Come on people, at least try to stay in the system. I know it sucks and it is full of error but at least it is moderated. Yes, we know the folly of sub docs. OK, so taper and withdraw but don't go off chasing another "fool's paradise".
Make whatever you want of this post. I'm out of energy. I'm sick of the whole drug thing. Quit or bust. I'm quitting. I want life. Stay in the system. Make it work for you. It's harder, yes, but it is possible and will make you a stronger person.
Period...
I still wish every one of you the very best,
Phil.
It's been a few days since I've posted here, and a lot seems to have happened. First of all, before I get into my own shit, I have to say I agree with Phil on this whole "kratom" thing. It's just another thing that you'll have to taper off of. I personally wish I had never even gone on the subs, because I would be farther along in my recovery if I had just tapered off the oxy in the first place. I'm not going to get into it, and I wish everyone the best of luck with their own experiences.
I don't really feel like I am in any sort of a position to give advice on here, but "stupid in NY", if I can do this, you can too. I'm only on day 3 completely off all opiates, and it has been a total nightmare. Even leading up to the end was super hard, because I tapered down to approx .1 mg/day of the subs, and every 3 days, when my body caught up with the half-life of the sub, I would feel like shit. There have been so many times when I've thought, "I could just go get some heroin or oxy and feel soooooooo much better for a day, but I will not put myself through this again. I can't. This has been the hardest thing I have ever done, hands down, and I'm not even close to being done. I just can't believe how hard it has been. But I am really determined to stay clean. It has to be worth it.
Phil, you are an inspiration to us all. Thank you so much for everything you post here. You really have helped me get through some of the hardest moments.... so far. :)
RBM and Bellevedere- I can so relate to your description of the withdrawals. The lack of energy is astounding, isn't it? My main problem with it all is the RLS. If I could just relax it wouldn't be as bad, but I can't sit still for longer than 20 minutes. And I can only sit still for that long if I exercise first.
I went and bought myself an exercise machine yesterday, because I knew I would never work out at a gym (way too much work in my current state), and therefore would never get any sleep. It's really helped. Don't get me wrong, by no means has exercising made this easy, at all. It has only made it possible to get an hour or two of sleep at a time during the night. Which is a lot more than I was getting before.
I don't really know what else to say, except that this is really hard. Don't be fooled into thinking that there is an easy way out. No amount of drugs or therapy will make this easy. It is really fucking challenging. Every second of every day drags on like I never knew was possible, and my life is falling apart because I can't keep up. I'm working so hard not to get high, I can't do anything else. But...... from everything I've read and researched, and from what Phil says on this forum, I know it will get easier and better.
Brielle and Melanie- Thank you for the responses about NA. I haven't felt super inclined to go lately because I've been totally opiate free and feeling like shit. (hard to leave the house) But I will keep in mind everything that you are saying about the meetings. Thank you.
Good luck to you all! We can do this!!!!!!!
I believe it was Newtons law "For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction" Like Phil said it would be so easy to just take an oxy or whatever and feel better "that day" that's the point you just feel better that day now you have to deal with the bullshit all over again and your going to feel even worse the next day I want to feel good every day. The only way you can do that is to be clean, or be dirty and waste your life. In my opinion I have taken the step to be clean and I know it's hard day 12 for me with nothing I feel ok today drank a little too much last night but I'm still starting to get my energy back. I know everyone on this forum has a common goal and that goal is to get clean and stay clean, I sincerely wish everyone the best of luck.
Sorry for posting twice I had another thought that I wanted to share. Before this time I had tried to get clean numerous times and I would for a week or two and than I would "reward" myself by just getting high "one night" bullshit I know others can do it but it's not my personality and from what I'm reading we are all very similiar we can't just get high one time or one night it will lead us down the same path that brought us here sick and tired, and tired of being sick. For everyone including myself who is getting clean you have to ask yourself what's important to you the dope or your life?
Guys, guys, I'm not saying take kratom to get high. Stop it! Ya'll are freaking out.
I'm hoping to help someone who's in the same boat as I am...no matter what some of you think about kratom, its working for me!
1. It's the beginning of day 14 and I feel alert and great.
but hey, that's just me. Everybody's different.
According to my kratom 14 day regime AND my kratom taper to get off suboxone, I took 1/2 tsp of kratom yesterday, not sure I even needed it, but I got nervous after reading all the doubts here. btw thanks a lot.
Don't judge what you don't know. And maybe I'm going to crash and burn, who knows. But jeez, give me a chance or another week to at least see how I do without kratom or suboxone before you send me to death row.
I'm NOT saying take kratom to get high and I'm NOT telling those who already have suboxone out of their system for months to take it. Just folks who are having a hard time getting off suboxone, like me! OR are you guys that selfish you want everyone to suffer just b/c you had to?! Think about it.
Gotta run... Good Luck and Lighten Up Already :=)
I have a question. I've been doing a lot of research on subutex (buprenorphine) withdrawal, and I've found out some stuff, but I'm still a little confused.
I tapered down from 2 mg 2x/day to .1 mg 1x/day over a period of about a month. Throughout the taper I felt mild to moderate w/d symptoms, depending on the day. Now I'm off completely and it's been really hard, but I keep reading that it will get a lot worse. Do i really have hell to look forward to? I don't know if I can handle much worse, or less sleep than I am already getting. I'm trying not to get discouraged. Every day (and night) is a challenge to get through, and then I realize that there's just more to come, and harder!
Anyway, I guess I was just wondering if anyone has done approximately the same taper off subs as me, and could give me words of encouragement. Thanks.
regarding my earlier post...sorry about the selfish comment...It didn't come out right.
but i meant everything else... and I need support too.
Annie, I've gotta run, be back about 1-2 hrs, but I'm sure they will be able to help shortly.
I don't know your story and I see what you've been taking for the last month, but how long had you been taking the suboxone 2 mg 2x/day overall?
Bellevedere, I was taking the subutex (not suboxone) for a total of about a month. I started with 2mg 2x/day, did that for a few days, then cut 25-50% down every 2-4 days. I was initially on oxy/heroin/methodone for about 2.5 years. A fairly significant amount.
This taper has been hell. I've basically felt like shit the entire time. (give or take a day or 2)
I did A TON of research on subutex and what I found is that if you stay on it for much longer than 3-4 weeks, the w/d and PAWS are a lot worse. So.... I tried really hard to get off of it as soon as I possibly could. I'm just so frustrated with this whole "trading one drug for another." It seems like such B.S.
Don't get me wrong, do whatever you have to do to get better. I know nothing about Kratom, and I have zero judgments. I just wish I had gone a different route. That's all. Anyway, good luck to you, and if you have any words of advice, I'd love to hear them.
Thanks.
I tried posting a minute ago, but it didn't seem to work, so I'll try again. If there's a double post and I repeat myself, please forgive me! :)
Bellevedere, I had been taking 2 mg 2x/day only for a few days when I began my taper. I did A TON of research on buprenorphine and discovered that if you are only on it for 3-4 weeks, and you taper it shouldn't be too bad. Right.
So I started with 2mg 2x/day and tapered down 25-50% every 2-4 days. By the end I was literally licking a crumb off my fingertip! It really made me realize how incredibly powerful this stuff is.
I guess I'm just feeling frustrated with the fact that I just replaced one drug with another. What's the point? I wish I had just tapered off of the oxy's in the first place and avoided the subs altogether. It would have been more intense, but less drawn out.
Anyway, I know absolutely nothing about Kratom, and I really do hope it works for you. I have no judgments of anyone. Just encouragement. Sorry if my earlier comment offended you at all, that was not my intention. We're all entitled to our opinions right? But this is a place of support and encouragement, and I'm sorry if you felt as if you were not getting those things. Please know that I wish the best for you.
Thanks.
Annie: Hang in there! It won't keep getting worse. It should peak after 4 or 5 days. Then, very slowly but surely, you should be able to see some improvement in yourself every day. Keep us informed of how you are doing and we'll do our best to offer what advice/support we can. The RLS will most certainly not keep getting worse. For myself, the RLS really did start to get much milder after 5 days. I don't think there was even the remotest sign of RLS after 14 days.
You really will be getting better so very soon Annie. Please keep on battling soldier! You can win this fight. It is the hardest thing I've ever done myself also. But, it isn't impossible. Full recovery will take months but during this time you will constantly feel improvements and all symptoms will be getting milder and more manageable.
Bellevedear: You've got me all wrong. I'm concerned about the Kratom route, yes, but I am NOT judging you. I am extremely interested to hear how you are doing. I did already state in that post that despite my reservations I am very keen to learn from your experience. Of course, only time will tell whether the Kratom is really helping or just putting off the inevitable psychological battle.
However, don't blame us/me for making you nervous and taking another dose of Kratom. That's the whole problem with unsupervised self-medicating.
I'm sorry I come across so strongly on this subject. I am just concerned that if Kratom doesn't work then it is a bit premature to be suggesting it to other people. Perhaps you should see how you go, and do please feel free to keep us informed. Then, when you have come off the Kratom you'll be in a fantastic position to advise us on whether it has been helpful or not.
Whatever I say, I think you are going to feel that I'm judging/criticising you. So, what can I say to change that? Not a lot. But, I'm going to try. The only thing to judge is the Kratom NOT YOU! This is not personal. I am delighted you are going opiate free and only want what is best for you. I want you to realise your ambitions. I believe you can be of great assistance to us in reviewing the whole Kratom thing. I think you are in the best position to give an insightful and truthful account of this method of withdrawal.
Any better? Still think I'm having a go at you? I hope not. I don't know what else to say to make you feel less judged. I have reviewed the posts and, as far as I can see, NOONE is judging you. Maybe you are judging yourself?
Well Annie, I think you are one tough cookie, to be truthful. You're doing the right thing by tapering so soon. Sorry to hear you're having a rough time though.
I think possibly it would help to taper by skipping days. Maybe you could take the suboxone 2x per week instead. Just enough to get you through some rough days. Suboxone is one stubbord monkey to get off our backs.
My addiction wasn't as severe as yours. I was only on 6 -10mg of lorecets a day 1st yr and 10 a day 2nd yr. and then 2yrs of suboxone which now I know was way too much subox for me to ever have been on.
But we're doing the right thing now by getting off suboxone. I don't have any cravings either, at least not yet anyway. But, the way I feel about the drugs I don't think it will be an issue. and if it becomes an issue i can always take 1mg of subox a week if I absolutely must. just to keep the cravings away.
I don't want to say 1 way or the other about kratom anymore but for me it's working. 14 days no suboxone and I don't even want the kratom anymore. I can't believe I even took it yesterday, cuz i swear i didn't even need it. Like i said before i just got so nervous about stopping afraid the subox wd's would kick in but so far I've been up since 7am it's almost 1pm now and I feel fine.
in fact, i have an orange tree & satsuma (spell?) tree in my backyard and I just picked some oranges to send to my sister. Finishing up decorations for xmas and it's cold outside so i put a log on the fireplace. Life feels good again.
I really wish I could do more for you becuz i know how hard this is. gotta run now but i'll check back in a little while. Hang in there! You can do it :=)
PS thanks everyone I appreciate what you saying. I'm really not offended...Its just that I was/am so worried that I'm kidding myself and I'm going to wake up with horrible WD's at any given time. And I don't have any valium or anthing like that only seroquel which I'm only taking at night. So I guess it was just the doubting thomas effect that was getting to me not ya'll personally.
well gotta run--going to see my momma...she always makes me feel better:=)
later
thanks Phil--I'm good. Yes, I was definitely judging myself and no ones comments MADE me do anything. You're absolutely right about that. It was all in my head. All this crap makes us think crazy thoughts that's for sure.
Anywho, for Annie, I don't think you should bother with something like kratom anyway being you haven't been on subox that long even though its rough. I'm not entirely sure when you jumped from your last dose but if it's been 3 or 5 days I would definitely hang in there and be done with it.
Taking showers, walking to get exercise will help as hard as it is to do those things when feeling like crap but try anyway. Oh, also I found when taking a hot shower made it worse. I found it better to start with really hot then turn it to as cool as you can stand it. I found with that I felt really rejuvenated.
Hope that helps some:=)
I'm back, there's a wreck on the main hwy so i cant get out to visit with my mom. besides I already lit the fireplace so i better stay home for the next few hours anyway.
phil, i did want to tell you that...
I hope you're having a better day. I was concerned when you said, Right now I'm hurting emotionally. I feel dreadful. I'm sure a hit of kratom would sort me out...
Well, not necessarily.
Again, I agree, it was premature for me to recommend kratom. So, I'd like to go on record saying I'm not recommending or advocate Kratom if you're already clean!
I should have only stated what I'm doing to get off my suboxone addiction. although, I wanted to post sooner but waited 12 days instead after starting on Kratom, to let you know how much I was taking, how much I've already tapered down to, and how I was feeling as a result which i now know you can appreciate.
But, you're right about a lot of what you' said and mostly you're right about the fact that some of us are desperate...
Yep, I was desperate. I'll be the first to say it...I'm a big boo-who sissy little girl when it comes to the hard part. No, I don't want suffer, not if I can help it. (same reason I searched and found suboxone)
When I first found out about suboxone I thought finally something that will make you not want the opiates plus zero withdrawals. How convenient?! And now almost 2yrs later I STILL have to go thru w/d's if I want off. Crazy, huh?!
I think it's a mind set, too. I can understand your concern about kratom, meaning, some may feel its just another crutch and yes for some it would be. I don't think of it like that for me.
I'm just so over it! It's like you said, I'm sick to death of the whole drug thing!
So here I am giving kratom a try before I go to another doctor to get on another pill that will make me sick when trying to get off.
I realize it does sound contradicting...Damned if i do, damned if i don't, maybe. But seriously, hopefully not this time.
thanks again for hearing me out. I can't wait for each day so I can monitor my recovery. Posting here really does help.
1 more thing...I admit if I had a Valium I'd take it. I do feel a bit anxious, that I can feel. Would you know if seroquel can help with that?
let me know. thanks:=)
Bellevedear: Yes, seroquel can help reduce anxiety. My original seroquel regime was 2x25mg tabs 3 times a day. However, I found the daytime dose shut me down too much and the night time dose not enough to help me sleep. So, my doctor sensibly suggested taking 1x25mg twice during the day and then 4x25mg at night time. This proved to be much better. Then came a time when I found even 25mg too sedating during the day.
Once again, my doctor made a straight forward suggestion, to now take all six 25mg tabs at night time to help my mind stop racing and aid sleep. So, that is my current regime, 150mg at night time. I take the pills about 8pm and start to feel drowsy about 10pm. Sometimes I take one earlier in the evening to aid relaxation.
The other thing that interests me is that you seem to have recovered remarkably quickly from the sub withdrawals bearing in mind how long you were on them. What dose were you on originally? What was your taper regime/timescale?
Or maybe I've got it wrong. I'm assuming you've stopped the Kratom now as I think your post suggests that. I don't know how severe the anxiety is for you other than you do have some anxiety issues. That is always a big problem with sub WDs. It would be interesting to confirm your current Kratom intake and both the types and levels of WD discomfort you are experiencing.
Seroquel is, as I'm sure you already know, non-addictive. It's a useful drug to try for this reason alone and the fact that it is a very helpful and potent sleeping aid (at the correct dose for that person). Plus, it can be useful for controlling daytime anxiety as long as you get on with it OK.
I'm glad you find posting here helful. You are most welcome and I enjoy reading all your entries (as I'm sure everyone else does). I wait with great interest to read your next offering.
I hope that the WDs continue to subside for you as quickly as possible.
God bless,
Phil.
I just want to start off by saying Congratulations to everyone here that has/is or will be going thru WD. It only means that you are on your way to recovering!!! I am on day 3 and even tho I might be going about it all wrong with taking just pieces of oxy's to get thru the WD from suboxone, it really seems to be working for me...dismorning I woke up feeling kinda lousy but nothing like everyone on here is saying, I was only on subs for roughly 2 months, 1 a day at the most and slowly tapered down, the first day of WD tho was horrid! I couldn't believe it. I did do a lil more oxy disafternoon, but I do plan on trying to not do any at all tomorrow and see how that works.
Everyone has there own way of dealing with WD's, like the Kratom, the seroquel and so for. As for me, resorting back to the drug that bit me in the ass hard the first time is working for me, along with Tylenol PM at night. I am real curious to see how day 4 will go tomorrow with no aid at all, hopefully that my peak has passed since I felt a half ass buzz yesterday and today from the oxy i think that the sub is working its way outta my system...but only time will tell.
Oh and just to make sure no one is offended or anything...I am not in any way telling anyone to get back on painpills to ease up the Wd's from subs...it is just my way of dealing with it...and after everything I have been thru I will be DAMNED if I will get hooked on PK's again! I can't wait to feel normal again...
Well talk at you guys tomorrow!!!
Hi There Everyone!
Phil--thanks for your kind words, it made me smile:=)
Yes, its truly remarkable regarding what I hope to be the very last time from suboxone w/d's. One of the reasons I was so pumped up about the bali kratom if you know what I mean
As for the suboxone, I have been on it approx 2yrs--
First Year--1st 6mos- 4mg-2x a day / 2nd 6mos-2mg-3x a day
Second Year--1st 4 months - 2mg-2x a day (usually)
This is where it starts to get fun...
It was around May this year I just wanted to get off of it. due to money issues, sick of taking it...etc.
So, I started to taper down to 2mg per day, mostly with little to no trouble. Not knowing 2mg was way stronger than I thought, I tried to jump off 2mg...well as you can imagine it wasn't pretty.
By day 3 I was totally loosing it. So I'd start up the subox again. (wishing now I had started skipping days but didn't think of that)
Anyway, I went another month-- tried jumping again, but it didn't work. Basically, I repeated this about once a month for a total of about 4-5 months to no avail.
Around Sept I started tapering from 2mg a day (where as 2mg I felt fine), to cutting that in half. (1mg was a little tough but doable) I did 1mg per day for quite awhile and I started to notice the 1mg was all I needed.
So early Nov. I tried jumping off 1mg - my body laughed at me. I couldn't believe it. I was taking freaking crumbs. But, at least that time I almost made it to day 5 - I had never got past day 3 before. So I thought Yeah! I was getting there. But nooooo...
...I got a shot at a job where the pay is crap but the benefits are outstanding. I had to take one of those 3 hour test...typing, math, stuff like that and so I took the suboxone in order to take the test. I just have to get this job and there was no way I could have handled that test in my current state of WD's.
(the good news--btw turns out I was in the top 3 out of 30apps) pretty cool huh! lol Got the interview and I think I have a real shot at this job now! (hopefully)
Anyway, after all that, I really got desperate. I just had to get this devil out of my life in case I do get this job. I figured going thru wd's while out of work was my best bet, too.
Anyway, I started searching the net frantically looking for something to help. That's when I found the kratom, ordered it and for the next 2 weeks leading up to Thanksgiving I was taking that tiny 1mg cutting it into 2 sometimes 3 shavings and was taking that. I was only taking 1/3 of 1mg for about 12 days leading up to when the kratom arrived that Saturday after thanksgiving...well, I think you know the rest.
So, although today was day 14 without suboxone, I was taking the kratom, which I didn't take today so I'm now calling today...
"Officially DAY 1" -- Coz' NO kratom, NO suboxone hell and only a bit of anxiousness, but nothing too serious.
My mom gave me some .05 xanax which I didn't take cuz by time I made it to her house I was feeling fine. So, I'm saving it. She gave me 5 of them for emergencies.
I'm so excited because truly I can't get over how well I feel. But to be fair, give me another wk or 2 to see how it goes. But, I'm very optimistic!!
Good night everybody...see ya tomorrow!
Signed:
Super Excited
PS Hey NY, I hear ya! Congrats to you! I'm pulling for you as well as everyone else, I'm sure! Night!
hi everyone im rachel 23!! i just took the last few hours to skim through months of posts on here haha a lot of it was very discouraging..
im on day 5 of no suboxone and im going crazy.. i had NO idea it was going to take as long as it has but i feel like i am on the upswing.. but honestly when ur hurting it all feels the same and can be hard to tell whether ur hurting "less" or not while in the moment.. even a little withdrawal SUCKS.. i have ALL the symptoms mostly freezing cold sweats i have two sweatshirts on and a heavy coat it doesnt help its freezing outside right now.. i had to come stay with my mom and i pretty much havent left her couch even for a second in 5 days.. the 3rd day was the worst.. ive been taking my trazadone and valium and ibuprofen during the day and it REALLY helps i tried to get on the treadmill but its so F-ing cold in that room! baths help.. temporarily... its hard to even drink water but i can tell a slight improvement day by day.. time is going by soooooooo slowly!!!!! every minute is an hour i just want to get better and go out and celebrate with my friends!! but i cant even brush my own hair hahah! by the way does anyone else have the sneezes like crazy?!?!?
by the way..my story is that i have been off and on all kinds of opiates (mostly oxys) since i was 17 at 21 yrs old i started smoking heroin 2 years later i tried to get suboxone off the street and didnt make it past the third day then i started shooting it up to save money i was spending about $100 a day (i couldnt even afford to eat) this went on until last october when i finally went to my mom for help and went to inpatient rehab.. they started me on two 8mg suboxones a day and every two weeks tapered me down until i was taking a quarter once a day.. every time i tapered down i had slight withdrawal symptoms for a day or so.. the last time i had anything was sunday morning and it is now friday night.. i can tell a huge difference but am still too sick to go out.. i have a good amount of energy back (it comes and goes)(mornings are the worst) but the main problems im having are that i am FREEZING no matter how many clothes and blankets i have and my underarms and feet/hands are sweaty and i have trouble staying asleep for more than 4 or 5 hours eventhough im taking 4 pills of trazadone every night and i have diarrhea knots ion my stomach.. the restless legs have really calmed down and i dont know if its the ibuprofen im taking (3 pills every 6 hours) thats helping so much but my body aches are almost non existent already.. and im on antidepressants so im not super depressed (got prescribed them in rehab, thank god for them!!!)im a little sad and lonely i guess but only because ive been in the same spot alone for almost a full week and cant go anywhere.. my worst day was my 2nd/3rd day and im only on my 5th and i still feel like shit but you cant look at where you are.. you have to look at where youve come and the light at the end of the tunnel... time heals all and we can ALL do this!! getting off suboxone is the easy part everyone!! remember what is was like dumping your money into a bottomless pit and everyday having to spend all your energy trying to score drugs just to be normal?!?! and then knowing you have to go through this huge process when you finally get help because you cant do it your whole life?? well suboxone withdrawals suck but if they didnt we'd all be right back on that crap so im glad they hurt AVERSION THERAPY BABY hahaha tough it out it helps writing to eachother on here but try to be positive.. to go through this pain at all means youre determined and have self worth even if you dont feel it.. so keep fighting everyone!!! im fighting with you along with thousands and thousands of other humans around the world.. youre not alone!! time heals all!!
haha one more thing.. (can u tell im bored?) on my worst day i did take a vicodin 5mg i was desperate and my mom has a script.. it helped me sleep but honestly made it worse and i think prolonged it.. i know desperate times call for desperate measures.. and by all means do what you can to get through this.. but im telling you from experience if you can avoid taking ANY sort of opiate please DO no matter how little you take its only going to prolong your withdrawals or depending on how much you take start you all over.. its not worth the few hours of relief. you need to flush your system with tons of water and let your receptors and dopamine slowly fix themselves if you can help it.. colodapin (or however you spell it) helps A LOT and is not an opiate look it up if u are having a lot of trouble.. after i took that vicodin on my third day even though it barely did shit for me, i immediately regretted it.. if you want to get through this as fast as possible you HAVE to drink lots of water and flush it out, you HAVE to get up and move around even just a little.. and dont take any opiates to ease the pain... thats what the suboxones for even though it sucks it sucks WAY less than full blown heroin withdrawals... i could never make it through those unless i was strapped down against my will... i was so tempted to take another vicodin after the first one but decided to pull up my big kid pants and say BRING IT ON.. so i can get out of this hell as FAST as possible!!! i hope this helps or inspires someone out there.. reading all of your posts has certainly helped motivate me and not feel so alone ... thanks! im rooting for you all XOXO
Sorry if this post is a duplicate...I have never lost a post before...but there is little in life that is more frustrating than typing away, only to have it vanish into cyberspace...lost forever. Piss!
Anyway, it is so great to read all of these posts. I am thankful for all of you and wish you all the strength you need to fight this. Rachel, you are so strong...the worst has got to be over. Just hang in there, we are all rooting for you as well.
Bellevedere: I wanted to say thank you for the info regarding kratom. I really appreciate it. From what I've read online it can be extremely useful for short term opiate withdrawal. Let alone the fact that it has helped you so far. And although I know it wasn't meant to come off as judgmental, I have to agree with you that it did come off this way. I know it wasn't intentional, but it did sound like there was a lot of anger about the possibility of something actually easing the agony of withdrawals. I was told by a doctor that suboxone was the answer. Now rather than blindly, or foolishly do whatever the doctor told me to do, like I had done in the past, I decided to research suboxone on my own. To my chagrin, I learned that subs cause the same hellish WD as do any other opiate. When you mentioned kratom, I once again went down the research path. I have an open mind and I enjoy learning about new possibilities. I don't think any of us, after all we've been through, is naive enough to just take something without first finding out a little more about it. Trusting everything we are told is what got a lot of us into this predicament. And kratom is a lot less expensive than paying a sub doctor hundreds and thousands of dollars out of pocket. When I called around quite some time ago, there were no doctors that would even start sub treatment without a minimum of 600 dollars up front. I truly hope the kratom works for you. I am very curious to see how you progress after a few days without any meds or kratom. It really looks hopeful so far...it sounds like you are doing really well. I have my fingers crossed! Please post back soon and let us know.
My current methadone taper is proving to be a long drawn out process. I really just can't wait to get on with my life. There are some days, like today, when I just feel so frustrated with the whole opiate/drug thing. I know it's just the addict in me wanting instant gratification. I will post back later when I am feeling better, right now I just need to get some sleep.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Sorry if this post is a duplicate...I have never lost a post before...but there is little in life that is more frustrating than typing away, only to have it vanish into cyberspace...lost forever. Piss!
Anyway, it is so great to read all of these posts. I am thankful for all of you and wish you all the strength you need to fight this. Rachel, you are so strong...the worst has got to be over. Just hang in there, we are all rooting for you as well.
Bellevedere: I wanted to say thank you for the info regarding kratom. I really appreciate it. From what I've read online it can be extremely useful for short term opiate withdrawal. Let alone the fact that it has helped you so far. And although I know it wasn't meant to come off as judgmental, I have to agree with you that it did come off this way. I know it wasn't intentional, but it did sound like there was a lot of anger about the possibility of something actually easing the agony of withdrawals. I was told by a doctor that suboxone was the answer. Now rather than blindly, or foolishly do whatever the doctor told me to do, like I had done in the past, I decided to research suboxone on my own. To my chagrin, I learned that subs cause the same hellish WD as do any other opiate. When you mentioned kratom, I once again went down the research path. I have an open mind and I enjoy learning about new possibilities. I don't think any of us, after all we've been through, is naive enough to just take something without first finding out a little more about it. Trusting everything we are told is what got a lot of us into this predicament. And kratom is a lot less expensive than paying a sub doctor hundreds and thousands of dollars out of pocket. When I called around quite some time ago, there were no doctors that would even start sub treatment without a minimum of 600 dollars up front. I truly hope the kratom works for you. I am very curious to see how you progress after a few days without any meds or kratom. It really looks hopeful so far...it sounds like you are doing really well. I have my fingers crossed! Please post back soon and let us know.
My current methadone taper is proving to be a long drawn out process. I really just can't wait to get on with my life. There are some days, like today, when I just feel so frustrated with the whole opiate/drug thing. I know it's just the addict in me wanting instant gratification. I will post back later when I am feeling better, right now I just need to get some sleep.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
hi guys, thanks lealaken for saying that. It's hard sometimes to express ourselves in words on here. not being able to hear the tone in our voices, and trying to write a post and not a book, but I completely understand.
I'm easy to get along with and usually don't take things too personally. I forgive and forget as quickly as I might get upset or take something the wrong way. my point is that deep down I knew anything said wasn't an attack on me. so all is good. thanks for saying it just the same.
rachel-- I don't know what to say...I'm still thinking about the fact that you're only 23. I have a step daughter older than you. Hang in there, it sounds like your determination and drive to get clean is strong!
It is hard for me to see so many people going thru hell at the same time. it sucks. Here I am finally doing really good and I have to say it was the kratom that got me to this day. Officially today is Day 2 without kratom OR suboxone. But it's Day 15 without suboxone.
Well, in case you guys are wondering how I'm doing this 2nd morning without kratom or suboxone (no subox goes without saying)...I'm fine. Great in fact. I can't get over this. I keep waiting for the ax to fall, but seriously, I don't think its going to. But then again, it's only day 2. we'll see.
Here's a couple of things I did notice about the kratom. First, I smoke cigs, but when I was taking the kratom, I couldn't smoke. It just wasn't the same. I'd lite up and take a few drags and almost gagged. But this morning I noticed I was craving my cigs again. and I have to say that cig tasted reallllly gooood. lol
Also, I'm not much of a drinker either, but like a bloody mary occasionally. But last week while on the kratom, I had a drink while some friends were over and again, couldn't drink. In fact, it made me sick for about 2 hours. I thought I was going to die. So, I guess the moral to this story, is you can't drink or smoke while taking kratom. At least I couldn't. I did read where others found the same thing I did but there were some who found the kratom made them want to smoke cigs more. I'm just not one of them.
Well, I've gotta run, my bf is taking me shopping to buy some new clothes in case I get this new job coming up.
I'll check back later...hang in there guys.
signed:
kratom lover
(sorry, couldn't resist)
Hi there, I'm back. We had to do some grocery shopping first and just got back to put everything up. It's cold and raining and sucks outside so we're going to shopping for clothes later maybe tomorrow instead.
anyway...
I was trying to find who said they are having a problem with sneezing. But I couldn't find it. I just wanted to say back when I kept trying to get off the suboxone I remember sneezing a lot too. Some crazy sh*t, huh?! Plus, I recall "YAWNING" Oh man that sucked too. I would start yawning and couldn't stop. My eyes would water and well, it was quite annoying.
Anyway, not sure where everybody went off too but I just wanted to say that. I don't have any suggestions on how to make that part better but just wanted to say I can relate.
hang in there!
6th day totally clean off the subs and im starting to come around yay! im wearing less and less blankets and sweatshirts haha still running to the bathroom with knots in my bowels.. uggghhh and low energy.. i slept 9 hours last night!! wasnt the most comfortable sleep especially still being down on the couch but thats double what ive been getting!! i think tomorrow i may be able to go back to my apartment and clean up.. (I really really hope) and by the way it was me that commented on the sneezing hahah.. its TERRIBLE! anytime i would come down from any opiate i would get them though.. lol how is everyone else holding up?
rachel: YAY! that is great you are starting to feel improvement.
It seems the withdrawal process is very different depending on how long someone has been abusing drugs/opiates. The physical side is one aspect but the psychological recovery, PAWS, seems to vary enormously from person to person.
I mean, I'm still recovering psychologically 8 months since stopping. Some people seem to bounce back a heck of a lot quicker, even weeks. I guess my mind is just more messed up. I did also have a heck of a lot of psychological problems before I ever got into a 24/7 opiate habit. So coming off the opiates meant confronting my 'demons'.
Melanie: No, no, NO! Angry at the suggestion that something might ease the pain of WDs????**!!**????
Oh boy...
If Kratom really does work for someone and enables them to get clean without provoking relapse then I am delighted for that person. This is why I'm extremely interested to keep hearing from Bellevedear. I wouldn't wish the WD pain on my worst enemy.
Besides, although I didn't take the Kratom route, I did end up on sleeping pills, seroquel and occasional small valium scripts. I've never advocated any idea that going through withdrawal without medicinal support is somehow morally superior. It's about what WORKS and that is all.
Melanie, if you are getting frustrated, may it be time to try tapering off a little bit more? I'm sure once a bit of withdrawals kick in you'll no longer be frustrated. Plus you get to look forward to feeling, once again, a little less emotionally numb.
I'm just offering up suggestions. I know you'll make the right choice for you.
Best wishes everyone, God bless,
Phil.
hi phil! i hear you about the depression thing i got on tegrotal or however you spell it and zoloft ones a mood stabilizer and ones an anti depressants... they are working wonders for me and i have had depression problems my whole life and "dealing with demons" thats why i could never stay off the junk.. you should really see someone about that.. i think its the only reason ive been able to maintain such a positive attitude through the withdrawals.. when i was super depressed to begin with and even worse when im coming down usually... p.s. i finally washed my hair(twice in a row) it made such a difference!! i think im gonna be okay after all!! its practically the 7th day.. im pretty much counting the seconds you know how it is.. hahaha
Hi Guys, Just wanted to check in see how everyone is doing...
well, look at you rachel, how wonderful to hear the positive tone in your words. Back when each time I tried to jump off the suboxone, I recall trying to wash my hair was such a chore. I could hardly lift my arms in order to do so. But when I did I also remember how good it felt after. I may have said this before but I also remember a hot shower made me feel more weak. But one time it was taking me so long just to take a shower, that the hot water started to run out and I noticed the cool to cold water was like a shot of adrenaline, at least for me it was. To this day I now like to run the cold water for a few minutes right before getting out the shower. Funny, it's the little things we do to feel better.
Well, it's day 16 or officially day 3 without anything. I'm doing just wonderful. However, I noticed my sleep was very very deep and had a hard time waking up this am. So, I'm thinking that the tiny bit of seroquel is actually more than I need.
So tonight I'm going to try and go without it. I have to say though, thank goodness for sleeping aids, cuz that was one major factor for me. I felt like i was going to go completely insane if I didn't get my sleep. But, I've always been that way about my sleep. So whenever insomnia would kick in due to wd's I couldn't decide which was worse, the daily wd's or not getting any sleep. Anyway...I decided as long as I could get some sleep, I could handle the wd's a bit better. Isn't it true our bodies can heal better while sleeping, or something like that?
Anyway, to Phil, I just wanted to say once again, that I think we are all in agreement that no one is judging or wishing someone to trip up and fall. I just want to put your mind at ease because I don't like to see any of us feeling like we have to defend ourselves. A week ago, I started it with taking things said the wrong way. And I'd just like to reiterate that I'm sorry about that.
We're all here to get help or to help others and I think its a wonderful thing. I never did the rehab route due to money issues, no insurance and things like that. So, when I found this hub a few months back it was like my support group even though I didn't post back then, I found a lot of support from just reading. A lot of what I read scared the living crap out of me too, but because of this hub it got me to where I'm at today.
Soooo anywho, who likes football? I know I don't like to use my real name or where I live when posting on hubs or forums just because of the nature of our conversations, but I'm going to take a chance and post that I'm a die-hard Saints fan and the game is about to start! So with that said, I say...who dat? who dat say they gonna beat them Saints?!!
"SAINTS--12-0" and in few more hours we're going to be "SAINTS--13-0" but if not that's okay, because we're going to the...
S-U-P-E-R-B-O-W-L!!!!! YEAH!!!!...
Gotta run...hang in there guys, I just know you're all going to succeed!!!
hey guys, my name is ed ive been on subs for jus about 2 years now im finally cutting down to 4mg after all this time and its been extremely hard, ive relapsed twice bc i would go hang out with my old friends, anyways i feel so different, i dont enjoy anyones company unless its an attractive down to earth girl, ...anyways i wish i could at least prevent one extra person in the world from ever having to go through this, im gonna hang in there for as long as it takes this time i jus want to feel like my old self agian
withdrawal sucks, i thought that i could turn to subs to get over the wd symptoms i had at first but now its like a whole diff drug i have to get over it jus sux not bein able to feel normal especially when ur only 24 and you have to socialize with so many people in school work etc...
day 7!! im starting to ALMOST feel normal again.. especially after i washed my hair for the first time in a week last night.. i couldnt stand long enough in the shower to do it before and could only take baths.. the worst part now is anxiety and restlessness with lack of energy or motivation.. still get slight hot flashes and extreme sensitvity to cold with cold sweats that come and go.. but mornings have so far been the hardest so i think tonight will be pretty good.. ive been trying to avoid alcohol (its SO hard) and coffee (ive been having dreams about it) just so i can flush my system better/quicker and not give myself an ever harder time trying to relax.. but its hard when time is going so slowly and youre bored out of your mind!! starting to get cabin fever!! im gonna try to leave the house today for a bit and see how it works.. im actually kind of scared.. idont want to set off my withdrawals any worse than they are..
Hi guys, I know this is not a sports hub, but there must be some football fans here. I'm just really excited for our team. The New Orleans Saints did it again! 13-0 The Saints are Undefeated. Our city needed this badly and finally it's happening. I've been a life-long fan and after Katrina did a number on our city, I'm just so happy for us that the Saints are playing so well this year!
Just wanted to say that. I hope that's okay with you guys! If nothing else, maybe it's just a little something to get your mind off any wd's you may be feeling, I hope so anyway.
wdsux (ed):
I hear you. Yeh, sub withdraw does really suck. Sounds like you are having a real tough time right now. I did too. It hurts me to recognise the pain in your words. I've been there.
You can do this Ed. I know you can. It is hell right now but things really do start to get better.
Keep us posted on how you doing Ed, whether it's negatvie or positive, post whatever you like or email me at vincentx90@live.com
Great to hear how well Bellevedear, Rachel and the rest of you are doing. Compared to you I must have had factors making my withdrawal worse because I could never have started to bounce back so relatively quickly. Like I've mentioned previously, it's been 8 months so far and I'm still struggling with mood swings, emotional pain and psychological upset.
However, things still improve all the time and it is very noticeable to me and others that know me.
God bless,
Phil.
so today is three weeks twentyone days since i jumped off the subs fealing about eighty percent back to normal and dont know why i did i guess its because i still dont sleep really good i took kolonpins was this a very stupid mistake
getting off sub need all the tips i can get to deal withdrawls
dan: It's quite normal to feel just 80% back to normal after three weeks. Don't get screwed up about it. It's par for the course. On the bright side, you are 80% back to normal! Remember, once you were 100% NOT back to normal. So you've come very far. It doesn't matter that you took Klonopin to help with withdrawals. Just try and avoid letting your body get hooked on them and then having to go through benzo withdrawal. Be kind to yourself.
If you've been using the Klonopin every day for the past three weeks then maybe it's time to try and taper it off. It shouldn't be too much of a problem. If you haven't been using the Klonopin every single day then I doubt you're body is physically addicted to it. Everything I read, and personal experience, tells me that the safe maximum is normally 2 weeks for daily benzo dosing. I doubt three weeks is much different.
Just be careful and exercise caution. Klonopin isn't an opiate, it doesn't fill opiate receptors, it won't slow down the process of your mind reducing it's dummy opiate receptors. So your recovery is coming along just fine. Just don't give yourself the extra grief of long term daily benzo use and avoid the problem of benzo withdrawal and recovery.
Don't panic!
help: I think most of the tips have been covered in previous posts. As you'll see, there are various things that different people have found helpful.
I have found seroquel to be useful for night time sedation. It's non-addictive. I have been on and off small valium scripts from my doc. I'm not recommending this, just telling it as it is. I've also been on and off zopiclone sleeping tablets. Again, these can be problematic in a similar way to benzos. They were of some help, occasionally, in the short term.
Maybe much better is the advice others have given about taking exercise, eating well, taking multi-vitamins, having an outside focus, offloading stuff here or to friends/support groups, keeping yourself occupied, keeping a positive mindset, recognising improvements in self, etc.
A doctor might be able to help you with other meds that can ease some of the WD discomfort. Even if the effect is placebo it is worth it.
I'm going through a weird time right now. However, I can see the positives. It's just hard learning to live life without being totally wasted all the time. But, it's so worth it. I don't see any other alternative. A life back on opiates? What life? I wasn't even human on opiates. No, I can't go back there. I'd rather be dealing with the ups and downs as they are.
Support from other people is extremely important. Maybe even moreso further down the line when trying to re-assemble one's life again. There are support networks out there. You might be able to find something by making phone calls, internet search, etc.
At the end of the day, it's what is right for you. Try to identify what your needs are and then find a way to get them fulfilled.
Rachel: It's OK. I am getting outside help to come to terms with my 'demons'. It's a slow journey but I'd rather be dealing with this stuff than ever go back to the addict lifestyle. However hard it is, it is better than the escapist alternative.
Thinking of you all. Wishing you all the very best. Christmas is a hard time to be struggling but you are not alone. There are many people that find this time of year very difficult. Try and keep it as simple and stress free as possible. Yeh I know, easier said than done, especially if you are in WDs.
God bless,
Phil.
I really apologize if this post is a duplicate or even on here three times...for some reason I have been having a heck of a time with this site and getting my posts up. But anyway, I will keep trying.
help: It's great to have you here. I don't know if you have read any of the posts, but there is a lot of info on things that help with the sub WD's. If you are able to get some medicinal help from a doctor...that is definitely a start. Certainly getting some benzos for the short term (Xanax, Valium, etc) might help. A lot of people say that Seroquel is very helpful for sleep and anxiety. And while Seroquel is non-addictive, it does tend to be too strong for some people to take during the day. If you are having stomach issues, one of the best things to take is Ammodium AD. It actually has something in it that is very helpful for the stomach knots and butterflies that a lot of people get during opiate WD's. These are just some ideas that I have read about and have found to be helpful in the past. In addition to that, it is also going to be very beneficial to try and do as many normal activities as you can, like taking a shower, and light cleaning. If you can exercise that is wonderful. I know this is a lot easier said than done, especially in the beginning, when it is the most difficult. Please post as much as you like, as this can be very helpful for recovery also. I look forward to hearing how you are doing.
wdsux: I hope you're hanging in there. I totally agree with what Phil has said. It's great to have you here as well. Keep us posted...we will give you all the support we can...that's what this forum is for.
Rachel and Dan: Congratulations! You did it! You have both inspired me to keep going. It's really important for those of us still fighting to hear that people get better...that people can beat this monster. Please keep posting on how you are doing.
Bellevedere: I am really astounded at how fast you have recovered! How awesome. Hopefully the kratom is something that just might be useful for some people. I am just so glad you are feeling so great so soon. As far as football goes, I can't say that I really follow it much anymore. I used to keep up on it when I was married to my first husband. He was a sports fanatic, so if I wanted to hang out with him, I had to learn the game. I got into it for several years back in the mid to late 90's. The Packers were my team back then. But I'm glad your team is doing so well this year. (Only 'cause I'm not in the circle anymore, lol!) Just kiddin'. Post back when you can to let us know how you're feeling.
Phil: Please disregard what I said about all that kratom stuff...I know you weren't angry about anything. I was having a bad day and not thinking things through, I apologize. And I actually did taper my dose by 2.5 mg as of last night. I am now on a total of 17.5mg/day. We will see how this goes...it usually takes a day or two to feel it. I hope everything is going OK for you...you are still in my prayers, as always.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
It is day 15! for me I'm feeling a LOT better I'm getting some of my motivation back I believe it was Rachel that said "the worst part now is anxiety and restlessness with lack of energy or motivation" It's all part of the withdrawal same with the sneezing fits LOL. Going throught his whole process has made me never want to go back EVER and yes Rachel where you are now it will only get better your over the hump hopefully it will be a little easier for you cause you haven't been on the subs for that long I think a month you said but it will get better. I forget who said they where going through the withdrawals at work I did that too and foiund even the most minisqule tasks to be mountains I have to admit the last two weeks I have been less than productive at work any excuse to surf the net or try to make it look like I was working when my boss came around my office. But I feel motivated today and I know I can work again and actually get stuff done. Anyway good luck to everyone it does get better but I'm still having problems with the anxiety I just take a .5 mil xanax for that. Also I think it was Rachel and stupid in NY who said they took oxys to alleviate their w/ds the first two days I took Vics and yes I think it does prolong the w/ds it's better not to take them imho yes you do feel ok "for a little bit" but then you have to go through a longer w/d period. BTW I like the Giants and my team sucks.
Melanie, RBM, great to hear from you both.
Melanie: nothing to apologise for! :) I know, I know, I go through the most shitty days sometimes and my mood sucks. You don't need to apologise for having a bad mood. It's OK. We love you in your good moods and your bad moods! :)
I'm so grateful to have you here, whatever mood you are in. It's a great encouragement to me. Thank you for keeping me in your prayers, you are in mine also.
I really hope things go OK with your latest taper. I know it won't be easy, that would be asking too much but I know you have the strength to do it. Do keep us informed. I hope that it, at least, reduces your frustration as you are making another vital step towards full recovery.
Look forward to hearing more posts from you all.
God bless,
Phil.
Day 17 - Doing great
Hi Guys, Just popping in to see how everyone is doing today. It's muggy & overcast with misty rain & heavy fog outside and just down right ugly. I'd much rather the cold weather in December. It just feels more like christmas when it's cold.
The good news is that I'm feeling great in spite of the nasty weather outside. Not to mention I had a great weekend too! By the way RBM-- sorry to hear about your team the Giants. But that must have been one hell of a game with the final score 45-38. Sounds like the giants gave the Eagles a good fight. And Melanie the Packers beat the Bears in case you didn't know! 21-14 Yeah!
Anyway, back on topic...
I know that kratom therapy for suboxone withdrawal is the subject of some controversy but I'm so glad I tried it. I have gone the last 4 days without it and 17 days since my suboxone jump and I have not had any problems adjusting.
Granted, I've never been addicted to anything until I was almost 40 years old and still can't believe I got myself into this mess in the first place. It really was unlike me to do so. But, addicted I became and now will always be to pain killers. I was addicted for almost 5yrs of chasing the drug and the money I wasted makes me sick just thinking about it. I vow NEVER to go back to that lifestyle. Luckily, in the past 2 yrs being addicted to suboxone, I have to say the good thing during that time was that I was able to get the life-sucking dopeheads & so call friends out of my life. I just walked out and never returned including some family members. Well, in-laws not my immediate family, thank God. I just hope I never get into an accident or have to have surgery anytime soon because I know what that will mean. I truly feel for those of you who have real pain and have to deal with addiction, too. My heart & prayers go out to you all.
In any event, I'm glad to hear those of you who are feeling better and getting clean. Its an awesome feeling to get to that point.
My bf just got home so I'm going to run...I'll talk to ya'll later... hang in there!
Bellevedear said "I truly feel for those of you who have real pain and have to deal with addiction, too. My heart & prayers go out to you all" That is what my Wife is dealing with I said in an earlier post that she had broken her back, has degenereative disc desease, and bulging discs in her upper and lower back plus her doctor prescribes her to many meds IMHO LOL but it's better than getting them on the street. I have to watch her everyday and it's realy hard having those meds around all the f'ing time but I've still managed to get clean. She is slowly starting to taper herself 75mcgr fentanyl patch to 25mcgr and less vic's she knows she couldn't stay on the patch forever the pain is always something that she will have to deal with. As for me I'm at work and am actually going to get stuff done today still having the sneezing fits though LOL. I got myself into this mess I have to get myself out no one can do it for me I want it for myself as do all of you and that's great I sincerely wish everyone the best of luck.
Bellevedear said "I truly feel for those of you who have real pain and have to deal with addiction, too. My heart & prayers go out to you all" That is what my Wife is dealing with I said in an earlier post that she had broken her back, has degenereative disc desease, and bulging discs in her upper and lower back plus her doctor prescribes her to many meds IMHO LOL but it's better than getting them on the street. I have to watch her everyday and it's realy hard having those meds around all the f'ing time but I've still managed to get clean. She is slowly starting to taper herself 75mcgr fentanyl patch to 25mcgr and less vic's she knows she couldn't stay on the patch forever the pain is always something that she will have to deal with. As for me I'm at work and am actually going to get stuff done today still having the sneezing fits though LOL. I got myself into this mess I have to get myself out no one can do it for me I want it for myself as do all of you and that's great I sincerely wish everyone the best of luck.
Hey there RBM...Actually I remembered someone saying about the broken back & disc problems just forgot it was you.. Man that's rough but you sound determined and we know you will get through it.
It sucks that suboxone is so aweful because it really did do the trick for killing any cravings but it's just so damn messed up at the same time. (*Big sigh*)
I've only been up about an 30mins today so I didn't think about it until I just read RBM's post but I've been sneezing like all of a sudden. I'm thinking oh sh*t the ax is getting ready to fall. Man I hope not. I feel good other than that...but we'll see. It's freaking Day 18...the ax better not freaking fall. I would be soooo pissed off would be an understatement. I have things to do and I don't have any more time for this. I've given enough of my life over to this cr*p. I'm done.
Ok, ok, I'm freaking out over nothing. It's just that I don't think I'm fully awake yet. So I'm going to go. I'll check in later.
cheers! And RBM...truly my thoughts and prayers for both you and your wife. Sincerely wishing you both the best.
one more thing...it's raining like no body's business outside. crappy crappy weather and it's been 2 days without any walking outside which I have to say is just now starting to bug me.
Plus, I think I'm feeling a little let down because I'm still waiting for that phone call to tell me if I got this job or not. It's starting to get to me. They're taking FOREVER to make up there mind.
Physically, I believe I'm fine just not awake, but mentally this waiting is starting to get to me. I can't lie. Today is the first day I do feel closed in and frustrated. agrrrr!!! Nasty weather is not helping. It just keeps raining and won't let up. I've never seen so much rain. YUK!!!
sorry for ranting...
I wish I had found this page a long time ago. Bellevedear, before I begin and get help from everyone, I have to tell you I'm from New Orleans and a huge Saints fan. I had season tickets from '86 to '97 and my wife was a Saintsation. I was working in New Orleans for Katrina as a policemen and had a major incident and now have three bad disc in my neck. I was given vic and lor10 by my dc because they said you cannot fix or operate on three disc. My life went to s--t on them after two years and I needed off. I found Sub and thought it was a life saver. I'm now in Afghanistan and have been for a while. I was just taken a small amount everyday until about two weeks ago when I decided to stop not knowing the wd problems. I was off the Sub for about 8 days and had to take a drug test and tested positive for Buprenorhine. I just learned they now test for that in urine. I went back two days later and it was out; however, the wd has been very, very bad. The anxiety and lack of sleep is the worst part for me. Around day 8 and 9, I just lost it and during convoys, I took crazy chances because I wanted to die. I'm not young and hold a high rank, so when on the missions, I'm the leader and cannot be running around during a fight. I cannot think right and it's killing me.
I'm on day 14 now and still have about 20 sub in my bottle so I can yell at them often. I have taken nothing sicne I quick two weeks ago. You cannot get any meds here and the PX is out of everything. I still cannot sleep more than one hour a night. I read all the post and seen Phil suggest Seroquel for sleep. I would kill for some. I'm going home for the holidays in about a week and plan to look in Dubai for some. It's about 1:30am here and I slept one hour and have been reading all the post. I have another mission in the morning and I think some of you have saved my life. I do not have the feeling of being alone anymore and do not plan to jump out the vehicle tomorrow and do something crazy again.
I have found the shower helps for a short time, so I take many. Other then that, I have nothing else to take.
My father had a major problem also and I took him to my Dc last time I was home and got him on Sub. I feel really bad now after going through this.
This is hell and I just cannot take it much longer. I'm hoping the Seroquel will help me, but thats at least a week away. It's freezing here and that hurts me also.
I just take it one minute at a time. Thanks for all your storys, yall are amazing.
Can anyone tell me if taken a Lunesta will hurt or help me sleep. I have never taken a sleeping pill before, but I need to sleep. A friend here noticed I'm not sleeping and thinks its because I'm losing my mind with taken crazy chances in battle. He gave me a Lunesta and told me it's safe.
Back again to check on everybody. Since my last post, the sub/oc merry-go-round has continued, but some other things have occurred. DEA set up and successfully stung one of my acquaitances and 2 others have had their door kicked in. Also, my sub doctor tested me for the first and only time in 8 months, and I pissed hot for oxys and benzos. That was just the last straw. I am on subs until March/April and will come off for good since it will be warming up. What sucks is that I know I have a long way to go after that. Not looking forward to the next 1.5 years of no sleep. I would honestly write a check for the 30gs I have sitting in savings to be done with this problem for good. Fucking depressing.
overseas: First of all, let me say how much of an honor and privilege it is to have you here on this forum. I have the utmost respect for people in the service who are sacrificing to help make the world a better, safer place. I hope you are able to get the help you need as soon as possible....I can only imagine how difficult it is to be in a combat situation while going through W/D. Hats off to you for getting this far...at least you have suffered and made it through the worst of it. But I know it probably doesn't feel much better than it did at the beginning...the W/D's from these long-acting, synthetic opioids linger on forever, it seems. Please post on here as often as you need or want, as this really helps. I truly feel if you are able to find any Seroquel, that you will at least be able to get some better sleep. I think it would also be wise to try it at bedtime first, before you take any during the day...this is strong stuff...but I guess it also depends on the dose. As far as the Lunesta goes, I really have no idea what that would do, I have never taken it. I do know someone who took it, but they were not dealing with opiates or W/D's, and that person said it didn't help them much with sleep. But this was only one person, so that really doesn't mean much.
I don't feel comfortable recommending this at such an early stage...but there are several success stories about people using kratom to ease the W/D's...I'm sure you read Bellevedere's story about this. According to the members of kratomforum.com, it is not tested for in any drug test, and it is not illegal in the US. Please keep in mind, I am only telling you what I read on the forum regarding the drug tests, I have never asked a professional if this is the case. There was a story about a military Sergeant giving one of his guys a chance to get off methadone before giving him an "Other than honorable discharge", and the guy was given kratom by a friend. According to the forum, he was successful at getting off the methadone with W/D's that were tolerable, and he was able to stay on payroll and keep his rank. There are also several good threads on that forum specific for using kratom to get off suboxone. Like I said, it's just an idea...I have not used it, and I know you are in a really tough spot, so I'm throwing this out there with caution. If kratom is abused and/or used daily for too long, it has a potential to become just as bad as any other opioid. There are people who have used kratom and have had to deal with W/D's from it also. From what I have read, though, it may be quite helpful for the short term. Is it possible that a doctor could prescribe you some benzos, like xanax or valium? I know this probably isn't allowed or even possible, but it sure does help a lot of people with the anxiety.
Please keep us updated on how you are doing...we are here to help support each other. I would personally like to know that you are OK...I am truly concerned for you. Keep in mind that the more you post, the better you will feel. Hang in there Soldier! It will not last forever.
DOG: It sounds like there are some crazy things going on. Is there any way you can tell your doctor that you want off the subs? Maybe this way he could actually prescribe something to help you. I know how difficult it is to quit...but coming to the conclusion that you want your life back is a huge step towards real recovery. I wish you the best. Please let us know how you progress.
Phil: Thank you so much for the kind words. It actually made me cry. You are so kind and genuine, and it feels really good to know that there are people who truly care about my well being.
I am feeling pretty good after this latest decrease. I have had a little bit of achiness and I didn't sleep very well last night. But it's tolerable...I know I can handle it. Thanks for listening everyone.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Melanie: Thank you for your support and suggestions. I could not take it anymore and took the lunesta after typing. I sleep for five hours and it was like heaven. I had a smile on my face all day on the mission. I know I cannot take it anymore since it can hurt me, but after two weeks without sleep, I needed it. I hope to get the seroquel next week in Dubai before coming home. I don't think you need a Dc's script there. I srill have the wd's, but feel better today with some sleep.
I don't know how people with small children at home are doing this with the wd. The Girlnextdoor has not posted in a while, does anyone know if she is still doing well?
Thank you again Melanie. It made a deferrence today to think that someone was thinking about me.
overseas: I am absolutely thrilled that you were able to get some decent sleep last night! That really is great news since you can be assured that your brain did some ultra healing in those five precious hours. I did a little bit of reading about Lunesta...you have probably already done this...but here is something I copied regarding the risk of dependency: "Eszopiclone [Lunesta] is a schedule IV controlled substance under the Controlled Substances Act. Use of benzodiazepines and similar benzodiazepine-like drugs such as eszopiclone may lead to physical and psychological dependence. The risk of abuse and dependence increases with the dose and duration of usage and concomitant use of other psychoactive drugs. The risk is also greater in patients with a history of alcohol or drug abuse or history of psychiatric disorders. Tolerance may develop after repeated use of benzodiazepines and benzodiazepine-like drugs for a few weeks. Eszopiclone was studied for up to 6 months in a group of patients which showed no signs of tolerance or dependence in a study funded and carried out by Sepracor [Lunesta's manufacturer]. Insomnia itself can result from dependence or substance withdrawal symptoms. Causes of insomnia include chronic anxiety, depression, alcohol or substance abuse or withdrawal, adverse or withdrawal effects from medication, or age-related changes in sleep[16]
[edit] "
This excerpt came from wiki, and there were other side effects listed. This part about the risk of dependency is not listed as a common occurrence, but rather a possibility if the Lunesta is used long term. It didn't say exactly how long, but it did say that Lunesta should not be used for more than about six months. You are right about it not being something that you should use all the time, or for any length of time, but if it helped you that much, maybe it would be something that you could use occasionally to get you through this tough time.?.? I'm sure you'll make the decision that is right for you.
I really hope you start to feel some small improvements over the next few days. From everything I have read, the first couple of weeks of sub W/D are the absolute worst, and you have already conquered that part. And you did it with no medicinal help. That is a major feat. Especially when you've had the rest of the pills right there. I don't think I would be able to look at the pills while suffering so greatly, and not resort to taking any. If anyone can do this brother, it's you! Hats off to you once again. I hope the time goes fast for you until your leave time gets here, and then I hope you have a wonderful holiday with your family. Please let us all know how you progress. I pray for your safety and I wish you nothing but the best.
I am feeling a little rough right now. I did not sleep well again last night, but I guess that's what happens when you taper. But on the bright side, I am that much closer to being done. I hope everyone is doing OK. I look forward to hearing from all of you.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
overseas: i wouldn't worry too much about short term use of lunesta for sleep, i've been on and off zopiclone for months and am fine, i've given myself breaks from it to stop the physical addiction kicking in, i certainly don't find it psychologically addictive (but that's just me), also if taken too frequently it won't help with sleep anyway, so caution is advised but don't get overcautious...
Be careful with the seroquel. It's not addictive but even 25mg (the smallest pill), taken during the day might prove too much. I only take it at night, 100-150mg, for sleep. You could start off by trying less as some people find 25-75mg at night more than adequate.
Also be careful of taking medicines in and out of Dubai. Make sure it's ok and legal to be carrying the seroquel without prescription. My hat is off to you for doing this struggle while involved in such dangerous and volatile work. Please keep safe and don't listen to those silly withdrawal thoughts that say "go do something stupid, risk your life!". It's a trick of the mind. Those thoughts are a natural part of the opiate WD recovery but certainly don't act on them. You are worth so much more than that. Your life is valuable.
Sorry you feeling rough Melanie. I hope you start to adjust to your new dose soon. I found going for a daily walk was a great help during my methadone taper. I got myself down to 10mg a day on that particular long taper attempt. Unfortunately, I was then made homeless and completely relapsed. The anxiety of being made homeless suddenely made the taper intolerable to me. Or maybe I just used it as an excuse, who knows...
The jury is still out as far as I'm concerned regarding Kratom. I'm waiting to see how Bellevedear comes through.
Bellevedear: sorry to hear you having a bit of a rough day. I wouldn't bother worrying about the 'ax' being about to fall. It might never happen. Some days are just like that, a bit rough, even for people who have never abused drugs in their lives.
DOG: I know. It does really fucking suck. Big time. I so relate to what you say. At one point, earlier on in my withdrawal, I would have given away everything I owned if someone could have promised me a tolerable solution to my WD and subsequent PAWS
Great to hear from all of you.
God bless,
Phil.
Phil thanks for the help. I'm just so worried about the insomnia. I cannot beleive after reading all the post that it could last over a year. I just need to find something to help sleep, but don't plan on taking the Lunesta anymore. It helped me sleep, but I'm scared of trading one problem for another. Thats the reason I was looking at Seroquel since yall said it's non addictive. I don't plan to take it during the day, just at night to sleep.
I'm really excited about being clean now for 15 days. I know it still is very unconfortable, but I will make it with some help.
I've been trying to go to sleep for hours. It's 4am here and still no sleep. I really wish I could go back to sleep again. This is the hardest part.
ok..now i am freaking out after reading all of these comments..i was heavily addicted to opiates,for yrs,(800-1500mg/day)andat the end of my use getting them prescribed.a whole bunch of shit went down. i ovrdosed and was forced to go to detox.and then outpatient program.Of course i kept using until i decided to go on suboxone. i wasnt sure if i wanted to because i didnt want it to b a crutch...i asked the dr how the wds would b after going off it, because i had heard some bad shit bout it.he assured me it would b ok and said that people that have bad wds from it dont taper down right.I have now been on it for 3 mths and now after reading all this stuff on it im so pissed bcuz obviously the dr was full of b.s.!!!I wouldnt think this many addicts would lie bout what its like to detox from subs..cuz we have all been there with other shit, am i right?withdrawing is my worst nightmare, i hate it and these drs have no idea of what they r sayin.i guess im going to try to taper down..ill check back with u all.thanks for the much needed info!
oversees: I'm sure taking another lunesta or 2 isn't going to trade one problem for another. You are too aware of the situation to let that happen. Giving yourself this dreadful insomnia isn't going to help. I really think you are better off taking the lunesta for now. Don't beat yourself up about it. But, at the end of the day, the choice is yours.
monroesler: Don't panic! You've only been on subs for 3 months. So if you taper now it really might not be half as bad as you expect. It doesn't take a year for the physical withdrawals to end. It just takes time for the psychological adjustment to life without opiate abuse. Don't fear. Follow the docs advice on a slow taper. See how it goes. Hopefully he/she will support u with other meds that can ease the WD pains, if necessary.
Best wishes everyone. God bless,
Phil.
overseas: I agree with Phil...taking the Lunesta would probably be harmless. And if it helps you that much, the benifits are far outweighing the risks. This is what I was getting at in my previous post...I apologize if it further deterred you from giving yourself the relief you need. Besides, like Phil said, you are too aware of the situation to actually let that happen. It takes a lot of continued use to develop a problem to something mild like Lunesta. Using it for a week or two, or even a little longer, is OK. And no, I'm not an MD, but I am an RN. I know a little bit about it! LOL. But you know yourself better than anyone, so I know you gotta do what you gotta do. I didn't sleep for crap last night either...for me that's the worst part of it all. I despise not getting sleep for extended periods.
monroester: Phil is right in saying not to panic. Suboxone was probably the best thing for you at the time. And it's given you a chance to adjust to not being on the stronger opiates that you were used to. And three months is not the same as being on it for a year or more. It might be a good idea to taper pretty soon though. But you said you were going to do that...so you're ahead of the game already. Please let us know how you come along.
Phil: You are absolutely right about the walks helping. I have actually been doing daily brisk walks (20-25 minures) for the past few days, and it really does make me feel better. Even if it's just because I know it's good for me, it helps regardless. I have always been terrible about sticking to a fitness program for any length of time, but that's usually because I was using some type of drug. Hopefully I'll stick with it this time. Thanks so much for your continued support and encouragement...it means so much to me.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Phil and Melanie,
Thank you for your support. I had a real bad night and day with no sleep and I got very frustrated. I was wondering if it was worth it while out on mission, but when I returned and seen your post I felt better. It really helps to have someone understand and give such concern. I hope you realize you have really helped me with your unselfish comments. I had trouble with my legs today. I was just down thinking I would never get over this with being in day 15 and still having trouble. I cannot believe this last soooo long. It seems like this demon will never leave us alone.
Melanie, what is your satus? I see you are tapering. How long have you been on Sub and when do you think you will try to stop? I'm sure it's easier to quit after tapering, but it sounds like you are having a hard time already and you have not quit yet. I know what I'm going through and get upset to think that you have to go through this. Yet you take the time to save someone like me without ever meeting me. You are an angel and I hope one day I can help you get this demon off your back.
Phil and Melanie,
Thank you for your support. I had a real bad night and day with no sleep and I got very frustrated. I was wondering if it was worth it while out on mission, but when I returned and seen your post I felt better. It really helps to have someone understand and give such concern. I hope you realize you have really helped me with your unselfish comments. I had trouble with my legs today. I was just down thinking I would never get over this with being in day 15 and still having trouble. I cannot believe this last soooo long. It seems like this demon will never leave us alone.
Melanie, what is your satus? I see you are tapering. How long have you been on Sub and when do you think you will try to stop? I'm sure it's easier to quit after tapering, but it sounds like you are having a hard time already and you have not quit yet. I know what I'm going through and get upset to think that you have to go through this. Yet you take the time to save someone like me without ever meeting me. You are an angel and I hope one day I can help you get this demon off your back.
overseas: take a lunesta tonight and get yourself some much needed sleep. Otherwise you are going to push yourself over the edge. It's great that a mild sleeping tablet worked so well for you the other night. Be grateful for small blessings! :)
Melanie: Thanks for your post. Always great to hear from you. Sorry you are having a rough time adjusting to the 17.5mg methadone dose. I hope that the insomnia will pass very soon. In my prayers as always.
Bellevedear: I'm keen to know how you are getting on. Any updates? I hope all is well but whatever, would be good to hear from you.
Always great to hear from everyone else aswell.
Best wishes to everyone. God bless,
Phil.
Overseas: I can’t imagine your situation. Keep hanging in there and know, by the sounds of the previous posts, you have a lot of people pulling for you – the best.
My venture into opiates began after two foot surgeries where I was given morphine and oxy’s. That unleashed a monster in me. After the licit avenues dried up, I had no choice but to feed the beast through illicit means. A year in heroin hell brought me to the methadone stage where I was dosing for nine and a half years. My life turned to complete s t. In the long run, I ended up losing my businesses, all of the income properties, family, and home, eventually ending up on the streets for three years. I finally got a foot in an apartment where I struggled for a couple more years. Obviously I had problems with my methadone ‘treatment’; I had absolutely no control over addiction to methadone which of course was supplemented with other opiates and benzos, sprinkled with sporadic cocaine use. [An inserted question: did anyone else find that there was absolutely no support from methadone clinic employees to taper off methadone? Every time I brought up that I was considering tapering off methadone I was constantly told that my expectations were unrealistic, that I should not think about that now…and, “By the way, I think we should increase your dose to a ‘therapeutic’ level.]
Just about three years ago I finally found Bup in Suboxone form. For me, this has been a relative miracle. My life has changed radically for the better – I really thought many times over those ten plus years that I was just going to have to come to terms with being a drug addict even though every fiber of my being was (and still is) screaming for me to get totally clean. I went from 32mg to 8mg Suboxone on my own (a feat that would have been out of the question when I was on methadone). I am at the point where I am seriously considering withdrawing but this scares me. I bounce from 4 to 12mg a day and I still have that gnawing on my soul that I need to be done with this whole opiate thing – (even though as I said, my life now is a relative miracle). Any feedback?
I wish you all the best
rcforpax
rcforpax: That's one hell of a rough ride you've had.
Yeh, I had the same problem with the methadone maintenance. They would react negatively whenever I suggested that I wanted to taper but if I ever said about increasing the dose they were positively happy to oblige.
My drug use actually got worse after a few months on methadone. I started to use on top regularly. I was taking all sorts of cocktails and drinking a lot too. In the main I was using cocaine/crack, heroin and benzos on top of my daily methadone.
After a while on subs, once the novelty factor had worn off, I was doing the same. I became aware that I was abusing drugs and alcohol in order to escape the misery of being hooked on opiates (be it methadone, subs or whatever). The opiates had long since stopped providing me the relief I sort and just left me feeling empty and hopeless.
I'm glad that subs have improved your life. I don't know how long you have been on them? 32mg is a large dose. This stuff is much more powerful than people imagine. It's great that you have got yourself down to 4-12mg.
I didn't have too much problem tapering until I got to 2mg and below. It's worth tapering a crumb at a time at this stage.
The lower the dose the more clearly you will be able to think and the more you will hear that voice inside you that is gnawing away. So, if you want to, maybe try to lower the dose. This could mean sticking to 4mg a day. There shouldn't be much problem with this.
I assume you have a roof over your head now? Making sure your basic needs are being met is very important if you want to battle this 'demon'. Resolve anything that is causing you concern. If you need to move to another area to escape certain circles of people then so be it. Make sure there are some positives in your life or go out and create some. Being part of something, outside of yourself, will certainly help. For me this comes in the shape of voluntary work.
It's great to hear from you rcforpax. I look forward to your next post and wish you the very best.
Best wishes to everyone. God bless,
Phil.
First to overseas I know it's probobly no the best advice but to sleep I have a couple glasses of wine and a .5mg xanax I know this method can't be used for alcoholics because a couple of glasses turns into a couple of bottles LOL but that's what I do. rcforpax wow you have had a hell of a story I would agree with phil and stay at 4mg of subs than start to taper it is a big jump going from 4 to 12mg a day you don't have any stability. Phil I used to do coke and smoke crack also I would take the opiates to calm down from smoking to much crack LOL it's a nasty circle I have been clean from coke for 3 years now and when I look back I think how absolutely disgusting that drug is. But on a positive note I have been clean since nov 30th! 19 days and I feel pretty good today I got a solid 7 hours of sleep last night and am at the office. Everyone it is so inspirational to hear your stories this blog helps me get through this one day at a time. Please keep posting this is my NA. I actually put my christmas decorations up last night a feet that a week ago would have been impossible with no energy. I wish everyone the best of luck and look forward to reading your posts in the future.
RBM: yeh tell me about it :P
I was using opiates regularly (but not daily) to help with my comedowns from crazy nights out (well more like long weekends out). I remember once going out on the thursday and not getting back till tuesday, after the weekend. I travelled home on the train, totally mashed, watching these suited and booted people on their way to work. ERgh, rough!
For the comedowns I got into diazepam and opiates. Following a crack binge I would easily consume 150mg diazepam in one day. Opiates gave the 'happy' buzz (until the shit hit the fan). I remember I would swallow like 5 10mg valiums and then smoke rock till the vallies kicked in and made me sleep for a little bit. Then I'd wake up and do the same again. This might happen 3 times in one day.
On weekend nights I had a penchant for taking 40mg prozac a couple of hours or more before going out. Then once at the venue I'd double up on MDMA, continue on the MDMA throughout the night plus snorting coke and bumping ketamine. Sometimes I was so high I thought I could reach up to the heavens :D I used to raise my arms up as if giving the gods a hug. LOL I know, completely messed up psychotic stuff.
The next day would then again be opiates and any benzos available plus alcohol. Opiates were always easier to get hold of plus benzos alone made me feel a bit depressed. I preferred benzos as potentiators of the opiate chilled feeling.
Eventually, after a life time of playing with opiates, I became a daily user. Even then I continued to go partying on my MDMA, K and C cocktails unless I was so wasted on opiates I couldn't leave the house (get up from the chair). I loved the sensation of MDMA on heroin/methadone. It was like all loved up and connected with the universe without being wired and speedy (which I hated). Crack was great to come home to followed by eventual complete inebriation on opiates and downers. I'm so surprised I never died from overdoses. My respiratory system was so depressed that I could hold my breath for ever, literally. There was no auto-breathing reaction from my body.
I scared myself when timing how long i could hold my breath and would eventually stop doing so out of fear of suffocation.
At some point the opiates just wrecked my life so completely that I stopped going out and became a recluse, only leaving my house to get my methadone from the pharmacy. Subs eventually led me down the same path.
I sometimes think it would be good to just laugh about those mad days of mindless hedonism but I can't. It really was fucked up. It messed my head up seriously badly. I have so much psychological recovery to do now and it's so hard. I never feel sane any more although I know I will get there in the end.
I'm sure all that MDMA, K, C and crack did a lot of damage to my mind, let alone the opiates. Somehow, the opiates still seem worse because of how long the recovery process is. I mean, way back I remember when my coke habit got out of hand. I eventually decided to quit. I went through three days of hell and then I was physically and psychologically fine. Even the hell was only psychological, not physical like with opiate WDs. However, I do still experience cravings for cocaine and sometimes crack but not strong enough to ever want me to go back to that hideous stuff. Crack is just, oh boy, BAD NEWS. Cocaine is only marginally less so.
As a kid I was hooked on cannabis and liked speed a great deal (yuck!). It messed up my immune system and made my teenage acne 10x worse than it would have been otherwise. Not nice. Not nice at all. I flirted a bit with LSD as a kid too.
Anyway, I was on/off addicted to any drugs of abuse I could get my hands on, for years. One-by-one each drug addiction turned into hell and I would quit. I even managed to taper and withdraw from a 15 to 30 10mg valium tablets a day habit. That wasn't pleasant but was still a walk in the park compared to opiates.
I thought opiates were the answer in my search for the perfect drug of addiction. Of course, after a while, they also turned into an addiction nightmare. Worse still, I stopped giving a shit about taking all the other drugs that I had quit in the past (or at least had quit regular use of). I felt that as long as I had the opiates I could then abuse all the drugs that had caused me grief in the past but this time without fear of the side effects and comedowns as I had my beloved opiates to soften the landing and turn misery into paradise (a fool's paradise).
Sorry for the rant. I guess I just need to get this stuff off my chest. It's like unwrapping an onion. All those layers and beneath is yet another layer. Every time I offload it is great and then comes a time when a whole new load of stuff rises to the surface, stuff I've been burying away for years and I need to offload that too. Sometimes I need to offload things I've mentioned before and each time it gets easier and less painful to come to terms with it.
RBM: u r not alone. I often have a few drinks with my sleeping pills (zopiclone) and have a very small valium script from my doctor. However, I still notice that I'm getting better every day. It is most noticeable in the mornings and during the day, when (almost always) completely sober.
I am confident that one day I won't need the sleeping pills, seroquel, valium or alcohol as a crutch either. I can feel myself getting closer to that goal all the time, getting stronger in myself, getting more used to and tolerant of everyday reality (and sometimes just the mundaneness of life).
I'm glad I've shared this because the last thing I want anyone to think is that I'm some kind of superhuman saint. I'm struggling through this like the rest of you and it's MESSY. But, thank God, I'm getting there. :)
Thank you for your honesty RBM it has helped me a great deal.
God bless,
Phil.
Hi all. I feel fortunate that I have found a place where I can bring up issues that no one in my circle has any knowledge of. Phil and RBM, thanks for the feedback. It’s funny how we intuitively ‘know’ what to do; it is just reaffirming to hear it from those who are or have been there.
I do have a place over my head (four years now). Yes it was quite a trip into despair. In 2002 my wife and were both struggling with our financial situation, some caused by our own addiction issues but the majority of that situation was caused by a series of events that precipitated the fall. One of our business partners absconded with a lot of company money, leaving us a huge debt load. We tried to keep afloat but eventually ended up filing for chapter 7 and losing our house. We were fleeced of out well over a hundred grand in a foreclosure scam leaving us not only homeless but penniless. Normally I would have been all over fighting for our rights but I just psychologically snapped. Both of us ran even harder to the open arms of dope for relief. At this point I was looking for relief anywhere I could find it. I was prescribed Seroquel (650mg, enough put down a horse), Adavin, Chantix, and Neurotin, among others. I was pretty much a walking zombie, especially when you add the methadone, the extracurricular opiates, benzos, and cocaine. It seemed like anytime I had a pang reminding me of the past I would pop a few adivin, Ks, etc. to squelch it. I was stuck in that survival mode for five years until I was finally in an apartment and introduced to Bup. By the time I was any kind of condition to make some changes, too much time had elapsed to address the equity scam stuff. I did find out however that the guy was civilly prosecuted by the state attorney general as we were just one of over fifty families that he screwed.
One thing that caught my attention while reading, isolation while on suboxone. I have found this to be one of my biggest obstacles right now. I have forced myself to get out and become active, I chose to do advocacy for the homeless, downtrodden dope addicts still out there on the street. This does help me get out of my apartment but as soon as I return home, I am there pretty much until the next meeting, speaking engagement, etc. I have been taking neurotin like it’s going out of style; it seems to help me get past periods of anxiety but even that I over take to help with my moods, which are still all over the place. This just increases my desire to lie around and avoid life. I have these recurring dreams that I am under water, which I take as allegory for living on different drugs muting my spirit. I keep plugging away. I do have to say that my life is considerably better than it was five years ago but I still feel like I have a fair amount of work yet to do to get back to any semblance of where I was before this all started. Enough for now, I am glad I found this spot. Be well everyone.
rcforpax
The isolation is a vicious cycle in most addictions. We medicate to get out and be part of the world. Eventually this turns in on itself. It's just not possible to function 'normally' even when sticking to maintenance opiates. We lose sight of what drives a sober person to get up in the morning and do stuff, normal things. We forget what it is like to be alone and quiet in a pleasant way, just grateful for the sun shining or a little warmth and food.
Life becomes less rewarding. Things that inspire sober people are lost on us. The whole functioning of the mind is distorted. That's why sobriety is to be prized and aimed for. That's why the goal of freedom from opiates (and other chems) is so vital to living a full life again. The transition is hard, very hard, but ultimately it is priceless.
It may mean months of hell, well after the WDs have faded. Months of feeling hurt. But it does and will get better. The hardest part, for me, is learning how to be alone again without fear, anxiety and troubles.
I used to think the answer was to be as busy as possible, every single day. Maybe this helped for a while but ultimately you have to be comfortable with yourself. You only learn to do this when alone. There are a lot of pain barriers to go through. They are frightening. But, on the other side, without fail is always a breakthrough moment.
Peeling away at that onion is a slow process.
Keep at it. It's messy. I've been tempted recently to replace my 'problems' with a proper benzo habit. I nearly kidded myself that this was what I needed to do, like I deserved it. In the end I panicked. I remembered what it did to me before. I realised it would also wreck my resolve to stay free of opiate abuse. So I refused to accept the 'offer'. I turned it down at the last minute. It was a really close thing.
It hurts to admit this to you all. It hurts me that I came so close. Life feels harsh but ultimately this is what gives people their 'edge'. It's what natural motivation feels like. It's what makes us human. It's a shared feeling that everyone else is going through as well (at least the sober ones). Living any other way is a fool's paradise. Escapism can eventually be re-found but in harmless ways, hobbies and pastimes.
Best wishes to everyone on this hard road.
Phil.
Day 18 and I'm still having a very hard time. I still cannot sleep and the wd's are still bad. I'm getting frustrated and wonder if it's worth it. Sub sucks!! I really need a good day and night. It's 4pm here and I'm leaving at 5am to head home. I hope this is not this bad while traveling for days.
oversees: please try and take something to help you sleep. It IS worth it. It is SO WORTH IT. But, PLEASE, take something to help you to sleep. Doesn't matter what it is as long as it isn't an opiate. Take a lunesta, a valium, whatever!!! Give yourself some rest. You need it real bad.
Nothing is worth going back on the opiates. SURELY you can see it is better off taking a lunesta or whatever, instead of going back on opiates, if it gets you that much needed sleep! Don't relapse just because you won't take lunesta/sleeping tablets. It's not worth it.
Get some medical relief. Have a decent rest. You'll feel so much better. Keep fighting soldier. Either way, your body will crash soon. But try and make that happen sooner rather than later.
Phil.
someone please help! my doc prescribed subx for my treatment resistant depression and my benzo problem. he only prescribed 4x8mg pills. the first week was horrible, i was really sick and sedated, so i stopped. however, about 3 weeks ago, i figured i would try 2 mg. for some reason, it felt good so i took 1-3mg every other day for 3 weeks-i stil had 3 pills left. however, i was taking kratom tea on days off subx-stupid! anyway, i ran out of subx on tuesday and stopped krat also. all of a sudden, i get so cold, cannot warm up-freezing/severe chills. anxiety like i almost never felt before, runny nose, charlie horse, worse depression but mildloosestoolsab cramps-1 episode, sweating or other severe symptoms. is it possible taking subx and kratom for 3 weeks can do this? what do i do? somebody please help! ernie
ernie: How big was your benzo problem? You might still be going through some withdrawals from that. Although, the worst of that should end after 2 weeks.
4x8mg! No wonder you were dope sick and wasted. 32mg is a massive amount of opiates. How long ago did your doctor put you on the subs?
I stopped subs after tapering down to 0.4mg a day and still experienced the unbelievable anxiety.
The worst of the physical withdrawals should peak after 5-7 days. It's still going to hurt but things will slowly start to improve.
You should really see a doctor about non-opioid meds that might help you through this.
I'm amazed the doctor prescribed you 32mg a day to treat depression and benzo addiction. Like you say, 1-3mg was more than enough even every other day. 0.2mg would probably have been enough on a daily basis. I wouldn't recommend going on subs for more than 2 weeks total.
This is strong stuff.
Stay warm. Try not to get too isolated. It helps to get out and talk to people if at all possible.
Keep us posted.
God bless,
Phil.
Wow where do I start so many have posted since I was on this site on friday first of all Phil you are an inspiration to me and I think everyone here and I'm sure in real life as well I got the goosebumps reading this "The isolation is a vicious cycle in most addictions. We medicate to get out and be part of the world. Eventually this turns in on itself. It's just not possible to function 'normally' even when sticking to maintenance opiates. We lose sight of what drives a sober person to get up in the morning and do stuff, normal things. We forget what it is like to be alone and quiet in a pleasant way, just grateful for the sun shining or a little warmth and food." originally posted by Phil great inspiration thanks man. Overseas it really almost sounds like your going to relapse but you have to be strong it's not worth it you really have to take something to get some sleep you can't keep on going the way you have been going with no sleep especially while your in the military and have missions to complete please get some sleep I wish you the best remember one day at a time. Ernie I just have to say holy shit 4-8's a day that is way too much for anyone I'm glad you decided to lower the dose on your own you will definetly feel better. I was reading on another site that after 24mg's of subs that is the maximum dose that someone can take and even if you take more than that it will not do anything more for you anyone know if this is true or not just curious. The anxiety for everyone as I know for myself is still and issue and will prob continue to be an issue for a long time but Phil I am glad you didn't start to overuse the benzos. I myself might take .5 to 1 mg xanax a day but no more remember it wasn't moderation that got us all here. We all can relate to each other in the sense that we know we messed up and now we want to make it right and get clean but we all still have to remember that real life is hard it's not always going to be easy if it was we would have never started on the shit in the first place. Sorry for the rant this site is like therapy for me and I'm sure it is for others also thanks everyone for your support.
To all and Phil: Just writing to give everyone an update. Instead of rotating back and forth on opiates and subs or staying on opiates for a couple of months and withdrawing that way, I have decided to go 100% with the sub and wean down quickly. I have been so scared of taking subs everyday that I have rotated on and off with opiates. I would also have to take a valium or piece of bar everyday if I was on subs, as well as an extra adderall or two. I haven't taken a valium or bar since I piss hot at the dr about 2 weeks ago, have no more somas, and are at 8 mgs of sub a day. To get 3 or 4 hours of sleep a night, I take a half an ambien. I have also been taking a little more adderral than usual to "keep my mind right" and get my ass out of bed and to a job, wherein I am responsible for the work product for the entire company and am also 3rd in command. I start a 7 week vacation today, but I promised my uncle and cousins I would go hunting with them for the first 2 days, so its going to be 2 days of suffering in the cold, instead of something I normally look so forward to.
My goal is to be at 4 mgs at the end of January without taking anything additional, especially to sleep. I have to be off this shit by March/April to be ready for my wedding in November. I promised my fiance, who has put up with my bs and isolation for the last to years, I would be off everything and in GOOD SHAPE for the wedding.
As I was visiting my parents the other day, we were talking about my little cousin, who I was very close with and his addiction to opiates. He was one of the worst addicts I have ever seen and was injecting his and other's methadone every day, likely between 150mg and 200mg. His physician discovered this and now has him on a rapid wean down, so the Dr. saves his own ass if anything happens. I haven't seen him, but word is looks like and is basically preparing for his death at the age of 25. He has asked his parents, who lives he has ruined by stealing everything they own and living with them and devouring all resources, to take custody of his children. I really think either the WDs are going to kill him, or he is going to off himself. Everyone, myself included, have spoken with him and have told him everything we can, but this is someone, who has NEVER listened to or cared about a word anyone said, if he chose not to. He is the first and only family member I have told about my problem in attempts to let him know he wasn't alone, but all he did was ask for my connects. I know it is coming, and I have been preparing for it when it does. I actually hope he finds peace somewhere from his 7 year battle of misery.
While discussing this, my parents, who are wonderful people and did everything in the world for me, told me they would have NEVER let this happen. They stated they would have basically kidnapped me, locked me up or thrown me in rehab, and would have paid for it prior to letting it get this far. At that point, I was the closest I have ever been to telling them knowing they meant every word of it and for the extra emotional support.
This new plan is basically the final straw for me. If I can't get off, I don't know what I am going to do. I just don't know how in the hell I am going to get through it and keep up with my job duties without having to reveal a problem to my bosses, as my industry is very much "image-based".
I just have to get off, as opiates have deprived me of EVERYTHING that made me. It did something to a very cocky and sometimes too conceited human being, which is why I am in the predicament I am in now, that nothing else could do. It completely stole my confidence and what you would call "swagger" I had beforehand. It embarrasses me to even think about it. How the hell do you go from All-everything and MVP athlete in HS and valedictorian of your college business school, to this? Hiding in your house, afraid of life, crying like a girl, and in summary, just a shadow of your former self. I could always party on any other drug and knew exactly when to stop or enough was enough. This conceitedness is what lead me to think I could control opiates. HA. Joke was on me. Now, let's see if those same qualities that lead me to my habit can dig me out.
Sorry for the rant...
RBM, thank you for your encouragement. It was genuinely heart warming. Yes, I'm also very relieved I didn't make that black market purchase. It was for 300 10mg valium tabs. I would have soon lost control over my intake and become a junky again. I am so grateful that common sense won the day on that one.
I am on a small (max 4mg a day) valium script from my doctor as well as zopiclone and seroquel. I don't take the valium every day. With the zopiclone I really haven't had much problem. I've weaned myself off the 2x7.5mg a night, that I'm officially prescribed, on many occasions and not experienced any ill effects. In fact, I kind of felt a little better in the mornings. But, as I'm prescribed it, I take it. Typical junky mentality! LOL. Fortunately, the doctor is going to reduce the zopiclone in the new year and eventually zero it. But, it's been the least of my concerns in my journey.
The valium is, for me, potentially much more addictive but as long as I stick to my GP and don't go black market I'll be fine. I made that choice not to buy the stuff and now feel great about it. I'm so made up that I was common sense enough to say NO. I wouldn't use the term 'strong enough'. It wasn't about any strength I had. It was about logic and reasoning.
I worked my way through the scenario in my mind and realised what an awful and huge backward step it would be. I also realised how upset people that know me would be to see me end up, quite possibly, a homeless wreck with a messed up mind once again. Serious benzo abuse has, in the past, turned me into a real monster with major behavioural problems. Some which landed me in police cells, fights, trashing cars and all sorts of crazy stuff. I'd lose everything I've gained. This reasoning through the situation is what made me say no to myself. Opiates wrecked my life in a similar manner, only worse.
I completely and sadly agree with you that oversees seems to be on the verge of relapse. Oversees, if you are reading, don't beat yourself up about it if you happen to relapse on a little bit of subs. It's best to stay clear of them BUT if you have gone and done a bit to get some rest then NOONE would blame you. During my early attempts at withdrawals I did take a little bit to take the pressure off. It got me the sleep but also I hated the emotional numbness so much that I became even more resolute to get off the stuff forever.
If you do 'relapse' then don't take it as a failure and thus a reason to 'oh fuck it all' and go back on them full-time. Just accept it as a needed relief and try again the next day. Or maybe you didn't ever taper small enough? Maybe you need to taper down to a crumb? Jumping from anything above 0.5mg is going to give you a lot more grief. Although, ultimately, it will still hurt.
Just don't give up. Don't consign yourself to the 'garbage can'. You deserve sobriety. Don't get caught up in self-hatred/loathing, self-blame, etc. It doesn't help anyone. Having a little slip up does NOT have to turn into resuming a full on habit. Be kind to yourself. I know it's so hard to do but try and love yourself. Other people do love you even though you might not be able to feel any such thing right now.
Whatever happens oversees, don't be ashamed of coming back here and posting. I mean it. Even if you do go back to daily subs. Don't fear. Noone is going to judge you. We want what is best for you. We still want to hear from you, whatever happens. We might be able to help you build up the confidence to give it another go at some point.
If you do go back on the bupe then please try a much much lower dose. Your body should have dropped it's tolerance by now and you might find a tiny crumb gives you all the relief you need for a day. The less you take the more you will feel you are still reaching that goal, regardless of having dosed.
DOG, I'm so sorry to hear about your cousin. It sounds like damage limitation might be the only way forward there. If he hasn't reached the conclusion that opiate addiction is hell and needs to be recovered from then I doubt anything anyone else can say will change his mind. Hopefully he will be able to discover this for himself in a safe as possible manner. I'm not sure what this means. I assume taking bupe would be less hazardous than injecting methadone. I dunno if he is injecting IV prepared methadone or preparing methadone syrup or crushing up tablets. The latter two are obviously hazardous. If noone can stop him injecting then it would be best that he is given IV opiates, clean equipment, etc. It's a terrible situation.
DOG, it shouldn't be too hard to get down to 2mg. Below 2mg is where it tends to get even more tricky. But we are all different. I respect the fact you are struggling at the current dosage. I should imagine the adderall is probably helping counteract the negative effects of subs rather than the withdrawals. My mind on subs was so disorientated, fuzzy and incapable of focusing. Withdrawals actually improved this side of things.
Don't use up all your meds before you hit the final jump. You may well feel the greatest need for them at this point. I would have taken anything to help at this stage. Sleep problems are often the real killer, especially after weeks of insomnia. The mind suffers bad. You start to go a bit crazy. No person deals well with insomnia. It drives anyone crazy, previously drug addicted or 'pure as the driven snow' (so to speak). Maybe snow was an unfortunate word to use there, puns spring to mind, LOL.
DOG, try and get down to 2mg a day sooner and give yourself more time to cope with the below-2mg taper and the most time for the subsequent withdrawal. It helps to have things outside of yourself to be concerned with when in full WDs. Your meds might come in handy too as you will feel intense lethargy. That adderall might just save your ass. I'm not recommending that route for everyone but seeing as you have it you might as well put it to good use. I used pseudoephedrine, a very messy drug, to pep me up on some days that I just couldn't function or focus. I doubt I used it more than 8 times in my 8 month withdrawal and it was in the 3rd and 4th months when I was starting to become more outward looking and active. But, we're all different.
I'm sure those same qualities will indeed dig you out of the habit hole (as opposed to hobbit hole). You will be a better person for all this. You've reflected on yourself in a deeper way than a lot of people ever get the opportunity or motivation to do. You'll get back everything and more.
My confidence is finally breaking through and I'm turning into the person I was 20 years ago before all this opiate and drug abuse mayhem started. It came through in a very striking way today. At first I wasn't sure if it was me. I'd forgotten who I was. Now it feels, well, just right! My sense of humour is getting more acute and up to it's old harmless games (of wanting to make people laugh). This feels good and rewarding.
Man, it's such a long journey. Not just the withdrawals but then also the PAWS. It really does take a lot of time. I'm about 8 months since quitting opiates and yes, it has been the longest 8 months of my life. But, oh boy, worth it? Yeh! Freakin' YEH!!!!!!!
Love to you all, christmas greetings, love yourselves despite everything, God bless,
Phil.
A lot to read since I was last here. Oversees, keep plugging, you will get to that day when you will be so damn glad you did. Of course when we’re in the thick of it, it is so overwhelming. Your next sleep will be well deserved.
Ernie, did I get that right, you were prescribed a total of 32mgs subx that you took over a three week period? No wonder things weren’t going to well, especially if your benzo habit was strong. (Of course I am assuming that you had an opiate thing going on as well). If that was not the case, I would sure think that 32mg of subx over a three week period would be cause for considerable discomfort when the source dried. When I was rapid detoxing off methadone so I could switch over to subx, my physician prescribed neurontin which made a huge difference with opiate withdrawal symptoms. I was really skeptical – I thought he was feeding me a line – but it helped ease that feeling of wanting to jump out of my skin and that incessant leg kicking. It also helped a little with sleep.
My venture into opiates just destroyed my life. I have been reduced to a mere shadow of my prior self and now trying to find the most effective method to make that transition from opiate bathed to chemically free. Better living through chemistry has become my mantra. Being on opiates of one form or another for just about fourteen years adds to the dread as well as the motivation to find the least painful way to accomplish this. I ran out of neurontin four days ago and I am experiencing waves of anxiety. I have compensated by increasing seroquel and subx just a titch. I am not looking forward to the next few days being around people that have no clue. Unfortunately, even if I was able to discuss this, based on history, the feedback would be un-empathetic and serve no purpose other than to make me feel worse about a situation that I already feel horribly about. Good luck Dog, I feel your desperation. I am at that point in my journey where I have to make it through this; I am so tired of the struggle. I miss my life prior to opiate addiction; back when I could make a decision and follow through with a plan, even if that plan involved pain. I have observed my will fade into obscurity over the past couple of decades. It does help reading about other’s struggles and successes. I wish you all the best, especially during the next week.
It was Dog that said "This conceitedness is what lead me to think I could control opiates. HA" ain't that the truth I do know a handfull of people that can do opiates recreationally but those people don't have addictive personalities I think it's safe to assume that most of us do I know I can speak for myself and say that I know I do. Phil you have had such a long road and I know your going to do it getting off of drugs of any sort is a long process and it is one that will never end there is always that temptation "one more time won't hurt" and next thing you know your right back into it. What will end though is the PAWS and you will feel like your old self again I've been clean for 24 days and I'm starting to feel much better besides the occasional fatigue and anxiety which I have xanax for if I need it I don't take it just to take it and I think that is important because I don't want to start again with a benzo addiction. All of your comments have been inspirational it takes a lot to admit you have a problem and tell your stories thanks everyone for sharing and have a great Christmas and holiday.
I just wanted to post to let you all know that I am still here. I always read all of the posts and I am grateful for everyone. I can relate to everything that has been said, and it really helps to know that I am not alone. I have been doing fair on my latest taper...some days are better than others. I have been sticking with a light exercise routine, which I am sure has been helping me through this.
overseas: I hope you're doing OK...please let us know how you're doing if possible. I completely agree with Phil and the others regarding the possibility that you might have had to take a little something to get you through. All of this is part of recovery, and we have all done it. Regarding your question about my dose...Phil actually answered for me. I am not on subs. I was recommended to switch from methadone to subs, but after reading about subs, I opted to taper my methadone instead. So I am currently at 17.5mg of methadone a day. I have tapered down from 80mg a day...so I've come quite a ways, I just still have quite a ways to go. I am embarrassed to say it, but this is my third, and last time coming off of methadone. Unfortunately, I am no stranger to the horrors of opiate withdrawal. I sincerely hope you're hanging in there and look forward to hearing from you.
I hope everyone gets through the holidays as best they can. I wish all of you the very best.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
wow this is all pretty serious, but it is going to keep all of you sick.... i love suboxone as a detox and thats it. theres a reason that you stay on so long and cling to suboxone and its because your not alright with youself. i was a opiate addict for 9 yrs and my last 6 months of using i was doing 8 to 10 80s a day and also mixing that with 20-30 xanax bars, i used suboxone to get off of course but this time i used it for 10 days and thats all and i found my self in a 12 step program and i am sorry to inform anyone who isnt a fan of aa, or na it will save your life. theres a reason suboxone has a terrible sucsess rate cause your not dealing with the real problem. Find a 12 step meeting while your on suboxone and gett stable before coming off but if you do not get help with your self and your feelings i promise you are headed for DEATH, Jail , or institutions
I think the only good thing about suboxone is that you may not have to go out on the street to score so it can keep you from getting busted, raped , ripped off or killed. one is still an addict however, you just have the permission of a doctor and society, that's all. it just delays the inevitable.. your gonna hurt when you get off it... taper or cold turkey. this drug sucks, i finally went cold turkey because i couldnt stop dabbling in other things cause I was not truly in recovery. the withdrawl lasted about 3 weeks and the severe depression about 3 months. i wish i never started suboxone ever, i hate this drug!!! you would be better off to taper off heroin.
I think the only good thing about suboxone is that you may not have to go out on the street to score so it can keep you from getting busted, raped , ripped off or killed. one is still an addict however, you just have the permission of a doctor and society, that's all. it just delays the inevitable.. your gonna hurt when you get off it... taper or cold turkey. this drug sucks, i finally went cold turkey because i couldnt stop dabbling in other things cause I was not truly in recovery. the withdrawl lasted about 3 weeks and the severe depression about 3 months. i wish i never started suboxone ever, i hate this drug!!! you would be better off to taper off heroin.
I'm a 44 year old woman who got addicted to lortabs in 2005 after a car accident. I went to a private addiction psychiatrist who put me on suboxone because my insurance convered it rather than subutex. I have been on it for about 15 months. At fist I thought it was a miracle. I have to pay for the doctor out of pocket. $150.00 every time. I was going to him every three months after about 7 months. I really weaned down and he would give me a script for up to 3 a day 90 pills. 8 mg a day was plenty so a script of 90 is good for 3 motnhs. He said that I have to get off or come to him monthy because he gets audited by the dea. I've been trying to do the step down. I've found no matter what you will have withdrawel. I went 5 days not taking anything and I was like wow, just a little tired this is a cakewalk. Day 5 OMG. It just hit me, leg cramps total anxiety, running to the restroom all the time. I took a little tiny bit of one to ease the pain and the stress. I just hope in the next few weeks I can be done with this forever. I'm the type of woman no one would believe that I was an addict. There is no one to talk to. My doctor just fills the scropts and really just has nothing to say. I thought of a group, but being a city where people know you. This could happen to anyone, the shame and stigma is so heartbreaking.
I have been doing quite a bit of research on this subx withdrawal the past week. What amazes me, and concerns me deeply, it the extremely wide range of experiences from, “this is easy”, to,” it is hell.” I am gathering the as much data as I can in hopes to find the best way to detox completely off the subx. This has been one of the worst weeks in a long time and the extremes in moods are wearing me thin. And of course the holiday week isn’t making it any easier. Talking to people about this just doesn’t seem to be like something that I want to do-the shame and stigma is overwhelming. The topic of opiate addiction comes up occasionally in conversation and those who have never experienced it haven’t a clue to as to the utter loneliness and desperation involved, at least this is my experience. I am hoping that by keeping tabs on people’s experiences in this thread helps at least by knowing there are others in similar situations. Wishing you all the best in your strivings for serenity.
Rob from Mi. I'm on 10th day of no Subs after 2 years of Vicodin and then Subs. Whats stopping me now and plenty times in the past is RESTLESS LEG SYNDROM! I recently googled for something to shake my legs for me. 3 days before Christamas I found it. It is the Chi Energizer Machine. I'm not a salesman, I just bought one and I LOVED it. My wife does too! She doesn't have to spend hours shaking my legs. My anxiety level was so high on day 8 I actually spent $150 extra to overnight the package to me. I open up the box, I put my feet on and turn it on, and intantly I begin to relax, nobody is shaking my legs for me, more importantly myself included. I can relax while doing it and actually get a break from a RESTLESS day! So Check out CHI Machines if you suffer from RLS while withdawing. Trust me! I have other great tips on jumpin if anyone replies. This page has been inspirational, but i feel like im one of the better feeling people, so im happy to share my tricks!
First thing - Merry F'in Xmas junkies. I never would have thought I would be such a mess at this point in my life. I too am just starting to wean off of the little orange pills. After reading this page I have to say I'm more than a little discouraged. But I'm going to try positive thinking to help. There is a book called The Secret that has been recommended to me - I just ordered it. It may sound corny but the reason I am battling this addiction (and all my past addictions) is my negativity. Just wanting the sadness to stop and taking almost anything I came across to stop it. Feeling like a loser/failure. I now realize that I love myself and I don't deserve what I have done to myself. It's not my fault that I was born into my loveless/abusive family. Not my fault that I've always been uncomfortable around people - so much that I break into nervous sweats when having a one on one encounter with another person. So no surprise that I found drugs/alcohol at an early age. I'm going to give the power of positive thinking a go, see if there is anything to this concept of the laws of attraction. Maybe somebody out there might benefit from this road as well. It sounds like the only way to make it thru what lies ahead is not giving in to the sadness, depression and anxiety. Easier said than done - but that is doubting myself and if I'm going to succeed in kicking this monkey off my back I have to be SURE of myself. Join me if you want but send me your positive energy please.........I'm going to need it. Peace to all.
Just to let yall know whats up, my last post was 5 weeks ago. At that time I knew I was going to have to stop taking sub just because I was running out. I was down to 2mg a day and had 6mg left. I ended up using them, although I would go 2 or three days before taking 2mgs. Well I ran out and it was on. I was able to work every day, as a matter of fact when I was at work is when I was at peace. When I was at home I felt as my life was falling apart. The nights where the worst, there where times I thought I was going to loose it. Many time I wanted to get some percs or loratabs to help me sleep, but I didnt and thats because of my wife, She is my support. Last night I got 6 hours of sleep and thats the most I had at one time in a long time. It seem to me that most of my anxiety is coming from not knowing what to do with my self, now I find my self wanting to have a few drinks to releve the boredom and I have done it but it dosnt work, in fact it makes it wores, so I wont be doing that any more. I think Im going to have to learn how to live this way and its going to take time. I feel as I have accomplished something I never thought would ever be. Good luck to who ever reads this and time keep ticking so dont give in, It will soon subside and you will be wondering whats next.
I been away for christmas and without internet connection. I'll be mostly away till the new year then I got my gallbladder operation hooray! That'll end the constant shits and stomach/back pain. Pardon moi.
Yeh, wondering what is next is a major problemo when one is trying to rebuild life that has been wrecked by opiate/drug addiction. I think people who have jobs might have it a little bit easier. I certainly find it better now I have voluntary work to do, 4 or 5 days a week. First 6 months post jumping I had diddley squat to do and it nearly killed me. But, I wasn't really well enough to do anything anyway.
I really really lost the plot when I came off subs. I went proper mad. I spent two weeks on a psychiatric ward. I, I, I... Man, I was just plain crazy. I'm still not fully recovered. But, remember I was abusing just about every drug (and alcohol) for 20 years. I was a hardened clubber/raver.
Opiates were always my DOC but I used alcohol, cannabis, cocaine, crack, ketamine, MDMA and anything else I could get my hands on, often all in the same long night. LOL. Sorry, but I have to laugh sometimes at just how f**ked up my life has been. I was (am? always will be?) a poly-drug addict.
So, how much of my recovery is PAWS and how much is just a mental health thing due to years of abusing my mind? I don't really know for sure. Or do I? I mean, I quit drugs before, on and off. I never had these problems when detoxing from cocaine. Yeh, I had terrible cravings but nothing else. I never had PAWS from any drug except [long-acting] opiates.
I don't think I ever had PAWS from my short-acting opiate habits in the past. Maybe I did, but it certainly wasn't as intense as the methadone and bupe PAWS. Looking back, I really did prefer the intense but relatively brief discomfort of short-acting opiate withdrawal. Somehow it was easier because I knew it wouldn't last for too long. Plus, because it was short-lived I could easily medicate heavily on other non-opioid drugs for just a few days to help me get over it.
Seeing as my PAWS from a methadone->bupe->!JUMP! has lasted 8 months I could hardly medicate heavily for all that time! However, I have heard from people who when finally quitting even short-acting opiates have then gone through a painful period of re-adjustment that has lasted a good 12 months.
I think this is the differentiation between PAWS and cold turkey withdrawals. PAWS will differ greatly from person to person depending on numerous factors from happy or sad childhoods to coming to terms with horrible things we did when high (or in order to get high).
Also, there may be underlying psychiatric or neurological conditions. In my case, I had issues similar to what SadGirl was talking about in her post. I had serious problems in socialising, making friends, social anxiety/phobia and such. This meant any drug that relaxed me was immediately addictive to me.
The mystery of why I struggled so much socially and at work was finally solved after I was diagnosed with Aspergers Syndrome. This really started my bid to become drug free. At last I had answers to why I was struggling to connect with the world.
Anyway, I know it's a bad time of year to be unwell but I do wish you all the best for the New Year.
Thank you for all your posts. I don't find any posts discouraging. I find both the sad and the happy posts inspirational and heart warmingly honest. If all the posts were happy then I'd be discouraged because I would feel I was struggling on my own. However, without the occasional happy post I would feel that there was no end to the suffering. So, every person that posts has contributed equally with purpose and meaning, happy or sad, suffering or rejoicing.
To those that are disheartened by this forum, please let me say, don't be! We are honest and matter-of-fact here. There's no bullshit. There's no fake promises that everything is going to be OK. It will be tough. It will hurt. However, there is also a very big light at the end of the tunnel. The suffering does fade. The good days start to outnumber the bad days.
Also, don't forget, there are medications and techniques that can help. Don't be a martyr. You are trying to get opiate free but this doesn't mean you have to go through withdrawals without medicinal assistance if so required.
Furthermore, don't make a big deal about small slip-ups or whatever you want to call them. Just get yourself back on track the best you can. I know you can all do it. If I can quit opiate abuse then anyone can. I'm a weak person. I doubt I would have lasted this long without this forum and now also my voluntary work and the kind people there who are giving me support in the form of unconditional love (something I've never known before), friendship, company (loneliness is a killer).
I did the first few months of withdrawals completely isolated and alone. It was horrendous. I wouldn't wish it on my worst enemy. If you are alone then I urge you to make some sort of contact with someone. If you don't know who to turn to then you could do worse than speak to a priest or someone in some kind of religious order. They listen. They don't judge. You don't need to believe anything in order to go see such people. They don't care what you believe. They are there to listen or even help (if the individual wants).
What does it matter if you are buddhist, christian or atheist? Surely you just want someone to listen? Who cares what your or their beliefs are? If it saves your life to talk to someone then go for it. It certainly saved mine. The medical profession played an important role in my recovery but many of my needs were beyond anything they could cater for. Anyway, I've rambled long enough I guess...
God bless,
Phil.
Great to read from everyone again this is my first post since before christmas but I'm almost a month clean one more day! I feel a lot better the anxiety is subsiding I almost had a little trouble christmas I wanted to take a vicodin so bad but didn't. When I woke up the next day I looked myself in the mirror and said I'm so glad I didn't take anything last night. It is just not worth it to me anymore even though I know how good it would have felt. I hope everyone is having a great holiday and also a happy new year and like Phil this thread is therapy for me and it is nice to know that I'm not going through this by myself. Thanks to all who have shared their stories.
I'm made it through the past few days. I was just licking a pill when it got to bad. my doctor is on vacation. I think I just decided to get off this without him knowing or support. When I make up my mind, that's it. I will no longer be a prisoner to these drugs. I have 90 8mg suboxones I filled on Dec 16th. I've used less than 1 8mg, just slivers when it gets so bad I cant stand it. Or to stop the trots. Will it ever end ?? When my doctor gets back I will make another appoitment and I will get through this. What are the other things he can give for the leg pain.
Thank got I do work to keep my mind off the constant process of this withdrawal. My co-wprkers know somethign is wrong. I just have no one to turn to who would even being to understand what I'm going through.
jlo, hang in there. Yes, it does get better. For some people it gets better quicker than others but for everyone it does still get better in the end.
RBM, great to hear things are steadily improving for you. I think being tempted to take a vicodin (or whatever) is par for the course. It's a messy journey but a very real and possible one.
Opiate withdrawals and PAWS do NOT last forever. It can last for quite a while but in the scheme of a lifetime it doesn't seem so long once you start to come out of the hell.
Life abusing opiates is really no life at all. This is what keeps me going. Despite any discomfort I feel (mainly anxiety related), I am quite positive that returning to a full blown addiction would be horrendous. In fact, it would be more horrible than withdrawals and PAWS.
Since quitting my habit I've started to make friends again. I don't spend my days seeking out drugs. It's hard re-learning how to live in my body and mind, with all it's weaknesses and faults but I wouldn't have it any other way. It's what life is all about. It's what gives us a common bond with other people.
Opiate abuse is a miserable existence. It might feel good once in a blue moon but most of the time it is wretched and depressing (like 99% of the time).
Anyway, I'm ranting again as usual.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Hi Everyone,
I'm still here, just been busy with the holidays. I hope everyone had a great Christmas or at least got thru the holidays without too much stress. I've been reading and catching up on all the new post.
To Overseas--
First, I wanted to say hello and welcome to this hub. It's so nice to hear that you're also from New Orleans and a huge Saints fan. Too bad they lost that last game to Tampa Bay. But I'm not giving up on them nor will we ever, right?! Its been at least 2 weeks, I believe, since you 1st started posting and I sure hope you're doing better and finding a way to get some sleep. I can't imagine what's it's like going through w/d's while being in the Military. You must be one hell of a tough guy working as a policeman during Katrina and now fighting as a soldier. Trust me, for those who think they know how bad that would be (working cop during Katrina) it was 20 times worse than that. Overseas-- If there is anything I can do to help you with this other fight, please let me know. I'm here.
In case anyone is wondering, I'm doing really well. I almost feel guilty for doing so good--only because I remember all too well how hard it was to get off that nasty orange pill. I remember trying to jump off at least 7-8 times in the last 18 mos. to absolutely no avail. And how I could never get past day 3, it was a nightmare every time. But, here I am & it's Day 32 for me and no suboxone, (I'm back to taking kratom a few times a week)
You might recall, after jumping & starting on Kratom, I was so afraid the ax was going to fall. Well, it did and it did't.
I stopped taking the kratom for almost a week after the first 2 weeks straight on kratom (after jumping off suboxone) and all was good. But then I guess it was post w/d's started to set in a bit, but definitely it was there. I was starting to have insomnia, felt lifeless, lethargic, moody, anxious and somewhat depressed.
So, I started back on the kratom for the next 3-4 days. Then I was able to start every other day. It totally took away all the negative side effects I was feeling. I'm making a point to take less and less, like take it 1 day off 2. I'm going to give myself another month on kratom and just keep tapering off until I'm not taking it anymore becuz I don't want another problem and besides I can't afford it.
I truly feel like a new person.
To txern31--
I wonder how you're doing? I took kratom only after tapering down to 1mg of suboxone for a few weeks before jumping. That's great that you were at least skipping days in between taking subox. But I don't know why you would need the suboxone if you had the kratom. (I know, everyone is different) In any event, I really hope you're doing better.
Last but certainly not least...To Phil--
How are you? Every time I read you're post I'm blown away. You really have been thru the ringer, huh?! You have done something that very few are able to do. You should be very proud of yourself. I feel like I cheated by using the kratom but you did it yourself. What an incredible achievement! You're always here helping others while still fighting a good fight of your own. My hats off to you!
Gotta run...
Oh, I always forget to tell you all this, but something else I did that seemed to really help was drinking water/half of a fresh lemon juice/honey/a dash of Cayenne pepper. Just about 8oz 3 times a day. I'm not sure if it will help others, but it really made me feel better.
okay, take care
ive been using oxys for about 4 years. at my worst(years 2 and 3) i was up to about 12-15 80s and an 8 ball a day. ive spent the entire last year trying to quit. now im down to using an 80 a day for 3 days then spending 2 days somewhat sick and havent done coke in a year. so i guess i can get by with about 30mgs a day, which is amazing compared to trying to sneak 14 80s a day behind my girlfriends back. does anyone know what i can expect for a wd if i use 4mgs of subs a day for about a week and stop.
hey guys I've been reading all the comments they are helping me. I've been off subs for about 5 days the w/d seems to be over but my fu--ing legs are killing me. I've had to force myself to go to work and pretend everything is ok. I just want to feel normal. I feel like I have no will to live just to get up and get in the shower is a task, and that's the one thing that helps. When will I get my will to live again.
Hi all,
I’ve been feeling better the past couple of days. I had to get through withdrawing on Neurontin - it took quite a few days but I am past the worst of it. My problem with it, being prescribed as an aid in opiate withdrawal, I, in typical fashion, decided if one helps ‘this’ much, ‘more’ must work all the better. On anything long enough and intensely enough it affects one’s neurological system. Simultaneously I have been dropping down from about 12mg of subs to 6mg. It is hard to discern which of those was causing my intense depression and lethargy-I guess it really doesn’t matter. I am on track with my plan to get down to 2mg in the next six weeks.
Scared girl-hang in there; I know exactly the feeling when doing something as ‘normal’ as taking a shower, something you know that will make you feel better, becomes a task of monumental proportions. imAdetoxWIMP, I love the moniker – it describes me to a tee. If you can, I would suggest, especially if you get into bad WDs, to stabilize on the 4mg for a few weeks then work on going down more slowly. Everyone is different but your prospect would scare me. Do what works for you, bottom line, it is your journey, wish you the best.
Thanks everyone, I do find these posts a source of strength; the ones in desperation and the ones out of hope. We are all in a pretty unusual circumstance (relative to the rest of the world). I hope that we all break the chain of addiction, if not all at once, one link at a time. At least we are all willing to share the ups and downs in attempts to not only help ourselves, but our fellow opiate addicts and for that I am grateful. It does help to know that I am not as alone as I often feel.
rcforpax
ok guys today is day 6 I forced myself out of the house today and went on a mile walk it felt going at the time esp. for my legs now I'm home again and the anxiety is killing me I have 3 hours before work I can't stop going to the bathroom I feel like this shit is slowly killing me thank you all for your advice and strength to hang in there but I promise I will beat this I so tired of feeling like I just want to crawl into a ball and just die I can't wait to feel like I want to live again this website has been such a good help
ok guys today is day 6 I forced myself out of the house today and went on a mile walk it felt going at the time esp. for my legs now I'm home again and the anxiety is killing me I have 3 hours before work I can't stop going to the bathroom I feel like this shit is slowly killing me thank you all for your advice and strength to hang in there but I promise I will beat this I so tired of feeling like I just want to crawl into a ball and just die I can't wait to feel like I want to live again this website has been such a good help
ahhhh! Life is fucking awesome. I am on day 77 and i have absoulutely no withdrawals. I take absolutely no pills, nothing for sleep either. I try to get at least 8 hrours of sleep to allow my central nervous system heal and recover. Sleep has been the best thing, but when i was high on opiates i dont think i slept more than 3-4 hours in a single night. Like i have wrote in the past exercise has been a savior. I am not talking about a simple walk, I mean strenuous exercise, push your body, mind and muscles to the max and sleep will come. It will be hard at first, but just a little more and more each day and you will soar to new heights. Your body and mind have great abilities that we will never truely understand. I work on my health everyday and everyday is getting better. I try to learn more each day. It doesnt matter what it is math, reading, music etc. Anything will help heal your mind. Live to learn and you will learn to live. Eat to live don't live to eat.
Opiates suck ass! At my worst i was doing about 8 oxy 80's per day and there was nothing good about that life. I lived just to get that next opiate before the withdrawals set in. Then the subs was really the same thing for about two years. I never thought i would get to this point, but somehow i have made it. Thank God! There was a time when i felt i could be gone any day and that was very sad. What the fuck was i thinking, I guess i really wasn't thinking.
For everyone fighting this addiction. You know what you have to do. Just do it! yes the addiction is strong and it will hurt, but your mind is stronger. Don't give in, use every bit of will in your body. Do whatever you have to do because it is worth it, YOU ARE WORTH IT! Have your old self scrath, and claw every withdrawal with all you have got. Time will pass as it alwase does and you will look back and love yourself for what you have accomplised. Loving yourself is the best thing, Because you can then give it to the ones you love in this preciuos life!
Much love and respect,
Mark
I decided to share because reading your stories gave me the help I so desperately needed. I quit subs after taking them for over a year. Maybe two. Went from methadone to subs. But I also got my hands dirty with Oxy's and Vics.
I decided to get clean, and I've got my fiance to baby me and cook for me, clean for me and basically do anything I need her to do. She is my support system because no one else can know. My subs weren't legal. I bought them off of a dealer for well... A hell of a lot of money. Usually around $160 for 20 8mg pills.
I've been clean since the day after christmas and feel like hell, but with moments of clarity on an emotional roller-coaster.
When I started withdrawal it wasn't so bad. I thought.. I can do this.. That was day one. As most of you probably know the half life of subs is not 24 hours it's longer.
Today is the 30th.
I'd have to say that yesterday was the worst thing I could ever have been through. But oddly enough.. I have moments in the night when I feel ok (insomnia aside). Typing this right now.. I feel like that. Xanax helps with sleeping. But I'm also wary of that because that also is habit forming.
My fiance's birthday passed during all of this and I cried because we couldn't do anything together. I think it made me feel worse when she comforted me and said that it was ok and we can go out together when you're better.
Without her I would probably still be on subs. I'm not a strong enough person to work without a support system. But I can't let my family know. It would crush them.
So this is day 5 of my sobriety. I've been clean for 5 days and they've all felt like their own special piece of hell.
I wonder if I can ever get high again. But I don't feel that I would take it well.. If it brought me back to anything like this. I'd regret it.. And all it takes is one.
I have love for all of you, and I hope that my post will help someone like yours have helped me. I'll try to keep in touch also..
Thanks,
J
Sorry about the last post, but my life has been so positive lateley i needeed to share it here where i came when i felt the worst i have ever felt in my life. Everyone here understands what is like to be addicted to opiates. wheather we have jumped or are working our way to jumping. This is what brings us all to this place.
My love affair with opiates snuck up on me like a snake in the grass. First it was for pain, then it was for pleasure, then it was just to feel normal and beat back the withdrawals like i was fighting some kind of war that i felt i could not win! What a loser i was. The places i have been to get the oxys or the things i did it is a miricale i am here. I now know this was not me. This was the opiates controlling me from the inside out.
I have learned the last few months if you treat your life and body with respect you will feel what you were craving. We all just want to be happy, enjoy life and be the best we can be. The reason why i loved the opiates so much in the beginning was that i felt happy and good no matter what i was doing. Man i could have been sweeping the floor and that shit was fun! That was the ultimate draw to this drug: HAPPINESS!!!! I found out that it actually sucks the life and happiness right out of you and makes you feel numb to the world. What a sucker i was.
If i can give any advice to everyone it would be lern about your body and the central nervous system. yes we all have looked up various drugs( suboxone, nuerontin ,xanax, Krotam, methadone etc.) Try looking up the central nervous system, exercising it ,and how it works( we all have depressed it for so long it can no longer function normally unless we have these horrible drugs). You will be amazed at what you will learn. Your body is a complex and very amazing machine. You can not control your mind and body unless you have a full understanding of how it works down to the smallest level. We have feed our minds with chemicals for to long to reach that desired effect of happiness only to have it backfire and produce the worst life anyone can imagine. And we all know what life that is!( That is why we are here communicating with each other). Only a true opiate addict will understand!
I have had no support through this journey. I hid my addiction very well from the people i know and love. How i do not know. That was a toatally different person from the one i am and love today. Phil and melanie i do love you guys more than you will ever know. I was ready to turn back on day 9 or 10 i can't remember, but i was in hell. My body and mind was giving up. then i searched online and found this page which really gave me the strength to move foward in my fight. Phil and melanie when you gave me the words of encouragemet and understanding after my first post i was ready to fight on. You calmed my fears and let me know it will be ok!! God Bless! I alwayse pray for all that are fighting this horrible addiction.
Let me just say doctors suck. At least most of them do! It was alwase try this drug or that drug and see if it makes you feel better. get this test or that test. Shit i can't remember how many doctors i have been to in the last 10 years. They all work the same way. lets get you on some medication for what they can't figure out. Fuck Them!
2 years ago i met a chiropractor who changed my life. She stressed take care of your body and get your adjustments to allow life to flow. you will get better. Wow imagine that, Treat your body the way it should be treated( Exercise, eat well ,take vitamins, and listen to what your body and mind have to say, and do not ignore it) and your body has the ability to heal itself. No doctor ever told me this!! It was alwayse take this drug or that drug and lets see if that helps. Shit it only made things worse and set me up for failure in the worst way. The best doctor i ever met was my body. It tells me what i need to know! My daily pain started when i was 20 years old, and i was scared shitless not knowing what was wrong or how to fix it. Now i am am 35 years old and am finally pain free. I became phisically pain free over a year ago, which has helped me get to this point( thank you dr. Kelly). Now i am mentally pain free, and am ready to live, which is all i have ever wanted.
Good luck to all and god bless! We all deserve this sobriety and what it brings. Life can be good we just have to make it happen, don't wait for it to happen or take some chemical to feel good. MAKE IT HAPPEN! Your health, mind, and body are the most important things to take care of and everything else will fall into place. Sorry for the the rant and lets go and enjoy every secong we have in this precious world.
Mark
JDOE: You are doing the best thing you could ever do for yourself and your fiance. Yeah you couldnt celebrate her birthday but just imagine next year when you are better( Be sure to give the gift of love which is so hard to come by when you are addicted to opiates). I can relate to you not wanting the family to know because it will hurt them, but most of all they will not understand. Only a opiate addict can understand waht we all have to go through. Use your fiances love and understaning to get through this horrific period in your life and never forget it!. Your family does not need to know what you can not even imagining them knowing. Do everything in your power to fight this addiction, because that is what it will take. I will not lie to you, because the w/d's will hurt. But the pain is good and it means your body is beginning to recover. Day 5 is horrible as well as the next bunch of days, but it does get better im promise you. Time will pass as it alwase does and you will think back to those sleepless nights at 3 am freaking out about how horrible you feel and yes it is a horrible feeling. Do not turn back if can help it, but if you do just keep working at it and prepare your mind and body for the next jump. It took me 3 trys before i made it to the other side. This page and finding others who are going through or have gone through this whithdrawal gave my mind that last bit of will to keep going. Now time has passed and all is ok! Life is hard work now go and make it happen. Not just for yourself, but for your family and all that cherish and love you. Listen to your body and what it has to say. There is a reason why you feel the way you do and only you have the ability to make it better. No drug will fix it only you. Everyone is different in their recovery, but then again everyones body and mind work the same way. Can you control it? Only you know that.
Good luck jdoe you deserve this recovery and all the amazing days you have ahead of you that comes with it. Right now you cannot enjoy today because you are in so much pain, just think about the tommrow when you are not hurting( it will come, time does not stand still). Because one day you will realize the nightmare is over. The addiction your brain and central nervous system has in order to operate is strong, But i know a persons will is stroner.
JDOE: You are doing the best thing you could ever do for yourself and your fiance. Yeah you couldnt celebrate her birthday but just imagine next year when you are better( Be sure to give the gift of love which is so hard to come by when you are addicted to opiates). I can relate to you not wanting the family to know because it will hurt them, but most of all they will not understand. Only a opiate addict can understand waht we all have to go through. Use your fiances love and understaning to get through this horrific period in your life and never forget it!. Your family does not need to know what you can not even imagining them knowing. Do everything in your power to fight this addiction, because that is what it will take. I will not lie to you, because the w/d's will hurt. But the pain is good and it means your body is beginning to recover. Day 5 is horrible as well as the next bunch of days, but it does get better im promise you. Time will pass as it alwase does and you will think back to those sleepless nights at 3 am freaking out about how horrible you feel and yes it is a horrible feeling. Do not turn back if can help it, but if you do just keep working at it and prepare your mind and body for the next jump. It took me 3 trys before i made it to the other side. This page and finding others who are going through or have gone through this whithdrawal gave my mind that last bit of will to keep going. Now time has passed and all is ok! Life is hard work now go and make it happen. Not just for yourself, but for your family and all that cherish and love you. Listen to your body and what it has to say. There is a reason why you feel the way you do and only you have the ability to make it better. No drug will fix it only you. Everyone is different in their recovery, but then again everyones body and mind work the same way. Can you control it? Only you know that.
Good luck jdoe you deserve this recovery and all the amazing days you have ahead of you that comes with it. Right now you cannot enjoy today because you are in so much pain, just think about the tommrow when you are not hurting( it will come, time does not stand still). Because one day you will realize the nightmare is over. The addiction your brain and central nervous system has in order to operate is strong, But i know a persons will is stroner.
Jdoe you are almost over the hump I remember my day 5 and it sucked after day 6 or seven it gets better you will have anxiety and the bowel stuff but it really does get better time heals all. Scared Girl you said you where on day 5 and w/d's seem to be over but you are fatigued and the shower is a chore that is because those are part of the w/d's you too are almost over the hump I know you both can do it, it really is so much better without that shit I've only been clean for a month and I still sometimes get the anxiety and fatigue but it's not everyday and it doesn't last for long I could only imagine feeling this good a month ago it is so worth it to complete this journey you have to believe in yourself and remember your not only doing it for yourself your doing it for the people you love and those who love you back. Everyones lives will be more enriched after getting off this shit. As we all know it's a long road and it will always be in the back of our minds just one more time but it's not worth it. Let's all choose life as opposed to opiates. God bless you all you have really helped me get to where I am today. Just reading everyones story regardless of where they are in their recovery has been really inspirational and has helped me and others tremendously. Thank you all for being here and sharing your stories it takes a lot of courage and will help a lot of people.
I greatly appreciate the supportive comments. Today is day 6 and I slept for maybe 5 hours. I planned an extended vacation from work to get through this. Good thing I did. Diarrhea kicked in yesterday full force, and I'm on Immoduim to combat that.
My family thinks I have stomach flu. I hate lying to them, but the truth would hurt them more than my lie.
I feel better this morning after not sleeping well. Better than yesterday. The chest pain (like your chest is caving in) is still there, but I can now walk around a bit without feeling like dying.
I'm so happy I found this page. I can't go to support groups for fear people will find out. Opiate addiction is so demonized in this world it's scary. Even alcohol addiction is easier for people to stomach.
On day 5 I found an old case I had put some pieces of sub in. I held it in my hand and rolled it around thinking of the sweet release it would bring. I woke up my fiancee and gave it to her. She said she flushed it down the toilet. I believe her. And I'm so happy that she didn't enable me to go back.
I thought about taking a small piece, but what if that set me back? What if I went through day 5 all over again?
Because of you guys here and her help I gave the pieces up. I want to make a change for the better. I want to leave this ugly past behind me. The fear of traveling and carrying drugs on me is partly why we never travel much.
I've made my decision to break this cycle. And I can't thank you all enough for being here.
Day 6 here I come..
Hey guys...I am just testing to see if I can post.
Let me first say that I almost feel guilty that I found you guys so early in my fight with this. You have all been a Godsend and I wish you all the best.
I've read all of the posts, and I believe that if we all stay informed with the help of each other, then we can all be successful. You have all started your own AA-like support group, and good for you! Here's my story.
Four years on Lortab 7.5's...max 8 per day. I know it may be small, but it was messing me up and running my life. I begged my doctor to help me stop, to no avail until last week. Finally he knew how serious I was about quitting, and he prescribed me a "great drug" that would help me and informed me that I could stay on it as long as I needed to help with wd's. He gave me 4mg of subs 4x a day! Holy shit I want to go find him in a dark alley after reading this. I am convinced you have all saved me from a very hard time. Well, Monday I took 4mg's 3 times after going into fullmlortab wd, as directed and felt fine. Then Tuesday got up and took just 2mg and it fucked me up so bad I had to pull over and couldn't drive anymore, out of nowhere (which is explained by the long half-life of subs, I am sure). I found you guys yesterday and had already taken 6mg, and after reading put them away. I know I'm not out of the lortab wd's yet, and so I took 1mg of subs this morning. I am scared of what's abiout to happen to me. Any words of advice? I am about to have a full house of teenage step-children and their friends for new years eve, and a fairly unsympathetic fiancee that has never been addicted to anything.
You guys are amazing people.
Jamie
hey guys so day 7 I've been forceing myself out alittle bit and still having to work "GOD ITS HELL" I want to give a special thanks to RBM thank you for your support and words i cryed as I read them and to JDOE I TO have someone wonderful in my life he is my strenth without him I would prob. fall back hes right there in my corner so congrats on the good girl there hard to find so hang on together we can all get threw this again thank you RBM your words mean so much to me
Hey Jamie, welcome to the club. It's going to be hard for you to keep this from someone so close to you. I know my fiancee would notice something off in a second. Addiction is part of a disease. It doesn't make you a bad person. It happens with food, alcohol, and well drugs.
Suboxone can probably be helpful when it's not used for a year like most of us were told to.
DO NOT listen to your doc and stay on that crap for that long. I don't think it would be bad to get the subs use maybe 8 mg a day and taper down from there. This is if you choose this path at all.
If you just drop the Lortabs you'll be sent straight to WD hell. And what a party it is. Let me tell you sir..
Subs shouldn't make you sick. When taken while you are in WD from the lortabs it should give you a slight euphoric feeling and then you feel normal. Like you were never addicted to anything. Atleast that's how it was with me. And that's why its dangerous.
You have two options really. Battle this beast alone, which will be an uphill boulder pushing contest, or talk to your fiancee. If she has no clue about the Lortabs then perhaps it's time to tell her. If it's a situation like mine with my family and they just 'can't know' then it'll be hell.
Trying to maintain a lie about why your sick is nearly about as bad as being sick.
I would guess Lortab WD is shorter than Suboxone WD, but that's up to the people that do research. Either way it's a battle. You can tell her that you want to do this for her, and that you got trapped, or that you want to work toward a better life.
My fiancee said she was happy I told her and that she could help. She's been a godsend. I don't think I'd be where I am if I didn't have help getting through the sub WD's.
In the end Jamie, welcome to the group. Because it is a group. And we can all help each other.
Happy New year,
JDoe
Just check'n in. It is good to see so many positive things happening here. This place has been a gift. Day three dropping from 12 to 4 and things are okay. Reading these posts give me hope and some strength to get through this. Thanks to you all.
Have a serene and healing new year.
Robert
Hey All,
I read these posts and feel for a lot of you, my situation was a lot different. I only took subs for a month, before that I was on methadone for a year and have been an addict of some kind for as long as I can remember. I do not regret getting on methadone, It helped me break a cycle that was going to kill me. The withdraws from subs where very intense at first, but seemed to get better very fast, at least from a physical stand point. I been drug free now for at least 30 days now. What I seem to be dealing with now is depression, I feel all alone even though I live with my wife and kid and another family. I have good days and bad days, mostly bad. There is a lot of anxiety and sleepless night, I seem to worry about everything even though things are ok. To me these things I'm going through now are worse than the withdrawals and at times I found my self thinking that its worse than active addiction. This has got to be where a lot of addicts relapse. I am scared as hell right now, I don't have a lot of experience with recovery, but who in this forum does. I guess the only way you get the experience is with long lasting sobriety. I don't have any desires or fantasies of taking any drugs, I just want my soul back, I want to be able to feel good about my self, I want to be able to sleep normally. This cant be who I really am or the way I going to spend the rest of my life. Someone please give me a valid explanation for all this. Getting clean and sober is the easy part, dealing with not knowing who you really are, and dealing with every day crap is the hard part. I know that I have to relearn life skills again, but I am amazed how long term addiction just made it seem like we knew what we where doing. I have support, so don't think I'm headed towards relapse, thats not going to happen. I just need to vent, I know time is going to heal my mind, I have a life time of that. Good Morning everyone, Have a great new year.
JT
Thanks jdoe, My fiancee and I have ended our relationship this evening. I knew I couldn't do something like this with such a negative watchdog around me constantly.
I have successfully come off of lortabs before, but I am a teacher, and fortunately had the sumer to get past those wd's. I am day 4 of minimal suboxone and am wondering to continue or not. No one seems to know what kind, if any, wd's i will have from subs after only a week. i wish there were more people in my shoes. Should I flush them, or continue to take them for four more days? Most importantly I am a tecaher and can't let my students who are seniors see me in bad wd;s from subs. Will I have the wd's after a week of taking them? If so, how bad and how long? Should I flush them now and quit? Or should I continue until Sunday? Help me please. I feel like this may be the most important decision in this four-year battle. No one seems to know what the wds are like after a week. I am scared I am going to take them through Sunday, then 3 days later these horrible withdrawals will hit me and I'll have nowhere to hide. I don't even know if I am out of the woods with the Lortab withdrawals yet. Suboxone works well for that,but damnit!
Jamie
By the way everyone, evidently I am a teacher that doesn't really pay attention to her typing much! ;-) I am also female, with a man I WAS engaged to. 32, alone since I left him last night, and am really hoping for some advice from you amazing people!
@ Scared Girl - It's good to have someone to care for you. I am now on day 7 of sobriety. Granted I smoke pot.. I tried last night to get super high to sleep and it didn't work. I laid down at midnight and at 3am I wanted to take a Xanax, but I didn't. My fiancee went out today and bought me some sleeping pills and chocolate. I truly hope we can win this fight.
@ Hardhead - I'm a little shocked to see that you left your fiancee, but if they can't see you through this time I don't think the fit was right anyway. It's funny because I pictured you as a man. Maybe because I'm a man. I seriously hope my post didn't push you into anything too hasty, but I really believe you can't get healthy without a healthy support system.
Because you are still on drugs.. I'm insanely jealous. My fiancee flushed the last pieces of my subs down the toilet and I gave 10 8mg pills away to a friend we'll call him.
I would stay with the subs until you think the lortab WD's have stopped. Staying with subs for a short time doesn't seem to be THAT bad. I understand the need to be functional at work too.. I'll have to go back soon.. But I've got a little more time on my side.
If you have a scrip for subs take it. But don't take 8 mg / day. If you have an 8 mg pill cut it into quarters with a pill cutter or a razor if you are skilled enough to not let pieces fly everywhere so you're licking them off the floor.. (ha ha sorry addict joke.. ) Then taper down. Don't stay on them longer than a month.
I was a functional addict. I never stole money or robbed anyone. I worked every day on subs / methadone.
It is possible to take subs until summer rolls around and then go through the WD then, but by that time you'll have a raging beast that craves it rather than perhaps the equivalent of a pissy dog.
I've read a lot of this thread. It seems people that use subs and drop them have a lot easier of a time than people like me that used for years on random shit and then stuck with subs / meth for years too.
Lastly, Hardhead it's your body. If you MUST be functional for work don't feel bad about remaining on something to do that until you can vacation or take time off to recover.
I think we're all aiming to be drug free here. I don't consider pot a drug either. But eventually I'll stop that too. I want to be drug free. I owe it to my fiancee that stands by me, and to the people that love me, but can never know what I'm going through.
Everything I've done has been off the books. I wanted no record of EVER being addicted to anything because I didn't want people to label me. Or deny me insurance. Or whatever the fuck those assholes do. But in your case you will need support. (I'm guessing here)
Because I did. It's hard for me to admit that I am a weak person. That I couldn't do this on my own. It's frustrating, but true. If I had no one to answer to I'd not quit until my illegal supplier moved away. And even then I'd probably just realize I was fucked and get into a subs program, but fortunately that doesn't have to be how it is. With any sort of support group you build knowledge in understanding your problem. And helping others do the same. You can reach support from this forum, but it's only good when you're here. And we can't be where you are to stop you from taking subs or getting something else.
What you do.. What you feel. Take all that and make your choice. Because after all, in the end, the choice is yours alone.
hey guys another miserable day sometimes I feel like I'm ok other times I just break down and cry and I don't even know why it happens more when I know I have to go to work I work in the resturaunt and I have to smile and kiss people asses and it sucks
JDOE good job hanging in there I to smoked alittle weed it helped me fall asleep I think the worst thing about this all is the depression and feeling like you'll never feel normal again but hang in there enjoy the time off work I wish I could your very lucky to have your girl next to you it really helps she sounds like a keeper oh and as far as the advice you gave hardhead it was good but we all no sometimes we act before really thinking it though
HARDHEAD try to take the subs as long as you need them I was on them for 2 years and the asshole doctor never told me the hell I would be going though I hate this drug I feel so useless and depressed I just want my life back
Thanks for the words of encouragement. JDOE...your post made me smile. I left my fiancee before I even read your comment. You're so right about that though...I don't think anyone can make it through life in general without a support system, and he wasn't supportive in many more ways than this!
My big decision is deciding how long actually NEED them! The first time I gave up lortabs about a year ago, the hard wd's lasted about 5 days, but the 5th was completely do-able. So I haven't taken a lortab since Sunday night, so surely I am through those withdrawals, but the subs work so well I have no idea! I'm between a rock and a hard place right now. Do I jump off the subs now when I am at 4mg a day (yesterday and today) and run the risk of going into sub withdrawal my first day back at school on Monday, or do I wean off of them slowly and run the risk of become more physically addicted to them?
How long do you think it will take after quitting suboxone to know if I am going to withdraw from them at all?
I am furious with my doc. He gave me a script for 90 of them! Knowing what a miracle it could be for some other people that need them, I feel horrible about it.
I am also going to have to park mine at a friends house after jumping off. I can get addicted to anything if I try hard enough, well everything that's unhealthy anyways. God forbid I get addicted to something like vegetables or exercise! Ha.
On an ickier note. I haven't gone "#2" since I started them o Monday. Should I be alarmed? ;-) What a question for the books.
Again, thanks guys. I find myself running to a computer whenever I can to check the posts on here. I haven't gone through suboxone withdrawals, but I have withdrawn fro lortabs, and it is a nightmare. Be proud of yourselves. You guys are fighting a fight that many people are not strong enough to fight. One day soon you'll wake up from the fog we've all experiences, and maybe you'll even cry like I did.
Jamie
Day 8.. I came back to my computer and turned on some music and fell into tears. I seem to be very emotional over basically damn near anything for any reason.
I took 3 tylenol PMs last night and my head felt tired, but my body was not. Xanax so far has been the only thing that helps me fall asleep. I reluctantly took another one last night at about 3.30 am just to get to sleep..
I feel weak, but the insomnia has got to be the worst thing now. Well.. And the white fire through my arms is still here and the crushing feeling on my chest.
I've got a few more days off work.
And I think this is the hardest thing I'll have ever gone through in my life.
I also feel like I'm posting too much. It's weird to see how this thread dies for a little and then revives itself with new addicts.
I'm god damn dedicated though to this. I've made it 8 long hard days and felt human last night.
@ Hardhead - You can take a laxative to help with that. Or hell.. Just quit taking the subs.. That'll shoot everything outta you. Taper down in my opinion, but don't take them for more than a month.
It's using the subs for so long that screws us up..
It's great to read all of these posts! I continue to receive priceless motivation and hope from each and every story.
hardhead22: I am so sad to hear about what has happened with your relationship...but if that person wasn't there for you, it's better that you found this out sooner rather than later. You are a strong and kind person, and you deserve someone who will be there for you for better or for worse. You are doing the right thing!
As far as how long to stay on the subs, everyone pretty much agrees that it is extremely important to only use the subs the minimum amount of time necessary to get past the extreme WD's. If you've only been on them a week, then that's great, but you should probably not take take them for much longer. I've never taken subs, but from what I've heard it's possible to wean down without much trouble, and it's also a good idea to only take them every other day, or even every third day. Perhaps you could try not taking anything else and see what happens? If you begin to feel moderate to severe WD then you could try a really small dose and increase in small increments as needed to get some relief. After this see how long you can go without once again. Keep in mind that you will probably not feel 100% with nothing in your system for at least a couple weeks. Most people tend to feel a nagging fatigue for a while after becoming opiate free. The task you will have is to determine what is actually WD versus what might just be the extended after effects of opiate addiction. Whatever you decide, I would definitely caution against taking the subs for any longer than about two weeks. And if you can dose as infrequently as possible, you would be doing yourself a huge favor in the end. Some people may disagree on this...and I have never actually taken subs...it's just what I have gathered from all the posts I've read. I wish you the best no matter what, and I am so glad you're here.
Bellevedere: It's great to hear from you! Check your private messages on kratomforum...I saw your name and left you a message. I actually purchased a small amount from a vendor for when I come off the methadone completely. I'm trying to be as prepared as possible for the big jump. Take care!
AllAlone: It's really awesome to hear how great you're doing! You are a true success story and such an inspiration to all of us! Keep posting when you can to let us know how you're doing.
Phil: I have been so amazed at the insight that you share about your journey through your recovery. It amazes me every time I read your posts! I'm so glad to have the good fortune of sharing with you on this forum.
Scared girl, JDoe, wirenut, RBM, rcforpax: I can relate with so much of what you have posted, and it's just great to know that I am not alone...without this forum I would still be stagnant and going nowhere. Thanks to you all, I am progressing forward, although I still have quite a ways to go. I'm at 17.5mg of methadone/day...down from 80mg/day! I just can't wait for the day I am completely opiate free. I plan on decreasing another 2.5mg in a week or so.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
JDoe: There's no such thing as posting too much! The more the merrier!
Thanks so much for the kind words everyone. I have decided to flush all but 3 subs and wean down hard from there. I don't want to get stuck on this stuff. When I came off lortabs I felt fantastic after about a week, but it was so hard I didn't think I was gonna make it. I will taper with the 3 I am leaving myself this week and next and hope for the best. Just today I took a small dose this afternoon for back pain, which is something I know I will do if it's there.
Jdoe....hang in there bro! You're so far ahead of the game. The "coming out of your skin" feeling is horrible...I remember that being the worst part. The chills and sweats were bad at night, when you would wake up in a puddle. Extremities feel heavy and you really don't give a shit about what anyone else complains about because you know it's NOTHING compared to this. I'm not a religious person, but I am deeply spiritual, and I will pray for you. I personally never have gotten addicted to xanax. I have taken it off and on since I was around 21 (12 years). If it helps you sleep, then so be it. I personally think our bodies heal themselves the best while sleeping anyhow. Don't even think about giving up. You've come waaaay too far!
Melanie...great job on cutting down! That was near impossible to do, which is why I am going to HAVE to get rid of these. I think I'll probably end up mailing them to my mom in Arkansas, that way if I ever need them again they'll be moderately accessible. Are you feeling any withdrawals at all yet? I hope the best for you.
I don't know what I would have done if I hadn't found this site. Phil should be a writer. Not joking. He has excellent use of words to induce very real feelings abut whatever subject he's writing about.
Good night all. I have about 1200 pages of finals to grade tonight and I'm a bit nervous because I am so drowsy from this suboxone.
Jamie
17 Days on less than 1 8 mg Suboxone, perhaps I did jump so far so fast. I have all 89 Suboxone. I don't know where I'm getting the will power. It's still very hard.I've been on it since 09/2008. My doctor was giving me scrips for up to 3 8 mg a day. I never used that much. But it seems I can't get past just scraping some ever other day or the withdrawal is horrible. I'm alone and have to work. It's not like I can take a month off and just get it over with. I was a long term opitate user from breaking my back in a car accidnet. I just could not handle taking it anymore and on inpulse went to an addiction doctor who put me on this. I did not do the research. I never should of been on it for so long. I just pray to be normal again.
Hardhead22 (Jamie): I really don't think you will have any withdrawals as you have only being using the subs for what, 7 days? You might just feel some slight discomfort but if your mind is occupied with work or something, you might very well have no problems whatsoever.
You say that previously, day 5 after jumping from lortabs you would be pretty much OK? Stuff like lortab WDs can work like clockwork. It's likely it will take the same time again to recover from the lortab WDs. So, by now the subs have done their job and you are better off getting off them.
I think I gathered you are taking 4mg a day at the moment. You can either try stopping altogether (as your body shouldn't have developed any physical dependency yet) or do a quick taper.
It wouldn't hurt to not take any and just see how it goes, keeping them close enough at hand that you can take a reduced dose if there are any problems (albeit unlikely but best be prepared, dib dib dob dob, you know, scouts and cubs, "always be prepared", sorry I'm going off on a silly tangent!).
If you want or need to taper then just go down 2mg a day. So, If you are on 4mg total a day then drop to 2mg and then zero out. I really wouldn't be surprised if you have no withdrawals (or barely none) at all.
I would not, personally, recommend taking subs for more than 14 days. Ideally the 7 day sub detox is best (in my opinion). However, the difference between 7 and 14 days may well be very trivial indeed. But, the shorter you are on subs the better. It's a horrible drug to get dependent on.
You say you were prescribed 4 x 4mg four times a day. Does this mean you are taking it in divided doses spread out over the day? This isn't necessary. Suboxone (buprenorphine) will stay at a pretty constant level in the bloodstream for 24 hours. As you know already, the half-life is very long. In very short term detox this long half life is probably an advantage rather than something to be concerned about.
I would strongly recommend that either you jump to zero now or start tapering on your next scheduled dose. It is also good to take them at the same time(s) each day. Anything that promotes stability is helpful.
If you are on 4mg a day then you can be at zero after just one more day. Now let's say, for sake of argument, that you take the subs at 8am each day. Wouldn't it not be a pretty harmless experiment to wait until later in the day to take the dose, with a view to not taking it at all if no problems occur (or the problems are quite manageable). Then just keep a reduced dose handy just in case the following day is troublesome, and so on for 4 days. By the fourth day, and definitely the fifth, the half life will have diminished to an insignificant level.
I'm not trying to dictate what you should do Jamie. I'm just throwing these ideas at you so that you can be armed with enough choices to help you decide what is best for you. However, whatever you do decide to do, I would NOT recommend taking the subs for more than 14 days. I can't see any reason why this would be necessary.
I would also like to remind you that long term sub use will ultimately cause extremely unpleasant withdrawals with anxiety like you've never imagined could exist. So, I really wouldn't be using up the rest of that script if I was you. Don't be fooled into thinking it will be OK. It won't. It will be hell on earth.
Stick to your short detox of somewhere between 7 and 14 days and I am very confident that you will be absolutely fine dear lady.
Don't feel guilty that you came to this site so early on in your detox. I'm sure I speak for everyone when I say I am absolutely delighted that you found this page when you did. It brings me huge pleasure to know we may have helped you avoid a completely unnecessary long term use of subs which might have left you addicted for years and maybe even finding it nigh on impossible to get off them.
I look forward with much anticipation to hearing how you get on Jamie. Keep us posted if you can.
There's been a lot of posts since I was last in here. As always it has been hugely encouraging and inspiring to read every single one of them. I am always left amazed at the honesty and courage of you all. The sheer honesty and humility of you is staggering and greatly moving. Even when you are suffering you selflessly offer advice and encouragement to others and give a warm loving welcome to newcomers. You guys are just great. You are terrific people. I'd be proud to be a friend of any one of you.
Thank you so much for all the contributions to this forum. I'm so grateful to the person who goes by the alias of 'recovering addict' for creating this forum. Most of all I am indebted to each and every one of you for your posts. I am constantly gaining more and more insight into the whole opiate taper/withdrawal/recovery thing by reading here.
Oh, before I go I'd just like to ask Melanie, have you settled on your 17.5mg dose yet?
Well, I'll be back later to read more and I did want to write some comments on some of the other recent posts but I've run out of energy. Anyway, I've rambled enough as usual but I know by now that you guys don't mind me rambling away and I really love that.
If I say any more 'thank you' messages I'll sound like someone who has just received an Oscar.
I must wish you all a Happy New Year despite things being so tough for many of you.
God bless,
Phil.
Thanks for all of your stories. I met a guy fell in love and next thing ou know I was hooked to oxy and every opiate available to make it through the day. To make a long story short e used and abused me and here I am my life crashing down before my eyes. I checked myself in rehab a month ago only to find that the help tey gave me was helpless. On subs and reading these stories. I went to thinking I had my life back to wanting to hang myself. They told me in rehab getting off sub is like getting off ant-depressants. I have a Masters in Clinical Psychology and obviously that was a fat lie. So I am weening off sub reading artical after artical for the best way. The two doctors and the outpatient doctor I am seeing avoid te question when I ask how to get off. I have no interest in using again ever. I never will again. In fact withought my boyfriend I dont even know how to get them. I have been hung up on by doctors, told to go back to rehab and screamed at for asking how to get off. All I can think is law suit. Every day I think get a lawyer and sue these mother fuckers! Any thoughts? I am serious by the way. Any lawyer in there right mind has to think civil suit. Can anyone tell me anything positive about this situation? Now I am back with my husband who is helping me after I have been going through a divorce for two years. Do I take a month off of my life and just get off? I think I am down to 8 mgs. now. I started to decrees my doses right after i got out and read about sub while the doctors are increasing it.
artfish: I'm sorry to hear about the really rough ride you've had. I'm glad you've got away from the bad influence and abusive relationship. That was obviously the first step you needed to take in order to get opiate free. I had to leave behind loved ones and start again in a new town in a different part of the country.
How long you been on the subs? I would carry on tapering. It shouldn't be too much of a problem getting down to 2mg a day. It's normally pretty easy to get down to 4mg. You will settle on 2mg soon enough.
Once going below 2mg you need to taper a crumb at a time. Make it as 'easy' on yourself as possible. Take slivers off a 2mg piece etc.
If you have some decent support from your husband then that will help a lot.
A lot depends on how long you been on them for. Let us know some more details and we'll try to offer some advice from our own experiences as best we can.
Phil.
Day 9
And the story continues.. I didn't know what to think when someone posted on here that they were clean for 8 or 9 days and took a small piece of something methadone or subs I don't recall. Last night while I dug my pipe out of a drawer I found a bottle of Vicodin.
It was pretty amusing to me that I found this because I had drugs everywhere in this house.
I took one last night.. Not a real powerful one.. Just 5/500 and I felt great. I took it at 7:30 and at 12:30 I was still somewhat ok. Then the sneezing came back and I've been getting nose bleeds from hell. I have a feeling I'll die from exsanguination if I'm not careful.. lol. I do wonder though if nose bleeds are any sort of side effect of the WD. Blowing my nose I usually always had slight blood in the tissue after stopping.. It could just be humidity levels though too.
I realize that I can't rely on Vicodin to help me though much of this, but it did feel good to feel human again. I also didn't feel as guilty I think as having taken a piece of sub.
I woke up at 6am probably and stayed in bed until about now I guess. But I went to sleep relatively ok. The arm fire came back soon after I laid down though.
Right now, I feel average I guess. Some anxiety. I've started calling that burning crushing chest pain anxiety because I'm pretty sure that's what it is.
And it's good to see you post on here again Phil. I read a lot of your earlier comments and wondered if any of the 'old posters' would return. I guess you did.
JDoe: Yeh, I'm still around. I was away for the christmas and new year and without internet connection.
Be careful with that vicodin. I hardly need to tell you that it might put you at risk of a return to opiate addiction. But, if it gives you an occasional break and you can handle it and still get clean then no doubt you'll get through.
Just, for goodness sake, don't let it turn into a full blown opiate addiction again!
Although I'm no doctor and don't know much about nose bleeds, I do know that excessive sneezing and blowing of the nose certainly can cause nose bleeds. It has done with myself. I wouldn't be overly concerned unless the bleeds are quite bad rather than just bloody snot on a tissue or if the problem doesn't go away. Otherwise, I would exercise caution and talk to a doctor.
Thanks for the welcome back JDoe. Good to hear from you too.
Melanie: Hope things are going OK for you. You are right that I did freak out a bit about the Kratom thing. I was just anxious that it might cause problems. However, if it helps get you through this and ultimately aids your recovery then I'm just glad that you have found something that helps. Keep us posted!
I'm going through a rough emotional time right now and although I don't want to try something completely new to me like Kratom, I would happily knaw off my own fingers in exchange for something non-opioid to calm me down. If someone offered me Kratom right now, in person, I doubt I would say no. Although, as I'm 8 months down the road I would be a little wary of taking a drug that attaches itself to the mu-opioid receptors and can in itself cause opiate-like withdrawals and dependence.
However, when things get as bad as they do, it does feel like anything is worth a try. Maybe it's most important to just keep in mind 'everything in moderation'?
I hear people saying, like Bellevedere, that I've done so well to get this far without taking anything. Well, come on guys, you know this isn't true. I've said many times that I've been prescribed diazepam, on and off, by my doctor. I also have been prescribed zopiclone to aid sleep and seroquel for daytime anxiety and also to promote sleep.
I guess, despite diazepam and zopiclone having an abuse potential, I am happier to stick with stuff that is non-opioid. But, if I didn't have a doctor prescribing me something to help, what would I do then? I might very well consider the Kratom route myself.
I just wanted to say the above to 'balance the books' so to speak. The last thing I want is for anyone to think I'm some kind of hero that has done this the 'hard way' and is anti-anything that might help ease the suffering of others. The only time that I did do it without any medicinal assistance was during most of the taper and the first 3 weeks of withdrawals. Bare in mind I also ended up on a psychiatric ward after those 3 weeks, which is when the docs started prescribing me zopiclone, seroquel and the occasional short-term diazepam.
Best wishes to you all and God bless,
Phil.
hey guys glad to see everyone is hanging in there its been about 9 days and I thought i was getting better and now I feel like I have a full blow cold I'm miserable all over again and to JDOE I know what you mean by feeling normal I can't wait for the day I can be happy to get out of bed or just have the energy to do day to day things the only good thing I've managed to go to work and keep my job they know somethings up but I've been there awhile so will see but as for everyone posting it really helps me I look forward to coming home and seeing who has what to say thank you all of you together we can do this
scared girl: Is great to see how you are managing to cope and hold down a job despite the difficulties. The fact you noticed you were getting better does mean that you are. The mood fluctuation is par for the course and the withdrawals fade in intensity but do tend to come in waves. So, one day you can really notice the progress and then you might have another day where it feels like things are just as bad.
Things aren't really just as bad. The progress that has been made in order to have a good'ish day is a milestone and things don't go backwards. It's normal for peoples' moods to vary and when we are not in such a good state of mind we then tend to notice the withdrawals or PAWS moreso than at other times.
I've gone through some really bad PAWS and then got into a good conversation with someone and found I feel better both physically and mentally. Part of recovery does seem to be learning to live life in all it's fullness. Sometimes this means happiness but at other times it can mean having negative moods, sadness and loneliness. It's harder to cope with these normal fluctuations when you are in withdrawals. However, it does get easier, or rather we become more tolerant of being a 'normal' human being.
Didn't we crave to control our emotions and moods when we were abusing drugs? This is a hard behavioural issue to leave behind. My hardest struggles after nearly 8 months are still related to just this, getting used to 'normality'.
scared girl, it's apparent in reading your posts that although you are suffering you have definitely started to improve. It's a long journey ahead of you (although in the context of a life-time it isn't quite so bad) and yes, you can most certainly do it.
jDoe: by the way, I did slip up notably 2 times over the last 8 months (well 7 and a bit). On one occasion I was given 28 30mg codeine tablets, following an admission for abdominal pain. I was in a lot of pain but I deliberately took 8 of them every 4 hours instead of the prescribed 2. I felt pretty wretched about it afterwards and didn't get a great deal from it either. It didn't cause me to relapse fully. I went back to being opiate free as soon as they ran out. I didn't have any withdrawals from them as it was over such a short time period.
The other time I took a hit of a stronger opiate drug. It felt OK for a while. Then I was puking up and heavily nauseous for most of the next day. I had the shakes, felt pretty damn rough and spent most of the day in bed, recovering. This didn't cause me to relapse any further either. It reminded me how gross it would be to be doing that as a habit again. I was also upset with myself at putting myself through such an experience whereas I would have had a much happier time if I'd just gone without.
So there you go. Recovery is a messy process. But, instead of 'beating myself up' about these mistakes I just got back on track and carried on fighting the good fight. I remember telling a friend of mine about the latter 'little relapse' and he just said to me, "Oh well, it happens." And then we got to talking about more cheerful things and discussed what other positives I might do next in my life.
I'm certainly not saying that it is safe to momentarily relapse. Indeed, with dirty drugs it is quite possible to overdose and kill yourself. Many people have died this way. I'm not condoning my slip-ups either. I'm just telling you guys the truth about my experience because that is what you deserve to hear. I would feel a hypocrite and that I was letting you down if I let you think I was someone I wasn't.
I also don't want other people to hate themselves when they make mistakes, whether these mistakes are drug related or not. We do make errors in life. Some kind of remorse is good but to dwell on it and fall into the clutches of false guilt is most certainly not good. It does not help at all. In my past it is often what has led me to give up and go back to habitual using. After some remorse, you have to pick yourself up and carry on. Remind yourself how well you've done and get back into a positive mindset.
Anyway, before I ramble on and on once again, I shall end there and bid you all a good night.
God bless,
Phil.
@ Phil - I appreciate your honesty. I just ate another and my last Vicodin. You're right. It's nice for a release, but I don't want to go down that road..
My fiancee is throwing them away / hiding them, but not telling me which. I'm not asking either.
I do feel a bit weak for eating another pill, but I had some psychological reasons for going through with that.. Sounds like true addict speak.
My fiancee also feels guilty for not beating my ass and taking everything... which she has now subsequently done..
I guess I've got no clue how people can 'keep some around' and do it sometime to help ease WD.
Perhaps they are stronger than I.
hey guys its another day just got home from work its so tough to get the energy to get there but once I'm there I'm able to perform maybe not the best but the best i can do
to phil abc thank you so much for your words of encouragement some days I feel like I can't make it and some days I think I can I'm blessed to have someone in my life to help me and support me without him I'd be lost the last couple of days he's been taking me out on walks and doing stuff with me just to get me out of bed and showing me how good life can be I hope everyone is lucky to have someone to help them though these tough times I can't wait til the day I'm excited to get out of bed and do something fun to everyone who struggling hang in there there is life aqfter this crap "thats what I keep telling myself" I look forward to hear hoe everyone is doing
jdoe your girl just wants the best for you let her help you she seems like a good girl
Hey guys. I was glad to see Phil was still around also. Phil - your honesty not only forms a bond of trust in your advice but also allows us to not be weary of bearing out all also. You should be commended for what you've done on here.
The subs are now making me high. Not high like lortabs...not euphoric...but high like I feel like I am in a movie and drowsy and can't keep my eyes open any longer. I realized today that the entire reason I took tabs for so long was to escape uncomfortable emotions when they arose. Just getting out of an awful, self-esteem killing, controlling relationship and now frantically looking for an apartment has definitely brought some uncomfy emotions to the surface. I took subs 3 times today. 1mg in the am, 1mg in the afternoon, and 2mg just a bit ago. The bitch of it is when I take them I am just starting to feel normal from the drowsiness and high they caused be from the preceeding dose. I gave the rest to my best friend, that came off of lortabs with me but started today. She is so lucky that I have found you guys also. Living proof that we have no idea how far our little self-help blog reaches out.
She got the exact same feeling from 4mg of sub after she was in serious lortab withdrawal today. Is this normal? I have heard the wd horor stories, but noone has realy talked about what it felt like to be on them.
I have no choice to taper fast now. You're right jdoe...a quick, steady taper will save mme from a demon I am sure I don't want to fight. I have to find a way to deal with stress that's healthier. Right now I am so glad I don't have the rest of the subs, or I would probably take an entire 8mg and a few xanax and not really care if I woke up. Horrible to say, I know, but can anyone relate?
I called in to my first day back at school tomorrow after holiday break. I'm just not up to the dog and pony show I have to pu on teaching seniors at such a prestigious school that I am at. Plus the ex-fiancee teaches there also, and would like just one more day to not have to deal wtih him.
Jdoe...thanks for writing so much to me. Know that it is sincerely appreciated. Your vicoden setbacks are just that. The didn't push you back further down the hill, they just made it not seem so steep for now. Pick up where you left off. For you..no one else. You deserve it.
We all do. Best to you all.
Jamie
Jamie: Yes, taking subs can get you high. They are abused as a street drug because you can get high and completely mashed on them. I read online about a blind study where already tolerant heroin addicts were given various opiates including subs IV and then asked what drug they thought they had been administered. The majority reported that they believed the intravenous buprenorphine injection was in fact heroin.
And yes, I can totally relate to the feeling of taking stuff and not caring whether you wake up or not. That is completely normal in opiate addiction and recovery.
Regards,
Phil.
I see alot of new faces around here expressing their concern regarding the withdrawals associate with discontinuing suboxone. I have withdrawn off of both oxys and suboxone more than a handful of times; therefore, I am very familar with the pros and cons of coming off of both. Below is a post I posted a couple of months ago regarding the same:
thought I would bring this here, as I posted it on a few other sites, and it has been helpful to others in deciding whether or not to begin suboxone treatment.
After doing the suboxone and oxy merry-go-round for the last 2.5 years and withdrawing a few times off of both, below are the positives and negatives associated with suboxone based upon my experiences:
Positives
- Allows you to stabilize your life
- Deters drug-seeking behavior
- Gives you a glimpse of how sober life will be, which is a great motivator to get clean. Basically, it gets your “mind right”
- Cheaper. ( I know subs are expensive without insurance, but if subs are more expensive than your habit, you should not need subs to come off.)
- Does not give you the high other opiates do, which results in much less depression during withdrawal time when compared to h or oxys.
- Withdrawals do not result in the same the level of acute sickness, when compared to other opiates
- Gives you the possibility of still being able to work during withdrawals
Negatives
- Could result in just another addiction
- Gives you a false sense of security, ie “Hey, I am off dope.” No, you still have a long road ahead.
- Could very well INCREASE your tolerance for opiates. (It has happened to me and a few of my friends)
- Extended withdrawal time. Depending on how long you took subs and your taper, it could very well be 3-6 months before you are back to what you would call normal.
- Withdrawals include some of the absolute worst anxiety one could imagine. To describe it will not do the feeling any justice, rather you have to experience it.
- You could be like me and have the unfortunate affliction of still being able to feel an 80 after 6 hours of taking a sub.
I hope the above helps someone in making their decision. The above is based upon my experiences, but I will say the vast majority of my friends have confirmed most of the above.
Finally and in my humble opinion, if you are doing anything less than 2 oxy 80s per day for a year or less, I STRONGLY recommend you attempt other options, specifically coming off cold turkey, instead of the sub. I have seen people begin subs as the result of a 10-Lortab, per-day habit, which I believe is just a mind-numbing mistake.
Finally and I don't care what anyone says, as this is just my opinion. Anything, and I MEAN ANYTHING is better than being addicted to opiates. With that being said, if I (you) need the assistance another drug to get off, and it's your only hope, then I (you) will/should do it. I know when I come off these subs in the next 3-4 months, I am going to be fully stocked up on valiums, xanax, or somas and a bunch of adderral. The benzos will curtail the anxiet, and the adds will keep my mind right for the first month. Shaking a months worth of benzos and adderral isn't SHIT compared to shaking opiates.
Hardhead, I can relate my man. I will admit a few times at my lowest points, taking the easy way out has crossed my mind. I promised myself that if I ever begin to feel that way again, I would rather take and be addicted to suboxone the rest of my life than put myself in the position of having that type of mindset for an extended period of time.
Happy new year everyone sorry I haven't posted in a while I just caught up and decided to take a break from the net while on christmas and new years vacation. Scared girl I'm glad my post helped you I also get intense emotions from time to time where I cry over the littlest things I think this is from not feeling anything for so long and than getting clean and actually having emotions again. Hard head first I would have to agree with the other posters on this site in retrospect I wish I had not stayed on the subs for as long as I did 14 days should be more than enough, I can also relate to going to work and trying to stay normal and get my job done fortunately for me I have my own office and would close myself off from the rest of the people at work for a while and I know you don't have that option you have to constantly deal with people and that sucks. Over new years I didn't think about the opiates once normally I would over indulge because it was new years and time to really part but this year was different although I did drink too much LOL but sometimes you have to sut loose a little bit. I think the hardest part for me now is relearning to live life when I was getting high I had a purpose to find more drugs and it consumed me now without that daily routine I am trying to figure out what to do with myself I can only watch so many movies and play so much wii with my son I think I need to go out with my wife and have some one on one time because we haven't done that in a while. It's hard to even go to the park and play soccer or basketball because it's so god dam cold outside. On a side note I hate the cold LOL. Glad to see everyone is trying so hard to stop this shit and get back to living life again as opposed to just existing. It's a much better path god bless all.
Hello Everyone,
I've been addicted to opiates on and off for about 12 yrs. My doctor prescribed me suboxone almost 3 yrs ago and has been nothing but a crutch ever since. I have relapsed numerous times and yes the suboxone has helped in the withdrawal process from the opiates but my addictive personality has always taken it to the next level and I decided to stay on them rather than use them for detoxing. When I first started the suboxone I felt GREAT! I could live a normal life without the opiate cravings. As time went on I started to get headaches, my sex drive was'nt the same and my memory is terrible. I tried to stop taking subs one time before and went 9 days without them but did'nt stick to it. So I went back to them ofcourse. At the time I was taking 1/day (8mg) and tapered down to a 1/4 of 1 in about a week. I am ready to STOP NOW! I have been scraping tiny little pieces off and taking that once and sometimes twice a day and I feel like it should be an easier detox. I HOPE!!! Although I've been taking them for so long now. Any of you have any suggestions or similar detox techniques and was it a bad detox? Any words of wisdom? Thank you all for listening. GOD BLESS>
I prefer this name rather than LOCO EN LACABESA. Too long!
I felt like shit a few minutes ago from the WD Monster so I had to go run and take a bath. Hot baths will really calm you down I've found.
HardHead.. I was on subs for a LONG time. I never experienced drowsiness or anything negative while taking them. Had I the option I'd have probably just kept taking them to live. There were interesting side effects though.. Like my never-ending libido while on them.. And the difficulty to actually orgasm. I've found through the WD I'm not lasting very long although I haven't found the energy for sex.
Today is day 10 from WD. Perhaps because of the Vicodin I took last night I was able to sleep the 9 hours I did.. And boy did I need that. Well I took a Xanax too. Xanax helps so much with the anxiety.
I'm so tired of WD. I wish it would just stop and yes .. I've thought about suicide.
I did see how much of an addict I truly am because of the Vicodin relapse. I don't think it hurt my Sub WD process much, but it has made me realize how weak I truly am.
I don't want to fail. I don't want to be 'high' at my wedding. I don't want the fear of carrying a controlled substance with me EVERYWHERE I go. I'm just fucking tired of it.
I love you all. Thanks for the support.
hey guys another miserable day
jdoe I so understand everything you say the bathroom thing lol its crazy and I to been taking some Xanax to help with the restlessness I have it sucks so bad I'm on day 11 and I keep hoping the next day I'll wake up and I'll feel normal and want to get out of bed hang in there jdoe your half way done count on your girl for support it helps when someone is in your corner helping you love you all
hey guys just got home from work I feel like I'm on edge and I'm taking it out on the one I love. Today I hung in there and made it though work, but I wanted to yell at everyone who pissed me off. I just want to feel normal, I keep having break downs and I don't know why, I just cry and I lose it. Please someone tell me when I'll have the will to live again. I'm trying so hard to hang in there. As for now I now have the next to days off and I hope I can feel somewhat better by then. Friday will be 13 days sub free. But I have that thought in the back of my head saying one blue wont hurt and for one day I'll feel normal. I FUCKING HATE THIS
Scared girl hang in there it gets better from where your at this is day 37 for me and I'm still having lingering w/d's they don't last very long but sometimes it's the lack of energy and trying to live a normal life again that is the hard part I have to get a hobby LOL before scoring more was my hobby it consumed me day and night I have to meet this guy and trade this for that than meet another guy it was a vicious circle that I want no parts of anymore. Stick with it nothing is better than being off that shit and actually getting your life back. I know it's a long road and I still have a long way to go as do we all but it's better than the alternative. I posted earlier that over christmas I was thinking about taking a couple vics cause I knew I would have a lot of energy and be more social but I didn't and the next day I was happy to have not taken anything I'm NOT doing this again. Stick with it we all can do this.
Day 11..
I'm tired. I took a Xanax to sleep last night, but tonight I'm going to try sleeping with nothing. I've still got some time before work. I'm kinda scared of it honestly, but it has gotten easier.
Apparently exercise helps.. Although I wouldn't know because I don't and never have.
But forcing yourself to exercise releases dopamine.. Which my brain probably hasn't produced for a long time.
It's hard to think that I can never get high on opiates again, but after I took the vicodin I think that's how it has to be. I can't see myself ever taking something and then just being fine with it the next day like I used to.
I am emotional sometimes for little to no reason. But I CAN'T GO BACK!
So many of us have come so far. Think of your Day 5 compared to where you are now. I believe it will only get easier as time passes.
I'm still hangin in there. I hope you all do to.
thanks RBM your comments really help. Some days I just feel like I can't do it anymore. Today my boyfriend took me on a mile nature walk. The only time I feel half way normal is when I'm out. But getting the energy to get out is the hardest. I can't stop crying I hear a song I cry I get frustated I cry. I have not felt this emotional in a long time. My boyfriend says he can't wait to have me back to normal. "I CAN"T WAIT TO BE NORMAL" this wed site has been a huge help.I can't wait to see whats going on, and for the people who have a long time in you give me sooooo much hope.
Scared girl, My name is kenny, I've been where you are too many times. I've been clean for a year from oppiates, after a ten year run. You seem to be quite strong to come as far as you have congrats. The toughest part for most is the physical pain. But please remember the depression side can be as equally as tough. Being as emotional as you write is normal. Hold on and find as many positive things as you can to hold on to.I'm a internet marketer and fell upon this page doing research for something else and after taking the time to read it this page and posts reminds me of what I went through. Sad too see so many people in pain. I hope you all beat your demons because it is brighter on the other side. Your mind will stop the thoughts of depression. Unfortunately it does take time and it can be such a pain in the ass to remind yourself that it's the WD making you depressed and emotional. It's always easier for guys when it comes to the mental side of WD Hang in there. I wish you all the best. Good luck. P.s. I always found the hot tub the best relief for pain as long as some one is with you
to kennykings thank you so much for your words it gave me hope. I wanted to ask you how long it took you to get the energy to want to live again, or how long did it take for just getting out of bed and into the shower not being a task. and how long til you actually felt good.
just a check
ok, this works. MY story is excactly like everyone elses. yrs of drugs, weeks of convulsing on floor. So thats all ill say. But what i do try to find when i skimm through this page are remedies that could help myself and others that are in different stages. I found one way up there and the dude said shave off all your leg hair because its the most sensitve and could relive RLS. I found one that said Vitamin C from absorbic acid relieves symptoms. Furthur down a dude bout a machine that shakes his legs for him to calm RLS, and the most important trick is of course exercize. I realize some people build relationships on the page and some dont. some people want to talk about feelings and how they got there. others want ideas, new tricks, things they havent heard of yet to give em a boost of convidence for the next day to try the new thing
We all come from the same place-DRUG ABUSE and theres only one way out -DETOX and be proud of it. im on day21 and still need help. If i could inspire a couple of posts to be geared toward Home reodies, OTC remedies, or standin upside down for 5 minuts 2-day, i dont care. That would help a group of us who read to be inspired but not interested in telling the same ol life story. No offence to the friendlies just looking out for the newcommers.thanks to all for lettin me read this page -took bout week. Hope to hear some withdrawal or memtal remedies soon, Jean Out
hey guys its me again, ok today was my day off and I had so much to do and I ended up having a break down. So the addict I am I took a blue and WOW I felt good I knew I would. I did 5 loads of wash and cleaned my whole house top to bottom and I'm so happy its done it really needed it, but I feel so guilty. I don't intend to do it tomorrow or the next day, but for the first time in 11 days I felt normal I was able to do everything I needed to do. I plan on starting fresh tomorrow and continue to feel like crap. I know eventually I'll feel good again but when, I hear people talk about exercise and there so right before today I've been going on long walks and I always felt good while I was out, so I'm going to continue to do that. The hardest part for me has been my emotional status the ups and downs, not being able to get out of bed forcing myself to get into the shower "and the shower is the one thing that does help"I'm sorry if I seem like a baby and complaining but I feel like this is the only place I can do that and not be judge and others can identified. I'm just in such a hurry to feel better and I know the realality is I didn't make this mess in one day there for its going to be a long journey for and I'm ready to do what it takes. I'm so sick of this shit, I just want it over and get on with my life. I know worse case I won't start to feel better til around 30 days but that means I only have 19 more days, it doesn't sound long but man it really is when its such a struggle just to do anything. Thanks for listening to me complain I just had to get honest about what I did. Hope you all are feeling better...JDOE how are you doing
Hey Scared Girl..
I'm doing alright. I took half a Xanax to go to sleep last night. The day after I'd taken a vicodin sucked. I'd be careful going back to anything right now as it could break you.
I'm feeling weak. And today is Day 12 of sobriety. I don't want to do anything, but maybe I'll force myself to exercise somewhat.. Maybe some situps or something.
I've been lucky to not have to report to work for awhile. That's almost done.
Because of the experience with taking the Vicodin even a small dose I know now that this is truly a war.
My dealer actually called me yesterday. Telling him I quit was actually kinda hard.
Most of the symptoms for me have somewhat broken. I'm still sneezing my ass off, have weakness, anxiety (chest pain), but that's probably about it. Oh.. well.. and the insomnia is still there from what I can tell.
I'm going to try to take half a Xanax and then either jump over the weekend back to nothing or then start quartering it. Bleh.. This truly is a journey.
First, thanks for posting these comments with all of your information and experiences, I appreciate it and this is mainly why I am posting this myself. MY STORY, is like many others, fortunately, I found this site before it was too late. It seems I am one of the lucky ones. After realizing I had a physical problem with my favorite little friends, the Opioids, I refused to ever touch them again. I didnt even know I was addicted, after all Ive been through, I thought I was much better and stronger than that. The first time I came to terms with chemical dependance, I had just broken up with a girl, and for the first time, decided to handle it without the use of pills. A walk in the park ;P Until my first symptoms arose.... By the end of the night I had called her just to have someone to talk to about the terrifying experience I had been going through, which makes me look like a total fuck really, because here I am, Mr. Hotshot Everything, staring down the barrel of the smoking gun of addiction AND ONLY NOW, FINALLY REALIZING IT FOR THE FIRST TIME. Anyway, as youve all probably felt before, I had all the emotions and physical withdrawl one could have, EXCEPT, that I thought maybe a housewarming gift from a 'friend' could help me out some with these symptoms. Here I am, a student of philosophy, yet clueless of medicines, thinking maybe if I take this bit of X I might find myself a loophole to the situation. Now, little did I know that this was not simply a matter of MDMA, but a slew of nonsense that was a terrible, terrible, idea to even consider. It was laced, for sure, with a strong hallucinogenic among other nasty molecules of the illegal and under the sink type. Catch me? So, in one day I had lost a lover, crawled back to a lover, hit face to face with a hardcore dependency that I was totally unaware of, and fell down the rabit hole of a very long lasting hallucinogenic. Tripping BALLS and withdraweling from, as my drug dealer had once told me, was 'the highest paying' hunger he had ever seen, meaning, I had the highest tolerance of anyone he had ever seen, which was obviously a lot, he practically had 1-2 area codes under his thumb. Idk why I was such an idiot about this, but it was my first run-in with it in a series of many, but I sweated out the next 24 hours of panic, pain, emotional injury, cold/ hot flushes, and worst unanticipated trip of my life in a very lonely void. During this time, when I could tolerate moving or could will myself to, I began researching my symptoms and situation and found sites like these, reading through testimonials. I decided never to touch opioids ever again. Well... for about a month anyway. I felt alright, I felt like myself again and decided I wanted to party again... God, Im such an idiot for that.
But anyway, heres my deal, along the way i found I was headed toward the same hole I had just climbed out of but had heard of suboxone as a way out. Weary of any miracle science claims, I decided to do my research and found just how long it builds up in ones system, the rapid detox it can cause, and the withdrawls you are all talking about. I was frightened at first, but felt that it was probably a better method than the whole, laced ecstacy ordeal and decided to try it. Now, when I quit the more glamorous euphoric opioids I went from nearly 150-200 mgs a day, to 0, and then to 2 mgs of suboxone. I took the last of my drug of choice christmas eve, hardly felt it at all mind you, and woke up in a cold sweat christmas day. I allowed my WDs to precipitate and accumulate before taking half of a BOX under the toungue. In an hr or so, of course, I felt fine. I did this haphazardly for the next couple days, knowing that I could get just as addicted to this than anything else, but took the risk because I wanted to know a few days of life without a glorious high, and just live as a normal, pre addiction human would. Best time Id had in a while. Past the main detox from pills, I began taking less and less BOX every other day for the next week and a half, a quick taper, but one nontheless right? Well, it seems to have worked. Mid Monday I took my last, maybe 1 mg scrap of box, and prepared for the long run of whatever was to happen next. 1 day in I had much more mild withdrawls than ever before, and I feel as if theyve already peaked on day 2. For me, I still am definitely not ready to go for a day out on the beach or hang out with friends, but this is much more manageable than you know, cold turkey from harder substances. It has helped me to first, manage cravings, subdue the worst of WDs, prepare for the worst, and start a new way of living. I went through some pretty awful discomfort, honestly, but Im finding on day 2 it is subsiding quite dramatically. I got sleep last night, much of it interupted, but solid sleep when I did get some. The pain was much less than I had expected so far, the mental and emotional exhaustion is also much less than before. I am sweating, a lot, really, but its a much more mild withdrawl than panic, pain, utter misery. Ive read suboxone WD peaks after 2-4 days, but I was only on it for a weak and a half and just past day 2 it is less severe than yesterday and last night. To describe oxy or vic or hard opiod withdrawl Ive described it as the exact opposite of an opioid high, where I sense feelings of well being, euphoria, physical pleasure, warmth. Opioid withdrawl is disdain, misery, loneliness, insecurity. WELL, suboxone is a level of normalty, sometimes with mild pleasant feelings, its withdrawls for me could be considered the opposite of that, being slightly off from normal, some isolation, some despair, but brief. I feel, unwell, for sure, but it is again, manageable for me. Im not thrown to the ground in pain right now. Others have noted, hot showers are amazing. I feel that, for sweating and general discomfort, working out helps. It gives you a reason to sweat, and a reason to shower. Dont work out ridiculously, I find that it leads to cravings for opioids. But exercise in moderation has led me to a more natural high to help me cope with the detox. Anyway, thats a partial summery of my story. Hope it helps someone. Im gonna go take my own advice and get some exercise and a shower and try to think pro recovery thoughts and see this thing through. Ill try to post again in a week and update you. Good luck everyone, and God bless, you are all pioneers into and from the shadowy underworld of the pharmeceutical universe, yet are not alone in the journey, and not the first to explore it. Dont even think about going and taking another pill. That is your damaged brain whining and tantruming to you, telling you that it is a way out, but it is not. It is a trapt door to keep you in. In the void of addiction and WD. Stay clean everyone, and Im gonna try and do the same.
Scared girl careful about taking any opiates of course there going to make you feel good and want to do things like laundry and hang out but we all know the consiquenses I don't want to see you fall down that rabbit hole again Sir James glad to hear you've decided to get clean and glad to hear you where only on the subs for a week and a half for most people that is plenty you shouldn't experience any w/d from subs but you will experience PAWS that is what you are starting to feel with the fatigue and so forth your body is so used to taking opiates and without it your brain is telling you you are missing something that it is used to getting hang in their we are all making this journey together.
hey guys whats up so its another day I did mess up 3 days ago and I've been good since RBM you are so right I know how easy it is to fall down again i've been doing it for years. thank you for your concern, I'm still feeling a little shitie but I know I'm half way though this crap its 2 weeks sub free. I just want my will to live again. My stomach can't hold much I've never had to run home and use the bathroom as much as I've been these two weeks"when will that end" my boyfriend took me on another walk today. Exercise does help its hard to get up and do it but when you do you'll feel better so JDOE get your ass up and do something you'll feel better. I've found laying around the house makes me feel worse, when do u have to go back to work. Hows your girl doing is she still showing tuff love. Hope everyone is ok and once again I love this web site thank you all for listening.
Sir James: It's been said many times that short term box/bupe treatment (7 to 14 days) does seem extremely successful. The horror stories kick in after long term bupe usage.
I agree with RBM, it's probably standard post opiate addiction PAWS you are experiencing now. This journey can vary in duration enormously from person to person. But, it is doable.
Can't write any more, I am in a lot of discomfort after keyhole surgery under general anaesthetic. Darn sight more painful than I was prepared for. Been at home, bed bound for two days now.
I've read all the latest posts. I agree with everything. Buprenorphine withdrawal anxiety really is the nastiest I've ever experienced in any drug withdrawal of any kind (including from ridiculously high benzo tolerance).
Sir James: Sorry about finding it funny about your bad trip from some dirty MDMA. I did take crystal MDMA and a few pills a handful of times a few weeks after I jumped. I had one good experience and two horrid ones that were filled with nothing but more anxiety (probably feeding on my original anxiety). MDMA tends to a sensitiser and increase negative symptoms aswell as potentiating pleasant ones. But, even pure MDMA is a very unreliable drug. Just read Alex Shulgin's experience... (and he was using pharmaceutical grade MDMA).
I know the feeling though. At some stage, on a long drawn out withdrawal, you'll take anything if you believe it will help but not hinder the recovery in the long term.
I got to stop posting. My post-operative pain is making it hard to type.
Great to hear from all newcomers and regulars alike. Melanie, look forward to hearing how you doing.
I'm going back to bed to rest up. Keyhole surgery might be a massive improvement on conventional methods but it still leaves you very sore.
Doesn't help when you have flatmates that don't give a shit about you.
God bless,
Phil.
Day 13..
Went back to work today.. It was ok.. I didn't have much anxiety going on and such.. I'm probably doing ok.. I just sometimes don't feel like doing anything..
@ Scared Girl - My girl is still doing great things for me.. She cooks and does like ... all the house work.. All I have to do is live. Without her .. I'd be back on opiates in a minute.. Especially when my dealer called the other day. It's because of her that I was able to quit and say 'no' to the dealer finally.
13 Days clean for me is remarkable. I haven't been clean for 24 hours in years. I did have the vic slip up, but I'm not counting that in my grand scheme of things..
We have setbacks.. Unless I fall down the rabbit hole again, I consider myself clean.
I can't wait until I get my energy back.
Love to you all,
JDoe
JDOE that's great I to have someone wonderful in my life who has been my biggest cheerleader, we are lucky to have someone by our side. I to have 14 days sub free with one little slip with roxy but I to am not counting that. I find it really hard to get in the shower and go to work but once you get there its a lot easyer. I mention exercise to you just try it just go for little walks its really helped me. I'm so proud of you keep it up. Together we can all do this. As you said I just can't wait to want to live again and be happy and stop having emotional break downs "although they are getting better" keep your head up maybe change your number I did so now I don't have to worry about calls like that. props on just saying NO. LOL
Thanks for the response peoples. Ya, that was a shitty trip Phil, thats why I posted it, for learning/ humor purposes haha.
What is PAW?
Okay, looked it up. Its more like memory loss and stupid shit like that. Probably some hyperanalgesia or whatever where your body has higher pain sensitivity due to the opioid addiction. Can be permanent, progressive, degressive, or random. Its also sleeplessness, disrupted sleep, and NIGHTMARES. I can say this, if you have PAW- Post Acute Withdrawl symptoms and have nightmares... like... night TERRORS, from my experience in psychology and researching Lucid Dreaming, it may be possible for YOU to undue your nightmares. Ive had my own night terrors for years, reoccuring ones even... Then one night, one night I realized that I was dreaming and decided, in my dream, fuck this, this is enough. I took control of my nightmare, my fears, and I made them right again. If I can, you can. Try picking up a book called Exploring the World of Lucid Dreaming.
Okay, day 4 from my attempt at being clean. Less severe than even yesterday when I made myself get up and exercise pretty hard, Im used to that. I still should have done less, but that made me feel great for a while. Cravings came, and I felt the WD again, but whatever, silly brain. I then decided to try and take it easy, drinking protein drinks, using AIRBORNE because it has tons and tons of wonderful things for the body to help cleanse and detox it. Ive read caffeine should be avoided, but a red bull helps give me a push then from there when Im out moving and shit I dont think of the situation Im in and therefore dont feel or experience it, at least momentarily you know? OH, and I anticipated having a hard time sleeping so I picked up some valiums, avoiding any opioids :] Willpower baby. the V's helped a lot, helped me forget this shit. EVENTUALLY helped me sleep. I ended up taking like 4-5 hahaha. Anyway, its the evening of day 4 and Im still sweaty, had a headache that kinda sucked, but Ive been active all day, doing things that should have been done long before. Come one guys we can do this! I feel slightly shitty, but thats nothing like before! One day at a time. Remember, its all chemical. Your knuckles hurt? Legs hurt? Bones hurt? What, did you smash them between a door? NO, YOU DIDNT. Why do they hurt? Because your brain is tantruming like a baby. OVERCOME IT. Ive been lucky being off work this week, tomorrow I start back, not gonna lie, I might eat a vic so Im not sweating in front of my clients, but after this its back to sobriety again. Sometimes its like breaking up with a lover, you tend to bounce back and forth together before you are completely done. Heres to finally being done with the BS though. Sunshine is right around the corner. Think about it, everyone reading these posts. Wouldnt it be nice to be clean for spring and summer???? New beginnings people. Happy new year.
Hey guys, ok so today was a bad day for me,I don't know why but I feel like SHIT I felt like I was getting better so I guess some days are better than others. I just can't wait to feel a hundred percent I so sick of feeling like this. I want to give in BUT I'M NOT but I know it would make me feel better. I'm just venting I would not give up these 2 weeks of hell for anything. Just in a really bad mood. thanks for listening. Hope everyone is doing well.
Hey scared girl, There is no answer for how long it takes. Like I said guys are different then girls. I had a two week span to get it all done and taken care of before I had to go back to work, and wouldn't you know it. The day after my pain stopped jumped off the wagon. Continued on and off for about six months before I finally did stop and it was another two weeks of pain and about a month worth of emotional nightmares and gradually It went away. Sometimes I can feel the restlessness in my arms but very faint. Mentally its all a game. Finding ways to stay occupied,and trying to do the good thing. But I would say about two months worth of emotional mess gradually tappering off. Also drank alot of 5 hour energy to make it day to day. Being lethargic is all part of the process. Keep your head high your almost there. God Bless.
Yay 2 weeks!!!
I didn't post anything on Day 14.. My 2 week sober anniversary. So I'm posting now.
I still somewhat feel like my emotions are on a hair-trigger, but I've been holding together.
I have no energy, but went out today to like 3 different places then came home for a nap.. lol.
Sir James, I took a Vic and it was a weak 5mg hydrocodone one.. Not one of the good ones, but I did it two days in a row.. So 2 pills. The next day I felt like crap.. WD came back to rear its head. I jumped in the bathtub and took a hot bath and felt better. I'm simply saying beware. I found myself sliding back just from that, yet I regained my footing. Only you know yourself. I won't pretend to say I can judge anyone.
I actually slept last night on my own. I woke up at 8 am though this morning I think. I couldn't sleep anymore. My body wouldn't let me.
I am happy though that I atleast fell asleep without the help of Xanax. Although that shit saved my ass. I'm going to try to fall asleep tonight without anything and see what happens.
I was really scared reading posts that I would feel like shit for a month. Or insomnia would last a month. I'm actually doing ok except the NO FUCKING ENERGY issue.
To anyone and everyone that was scared like me out there.. don't be. 2 weeks. And the worst is over. Just make it 2 weeks and you'll feel better. I'm not saying I'm peachy, but I can do things for myself again, and I can do things like run to the store without wanting to put a gun in my mouth.
The light I see at the end of the tunnel is dull. I should probably pursue exercise more, but it's very hard for me.
That said, even though that light is dull it's there. I'm looking forward to the month marker.
I will fight this shit one day at a time. I will fight. And God dammit, I'm going to win. (pep talk was for me really) :)
I'm probably going to not post here as much, but I'm not going away. And I'll still be reading and making my visits.
I know it sounds corny as hell, but we can all be drug free.*
*Drug free does not mean completely drug free.. No one on this earth can really be totally drug free save for maybe chinese monks. Be drug free at your own risk.
New here, but going through it with you guys. I think my brain is beginning to function again. Kinda wish it wasn't. This is day 6...um, no day 5 I think. I think I'm a little better, but maybe its only temporary. I went about this detox think all wrong. Its funny...for such a bright person I do the most incredibly stupid, ignorant things. I only went down to 2 mg of suboxone before quitting. Last pill Sunday afternoon. Tuesday night/Wednesday morning I woke up and woke up screaming. I was so damned hot and so cold to my bones, feeling like million of little ants with hot little pokers for feet crawling everywhere, everywhere. I thought I was going insane. I went outside practically naked trying to cool off then sat too close to the fire to get warm and was too hot and too cold to accomplish either. I know that makes sense to you guys though it wouldn't to anyone else. I couldn't not go to work, I'd used all my time. Its a new job anyway, if I lose it I'm dead in the water and I know it. So I drug myself in. There's a LOT I don't remember about work. I remember a client coming in and insisting on a conference. I was scared to be alone with her. I was so physically miserable I didn't trust myself around other people. The woman kept rambling on about entirely inappropriate subject matter around her 4-year-old granddaughter. The running tirade in my head would've made a gangsta blush I don't know how she couldn't tell. I'm shaking, sweating, mostly silent because I'm scared if I open my mouth all the stuff in my head is going to pour out and no more job. Maybe even a lawsuit. I remember having those thoughts. I know I was relieved she left. I know I went back to my office. I know I quazi-worked but I only remember the sensation of wanting to crawl out of my skin and desperately trying to maintain a facade. I know I'm going to have to backtrack and redo a lot of work. I don't understand how no one KNOWS. I told them I thought I was getting a bug, maybe a touch of the flu, didn't feel quite right. Thursday night I slept about 2 hours, same Friday. Right now, I still feel pretty crazy and seriously miserable. I would do just about anything to get a little edge off. The creepy crawlies are better but still am sweating and hot and cold at the same time but maybe not as bad. Now its diarrhea, headache, nerves,dry-heaving, shaking, weak-feeling...and hey...what's with the sneezing? I gathered up all my old suboxone bottles and was shaking out the dust (hey, its all I have) and then sneezed AGAIN. I'm torn between crying and relief. I have been trying to change out bedding for the last two hours but I'm so weak I can't manage it. How can I not be able to change the sheets for God's sake. I love the showers but getting out of one is the pits. I can't eat. I've managed not to call the prescribing doctor thru all this. I'm pretty pleased with myself about that. I feel like a dying animal. Isolated in my cave, licking my wounds, feeling feral and mean. Wishing I still had some Klonopin or really anything that I knew would make it better. I wouldn't wish this on anyone but still there is comfort in reading your words. In recognizing that this pain isn't mine alone. I have wicked future thoughts. What happens if I ever have to have surgery. What if I actually ever NEED a pain reliever again? What then? The only thing keeping me straight right now is the thought of having to go through this again. Thank you all for being there...thanks for letting me reach out. I know I'm not making too much sense. It's hard to keep the focus. But thanks.
Lasting - You are very strong for being able to go to work. I don't know how long you've been on subs, but that makes a lot of difference. I was on subs / methadone for probably a period of 2 years .. But I used before that too. Right now don't think about not getting high ever again.. It's too much to think about. Or having to try to take pain killers.
I thought I'd write because I slept for 7 hours last night, and if my calculations are correctt today is Day 16 for me. The first week was hell.
Without Xanax I wouldn't sleep more than 2 - 3 hours a night, and I'm still sneezing. Weird huh?
But it gets better. A little at a time. I went out yesterday to several places and was tired as hell when I got back. But I actually did some housework yesterday.
The insomnia is dreadful, but mine really only lasted 2 weeks. I'm still not sleeping right, but 7 hours is enough for me to live atleast.
Hot baths will ease the pains of WD, but that's about all I've found.
Quitting drugs and subs is probably the hardest thing I've put myself through, but I'm still here to talk about it.
It's possible. Granted it's easier with help from someone else, but all the same it's still possible however you do it.
We're all going through this shit together, and I know exactly what you are talking about. I was there.
I was also insanely jealous of the people that had been through it and were stable after a month. I wanted to be like them. Now I feel like I am one of them. Giving advice to people on their own Day 5's..
It's a long hard road out of hell, but you can do it.
I'm with you.
LASTING. I feel bad complaining after reading your post. Today is day 16 for me and I thought I would never get here, I still feel weak and it still a struggle to do day to day stuff. I to had to go to work the first 5 days were the worse and trying to hide was torture, but when asked what was wrong I just said I was getting sick. The normies don't know. All I can say is any kind of night cold medicine will help. Keep hanging on I promise it gets better, the emotional part is the hardest for me. keep your head up.
Wow, I feel really bad that there are so many people having a hard time with this. I had a very positive experience with Suboxone. I was addicted to norcos or whatever else I could occasionally get for 2 years. I went on Suboxone, 24mgs. I tapred down, never had any major issues tapering other then at times I tried to push it faster then it wanted to go. I wanted to get off as quick as possible b/c I was scared by a lot of the things I read online. I'm pretty chicken tho' and wasn't working so I couldn't deal well with much discomfort. I kept a daily record of my dose to make sure I was consistent.
When I got down to 2mgs I took it very very slow. I prolly spent a month and a half at 2mgs before moving slowly down to 1.5mgs. Then 1, .5, a crumb. It's hard to get exact measurements once ur below 2mgs b/c the pills crumble when you cut them. But I didn't have any difficulties. Maybe occasional chills and tight muscles. But I wasn't even sure if it was more a mental thing. So i got down to the crumb fine, I was still scared and stuck on that crumb for a few weeks, when I mentioned it to my Dr. he said that's not doing anything, why are you taking it. I was like, I don't know, 2 days after thinking it over, I let the crumb go.
Hopefully this helps someone, I had a positive experience other than my mental fears, which in my case never came to be b/c I didn't have a hard time tapering down and off. It takes time and patience. If I tried dropping my dose and it made me uncomfortable, I went back up by half a dose or back up to the dose I was at and waited a bit longer before dropping again. I also started going to one on one therapy which really helped my depression and going to meetings b/c it was great to finally talk to other people who understood. Before that I was depressed and isolated and that doesn't help anything.
Good Luck and Taper At a pace your body can tolerate
Alls I know is that I'm into day 2.5 coming off 1mg of bupe and still feeling it. Have been on methadone for 1.5 years, than bupe for 2 months. Used for 12 years. Worst part is I managed to conveniently forget about how f'n painful this was going to be. Now I feel like I'm going through the pain but never actually used -so it's all pain and no pleasure. What a gib! Am sticking with it but coz damn -this has to stop sometime. Wonder if my right leg will ever stop shaking...
My suboxone withdrawls lasted for 36 days> It f-ing sucked. However it did not even compare to how bad methadone withdrawls were. Good luck guys-thinking about ya!!!!
My suboxone withdrawls lasted for 36 days> It f-ing sucked. However it did not even compare to how bad methadone withdrawls were. Good luck guys-thinking about ya!!!!
USED32-Hang in there it does suck and your right it does have to stop somewhere. I'm on day 17 and still feel like shit sometimes, but the reward will be so much better once I'm finally off this crap. As far as your leg I know what you mean I still shake myself to sleep. I'm this far in and I still have the sneeze attacks, my stomach can't really hold food but I am sleeping better. Hot showers is the best thing, my first couple of days I lived in the shower the hotter the better. Its ruff I'm not going to lie, but the end result is what you have to think about. Take care hope everyone is ok.
Hello all. Just been sitting here on the sidelines reading about all the trial and tribulations of reversing sub treatment. I have used hydros for seven years at about 30mg a day to 150mg a day of oxy. One thing I see here is that most people started using pain meds as result of some medical condition...as was the case here. Lost part of leg and hip in corps thus beginning what I thought to be a short term use back in 2003. Boy was I wrong. Turned into a way of life; a life drawn closer and closer to routine pill popping. Never knew where the pain levels were anymore but never stopped to find out, either. Made me feel nice. At this point, I realized I was no different then any recreational user...the same common denominator after the medical purpose for the drugs are tossed out the window. Stopped using oxy about five months ago and to date only had about three occassions where I had a craving. Three months into sub treatment proved to be enough for me. Spent the last month weaning off. You can wean off, try to trick body with other drugs; which may help some, but nothing will eliminate the bodies need to adjust. It's this adjustment that feels like crap. We know this feeling cannot kill us and only make us stronger. The feelings our bodies go threw...makes us adjust constantly;i.e., cold, warm, back ache, stomach, etc. The bottom line is that we adjust and we know the outcome will be alright at the end. It's alot like combat but much safer...we know the end will be fine unlike that of combat where that might not be the case...a much better scenario. Who cares how we feel, just know the end is within safe reach. Don't be ashamed at all...be proud that you have learned what others may never know exists. Sure we wish not that we were those who did not have to endure wdl, but what knowledge at the end. This is first 24 hr period off of sub and little uptight. But not going to prolong the inevitable. Screw it...need to feel and forget fear for once and for all. Sub brought a sense of sobriety and that felt great. That is where I want to go once again. Weaning off is smart but the less you have to take it the better. Does seem to be a little more difficult to shake the longer u r on but not that much. The depression is more apparent in long term use but can surely be combatted by cymbalta or something in that class. When feeling like crap...bathe and walk in the woods right after. Occupy your mind and find someone u trust to talk to. Force yourself to talk and write. It's a mind game as well. Please believe that this is a short stint in the big picture. Everyone who posts is that much stronger in my eyes. Kick ass...slap ur self and learn the lesson that will place above others later in life. Stop dreaming and make it happen...period!!
17 days?!! 36 days!! NO WAY!! Even H withdrawals are mostly done in 3-5 days?? I did not know it was that L-O-N-G. To the people who had those long withdrawals...was like day 10+ not as bad at least?? And good point rust...it is only a few days out of many..."at first I was afraid, I was petrified. Kept thinking I could never live without you by my side. But then I spent so many nights thinking how you did me wrong and I grew strong -and I learned how to get along"...!!
@ Haley - How did you know when it all was better? I figured it'd be so subtle I wouldn't realize I was better.
@ Used32 - I'm also 17 Days clean. The first 5 were the most hellish, and then it got a little better. I made a comment kind of like a journal each day commenting about how I felt. I used for a long time so use that as a basis of comparison.
That said.. Day 17.. Still tired.. Mostly all WD symptoms are gone save some insomnia and a lot of weakness. But I'm making it through and working at the same time. Working is hard.
Used32 - I wanted to be more explicit in answering and realized I wasn't. For me a break came at Day 10 or so? I went for about a week and a half feeling like ass and using Xanax to sleep. Then It wasn't so bad.. I was taking half a Xanax. Then I could sleep 7 hours without anything. Which is where I am now.
I'd really suggest you read my entries.. They date back about 2 weeks. It'll let you know what to expect.
Where is everyone? US? No dr in AUS will give you any benzos for bupe withdrawal. No way. Common theme seems to be Xanax/Vals which I guess as long as you stop and use only sparingly could be okay. Having said that, my prescribing dr is brilliant, but more likely to recommend acupuncture than any pills that "may cause drowsiness". I bloody caved anyway @ 04:30 and had .25mg. -I had every intention of going to work but was shaking so f'n bad that there was no way I could possibly sit on the train to work. So I had to ring in sick, which is what I feel worst about. Does anyone out there have a pharmacist that has a problem breaking subutex tabs in quarters? I currently am on .5mg (incorrectly stated as 1mg in past post), and I know they don't really like breaking the tablets into half. They do it, but say the weight and dosage can't be guaranteed which I guess they're right. But when I ask them to break it into quarters..I wonder what they're gonna say...
JDoe: Thanks man. I was reading quite a few of your posts at like 1am this morning, and even though I don't know you I feel proud for you man xx. Good going.
I'm so close...this is frustrating.
hey guys whats up just got home from work. wow today was ruff I had to work a double but i had a two hour break in between, but it almost made it worse to be able to come home for two hours then go back. I laid down and did not want to get up. I just can't get my energy back, I'm sleeping but I still sneeze a lot and I still shower a lot its the only thing that helps. USED32 I hope you don't have to suffer like some of us did. I was on subs for 2 years so maybe thats why it was worse for me. I know work is tuff but it does get better. I hope you hang in there and do well.
JDOE- sounds like your doing better that's great we have the same amount of days clean and we both kind of did things the same way. I hope work is getting easyer for you. How are you feeling physical and mental. Do you have your energy back yet. I'm really proud of you, you and I are lucky we both have had support from our partners, and it helps so much having someone in your corner supporting you and just being wonderful in every way.I hope you continue to do good. hope everyone else is doing goood
I have to run back to work so can't post as I'd like. But I HAD to say something to you JDoe. I was so miserable Sunday morning and convinced myself, no f'ing way can I do this and started running through alternatives. Signed in and read your post. I felt connected to someone in the universe..and I don't wanna sound psycho or anything, but those three little words, "I'm with you." gave me courage and kept me in the game. I want you to know you make a difference. I don't know how many people read and don't post but I'm sure it's alot more than we think and I'd imagine those 3 words as well as the rest of your post gave many the inspiration and fortitude to last another day. I think I started turning the corner yesterday. I say that because I neither feel like I'm going to die or wish I was would. Still feel like crap, but manageable crap if ya know what I mean. I have to run to work before I am late.
Used32: Hang in there, guy, you're gonna make it. We're pulling for you and thinking of you.
Scared Girl: Thank you for your encouragement and the tips. Hope today is better for you....for everyone!
LASTING- hey how are you feeling, I know its ruff to have to work when your feeling the way you are. I'm on day 18 and was not able to take anytime off, it fu--ing sucked. But it does get better good job today not going to any other alternatives and just going back to work. Its ruff when you know you can take something to take the pain anyway but then you realize its pointless, you'll have to go though sooner or later. But keep your head up.
@ Used32 - I appreciate the compliment. It makes me happy to know people can be proud of us for doing this because we all know how much we struggle in this mess. I appreciate the support.
@ Scared Girl - Physically I get tired a lot. More often in the afternoon like now until I go home I feel like death, but keep pushing forward. The weakness that I talk about is both physically and emotionally draining because I remember how I used to be while I used. But I'm not giving up because I want to beat this thing.
@ Lasting - It makes me really happy that someone was moved by my words. It really just makes me happy to know that I helped encourage someone like I was encouraged here.
We've got to stick together here. I was where you are now just days ago, and I'm already in a better place. So when I said I'm with you, I meant it because I felt like it was absolutely true. I feel so connected to everyone here that it's a bit weird. But when you think about it.. We share things we (some of us) don't even tell our doctors or families.
JDoe: I definitely agree with scared girl. Change your number. It is so easy to think we will carry on having strong days when we can say no but the reality is that this won't be the case. Funnily enough, it can be harder to say no when things are going really well. It's then we often think, "Ah well, I'm so OK now that it really, really wouldn't make any difference to have just one 'small' hit of an opiate".
Also, I completely agree with you about the 'vicodin slip-up' being absolutely nothing in the scheme of things. That's a great attitude and one that has saved me, many times, from going back to a full blown addiction. Making a big deal about things never helps. It isn't a big deal and is so encouraging to read you can also see that. The intelligence and insightfulness of the remarks I read on this forum never cease to inspire me.
Same thing goes for you too scared girl, regarding the little poxy oxy slip up. You are right, in the grand scheme of things it doesn't even register on the scale. You've come on leaps and bounds. You sounded most terrified of all when you first posted and now look at you! You are encouraging others and also doing fantastically well yourself. It's been so rewarding and heart warming reading your posts.
Sir James:
"Sometimes it's like breaking up with a lover, you tend to bounce back and forth together before you are completely done." - what a great quote from you, so true!
"Heres to finally being done with the BS though. Sunshine is right around the corner. Think about it, everyone reading these posts. Wouldnt it be nice to be clean for spring and summer???? New beginnings people. Happy new year." - and again James, yes, wouldn't it be wonderful to be clean for the summer months! Happy New Year to you as well.
Lasting:
You are doing an amazing job, as JDoe said. You must be a very strong person to work while going through such torment mentally and physically. Can you see a different doctor about a script for something non-opioid to help? I don't know what, anything, more klonopin? And, by the way, I totally relate to everything you are saying.
And as for the issue regarding the future and the possible, absolutely necessary, need for pain relief due to illness, surgery, etc. Don't worry about it. I did have to confront this demon. I was absolutely terrified. I had been clean for about 5 months. I developed multiple large gallstones in my gallbladder and 2 months before the operation I was in a great deal of pain every day. This is the sort of pain that renders you incapable of getting out of bed.
My doctor knew my opiate abuse history and she was fantastic. I was prescribed the weakest possible opioid analgesia when required. Believe me, I was in so much pain at this point that I didn't care what I took.The opiates took the edge off the pain but I didn't get high or experience psychological addiction. I was not taking these painkillers every day. My doctor saw me every two weeks to keep an eye on how I was using them. I needed this.
I must stress that the pain relief was minimal and only took the edge off the pain. I still felt the discomfort but was able to function. I think this kept me from ever feeling any addictive sensations. When analgesia is taken for the appropriate reasons and not over-prescribed it really isn't anywhere near as addictive as we imagine. Obviously, we are just terrified because of the experiences we have been through. But remember, we were seriously abusing these substances. We were taking much more than what we needed to kill pain. We were taking them to get high. There is a big difference.
So, don't worry about it! If you ever find yourself in that scenario just be honest with your doctor and make sure you have some accountability. Exercise caution but also remember you do not deserve to be in pain just because of past mistakes. And finally, don't use them to get high!
Taylor:
Great advice. Thank you. How long were you on the subs for? It seems to make a huge difference to recovery time.
It's fascinating to read how your extremely slow taper worked so well for you. I didn't feel I had much choice but to taper faster because the subs were causing me extreme mental health problems. For one thing, the emotional blunting was making me suicidal. I was stuck between a rock and a hard place.
However, although I did taper more quickly than yourself, it was hardly sudden. I've had an extremely rough ride ever since. I don't doubt that coming off subs has also caused some sort of emotional/nervous breakdown which might well be the cause of my long drawn out PAWS. But, I have heard other people have similar problems for a good 12 months after quitting even short acting opiates. I guess it really is a very very personal thing.
I'm surprised your doctor said that the crumb was doing nothing. The standard baseline therapeutic dose for buprenorphine when used as a painkiller is 0.2mg. Yes, that's right, 200 micrograms. Yes, a 2mg tab is 10 times more powerful than the standard pain relief dose.
However, I am absolutely delighted that you have had a 'good' experience in coming off subs. Your story will be a huge encouragement to everyone visiting this site. Thank you!
used32:
Hang in there buddy. I'm sorry things are hurting so much now. Yes, it's a cruel reminder when you've not experienced WDs for a while. However, there are so many positives on the horizon that it is worth it. I know you'll rise to the challenge and eventually get used to the process again.
rust:
Thank you for your encouragement!
used32:
Noone is going to blame you for 'caving in' and taking that 0.25mg piece. You are having a rough ride. Maybe you need to taper more slowly? I've no idea if a pharmacy will break it up into quarters for you. In the UK we can get 0.4mg bupe tablets so they are easy to cut in half for a 0.2mg dose.
I wouldn't jump from anything more than 0.25mg if you can help it. I know what it is like trying to get benzos out of doctors for bupe/opiate withdrawal. Maybe plead your case with a different doctor or try and get some sleeping tablets like zopiclone. Also bear in mind that seroquel can be quite helpful, especially with sleep and it is non-addictive. I take 150mg of seroquel every night to get a decent sleep and wake up feeling almost refreshed. It's been a life saver.
Lasting:
Man, I'm still reading these posts nearly 8 months since jumping. They still provide me with the inspiration to not return to opiate (or other drug) addiction. You are right, I don't think some people realise just how important their contributions to this forum are. They've saved me from myself many a time. Thank you to everyone.
God bless,
Phil.
Wow, I just spent the last half-an-hour reading posts for the past two weeks. I didn't realize that I was a way for so long. I have been on track with my suboxone. I have settled in at 4mg no for about ten days. It has been pretty rough, a couple of days ago I fell to the floor in a coughing and sneezing jag. On top of feeling like crap from the opioid withdrawal, I am dealing with a bronchial infection. I stopped by to see the doc to see if we could come up with some better way to deal with the deep depression. All I got was a blow-off and see you in eight weeks to discuss it.
These emotional lows have been absolute killers. The thoughts of suicide have become a little stronger. From a fleeting tought to how could I pull this off. These thought streams seem to have a mind of their own sometimes and I caught myself thinking, 'what the hell just happened'.
I am steadfast and resolute with my plan however. I do not want to go backwards, it has been such a struggle to get this far. Getting caught up on the posts for the past two weeks has been a great reminder of why I am doing what I am doing. This place is amazing; even though a lot of us are stuck in a struggle the likes I pray we never see again, the concern for fellow addicts here is amazing to me. I won't be such a stranger.
Artfish, I have often thought of filing a class action lawsuit against, as you put it, "those motherfuckers". My journey into opiate addiction started in 1996. When my morphine and oxy habit, from a surgery, transferred over to a heroin habit. I found the only releif from the utter chaos of the drug world was the methadone program. I had no clue as to what I was getting myself into however. I struggled with methadone 'addiction' pretty much as a high functioning addict for about four years. This was followed by multiple opiate use followed a series of events outside my control which I found the only relief to be had was deeper opioid use. Control, what a word - I forgot what the meaning of that is, at least as it pertains to opiates. My switch to suboxone three years ago was pure unadulterated hell, but I hung in there for six weeks as I just couldn't go back to methadone. Methadone was pure evil in my world. I slowly slipped more deeply into the world of clinics surronded by persons that had very little, if any, desire to get clean. My soul was screaming so damn loud at me that it finally coudln't be squelched any longer.
Since that time I have been away from non-perscription opiates (for the most part, I have partaken perhaps a half a dozen times in that period but nothing now for over a year and a half). Now it is the struggle with depression I find so devastating. I have been trying to muster the energy to get back into a business that I ran very successfully before this opiate chapter (chapter, almost half the book). I find it pretty difficult goings. I had the support of a wife when I started it originially but that support is no longer with me. I still see her occasinally but she is still in the lifestyle and I just cant be around that. Enough ramnbling. Thank you to everyone, I really appreaciate this place. I see there are a lot of new faces (at least new since I started posting), welcome. Phil, thanks for the words of incouragement, that goes for Kenny too. Keep plugging along everyone...ScaredGirl, Jean, Melanie, RBM, Used32 and everyone else.
Robert
It's been a while since I've posted, but, as always, I continue to read this post multiple times a day. It has been one of the most incredible sources of strength, hope, and support that I have ever found. It truly is like an online, 24 hour a day NA meeting.
Well here's my scoop...it has been four days since I last took my methadone! I feel surprisingly well...I don't want to get too optimistic yet, but I think I can do this. And I know it's contraversial, but I am being aided with the help of kratom. So far I have never taken anything that takes away WD's the way this stuff does...now don't get me wrong...I know that it can become habit forming if used heavily for a long strech...but anything that can get me through the first 2-3 weeks of methadone detox with minimal discomfort is a life saver indeed. Again, I want to stress the fact that I am well aware of the issue of replacing one thing for another...but I really don't know if I would ever get the courage to go through that hideous WD again. The thought of going through that suffering would bring me to tears....and I'm just so tired of suffering.
I have prayed to my oversoul and higher power to help heal me. I am terrified that the ball is going to drop and the WD is going to rear it's ugly face...but so far, so good. I simply feel like I have the flu, and as we all know, that is a walk in the park compared to WD. I welcome that feeling. I can tolerate sweating, hot and cold flashes, vomiting, diarrhea, sneezing, yawning, and watering eyes. What I cannot tolerate is the agitation, restlessness, and insomnia...and those bad boys are being kept at bay, and so are the stomach issues! As far as depression...the other two times I came off the opiates I was so happy about having gotten off the stuff that it kind of sustained me. I no longer had a gorilla on my back dictating my life, so I felt I could handle anything. However, that happy feeling doesn't last forever, and once it's gone I will have to find ways to remain abstinent.
In the past, coming off opiates led me to using "just a little" of my actual DOC...crack. It usually came from the lingering opiate fatigue and my wanting to feel energized. This is not an option anymore. This drug is probably more detrimental to me than opiates. It would kill me if I ever went back to it. But this time I have a plan, and I feel that I can get the life back that I once had.
Sorry if anything I have posted has offended anyone...I just have to be honest here. It's the only way I can get clean.
Phil, I am glad to hear you are feeling better. I was going to email you again to tell you of the news...but I know you read the forum religiously like a lot of us do.
Sorry to only post and speak of myself this time...it's taking everything in me to do what I am doing right now (mentally more so than physically) Hopefully I will get through this next week and a half and be able to support someone else who needs it.
Thanks for caring and listening,
Melanie (lealaken)
I guess I'm posting here more than I thought I would..
@ Melanie - I wouldn't feel bad about posting the truth.. I haven't. We all slip up, and we're human. It's exactly like Phil said. With the Kratom if it works use it. I used Xanax to sleep for the first 2 weeks. It helped a LOT. Now I use nothing. I'm stone sober right now. I haven't been able to say that for years.
I haven't even posted how deep the rabbit hole goes for me. Or how another user is in my family. I am honest though, and I feel we all need to be here.
Praying for me didn't really work. I'm not really religious, but even an Athiest has weak moments where he asks for something. I prayed for relief, and really got nothing out of the deal. So, I decided not to pray anymore. But the mind is powerful, and prayer / meditation has been a proven helper. I'd recommend it. And I'm not saying religion is bad either. It's just not for me.
Lastly, this post, I want to say showers REALLY help. It's a pain to get in the shower, but you'll be thankful after you do. It is so soothing. When you really feel like shit go take a bath or shower.
Also, still, thanks to everyone here again. Your help and support have helped me more than I ever thought possible. And no, I'm not going anywhere. I just wanted to say it.
Hey guys how is everyone,
PHIL ABC- Wow after reading what you said to me I went back to read all my old posting and I could have never imaged being where I am now, don't get me wrong its 19 days and I still don't have all my energy and I still have some bad days but I feel soooooo much better than I did then. I really didn't think I was going to make it looking back 19 days ago I'm greatful to be feeling better and I can give advice to someone new suffering and try to give words of encourgement. Thank you for what you said to me it means so much to me. This web site has helped me so much it helped save me. Thank you to everyone who post and share's there personal feelings and for being honest, I could have not done without you guys. Friday is 3 weeks sub free for me and I will continue to keep drug free and keep posting my progress. Together we can all get though this.
Hey Scared Girl,
I think we've made it through the worst. Today I actually had energy, and I slept more than 7 hours without the help of Xanax or other drugs. (Nothing opiate)
This has been the first day I've felt like doing something other than coming home and sitting on my ass. There is some hope out there, and I feel like there is a light at the end of the tunnel. It is my wish that everyone sees that.
I've saved my posts in case I ever forget the hell that I went through, and I saved everyone's comments. I'm not saying I'm out of the woods yet, but I felt good today, without the use of opiates.
I can't wait for the month marker to roll around, but right now I'm satisfied that it'll be 3 weeks sober. I'll move a day at a time for now.
Love you all.
I am so Proud of JDoe and everyone on here. I am so glad that this forum is here.
JDoe told me a long time ago before we started dating that he was avoiding hanging out with me, because I liked to get high with him. I think at the time, he knew he needed to stop or slow down or something. I decided back then that I was going to clean up. At the time I didn't really know how bad I had slipped into the habit. I had to live with grandparents to stop using, but part of the reason I was using was because I was in a deep depression. My mom died and my dad was abusive.
Anyway I manage to stop getting messed up every night, mainly so JDoe wouldn't be alone, or feel like he needed to distant himself from me. I was so happy when he finally decided to put his foot down and say "I'm quitting," and meant it. I even took the week off of work to stay home with him. The process was hard. It really sucks to see the one you love in misery, but I'm glad that he could lean on me. I'm glad I had the Xanax to help him sleep and deal with anxiety. I'm glad to see his progress going well. I'm just so proud of him.
For everyone one on here... I am proud of you! I am proud of your progress you are making. And if you start to feel alone, I too am a cheerleader for you! I know you can do it, and it will get easier with time.
Lots of Love,
JDoe's Girl
Jdoe- Wow you sound great. You sound so positive and strong. I'm so glad for us the worse is over I always think about the one month mark and I wonder how I'm going to feel. The other night I was as the local 7-11 by my house and while I was in there the store got held up by two gunmen and the one guy pointed a gun at me and told me to get the fu-k down and shut up. I was so scared, it gave me a new look on life. I feel hopeful that I will get better and continue to be sober and happy.
JDOE GIRL- You have been so good to your man, without you this would of been real hard for him. Without my man I couldn't of done this, his support and help is the reason i was able to do it. Your role in him stopping was and is very important, he's lucky to have you. Good for you also for being able to stop.
Jdoe and scared girl: Wow, you have both done something incredibly strong and brave...you are both warriors and you should be proud. Your stories give hope and inspiration to those of us still fighting. Give yourself the credit you deserve and never forget all that you went through to get where you are. This is a huge struggle that takes guts and incredible resolve. You are both extraordinary. There are few things that cause such drawn out physical suffering the way opiate WD does. And Jdoe: your wife is exceptional and obviously cares for you a great deal. You two will have an even stronger bond for going through this together. This is the way it's supposed to be in a relationship.
I just wanted to update my status. It's now been six days since my last dose of methadone. I am still hanging in there. I am using the kratom only when I can no longer stand the agitation, and it miraculously allows me to get a somewhat decent 2-4 hours of sleep about twice within a 24 hour period. This is really good for the peak days of methadone detox, and I'm feeling really lucky. Don't get me wrong...it's still tough..but definitely tolerable, and I can almost taste victory. I hope it starts to get better within 3-5 days. I will try and post throughout my detox at least every couple days, or more if need be.
Thanks for listening
Melanie (lealaken)
Hey everyone I know I haven't posted in a while but I have been reading I slipped up on tues today is fri I took two vic tens and I wasn't sure how I was going to tell everybody but Phils's words made it easier in one of his posts he said a vicodin slip up is nothing in the grand scheme of things and that made me feel better I'm glad everyone here understands I don't even know why I took them they where just there and I debated it for about 5 to 10 minutes and said who am I kidding I'm gonna take these pills and down the hatch. I'm not going to lie it felt great "for a couple of hours" but that's it it's not worth it I didn't get any residual w/d's my stomach was messed up a little but that's it I'm still 45 days clean off the subs and that feels good thank you all for posting. Also Jdoe and scared girl you guys and girl are doing great I'm glad to hear you both are doing well. Melanie I can't imagine methodone w/d I hear they are the worst because it stays in your system so long like subs do I have a friend that went through that and he had a real hard time I know you can do it. Life is a long road it's not always straight there is a lot of curves, bumps, hills, dips, and potholes we are all on that road and these are all things that are a part of life opiates just made that road less beautiful and I for one don't want to miss the scenery.
I was confused on my days. Scared Girl is actually one day ahead of me because I didn't want to quit on Christmas day. So this SATURDAY is my 3 weeks clean.
@ Scared Girl.. Had it been within the first 5 days I'd have probably said.. "Fuck you man, I'm trying to get sober.. I haven't had drugs in 5 days and you'd be doin me a favor." I seriously felt like that Day 5. But now, it would have been weird because I don't hate life as much. lol. I'm glad you're ok though .. that's quite the experience..
@ Melanie - Hang in there. It's going to be hard, but you can do this.
@ RBM - I know I'll slip sometime.. It's just going to happen. It's good that you didn't let it screw up everything you worked so hard to build. That's a good thing. It's also good to admit it. It's hard to say I took something to a room full of addicts, but it's good because everyone will understand.
After reading what a lot of you are going through, I feel like a wimp. Here I was complaining about going from 12 to 4mg subs and a lot of you are totally free. I have come to the conclusion that I was feeling the affects of a really intense bronchial infection above anything else. I will stay at this level for another week or so then go down to 3mg. You all give me hope, regardless of my wimpyness. It is just good to read about the determination of those of you who are so much further along than I am. Thanks for all of your posts.
rcforpax
After reading what a lot of you are going through, I feel like a wimp. Here I was complaining about going from 12 to 4mg subs and a lot of you are totally free. I have come to the conclusion that I was feeling the affects of a really intense bronchial infection above anything else. I will stay at this level for another week or so then go down to 3mg. You all give me hope, regardless of my wimpyness. It is just good to read about the determination of those of you who are so much further along than I am. Thanks for all of your posts.
rcforpax
Really interesting article. I'm a recovering addict, also, and an alcohol and drug counselor. JP
used32 USED. Was off my goddam face y'day, hardly remember getting home. Back to sqaure one...:-(
Hey Phil and Melanie,
Sorry I was not able to stay on the blog, but I was only home for a short time and had to return to Afghanistan. Where I was at, we had no internet.
I'm happy to say that I carried my Subs with me just in case while traveling, but did not take anything. I'm on Day 45 and doing much better. It was hell while flying for 10 16 hours on a plane, but I feel like a new person. I'm sleeping about 6-7 hours a night now which is great after just 20 minutes.
I still have small WDs, but not bad and can feel myself getting better everyday.
I hope yall are doing well and glad to see your still posting.
Hey all! Tomorrow is two weeks and I am starting to feel almost okay. I haven't had the werewithal to post but have been reading along. This past week was hell but not painful like the week before. I just feel so weak, shaky, and as others have mentioned, NO ENERGY.
JDOE: I have to say, man, I'm proud of you, your courage, determination, and honesty. I also have to say to your girlfriend that I admire her for her understanding, compassion, and commitment. It's a gift to be with someone who not only understands but has the inner strength and selflessness to be such a great support system.
Phil: Thanks for the encouragement and suggestions. I don't know if I did an amazing job or not. I was actually ordered home on Tuesday. I looked like death really. Even looking in the mirror, I didn't look real to myself. Looked like something stolen out of the wax museum. Of course, my boss has an autoimmune disease and thought I had the flu and didn't want to catch it so ordered my 'germs' out of the office. I was relieved but found it somewhat hysterically funny since it was the first day I started feeling human and functional again. Then I felt guilty because everyone thinks I'm 'sick' and I'm actually suffering a disease of my own creation. I feel like a liar and a fraud and am a bit paranoid about being found out. I did go to my PCP, who knows nothing about my sub script. I was terrified he'd know instantly what my deal was. He didn't, he renewed my Klonopin scrip and added in some more ambien AND for my headaches gave me amitriptyline as a prophylactic. So, ...I've been sleeping. I cut out the ami Thursday night. Yesterday I tried to sleep with just the ambien and a little alcohol. It worked. I decided to take your advice (and JDoe's) about not having future thoughts about use. Well, trying to not think about that. I've been on opiates for one reason or another for years (off and on). Always for medical conditions until this last round before the subs. Then I was faking pain to get them. I understand the mechanics, my own motivations at the time...but now with everything getting out of my system, I'm left with all the emotional crap I've been avoiding and hiding from. I guess we all have that to deal with, huh?
Scared Girl: You're right! Working while you're suffering through wds sucks the big one. But I gotta say, aren't you just f'ing proud of your fortitude to get through it? Yeah, you feel like crap; yeah, your tired, weak, shaky, emotional, anxious....but you're MAKING it!!!! Be proud of that strength and let it carry you! Our brains are wreaking havoc on us...I've decided to go the mind over matter route instead of letting my brain rake me over the coals. Somebody on here wrote earlier that our brains are seriously tantrumming right now...I think that's true, so you kinda have to 'parent' your brain... Ya know what I mean?
Okay, so after reading about blunting and PAWS and all the wisdom in these posts, even though I felt like A** last night, I forced myself out. I actually had a lot of fun, though I still feel like a weak shaky shut-in. I was invited to a poker game Sunday. I don't care how bad I feel, I'm going.
I appreciate you all so much. I wouldn't be dealing with this well at all if not for you. I would be spinning in my own brain and probably would've gotten some Tabs at my dr's appointment. You've given me so much strength and loaned me so much wisdom. Thank you!!!
Hope all are well and hanging in there!
Hello everyone. My name is Joe,
Ive taken pharmaceuticals since i was 17 years old. I am now 25. I used to take any and every pill i could get, even fentanyl and morphine Transdermals . The addiction gradually became stronger and stronger untill I was taking something every day. The last 3 years its been an everyday thing untill 5 months ago when i started taking suboxones. I started taking 8mgs daily, now 2mgs. Last week I tried to go without taking them. I lasted 3 days. It was 3 days of NO SLEEP AND EXTREME ANXIETY. I went back to the suboxones, but today i havent taken anything and im going to try again. I have never tried H, and it is a good thing. I dont think i am as strong as all of you... Ive only taken pills and this is hard for me!
thanks for reading my rambling
this took alot for me write this...
I'd been doing well, and am still sober. Today was kind of rough though. I have had a craving for drugs all afternoon and it's now evening. I'm going to hop in the shower after this post and hope it makes it go away. It usually does.
rcforpax - Don't discount what you're going through. Going from your dose to that small of one is tough. You'll feel it.
Jenna - Welcome. We could probably use more counselors to talk to people.
Used - You fell off.. Now get back on. Don't give up and fight!
Oversees - You are stronger than I for being able to carry and not use. Keep going.
Lasting - Thanks for your encouragement, and I'm glad you are doing well. I know what you mean about being 'sick' to everyone else save those that are in the know about you. It's just something you have to do. I too felt a little bad, and like I was lying to people, but it was better that I lie to them than be around them the way I was. You are almost to a point where you'll feel better. I know you can keep going.
Joe - Welcome to the forum. Taper yourself down slowly until you are eating crumbs. I jumped from probably 2mg and it was hell, but cutting an 8mg pill is just damn near impossible unless you feed yourself dust. It's best to get someone to care for you if you can. I wish you good luck in your undertaking. And it does take a lot to come on here and type your story. It took me a lot too. But we're all here to talk about our experiences, and help each other through this shit.
My goal is to be drug free. I want that goal so bad. The craving today is a little hard to beat down, but I think the shower in a few minutes will help. It's weird how cravings creep up on you. I've been clean now for 3 weeks and 1 day or well .. 23 days. I jumped December 26th and suck at math. lol.
End point.. I'm hanging in there.. and this is definitely a bad day. Here's hoping that tomorrow is brighter.
thanks JDOE ,
i know what you mean, sometimes i just crave drugs. I dont care what it is coke, pills whatever. I hate it
rcforpax: I don't think you are a wimp. It can suck pretty bad to reduce the dosage. It shocks the system and you body is like "WTF". It is just an adjustment where a few days to a week should help with the side affects. Keep up the good work. Every step you take to being free should not be discounted or felt like you didn't put in the effort. You are doing good and I am proud of you.
Joe: getting passed day 5 seems to be the hardest part. If you can hang in there that long, then i think the days that follow will start to be come easier. Hang in there and don't give up. You can do it.
scared girl: I am so sorry to read that you got held up at gun point. I would be so freaked out! I am so glad that you are okay! I have been be put in a situation like that. I can't imagine how that must feel. I am really glad that you had someone supportive at home. I'm glad that your man is there for you.
Lasting: keep going. You're at the part where the energy slowly starts to come back. Hang in there!
JDoe is doing great! He is starting to pick back up some of his chores around the house and has volunteered to help me with some of mine. They are small chores, but I think it shows great progress that he thought of it himself. I still get hit with depression sometimes. He was able to comfort me today. Everyday he gets more of himself back and energy.
In everyone's life there are good days and bad days. It doesn't matter if you had a mother died long ago, are over-coming addition, or if nothing really bad has every happened to you. Everyone gets bad days. The important thing is to keep going, and hopefully the next day will be a better day. I compare these high intensity bad emotions to a storm, and every storm will pass. The day that surpasses that awful storm is a beautiful day. Maybe it is just because we survived it or maybe how the day before was so ugly, but that day after is really peaceful and beautiful. This is how I get through my bad times. I think about the day after the storm is over. Maybe my analogy is helpful, and maybe it is not. But this is something my mom used to say to me, and for some unknown reason it helped.
Lots of Love,
JDoe's Girl
I know a lot of you are having a tough time getting off suboxone / opiates. I know this won't help today, but maybe it will give you some hope. I was on opiates daily for 2 years, then suboxone for 18 months. Today I am 7 months clean. No drugs, no alcohol, no medication of any sort. The withdrawal was tough, but got through it with the help of AA meetings and a strong sponsor and working the program every day. It can be done if you want it bad enough. Today, life is great and no ill effects at all. I still work the program and will the rest of my life. I know I am an addict and that will never change. But there is life out there without drugs and alcohol and it's great. My suggestion (what I did on the advice of my doctor) was to taper from 8mg down to 2mg over a month. Stay on 2 for a week, then down to 0. It was really really hard, but the payoff is great today. Hang in there. It can be done and if you have a good program going for you, life gets much much better.
Overseas: I was so incredibly happy to hear that you're still sub free and feeling better. I have thought about you many times...wondering how you were doing. I am thankful that you are OK. Please post back when you can to update us. I'll be praying for your safety and well-being. And thank you for being so brave and keeping this country safe. You have my eternal gratitude.
Joe: I know and understand cravings very well also. Cravings are the things that lead us to using. Over the years I have learned that all cravings will pass, and each time you get past one, you are that much more equipped to deal with the next one. Someone said taking a shower helps...this is an excellent idea. I find just focusing on something else...anything else...helps...but I know sometimes the cravings are sooo strong. Going to AA/NA meetings on a regular basis also helps keep cravings in check. And any craving I have ever conquered has always gone away after a good nights sleep. The cravings are the actual disease process working in our brains...just like someone with schizophrenia starts to hear voices, addicts begin to feel cravings. Learning how to effectively control cravings is how we control our disease/addiction. Please continue to post as often as needed since getting your honest feelings out is very important in beginning to understand your reasons for using.
I wanted to update my progress. It's been over nine full days since I quit taking methadone. It has been difficult, but I am still doing it, and I know I am going to make it. The worst days were days seven and eight (yesterday). I was too weak to post yesterday. I am still unable to sleep for more than a couple hours at a time, but at least I can sleep a little bit.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
rcforpax:
Yeh, I've had exactly those suicide thoughts too. It is, sadly, very much part of the withdrawal process and PAWS. However, it is always possible to get through it. You have to play tricks with your mind. Distraction is useful. Get yourself in the shower. Plan a pointless day out somewhere just for the sake of getting out of the house and forcing yourself to be around people. Then, go far enough away that it takes the rest of the day to get home. By the time you get home you'll just be so glad to be back in your vaguely 'comfortable zone' that you'll feel better. This is one of the methods I used myself.
I felt the same, too, about the clinics. I learnt to loathe those places. They really didn't help me to get clean. They were happy to throw more and more methadone (and then subutex) at me.
I also found methadone treatment to be absolute hell. It caused me a lot of problems that the other opiates didn't (although all opiate abuse sucked of course). I had terrible water retention. My ankles would swell up 3 inches in radius. I'd have to lie down with my legs up in the air to drain the water back down. Methadone world was also a mental torture, worse than other opiates.
I screamed inwardly and eventually outwardly. I became so furious at the system for putting me on methadone. I really should never have gone on it. I should have listened to those other addicts warning me to stay away from MMT. I was naive enough to trust the professionals. A big mistake. However, I did get off it in the end. Like yourself, I went onto subs. I was so suicidal when rattling off the methadone I begged my psychiatrist to try me on bupe. I just wanted off methadone so badly. Little did I know that I would have the same problems when coming off subs.
My first attempt at getting off methadone by tapering was almost successful. I thought I was secure and had support of my family. I went for a walk with someone, every day. That really helped. Then one day, out of the blue, I get told that I have to find somewhere else to live. My own mother couldn't bare having me around. My very presence made her sick. I was totally destroyed by this because I was doing so well. I just couldn't understand how she could hate me so much for doing the 'right thing'.
So, I was thrown into chaos and my methadone taper went 'belly up'. The next time I tapered I was already very unhappy with everything in my life; where I was living, the clinic, the people I knew, the lack of real friends and just general misery. I'm sure this made the taper 1000% harder, seriously. I am sure this is why I couldn't do it and had to switch to subs just to get off the methadone.
The switch was easy for me because I had managed to taper down to 10mg methadone a day. 24hrs after my last methadone dose I took my scripted 2x2mg tabs under the tongue (supervised by the pharmacist). I was then told to come back in two hours to take my second dose of 4mg (not supervised, I took them with me). I had no need to take the second lot of 4mg. I was not only out of withdrawals but I was very high.
They really do over-prescribe subs. I hear about all these huge doses people get prescribed. It's totally unnecessary. My pysch would have happily scripted me 32mg. I hear of people getting 36mg. What? 32mg is supposed to be the ceiling effect of subs so what is the point? Who really knows the truth?
So I started out being scripted 8mg a day. I cut them in half and stayed on 4mg for quite a while but of course tolerance comes back and soon I was doing 4mg in two doses. I got a bit buzzed, energised and such. I went to the gym and got more buzzed up getting those natural endorphins going. I got into the habit of taking 4mg in the morning and then 4mg in the late afternoon, at the gym. I would get high doing the exercises and then chill in the sauna.
Soon I was being scripted 16mg. I hated this dose. I found it made me so emotionally numb that I actually became depressed. It felt like I was on a strong antipsychotic medication like Olanzapine. So, normally, the most I would take was 12mg in divided doses. I would take some sublingually and snort extra bits as and when I felt like it.
It was just another drug. That's all. It wasn't maintenance therapy. It was just full blown drug addiction. I was not getting my life back together. Things were hopeless as ever. I'd lost all interest in building a life for myself. Myself? I didn't even know who 'myself' was. I actually found the subs more addictive than methadone and, if I think about it, I still do. Hypothetically speaking, if I was relapsed and offered subs or methadone, I would choose subs every time. I hated methadone so much I threw the bit I had left down the toilet.
I do also hate subs. Eventually I got desperate to get off them as I could see I would never get any life back while on them. I realised by this point that no opiate replacement therapy was going to work. I had to do it the hard way, the only way. It's now, when I look back, that I believe the sub taper and withdraw was actually worse for me than the methadone one. The only difference was that I was now fully committed to doing it despite any suicidal feelings and whatever else it threw at me.
I never jumped from subs without tapering first so I don't know what that would be like. I did do that with methadone once and, my goodness, that was horrendous. I went to some psycho right wing 'religious' boot camp where they woudln't even let me take my scripted antidepressants. So I went cold turkey from 140mg methadone a day, 30mg valium a day, 300mg venlafaxine a day and a modest alcohol habit. They forced me to work full time while I was there, all of 7 days. This was hard physical labour.
On the 7th day I broke out of the place at about 1am in the morning. I hadn't slept at all but I found the energy to travel on foot for about 10 miles that night. It was raining. I was freezing cold and soaked through. I was developing hypothermia. I was in the middle of nowhere but came across a very small village that had a working public telephone. I had to do reverse charge calls to anyone and eveyone until someone picked up. They informed the police. I was picked up by a patrol car about 30 minutes later. They found me walking up and down a road, just trying to keep up some body heat. They were very kind to me. They took me to a hospital. I was shaking with cold. The hospital didn't do anything. I didn't even get a blanket. However, at least it was dry and I wasn't completely alone.
I managed to get a lift back home the next day. I went back on MMT. It was a few months before I tried to taper again.
I've gone off subject and rambled. Sorry. Still, it's helpful for me to talk about this stuff so thanks for listening.
Melanie:
You haven't offended anyone. You never do. I think you are doing a really brave thing jumping from the methadone. If I was you, jumping from that dose, I would be taking the Kratom too, most definitely!
Things are obviously hard right now and you don't have the energy to reach out. Don't worry about it! Now is the time to concentrate on yourself. We are all here listening to you.
I haven't been around much myself of late. I've had problems post op. Things are getting better though. I'm just very tired and often don't have the mental energy to post right now. However, I am getting better. I tried going back to voluntary work yesterday. I lasted 30 minutes. They sent me home. I've been told to leave it another week. I was disappointed as I'm sick of being stuck at home but I can't rush recovery. That 30 minutes of work left me sleeping the rest of the day, watched a bit of TV in the evening and then slept the entire night as well. I'm obviously still weak from the op. Having bronchitis isn't helping, obviously.
used32:
Don't beat yourself up about it. You are not back to square one. Your journey has just taken a squiggly line and not gone straight forward. No big deal. Get yourself back on track. Don't keep reflecting on one mistake. We all make mistakes.
Noone here is thinking bad of you for it. Quite the opposite. We are grateful you feel you can be honest with us a
Hang in there people, I recently fell off the wagon
after six months clean, binged for about a month,
got high the last time christmas day. I started taking 1/2 a tab of suboxin once a day the next day. Tapered down by breaking off just pieces of them for 12 days. It has been
one week today taking nothing. I have had flu like symptoms
but today I feel pretty dang good. Off the norcos again without the sllepless nights. Off the suboxin, still have one left, just the thought of that rank bitter taste in mouth makes me sick. Man I so look for ward to saying one month, two months, six months clean again! I will be 50 in three months, I so regreat the first time I ever took a pain pill, I look back at the last 7 or 8 years gone bye on this crap, and they are just gone. I know it is hard to do but just put it down. With all the time we have all wasted taking pills, the two weeks it takes to get clean is nothing at all. One day at a time.
Phil - I really appreciate your sharing your story. I was shocked to read that your mother said she couldn't live with you. I'm not surprised to see you failed at coming clean that time even though it looked promising. Wow.
To read the things that everyone goes through and went through I think helps. It helps them, and the reader. Probably helping just knowing that we're not alone in things like that.
I'm going to keep this one short. I'm going to take a shower now.. I'm 25 Days clean today.. Almost to the month marker. 7 more days until the 26th of the month..
Good times.. I can't wait to hit the one month clean.
Everyone has posted such compelling stories Phil you have gone through a lot of ruff stuff in your life and I wish the best for you from the bottom of my heart. When I jumped I was on 2mg of subs and I wish I would have found this forum first because it would have saved me a lot of anxiety and stress I would have tapered like everyone has recommended. Like Overseas I still have numerous pills and have no intention of taking them even though I had that Vic slip up. I think it is a mental thing with me I have a touch of OCD and mentally if I know I have it I'm fine but I think if I didn't have my little "stash" I think my anxiety would be worse it is comforting to know that if I ever have to take something I can and don't have to go looking for anything I don't know if others of you do the same thing prob not I'm a little excentric and ocd but it helps me. Everyone thanks again for posting I know it's hard to share your stories with strangers but it seems to be theraputic to post and to read others stories for me anyway thanks to everyone.
LOL @ RBM - I'm a touch OCD too.. I seriously think that's part of the struggle for me moreover than the WD.
Interesting.
I still notice that I struggle sometimes with cravings. I hope that goes away soon. I'm sleeping fine, but not like I used to. 8 hours is my limit then I'm just up.
I seriously miss drugs, but I think when something is a part of your life for like 5 years it's a hard thing to dismiss easily.
I find myself in situations where I say to myself things like 'this would be so much easier to deal with if I had drugs.' I'm sure that'll die down, but I don't know if it'll ever go away.
I am truly happy to know that I'm not suffering on my own. It means the world to me that you're all here. Everyone is in different stages, but we've all got one goal.
Oh.. I'm still sneezing and I still lack a LOT of energy, but it seems to be getting down to less and less as time passes. 3 Days till my 4 week mark. 6 more days till one month.
I feel like I'll pass a milestone then .. Although it may just be mental. From what I've read it's not, but who knows. I also hate our calendar because it's confusing to me. lol.
I think counting the time I've been sober and gotten past is really helping me. It's gotten so much easier to let the time pass than it was rotting through the first 2 weeks. I'm thankful for that, but it seems the battle has shifted from a physical one to a mental one. I really wish that's not the case though.
I am trying to get off this shit.. But I have been on it for 2 years. SG me hooked..
But I have been tapering down to a half a day. I feel better..
I am trying to get off this shit.. But I have been on it for 2 years. SG got me hooked..
But I have been tapering down to a half a day. I feel better..
Hey People!
Your stories are very interesting and helpful. I'm in the same boat as you people. ive been taking box for like 3 years now, tryin 2 stop but who the hell knows after reading some of these stories. maby i'll try tapering down to a point of ridiculousness. kinda like you gradually get to a point where maby you lick to side of a suboxone every other day or something and you know its ridiculous and cant be doing anything for you at such a small amount so there shouldnt be much withdraw if you stop at that point. I dont know, this is just the conclusion ive come up with after reading these stories. Eaither that or i guess i could fly to mexico and take hallucinogens... ( anyone read that guys story???, WOW ) But good luck to you all, I hope everyone finds their way out
Until i read this post i have been on suboxone only for a couple of weeks after 6 months of binging on H at injection level around 1.6g a day of not the strongest stuff. I had no idea suboxone was addictive (i bought them from the street after advice from similar friends). I heard that suboxone was a 5 month course but just to use them to get over the initial w/d from H then stop. It's been a couple of weeks and i thought i was still w/d from H for some unknown reason. So ive kept taking subs!
by the sounds of it, it'll never end so instead of at this moment calling the docs to try and get a script im going to tuff it out. Its only ben around 24 hours and already feeling the shivers. i've read every post and im feeling it for everyone here thats in our predicament and SOOO glad it can be eventually overcome. What can i say tho im still scared of what the next god-knows-how-long will be like my last doses were 4mg followed by 2mg and 2mg 24hourly (not 8mg in one day. To start with my first day i took 24mg to get over the massive heroin w/d and yea it worked) couldnt work out why friends said scripts were 5 months until now! MY heart it going out to the people that WERE precribed these by docs for over a year without warning that THEY ARE OPIATE AND YOU WILL HAVE TO GO THROUGH PHYSICAL AND MENTAL WITHDRAWAL.
For the people like me just researching before taking the step i wouldnt have done it without suboxone NO f**kin way! But dont keep taking them just use them to take the edge off the big addiction and kick them because it can become another addiction but without the fun you got from your original opiate.
I'm male but for the last week i have woke up, and the world has hit me bang smack in the face and its brought tears to my eyes to think what ive done and how my family and "friends" now look at me. The last time i sw my son.. His mother - my ex - couldnt even look at me and we've always been close and thats when it dawned...
We must beat it in every way posible. I started smoking weed again and that helped but it wont in the long run. That stops today.
I KNOW that everyone has it in them to stop i 100% know it!!! Strength psychologically is the key! we dont need it! It's not easy but i still remember how good life was (and wasnt) before this opiate addiction. That all went out the window through opiates and i want them out of me. I want them out of you too all of you.
Just going to try and mentally prepare myself for w/d today cause even tho im feeling the shivers i think im not quite there yet cause only 24hours have passed. Quite scared of what this'll do to me if i am as dependant as i have read ppl get... Good luck guys we'll win eventually theres a light at the end of it!
@genesis88 - Yea thats an amazing story! I feel the same as you do just wish i hadnt ate my last 2mg thinking it wasnt enough i could hae tapered it down 1mg then .5mg or something over the next few days
I just spent a considerable amount of time going through a lot of the old posts and there are some war stories along this whole thread. Paul you brought up the point that the docs don't tell you about the w/d's I know it's absolute bullshit they are only interested in the money or they are ignorant to what this drug acctually does either way they need to educate themselves and be more responsible. In one of Phils old posts he said that morpphine was a cure for opium, heroin was a cure for morphine, and subsequently in the 70's there was a cure for heroin that was even stronger what you neglected to mention is that morphine in the 20's was marketed as a cure for alcoholism LOL. It's a vicious cycle it just goes around in a circle here take this to get off of this and you end up addicted to something else it's almost laughable if you look at the whole picture. This is exactly what the sub docs are doing with the subs oh it's a cure for heroin, vics, oxys whatever and "there will be no residual effects when you come off the subs" I believe we all can attest that this is bullshit. I am still here and wishing everyone the best in their recovery have a good weekend everyone.
i don't know wether to laugh or cry RBM but after writing my post above did both... Decided to go to my GP/doc over the depression and guess what... either i go to the clinic and get on the waiting list for a suboxone or other course or get nada as “people come here for anti depression tablets to sell on the streets to get their next fix“ was the answer i got from him. i'm having real trouble dealing with damage and he took it i was looking for a fix and this was after i explained how i feel about suboxone and any opiate right now. perhaps i went about it wrongly with him by making opiate the key point to the conversation but instead of “good luck“ and valiums to help i get reffered to be blood tested for hep c and hiv and told to go on “an organised withdrawal‘. i said NO! I dont want opiates but i need help to cope with stress and got sent packing pretty much. my mum has seen the state of me right now and cant believe the fact i got no help... saying that though... its the second time ibeen there, first tim
first time was over earlier stages of H abuse i got given valium and CODEINE to help me? i noticed above irish girl said suboxone is 40x stronger than morphine is that true? omg! a doc would script me something THAT harsh?? ill have to finish this rant in a bit good luck guys heart goes out!
hey guys, its been awhile since I last posted. Needless to say I screwed up I just wanted to feel normal I was looking for energy just to do day to day stuff so for the past week I've been taking "roxy" on and off but it was enough to feel like shit all over again. Its been 2 days since I did anything and I don't plan on it. I'm so disappointed in myself if I just hung in there by now I would of been a lot better because today would of been a month I've been off suboxone. I'm so tired of going though this I hate this feeling. when will this shit end for me. I know only I can do it. Hope everyone is doing well.
JDOE- how are you thinghs getting better for you
Hey Scared Girl..
I'm doing ok.. Still sober. But I can understand the desire to slip SO BAD.
It's funny because I talked to a friend I hadn't talked with in ages last night and learned she went through withdrawal from Adderall awhile back. She jumped from like 160 mg / day to nothing.
She's been sober now for over 9 months. She also said she knew she couldn't do it again.
Talking to her really helped me. Knowing that I'm not alone in this is a HUGE help. It's also more personal when you know someone personally that's struggling with the same thing you did or are.
She said it took her 3 months to feel normal again. But I don't think it'll take that long for me. I've got a renewed desire to fight this monster in me because I just can't go back.
To all the new people: You are all going to be in pain, and it'll be hard. This is the hardest thing I've experienced in my life so far, but you just have to want it. And live it. If you slip, just pick yourself back up and GET SOBER AGAIN! Scared girl that goes for you too. Don't give up just because you slipped. Think of how far you went and the pain you went through. Don't throw that away.
I just spent the last hour reading and in some cases rereading several posts. I am so grateful that I found this spot: it really helps to ‘talk’ and ‘listen’ with all of you through these posts. It gives me hope, hope that I haven’t felt for a good long time. I know we all have it in us to get through this shit; it appears to me that we are a unique niche of people. For the most part I do not share my personal hell with very many people: I try so hard to put on this front that I am in the world of the “normal” but deep down I realize that I am not there. It is a very scary proposition to share this with the people in my life. The fear I have is so well portrayed in Phil’s story about his mother. Man that just tells it like it is: most people find what we are experiencing as disgusting from which they draw the conclusion that we are ‘disgusting’. This, I think, is why this place is so powerful for me and I presume for most of us posting here.
JDoe’s girl, thank you very much for your words of encouragement. As I was reading your post I welled up a bit. I felt the love. Even though we don’t know each other in physical world, our stories and words of encouragement are conduits of healing via the cyber-world. I find this very cool.
Matt, thank you, your post gives me a ray of hope. I was living a sober lifestyle for over a decade and then shit really hit the fan. For the past twelve years I have been on one form of opiate every day since (well I have been prescribed an opiate every day for the past twelve years; earlier in my journey into the world of methadone clinics I used to do a week’s worth of takeouts in three or so days [where I was living at the time I had no connections] so I spent many days in severe withdrawal due to my inability to control my drug intake). I truly miss those days of recovery and I think of them often. At that time in my life I felt pretty grounded and made significant progress in every area of my life. Going from a guy with a net worth into the seven digits to homelessness and pennilessness was a consequence of my addiction. Thank God I am not at the bottom any longer but I am still a hell of a long ways from where I was when I was on ‘top’.
Melanie, when you last posted you had nine days in, congratulations. You too give me hope.
Phil, thanks for sharing your story. While I was reading it I felt like I was there. I could feel the rain and the wind as you were getting the hell away from bible boot-camp. I had my experience with the far right as well. In the deepest part of me I knew that didn’t fit for me. Hey if it works for some people, great, it just isn’t my cup of tea. Your story was powerful and it gives me strength.
RBM, it really is a trip looking at this whole opiate thing from a historical perspective. Back in the 1880s you could buy heroin and cocaine from the Sears catalogue with syringes! I have seen some of those old ads. At that time opiates were the ‘miracle drug’. Great for depression, alcoholism, headaches… It all started back in the Civil War. That is when hundreds of thousands of people got addicted to morphine. Talk about opening a Pandora’s Box! We’re still dealing with that a hundred and fifty years later. It is just the same old story repeating itself. From opium to heroin to morphine to methadone to buprenorphine, who knows what’s next. When it really went south for the addicts is when the government started demonizing drug use at the turn of the last century. They didn’t know to handle this epidemic so they decided to make us addicts out as some kind of deviants. Bottom line, it is a disease, it is not a criminal thing – perhaps how some of the ways we have been ‘forced’ to procure our ‘fix’ are not forthright, but the underlying cause has nothing to do with us being ‘bad’ or ‘deviant’ people. We’re just people caught up in something far more powerful than we are.
Scared girl, hang in there. Tripping up is all part of the process. That is one thing that I have finally gotten into my head, I don’t beat myself up any longer if I do fall down. I hope you see it the same way. I couldn’t begin to count the times that I have tripped up. The point is you are here and are sharing your story. If it is any consolation, every time I see your name I read it as ‘sacred girl’.
Well enough rambling. Thanks to all of you. This place is so powerful to me. I feel like I just went to a meeting.
Peace -Robert
Hi to everyone :) I thought suboxone w/d was supposed to be less than that of the w/d from H? I mean i must have not felt the full force of H w/d if thats truth because last night for me was as bad as...
It took me back to the point 2 weeks ago when i first took suboxone. The symptoms where a headache the size of a migrane, inability to sit or lie still at all i was rocking to and throw all night. Had the shivers until i smoked a weed joint and that helped. Insomnia seemed to be going on with it.
Is suboxone a way out for H users or not? It definately doesnt feel like it. i found the spot on my mantelpiece where i kept my last ones and there was dust i mean 2 tiny fragments i didnt even taste it as it dissolved. I woke up today hoping to god that those crumbs havent prolonged it (deep down i know they have) and im in for one hell of a next few nights. But i do still have half of the headache and am shivering.
I had no knowledge of the fact i was feeding the original habit i had when taking subs i knew there would be a slight w/d but that didnt feel "slight" in any form.
I would'nt wish this upon anyone.
Robert - Your words are far from rambling man theyre supportive and also informative! I feel like i have opened up the box. Now im inside it and i need to get out but the walls are infinately higher and its only just dawning on me to the extent of this.
Robert - I totally agree with you about this place being a kind of sanctuary with understanding. ^_^
@ Paul - From what I've seen and dealt with you've got around 40 hours to clear subs out of your system. That's about when the WD gets worse.
This again though all depends on the dose. How many mg are you taking? When did you start? That information is a must know to even give you a guess on how your body will work.
Day 1 and 2 for me were easier than 4, 5, and 6. But it got a little better after a week. Then two weeks was a milestone. Make it 14 days and you'll feel like a different person.
I kept track of each day and symptoms if you'd like to read them. In short insomnia just comes with the territory. It sucks, but .. well.. I could only sleep like maybe an hour or two a night or sometime in the day. I'd totally recommend Xanax or something to sleep. I took the Xanax for about 2 weeks. And I tapered on that.. Even taking a quarter because I wanted to make sure I wasn't over doing it. There is stuff that can make this easier, but I also felt like I should feel this pain. It'll let me know I'm alive.
Hi JDoe
I found your posts to be massivly helpfull and they among everyone elses are giving me a big motivational push to jump now before it becomes a longer term thing. I think that around day 6 for you i was relapsing on H after 5 days off it. I'd used subs in between and that H relapse lasted a few days before my parents found out. After the initial arguments and realising that if im left alone i may shoot up H. They have done all they can to help and i'm staying with them for a few weeks. They have also read this site to try to understand what is going to happen next. I've surrendered my car keys and cash/cards after dashing out one night to grab rocks/crack which to me is also a part of it. I know im weak... :(.
I until i came into too much cash quick and easy i had been clean for around 5 years after losing everything to a coke habit which after being broke i noticed how easily i coped without it.
Sorry for rambling i cant keep on the same subject today...
i have jumped from
Well it's 14 days off the methadone and I'm definitely over the hump. I started rounding the corner on day nine. But now I'm left with the "void" feeling which is, of course, caused from my lack of having any natural "pleasure chemicals" in my own brain. Such a terrible negative feeling it truly is. Sure, I'm happy I got past the physical part...but this psychological black hole is a whole 'nother monster! I'm sure everyone can relate to this. I need to find my motivation to get out and exercise, but I'm finding it extremely difficult. I have a good appetite, surprisingly, and I take a multi-vitamin daily. I just have a motivation problem. I'm so weak physically. The idea of exercising seems overwhelming...even though I know I would feel better if I forced myself to do it.
This is such a terrible thing to have to deal with...it just goes on and on. So many people relapse (myself included) simply because our brains grow impatient just waiting for some form of normalcy to return.
I do not have any desire to go back to methadone...the thought of going through all of this all over again just makes me sick! I'm angry at the realization that this is going to take a really long time to get over. I'm angry at myself for wasting so much of my life either: stoned and numb, or suffering WD from being stoned and numb.
I'm so glad to see that this forum continues to evolve, and that so many people find hope and strength here. It has really helped me more than words could ever express. I'm so grateful.
Thanks for listening,
Melanie (lealaken)
Hey Melanie, do tell...what's your secret???
Hi Guys,
Sorry I don't have time to read all the post since last time I was here.
But for those of you suffering from withdrawals I'm going to say it again. Check out KRATOM--it helped me & others tremendously!
The kratomforum.com is another great source of info.
Paul - You aren't as weak as you might believe. You surrendered everything because you knew how truly weak you are. That takes courage. To admit we're weak takes courage and strength, and without my fiancee being my watch dog I'd have probably run out the door when my dealer called me. I'm thinking he understands at least a little because he hasn't tried to push anything since the one phone call.
It's really terrible that doctors shunned you, but it's easier to enable an addict than to get them help. Plus a lot of doctors are complete assholes.
It's also good that you can stay with your parents. We all need a support system to get through this whether it's family, lovers, or this forum. I'm not strong enough on my own. Apparently you aren't either. But at least we aren't kidding ourselves over it.
Today marks 4 weeks sober for me. I've been drinking, but not all the time or anything, just on the weekends. It feels good to socialize and let go.
4 weeks for me is great, but my heart still goes out to all of you with that journey ahead of you. Time will pass, and you will feel better. I still don't consider myself to be anywhere near 100%, but I'm sticking with this sobriety thing day by day.
It's sad because we're all in the same situation, but we can grasp the power to fix it. We can heal ourselves. Look at me .. Shit I did it. Not alone mind you.. But I was on opiates for over 8 years! Hard using probably about 6, but the whole 8 I used. (My friend reminded me that I used hard for about 8 years.. I'd forgotten and thought it was less than that.. It wasn't.)
And Paul, I did heroin too. Just never shot it. I hope that you can take hold of the freedom you deserve. Just never forget the hell you're going through right now. That keeps me from going back. As much as I desire to break my sobriety I don't want to lose what I've gained. That, and I owe it to my fiancee to stay clean. Without her I wouldn't be clean or probably posting here.
Bellevedere: Yes I am grateful for finding the kratom...so grateful that you were kind enough to lend this advice to those of us still struggling to get off opiate meds!! I did mention it when I posted during the beginning of my detox. There's no doubt it is the most helpful thing I've ever used to ease WD's. But all we can do is let others know...and if someone can do it without outside help, then good for them. I don't know if I could have done it without the kratom. It is truly amazing...as long as it doesn't become a habit of its own. This usually occurs when people use extracts and enhanced types...I agree that it's best to stick with plain leaf, which I know both of us have done. When I stop using the kratom, I definitely feel the lingering effects of long term synthetic opiate use (sub for you, and methadone for me) This post-opiate fatigue and generalized yuck feeling can go on for several months...unfortunately. But each day it gets a little bit better...the improvement is really too subtle to feel on a day by day basis. But it will get better. My eternal gratitude is yours, Belle! I hope each and every one of us turn into a full success story and can inspire others in the same predicament.
JDoe: You deserve so much credit for what you have accomplished! Well done!!
rcforpax: Thank you for the kind words and encouragement. You have been here to see a lot of my struggles and I always enjoy reading what you have to say. I look forward to hearing more from you.
Paul: It's great to have you here. You are obviously very intelligent and have a lot to offer here. I wish you the very best! Keep posting...it helps so much. I owe so much of my current success of staying off methadone to the kind people of this forum.
Phil: Words cannot express the gratitude I have for you. You have stuck close by me throughout this whole process. And even though we're an ocean apart, I feel like I know you. Thanks, brother! I am saddened to hear about the way your mother has responded to your struggle...as you know, I can relate to that. My mother will have nothing to do with me and that can really mess you up inside if you let it. I always tell myself that my mother is just fragile and damaged in her own way, and I try to feel sympathy for her, rather than anger or pain for how she has treated me. This is the only way I can keep from being destroyed with resentment. I still have ulcers over the whole situation with my daughter...you know the story.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Thanks so much for the supportive posts i have read them over and over and read my posts to remind myself where im at before posting this. I have to apologise for my posts stopping mid sentence randomly as they have. I'm feeling it bad still and found more crumbs which didnt work. I have the attention span of a goldfish and cant sit still (still...).
I really don't know where i stand. I mean i got/had the H addiction a couple of weeks ago and pretty much had a 1.5 to 2 week suboxone supply of 8mg tabs which i rarely (but did) take 8mg at a time after taking 3 of them on the first day.
I wouldnt exactly say i tapered... Rather kind of jumped as my last 3 doses WERE the taper lol. I could be just WAY into/out of H w/d or WAY into suboxone w/d.
I found a song while trying to watch a film (twilight 2) that, if i could describe that damn feeling in my legs ive got its the higher note of the bass in that tune (Thom Yorke - Hearing Damage. Found on youtube). Music is helping me in ways i can't describe theres certain tunes that absolutely blow me away and actually send me into huge shivers like watching Kings of Leon playing Use Somebody live. I can't do anything but read all of your posts and listen to the same few tunes over and over and literally over (no other tunes hit the spot like my current playlist)
JDoe and Melanie you guys are my proof it can be beaten! Actually, this site and everyone on it is hugely helpful. I spend most of my time alone with the music on my ps3 (which explains the half made posts lol) Until i can get a chance on the PC to write properly.
Melanie 14 days like JDoe said i think is a milestone i hope you start to feel better soon for real. It's only upwards out of this from there. Hang in there you're closer than you feel more than likely :)
JDoe - I'm really happy for you mate you have got to the point where i can only dream of being at for now (which i cant actually do! 1 hour sleep i got last night). Day by day 1 at a time mate.
Last night wasnt as bad as the night before which may actually be a blessing in disguise - My fast taper may have just sent me into w/d earlier than i know of kind of. That VERY bad night i had could of been day 3 for all i know which would make it day 6 (This is assuming the tiny crumbs i took that night had no effect). I found crumbs again this morning and done it again but nothing happened. Does me having the ability to type and actually enjoy music mean that they worked? Music has hit me like a drug relapse its like WHERE HAVE YOU BEEN - Also where did the love for the people around me go? Where did the urge to buy new clothes go? Where did life go... It went up my arm and disapeared... I'm going to be a different person to the one i was before the addiction i think. My taste in things has changed so im coming out to a fresh start and new things to make me feel good which arent illegal or prescribed by a doc. Just think guys, when it's over what life will be like! The feeling that you'd get from watching your favourite band on stage with thousands of people around you would bring on such a huge natural high when they play that certain song that you listen to over and over that no words can describe it. That's my personal motivation. The things still to come in life.
everyone doing the suboxone withdrawals i feel what your going through I promise you its all in your head if you got a positive aspect about quiting and wanting to 100% clean you have to be mentally strong and if your mentally strong your body will be fine I promise dont wean yourself it dont work that much if your on this f`n dumb shit cold turkey just quit thats all you can do the fn doctors clinics are fucked up they dont know shit because they havent went through what all we have been through it sucks if you like to lift weights im only 21 but ive body builded since i was 15 do that its the best thing bc you wear yourself out and you get sleep I still feel like shit i have the shits,restlessness,sneezing bad,insomnia,anxiety all that is bullshit because all of us can quit this dam drug and be a normal happy human being its all in our head! Good Luck to everyone I feel for all of you guys! P.S all you dads im getting ready to have a baby we def dont want our kids saying my dads a waste (Or Mom) thats why im doing my best bc i want whats best for my kids and wife! You people can do it!
everyone doing the suboxone withdrawals i feel what your going through I promise you its all in your head if you got a positive aspect about quiting and wanting to 100% clean you have to be mentally strong and if your mentally strong your body will be fine I promise dont wean yourself it dont work that much if your on this f`n dumb shit cold turkey just quit thats all you can do the fn doctors clinics are fucked up they dont know shit because they havent went through what all we have been through it sucks if you like to lift weights im only 21 but ive body builded since i was 15 do that its the best thing bc you wear yourself out and you get sleep I still feel like shit i have the shits,restlessness,sneezing bad,insomnia,anxiety all that is bullshit because all of us can quit this dam drug and be a normal happy human being its all in our head! Good Luck to everyone I feel for all of you guys! P.S all you dads im getting ready to have a baby we def dont want our kids saying my dads a waste (Or Mom) thats why im doing my best bc i want whats best for my kids and wife! You people can do it!
That is such a strong post, Im trying. I was actually thinking to myself earlier that sitting on my ass and not using my usual daily energy is probably adding to the insomnia as im not actually using strength (definately feel tired tho!) good advice all round mate ill think of something to do like press ups and sit ups etc. Im also very much on your thoughts about the docs not knowing enough. The fact of dosage sizes are too much considering the strength of the drug as well as long term scripts. No warnings about w/d symptoms. The 'friend' igot the subs off didn't know they were opiate he just knew they take the pain away from H w/d apparently...
You're right Melanie, for those who can do this without the K help or any other meds it would be best. I don't think I'm that strong, so I commend those who are...sincerely.
Bellevedere: I'm not that strong either...I've done methadone CT before and the only way I'd be able to do it again is if I was forced to.
Paul: It sounds like you just might be past the worst part of your WD. If last night was better than the night before then that's great news. It's just such a gradual, slow healing process...it seems to go on and on forever. And I totally agree about how opiates take away all the joy you used to find in life. It just sucks your soul dry. I also know exactly what you mean regarding the pure power of music...the way it effects your emotions when you experience WD. I think it is a scientific fact that listening to your favorite music during WD actually produces natural endorphins in your brain, thus helping the healing process. You're doing awesome...keep posting...do whatever you have to do to get through the next few days. And "I'm trying" is absolutely correct--exercise is one of the best things you can do right now. It's so important, but it's very difficult to find the strength to do it. I need to force myself to do this also. I've always had a hard time keeping motivated to exercise...but when I actually do it, I feel so much better. It's all about getting those natural endorphins working again on their own! Please keep us posted, we're all rooting for you!
It's been 15 days and no methadone! I can't believe it! I'm gonna make it! It's a miracle!
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
I am dealing with suboxone detox and i'm suffering bad! I've been on it for 3 years and tapered down to 1mg before going cold turkey. "THEY" said I would have "mild" w/d symptoms for a COUPLE days. So I'm like "NO PROBLEM" after the first 24 hours I was exhausted, cold, sweaty, terrible back aches, restless and it just kept getting worse. The pain was BAD. by the 3rd day of almost no sleep I was kicking hard, unable to sit still for more than a second, skin crawling tickling jerking pains.... Ya'll know what I mean? Then I started having panic attacks and thought my heart would explode out of my chest. I couldn't deal. (And I have survived kicking heroin) So I took some opium finally fell asleep and went to the bupe clinic the next day. They gave me: trazadone, 2mg clonidines, and suggested ibuprofin!? That didn't do SHIT. So now I'm prolonging my taper of suboxone to 1mg every other day and scared shitless of whats to come.
subSux I got some help for yah I hate to say it but theres no easy way outa this it plain out sucks balls I understand one thing you have to do is stay positive you have to or you will not overcome this fear its all in your head and once your on your 7-8th day of w/d you will notice things getting milder or getting worse w.e it is keep your head up and run over this bullshit yah it sucks having no sleep for 2 weeks and your legs plain out feel like there gonna crash but so what its 2 weeks of our life of feeling like shit compared to forever with no w/d or drugs think of it that way. Some helpful tips when you lay in bed play some nature music like the waves in the ocean,or thunderstorms, or the rain if you have a computer get on limewire and download it I promise its so relaxing and will make you chill not necessarily fall asleep but feel better. I hope you all get through this I feel your pain but just stay positive and everything will work out for you best as possible! And straight up I wana say its up tp YOU to want to quit noone can quit for you if you dont want it you wont get it because this is hard and I know you guys can do it even know we all dont know each other were gonna do it together!
Keep me posted I hope for the best for everyone!
subSux I got some help for yah I hate to say it but theres no easy way outa this it plain out sucks balls I understand one thing you have to do is stay positive you have to or you will not overcome this fear its all in your head and once your on your 7-8th day of w/d you will notice things getting milder or getting worse w.e it is keep your head up and run over this bullshit yah it sucks having no sleep for 2 weeks and your legs plain out feel like there gonna crash but so what its 2 weeks of our life of feeling like shit compared to forever with no w/d or drugs think of it that way. Some helpful tips when you lay in bed play some nature music like the waves in the ocean,or thunderstorms, or the rain if you have a computer get on limewire and download it I promise its so relaxing and will make you chill not necessarily fall asleep but feel better. I hope you all get through this I feel your pain but just stay positive and everything will work out for you best as possible! And straight up I wana say its up tp YOU to want to quit noone can quit for you if you dont want it you wont get it because this is hard and I know you guys can do it even know we all dont know each other were gonna do it together!
Keep me posted I hope for the best for everyone!
Haven't said much in a while.
This operation has really thrown me. I've lost all my routine that was just keeping my head above water.
I'm seriously depressed right now. The other week the police picked me up from a local bridge known for suicide jumps.
I had to go on strong painkillers while in hospital and I think this has had a bad effect although I felt OK when I left. Unfortunately I developed a serious post op problem with stomach acid and had to have the pain controlled for a few days on oxycontin.
I finished the painkillers. I have no desire to use as a result. I never want to go back to that hell. But, I did think about it. However, it mainly felt shit being on PKs so that definitely put me off.
I tell you what, to all those who are holding on to a few PKs stashed around the house and are post acute withdrawal, flush them down the toilet. One day you will feel much better and it won't seem like a big deal to take them. This is the start of the end.
Up until a week ago I kept the remaining subs that I was left with after my scripted 'detox'. I always kept them to give me a sense of security, in case life became intolerable and I needed them for some reason.
You don't need them. I didn't. I ended up snorting a few tiny crumbs and got high because my tolerance was zero. I'm talking 0.2mg. Just shows how strong bupe is because I got a full opiate buzz off that dose.
I didn't do it again until about a week later. Then I did it for 2 or 3 days, eventually non-stop. I felt like shit. I flushed the rest of the pills down the toilet. The relief I experienced after they had gone was enormous. It was both scary but also incredibly satisfying. It took a lot of strength to throw them away but it is so worth it. Your mind is lying to you that you need them there. It's holding you back from recovery.
Once I get back into some routine in life I think my depression will lift. I also think what caused it to get so bad was that I took too many of my valium. Instead of just calming me down they threw me further into depression and desperation. I ended up flushing a load of valium down the toilet as well. I just kept the bare minimum to cover what I'm prescribed to take PRN but I won't be touching those for a while, maybe never again.
I just want to stop feeling so depressed and worthless. I can't see any future for myself. How will I get a job? Will I be able to hold it down? I've messed up my whole life with work, not helped by having Asperger's Syndrome. I wasn't on drugs the whole time. My life was a mess even when I was sober.
But, taking all those valium has really messed my head up. I hate that stuff. Used properly it can be a life saver but in excess it is disgusting and can make you commit suicide.
Sorry this post is so morbid. This is just the way things are at the moment.
I was just so sick of being anxious all the time. I made the mistake of taking a great deal more than my prescribed amount all in one go. It was a really really big mistake. I'm still suffering from it, from my stupidity.
Phil.
Phil: I'm here for you...we are all here for you. As addicts, these things happen to us...it is just a minor set back. No doubt the horrible depression is a result of setting back your receptors into the "old" mode of using a little bit. The most important thing is that you flushed the rest of the remaining pills and it's over. Let the healing process begin...and it won't take long. I have thought of your words many times, "In the grand scheme of things this is just a minor slip up"...(maybe not word for word, but close enough) Now you know what it feels like again, and after the first few hours/days you were reminded of why you got away from the shit.
I don't know if you have any form of bi=polar depression (I do, as do most addicts) but if that is the case, Valium can be extremely detrimental. Not many doctors even know this. My old boss was diagnosed by a highly specialized biochemical psychiatrist with bi-polar, and she told her that Valium is the worst thing she could have taken (she was being prescribed this by another psychiatrist) Like I said, most docs don't even know this is the case...they think Valium is just like any other benzo...but it's not! If memory serves me correctly, she was prescribed klonopin on a very limited PRN basis. I don't even think xanax is recommended. I know if I take Valium, I get a strong sedation which leads to a crash and what seems to be some sort of rebound effect...where I feel worse and more anxious than I did before taking the Valium.
The most important thing is that you have faced it, and now it's over. At least you can get on here and tell us about it...that's 90% of the battle. You've shown yourself, once again, why sobriety is the only way. And get rid of the nasty little green valium's...they are trouble. If you're an addict, and they are in the house, they will eventually be abused. Use the Seroquel to calm down if you need to...it's non-addictive and has less of a chance of causing you problems.
I know how it feels to feel like you might never be able to work and support yourself. There is a chance that I have thrown my career in the toilet. It just takes time...time is what heals everything. I find myself already losing patience with the amount of time it is taking just to ask for another second chance with my RN license. I have to pass a hair follicle first, so I'm looking at a few more months before I can even apply to ask for a second chance! All because of one bad decision I made over six years ago.
Just get right back on track, nothing is lost...only found. You found out you still hate using. You found out you're still an addict, and you found out that sobriety is still the only way you want to live. You have got to know that you are highly, highly intelligent and have so much to offer...things will work out. Just keep posting and being honest like you have been. Time will take care of everything.
I really feel a lot of this, if not all of it, has to do with the stress and lack of proper care regarding your surgery/illness. There's nothing tougher for an opiate addict than to have to deal with surgery and necessary medications for pain control...it's damn near impossible not to have some sort of setback. The important thing is that you've recognized it and stopped it in its tracks. It's over and you're still OK. I'm right here if you need to talk. I will keep checking this site all day...let me know how you're doing. I do care about you, and I'm am praying for you right now. This is all part of the recovery process, and you'll be stronger for it in the end.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
I don't have energy for long post.
Just to say thank you Melanie. Your post has really cheered me up.
I'm still suffering but I can get through this.
Yes I agree, the post op pain relief further complicated by the oxycontin for the serious acid stomach problem has thrown me back a few steps. Well, not backwards, there was nothing I could do about it. I was in severe pain. But it most certainly has contributed to my state of mind being so bad at the moment. Let's hope it will improve over the next few days.
I've never been diagnosed with bipolar, just Asperger's. However, people with Asperger's can have a very similar type of personality to bipolar, experiencing highs and lows in extremely quick succession, in minutes, seconds...
Thanks again Mel,
Phil.
repeat comment, deleted...
Melanie your doing great off the methadone and when you described the psycological withdrawal versus the physical w/d it really spoke to me I too am having trouble getting used to being "normal" trying to learn to relive life again is hard. It's not like riding a bike you have to learn all over again.
Phil hang in their man you have always been there for everybody else when they need you now it is time for us to be there for you. I sincerely know that this small bup set back will remind you why you wanted to become clean in the first place and as for the oxys after surgery that was completely necessary. I really wish the best for you as you have helped me with your words so MANY times in the past. I was and still am debating doing some oxys next weekend my wife got some as she ran out of her usual medication she's at the docs now LOL but she still has 2 80's left I asked her for half of one next weekend so we could get high together she reluctantly said yes but she doesn't want me to go through the same bullshit again getting hooked and going though the w/d's one time can't hurt I told her. I don't know what I'm thinking am I a fucking nut job what the hell is wrong with me. Is it possible to go from a full blown adict to a recreational user? I've seen other people who can use recreationally why can't I? Sorry for the rant I just had to get this off my chest I still have 5 days before I'm planning on using WTF is wrong with me?
By the way I'm really looking forward to using next weekend going from zero tolerance I know this sounds fucked up but I need help I've come so far but could this one time be just that, one time? I think so? I don't want to go back to using full time again. I know this post is fucked up especially in a room of recovering addicts which I am one, but this is the way I feel today. I actually am happy there has been no added stress in my life I'm working full time why do I feel that I want to use? I just want to party I guess sorry for going on about this I'm just being honest and that is what this site is about people being honest.
RBM: Hey, thanks for the kind words! I'm still hangin' in there...it's 16 days off the methadone!
Anyway, at least you're honest. Now having said that, let me be honest with you. Once you've overdone the opiate thing, you'll always overdo the opiate thing. It might not be right away, but if you succeed in doing it "just once" then you're GONNA do it "just once" again and again...until you have to kick it all over again. It will creep right back into a full blown habit. But you'll probably have to find this out on your own...I did many, many, many times. And I still do the bargaining thing with myself, also. It's hard to pass up popping a pill that you know will give you the blissful happiness that you crave. The problem is, if we don't give our receptors adequate time to rebuild, we'll never be able to feel that bliss naturally. It's like taking one step forward and two steps back, until we have a huge mountain to climb...it sucks!
I know you're gonna do what you wanna do, but I hope you realize that one time leads to another and another and another. That's just the hard reality. But you already know all this, don't ya? I'm just trying to help you out by reinforcing the facts. I do the same type of bargaining that you're doing right now. I just can't do it anymore. Whatever happens, whatever you do, you know you're always welcome with open arms here! We all understand how it goes. We'll still luv ya no matter what.
RBM no way dont you dare im telling you I done that you love oxy`s ok well guess what you dont have no withdrawls but you will be right back in the shit hole! I dont want you having to be right back at square one because believe me you will because I was addicted to oxy`s bad doing 10 80`s at a time and sick off my ass not high nemore as soon as you do that oxy with your old lady all that is gonna be in your head is I can keep just doing a half and feel good hell no it dont work like that be fucking proud man that your good if i was over with my w/d I would bragg but no i did exactly what your gonna do and its bullshit dont do it man keep your head on straight you dont have pain you dont need it do something thats gonna make you feel good go to the gym and lift or ride a four wheeler or something active you like to do that will not make you feel like your gonna die the next 2 monthes! I got faith in you and I hope you dont use bro your better than that now stay on that strong road dont drop in the ditch and get fucked up again get back in contact with me I will talk to you!
RBM:
Same from me. It can't be done. As Melanie said, once you've over done it in the past you do so again. You might be able to wait another week. Then you'll be waiting 24 hours. Then you'll be doing it all day every day. Maybe even from that one hit you'll be seeking out the next the same night or the next day.
It just doesn't work. You can't use it recreationally. I nearly screwed up just trying that myself. Going through the struggle of sobriety is part of the healing process and the next morning is always delightful when you haven't used. When you have used, the next morning is miserable and guilt fillled.
Like Melanie said, you'll do what you gonna do and we will never reject you here whatever you do. Just please, leave it behind, don't do it. Don't cause yourself all that agro.
Whatever happens, please come back still and talk to us. You are one of the family.
God bless,
Phil.
I feel kind of inexperienced when talking on this site among you all. As it's been me asking the questions and telling you all of my situation. But i have to be blunt and say it how i see it on this occasion.
RBM - There is never barely a one off. Once will become once a week. Then one week it might be twice and thats it, kapow. Back to hard times around the corner. I have relapsed like that EVERY time mate. Life will change if we look elsewhere for our comfort factors. We weren't born to be slaves to this stuff we were either sold as live stock to the pharmaceutical companies by docs or we took wrong turns. I'm so sorry for being blunt but im being honest mate...
I want to talk on but typing on a ps3 so back asap stay strong everyone!
RBM.. I'm just going to say .. it won't end well for you.. Everyone else nailed it by saying 'just once' turns into 'just once a month/week' then 'well Today is Wednesday .. Fuck it I'm going to celebrate!'
You'll be counting days until you get to the weekend to experience the high again.
It even happened to me with 5 mg Vics.. I found a bottle.. I did one and felt amazing.. This was around my day 9 or so.. The next day I thought I'd get another one.. Because I had it in my head that if I felt shitty I'd get another one .. Well I did feel shitty.. So I took it.
The second pill .. (Only 5 mg here) didn't compare to the first.. And I wanted to take another one to get that original feeling back. It's a fucking terrible thing we do because we trick ourselves into believing 'one more' is all we need. The day after I took that second 5 mg Vic WD hit me so bad I ran for the bathroom and sat in bath water.
I can never use again. There I said it. Because as soon as I crush that oxy and snort it back and feel that high rush over me it will overpower my senses and I will feel spectacular. I will be high as hell and feeling great. The next day I'll probably have some left so I'd do that too..
Then when you sober up you remember how good it felt to use. How nice of a vacation it brought to you. How you felt more creative or social. Then you want it again. The physical addiction might not come back as soon, but you in your mind are back to a point where you allow yourself to think once in awhile is ok. But it's not.
I used recreationally. I was one of those people. Then I basically used a day every weekend. Then it escalated from there to where I was on something every day.
Don't you get it yet? There are no recreational users of this stuff. It might take 8 years, but eventually they wind up like me. I started out innocently enough thinking I couldn't get addicted to drugs, but I did.. Believe it or not I didn't think methadone was addictive. Boy was that stupid. I took it for pain control after a surgery.. Then for recreational use a bit after. It spiraled into a daily thing from there. Then switched to subs.
I want to use. I'd give anything to just let it go.. But my friend kicked uppers and has been clean for 9 or so months. They admitted they can't touch it again. I think that's a big step albeit a scary one.
Drugs were such a huge part of who I was as a person I couldn't dream of never getting high again, but that's probably what it's going to have to be.
There is no 'last time' for an addict that keeps saying 'once more' or 'just this one time it'll be ok'.
I'm not going to think less of you if you use.. I'm just giving you some advice because that's what I feel will happen. I do hope that if you get blasted our of your mind you report on how you feel the next day and week that follow. I'd like to read it, and if that's the case, do a line thinking of me please.
-JDoe
PS - Tomorrow is one month sober for me. From December 26th to January 26th. As always thank you all for your support. Your words mean a lot to me, and I'm reading all your stories and wishing you all the best.
I'm interested to here how you guys and gals are feeling after being clean for 1 month or so from subs. Has the intense anxiety gone? Have the withdrawals gone? Is there PAWS and what is the nature of it?
I want to compare my experiences to yours.
As you know from a recent previous post I screwed up on a few subs. Our psychological tolerance is unbelievable. Years ago I could take the same dose every now and then and get the same effect. Now i can take the same dose once and then I need double or treble to get anywhere near the same feeling. And, even then it doesn't work. I just get the nausea and feel rough as anything.
Anyway, I didn't relapse long enough to get tolerance thank goodness. Well, not anything of any note.
I am going through the old valium rebound anxiety shit right now due to slipping up on those. I thought I could use them wisely as I am 8 months clean and sick of suffering from PAWS, constant worry about everything. I was wrong. They messed my head up. I did too much. I was taking about 30 to 45mg a day for 3 weeks and on the last day was suicidal and took about 150mg (can I really remember?).
It didn't knock me out so I took double my seroquel on top and drank alcohol. Eventually I slept till about 3am. I felt horrendous when I woke up. I popped a prozac as I really did fear for my life.
I know benzo withdrawal is nothing compared to opies but still, it sux. I'm stupid enough to have got myself in this mess but I'm sure I'll climb out of it (and a lot faster than with those horrendous opiates).
Still very mixed up today. Lost all motivation to wash since Saturday.
Laters Phil.
I hope all goes well for you Phil, either way keep posting man you are helping sooo many people with your amazing posting abilities i felt almost shy to say anything... But i got massive respect for the things you say and they couldnt be said any better tbh...
Myself - The w/d pains and shivers are still there but a lot less than to begin with. I can actually say yea... I can handle this now! :). Just the fact i havent slept for a week and random depression attacks hitting me (For example i saw 4 words on my TV "Killing me, Killing me" from a 30 seconds to mars tune and i broke down had to leave a room full of family before they noticed. Simply those words...
I've never been treated for depression but to Phil i love valiums man i bought 30x 10mg diazepam at the start of this drama and they were gone over the first weekend and i couldnt walk straight.
JDoe - It hurts to say it doesnt it, does for me too but it's the truth. Never again can we put our loved ones or ourselves through this. You have been the proof i needed that im not fucked for life man. I'm buying my parents a weekend away at the end of this to say thanks for the... Everything!
Melanie, Phil, Paul, and Jdoe thank you guys I don't know what I was thinking. I was just thinking out loud you are all absolutely right I think Phil said I will be counting the days till next week than 24 hours and Jdoe when you said it'll be once a month than once a week than fuck it it's wednesday let's celebrate that is exactly what would happen. I have been clean since nov. 29 except for one slip up with 2 vic tens a couple weeks ago I did feel guilty the next day and wished I didn't use them. When I was on them it felt amazing I'm not going to lie but you really kick yourself in the ass the next day and I don't want that to happen. Thanks to all you amazing people for helping so many geet through this.
Phil you had asked how everyone is doing with their PAWS my anxiety has subsided substantially although I do get the occasional anxiety attack. I think the hardest part for me is learing to live life again and try to remember what I did before I got high looking for drugs and doing drugs takes a lot of time out of your day without that you have to fill that time with something else and that is what I'm having trouble with. As for withdrawals they are almost non existant although I sometimes feel lethargic and do have the lack of energy problem sometimes when I get home from work I don't feel like doing anything except watching a little tv but other than that I feel pretty dam good. Thanks for everyones ispirational words you really helped me not do something really stupid this week.
RBM 2 months and you're almost completely healed? Wow mate i'm going to scroll up 2 months and follow your progress if you dont mind or does it go further back? Either way you are past the worst. Ican relate to the boredom you are experiencing big time. Something will grab your attention at some point soon like a hobby... Or ambition will kick in or something if you just keep pushing the thought of going back out of your mind. Remind yourself what thoughts you were having and all the bad points of using opiates when you jumped and how long it took to get to where you are now...
In between being hooked on must be everything on the black market in the UK at some point i spent time doing other stuff that i enjoyed it's just a long phase you went through all-be it down a bad path. There are more phases and good times to come we just have to look elsewhere for them.
Paul
RBM - I'm really thankful you didn't use. I really think we all have to admit that we can't. Needing to use because of a scrip is different than trying to be recreational.
It's just that when you said you were wanting to use so bad I put myself in your shoes. I thought what if I was getting oxy on the weekend. How great it'd feel and then how I'd be mentally counting the hours until I could use again. That even happened before I was a full blown addict. I'd use every weekend, and before long I was counting the hours. Then I'd use early and just go on a weekend long bender and be anti-social.
I can never go back. It's sad, but it's so true. I know you did the right thing RBM. I'm proud of you.
And Paul - I'm so happy to hear it's getting easier for you. It truly is a long hard road out of hell. I'm feeling a bit of anxiety right now actually, but I've finally made it to the month long marker.
It's truly so much easier than it had been. I've had random cravings hit me here and there, but I've got the power now to call myself on the bull shit my brain is pulling.
I'm feeling a little afraid for scared girl.. She quit a day before me and fell off around 4 days ago when she posted. I'm hoping she's ok and isn't using, but scared girl if you're reading this and you are using you can stop and get back to being sober. It's NEVER too late and you haven't lost until you've given up. I hope my words reach you.
Lastly I've reached my month, and am happy for that. And I couldn't have done it without all of you, your support, and your stories. It's my wish that my story helps others out there going through this hell like I did.
I've got so much love for all of you. I know we can do this.
- JDoe
Hey whats up.. I am downt to a half a pill today. I hope my support calls me on Wednsday.. I go in to work at 4pm but I get home like 11:00 Hopefully my support will stop by. I'll need it. I cant stop thinking about her. She makes me happy
Hi everyone, Hi Jersey Boy.
If that was your first post then welcome! If not then i'd love to catch up on your progress. How far back do you go?
This site is amazingly easy for people in our predicament to let it all out and express ourselves. And people actually listen and understand!
I'm stepping outside today first time properly since the jump off. Got a 2 hour drive to go on. Still feeling shitty but getting there slowly!
Paul
Hello everyone.
Paul, I've responded to your message. I think we are fellow UK residents.
Jersey Boy, when you say you are down to half a pill what strength are you talking about, 8mg pills? If so, then I would carry on tapering down to a crumb before jumping.
Jumping always sucks but it will reduce the intensity of the RLS and stuff, the lower the dose you are at. It won't get rid of the crap you'll have to deal with but it'll be just a bit less intense.
My mood is improving. Paul, I know what you mean about valiums. I used to have a 150-300mg a day habit mixed with vodka or that evil (non)-cider, the white stuff. In those days I would feel great on them but eventually they send you mad and the shit hits the fan. Nasty stuff to use long term. I'm glad you only used that amount for 3 days. 300mg in 3 days, I should think the half-life will keep it doing something in your system for another 7 days. This can sometimes result in rebound anxiety and worsen the opiate withdrawal symptoms so be careful.
I mean, opiate CT is the worst by far, but opiate CT combined with benzo CT? Oh, oh, oh... Now that is even more evil.
I'm recovering well now. I'm whacked as far as energy goes. I don't know if that is the half-life from the benzos (and the muscle relaxant properties) or because I had a general anaesthetic and operation on 5th January, only 3 weeks ago. Probably both. Before the op I was doing fine at voluntary work, lifting heavy stuff etc. i went back for the first time since the op and I couldn't even lift a half empty box.
At least I was able to go back. The week before I tried and lasted about 10 minutes. Again, this isn't withdrawal stuff we're talking about, this is because I had an operation. However, there is a bit of a link. I did have to go on strong pain killers and it did effect my personality. I was glad to get off them. Can you believe that? I actually got sick of them. They really do alter your personality extraordinarily. People hooked on abusing opiates are very hard to like. It has such a bizarre effect. It makes the person very difficult to be around. This has got to be a good reason not to use. When sober, people will actually like!
Oh what it is to be loved. You can't feel love when boxed on opies (thanks for that one Mel, opies).
I agree RBM, the hardest thing in PAWS scenario is finding how to live again without all that wheeling and dealing. It's a whole lifestyle lost. It seems so hard to replace. Normal life seems so incredibly boring. Well yes, it can be. My voluntary job is tedious as hell and yet I still prefer it to the life of the junky.
It's a lot harder if you are unemployed. Having a full time job must be tough at some points but ultimately I believe it must be a saviour. Before I started voluntary work I was in a much worse predicament. My mental state has changed dramatically since learning how to work and be alongside colleagues.
I still only do about 2 days a week voluntary stuff. This operation has messed up my routine and I've found that hard. It almost pushed me back into using again. I so look forward to working 5 days a week and moaning about being sick of my job! My work is extremely tedious but I notice it does me a great deal of good all the same. I always feel much better at the end of the day because of it.
I don't handle being at home all day alone very well and I haven't yet really developed non-drug hobbies and pastimes. However, it is happening slowly. I've had odd occasions of regular activities like going to the cinema.
Still, life for me is an uphill struggle at the moment but it is also better than it ever has been previously.
I might be 8 months clean but bear in mind that I had serious problems mentally and with poly-drug abuse years before I became a 24/7 opiate fiend. So, my PAWS is about coming to terms with myself in a different way. It's about learning how to live a quiet and peaceful life without the chaotic excitement.
It is possible. It is happening to me. I am getting used to it. This latest blip has actually made me stronger and got me further towards my goal. It has stopped me from running away from myself. I couldn't. I was immobilised post-op. I had to confront myself. I was terrified but it isn't that bad. It's fear of fear. The actual fear doesn't even exist. There is no need to live afraid of life (without being on drugs).
Wishing everyone the best, God bless,
Phil.
This is a copy and paste of some reflections I sent to someone by email. They might be of benefit to someone else, who knows...
Yes, there are so many emotions tied up in this. It’s a great deal to come to terms with especially if there are also underlying mental health issues that need addressing and support. The guilt is a horrible one. Us recovering addicts beat ourselves up so badly, emotionally. We really learn to hate ourselves. We don’t have to. We must stop doing this! We’ve got to learn to love ourselves again. We screwed up. So what. So many people have screwed up in different ways but don’t loathe themselves constantly. Look how many murders of passion that take place. The perpetrators learn to live with what they have done. They probably regret it immensely. They probably don’t even remember why or how they did it in the thick of the maddening emotions that lead to the event.
So, no, we mus’nt hate ourselves. Put it behind. Look forward. Letting go of that thought about ever using in the future can be a huge release and help in achieving this. Just thinking that, OK, maybe one day I’ll just have a little hit (of whatever, crack, opiates, etc.), can make us cling on to this self-loathing. This is what I have learnt more than anything over the last three weeks since my operation. Despite everything, I was still holding onto the thought of maybe just having a little something at some point. I had no idea that this was corrupting me so much. It was holding me back from recovery. It was stopping me from learning to enjoy life again. It was making me feel like a fraud.
Flushing those subs down the toilet was the best thing I ever did. (I held onto them ever since I jumped, 'just in case', big mistake, just their very presence in my room slowed my psychological recovery.) The difference I felt after flushing them was immense. I felt almost like a completely new human being all over again. It was incredible.
God bless,
Phil.
Hey guys it's my first time on here I didn't know this site existed.
So I've been reading now for awhile now and first I have to say this seems like a great place to relate simply because from what i have experienced even the Dr.s don't know enough about suboxone to really tell the whole story and I have always been told I want to know too much. I got started on these things by accident (I say By accident) truly there are NO ACCIDENTS only plans other people make that we don't know about. I don't want to tell a bunch of war stories we all have them But after a long life of so called drug abuse , actually I LOVED doing drugs of all types, I was the 1st one one the scene of a horrendous motorcycle /car wreck. I was on my way home from work and was hit head on by a pickup truck yea it was me involved in the wreck. The guy never saw me but all I could do is watch him and try to speed up to get out of the way. For two blocks all I could think of were all the people I had removed from the roadways as a Firefighter & paramedic now it was going to be my turn to die. He hit me at such a speed as to eject me from the bike and I was thrown up in the air when I was face to face with the traffic light I realized I was not only still alive and conscious but now I was going to hit the pavement and slide.This was not going to be pretty but as I came down he hit me for a second time tossing me back up and over his truck. I landed in the bed of the truck on a tree stump. Needless to say I was in trouble, almost killed, and now facing a long road to recover from the physical injuries not to mention the extreme amounts of opiates I was to become totally dependent upon. Why do I tell all this? Because you can beat the addiction/dependence if you will only keep yourself busy with something anything other than the insane behavior we have all practiced hell we are MASTERS of insane behavior. I have only scratched the surface of the last ten years they also include the sudden death of my wife and finding out I carried hepatitis C around for over 20 years before finding out I had it. I have since completed the treatment for the hep C (responded & survived), four total hip replacements, three failed knee surgeries and so on and so on. June will be ten years since the accident. and I am in great shape. I can do all the things I was told I would never do again and then some. YOU have to decide to do it. I am so glad to be able to share with people about the devastation of the drugs and be understood. I have to say going through the w/d quicker seemed to be a better choice so even though I was warned not to I chose to go from 1000 mg of morphine a day to 16 mg of the suboxone to my surprise and joy I personally did not have any trouble. I do not suggest it but do what you have to to get and stay clean. Thanks and I will be back online with you all soon. REMEMBER:
"Where we are today is a direct result of choices
we have made in the past"
Make the right choices. They are not all easy but we will prosper and be better for it.
'Doc'
Phil: I completely agree with what you are saying regarding the self-loathing and guilt. Holding onto these types of negative feelings serves NO purpose after we realize the wrongness in our actions. It is my belief that we are here on this planet as a way to learn and ultimately develop our character. This life is hard, and each of us has our own lessons to learn. As addicts, we have to learn temperance first and foremost. And constantly feeling guilty only keeps us in the vicious cycle of self-loathing, self-pity, and regret. We are all just extensions of God (life force, creation, etc.), so loving oneself is not only important...it is our birthright! I know my beliefs sound unconventional, and not everyone will agree, but I can't help but put it out there the way I understand it.
I can definitely hear the healing in your words, Phil...you have gotten past this. You are, without a doubt, wiser and stronger for going through it. And I am glad to hear that flushing down those remaining pills made such a positive impact on you. It makes perfect sense...now you really CAN be free!
I have been reading about how so many of us have these thoughts about how hard it's going to be to NEVER use drugs again...these thoughts can really be detrimental. If there's one golden piece of advice I've learned from AA/NA meetings, it is this...."JUST FOR TODAY". You cannot think about next week, next month, next year, or the next 20 years. You can only think about today..."Just for today I will not use." It is really effective if you just try it. And this has nothing to do with religion/spirituality...it's just good sense. It's the only way I can deal with the reality that I cannot use my DOC anymore...no...wait a minute...just for today I cannot use my DOC! It's an effective and necessary way to train your thoughts and your mind. And it does work with a little practice.
Doc: What an incredible story! It's great to have you here and I hope you stick around. This is a very positive, healing, and compassionate group of individuals. We have a common goal and we do everything we can to help our fellow addicts who are struggling. Just sharing our stories is helpful in letting others know that they are not alone.
It's been 17 days off the methadone for me...I'm not out of the woods yet...but I do feel great about what I've done. I have used kratom, which was miraculous in helping me through the WD's, but it IS an opiod, so I will soon have to taper off of it as well. It is the general consensus that the intensity of kratom WD is no where near that of hard opies like methadone or sub...but I will have to "pay the piper" eventually. Kratom can be a great tool for coming off the hard stuff, but I was a bit naive to think it was without it's own set of dependency issues. I am, however, sooo thankful that I found it! Thanks again, Bellevedear! We will be doing this together! If done properly, we can get through this with very minimal suffering!
Thanks for listening and thanks for caring!
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
my 2 cents:
I have been a heroin addict for about 8 years. 2 of those years were spent in Prison for 2 bank robberies. I was still using frequently while locked up. About 2 years ago I got on Methadone. I was taking 100 mgs for about 16 months. Then I decided it was time to quit so I moved 6 states away to where no one I knew was an addict, or So I thought. I ended up finding Suboxone o the streets and was taking 8mgs for about a month, then I went down to 4 mgs for 2 weeks and finally (is it ever final?) 2 mgs for about a month. My problem is, or was, that since I knew where to get suboxone, and for reasonably cheap, I didnt think Id ever try to commit to stopping completely. So I moved again, to the mid-west, where the only folks i knew were clean, healthy and willing to take me in for awhile. I brought 1 sb with me and took half of it and threw the other half away. Its only been 3 1/2 days since ive been off it completely, but I dont feel so bad. i know that suboxone can last up to 72 hours. So Im a little worried about whats to come, but after reading so many of these posts, i feel confident I will get through it. Drugs have been the bane of my existence. My answer of running across the country is abit extreme, but it was all I could do to get away, and psychologically it has helped. I start a new job soon and hopefully burying myself in work for awhile will help me forget what im going through. Anyway, thanks for all the advice.
Wish me luck,
Rik
Hi, managed to get onto the computer finally. :)
Phil, Yea man i live in nothamptonshire, I think my REALLY bad first night of w/d may have been made worse by the fact i had taken that much valium recently. I actually thought i may have some kind of new problem headwise, it scared me but the thoughts i was getting i needed to be locked up! I don't think ill be going back to diazepam/valium again to be honest. I always was a bit scared of them as when i was 18 i met my kids mum - my longest lasting relationship. We walked up to her house one night and one of the local children aged 13 was literally squirming and rolling around on the floor... He had been stealing his dads diazepam and had taken a good 30+ 10mg ones that day. To cut the story short, he got sent to a kids home slash "rehab" and subsequently died aftr breaking into the medicine cupboard during the night. So i had this feeling i was doing something bad taking that much myself anyway but i know my tolerance could take them... Didnt know a crash was coming though! I had Jumped from 4-8mg of suboxone a day plus i had that on top witch now explains why i thought it was as bad as a full on Heroin withdrawal with emotional craziness on top . I havent checked your older posts at time of writing but it's where you've talked about operations and wotnot that's got me interested. I really hope your recent one was a success mate i need reminding what it was for but im sure ill find it.
You are 100% right, i fell out with everyone i know while on H i mean i had money and threw it away like i didnt matter. I also had people that wanted to invest with me in the umm... market so to speak and that all turned bad because while WE have that feel good factor from the drugs we don't look around us at how other people are percieving what we do and how we act as much. Blind as bats and numb to the world around us we have no feelings and no care for anything or anyone while on hard opiates in a big way. The second I got off H and onto subs a bit of my outlook on life came back and i realised how other people were looking at me and looked at myself in the same way. I still think of myself as that person and i need to make amens to everyone i know in one way or another even for the tinyest things. I was 100% selfish. My random depression attacks are about that when they hit i brake down and can not believe i was injecting the shit!
It's definately a scary thought, not being able to let go and not care and take whatever drug i find. I have only ever bought coke or crack out of boredom and dont see it as a hard thing to let go of. But crack has made me relapse on H every time ive tried to get away, they go hand in hand but i do love that stuff. Hense im not going near that either now just incase... (Plus it sickens me i made £40k last year on the "market" and came out this year broke with a new ps3, cheap T.V and a car worth 500 quid not even rent money to pay this months rent due to that and H) Feel like SUCH a FOOL. Twice maybe 3 times the average persons after tax salary spent on drug binges. "It's an investment"...
Doc - I can fully imagine being in your position during that accident it must have been SUCH a relief to be alive. It's great to have you here, im glad you found the site! Welcome! I do hate to see the better people in life such as yourself (Saying that because of your jobs and how many people you must have helped!) Get shit on like that. But youre proof opiates can be beaten! Please come back and post again im looking forward to it!
Melanie - Couldnt have been said better!
I don't think us Brits get kratom? It's taken as a tea right? Anything is better than methadone! In a way you're weening yourself down nicely because 16 days isnt a long time to get as far as you have. So Methadone to Suboxone to Kratom sounds good to me as long as it really is an easier WD. I wish you all the best and it sounds like a good move to me. Maybe just use enough to get over the Methadone/Suboxone before it sets in? I'm talking of something i know nothing about apart from glancing over a page about kratom after reading Believedears posts. But its one step closer right? :)
Paul
Hi Rik - Good Luck and Welcome! Keep us posted mate!
Third post in a row sorry...
"it's a whole 'nother monster" I think you said Melanie. 7 days since the jump and no sleep - bar an hour if im lucky.
When they say "symptoms - Insomnia, Sweating, Fatigue... They didnt explain about all 3 happenning ONLY when i try to sleep now! Basically i lie down get cold shiver and get under the covers to get warm right.... All is good except it like 4am im shattered but my eyelids won't relax and 3 hours later im still trying, (11am roughly yesterdsy before i slept for an hour). Then when i do fall asleep i seem to overheat massivly and wake straight back up within the hour! It's getting to me now!
Paul: I feel your pain...there's little in this world that causes such drawn out physical and mental suffering as does opiate WD's. There is something so hellish about it. And the more times we go through it, the worse it seems to get.
The good news is, you have made it seven days...the worst is peaking right now and will slowly subside from here on out. You don't ever have to feel this way again if you don't want to. I know you can do this. If you've made it seven days, you can do anything. The worst part is how slowly it goes away...it takes so long to get back to normal...but every single second you are off the opies, your brain is repairing itself.
I never actually took subs. I was going to, until I found this forum. After reading countless horror stories I opted to just wean off the methadone that I was taking. Phil has followed me throughout this whole process, and with his support, along with the support from others on the forum, I have succeeded. I'm still a long way from being done, but I am really glad to be off the methadone. There are some people on the kratomforum who are from the UK...you just have to get it from a trusted vendor that ships overseas, and there are a few. But again, it works on opiate receptors, so I will have to endure some sort of milder (hopefully) WD from it as well. Hope this all makes sense...I was unable to sleep last night and I'm feeling the effects of sleep deprivation.
I just wanted you to know that your suffering is acknowledged...we all know what a hellish feeling it is, and I'm here for support. Post as much as you need if it helps, that's what this forum is for.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
A couple new faces since I visited last Doc, Rik, Paul Nice to have to guys here you will find you can share anything here. Doc you should share more of your story you said you didn't want to share your war stories but everyones story is different and unique and if your here your here for a reason. This site continues to help me, everytime I'm feeling a little shitty I can come and read the posts and it is very therapeutic. Melanie I wish you the best of luck with getting off the Kratom you've already made it this far you definetly have the strength to do it. I think it was Henry Ford that said "Whether you think you can, or think you can't, you're right"
I hope to god this IS the peak as i was sooo much under the impression i was almost over the physical wds :( Still no sleep today. What i failed to say is that when i do wake up after the rare 1hour i sleep im absolutley soaked. So i have to get up, get changed, grab one of the other bed covers and sheets and change them or maybe just turn over that quilt and then im pissed off it feels horrible being that hot and clammy then the second the room air hits the wet/damp part of my body and like legs and arms etc i get huge shivers and insomnia is well 'n' truly kicked in by then.
But at least i got that hour tho... This morning i gave up trying i think im feeling more fatigue so maybe fatigue amplifies the other effects and maybe that one hour is enough.
Melanie, Sorry i just assumed about subs my bad. Same tho actually i didnt even know subs were opiate i was totally oblivious until i got to this site. I still woud have used them but the second i found out here was when i stopped as my little quick taper was actually supposed to be in my mind a test to see if i was finished "rattling" from H. But as you did, i decided to avoid them from there on after reading up... Hopefully it'll all subside it's just getting to me mentally as bad as it ever has (the opiate addiction i mean) Really wasnt expecting it to go on this long. Thought i'd be home free dealing with boredom issues by now thats all. Looks like it was prolonged after all.
The only other thing i can think is that it might be still H addiction i havent actually researched it yet but im going to!
Paul (aka Paul)
My last doses were (mg per day) 8 4 2 1 .01 roughly thats my taper... An 8mg suboxone was all i had to ween off with so this would be like day 9 if thats the case. 2mg being day 1. The fact things got so much easier fooled me this has been a bad day but i know time heals and it might just be like a sucker punch from my receptors to get me to jump up and go see my dealer. Can't happen i'm not putting myself through it again it would be 3 weeks down the drain if i got H.
Paul: How long were you taking subs? It seems like I remember reading that you were only on them for a week or so. Even if you were on them longer, it's definitely not the H causing this, but rather, the subs. The only positive thing about H is that the acute WD only lasts 3-5 days...although the Protracted Acute WD (PAWS) can linger for a lot longer. Either way, you are past the peak. Calling your dealer and saying "fuck it" would be a really bad move. All your suffering counts for something, and giving in now would be like throwing that clean time in the toilet. I know it's easier in theory though! But you are doing so well, and you've come so far. Just keep posting...go to an NA meeting. Tell them what you're going through and you will get much needed hugs and encouragement. Only another addict can understand and empathize with this type of suffering. It is seriously miserable.
Hot baths are extremely helpful. I have also heard of people having great success using a space heater by them while they lay down. You keep a part of your body exposed so that it warms you just enough, and evaporates the sweat off of your skin. But you can only do this if you have one, which is unlikely. I don't have one! I live in a tropical climate (Southwest Florida) so there's no real need, but I was thinking of buying one for this purpose.
I hope you are able to start feeling some relief soon...you are definitely almost done with the worst of it. It will be so worth it in the end! Write back when you can.
RBM: Thanks for the kind words. Yeah, I've been using the kratom for methadone WD and it really helps. I will just have to wait and see how it goes when I stop using the kratom. According to many people I've talked to, it does cause minor WD when used everyday for an extended period, but nothing like methadone or subs. I'll worry about cutting my usage later, once the methadone WD is past the acute phase. Last time I quit the 'done, the WD's went on for a few months. It was horrible. I am glad to have found the kratom...without it I would still be taking methadone. I'll keep posting my experience with kratom as this journey progresses.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Listen scared little girl You can do it. I am off all day Thursday so it is going to be tough for me. Alot of free time to get into trouble. But I have been good so far. so Keep it up and hope to here good news from you soon
Hi, it was around 2 weeks that the subs lasted. I think I was pretty dependant tho as they took over from H pretty easily. I had no fear of WD, and to be totally honest i thought it was a few day thing like on T.V. where you get locked up for 3 days and you come out feeling 100%! So when i went through full on H WD for 36 hours as advised by friend, i thought take subs for 5 days tops and shouldn't need more but 2 weeks later i was still feeling like shit if i didnt take like 4mg/8mg a day i still felt WD. In the past, ignorance was bliss!
Finding this site is what has got me loathing opiates. I've become fully aware now and have had the experience to say NO WAY! I've slipped before when i've tried but this time im educated by FACT not fiction. And i've had amazing (TO ME) supportfrom family,friends that knew me as Paul and not the zombie i became early last year February i think. But no one that wants to be clean understands quite like that forum full of amazing people i found randomly here. Thanks!
4am again, been trying to sleep and am feeling better than earlier but still wide awake must be minimum 8 sleepless nights in a row. I slept through a lot of the 36 hour wait through H WD. But this is a joke now i couldnt be more tired and worn down mentally for the record. I hope nobody reads this and is put off, because go through it once and you have your life back. No regrets. And it's never too late to take control of yourself and make changes. Really feel like im posting too frequently but i hope everyone is doing ok and all is bareable if not good?
paul
Hi new faces :)
Paul - hang in there.. If you want to sleep Tylenol PM won't help .. That much I can assure you.. Xanax helped me tremendously.. It's only by prescription, but sleeping for 8 hours or 7 hours beat the piss out of sleeping for 1 or 2 and I TOTALLY know the symptoms you're talking about..
You can't get comfortable in bed, your burning up hot so you kick out a leg and then it's immediately cold.. Those nights were hell until I started taking Xanax to sleep. I don't quite recall when I was able to sleep 8 hours on my own, but it took awhile.
And how time crawls during WD.. Sleep was my only refuge. And I think you need it for this fight. You can try something with melatonin.. But stay away from the Tylenol PM crap.. It just makes your brain tired.. Your body is wide awake. Trust me.. I tried.. Then immediately took a Xanax.
1 month 2 days sober.
- JDoe
Hello everyone, great to read all your posts and welcome to the newcomers.
aka Paul:
I agree with JDoe, you sound like you need some meds to help you sleep (non-opioid ones). I bet, like me, you are kicking yourself you munched all the vallies in three days. Without benzo tolerance just one 10mg would probably be enough to get you sleep or even 5mg. Even better is zopiclone. I find it far less addictive and it has a much shorter half-life so it doesn't build up in your system.
Problem is, can you get benzos or zeds and not go crazy with them? Will you be able to use them much more cautiously? I think you might have learnt your lesson that excess isn't the right way.
Other stuff that can aid sleep is seroquel and I used to take Promethazine (Phenergan) OTC. The latter might not be strong enough to help much at the moment but who knows... The doctor would have to prescribe seroquel. It's a non-addictive medicine used to treat psychosis but in smaller doses it is used to treat insomnia and anxiety.
I'm still on 150mg seroquel and 15mg zopiclone every night for my sleep. The doc will be weaning me off this year. I think I'm ready for that now. It has been 8 months since I jumped.
Withdrawals are weird. One person can get a very different experience to another. It can depend on environment, support, loneliness, day time boredom, a whole host of things. The same person can even get a different experience withdrawing from the same stuff as before. The duration can change, the intensity, the PAWS.
I'm sure I've read somewhere that although H withdrawals can be over in 5 days they can also sometimes take upto 14 days. Don't quote me on that but maybe worth checking that data.
The operation I had was gallbladder removal. I had 7 large'ish stones in there, gallstones. It was causing me a lot of problems. I'm glad I've had the op and survived the post-op PK regime without relapse (was a bit close at one point).
Doc:
I wasn't sure what you meant. Are you clean from the 1000mg morphine or is it a case of replacement of morphine with buprenorphine? Personally, I'd prefer a hospital pain clinic controlled morphine taper than a bupe taper but we're all different. Don't get fooled into thinking subs are some kind of magic alternative to morphine/opiates. Subs are opiates, semi-synthesised from the naturally occurring opium poppy alkaloid thebaine.
There is nothing non-opioid about suboxone/subutex (buprenorphine). It gave me some respite for a while but after the novelty wore off it caused me the same problems that the other opiates did. Personally, I just really loathe long-acting opiates. The brain never gets a chance to be even halfway normal between hits.
But, heck, what to do? I know, once you are stuck in opiate addiction hell it can seem impossible to see a way out. Anything that promises hope is tempting.
Mel:
I'm sorry to hear things are still rough for you. I was hoping the Kratom might be helping more but perhaps this is just because you are keeping it's use to a minimum which is probably an extremely good idea.
Oh, and Paul, don't apologise for posting frequently. Post as much as you like even if it is once every 10 minutes, hehe. Whatever helps you mate...
Best wishes to all of you, God bless,
Phil.
Everyone I got some advice for yah i tried every sleeping aid and i found that Melatonin 5mg works so good it knocks you out through withdrawls! I was on my 6th day the 4th relapse ive had and i started take melatonin and it makes my life 85% back to normal just thought id tell yah you can get it at walmart its make by Spring Valley Vitamins take 3 of the 5mg pills and it will help tramendously! Good luck hope it helps everyone!
Just trying
Checking in! Thanks for the support and advice in the last few posts guys. It seems that Melanie was right! I seem to have peaked the WDs! My sleep is coming back slowly but surely. 4 hours definately seems enough at the moment when i can eventually nod off.
Phil: I hope everything is good mate. That was one hell of a question in PM! I have your reply half written and im really looking into that! With the Vallies I have only EVER binged on them i dont know what the "normal" effects of a single 10mg tablet do even. They just added to everything else at the time last time namely Subs and H.
Melanie: I've lost count of the days again but thank you so much for supporting me. You really helped me out and gave me stuff to think about. I hope kratom has started to help you by now?
I have learned so much from this site and experience. I feel like there's been something new to think about daily. Can't thank everyone enough!!! Now i know its not over but the physical part we dread is done with. Now its all about staying active and finding a new direction to take life in. I'm simply planning to try and avoid depression as i usually do in life and shove it all to the back of my mind. Boredom is a massive aspect as i've noticed from past experiences i mean boredom was what made me decide to get H knowing i shouldnt in the first place. Good times to come tho with a positive attitude. Woop woop!
For the record. Suboxone may be addictive, and may even be a serious habit to kick but it HAS helped me kick an injection level Heroin addiction. So for that i am glad i took them when i did. Even if i was ignorant to what i was actually taking and the fact it was also opiate. Irish Girl somewhere up in these posts said it is 40x stronger than morphine! Now im not sure what she meant by that but i had times that it felt as bad as a H WD. But not for as long.. I was up and down through it rather than seriously down for the entire time. I'd like to think she meant 40x more likely to become addictive tho!
I'd seriously have tried melatonin.. Tylenol PM didn't phase me in the slightest.. I figured I'd need melatonin to actually sleep.. I just used Xanax, and that worked amazingly for the anxiety I felt and a sleep aid.
I still get anxiety attacks. But it's so infrequent anymore. One month and 4 days sober and still going.
I haven't sneezed today!! well yet.. I'd been sneezing a lot up until today. Maybe that's another symptom I can cross off. With that gone it'll only be random anxiety attacks and random cravings.
I've got more energy now, and I don't get tired in the afternoons too much. I'm thinking I'm almost through this. Now I just have to stay clean. One day at a time.
I also hope you can sleep Paul. Sleep really helped me.
Hi JDoe,
Im still probably going to go to the doctors about sleep if it doesnt improve. Not sure what he's likely to give me i mean i don't think any UK NHS practitioner will give you what you want it wouldn't be any fun for them otherwise. It isn't right that i should have my speech for him rehearsed. I got no help from him last time because i told it as it was. Then i suffered more than i needed to because he felt like making me.
I haven't had a good time with sleep aids in the past but i may have just took the wrong ones. We shall see what happens anyway. :)
Great to see how far you've come mate like i said; Living proof that these times can be old times rather than ongoing times. You've kicked a huge physically dependant habit and it's only going to get better!
Paul I have to agree with Jdoe xanax helped me tremendously with sleep that and a couple glasses of wine I had huge sleep issues when I was going through w/d's I'm 62 days clean and I don't need the xanax every night I like Jdoe do get the occasional anxiety attack but I don't take it everyday any more I don't want to develop a benzo prob I was taking .5 mg as needed for anxiety and sleep. Melanie on a side note they sell space heaters in Florida? LOL It's like having an air conditioner in the Antarctic. But for real everyone let's keep on keeping on.
Hey Paul, totally feel ya on the no sleeping tip!! When u go to DR. ask him about Remeron. This has helped me sleep for a period of 7-8 hours with no interuptions. Dr. put me on it when I was in jail, at least something positive came about it! Tell Dr. u have racing thoughts at night and anxiety.... Good Luck..
Now, for me...O'boy, on my 5th day with no Subox and getting better after a rough and painful 4 days. No opiates since November 6th 2009. My story is a little different however. Started using opiates about 7 years ago, Recreational; Percs., Vicodin, etc. I finally graduated to Oxy's, worst decision I ever made. Got an 80mg, took the time release off, crushed it and sniffed it..Ahh, so this is what I have been missing; Euphoria, no anxiety, no depression and life is good. I was a former operator/Owner of a Landscape Design business. I gave my best friend a job position as a Foreman. we were landing big jobs $$$$ and making lot's of money. Unfortunately, we started sniffen O.C's at the same time business was booming, 2003. This became an everyday habit instantly, 1-2 80mg. a day.
Started selling Oc's to support my new habit and make fast cash! Then my world came crashing down. My house was Raided for the sale of Oxycontin and things were getting bad. Could not afford my house anymore and continued my downward spiral effect and became self-destructive. I made some BAADDD business decisions and lost my Company after being in Business for over 10 years. This is when I had to go do "TIME" in jail. Wow, all this because of Opiate's!, not good. After serving my sentence I became depressed with lots of Anxiety issues. Went to the Dr. and was diagnosed with this condition in 2007. Mind u, I have never been on any meds. before in my life.I was prescribed Lexapro. Did not work. Since then I have been a "Lab Ratt" on and off different meds.; Prozac, Remeron, Depakote, and all the above not mentioned.
Being clean for about 2 weeks after coming out of jail, I started sniffen Roxy's, for a couple months straight. Back to the bullshit i said to myself....I was doing about 20 Roxy's a day and could no longer function. I knew I had to do something immediately, "Not wanting WD's". I got a couple Subox. off the street and started to sniff them as well. Yes, I love to snort opiate's for some strange reason!
Everybody;"my drug buddy's" told me not to do that, u need to put it under ur tongue. That did not sit well with me, nor did I listen. After sniffing Subox. for a period of 10
months, with no Opiate use, I thought I was cured, Yeah Right! Now I have to kick Subox.?, This was not supposed to happen. Went through the WD, "Horrible Feeling", sweating, pain all over my body, etc., we all know the rest of the symptoms. Took about 3-4 weeks to start feeling normal. I started getting back to the gym and just trying to feel normal again. Was clean for 2 months, at the gym 5 days a week, hangin with normal people again and started feeling my-self. Now, I'm feeling good physically but getting bored with life.
Up To Date- 2-1-2010....On day 5, No Subox or opiate's. Feel better today but still have chills. Smoking pot def. helps u eat and feel a little relaxed; works for me, short term though. U will get through this, It's not forever...As I tell my-self....Good luck to all and God Bless... Joey1234
Well, Well, Well, Hello everyone It's good to be back in.........The company of others, OTHERS who really know what it is like to be truly BLESSED and i do mean blessed!!!
1)WE ARE ALIVE!!! Many are not.
2)Able to be HONEST, a) with ourselves first and foremost
b)Able to share experiences / and a place to do it
c)WILLING to do what it takes to get and STAY clean and straight
I pray we all are on the same page here and if not WE have to be WILLING to at least be open minded long enough to consider the lack of options left to us if we allow the daily challenges we face to close us off from the answers which usually are right in front of us.
DAMN what a mouthful! Please don't hang up or shut down or whatever.
Look I know I may make this stuff seem easy,It's only as bad as we allow ourselves to become involved with. NOW all this may sound a little confusing and you may think I am in a dream world but from where I have been and, by the grace of God, landed Yes it can always get worse. I may not get these names right but Yes I was on 1000mg and no its not a replacement, Thank God.
No one can make us happy nor can we place the responsibility of someones happiness upon ourselves. I was not born with any special favors on my side. Parents divorced at 13 both gone by the time I was 18.and I Had my 12 year old sister in my legal custody that is some thing I never expected but have never regretted as it truly is coming in handy now because of the fact I'm the male role model in my 12yr old nieces life. My only son was taken by his mom at 8 months after me only laying eyes on him once. I never knew she (his mom) was even pregnant, I have never seen him again. I'm In my early 50's in great health, am self employed, have a terminally positive attitude and cannot wait to see what life will toss at me next because the way I see it if I'm not ready now I never will be. Yes LIFE IS GRAND
WE can make of it what we will or give up, There is no future in the later.
Why all this ? Not to brag no simply to say YOU CAN IF YOU WILL. , Sorry but I gotta go I'll be back soon,
Thanks for the outlet and remember,
"You are not finished when you fail at anything....
YOU are finished when you QUIT!!!"
Never quit and you will make it 'DOC'
Hello to the new faces! Joey1234: Great to have you here...what a story...sounds like you have had to learn the hard way like most of us have. It's a difficult path, but once you beat it, it's very rewarding. Glad to have you here!
RBM: Congrats on all that clean time!!!! That is Awesome!! And yeah, they do sell space heaters in Florida. Some people don't have heat in their homes, so when it gets down in the 20's and 30's you need something...and we had some record lows here in Florida last month! I might still end up getting one! Hopefully I won't need it, though! lol!
Paul: I am so glad to hear that you are getting better and that you're finally past the peak. I totally understand what you're saying about the doctors and having to prepare your speech. When you're honest with most of them, it gets you nowhere. It's just senseless. There are some compassionate docs out there, they're just hard to find. I have just recently discovered Ambien, which works really well to aid sleep. I tried one of my husband's Ambien and slept a good eight hours. I hope you are able to get something to help you, at least for a couple months. Keep us updated.
Doc: Your positive attitude is commendable! I need some of that to rub off on me! I've been wallowing around in my own self-pity a bit lately. I'll come around, though...I always somehow manage to be all right. Your post really helped me!
Phil: I think the kratom is becoming less and less of a need...which is a good thing. I think what I was feeling last week was still methadone related. I can go about 10-12 hours in between uses with kratom now, where as before it was only 4-6 hours. I'll just have to give it time.
I hope you're doing OK. I might send you another email to check on you! It always makes me feel better to chat with ya!
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
Hi all,
Just a general post. Yes, thank you doc for your positive attidtude it is great to hear. I am the first to admit I'm a bit of a 'realist' (whinger?) hehe and people like you address the balance. We need peeps like you.
Hello to all new folk.
Big issues coming up at the moment seem to be sleep, anxiety and depression related. Yes, I've been a lab-rat for the doctors for most of my life. Nothing ever really worked. Sometimes antidepressants had a positive effective other times they were negative and always seemed to give me terrible insomnia. They also make me aggressive in my attitude. So I try to stay away from them
Yeh, like you guys, I made the same mistake. Fill the void with the ancient drug opium (and derivatives of). It seemed to do everything that the prescribed drugs were supposed to do except it actually worked (I thought).
Well, problem is, it isn't sustainable. They only 'work' for a short period of time and that being the first time you get into them. Once you've gone hook, line and sinker into 24/7 opiate existence everything starts to fall apart in various ways. There isn't even a high any more just a morbid craving/need for more, if just to stop getting ill.
Returning to opiates does nothing but total destruction. It's never the same. There is no innocent first high. Man, I think the only time I had that was about 18 years ago. Totally opiate ignorant and rushed like my brain cells were travelling out of the top of my head towards heaven. And then that damn itch, histamine release. Oh boy, I wanted to scrape my skin off so bad but I'd been warned not to scratch.
So, chasing the high is nonsense. It never works. Maybe because your expectations are too high or we fight it or we just have a psychological tolerance to the effect.
All opiate abuse would do for me now is perhaps help with anxiety, depression and sleep. And, that is a BIG perhaps. Because, using them would also leave me feeling often times very depressed, self-loathing, self-destructive, unloving, unlovable, erratic sleep patterns and a constant knowledge that to get back to 'normal' I'll have to go through hell again.
Things are hard. I can't deny that. They are really tough. I'm struggling with life. I had to leave the town I live in and move somewhere a few hundrend miles away (long way in the UK). I knew noone. I had no support. I had nothing. No money. No job. No contacts. It was complete and utter hell. But things are getting better. I'm doing voluntary work and getting myself slowly back into the 'normality' of life. I don't even mind the drudgery of it any more. Weird, but I crave the drudgery over the chaotic drug fuelled world.
Back to the anxiety, sleep and depression. Well, I'm liberal on this issue. Yes, sleepers are addictive but also, if you need help to sleep then that's that... Lack of sleep can cause or exacerbate depression and anxiety. It certainly won't enable you to recover.
If you can get by on ambien, soma, zopiclone, zolpidem or benzos or whatever and not binge on them (or learn your lesson that binging on them is a waste of time and go back to using them properly), and that is what you need, then, as far as I'm concerned, go for it. Why should recovering opiate addicts have to suffer more than they need to?
Yes, I also find the occasional drink is helpful. I've never been a great drinker so it isn't a problem for me. Of course , I understand that for an alcoholic it would be disastrous so forgive me but this forum is really for opiate addict recoverers. It would be nice to be all things to all people but it just ain't possible.
Early on in withdrawals, in my 'PAWS', i found antidepressants horrendous, they exacerbated the worst of the symptoms. Maybe they would help now, who knows. I'm trying to avoid them if I can as I do find they have a potent way of changing my personality and I'm not sure it's ever for the better. I would have to be proper suicidal, clinically depressed, to want to go back on them.
So, what drugs work for me? A small amount of valium helps with my nerves. I take 15mg zopiclone and 150mg seroquel at night to give me a proper sleep. Sometimes I have a few drinks and get a bit merry, sometimes I don't. I think seroquel might be like this remeron that was mentioned above. It's an antipsychotic. Sounds frightening but in small doses it just slows your thoughts down and makes you drowsy. No big deal and can be a real life saver. It's also non-addictive. No tolerance is developed, etc. Yeh, I know, if it don't cause tolerance how can it be any good? Hehehe... But seriously, it helps.
I also used to use a drug called Promethazine. It's available OTC in the UK normally as Phenergan. It's a quite powerful drowsy antihistamine. Back then I was using it with the seroquel and zopiclone. I don't need it now. Sometimes I only need half my zopiclone dose now. So things are improving.
I know some people have bounced back a lot quicker than I have from total opiate addiction but you got to bear in mind that I was also escaping serious mental health issues. Coming clean means I've had to confront some pretty terrifying issues of fucked up psychiatric and psychological stuff, so it's been a hard journey. It's mainly neurological and psychological. I've been diagnosed with Asperger's syndrome and I'm being referred for CBT (cognitive behavioural therapy), to try and get me thinking like a happy positive person again.
But, we all have issues. It's good to try and get them sorted out the 'proper' way. What other way is there? Opiate abuse? Other drug abuse? Nope. None of it works. We've tried it. It's shit. At worst it is hell on earth and at best it sucks bad.
Well, that's my rant this morning at about 7am UK time.
Oh, I might have met someone special but it is early days yet so who can tell. It was pretty intense for just two days and I felt compelled to tell them about my past. They were phased for a little while and then decided it was the future that mattered, not the past.
I hope it works out with this special person. At the very least I have met a loyal friend. I just hope it is more than that.
*_*
Phil.
Hello All... Not doing to good tonight. Felt ok this morning and started to get really depressed in the late afternoon. Tears come to my eyes and I just wanna cry, so not me. Soo up and down. I have alot of rage and anger for some reason. Sick of all drs. They tell me I am Bi-polar, but not sure, as I am on Depakote. Just cant seem to let the past go. I had such a good life, now it sucks, Not making money, cant hold down a job because the pay is to little, and just cant be content. Boredom is killing me....
Never felt like my-self again after abusing Opiates and the Orange Devil called Subox.! I'm sure im feeling this way because im still kickin sub, as I remember many times feeling this way after discontinuing Sub.. Very emotional with high anxiety levels. This shit has to end...
God Bless All....Hopefully I will feel better tomorrow and Good Luck to everyone. Night...
Joey I know you mentioned that you were on day five the withdrawals usually peak on day five or six and than you progressively get better all those symptoms you are describing are all normal. When I was going thorugh withdrawals my anxiety got so bad that I had a hard time going out in public and my work suffered as I couldn't bear to do what I was supposed to do for weeks than I had to play catch up so I didn't get fired. Even the most miniscule tasks felt like huge hurdles I was so socially withdrawn I didn't want to see or talk to anybody at times. The xanax helps with this tremendously I was bordering on having panic attacks it was horrible. I knew at the time all I had to do to make it go away was pop a couple vics and I would be fine but than I would be back to square one and would have to start all over again and this was something that I was not willing to do. It will get better you just have to stick it out. Phil that's great that you met someone special I wish only the best for you I really hope that it works out having someone in your life will def boost your spirits. Good job everybody this is the first step on a long road to heaven on earth instead of the hell that we all have been through. Cheers
Hey guys, I found this site as I was googling suboxone withdrawals... I am still on them, only a tiny piece a day, though.. Not fun.. I have been on and off them, on and off loratabs, back and forth, and I know that is not good. I keep thinking I can ween myself off of one and then I can't and I try to ween myself off of another.. I am so weak when it comes to being strong. I am a stay at home mom so I need energy... I was wondering about the kratom? I saw some stuff about it on the internet. Is that how you get it? Do you drink it or what? Please help someone.. I do not want to rely on a pill everyday to just feel normal.. Please help!!
Joey1234:
How much were you on before you jumped? 4mg?
Did you taper enough?
How long since you jumped or u still tapering? Sounds like a full jump.
It will get better. I know it's hell. Total, unbridled hell right now. But, it will and does get better. The very worst peaks after 5 days and then 2 weeks for the worst of the rest. Then it takes time but does get better every day.
Please hang in there. Get what help you can. Report back to us!
Kellie:
You can do this one way or the other. But, there are things that can help. Can you see a doctor for some meds to help sleep and WD symptoms?
Please hang in there. Keep posting. More people will respond and I'm sure someone will get you more info on Kratom.
RBM:
Good to hear from you as always bud. I hope you hanging tight. How you feeling these days?
God bless to you all,
Phil.
Right now I can honestly say I feel great. 1 Month and 7 days sober. I feel like doing things again.. Working on my hobbies and all that. It's so nice to just feel alive again. I was on 4 mg of subs / day.. 2 mg afternoon and 2 mg in the evening and jumped. I never knew what I was missing on the subs.
Joey1234 - You are in the beginning really.. Hang in there.. I was everything you described that early on. I'd cry for no reason and just get depressed. It's the hardest battle I've ever fought getting through the physical WD.
I've said this before, but I kept a log of each day on this forum. Day 1 to feeling better. About a 3 - 4 weeks later. If you'd like to know some of what to expect jumping from 4mg / day read them at your leisure.
Phil - Congrats on finding someone! I hope everything works out for you. I really feel that you deserve that.
Kellie - My only advice to you is simply there is no easy way out.. Get that out of your head. Granted, everyone is different, and tapering will help you, but from what I've read even tapering won't make that huge of a difference. It helps.. It helps to not jump from 4mg / day of subs like I did, but you still go through hell depending on a lot of variables. How long have you been using opiates? How much do you use? etc..
I needed NEEDED to be taken care of for about 2 solid weeks. My fiancee cooked, cleaned, brought home fast-food, tried to keep me comfortable.. I owe my being clean to her for she was my salvation through this nightmare.
Lastly, and generally, I want to say that getting clean has made me feel 100x better than I did before, and it was worth the pain. I know I can't use opiates recreationally anymore which is hard to swallow, but being human again is an awesome thing.
I probably had things easier than a lot of you do or did. I had a supportive fiancee, I planned the WD and took an extended vacation from work, and my fiancee stuck to keeping me sober.
But God dammit hang in there! The end result is so worth what I went through. I'm not snorting my money anymore, and I have a renewed caring for life and the things I used to love.
It's my most sincere wish that we all make it to sobriety, and remain there. It's not easy though. For that info just read my posts where I kept a log of each day.. But it's doable, and I feel stronger for going through it.
Two weeks seems a small amount to pay for what I have right now. Two weeks and the worst is over. Maybe even less. One month and you'll feel human again. It's such a pittance in comparison with what everyone here stands to gain.
Paul - Don't give up. I'm with ya.
Fight on!
- JDoe
Joey1234: i know all about not being able to let the pass go. Even when I was trying, even when I was trying so hard. Then I started to get anxiety attacks instead, prompted for no apparent reason. I know what it is like to feel like I got kicked down when no one was around. I had to address the matter. I tried antidepressants and got Xanax with it. All of it did not change the fact that i was still angry and depressed. (Even though I have a wonderful fiancee that understood me!) I still felt bad. I can't afford therapy. Ultimately, I had to tell the people (family) that they hurt me. The family that was supportive of the family members that hurt me, did not believe me. That family called me a liar and in so little words called me crazy. I cut off all of them, everyone that didn't take what I said seriously, and called them lots of bad names. ;) I won't really get into the issue, but after 2 weeks of the confession (that I kept to myself for many years) i felt liberated from the rage, anger, depression, and constant self-worthlessness. During this time I was helping my fiancee get through WD. Sometimes in the weakest moments of our lives, we find clarity. It starts when we face the demon. There are good things in life that are worth fighting for, and your happiness should be one of those things.
Kellie: Just wanted to drop a quick line to let you know how to find the info you were asking about kratom...go to kratomforum.com. You do ingest it, but on the forum it is referred to as "burning incense for the aroma" . This is because the vendors can only legally sell it as an incense or an herbal research specimen. It does work, but keep in mind it also works on certain opiod receptors in the brain...so it needs to be used in moderation...and anyone with a previous opiate addiction will most likely need to slowly wean off of it as well. It's the general consensus that WD'ing from kratom is much easier than WD'ing from harder opiates such as sub or hydrocodone. If you decide to try it, only use the recommended vendors on the kratom forum since there are alot of BS vendors online selling bunk kratom. I wish you the best and hope this helps.
Melanie (lealaken)
Thank you to all!! I was so happy to log on and see people had responded to me that don't even know me! It is such motivation!! I am so proud of all of you that have quit and are feeling better. I am so ready to be there... to feel normal.
JDoe: I have been off of opiates (was on 6-10 7.5 hydrocodone a day) for around 2 years, and on subs.. It started with a tiny piece every other day, just when my body felt like it wanted to crawl out of it's skin.. but now it's like my body wants it every single day. I feel like it is doing more harm than good. My doctor gave them to me June last year (for the first time).. I tried before to get off of them and called my doctor and asked for something for restless legs and to help with sleep. He put me on requip, which did not work, and then on the other one for restless legs (starts with an m...mirapex maybe?) Anyways, it worked better, but still not good enough. He also put me on tramadol to sleep and I am on prozac, and the pamplet said to not mix tramadol with prozac!! I was so FED UP that I took a half of a loratab 5 which made me feel so much better and helped me sleep. But, then there were 9 1/2 left in the cabinet. So, they were gone in no time.. Then I got more hydrocodone.. Vicious cycle has to stop!! I don't want to be this way. I mean- WHO DOES?
Melanie- Thank you for your info about krotam. I will definitly look up website! Does it help with the restless legs??
Kellie:
Hang in there. Give it another go when you are ready. You will have to suffer some withdrawals. Kratom will help with RLS from what I hear and a lot more.
Also, downers like sleeping tablets (ambien, soma) and benzos like xanax and valium are also very powerful muscle relaxants that will help enormously with RLS, sleep and assist with reducing anxiety. You know obviously to use wisely and not overuse. It won't do you any benefit to overuse.
Best wishes and look forward to hearing from you soon,
Phil.
Hi All,
I have been using oc 80's recreationally everyday for the past eight or so months. Up until last week my habit grew to between 120-160mg a day. I'm in the same boat with everyone who just felt opiates made life easier, more enjoyable and improved their attitude and work ethic. It started off as something fun to do and turned into something I needed to do in order to excel at work or in social settings. I live with my girlfriend, who knows nothing of the habit (which really makes me feel ashamed of myself), and I would prefer to keep her in the dark about it, only because I don't want to burden her. Anyway, this past Sunday I decided to kick the habit and picked up a sub (4mg) from a friend, did 2mg Sunday and 2mg Monday (2/1/10). This is the second time I've tried to come off with subs. The first time I made it to day 6 and cracked. The thing with me is it usually takes 3 days for me to start feeling wd after i stop the subs...is this normal with everyone else? Day 5 and 6 im pretty much up all night and restless during the day.
I feel like my oc habit got pretty bad but my duration of use wasn't very long. I'm hoping that Day 6 was the worst of it and after that things will get better but having cracked last time, I have no way of telling. I work a strenuous office job in which I can't afford to miss much work and am a part time graduate student with a heavy workload. With these factors in mind, I timed it so that Day 5 and 6 would fall on the weekend coming up. I plan on allowing myself next Monday and Tuesday off but I'm afraid that if I still feel awful Tuesday I'll give in.
Does anyone have any insight given my tolerance level and length of use? I'm hoping that the wd want be so bad since I haven't been on them for years but I'm afraid thats just me lying to myself. Any reply is much appreciated.
Jay
Kellie - Tramadol I think is utter crap.. Could be because it was prescribed to me as a pain killer when I was used to 'better things' but there are options to try .. Like Kratom for example.. I've never tried it, but if it helps you that's really all that matters.. In the beginning of WD I was using Xanax from my fiancee, but it helped me sleep and I stopped sometime in the second week of WD. I don't think you can escape this without any WD, but if you can Melanie could probably tell you better than I. I suffered for around 3 weeks and some odd days in gradual stages of discomfort until I felt better.
JayB - Welcome friend. First off I find it amusing how you say you use 'recreationally' everyday. If you use every day it's no longer recreational in my book, but that's ok. I too started as a recreational user, and I don't feel semantics matter here. Just don't try to kid yourself that you're an addict. I'd say that's probably first and foremost step one.. ^_^
Coming off of Oxy I've heard is hell, but a timed hell that I'm not familiar with. Suboxone has a half life of close to 40 hours. Meaning it takes around 40 hours to get completely out of your system. That's probably why you felt ok until day 4. Day 4 and 5 were my worst with insomnia and everything else. I kept a log above (probably about a month back now since I started on Dec 26th) you can read for symptom analysis. But Oxy WD and Sub WD.. while being the same demon are subtly different. Oxy is a full agonist I believe which means WD is a complete bitch while subs are only a partial agonist (meaning how it binds to receptors in the brain) which apparently makes it easier? Felt like hell to me though.. But I was on it WAY longer than you.
The fact that you are taking subs now means you have a chance to do it right. Meaning quickly. Don't trade Oxy addiction for subs addiction. There have been people here using subs to get off of other opiates and I believe they've been successful.
The goal of subs is to have you stay on the subs for a detox period of 2 weeks or so then stop. Take something like 8mg / day on day 1 then taper then taper.. etc.. until you're drug free.
Subs will help you get through the awful Oxy addiction, but if you keep taking the subs you'll find you'd just wish you went through the hell of Oxy WD. Sub WD lasted 3 weeks for me and I really didn't feel good until a few days ago .. So about a month solid for recovery. Oxy WD is closer to heroin WD meaning it's a bitch for some time and then it ends. But it's probably worse as far as symptoms go.
Lastly, you might want to tell your woman. I don't have a clue what your relationship is like, but WD is one of the hardest things I've done in my life. Without the support of my fiancee I wouldn't be sober now.
In the end it's up to you, but IMO if someone won't support you through your worst, they don't deserve your best.
That doesn't mean go tell her if you know she'll leave you over it or anything.. I just know I was too weak to do this alone. Maybe you're different.
-JDoe
I have to agree with Jdoe Jayb you have to tell your fiance about what you are going through if she really loves you she will understand you need a support system to help you through this. I like Jdoe had my fiance stick by me through that aweful time she is currently on opiates for her back 25mcrg fentynal and about 10 vic 10's a day so she knows all too well the shitty world of withdrawal I think this made her understand the hell I was going through your woman might not understand 100% but you have to explain it to her tell her it's like the flu times 50 she might be able to relate to that. Kellie you can do this you have to want it for yourself there will be some dicomfort it all depends on how long you've been using and how much you have been taking but it's so worth it in the end if you want to know exactly what you can expect you can read some of the previous posts I outline my whole withdrawal process starting on day 4 or 5 and I know Jdoe has outlined his. Phil I am actually feeling pretty good today I got laid last night so I'm in very good spirits LOL sorry if that was too much info I haven't had to take a xanax for a couple days my anxiety has almost all subsided I'm still trying to learn to live life I'm going to buy a house in the next month or so, so I can say life is good I haven't been able to say that when I was on hydros or the subs but today I can say that. Everyone stick to it and to the new people you can definetly do it. Just keep posting this site has a very theraputic feel to it everytime I come on I feel like I went to a meeting thanks to everybody without you wonderful people I could never have done this.
First off, thanks to the both of you for replying. I spent most of last night reading through this string of posts and I'm astounded by the support people that don't even know each other are able to supply. Even reading them uninvolved, I felt comforted. It is great to finally find a way to vent and actually be heard.
Let me start by explaining my use of the word 'recreational'. I laughed when I started reading your post JDoe, because it truly does look like I was trying to downplay my situation. I used 'recreational' to illustrate that this isn't due to pain management issues, I have no legitimate need for pk's. What started off as a good time in college, something done once a month, ballooned into a 24/7, $120-160 a day habit. The turning point was when I found a source that could fill my urge whenever I needed. It didn't take long before I was using everyday, it was pretty easy to convince myself 'why' I needed it.
It wasn't until I tried to stop over Thanksgiving that I knew I was a full blown addict. Once I felt the wd it scared me enough to just stay on the stuff until i figured out what to do. That's when I discovered subs through a friend. The first time i did them (2mg a day for 2 weeks), I thought it cured me, haha, I was unaware of the long halflife and thought that after making it to day 3 with no subs, I must be all set! Instead of waiting to see what day 4 and 5 held, I took the situation to mean that I was no longer addicted, why not start doing oxy again? (funny how easy it is to convince yourself). So I got back into them, blah blah blah, tolerance grew to what it is now and here I am.
This is my 2nd real attempt at stopping, first was over xmas. After reading everyones posts I got turned on to Kratom and actually express ordered some bali powder today which I should receive tomorrow. My last sub was the 2mg on Monday so I've started feeling some ickyness last night/today, but I did make it to work. I'm hoping the Kratom will ease days 4-5 but I just don't want it to delay wd's. Last thing I need is to just be hooked on something else.
I've rambled enough and don't wanna take up any more room so I'll end it here. As for the live-in gf/fiancee issue, i'll touch upon that in another post. Odds are I'll be hanging around for a bit longer hehe.
Jayb
Jayb - It looks like you are off to a good start. And this is a place you can vent. We all use it like that. :)
Today I'm tired as hell, but I'm still happy to not be using. It's kinda weird how things go sometimes, but I really do love the days I feel like I could conquer the world. A feeling I never thought I could say I had while sober.
JDoe - I just ran through all your posts again to get an understanding of your experience. It's crazy reading your first post, 6 weeks ago i believe, and being able to see your progress step by step. Just to see that you went from where you were at.. to now only having tiredness issues today is motivating. I forget what its like to feel normal =/
So my last sub hit (2mg) was taken 8am on Monday, that puts me at the end of day 3 i think? I'm getting some slight RLS and am worried about the sleep although I could take tomorrow off work if tonight doesn't go well, which is comforting in itself and might even make it easier to sleep.
I took a xanax at around 6 today when I got home from work since I was really anxious. I feel like at this point I just want to start getting to the heavy wd's, this calm before the storm is tough since you know what's ahead.
I popped 2 advil pm's about an hour ago so im gona try to hit the sack. I'll check in tomorrow and see how it goes. I'll also be trying the kratom tomorrow so it will be interesting to see if it provides any relief on day 4.
Good Night All
What none of you mention is the pain that you have caused your families, especially your parents!!
You are all selfish in your addiction.
Remember that commercial on TV with the girl on the diving board, and the works "I am going to be a track star!" or an olympian diver - but she is diving into an emply pool.
So don't be a drug addict, it is not too late to be that Track Star!!
Sad mother that is the intent of this site for people to get clean and to be able to talk to other addicts about how to get clean and stay clean I think you might have misinterpreted what this is all about and why we are all here. We are not here to score off of each other or make contacts for illicit means unless I misread your post completely and if that is the case I appologize hole heartedly. Jayb I too forgot what it was like to be normal as well and like Jdoe I am just tired sometimes that is really the biggest part of the lingering withdrawals your body is used to have something to perk it up and now that the drugs are out of my life 66 days I don't give my body that substance anymore to perk it up I will have to give my mind and body time to repair themselves but it is a small price to pay for sobriety and clarity.
Sorry I should have addressed this in my last post @Sadmother my parents to this day do not know my history or that I am or have ever been an addict so the amount of pain I have put them through is ZERO I live with my fiancee and our son in our own house you should really get to know people and their backgrounds before you start blindly judging people end of rant
RBM:
LOL. No that isn't too much information. Nothing is too much information on this site. This is where we cut the bullshit and say it as it is for each of us. Yeh, getting your sex drive back properly is a fantastic part of withdrawal/recovery. It can be very theraputic even if it is just wanking off to a picture of a donkey for the first few weeks. TMI? Lol.
Jayb:
You ain't rambling so quit worrying about that. Post all you like and for as long as you like. I hope the Kratom helps you. It seems to have helped Mel a great deal. It doesn't take away all the pain, but maybe if it did then it would be too strong an opioid agonist and thus delay/stop any real recovery?
Sad Mother:
Life isn't that simple. People have afflictions. Addiction is just one of life's traps and afflictions. This site is about recovery so try and get into the positive mindset of it. We're people that have already realised and had to (or are currently) confronting the reality of the hurt we have caused others let alone ourselves. Rejoice and be glad that this forum gives you hope that your loved ones can recover and get back to 'normal' despite the horrendous drug abuse.
Personally, I had no family support to get over this. I had to do it on my own. My mother kicked me out when I had almost completed a (at the time) very successful methadone taper.
I've been free from all the shit for 8 months now. Life is better than ever before, even before addiction came into my life. This experience is part of me and always will be. It isn't all of who I am but has given me a bigger perspective on the world and more empathy for others who suffer with various afflictions which can be so easily judged by others.
However, please feel free to come back and post. If you need to vent, which you obviously do, then go ahead and vent some more! Maybe you are just desperate to get all the hurt off your chest. It normally starts off with the negative stuff first before you can begin to see rays of sunlight, hope and a future instead of just darkness for your loved ones and yourself.
God bless everyone, great to hear from you all as usual.
RBM: rock on! Yeh I know, the tiredness and motivational thing is a real grind but sure enough the natural energy returns. At 8 months I'm losing that PAWS lethargy by the bucket load. You'll be surprised just how much better things still can get. 2 months is nothing. Yes, it might have got the worst out of the way but, you are in for even more fantastic surprises as to how great life is sober (without opiates at least, ok so I enjoy the odd beer or two, so shoot me, LOL).
God bless,
Phil.
@Sadmother I understand your message but like RBM said the only reason we are on on this site is because we want to be clean and we are helping one another battle through the process. My family is also unaware of my situation and I keep them in the dark BECAUSE I don't want them to carry the burden. I could easily tell them and they would certainly support me however I choose not to. For many of us, this is the exact reason why we take comfort in this site. Although I'm new to the page, this site serves as a 'family' of people that understand how to cope first hand.
@RBM- It certainly is a small price to pay for sobriety and clarity. I'm done with having to plan my social life around the meds, choosing not to go out because I'm not on anything...blah
I'm halfway through Day 4 and am surprised at how I feel. I woke up rather anxious with slight RLS but wasn't too bad. In the past, Day 4 is usually when I start feeling the brunt of the WD but not as bad this time.
I'm thinking (hoping) its due to the fact that this session was only 6 or so months of use. Either way, I am looking forward to the pain tomorrow and Sunday. Pain is what reinforces the commitment to stop.
On another note, I just took my first sample of Kratom an hour ago and am blown away/suspicious of how it is making me feel. I have absolutely no wd symptoms right now, none. They all just melted away 30 min after drinking the tea. It feels a little too much like the feeling u get when u drop a couple perc's during wd... I'm worried that this stuff is just gona prolong the process. Does anyone have any experience with it? If that's NOT the case then I will state right now that this is the greatest wd aid ever made. (but there must be a catch...)
Phil: Well said, Brother....well said!!
JayB: I know exactly what you mean about the kratom...and honestly, I cannot say for sure if it delays the process completely, or just a little, or not at all. That's why I am now putting in a disclaimer with my recommendation of kratom. I know it can't be any worse than methadone or sub WD, but I have yet to go completely without any. It does contain both opiate agonists and antagonists, so it can cause WD of it's own. It's the general consensus that kratom is a much gentler master than pharmaceutical opies...but it is still a master nonetheless. I found it to be really helpful for the acute WD's...and I even felt a little buzz...but it doesn't seem to help me as much with the lingering fatigue, depression, and lack of motivation. I would try using it as little as possible...only once or twice a day if you can bare it. But I know that's much easier said than done. I would love to say use it as much as you want, but I haven't tried to go without it yet, and that might be irresponsible of me.
I completely relate to you wanting the WD's to hurry up and get started. Sometimes the waiting is worse than anything else.
Don't have time to write anything else...will write more when I can.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
I don't think there is anything wrong with alcohol in moderation Phil. Right now I'm drinking Rum and Coke.
JayB - Becareful using anything if you want the quickest WD possible. I popped 1 5 mg vic on day 9 or so and another on day 10.. That was enough to send me to the bathroom into the tub.. The WD came back HARD.. I'm not saying Kratom is anything like this, but I kinda felt .. For me anyway that opiate free was probably the way to go.. Then again, I was on a strict time limit. I had taken vacation from work and had a set amount of time.. If a set date isn't your limit or if you aren't vacationing to get sober then perhaps you can draw it out.
I read about people tapering more than I did and still hurting. I know I didn't taper as much as I should have. Part of that is probably my attitude of I'm going to quit so I'm going to go out with a bang.
Anyway, I was writing this more sober, and then I took a break and kept drinking the rum. Now that I'm feeling kinda good things might not come out a clear. Just a warning.
I'm glad you found my 'log' useful though. That wasn't really why I posted every day, but I found that I can point others to it and they can read what I went through day by day.
End point of this rambling, you might feel a bit better on Kratom, but you are still going to go through your own hell I think. Maybe I'm wrong, but I've never heard of a painless detox like we're needing to go through.
On the up side of that.. If the detox had been painless and I hadn't spent 3 weeks or so in hell I wouldn't realize how good it feels to be sober. I don't think I'd appreciate it as much as our bodies learn through pain.
I wish you strength in this endeavor, and I mean that with everything I have. I really want everyone to succeed here. I also can only help my posts help others like I was helped in my time of need.
Godspeed.
-JDoe
I actually glanced back at my old posts. I still worry about the people I first met coming on here.. Hardhead and Scared girl in particular.. I only looked at a few days, but Scared girl was a day ahead of me in sobriety and she just vanished. I guess that's how web forums work, and I know she fell off the wagon, but I can't help but fear the worst.
I just keep thinking if she'd just held together a little longer she could have made it to a place where it was easier.
I hope you can all realize that. It might feel like utter hell, but if you can just maintain the will power to do this for yourselves with maybe goals of doing it for the sake of others you'll be fine!
Just keep pushing through this and you can really make it.
I know it feels hopeless, you'll cry, you'll feel depressed, and everything in the world will seem boring to you, but I swear to you it gets better. And in comparison the time is so short.
The best part is that I'm not some asshole psychiatrist telling you this. I'm an addict that has had success so far in feeling better after doing drugs for 8 years. I just feel (and yes I realize this is a drunken typing session) good and I want you to all know that the suffering and suicidal thoughts and anxiety does fade.. It's like nothing was ever there. I thought I'd take months to heal, but I'm actually ok.
I hope you can all be too.
Love you all.
- JDoe
will i experience withdraws after three days of suboxone use
Jason - If you are saying you only used suboxone for 3 days and no opiates prior to those three days then, no, you will not withdrawal.
JDoe - Well said bud. All of it really. Especially your reiteration of that your advice is coming from experience and not from a doc. I truly believe that is what makes this forum so useful and comfortable.
About the people that have come and gone, we have to just hope the best for them really. The fact that they were here at all acknowledges their determination to quit the meds and thats a huge first step. Even if Scaredgirl did relapse and even if that relapse has lasted until now, take comfort in knowing that she DOES want to stop and its just a matter of time before it happens. Hell, there's even a chance that she is as sober as you but just chose to drop the site once she was out of the woods. Regardless, your worriment shows how good of a person you are and that gives me comfort.
As for my situation... wd's met up with me hard last night about the time I was heading to bed. I chose to forgo the Kratom after hearing what you guys said (Phil, Melanie..ty). Instead I just took 2 advil PM and hoped for the best. I'd say I was able to get in 3 hrs, which tbh isn't so bad for the beginning of day 5. However, I have RLS like bitch right now, which other than lack of sleep, is my worst physical symptom. I just took a tsp serving of Krat to ease the legs and it worked great. I'm going to try to hold off from using again until at least tonight.
oh yea, just to lighten the mood, when you guys went through wd, did you dream about the pills often? haha. I laugh because that always happens to me. Last night I dreamt that my vending machine at work replaced the pretzels with oxy scripts. Funny thing is, I had no money :D
Thanks JayB.. You're right. Regardless of what happens they do want to stop and hopefully they did.
Jason - you'll be fine.. Unless you've been taking methadone for years or something and only 3 days of subs.
And about the dreams.. Funny thing was that I didn't. Atleast not that I recall.. I've had dreams in which I used and it felt like the real thing. Vivid and I was high in the dream. I could have used one of those dreams, but alas I didn't have any and haven't for some time now.
SAD MOTHER: I just want to say that I hate what I have caused my parents over the years, with all kinds of drug issues... we ARE on this forum because we WANT to be better or some ARE better. This site encourages each other to get clean and stay clean! Please don't act as if we are heartless creatures because you are so wrong! Selfish? Have you ever been an addict? Addicts don't WANT to be ADDICTS, we don't CHOOSE to be addicts- it HAPPENS in the blink of an eye... I am sorry if this sounds mean, but someone calling me selfish who obviously doesn't have a clue just pisses me off to say the least!
PHIL: I do have script for klonopins which I know will help a great deal when I finally decide to jump. Which will be soon because I think I have 1 sub left which lasts 10-12 days...lol Just pray I don't get any of my refils filled...
JayB: I know what you mean about not feeling wd's until 3 days later, because when I FIRST got on them (subs), I could just take 1-2mg every two days. But, the longer I went back and forth from pk's to subs, the more my body "needed" them. So, I am very proud of you and will say that you and everyone else on here (except sadmother:) are an inspiration..
JDoe: I told you that the doc prescribed me tramadol, but I meant trazodone.. It is an anti depressant, and my doc prescribed it to me for sleep, and he had previously prescribed me prozac, so I did not understand why he did that cause it clearly stated DO NOT MIX WITH PROZAC... Anyways- apparently anybody can be a doctor now-a-days...lol....No offense to any doctors out there cause I know there ARE some good ones, just hard to find..Also, when I kicked a 4 year meth addiction, I dreamed about it ALL the time. I would wake up feeling guilty from using in my dream because the dreams were so real... They will go away with time... It is funny though..vending machines with pills..LOL
RBM: Thank you for the words of encouragement and (LOL) I am glad you got laid..!!
JayB and Melanie: Please tell me where you got kratom from? I went to the kratom forum and could not get past the first page.. I don't want bunk stuff, so please tell me what site to go to!!
ALSO:: WOULD LIKE TO RECOMMEND SOMETHING TO ALL OF YOU.. I READ SOMEWHERE ONLINE THAT L-TYROSINE HELPS GIVE YOU ENERGY WHEN DETOXING FROM OPIATES. THERE IS A "THOMAS RECIPE" (I THINK..) ON A WEBSITE SOMEWHERE THAT TELLS OF HERBS AND STUFF THAT HELPS WITH DETOXING. ANYWAYS- GOOD LUCK TO ALL OF YOU! AND GOD BLESS YOU ALL!!! KEEP POSTING PLEASE! EVEN THOUGH MOST OF YOU ARE CLEAN AND BACK TO NORMAL, KEEP POSTING ABOUT IT BECAUSE SOME OF US HAVE FORGOTTEN WHAT NORMALITY IS... MUCH LOVE, KELLIE
hey guys its been awhile its good to see this site is still helpful
JDOE- I'm so happy to see your doing so well. You sound so good. I did screw up again but I'm doing ok now, I saw your post, its nice that someone you only know on the computer can actually care and hope for the best for that person. I bet your girlfriend is really happy and proud of you. Reading your post gives me hope again. I missed visiting this site it helped me so much the first time around and I know it will help me again. To all that are suffering we can all do this "never give up"
Kellie: Just dropping you a quick line...here are a few good vendors: Treetopherbals.com (Anthony) and Mistymountainherbals.com (Micheal) There are several good vendors on Kratomforum listed under Subforum "Kratom Sources" but you'll be fine with either one of these guys. Just order regular powdered (premium) commercial bali...you don't need any enhanced or "ultra" anything. Just please use sparingly. I know you'll be amazed. Keep us posted.
Melanie (lealaken)
hey guys its been awhile its good to see this site is still helpful
JDOE- I'm so happy to see your doing so well. You sound so good. I did screw up again but I'm doing ok now, I saw your post, its nice that someone you only know on the computer can actually care and hope for the best for that person. I bet your girlfriend is really happy and proud of you. Reading your post gives me hope again. I missed visiting this site it helped me so much the first time around and I know it will help me again. To all that are suffering we can all do this "never give up"
Okay - i will try to make this short. Would love some feedback! I am 35. Had 2 back surgeries at 28/29. Had been on vics and xanax for 2 yrs. Dilaudid and xanax for 2 yrs. and then methadone and xanax for 4 yrs. I was in a back cast for 1 yr. Had to use a walker for 6 months. I have deg. disc dis, osteoarthritis, and permanent nerve damage in left leg from procrastinating the surgery. (dumbdumbdumb) I had 2 ruptured discs and 1 that was on its way. They wanted to do the rod but i wouldn't let them and had them do the fusion with the screws. My back pain is much better, but my leg is 24/7 pain - with no cure. I take gabapentin, the max allowed. I take an arthritis med. My family and friends were telling me that i was acting horrible and i knew it myself. Being dependant on drugs to function is indescribeable in its helplessness and frustration and depression... So - I decided to go to rehab. Supposedly one of the best in the nation. Whatever. It's called Park Place - in Houston. Methadone is THE #1 worst drug to kick - it is the only that seeps into your bones and tissues. I realized in rehab that the AA cultists had a a problem with that fact - they felt that it took away from their own experience, i guess. I was the only one kicking meth at the time. I had tapered from 90mg to 35/40mg in 6 months, while staying at my parents. It took massive amounts of vodka and xanax. I switched to colonopin toward the end because i had heard it was easier to kick then xanax. Ha! Anyway...I have kicked heroin cold turkey (whiskey and weed), when i was 20. I kicked vicodin cold turkey when i was 26... nothing can prepare u for the hell of methadone withdrawl. I left rehab after a month of hell - they only gave me suboxone for 4 days - 2mg, to 0 - then nothing but whatever bullshit non-narcs they give you. I slept 2 hrs max in the entire month i was in there. When i left i had to take care of my kids and function - so my husband gave me 2 mg of his suboxone. Now, a yr. later - i am taking 4 mg a day. I WANT TO GET OFF!! But i have to take care of my children!!! I have xanax and colonopin on hand...what do ya'll recommend? I am NOT an addict - honest - just in pain. And terrified of more withdrawls - I am a strong f...ing woman, but I can only take so much...
You think your parents don't know. . .
My son is in jail because of drugs
I have had all of my jewelry, even my wedding band stolen and sold for drugs. I have read the obits and seen his friends names in there.
Yes, get clean, but some of you sound as if you are listing your "accomplishments" instead of your failures.
Sad Mother when I had initially read your post I figured you had a child who had a drug problem you sound very angry by the tone of your posts getting off drugs is an accomplishment and once again I think you are misjudging this site NO my parents don't know that I was addicted to drugs I don't live with them and as far as they know I am perfectly normal I own my own home and I have a fiance and a child.
I had some fucked up shit happen to me this weekend I had to take my fiance to the hospital for a stomach prob I stayed with her for 4 hours and left to get something to eat on the way back to the hospital I crashed her car into a guard rail cause of the winter storm we had the car slipped thank god for the guard rail or I would have flipped the car into a revine. I am telling you that to tell you that I took 2 vic tens on friday because of said instances I know this is not an excuse but it is what happened I have no residual w/d's from the vic cause it has been so long since I took anything but I thought I should share my story with you because I know you all would share with me sometimes you fall down the mountain a little bit before you make it to the top. Scared girl good to see you again I hope your doing well Shawnare it has been said many times on this board before but your first step is to taper down a little at a time until you are taking a crumb than when you jump off the w/d's won't be as bad if you are taking 4 mg lower down to 3mg for a couple weeks than 2 for a couple weeks than 1mg for a couple weeks lower down as much as you feel comfortable doing this will help. Kellie I am clean but as far as being back to normal I don't think I can quite say that getting off of drugs is one thing learning to live life without them is another thing I am trying but sometimes life throws you little curve balls that you have to endure it was easy on the drugs cause I didn't give a shit but now I do I'm trying just as everyone else who is here is trying. Much love to all of you good luck to everyone who is putting in an honest effort to beat this demon.
Hello everyone.
Shawnarea:
You kicked hard from too high a dose of methadone. Methadone withdrawals are always long lasting and nasty.
If you can taper yourself down to 2mg a day subs and then lower, half a tablet, and just as low as you can go etc...
Then, don't fear so much. You have the Klonopin at hand. That will help enormously with the RLS, anxiety, restlessness and sleep. You can use that stuff to get over the worst of it. You know how to get off Klonopin. I should think you could taper yourself off after 2 weeks, 3 at most, 4 is pushing it a bit I think personally.
You don't really want opiate and benzo WDs at the same time even though I know opiate WDs are way way worse than any benzo WD (a walk in the park in comparison). Still, when combined it can confuse things further.
Anyway, get yourself prepared, take your time, taper very slowly, try 2 or 3mg a day instead of 4. Stay for a while on the lower dose, like 2 weeks. Under 2mg you might as well taper crumbs unless you really get fed up and just want to jump. The withdrawals can take 5 days to reach peak. But, like I said before, the Klonopin will certainly be extremely helpful.
Anyway, that's just my experience, I'm no doctor or anything. I hope it's given you something to think about.
Phil.
Thank you Philabc and rbm. I so appreciate any positive feedback. I feel so damn guilty that i have been taking the 2 to 4mg a day since last Jan. If my parents knew they would never understand why and would feel very betrayed. They DO NOT get opiate addiction - pain and surgeries - doesn't matter - "u make your bed u lie in it". They never saw me at my worst and they wouldn't have understood that i couldn't TAKE it anymore - that month was like, literally, a year. I have NO desire to take anything, and it is that desire that will carry me thru this I'm sure. I'll keep an update on my progress as i go along...
Sadmother needs to stop inflicting her hurt over her son on other people who ARE NOT her son. Can't put everyone in a box. And should probably go to some counseling to help her better understand the pharmacology of the drugs and addiction...and learn to forgive. Thanks everyone.
Well said, Shawnarae- about Sadmother. There is probably a forum somewhere where she can talk to other mothers going through the same thing.... Well, I THANK YOU BUNCHES Melanie, for the websites. I ordered some kratom.. I am ready for it to be here. Just a little nervous about it cause I heard it makes some people nauseous.... Anyways, we will see.. Thank you for your advice and your help. It means a lot coming from someone who knows exactlty where I am right now.. Thanks to all of you for giving me words of encouragement.. Please keep posting all of you if you can. RBM: Know exactly what you mean about getting off drugs is one thing; learning to live without them another. So so true. But, we gotta remember, we haven't always been this way.. I have been this way for a while, but I have gotten clean off crystal meth before and I felt great once normality set in... I know I can do this too- We ALL CAN!! LOVE YOU GUYS!
Hey All,
Just stopping in for a second to say hi. Yesterday and today have been really tough but tonight i feel like its starting to clear up so I think im making the turn! I'm only using the Kratom at night to sleep and its working wonders. I want to reply to everyone individually but I am feeling kind of weak at the moment so hopefully tomorrow. Take care everyone.
Sad Mother - With your first ignorant comment I was just going to ignore you. Then you posted again and spewed more ridiculousness which made me wonder if you are even reading these posts. I was really going to lay into you, but you yourself are a victim. I'm sure it caused you a lot of pain to have your prized possessions sold for drugs, and for that you have my sympathy.
However, if you'd read our posts instead of just assuming we all break into houses to pay for drugs, you can see how this tears up each and every one of us.
Most of us are "functional addicts". We report to work, hold down jobs, and have NEVER stolen anything from anyone to buy narcotics. You'd never even know meeting us that we used. I say most because there may be one person that is the exception in the posts on here; although, if that's the case I can't remember one like that so it's doubtful.
My family doesn't have a clue I was addicted to drugs, and I could NEVER let them know because it would hurt them too much.
I also don't understand what you can read on here as gloating or 'listing accomplishments instead of failures' as you so nicely put that.
Everyone here wants to get sober. Unless I'm in the wrong forum and this isn't an addiction thread I'm pretty sure everyone here shares the same feelings of wanting to be free of this demon.
People share what they've done. On Day 9 when I found some vicodin and took a pill I reported it here. I was met with understanding and compassion. I fell off. Because I was using everyone here as a support I was able to get back up.
Now I'm sober. I'm happy. I can hug my fiancee that helped me through all this and tell her how much I love her. I can thank her for helping me through this. I still struggle a bit, but I feel human again.
Prison is forced sobriety, and that doesn't always work. You don't get sober for yourself, you get sober because you have to. If and when your son gets out for what he's done I hope he can remain clean and hopefully make up to you all the painful things he's done.
Anyway, I wish you well, but you're coming off as an angry mother frustrated with her son, spewing hate and misinformation on people without doing research on what people have written here. Take a few hours and read the posts. Read these peoples' stories. Read my story. And then read the comments my fiancee left here. After all that come back and tell me I caused my family pain. Tell me I was selfish. Then maybe we'll have something to talk about.
@ Scared girl - I'm happy to see you back. There really is an end. You really do get energy back. And yes, I was worried about you, and you were on my mind.
Good luck JayB!! And keep hangin in there. It's ok to be too tired to reply.. I felt that quite a few times myself.
Hi guys.
Just a quick hello myself. I'm whacked out for different reasons. Not withdrawal or PAWS (although learning to live again continues to be a struggle, if only I had a JOb!).
I'm just run down with post-op problems and some major bloody serious acid stomach problems. Had to see doctor for third time in 7 days about it. What more can they give me? I'm going for blood tests and possible endoscopy (ergh, I hope not, but whatever it takes).
I'm feeling sorry for myself because of this ongoing problem that surgery was supposed to clear up. However, I'm also getting very down about my future. How does a 36yo ex-registered addict find a job? How am I going to build a future for myself? My partner wants me to keep moving forward. I know they are right. They don't want me to rush. But, I still find some days I just climb into bed and try and hide from a world that doesn't make any sense to me.
It doesn't help that I have asperger's syndrome and this has seriously fucked up my ability to hold down jobs before even resulting in totally giving up and homelessness amongst the drug addiction to kill the emotional pain and loneliness.
Will I ever find a job and be useful again? Voluntary work helps but I'm getting ready for full paid work and the freedom it gives. I'm so sick of being stuck on welfare. I can't even meet my bills.
Sometimes I just want to escape with opiates back into 'worry free' world for a few hours but I know this isn't the answer. I have to battle through this shit.
scared girl: great to hear from you
Great to hear from you all, take care. Sounds like Kratom really does help a great deal. Let's hope it isn't too hard to come off. (I doubt it is as bad as full opiates, methadone and subutex, etc.). Let's hope it works out well.
I'm tempted to get some myself just to end my blues but I know that would be the wrong reason for using it. That would be back to drug abuse instead of medical treatment.
Yours sadly,
Phil.
Phil - I think it's fine to be depressed, and probably natural. Especially when it's concerning your health or lack thereof. I think it's awesome you've found a partner, and I think it's good that they are pushing you. Sometimes it's hard to push ourselves, and I think that sometimes you can hit times so dark you feel like using would actually help. But it's such a lie. I'm sure you already totally realize that though.
I'm sure you'll find a job. I'm sure you will make a comeback. Focus first on getting your health back. Maybe read a new book to help take your mind off of life.
You've been through a lot, and your words have helped me, and countless others on this forum.
I hope you cheer up soon.
It can't rain all the time.
- JDoe
hey everyone, this is my first post so here goes:
i literally just got out of a 5 day intpatient opiate detox with suboxone treatment. they tapered me down to 4 mg a day and sent me home. scared shitless, the SAME day i was let out i bought 4 8mg suboxone and i went through 3 in two days. i have one 8 mg suboxone left and im gonna stop taking the subs tomorrow i havnt sniffed a real opiate in a week but now im scared of how long the suboxone withdrawl will last. as of now, i took 12 mg's of suboxone today. now im gonna see how long i can go without touching the one 8 mg suboxone pill i have left of the ones i bought. im 8 days percocet free. i have used suboxone basically for the past year, ocasionally switching to percocets 30's when my dealer ran out of suboxone. he has 30 mg percocets now which i am NOT gonna buy simply because its too much damn money. now the question for everyone is, since i have been taking rather large amounts of suboxone 8 mg's plus a day for over a year with periodic breaks that would last a week or so substituted with percs, how bad will it be if i just STOP taking the subs starting tomorrow. So im thinking in 2 days i will start to hurt but for how long? in Detox i was started at 6 mg's of suboxone, then tapered down to i think 3 mgs, then the SAME DAY i called and bought 4 8 mg suboxones, and went through all 3 in two days. now im gonna stop. right now obviously i feel fine after taking 12 mg's of suboxone. so. over the past 2 weeks, i went from taking percots for a week with NO suboxone, to taking suboxone 6-4-3mg's over a week, then taking 24 mg's of suboxone in two days, now im gonna just not take the other 8 mg sub. How long do you think i will withdrawl for.
the good news is i take klonopin 4 mg's a day for anxiety, prozac, and 50mg seroquel at night for sleep. what should i do?
wait till i start hurting real bad in three days, take 2 mgs, and repeat?
HELLLLP!! thank you all so much
Mattyk:
That's a bit mixed up. All that to and throwing. Goodness knows what your suboxone tolerance is like or whether that tolerance is greater than the residual perc tolerance.
I'd try to start tapering properly or jump. That's the only choices I see. You have Klonopin to help and seroquel (good for night time). I never got on with antidepressants in WDs. They made me feel worse BUT everyone is different. They might help you a lot.
See how much suboxone is enough to keep the worst at bay. Try and settle on that and then taper 2mg a time till below 2mg and then do the crumb thing (or just jump).
Or, go for it. It's up to you. You know that. It's hard to say what your reaction will be because of the to and fro'ing between short-acting and long-acting opiates.
Maybe you can taper quick and get off the subs within 14 days and then rough it out.
Either way, you CAN do it. But, in order to find out what is in store you need to try. You've got to get out of your comfort zone in order to feel the reality of it and then if necessary take a much smaller dose until stabilised.
Anyway, these are just some ideas.
I wish you well in your fight. Remember, every day on opiates is another day lost (unless tapering). You've got to get yourself off that shit. One day at a time. Go ahead and try. Don't scare yourself shitless. It might not be that bad.
Phil.
PS, the longer you stay on the subs the worst so try it out as a short term taper instead of using it as a drug of abuse. 14 days should be enough to get over the percocet (or even 7 days but u over stepped that one already).
And yes, you can try dosing 2mg every other day or when you can't tolerate any more. Test and see.
Hi guys, i haven't posted for a while, i know. It was unintentional. I'm cleaner than ever but my enthusiasm to do things is 6ft under still. I blame the zopiclone i begged the doc for (HADNT SLEPT FOR A FRIGHTENINGLY LONG TIME).
Hi Phil :) Keep your chin up bro. Life is shit at times but it'll get better! You're an incredibly inteligent man! If any of us can do it, it's YOU.
I know that this has probably been suggested to 80% of recovering addicts by friends etc but what about asking in the local (or not so local) clinic about helping other addicts/ex addicts through councelling.
I'm an ex-addict now, had no H since new years eve and no subs since roughly 2 weeks after BUT although i have gained a lot of knowledge, i don't feel experienced enough. I would gladly look to you for advice!
Melanie, RBM and JDoe it's as i've said above for you guys and girls aswell!
Hi Mattyk, My worst 2 days were day 5 and 8 (if i counted right) after stopping subs. (to be continued)
Paul:
I think it is better that you are getting sleep despite the problem of the zopiclone hang-over. I went 3 weeks with serious insomnia and ended up on a psych ward for 2 weeks before the bastards would prescribe me zopiclone to help me sleep. That was after 30 minute observation 24/7 and they saw for themselves that I didn't sleep.
It does help to take the zopiclone 2 hours before bedtime. This drastically reduces the next morning drowsiness. I still take it, although my doctor is weaning me off now, at about 8 or 9pm. 9pm if I'm planning on bed at 11pm. Sometimes earlier because I'm naughty and need a relaxant to stop me feeling so rattled. However, this latter problem is clearing up.
Thank you for your suggestion about helping fellow addicts/ex-addicts/recoverers. It certainly gives me some very interesting food for thought. I do feel ready to take on something like that. I think I will look into it this week. The prospect is quite exciting. Maybe I could do a college course in counselling.
Once again, thank you for your inspiration Paul and your wonderfully worded encouragement! It's very kind of you and has given me a much needed lift.
Best wishes to you all.
Warmest regards,
Phil.
(continued from above) and i would say that for me it was definately an up and down experience. It didnt seem to happen on set days (I was expecting it to build up slowly then peak on day 7 as described by some others). During the 8 days of full WD (not counting the first 40 hours) I was hit with ALL of the above symptoms but not always at the same time. Just as one wore off another kicked in. (i found H to be ALL OF THE ABOVE AT THE SAME FRIKKIN TIME). It'll be random and not easy, i'm not going to lie but it HAS to be done NOW! I tried tapering with 1 Sub left and although i did get reflief it seemed to make things last longer than they had to! You have sleep aids and relaxants which is a massive bonus and should make half of what i described non-existent. The worst of it was the fatigue, and anxiety. The restlesness in the legs was handle-able mosztly.
It seemed like a long way through the Acute WD but as long as you stick to it you'll only have to do it once man...
If you can taper down a bit i'd advise that you do. However i didnt much (1 tab broke in half, then in half, then a few crumbs left over and BAM all out). I'm still confused as to wether it was worth even trying to taper from 8mg to 0 in 3 days with 1 8mg tab. But i peaked eariler than i thought i think im some instances and peaked later than i thought in others (If that makes sense, it was a hard week and the last thing i was thinking was what day of the week it was lol).
Be strong and only put yourself through it once is all i have left mattyk. Reality will kick in as you know so be strong and if you, like me, totally break down its totally natural you aren't weak. It'll make you stronger and more determined to win!
A proper taper isnt a slip back down the slope if thats what you decide but i wouldnt attempt that on one 8mg tab a second time round.
Keep posting, we want you to succeed Wether you tuff it out (best option - get it over and done with). Or taper. Keep in touch!.
Phil i meant that mate. I think youre perfectly capable. Be it, knowledge, compassion, understanding and consideration. You have all of the above. I can see you helping people.
It's great to see you have met someone!
This is a question for everyone. To me it sounds like a question a kid might ask (kind of)... Bit hard to ask without sounding silly but... When something should release natural endorphins in your brain is it natural for your body to shiver (cold) all over every time and that only? I mean when you enjoy something like a song or... etc. Not saying its bad! But i seem to not be able to recollect being 'naturally high' but i do enjoy things... All comes with a shiver though? lol
Sorry, just to add to that question. Is that my/our brains 'trying' to release endorphins but having trouble doing so? Yes it happens naturally but nowhere near as often?
thanks phil, yea it was a weird up and down use of suboxone for a few months, then a week of percocets. recently thats what has happened. i feel fine today obviously, yesterday i took 12 mg;s of suboxone, previous day same thing. this was after being in detox tapering. so i dunno whats gonna happen. i hope since i have klonopin (a large dose per day, which my tolerance for is very very high). we'll see i guess. day one here we go.
Wish you the best Mattyk good luck!!!
Mattyk - Good luck.. It's hard, but it is doable.. I jumped from about 4 mg of subs.. It's possible.. Just hard. I also logged a lot of what I went through probably 5 or so weeks back if you'd like a read through.
Paul - Good to see you're still hangin in there man. Posting or not sober is all that matters. You are almost to the point where it gets easier. 2 weeks was my turning point. You'll notice stuff getting better. Then after 3 you'll feel a lot better. After 4 I felt relatively normal, and now.. I feel good. And to answer your question about the shivers, I totally have that too.
Music is really bad for that, or parts of movies can get me too. I notice it A LOT more than ever before. It's odd, but you aren't alone in that, and it's calmed down for me.
Basically, I was on drugs for so long my emotions were a mess. A song could make my shed tears. I was always stoic about emotions and such, but I couldn't keep it together through the WD period. I saw more evidence of this weird emotional connection in other things as well. Sensitivity increased probably like 10 times during sex, and I lost staying power for like a week. Made me kinda nervous until things calmed down.
I found that I could keep my emotions in check. I wasn't crying anymore to music, and I didn't feel as down. The extreme sensitivity went back to normal and I guess everything else did too. It was weird though. The only way I can describe it is that the drugs put up a shield that everything had to go through to get to me, and that shield muffled everything before it touched me. It felt all normal, but it wasn't. I thought I could actually operate fine on suboxone, but the truth is that I couldn't. I thought I was normal because I'd been using for so long I didn't know what normal was. I'm happy to have finally found out what normal is though. It's good.
- JDoe
thanks. im gonna need it. im not sure what to do here still. its the day after i took 12 mg's of suboxone and i have one 8 mg sub left. im wondering how bad it will be if i just not take it and see how long it takes to get back to normal. for the past 8 days or so, i was taking about 4-6 mg;s of subs in detox. when i got out, i went and bought 4 8 mg subs, 3 of which i took in two days. how bad you think it will be if i just flush the sub and deal with the withdrawl and how long you think it will last? the good news is i take klonopin, prozac, and 50 mg's seroquel to help. i'm pretty scared
I jumped from 4-8mg a day depending on what i felt like after switching from injecting Heroin on and off (smoking constanly more often than cigarettes).
That 1 8mg tab puts you in the same dilemna i had. But i wouldnt like the thought of jumping from 12mg i won't lie about that! Maybe see how harsh you go into WD and take that pain for as long as you can untill that sub tolerance drops a bit. Try and remember that if you need 12mg to feel better then 4mg wont work at all. Jumping from any height is gonna hurt and 12 is higher than average. I was proud of myself from 8mg. So basically while going through total WD, If you do decide its too much pain after a few days then only take the absolute minimum you'll need to get 1 good night. Be warned that you'll only prelong the whole thing by doing that tho! It's terrifying i know! Not knowing for sure how long but the worst of it might be the end of it. I was suicidal after eating 30x 10mg valium over my last few days of sub use. Then the worst of both hit me hard
well, i took 3 8 mg subs over the two days outta detox, where they had me on a taper from6 mgs down to i think 3 mg;s and sent me home with nothing. is that messed up? or normal. so dumbass me bought 4 8 mg subs, ate 3 in two days, then i stopped. its been 48 hours since my last 12 mg use, so i dont know what is going to happen. i bet day 3 with no subs is gonna hit me hard, maybe day 4, but i guess its totally out of hands now. it sucks detox let me out after 5 days inpatient on suboxone treatment with nothing. i dont know. i hate this shit. this is what i get. at least i have no job now so i guess the next two weeks is gonna determine my success. truth is i took the 12 mg's to get a buzz. which was dumb. in detox, 4 mg's was all i needed to feel "normal" i coulda made it but i screwed it up with the sudden 3 suboxone in 2 day binge.
That's actually good news that you haven't been taking 12mg before you feel better! It takes time to build up such a big tolerance level.. I'd say jump now! Chances are, you'll feel either the remainder of the drug you took before or a 4-6mg Suboxone WD. Don't qoute me on that but if 4mg was enough you can definately do it!
IF it's too painfull try as i said with either 4 days at 2mg or wait longer and go down to 1mg.
I'm no expert tho, this was my first time off and i'm not 100% on wether to bother with tapering! I went from about your level tho 4mg was enough but i was overdoing it with 8mg. I also didn't take them for a very long time just 2 weeks (Definately felt the full force tho) I'd jump now mate... Tapering will make it a week longer.
How're you feeling now?
Best wishes!
Paul (aka Paul)
Paul:
No question is ever a silly question. I think it was a very profound question. I believe, personally, that the shivers you get from the natural endorphin release are quite normal in WDs and PAWS. It isn't that intense once your body has fully recovered so it isn't 'normally' how things are.
I remember having the same heightened, rather surreal, pleasure and stimulation from music earlier on in my WDs and PAWS. Sometimes it is so powerful it can actually cause cravings, so beware that trap. I also had the same experience when doing hard exercise. In fact, unlike many people here, I found hard labour and exercise to have a very negative aspect to it. I remember once doing a favour for my landlord. I had to fill a skip with some old bonfire crap (mixed with all sorts of rubbish) that the previous owner had left. I worked non-stop that afternoon and shifted a huge amount. Filled the skip right to the top. By the end I could hardly lift the wheelbarrow I was so tired. Yes, it got me a wonderful sleep and felt great in some ways as the natural endorphins kicked in. But, it also sent me into really bad cravings because the natural endorphin rush was just so noticeable to me, just like I'd taken the best drug in the world. I wanted to chase the high and spent the evening practically biting my pillow and shouting at myself in my mind. Fortunately, sleep eventually took the cravings away and I awoke the next day feeling fine albeit very tired because it was the first bit of hard work I'd done since my last (and final) jump.
So, I would recommend gentle to moderate exercise. It's even better if you can be with a friend if you are finding it hard to motivate yourself to do it and struggling with feeling like everyone is watching you and you just want to run home and hide. I felt that way for a good long while after jumping. I think I spent far too much time on my own when in WDs and I believe that made things a great deal worse and even might have been the reason I was thrown into such vicious PAWS for 8 or 9 months (albeit the severity decreased all the time, noticeably). Basically, I was so isolated I believe that I went quite mad just from that, let alone the recovery problems. Reminds me of those films with the guys being let out of solitary confinement and going a bit nuts for a while before re-adjusting. I really did feel like I was in a self-imposed solitary confinement. Neither did I have (or rather believe) I had any future to look forward to afterwards and I knew that. I was starting fresh in a new town and knew noone and was very agoraphobic, had no confidence, still extremely nervous and in no position to reach out and make new social contacts.
I've struggled immensely to force myself back out into the world but it is working. Sometimes it just hurts so bad I want to crawl back into bed and shut the world out. Sometimes I do exactly that. But, I do pull through. I eventually end up working out what the main problem is and then address it as best I can. Most recently, despite my feeling down about the work situation, I have located that the problem is not directly this. It is more that I need to be around positive 'normal' people who like me for who I am. I really need to have daily contact with someone that I can chat with while doing something together, whether it be voluntary work or just watching TV.
I guess all this self-analysis and self-awareness comes from my having aspergers syndrome which means I don't automatically realise that I need a certain level of daily social engagement in order to be happy. Left to my own thoughts for a whole day and night can drive me pretty nuts (at least at the moment). I have to actually 'think' to engage in social interaction or be prompted by other people. It doesn't come naturally. It's a cognitive exercise sometimes requiring so much pre-thought that it can render me mentally exhausted and needing sleep. Othertimes, when my tongue is 'loosed' I can suffer from verbal diorreah because without being very thoughtful about what I'm saying I can become very tourettes-like albiet milder. However, sometimes it isn't mild and I get into trouble from aggressive people who do not know that I'm harmless and it is a disability. I've been beaten unconscious and hospitalised after one such incident. I guess this didn't help my agoraphobia, social phobia and for a long time was so scared to say anything to anyone in case it came out all wrong as it sometimes does.
I'm not putting down the latter to PAWS. The encouraging thing is that the problems I'm facing now are exactly the stuff I had to deal with before I started using 24/7. So to me, this is an indicator that I am making great progress and beginning to leave the PAWS behind completely. Of course, the struggles are also related to having been a drug addict for 18 years and having just forgotten how to behave in society like 'normal' people do. That is, people that have never completely lost it on an addiction in a big way. Maybe we should call them NDFs (Non-Drug Functionals). I like acronyms. I must admit that doesn't sound a great one. Hopefully I'll, or someone, will come up with something better. Such things amuse my mind. PDFs could be Post Drug Functionals although it shares an acronym with that adobe document format. Or, PAFs (Post Addicton Functionals), and NAFs (Non-Addicted Functionals). Sorry, I'm off on a ramble here. Let's hope it just amuses someone.
I'm sorry to ramble on so much, especially about stuff that is not directly related to the forum discussion and thus probably of zero benefit to anybody whatsoever. I just feel comfortable here and sometimes let my tongue loose.
I've just read JDoe's post. I totally agree with everything he has said and he put it much better. Yes, I also got the tingles from bits of films and whatever stuff I would normally like. It was all intensified. If it was a song I previously liked then this time I would be saying to myself, "Oh my... this is the best track in the world!". All very heightened and over the top. Totally normal for recovery. I'll say no more because I might as well just copy and paste what JDoe said as it is 100% inline with what I am thinking right now, all of it.
Mattyk:
I agree with what Paul is saying. You've NO WAY been on 12mg a day for long enough for it to have raised your tolerance to any noticeable level (if at all). Your body is still probably around the 4mg tolerance mark. Thus, 4mg should be more than enough. In fact, I would follow Paul's advice and not return to 4mg if things get too much for you. I would just take 2mg. You'll be surprised how effective it is. Then, if after an hour or two you are still losing the plot completely then take a crumb, 1mg. Worst case scenario take 4mg. At least you've had a 48 hour break so that is a great step forward. You can dose subs every other day as an alternative to splitting them up into crumbs.
I also agree, can't remember which post it was in and can't find it now, that sometimes tapering sucks. I did taper down to a crumb but I gave up waiting to stabilise on 0.4 - 0.2mg (we get 0.4mg tabs here in UK). I'm not really sure what difference it made or if I would have been better jumping from something like 4mg. The taper was quick so I was no doubt in total WDs from 4mg (then 2mg) the whole time I was tapering anyway. After 2mg I tapered extremely quickly. I was just so desperate to get off and yes, I never stabilised on any dose below 2mg, it was WDs all the way. So maybe it really did just prolong the whole experience for many many weeks, all that tapering.
However, if tapering is the way forward for you or you want to taper to a smaller dose before jumping then I would do it extremely slowly in order to gain any benefit. I'm talking about finding a bearable dose with slight withdrawals and then sticking to it for 1 to 2 months until your body is totally free from WDs. Then carry on the same. Personally, at the time, I just didn't have the patience for all that but I know some people that it has worked better for. We are all different so it is always worth considering all your options to find what best suits you.
paul and phil, thank you for listening a i have no one else to help me. as of now, i woke up after about 2 days with nothing and took 6 mg's of subs cause i felt pretty bad. i have 2 mg left. which sucks cause i prolly coulda made it today, but having the subs is worse cause you just say screw it and take the rest. so another 3 days before i feel any wd's. for now. its all over again.
No problem Matty! I don't know where i'd be now if it wasn't for people on this site... No psychiatrist, friend, or member of family that hasn't experienced this, can understand quite, what we're feeling and how deep it goes (that sounds bad to the people around me now in life and trust me im so fucking glad my closest's haven't had to feel it).
It's SO important to have someone to talk to, and somewhere to be able to throw out the emotions and be heard and understood 150% with no judgements being made. Only caring people in the same boat willing to help others through it! Others that know, from all walks of life.
Phil - That question you asked me a couple of weeks ago? The more i read your posts and the more i get to know you... The more i identify things that i thought were just me alone?
It seems like the older i get, the more those feelings disappear as if it took me longer to adjust to the world...
i did find your acronyms amusing LOL If i wasn't feeling braindead from Zopis i'd have added 1or 2
braindead on zopi's LOL, yeh i know the feeling, been on them for about 6 months lol
Mattyk - It's ok that you took perhaps more than you needed. I like you shared that same attitude the night I jumped. December 25th. I had probably a 3 - 4 mg chunk and I'd taken 2 mg earlier. I just wanted to feel better one last time, and then my 'fuck it' attitude took over and I took the big chunk instead of my normal does or even half of that. I've always been like that though. Thinking things like 'well, I could save this oxy for the next day... hmmm.. fuck it.'
In any case, I totally understand how you feel, why you took the 6 mg, and I don't blame you in the slightest because I was there.
I probably took 6 mg when I jumped to 0. For me I'm sure it sucked way more than it would for you because I'd been at 4 mg for such a long time, and before that was methadone.
Prepare yourself for some misery, but don't give up just because you are in pain. Think of how things will be, and how you can enjoy life sober without pissing away money on feeling normal. In the end, that's how I felt. Normal. I'd pay to feel normal. Granted, sometimes I'd bring home Oxy or heroin, but the same deal stood after that.
My thoughts are with you.
And Phil the acronyms were amusing.
Lastly, Paul, I thought my own transformation recorded through forum was kinda neat, but it's really neat to see someone come here addicted, and see them post 2 weeks later sober and going through the same things I had. It's a really cool feeling.
- JDoe
Yea JDoe :) It's scary when i think about it, imean the amount of mind altering drugs i've done over the years... I dont know for sure if ill ever be 'normal'. In one way it's good to see i'm not the only one experiencing some things but in another, it's bad to see. I think you've done amazingly beating it :) Your posts are great to read aswell :)
Phil - Hi mate, i didn't take a zopi last night. I was tired but every time i nodded off i can't explain it properly but i would wake up with my body still asleep! Unable to move for a few seconds proper wierd shit. Had to concentrate on one body part and get it to move before i snapped out of it! If thats not a side effect then im in deep shit.. Did sleep eventually though.
JDoe one last thing lol... Every time i think 'fuck it' i end up regretting it lol. I noticed it while playing poker for cash (another addiction, studied poker for a while). It's the 'fuck it situations' that are usually one of my turning points for the worse.
Paul:
Yeh, that side effect sounds pretty normal. It does act as a muscle relaxant to some degree so muscle response from brain signals will be slowed down or messed up. Nothing to worry about! :D
Ahhh sweet! Thanks mate i was starting to worry if i'd never move again!
Paul what you are experiencing is called sleep paralysis I have suffered from it for a number of years basically what it does is your brain wakes up before your body usually because you mind is racing with thoughts. Now since your brain is awake you body is not therefore you can't move. You can rock your head a little bit in my experiences with this anyway I rock my head until it transfers to my body and make whatever noises I can to try to wake my fiance up than she shakes me awake. It can be very frustrating and scary at the same time I can only imagine what people who are actually paralized go through.
Matty I know about the "fuck it" attitude I had that for a while oh well fuck it I might as well go out with a bang if I'm gonna quit after I quit the subs I took vics for two days and said the same thing fuck it I'm quitting but I think it prolonged my withdrawals but I think a lot of people do this so I'm not going to beat myself up over it.
Phil becoming a drug councelor or maybe an interventionist would be a great and rewarding carreer path for you to consider I know you have been an inspiration to me when I was going through my hardest times. Also most drug councelors and interventionists are recovering addicts they understand what the other person is going through and only a true addict can really understand how the other person is feeling being that we have been there too. Someone who has never had a problem with addiction can not begin to fathom what an addict goes through therefore they can't relate and when you are trying to get someone off of drugs you have to be able to relate to them or you won't be credible and the addict won't listen.
Best of luck to everyone once again
Hmmm... Not dangerous is it? I'll do some research into it. Thanks RBM and thanks again Phil.
Not sure wether to give the long or short story here because i'm on my ps3 which only has limited size box to write a post into.
Last week i felt ready and kind of had no choice but to walk into my house which i haven't spent more than 10 minutes in, since the jump off H over xmas/new year. Iwas totally fucked up when i left there almost on the verge of insanity. I had seriously lost the plot, gone from 12-13 stones body weight down to around 8. Holes up 'n' down both arms... If you're trying to imagine it, i was worst case scenario. If i went home recently i wouldnt look at my living room, i'd run upstairs and grab what i needed to and out the door without looking back... I wasn't broke for money i had plenty but i lived for H and crack before xmas... Never sold my stuff or robbed anyone i was self-sufficient mostly. But my living room was littered with tin foil, citric acid pouches, burnt spoons...
...crack pipes, and the things that sicken me now... Used needles lying around. Every time i go into my house i can't bear it. I feel a mixture of shame, sickness and fear that ill be like that again.
Just to help you (the reader) realise the extent of the habits i had. I was taking between 1.6grams and 3.5grams of H plus at LEAST 3.5g of crack a day i'd usually go to the dealers house and smoke at least 3.5gs of rock there before visiting another on the way home. SUCH A MESS. Totally clean a year prior!
So walking into the place where i did things i'd never imagined myself doing every night and... Enjoying it??? Surreal isn't the word its like a fucking nightmare to...
...to me... 'It wasn't me' 'It wasn't ME' 'IT WASN'T ME' it CANT have been... But it was... I mentioned earlier in posts that reality kicked in and i broke down. I was glad i did get the brunt of that realisation out of me by just sitting down and crying my eyes out over the first week of WD... But now i kind of don't believe it happened. I had a strict up bringing quite sheltered even till i was 16 then out in the world i turned to light drugs and progressed.
Anyway... Other day i felt ready to return to my rented house and get it completely cleaned out. Iwas expecting to find the odd bits of leftover drugs but i was strong enough i HATE opiates now!!!
So when i found a 20 rock of crack i thought ok, not opiate and couldn't resist. I tydied up the foil the needles, citric blah blah blah... BUT WHY THE FUCK DID I PICK UP THE 2.5x 2MG SUBUTEX AND POCKET IT!?
This week i completely forgot about them. But i noticed them on my desk day before yesterday and i was feeling shit from zopis... Was like i was on...
...autopilot. I didn't contemplate it. I grabbed about 1mg stuck it under my tounge let it dissolve, layed down and then more mind games started 'oh no you've got your kid for a week starting friday youcan't WDnow!?'
I pushed it out of my mind thinking "You won't WD from 1mg don't worry' But today i wouldn't say it was anywhere near full no way ... But i did'nt feel capable of driving for 4 hours andbeing good company for a 7yr old boy that loves me. So yep i took more less than 1mg. I've sat here and wrestled with my mind about what to do with the rest but it was like an invisible force stopping me chucking them... I wasn't looking for pleasure i swear to god this must sound weak but it was autopilot yet again. 'Throw them you'll regret it! Take them during the boy's stay to be normal? Nah bigger WD! OK, take them NOW feel ok for a bit,you've already done a bit today so its ok!'
I HAVE NO CONTROL OVER MYSELF WHAT THE FUCK!
To top it off i came across another hub on this site like this one but mainly...
...Mainly negativitty. The post i read were people saying once an addict always an addict 'iwas clean for 4 years and still was'nt myself, so i went back to subs and life is good!' Great, fuckin' great!
Sorry for being like this guys, i really am... If anyone is interested in that other hub ill give you the link. I posted on there mentioning this hub as the negativity can hardly be good... I think shit like the mood on that one could possibly make someone give up trying.
I hope i haven't been like that i haven't read my posts over, it's a big blurt out...
Take care
Paul
Paul:
I've had major slip-ups, blips, best not to dwell on them. Just accept it and move on.
You've only taken a little bit of sub so it won't affect your WDs. Maybe delay it a bit but you'll be at the same place once it's worn off. See it as a learning exercise.
If u smoked the rock then, once again, put it behind you. That is one heck of a temptation to find that sort of stuff lying around. I don't think I would have been strong enough to say no.
Sometimes it's easier to flush the stuff when you are actually high and regretting it rather than waiting till you are sober. Other times it's just a case of being revolted with the idea of returning to such stuff and just getting rid of it in order to relieve the stress from your mind.
It sounds like you've used up the left over stuff you found. So, it's out the way now. It's over. It was a little blip. Time to move on. That little bit of sub over a couple of days won't stay around in your brain for long. When you are not using 24/7 it pretty much clears out after a day or two.
So, try and relax about it. Don't worry about the blip. Instead, turn it into a positive and think what you can learn from the experience.
I know what it is like returning to your home that was previously used for bad shit. It is a horrible thing. Maybe cleaning up will help but sometimes moving to a new home is the only way to escape the memories. That much is up to how you feel about it.
Yes Paul I'd be interested in the link to that other page. The idea that "I wasn't myself after 4 years so I went back to subs," just sounds like the person wanted an excuse to use again. Total bollox. I have personal problems that I had before I started using 24/7 and that is just me. I'm back to normal and I have to deal with the shit I was running away from. Deal with it properly.
Thanks to RBM.
Best wishes to all,
Phil.
Yea your right, I knew that'd be said aswell. I had to get it out in the open because i was having a fucked up moment while writing that. Thanks for your reply Phil. I don't trust myself is whats the problem. I didnt Make up my mind about taking them though thats whats getting to me. I couldnt talk myself out of it. Ultimately im scared of the future is what my problem is. Wether or not ill ever be strong enough to leave it... Will i walk in to a friends house one day and come out an addict. Fair enough i've cut ties with anyone i know that does H or crack... It's that 'what if'... Which i know is stupid to think about I KNOW. I know that everyone has been through those thoughts aswell on their first few tries at quitting. I'm having a weak moment i suppose... I was so sure i wouldnt do it, adamant! I didn't think i was still addicted enough for it to twist my mind like that and talk myself (if you call it that) into it.
I'm on my main computer right now but i searched for "difference between soboxone and subutex" on google, wondering why docs steer clear of it. Naloxone sounds VERY bad. Longer term depression caused by it. Might explain the emotional stuff we've been through in the first week of WD and some of the PAWS. Makes sense to me. Problems might get a little more heightened etc?
Im on that one now, looking for that post to point it out to you. I didnt copy and paste what he/she said exactly but it's along those lines. Added to what im already worried about at the moment...
NPP - 3 months ago. At a glance i'd say if i got it wrong (which im starting to think) I was his post that i found negative.
I really wished that I would have researched Sub before I started taking it. I was already 5 days out before I started it and I wished I would have just stuck it out. NOW, here I am a year and a half later...this is my 3rd attempt to get off Sub. It blows ass!!!!!!!I feel awful, cold chills, cold sweats, the things going on in my stomach can't be normal, crapping every hour or so, depressed, irritable, anxious, and scared to effing death. I cannot and will not go back to that life again. I almost lost everything, THANK GOD, I only lost some material things that can be replaced. I don't want to do this anymore. Today is day 2 or 0mg of Sub. The weather here doesn't allow me to get outside and I have the winter blues on top of that. I need some strenght from someone, anybody out there understand? Please, all words of advice will be appreciated.
I really wished that I would have researched Sub before I started taking it. I was already 5 days out before I started it and I wished I would have just stuck it out. NOW, here I am a year and a half later...this is my 3rd attempt to get off Sub. It blows ass!!!!!!!I feel awful, cold chills, cold sweats, the things going on in my stomach can't be normal, crapping every hour or so, depressed, irritable, anxious, and scared to effing death. I cannot and will not go back to that life again. I almost lost everything, THANK GOD, I only lost some material things that can be replaced. I don't want to do this anymore. Today is day 2 or 0mg of Sub. The weather here doesn't allow me to get outside and I have the winter blues on top of that. I need some strenght from someone, anybody out there understand? Please, all words of advice will be appreciated.
What is PAWS?
I have been reading from this post for days now and still could not get evan close to the middle of all the posts.That is sad so many in this bad dark place as Iam.
Of all the threads Iv'e read none mentioned having all 3 of my probs. Alcohol (1\2 to a fifth of Black velvet for about 8 months),which was my first mistake. 2] subs (only about 1 gm a day about 3 or 4 months) then 3)kalotopin (10 to 20 mg daily about 2 or 3 months. After 3 days of severe WD from no Kalotopins or subs do to a break-up with a girl who don't seem to care. Shows I made the wright choice leaving her but at a terrible mental and physical price. And now lonely to boot. I live alone with 13 dogs. yes 13 is no typo. They have benifitted me by forcing me out of bed to care for them. I also have 1 due for puppies in about a week. I am afraid I won't be able to care for them properly./ Sorry about the personal stuff but I feel WD from subs but finnally found some xanax (easier to find on the streets)
I guess my questions are getting off the subs 1st and alcohol second then worry about the benzos last./ Does this seem like the way to do it? I hate to go thru WD 3 times in a row. I have a lot of willpower but tthis is worse than the o's I beat 5 years ago. The o's were my only prob back then. I guess I,m dumbber then I thought getting myself in this shape again. Hell I even started smoking Cigs again after 12 yrs of quiting cold turkey. I must love misery.
Any help or thoughts apprec.
Thanks
Jaydawg
I like writing to myself on paper when I go throgh the worst of WDs. It seems to help and often times make little since.
I kept all my many writings (Ramblings)from my Oxy days WDs as a reminder to myself and someday after death my famly. Funny though I never looked back at them until now. I had no idea until reading over them how bad I was at that time. Funny how the years go by how easily you can forget the darkest days of yor life to the point of repeating them.
Back then a man named Fred online gave me a good taper schedule which helpd trmendously. Once clean I never went back, or looked back. It was just to dark a place to return to, even my own personal notebook writings. Now smack dab in the middle of my Subs WDs which now seem worse than coming off the o's (slight Lack of Memory prob)I feel that is why you hear more horror storis than good. Once out of such a dark place you have no desire to go back and rehash.
This time I feel commited to help others in need understand there is light at the end if you can stay motivated to stay the course. I know because I beat the Oxys after reading stories that were from all those hurting, but almost nothing positive. Thats because once you get out of a dark place few ever want to go back, so they don't like to rehashbad memmories of their darkest days.
I am now more commited more than ever to tel my success stories after I succeed this time and my final time. It Can be done successfully if you have the determination to do it.
Things will get better slowly but surely.
Thanks for listening
Jaydawg
Alright, Hello everyone. This is Joee back from the DEAD
this is JOE
It feels so go to be back on this site. It has been about a month since my last post. I thought I was on the right path, but I made some poor decisions. I have gone from taking almost no suboxones to an all out drug binge with Oxymorphone and Heroin, Which I stated in my last post I have never done. I can’t even describe how disappointed I am. I really don’t understand why I did this..
SADMOTHER- YOU WANT TO HEAR A FAILURE. I am driving home from college a week ago, clean and sober for some time now. And out of nowhere I get the urge to shoot dope (never tried heroin before and I am terrified of needles) …..So I went and picked up 10 syringes and 3 bags of heroin. I went in my room and prepped everything. Got the tourniquet and found a vein. and BAMMM … PASSED THE F*#% OUT FROM BEING SO AFRAID OF NEEDLES. THEY MAKE ME SOOOO SICK,, I GOT ALL HOT AND DIZZY AND HIT THE FLOOR. EVEN AFTER THAT I STILL I WANTED TO GET THIS Fu****** DRUG IN MY SYSTEM. So I got back up, gave myself a few slaps in the face and shot the H. It makes me sick thinking about it….
SOO THAT’S IT EVERYONE…. THAT’S WHERE IVE BEEN FOR A MONTH
((((Sorry if this offended anyone, but she wanted to hear it))))
JDoe- I do appreciate all the positive reinforcement you contribute to this site. I am envious of the way you must feel right now. Being able to feel and enjoy things.
MELANIE- I hope your still doing well.
IM TRYING- you got it….It definitely helps to keep a positive mindset…100%
PAUL- I hope your wrong.. once and addict always an addict…… but damn man 4years
Jaydawg- I think your order of operation sounds efficient.. Subs first would be the way I go… the benzos should help with that.
Hi, to the new faces! It's a good step to get talking, and welcome back Joe :)
LWoeRNer - PAWS = Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome. For many, it takes time after the first week of hell to get used to living without drugs or alcohol (or both). I am experiencing PAWS right now, it's more mental than physical. Hard to find motivation to do stuff but i don't think i'm going through as much depression as i expected. Everyone is different tho. PAWS as far as i know, is the trials and tribulations of re-introduction into life as a sober person. First month it'll be on your mind... I'm on my first month so i can't go any further or i'd be lying!
JOE - We make these mistakes becuase we need to mentally. I wanted to experience everything before i get old! Not saying those were your reasons. The first time i shot H granted i was already smoking it and hooked in a fiarly big way i always said NO NEVER to the needles. I'd never had a Tetnis, a BCG or even a blood test before shooting. Shit scared of needles i know where you're coming from with that! Don't give up trying tho! Life is one big experience!
I was having a panic attack kind of when i wrote my last posts, i had slipped. When i read the posts on another page i only seemed to notice the negatives that were being said. Yea i was wrong the guy was 8 months clean and THEN decided to go for a Subutex maintenance script... Earlier in his post he had said 3 years ago and it got mixed up when i was explaining. Chinese whispers!
Tulips - Hi :) What were your last doses and how long had you been on that dose out of interest? Things will get better, we'll be here for you. It's just a few days more. Stay strong! Stay as positive as you possibly can. Your biggest issue right now is the shit thats fucking your life up (Opiates). If you have any Subs i'd flush them. As i found out the other day After 3 weeks maybe a month into normality, in a split second i'd talked myself into it and taken some!
Weed helps (Through the physical WD's. Doesn't help mentally) Sleeping aids are a massive help. I went without until it got to 2-3weeks no sleep. But I AM HOOKED ON THEM NOW. Although i did do 3 days without and felt ok last night so i took one to sleep. Theyre ok in moderation i suppose. I have binged on Valium in the past so Zopiclone the sleeping tablet, hits the same spots lol. Not that i'm looking for a buzz i just want to sleep.
Having my kid with me is helping me a lot. Seems like every time i look at him i smile. Naturally. That doesn't happen a lot with me recently, i've been struggling to smile or even be social to anyone. I luv this site tho! It's the only thing i get carried away with while typing. I get in the zone!
I've been reading through these sights for years now. I'm 26 and I've been around opiates since highschool. Some periods more than some. I've had great friends get so lost even pass on. I've withdrawled, I've been up at night pacing, and like yall know the ficketting body that won't JUST WANA STAY STILL. I've been on subs bout a year now. I hit a momemt that overcame me and said "enough". I can't rely on on this orange pill to make me just feel normal. I went 3 days and no lie, it hurt. IT always helps to have someone who cares. Every user is in this sh$t together and it's healthy support that makes it easier. I've been getting subs from others, never through doctors, to poor to start that program. I have an appointment with a pain doctor in two days. In the meantime k-pins have tremendously helped me get through the important times of my days like work. It's a brutal battle, but truth is WERE ALL better without it, although while your on it, you'll feel your better on it. FUNNY AIN"T it. It was like i my mind was in a movie and thoughts of detoriating relationships where flashing in mind, that was my trigger point. I knew what I was getting into, but obviously didnt think past one day. Blogs like this are always helpful. I plan on attending an NA jsut for reinforcement. It's gona suck for next couple weeks, but mind has gotta be strong. I appreciate anyone who took time to read. I trully only wish the best for everyone in the thick of withdrawl right now. My friend todl me the other day, she'd look at me and sometimes and feel there was no-one inside. WHO THE FUCK WANTS THAT. I'm trying to make something of myself as we all should.
Hey guys.. I fell off the wagon..again. Was basically given 30 10mg hydrocodones.. I wasn't strong enough to say no at this point. I got my kratom in the mail and I think it is great as use coming off those hydros.. But, IF things get worse, how long do I need to wait until my last dose of kratom to take a chip off of a sub? I just want to sleep tonight.. I would APPRECIATE some advice on this.. I founf NOTHING on the internet on the transition from kratom to subs...just the other way around. Maybe because nobody is that dumb. I feel like such a weak loser- I want to stop and just be normal... but I am scared to tears about the weeks ahead after getting totally clean. I have a child who needs me energized everyday... Anyone know? Who knows? Maybe I will be okay taking the kratom and will never need the subs again!! I hope everyone is doing good!!
I HAVE BEEN CHECKING THIS SITE TO SEE IF ANYONE HAS ANY INFO TO MY LAST POST. I AM OFF OF SUBS. AND ALMOST 12 HOURS OFF OF HYDROS... YEA I FELL OFF THE DAMN WAGON AGAIN. ANYWAYS, WOULD LOVE TO SHARE THAT KRATOM IS SO AWESOME IN HELPING ME DEAL WITH THE WD'S OF PK'S... THAT PLUS SOME KLONOPINS AND I AM OKAY.... WILL POST ABOUT IN THE MORNING THO... I HOPE I DON'T HAVE TO TAKE A SUB!!! LOVE YOU GUYS!
I'm having internet connection issues...have to make this quick...Kellie I sent you an email! Hope it helps! I appreciate all of you guys! I know I would still be on methadone if it wasn't for all of you. I'm still clean...no relapses! I almost caved about a week ago, but I didn't, and I'm feeling much better now. I found another NON-ADDICTIVE herbal that works beautifully for me...it's Kava! It's been being used by Pacific Islanders for thousands of years...it has helped me cut my kratom usage in half! And my state of mind has improved 100%. If anyone is interested just google kava. Lots of info. Well, I am probably going to lose my connection any minute, so that's all for now. I am getting my own dedicated internet service within the next few days.
God Bless,
Melanie (lealaken)
To all in general falling off the wagon is part of the detox while everyone is different I have slipped twice since I jumped Nov 29th two hydro 10's both times and I regretted doing them the next day. While I'm not going to lie it felt wonderful to be full of energy and loving being high for a couple of hours but than the remorse set in and I wished I hadn't taken them.
Tulip from your last post you said you were on day two wich would make this day 4 if you stayed clean which I hope you did you have about one more day of severe withdrawals and it will get better from there w/d's from subs peak on about day 5 or 6 you can do this don't look back.
Kellie I have not personally taken kratom but everything I read is that it is supposed to be wonderful curbing the w/d symptoms I wouldn't goi back on the subs I would stick with the kratom but I am just speaking about what I read and not personal experience so maybe someone with personal experience can chime in on this subject.
Once again stay well and kick this in the ass
joe, paul, everyone whos talked to me thanks. right now im basically crying really really hard. day 4 with nothing and ohh yea itss hittin good. i litterally got no one to talkto my mom thinks ive taken to many klonpin and swears i jusst have the flu. no support, oucch, AAARRRFGHH lol i hope this doesnt last to much longger because im gettin really shortr on my mental state. been completley alone with a abusive mother in my house on day 4 of withdrawls from year of subs and 3 of oxypercosuboxofuckit! i cant stop f'n cryuin dammit Restless legs anyone? lol ican prolly power a small city with all the energy my body is producing. what annotther weeeek of f this i thinkkk rigight? thanks u guys this foruum is all i have stupid oxypercosuboxofuckit! i guesss what doeoessnt kills you mjakes you strtonger riight? could bnee worese i suppose right. goood think i dont own a gun. i dont want to scarre anyone its just im an unusual guy, no friends, never had a girl, i=imm 31) im not even disfigured or nuttin just got bad anxierty disorder hence the klonopin. hoppefuylly i hear day 6 or so itt getts betters. llove you all and i wish i was in detox now even after gettytng let out monday of lassst weekks. wiush me luch cayse herre we go.
-matty
joe, paul, everyone whos talked to me thanks. right now im basically crying really really hard. day 4 with nothing and ohh yea itss hittin good. i litterally got no one to talkto my mom thinks ive taken to many klonpin and swears i jusst have the flu. no support, oucch, AAARRRFGHH lol i hope this doesnt last to much longger because im gettin really shortr on my mental state. been completley alone with a abusive mother in my house on day 4 of withdrawls from year of subs and 3 of oxypercosuboxofuckit! i cant stop f'n cryuin dammit Restless legs anyone? lol ican prolly power a small city with all the energy my body is producing. what annotther weeeek of f this i thinkkk rigight? thanks u guys this foruum is all i have stupid oxypercosuboxofuckit! i guesss what doeoessnt kills you mjakes you strtonger riight? could bnee worese i suppose right. goood think i dont own a gun. i dont want to scarre anyone its just im an unusual guy, no friends, never had a girl, i=imm 31) im not even disfigured or nuttin just got bad anxierty disorder hence the klonopin. hoppefuylly i hear day 6 or so itt getts betters. llove you all and i wish i was in detox now even after gettytng let out monday of lassst weekks. wiush me luch cayse herre we go.
-matty
MattyK: I totally understand where you are right now.. I cried yesterday and yelled at my boyfriend several times for reasons I don't even know why... Restless legs? YEA... If it weren't for that shit I could so do this! I have tried both the medications for RLS (Requip and Myripex[I think]) Something you should def try is kratom.. It helps a lot with withdrawal symptoms!! Treetopherbals.com You may have tried this already, I don't know.. But, I caved last night and took a tiny chip off a sub guys... I hope that is IT though.. Maybe the kratom can get me through next time I am RLSing...It was in the middle of the night- and instead of thinking I should take another Kratom capsule- I just popped a Piece of sub (so so stupid!) I am proud of all you guys on here who are going strong!! I am going to be posting one day soon without subs too!!
Thanks Melanie, I haven't read your e-mail but am about to!! Stay strong!! I have read a lot about kava too... Gonna order some I think:) Love you guys!!!
hey kellie, what the heck is kratom? im in so much withdrawl i was laughing uncontrolablely and couldnt stop .far out! lol. im feeling better for i guess umm maybe the next like, 10 or 15 minutes lol. 4 days. sure wish i could sleep or the next 7. anyone have any idea when this might get better?
history: suboxone 4 mg's for last 2 weeks, spiked 3 8 mg subs in two days, then waited a day, took a 2 mg sub, thats been it since 4 days ago. u think tomorrow might be better or worse? be honest! lol i think im gonna foget what its like not to be withdrawing fromt this and feel like THIS is normal LOL. thanx for listening to a very lonley, sad isolated 31 year old drug addicted virgin, im trying to add up all my problems. anyone ever leave their addict counsiler speachless? i just did, and was laughing hysterically in the car LOL im still laughing my mom thought he popped me an 80 or something. i just told the truth! my LICSW stroked his beard when i said "im 31" and he REAL hard and said i quote "are you sure you have had sex and dont remember when you were high?" lol, i was laughing so hard on the way home i think maybe i did!! i just hope it was at least human, and dammit, i hope i find that phone number! lmao. maybe i just have mono and not in wd's LOL. well, ok rabies!
ahh day 5 3:25 am, no opiates, no subs no poison in 3 years. i wish i could say i am proud of myself (my sincerest apologies for the above post.) im still a mess, but what the hell, now i literally feel like i took a sub. its messed up. its like im still a mess, but after i slept for 4 hours or so (seroquel, a 2mg kpin, 4 excedrin PM) actually slept. im sorry everyone for overposting but right now, my life depends on this i feel like. ive never been so scared in my whole life.
to those who are taking suboxone, taper. This is where i have failed where others have conquered. suboxone is as evil as percs or oxy's i think after hearing it might be a month before you feel normal after over a year of 8 mg a day sub use. im really really really scared that this will go on for 2 or 3 more weeks. im sorry for those who are all alone with no benzo's. (went to detox for those too) however, as with the aforementioned condition of complete virginity in a way i dont think anyone can fathom, i have anxiety so bad it would bring Charles Manson himself to HIS Fucking knees. id like to meet him, stuff his face full of 4 or 5 80mg oxy's, then a year on 16mg subs the STOP. he would no doubt experience a whole nother pain. i guess i got hit twice. diagnosed with Post Tramautic Stress Disorder, severe anxiety with panic attacks so bad i have literally ate (dont laugh) 10 2 mg Klonipin at once so as not to pass out from a panic attack. didnt work, 8 mg more of xanax and was back to work. no shit. God bless all of you. im gonna go find more boards like this. it doesnt matter how long suboxone withdrawl lasts, since there never is a correct answer on how long it will take to withdrawl from. sucks not to know ones own mental and pysiological fate but. i enjoyed feeling like a normal person for a few years (i took opiates so i could try and talk to girls to convice my father and my best friend i wasnt gay). it failed. best friend after 10 years vanishes...blah ive rambled enough. Life is so lonley.
for those of you who have a husband, wife, g/f, b/f whatever, sit down at night for me and pray, for what you have is the answer to an equation that for 15 years i have wanted to solve. love. without it, we are hopeless, even at a subconscious level. look your lover into there eyes and please for someone who has been alone for his whole life, paralyzed by opiates, suboxone. pray for me. lol 20 minutes more time sober typing.
pray for you all, and so back into the inferno i go. banzai!
Nothing positive to add... Im just sayin Hi.
Ladies---what is this KRATOM you speak of
Melanie- WELL DONE :) ...whats does lealaken mean?
Can't do it anymore- ficketting body that won't JUST WANA STAY STILL" I know what you mean... that is the shit that almost drives me to insanity..
or maybe its to late
mattk-Go get laid, youll feel better
lol joe, thats what they tell me. hopefully within this century or the Wds go away, which ever comes first
Hey guys I'm back with only my 2nd post. I am almost to day 7 of no subs. I had 1 chance o get some but the semed to be over at the time.; I had my benzos and whisky to help me thru the last few days. I feel the worst is over from only 1mg of subs over sev. months but I swear this was worse han comin' off 80mg a day oxy habit. Of course back in my oxy days as I mentioned in my 1st post was my only demon. Now with plenty of alcohol and very few benzos left I am faced with the possibility of no benzos left in a couple of days for at least a week. I a little paranoid to say the least of what is to come still WDn' from subs and now maybe no benzos too. I've went from 20mg max daily to only 8.5mg min. today. I wonder if more alcohol intake would help with no benzos the same as benzos help w\no or little alcohol.
Ok guys (& gals) Enough about me and my probs.
Joe Joe; I want o thank you for not only listening but also responding. It means more than you'll ever know. (or maybe you do) Seems like you been there and back yourself.
lealaken; I think you are trying to do things wisely and feel I could prob. learn more from you.
Mattyk; I'm 45 years old and not close to a virgin; though sometimes wish I were. I am however able to understand the feeling of no friends or loved ones that really seem to care. If not for my sister (whom I always feel I am bothering) does try to understand and help where she can. She is truly my only link at this point to the real world.
But hey!, Sometimes you have to get away from you're old world to find your new world. I would HIGHLY recommend you read a small yet powerful book called "who moved my cheese". It really helped me pt things into perspective even in my cloudy WD'n state of mind.
I hope to keep in contact with you all throughout my entire 2nd and last time of going through this HELL! And Beyond!
To whoever is afraid of an 18 month total recovery time after 0 tolerance is achieved feel a need to elaborate on this subject a little based on my on experience comn' off 80mg OCs rather hard. It is a slow and gradual process but not all that painful, especially compared to the first couple weeks. I felt like i was clean after the body and mind quit hurting. Reality of 2 yrs clean taught me alot about where I was. This past spring I realized I not only didn't need Meds to feel normal but I actually felt things even more and better somehow than ever before. It's a good strange feeeling. I mean I just then realized I was Back to my old normal self again and not my "NEW normal self. Not just feeling drugfree but all my passions and cares returned in a very humbled way. Yet less than 1 year after that feeling................well here I am again only with diff substances. hopefully and with God's will the 2nd time is the charm.
Thanks all for listenin', respondind and God Bless all in this position.
Jaydawg
Hi all
Well after reading so many of your notes any hearing the cries.
I myself can relate to much of this.
1 1/2 years on heavy pain meds, then Dr says we should do Suoxone and all will be fine?
Does anyone think why people shoot people.
Its not rocket science as he gave it to me way way so early and Hell was present. The Hospital was a joke also as they have no idea!
Full max Suboxan and after 3 days I realize the Dr's words ? Some people take it for 3 months- a year and others longer or for life.
I see why now.
Glad I reduaced mine from max to 3 Mg twice a days and now in the last week 1 Mg @AM and sometimes at night.
7 weeks of schooling and now I read a lot of your histories.
I just stopped all 36 hours ago and thinking I will be fine in a day or 3 well ? After ending it looks like I will be on the road from hell a few more days and or weeks.
Thanks I Think.
I guess I have learned a few things here.
I feel bad for all of you along with myself. We (Ithink) went to the moon and still cant find something to make all this easier.
Its a wonder why people stay on the drugs.
Not saying its better but the pain is in parshall coverage.
All the great things to help us get off seem like they only want us to spend more money and days in hell.
I do say this without mention that I know all is best clean but when people have pain what is one to do?
LOL for us and I hope to see more written about what items help ones through all of this.
Mattyk just WOW this forum will help you get everything off your chest don't appologize for posting anything you will eventually get through it it just takes sometime and yes i have to agree with Joe you need to get laid but I think you already knew that as you said you got on the drugs to get laid unfortunately I can't help you with that have you tryed dating sites or going to bars liquor is a great way to pick up women LOL.
Jdawg I used alcohol to help me get clean off the subs also but if you drink to much you will find yourself craving drugs so it's a fine line as far as how much you should drink everyone is different everything in moderation I know moderation is not what got us here in the first place but we have to teach ourselves moderation.
New reader how long have you been on the subs since you stopped taking them if you have only been on for a couple of weeks you should be fine the withdrawals shouldn't be as drawn out for you as they have been with long term sub users as long as you use them just to get through the bad part of the opiate w/d's and than get off them right away they actually work.
just to say am reading forum still, just a little whacked out with personal issues, i'm one of those PAWS people, over 9 months clean and still learning how to live life without drugs (especially opiates, more than any other drug).
But, I'm getting there all the time...
You can all get there too.
KELLIE: Why would you want to go back on subs? If you can get off the hydros with kratom, and you only used 30 hydros, then just stay off opiates. Subs are only going to bring you misery. If you have started subs already then you've only been using them a few days. It would be easy to taper and withdraw if only taken for 7 days and not really any problem from 14 days from what I hear. But the shorter the better.
It's best to deal with PAWS than to go on subs. Going on subs is not being clean. You end up the same opiate doped zombie with no feelings and unrelated to the world around you. There's noone at home! Wake up! Stay off them. They won't solve any of your problems.
Phil.
Are subs really a better alternative to short acting opiate addiction?
I'm sure it's safer than shooting street heroin or any other shit IV. So yes, maybe it is a better alternative for some reasons.
Also, if it is cheaper and easier to obtain than the black market stuff, and you don't want to quit, then that might also be a reason.
But, if you do want to quit, if that is your objective then don't ever confuse sub (or methadone) maintenance with quitting. It isn't. It is what it is. It is no more than switching from illegally to legally obtained opiates.
So, the sole advantage of subs (or methadone) is that it 'might' enable you to free yourself from the street scene. For some this is a huge benefit and has even enabled them to form some sort of constructive life (to a degree). At least, that is what I read in certain medical documents. I've yet to meet anyone who has been able to go from total addiction chaos (no job, no life, no future) to becoming a useful member of society just by going on legal opiate maintenance.
The latter category, people like myself, end up just as screwed up on subs or methadone as they were on their previous DOC. All it gave me was a new drug to play with.
On methadone I found myself using other drugs on top in order to get high or just to escape the misery of methadone addiction. I was no different on subs. Yes, there was the usual novelty experience which kept me amused for a while. But I soon realised that the only way I was going to get free from all this crap was to stop being doped 24/7.
I guess the long-action means you don't have to dose so frequently. But, in the long term, it's all bullshit. After a while I got so bored of subs I started all the usual drug seeking behaviour. I went clubbing. I took MDMA, coke, crack, drank a lot, downers, etc. You've all heard it before.
I found it impossible to get my feet back on the ground while on methadone or subs. How could I? I didn't even know who I was. And to be honest, I felt more spaced out and removed from myself on subs than I did on methadone.
In hindsight, if I had known what I know now, I would have tapered myself off the short-acting opiates I was using at the time. In fact, I had done at one point. It wasn't even that bad. But, the temptation of getting free and legal opiates from the government (I'm in the UK) was just too much to resist.
For me, if the option of maintenance hadn't of been available, I would have been clean a lot sooner. I'm talking about when I had actually reached a point of desperation and just wanted out, just wanted to be free from it all. I went to the health services (NHS in UK, National Health Service) and they persuaded me that the best thing for me would be to go on methadone (and later subs), with big smiles on their faces like they were doing me a favour.
I met one of the social workers that had been present on this day a few years later. Bizarrely, she had left the drug and alcohol team and joined the community mental health team. What was bizarre was that she ended up being my social worker when I became a 'client' of the mental health team. But the really bizarre bit is that (bearing in mind she didn't recognise me from back then) she was now telling me how horrid methadone was and that she believed people would be better off getting prescription heroin (available in UK, albeit not common), or indeed, whatever their DOC was.
She thought that methadone was absolutely vile stuff and agreed with practically everything I said about the state of maintenance therapy and the new bullshit about long term sub maintenance (which previously was only used for short term detox in this country). She even told me that methadone was far more damaging to the body than pharmaceutical heroin, which (the drug itself) is practically harmless when administered correctly.
So, Mr Medical Profession, go take a look at what they do in Russia, where they don't do maintenance therapy. They detox the patient, even giving them opiates to soften the landing. There are better practices in other countries too. Even Iran!
I wish the medical profession and pharmaceutical companies would quit messing around with these horrible new semi or totally synthetic opiates and then start touting them as the new cure for opiate dependency. Fuck off and leave us alone. Let us get our DOC if we want. Give us help to properly detox when we are ready. End of. Period.
Excuse my rant.
Best wishes to everyone on this site. Look forward to hearing from you and reading your posts.
Phil.
just readin posts, bout to begin detox after 2 years of methadone followed by 1 year suboxone from as high as 150mg methadone and 32mg sub. currently at 4mg sub and terrified to say the least but dammit im sick of it. alot of your posts have been inspiring and at the same time intimidating. btw im a 23yo male in the midwest with alot to say...but i can save that for another day. see my doc monday to discuss the plan. i'll be around. GOOD LUCK and KEEP IT UP!!!
Hey Everyone.
Phil, it was a good rant with very valid points.
KynDe welcome to the forum. I was where you are once. You can do it.
Almost to the 2 month marker. I feel great. I still get maybe a craving rarely, but that's becoming really rare. There really is a light at the end of the tunnel. I swear people.
WORST FEELING EVER.. IVE MADE SOME REAL POOR CHOICES HERE IN THE LAST FEW WEEKS. DECIDED TO STOP THE SUBOXONES AND START SHOOTING H,,AND THEN OXYMORPHONE. FOR WHAT EVER REASON... IM 24 HOURS INTO IT AND NEED A SEDITIVE. I CANT STOP MOVING AND TWITCHING. I CANT EVEN TYPE RIGHT NOW.....................
JOE
I'm sorry man. You know the score. It will end. Shame you ain't got no sedatives to soften the landing. But, you know you can do this.
Phil.
AFTER MY LAST POST I WAS ONE PACIN MO FUCKA...
I couldnt take it anymore... I took some xanax and 2mgs subox and I feel almost good.well,COMPARED TO 4 HOURS AGO. I never get nauseous from withdrawl. just HORRIBLE irritabilty, aniety, insomnia and that restless legs thing which is real torture ... I am going to have to figure this out real soon... I cant go on like this. I cant even function anymore.
I really cant wait to be normal again. Just be able to feel and be happy without drugs..you know..even if im down and out, broke, in jail, depressed w/e I cant even remember feeling more pain than WD from opiates.. all of that seems like a walk in the park compared to WD's
Thanks you readin my ramblings.... Ill post again when i have something positive to add.
Wow, it really has been quite awhile since I last posted; I just spent an hour and a half getting caught up. Hi everyone, I hope this post finds you all well. I have been really busy the past month. During that time I f’d up on three occasions. Nothing major but I did use. Someone moved into the building where I reside and is on the methadone program. On three occasions I did between 65 and 85mg of methadone. I am not beating myself up too badly as it didn’t throw me off my schedule, I was just a little buzzed for a few days.
JDoe, wow, fantastic, very cool being clean for a couple of months now. KynDe, welcome to the site, it is good to ‘see’ new faces. I have a similar experience except I was methadone for over nine years and then shifted to suboxone. I started at 32mg and I am now down to 4mg of subs a day. Listen to your inner voice, it will tell you what you need to do.
Phil, I can relate to those periods of isolation. The longer that I am in my apartment without forcing myself to get out and experience life, the worse I feel. Fortunately I have been kick’n butt lately in the socializing department. You made an interesting point, that in your experience you have never seen anyone live a ‘normal’ life while on any kind of ‘maintenance’ program. I agree whole heartedly in the methadone world. Occasionally I would meet someone that would get thirty take outs so I just presumed they were doing very well; once I got to know them, spend a little time, the more I found this not to be true. What I saw was old junky behavior, the smoking of crack, that kind of stuff, stealing to maintain another habit. I want nothing to do with that any longer.
Suboxone has been a bit of different story for me. I dropped from 32mg to 4mg (sometimes 2mg) and I have actually been living a kind of normal life(these reductions were all self-directed). I have been doing political advocacy work which has been a little miracle for me. Lately, this has been taking considerable amount of time and I am in constant contact with a huge variety of people. Only one of those people knows of my ‘secret’ life. I am not willing to share that with anyone else because of the stigma attached; I don’t want to be seen as some social pariah.
As long as I can successfully ‘maintain’ that lifestyle, I am okay with being on my 4 to 2mg a day. I realize that I am prolonging the inevitable but right now it is working.. I would wager that not one has a clue to the ‘other’ reality that I experience. I have been asked to do quite a bit of public speaking and though I really don’t feel like doing anything like that, I have been forcing myself to go…the rewards have been well worth it.
We really do have a fucked up system in the States. I don’t know what it’s like in Britain but here, for-profit companies distribute legal narcotics freely. In the entire nine-plus years I was suffering, not once was my inquiry to detox myself off methadone was met with an ounce of encouragement.
So “New Reader” I hear ya…whatever you do, think what is best for YOU, fuck the medical profession, in this area they haven’t a clue how to handle it. Just read the countless stories of hell at this site. I hope you can learn enough to keep you out of the hell that a lot of us are in. It has taken me over twelve years to get to a place that I can actually feel like I can live in my own skin again. Good luck to you.
I still have that ‘secret’ life however and it affects me more than I want. I have been at this website since 2:20 this morning unable to sleep; it is now almost six this morning. At this point I don’t see myself with any other alternative than to maintain as I slowly take myself down, at least for a while, until I can take some time off and get up north, away from ‘civilization’ and do the WD thing. The more I think about it the more afraid I am of doing it. I have a high tolerance for pain around everything else except opiate WD-in this area I am really wuss My plan to slowly detox myself off my suboxone is pretty much going as planned. I think I’ll check out a Kratom source, that just may be the help.
Why didn’t I listen to those that knew this world when I was twelve. All the new posters, welcome. Enough rambling, I’ll be checking in more often.
Peace all, Robert
JOE: you did great. I'm glad you have some xanax to help. Maybe try tapering to a smaller amount of subs before jumping again, up to you. But no need to go back to your previous dose. Keep it low as possible, I jumped from 0.4mg and you still get a kick in the ass but it is less intense. Whatever dosage you jump from you will get the WDs and the PAWS.
Robert, I know, I say the same to myself about smoking and other habits, if only I'd have listened when I was younger! But, destiny can take us to places we never really wanted to go.
I would recommend tapering and stabilising and then tapering again and so on until you are down to a crumb. Try and get plenty of sleeping tablets and/or benzos like xanax aswell. Kratom might also be of great value. Seroquel is great for sleep when taken with sleeping tablets. It really boosts the overall effect and helps you sleep longer than just the tablets on their own.
Take care y'all,
Phil.
I was taking 10 mg of Norco, 7 to 10 times per day to relive pain from a failed surgery. I was told nothing could be done surgically to relive my pain. Tried stronger opiates which gave terrible side efficts, including severe constipation. My Pain Management doctor felt taking me off opiates would correct constipation and was perscribed suboxxone. I've been taking max dose and it only minimally reduces pain. My doctor refuses to put me back on opiates. I want to stop sub, don't know what to expect since I've tried going up to three days max without use, but pain is so bad I try again for what little relief it gives.
Does anyone know how I should wean myself off sub ? My doctor states if I take an opiate it will put me into withdrawal again and not help pain. I cannot continue with this pain, want to stop sub and will find another pain doctor. Please advise any information, thanks
maxie:
Suboxone IS an opiate. It's just as much an opiate as the stuff you were taking before.
If it isn't working for you then you need a doctor to swap you over to a different pain medication. I'm sure there are others that you haven't tried yet. I'm definite. You might get on with them better.
Taking other opiates while on sub will either have no effect or just add to the already present effect.
Taking other opiates soon after taking sub normally has little to no effect if you are on such a high dose.
However, after 24 hours you should be able to be swapped onto a different medication. I guess it depends on the person and how long they have been on the subs. After 3 days I'm sure you would not experience withdrawals on an adequate dose of another opiate.
I'm not a doctor. It sounds like you need to find another doctor who is willing to try you on another medication.
It would be better to taper down and get as much of the subs out of your system as possible before switching.
Again, I really think you need to discuss this with another pain management doctor who is more flexible.
I assume by max dose you mean 32mg a day? It might take a while for other opiates to take effect if that is the dose you are on. Subs bind more strongly to the opioid receptors than other opiates.
I do not believe that it will put you into withdrawals by switching to another opiate after 24hours since last sub dose. It's normally the other way round. That going on subs puts you in withdrawals from the opiate you were on before. Because, it pushes other opiates out of your brain.
So, in the reverse scenario, I can't see the problem. Anyone else got any experience with this? Going from subs to other opiates and any problems with withdrawals?
Thanks,
Phil.
Phil you are correct there is no withdrawals after going 24 hours and than taking another opiate but because the subs are still in your system the other opiate will have minimal effect if you do stay off the subs another 24 hours after that and continue with the other opiates they will have a greater effect and it should be a seemless transition from subs to opiates. I also like how you said you should have listened when you where younger about drugs and other habits like smoking. I smoke also and I have a son who is now 8 years old they are doing a drug alcohol and smoking thing in school and he tells me and his mother we should quit smoking a couple times a week and that he will never do drugs cause drugs are bad I remember saying the same thigngs at his age and look where I'm at now LOL yes I've been clean since nov 29th but I had to go throught hell to get there. I just hope he doesn't go down the same path that I went down and continues with his belief about how bad drugs are unfortunately I know the realities of high school and junior high and that shit is all over the fucking place I just hope he makes the right decisions not that it would be hard for me or his mother to spot when he was high I mean neither one of us lived a very "clean" lifestyle. But enough with my ramblings I'll check back soon feeling pretty good today :)
by the way, i've temporarily screwed up, got given a few scripts for tramadol, one for codeine, now I'm CWE APAP+codeine tablets. If u don't know what CWE is then best keep it that way.
I was given the medication post-hospital admission with my ongoing stomach problems. Then I found it hard to handle being in 'love' with someone for the first time in years and yet living 50 miles away from them and unable to see them very often.
It's pathetic. But, that is what has happened. I've CWE'ed this evening just to kill off the mild tramadol/codeine WDs and yes also cos I want to get that high. It feels so painful being a human being. It wasn't just falling in love that pushed me over the edge, one of my voluntary jobs went well and truly belly-up and subsequently I lost some new friends and contacts. I'm new in this area and practically all on my own again.
I'm sure I will pull out of this. It's just weak opioids. Yeh, I know, it's one step down the rabbit hole. But, I'm weaning myself off this extremely small habit and getting myself back on track. Spent the day feeling damn near suicidal. I'm reacting to another type of antidepressant. This is aggravating my need for the small hit.
I get on VERY badly with antidepressants. So, I'll just not take it tomorrow and things should settle down day after tomorrow.
That's me. Sorry folks.
Phil.
Hang in there Phil. It is painful to be human. I know what you mean.
@ RBM - How are you sleeping? Did your sleep habits change getting sober? Mine certainly did. I basically want to compare notes with someone that's been sober for a few months.
4 days until two months sober. Today wasn't really a good day. Got some anxiety issues today, but I don't think that's much to do with WD.. I think it's probably more of a PAWS thing and hearing about drugs thing.
Hey all, I've been keeping up with the reading of posts but not really been up to posting again yet. Not feeling great now but got really into the KRATOM thing. Thought I would, should share this link with everyone. http://www.erowid.org/experiences/exp.php?ID=47037 It gives some good info from another user of KRATOM.
Still I plan to order an oz. to try myself.
This is day 11 for me with no Subx. I feel a lot better than last week but still feel strange, anxious, jittery and my living room is still above 80 degrees to fight the chills. Then again I have a slight benzo problem and a bigger alcohol problem aall at the same time. My benzos have been on rapid decline do to supply and is all but gone and my drinking is increasing rapidly even conservatively. Having trouble staying below 1\5 of whiskey a day and what really sucks is I'm not getting drunk, still can't sleep. Then again not sleeping 24\7 it only takes a shot an hour to go through a bottle. I sometimes ain't sure what I am feeling WDs from. Subs,Xanax, or alcohol. Never dealt with 3 demons at a time before. This really sucks because this all happened within a year of my feeling normal again since my battle with the Oxys. That I was back in control for a min. WRONG!! I never went back to Oxy's, so I ran like hell to everything else. Now here I am again.
"GET ME OUT OF THIS ONE LORD AND I WILL NOT GO BACK"
I remember this quote of mine from 5 years ago. So it did take me a couple years to totally recover from the Oxy days and feel like my old self again 100%.
As Double Trouble says: I have seen individual blades of grass and vivid , clear colors return almost magically. Now I want to see them again.
Not sure about what I've got comin' from no more benzos after several months of abusing them. I thought they would help wean from the alcohol but instead of weaning off, Now I got 2 problems. So the subs made me feel better about my failures for a short time. Then I felt my 3rd Demon and started tapering from them 1st.
Sorry for not geting too personal with anyone but I've read and read til I ain't sure who said what, only what has been discussed.
Thanks all for all,
Jaydawg
P.S. I hope I can contribute as much as I have been contributed to by this site.
Jaydawg:
The worst of the benzo withdraw should be over in 3 days. However, going cold turkey from benzos (especially when also drinking regularly) can be dangerous. You really should seek professional help and taper the benzos off more slowly.
I have heard of people having seizures when coming off benzos suddenely, especially when combined with alcohol withdraws. So, I'd keep what little benzos you have left in order to taper down over the first 3 days, the critical time. If you don't have any left then I'd get some more, go see a doc or whatever you have to do. The dangers of acute benzo WDs are well known by the medical profession. It's their duty to make sure you come off them safely.
I don't know what dosage of benzos you were taking regularly?
I came off benzos first before the subs. Maybe that was the best thing although I seriously regretted it when the anxiety kicked in from sub WD and I no longer had my weekly benzo script from the addiction psych. I begged him to put me back on them for a while but he refused. He refused me sleeping tablets, refused me everything. Thanks to him I spent 2 weeks on a psych ward because of my insomnia.
I discharged myself from his addiction centre as I told him it was just winding me up. He kept asking how I was and yet would do nothing to help with the side effects that I was not coping with (mainly anxiety, insomnia, muscle twitching, and RLS). The slow taper was a real hard slog. It's like drawing out the whole WD thing. On the other hand, it reduces the eventual intensity of WDs. Which way is best? Whichever suits you. Whichever you can do.
What pissed me off most about the addiction psych was that he was so willing to up my sub dose again but would do nothing else. Like other people here, I found the clinic to be only interested in keeping me on the drugs and completely unhelpful when I wanted to detox. They never listened to my constant complaints that staying on opiates was ruining my life. Their answer: up the dose.
With benzos, from which I have withdrawn more times than I can remember, I found a quick taper much more effective than the standard medical long one (something like reducing by 2mg diazepam every two weeks).
I normally taper off benzos in 5 to 7 days. Maybe two weeks. My usual policy is to cold turkey it until it becomes too much then take as little as possible to cope. Then wait until it becomes too much again and again take as little as possible to get through (less than the time before). I found this gets me pretty quickly off them. Yeh, I get left with the shakes for a while but it's no biggie.
The thing with benzo WDs is that they can cause seizures and even death. Opiate WDs won't kill you. However, opiate WDs feel so much worse. With benzos it's a general madness feeling and anxiety about everything. With opiates it's the same plus the awful physical pain and the mind games are so much worse.
I have posted that I have screwed up a bit recently. This is true. I'm getting myself back on track again. I'm very upset with myself that I let this happen but I also feel it has reinforced my desire to get and remain sober again.
Phil.
Im on Day 8 of sub w/d. Going to see MD today. What non-narc RX can be prescribed??? can't sleep, constant chills, super weak and emotional, nauseas etc. little leg pain and body aches. Help!!!!!!!!!!i feel like shit
Phil at least with the CWE you get rid of most of the aspirin so you won't damage your liver how many codeines where you taking at what mg?
@Jdoe I drink almost every night and take a 1/4 to 1/3 of a bar of xanax an hour before bed so I sleep pretty good although there is the occasional night that I get up a couple times a night cause my mind races sometimes I also suffer from sleep paralysis which I spoke about in a previous post so that is really scary not dangerous but just scary. But I have to say that most nights I sleep pretty good I have noticed myself taking more naps though are you experiencing anything like this like after I get home from work I lay down for an hour to an hour and a half I just find that I get exhausted every easily I don't know if this is because of the lack of hobbies or if I'm bored or what but that's it if you could share your sleep/ napping experience I would like to hear it as well thanx.
I was CWE 32x8mg codeine. I think i've got over it now. Had a good day at work and feel fine...
HEY GUYS AND GALS.. NOT MUCH TIME... IF YOU ORDER KRATOM, I SUGGEST TREETOPHERBALS.COM THAT IS THE ONLY PLACE I HAVE EVER ORDERED FROM THO... PERSONALLY, I LIKE PUTTING STUFF IN EMPTY VITAMIN CAPSULES FIRST THING IN MORNING ON AN EMPTY STOMACH. PACK 2-4 CAPSULES AND TAKE VERY FIRST THING AND DON'T EAT. VERY HELPFUL WITH WD'S!! GOOD LUCK!! POST MORE LATER!
HEY GUYS AND GALS.. NOT MUCH TIME... IF YOU ORDER KRATOM, I SUGGEST TREETOPHERBALS.COM THAT IS THE ONLY PLACE I HAVE EVER ORDERED FROM THO... PERSONALLY, I LIKE PUTTING STUFF IN EMPTY VITAMIN CAPSULES FIRST THING IN MORNING ON AN EMPTY STOMACH. PACK 2-4 CAPSULES AND TAKE VERY FIRST THING AND DON'T EAT. VERY HELPFUL WITH WD'S!! GOOD LUCK!! POST MORE LATER!
New to this site, I'm finding many of you folks helpful! After 8 yrs of opiates(4 on pills,4 shooting dope) tried too stop by taking an overdose. Didn't work, tolerance was to high! 28 days of rehab and started taking 16 mg of subox. Now, 18 mos. later came down to 2 mg. On day 3 of nothing and am having a really hard time (not really a suprise) hot flashes, depression, irritable as hell and the added bonus of having the runs all day at work!! Really wanted to get high today. Everyone seems to have a different opinion on how long this withdrawl will last. It' so fucking hard to stay strong--I appreciate all the posts by my fellow addicts. Hanging in as best as I can.
jbean, the worst of the withdrawals seem to last for 2 weeks for most people, after that you will still have milder withdrawals for maybe a month or two and then you will have PAWS to deal with.
Keep posting jbean. Nice to meet you and welcome to the forum! We will help you as much as we can. So don't hesitate to ask any questions you want.
Regards,
Phil.
Thanks Phil
Thought I knew alot, but what does PAWS stand for? I really think I may go back to the 2 mg again, starting to not trust myself. (post acute withdrawal symptoms?)
jbean, yes, Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome.
It's basically all the shit you have to deal with like re-learning how to live life without spending all your time looking for your next fix. Battling the boredom. Getting back to work. Anxiety problems. Depression problems. Basically just getting used to being a human being again with all it's ups and downs.
Are you in complete withdrawal? I mean, have you jumped and now considering going back on 2mg? If I was you, if you really feel you have to go back on a bit of sub I would go much lower. Try 1mg. You might be surprised at how your tolerance has dropped. It will encourage you that you are still making progress. Even 0.5mg might be enough. You can always increment little fragments until you get what you need.
If you do go back on the last dose you were on then you can try dosing once every two days. Some people find that easier than splitting the pills up into crumbs. There's different ways to tackle the issue.
Let us know how you getting on and what you decide to do. We don't judge here. We just offer support and try and help. I've screwed up so many times I can't remember. But, thanks to you guys, I'm still recovering :)
Warmest regards to all,
Phil.
I just re-read your earlier post jbean. I really think that less than 2mg will sort you out no problem if that is what you really need or decide to do or whatever. Don't beat yourself up about it. It's no big deal. All part of the process. Just keep moving forward as best you can.
Yes, it's best to go the whole stretch without taking any but we ain't all superheroes! So, do what you can. I'm just very sure that 1.5mg or 1mg will be enough to get you the relief you need at the moment. I really don't think you will need or benefit from 2mg.
At the end of the day we can but advise from our own experience. You have to make up your own mind at the end of the day. I just hope it helps to have some more input in order to help you make more informed choices.
Best wishes to you jbean,
Phil.
Jbean: I agree with Phil, a tiny, tiny crumb of sub will amaze you at how much it can make you feel better.. But, if you are still going with nothing, keep going with nothing.. Each day you are a bit closer... Kratom really helps me.. I fell off the wagon, took a tiny crumb of sub when I could not stand it any longer, and felt fine for days.. When the wd's started creeping in I took some Kratom and felt so good, like I had taken 2 tabs! But, if you can do it without kratom or anything else, that's awesome! Good luck to ya!
Phil: You're not alone falling off the wagon... I am off and on lately. But, I am discovering that if I can get through without going back on subs again- I can make it.. But, I haven't been able to do it without the help of kratom yet.. Best wishes to all!!
Hey Guys, Man it's been a while and I didn't get to read all the posts but it seems the overbearing message is :
I NEED HELP!!! HA! NO SHIT we wouldn't be here if we didn't.
"I not really an addict "
"I Think I'm going to use again"
Guess what people if we continue to talk to ourselves like that WE ARE SCREWED!!!!
Please understand I do not know it all and I certainly would never say I know just how YOU feel. I only know how I feel and where I have been / MORE importantly where I'll end up if I do not pay very close attention to what I say to MYSELF. The way we speak to ourselves in the privacy of our own confines, silently or out oud, has everything to do with what happens next. I have to keep busy. Particularly when I try to tell myself I don't feel like it!
The funny thing about addiction NOT ONE OF US woke up one day and said "I think I'll be an addict" It happens very slowly like most bad habits before we realize we have the bad habit IT HAS US!! Well GOOD habits are just the opposite you have to make that decision Change IMMEDIATELY Hold on tight and GO FOR IT!!! DO NOT LET GO!!! YOUR LIFE DEPENDS ON IT!
I just got out of the hospital AGAIN, my 4th / YES fourth hip replacement came out of place on 2-12. I was in the damn Wal-Mart store of all places.HA! gotta admit I looked pretty silly sitting there on the floor trying to convince a complete stranger to pull my leg / NOT MY FINGER!!! Anyway it's back in and I was told I could end up in a wheel chair if I don't chill out and be more careful, Hell I thought I was being careful!
LOOK it's like this WE are responsible for what we have done, Where we ended up and Where we are going. Please forgive me but I gotta go for now,
KEEP your chins up!
" Where we are today is a direct result of choices we have made in the past"
"Have a great day all BECAUSE WE DESERVE IT"!!!!!
Doc''
Everyone has a very intresting story but pretty much the same as far as withdrawl. I was addicted to precocets since 1998 and was cut off in 2007 by a doctor pretty much without a blink, no weaning, just "thats it". I did what I could finding what I needed on the street and when that dried up found herion. I tried weaning myself off of that, what a joke....then went to a Meth clinic which turned out to be a joke..30 day program, ha! A freind kept talking about Subs so I went to that clinic besides the fact they want your first born to start the program they didn't tell me about withdrawl. Which sucked. I couldn't afford the clinic and found the Subs on the street cheaper than the clinic and weaned myself down from them but couldn't figure out why I felt sick a day and a half after stopping. The severity of withdrawl was nothing like being dope sick, granted the nasty all the same.
I praise the drug though and anyone having doubts about taking it, don't, it really is a miracle and as someone said up thread you must have a strong will to quit. I am nowhere financially like I was before the dope (the pills were cheap cause of my insurance which btw dosent cover sub clinics) but I do have money now and don't have to worry about calling out of work because I am dope sick.
Hang in there all and the best of luck to everyone trying to kick, have faith, it will happen
I was an oxyContin/opiate pill addict, i have been clean and on suboxone for almost 6 years and now am on the tampering down part of it. i started at 24mg of suboxone a day(three 8mg pills SL) and am tampering off 2mg at a time, i am now down to one 8mg and three 2mg a day, i have yet to feel any withdrawl symtom or use other drugs...... and people wanting to get on suboxone but cant...... heres some info...... DO NOT take suboxone with oxycontin, you will go into withdrawl!!!! wait until you are starting to withdrawl (like shaking, upset stomach, sweating) and then take it, dosage will be diffrent due to how bad ya drug problem is.... if anyone has any other problems feel free to ask me!!!
B-Man,
I didn't feel any withdrawal until I started to taper below 2mg a day. Getting down to 2mg a day was a walk in the park.
I've posted my opinion about subs numerous times before so I won't go into it all in detail again. Generally speaking, it seems to be a good med for fast detox (although this doesn't work for everybody thanks to PAWS). And, as a maintenance drug, it takes away the risks involved with shooting dirty heroin and all the problems associated with procuring street drugs.
Apart from that, I HATE the stuff. I absolutely despise it. I know we are all different and will react uniquely to various drugs but for me, sub taper (once below 2mg) and subsequent withdrawal was hell and went on forever.
I am aware that the length of my withdrawals might have been a lot to do with PAWS rather than the drug itself. However, I never had the same problem when going through a doctor controlled taper with a short acting opiate.
I only went on methadone and then subs because I wanted the novelty of an opiate that lasted for 'ages' and was available legally. It seemed too good to be true. So, it was temptation and I fell for it.
If methadone and subs hadn't of been available to me then I would have never gone on them. I didn't need maintenance therapy, I needed to get clean!
I discovered the hard way that maintenance therapy was completely wrong for me. It has disastrous consequences. It robbed me of my personality and humanity. People keep thinking they are normal while on subs. They aren't. They are stoned out zombies.
However, if it has stopped you risking your life with street heroin of unknown strength, then I guess it was worth it for you.
Personally, I regret the day I ever started maintenance therapy. I'm an advocate for countries that still practice taking the patient into hospital, by default, while they are in withdrawals from their DOC. Russia does this. The government there refuses to advocate maintenance therapy. They see absolutely no benefit in it. I tend to agree.
If the 'patient' doesn't want to become free from opiates then I think they should be prescribed their DOC so as to minimalise the risk to themselves, starve the illegal drug trade of it's capital and all the other various negative aspects.
Amusedtdth:
You didn't really make it clear where you are at. Are you now free from daily opiate use? And yes, I do mean subs aswell. Subs are an opiate after all.
KELLIE: Good to hear from you. I'm glad you are finding a path through it all still. Best wishes to you.
Doc: Not quite sure what your message was there. It seemed a bit confusing!!! :)
Anyway, good luck to you all,
Phil.
Does anyone have ANYTHING positive to say? Fuck. This site just scared the shit out of me. I am on day 3. I was HOPING the worst was over. I gues not. Makes me want to give up. I hate opiates. They stole my life. BUT I am staying off the subs. I am not going to puss out and take one or a half of one... what is the point? We are all putting off what is going to happen anyway. There is no hope for a quality life if you keep looking back. BE STRONG. It will pass. Even though I don't believe it right now......
I gotta say I did a really stupid thing. I had been weaning myself off the subs for awhile. Had quite a bit left when I left outpatient. As I posted earlier, I have been down to 2 mg/day, actually skipping a day here and there. I backed myself into a corner (something I tend to do) by not having a Dr. as a backup in case my quitting became a serious issue. I felt I was ready. Well after day 4 I was done. The fact that I have a job as a supervisor and cannot miss days when I am so sick, I can barely get out of bed is not helping matters. As I lay in bed the other nite, kicking (and as most of u know it's called kicking for a reason) I lost it. I knew my friend had some opanas and swiped one, chewed it and was able to sleep and somewhat function at work the next day. I haven't taken anything other than subs for 18 mos. I have to say I was surprised that I really didn't get high, just felt better. I would have thought my tolerance would have gone down??? I know someone who is also taking suboxone so I asked if he could spare a couple till I can make an appt. with a Dr. This asshole says he can give me some if I f**k him. Jesus, I'm 50 yrs old WTF!!
I told the jerk I didn't need them that bad! (Hey maybe if he was good looking, clean and a decent person maybe that would have been ok LOL) Anyway, If I take some opanas before going back on subs, how long would I have to wait b4 taking subs again.
I wish I could be as stong as some other folks here, but i'm not ready. If I pick up dope again, that's the end. We all have our issues in life and sometimes things just don't go as planned--actually most of the time.
Thoughts?? Phil, u still out there?
I hate opiates:
Chill out! Yes! You are right! It will pass!
Don't get dogged down with all the PAWS issues that we discuss on here. Don't make the mistake of thinking just because someone else is struggling it means that you will have the same problems.
How long have you been on subs? At what dose? What dose did you 'jump' from?
How long have you had drug/opiate addiction problems?
Are you working at the moment or have enough distractions in your life?
Do you need to make contact with NA or some other organisation, or friends, or anybody that can give you some support and listen to you when you need to off-load?
Feel free to off-load here as much as you want. We are happy to listen and will help if we can.
Stop reflecting on the negatives from this site. You are forgetting all the positives! There are loads of positive comments on this site. There are lots of us who are succeeding and getting our lives back together and you are one of them. Congratulations!
Yes it's early days but you sound so strong and so convicted of what you are doing that I know you WILL do it! Take heart. Be encouraged. Keep going as you are. You are doing great. Your attitude is fantastic!
Thank you for your post and welcome to our Forum :)
jbean:
Yes I'm still here. We all are. Sometimes people just read and don't necessarily want to post. I'll try my best. I'm just a bit rough with an ear infection at the moment and constantly tired as a result. But, I am here and I am reading.
Don't worry yourself unduly. We all slip up. I understand what you are saying about being so ill you had to take something so you could work. I guess it's about damage limitation. Don't think you have to go back to a 24/7 habit just because you took the opana (new one on me, i need to google that) and felt better.
Just try again. If you decide you need something every now and then in order to keep your job then maybe plan to kick at the weekend or whenever you got days off. Keep thinking positive about quitting, tapering, reducing, etc.
One little slip doesn't mean you have failed. Not at all. It's just what it is. It's one little blip.
Try and keep usage to a minimum. Try and rattle off as much as you can before resorting to using opiates to soften the landing. Is there any other medication that might help? Sleeping tablets? Muscle relaxants? Seroquel (for sleep)? Kratom?
Try taking tiny amounts of whatever opiate it is until you have reached the desired level of relief so you can get your sleep and function at work the next day.
Keep chipping away at it. Keep on going. If you get a good night's sleep it's amazing how the next day is so much easier. Just because you needed the opana to get the sleep doesn't mean you needed it to get through work does it? Like you said, after a good night's rest you were fine at work the next day. Remember that.
There are other drugs that help with sleep. Benzos are the obvious ones or stuff like zopiclone. Drowsy antihistamines are useful too as can be seroquel (but seroquel is not always so good for daytime as can mong you out too much).
Listen to what you have said. That good night's sleep gave you the strength to get to work and function. So maybe it's just night time that you need this relief. Sleep deprivation is awful, especially when you have to work. Having to work after no sleep is practically impossible.
Maybe you should track down a doctor who is sympathetic. Get yourself some sleeping meds, sedatives, clonidine, whatever it takes. You deserve a good sleep after working all day.
Don't be harsh on yourself but don't give up either. I wouldn't go back on subs if i was you. But, it is up to you. If that is what you decide is the best option then you most certainly won't need 2mg a day again.
Yes your tolerance will have dropped but that doesn't mean that you will get high because there is a psychological aspect to this aswell. Your mind has become used to the opiate buzz and mind over matter is a powerful thing. I can remember slipping up after 8 months clean from subs and not getting high, I just felt sick. It's psychological. Don't worry about it. What you are going through is par for the course. Nothing unusual.
Hang in there jbean. Do the best you can. Noone is judging you for needing that opana for the sleep. I'm sure I would have done exactly the same in your position. I wasn't working at that point of withdrawal but I still hated not getting the sleep.
I will check in as much as I can so jbean, keep posting whenever you need to, I will try my best to respond to you as quickly as I can.
Best wishes to you all,
Phil.
2 months sober..
@ RBM: My sleep habits are weird, but not really like what you're talking about. Like, I'm not really tired in the evening until around bed time. Which for me is now ~10.30p (or so I try). I never really was into naps a whole lot, but I did find that through the WD I took a hell of a lot of naps. It was like having the flu for near a month.
What I've really noticed about myself is the inability to sleep for more than 8 - 9 hours a night. Which that may seem normal to some, but I used to stay up until 2 and sleep till noon without issue. Or hell sometimes I'd even go to sleep at midnight and wake up at 11ish. That now seems an impossibility, but I'm not really complaining. I feel rested when I wake.. I just found it, well, weird.
Some days I find I don't feel really happy, and others I do. That's odd too, but I attribute it to just being human. I'd also be careful of the Xanax man. That stuff worked miracles for me to be able to sleep, but I didn't want to wind up addicted to yet another drug. I'm not going to preach to you though.
Somedays, I still feel like using. I want to use to make life easier. Drugs were like a warm blanket to me, and now I'm without it.
I'm incredibly happy to say that there are no side effects left but the sleep thing, and I don't even know if that's a side effect.
I hope you all keep hanging in there. Sub WD goes something like this for all the new people:
Day 1 - 2 = feeling ok
Day 3 - 4 = starting to think something is wrong
Day 5 = utter hell
Day 6 - 8 = starts as utter hell and kinda stays there
Day 9 - 14 = still crappy, but when you hit day 14 you can see light
Day 15 - 24 = less crappy, but still crappy toward the end you see more light
Day 25 - 30 = you go from kinda crappy to actually feeling fine on day 30. You'll even have energy.
I typed that out not to scare anyone, but so that everyone knows what to expect. There is no magic fix. You suffer, but you aren't alone in this. I logged each days feelings that I had going through this.. (well or damn near.) Go read it if you like.
Also keep in mind this was me jumping from 4mg / day to 0mg / day (which wasn't the smartest move on my part come to find out.) And along with that.. I also used for years. For the past 4 - 5 years I'd used something each day.
Everyone's different. I'm just posting a streamlined version of what I went through. Like some others have said though, 1 month to truly beat it and feel ok. That held true for me.
-JDoe
jbean: Thank you! I was addicted to opiates for a little over 3 years solid. I was on subs for 9 months (yeah I could have had a freaking baby!) I was at a steady 1 mg. for about 3 months. A few weeks ago my doc said "it's all in your head... 1 mg. is not doing anything. So I skipped days at 1 mg. for a week got about 4 or 5 days into taking half of that and threw the rest away. So I guess I jumped from 1. I work for the most evil person alive. I had to drag myself thru my day yesterday. I am on day 5 today. I have been making myslef sleep. Whatever it takes. I have valium, the other kind of otc sleeping stuff not benedryl (sp). Sleep has been key. I just got so discouraged when I came here and saw all the bad stuff. This is already the most overwhelming thing I have taken on and to think that I could go through this for months..... years..... oh my god. The problem is: I HAVE NOBODY. I have my estranged husband in another state and my doc that is it. I hid this from everyone I love. Everyone who loves me.
I guess what it all comes down to is how much I really want this. I want my life back. The life that opiates took from me... the life I ALLOWED them to take. I just never thought it would be this hard. Thank you for your support. I will make it. 1 day at a time. There is hope.....
I recently detoxed for 30 days off methodone, was at 190 mg, still sick decided to go to physician. Got on suboxone, put me on 8 mg twice a day. Took that one day way too much. Been on quarter of that for about a month and a half. Really wanna come off this, but im scared how im going to feel. Was on methodone for six years. Struggling with that. Is anyone out there familiar with this kind of scenario? help! i want to come off this suboxone, what will happen?
I recently detoxed for 30 days off methodone, was at 190 mg, still sick decided to go to physician. Got on suboxone, put me on 8 mg twice a day. Took that one day way too much. Been on quarter of that for about a month and a half. Really wanna come off this, but im scared how im going to feel. Was on methodone for six years. Struggling with that. Is anyone out there familiar with this kind of scenario? help! i want to come off this suboxone, what will happen?
JDoe:
Thank you so much for your post. It is incredibly insightful and I'm sure many people will find it extremely useful, putting it mildly.
It was very useful for me too. Yes the sleep problems can persist for a long time. That's more a PAWS issue. It's a mindset. It has taken me 10 months to realise this but it's a psychological game at this point. We are used to being control freaks with our sleep. We are used to taking a drug and then drifting off to sleep with the same ease and simplicity as pay-per-view TV.
This isn't how life is for a 'normal' person. Sometimes they struggle to sleep. Sometimes they have to be disciplined and tell themselves, "Right, now it's bed time and I will stay in bed until I sleep." Reading a book is a fantastic way of making yourself drowsy. I normally fall asleep after the first few pages.
However, sometimes it is necessary for medicinal intervention in the early days of PAWS, as it was for me. I'm still on the sleeping meds but am finally being tapered off, very slowly, by my doctor.
I quit on April 23rd (or 24th, can't remember right now), 2009. It is now March 3rd, 2010. I'm still getting to grips with the sleep issue but I am doing very well. I'm letting go of that control side and becoming a regular person. Some nights I realise now, that I don't find it easy to sleep purely because something is on my mind and I want to get it sorted out. It's so often just simple things like that. We've got used to being able to sleep without anxiety or worries. That isn't normal. Sometimes anxiety has a point. It can motivate us to get stuff done that we need to address and would otherwise not bother doing. However, don't make the mistake of over-worrying. That is no help either.
Thanks again JDoe for such a well thought out and comprehensive breakdown of your recovery process. I hope to see more of them in the future.
xdone:
I'm running out of time but, I will say I was on Methadone before I went on subs. I was on 140mg Meth a day and tapered to between 10 and 30mg a day before switching to subs.
I stayed on subs for a while. I then tapered my subs down to 2mg a day and below.
Yes you can get yourself off the sub. Maybe taper to a crumb first and keep a few crumbs for emergencies. Dosing every other day can be useful for tapering too. Everytime you don't take it, or take less, you are getting one step closer to your goal.
I know it seems scary now but it is totally doable. If I can do it then anyone can. I'm weak and a coward when it comes to opiate witdrawals. And yet, although I blipped a few times, I did it!
xdone, please do post again soon and welcome to the forum! I would say more but I have to rush off to get a train.
Kind regards to all of you,
Phil.
Jdoe thanks for posting I get that sometimes too somedays I don't feel happy and I think it's the monoteny of life the lack of activities or just general boredom I remember I always had something to do when I was using and that something was scoring more shit I don't have that activity in my life anymore and it has to be replaced with something else. My son has basketball on saturdays so that's cool but during the week it's just monotenous work, than coming home, watching tv, eating dinner, and going to sleep than doing the same shit every week day until the weekend it sucks xdone if you want to know what will happen in your withdrawal from subs read Jdoe's post right above yours it is a pretty acurate description of what will happen I have been clean since nov. 29th that's roughly 3 months and yes like Phil I had a couple hicups along the way but nothing to terrible just a couple of pills never days in a row but I learned from it what I knew all along IT'S NOT WORTH IT I would rather live my life than have opiates live my life for me. I hate opiates I'm sorry you have no one in your life to help you get through this it must be very difficult for you but you can definetly do it one step at a time if you need to post here these wonderful people helped me get clean as well as my fiance did. Also Xdone if you want to really know what it like go back and read either my posts which I documented how I felt from I think day 4 or 5 on or Jdoes posts in the last couple months I know it's kind of weird but I feel like Jdoe and I almost got clean together also I think Lealaken (Melanie) also got clean within that time you can read her posts as well she and someone else said that kratom had helped them get clean but that is all discussed in the previous posts. Nice to read from everyone again and thanks to everyone for posting.
Hi all, Its been over a year and I'm still off those nasty Subs! I sometimes drop by to read my old posts and remind myself of what I don't want to do. From what I remember it took me about 6 weeks to get back to "normal", but I was functioning ok after 2 or 3 weeks. Hang in there, get off this crap! Life is really pretty fun clean. Be strong and best of luck!!!
queenie: great to hear from you. Fantastically encouraging to hear how you are doing. I'm so glad you are still going strong and enjoying life!
Thank you for coming back and posting. I'm sure I'm only one of many who will find your comments deeply encouraging and warming.
It's been `10 months for me. And yes, life really is there to be enjoyed sober. It's so simple. Just a trick of the mind that makes us think we can't enjoy life without this or that...
It's nonsense! Full recovery from opiate addiction is happening here and now! Life really is so much better in just too many ways to mention. I'm even starting to relish the hard times (except health problems, obviously they are always difficult things, for anyone).
If you are reading this Mel, I am praying for your recovery.
Kind regards to everybody,
Phil.
Well, I have joined this rather unfortunate club...but, I think I bear promising news for many here, at least I hope so. I came off hydros 60-80mg daily for 4.5 years, probably not sufficient enough to go the Subox route, but my friend just started it and suggested the Dr. Who helped. Been on the Subx for 7 months, 4mg....daily, down to 1mg for 5 days...then cold turkey. I know this is redundant, but it helps to write it....The first 3 days were relatively decient, then day 4,5,and today 6 got progressively worse. Been doing the beer, it actually helped very slightly, but wrong...been doin the Clonodine, I never cared for that kind of stuff...but again it gave minimal releive, THEN AT 4:30 This afternoon I discovered a potential wonder combination. This will sound stupid, but listen...I got Kava extract and St. Johns Root extract, took them bodtogetter, and my friends....within 20 minutes....my symptoms were reduced by 75%....swear to God...who I am thanking for this discovery. I can tell you, today was awfull at work....all the well known crap....mostly physical and emotional, and the restless limbs....you know....but...now, over 4 hours after taking those two stupid Herbal's...I am almost happy, my appetite is almost back, for now...and I have very very mild withdrawals. My God, it can't be that easy...we will see....but please believe me....this is working big time....I will buy a gallon of each to get me through however long it takes...to be rid of the dreaded "receptor deamons". Please try this, and let me know.....I don't know yet how sleep will be tonight, but will suck those juices every 2 hours if thats what it takes. My original dose of each was 60 drops of each....the lables say you can do this 3 times daily without damage. That is all I wanted to share.....never again. Good luck.
I am sorry, but I need to correct just what I took to help me today....It was St. Johns Wart....not root. And Kava. Please try this combination...it really, really has helped me so far.
Rick:
Thanks for the info!
Is Kava something available from a regular herbal/health food shop? I know St John's Wort is easily available, but I hate antidepressants. They react very badly with me and St John's Wort works in a similar manner to SSRIs. However, when I was in full withdrawals I would have tried anything!
I'm still interested in this Kava though. And, have you ever tried Valerian? It's another herbal thing from health food shops. Some people really rate it highly while others say it's completely useless. I guess that's because all our bodies are different and react uniquely to certain herbs/drugs.
Thanks again for sharing your info and some of your story. I hope everything keeps going well for you. Stay off that horrible sub crap!
Phil.
Hi, I am on 16mg every 2 days, 8mg every day but I use it mainly as a crutch in between using, in Aus the sub program is for free and I am able to sneak it out of the chemist when I want to use, and when there is nothing else around I sort of slide back onto my sub, I know the fine line between getting sick and feeling ok off it and have managed it for ages. now, after over 3 years continuous on the program and over 6 addicted to opiates, I am ready to get clean. I have booked a studio apartment on an island four hours drive from my home town, and am going there alone to tough it out. after reading most of the posts above I am shit scared. I never expected the withrawel to be easy, but alot of the people in this post are jumping off 2mg whereas I am jumping off 8... I have 10 days to go till my "holiday" starts and have quit my job for this, I plan to take a big bag of weed and a full script of 50 valium with me, and a big teaspoon of concrete to harden the fuck up.. but I am scared scared
For Phil abc. Yes Kava is in every healthfood store. I have used it for years as a mild relaxant. It is real and absolutely gives one a feeling of contentment, on a normal day....but, I swear....that simple combination....took away a huge amount of my anxiety....a big deal, and the overall withdrawl...my mood swings grew almost non existant. My sleep last night...was still a little jerkey...so I did take a Tamazapam and slept for 6 hrs....havent done that in 5 nights. I pray this is my answer for the next 3, 5, 7 days...what ever....but give it a try and let me know...If it works for you as it did for me....EVERYONE her must learn of this simple help. Good luck.
Thanks Rick.
Keep us posted.
kip:
How long have you got to recover in this studio adartment?
Make sure you have TV, videos, DVDs, music, stuff to do, watch, chill out to. Don't get yourself just ending up staring at a blank wall. You need distractions.
You going to be there weeks or months?
If it is months then I would even suggest taking 1 8mg sub with you and carving it up into crumbs. If things get too rough you can safely dose yourself small amounts until the kicking stops. Give yourself some mild relief every few days. Don't make it harder than it has to be. Tapering always helps. I'd get a head start by trying to down to 4mg a day. I didn't have any problems dropping from 8mg to 4mg. It was only below 2mg that the 'fun' started.
You'll be grateful for the weed and the valium. I'd stock up on absolutely everything possible if I was you. I'd get herbal stuff like Kava and Valerian, maybe try that st john's wort combo that was suggested although be careful as some people react badly to it. But, if you do have a negative reaction to it you can just stop taking it and it will pass after a day.
Try and get some clonidine from your doc? And seroquel is handy for when you think you are just going completely crazy and even the valium isn't helping. Seroquel and benzos make a good sleep combo. Promethazine, OTC in the UK, is pretty cool too. 50mg of that, combined with the seroquel and zopiclone I was on used to knock me out good. Although promethazine shouldn't be taken for very long periods (if at all with seroquel, but heck, i was desperate, and it worked for me).
Alcohol can help some people and increase the effect of the valium. Grapefruit juice, just one or two glasses a day also increases the potency of valium by something like 25% (check google). Be careful as it also increases the potency of a lot of other drugs. So just be aware of what you are doing. Make risk assessments based on facts. I'm still here to tell the tale, so it worked ok for me.
Zopiclone is good for sleep especially, once again, when combined with seroquel (50 to a 150mg at night I'd reckon). I take about 75mg of seroquel at night now but orignally I was taking 150mg with 15mg zopiclone and occasional valium during the day.
Are they valium 5's or 10's? Either way, that's a good supply so use it wisely. Don't binge out on it. If it isn't providing enough relief then take something else. Attack the problem from as many angles as possible. A combination of medications, I find, are much more effective than taking too much of just one.
There is also a very welcome placebo effect of taking loads of safe pills at safe dosages. It makes you feel better just to know that each one is going to, or might help. So the herbal stuff sounds like a great idea.
Some people recommend Kratom too.
I'd go with a full medicine bag. Herbals, OTCs, benzos, sleepers (like zopiclone), alpha/beta blockers like clonidine/propranolol (following doctor's advice), muscle relaxants, paracetamol (APAP, acetaminophen), paracetamol and codeine, low potency opiates to soften the landing but not extensively increase recovery time.
Make a list of everything that might help. A heater, a fan to blow air over your body at night (very calming for the 'fidgits'). Plenty to read, watch, listen to, a radio, talk radio stations. Some alcohol (unless you have alcoholism obviously).
Get good long baths. Soak in bath salts, aromatherapy stuff, anything from 'body shops' that makes the bath super nice.
Have your best clothes and loads of clean clothes. Keep your self washed, teeth brushed, clean and tidy as possible in fresh neat clothes. Do everything that can possibly have the slightest positive influence and give you that feel good factor.
Spoil yourself. Get some real nice food, chocolates and such. Indulge on that if you have to while watching a movie while tranquilised on the vallies and a few beers.
Don't be shit scared, instead, be prepared!
I didn't prepare myself. I had no sleepers, no medication whatsoever in the first 6 weeks. Man, that was a mistake and a half.
Get everything you need BEFORE hitting withdrawals because you know you won't be able to do shit once it starts. You'll just want to medicate as best you can to make it as easy on yourself as possible. And why not? You don't deserve to suffer just because you fell victim of opiate addiction.
Try and get yourself out of the house once a day at least, whenever possible. Even if it is for a few minutes. You might find this isn't possible at first but who knows? With the help of the other medication you could find it OK.
I wouldn't be shit scared. Like I said, be prepared. My horror story was because I didn't prepare at all. I had no idea what I was in for because the doctor told me I would be fine despite some mild discomfort and he refused to help me by prescribing anything.
It was later on that I got meds after protracted PAWS but that is a different issue altogether. Plus, I had loads of shit in my life to sort out. Lot's of very stressful stuff.
Once you start feeling better it is helpful to be employed or even voluntary work. Anything that gives you structure to your week and gets you out of the house and around other people. It also helps enormously in getting your head back together. It's easy to go a bit crazy if you spend too much time isolated while withdrawing.
Don't be scared. You will be well prepared.
Go for it and get your life back!
Best wishes to yah!
Phil.
thank you so much phil, i've felt really alone since making this decision, and most of my "freinds" have been really uninterested in my decision - a sort of "big deal, as if you're really going to do it" reaction, only one has said "im really proud of you" and that made me burst into tears! I have to do it alone as I dont want my mother to see me like this. I have booked 2 weeks in the unit, but after reading the above posts I think I will extend for another week just to be sure,I wanted to be somewhere where I dont have to work, or really do anything much as I dont think I will be capable of much, and I am lucky that I have financial support from my mum in order to do this - working through it like some of the other people here seems a very superhuman effort to me! I will definitely take your advice and have everything ready - clean sheets for the bed, lots of clothes, the unit has air con as weather up here in north queensland australia is 30degrees plus as the moment with 90pc humidity! i'll make myself go for a swim every morning - early - for exercise and to get out of the unit..I have a friend I can get seraqual off, Ill get the val's from my doc, the weed from my dealer!, and as much herbal shit as possible from the health shop, and yes, even though I dont drink, I will get some alcohol from the bottle'o to help as well.. I used speed for five years from the age of 15, and then when I got to 20 I met a guy who said he would help me get off it, no worries, just take this little pill and it will help! well that pill was morphine and it was the start of my past 7 years of hell, and finally acceptance that I am deeply addicted to opiates and the feel of the steel - the mental addiction to chasing and having a shot every day. because I am in a small town its all pharma's up here, oxy's, morph, kapanol, mono's, etc. and occasionally a friend and I would take a "smack holiday" to one of the cities and just get fucked up for days on end.... but the sub is the big crutch for me. having been on it now for a good 3 yrs plus I know I dont use it properly, just as a crutch, and if I kick away that crutch I (hope) to be more careful in my using as I will have no stop gap measure.. I am so glad that I found this forum as I know I will need an outlet while I go through this. I dont leave till the 15 march, and I will definitely post while I am going through the withdrawel,it helps so much to have people who have gone through it to talk to. being a small town we dont have any NA meetings, no nothing! so this is probably the most support - and the best! that I can find. thank you so much for your reply - today I am going to make a list like you said, and start ticking them off until D day arrives!!
Kip:
Well done! I know it's a shame some friends just can't appreciate the huge task you are undertaking. At least one of them was sweet enough to tell you how proud they are of you. And we are too.
You go for it!
And yes, post here all you like.
And like you said, write that list and get prepared! Don't leave anything to chance. Yes, you are preparing to go to battle. Only, this is a battle that you can win without any casualties!
Best wishes,
Phil.
Hi, I think if you can click on my name it will bring you to a post about kratom if anyone is interested. It has saved me and I'd like to share it with all of you.
Also, most kratom vendors sell Kava as well.
Wow! Queenie made an appearance. It's always weird to see someone come back that I read about back when I started on my own path to recovery here. Good to see you're still making it Queenie.
@ Phil - Thanks for the kind words, I hope it helps someone outline the process. I know a lot of people want to know a general breakdown of what to expect.
@ RBM - I think I've felt the same way you have. It's hard to break out of that feeling stagnation and boredom sometimes. I also noticed that I wasn't paying as much attention to my fiancee as I should have been. I tended to shut myself into doing something and forget the world.
I think it's mostly due to doing that to get through the WD and then just continuing to do it as I got better and then just sticking with what was comfortable.
We've all got to keep on truckin'. We all owe it to ourselves to end the punishment on our bodies and keep it that way.
I know I started using for fun, but in the end and actually middle, it wasn't fun. It was, but only the first day of the bender. Then I'd be doing it to keep from feeling the WD. In the end that was all I was doing. What the hell is the point in that?
Paying to feel how I feel now for free was not my wisest fiscal decision.
I even like to do things again that I thought I'd totally lost interest in. I have the desire to write, which I haven't experienced in ages. Things feel different to me, and my libido has increased like 5 fold. It was worse in the beginning.. I couldn't get enough sex. Now I'd say it's steady at being 5x what it was when I used. And I liked sex then too. :)
Hi all-
It's been several days since I checked in. Whe I left off I was out of subs and the WD was kicking my ass. I had taken and have taken minimal opiates to get thru the week. Phil, u had asked some questions: I was on pills actually 3 yrs. (misstated earlier) and began banging dope very heavily for 5 yrs. 1 1/2 yrs ago after rehab began w/ 16 mg sub and took myself down to 2 mg and that's when I jumped w/no safety net. I have a very demanding job and cannot miss days. I have been involved in NA all along my recovery. Although I don't usually discuss subs @ meetings since I can't stand it when people say "you're not clean, ur still using a crutch". Guess what jackasses?? If I'm not abusing my meds and I'm not shooting dope in any possible vein, I know I am "clean". so.....anyway I've been using small amounts of opiates to hold things together. I have a Dr. appt. on Sat to refill subs. DO U GUYS THINK IF I WAIT 24-36 HRS B4 TAKING THE SUBS AGAIN, I'LL BE OK? NO WAY I WANT THOSE BAD WD'S BY TAKING THE SUBS TOO EARLY.
My job will end around July and I can go on unemployment for awhile, I can get family to take my daughter so I can take the needed time to get off this shit!! Maybe I sound like a wimp but this is much harder than anticipated. I'm a single Mom and just need the time to go through this end process without the stress of work and family.
I know a key factor here is a POSITIVE attitude. Negativity will just attract more negativity. Phil, u absolutely have a valid point when u said, have clean, neat clothes, personally, make-up and manicures do wonders 4 me!
Someone said earlier that drugs were like a warm blanket--wow, so true and I so relate to that!
Thanks, everybody 4 posting. It does wonders for me to read about what my brothers and sisters are going thru.
I read this about 2 wks ago on the internet (by the way I have a serious procrastination problem which gets me in all kinds of problems--ex.: not having a backup plan when tryng to detox)
Here goes............procrastination is a lot like masturbation..........it seems like a good idea at the time, but in the end.....you're just fucking yourself!!
Goodnight All
jbean:
The usual recommendation is to wait until you are in withdrawals before taking the sub. Some say wait 24 hours since your last hit others say just wait until the withdrawals are getting into full swing.
Anyone else got any advice on this? I went from methadone to subs. I was on 10 to 30mg of methadone a day and took my first sub 24hours after my last methadone dose. It worked fine.
I assume you are planning to use the subs as a short term detox from the short acting opiates? I wouldn't recommend them for any thing else.
Any one else got any comments to make on this? Any input would be much appreciated as I want to make sure jbean gets the right information based on more than one person's experience.
Phil.
I will just warn you that if you take the subs before being in full withdrawals from the other opiates then you risk going into precipitated withdrawals. Like the crap that happens if you've ever experienced being banged up with naloxone in hospital while OD'ing. This happened to me once. It was the worst withdrawals I've ever experienced.
Naloxone is short acting, an hour or two. Subs are long acting so the precipitated withdrawals would go on for a good 24 hours. Not nice!
Always wait till you are in withdrawal before taking sub.
I have't ever switched to sub after short acting opiate use so other people's experiences/advice would be much appreciated. I'm going by what other people have said before and I what I have read on various internet sites.
The advice seems to vary, for heroin, for taking subs no sooner than 6 hours after your last fix right up till 24 hours afterwards. What is the correct approach?
Phil.
Hi JBean,
If one hasn't experienced it, they have no clue what you're going through. Our center was the first to use Suboxone in the Buffalo area. The reason our success stats are the highest around, and have had referral from Passages Malibu, is because we know that Suboxone alone is not the answer. Some patients councel outside our center, as I do not accept insurance anymore, but do cut a break in my cost, and many get the suboxone from my MD partner and counsel with me. These are the clients who are the most successful. Why? While receiving holistic and spiritual, not necessarily religious, counseling, we have measured their brain chemistry. We treat the neuro-chemical deficiencies at the same time. It's a holistic approach with the highest rate of long term success, and it's all out-patient based.
"Dr. Ron" knows how to wean off the suboxone, and the time to do that is different with everyone. And it does take time. However, it can be sooner rather than later, depending on all the above factors. I have a hub on "Curing Your Addicition" where you can learn more.
My heart goes out to you. I will say a special prayer for you today and this evening. You MUST believe that you will be okay. Get back on the suboxone with a doc who really knows what they''re doing. They are supposed to be trained and certified! Check it out.
Please let me know how you do.
God bless you,
Dr. Cherie
Hey guys! If it wasnt for google i dont think i woulda found my way back here, lol; not really one to bookmark right away. So i stuck with my plan and went from 4-6mg daily suboxone down to 1.5-2mg(difficult to say with those 8's) basically a small quarter, in one week and took the leap. My last dose was monday, and today is Friday. Ive kikd methadone cold turkey from 50mg and i gotta say this aint shit compared to that..knock on wood. 4th day and i am feelin more and more like my old self. a little recap on the week:
Day 1w/o: a lot of anxiety and was difficult to fall asleep, the anxiety probly just stemmed from the fear of the unknown.
Day 2: felt good up until about noon and from then on i was pretty restless, did what i could to distract myself; jam some tunes, play my guitar..and so on. physically i lookd pretty pale in the face with some coon eyes, and minor aches and pains. managed to get a few hours sleep with the aid of seroquel/100mg which didnt seem to help much but hey i got a few hours and thats better than none.
Day 3: Again I woke up feeling allright but pretty sore, the part that blew me away is the lack of night sweats..good lord am i glad im not havin those..had them with the 50mg methadone cold turkey and let me tell ya that was much MUCH worse than what ive been goin thru. At about 10:00am i forced my self to shower and jump in the old honda for a drive. That definately helped take my mind off the junk. I ended up that night with my legs justa kikn so i did a lot of pacin around the house to satisfy their relentless need to move haha, but it wasnt anything i couldnt handle.
Day 4: Which would be today, another restless night but managed a few hours sleep. woke up at about 5:00am and popped another 100mg seroquel but didnt manage anymore sleep, just felt really groggy till about 11am. shoulda just got up and probly would have felt a lil better, but i spose like most ppl i try to cheat my way thru the w/d's thinkn oh i can just induce a coma via seroquel and sleep thru the worst...ha well it didnt work. my leg pains are still prevalent but i can battle those with some ibuprofen. Im thinkn the worst is behind me now and every day is gonna be a little better than the last.
I'm so glad i decided to kik, because it isnt, at least so far, nearly as bad as i was expecting. I wanna say tapering my dose down from bout 6mg to bout 2mg during an 8 day period got a lot of the w/d's out of the way while i was still dosing and just had to deal with the tail end of it these last few days since i discontinued dosing. Or maybe i am just stronger than i thought. And I believe in everyone who is planin on kikn. You can do it. C'mon up to the surface baby
Hey guys! If it wasnt for google i dont think i woulda found my way back here, lol; not really one to bookmark right away. So i stuck with my plan and went from 4-6mg daily suboxone down to 1.5-2mg(difficult to say with those 8's) basically a small quarter, in one week and took the leap. My last dose was monday, and today is Friday. Ive kikd methadone cold turkey from 50mg and i gotta say this aint shit compared to that..knock on wood. 4th day and i am feelin more and more like my old self. a little recap on the week:
Day 1w/o: a lot of anxiety and was difficult to fall asleep, the anxiety probly just stemmed from the fear of the unknown.
Day 2: felt good up until about noon and from then on i was pretty restless, did what i could to distract myself; jam some tunes, play my guitar..and so on. physically i lookd pretty pale in the face with some coon eyes, and minor aches and pains. managed to get a few hours sleep with the aid of seroquel/100mg which didnt seem to help much but hey i got a few hours and thats better than none.
Day 3: Again I woke up feeling allright but pretty sore, the part that blew me away is the lack of night sweats..good lord am i glad im not havin those..had them with the 50mg methadone cold turkey and let me tell ya that was much MUCH worse than what ive been goin thru. At about 10:00am i forced my self to shower and jump in the old honda for a drive. That definately helped take my mind off the junk. I ended up that night with my legs justa kikn so i did a lot of pacin around the house to satisfy their relentless need to move haha, but it wasnt anything i couldnt handle.
Day 4: Which would be today, another restless night but managed a few hours sleep. woke up at about 5:00am and popped another 100mg seroquel but didnt manage anymore sleep, just felt really groggy till about 11am. shoulda just got up and probly would have felt a lil better, but i spose like most ppl i try to cheat my way thru the w/d's thinkn oh i can just induce a coma via seroquel and sleep thru the worst...ha well it didnt work. my leg pains are still prevalent but i can battle those with some ibuprofen. Im thinkn the worst is behind me now and every day is gonna be a little better than the last.
I'm so glad i decided to kik, because it isnt, at least so far, nearly as bad as i was expecting. I wanna say tapering my dose down from bout 6mg to bout 2mg during an 8 day period got a lot of the w/d's out of the way while i was still dosing and just had to deal with the tail end of it these last few days since i discontinued dosing. Or maybe i am just stronger than i thought. And I believe in everyone who is planin on kikn. You can do it. C'mon up to the surface baby
I have been reading through all these posts and you are all so helpful. My little backstory starts like this: I enjoyed opiates from the time I tried them. After years of using them, a friend told me about a doctor who prescribed Suboxone to get off the pils. I also did not realize that I was giving up one addiction for another. Fast forward a year and a half, all of a sudden, my doctor cannot prescribe the Suboxone anymore and all his patients are forced into withdrawing. I realy wanted off the Sub's but shit there is nothing scarier than it being thrust on you unknowingly. I actually have a boss who is understanding and gave me 5 days to kick this shit. I had a few rough days and feel that I'm really on the mend. Of course, I do not feel normal yet, still a little cloudy, and I woke up this morning sweating. Is it possible I might be getting through this faster than the 2 weeks that everyone felt crappy? I'm not all the way better by far, but do feel o.k. enough to go back to work. A little input would be greatly appreciated!
Dr. Cherie:
I do hope that you never post on this forum again.
It is totally out of order for you to be advertising your clinic in a self-help forum that is free of charge.
You are actually advising people to get back on suboxone with an MD. What do you think you are doing here?
We are people that are coming off opiates NOT getting back on them.
Please stay away from this site and do us all a favour or I will have to make an official complaint. You are talking of services that cost money. You are self-promoting. This is TOTALLY out of order. This is NOT a place for you to freely advertise your 'services'.
I hope to respond to some of the other posts later. I'm very annoyed right now so need to go and relax for a bit.
Phil.
Hi all....I the guy with the Herbal help. I am on day 9 of the dreaded subox demond w/d and 3 days ago discovered a helpful hint. I have been taking St. Johns Wart and Kava combined, and promise you...for me, it has helped my anxiety and mood's huge. By day 5, my emotions were fu--ed up big time. I would want to cry at Broadway Show Tunes, but today...my head is calm. The body is still rough, tho I honestly feel that those little herbs have given me confidence and hope....not a magic bullet, but at least it really improved my overall sense of security. Give em a shot....hell, we here would snort drano if that would help.....and at least this stuff is cheep and "natural".
The sun will shine brightly soon.....again.
Rick
Its day 4 for me... and i am so freakin scared right now, i just want this to be over. I haave some muscle relaxers and they seem to help the stomach cramping, i was on 32 mg of subs a day... people tell me that amount is insane, i hope this doesnt get any worse, but something tells me it will, i cant wait to be off this f**kin stuff forever, its ruined my life, my music abilities and my sex life. My girlfriend is ready to leave me and i just wanna feel normal again.
Wow. I read this and think, "Gee, people take Suboxone for Heroin addiction...I was just on Methadone...I did this for nothing...." But I was on Methadone BAD. And the first Suboxone I took was BAD. Now I'm on day 2 of W/D and I figure it's gotta be better than the first Sub I took...I puked & heaved & crawled on the floor & had the RLS & couldn't sleep -- non-stop for hours just get ON this sh!t...and I'm praying I don't have to go thru it all to get off it. But it certainly looks that way. The works. I agree with whoever said your body felt "NUMB" -- I'm feeling like, in my head, I can run a marathon -- not tired at ALL, but when I get up to do something, my whole body won't move...Just NUMB. Feel NOTHING. But I guess this is part of it. Thanks for the advice, though it seems nothing helps. Except a lot of praying....
You know what??? It is becoming so clear to me that there is not alot of accurate information out there regarding suboxone....and I'm talking about the medical profession. About 5 yrs ago, after heavy pills, heavy heroin use, I went to a methadone clinic 4 several months. We came into some $ so I went to some Dr. in NYC who said I cannot go from meth. to suboxone. He put me on fentanyl patches and morphine pills for 2 wks. He then said do not take any opiates for 24 hrs and come to my office.
So, when I go he gives me an injection and sends me home to take the other medication under my tongue. No clue exactly at that time what the hell I was doing, just following "Drs Orders". (By the way, the office visit was $2500 and the meds-at a pharmacy- were $500) So, I then go into THE WORST WD's EVER!!! Also realize my husband knows nothing and I have 3 children at home. I locked myself in my youngest child's room, said I had a migraine and prayed for death because it was that bad. I immediately returned to shooting dope, which took a couple of days to even feel.
Now after about 10 days of opiates (pills), I got my sub. refilled. I have to admit I'm scared to take it because of my previous incident.
I guess my point here is (and yes, there is a point to this) that we must all be advocates for ourselves and do the research for any major steps we are about to take in trying help ourselves recover. Once again I just when thru some unnecessary misery by jumping without checking my parachute pack.
MY OPINION: Try to detox when u can do so without having to deal with stressful challenges such as work, trying to care for your family, etc. This is a time when we need to concentrate and put all our energy into our recovery and just focus on ourselves for a week or two. Have a support system, go to meetings or counseling if u can stop running to the bathroom long enough. I wish I could do this right now, but it's not an option for a few months.
When I do, I will talk to people and come to this and other sites every day for strength and to remind myself of the living hell we are all going thru.
I do see a light at the end of the tunnel, so while much of this is depressing and utter misery, think how much stronger we will be and think of all the wonderful, supportive people we get to meet- in person and online-
I am so grateful for all of you, even you Dr. Cherie (just don't push the business issue, it makes u appear to be a phony)
Hang in there, everybody....we'll get thru this
so its almost bedtime n day 3 IS OVER!! Not that bad. I SLEPT last night....all night. Woke with the kids this morning. I just clodes my eyes, cleared my mind and fell asleep! Feel numb all day, but when I move around, hard as it is, I feel normal-er. Better. So it's not too bad! If this is as bad as it gets, I'm soooooooo gonna make it!!!!
Cherron - We would need more info to accurately say how long you'll be going through WDs. Dosage information and length of dosage are most important.
Dr. Cherie - I've also got to side with Phil on this one.
You don't need some God damn treatment program that's going to cost thousands of dollars. You just need dedication and a good support system. Not a doctor telling you to keep taking suboxone to 'get clean'.
You can use the forum as a support, or your family. I used my fiancee. I don't know if I'd have made it without her.
There is no magic fix here people. We're all addicts here, and there is no magic pill that'll fix your brain chemistry or habits.
I STILL want to use, and it's been more than 2 months now that I've been completely clean (save for alcohol and very little pot). It's hard just because I've always used. It'll continue to probably be difficult, and I'll want to do it, but I sure as hell didn't need a psychiatrist telling me I had problems or deeper seeded issues. I know what my issues are, and the psycho-analysis has never really worked well with me.
Rick:
The sun will indeed shine brightly again.
For some of us it is the first step to get clean. The next step, after the withdrawals, and what some people like myself refer to as PAWS, is the readjustment to life without the dependency. It is also dealing with issues that we might have been escaping from. For me, it's just learning how to live again.
vypersubs:
Yeh, we need more information. Had you been tapering? Have you jumped from 32mg? Make sure you have plenty of meds to get you through the worst of it. Muscle relaxants will certainly help.
Let us know how you are doing, good or bad. There maybe advice someone can give you. Sometimes it can just clarify your own thoughts to take on board what other people are saying. People that are not judging you. It might just help to off-load.
K-guest:
Sounds like precipitated withdrawals. These are extremely nasty. Did you go from a high dose of methadone straight on to the subs? It's normally recommended to get down to 30mg Meth and then take the first 4mg of sub 24 hours later. Then, after about two hours, if it isn't throwing you into withdrawals you proceed to another 4mg and so on upto your prescribed dose. That was the advice I was given.
I switched from methadone to subs but I was only on between 10 and 30mg of meth a day and it had been at least 24 hours since my last meth dose. I didn't have any withdrawals.
Going to subs from a high methadone dose, even after 24 hours, can cause horrendous withdrawals. However, this won't last forever. You should start to feel better on the third or fourth day. Everyone is different, so don't take what I'm saying as 'gospel'. I'm just relaying things the way I understand them and have experienced them. Good luck!
jbean:
Just goes to show how different we all are and how lacking in experience and accuracy the medical advice is. A warning for us all!
K-guest:
Just read your more recent post. I'm glad the precipitated withdrawals have started to subside. Being on subs will continue to make you feel numb, just like any other opiate. I hope you don't stay on them for too long. The best plan is normally to use them for 7 to 14 days on a tapered regime. Just to get you over the worst of the short-acting opiate withdrawals.
JDoe:
Yeh, I was a bit freaked at Dr Cherie's post. It just feels so wrong. Maybe she actually believes she is trying to help but I'm not so sure. She states she has stopped accepting insurance to help with payment. She talks about getting BACK onto suboxone as an absolutely essential part of the persons recovery just with the addition of therapy aswell.
How can you give therapy to someone stoned and numbed on suboxone or any other opiate? They are not even in touch with themselves. How can you be given therapy if you are completely numb to your problems?
I'm sorry but abstinence is the only way forward. And yes, this might take a long time to achieve and there might be many blips along the way. But ultimately, that has got to be the goal. It is possible. As long as you are striving for sobriety, i'm not even sure the blips are that big a deal unless it's putting you in danger of overdose by using street drugs of unknown strength, and as long as your mind is ultimately still set on getting sober. Which, for most of us here, is the case. We've had enough of that life already.
I recoverd from my most recent blip which I posted a few weeks back. It didn't ever really go anywhere. It was on weak opiates. I got a little buzzed. Then I got bored and realised I was slipping back a little bit. I quickly noticed the old problems of not getting anything done. Wasting whole days doing nothing. The thought of returning to all that crap put me off pretty quickly. I was also aware that the weak opiates wouldn't hold me for very long and then it would be either hitting the harder stuff again or just quitting before things got out of control. Fortunately I chose the latter this time. The thought of returning to that old lifestyle was just too off-putting. It was a wretched life.
Anyway, that's today's rant over.
Best wishes to you all,
Phil.
Yeah i did taper down very fast though, went from taking 32 mg to 2 mg. i took 2 mg for one week, i only did this because i have one month out of work and i need a full three weeks to detox.. yesterday was day 6 for me, it was honestly really tough, i started bringing myself off the muscle relaxers (cyclobenzoprine really helped). I almost gave up yesterday... i was shaking , crying, sweating, i felt so tired, and worn out from intermittent sleep. I was ready to give up and my girlfriend found me in the bed room, started pep talking me, telling me I COULD DO THIS. I kept repeating that over and over out loud.. after a couple hours the pain dulled, i was able to relax and watch some tv. PLEASE, here me, if you really want off, dont let your fear rule you, you can do it, also it always helps to have someone to lean on. peace.
Well its day 7 and im thinkn id like to retract my statement about these withdrawals being so gravy for me. This weekend was pretty rough, mainly it was just the fact that i CANNOT sleep at all..ive tried everything, so if anyone has a miracle tip for the insomnia id love to hear it. the body aches are getting a lil better everyday but when i actually fell asleep lasnyte for about an hour, i woke up in hell..THE DREADED SWEATS. Lord do i hate that, i woke up wondering wtf because i was drenched as if i hosed my bed down and hopped in. my motivation is starting to suffer more as well..i think that may just be the lack of slleep though. I geuss it serves me right thinkn i was dodging a bullet with this..i knew the first 4 or 5 days were too easy. But its not forever and im going to finish this.
K-geust Im pullin for ya. You arent too far behind me and im still here so it is do-able. How much did you taper down to? Not that it seems to matter too much from the research ive been doing.
Phil-I agree with you on the Dr.Cherie issue. This hub seems to be for people that wanna take the high road and fight for their sobriety, and its very discouraging when someone comes along trying to tempt and torment us with the thought of an easy out. Ive done counseling, Ive done the clinic thing and it helped..for awhile. But I think we all reach a point when you know its time to clean uup.
Best wishes and props for all the hard work everyone puts in.
just curious has anyone else had to deal with the whole wakin up drenched in sweat symptom? How long did it carry on for? I cant remember exactly how long the methadone kick i did a couple years ago took..I know it felt like forever but just not sure. Every night up until lastnight i was pretty much just gettn chills and really restless. Damn Damn Damn the sweats! I have some .1mg of clonidine(sp?) but i havnt been taking it. Anybody know how exactly it is supposed to help?
"There is one quality which one must possess to win, and that is definiteness of purpose, the knowledge of what one wants, and a burning desire to possess it."
-Napoleon Hill
I just caught up on reading these most recent posts
@Kynde when I read your post from a few days ago where you said on day 4 the w/d's didn't seem so bad I really felt for you cause I thought to myself this person has no clue what day's 6,7,and so on are going to bring I read your most recent post and saw that you retracted your statement LOL I'm not knocking you this was really hard for me as well but it can be done when I was going through withdrawal I didn't want to do anything getting off the couch to get a drink of water was a herculian task in itself. Phil has good ideas about the sleep issue seroquel is supposed to help I used xanax and alcohol but everyones different best of luck to you.
@Phil in one of your posts you asked how long a person should wait with fast acting opiates before taking subs with me it was 12 to 16 hours I would take my last hydro dose at 9:00 and I could take a sub at noon that's what my experience was anyway because in the beginning I went back and forth from the subs to the hydros cause I wanted to get high but that was than.
I'll try to be on the forum more I missed a lot of things in the past week that I would have responded to but the whole real life responsibilities thing you know
Today is day 9. Day 4, 5 and 6 were terrible BUT I survived! On day 7 I woke up feeling better again. Still sweaty as hell and a little jittery but MUCH better. I held my breath all day. Thought yesterday would be bad again... it was not. I was able to do laundry, walk around, clean and think straight. I don't know if it happend to anybody else but I could not get my words out in the right order. I was so overwhelmed and frustrated. On day 5 I decided to quit my job and take care of myself. I know nobody around me knows why I am acting the way I am but I do and it is/was time to take care of #1. I finally broke down and told my friend (who jumped from 4). I asked him how bad it was. He helped me feel better. THIS WILL PASS. I know it seems like it never will but it will. I am still hoping that it does not come back. Today is the 3rd day in a row that I can function again. It would be heartbreaking to go back but even if I do go back into WD, I know it will eventually end.
My advice at this point is to not give up. And don't assume what happens to everyone else will happen to you. Taper down and no matter what, don't give in on the skip days. All we have to do is not use..... our bodies will heal the rest. Take care of you. If you have a support system don't be scared to tell them what you need. Do not be scared of WD. If you are like me, you are doing this so you can have a better life. Good luck and god bless.
Sleep issues:
Yeh, I think it is vital to get your sleep!
I don't care what it takes. Xanax, valium, seroquel, zopiclone, other benzos, muscle relaxants, drowsy antihistamines, antipsychotics, clonidine, alcohol, weed, a mix of the above... Sleep deprivation is wretched and should be avoided as much as possible.
With hindsight I would have prepared myself with everything possible to aid sleep had I known how bad my insomnia was going to get. It was only six weeks after jumping, not getting enough rest, seriously overtired and stressed out, that I landed myself on a psychiatric ward and left with a prescription for 15mg zopiclone and 150mg seroquel to help me sleep.
That certainly helped. For a while I used to take 50mg promethazine and alcohol on top of all that aswell. That's an OTC sleeping aid in UK. It's a powerful drowsy antihistamine and it certainly helped me. Much more effective than benzos and sleepers alone. The Nytol stuff that contains diphenydramine can also be useful. I found the promethazine worked best for me.
I've had protracted sleep problems ever since quitting my drug habits. 20 years of living on drugs day in and day out has taken it's toll on my ability to sleep like a 'normal' person.
So, I still take sleeping aids. My zopiclone has been reduced, as has my seroquel. I take 75-100mg seroquel and 3x3.75mg zopiclone (instead of 2x7.5mg). That serves me fine now. My doc is weaning me off zopiclone. We'll see how that goes. It's fine so far.
I don't drink quite as much as I used to, as another detox/PAWS med but I still have my occasions. It doesn't bother me at all. I don't find alcohol addictive like an alcoholic does. I'd occasionally get through a bottle of wine, normally a couple of large glasses, more rarely two bottles. These days it doesn't happen as often that I feel the need for the relaxant properties of alcohol actually as a medication. But, from time to time, I do.
RBM:
I'm glad and grateful you found the time to post. It's good to hear from you. I know it gets more difficult to post as you recover and life becomes more and more time consuming with it's daily chores and responsibilities.
I only do voluntary work at the moment. I started off with two days a week. Now I'm on four days. I'm interacting more with other people. This takes up time. Social engagements. Normally fixing other peoples' computers as that is where my experience lies. Word soon spreads.
Life will be getting busier still as I have two new voluntary placements to go see and when I'm used to doing my four short days I'll be upping my hours until eventually I'm full-time. You have to bare in mind I haven't worked properly for years. So it's very tiring and hard work relearning to be self-disciplined in certain areas of my life that I have normally neglected.
I just have to take things slowly, step-by-step. I'm getting there. On April 23rd it will be my 1st anniversary since quitting. Only about six or seven weeks away. I'm still troubled by PAWS issues but that is no surprise after 20 years of totally lawless, drug fuelled mania. Plus, I never had a steady job or any training etc.
My life was just chaotic. For example, I moved to London because of a job? No. Because I drove into central London one night for the usual mayhem and got back to find my car had been towed away. So, I thought to myself, now I haven't got a car I might aswell stay in the city. Afterall, I don't need a car here. And that was that. I stayed for 10 years in Central London.
So, for me to have PAWS and protracted issues (that used to be covered up by the opiate blanket), ten and a half months after quitting, is hardly surprising!
That's also a reminder to everyone not to think they will have such long lasting problems. It can depend enormously on what sort of support you have. Whether you have loved ones to help and motivate you. How positive your mindset was to begin with. What problems you were escaping from and now facing up to them and dealing with them. Etc.
I went through withdrawals with no support from anyone. The loneliness kind of drove me crazy. Well, it did, proper crazy. I spent two or three months without talking to anyone apart from maybe a cashier at the grocery store and such.
Someone asked about the soaking wet sweats being normal at day 7? It's different for everyone how intense these things are but yes, that sounds completely normal for detox at your stage of withdrawal. It isn't something to worry about. Just get prepared with fresh bed sheets and bed clothes and a towel to dry yourself off.
I can remember sleeping on a towel at one point so as to save getting the bed so soaked. Keep your fluids up though as you are losing a lot of water this way. Rehydration fluids like saline (water with a small pinch of salt) can help a lot. Those rehydration salts from the chemist are good. It's amazing how salt deficiency can make a person feel very ill, without any energy, kind of flu-like. Be careful how much salt you put in the glass or it will just make you sick. It's only a very small pinch of salt that is required. Drinking loads of non-salted water while you sweat it out is OK but you are washing the salt out of your body without replacing it.
I think it is worth taking multi-vitamins and minerals as well. They are supposed to be absorbed better after meals but if you aren't eating properly yet then keep up with the saline, vitamins and minerals anyway. And glucose is also another handy thing if you not eating properly.
Kind regards to you all,
Phil.
rbm, ive since read some other posts on other sites where ppl were saying it isnt bad 3 and 4 days in and i pity them now that the sub detox has so graciously enlightened me these past days on how its gonna go. suboxone will make a dead man walk. im going to check in with my doc tomorrow because he wanted to see me when i was feeln surly, and i am so hopefully he can set me up with a cocktail of pills so i can induce a coma each night because the hour or two ive had this weekend were unpleasant to say the least. i have a buncha seroquel 100s and i ate two lasnyte and i got nothin but a groggy haze to lay awake with. gotta press on though.
phil, i like the towel idea, yeah actually its fkn genius haha. im going to be sleepn on the beach tonite!..kinda. Its rough too because i dont sleep without a fan because i lay there hotter than hell and if i doze off i just wakeup ice cold and soaked. Vicious cycle. I still hold firm that these have yet to be as bad as when i jumped off 50mg methadone maintanence cold turkey, but they are startn to catch up. We shall see.
Thanks for the support everyone, and i hope all is well.
O and yah the grass def. helps too. except ive already blazed a quarter and i figure im only half done with this...getn clean is getn expensive haha
KyndDe:
The seroquel will come in useful. Yes I know exactly what you mean about the groggy haze. That's why I never got on with it as a day time medication unless absolutely desperate. But, the important thing to remember here is that seroquel alone is not going to get you the sleep.
The point I didn't make very clearly was that I needed a cocktail of drugs to help me sleep, not just seroquel. However, the seroquel was a vital ingredient.
If I tried to sleep on zopiclone alone, without the seroquel, I wouldn't sleep. I wouldn't feel the hazy grog of seroquel but instead I would just feel tranquilised and stare at the ceiling. That's not so bad but it still isn't sleep.
Now, when I combined the seroquel WITH the zopiclone (and sometimes a few other things but not always) I had success!
These drugs work in different ways. You have to see it as attacking the problem from every angle. Just like they do with medicine in physical illnesses that are persistent and unresponsive to single drug therapy.
So think of finding your sleep remedy as a combination drug therapy. You need to find the right combination for you.
The seroquel was only effective for me when I combined it with zopiclone or benzos and for a while I took the 50mg Promethazine aswell. I would always take the sleeping meds a good two hours before I intended to go to bed. By then they were fully acting. At the time, the promethazine just gave it an extra edge. It gave me that natural drowsy "I want to go to sleep now" feeling. I don't need the promethazine to get like that now. The seroquel and zopiclone are enough.
I still take prescribed benzos during the day, as required. Not every day.
I smoke tobacco for my nerves too. Although to be honest, I hate the habit. It's smelly and gross and is ruining my lungs. I have asthma and I really need to quit but I just can't. Every time I try to quit smoking my nerves get much worse.
I had nervous problems years before my opiate addiction so I don't want anyone else to think they will have these problems 10 and a half months after jumping. My nervous problem was one of the reasons I got using opiates in the first place because my doctor who prescribed me valium retired and a new doctor came along and refused to prescribe it.
This was despite the fact I was taking only between 2 or 3 5mg tabs a week. This was all I needed to keep me going and hold my job down. Within weeks of this new doctor messing around with my medication (trying me on SSRIs which I'm allergic too), I couldn't cope and lost my job. Now it's almost 20 years later and at last my psychiatrist has realised I do have a nervous problem and the only drugs that help are occasional benzos.
If that doctor hadn't of cancelled my script I would have stayed at work and might never have gone down the road I did. I'm not blaming it on him. I still made the choices. But, what choices did I have? I was left with a serious untreated anxiety problem caused by some kind of nervous breakdown in my teens. I couldn't cope with it. So my instinct for survival kicked in and I sort out any drug that would help calm me down.
Now my anxiety is being managed properly I am able to do voluntary work and am putting my life back together. I was bitter with the medical profession my entire adult life for letting me suffer so long. I had periods of sobriety where I would see more docs and psychs and they all let me down. It was only when they finally pidgeon-holed me with Asperger's Syndrome (about a year and a half ago) that they agreed to give me any help whatsoever.
Now I've been labelled, they offer me help and all of a sudden doors are opened. It shouldn't of been that way. They should have taken me at my word to start with. Anyway, it was my diagnosis that gave me the will power to quit the opiates because at last I knew what I was dealing with. I had answers for the problems I was running away from.
I don't know why I've shared all that. Maybe I just needed to get it off my chest. Thanks for listening.
KynDe: Lol, yeh. The towel idea I found extremely useful. I know exactly what you mean about going to bed all hot then waking up absolutely chilled to the bone and soaking wet. Keep another dry towel by the bedside to dry yourself down as quickly as possible and get back into a dry bed on the dry towel. Hang the wet stuff to dry off and then you can use it when you've soaked everything through once again!
Well guys I'm on day 5 now...And I feel sooo much better. I've not had a lot of sleep for the last couple of nights, but it's getting better...I can feel it!! Almost there! I have no insight for making it easier. I just sucked it up and said to hell with it, I'm doing this shit, and I think just that outlook alone helped me. I was talking yesterday to an uncle of mine who is still in the pits of drug hell, and telling him that tomorrow would be better, as he was trying to offer up some pills, and he said nope, it won't. I insisted it HAS to get better eventually. Tomorrow will be better. And that is what gets me through today. I take Vistaril to try to sleep, motrin or Vistaril for my aches and pains, and I'm making it. My uncle got so pissed b/c I kept insisting it would be better -- he takes Sub's too. SubaTEX. So he takes other stuff with it. LOTS of it. I try to get him to join me, and he has no idea...No idea what life is like without the subs. Or Methadone or some sort of something to cloud his day's process. But it DOES get better....I'm only on day 5, and feel so much better than day 1. Mentally I feel better than I have in forever. I'm feeling so much more like myself. Now if I just had the STRENGTH physically as my old self, I'd be all set!!! That part will come with effort only, I'm sure. But it will come.
Hang in there guys. It gets better. Say that to yourself all day long. And eventually it will be over and you can say YES!! I KICKED THAT BITCHES ASS!! LOL. I'm more of a mental person I guess, b/c as long as I'm not thinking about it, it's not so bad. But the min I focus in on my pain, it becomes worse...Unbearably so.
I'm starting back work today. Only had to take 2 days off, for a kind of long weekend. It'll be slow-go, I know, but IT WILL BE OVER SOON!! GO US!!
i am on day 5 of sub w/d it sucks chills,sweats irratible as hell.How long does this last my doc told me it would be short i think he lied,anyone have answers
dww1030:
Not knowing and not being prepared is the worst bit. It's easier to cope with when you have been prepared for what is ahead.
At least here, we can tell you. However, more information would be useful. For example, what dose of subs were you on before jumping and for how long? Did you taper down to a smaller dose?
I think days 5-7 are probably the worst, in general. It can vary from person to person though. I'm sure the worst will be over after 14 days at least.
Anyone else got any thoughts on this?
Day 5 is the first real day of withdrawal when stopping subs. It's such a long-acting drug with a very long half-life. It takes the first 4 days before most of it is out of your system enough to cause heavier withdrawals.
So don't be surprised that day 5 sucks. Things will get better soon.
Good luck mate and welcome to the forum. Look forward to hearing how you do.
Best wishes to all,
Phil.
O.K. I was at 2 8mg pills of sub a day for a year and a half. No, i didn't get to taper which was really scary. I have been taking 1/2 lortabs just so I can not feel nervous and get up to work. I am a manager at a very busy restaurant and feel like I don't know what else to do. I'm scared I'm gonna w/d all over again. Gotta go be back tonight.
I've been reading some of my older posts and continued to read from there on. Hi everyone :)
I still feel it for anyone going through Opiate WD... It's fucking hell to go through, but it's possible. The thing i'm finding hard now, is staying clean from drugs - Or not so much staying clean but BEING clean... Such a change... Everyone is different, different lives, circumstances, reasons for relying on drugs to feel good/better. So i dont want to make it feel or look harder than it may be for an individual person.
While going through the physical WD i had a goal to get clean, get that shit out of me! After it wore off i felt great! I won! Now that honeymoon period has worn off, it's an almost constant fight with myself to say no! I'm a recovering recreational user with nothing to do for recreation! Still can't let myself go back to that shit tho... Had a couple small hiccups on the way but all in all, progress!
K - Waking up soaking wet and the lack of sleep was horrible, felt like it'd never end!
Phil I just have to address some of the comments you brought up because you have me absolutely fascinated everytime I read your posts it's like you reveal a little more about yourself everytime so I have questions and if you don't want to or think I've crossed the line than I will understand. Let me prefice this with, 20 years of hard drug use it sounds like you sir have had a wild life indeed. First question you had mentioned that you haven't had a steady job in 20 years how on earth can you manage a drug habit and a place to live without a steady means of income? Question two you said you drove into London and your car was towed so you decided to stay there what did you do with the old place you where living in just left it and all you stuff behind? How where you able to adjust and find a place was it friends, family, or where you homeless for a period? You had mentioned that for a time you didn't even talk to anyone minus maybe a grocery store teller where you just roaming the streets in a drug induced haze this whole time? Also you mentioned that you don't have a steady job now and do volunteer work how do you support yourself and afford your doctor without a steady means of income? I have to appologize in advance if my questions are to personal but I just have to know your life sounds like a wonderful movie and I got up at all the good parts to get something to eat. I'm sure I'm not the only one that is curious.
RBM: I'm happy to answer your questions although I can't really reveal the totality of my experience just yet. Not in such a public place. Some bad things happened. But I can answer your questions without having to go into certain details that I would rather not bring up here in a public forum as yet.
1. 20 years of hard drug use
I started my drug use at 14yo and jumped from opiates at 35yo. During this time there were short occasions of sobriety, on and off.
I didn't start on hard drugs at 14yo unless you consider LSD in this bracket. I was using cannabis daily, loved speed and occasionally tripped on LSD. The opiates really came into my life from about 18yo onwards. I'm 36yo now. At around 18yo I also started to experiment with every and any medication I could get my hands on. I was turning into a dope fiend.
At this time I was actually working at a hospital in operating theatres as a porter. It was my job to wheel the patients into the anaesthetic room, then into the operating theatre and clean up afterwards.
Where there is a will there is a way and I found various ways of procuring what I wanted, all for free!
2. You had mentioned that you haven't had a steady job in 20 years. How on earth can you manage a drug habit and a place to live without a steady means of income?
Sometimes I was homeless. Sometimes I was on welfare, who paid my rent. Sometimes I was "sofa-surfing". Sometimes I was literally homeless and on the street. Sometimes I was living with partners.
I got money by occasional cash in hand jobs. Some of which one could consider illegal. Or by borrowing. There might have been some fraudulent dealings... I begged, borrowed and, well you know...
I did everything I could to gain money or drugs or both. I was a con man in many respects. I think I forgot who the real me was because I was so used to acting out different types of people.
3. You said you drove into London and your car was towed so you decided to stay there. What did you do with the old place where you were living in. Just left it and all your stuff behind?
Yes. I emptied my car of a few belongings I had with me. I think a change of clothes and a backpack. Not much else. Anything else I owned was left behind. I didn't own much. It was mainly just clothes and toiletries.
4. How were you able to adjust and find a place, was it friends, family, or were you homeless for a period?
I was homeless for a period. It took me a long time to adjust. I do recall hating central London for the first six months. After that, I began to quite like it, despite my turbulent and ever changing circumstances.
I met and then started living with a partner after a while. Following that I stayed with some friends. After a year in London I managed to do an adult access to university course. I passed and went to Uni but never completed the degree. I was still hammering the drugs the whole time. Opiates and/or benzos mixed with alcohol were my favourites. But I also took speed to get myself motivated and focused for college.
I got money from student loans. I'm in the UK and certain stuff was free back then, like tuition fees. I only had to pay for food and rent. The bank lent me money, credit cards and overdrafts. I maxxed out everything of course.
I was still up to my old tricks to get hold of extra money at every available opportunity.
The last four years I was in London I did manage to stay with one friend in particular. I paid the rent by doing jobs for the landlord. Mostly gardening and maintenance stuff. It was a charitable arrangement. I was still up to all my old tricks as well.
5. You had mentioned that for a time you didn't even talk to anyone minus maybe a grocery store teller. Were you just roaming the streets in a drug induced haze this whole time?
This was during my withdrawals. Once I'd decided to jump I cut off all my ties with the medical profession. I was sick to death of their lack of interest in my wanting to be clean. I stopped communicating with the sort of people that would have got me back on the dope and crack. I didn't have any other social outlets at this time. I'd fallen out with everybody half-decent while on methadone and then subutex. Opiates messed up my personality.
So I was alone. I didn't have a partner and had no friends left. When I was able I would drag myself out of my home to get food and such. This would be when I would make contact with a grocery store teller etc.
The only time I had any real communication with other people was the 2 weeks I spent on the psychiatric ward. The rest of those first few months I was isolated. It made me go pretty crazy. I became very agoraphobic. I was also terrified of bumping into the old crowd of people. There was a very high chance of this with just one main street in the town I was living in at that time. I lived just off this main street.
These people were very hostile towards me after I started to clean up my act. They were full time criminals and dope fiends with absolutely no hang-ups about what they were doing. Even before I jumped, and was starting to clean up, I was beginning to experience some quite intense hostility.
I left the town in the end. It was essential. I couldn't have survived there. I was prepared to go homeless again, anywhere. However, an old friend called me up just out of the blue. I hadn't spoken to him for years. He mentioned he had moved recently and was looking for lodgers. I left that evening and only came back to collect more of my belongings and finalise the tenancy etc. So, it was a somewhat more organised move this time.
6. Also you mentioned that you don't have a steady job now and do volunteer work how do you support yourself and afford your doctor without a steady means of income?
You are forgetting I live in the UK and/or that certain services are free here.
We have free access to healthcare. Methadone maintenance and Subutex (for some reason we don't have Suboxone) maintenance are also free. It's all free. Going to see the MD (GP) is free. Getting hospital treatment for whatever is free. It's all completely free. I don't even pay for prescriptions because I'm on welfare. Normally there is a nominal cost of 7.20 GBP per item regardless of what it actually costs.
I have free access to a psychiatrist, social worker and GP. I see them quite regularly at the moment.
I support myself with welfare. They pay most of my rent. I get money for food and basics. Since diagnosis, I also get a small, but useful, amount of disability payments because of my protracted mental health problems.
You do not get disability payments for being diagnosed with Asperger's Syndrome in this country, unlike Sweden for example. However, if you have mental health problems that have manifested themselves as complications arising from the condition then you can get these payments. I've qualified for the low end of payments but every penny helps!
So I make ends meet, just about. I also do miscellaneous things like fix computers for friends in exchange for lunch or dinner and things like that. I get quite generous travel expenses for my voluntary work. I'm on a very tight budget but I can survive. Neither am I up to any of my old tricks! I'm not interested in anything but a sober and straight lifestyle now.
I am working towards being employable again. I also want to do training, maybe a correspondence degree via the UK's Open University. But all in good time. First of all I've got to get comfortable with working full time hours at the voluntary places.
I need to get my confidence back. I'm also still recovering from various mental health issues, including the anxiety problems. I'm on the waiting list for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy. And yes, once again, this will be totally free as it is provided by the National Health Service (NHS).
I hope that helps a little in answering your questions RBM. I have no problem with you asking me whatever you want. I'm grateful for your presence here. You've been a great help and encouragement to myself and many others.
Best wishes to everyone,
Phil.
Not sure if it's only in my current area Phil but Suboxone is prescribed by the shedload by the local clinic (C.A.N.). Not that it makes any difference to us. I think in some cases they massively over prescribe it, from looking at the habit sizes of some people compared to my own old habit and how much Buprenorphine of either kind it took to satisfy that habit... But i'm no Dr.. Perhaps that's why i could buy it on the street though.
RBM - Hope things are good still! I haven't forgotten reading your advice and posts, i'm just checking in to say hello. :)
I still find this site to be helpfull with motivation and very ineresting. Such a wide range of people from different walks!
Phil abc.....you are owed much by many here. You seem to be very and genuinely concerned for those of us hear who need encouragement....thank you!
I am on day 13....hope is deffenately returning to my soul, at last. I have still been only abusing herbals, with one exception...a 15mg Tamazapam at nite. My stupid concoction of St. Johns Wart and Kava has saved my emotional life, not so much the body...but it has been very stabalizing for my moods...go figure. At any rate...I am seeing light today in a substantial way....actually it began on day 11 to some degree. Appitite is starting to return and I still need a beer (sorry) at mid-day for my stomach, but that will end soon. My point here is to thank you Phil abc for your unbelievable support of others....well done.
The sun is starting to shine again...and it is good.
aka Paul and Rick:
Good to hear from you both.
Rick: Great news about how things are improving. I'm sure you will go from strength to strength every single day. Thanks for your encouraging words. I think, like other recovering addicts, I'm just keen to spread the word that it is possible to get clean and get your life back. I want other opiate addicts to know that, however desperate they feel right now, it is possible to completely recover without the need for a life of maintenance.
aka Paul: Yeh, I think subs are massively over-prescribed in the UK too. No doubt that is why so much of it ends up on the street. I had tons of the stuff left over when I finally jumped but it still took me about 9 or 10 months before I had the courage to flush it down the toilet. No doubt the local sewer rats were high as kites that day...
If someone wants to live on maintenance opiates that's their choice. I would never judge anyone. It just saddens me that perhaps they don't realise that the opiates, maintenance or otherwise, are robbing them of everything in life that makes it worth living. That's what it did to me and it took me so long to realise.
Rick: Thanks again for your kind words of encouragement.
I wouldn't sound so apologetic for having a beer at lunchtime and a temazepam to help you sleep. I don't see it as a big deal and I'm sure noone else does either. I'm just glad you've found a combination that works for you and will get you over the worst of it.
I still enjoy a drink. I still take sleeping tablets. I still take occasional benzos for really bad days of anxiety that I sometimes have. I tend to use the benzos less and less now. I'm actually starting to prefer dealing with my anxiety in other ways than just medication. I generally prefer to deal with the panic attacks head-on and battle it out. I normally find I can reason with myself and get on top of it.
But, whatever it takes...
Best wishes,
Phil.
I'm 27 years old and used Heroin for 5 yrs.I was on Suboxone for a year and a half(8mil).I got off them cold turkey and I'm at day 8.The first 3 days were not bad but days 4,5,and 6 were hard.Subs are tough because while not as intense as Heroin or Oxy withdrawel its more drawn out.You should start getting better after day 8.Stay positive,exercise,drink alot of water and keep your mind occupied.Stay strong and tough it out.Good Luck!
Hey Paul nice to see you againg too I am doing great still clean and starting to love life again now that it's starting to warm up I'm in the US east coast so we got a lot of snow for a while it sucked pretty bad I also got in a accident a month ago due to the snow storm I slid into a guard rail so I am really sick of the snow LOL.
Rick that's great your on day 13 it only gets easier from there the hard part of the w/s is behind you. The only hard part that is coming up is what your going to do with the free time that you have instead of looking for and using drugs you have to fill that time with real life hobbies, learning to live life for real again can be hard but it's so worth it.
Phil what can I say you have been brutally honest I understand you and where you come from so much better after that. I know what you mean I did some things to get money that I'm not proud of and wasn't exactly legal either never sexual things but other things. As a matter of fact a friend of mine who is on subs now actually used to be addicted to heroin him and his herion buddy girl friend used to go into movie stores and cd stores she used to line her purse with tin foil so the censors in the dvd's and cd's wouldn't go off than go around the corner to another store and sell them the movies 100% profit. No this wasn't me this was actually a friend of mine I know what you are thinking I was just sharing one of his stories cause I find it fascinating what we all did to procure our doc. Chasing the dragon is never fun you'll never catch the bastard it's never going to be as good as the first time and you'll ruin your life along the way.
Best wishes to all
RBM: As usual I find myself agreeing with everything you say. And, the stories are good. It is crazy what we all got up to during those times. I've had to reach a stage where I actually laugh about some of the stuff. Some of the more morbid things I've just learnt to accept as part of that messed up lifestyle. I know there are things I would never have done if I had not been so heavily under the influence of hard drugs and so mentally deranged. Great to read your post as ever.
Dave: Thanks for the post. Those are great fighting and encouraging words. I think you are doing everything the right way and far better than I ever managed. Well done mate!
Just be careful the old PAWS problems don't creep in. I don't think they will in your case. You sound far too positive. I assume you have plenty to distract your mind and a good focus on your future.
Look forward to hearing from you again.
Peace to all of you, whatever stage you are at, whether desperate and doped up, stone cold sober or anywhere in between.
Love yourselves because there are others that love and care about you. You might not even know them but they exist. Stuff those that judge. They are setting themselves up as judges and making themselves hypocrites. I'm sure such people have their own personal hang-ups and just see junkies as an easy target for making harsh opinions. That's the way some people function sadly. But, not everyone by any means!
Take care y'all,
Phil.
Its day 9! i officially have my life back! I feel great, I'm eating normal food without stomach pain, the only thing i am still having issues with is sleep... i tried asking my dad for help, as in does he know anyone with seroquel or muscle relaxers, he just told me that i was acting like an addict trying to get more pills... That pi$$ed me off, he really doesnt understand what i have been through, my mom has been really supportive though, she runs a group that helps people kick drugs and stay off them. SO, I am never EVER getting on this wagon again, I"M FREEEEEE!!! whoo hooo! no more feeling depressed, no more spending crazy money on stupid sh*t, no more doctors drug testing me every week, and no more pharmacists looking at me like I'm the antichrist when they hand me my bag OF subs. haha. I'm hittin the gym tomorrow... peace.
Its day 9! i officially have my life back! I feel great, I'm eating normal food without stomach pain, the only thing i am still having issues with is sleep... i tried asking my dad for help, as in does he know anyone with seroquel or muscle relaxers, he just told me that i was acting like an addict trying to get more pills... That pi$$ed me off, he really doesnt understand what i have been through, my mom has been really supportive though, she runs a group that helps people kick drugs and stay off them. SO, I am never EVER getting on this wagon again, I"M FREEEEEE!!! whoo hooo! no more feeling depressed, no more spending crazy money on stupid sh*t, no more doctors drug testing me every week, and no more pharmacists looking at me like I'm the antichrist when they hand me my bag OF subs. haha. I'm hittin the gym tomorrow... peace.
Vypersubs:
Great news! Keep away from your dad if he is going to be negative. You don't need that kind of complete and utter bullshit right now. He hasn't got a clue what he is talking about. It's born of total ignorance. That kind of thing really makes me angry!
And I'll tell you why, because my dad was exactly the same. He used to judge me for taking paracetamol (I think you call it acetaminophen or APAP in America). However, he used to judge me for taking antidepressants as a teenager, when I was severely depressed! In fact, he's been judging me my entire life. Screw that. I've left that baggage behind. If you treat someone like a junky then you can cause them to behave like one. I really do believe that.
My parents treated me like a lost cause. A complete failure. From a very young age. And guess what? I believed it. I'm older now and wise enough at least to see through all that bullshit and negativity.
That's great that your mum is on a totally different wave length with it all. Ignore negative and judgemental people. They have their own issues. They are the ones we should be feeling sorry for. I would hate to be so small minded.
If sleep continues to be a problem then I would recommend getting some help from a doctor. It really is so important to get adequate rest. Or maybe you'll find working out at the gym does the trick. Just keep a check on it. Don't let sleep deprivation get out of control. Everyone has the basic human right to sleep adequately. Yes, it is your right and if it is not happening then you both require and deserve help.
You might find your own way back to better sleep but like I said, if you don't manage to, then seek medical assistance for insomnia. Don't seek medical assistance for drug dependency because you are not dependent on drugs. You might have been in the past but the past is just that, the past.
If insomnia is the main symptom then that is what you should be treated for. In my experience there isn't much point saying to a doc, "Oh, I quit opiates and stuff and now I can't sleep." It's better to say, "I can't sleep doctor. I'm suffering from insomnia. I need help." Or at least, the insomnia should be the main focus.
I hope some of that made sense. As usual, I'm expressing my opinion. I'm not saying I have the answers or that I'm right. I'm just telling it the way I see it. You have to weigh up the facts for yourself. Other people can only advise. Take on board the advice but use your own mind also in order to draw the conclusions that will enable you to get the help you require and/or help yourself.
I can't see it being difficult to get a doctor to prescribe seroquel. It's a non-addictive drug that isn't scheduled. It isn't a drug of abuse. The OTC sleeping aids like Nytol (diphenydramine) and Phenergan (promethazine) can be surprisingly effective. Don't dismiss them just because they are available OTC. Both those drugs work in a very similar way to seroquel. In fact, drugs like seroquel were originally derived from such drowsy 'first generation' antihistamines.
I didn't find seroquel, on its own, enough to get me my sleep. My earlier posts say about my experiences with seroquel and combination drug therapy for the treatment of insomnia.
I will be interested to hear how the sleep issue progresses so do please post if you want to.
Peace to you too,
Phil.
I'm on day 9 of Suboxone withdrawel and I'm SLOWLY getting better. I still have RLS,sweating during the night and only getting 5hrs. sleep a night.There's nothing worse then going to bed thinking you'll feel better in the morning then waking up feeling the same way,it's tough. You have to keep telling yourself that this will end.I also can't stress enough to take HOT baths(help with the chills for a little while)Exercise(I know you don't feel like it but it will help you sweat out the toxins and help you sleep)Work(staying busy and keeping your mind occupied is so important because it keeps your mind off how bad you feel) If you just lay on your bed in watch T.V. all day you'll feel worse.I'm ready to feel normal and live a healthy clean life. This forum has really helped me realize I'm not alone and for people who are on day 4,5,and 6 it's gets better.If I knew that sub detox was this long I never would of got on them but the past is the past.
PHIL-thanks for those kind words and reading your posts has really help me!THANK YOU! I'll check in on day 10-STAY STRONG MY FELLOW ADDICTS!
Hey, my names mike and i just came across this website today. Here's my story...I had a pill problem for about 6 months taking about 7-30mg oxycodone pills a day. I went to detox and decided not to get on a suboxone regiment after i was done. I went right back to using after detox but not as much as i did in the past and started using suboxone between days i did oxycodone, to keep me from feeling sick. I got to a point where i only took suboxone and no oxy and started to ween my way down from about 8mg a day to feel "normal". By the end of my taper i was breaking 2mg suboxones in half and used 1mg for about 2 weeks. One day i decided to stop cold turkey, and took an 8 day break from the suboxone. My withdrawals barely got better over those 8 days and i was getting frustrated at how long the withdrawals were dragging out. I expected that by day 6 or 7 the withdrawals would be almost completely gone, because i had heard that although you do withdraw from suboxone it is milder...I couldn't sleep at ALL, my legs burned one minute and were freezing the next, my armpits sweat profusely all day, i had exploding diarrhea, i had no energy, and had extreme chills all day. I finally couldnt take it anymore and started doing suboxone or 1 or 2 30mg oxycodones a day (depending on money situation), then finally reached a point again of only using suboxones. I had been using about 4-2mg of suboxone for the past month, and weened it down to 2-1mg per day of suboxone for about 2 weeks before i finally decided to stop again. Here i am, late into day-2 off suboxone and i barley feel any withdrawal symptoms. The urge to do it is there, my legs are a little restless, and i had a little trouble sleeping but this is nothing to what I experienced the last time i tried to quit about 2 months ago. Is this happening because the buildup of suboxone on my receptors isnt as concentrated as last time? Meaning i was using pills and suboxone for a total of 8 months before i tried to get off completely the first time, and now this time its only been two months or so of use before i decided to stop...I dont get why this is happening, i mean i wont complain at all i just find it very interesting. If anyone knows anything or has experienced this please let me know if you think ill be OK or if you think withdrawal is still setting in and has not reached full intensity.
Mike I did the same thing you did.I was taking subs for a year and a half and quit cold turkey.I got to day 7 and couldn't take the pain anymore and took a 8mg Sub.The second time around wasn't as intense as the first time but it still sucks bad because of how long it takes to w/d.I realized what I did was stupid though because taking that Sub brought me back to square one and I basically suffered those first 7 days for nothing.I hate to say this but if your on day 2 you have a long way to go(at least 2 weeks for the major symptoms to go away)But it's manageable because the w/d are not as intense as other opiats ,they just linger longer which is frustrating.Stay strong bud,you can do it!
Day 16 and feeling improvement with each day. My God....had, I know that the Sub's would be 4 times longer to w/d...I do believe I would have tapered from the hydros....I did that twice b/4 and it took 5 days of horror, but gheesh, this "receptor" crap sucks...however, I have turned the corner and am almost socialable. I, have a friend who is going through this with me....I work with him and he is experienceing the same improvement as I...only, he has a support system...I do not. My beautiful wife and family have no idea...therefor, My anxiety is different...yet, I am blessed with a wonderful home in the Mtns. of NM, horses and 3 acres to walk about....it is all so fuck--ng stupid....to put oneself through this in the first place....boardome, I guess. At anyrate....it really does get better...I don't post here often, but read all...and just want those who are beginning to believe...yes, it will go away....for some, quicker than others...but the sun will be shining again for all of us. Sub's were, for me a false answer...I do believe, I could have jumped from the hydros and been done with it....the PAWS thing, may have been more pronounced...but, since I am basically happy and stable....perhaps that would not be so relevant.
Phil abc....Bless you man...if you ever get to the States....you have a warm place in the Rocky Mountains of Northern NM....of course, I would have to explain our relationship to my loving wive, but then....one day...this must all be shared....I think it is important...but not today.
Bless you all here....Once again...try Kava and St. Johns Wart....it is natural...and helps the head, greatly....at least it did and does for me....
Phil abc....I have been to England, years ago in College...I am in love with it's history and grace....tho, the politics are worth a discussion another day...but, I wonder...have you ever been to Glastonbury in Somerset? It is supposedly a legondairy place...Arthur the Abby the Tor and all....a healing place they say...they have an excellent live cam:
site...
http://www.checkitlive.com/camera/glastonbury/inde
It has given me strength...tho, I am not a hippy, anylonger...nor a new ager...but...still this is a mystical place and just wanted to share it.
my kids father sold my med. what can i do to stop this pain withdraws!!!!!!!!!!!
Nbianrab: I am new to this myself, and can only offer limited help...but, I will say this...I was in great pain by day 6, and discovered a herbal combination of Kava extract and St. Johns Wart. I know it is natural, and seems a bit silly...but I swear to you, it helpe me cope alot. You can obtain them at any healthfood store and they are cheep...give it a try. Others here are more knowledgable than I, and may suggest various benzos....I try to stay away from them, tho...no entirely...just try my herbs....I hope it helps.
A word of advice for all those who woudl like to come off of suboxone, or who are by force of circumstances unable to continue taking subs, there is a specific method for tapering that works better than simply reducing your dose. You have to remember that subs last a long time in your system. no matter what when you get down to )mgs your gonna go through some withdrawals and they may last anywhere from a week to 14 days. Anyways,to my point, if you are planning on quitting altogether and would like to taper your dose down to nothing I reccomend that you start by taking your normal dose every other or every 3rd day every 4th day if you can handle it. the withdrawal process doesnt usually begin with subs until about the 3rd or 4th day. Keep doing this halving your dose every week or two until you are down to nothing. It will make the withdrawals so much more mild than if you taper down on an everyday dosing basis. Im on day 6 of withdrawals and they are practically subsiding. but I have been tapering for two months and I never took subs on two consucutive days during the last 2 months of tapering. 3 to 4 days inbetween doses plus tapering and youll have alot easier of a time quitting if you can handle it. It worked for me. this is my second time going off subs. the first time I had full on withdrawals that lasted for at least 2 weeks. I had to use tramadol to get over it that time. tramadol is addictive too so if you ever get the idea to use it for detoxing off an opiate be forewarned.
A word of advice for all those who woudl like to come off of suboxone, or who are by force of circumstances unable to continue taking subs, there is a specific method for tapering that works better than simply reducing your dose. You have to remember that subs last a long time in your system. no matter what when you get down to )mgs your gonna go through some withdrawals and they may last anywhere from a week to 14 days. Anyways,to my point, if you are planning on quitting altogether and would like to taper your dose down to nothing I reccomend that you start by taking your normal dose every other or every 3rd day every 4th day if you can handle it. the withdrawal process doesnt usually begin with subs until about the 3rd or 4th day. Keep doing this halving your dose every week or two until you are down to nothing. It will make the withdrawals so much more mild than if you taper down on an everyday dosing basis. Im on day 6 of withdrawals and they are practically subsiding. but I have been tapering for two months and I never took subs on two consucutive days during the last 2 months of tapering. 3 to 4 days inbetween doses plus tapering and youll have alot easier of a time quitting if you can handle it. It worked for me. this is my second time going off subs. the first time I had full on withdrawals that lasted for at least 2 weeks. I had to use tramadol to get over it that time. tramadol is addictive too so if you ever get the idea to use it for detoxing off an opiate be forewarned.
I'm on day 11 and I actually feel o.k. which scares the hell out of me. This has been the longest and most painful w/d in my life but I'm Sub free and it feels really good. I thought day 10 was my breakthrough day but today a feel alot better.I actually slept for more then 4hrs. and didn't wake up in a pool of sweat for a change. The chills and RLS are ALMOST gone and I thank God for that because that was a painful thing to go through.I finally see light at the end of this long dark tunnel and you couldn't pay me to ever take a Sub again because I can't do this EVER again.This forum has helped me alot and I want to thank eveyone for there stories and support.We all have to lean on eachother in these trying times and stay focused on doing the right things.Goodbye Suboxone!Your a chapter in my life that's over with.God bless
Amen to that Dave.....day 17 for me....as with you, life began to improve around day 11. Gheesh....This was like paying back a debt....only, with each payment....you wound up owing more. Very frustrating, but as with you Dave....the light is shining warm again, and it is good. Screw Subs....what an unfortunate choice that was. Good for you and all here...."time is God's bandaide".
I just typed a great big story and lost it. That's just hilarious. You all didn't want to hear that nonsense anyway did ya???! Oh well lets try again. And KEEP IT SIMPLE STUPID!!!
The reason I came to this site is I got a letter yesterday that was from my Suboxone doctor. A certified letter that I had to sign for. It said, "Due to unforeseen circumstances we will be closing our office. Sorry about your luck!!!" Basically.
So it's been almost two years since I started taking Suboxone and started on 2 1/2 8's a day. Tapered down to 1/2 a 8 a day. Been at that level for a few months.
The other doctors in the area charge a fortune for the program have outrageous demands and I'm not paying them. I'm going to quit. I have completely rebuilt my life since starting this medicine. New healthy habits, relationships, a business, everything. I go to the gym regularly. And in great shape. I run a business and have a wife and 3 kids.
After reading the letter I felt a uppercut below the belt. I had drug dreams last night where my meds got gone and I went from house to house search and seizure to find them.
I felt my blood pressure rise after reading this letter. So I know it's not going to be easy.
I read this forum last night and most of this morning. I read the recent post stating dose every other day or two if possible.
I have 11 8mg tablets left. That's it. Put this shit in my body for right at two years. I am all ears for suggestions on how best to utilize these last 11 8's to best most comfortably achieve the objective.
I feel like I already know so many of you on here personlly from reading. Just like the people I was in detox with, and people I hung out with and grew up with.
This is like an online NA meeting right?
Anyway I'll be reading the post in the coming days hopefully not weeks and definalely hope not coming months. And am willing to help anyone else I can as this is what we are here to do, to help each other out.
My prayers are with everyone going through this, and power to you. That you overcome and acheive your best and biggest dreams!
I read posts that said people still had bad days 20-30 days of suboxone.Is that possible?PAWS? I felt good today and I'm only on day 11,I know even better days are before me.
Dave you're doing great! I hope i wasn't one of the ones being negative that caused you to worry! Honestly, for now try not to think about it and it may be totally fine. Not everyone goes through PAWS. Some of us (seemingly me being one) take time afterwards to adjust to having a clean lifestyle and/or to address any issues that turned us to drugs... Simply not having much to do of interest or nothing that actually DOES interest me, is my biggest issue. Still crave drugs because that was my main pass-time... Missing the bullshit feelgood factor brings on temptation, and temptation leads to anxiety and it wears a person down over time! An active lifestyle and positive approach remembering it can take a while (wish i knew how long) to get over THAT is the only drug-free way i've read about ppl beating or not experiencing it...
I hope that post above made sense i was kind of wandering at the end lol it was late!
Your post is really interesting IsaacJ, welcome to this site/hub!
I personally didn't particularily taper. So i hope someone else can offer you the info you need there. I jumped from H injection level to 24mg down to 8mg of suboxone in a week. Them 8mg to nothing the following week. Actually... Maybe 11x8mg Subs is quite similar to what i did over the first week but my main WD was from H. Then the second week i made 2x8mg last as long as i could by splitting it in half over and over. Hardest thing i ever attempted, and my second real attempt at jumping.
I'd say cut your dosage in half right now if you can! 11mg tabs turns into at least 22 days supply! Now if you took 4mg for 11 days you should be quite used to that by then! So cut it in half again! Another 11 days at 2mg... Jumping should be a lot easier from there although i wouldn't say it'll be easy.
Either that, or attempt to jump now and dont prolongue it any further. You'll feel it roughly 40 hours after as it says above in the description and instead of going through discomfort for all that tapering time the acute withdrawals will be over a lot sooner... I personally, after feeling 8mg WDs would taper to a smaller dose but i DID manage to do it from 4mg/8mg a day.
I'm not sure how much less the WDs would be aftr tapering though... It's just that i wouldn't wanna go through what i went through again. 2 weeks of NO sleep until i managed to get a compassionate doctor to subscribe me Zopiclone to sleep. Aswell as WDs AS BAD AS HEROIN was, maybe even worse in some ways. I did find Heroin WDs easier to deal with mentally. The physical muscle spasms, cramps, fatigue were worse on H but the sweating whenever i tried to sleep, the insomnia, the depression, the head side of Sub WD for me was harder definately!
Subs helped me get off H, but made it twice maybe 3 times as long to get over, in the process. I haven't been through Wds many times either so im no expert but i hope you're doing OK and i hope it's a success for you!
Best wishes everyone!
Paul
Dave: No problem!
Rick: Thank you for the kind sentiment. Much appreciated. No, I've not been to Glastonbury yet. However, I live close to the 1st and 2nd oldest cathedrals in the country. The one nearest me dates from 600AD. The other is even older. So I'm quite close to two very spiritual towns with all that history in them. The UK has a few of those Glastonbury type places. I do intend to visit one day.
Dave: aka Paul pretty much summed up the stuff about PAWS.
PAWS is not something that everyone experiences. As you have read, some people start to feel their old selves after 11-14 days or so.
PAWS is not mandatory to opiate withdrawal. It's a psychological problem that only some of us will struggle with. I've suffered badly from PAWS for months but that is because I was a 24/7 dope fiend and lived for nothing else. I had no other life. Drugs meant more to me than relationships, careers, cars, material possessions. Drugs meant everything to me. They were the reason I existed. Everything else took second place.
Now someone like me might have PAWS but another person, with different circumstances and not such severe issues to deal with, might experience nothing of PAWS whatsoever.
Don't make the mistake of thinking you must go through what someone else has been through. We are all different. There might be similarities at certain stages but that is about it. So quit thinking that just because someone else has PAWS for months and you don't, that you must wait in fear for the penny to drop or just be plain disbelieving that there can be such a thing.
I didn't believe in clinical depression when i was a teenager. I thought all that stuff was bullshit. Then I experienced it for myself as an adult. That taught me a hard lesson.
PAWS is very real for some people. But for others, they will never experience it. It is psychological and does not have to be part of the withdrawal and recovery process from opiate addiction.
Personally, I think that if I had the right support and circumstances I wouldn't have had such a rough ride. However, I also have a list as long as my arm of issues to come to terms with and deal with. Issues that I had before I ever got hooked 24/7 on dope. And before being hooked I was taking everything I could get my hands on. After I got hooked, I still took everything i could get my hands on only I had to keep my opiate levels up because of the damn physical dependency.
Dope sucks. When I quit a coke habit I just felt pissed off for 3 days and then I was fine (except for outrageous cravings every now and then that sometimes had me clawing at the walls, crying and wailing). But when it came to quitting opiates, now that was a whole different ball game. Physical addiction can get so bad, really really bad.
Like you guys don't know this already!
Kind regards to y'all,
Phil.
PS
If you have problems with posts being lost before you get to post them then do what I do. Type your post into notepad or wordpad, a text editor, first. Then ctrl-a to select all the text and ctrl-c to copy to clipboard and then ctrl-v to paste it into the comment box. If anything goes wrong you can just copy and paste again...
Oops! I think i misread IsaacJ's post... 4mg is your current dosage my bad! But i'm sure you understand anyway...
Some people taper down to well below 1mg... You should have enough to do that if that's the route you choose to take.
Phil - Well said about PAWS mate. Hope all is good!
Night of day 12 and still have some lingering w/d's but I'm feeling much better finally. I feel like I have a lack of energy but I can deal with that.I think it's all uphill from here after almost 2 weeks. I can't believe how long this withdrawal was,it felt like a nightmare that was never going to end.Thanks for those comments Paul and Phil,you guys really helped me out.SUBS SUCK!
Today has been the nicest day this year so far... Warm weather, blue sky, cool breeze. Instead of driving i actually chose to WALK to do my stuff. Which isn't something i ever do! PAWS can fuck off today. The weather cheered me up to the extent that i'd call it a natural high. Beautifull! I can't say i remember appreciating the weather once last year or even noticing it was summer! Maybe that's what i've been missing, with this winter being a cold one and being hooked on H all last year and missing the simple things as if they never existed. I definately appreciate life today!
The PAWS had me worrying that THAT was how life was going to be from now on. Bigtime. And all it took today was for the Sun to come out to show me i can be happy naturally.
I know ill have my good days n bad days. Today is a good one. First good one since god-knows-when. More to come, and hopefully more things to notice that totally missed me for that 'dark' chapter.
Peace,
Paul :)
Day-13-I still have a little runny nose and a lack of energy but I went to work today and stuck it out.I feel 75% better and I'm so happy I made it this far.I look back at my posts when I was in the middle of my detox and can't believe I made it this far without using something. I must of smoked 2 pounds of weed this withdrawal cause it's the only thing that made me feel a little better but I guess thats better then using hard drugs.Everyday gets easier Thank God
Dave....well done man. I am on day 19 and, for me....day 11 really started to get better, and each day since has been measurably better as well. Keep on it....it will be a bad memory for you and us all, soon.
aka Paul....I have followed your posts here and think it's great that you are feeling nature and life again....I stepped outside last week and had a similar warm feeling...I actually heard the birds and, it mattered. We tend to be so friggin numb to the simple and beautiful things, yet they are all around us every day. Hang in their and feel the sunshine as often as you can.
All you guys have summed it up already.
Being on dope numbs you to the simple beauty of life. The change of the seasons. The bird calls. The sunshine. Appreciating the spring after a cold winter.
We've been missing out on what makes life so incredible. So wrapped up in our egyptian cotton blankets that we failed to see what it was that makes life worth living.
Failed until now that is. Because, now we are seeing life as it really ought to be. And yes, it hurts sometimes, the cravings kick in and we want to nod. But, all that time spent nodding is pissing in the wind.
I'm not going to lie. I still crave the nod. But, I'm aware that that is the addiction. That's the monster inside me craving the dope. That's the psychology of addiction.
The facts are what saves me. I know that the shit don't work. Yeh, it might bring some kind of 'relief' for a short time. Like, a few days. Then it's back to the grind stone. Physical dependency and chasing the high that you'll never get. Ever found the treasure at the end of a rainbow?
That's how dumb chasing the high is. It doesn't exist. There is no ultimate drug high. It's a fool's paradise. The best highs in life are to live it for real. Without being numb.
To those of you who are yet to jump, you have a bit of pain but a life time of goodness to look forward to. Don't pass the opportunity by. Keep chipping away at that habit. You can do it. Anybody can do it. Heck, I did it and I'm some weak ass mofo.
That's my rant for this evening.
God bless,
Phil.
"I actually heard the birds and, it mattered" - Rick
"The best highs in life are to live it for real." - Phil
I fuckin' love those 2 sentences! And i'll try to remember them whenever i feel the urge to give up... I'm 2 to 2+1/2 months clean apart from a moment of weakness here or there... The last few weeks haven't been good. I got depressed and remembered what had made me look to drugs. The depression was wearing me down to the point where i considered maintenance subs and counselling. But that sunny day and last few posts has helped a lot. I won't be doing that. Summer is coming and i'm desperate to stay active (walked everywhere today again). Because staring at the ceiling, thinking about shit, is when the thoughts manifest.
For something to do, i walked a mile or 2 to my mums house and kidnapped her dog today. Dogs with me now... Which means i have to walk back again to return it. :)
Fear of getting depressed again is making me determined to stay active. Walking is making jobs take longer thus,
well here it goes. I have been off of subs since october 10th. I have had some good times and bad. Sometimes life feels so boring and i get that feeling to go back, but then things pick up and i feel better and i realize life has its ups and downs and i cant feel good all the time. It is harder now that i havent taken anything in a long time. Somewhere along the line all my phisical withdrawals went away and i can't really say when that was because it happened gradually, But my mental addiction wanting to feel that high still comes back now and then. I just try to fight it with what i know works for me.
i just had a baby boy last week and i look at him and realize he will need me to be there for him, and this is what life is all about. My first son led me to get on suboxone 3 years ago and my second son was the reason i got off the suboxone. I will alwayse feel like they saved me and will try to be there every step of the way. It was a hard journey through the hell but now i feel it was all worth it. Life seems to suck sometimes, and it feels like a struggle but at least i am here doing the best i can straight.
I hope everyone can overcome this addiction because it is hard to fight it. The beginning brought back my feelings and learning to deal with them was hard but doable as long as i took it one day at a time or should i say minute by minute. Everyone has their reasons for taking this stuff or getting off of it and as long as we care about ourselves and others things seem to work out, but i feel i must be careful not to let my guard down.
Phil and melanie i know i have said this before, but i have to say thank you. You guys are very special and helping others is the best thing for this addiction and i have learned that from your kind words and willingness to help a stranger to fix his life! I now try to help people any way i can, becuse people have done it for me. Thank you and go bless!
Mark
...thus leaving less time and less of a chance to stew. Overall making the day more copable and a better experience . Don't get me wrong i'm happy again today! Maybe that's why though?! :)
Total ramble from me today lol.
Paul
P.S. Mark apologese for posting around your nice post, typing on a ps3 has a limited size window to type into! Congratulations for your new kid man! The most beautifull thing i have ever experienced in my whole life was the birth of my son. Laying my eyes on him for the first time! Oh wow, never been so overwhelmed ever! Well done mate!
No apologizing needed. I read your previous post and actually went outside and listened to the birds sing and took about 15 minutes to enjoy nature. It is a beutiful day out today and i realized i didnt stop to enjoy it. Thanks
oh one more thing there is something that i told myself all the time when i felt the worst withdrawals and maybe it will help someone.
Time will pass just like it alwase does and soon you will be able to look back at this horrible journey and be on the better side of it. Time does not stand still and as long as you keep fighting things will get better. Bang just like that its over and you can get on with your life and make the best of it. Now remember what you are going through and that will help you from ever going backwards. It is a hard lesson learned, but it is the truth for me.
'If you spend your whole life waiting for the storm, you’ll never enjoy the sunshine.'
Fitting... :)
"ACTION ABSORBS ANXIETY"
My storm is passing aka Paul, but the clouds are not completely gone after 21 days. I feel way more in control of my life, tho....my social skills are still lacking somewhat...since I only share this with another at my office. I have found that remembering, often, the hours and days...as a child...I could simply sit in the grass, (not smoking it), and take in the warmth of the day, the commings and goings of birds, bugs and clouds...it was magical then....and tho, the subs have dulled my imagination...I feel with each passing day...this exercise becomes more important. Hell, the birds dont give a shit that I was fuc--d up....they just go about their merry way, and I find it awesome to watch. So simple and peacefull...even for a few moments. It used to be natural, and hopefully will again soon.
I know tomorrow....the apple tree will be filled with active life again, and I will join it for a while...it helps me much.
Stregnth to you all here...for
I'm still reading the posts. I'm just so tired from work at the moment. I'm doing twice the hours I was a week ago. It's taking some getting used to but it's all good.
I'll post more constructively when I've got the energy.
I've enjoyed all the new posts and found them very helpful. Thank you.
Greets to y'all,
Phil.
I've just read your post Rick. I have to say that it is beautiful, profound and humorous. An amazing piece of writing in my opinion. Incredible insight and coupled with a touch of extremely amusing humour, "sitting on the grass (not smoking it)".
Simply great reading!
Phil.
Thank you Phil abc. That means a great deal coming from you.
Day 17 and most of my withdrawals are gone and it f-ing rocks.I slept a full 8 hrs. last night for the first time in 14 days.I can think more clearly and I'm so glad I stuck it out and got off the evil orange.Days 4-8 were probably the toughest but it gets better people. I was on 8mg. and quit cold turkey without weening myself of them which was dumb but oh well I did it. If I can do it,you all can do it.STAY STRONG AND KEEP UP THE FIGHT!
I dunno if tapering makes it easier or harder (by just 'endlessly' prolonging the withdrawals). Hmmmm, who knows...
Something to think on:
There is no point worrying about your past because there is nothing you can do about it. It doesn't matter what you have or haven't done because you can't change it. However, what you can change is your future. That is what matters.
So quit hanging on to your past. Let go of it, however bad it was. History is just that, history. Concentrate on the present and the choices you make from now on. Mould a brighter future for yourself.
Kind regards to y'all,
Phil.
Well, today is Saturday...day 23 from removing myself from the fear and pain of the Sub's. I feel well, but will admit, I am drinking beer frequently...as I have done for o, say....35 years. Somehow, I have returned to an old friend / enemy, but one that I understand and can smite. My W/D's have become mixed with the familiar dullness of the beer buzz. I consider this good...since, I no longer seem to have supreme emotional ups and downs, or the physical shit that I and most here have had for the first 2 friggin weeks. Thank God and friends here and, but only one at my work for this day. I seldom post my dark feelings, rather, I have chosen to post the light and goodness that will return to us all when this "receptor" noise is over. 23 days and still something, but sooooooo, much better. Actually since day 11-14 life returns with smells, sounds and colors....long neglected. I will be lying if I said, it is perfect...but, it is indeed warmer. Hope is everything...and, I will tell all here, keep your hope....IT WILL WIN, IF YOU LET IT. I live in the Mountains and, tho today is the first day of Spring....we got 8 more inches of Snow...but guess what....? I was beautiful...cold but beautiful. I forced myself to play in it...and it was good...for 1/2 hr. I forgot that I was supposed to be feeling sorry for myself. Nature is good...the Apple tree I spoke of a few days ago...welcomed my short visit again, and just as expected....there were the birds, building a family and the now snow laden blossoms, ready to begin this new year...just as I and you here. So...my point...f--ck this darkness if you can....the light and love of many surround us all and if you listen hard enough, you will hear the future, and it is good...dammit, it really is good.
My hope for all here is to realize that, most of our lives....we truly felt good, high...naturally high, and healthy.....but, somewhere along the path....we chose a quick buzz, nod, whatever....to replace, that which was already good....WTF??????
At any rate....yesterdays snow is melting today, and metaphorically, so is MY
anxiety.....I wish the same for all hear. Once more..I will say, "Time, is God's Band-Aide".
I'm sorry, but I came across this and wanted to share it with you all here.
"An Addicts Prayer"
I whispered, please help me, I can't go on
the road has been hard and far too long.
When this thing started it was all fun and games,
I had no idea it was going to kick ass and take names.
And mind started to falter as I whispered my plea,
I'd lost all my hope, and wondered where could it be?
My body was hurting, for the only thing it knew,
And I looked at the spoon, it started talking too.
I'd run out of real reasons and places to hide,
my heart began aching there was no one at my side
How did I get here and falling so low,
Where was my dignity, where did it go?
And I remembered a promise from a long time ago,
That God could and would if you just let him know.
It was at one of those meetings, that first I heard the phrase,
But I was lost in this thing called addiction and it's dark maze.
I gave up all hope of ever finding my way back,
And I looked at the needle ready to add one more track,
When something inside me began to twist and snap,
It was my lost soul leaving for that eternal knap.
And then at that moment, I heard something say,
You don't need to do this, you've got one more day
No one abandoned you, we were here all along,
waiting and wondering for you to hear the song.
That's when it happened and I got on my knees,
and I told him my sad story and begged him please.
I got up and knew, I was done lying, stealing and cheating,
and dragged my sorry ass back to a meeting.
Hey all.. I'm still reading comments and such. I'm happy to see that there are more success stories coming out of this thread. I'd actually bet we have better luck than most treatment facilities.
In 5 days it'll be 3 months sober for me. It's really hard to believe that time can pass by so fast.
The only time I really have a craving now is when I talk to people I used to use with. Which I'm trying to avoid.
Overall I feel really good. I feel as though I've gotten my life back. Things I haven't felt like doing I now feel like doing. It's really a great feeling to also know you don't need to carry around pill pieces 'just in case'. I'd literally carry all the time. I hated that.
We can all do this.. I know it. When it's bad just think of all the benefits you'll have to gain.
I know what you mean Jdoe about doing things that we neglected doing during the withdrawal it used to be I had to be high to want to do something and I also know what you mean about having to carry pills with you everywhere you go. I used to hide them around the house and in my car "just in case" I would always make sure I had enough because heaven forbid I ran out I have still been finding pills around the house to this day I think it's cause I was so fucked up I had forgotten where I put them I'll open up and obscure drawer and find a bottle with like 5 pills in it hydros pieces of subs whatever it's nuts. I do have to agree with everyone here about the weather it is so nice to finally have some nice weather and to be able to go outside without freezing your ass off I can't wait to go for a bike ride and just enjoy the outdoors
The weather, sunshine, getting warmer... YEH!!!!!!
It is so nice, feeling free to go out without freezing to death. The sunshine makes me smile... :)
Phil.
I gotta tell ya, ive been reading these posts for the last hour and think quite differently of the suboxone. ive been a opiate user for about 3 yrs just a 100% injection (heroin, oxys) and have been on subs for about 5 months but have also been injecting them the whole time. def. dont recomend the first time i did it i had severe withdraws but after that it just felt like i have taken it orally had the same affects on me. i was shooting a quarter of an 8 every 4 hours. till one day i wasnt really even feeling anything off of it so decided just to stop taking it its been about 2 weeks off the suboxone and i havent felt any of the affects that i have read about in this page. im just gonna say that i have lucked out i go to 3 meetings a week work full time and have a great support system and am just feeling normal again and i to am enjoying the warmer wheather i know i dont have alot of clean time but but the time i do have and the clean time im looking forward i wouldnt trade it for any drug in the world..
thanks for readin..
Hi all, I am a 46 year old woman who had back surgery in 2004 and was taking 5mg percocet for 4 years. I wanted to get off the perks and was not sure how to go about this as i have never been on these type of drugs before. I ask my doctor what my options were. She said, you can do it at home with a NEW drug called suboxone or you could go into a detox where they will monitor you and make sure your okay as you come off the perks. Now, what i didnt know was what that little orange 2mg pill i was putting under my tongue in detox was. All i knew was to follow the orders of the staff. so every 12 hours i was taking suboxone and unaware of what it was and what was to be when i got out of a 6 day detox. Looking back now, the suboxone was actually stronger and more addicting than what i went in there to kick. The second day home was like whhoaaaaaaaa WTF is this. I had no idea why i was such a freakin mess and unable to function. I went to see my therapist b/c i was out of clonapin and figure that was the problem. Another doctor seen me in the waiting room looking and feeling like death and said, I can help you feel better w a drug called suboxone., now that was my 1st time hearing the name of the drug. He gave me 8mg tablet and sent me home with a script of 30 8mg tablets and said take 1 tablet 3x a day. so i did. and omg ,, i was then a junkie to these pills. Today i have 1mg and a crumb left in my bottle, i took 2mg today and im soooo scared of whats to come .. I know one thing.. i will NOT go and get more. I will suffer through it and wean from this 1mg i have left. One of my MAJOR symptoms is NAUSEA.. I FEEL SO SICK TO MY STOMACH ...as i read above i havent heard to many people say they are sick to their stomach... MY QUESTION IS.. are you? is this part of it? bad bad.. can t even eat sick to my stomach.. does any one else feel this. I sleep good b/c i m taking 100 mg of seroquil. Please let me know if you feel sick too.
signed
SICK TO MY STOMACH MAGS!
Coming off the suboxone:
Don't fear. Feeling nauseous is a common experience when in withdrawals (or even while taking) suboxone.
It's quite 'normal' and will go away.
Hang in there. Sounds like you are committed already. That's great!
B C:
Just goes to show how different we all are both in our physical make-up and psychological states. That's great that you have been able to come off without any unpleasant side effects. Count your blessings and move on!
Regards to y'all,
Phil.
thanks phil, ive always wondered if it was how i was taking the subs? it def. worked the way i took them and am glad to be off them, but now im going to these meeting opiate recovery and the instructer is talking about how non addicting suboxone is and that it is just all in the addicts head. He says there is absolutly NO withdraws from the actual drug but its all in one's mind. NOw after reading all these dif posts from all these different people about the withdraws that are expierenced I feel lucky i guess not to be going through all that.and am sorry for everyone that is. Other than that I feel like a totally dif. person now that im clean. life is so much more enjoyable... thanks 4 the support. and wish all a good recovery..
Thank you so much for responding. Ive waited most all day to read this. Im really sick today. Im going to bed early because Im so wiped out. Tmrw. I will take the last of the suboxone 1 mg. I took 2mg for about the last 3 weeks. I went 8mg to 4 mg. to 2 mg sloooooooooowly. Now I have one more 1mg. Oh man, am I nervous, Im a Christian woman (not a perfect woman haha), who lives my life threw Prayer. If not for Prayer and the church and my fellowship, I dont think I could have gotten this far. I called my Mom tonight (she doesnt really get it @ 71), but I called her to let her know why I may be feeling sick for the next week or so. I didnt want her to imagine things so i gave it to her straight. I felt like a kid telling her I played hookie from school haha. She was very understanding and VERY upset with the doctor who put me on this drug... I should have done my homework but I was sick , weak, confused, scared and trusting they would take care of me. HMMm Im now their Junkie... Its geography really.. on the streets, in the doctor office. Its all the same to me, my doctor was my dealer. whew... Im prepared for the worst BUT hoping for the best.
THANK YOU ALL SO MUCH
LORD BLESS US ALL AS WE GO THROUGH THESE TRYING TIMES, GIVE US STRENGTH AND COURAGE TO RID THESE DRUGS FROM OUR BODIES AND LIVES. AMEN
SICK TO MY STOMACH MAGS!
Coming off the suboxone:
I'm a christian too so your not alone. Christian or not, we all face trials and tribulations.
I know plenty of other christians who have or are currently suffering from opiate dependency.
Don't beat yourself up about it. Life takes us to unexpected places. One day you will be in a position to help others. For now, just look after yourself and get yourself well.
B C:
You are the first person I've ever heard of that hasn't experienced withdrawals after prolonged daily usage, 24/7, of subs. Truly amazing. I'm just glad for you! :)
Maybe it was because you injected. Who knows? Maybe injection gives it a shorter half life. However, the naloxone content of suboxone should mean that injecting the stuff has little to no effect (or at least a much reduced effect). The naloxone would partly knock the suboxone off your opioid recepetors as it is a total opiate antagonist. Buprenorphine is a partial agonist. It has both antagonist and agonist properties.
Maybe it was the naloxone that saved you from withdrawals. It might well have stopped your body becoming as dependent on the drug, if at all. Considering you have had no withdrawals I'd say the naloxone must have had something to do with it.
The naloxone is only ineffectual when the sub is taken under the tongue.
Interesting stuff.
God bless,
Phil.
whatever it is I am so thankfull for it I dont think i couldve gone through another withdraw... espiecally the kind that i have read on this site.. I gotta say and im probably the ony one on the site that thinks this but the suboxone for me was a life saver.. Im truely happy that I stumbbled onto this site believe it or not but reading all these posts and writting a little bit is aactually helping me in my recovery. so thanks to all for reading and I hope that im a help to some of you as well. and phil just a little side note to your response to dr.cherie I live directly in her area and have never seen or heard her on any the suboxone information that i have recieved from clinics in the area. I have Never heard of her. lol.trust me when I tell you i have info on almost every suboxone dr. in this area seen it all an done it all...(unfortunatly)
Thanks to all...B C
B C:
That confirms my suspicions, Dr Cherie is some internet trolling fraud...
Glad to hear you are well on the road to recovery. The whys or wherefores are irrelevant. The important thing is that you are doing well.
I'm 11 months clean. My struggles are still with getting used to life after a lifetime of chaos and drug dependency. This is all psychological stuff, I know.
I've had a good week but this morning I woke up with severe panic. The totality of my wasted 20 years hit me full in the face. I feel like I'm grieving. My motivation, everything, has just drained from my veins.
I feel truly awful. However, I know it will pass. It's just another pain barrier for me to get through. I've never got this far before. It's unknown territory to me. I can't even remember what it felt like to be 'normal' (non-drug influenced). It's all new to me. Sometimes this is a great thing, other times, it's terrifying.
Somehow I've got to snap out of this and get to work. I don't know how I'm even going to motivate myself to have a shower. I'm so tired. I just want to stay in bed but I know I'll get miserable if I do that. I've already slept from 6pm last night to 6am this morning.
This is a weird day for me. However, the pattern is normally 'darkest before the dawn'. I go through these bad, dark times before making a major breakthrough and then feeling better than ever before. I hope this happens sooner rather than later as I feel so mixed up right now.
Phil.
Okay .. today is day 2 without any suboxone. Yesterday was horrible and at 5pm I had to pull my sick self together and go to a hair cut at the salon. I HAD to go or I would have lost the client. I cant afford to lose anymore clients. Im a single mom of one child who has a rare cancer, I have to keep going. When i got home , i sat w her for a little bit and then it happened., I threw my guts up. Oh man , i was sick. I took 100mg seroquil and went to bed, slept the entire night and woke @ 6am. I still feel sick. I have a client coming to my home at 1pm for an $85.oo service, seeing as we are flat broke, I, AGAIN, must do this. Today i feel worse than yesterday. I woke, I opened my bible, i read and pray. The worst is... I have a full day booked on saturday, I havent been in work all week except for that quick cut at 5pm last night .. SO... I HAVE TO GO. Oh man, Im so bummed out right now. I wish i could just stay home and let it run its course and throw up, sweat and just get thru it without having to get up and go and do. This is one of the hardest times of my life. I can only pray I feel better tmrw... I cant believe I am going through this. Ive never done drugs (street), im a doctors addict. I have no trust in them anymore. at this very moment I am so sick to my stomach, bad bowel movements and sweating like I just ran a marathon. One day at a time. man is that so true. I envy all who can stay home , hide out , and just get through it. I have clients saying.(geez , you dont look so good, are you okay), I dont want to lie but i do , and say, i have the stomach bug or something. I Pray for US ALL here. We can do this. Ughhhhh.. thank you all, I really am so glad i can come here, there is NO WHERE else i can turn and share.
Thanks
STILL SICK TO MY STOMACH MAGS
Dear Comming off subs.....I totally appreciate the hell you are experiencing with respect to having to visit clients at this awful time. I too, had to pretend to be professional for a couple of weeks....I did not experience the stomach issues as you have, but I will share my goofy concoction....It actually helped my poor tired head so much and it is natural. I got the herbal extracts called Kava and St. Johns Wart....took them together...both are natural anxiety suppressors, and, for me...it made a world of difference, honestly. I'm not a big benzo guy...so this was my choice, with the exception of Tamazapan at nite. My symptoms peeked at day 6....and by day 11...I could deffinately feel improvement. I am on day 29...and virtually OK....a little anxiety, but compaired to the crap in the beginning...it is nothing. Time will help....Good luck....it will go away, and the sun will shine again for you. Rest, if possible this weekend...God bless the weekends. Be strong....each day brings improvement...but, try my herbs...hey, they can't hurt...and are available at healthfood stores. Good luck.
Remember that she is opioid-withdrawal naive...
This is her first time. So, she isn't ready for it. Previous attempts make us stronger when we tried our hardest. We were more prepared for the jump.
It's harder for those who've never tried before.
coming off the suboxone:
It WILL get better soon. Hang in there. See what Rick said. It gets better and is OK'ish by day 11.
I know it's rough. It's the worst time I ever had in my life. But, you are strong enough to get through this and you will.
You can contact me on my anon email at vincentx90@live.com
That's if you wish any further info within the context of our faith as christians.
God bless you all,
Phil.
Good morning, I am crying, I dont think i can make it to work today., If i dont go.. I wont have food shop money. Im scared. I m so glad you guys are here. Its day 3. Im a wreck. I was in bed most of the day yesterday. I can t lay there anymore. my hands are soaking wet. Im sipping peppermint tea. Im just a mess. I cant even stay here.
God bless us all
Dm
Coming off.....Hang in their. Someone once told me, and it's true...that, Action Absorbs Anxiety. Keep busy, hot baths and faith. It WILL go away. Hopefully you are closer to the beginning of the end, than the start of this crap. You have friends here.
Coming off (Dm):
What dose did you jump from?
Sorry that you are having such a rough time. I had a bad time too. You can get through this.
If you've already given up then don't be downhearted on yourself. There is always tomorrow. If you haven't given up then stick with it. I know it is like going completely insane. I know, I felt the same.
I was physically and mentally deranged for a while. It really can be nasty. The seroquel helps with sleep. Sometimes it can help during the day as well as long as you don't find it too sedating. It might be worth a try, if you have enough, to take 25mg during the day when desperate.
Can you go back to the doc and get anything else to help with withdrawals? Anti-anxiety meds?
I tried a number of times to quit before I finally committed myself to going through whatever hell I had to.
Don't beat yourself up about it. Be kind to yourself. I know that's not easy because putting yourself in withdrawals can be so cruel but it's the long term goal that is the kind bit.
I'm crook with some cold virus or something at the moment. That's why my previous but one post was so negative. I didn't realise I was coming down with it until today. I just felt increasingly tired. I blamed it on work but now my throat is sore, I've got diarreah, a stuffed up nose and no energy whatsoever. So, I'm spending the day in bed too!
Like Rick said, you do have friends here. Whatever happens don't be shy to come back and share it. We don't judge anyone whatever they do. Why would we? We've all been through it before and many times just given up again.
However, take heart, there are lots of us here that have finally stuck it out and got through it. So remember, it can be done!
This experience is horrible for you right now I know but, whatever the outcome, it will make you stronger in the future. You will have a better idea what to be prepared for. You might be able to make better plans in order to cope with it, etc.
I'm not advocating that you give up, far from it, but if you do then there will be another day and if you don't then that's great!
I hope I haven't sounded too negative. I'm stuffed up and crook with this damn viral thing. It's making me feel a bit depressed...
Kind regards to all,
Phil.
Coming off - I am in agreement with Phil, with respect to starting over again, if it is too intense...since this is your first W/D attempt....it makes sense to learn and understand it. It's ok....your health is most important. I quit the hydros 2 times prior the evil subs, actually, that was not as bad....and certainly shorter. Not plesent, but shorter. Somehow, the psychology of stairing at 2 weeks or more is demoralizing, but it does improve with each day....(for me, after 11 days), ugh.....Take Phil's words well....this can be fixed another day....but, you have invested so much already....consider this.....your body is healing now and it is those evil "receptors" that are fu--ing with your head. Day at a time, but as Phil said....don't beat yourself up...it's ok to try again....if you must. Just my opinion.
Thank you ALL sooo very much. I did make it to work, i worked 6 hours hairstyling. I didnt think i would make it, everyone knew something was wrong, I said i had a stomach bug. I sin in lie. uhhhhg. I just showered after knocking myself out all nite with muscle relaxer and seroquil, my back is in agony as i have 2 herniated disk and one bulging. Yet i still dont want those drugs. I m using lidocaine patches on my back, 600mg motrin and still agonizing. I have church at 11am today. I WILL go. its one hour to our lord. If i could do 6 hours work, I can give one hour to our Lord. Im so amazed at the support here. The suboxone seems to be much harder than the endo 5mg perks were. I wish they never put me on it. I wish i knew. BUT i didnt so here , I am on day 4. Hot showers are great. I force myself in there and never want to get out. Thank you Phil., I dont have those evil suboxone pills in my home and would never seek them. I feel horrible but i know each day I will get better according to you all. I was told by my doctor they had no addiction. YEAH RIGHT!! I was home with severe back pain and couldnt make it to his dr appt. and thats when he shut me off. Because i missed one appt. I had about 20 2mg at that time and was taking 4 mg a day i weaned down to 2mg 2mg 2mg then one , one one one but it didnt seem to matter if i took 8mg or 4 or 2, I suffer horrible very real withdrawals. I will keep coming here. I was so sick this am 6am, I could nt come here but after shower sipping coke a cola. my stomach cant handle my usual coffee. Im truly a mess. If i took a 5 mg percocet would that make this worse, longer. I dont have them. But i know where my injury is legit a doctor would perscribe. should i just leave it alone and suffer through. HELP. Is it easier to come off one 5 mg perk a day than the suboxone. Nahhh, forget ... thats my sickness talking. God i beg his mercy on me. I cant sedate anymore, Im trying to wake up and see how im feeling without muscle relaxers and seroquil, i save that for the night. I was coming off just one mg. 1 mg. It seems its just as bad as 4 or 6 or any. This is a horrible drug. I wish the doctors could experiment on themselves before giving to innocent people who turn to them, trust them. I needed to be on top. I have a sick child. Thank god shes okay for now. cuz i could never get her through a surgery or long stay at doctors. OR could I ? Ive always been a strong person but this is knocking the crap out of me. Im so truly grateful for all of you here. Thank you so much sooo much
Donna
Donna.....good morning. Forgive me for even suggesting this, but, their is a school of thought that hesitatingly, suggests..."go back to what brung you"....by that, they suggest low dose on your perks, if this is just unbearable. The trick is to "low dose" for a few days or week....just long enough for the evil Sub'
s receptors to clean out. I hope this is not encouraging bad habits, but hey....I began drinking beer to help my W/d/s....not good, but we do what we must to ease the pain. The final victory will be in your heart and mind, but you may not be ready to jump altogether. I hope you stay strong and fight it, but it is a personal thing....and if we must "go back to what brung us"...in order to eliminate a greater health and social threat....then...consider that. God bless you and your strength. It is Palm Sunday....enjoy Church today.
thanks phil, I went to church. Yes palm sunday. could barely get through but did. I came home and try to keep busy. did some laundry , cleaning. Usually stuff. Mailed out bills etc.... Im so freaking sick. i cant believe that tiny little pill could make me so sick without. Im not taking anything except the muscle relaxers and seroquil. I want to take them now but if i do ill be up all night so im sitting here, watching a movie and suffering horrible. I m praying for us ALL. (really), I will take your advice if i cannot feel better by day 10. Its only day 4. I was coming off such a small dose yet it really doesnt seem to matter. I was hungry today , and feel my sex drive coming back after a very long time. hmmm that will be nice, to feel human feelings again. I know peppermint eases stomach , so im drink pep. tea. I pumped all my vitamins . folic acid, c boosters cod liver oil ... i have no idea if it helps but it can t hurt. I pray tomorrow is better than today. I feel like i peeked yesterday but i really have no clue , im new at this and hope to never be here in this situation again. I could have never gotten this far with out all of you, you especially Phil. thank you so very very much for support and ideas.
signing off for the night
Bless you all in Jesus name
D
I've just read Rick's post. I'm totally blown away by it. I can't dispute anything he has said...
Donna:
I think on this occasion you need to thank Rick. His post was the one with the idea in a nutshell...
God bless u all,
Phil.
Thanks Phil abc.....I appreciate your comment, but...it is you who has invested so much time here. I am a newcomer and can learn much from the years of experience that collectively posts here. My trials, seem so very small compared to many here...but, still they have been and may well be....real and hard for me. My biggest concern is why.....why....why did I begin this journey in the first place. Why, do we drink, smoke, snort, shoot, eat, etc. I guess, this is the un-anserable question, but for one who has indeed been in recent hell, I can say that something much greater than myself has given me strength to see this through. A day at a time indeed.....but, I am so fortunate to have my "Apple Tree". Donna....Three weeks ago, I was in such despair. Perhaps like you, I was leaving the sub's and by the end of the first week of W/D's. I chose to share this with no one. My wonderful wife and family, who I am so close to, had and have no idea of my circumstances....hence, the predictable and evil guilt that is so natural with this process...was enhanced greatly. Now, at day 31, I am free of the guilt. I will tell you that IT IS OK TO BE SELFISH DURING THIS TIME. Their will be years and years to make it up, but for now.....take care of yourself. I pray for your child, who you said is ill, but, until you are well...you can not truly help that little one...which, I am certain you will again in ernest...very soon. Don't be guilty. You are first at this short, albeit.....horrible time. It will pass. Now....my metaphorical Apple Tree. I live 60 miles from Santa Fe, NM....and my apple tree is directly between my property and Santa Fe. I can see the lights of that weird little town in the evenings, but for the past 5 years...I would look toward the North (SF) and only see the lights of that artist community....full, I am sure of people just like me....us. Talented, tormented and suffering...but still alive with a spirit. I would never see the Apple Tree...until 10 days ago....It is Spring and that tree is alive with life. Birds and smells and color...but only recently....while wallowing in self pity....I was staring at Santa Fe....and my eyes focused short...on my tree and its new life. I found great strength in this and now see the tree and not beyond. My point.....the past is farther away, as it should be, but now and today, is closer, alive and real for me. I know that it is hard to release oneself from the comfort of the past...but, just know that, if you try hard enough....you may just see that what is closest to us...is so much more important and true.
Sorry to ramble...but I just have this sense of thankfulness for getting through this sub demon...not to mention the years of looking too far away.
Love to you all here...forgive my mush.
Rick
okay, so im 23 years old and have been on roxy 30s for about 5 months.. i was probably taking 2 a day till it got to the point where as soon as i woke up i felt like sh*t - i have a 9 month old son and it was almost like i needed the blues just to be a good mother and not feel like absolute crap.. the past 2-3 weeks ive been taking subs to get off of them but cutting them into 4 pieces.. i was off of subs for 2 days till i gave in and took 2 oxy30's.. today i felt okay but its almost 12am and my legs are starting to hurt again.. since ive only been on the subs for 2-3 weeks how long will the withdrawals be?? PLEASE HELP.. ive never done pills before this past 5 months and i have no knowledge on this stuff.
That's a beautiful post Rick :) Inspiring to say the least!
I read on from my last post and caught up with the thread. I hope Dave is OK?
Welcome to the thread Coming Off... I have wondered quite a bit about wether tapering before jumping was actually worth it, and after reading your posts i'm now swayed even more to side of why bother? I also had NO IDEA that subs were Opiate! One of my first posts was a rant about the fact doctors prescribe the stuff without warning in some cases. I hope it all passes fast for you. Best wishes.
I slipped for a week... Started off with Codiene for a toothache a couple weeks ago and i got worried about them taking hold, so i rwad up on them. On the same page it told me how to abuse them and i couldn't resist. Week later felt slight WDs and gave in again... H this time for a week. WDs kicked in over the last few days but this time instead of subs i got tabs with 8mg codiene and 500mg paracetamol in them... 3 of them takes away WD... today is the first time i haven't...
...had to take any. So luckily enough i hadn't done much damage...
It's just so fucking easy to slip! So easy to give up fighting the cravings! Now... Again... It's surreal to me. I felt like i needed to do it. Fuck knows why but i was definately mentally worn down.
It's not the end of the world tho i'll continue to fight the urges... Right now i feel good for not carrying on throwing it away again...
Best wishes to all!
Paul
aka Paul, I know the feeling only too well.
By the way, as you are obviously aware, taking more than 1g of APAP (acetaminophen, paracetamol, whatever...) at one time is not good for your liver. You obviously know this already. I assume you are a Brit as the americans call it acetaminophen or APAP and for some strange reason are not as well aware of how damaging it can be to the liver if taken over the indicated limit.
We've probably covered some of this before but my memory is crap.
I'm totally worn down atm. I got a stinking cold/flu type virus. I'd do anything to get some chill time. My head is hurting and my mind feels like it is exploding.
That's life sometimes I guess. I can't use it as an excuse to slip back. I'll try not to. It would be a shame after fighting for 11 months to get my head back together.
Phil.
Ha! Yea i was worried about taking that much paracetamol or APAP in one go but i was more of the thought that it was ONLY 8mg of Codeine. Bad way to look at it i know... It was either take them or suffer quite bad there and then, so i took the risk! Would NEVER take more than that, it's the most i've ever taken in one go anyway. Was expecting to feel sick from it the first time but it didnt happen.
Yea im a Brit mate, live in Northamptonshire... Born and bred in London.. I miss that place... Grew up proud to be a Londoner!
Okay...now day 5...not any better but worse. I got some pot yesterday. smoked some at night. it made me tired but i could still feel the opiate w/d s . Oh, god, i went to the bank after forcing myself in the shower, once in there i just dont want to get out. I have these weak legs. really weird feeling. can t explain it . and im sick, i had no food so after bank , went to the grocery store, make up on , but under it i was dying. made it through, did what was absolutely necessary. Im praying tmrw is better. god its horrible for me. sorry guys but it is. Now everything is done. I just want to die. ughhhh ... Lord , Help us. I have no idea how long i can take this. I m weakining from forcing to do what i really had to to live. Im the adult in this household. Man i wish for a better day tmrw. now , thinking oh, how bad for me to take seroquil, muscle relaxers clonapin now weed. oh, i feel like a horrible person I just want to be clean off these drugs.
day 5
Anything non-opiate that takes away the pains is a good thing! I found that during the big WD i went through weed took away the feverish hot and mainly cold flushes but didn't really help with other symptoms. But the flushes were severe enough to appreciate the weed a lot. Didn't stop the waking up soaked right through or insomnia. Didn't help mentally either. It must sound like i'm dissing the weed or something but it made me noticably more comfortable while i tried to chill and wait it through... Day 5 for me was a VERY bad day as was day 8 but once it's over it's over! Unless you, like me, slip occasionally. I don't think you will tho, you sound like a strong person! It's such an evil drug, is buprenorphine... Keep your chin up yea...
so its day four for me.. on no subs. two days ago i gave in and did two roxy 30's. today im badly craving one because i feel absolutely run down! my son, who is just so full of energy, wants me to play with him and i feel terrible thinking i just cant - I DONT WANNA MOVE! its bad enough i dont have any family to watch him through this time, but they wouldnt understand, they dont even know what im going through. i want off so badly because it destroyed my boyfriend.. it started off as him doing it here and there, to getting perscribed, to shooting up & then i found a crack pipe he made himself!!!! and this was a strong strong man before all of this. hes now in jail! i will never be that person.. i just love weed honestly lol. i dont know much about these pills - but i love the "i can conquer the world" feeling it gives you. feeling like this badly makes me want to run across the street and get one... God please keep me strong.
That's deep ms. Welcome to this thread :) I had my 7yr old boy with me over xmas and to be totally honest, i made the choice of staying on drugs while i had him with me. I couldn't let him see me as the weak wreck i was back then. I see in the photo your kid is beautiful! It's hard to say like this but he's young enough not to remember this. He'll also love you to bits either way :).
Everyone here has similar problems but also everyones struggles and issues are unique on this site! Wish i could help physically where kids are involved. To take some of the strain off the person fighting the battle.
I was lucky, so lucky to have had people around me helping. No chores, no cooking, nothing.
Get through this and you'll come out of this a stronger person. The person that baby will look up to and idolise! Be strong.... Once you'e past the peak, it'll gradually all return to normal! Even if you can't cope and/or you slip, people here won't judge you, only help.
Ok, so this page scared the shit out of me while I was withdrawing from Suboxone. I'm 27 and I had abused any and all pain killers and occasionally heroin (but mostly just ate pills) for about 4 years. I was taking 4 oxycontin 80s a day when I decided to see a doctor about getting on Suboxone. I had heard about suboxone through friends and went to suboxone.com to find a doctor near me. I'm kinda glad I didn't go with methadone but the doctor wasn't sure if suboxone would be strong enough for my usage levels. I started on 4 8mg pills a day and weened myself down fairly quickly. 4 a day the first month, 3 the second, 2 the third, one the fourth, and then on to the a couple 2mg pills a day. By my seventh month I was breaking the 2mg tablets into tiny pieces and taking 1mg/day. After that seventh month I just stopped "cold turkey". It was awful but tolerable and no where near being dope sick from heroin or oxys. I had slight chills and cold sweats, insomnia (big time-which i've heard is very normal), diarrhea, and LETHARGY. I had no energy. So on day 5 I found this page and got a little scared when I read about people being sick for weeks and months. NOT my case. On day six I was working and living life normally but still had minor chills and a little trouble sleeping but not as bad as the first 3 or 4 nights. On day 7 I felt about 90% and played in an all day softball tournament and did fine. Today is day 10 and I feel pretty damn good (except the lingering diarrhea which fucking sucks). I'm proud of myself and can't believe that I'm sober for the first time since I was a teenager. Hopefully I can stick with this sober life and pray for my fellow junkies. -Matt
Day 6 ... feeling a little less cloudy. I had a very bad night sleeping cuz of my legs being so restless. I have alot of anxiety today but its 6 day with no opiate. I feel like im almost there, I hope i am almost there cuz i cant take much more of my skin crawling and rocking back and forth like a child. This is by far one of the hardest things i have ever done. It hurts, my whole body. I dont have to go out today. Thank God. I can hide and let it run its course. Im struggling to go in the shower. I know how good it feels yet im struggling to get in there cuz im so weak. legs... ughhhhh. Im praying for the strength courage to keep going on ... tmrw will be 7 then 8 then 9 days. and i know it will only get better. I can t imagine worse because im kicking hard past few days have been bad. BUT.. today was a little bit better in the morn. I actually made coffee. got anxiety from it but it felt good to have a cup. a normal routine for me. I took a 5mg klonapin to help with the shaking and anxiety. going now to force myself into that hooot hooot shower. Im not one for baths but if you are i highly recommend it. The hot water seems to sooth. I live in a cold climate, its raining and damp and ouchhhhhie. that weather hurts. My back is brutal, as usual but i will never go on opiate for pain again. as long as i can help it. If i have another surgery , then idk. but for now , im going to KEEP ON GOING. keep on fighting for myself to be a whole person, without false feelings of happiness. I will have to cope for now. I want to thank all of you. I hope my experience is comforting another in the normality of this type of detox. NO FUN. but then again, why would it be. STAY STRONG BECAUSE ITS PROMISED TO GET BETTER. im going to keep going.
signing off.
DAY 6
PAWS PAWS PAWS, PAWS for thought...
No, not everyone will experience the same withdrawals. That's great you are feeling almost completely better. No doubt playing sport and having an active life helps.
However, for me, PAWS is very real. Withdrawal is one thing but the ongoing struggle I have to try and lead a 'normal' life is uphill and steep.
Last night I was craving so bad. I have the flu. I feel like shit. I wanted PKs to take the edge off it. I wanted to nod my way through the flu. I know, it's pathetic. My opiate and poly-drug fuelled life has left me weak in so many ways. I'm incredibly intolerant of the normal aches and pains of every day life let alone when real illness hits in.
However, the flu has made for one advantage. I was so ill the last two days I didn't have the strength to go upstairs to get water (often enough). Thus, as well as being dehydrated, I didn't have the water to swallow my sleeping pills, seroquel and tranx. So I went cold turkey from them. The flu left me so tired it wasn't really a problem.
Now I have resumed my night meds but have dropped zopiclone by 50% and seroquel by 75% and not bothered to take my clonazepam (previously diazepam, doctor changed it). I actually feel better for it all.
But, yesterday, if there had been an easy way to get PKs or H, I'm sorry but I would have taken it. Thank God that there was none available to me. I'm new in the area and don't have any of those sorts of contacts. That was the point in moving.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Phil abc....I'm sorry you are messed up with the friggin flu. That can't help the mental, at all. Sorry for that. Hang tough my friend. YOu are a leader hear....but hey, even leaders are human. YOu words are so comforting to so many here...I know that you can kick this flu to the curb, and get the energy of life back. Be strong man....you can't help the flu, but you can help the "you"....rest, water, food. Keep in touch.
Phil, It's a fuckin curse mate. Having the knowledge that all problems can be solved there and then is a curse! If we didn't know about the relief we got from H and other opiates we'd be none the wiser and ignorance would be an unseen bliss. If that makes sense? I made the mistake of finding an old phone with all my contacts on it... Until that point i was doing GREAT! Now im riddled with temptation... You did the best thing by getting far enough away to make it hardly possible. I bet you know the feeling of seeing someone on the street and seeing that theyre hooked on class A's because of the state of them, then actually being tempted to ask them to get some!
I live 20 miles from my closest dealer, so it's not like i have to just walk around the corner but the temptation is still fucking there! BIGTIME.
I share your thoughts man what else can i say?
Paul
hello i have been surfing around websites trying to get an idea what withdrawl will be like from subutex , trying to prepare myself for it. ive been on it for well i think since sept 2009. i forget really. i actually went to the doctor and told him i wanted to start the detox process from it so he gave me 3 needles that had 4mg in each and took them home. 1 for each day for 3 days then go back to him the next day and discuss what withdrawl symptoms i was having. so he then gave me a script for 15 valumn to take 1 three times a day for 5 days with a refill. i did that and just hated it cause it just made me so sluggish. so my husband said he would pay for me to be on subutex till i got a year sober. i went back on it a little less then a month ago. and now i just dont want to take them anymore. im tired of using them as a crutch ya know. plus my husbands business has been so slow and we just cant afford the 100 dollars a month anymore. so i have 2 pills left. i am just gonna try and go threw the day without then break a little piece off at nite for bedtime. reading these withdrawl symptoms is really scaring me. god i dont want to go threw it but i am so ready to stand on my own 2 feet. but i feel so damn safe bieng on subutex . i am gonna miss the energy i feel from them . i dont get high off them i just feel energized. i will have 6 months sober april 2nd. I AM SCARED AS HELL though about feeling like crap for however long it takes but i think because i am feeling so strongly about just standing on my own 2 feet and the will power i am feeling i can do it. if i have to stay in bed or wahtever then so be it. i attend meetings every night. and my husband is in the program so i have alot of support there. is the withdrawl from subutex really that bd as some have described? thank you for any input anyone might have.....
Thanks Rick and Paul for your comments. Yes Paul, what you said makes absolute perfect sense. It is compellingly true. If I didn't know about the opiate escape route then the ignorance would be bliss indeed.
kimberely d:
It sounds like you've come to that stage where getting clean is going to work for you.
Forgive me, but I always find it slightly strange how people say they've been clean for so many months or years while actually they have been on subutex, suboxone, methadone or whatever. How can you be clean from opiates when you are on an opiate? Yes, buprenorphine (subutex, suboxone) IS an OPIATE. It's semi-synthesised from thebane which is a naturally occurring opiate in the opium poppy. Heroin is semi-synthesised from morphine, also a naturally occurring opiate in the opium poppy. Get the picture?
In blind studies heroin addicts have been administered IV buprenorphine and have believed to have been given pharmaceutical grade heroin.
Yeh, it doesn't get you high (now). That's because your body is tolerant to opiates. I took a little bit of subs about 9 or 10 months after jumping, a tiny amount, and believe me, it got me high. Subs are well sort after on the black market. What I had was left over from when I jumped. I hadn't had the courage to throw them away but after slipping back for a couple of days I was so upset that I flushed the lot of them.
I'm sorry if it sounds like I'm having a go at you. I'm not! I'm having a rant at society, the medical profession, the misinformation that is all around us regarding this horrible drug. I'm just a loather of subs (albeit methadone is horrid too). I hate long-acting opioids. Never a chance to feel even vaguely normal when dosing every day. 24/7 total numbness. At least with short-acting ones I would feel vaguely normal 'some of the time'.
You have a lot of support through your husband and meetings. Don't fear the withdrawals. I don't think you will have too bad a time. It might hurt more for 7-11 days. You might find the valium handy for sleep during that time (or some type of sleeping tablet). There are shorter acting sleeping tablets like zopiclone that won't have you feeling so washed out the next day.
If you can do it without any meds then great but it's best to be prepared. I wish I had been.
But please, stop being so afraid. There are some harsh stories on here but haven't you noticed that there are also lots of positive stories too? Don't you think you are focusing on the negative a bit too much? Yes I know, that is the tendency of someone addicted to opiates when confronted with the thought of withdrawals. Or more to the point, confronted with the thought of living life without that huge crutch.
Be brave. Keep yourself occupied as much as possible. You'll be OK. Keep us informed. Keep in touch.
Once again, thanks to Rick and Paul for your kind words. I'm starting to recover from this wretched flu. I'm strong enough to get out of bed and cook food for myself. I hope to be almost back to normal by tomorrow or the next day. Yesterday was just a real low point. The flu always causes a deep depression with me. Being depressed is bad news for craving that escape. That's what started me on the opiate crusade, escape from depression and stress that I thought I couldn't cope with any other way. However, it's always a lie. We can cope. After such a dreadful night, I woke up this morning feeling so much stronger. Just goes to show. It's always darkest before the dawn.
Paul: I know. I know exactly how you feel. I don't know if I would be strong enough to delete those contacts from my phone if I had them. Maybe just throw the damn phone off a bridge or something. I understand if you can't do it. It took me that 8-9 months to finally ditch my sub stash. However, when I did it was an incredibly freeing experience. It was all part of the journey to recovery.
See if you can ditch the phone. Destroy it. Take your anger out on that opiate demon and smash the darn thing with a hammer, SIM card and all. Do whatever it takes. You'll think it is the worst idea in the world when you go to do it, but afterwards you will feel like it was the best idea in the world. Yes, that is how fucked up it is. That's how cunning and ferocious this opiate demon is.
Recovery is possible. I am more recovered than I was yesterday and the day before and the day before that and so on for the last 11 months. Some of those days were wretched, like yesterday, but the dawn of those terrible days were and still are the best days of my life.
On April 23rd, it will be my one year anniversary since jumping from the subs back in '09. Yes, I've had a few minor slip-ups since then. I also had surgery under general anaesthesia and was on a self-administered morphine pump for 3 days. Following that I was on oxycontin for about a week and a half. I thought I was going to end up a junky again. But, I didn't!
I struggled with post-operative pain for a month or two. The pain is no longer with me. I'm not taking any prescribed painkillers. My doctor knows my history. She helped me when I really needed the pain relief but also kept an eye on me with regards to my addiction. She got the balance just right. No endless refills for unnecessary PKs.
No doubt I will have a few blips in the future. Maybe I won't, maybe I will. I'm not going to stress about it. I know my goal. I know how important it is to ultimately abstain. I will never fulfil my life and my ambitions if I get hooked again. It just doesn't bare thinking about. But, I know, sometimes it's so painful. However, it is always worth it, every time.
Best wishes to you all,
Phil.
thanks aka paul, i appreciate the kind words. unfortunately i havent been doing good and yesterday i did end up getting two. one yesterday and one today. this is my theory.. which may or may not work. i cant wait a month to feel like myself again. i have so much to do right now.. im in the process of moving to orlando with just me and my son because i was in school with no job because my boyfriend was the sole provider of the house. now that hes in jail and is looking at 19 mos i have dropped out to provide since i have no family in florida. i took a 30 yesterday and today and im not lookin foward to tommorow but i rather come off of roxys then subs because i can handle 3 days of torture then a month of no sleep. i cant do it! i have a 9 month old for god sakes. but yes im officially done. im using this day to pack up the rest of the house with all this "new energy" because tommorow ill be back to living on my couch =( im so proud of all of you guys because you stayed so strong. im trying to be as strong as all of you.. your stories are so inspiring! i want nothing more then to live CLEAN AND SOBER and not that "blues blue blues.." running in the back of my mind. i want to wake up REFRESHED, HAPPY & ENERGETIC. i KNOW i can get there.. i chose to do this at such a rough point in my life.. maybe its why its why i fell back yet again. please, pray for me to be strong and the best mother i can be. if anyone has any tips on getting some energy and sleeping at night it would be greatly appreciated. i also have restless legs BAD, does anyone know what i could take to help ease that a bit? thank you guys & STAY STRONG!!!! youre all so inspiring
I too, so much to do BUT if i didnt do it now, then when. I dont think theres ever a right time to kick. It not great, fun, its painful and hard. Its got to be done. only time will heal. Im on day 6 and its a little better than 5 but not great by no means. Im weak, feel sick, just horrible. My legs are calming down. I think phil was right about the darkest before the light. I can wait to come here and tell you all that i feel better. I cant say that yet. Im def. not using any opiate. I m truly 6 days off suboxone. what a bad bad drug. Im losing clients this week , but i have to remind myself what im gaining. too weak to go on.
love ya all
d
Thank you phil, your post made me feel alot better. and i just have to say that if someone is taking a medication AS DIRECTED well and working the program and doing the steps etc etc. you may not be CLEAN AND SOBER persay but you still keep your time in recovery. does that sound better?? and yes i did read all of the positive things in the posts as well. i guess i just kept keying on all the misery from withdrawl. I know i have a little rough road ahead of me BUT I AM READY TO DO THIS AND STAND ON MY OWN TO FEET, mabey it wont be as bad as i think for me. everybody goes threw it differntly from all i read. and you had said about when you took the subutex after not having had it for a bit or something like that and you said you got high. well when i first went to this doctor and started it for the very first time i DID NOT get an euphoria/high from it. it was more like a excessive shot of energy lol i guess mabey one would say that is a type of euphoria. it wasnt a high like i would get from pills. had i known in the very beginning there would be this type of withdrawl i would of never started it. i would of went into a detox for a few days. and i heard that its only suppose to be a 3 day thing on it why this doctor keeps one on it so long is beyond me. well i am thinking that a 100 dollars each visit or whatever else he charges for will make a doctor do it as long as he does it right and not to jeopardize is practice. does that make sense. well i will keep ya'll posted as i go threw this. wish i would of found this comment site a while back. i think i like this. thanks again
Kimberly D
deptford,new jersey
Welcome to the new faces :).
I'm curious as to how opiate addicts are percieved in the U.S.A? There seems to be a lot more opiate drugs prescribed and sold on the street there. Here in the U.K. all that's mainly available really is Heroin. If anyone finds out that you'e on it you are branded as scum for life... Even 20 years later people still remember the fact that you WERE a Heroin addict. Still deemed undesirable... Yea we get subs or methadone on the street but only really as a favour from a friend or something.
In the U.S. Is it more known, and accepted in society? Is there a big difference between a H user and a Perks user? Or is everyone thrown into the same category? People assuming your'e the lowest form of human being, with a needle sticking out of some part of your anatomy, like they do here.
Phil - Ignorance would be bliss. It got me wishing i could forget... Think hypnotherapy is an option?
(Continued) I sent off an application to Bedford College today, which is 20 miles or more further away from the dealers lol. My house tenancy here is also up in 2 months. So now i'm tempted to, rather than renew it (which i can't yet afford) move closer to there and further away from drugs still!
ms. - You're moving away from the drug scene too? I don't blame you for getting them. Your theory makes sense. Keep posting please and thank you for your kind response! :)
qoute - "It is not just withdrawals, its a higher calling. Our experiences in life make us what we are and to be honest, anyone who can make it thru withdrawing from opiates can do amazing things." - William Allen (12 months ago)
The browser on a ps3 is sooo slow loading up pages... But you can guarantee ill notice something someone said and think WOW while it's loading... Fun Times is someone i found extremely interesting. I suggest anyone who hasn't read right through this site to go back to where they left off and continue! The great thing is... By the time we've been right through it there'll be more added. :)
Thank you aka Paul. That was nice of you to say. A lady who is a medical coordinator for a state health department was kind enough to send me an email with some nice things to say also. That made me go back and read some of the stuff I wrote 11 months ago. I swear, it was emotional. I forgot how rough that was. Getting off of subs was no kinda party. I wish everyone luck. I couldn't have got off subs without a sense of humor about the whole thing. I'm an adult, I got myself in that mess, I had my funtimes, and WOW did it kichk my ass in the end. I stayed hard like I hope everyone does, I took my recovery extremely seriously (of course even after awhile I'm a work in progress), but I tried not to take my 'discomfort' too seriously. I slept an hour a day for weeeks or months. So what? I sleep fine now. I had NO energy or motivation to do anything. Now I work out and am pretty social...while being clean. I thought that pain would never end (it kept coming in crazy cycles..one week I'm fine, the next I'm wiped out). But I kept doing the next right thing. I took one day at a time. And my reward is a new life. I hope that happens for everyone. This stuff will bend you until you think you're gona break...but it can't break you unless you let it. Find support if you can. And really...Easter is coming up...God Bless everyone. Call on Him if you need Him. I did and He was there.
ah, aka paul lets hope my theory makes sense lol i want to feel like me again ;) and yes im getting away from the drug scene! YAY! haha. it will make it so much easier to forget all about them. there are 3 people on my block alone that could easily get me what i want.. with that being said, how could it be easy for me to quit? its not, but i want to do this. its almost 9 now and its been 11 hrs since i took my last one.. im starting to feel a little yucky but im trying to keep busy. im trying to tell myself its a mental thing..yea right. since im on probation (im a habitual driver WATCH OUT lol) i cant smoke (which im dyinnnngggg to do) or take any benzos to sleep through out the night.. any suggestions? perhaps PM pills? what do you think?
Fun Times - You're an inspiration to all that have read your posts! I wondered (as ya do), what happened after you stopped posting all that time ago. You know 'did they beat it? did something happen?' etc. And here you are still strong! Kind of feel like i just met a legend. Thanks for posting man and if you don't get time to post... Happy Easter!
ms. - Hmmm... The 2 things i took to help and the only things i tried were: Weed to relax and take away some of the symptoms and Zopiclone a benzo sleep aid. On this site tho people are suggesting sleep aids all the time. Zopis are the only i've ever taken and they kicked ass! I hadn't slept more than 1hr a day for like 9days+ Are you tested when you go to probation at all? If not then fuck it, get some weed! Lol
Hey guys... Today is day 3 off of "subs" as you all call it. I have been on this drug for about a year, and I have mixed feelings about it. Sometimes I feel like it's just a life line I have, something keeping me afloat when I feel like I could drown. I wish I was the type of person that could just handle everyday living without using a mind or mood alterating substance... but I found out that I can not. I am a 23 year old girl with a lot of life ahead of me, but sometimes I forget that, get down on myself, think negatively, and make plently of excuses. I don't wanna do that anymore. Summer is coming up, and I need for once to try and do this on my own. I've been Subs (16mg) for over a year now... I was admitted into Brighton Hospital in April 2009, and stayed the entier summer at their woman's halfway house learning how to live a sober, but happy life. I need to take those lessons with me now, and be as strong as I can be... I didn't think it was going to be this hard, but getting off this drug has been a bitch, just letting getting off everything in the past was. Face it, we can't win this way. If we're taking Subaxone, we're still, in a way, "using". We are cheating sobriety... and isn't that something we're all truly trying to find? I know I don't want to have a pill control me every waking day for the rest of my life, do you? Keep blogging, keep trying, and keep on keepin on. I know I will. Love you all and God bless.
Almost 3am. I cant sleep at all because of my legs. They keep moving and hurting. omg this is almost day 7. I cant beleive how bad the last 2 days have been. my head is foggy from seroquil, i took it to sleep but its not helping. usually it does but no way tonight. i have a dr appt tmrw at ten. Its a new dr. i am going to be honest w her and let her know i need clonpin and seroquil and anything she can do for me to help. I am feeling my worst tonight.
write more soon. sorry no good news here tonight.
day 6
Comming off.....hang in their. Day's 7-11 were turning points for me, after 7 months of 4mg Subs. Tapered to crumbs for a week then jumped, but after day 11....the Sun came through, honest. Not perfect, but hope returned. You are so close....stay strong. I am on day 34 and almost normal, what ever the heck that is. I went to a party last Sat. and was conversational, but then, I did drink a bit...but, it was so good to see friends and not feel like I needed to hide in the corner. It is working....the body is healing, and the desire, tho still their, is dwindeling slightly. I be strong. We all had years of good health and energy before the subs....and must not forget those days...for they will return...and how wounderful will that be. You are doing great....keep as active as possible...for me, just accomplishing something around the house, is a success...and one that you can caulk up to healing. Happy Easter, in advance.
Paul...that was super cool of you to say...thanks. Of course I'm just like everyone else here, I screwed up my life with drugs, and I'm more grateful to be getting by without them than words can describe. It's strange looking back at the things I did because I was addicted to almost everything. I cannot believe what those drugs turned me into, now that I have some time away from them. I certainly wasn't myself for many years. I was a sick person hurting myself and everyone who cared for me, I had no concept of what the addiction turned me into while I was active in it. Even when I was wrecking lives I thought I was a good person. Now it's painfully clear, I was not acting like a good person.
I'm really not sure if I would still be clean if I didn't go to NA. Hell, first I went to AA and I don't even drink..lol. But I picked up a sponsor who suggested that I hit 90 meetings in 90 days. I did about 120...everyday. The funny part is that I had no intentions of getting off subs, I had other more illicit issues. Than some guy who was kinda new told me that he was kicking subs and that I may as well do that too...he said it was easy. Bullshit. (By the way, that guy bought me an AA book...he insisted...he was an ex H addict, and he overdosed and died about 6 weeks after I met him). Anyway, I remember the early days of the kick. I laid on the floor ALL day. I dragged myself off the floor to hit the last meeting of the day, went for an hour, came home and hit the floor again...usually with my coat still on. God was I physically weak. The kicking was one part...the viscious part. Then there was the PAWS...no fun either. In fact the PAWS was viscious also. But I made the decision to go to those 90 meetings, I tried kicking H and meth and subs on my own more times than I can remember, so I had to try something new. For me, committing myself to a program of Recovery was the ONLY thing that has ever worked. And like probably almost everyone here, I tried everything before that, always failing.
So yesterday I was driving to work. Now I don't go to meetings much anymore, but AA softball started, I got a call from my old sponsor...and I can't wait to play. On drugs I was isolated or dealt only with addicts. Softball was a blast last summer. But on the way to work something hit me. I wasn't giving back anything to people still hurting from addiction. I prayed for them, that's all. But when I felt better I kinda dropped out of AA/NA. If everyone did that, nobody would have been there for me. So I'll be going back. I owe NA, and this site helped me a lot too. Just taking from it, getting better and splitting probably isn't that cool, if anyone can feel a lit bit better by posting something, I think I'll try.
If you can't sleep...which I couldn't for a LONG time: I heard they were seling tryptophan over the counter, I believe it was only available by script for years. So I found a product called Alteril at GNC. It has a lot of tryptophan (an amino acid that is the thing that makes people sleepy in turkey, which is why everyone gets tired after Thanksgiving dinner). It really helped me. It has a bit of melatonin as well. I tried EVERYTHING you can buy OTC to sleep. This was the ONE thing that really worked that is legal and healthy. Maybe it will help one person who reads this get some sleep. That would be great. WE all know how brutal sleep deprivation is, especially when you feel like shit anyway.
I heard a quote from Thoreau the other day in a movie. "I never saw a wild thing that felt sorry for itself". I found that really interesting. He meant wild animals of course. It's true, they don't seem to have a concept of self pity, even if they are starving or maimed or whatever. That is how I want to be. I know I vented a lot. It might have helped. But I think being angry isn't that bad. Self pity is road to failure. I think that is why it is good to be in contact with other people. When I was brutaully uncomfortable, I used to call my friend (who was using) and I laughed my ass off at how unbearable the kick was. Laughter produces positive chemicals...and I needed positive chemicals. It's hard to feel self pity (for me anyway) when I'm around other people. My mind gets engaged, and I forget to feel sorry for myself. That is probably a big reason NA/AA helped. Being isoltaed...it was too easy to focus on how bad I felt. Being with a group of people (who had their own experiences with addiction and were in Recovery and VERY supportive) sure the hell beat being alone stuck in my own mind just thinking about 'how bad things are'. That doesn't help. I'd advise anyone who is isolated to find someone to spend time with or talk to (but not to complain!), and if someone is lucky enough to have access to NA or AA (I lied and said I was an alcoholic, but I knew that it was just addiction with a different substance)...try to hit a meeting. Maybe a few. Even if you are sick. Especially when you are sick. And get out of your own head for a minute, listen to really good solutions to feeling better, share your own problems...and you will find that people LOVE helping newcomers and that they know how. And to everyone struggling...I know it's the hardest thing in the world...but make a decsion to kick with a positive attitude. Give yourself a break from self pity, if you happen to feel it. I'm just saying that it worked for me. And even though I'm clean...it's very easy for me to feel bad for myself about anything at anytime. I'm an addict, I'm prone to doing this. But at least I'm aware enough to realize when I'm doing it...and I stop. Sorry for rambling a bit. Stay cool everyone.
Day 7. I only slept from 4am to 7am. I think if i didnt miss so much sleep id be feeling a little better today but instead im full of anxiety and so over tired i feel soooo sick. My back was so bad last night that even with 150mg of seroquil, i couldnt sleep. I saw my dr. today. She doesnt know im in a horrible suboxone detox. I didnt want to tell her incase i need pain meds in the future do to 2 herniated disk and one bulging. Had one surgery already and may need more. she gave me tramadol and flexorile for pain. I want off this suboxone. This is 1000 times harder than 5mg perks. I had 3 or 4 bad days and then started to feel better. This detox is horrible I will NEVER go on suboxone again. Im planning to go to the pain clinic soon. they can do injections to help ease pain. MY LEGS WERE A FREAKING MESS for the past 3 days. whats up with that. hurting, moving, just ughhh stinky feeling. Thanks to all of you, i know i can keep going but for today. I feel like hell. I thought id feel better by now, instead worse but im truly thinking once i get a good amount of sleep 6 to 10 hours would be ideal to help me feel better. Getting to the dr. was hell. I looked and felt horrible and she noticed right away. I said i hadnt slept in 2 day. (true). I just didnt want to say i was in severe withdrawals. oh well, tmrw will be day 8. Ill be back then to let you all know how i am doing. GOD BLESS US ALL. I wish i could feel good enough to go to bible study tonight but it doesnt look good at the moment. its not until 7pm so.... well see, highly doubt it.
grrrrrrr frustrated and sick of feeling sick
signing off.
day 7
Fun Times - Excellent post, thank you for the positive thoughts and suggestions. I totally agree, that far too often we tend to dwell on the negative, understandably tho...but your story is very comforting....thanks.
Comming Off - I have posted befor an herbal remidie that has helped me greatly....please give it a try. go to a health food store and buy the liquid extrats KAVA and St. Johns Wart. Take about 60 drops of each, and hopefully it will ease your anxiety. I started it on my worst day, 6. and I swear to you it made life so much better....it even helped with appitite and sleep. Try it....it sounds dumb, but it's cheep, legal and natural.....Good luck.
Hi everyone :).
Over the last few years i had and still have a friend that i would still call my best friend... And at first (even tho i'd always done drugs prior to the last few years) we'd do the usual weekend thing you know, clubs, pubs, pool clubs, extacy, coke, speed... Party drugs....
When i started to get into H (and crack), my friend came and stayed at mine as we were working together anyway... Yea i was by far the worst of the 2. Usually if i'm put in a fuck it situation as i call it, i say fuck it! regardless of the consequences... It's been my downfall all my life i've lived for the moment and when i do look back it's after i said or thought 'fuck it, do it' that i've landed myself in trouble... Playing poker taught me that, and i soon realised that it stands for life situations also. For all the recreational users out there. You heard as a kid what H does to people yea? It was drummed into my head as a kid! But i bet the first time you took it the 2 words "Fuck it" went through your mind? TBC
Am i banned?
Phew.. I suppose not... I just lost 2 continuation posts... May have used the F word too many times lol.
Bottom line of that trail off was/is... Think how many times in life you've thought or said 'FK IT!' and regretted it. I must've said it 10 times in the posts i lost and now i'm regretting that even lol... Anyway... Next time you're faced with something that would be against your better judgement and you think those 2 words JUST STOP FOR A SEC seriously... You'll probably realise there and then how deeply you'll regret it, and the possible consequences of that action! It worked for me with poker i'm just trying tio fit that pattern of thought into life. Easier said than done, i know. But really think about it if you haven't noticed this already cause it can go deep.
I started off on a totally different subject earlier i apologise for that. Dam ps3 browser is killin me trying to get a lot said in a small space.Totally throws me off track having to post, refresh, then contnue!
Paul :)
why does it say you cant iv because of the naloxone?
every time i take my subs i iv them.. and it doesnt put me into any withdrawls if i do a whole pill"8mg's" i even get a little high from it. whats up with all the misinformation>?
ok i tested the f word and my post didn't get posted...
1337thomas: is that suboxone or subutex? It's still debatable how much effect the naloxone has (if any). Some think it only partially reduces the effect of the suboxone. Buprenorphine binds so strongly to the opioid receptors that not even naloxone can knock it off properly. Hence the problem with bupe OD, naloxone won't bring the patient back to life. But, with other opiates the naloxone throws you into precipitated withdrawals (as does bupe). I've had the naloxone experience after an OD. It was hell.
The other point is that even if naloxone does effect the strength of the buprenorphine, it only lasts for about an hour. Bupe lasts for, goodness knows, 24-48 hours. So, even if naloxone does reduce the effect by some margin it won't do so for long.
I imagine the US government just made it a policy to include naloxone with buprenorphine in the product suboxone for prescribing to addicts. In the UK, where I live, they didn't bother. We get subutex which is just buprenorphine.
There is a lot of misinformation with regards to naloxone and bupe but I guess it is because no one actually knows the truth. Not the scientists, not anyone...
Phil.
I found that after Suboxone, after 12 hours or so i could do H. But it only had a limited effect.... I would even say that it changed the effects i felt from crack. I used H to calm the effects of craving crack once it ran out to begin with. After Suboxone there was NO calming that effect... Ugh memories...
Good morning... DAY 8 i slept from 8 30p till 6 30am. covers were not all over the place so im saying i slept peacefully for the first time in 8 day. I woke up feeling almost normal. I cant believe what a difference a day makes. I continue to read in my bible. Missed bible study last night but hey, i only slept 3 hours that day (yesterday). Im planning to go back to work on saturday. only booked 2 people , didnt want to try and do to much to fast. Omg... i pray this is it, better and better each day. I couldnt imagine going back to days 4 5 6 and 7. I didnt smoke any weed yesterday and not going to now cuz i dont think i need it anymore, i had it for days 4 5 and 6. I didnt take much of anything yesterday except seroquil at bed time and tramadol at bed time for pain. oh, and a muscle relaxer but no opiates in 8 days now. hooray. I truly feel it will get better each day now. But i m prepared for another bad day here and there. I was on perks for 4 yrs *(prescribed), then suboxone for 2 years so i feel like i need to re learn how to live, feel happy, and more without a false feeling of well being from opiates ... THANK YOU PHIL ,PAUL, and everyone else who post their experience here. I hope some one reads my withdrawals because i posted daily in hopes some one new here will see step by step what MIGHT happen. love you all
LORD SURE DOES BLESS US AND KEEP US DAILY.
UNTIL TMRW
DAY 8
Good Morning! You know Paul, there really is a lot of truth in the whole F-it way of thinking. Everyone is a bit different...I actually remember searching out different drugs...none felt quite right. I sniffed H. That one felt right.
It REALLY is the way to go to stop for a moment before doing something stupid. I tried playing the tape through, but for me...I tried playing it and said F-it anyway. Two things helped me. The first was the FIRM realization that I can't even let myself get to that point of thinking that using is an option. NA is full of cliche's, but they helped save me. I got to the point where I admitted to myself that I was POWERLESS over drugs. Maybe other people could use once in awhile and be cool. I wasn't one of them. People spoke of addicts as having a physical and psycological ALLERGY to drugs. I guess it's an analogy. But I truly believe to this day that drugs (especially opiates, but crack too) are POISON...to me. They are 'off the board'. Once I TRULY believed that in my heart, God were things easier. I stopped thinking about drugs...if I couldn't use them why bother? If a thought did pop in my head, it was pretty easy to say "Yeah, I abused them so much that they are just poison to me now, and I know I can't have them...whether I want them or not, so that's that" And the thought passed.
Playing the tape through does do one great think. I gives you time. I can't count the times I was feeling FINE and the urge to use just hit...and my brain just shut down and I was in my car going to score almost like a zombie. I shut down that part of my brain that was rational, it felt weird and happened A LOT. Finally I decided before scoring (or taking a bit of sub during the kick)...I would wait 15 minutes and then score. I could do that. And I can't count the times that after 15 minutes later that urge had passed as quick as it came...and I didn't use. The urge did come, and if you don't act on it...it was suprising to me how after waiting a few minutes before using...it would go.
You know...I actually still need help. Quitting is one thing. Living a quality life without using is another. I still have to take things a day at a time. It's feels good when people compliment a post (thanks Rick), and knowing the life or death type of stakes here, and the sheer INTENSITY of what everyone is doing...well..it feels good to help anyone even a bit. More importantly for me, it feels good to BE HELPED. Everyone on this site right now is helping me. I've been clean over a year. This morning my brother gave me a couple hundred bucks for some rims his friend wanted. Even after a year, that is a bit of a problem for me. I don't like cash...I don't carry it. I use a credit card for everything. I've setup a cash free life. Dealers don't take credit cards...lol. I don't like the feeling of having cash in my pocket...after a year. It can be very uncomfortable. My point is I'm not "cured", and I may have some claen days...but I am always open to any advice from anyone...whether they are still on subs, on day 1, or day 1000. I think humility and openess are keys to helping me recover...and maybe for others too. Have a great (or at least tolerable) day everyone. I cared for people that I was 'kicking with' and I care for everyone that is having a tough time now. It absolutely gets better.
im new here! i been on subs for bout 7 months1 8mg a day! im on day 3 with no sub! i been takin 2 hydros a day to ease wd! i know this isnt right, since the whole reason i was on sub was hydro! but it isnt to bad with the hydro, but this could be alot better! i to fell victim to a dr! my new dealer! wtf? some of these stories are freakin me out! how come they dont tell u this shit when u go in? i just hope that this all passes! i will pray for all of u! caus man this suks!!!
im new here! i been on subs for bout 7 months1 8mg a day! im on day 3 with no sub! i been takin 2 hydros a day to ease wd! i know this isnt right, since the whole reason i was on sub was hydro! but it isnt to bad with the hydro, but this could be alot better! i to fell victim to a dr! my new dealer! wtf? some of these stories are freakin me out! how come they dont tell u this shit when u go in? i just hope that this all passes! i will pray for all of u! caus man this suks!!!
aka Paul:
That's interesting. My crack days ended before I switched from methadone to subutex (not because of the switch, my mindset had just changed). However, I did try a lot of E (Xtacy por americanos) when on subs and it totally ruined the high. The E did nothing and yes, they were good E's, my 'mates' were high as kites and dancing the whole weekend. On methadone the E's were fantastic. I got the psychedelic buzz without the wired out amphet shit, real space cadet stuff. Was probably a bit dodgy doing all that K on top as well. Oh, and the coke... Memories, damn memories... =D
I know I shouldn't laugh but it's so funny you ending with saying 'ugh memories...'
It's so true. Sometimes those memories used to upset me but these days I'm actually getting a sense of humour about it.
Thanks for sharing that Paul. It was a great piece of down-to-earth 'just what you happen to be thinking' writing. I love the honesty in it. Can I have some more please sir? :P
Coming off the suboxone (D):
I love your posts. I'm sure loads of people will find them extremely useful. You've described going through hell and well documented the start of recovery at day 8! That's fantastic! I'm so please for you. I hope you come back and post again.
for some reason my post isn't getting posted in full so i'm going to have to do it over several posts so here follows the continutation of the above:
Coming off the suboxone (D) (continued from above...):
And yes, you are right, God surely does love us.
And yes, also... subs really do suck don't they? Horrible stuff!
Fantastic to hear from you and congratulations on the good news of your recovery. I'm so glad you got a good night's sleep. And, I think you are right about work, not pushing yourself too much. You are a wise girl ;)
Fun Times:
That was one fantastic post. Loads of advice but more than that, experience, wisdom, kindness, love and humility. Truly inspirational stuff. I can't add any more because you said it all so fantastically well that it needs no embellishment. I sound like I'm hero worshipping. So what? This place has that effect on me. You guys and gals are so amazing. Thank you Fun Times!
man this suks:
I agree with you. I know some people 'prefer' the sub withdraw to the short-acting opioid WDs but personally, I don't!
I'd rather go through total hell for 3 days than the lingering fucked up shit of sub withdraw (or methadone for that matter). But subs, more than any other opiate, fucked my nervous system up worse than ever. I was tachycardic for like 6 weeks.
I'm still on prescribed benzos, sleeping tablets and seroquel because of my nervous problems. However, please don't get freaked by my story because I AM getting better every single day. I'm a PAWS guy.
Remember we are all different. Don't think you will suffer the same shit as someone else. Our metabolic rates differ. Our entire biological make-ups differ in so many ways. What is hard for one person is not so bad for another.
Even if it does suck for you right now, and that is to be expected, it will get better. The general consensus seems to be about 11 days before things start to improve dramatically. There will be lingering problems but nothing you can't handle.
Don't get confused with the PAWS issue (Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome). This is not WDs. This is a psychological condition that only some people experience depending on their background, mental stability, past traumas, current support network, etc.
There are plenty of stories on here of people who do not suffer from PAWS. So look on the bright side (yeh, I know that is a tall order when hitting WDs, everything seems dark and negative, that's just part of withdrawing).
A previous doctor of mine (actually a very good doctor who wouldn't prescribe methadone or subutex, it was the 'addict doctor' who put me on that shit) once said that the first signs of someone coming down with the flu is not so much the runny nose and aches and pains but a tearful, depressive outlook on life.
In many respects the same goes for withdrawals, although the sneezing and stuff kicks in at the same time. Be aware that it is totally and utterly normal and to be expected that you will be liable to seeing things in a negative and depressing light right now. That is the nature of the beast. However, you can play tricks on yourself to get a positive mindset working again.
man this suks:
I agree with you. I know some people 'prefer' the sub withdraw to the short-acting opioid WDs but personally, I don't!
I'd rather go through total hell for 3 days than the lingering fucked up shit of sub withdraw (or methadone for that matter). But subs, more than any other opiate, fucked my nervous system up worse than ever. I was tachycardic for like 6 weeks.
I'm still on prescribed benzos, sleeping tablets and seroquel because of my nervous problems. However, please don't get freaked by my story because I AM getting better every single day. I'm a PAWS guy.
Remember we are all different. Don't think you will suffer the same shit as someone else. Our metabolic rates differ. Our entire biological make-ups differ in so many ways. What is hard for one person is not so bad for another.
Even if it does suck for you right now, and that is to be expected, it will get better. The general consensus seems to be about 11 days before things start to improve dramatically. There will be lingering problems but nothing you can't handle.
Don't get confused with the PAWS issue (Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome). This is not WDs. This is a psychological condition that only some people experience depending on their background, mental stability, past traumas, current support network, etc.
There are plenty of stories on here of people who do not suffer from PAWS. So look on the bright side (yeh, I know that is a tall order when hitting WDs, everything seems dark and negative, that's just part of withdrawing).
A previous doctor of mine (actually a very good doctor who wouldn't prescribe methadone or subutex, it was the 'addict doctor' who put me on that shit) once said that the first signs of someone coming down with the flu is not so much the runny nose and aches and pains but a tearful, depressive outlook on life.
In many respects the same goes for withdrawals, although the sneezing and stuff kicks in at the same time. Be aware that it is totally and utterly normal and to be expected that you will be liable to seeing things in a negative and depressing light right now. That is the nature of the beast. However, you can play tricks on yourself to get a positive mindset working again.
cont... in next post...
cont...
The opiate monkey on your back, he's tugging your hair, he's distracting you, whispering negative shit in your ear. I guess we must of all met someone like that in our lives. Someone that, quite honestly, you wish didn't exist. However, we learn ways of dealing with the person and when they get the message that they can't bother us any more they soon give up on the pestering.
The opiate monkey is the same. He'll give up eventually. So distract yourself with stuff you like. Some people find reflecting on the beauty of nature helpful (which can finally be enjoyed in all it's fullness now you aren't numbed out on opiates). For others it could be any combination of things, music, exercise, cooking, cleaning, regular showers and objectives for the day. Whatever 'floats your boat'.
If the hydros are helping then that's great. What strength/combo are they? APAP 325/hydro 5mg? I can't imagine a couple of those a day is going to do any harm. Man, I could rattle off 10mg hydro a day in 'a wink of an eye'. So, if that is what gets you through the sub WDs then so be it. Whatever it takes, so long as you don't get dragged back into full blown, 24/7, high dose opiate abuse. I know you don't want that so it ain't going to happen. You are going to be fine.
The sun is going to shine for you sooner than you imagine. I know it ALWAYS seems like an eternity when going through WDs from long-acters but is 11 days really a lifetime? Let's face it, it's not even two weeks and after two weeks you will definitely be feeling more like your good 'ole self again.
A week or two of hell for a lifetime of heaven-on-earth. I think it's worth it, don't you?
Be kind to yourself. Don't beat yourself up about any of this. Life is life. Shit happens. None of us wanted to be dope fiends. A lot of us can't even remember how it happened (well, how it just creeped up on us, the hook). Some people freak on food, others on alcohol or have lots of money and spend a fortune on crap (Elton John buying a 100 Rolls Royce's, erm, who/why would need 100? Has he got 200 feet and hands to drive them?).
So, we got messed up on opiates, PKs, opioid analgesics, H, whatever... I'm sure if we had a billion dollars we'd distract ourselves from withdrawals by going on mad spending sprees and anything that gives legal adrenaline rushes. However, we haven't, so we are here on this forum instead. And, it works!
The recovery works!
You don't need money, stability, relationships, support, nothing...
Don't get me wrong. If you have any of the above it certainly makes things easier but without it still can be done. I know, because I had nothing. In fact, I went into withdrawals when I was crazy sick already, severely depressed already, with totally messed up life circumstances and homelessness just round the corner (once again). And yet, I was convicted that I was NOT remaining a dope fiend come 'hell or high water'. Whatever shit lay before me, I didn't care (as such) as long as I was off the dope (especially nasty long-acting shit like subs and methadone). I was prepared for homelessness and I didn't care. I was just happy to be free from the daily hook.
I am a seriously weak ass mofo. This is why I know you can and will do this. If I can do it, anyone can. I've whined and complained (on and off) for 11 months (since I jumped) to everyone around me. Some people were callous and cruel but later I found a voluntary job where the people were (and are) wonderful. They gently joked about my whining in a kind way, trying to get me to see things more positively and to just generally chill out more. Instead of judging me they told me they didn't give a shit about what I have or haven't done in the past all they cared about was who I was now.
So, some people will be tossers (english expression, dunno if that translates across the pond, think 'wankers', damn that's an english expression too but I think americanos know the meaning). Don't listen to them. They are small minded, sad little people who are just jealous they've never taken any risks in life and not ever broadened their horizons in any way whatsoever. I used to feel sorry for them. Now I just find them so boring that I can't even be bothered to talk to them. I have far more interesting friends with their own colourful histories of different sorts.
It's taken me 11 months, since jumping, to realise that having been a dope fiend is no big deal. It's not something to feel guilty about. Yes I know, it does feel bad at the time, that's different. But, when you are in recovery there is absolutely no reason to feel any guilt. Be proud of yourself. I am. We are. All of us on this site are proud of the steps you've taken so far and the ones you'll take in the future.
You will be such a stronger person when you get over the 'hump' of this (and remember, on average, that should be about 11 days). A year down the line you'll be a soldier. Tough as nails, cunning as a fox but gentle as a lamb (because you've seen the darker side of life, the suffering). You have the potential to be a truly great person because of what you have and are going through.
Does that give you enough reasons to carry on battling? As if you need them. You sound committed enough to beat this demon already.
Thanks for posting on the site. We love to see new faces. Don't hesitate to post again, as much as you like, whatever you like, positive or negative. Come and off-load if you need to. Spill the beans. We don't care. That's what we are here for.
Now stop scaring yourself by focusing on the negatives in the stories on this site. That's the opiate monkey playing with your head. There are tons of positives on this site but at the same time we like people to feel free to off-load negative shit when they need to. It's important. Bottling stuff up is bad. A problem shared is a problem halved.
I do it all the time. Sometimes my posts are upbeat and rocking, other times I'm having a bad one and I rant and rave just how I feel. I'm so grateful to this site and everyone on it that lets me do that. It encourages me and picks me up out of the doldrums.
Today is a mighty good one for me. In 21 days it will be my first anniversary since jumping from the subs. I don't remember ever feeling so good about life, even before I ever took a drug! Yes, the suffering has been grim, but I appreciate life like never before. I used to take it for granted. Now, on a good day, I'm happy-clappy full of joy.
I know I've got bad days to come again but that is life. We forgot that when doped. Life always has ups and downs. There will be wretched things to deal with at some point or just days when we feel a bit depressed. Everyone does. It's normal. But, the good so outweighs the bad, not just by a bit but by a friggin' mile.
Everyone, battle on. If you slip up, no big deal, just pick yourself up and fight on again soldier. Little blips don't need to turn into big ones. It's easy to recover from a slight, short-term mistake. I'm not condoning it, I'm just being realistic. I'm just telling it how it has been for me. I've blipped but I've never lost sight of my ultimate goal. That is, to be happy and fulfilled without munching the pills, poking things up my nose and... etc.
It's incredible. I come back to this site, time and time again. I never come with a preconceived idea to make a post. Then I read the other posts and I'm so inspired, encouraged or just plain moved and emotional that I can't resist joining in. Thank you everyone.
OK, I'm on a big positive vibe here so I'm going to go all out and get soppy with you guys and gals so...
Big LOVE and huge HUGS to you all,
Phil.
DAY 9
I was not sure if i would still feel good, or better or worse today,. I feel great, i had a great day yesterday and woke up this a.m. still feeling good. I can now say, I AM DRUG FREE. It feels so good. Those horrible day, getting sick, feeling sick, being sick are OVER ... I wont be back so .... id like to say thank you to PAUL.. PHIL..RICK.. AND all the others here who helped me out by posting their experiences and supporting me as i went through one of the most difficult times of my life. I didnt think i could feel happy without the opiate but i truly do. I still take seroquil for sleep and i have muscle relaxants although i havent used them today.. and dont feel the need to use anything. I will return to work tmrw. I am happy. :)
FOR ALL WHO ARE STILL STRUGGLING, HANG IN THERE. it DOES get better each day. If your mind is playing tricks on you , go to NA meetings. IM lucky to not feel that way and my church and our Lord is my treatment. Hey, we are all different genetically. BEST OF LUCK AND LOTS OF RESPECT TO YOU ALL
SIGNING OFF FOR GOOD
DAY 9
DM
hello all, havent been on here since my first post. i have an appt with the doctor at 145. i am very confused and just keep thinking about going threw all the symptoms of withdrawl and i am just not mentally or physically prepared to go threw that. i wont be in any mood to see my granddaughter, get out of bed, ill be miserable and nasty. i know i am gonna have to eventually do this BUT WHEN IS THE QUESTION. ill check back soon
I've been on Suboxone for over 2yrs now. Started at 32mg's after a few months went down to 8mg, then 4mg, now down to 2mg's. I so desperately want to get off! All your posts have been helpful but also frightening. Whenever I've approached my Dr. to get off he has said it's better to be on this than other opiates. I've been the one who reduced medication. I read someone paid $160 for 20 8mg pills on the street. It costs me $156 to see the Dr. then $108 for 15 8mg pills. Unfortunately they are the same price as the 2mg. You can imagine my horror when he was congratulating me for getting down to 2mg's and ordered a scrip of 180 pills. There is just no way I can afford that. Went back and asked to have the 8mg pills again and just divide them up. I'm faced with a busy month and want more than anything to get off this medication. I have unusually high blood pressure for being a healthy 34yr old female. I exercise I'm 5'7" and weigh 125lbs. After reading many of the posts I'm really concerned about losing weight. I can't afford to lose any. My high blood pressure is a big concern as well because I know in the past when I've been in detox your BP increases during WD. My Dr. seems to think it's no big deal to get off of the medication. I know otherwise. I've gone through WD from methadone and heroin and reading these posts terrify me about stopping, I'm freezing in HI...LOL.. All I desire is to be drug free. I realize I'll be on blood pressure medication and that's fine but I miss how I felt when waking up to the freedom of no dependence on drugs or medication. I want to have a child and chose not to b/c I was on Suboxone and was afraid of the effects on the fetus. I've wanted a child so bad and was devastated that you have this illusion of being clean on Sub but in reality you're not. My strength comes from God and I'm fortunate to have a boyfriend who is aware of the Suboxone and willing to help with whatever it takes to get me off of it. I just don't know when. I want this out of me now but realize I have a long road ahead. This has just been the first forum of support and real experiences that I've had the chance to see because it's a huge secret to everyone else in my life. I'm very grateful to this forum and all the love, support, and truth you share with each other. So being at 2mg's and having high blood pressure what would you suggest???? I'm sick now going to Dr. for sore throat thought I could kill 2 birds with one stone and stop the Sub now. After reading all your experiences I see it's not going to be the 5-7 days of discomfort my Dr. said and I have Huge responsibilities coming up from the 8th till the 23rd of April then. I can leave my schedule open. I'd appreciate any advice. I do want to sleep, if anyone can suggest non addictive helpful medications to take during the process I would appreciate it. When I do see my Dr. I can ask for those. Thanks again for giving a voice to something very few know about especially here.
Uugh, day 3 dawns for me with more insomnia and running to the toilet.. I havent slept more than 3 hours at a stretch for the past three nights, which I guess isnt too bad. the weird thing is that I keep reminding myself "this isnt too bad" then five minutes later I think "but it's bad enough" but on the whole I just feel sick in the stomach, insomnia which I hate, constant anxiety, irritability, and a total dragging exhaustion. I had booked 2 weeks on an island about 3 weeks ago in order to detox but broke after a couple of days and scored a bunch of oxy 80's, but I didnt go nuts and didn't give up on my fight. now, I am feeling so ratshit
I just cant go back and do these last few days again! Im gonna stick with this. like someone else said in this forum, if it aint tough it aint me.... I liked that.
kip.....a shame you were in paradise and caved, but hey...if you gotta cave, what a great place to do it. No sweat....you sound like you are gonna do it and f - the past. God has a reason for this pain and fear....I'm learning that, but since I am pretty much past the dreadful sub w/d's, I am in the process of enjoying my life, love and energy again. It started at day 11....and was virtually over by day's 17-21. I know that sounds like a life time, but as Phil has said...sooooo, that is nothing, considering the years of health and happiness ahead. Today, I woke-up, and went to my garage for my first cigarette...yup, I'm a smoker, and I discovered...the only thing missing from my sub's, oxy's, hydro's, morinings......was that stupid fu--ing pill waiting for me to complete my morning regiment. Well, naturally the pill was missing, so...I looked at the sunrise, thankfully, I live on Land where I can observe it, and decided that that sky, air and fresh new day...would be my PILL today. So, I imagined, rolling all of it up in a little white "oval" tablet and swallowed it, in my mind. Well....it took a bit of time, but after about 10 minutes.....it kicked in....and my anxietiey was over for the morning. Wow.....a nature tab.
I am blessed to have my family visit us tomorrow for Easter....I appreciate, again...what this means...and am so very thankful for this year, vs...the past 4-6 Easters. I will again take another rolled-up nature tab tomorrow, for the anxiety only lasts a short bit, and the rest of the day is beautiful.
I wish all here a blessed Easter and healthy heart tomorrow.
Rick....in New Mexico
but god what I wouldnt do to just sleep... I think that is what wears you down - and we wouldnt be opiate addicts if we didnt like sleep right guys? sleeping your life away is what a friend said to me once. oh well, at least the grey dawn has come and i think a hot shower is in order. i have to get through this. i have been clean for one month in seven years, and i'm 27, before that i used speed from 15-20 , until my real love came along..sorry i feel as though i could ramble for ages - i think its the sleep deprivation!
thanks for your comment rick, I just came back into my room and saw it and it made me feel better. strange how one of the worst things to feel is alone? I am in australia and just knowing that someone else somewhere else sympathises makes a huge difference, I have been on sub for about 3 years now, and I dont think it should be used as a long term maintenance deal, but the doctors here actively push it! its like they never want you to come off, my doc actually said that if I need to be on it for the rest of my life - hey thats fine!!! but its just not, at some point you have to kick away your crutch and stand on your own two feet. New mexico huh? thats near/on the border right? I been reading on the internet about some mexican bloodbath style shit happening over the border this easter weekend... sounds crazy! anyway, that reminds me, happy easter all
kip....right...their is some nasty violene on the Mexican / US boarders.....the friggin drug dealears are having "turf wars". Man...if they don't kill us with their product, the will kill us with their greed. Screw them all....imagine a world without the evils of dope? At any rate, I wish you well my friend.....I promise, your shit will be gone in a week or so....and hopefully, then you will feel the warmth of the sun on your clean heart. Be strong....it is only a second of time in the long scheme of life. Happy Easter.
Great... My post got lost... argh! ;D
Sorry Maui, I typed a load of stuff to try and offer some advice. It's all gone...
I can't type all that again. Happy Easter everyone.
So right about the anxiety Rick. It can feel horrendous, especially first thing in the morning, but, as you have found out as well, it goes away quite quickly!
God bless,
Phil.
Thanks anyway Phil...I notice you have a lot of positive truthful feedback to give so I can observe your other posts. It's the thought that counts. It sounds like keeping a positive attitude is most important but a tough road ahead and scary. Hope you had a Happy Easter. Still on 2 mg. We'll see...I really just want to wake up and need nothing. That's all I desire. Wishing you all the best Aloha!!
Yeahup. Phil, you had some very nice words to say a few days ago, and I wanted to thank you. I actually stopped posting around the time you started, I think you were just getting off subs after I had a few months off. I'm pretty sure that you did quite a good service to other people and I know you still are. The fact that you continue to post for as long as you do is really something. And you're always trying to be encouraging. I'm sure you've helped some people quite a bit. In fact, this is severe addict central. High stakes. Something you've said coulda saved a life. I know people who overdosed and died, I'm certainly not the only person here who has. And I stated earlier, the guy in AA who convinced me to get off subs and really went to meetings like crazy and was pulling for me, OD'd and died 6 weeks later. I saw him shaking in meetings. He insisted he was clean. This forum is pretty anoymous. It's a good place for honesty. And Recovery doesn't begin until a person is honest...with others...and finally themselves.
I have to say...for me...this has been an on and off wild ride. I'm like Phil...I KNOW what PAWS is. It's as real as the pills and the drugs and keyboard I'm typing on. Christ. I remember after being off subs...day 103...when my after being clean for that long my boss came in and asked what I was on. He said it was obvious to everyone I was on something. I was clean. How disheartening is that? He knew I was kicking something that helped me with my former life of an H addict. I told him. He was proud when I came back to work after 2 weeks. He said a week later he never saw me sharper. Then that. Life goes on...some people don't have PAWS (my friend didn't)...thankfully, because it's a bitch.
As bad as all the physical stuff goes, I truly believe the answers (and real problems) are in the mind. I didn't sleep for 3 days in a row before coming back to work. Not at all. Zero hours. And I work in a decent office. But I just decided at a moment of pitched anxiety...hey...I can take a shower (God showers are a lifesaver when kicking...they saved me), I can play dress up...I can walk through the door, and if I fall down right at the front desk....COOL. I just don't care. And I thought everyone would be lying in wait to see me. I forgot something, people REALLY only care about themselves at work. And I faked it through the day, then the week...and caught my stride. The point is, sure, you can't sleep...so what? I mean...I hope the world sleeps good tonight. No sarcasm intended. But if there wasn't some price to pay for kicking...why not just use whenever. It's a pretty solid deterrent...the brutality of a kick. So now when I have nothing to do instead of thinking "I'm so bored I could die" I think "Thank God I don't have anything I need to do right now but just chill". I'm working on changing both my outer and my inner dialouge with more positive semantics. And it's funny how much power words have.
I hope everyone is cool...or gets cool soon. It's such a cliche', but think positive...a great attitude can make even the most miserable times cool enough...in the end.
Aloha Maui,
The truth is I wasn't feeling that great and the thought of trying to post something all over again that I had posted the previous day, let alone trying to remember it all, well, the idea exhausted my mind...
I'm writing a reply to your post now. I've got quite far but also a bit side tracked by stuff I need to get off my chest and share with you guys. Some bad experience I had in on e of my attempts to get clean. Don't get me wrong, I had the right idea. I just had extremely bad advice and 'support'.
I'm starting to fall asleep now after a long day at work so I've saved my post via wordpad so I don't lose it this time! I'll catch up with you all later.
Will speak to to you soon Maui.
Thanks Fun Times. Just seen your post. Your kind words are also very important to me. More than you will probably ever know. I wasn't quite sure if you jumped before or after me? I don't know why but it would be fun and encouraging for me to know how long it is now since you jumped. It will be my first year anniversary on 23 April coming up. That day will mean a lot to me.
That was a very deep and moving post Fun Times. I really needed to hear what you said. It just helps so much to hear it come from someone else (the same/similar stuff that you are dealing with yourself). It's pure hard encouragement to know that I am not the only one going through PAWS. To hear it from someone I respect. It is a massive help.
Yes, the honesty is so important. I struggled with NA meetings for various reasons but probably the main one was the lack of honesty. I'm not judging. These people were trying to believe so hard that they were coping that they probably believed their own lies. Sometimes it's hard to tell the difference between fact and fiction for a junky, sober or not. I know there is also honesty at those meetings too but it seems to only come out when the stories are positive. I felt as if saying anything negative was a bad thing, a social faux pas. This made it worse for me as I bottled up how I truly felt.
I also, once I actually got chatting to a few members away from the meeting, discovered that a lot of them were anything but clean. Many seemed to have reverted to their DOC only this time not using as often. Again, I'm not judging. Using less often has got to be a good thing in comparison to using more often! Praise small blessings. But, it was the lack of honesty that annoyed me because during the meetings these people were declared 'sober' and then when you finally got to know them...
It sounds like I'm trying to give NA/AA a really bad time. I'm sorry if it comes across that way. The last thing I want to do is discourage anyone from doing anything that might help them get and stay clean. If it works for you then go for it. I fully support NA for that reason alone, despite it not being for myself, because it does help some people and whatever helps is a blessing. I've met a few alcoholics who swear by it as a means of getting and staying clean.
However, for me, the NA/AA concept is just too narrow minded, restrictive, dogmatic, invasive of my personal space. It also felt like brainwashing. I found it very upsetting having people telling me what I was rather than letting me draw my own conclusions from my experience. I don't fall for this idea that I was born an addict, that it is a disease and that I am and was always a junky, a dope fiend.
I just don't find this to be true. I became addicted by taking opiates way too often and of course, eventually, 24/7 365 days a year. I do believe I will always struggle with occasional cravings. I do believe I am and will, for a long time to come, suffer the risk of blips. I have posted such blips on this site. It's always helped me to open up and be honest.
If NA is what gets you through then damn, I bless that whole organisation. Just the same as how much I'm delighted when anyone finds anything at all that helps them through the hard times. I also have to bare in mind I have Aspergers Syndrome and this might affect how much I can find a group based event helpful. Especially one of this nature. For example, I am very uncomfortable with any form of physical contact with people I do not know very well. It can take me years to be OK with that. Even the holding hands together and shouting that stuff out is very problematic for me. It causes me anxiety and sensory overload.
I also didn't like how I heard the same story several times in one week from the same guy. It was very tedious and hard to listen to him for so long. This gripe is just a local one. I'm not tarring the whole organisation just because my local meetings had this problem. But just imagine having to sit through an hour long story, that didn't change at all, for 2 or 3 meetings in a row. It was excruciatingly painful to be honest. I wanted to knaw my fingers off in boredom.
Another problem I have with AA/NA is that it seems to be self-serving both those that get more involved and run it and also some of the people that attend. There seems to be a kudos for some people. But, that isn't the real beef, it's more than that. It's the fact that AA/NA seems to be about never letting go of who you 'were'. Up to a point it does encourage leaving the past behind you psychologically except when it comes to being an addict. That bit is held on to like it is some kind of security blanket. Like letting it go would cause a relapse because what would you replace it with? If you make getting clean your entire life's work, 24/7, 365 days a year, if you tell yourself that is what your life is about then surely that is 'institutionalising' yourself. You are almost setting yourself up for failure. What happens if you live somewhere without NA meetings? What are you going to do if you can't get hold of that NA pill? It sounds like another dependency to me but don't get me wrong, I'd rather someone dependent on that than destroying their lives on drugs.
I'm just not comfortable with NA myself but I'm glad it helps some people. Personally, I prefer my time here, my good 'ole mates at work who continue to accept and like me even though they've now heard all about my past. They don't care, they just accept me as I am now. And I'm making a few other social contacts, albeit slowly, these things take time. I'm in a new part of the country. I knew no one when I got here and I'm building a new life for myself. Sometimes it's still very isolating and that is extremely hard. But, things have come a long way since when I first got here.
I apologise again for the way this post turned out. I had absolutely no idea what I was going to write except the first bit about acknowledging the help of Fun Times and thanking him so much and saying hi to Maui.
I really hope I haven't offended any of you by sharing my views on NA. They are my own personal views. I do not expect or need any one else to share them. I do not presume that my views are correct. They may be grossly unfair, I don't know. I'm just, as usual, telling it like it is for me. For someone else it's no doubt a totally different ball game. But, I guess, I just needed to get it off my chest. So please don't be angry with me and let me thank you all for listening so that I could indeed 'get it off my chest'.
It sounds hypocritical of me. Here I am saying how NA didn't help me and wasn't for me and yet I'm saying how beneficial it is for me to be able to come to this web forum and post here and get things off my chest (like they do at NA meetings). Maybe I just feel freer here. Maybe it's because of my autistic personality. Maybe I just find NA too highly structured without the freedom to always express oneself. Perhaps it was just my particular meeting, the guy running it, that didn't work for me. I didn't ever seem to get enough opportunity (in fact I never got a single opportunity) to say anything about myself or how I was feeling. The 'leader' was very much in control on who spoke and I found that difficult especially as he seemed to favour certain people over others.
I find I'm more comfortable here. But, even more hypocritically, lately I have been thinking of trying NA meetings again. Just for the soci
I'm 25 and Ive been abusing oxycontin, vicodin, and heroin, for about a year now. you name it and it was in my face or vein. I just finished my last year of college (my 6th). I'd tried heroin in the past, smoking and shooting, christmas before last, but thats where that ended. About a year ago today I started taking vicodin for its pleasantly suprising sexual side effects (lasting FOR-EV-ER). It started at low doses, 5, 10 mills. At the same time a lot of my friends were just getting into oxycontin use theirselves, and was consequently exposed to that. I developed a daily habit, although not a very high dose, ranging from 10-40 mills a day depending on how much money I had. For a while i was trading oxy for use of my car and was consistently obtaining 10-80 mills at a time, almost daily. This persisted until graduation. After graduating and moving out of the small town I was going to college in, I ended up hanging around with an old friend with a known heroin problem (who I tried heroin with two years ago). I was shooting anywhere from 1-3 bags a day for a while. BIG BAGS. on new years day i met an amazing (and opiate free) girl, and with her care and support, as well as suboxones from another old friend I was able to kick the horse. I needed very little suboxone to feel normal, and in fact got kaaawite the buzz from 1 mill. I could make an 8mill last a whole week. I always bought them one at a time but my friend went to his doc every two weeks...see the problem here? Often I got lucky and he was able to help with another one or I would find another source, but not always. With my girl's support Ive been able to make the choice to stop this and have tapered down my suboxone intake to nothing over the past week. before I ran out I was taking a piece the size of a pinhead and it would keep me (mostly) right. My biggest symptoms are hot and cold flashes, restless limbs, insomnia, and just... ick. I've been EXTREMELY tired and my muscles ache but no diarrhea or vomiting. I know i got out before things got really ugly but im so tired and sore. How long will this last? When will I get my energy back? Should I be feeling sooo o o o o tired?
Hi everyone... Just checking in...
Not a lot to say except i messed up a couple days ago. Felt it today and gave in again. It's like autopilot. Once ya let your thoughts run wild for a few seconds, in my case, i've talked myself into it. I'm not feeling sorry for myself. It's not how i want to live life. Not how i'm going to live life. As i said to Phil a few posts back, it's a curse. I start a new job in a few days. So it'll keep me active, and thoughts straight. Also kill some energy :)
Peace
Paul
aka Paul,
Don't beat yourself up about it. Most of us blip. Feeling guilty is a great way of making yourself feel so shit that you end up doing it again just to escape the guilt!
Screw the guilt. You just slipped up. No big deal. You still have the bigger picture in mind.
Hope you are feeling a bit better today,
Phil.
PS to soootired:
Yes, it is normal to feel drained and lethargic. It will get better. Give yourself 11-14 days and the worst of the lethargy will be over. Hang in there buddy, you are doing a great job.
im on day 17 with no suboxone or opiates... i sleep well.. i have energy... my ONLY thing is i sweat all day long.. if im sitting down, i dont sweat.. but once i get up and move it doesnt stop... then at night.. i dont get the night sweats.. i was just wondering if this is cause of detoxing still or.. am i forever altered from prolonged opiate use?
Day number one for me. Been taking 12-16 mg per day since October 2009 (6 months). Its been about 24 hours since last dosage of 4 mg (half an eight) and I can ever so slightly sense symptoms - yawning, teary-eyes, chills, ... but if I wasn't well versed in this game, then I probably wouldn't even notice.
My Pastor had anointed and blessed me from withdrawl, so its either this keeping me from feeling it, or it hasn't started yet.
Hello, I spent the last little whilr reading alot of peoples experiences with subs and i have to say I guess I am lucky thus far becasue I started taking subs almost 4 years ago and I was taking 24-32mg's a day the whole time. I recently stopped taking the subs cold turkey and I am on day 3 and I feel pretty good. The first day wasnt too bad cept for wanting to do nothing but sleep cause I was so achey and tired. Yesterday was horrible and I wanted to die. Today has been pretty decent I feel slight symptoms but nothing more only problem is I cant stop yawning hahaha. Anyway I hope not everyone goes through hell when they stop. I am not and hope I wont be at all I hope tomorrow will be better and the day after better yet. So for everyone out there dont fear quitting you may not go through too much when you quit.
herefinally, Transcend, Fugazi, I want to comment on all your posts but need to get work... will post later today...
Hello Phil. I appreciate any feedback...
So now its about the day and a half point (24+12=36hrs), and
I feel ok. Slept good last night, though took a lot longer than "usual" (w/sub) to fall into it (not complaining, observating).
I thoroughly know what w/d is like, and how it slightly differs depending the product (tea, kratom, hydro, morph (100mg greens), fent, ...) but know nothing of suboxone withdraw. Again, been taking regularly for 6 months at 12-16 mg's per day in 4 mg increments every 4 - 6 hours.
Anyone have a similar regimen, and stop cold turkey ? I'm trying to determine what the "typical" withdraw cycle would be for this situation ?
Thanks for your time, Dan.
Thanks Rick, Paul and all you others for the great post. I am a 48 year old yank that has had an opioid addiction for more than 20 years. It all started with a broken neck and doctor upon doctor with oxys in all strengths and doses.
Two years ago I went on the Orange devil, it seamed like a good choice at the time. Lets just say I am familiar with going through withdrawals but this is day four off subs and wow. Damn what I have done to my family and friends this must be part of payback. To all quit sooner than later this is just existing not living. Most Doctors go into the field for the money, only the few really care about the people the dispense pills to.
Hey Scott,
My heart goes out to you during these dark times and I will surely pray for your recovery.
I've have prostituted myself to Suboxone last October to help myself get off a three hear struggle with kratom, morph and fent (ugh), and here I am into my 4th day (about my 60th hour).
When did with withdrawal symptoms begin for you if you don't mind me asking (oh yeah, I'm a yank myself my entire life, 32 yrs).
Thanks, Dan.
... correction, into my 3rd day ...
Thanks Trancend, The worse part started about 48 hours after my last 2mg dose. That was 12:00 noon sunday, now Friday morning and not feeling really to bad. Worse part is being alone and not having any support. I WILL BEAT THIS! Keep the faith in yourself and I hope you will find life better while clean. Hello to all our Euro fellow addicts
Yeah I'm definitly not staying on this crap the rest of my life, its totally garbage (I mean, it helped me out and all, but it did its job, time to say good bye and move on...)
I'm not sure what to expect, and everyday I'm in constant fear of what potentially looms on the horizon. I took 12mg last tuesday (4mg every 6 hours), my last dose at about 4:00 PM. It is now about 60 hours later and I don't notice a think, not even an inkling of a symptom, yet I've never escaped withdrawal in the past. I'll keep praying and hoping, but do know that it could be waiting.
I just read this entire website haha. I do feel for everyone here. I can relate to most of these stories. I was taking 7 - 10 vikes, perks, or roxys(whatever was around) every day. I never got big on the H becuase I hate hate HATE needles and hate snorting things. but after about 2 years of steadly taking painkillers, sooner or later there is a dry spot in your town where you cannot find anything. a n y t h i n g. so I took this time as a sign to kick it. I was clean for about a month and than of course. pills are everywhere, So I relapsed. I continued taking perk 10s and roxys until my friend came to me with 8 mg Sub's and told me to get my shit togeather. I was taking the sub's for about 2 months ( one 8mg a day, slowly weened myself to half an 8 mg a day) I am on day 5 of the sub withdrawls. It's rough but slowly getting easier. the only thing thats bothering me is that I sweat all night, my hands and legs jitter all night long needless to say I get about 1 hr of sleep a night if I'm lucky. i wake up with my body so tired but unable to sleep and I figured drinking a few beers before going to sleep would help me relax and have my arms and legs stop feeling the need to move and keep me awake. but that didn't really work haha. If anyone has any advice or any ideas of what to do or how much longer this will be I would greatly appreate it. i just want to get back to my sober normal life and not have this depression and none sleeping-ness going on.
terrible-ness, how fitting.
DON'T DRINK BEER! For me anyway, it made my thrashing/flopping/kicking whateva you want to call it, hella worse. I heard wisky works, but after my beer experience, no way.
If you don't have a history of benzo dependence they are known to take the edge off, otherwise it could make it worse in the end (one w/d for another).
How many days after your last dosage did withdrawal start ?
Thanks, Dan.
Lol yeah I don't know about the Wisky thing either. to be honest. I thought I was just getting sick from the change in season.Due to my lack of knowledge about sub's, I didn't even think it was possible to withdraw from them. So I didn't even think I was withdrawing up until like 3 days ago. I appreciate your info about the Benzo's. but I think it would just be an on going process to take a pill, to get off of a pill, to get off of another pill lmao. I'd say that the first sign of withdrawal's was Monday. I took my last half of an 8mg sub last Saturday. So I'm on 5 days withdrawing.
Dextromethorphan (DXM/Cough Syrup) helps a bit. I guess its an isomer (molecularly) to the codiene molecule.
Ive taken it recreationally for years, and have used it to ease withdrawal symptoms with varied success (depends on the substance w/d from). It takes away the chills, makes it possible to sleep for few-hour clips, takes the edge off.
However, it isn't couter productive towards your goal of getting off opiates - it causes no withdrawal, just feel sleepy for a few days (if you take a lot).
I recommend delsym (grape, orange is gross, too much in my day), and I would take it in 3-4 little shot-cup increments (full cup), and wait about 4 hours, then 1-2 cup boosters every 4 hours (it is very easy to cross a threshold and go from being a little loopy to full blow trip, so wait at least 4 hours between dosing before deciding to take more - the trip is hard-core, so be careful).
I guess midol helps, too, by the same principal's of the dex.
Gotta go...
"Finally, the withdrawal from buprenorphine provides a disincentive to stop taking the drug, and so the drug is always there to assure the person that any attempt to get high would be futile, dispelling any lingering thoughts about using an opiate." I found this statement from the manufacture of suboxone. That tells it all, they want us to take it forever.
I hate opiates.
I will never go back when I get off, I don't care how much pain I'm in, b/c it will pale in comparison to the pain cause when stopping those mo-fo's.
Alright guys here is the truth by my experience. Unfortunately, you can minimize the damage of the suboxone withdrawal syndromes by tapering but it’s like equivicating it to a full nuclear strike versus a small tactical one, either ways it’s gonna be a f-ing mess. There is no way a doctor, good or bad can look you in the face and tell you that “If taken exactly as I am going to prescribe this and going by my comic book dosing guide and BMW Owners Manual, you will feel no withdrawals or maybe just a slight discomfort for a day or so”… If have a cool Doctor who will work with you and “LISTEN” to you, they’ll take what I suggest you say with a grain of salt, if they suck and have a stuffed dolphin on the wall and a squirrel on their head it might not go so well…either way…who cares… Tell them the following if in the event you are given this line of shit from the aforementioned ”You sir/mam are full of shit…..but…what can you give or precribe me beofore I jump off the suboxone to put down a large elephant for about 12-14 days”….
I hope everyone understands that 1/2 of this is true and 1/2 of this is satire or more elegantly put “a fucking joke” to a certain degree. I tried to have fun with this so you, like me wouldn’t stress from all the bullshit sites out there either telling you “you’re gonna be totally fine and running a marathon 2 days after you quite suboxone” or “You’re fucked and it’s all over, join AA and find the Easter Bunny… On a serious note in regards to the Doctors; if you are going to prescribe something, know what the fuck it is and what the side effects are or at the least tell people what to expect. Granted it is a GREAT new line of hope when it comes to prescription aids to help people with opiate dependency; the drug is on the up and up but the doctors are on the dumb and blind train it seems…alot.
I found that quite amusing, though I don't think I understood some if it, I still laughed.
I just want to know what to expect
I'm almost 72 hours in and no symptoms ?
Am I the exception, or am I screwed and don't know it yet ?
Thats all I want to know.
Nevermind, my answer's have been in this post the whole time,
I just was to lazy to ready through...
My party hasn't even started to begin (DAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMN IT!)
I just spoke w/my Physciatrist for the first time yesterday...Ok as addicts on Suboxone you definitely face some personal denial. I want to have children but not while on Suboxone. So here I am ready to leave the only person who supports me and knows I'm on Suboxone and is willing to help in anyway he can. And I want to leave him because he's a bit older and doesn't want kids. He has the most amazing heart and we've been together for 2.5 years just moved in together on Jan. 1st. So things are moving forward but since I've gone down to 2 mgs it's been about 2 months. This stuff is so sneaky I had no idea how much it effects your decision and your overall mood. I never felt so discontent as I have the past few months. When in reality the biggest problem is me getting OFF THIS DRUG!! Yes it is a gnarly drug! I've been in denial this whole time about how severe and strong this drug is!! Even being on as low as 2mg's I feel sick first thing in the am so I haven't been able to get off of that amount and my Dr. has kept me on this Medication for almost 3 years now. When you're on it there is definitely a reason you feel like you can handle life because it's masking it. So thanks to the shrink it was made clear the biggest issue is "ME" big surprise. How can I even go there in my head (having a child with this man) when I have to deal with getting off the Suboxone above and beyond anything else. Why am I telling you all this? Well Suboxone served it's purpose in getting me off of opiates, I just wish I did a shorter detox. I definitely have gone through the fire these past few years while on Suboxone and never had a desire to use heroin or any opiate pill. I am so determined to get off this. Yet so so so scared to go through the WD's. I'm a serious wimp that's how I ended up on it and have a Dr. that would be ok keeping me on it for life. I'm just not ok with that. My start date is going to be April 24th. The shrink suggested I taper off the 2mg. I can't afford the 2mg pills and breaking up the 8mg pills is not an exact science. I don't think I can break them up any smaller. I intend to get off at 2mg and hope to get clonidine and some seroquel. I've heard that is helpful with WD's. I don't have any commitments for May and am waiting only for that reason. Based on what I've read I believe it's going to be a harder ride than I expected. DOES ANYONE KNOW THE DOSE GIVEN OF SEROQUEL FOR WD'S AND SLEEPING. I am not doing this cold turkey but want to use non addictive aids in getting off like you do at any detox facility. I just need to know the dose amount for any people that have had experience taking Seroquel to help w/WD's. She (my shrink) said it would be very helpful in the short term especially because mood is a huge factor in Suboxone WD. If any one has any info on this that I can pass on to her she is going to be my advocate to the MD that prescribed this to me. It's like pulling teeth to get off of it. I had no problem getting clonidine from him to help me get onto Suboxone so it's interesting how hard it is for him to prescribe to help me get off. This forum is so helpful! Thanks to everyone's honesty and desire to help others take us on your journey and be there for each other. Aloha to you all!!
Hi to Phil!! And wanted to make a quick comment (ha we'll see if I can do that) on your thoughts of NA/AA. I have had the exact experience as you with the program. It definitely has helped so many people. For me I believe it's changing the using people you'd associate with. Completely cut them from your life. Have a support network but realize you can get support from people that aren't in the "program" as well. I've been asked to mentor people with drug problems only b/c I try to live this life the best I can and will not allow my addiction to define me. We are so much more than addicts. We might slip and fall but you dust yourself off and get back up. The shaming of constantly going up for newcomer chips or finding people to not be sober and claim to be. Is frustrating. Your going for help but as we all know in face to face situations the honesty that comes through in forums like this can be a lot more "real" than when you're at meetings. I found faith and spirituality to be the best answer for me and it's a personal relationship. Nothing I would bash over anyone's head but just know that's where I've gotten my strength. Also really see life like this. You're driving a car you look in your rear view mirror so you don't crash. But if you were looking in that rear view mirror the whole time you would crash and possibly take others with you. I find the best thing is to move forward. Always look back see it's there and move on. If you spend too much time looking back you will crash I promise. I relate this to anything but especially my long love affair with drugs. It's back there in the past but not what I want to dwell on day after day. We need to be more encouraged! This is a unique forum for all of us to really be real and honest and if we need to vent we can vent and if you're having a crappy day be honest. This site is here for you because we are all addicts who are not defined by our addiction but need each other to not feel so crazy and alone. I just want people to know there are other ways that have extreme success rates and it isn't always NA or AA. For some they are very helpful for me I was more tempted to relapse. That's why the best way for me to stay clean is to stay away from the people who use. PERIOD! Also the shame of being an addict will go away the more you change your life and become the person you want to be. I am a female who struggled for years with addiction but that is not my identity. I'm a loving daughter, sister, aunty, and friend!
Transcend:
Who knows? We are all different. We metabolise drugs differently. Maybe, for whatever reason, you won't have any withdrawals. You are certainly the exception and the first person who has ever reported having absolutely no symptoms whatsoever. I have heard of someone, another exception, having 'almost' no withdrawals, but none at all? That's a new one. Count your lucky stars and thank God you've been saved from the suffering...
On the other hand, it can take 3 or 4 days for the withdrawals to kick in, for some people. Again, it does depend on that person's metabolism. Some peoples' bodies will eliminate the drug much quicker (or slower) than others. So maybe the drug is still very much present in your body. But, then again, maybe it isn't and you've had a great escape!
I hope it's the latter. Maybe it's time to stop worrying about whether the 'axe will drop' and just move on with your life?
I had a bad time of the withdrawals but I blame that partly on the subs and partly on the fact I was totally isolated and incredibly lonely. I had all day, every day to think about nothing else but how I felt. Totally introverted. Not a great way to do a detox!
However, I most certainly had the twitching body problems, insomnia and anxiety issues. I also suffer from PAWS, I guess because I used opiates and every and any other drug for so long. In fact, my entire adult life and most of my teens was spent being intoxicated on one thing or another. So, it's hardly surprising I've struggled to cope with sobriety and I have slipped up quite a few times.
Personally, I didn't care much about trading one pill for another with regards to benzos. I've rattled off stuff like diazepam so many times in the past and to me it's a walk in the park on a sunny day compared to opiate withdrawals. A bit of shakes and increased anxiety, insomnia, then 2 or 3 days later everything is fine.
So, I took benzos to help with withdrawals and sleeping tablets like zopiclone to help with sleep, also seroquel. It hasn't been a problem for me. But, we are all different. I'd just prefer to take benzos than overdosing on shit like DXM (overdosing as in taking more than the officially recommended maximum, that is technically an overdose). But then, I've always hated DXM anyway. Each to their own...
The biggest problem for me is that I find life a scary prospect sober. Like, how to live it without being on something or other? But, I'm getting there. It was a major step forward for me to start working again after years of nothingness. I'm finding it tough but extremely rewarding. It's so nice to feel tired after a bit of hard graft.
Buprenorphine is bullshit. It is total and utter bullshit. I hate the stuff. I hate methadone equally as much. To me it's just a case of the government deciding that junkies should only be allowed to be maintained on opioids that are less likely to induce the type of euphoria you get from oxy, H or whatever.
Big deal. I never got high on my DOCs anyway. Not after I'd built up tolerance. And again, it depends on the person. I know some people who DOC methadone. When I slipped up once and had zero tolerance I got a very nice high off subs. I could have very easily got back into it. Instead it just scared the shit out of me and I flushed about 50 pills.
I came across people that loved subs as a recreational drug. So to me it's all bullshit. All the stuff that the medical profession think they know about opiate addiction and the benefits of methadone and sub maintenance. Bullshit, bullshit, bullshit.
I think long acting opiates are worse than short acting ones. When on daily dosing there was never a time that I felt even vaguely in touch with myself. I was messed up on the short acting ones aswell but I still used to feel half-way normal between doses and I actually found tapering and withdrawals easier to handle than the long drawn out taper and withdraw from long-acting ones.
However, this is just my opinion, just my experience. We are all different. I know some people credit bupe with saving their lives. Who am I to say that this isn't true? So, what is good for one person isn't necessarily good for another. The medical profession stick us all in the same boat and treat us the same. It shouldn't be that way. The system sucks. The academic knowledge base sucks. They don't know shit.
As far as opiate dependency and treatment goes, in the western world, fuck it. I'd never seek treatment again. I'd just rattle off whatever I was on in my own way. They don't know shit and meanwhile they patronise us. They think they know what they are talking about just because they've read about it and studied it. Well, I read about it and studied it too. I also had the hands on experience.
I wouldn't trust a medical person with regards to opiate addiction treatment. The biggest mistake I ever made was going to them for help in the first place. Going on methadone maintenance (and then sub maintenance) just prolonged my agony and defeated my desire to be free from it all.
I did have a good doctor at one point. He actually refused to prescribe methadone. He's wiser than he realises. Instead of being judgemental towards me or even drug dealers he told me that the biggest drug dealers in the world are the pharmaceutical companies. They are there to make money for themselves and their shareholders. You really think they give a shit about us? They spend millions developing a drug, research and development. They have to recoup their costs and make a profit. So, any drug that stands half a chance of being marketed for any reason and they are out there pushing it, persuading medical professionals that it is a wonder drug.
When it comes to opiate addiction: fuck the pharmaceutical companies and fuck the medical profession.
Don't get me wrong though, I do have a lot of respect for the medical profession when it comes to other areas of expertise. There are some fantastic, compassionate and caring nurses, doctors and others within the medical profession. There are also some real awful ones. I guess that goes for any profession. There's always the good, the bad and the down right ugly...
Yeh, I guess this is an angry rant. I was sold, with gleaming, smiling faces, the methadone treatment programme. I was told it would enable me to get my life back. Instead I got so miserable on the stuff and felt so hopelessly hooked that the only relief I could find was from smoking crack and taking more shit for the comedowns.
Ok, I better stop ranting now otherwise this could go on for ages...
Anyway, best wishes to you all and for those of you having a rough ride just remember that it will get better soon so hang in there!
You ain't fucked for life. It's a temporary thing. I don't do the AA/NA stuff. I wasn't born an addict. I don't have a 'disease' of addiction. I just got hooked on a drug that is physically addictive aswell as psychologically, that's all.
I still struggle with cravings for opiate and other drug abuse but so what? Is that such a surprise after two decades of caning anything I could get my hands on? It's just common sense. Of course I'm going to struggle. Rome wasn't built in a day but it was built. My recovery ain't going to happen over night but I am recovering.
Everyone has shit to deal with in their lives. My shit just happens to be to do with substance misuse. Hardly rare these days. Not often a day goes past without me hearing about somebody with some drug or alcohol issue.
It's just life. But, it is better to be sober. I have blips, yes, but I'm still enjoying life immeasurably more now that 95% of my time is sober.
I'm ranting again, better stop for real now...
Phil.
Lol, you know we were all posting those last few posts at the same time? Hehe...
Maui: Aloha! I totally agree with everything you have said. That was really inspiring. I mean, that was like a soul mate speaking to me. It was just totally and utterly everything I've come to realise and feel about it myself.
Yes, a lot of people really not realise just how strong the subs are. They really do have an intense affect on how our minds work. It really isn't possible to be yourself on it. It's so sad, for me, when I hear from people who do not realise this and yet it is so obvious to everyone else but them.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Trancend, et.al., I got through the wicked "receptor" demond, and, If I can do it....anyone can....but I will not sugar coat it for you. I did subs for 4 mo / 8 MG, then 2 mo at 2 Mg, then tapered for a month at less than 1 mg....then turkey time. I too felt quite well day 1-3, then all the common shit began...no sleep, sweats, RLS bigtime, I hated that part, anxiety, severe mood swings and man...did I get emotional. I am a reletively strong man, but I would weep at "show tunes". Ugh. Day 5 - 8 were my worst, physically. I finaly got some Temazapam for sleep, and yes....an occasional beer. I don't like benzos or pot, so I discovered a mixture of St. Johns Wart and Kava extract, sucked on those naturals for days, and I swear it helped my mental state greatly, honest. Finally by day 11-14...life began to return. I began to appreciate nature, tho, I still hated work and being around people. I did not have anyone to share this with, except ONE co-worker. Sadely, my wonderful wife was and is in the dark. That, will be delt with another day. Now, I am on day 43....and sleep well, eat well and love being free, tho...anxiety is always my shadow. It only lasts a short while tho. My point is, unless you are a rare exception...and I pray you are....your party is indeed coming. Be strong, this is a big bad brain thing, and it must run it course...but id does go away. I swear, I would never have done the subs, had I know the length of the w/d. I have jumped from opiats befor...and although bad, it was 4-6 days....not 11-21 days. At anyrate....know this....the sun will shine again for you and your life will return. Just be strong and try my herbal remedie. I wish you all strength this weekend...rest, hot baths and remember this...."action absorbs anxiety".
I was addicted to tabs and oxy's for 14 years and have only been on the suboxone for 6 months, starting at 32mg a day down to 1mg every 3 days last week. I think im coming down to fast. Well last sub i took was 1mg 6 days ago, the 2nd and 3rd day was great, but after the 4th night the withdraws which I havent had to endure with since i started suboxone are killing me. I havent slept, since day 3, and each day I feel worse, I just want to know when does it get easier, cuz its getting harder for me, I really dont think im gonna make day 7 without relapsing, cuz if I cant eat or sleep wont that kill me anyways?
Next Guy...wow....1 mg every 3 days, and last one 6 days ago....man....you should be damn close on that program. This is my opinion only, tho I have read others suggest this....if you must ease the pain....my suggestion is, use the old faborite...low dose opiat...NOT the evil sub. After all....the opiat will be gone in 12-24 hrs....the friggin sub will stick in your brain for a GD week. Naturally, this is not a professional opinion, but If I had to do the jump again, I do believe I would have eased it with light opiats during the worst of it. It is all up to your will and heart to end it. Subs are in a class all their own. We all, at lease most of us...understand the opiats, their strengths, effects and durations...and how to jump off. Tho not plesent, it is a different animal. The subs have ceribial superglue attached to them, and they just take soooooo long to give up. But they will give up. Good luck.
thank you haha. I am hoping that things are completely back to normal soon, I can deal with everything but the none sleeping like I said before lol. It's like my body is sooooo tired, but my brain wont shut off and it feels the need to like zap my arms and legs every 15 min. its nuts.
Thanks Rick your rants speak the truth about so many aspects of addiction. Dan hang in you may be the rare exception.
i agree with Rick, if you are going to give up and go back on the subs then just stop and think for a minute before you do...
A low dose of a moderate short-acting painkiller like, i dunno, codeine, dihydrocodeine, hydrocodone (vicodin) etc. could get you through the very worst times and keep you on track with withdrawals. Because, like Rick said, subs just last so fucking long in your brain, most of the short acting opiates are already starting to depart after 4-6 hours. The key, in my experience, would be to take the absolute minimum dose possible that provides you with just enough relief to make it tolerable and give yourself a break and most imortantly a good night's sleep.
Taking too much might make it hard for you to stick out the withdrawals. You just need something to take the worst of the edge off.
You got any benzos? Any valium, sleeping pills? They can take the edge off too and most importantly help with the sleep. People here have posted with the different combos that have helped them.
For sleeping, the best combo I had (for me) was zopiclone and seroquel combined, taken two hours before bedtime. At most I took 15mg zopiclone and 150mg seroquel a night. Later on I was down to half that of each.
You've never jumped till you've jumped. It's weird I know. All that tapering but still, at the end of the day, the shit hits the fan when you finally step off to zero and normally starts to hit hardest on days 4 and 5. It seems to get better, on average, from around days 11-14.
You are so close it would be a shame to give up now. So be kind to yourself and get a little relief. It isn't failure. It's perfectly understandable. You've had a rough ride of it. You have not got the sleep you so desperately need and you are getting worn down physically and mentally. Sleep deprivation is hideous, with or without withdrawals. It can cause hallucinations, paranoia, depression, anxiety, all sorts of problems. And of course, it will just accentuate all the withdrawal symptoms. They will feel worse because you are so overtired.
So get planning now on how to get yourself that rest while bearing in mind 'damage limitiation' i.e. not getting wasted, just gently medicating yourself.
Like Rick said, this isn't a professional opinion and others might disagree but I agree with Rick completely and think it is good advice.
Hang in there. You are doing a great job. You might be able to get through it yet, without any medicinal help. But, if you can't then you can't. Do what you need to do to get through this. Can you get any non-opiate meds to help like valium?
Do what you got to do to get through this.
Regards,
Phil.
Hello Phil....thanks for the back-up. I can't think of anyone here who has more understanding and empathy than you....thank you. Have you considered, a career in this field? You certainly have the disposition and edge for it. Hell, you are a councilor now, for free....why not get paid for it. My father was a big time Alcoholic....and after his 13th or 14th. recovery, he went to school and was hired by a rehab org called Raleigh Hills in Vegas....that worked for several years.
Nest Guy.....you are going to make it....just consider NOT the subs, for the half life shit. I can't believe you are where you are. Those receptors are funny little fuck--rs, for me, they stuck around...and may still be their....but it took a full 3 weeks to enjoy a meal. For most, it seams 11-14 days. I will share this with you....as horrible and shitty as that time was....I have trouble now, just a month later remembering just how awful it was....it's funny, the mind removes some evil things from memory.....I know it was absolute hell, but honestly, today....I can't relate to it precisely, I just know it sucked. I have been told by mothers that birth pain is similar....it was severe, but later....hard to recall.....this is good. Be strong.
Transcend......keep posting.....I am in awe of your attitude...which is everything......you have many friends hear. Good luck......and stay in touch.
I HAVE TO AGREE W/RICK AS WELL...EVEN DARVON AS LAUGHABLE AS THAT IS WILL HELP. THOSE WERE LESS THAN ASPIRINS TO ME I WOULD THROW THEM A WAY. BUT IT'S BETTER TO TAKE 1 VIC OR MILD OPIATE THEN GO BACK TO SUBOXONE. BASED ON ALL THE POSTS REALIZE YOU ARE ONLY DOING THIS TO GET OFF OF THIS LONG LIFED MEDICATION. IF THE WD'S ARE 2 MUCH TAKE HALF A VIC AND C IF THAT WRKS. DON'T TAKE THE SUB. YOU'LL JUST BE STARTING ALL OVER AGAIN.
TO PHIL ABC- THANKS I'M GLAD I'M NOT ALONE IN MY THOUGHTS.
EVERYONE ELSE- A sigh of relief just came over me!! I heard back from my Sub dr. that he is willing to give me everything i asked for to get off this stuff!! Clonidine, valium (which I've been on but take as directed) and seroquel for mood and sleep!! Yay!! Thank God!! I know this is going to be a tough road ahead but feel completely relieved to have the support of my Dr. now and I don't have to pay $157 to see him he's just going to write the scripts! I finally feel I can see a bit of light at the end of this tunnel even though I'm not on the journey yet. I'm getting prepared! I have my strength from God and to know I can vent if I need to...be prepared and please remind me of the blessings I do have. As hard as this will be we have a choice every day on how we are going to be. You chose to be happy or miserable. Of course when your sick and your mind is disoriented you need a little help from your friends here to keep you on track!
For all of us!! REMEMBER WHERE WE WERE! DETOX IS THE EASY PART!!! IT'S DEALING WITH LIFE AFTER THAT WHICH IS SO IMPORTANT. LIFE WILL GIVE YOU LEMONS REGARDLESS OF WHO YOU ARE SO LEARN TO COPE WITHOUT DRUGS AND REALLY BELIEVE THIS HAS HAPPENED TO YOU FOR A REASON AND GOD HAS GREAT PLANS FOR YOUR LIFE WHATEVER YOU BELIEVE! YOU ARE NEVER GIVEN MORE THAN YOU CAN HANDLE!!
Maui.....God will give you the strength to see this through. You have enormous support all over the world on this site.....I am glad you got help without hassle. This is the beginning of the grand days ahead....the days we all had once, when we would wake up and the most important need was to have a morning cup, or pay a bill or hug a friend....those things still exist and are important and real and are so very true to what being alive is all about. I will wait for you on the other side.....my apple tree is alive and rich with life. Just ask me, and I will blabber on endlessly about it for you. It is a source of light and energy for me. God bless....and strengthen you.
Hey everyone,
I haven't posted in ages, but I'm still reading. Just celebrated 3 months of sobriety a week or so ago.
I do have problems recalling how shitty the WD was, but that's why I saved all my log posts.. Although you'd have to go about 3 months back now to read them. If I ever have a weak moment.. I'm gonna go back through those.
I think Day 5 is the worst. The experience from what I can recall now was utter hell. But if it was easy we'd have all been sober a long time ago.
I think the trick to success is to have someone to answer to and help you through it.
And Paul, don't feel bad for slipping.. Just be thankful you caught it. Don't give up on a sober life man. Not after you've been through the worst.
I wish all you new comers the best. It's a long hard road outta hell.
- JDoe
Day 6 and feeling pain but most of the PAWS are gone, now its the mental part that makes me want to seek. No energy and little sleep makes for poor decision making. I will find a way to push through because this madness must stop before I kill myself. The thought of months before feeling good is a scary prospect. But it took years to get in this situation it must take time to get out of it. I hope each and every one of you find your way back to the life you deserve. Take care
Yeah man I hear you. day 6 for me now too, I still have that lazy feeling with body aches. but other than that the mental thoughts and lack of interest in anything including my girlfriend is driving me nuts.I can't eat anything without feeling like shit. It's driving me up the wall.
I don't know about you T-ness but my skin itches more than any detox I have experienced and after 25 plus years I have had a few. I don't know how I been able to keep working through my addiction. As they say functioning addict. This is it will never go back. I don't care what pain I must endure this stops now. Must be down hill from here.
Yeah man I deff. feel you on that one. I am not itchy at all I was just unable to sleep for the first few days because I couldn't sit still and my body felt the need to move the entire night so I wasn't able to sleep what so ever. now tho on day six it is getting easier. but I'm 5"11 and 145 pounds. so I am very skinny as it is. So I can't really take much more of not being able to eat. I'm like starving but the smell of food makes me sick. I feel like I'm in the early stages of having a child lmao. My friend who kicked painkillers and subs' told me that he recommends me taking like a sliver of a sub every few days to help me eat and sleep. but on day 6. I don't know if that is such a good idea? I mean me being an addict and hearing that statement made me jizz my pants. hahah but I really dont think it is such a good idea because i would feel like these past 6 days where for nothing. feed back would be amazing. thank you.
T Ness.....A suggestion. Do not do the sub sliver, rather, if you must...do a normal, ha, normal....oxy or something, cuz....the frigging sub will stick to your brain for another 10-17 days, whereas, the opiat, will be gone in 12hrs. Nothing would be best, but don't go back to the subs, unless you want to flush everything up to now...down the shitter. Careful my friend and good luck.
agreeing with Rick here,
You better off taking a sliver of a short acting opiate than a sub. Those damn subs just last forever and a day. With a regular short acting one it'll be mostly gone in 6 hours and half-life gone within 12 hours. With bupe you are looking at up to 48 hours and then the half-life...
Better to avoid opiates altogether but if that is what you decide you need then yeh, a sliver of short acting stuff.
God bless you all,
Phil.
Yeah guys, thanks a lot. I didn't end up taking anything but the not being able to sleep is so annoying. I'm getting ready to lay down right now and my wrists will not stop moving around. and I'm not eating much. I figured if I did give in at least i could squeeze in a full meal. and more importantly a good night sleep.
Terrible-ness,
Hang in there. The twitching starts to fade pretty quickly. If sleep doesn't improve then consider seeing a doctor for sleeping meds.
Phil.
Day 7 and I am sure glad I don't have a sliver I am so weak I would take it for sure. I can't sleep but don't want to see anymore doctors. I guess I will just ride it out. Someone please tell me the worst is over.
Scott.....It is farther from the start than it is the end. Day 7 for me was crappy, but hang tough....2-3 more days and improvement will begin, at least it did for me. I found that my mind was my biggest enemy, along with the zero energy. I keep writing about my herbal help, but I think, only I appreciated it's affects. Again, consider St. Johns Wart and Kava extracts, take 60 drops of each...it has a natrual, and very real calming effect....it absolutely helped my anxiety, and was natural...it's worth a shot....I used that stuff up until day 14, and not since. I do understand your pain.....and many hear do alos....the worst is indeed behind you. Unfortunately, with the sub's, it is such a long bitch to remove from our brains.....just know...with each day....your receptors are healing, and soon will be back to normal....the sun will shine for you, and food will actually taste good again, I promise. Try my herbs, it gave me peace during the worst. For me day 11 was the turning point, but everyone is different....you are almost there.
hmmmm....day 7 for me. just woke up, shocked to say that I actually slept a solid 8 hours last night. I'm still starving but nothing really seems to my liking. but over all, I kind of feel like I just have a mild hang out as if i was drinking last night. slightly sore, bones are tense, and not hungry. and as bad as that seems. I'm actually pretty happy because It was sooooo much worse a few days earlier. so I'll take a mild hang over feeling any day!
****hang over.
Terrible-ness: Well "right-0n" then.....welcome home. Up's and down's will appear, but, just remember the up's......the downs will soon be a memory, a bad memory. Good on you. Action absorbs anxiety, food really does do wonders, and when it tastes right....it is so excellent. I am going to make Ruben Sandwiches for lunch today. Hmmmm, 2 weeks ago, I couldn't even entertain the idea of opening the fridge, let alone, preparing a meal.....see, things return...the energy is slowley coming back as well....just takes time. But good for you...enjoy the moment, for their are millions of them ahead for you, and all of us. Isn't sleep everything?
It's so great how like the little things are sooooo BIG now. going to sleep without tossing and turning (as much) and eating whatever I want and having it taste just as good as it was while i was sober. or even when i was on pills. like I said, a little "hang over" feeling is nothing compared to what the past 6 days where. GOOD LUCK TO ALL, don't give up. you dont want to be in your mid 30s or 40s just waiting for your next high. It's gotta happen sooner or later. quit while your still young and have it in you.
ok... so on day 18 i had a wedding to go to and broke down and took a pain pill... just to keep from sweating...
sorry to post again.. but seriously... did anyone else have the sweats this bad when they quit?
im really thinking this sweating is due to withdrawal.. cause I KNOW if i take alittle bit of a pill... that the sweats will be all gone the rest of the day...
is it safe to say that im sweating due to not having pills? and that it will go away?
Yeah man that's normal. I'm on day 8 now and yesterday oh man. I tried to go out in nature and be all positive and have a "natural high" and before I got even to the start of the trail my arm pits where soaked, along with my 4head and arms. It's just your body's way of sweating out toxin's so you should be fine. When being an addict your brain thinks its killing itself when it doesn't have what it wants. So if your a steady drug user your brain molds to the way you live. so when your body isn't on that pill or drug whatever it is,your body starts to want to shut down. Hang in there man and try not to give up.
Hello all.....for me, the sweats lasted 14-18 days, the chills lasted up to 21 days, the restless leg crap went away around day 11, the appetite returned around day 21ish, sleep returned fairly quickly, around day 11 and the energy began to return around day 30...but still is not 100%. The Anxiety is gonna stick around for a bit, but, now with improved energy and purpose....I can deal with that one. Man....the subs are one tenacious enemy. Yes, they worked wonders getting off the hydros, and the most benefit to the subs at THAT time was, it eliminated the constant use every 3-6 hrs, day in and day out. After 7 months on the subs, one forgets that you need something all day long. That said, after jumping from the subs, I have begun to remember the hourly maintenance, and what it was about for daily activities....this is the battle for me now. I know I do not need the crap, but the mind keeps flashing back to events over the years, that were numbed by the opiates. The task now is to go through all of life's normal things, i.e., mowing lawns, fixing things, going to work, weddings, etc...without the memory of them being on pills. I believe, once I can accomplish all the normal things without....I can begin to remember them as good with out help. I am so grateful that the subs are out of my life, and pray that they will be for all here....for ever.
Good day to all.....and Phil abc, I believe you are going to celebrate a "year" this week......what an accomplishment, you should be proud.
Day 8 and at work, action does help the anxiety. And Rick, I bought some herbs and did sleep better last night. Thanks sooo much. This is going to be a long haul for sure, 25 plus years using will not fade quickly I know. With a little help from all of you this too shall pass. I was once told the body forgets pain easly thats why some women have more than one child. If they could clearly remember the pain of delivery they would never have more than one.
Way to go Phil abc that IS great! The best to you.
This post is probably not appropriate, but hear it is....I am a huge WWII freak, and just finished watching the Anne Frank story, which moved me to Shindlers List and all of that horror. My point, I have been bitching about my personal problems for a couple of months now, and it came to me, during this Haulocast anniversair season, that....W T F? Yes, the subs and my personal f-ups have been sad and horrendous for me personally, but....in perspective, my pain....is so damn insignificant by compairson to the ill that the world has felt. Sorry....I just was very moved by the events of that time, and somehow....I channeled my sorrow towards those with big time sorrow. We can piss this crap off.....we are doing it, but, what is the real point to life?......The answer....is life.
@ Rick - thanks for the kind words it's good to know how much support we have on this site. More than I've gotten in a long time in regards to this little issue of the Subs. Since you're such a WWII freak, thought I'd tell you I went to Pearl Harbor for first time this past wknd. It was mainly for my 4 yo nephew but I really got emotional there.(And, No, it wasn't from decrease of Subs) It was interesting. I want to watch that long ass movie now...I'm sweating my so much in the am and that's just 24 hrs from my last 2mg Sub. They are so strong b/c within an hour a my sweat soaked clothes are dry. So over this but it's the final countdown. Getting my spirit more mentally prepared and making no commitments except to get off this!!!
@ EVERYONE ELSE ON THIS SITE KEEP WRITING WHAT YOU'RE GOING THROUGH GOOD OR BAD IT HELPS US ALL. I CAN'T WAIT TO BE ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS THING!! TO ANYONE WANTING TO GIVE UP PLEASE LISTEN TO THE ADVICE OF THE PEOPLE WHO'VE GONE THROUGH IT AND DON'T USE OR TAKE THE SUBS. YOU NEVER WANT TO GO BACK WHEN YOU'RE ALREADY SO FAR AHEAD OF WHERE YOU WERE.
@ T NESS - YOUR REALNESS DURING YOUR WD'S IS SO GOOD B/C NOW YOU CAN SEE YOU ARE DOING IT!! KEEP IT UP...
Thank you very much. I do agree and also appreciate everything that everyone says. There advice, stories, thoughts, everything is just great. I find it that a lot of times they are kind of like.....embarrassed to talk about it to there friends or family because they don't want to be looked down at.So they come to websites like these with such great people and great advice that it just makes things much easier no one judges anyone. We all can learn and relate to each others stories and more importantly there pain.
The truth is tho, you shouldn't be worried about friends or family looking down at you or judging you. A true friend will give nothing but support and do whatever it is that they can to help you and be there for you.As far as family goes, that could be a different story 9 x out of 10 they will be there for you but there are the select few that are "embarrassed" to have an "addict" in the family. What it comes down to though is that we all will always be here for each other.
(you can tell by every ones previous posts how they are doing mine first started off at something like "AHHHH PAIN CANT SLEEP HELP MEE HOW LONG DOES THIS LASTTT" haha and now its a lot more sane. We are here for each other DONT GIVE UP.)
P.S - To anyone who thinks I'm 100% because I am speaking more positive and happy......is wrong. There is still a long road ahead of me, each day its a bit easier and easier. tomorrow is day 9. everyone hang in there, share your pain methods to success. It's a long road for all of us, we will get through it. Its just a matter of if you choose to stay on that road or branch off.
***pain AND methods to success.
Day 9 three hours sleep last night and that's not a bad thing. Not feeling to bad just the fatigue we all speak of. If I can do this anyone can. You all hang on now, do not let apathy and boredom make you relapse. The days are much longer when you are healing. Be kind to yourselves and keep the resolve. I wish all that are here the happiness and love of life we all deserve.
Maui....all the best. You probably know that 24 hrs is scary, but not the actual "party". Sadly, the dance began for me on day 5....that's when I started my herbal "head" calming extracts. Be tough....If you can, avoid people....except those who who care and know. I had no one, and really could have used a shoulder....hence, this site for me. Not to worry Maui.....we are here for you. Hot baths and walking is good. Sleeping aids for those dreaded RLS creepies...Man, I hated that. I actually laid awake one night....probably around day 4-6...anc counted the jerks. Literally every 7.5 seconds.....every 7.5 seconds I would get that meaning little electric jerk...ugh. That ended a couple of days later, I think around 8 or 9. My sweats were serious, but since it was cold where I am....It was, chill, hot, chill hot, chill hot....that too ended around day 14, but did improve from 11 on. At any rate....bless you for your strength and courage. It DOES get much, much better. Time is God's band aid.
When I was in Hawaii years ago, I did not get to Pearl Harbor. I have kicked myself ever since. Perhaps in the near future. We shall see.
Keep strong and keep in touch.
I wanted to add a method I was using at the first few days of my withdrawal's that might help others.
Day 2 - 5 where hands down the worst for me, I couldn't sleep at all and that twitchy feeling or whatever you call it made me want to kill myself. My method which seemed to work out pretty well for me when I built up enough energy to do it. I have a pull up bar, 10 and 20 pound weights in my room and a punching bag. Right before I was getting ready to go to sleep and knew I wouldn't be able to keep my legs and arms still. I would just lift weights,pull ups,sit ups,push ups, or anything that would make me feel exahusted enough to fall asleep. Once I hit my bed I would shortly fall asleep after. So its a healthy way to keep yourself
from tossing and turning at night haha.
I also have a question for the "Guru's" of this website lol.......
I never really understood how my friends or brother would take vikes or perks like 3 MAX and than not feel a withdrawal the next day. I know for me, whenever I used to take them the next day or 2 right after taking 4 or 8 tops I would start to withdraw. My question is...Am I just making this up in my head that I was withdrawing because when I was really bad I withdrew? or Is it because I am/was an addict and my friends aren't so they don't withdraw even from taking them 2 times a week give or take.
Terrible Ness....very interesting point. I took vikes for a long time, off and on prior to committing to the addition. I mean, I would do 30 in a week or so, and not have any for several weeks.....early on. Nothing. I had not probs. I do believe that one can, initially take a prescribed amount....say, 7.5-10 mg's every 4 hours for a couple of weeks and end it, with no problem. For me....the 4-6 per day went to 6-10 per day, and I was SNORTING the damn things....that was my downfall. Soon, it's almost like coke....every 2 hours, ugh. But, to your question.....it am no Dr. ha, but think one could do the low amounts for several weeks without any w/d's. I only wish I understood that 5 years ago, but hell....it probably wouldn't have mattered.....I would have just gone for it. I did detox on hydors twice before....it only took 4-5 days, and I was fine. Unfortunately, my head wasn't ready to stop, and I worked with a source....who kept em coming. Any way you look at it.....it f's with your chemistry, and that can't be good. Now, I will deal with the beer issue, which, it seems has replaced my anxiety....not extreme, but more than I should. But, that devil is an old shadow, and one that I understand all too well.
Haha well thank you, Yeah I think your answer may be right. The only thing is that we are addicts so we cant just take the "prescribed amount" we need to take waaay beyond that lol. I'm just so much happier and healthier without any type of drug in my life. It's a waste of time and money. I just was curious about it. Does painkillers or suboxenes kill your sex drive?
*kill your sex drive like.....while your withdrawing? or even after you heal from the w/ds?
T-Ness - Withdraw from opiates is different from everyone. I used to take stuff with no ill effects.. Until I started doing it every day.
For me opiates increased my sex drive, but dampened desire. I could go and go and go, but it was hard to orgasm. While withdrawing I lasted about 1 minute for sex. I felt awful.
Luckily that went back to normal, and I was able to control it again like I used to be able to. Things go back to normal eventually. Oh and my libido increased a LOT.
Ha ha alright good, thanks for the info. I'm on day 9 about to be day 10 in like a few hours, and I really have no desire to have sex with my girl, and I would imagine that its starting to bother my her. As long as everything goes back to normal that's fantastic.
Thanks to everyone congratulating me on my up coming one year clean anniversary!
It'll be on 23rd April.
I'm doing well here. It's a hard struggle to recovery but it works! I'm doing full time voluntary work and have just applied for a correspondence course in bookkeeping and accounts. A year ago I was doing nothing and couldn't even conceive of the idea of working let alone studying.
Best wishes to everyone,
Phil.
Sex????? What the hell is that? Actually while on the subs...the drive was non existant, but now, it's pretty much back to normal...in fact perhaps a bit improved. I did not have a prob while on the opiates tho...it was only when I went on the Subs that it went away, and natrually...during the w/d's...forget about it. But OK now.
Phil...good luck with the correspondence and bookkeeping course. Wish we could all gather on the 23rd. for you and enjoy a fine meal and a beer or mineral water, your choice.
Hey everyone, I hope all is well...at least as well as can be expected. The sex drive stuff was interesting. Really, if it's a matter of you being a clear headed clean person who isn't handcuffed to opiates...I can't imagine that anyone's girlfriend or boyfriend who genuinely cared about them is going to hold that against the. It's true of course, you can have sex all night doped up and it's near impossible to crack a nut. It certainly isn't the kind of fun it is while you are clean. Rest assured, hormones come back raging, pretty quickly. You'll more than make it up to her as lomg as you hang in there.
I do think the key to sleeping is one of the last things people want to do during a kick: physical exertion. I lifted free weights like a maniac while kicking, then hit the floor....which was my home sweet home...lol.
Congratulations Phil! One year will be a huge day. I remember thinking: Okay I have a week. Just let me get a month. Then two months. Then three, six, nine, and finally a year. I kicked off subs January of last year. I can only be happy for people that don't suffer through these PAWS, because they are noy ANY kind of fun. My God subs had legs for me...phewww. I'm still not 100%, but I'm certainly better than I was. For new folks, don't wory about PAWS, you might not even get them. Not everyone does. But Phil, I think we both caught the director's cut of this horror film, and to get through that and survive, what can I say? We both know what it is...and how unfathomably long it last for us...so I guess I'm just going to be extra proud for getting through it, as you should be as well.
I went to sooooo many different NA meetings until I finally found a couple really good meetings where people were entirely focused entirely on Recovery. Having social contact like that was critical. NOBODY in these meetings was going to talk about using. If someone tried, they would be stopped. I still hit that those meetings at times and those people truly care about the well being of all the addicts there. It's free. I think if you find a meeting where the average Recovery time is around 10 years, you are in a good spot. I understand that to someone with an intellect, as you seem to have, anything dogmatic is very unappealing. One person used to call God Good Orderly Direction. That was the god of their understanding, and everyone was cool with that. They cared about 2 things. Helping people get clean, and helping them live a quality life once the novelty of being clean wears off. I have heard more profound things spoken in a couple meetings that helped me than I have heard ANYWHERE else in my life...and they were tremendously more profound. I persoanlly believe that for me, I wouldn't be who I am today without their hard earned wisdom born through experience of both being an addict and being in Recovery. They have many cliche's. One of them is that the same addict will use again. It's about CHANGE. I had a sponsor from AA, but I don't anymore. I didn't do the 12 steps. But I LISTENED in those meetings because I was hearing things that I NEEDED TO KNOW. I was told by my sponsor, go to as many different meetings as you can. Find the ones you like, just like you searched out the best dope spots, search out the best Recovery spots. I have heard sentences from people with 20 years clean time that changed my entire approach to life. And when I skipped a couple months and came back, people's faces just beamed with some type of joy when they saw me again, and realized that I was still clean. I wish everyone that wants to try a new way of life and who wishes to try NA finds a place or two like I have, because money can't buy what I was given freely from these folks who cared for my well being, and more importantly, knew how I was going to feel before I felt it, and gave me (and continue to give me) knowledge that I haven't found anywhere else, about what I need to do to be both clean, happy, and fulifilled as a person. That is invaluable to me. AS a side-note: You may not agree with everyone and you may find a liar. I never cared about that. I only cared about what I could take from a meeting that would help me, and I left the rest behind. That's actually a decent blueprint for life.
Good luck everyone, and God Bless you all.
Yeah man I'm very happy for you Phil. I was just curious about the sex thing because like you all said while on pills it was like being on Viagra or however you spell it lmao. Now that I am off them though I have no urge at all. I'm hoping sooner or later things will be back to normal like you all say, because I am on day 10. I fell pretty good, eating meals, somewhat of a normal sleep schedule and minimal aches and pains. keep up the good work everyone!
Rick: beer please!
Fun times: great post, very interesting to hear your take on AA and life in general. A lot of wisdom there.
Terrible-ness:
Sex drive? I had zero sex drive on subs or methadone or strong opiates in general.
When I went into withdrawals my sex drive went absolutely nuts. It came back online in a ferocious manner... lol...
Greetings to you all,
Phil.
Day 12 and what a diference, legs are still heavy and sleep is poor but what a overall better feeling. Alright life on lifes terms, that's the whay it has to be. I can LIVE with that. Hang in there everybody you can make it through this. Do whatever works for you to survive this part of your life. It will make the rest of your life all the more enjoyable.
Phil...."it came back online in a ferocious manner".
Thats really funny.....I totally relate, but still funny as hell. Have a great weekend all.
Scott: great to hear the good news!
Rick: Oh man... You don't even want to know... LOL :D
Suboxone= Pause button..... Most profound thing I heard in a long time. That is exactly what it equated to for me. Two years thinking everything is alright. What a crock of s#@t we have been sold.
I was on suboxone for a year and i tapered down to 1 2mg pill a day, then every other day... then stopped completely, did not relapse, and went threw the entire w/d process of suboxone (completely sober the whole time) until i felt 100% better....ANALYSIS: I found a mild withdrawl. It felt like u were on 8 cups of coffee the entire time, which makes it so hard to sleep...to the point were u wake u happy u were able to sleep for 2-6 hours. you feel like you can not do a thing, instead of stay in bed, or the bathroom occasionally. This feeling lasts for about 3 WEEKS until u slowly get to get better and it eventually goes away. ONCE AGAIN: Its a mild (u prolly won't puke even once) w/d compared to puking non-stop for 3-4 days till u start to feel better. So in conclusion, suboxone w/d is much more suttly but it lasts longer then lets say a heroin, oxy, roxy, lortab, perc habbit.
Hope this helped... please comment "@Kurtis" .. ill be checkin in for time to time if anyone has any questions.
By the way, i have been sober since for 3 years, suboxone hs saved my life.
Well here goes,was abusing Oxy,perc,horse,ect,ect. Got on Suboxone,gotlayed off,not for abusing. Shortly will be detoxing off Suboxone(not because I want to)can not afford the cost. Any ideas on how to deal with the detox? No, I not going back on Oxy,perc or any other opiates
Well here goes,was abusing Oxy,perc,horse,ect,ect. Got on Suboxone,gotlayed off,not for abusing. Shortly will be detoxing off Suboxone(not because I want to)can not afford the cost. Any ideas on how to deal with the detox? No, I not going back on Oxy,perc or any other opiates
AOM, taper with whatever you have left of the subs. The lower the dose you jump from the better. The damn things stick around for quite a while in your head. The first 10 days are brutal then it gets better. Be strong my friend. I stoped for the same reason you have to.
AOM, Scott is right....slow taper, but I strongly suggest you go back on this thread, say...2 months and read, read, read....there is so damn much reality and truth hear...it will be faster and honest help for your question. I do not mean to refer you to "yesterday", but, for many hear...our hearts, heart's, and hopes are well documented and available for reading. I did this and found it useful. Just know, you are not alone, and have friends hear.
Thank you all for the information and support. I have another one more script. I'll start metering there, seeing I'm layed off I can detox before attempting to find work. I'll post while coming off of them.
Day 14 and raining here in the deep south of the USA. Sleep is slowly coming back a little at a time, probably the worst part of the lingering of Sub withdraws. Not much energy but can push through it as I have little choice. I am far from the worst of PAWS but with a long way to go from kicking this 25 year habit. I have someone to live for a very good job and the will to overcome this with the help from all of you. Thank you all for your continuing support.
glad the people here are able to offer support that is helping you Rick
PAWS takes it's toll. That's if you are one of the people who get it. And, from what you have described, you well might be. But, don't hold that as 'gospel'. You still don't have to be one who goes through PAWS.
Anyway, if you aren't it's a blessing and if you are you will find a way through.
I did and still am suffering with PAWS issues and it's 4 days shy of a year when I quit the subs CT. So, either way, you will find support here. Most days are good after a year. However, life still throws up surprises. Today was absolutely awful. I had to leave work I felt so ill (in my head).
I got home at lunchtime and I've been in bed ever since. I'm just full of fear, loathing, confusion, misunderstanding, insecurity, lacking in confidence, totally deflated. I don't even want to get dressed. I just want to wallow. And the last two weeks have been the best I've ever had since jumping and perhaps in my life. So go figure? Does PAWS make sense? Yes and no.
Yes it figures. It's that whole journey of returning back to life after decades of being on some drug or other (opiates being the worst culprits). Getting back into main stream life can be very difficult and you might need all the support you can get. But when push comes to shove, you'll do it. It's totally doable.
Best wishes to everyone,
Phil.
Phil....you certainly deserve a down day now an then. You expend so much compassion and energy on others here, it is no wonder, that occasionally...you drain your own supply of light and energy. The pride in your accomplishment this week is awsome and inspirational. So, take some "self" time and feel better for your 1 year celebration. I hope you take a nap, wake up and it will be done for now. You are a strong guy and know this crap as well or better than most here, so don't sweat a week day. Hell, even "regular", non addictive people have "days"...so, screw it....it will pass....but, you know that. Tomorrow the birds will sing to you again.
Thanks for the encouragement Rick. Much appreciated.
I just realised that in the previous post I made I used your name when I meant to say 'SCOTT'.
Silly me...
Thanks again for the encouragement Rick.
Best regards,
Phil.
so here it goes...ive been taking roxies for about 8 months now. I havent been a real heavy user (60-90 mgs a day and some days i would have nothing)...i've kicked this habit about three times already but only for a couple of weeks before i would relapse again..i am sick and tired of wasting my money on these pills and i feel like they are running my life, like my life revolves around them and they are making me hate myself as a person so its time to kick this habit for good...i did my last little bit of roxie i had earlier(ive been trying to wean myself down over the last week before i started to put myself through hell again) just to make the withdrawals go away until i could get a few xanax..im hoping the xanax will help me this time considering i normally only go through withdrawals for 5 to 7 days since im not a heavy user but the withdrawals are still pretty bad..im trying my best to beat these pills without having to spend money which i dont have much of on subs and after reading everyones posts subs dont seem the best way to go...yall please wish me luck and i will be keeping yall updated on how im doing over the next few weeks..these pills have ruined a lot of my life considering i went to prison for three years for trafficking them..i dont know what i was thinking when i got out and went back to using...i was doing so good for almost a year and then shit hit the fan..i have a great family for support but they dont know what its like to go through withdrawals considering they have never been users so i feel like a lot of support will be coming from yall..i wish everyone on here the best on kicking our damn horrible habits..yall hear from me again soon till then stay clean!
Pill Devil, pills aren't the devil addiction is the devil, or at least as hard as the devil to beat. You need to get a handle on what makes you keep going back to the pills. I was prescribed much more than you are taking. Started taking subs to stop some of the behavior associated with drug abuse. It worked but only lead to dependence on that opioid "bup". If you still have easy access to roxys you will surly relapse again until you change "your thinking" through meetings, counseling, jail or some other life changing events. Good luck my friend just detoxing is never enough for us addicts. We need each other, friends and family sure don't hurt but the real wisdom comes from those who have been there. Staying clean is a way of life for most of us at this point, we can't just withdraw and go about living like none of the shit we took has no lasting effects. I know it has changed me forever and I must now live with the consequences from the choices I made long ago. You said your under the influence now what will you do tomorrow? The choice is ares to make and we only stop when we are ready or someone or something does it for us. No short cuts in this thing called addiction, just day to day hard work and a good attitude will get it done. I'm sorry if I'm sounding like an asshole but it's been two weeks clean and I realies its only a grain of sand in the beach. Love to all keeping it real.
scott...you're not bein an asshole just stating the truth..my brother is on subs right now and he told me he wishes he just wouldve went cold turkey and that all he did was trade one drug for another..he told me he thinks it would be best to just try to cold turkey it and gave me some xanax to help me get through it...like i said ive done it before without xanax but its hell either way im sure..as for being able to get ahold of the roxies i just got a new phone yesterday, changed my number, and gave my other phone with my contacts in it to the army charity thing...my old dealers have no idea as to where i live and that is likewise on my part as we have always met somewhere to do the deal...thank u for the advice and as for the meetings and counseling i will we going to na meetings 2moro night and for the next three nights after that until they have another meeting next week..as for counseling, my brother called his counselor for me and i have a meeting with him this weds...like u said just detoxing is never enough as i have found that out over my last few times of trying to stop taking these pills...i know it will take a lot of hard work and time but this time i have a much better plan than just trying to do this by myself..i am honestly fed up with this addiction and as well i have my first child on the way so i have really got to get my act straight this time...like i said i really do appreciate the advice..by the way my name is keith and if anyone would like to share anymore advice you can either email me at keithbarefoot@comcast.net or just post on here..i will be looking forward to hearing from more people and def. u as well scott.
hello every 1! My first post here.iv'e read many posts all the way up to Funtimes posts.READ THEM!I am a long time drug abuser from coke, snorting meth,then my angel came and that was methadone!2 years on that trying to quit 2x by myself brought me to the hospital and admitted into a mental ward! 4days there came out and tried sooooo hard to remain sober.My depression and sleepless nights lead me to start drinking as early as 7:30 in da morn (after my daughter was in school). Great mother right? I felt like i was going to kill myself and decided 2 take a little methadone once in awhile just to make me feel a little better (we all know how that goes).Then i was introduced to subs.I've been on them for about 6 mos. I am day 8 without. by the 2nd day lethargy and depression set in,3rd day i was sic went to doctor who put me on prednisone (for chest congestion allergy related). Well 4 the next 3-4 days ive slept 5 hours non consecutivly . This is what always puts me in2 relaps.the poops and flailing legs are great 2. Just cant get cumfy @ all!!! Last night i had 2 take a xanex (and a couple glasses of wine) to sleep so i dont go insane.For those of u who know prednisone, i heard it could wire u out 2, so i dont know if its that or the sub w/d.I do think its important 4 people 2 not psych theirselvs out reading these posts because every1 is different and reading some of these posts will make the wheels turn and scare you. just be prepared to do this and try and gain support from loved ones (Helps soooooo much).AND ALWAYS REMEMBER THAT THERE IS A REASON WE CHOSE THIS PATH,TRAUMA DEPRESSION ....AND WHEN YOU R CLEAN THE DEMONS WILL STILL B THERE! BUT YOU WILL B SOOO MUCH STRONGER FROM THIS EXPERIENCE THAT YOU CAN CONQUER THOSE DEMONS!!!! WISH U ALL THE BEST OF THE BEST!!!!
Hey everyone. I heard a good quote from Winston Churchill I believe. I think people here can relate. I'll paraphrase.
"What do you do when you find yourself walking through hell"?
"Just keep walking".
I like that one. No use lingering around, just keep walking and come out the other side.
louralee.....Good for you and your decision. Good luck. You are right, many posts hear are scarry as hell, but real....your day 8 is well into the worst, hopefully....for me 5-9 were the worst and then on day 11...a little sunshine came through. Sleep was improved, the "legs thing" diminished and much of my appitite sorta improved. Just the depression and weekness continued for another week to two weeks. Now mostly OK....I too took to an old friend...beer to help with sleep...not good, but hey..we do what we must. I don't care for pot or benzos, tho I have mooched a few zanax from a friend lately for moods. This will pass...you will learn that you have enormous support here...keep writing and hang tough..you are well into the removal of the dreaded sub's receptor devel. Hang in their.
Wow,I went back and read my old posts and I can't believe I was that fucked up Lol. I have about a month off the evil orange and my body is pretty much back to normal. I was on subs for 2 yrs. so it took awhile for my body to recuperate. That was a long and shitty ass withdrawal but It's definitely manageable. Here's a few tips to anyone who is detoxing.
1.Take plenty hot baths or showers because it will help with the chills and make you feel a little better.
2.Drink plenty of water to help flush out your system quicker.
3.Take daily vitamins to help keep your body strong.
4.Stay active and exercise because it will keep your mind off of how shitty you feel and it will help you sleep. If you just sit on your couch and watch T.V. all day you'll feel worse. Most people start feeling better around day 11 and that was true for me. Sub withdrawal is real tough because although it's not as intense as H or Oxy withdrawal it last a lot longer(about 14 days). Just stay positive and remember that this too shall pass. You WILL get better and once you get through the withdrawals you really fell like you accomplished something and it feels awesome. Stay strong my fellow addicts Peace!
Rick...thanx for the support! Last night was the first night I didn't feel as though i was peddling a bike all night long and the grinding bones in my legs totally subsided! There truly is light @ da end of the tunnel!BUT I HAVE LEARNED A SERIOUS LESSON, AND THAT IS TO TAKE THINGS ONE MINUTE @ A TIME AND NOT GET TO XXXCITED!Thank u soo much, its so nice to know that we r not alone. The thing that realy separates us from the ster-typ is that we realy do want to just b NORMAL!!!Its a fight i've lost many times and still may but i's tryn ma hardest and I know ALL OF YOU R TOO!!THANX AGAIN FOR THE SUPPORT!!!!!!
Hey guys.
I'm new to this site, I was using this other website that didn't have as much info I just had a few questions.
I was an addict. I took Perk 10s and narcos for a couple of years. Came across subs, was taking them for a year or so. Quit those about 2 months ago and did my time with the withdraws and it was just as bad as everyone else. My question i have been 2 months clean, got 3 out of 4 of my wisdom teeth pulled on Friday. They gave me perk 5s and on Saturday I took 5 Sunday I took 4 Monday I took 3 Tuesday I took 2 and there all gone. My question is....is this going to trigger some type of relapse? because It's Wednesday and I already feel achy I really don't want to go thru this all over again. HOW long do perc withdrawal's last? I know not as long or as painful as the subs, but how long? and do you think this will trigger a relapse that quick? THANks in advance.
hi ryan. im pretty sure you should b ok.Its great that u r concerned (being an addict)! If u do experience w/d it shouldnt b too bad since u havn't been on them for awhile and u r only doing da 5's.Dont psych urself out,UR MIND IS SO MUCH POWERFUL THAN U THINK! YOU SHOULD B JUST FINE BROTHA!!!
Ryan....I wouldn't freak out about what you have taken. Hell, most "normal" folks will burn through 30 or so in a week, from a dentist visit...they don't know that they are supposed to become addicted, so they don't anticipate a problem and it never happens. The problem is....don't score another 30 or 90 and continue,(in my humble opinion). That is where the prob starts, as you probably know. The normal opiats are gone in 12-24 hrs....no half life like subs...so worst case would be, if you did have some w/d's, which I think is hopefully not likely...youre looking at 3-4 days and poof all gone. The head is the biggist enemy....get it right up their and life is good. Good luck, don't worry...you should be just fine, again...just my humble opinion.
Thank you very much all for the feedback. I just feel kind of lazy other than that I feel fine. So you are all probably right haha.
Phil abc:
Well it's near my bedtime here in the states, but know it is the 23rd. in the UK, so I wanted to be one of the first to wish you HAPPY ONE YEAR ANNIVERSAIRY!
Well done and kudos for such an accomplishment. I know that I speak for many hear, that you have helped and supported for a long time, in wishing you the best in the year and years ahead. Enjoy this day and the rest of days with such a victory over the dark side. Good on ya man. You are indeed an inspiration. All the best.
Rick in NM
Thank you Rick!
That's much appreciated.
I'm still around and reading. Haven't had much time to post due to being so tired after work and now have part time study course as well. Any free time I have tends to get spent sleeping and resting. I will try to catch up later today.
Best regards to you all,
Phil.
Phil...happy anniversary you should b so proud that u did it! Its such a hard journey and one i have lost more than one should.I guess i didnt want it hard enough but im pretty sure i do now (one hour @ a time).On day 11 LOL but feel ok, the hardest part 4 me is that my bf has nooo idea. so im sure he cant understand the moods and depression, but it will b ok. All of u guys n gals have helped more than u could ever imagine and i am sooooooo greatful! PEACE TOO ALL-AND IF ONE SHOULD FAIL, ITS OK-JUST GOTTA GET RIGHT BACK UP AND KEEP TRUCKEN!!!!!
Hang tough louralee....day 11 was the beginning of the end for me on the sub's w/d. Really, daily improvements from that day on, then by 14-21 it was virtually over, cept for the moods and such, but worst is behind you....congrats on you as well. PS...my wonderful wife had no idea either. It was so damn hard to keep a stable face during the furst 2 weeks.....we watched many movies, and thankfully, my lady did not quiz me.....we, tend to be good at disguising our reality, dont we? One day, I will share this with her....but not today. The sun is warmer, the sky is more blue, and the future is brighter...with out this crap. The mornings are my weekest times, but that only lasts for a short moment. As many have said....it takes years to get hear, mentally, and will take a long time, mentally to bury it....just remember, why we ended that torment....this side is real and wonderful. Bless all hear....it does indeed get better, way way better.
RICK...u r soo right, it did creep up over years of (recreational partying) Ya right!thank u.I have to say that i was addicted to the computer b4 i got all f'd up and a couple of days ago (my first post) was my first x even chekn my email,LOL, how fun that was cleaning up. BUT IM BACK IN BLACK N HOPEFULLY NEVA GOIN BACK!!!! But again its one hour @ a x! You guys make it soo much more easier!THANK YOU ALL!PEACE!!!!
RICK...u r soo right, it did creep up over years of (recreational partying) Ya right!thank u.I have to say that i was addicted to the computer b4 i got all f'd up and a couple of days ago (my first post) was my first x even chekn my email,LOL, how fun that was cleaning up. BUT IM BACK IN BLACK N HOPEFULLY NEVA GOIN BACK!!!! But again its one hour @ a x! You guys make it soo much more easier!THANK YOU ALL!PEACE!!!!
Phil>>> being a recovering addict,I wanted to ask you (and i know everyone is different), but how long (seriously) until u just feel alright in ur own skin? I understand that we have been numb to everything while on da stuff,but i've been soo emotional and cant sit still but @ the same time dont want to do anything.Is this normal and will it go away?? trying so hard to not feel sorry 4myself, but also trying to keep my desperate mind busy-it sux but does seem to help until im all alone! I THINK BOARDOM IS OU WORST ENEMY!!!
Louralee, you are right that everyone is different, but for me and what I have read on this site and thousands of others.They all said virtually the same thing, which is after the first month and a half to two months you start to feel 90% better. The depression and cravings stay around for a looooong time. I am on day uh.......I think day like 23 or 24 and I'd say that I am about 80% better. Everything gets a lot easier as each day passes. I personally lost count of how many days it has been because I am keeping myself busy with working, my girlfriend, going to the gym, and just all the fun stuff that used to mean the world to me, like skateboarding. being active and healthy makes everything that much easier. EVERYONE hang in there, post your thoughts concerns and methods. It's something to keep us all going. much love to you all.
Terrible-ness...Thanx 4 that info, that realy helped, i'd hate to feel like this too long,but knowing it'll end helps soo much.Trying to keep busey myself but not quite ready 4 the gym yet LOL (although i used to work-out religously). Thanx once again 4 all the support everyone!!BEST WISHES
louralee:
In answer to your question, I'm not sure I'm the right person to ask! If I tell you how long it took me to feel comfortable in my own skin it might just freak you out.
I will tell you if you really want to know but I'm sure you will feel better a lot quicker than me. I was seriously fucked up after 20 years of drug abuse, homelessness (on and off) and just chaotic raving, clubbing, petty crime, destroyed relationships. Chaos, chaos, chaos and more anarchy on top.
Do you really want to know how long it took me? (That's assuming I am now feeling comfortable in my own skin...)
Best wishes to all,
Phil.
Louralee: what you are describing is completely normal.
As far as the long term is concerned I'm not sure what to say because we are all so different.
Some people bounce back in two weeks, some in 2 months and me... I haven't yet bounced back and it's over a year. I still feel strange in my own skin, just less so as time goes on.
So, I've done it. I've told you the truth according to my experience. Now don't scare yourself and think it will take you as long as me. Most people are, like the previous post said, 90% normal after 1 to 2 months.
Kind regards,
Phil.
Phil thank u!I'm realy starting to realize now that there r reasons we get sucked in and its usually (not all da x) because we r trying to mask pain we dont want to deal with! THATS were the anxiety comes to play with us!!! Im thru the physical but wow what a journey i have ahead...as much maybe less than all of u great people on here!All I can say: IS THERE IS GOOD NEWS AND THERE IS BAD NEWS, THE GOOD NEWS IS U WILL FEEL AGAIN....THE BAD NEWS IS....U WILL FEEL AGAIN!!!
"IS THERE IS GOOD NEWS AND THERE IS BAD NEWS, THE GOOD NEWS IS U WILL FEEL AGAIN....THE BAD NEWS IS....U WILL FEEL AGAIN!!!"
louralee - That is probably the most profound post I have read here. So very true and worrisome but hopeful. What a f -ed up situation we bring into our lives. I am proud of your success and love your posts. I too am over the physical, but after 5 years of pain pills, and various other goodies prior to that for most of my adult life, mostly booze, the anxiety of "feeling again" is strange and boring,, yet.....I don't ever want to go through what we all have done recently....just keep solid and as productive as possible. In time, the norm will hopefully be he high. Again.....what an excellent observation you made. Happy weekend to all.
Rick.... Boring, Thats it! I feel it all the time now! Although i feel a stream of feelings i dont want!!But thats all good (try to remind myself). FEELING (EVEN PAIN) IS A GOOD THING! we will get used to it again! ALL OF US HAVE TO UNDERSTAND THAT OR IT WONT WORK!!!!!!
Yes it's so true Lourlee. All the pleasure and satisfaction from life comes from feeling but also the pain. That is life. But it's so much better than the drug haze...
Wow, I just found this site and Im so glad. U guys give me hope. I have been on suboxone for 5 years after a long time of using herion and oxys. Ive tappered myself down from 24mg a day to 1mg but i can not seem to get off the 1. My doctor keeps saying its such a small amount that its not doing anything for me so i should just stop but at night if i dont take it at my usual time i cant sit still or even think about sleeping and my whole body hurts. I would really like to be off of them but i dont know if i can do it. any advice?
CLS it's time to jump! You will feel some WD's from 1mg but the worst is the first week. I have a month off the subs and life is getting better everyday. Just take some time to yourself because lack of sleep is a real bitch. What your feeling at night at your dose time is most likely in your head because the subs last a long time in your system
CLS it's like day three thru day five or six that was bad for me. You can do this, bigger heads than us have made it you just have to want it! Suboxone = Pause button. Take the next step and try life really clean you may just be supprised. Good luck and let us know how your doing and read far back as you can and you will see your not alone in this.
CLS: Yeh, I agree with Scott. Also, 1mg isn't a small amount of the drug. Buprenorphine, when scripted for pain control, can be effective at 0.2mg. So 1mg is already 5 times the bottom line therapeutic dose. However, jumping from 1mg is doable so it's up to you.
Still, it is worth jumping. If you can't face going from 1mg to zero then try 0.5mg or 0.75g or scraping crumbs off. Or you can try dosing every other day because of subs long half life.
It is worth jumping. There will be a very big difference between life on 1mg sub a day and life on zero. It will hurt for a bit but it'll be worth it in the end.
I must admit I did feel it even after just missing one day's dose, especially at night time. I was all fidgity and restless. It was like RLS but in my arms. It was like electricity firing along my nervous system. Whether it was all in my head or not I don't know but I certainly felt it and it would go away with a sub dose.
I just reached the point where I was prepared to suffer like that in order to reach sobriety and freedom from subs.
Best wishes,
Phil.
CLS....Phil and Scott are both correct, only I tend to side with Phil on the jump after 1mg. I shaved it down to .5mg a day for a week then did the jump, and ugh....as others have stated....for me, day 1-3 was mostly anxiety, but day 4-9 sucked.....then on day 11, sunshine began to warm my soul. Overall...the subs take around, again for me, 3 friggin weeks to really begin to go away. Paul....I too had those crazy electric RLS things in my arms....absolutely insane, and then in the legs for only about 6 nights...then much better. WTF is that? Also, the sneezing....ordinarily, I enjoy a good sneeze, but I would cut loose with 10 at a time often....whew...that was weird, but I understand somewhat common....again, WTF is that too?
You will likely sweat like a newlywed, but without the rewards of that.....again, after 11-14 days for me, that left....the depression, funk and overall moods persist...but just knowing that evil crap is out of my brain...is so damn rewarding, I can't tell you. I do drink my beer, mostly for my head...but do not miss the subs at all. Mood, sex life, appetite and aesthetics have all improved enormously. I am on something like day 68 and happy.Keep in touch...good luck....it does go away my friend.
Hello everyone... I've read a good part of these posts and it seems as though we are all in the same boat- a viscious cycle from opiads to suboxone and back again. About 5 years ago was when I first began experimenting with pills. At first it was small stuff (vics, perks, etc) And then suddenlly the oxys were like an epidemic here. I Dealt them off and on for the last 3-4 years and now I'm paying the biggest price anyone could ever fathom.. I'm facing 2 Class B felanies after a close friend of 7 years wired up on me and my girlfriend. This is all a very new world to me and still can't believe this is my reality. About 1.5 years ago I was easily up to 1-2 80s a day when I started losing everything.. I lost my job, my apt, belongings u name it.. i've lost it. I decided at that point in my life that enough was enough. I started getting suboxone off the streets and it pretty much changed my life. If only I had quit while I was ahead. This past November I started dealing again to pay the bills, times are hard and I did what I had to to get by.. little did I know this way of life would come to destroy me.
I was out on bail conditions for 2 weeks when I got a nice surprise visit from DEA who had come to UA me.. came up dirty for suboxone. I was in jail all weekend which gave me a lot of time to think about sh*t and reflect on what I have come to know as my living hell. I knew I had to stop everything for good if I have any hope of picking up the pieces of whats left of my life. I had weened myself down to .5 mg of sobo a day and took my last dose this past Friday night before I got arrested. I am now on day 6 and I hope I start rounding the corner soon. It has been a long week of no sleep that I thought was due to stress (now I realize thats not the case!) which is the part thats killing me the most because as much as I don't want to I still gotta get up each day to work. Most days I feel like I'm going to freeze to death and unfortunately the nights bring no comfort- this is when the restless legs set in and I can't get comfortable. I slept maybe 3 hrs last nite and got a long day ahead of me but I will be back soon to give you all an update. We have to keep telling ourselves.. if we have made it this far we can't quit now.. For me it's no option. Good luck to everyone and hope to talk to u all soon...
Hi all. Great stuff in this forum. Thought I'd add my two cents and ask a question which I'm not sure I've seen answered here, though I may have missed an older post.
My story is typical - started using pain pills occasionally at 13 (I'm 44 now). But at 33, I had a great job with a large salary and met a guy with unlimited supplies of Vikes, Percs and Dilaudid. Wasn't long before I was shooting 4 k4's a day. Eventually switched to heroin (cheaper).
Anyway, in 2003, I finally got on Methadone and in '05, switched to Suboxone. I'm now on 2mgs / day and can get by on 1 if necessary. I've talked about trying to quit with my doc and he believes in switching to Percs for a few weeks and then kicking those.
My question is, has anyone taken this approach and been successful? I'm not sure I can get a bottle of Percs and not eat 10 of them right off the bat, so I'm probably not ready to quit Suboxone in the first place, but I want to try badly.
Several posters mentioned that they took a few hydro's a day during their Sub WD and that helped. That sounds like a similar approach. Did it work? Did the torment of Sub WD ease up?
I'm not sure I can deal with what most people describe as a 2-week WD. So any advice or experience similar to what my doc suggests would be appreciated. Thanks to all out here for sharing. It does help to know I'm not the only one that has felt this misery.
Hello everyone... hope you are all doing well and getting through this difficult times in our lives.
Day 7! Wow I can't believe I have made it a whole week.. I can honestly say that this is the longest period of time that I have been clean in the past 4 years. At most I would last a day and break down and go get something. Maybe it's knowing this time that it's drugs or jail. Or maybe I've just finally realized how much I miss my normal, sober life.
For anyone who has yet to begin embarking on this long journey to freedom I'd just like to share my experiences over the past week. Days 1-3 were not too bad, chills, insomnia, yawning, sneezing and very little energy. Little did I know this was only the beginning. Days 4-5 is when it got the worst for me.. I didn't sleep but maybe 15 mins at a time, 2-3 hours in total a night at most. The lack of sleep is the part that I hate the most. I find that sleeping pills and Benadryl help some but doesn't work miracles. Yesterday was Day 6 and a little better. I finally slept maybe 4-5 hours last night, but still woke up every 45 mins-1 hr. Today is Day 7 and only just beginning but I think it may start improving from here on out. Again this is only my experience. I've found with the forums and information that I've read that the length of time and the dose that you take plays a big part in determining how long this journey will be for you. Good luck!
I'll post again tomorrow to let you know how my day went..
Hang in there everyone...
Hey Tom, your Doctor is willing to give an addict a script for perc's to get you off Sub's? Of course you will take ten as soon as you get them, that's what we do. This guy is a quack in my opinion, that's the kind of guy that keeped me supplied for years. If you can get someone to hand you a couple of them a day it will ease your WD's but it will prolong them as well. Good luck with the jump, it IS doable.
Hey Scott -
Yup, my Doc said he would move me to Percs for a couple of weeks and have me kick from them instead of the Sub. A quack he may be, though I do have to say that he's been pretty helpful in the 18 months I've seen him. And he charges me half the rate the a-hole Doc I used to use when I lived in Nashville a few years ago (I'm in NJ these days). It might be an option to have a friend or family member hand them over on a more "as needed" basis, but I was hoping to keep them at arms length while I went to hell and back.
Thanks for the wise words and encouragement. I'll keep posting as I move into action mode.
Hey Scott -
Yup, my Doc said he would move me to Percs for a couple of weeks and have me kick from them instead of the Sub. A quack he may be, though I do have to say that he's been pretty helpful in the 18 months I've seen him. And he charges me half the rate the a-hole Doc I used to use when I lived in Nashville a few years ago (I'm in NJ these days). It might be an option to have a friend or family member hand them over on a more "as needed" basis, but I was hoping to keep them at arms length while I went to hell and back.
Thanks for the wise words and encouragement. I'll keep posting as I move into action mode.
Good Morning everyone!
Day 8: I think I can see the light at the end of the tunnel!! I slept almost the whole night through for the first time in over a week and I feel so refreshed. :) and luckily I have the whole weekend off to give my body a chance to relax and not b tortured by the freezing cold at work. I finally feel free from this deamon that has had a hold of me for so long, I only wish I had learned my lesson before it was too late. I am now paying the ultimate price.
So yesterday was Day 7 and still as long a day as the others.. I am still very sensitive to the cold and can't seem to get rid of the sneezes! Hopefully come Monday morning I will be completely washed of all w/d symptoms.. I'm keeping my fingers crossed!
To anyone who has yet to start the long road to complete recovery just know that it doesn't last forever and you can do it! There were nights that I layed awake knowing relief was only a few feet away but I knew that wasn't the answer. We are never given more than we can handle... When all is said and done you are going to feel like a brand new you!
Hang in there everyone.. if anyone has any questions, concerns or just need someone to talk to I'm here 4 you all.. I'll return soon to see how you all are doing.
This is a catch up since my last post. I've read through and replied as I went along so it's in chronological order. My frist comments refer to the earlier posts and so on...
DeterminedGrl:
What a great story of determination. Sorry to hear you got busted but great to hear you've seen some clarity, a way ahead without opiates coursing through your blood stream. I look forward to hearing from you again and wish you the very best in your recovery/battle against the illness that is addiction. I'm sure you have the determination and strength to get through it. I hope you can glean some useful information from previous posts with regards to things that can ease a little of the pains, insomnia and that dreaded RLS!
Tom:
Yes I know the dilemma. It will be tempting to take a large dose of Percs all in one go. However, your doctor sounds great! I do believe that it can help to take short-acting opiates, preferably weak ones, in great moderation to ease the withdrawal pains. I wouldn't have thought anything stronger than hydrocodone/codeine/tramadol would be advisable? I mean, high potency short acting opiates might just be too much of a temptation. The temptation is going to be hard enough with the weak ones but at least there is damage limitation with those.
So, yeah, switching to short-acting opiates can help with withdrawals from drugs like methadone and subs. It's just a case of not over-doing it. Hopefully you can use them wisely and give yourself an easier ride. Just remind yourself that if you use them carelessly you are only going to cause yourself more pain and suffering in the end whereas if you use them sensibly you might gain a huge benefit and escape the worse of the sub withdraws.
I would rough out the WDs for as long as possible and only take the percs when you really feel like you can't cope any more, when you need a slight break. Don't take enough to get high. Just take enough to ease the WDs just to the point where you can get some sleep or relief from the worst of it. I know this is going to be easier said than done but it is possible. If you can be loyal to your doctor and follow his advice you will save yourself a lot of suffering. If you abuse the script you are abusing his trust and you might not ever get such a compassionate doctor again. My doctor wouldn't even prescribe me sleeping pills after my insomnia persisted for 6 weeks. I ended up on a psychiatric ward before they relented and prescribed 'the junky' his sleepers. That was after they observed, first hand, that I just couldn't sleep.
I recognise that I probably had worse withdrawals than most of the people on this site so don't freak at my experience. However, a few of us do suffer more heavily for whatever reason, probably a combination of factors.
DeterminedGrl:
Great to hear back from you. I hope also that things continue to improve for you. Most people start to feel improvement after 7-14 days even though there are lingering problems, just not so intense.
Scott:
I hear what you are saying and maybe you are right. However, if they can be controlled, then an occasional short acting opiate can help. But, like you said, it might be adviseable for someone else to be holding them. Someone who can provide some accountability but at the same time not be a facist and refuse you the help when you most need it.
Tom:
Sounds like you are getting wise on this. I like what you have said. I understand Scott's concerns, but from your description it really sounds like you have found a compassionate and humane doctor. Stick with him! And yes, keep those percs at arms length and go through the hell. At least you know you can get some relief if you really need it when you feel you are going to break.
I know Scott is partly right in saying it will prolong withdrawals but it's like taking acetaminophen for a cold. I heard a doctor say that acetaminophen can ease the discomfort of having a cold but probably delays the recovery by a little. In the same way, taking a perc might extend the recovery time a little but also might make it more bearable. However, in my opinion, I don't think the VERY occasional perc (or whatever mild short acting opiate) will really extend the WDs by any noticeable amount.
I understand Scott might disagree with me on this and maybe he is right. I'm just voicing my opinion. You have to come to your own conclusions in the end.
DeterminedGrl:
Just read your latest post. You really are an inspiration. I do hope you come back and post again. You deserve a huge pat on the back for getting through it like you have so far. Don't be disillusioned if there are lingering issues even after a couple of weeks. I know you are stronger than that. You are a lesson to us all. And yes, I used to remind myself too that we are never given more than we can handle. I believe that's a biblical reference. Faith certainly helps.
But whatever faith (or no faith) people have, they can beat the demon of opiate addiction!
Thanks to all of you for your wonderful and inspiring posts. It's so encouraging to read your advice, even though I'm over a year on from when I jumped. It's just so good to see people helping each other selflessly and hearing of the battles you are going through and fighting so hard.
True warriors!
Kindest regards,
Phil.
Thanks for everyone's feedback and opinions. It's just very cool to have a place to express the thoughts, options and concerns I have about dealing with Sub WD, and to hear some very inspirational stories of determination and success.
Obviously, we're all different. We have differing opinions about the "best" way to approach a kick, because there is no "best" way, but hopefully there is a "right" way for anyone that has that goal in mind. It's just a question of figuring out what that way is.
Thanks to Phil for some wise words and believe you me, I wouldn't want to betray the trust of a doc that really does want to help and has been nothing but supportive of me since I met him.
The problem is, as with a lot of us addicts, and I know this after more than 12 years of heavy dependance and attempts to kick both through sheer will and through rehab, that I don't have the will required to just suck it up for 3, 8, 10 or whatever days of torment I'm likely to confront. Not if I know that relief is somewhere close at hand. I've been on Sub or methadone for so long that I haven't had to deal with it for a long time, but I remember weekends stuck between dealer visits enough that I have occasional nightmares about being in withdrawal, or losing my subs, or being lost and unable to get to my doc. I'd rather have a two-day, anesthesia-free root canal from a sadistic dentist! So 10+ days in WD seems beyond my capacity for tolerance.
But I am old enough and wise enough to know that the choice is ultimately mine and I have to make the decision eventually to either continue to do what is easiest or find the way to do what is best, no matter the struggle.
Either way, this place will be a frequent stopover along the way.
Peace and much thanks to everyone here!
Tom
Tom - Good luck in your decision. I honestly believe, had I had some percs during my first 11-14 days....of sub wd...I would have absolutely used them, as sparingly as my strength would have permitted. My will, and most here is so damn strong to rid ourselves of that crap, I think it would have over ridden a relapse. Who knows...only, the sub kick was the worst, and I had no one to share it with...my wife was unaware, so you have that guilt, anxiety and added need for pretend energy to attempt to be social.....It would have helped to have local support, but this site helped me a great deal. I would also have preffered to have 4-5 days alone to feel sorry for myself and rest, without making excuses...but noooooo. It takes a long time to get their, and will take time to leave it....but, subs are particularly evil in their length half life....I have said before, it is like borrowing some money..then when you start to pay it back, with each payment...you wind up owing more money.....very frustrating.....but be strong...for me day 11 began the healing....better sleep, food, no RLS, the chills, sneezing and sweats started to leave, and I could face friends without being overwhelmed. Now....day 71 ish....life is good.....boring but very good....the opiate life was not real, so boredom...didn't happen....but now, each day...I am smelling the air, feeling the sun and loving being free. I just need to knock of the beer.
God bless all here.
Aloha all! Well I'm on day 2 and this suck's. Day 1 was nothing like this am. was. I have the meds to help but my stomach is killing me. I was prescribed valium as well as seroquel and clonidine but it's not helping with the severe stomach pain. I stopped from 2 mg's was told to still taper down but feel I can do it at this amount. Tired of prolonging the process. So any advice on what to do for stomach relief would be greatly appreciated. My schedule is clear till the end of the month so I'm fortunate to just kick it. I never want to take a sliver of the boxes again. I am concerned about the valium. While I'm going through this WD I'd rather kick any addictive med. even thought the DR. prescribed me mostly valium..Ahhh...I just want to be drug free. I feel like I need it now just to get through the first week then I'll start tapering off that. I love all your positive posts. Really once you make up your mind no matter how hard it is, stick with it. I know it's a tough road ahead but out of your lifetime it's really just a blink of a memory when you look back. I see people who are off it and leading the life they always wanted. Just be prepared for 3-4 weeks of discomfort and I have to agree from what i've heard the PAWS are the hardest to overcome. So again any suggestions on stomach help would be appreciated. Thanks to everyone on this site for you commitment to help all of us struggling to get off this stuff!!!
WHAT IS KRATOM AND HOW DO YOU GET IT. WHEN I LOOKED IT UP IT SEEMED LIKE AN HERB FROM ANOTHER COUNTRY. I HAVEN'T HEARD OF IT HERE. ANY INFO WILL BE SOOO HELPFUL!!
Hello out there, I was addicted to oxy's for approx two years when I went to my P for subs. I've been on subs now for 3yrs and have started the weaning process. I'm down to 1mg and experiencing RLS in virtually every muscle of my body...any advice for this? It is driving me crazy! I plan on going to zero mg in July but totally dreading it!!
dreadsubw - Hmmmm, the evil RLS while on 1mg. I'm no expert, but believe that will likely stableize soon. How much were you on prior to going down to 1mg? Most here, including myself slowly dropped down to .5 a day, then, for me...just a .25 sliver for about 8 days, and still.....it was nasty by day 5 from the jump. It's gonna be what it will be, but...I honestly think you should be fine soon with just 1mg or less....cuz, that crap is strong, and as you probably know, lasts a long damn time. Good luck. It will start to improve in 11-14 dreadful days...but it will go away, honest. Of all the w/d's...my least favorite was the RLS.
So I'm now concerned after reading the prior posts that jumping off at 2-3mg's is not such a bad idea. I saw the Dr. and he said take a sliver of the boxes but I just feel that will make me start the WD all over again. So far I have a positive attitude and just taking one day at a time. Today was fine until night. I can't eat, my stomach is so nauseous if any one has tips to increase appetite or anything for nausea I'd appreciate it. Thanks...hanging in there happy to be on maui!
Hang in there Maui and take anything but the subs, they just stick to the brain way to long. Try pepto for your stomach it also helps with loose stools as well. I jumped from 2mg's like you did and it was 11 days until most of the discomfort was gone. That's the price I paid for all the "highs" I provided myself since the last WDs I went through. Kratom is common in Europe but not so much in the States. Take your Valium and do your best to ride this out the light will come. Day five six and seven were the worst for me then each day things got better. I rode it out without any other drugs because I am done with doctors. That's just me after being in there "care" for 25 years I had to say enough. I used to buy weed in Maui years ago that will surely give you some appetite and some help sleeping if that's something you can do. I love Maui and stay happy life will be good again. Scott
Hi Everyone! Sorry that I have been away so long.. my sister dropped my laptop and cracked the screen so I haven't had a chance to stop by. Thank you all for your words of encouragement.. it only makes me stronger knowing that someone out there is proud of my success. I unfortunately am not able to share this achievement with many.. Most of my family were not aware that I was taking subs. Today is day 15 :) I am feeling good.. still get a lil bit of the chills and still dealing with the sneezes! (I just keep telling everyone I have allergies haha) And lastly I still battle with lil energy but I do hope this will improve over time. Its really been about 5 years now since the last time I was able to honestly say that I am CLEAN! I just hope my story inspires you all to push through your own personal battle with this devil that has been our best friend and companion for so long.
Maui: Congrats on joining the fight! The first step is the jump. Hopefully the jump from 2 to 0 has not gotten the best of you. If there is anything I can do to help or if you have any questions please feel free. I will do my best to answer promptly. I wish I had a solution to your stomach problems but I was fortunate enough to not have that wd symptom... As Scott suggested the only thing that I could guess may help would be some weed. Not only will it give you a lil bit of an appetite but it will give you some relief for a short period of time.
I am feeling better every day physically, but boredom and low energy are still my biggest obstacles. Especially being lonely and on house arrest these factors are what I remember to be the reasons I started doing drugs in the first place. When these feelings overcome me.. I just think 5 mins at a time. Now that the physical aspect is out of the way I just hope my mental and emotional being can keep up! I have been considering checking out some NA meetings.. not only would it probably look good on my case, but I feel it might give me something to hold on to and an outlet to share this living nightmare that I am experiencing. I don't regret being sober for a moment but it makes dealing with this life-changing situation that much more difficult. I need to learn how to cope again! But then again this is not an everyday battle that I am facing... If I look at the big picture I get too overwhelmed and lose all control.. I just have to remind myself, 5 mins at a time.
Hang in there everybody.. I promise to not stay away so long! Much love & luck to all
Scott and Determined girl thank you so much for your feedback. I'm so grateful for your encouragement. The drop was bad the 2nd day and I broke down and used a long lasting opiate but not suboxone. God willing after this journey, I pray I never have to look back. You both are right about the weed it's helping and not a pill that I'll be addicted to. It's been 5 years for me also since I was clean and I was so happy. I had a childlike spirit and I wish that all for you. @ Determinedgrl this has been the biggest secret I've been living with. Like you I just told my dad, and boyfriend, everyone else thinks I have this never ending flu. I'm starting to think people think I'm making it up to avoid doing things with them. On the boxes u felt "normal" yeah right...because of the long lasting effects of the opiate I took tuesday. I count this my 3rd day and so bummed at myself for not being stronger but i've never done kicking well. This is the first time my attitude is positive and like you I am determined!!! I don't want any opiates in my system. When you go through those mental aspects always remember what you went through to get to where you are!! 15 days your doing awesome...you never have to go back. And if you need an hear I always check since I'm up all the time :) And this site is sooooo helpful you all are so caring! It's a relief to have a forum to ask ??'s @Scott, I feel the same about Dr's they have their purpose but when it comes to opiate addiction very few have been there and it's a money maker. They go buy a book. My dr. told me 5 days. My friend who went through it said more like 3 weeks. Regardless I was able to log some time at the beach and it's amazing when your laying down with such surroundings your mind is at peace...and the weed is good and available. It truly is medicine! I'm losing a lot of weight and would have no appetite without it.
Scott and Determined girl thank you so much for your feedback. I'm so grateful for your encouragement. The drop was bad the 2nd day and I broke down and used a long lasting opiate but not suboxone. God willing after this journey, I pray I never have to look back. You both are right about the weed it's helping and not a pill that I'll be addicted to. It's been 5 years for me also since I was clean and I was so happy. I had a childlike spirit and I wish that all for you. @ Determinedgrl this has been the biggest secret I've been living with. Like you I just told my dad, and boyfriend, everyone else thinks I have this never ending flu. I'm starting to think people think I'm making it up to avoid doing things with them. On the boxes u felt "normal" yeah right...because of the long lasting effects of the opiate I took tuesday. I count this my 3rd day and so bummed at myself for not being stronger but i've never done kicking well. This is the first time my attitude is positive and like you I am determined!!! I don't want any opiates in my system. When you go through those mental aspects always remember what you went through to get to where you are!! 15 days your doing awesome...you never have to go back. And if you need an hear I always check since I'm up all the time :) And this site is sooooo helpful you all are so caring! It's a relief to have a forum to ask ??'s @Scott, I feel the same about Dr's they have their purpose but when it comes to opiate addiction very few have been there and it's a money maker. They go buy a book. My dr. told me 5 days. My friend who went through it said more like 3 weeks. Regardless I was able to log some time at the beach and it's amazing when your laying down with such surroundings your mind is at peace...and the weed is good and available. It truly is medicine! I'm losing a lot of weight and would have no appetite without it.
Oops didn't mean to post same thing twice see no patience..lol
Hey Maui! You're very welcome.. anything to help a friend in need :) I know what its like to fight this battle alone and have to put on a happy face around your friends and family in order to mask all that we are truly feeling. This forum was the only way for me to be completely open, honest and real. You can share your thoughts, feelings and agonies with us all and know that we understand. Most drs cannot begin to fathom what this hell really is for people unless theyve been there b4.. which most have not. As you said all they know is what they read in a book or maybe see a patient experience but no one can understand until they've been in our shoes. I'm really glad to hear that the weed is bringing u some relief.. as much as you may not have an appetite its important to keep your health up. I found drinking soda made things worse but sports drinks and sweets will help give you a lil bit of energy to keep you going. Don't get down on yourself for needing some relief.. I know that if I didn't have bail conditions hanging over my head I too would have broke down and given my poor body a chance to relax. Of course looking back on it now I am thankful that I didn't but when you get to that point we would do anything to feel better. Just ride it out best you can and know that we are all here cheering you on! Much love & best of luck.. Hope to talk to you soon
Ok so this is technically my 5th day off any opiate. It's hard to tell how I feel,,,Not good but don't know about medicating. Still haven't been able to eat and look like a tan skeletor! I just wanted to thank u for writing back, it means a lot right now I don't know one single person who has kicked this except the people on this sight. I've seen posts that say 5-8th days were the hardest. So I don't know what I'm feeling. Except for crappy!! But determined. This is the first day I'll be alone so I pray I'm able to knock myself out. I seem to be able to have the most energy at night and can briefly fake being "fine".
I'll write later when I feel a bit better. Aloha
I am on week 8 off subs, started taking them to get off oxy's, then was too afraid to quit taking the subs. Three years later i had to send my little orange friend packing. After reading these posts it seems like forever ago that i felt that way. Im on my feet all day at work and it was BRUTAL to drag my ass to work for awhile. One piece of advice i can give that helped me tremendously was getting some exrcise and using a hotub and sauna. The "Thomas Recipe" mentioned the hotub. Tom couldnt have been more right about that. Keep pushing through it and remember there is light at the end of the tunnel. After about two weeks i was waking up feeling 100% better than i did the day before. Hope that helps. Be Determined!
Maui.....OK then...you are so into the beginning of the end.....just do it....day 5-8 are tough, but for me, and many here, the light and warmth begins around day 11.....you can do it....hey, you are in paradise, but, somehow....I understand...that really doesnt matter when you feel like this. Just know....the sun will bring life back soon....sleep when possible, eat, tho gaggie...and keep as active as possible.....I preffered to avoide human contact as much as possible....rather, I watched many old movies and listened to soothing music...I read, the brain forgets to offer pleasure shots when it hears happy and comforting things....so engulf yourself in plesent music and visuals...it is all part of reminding the brain to go ahead....give me some of that natural shit.....God Bless you and stay strong. You have less to go, than you know.....and you have much support here.
Rick in NM
Rick...I was just looking at the sunrise through the lush tropical surroundings and realizing how beyond blessed I am. The beauty of insomnia is the sunrise. And just happened to be listening to my favorite music still am..Did you medicate yourself days 5-8? Serequel is really helping for sleep but i'm worried about the amount to take because I'm taking double to to sleep 100mg's. Got valium, soma, clonidine, and was wondering how you did it. From the past I've just done what I can to get through the hardest days then as soon as I don't need as much meds I go down on those meds w/no problem. I've been taking the majority of my meds. at night b/c clonidine makes me so dizzy and bp is low. Just want to know if you can remember what works best to come out of the phase. I know being on the "NATURAL IS THE ONLY WAY!!! THATS THE LIGHT I'M HOPING TO SEE SOON"Avoiding human contact is my mission. Unfortunately living in Maui this is a very busy times for visitors being here. I had to tell the first one. I'm hoping the 9th day I can go out to hear music and at least see my closest friend for one evening. He's bringing his new girlfriend and of all times I look like I did 10 yrs ago..tore back, skinny! All my least favorite things. I'm sure with God's strength I can pull off one brief evening at a show. That will be distracting and being on Maui music shows I like are few and far between and of course this happens to be a band I really like. Will try today to get our at least in the backyard or do some chores. Thank you so much!! Crazy how what you wrote was exactly what I was feeling in my soul!! Amazing how God works :) Aloha
Maui.....For sleep at that time, I wound up taking 15mg Tamazapan with a beer or two. Unfrotunately, the beer part is not smart for me, but it helped. Occasionally, I would take, usually during the day natural Herbal stuff....St. Johns Wart and Kava extracts...about 40 drops each, and I swear to you, it really, really helped my moode swings and probably aided in the sleep. Now I sleep well, tho...I tend to wake up at 4AM, wide awake....this is new, but hey...I will take the 6-7 hrs anytime. Try the herbs...they are available at health food stores and cheep, and natural....they actually do help with anxiety. Hange in Maui...each day is another one gone, and the next one will be better...you are close...Good luck.
Day 7- Up at 4am not very unusual for me still feeling it but not nearly as bad as I expected. Was able to even go to the beach for a little while. I have the best Kava from Suva Market in Fiji and it's been sitting awhile seems like know is the time to bust it out and use it for medicinal purposes. I'll grab some St. Johns Wart. I'm going to gauge today and try and take as little medicine as possible to see whats really up with my body. Thanks for all the tips!!
Been a while for me since last checking in here. Only 10 days but used to be more frequent. Now I've got full time work and part time study I'm not so free. Anyway, it's great to visit again and read the posts, as always. I'm going to just answer each post as I read it, since my last post.
Tom: No problem. I'm glad my input was helpful to some degree.
Rick: Yeh, I'm more in agreement with that despite the temptation to overuse. I think once you become bloody minded determined to quit then even having a few lower strength, shorter acting opiates around to ease a little of the pain isn't so much of a problem. Also, I'm kind of keen on the beer myself. However, don't knock yourself too much about it. As long as you are not drinking so much that you are pickling your liver then I'm sure, in time, you'll get it down to a reasonably 'normal' intake. I know what you are feeling with regards to using the beer as a medication. It isn't the worst thing in the world by any means, again, as long as it's not like a bottle of vodka a day! :)
Maui: I found lansoprazole and/or ranitidine and also gaviscon or mucogel can be useful for stomach problems, especially if acidity is high. Don't worry too much about the valium. As long as you are not taking huge amounts each day you should be fine. Take a break after two weeks is the usual advice to avoid physical addiction. However, quitting benzos is a walk in the park compared to opiates. But, it can still be unpleasant if on a very high dose. I had a 150-300mg valium a day habit once. Yeh, that was hell to come off but I've come off 15mg a day loads of times and did it with a fast gradual taper for best results. I usually felt fine again after 2 or 3 days. But yeh, it's best to exercise damage limitation so take a 3 day holiday if taking it daily for a week or more.
I agree with Scott. If you get to breaking point then take anything but stuff like subs and methadone. Those long acting opiates just stick around for too long. I found weed helpful sometimes and it should increase appetite. But like with any drug, don't overuse it. Maybe a few beers with the valium, a toke on a joint and bingo you might get serious munchies. Lol. Sorry, sometimes you have to break the chain with a bit of humour eh? :)
DeterminedGirl: Wow! What an amazing read your post is. To see how you've turned around as the days have gone past. You are sounding so more positive and winning the fight. It's great. Congratulations and much respect to you. Thanks for posting your good news.
Maui: No big deal. You took a long acting opiate, not ideal, but in the long run it will make no difference. You are so determined on your journey. You'll get there any way. Most of us have taken something we thought we perhaps shouldn't on the path to sobriety. Looking back now, it didn't really matter for me because I achieved my goal anyway. Sometimes things just get so rough we need a break.
DeterminedGirl: You really are such a strong person. It's inspiring reading your posts.
Maui: You are doing just great. You will soon start to see the light at the end of the tunnel. I know it's a confusing journey when trying to figure out how one is feeling. Confusion is actually one of the symptoms of withdrawal from opiates. The clarity will come back in it's own time.
Finally Clean: I'm sure your comments have been extremely helpful for everyone. It certainly is nice to have a sauna and hot tub. Any major relaxation activities are very welcome when in withdrawals. They certainly helped me and are good habits for adapting to life post opiates and/or through PAWS.
Maui: Don't fret about 100mg of seroquel. That's still a low dose. At my worst I was munching between 150 to 300mg seroquel a night. 13 months down the line I still take 25-50mg seroquel at night for sleep. I've had protracted insomnia problems since kicking. I know most people won't have that problem but I've struggled with PAWS issues badly.
Anyway, I'm still feeling better than ever as the weeks pass. It's been great to check back in here and read the posts up to date.
Best wishes to you all,
Phil.
Thanks Phil..it's good to hear from you and you know whats up. The munchies have returned :) Today is day 8. I'm moving around more than ever. The weirdest thing is that yesterday my BP was through the roof and same as today when at the beginning of the week it was beyond low like it usually is on a detox w/clonidine. So thats a bit scary and frustrating b/c I have no idea why. If I take more meds the numbers stay the same but my pulse increases. Dr's don't know what to do with me b/c I"m 34, thin, vegetarian eat healthy I just have it. With all these meds I'd think it would lower. Do you ever take seroquel during the day? My neck and upper back have been in excruciating pain. I must of slept very wrong the first few days and now thats all I can feel. I'm getting acupuncture today and hopefully that will help. I've heard people mention PAWS issues...what is that? The good news is this really is the first day I feel a bit better and looking forward to some pain relief. I hope the acupuncture works..Thanks for all the encouragement!!! It really helps you don't know which way your going when you do it alone. So here it's good to know you're not!!
New to this site and thread... my friend is fed-ex'ing 30 2-mg suboxone to me and will be here tomorrow (today). I am determined to get off of Heroin and heard that Suboxone is the way to go. So glad I found this site - becuz after reading a ton and a half posts, maybe it's not such a good idea. So, what I am planning on doing is once I start feeling the w/d, I am going to take a pill (sub)...I only plan on doing it for a couple weeks just to detox. If any of you think I'm doing the wrong thing (becuz of the long-lasting w/d from subs), then please let me know.
Thanks, in advance.
D-grrl100 - I can only speak for myself. It's best to be off of heroin for 48hrs. That was an eternity to me. I had an amazing job opportunity but it didn't allow me the time to get off the dope and thats how I ended up on Suboxone. I'm bad at detoxing by day 2 I'm running for any relief. I went to a Dr. who basically said I'd be fine being on 2mg for life. The way you feel on Suboxone is completely normal and it does teach you how to deal with things without opiates thats for sure I never took one during the time I was on it and had some very trying times. You have no cravings once you find your amount, I started at 32mg a day ended up at 4mg for majority of time so it was easy to go down but so hard to break that 4mg. I'm now on day 9 off of the boxes and it's not easy and I have a ton of meds from my dr. to help with the WD. If I had the time to be sick in the beginning I would've just kicked the dope especially if he provided meds to help. It's a longer process on the suboxone and much more drawn out and once you start them it's very hard to stop because you think your "normal" it's the craziest feeling. If you can do a quick detox on the subs I'm sure it will be ok for you. This site provides so much helpful information and there are people with a lot of knowledge. Who've been through it. I'm going through it and dope maybe more drastic to kick but it definitely is harsher and shorter this is a long drawn out process. I would get them but you already have to be in WD to take them or you will have the worst DT's ever. I learned the hard way I did a cotton the morning before I saw the Dr and lied of course b/c my body was still showing evidence of WD to the point he thought I needed the Suboxone and let me tell you I felt like I was going to die so please be sure to wait as long as you can and be in full WD's before you take them. They'll work their magic in 20 min to 1 hour. You'll be well. Heroin is much easier than other opiates to get on the boxes because oxy's, methadone, and other long lasting opiates stay in your system longer. Whatever your decision you have tons of support here. Without a Dr monitoring you and prescribing them to you I would suggest mapping out a detox plan so you won't freak out when you run out. I still have about 45 8mg tabs at the pharmacy and I never want to see those orange pills again. There is no easy answer with opiate addiction no matter what you always have to detox sometime. I hope this didn't sound too negative it's just my own personal experience everyone is different. Good luck to you!!!
Maui....thanks for the response. I kinda can't tell if you're saying to not even START the suboxone (if possible) or just try to tuff it out. That's hard and I never make it thru day 5 without wanting the drug regardless. Right now it's too early to tell what I'm going to decide. I did receive the pills tho and I am not fully in w/d mode yet. My mother is suggesting that I taper down with the H, and not do the suboxone at all cuz she's heard bad things about it... but I agree - this forum is a good thing and I'm very glad i found it. I will keep coming back and will update what the heck I'm going to do and look forward to any and all suggestions. :)
Day 10..I finally feel like I'm better...of course I'm still on Clonidine and Seroquel but other than that had an awesome day yesterday and feel great today my bp is best yet so I finally have more peace of mind.
@ D-grrl100..I would do the Suboxone you know yourself and what you can handle. Suboxone is more drawn out and it's not as bad as the WD's on H. How much are you using? The more you taper the less Suboxone you'll need to feel better. That wasn't the case for me I'd been using for so long that I needed a lot of Suboxone to feel normal but was easy to go down on the Suboxone over time until I got to 4mg a day it was really hard to jump to 2 for me. It's your choice based on what you said about the 5 days I'd take the Suboxone at least you won't be doing H. You start learning how to live without it and the lifestyle that goes with it. I'm just concerned that you are doing it without a Dr. Most people start with 8mg wait awhile then take more if you need it then you'll find your amount and stabilize on that amount for awhile then go down a bit at a time. It's just better to do it under a Dr.'s care because they can help you get off of it. I wouldn't have been able to do it without the meds that my Dr. prescribed. I'd be using the 2nd day of my WD's from Suboxone. I'm sorry if it's confusing I'm still coming off the stuff but can say it's day 10 and I'm feeling much better. I wish you the best of luck and I'm sure you'll get some more advice that will be helpful. It's just comforting for me to come to this site everyday while going through it.
Maui - Excellent advice. You get it. Glad you are entering the end....hang tough, it is so warmer on the other side.
D-grri - The subs are indeed excellent for jumping from opiates, they are amazing, BUT, they are evil as well.....your idea of only using 2-3 weeks is right on....keep on that thought. 7 months for me was waaaaaaay too long. It will help your body rid itself of the H....but, don't confuse the normal feeling with normal...it is far from it, due to the dreaded 1/2 life component. Good luck.....soon, you will be free, just read this thread often.....it has more wisdom and knowledge than the entire AMA and pharama industries combined. My side effects on the subs...were, zero sex drive, big time weight loss....poor appetite to the point of gagging down excellent dinners. Slept quite well and enjoyed most things like music and friends....but, it is strong and long. Be careful and keep in touch.
Phil....good to hear from you....congrats on your work and study...well done my friend. The beer is controllable, as you said...not nearly as evil as the subs...but yes...I did the bottle of Vodka a day for a long time.....now, that was nasty...never again there. Happy Spring to you and all.
Rick
Day 14...How do you guys handle the insomnia it's driving me crazy. Even with meds the most I can sleep is 2 hours at a time. Was on the up swing this past weekend forced myself to go out and I am feeling better still have the chills, High blood pressure, that WD anxiety, shaky feeling. Appetite not so good. I just can't believe with even with meds how long this stuff has an effect on you. I'm doing my best to stay positive and move but not sleeping is my least favorite thing thats why I did dope and not uppers so any advice would be helpful. I take 50mg of seroquel and 10-20mg of Valium then wake up 2hours later and do it one more time. I'm also taking clonidine for the blood pressure but the numbers which were normalized have seem to go way up. I'm just concerned that I'm not doing this right. Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated. I have seroquel, clonidine, valiums, soma. I mostly just take clonidine and seroquel w/valiums for sleep haven't need soma to much. Thanks in advance.
Maui:
PAWS = Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome
It's not something everyone suffers from. It's the long ongoing battle after the initial phsyical withdrawals have all but ended. The emotional and mental struggle of adapting to life after having been heavily addicted to a drug for a long time (most especially opiates).
D-grrl00:
I agree with Maui. And, if you can taper off with the H successfully then go for it. However, if you do decide to use subs to taper then yes, don't use them for longer than 7 to 14 days max. You don't want to get hooked on them. You might think you feel normal on subs but you aren't, far from it. I was spaced out on them without even realising. They still kill all your emotions and have plenty of the negative side effects of opiate abuse on your personality.
Don't swap heroin addiction for sub addiction. Either taper the H or use the sub for 7 days (14 max). Well, that's my advice anyway. Any other opinions are always welcome.
Oh and yeh, as Maui mentioned, !!!DO NOT TAKE SUBS UNLESS IN FULL WITHDRAWALS OTHERWISE YOU WILL CAUSE YOURSELF PRECIPITATED WITHDRAWALS LIKE BEING HOOKED UP WITH NALOXONE. THESE ARE THE WORST WITHDRAWALS IMAGINABLE!!!
Rick:
Yeh I used to drink heavy too. I drink quite moderately in comparison now and I enjoy it much more. I could never do that NA thing and be tee-total! I just think it is quite an innocent pleasure having a few drinks. I drank more heavily when my withdrawals and PAWS were worse but I knew I would cut down as things improved. Even when I'm completely better I think I will always enjoy a casual drink. And, good to hear from you to and thank you for the encouragement.
Maui:
Sorry to hear you are having protracted sleeping problems. I did aswell. I'll offer you all the advice I know from my own experience:
1. You can certainly increase your Seroquel dose. As I mentioned previously, at the worst of my insomnia I was taking 150-300mg a night. 150mg should normally be more than enough.
2. I also took 15mg (twice the normal dose) of zopiclone at night.
3. I sometimes combined the seroquel and zopiclone with promethazine (a drowsy antihistamine available OTC).
4. It sounds like the valium just isn't a strong enough drug to control the problem right now so I would look into increasing the Seroquel dose significantly (at night time) as this is a much stronger drug that is capable of knocking you out more effectively and controlling your anxiety during the night.
You can still combine it with the valium for an even more sedating effect. Try not to take more than 30mg valium a day and remember to take breaks from it after using it constantly for two weeks (I know it's easier said than done when in the middle of it but short acting sleeping tablets like Soma are going to be safer than long-acting benzos like valium with regards to avoiding physical dependency). So maybe try combining the soma with the seroquel instead of the valium, or all three if you have to. Ultimately, it is what ever it takes. I suffered long term insomnia and I know how horrible it is. Nowadays I'm being weaned off my sleeping meds by my doctor as things are improving so much but that is 13 months down the line and I'm finally taking about 1/3 of the night meds I was on at the start of the insomnia problems.
Even though Promethazine is OTC (at least in the UK, I assume in the USA aswell), it is really quite potent in it's sedative effect especially when combined with the other drugs.
Keep us informed. Good to hear from you all.
Kind regards,
Phil.
Maui....14 days is near the end hopefully. For me and most here...11-14 were the beginning of the end. I returned to decent sleep shortly after 14 days, really. The rls and sweats were gone by 14, so, hopefully your bod is cleansing itself, more importantly, your brain is freeing up those nasty sub's in your receptors. It is so close.....sleep well soon.
Phil - I have read you and your excellent words on PAW'S....well, I honestly didn't think that would happen to me, but I must say...I think it has. I am proud of being off the subs and opiates, but....gotta tell you, my days....tho free and clean...are wrought with anxiety and depression. Shit...I really did not expect that. I assume it is the PAWS. Well, that sucks. I assume there is now time table to this, but just wanted you to know...that I understand. It is a bitch. Just when you accomplish a huge accomplishment.....that crap enters your soul. Is it boredom, mental weakness, insecurity....? All of the above.
Hmmmmm. Hence, the beer. O well. I can honestly say, this one is new, but will NOT get the best of me. I only hope, their is a PAWS receptor in my fragile brain...that, as with the subs...will, one day POP and go away.
Good to hear from you.
D-grrl00:- You are not alone. I agree with Phil.....subs for 2 weeks max, then, forgive me...consider holding a couple of short term opiats for week moments, cuz the stupid subs are long and strong. If your heart is ready to end it....it will guide you. I am not suggestiong using again, but had I to do it over, I would have tempored the 21 day w/d's with a 5mg from time to time. Sorry, not trying to encourage bad behavior, but you wouldnt be hear if that was a problem.
Good luck....subs are evil...I would have preffered to jump off of Hydros...not good, but hey.....3-5 days.....not 7-21. Big difference. God bless.
The Dr. now wants me on trazadone my least favorite sleep med. b/c you feel like you're in a fog the next day. I used it over 10 yrs ago when I did my first detox for sleep. I guess this is just the price we pay. I was a dope addict could take or leave anything else. Man, I went out last night and out came the vodka a few drinks and I was fine then but this morning I'm realizing for my body drinking and taking this much medicine is not gonna happen again. Still no appetite trying to force food down missed a great dinner b/c of it but I think it's b/c I'm trying so hard to go through this now that I'm in my second week and get out and about with the friends I have in town. At least I learned the first day how bad drinking is during this time for me personally. So here's to another day! Day 14...getting there :)
If your getting off subs goood luck i am tooo and i can't even belive it im 20 years old and would rather be on them for life then to go through this shit i can't take any thing else either cause i have drug testing! and im an addict and im an idiot and i have no job i just feel like i big ass pice of shit
DAY 2
WELL I GET NEWS THAT MY PARENTS WANT ME OUT OF THE HOUSE AND I HAVE NO WHERE TO GO PLUS I HAVE NO REAL MONEY 200$ AND NO CAR! SOOOO IM SITTING HERE FREAKING OUT BUT ITS TAKING ME OFF THE THOUGHT THAT IM SOO SICK BUT I GUESS I WILL HAVE TO FIND SOMEWHERE TO GO WOW LIFE IS SHITTY GOD HELP ME!!
@ Ian - hang tight everything happens for a reason. How far into the detox are you? I wrote you a long response encouraging you last night when I saw your first post and of course the connection got lost when I went to send it. I just wanted to say you are young that's a good thing you can never have to go through this again. What doesn't kill you makes you stronger and I can say I hated hearing all these cliches too but it's true. I'm 34 went to my first rehab and long detox at 21 and again at 28. I was sober for 4 years off everything and felt like a little joyful girl again and that's all I want back now. I relapsed and ended up on suboxone for 2 1/2 years and now it's day 15. We all make mistakes and the shame can be your worst enemy. It's so much better to get off this s**t then go through this again. I wish I had my 20's to relive but I don't and thinking back every thing I went through no matter how gnarly it was made me so much stronger. I honestly can say I have no regrets. It's a hard road when your an opiate addict but it doesn't have to be that way for life. I got sick when I was clean and found out I had hep c. Went on interferon for 48 weeks and was staying at my parents. I was even freakin working!! I got caught smoking weed at their house and kicked out!! Over weed, my mom would offer me vicodin (to an addict..nutz) but no weed b/c it's illegal although I needed it to eat I lost 20 lbs in 1 month and we all know it's much easier to stop smoking weed. This girl from a church took me in so obviously I wasn't gonna smoke weed there either so I started taking those vicodin now four years later I'm going through this. 1 vicodin lead me to dope again. Easier to hide the smell and I am addicted to that stuff it only took 1. I just wanted you to know that there are people with compassion out there for your situation and sometimes you can't put your faith in your parents or people we are all human and f'd up. God will help you he's always somehow been watching over me. In regards to your physical symptoms is there any place you can see a Dr. or get some clonidine, seroquel, or maybe trazadone. I don't believe they show up on drug tests and will help you so much. I'm not positive about the drug tests but I'm pretty certain they wouldn't. Other than that get some kava and st. johns wart it will help. Just don't use especially since you're in drug court. I'm sure you don't want to go to jail and that's why your there. This is a chance to turn things around. Don't beat yourself up we all make mistakes I started much younger than you and I'm goin through this long WD myself I just have to force myself to be positive. Believe me it's a hard thing to do but each day is one day closer to being off of everything and that's all I want for u and myself. Life is to worth living to waste it on this stuff. You will find the right place and I can say for me moving out of my parents at that time was the best thing that ever happened even though I relapsed. Now they know the whole deal and we have a great relationship they are giving me moral support and it feels good to be honest about it and not hiding some doped up life. I was always a functioning addict so a double life I lead and it was miserable. I will keep you in my prayers!!
I am coming off of a 2 week Suboxone taper that started with 2 days of 8mg, then 12 days on doses ranging from 4mg to 1.5mg. I am very scared of withdrawal as I have been through horrible withdrawals in the past from other drugs. I am now almost 24 hours in and I feel a little anxious, I'm sweating, and have a little bit of the chills, but other than that I feel ok. What should I expect tonight and over the next few days? If anyone could help me know what to expect I would really, really appreciate it. Thanks.
Johnny.....you will be ok. It is naturally a nasty business getting of these subs...but it does go away. I have taken the liberty of cutting and pasting the best time table I have read on this site......don't get discouraged, their are many friends here for you, but thanks to our friends post...this, at least for me was quite right on. Keep us us posted.
From JDoe 2 months ago
2 months sober..
I hope you all keep hanging in there. Sub WD goes something like this for all the new people:
Day 1 - 2 = feeling ok
Day 3 - 4 = starting to think something is wrong
Day 5 = utter hell
Day 6 - 8 = starts as utter hell and kinda stays there
Day 9 - 14 = still crappy, but when you hit day 14 you can see light
Day 15 - 24 = less crappy, but still crappy toward the end you see more light
Day 25 - 30 = you go from kinda crappy to actually feeling fine on day 30. You'll even have energy.
I typed that out not to scare anyone, but so that everyone knows what to expect. There is no magic fix. You suffer, but you aren't alone in this. I logged each days feelings that I had going through this.. (well or damn near.) Go read it if you like.
Also keep in mind this was me jumping from 4mg / day to 0mg / day (which wasn't the smartest move on my part come to find out.) And along with that.. I also used for years. For the past 4 - 5 years I'd used something each day.
Everyone's different. I'm just posting a streamlined version of what I went through. Like some others have said though, 1 month to truly beat it and feel ok. That held true for me."
-JDoe
Thanks a bunch for the help JDoe. Wow! That's not what I expected to see. My doctor basically has me under the impression that I won't go through any type of withdrawal because I took such a low dose for such a short period of time. If your experience was similar to the timetable you listed, do you mind me asking how long you were on the subs and how much you were taking?
Also, does anyone know if Ambien would help me sleep? I have a prescription but I rarely take it. Was just curious if I should take some tonight to calm me a bit and help me sleep through the night. I've also been drinking tons and tons of water throughout my taper in hopes that it would quicken and ease the withdrawal. I hope maybe that will help some. Still drinking a lot of water now too.
Johnny....I'm sorry, the quote I provided from JDoe....was from someone who was on the subs for much longer. I was on the subs for 7 months and that was waaaaay tooo long. If you are talking about a couple of weeks, I think the above horror show, may be much less. Sorry, if I mis understood. If I had it to do over, I would have taken the subs for no more than 14 days. Hey....it is extreemly efficient in getting off opiats, it is indeed excellent in that way. The problem is and was for me and most....it, put's you in a place of comfort...not, high, but comfort and therefor, it's easy to live with....tho, I had shitty side effects...many do......bad appitiet, no sex drive and it's friggin expensive. I believe that the longer the use...the harder the jump. As you may know, it has a half live that is 5 times longer than other short acting opiats....hence, jumping from hydros, or oxys...= 3-7 days....but with the long use of subs, it's more like 14-30 days. For real. Not the drug in your body, rather its the recptor f-ups in your brain. They just wont let endorphons or happy thoughts in till they are good and ready, and that is the tought part. I believe...14 days on the subs only....then a 10 day serious taper...would be just fine. I only wish, my Dr. understood this....most Dr's. do not. Sorry to paint a spook horizon...but, if you just started.....just keep it short, please....the subs are long and strong. There are many meds for the sleep, anxiety and RLS...which is probably inevetable....but if you can end it in a few weeks....good on you. But...I promise, as a longer user of subs.....after, 14 days....life was warm again, food was good and social interaction was tollerable....not perfect, but worth trying. Now on day 90ish...I could care less about the subs...only, the long term abuse for me has created a void in my head, and that takes much longer for some of us......Just know, you will piss this off soon, and dance again. All the best.
Rick
my son is ready to come off subs.but he is so scared. He was a 12 month user of opiates.. now on subs for almost 18months. He's 22. I've read about 8 day WD's and 30 day WD's... can someone tell me what is the average? He has self-weaned down to using 1/4 of a an 8mg pill per day. He's been doing that for a couple of months. Should he now step down to the 2mg pill, perhaps breaking it in half, using 2mg a day or should he continue on 4mg daily? I need input. His faith is now strong, our family is ready to fight this WD thing with him... It is a fear that we have to face with him.
fathers_pain..I jumped from 2mg off and had been on it a little over 2 years. I'm feeling better each day but I would expect it to be 30 days if he was on them for 18 months. My Dr. prescribed non addictive meds to help with the WD's I would see if you can get some help from him. My faith has helped tremendously but it is a very deceiving drug. So it takes awhile for you to feel happy. Your son is fortunate to have his families full support just take care of him with water and food. Understand they'll be good and bad days but every day is a day closer. I've been forcing myself to do things that bring me happiness and peace and have relied strongly on my faith. It takes about 9-10 days to get to that point. I'm on day 15 now and the hardest part is really the insomnia so if he can get something to help for sleep that would help a lot. Many parents don't understand he is very fortunate to have that support. just being in a safe place helps. This drug you need faith with action!! The main thing he has to have his mind made up and stick with it. You prolong the inevitable if you take any opiate to relieve the WD's.
fathers_pain..I jumped from 2mg off and had been on it a little over 2 years. I'm feeling better each day but I would expect it to be 30 days if he was on them for 18 months. My Dr. prescribed non addictive meds to help with the WD's I would see if you can get some help from him. My faith has helped tremendously but it is a very deceiving drug. So it takes awhile for you to feel happy. Your son is fortunate to have his families full support just take care of him with water and food. Understand they'll be good and bad days but every day is a day closer. I've been forcing myself to do things that bring me happiness and peace and have relied strongly on my faith. It takes about 9-10 days to get to that point. I'm on day 15 now and the hardest part is really the insomnia so if he can get something to help for sleep that would help a lot. Many parents don't understand he is very fortunate to have that support. just being in a safe place helps. This drug you need faith with action!! The main thing he has to have his mind made up and stick with it. You prolong the inevitable if you take any opiate to relieve the WD's.
Rick. I actually am on day 2 off of subs. I was only on them for two weeks during which my average dose was 3 mg. I started on 8mg for 2 days, then went to 4, then 3, then 2, then off. The entire period of me taking subs was only 2 weeks and I'm already 2 days off. That's why I was hoping there wouldn't be any withdrawal at all. Although, at day two, approximately 39 hours from my last dose, I do feel a bit of a withdrawal. Hot/cold, some sweating, etc. In other words the usual stuff I feel about 10 hours after my last short acting opiate. My doctor, of course, told me there would be absolutely zero withdrawal symtpoms.
@ Johnny my Dr. told me the same thing and I was on it for 2 1/2 years. The info Rick pasted is pretty much how it will be. Because of the taper and the amount you were on it may not be as severe but it is long lasting. Today is day 16 for me so far I feel I'm coming through slowly but surely every new day is a day toward your goal. Do what you can expect take opiates to get through days 5-8 they seem to be the hardest. Health food stores have things that help and based on this site people swear they work. Kava and St. John's Wart are suppose to really be helpful. You did the perfect taper, I really don't think it's gonna be more than just discomfort. It is longer lasting but not as severe as other opiate WD;s. In my own experience, Good luck!!
Johnny.....You are so damn smart to have stoped this early on. I honestly don't know how much less the WD's will be for that, but believe they will be much less....I hope so. the problem with the subs, as you probably know.....is it is NOT simply the drug in your body, it is the brain recptor thing....the subs block those little helpers, and they only free themselves when they are ready....I do not know wether 2 weeks or 2 years makes a difference, tho, I have read that the shorter length on the subs, the shoter WD. Good on you for figuring this out early. I wish you strength....please know, it does go away honest....all will be normal again, what ever that is....but the sun shines and the birds are still singing...we just tend to forget that.
Sleep, warm baths and happy music are everything....force the recptors to bring back their normal duties...It will happen.
fathers pain....Maui is so right...bless you for your understanding and help for your child. You are very special. Many here, would love to have had this support.
Your son will need to taper to as small a dose as possible....a sliver a day can be just fine...then jump. I would not be assamed of having some low dose, short acting hydros or oxys as a support to help if it gets too uncomfortable for him...only if necessairy. If his heart is in this process, that should not do harm...this drug is evil....in that it takes so long to be free from.
God bless you for your help....keep us posted.
Today, Matthew cut down to about 1.5 mg a day. How long should he stay at that dose? Is that a safe "jump off" dose? The Dr. that he sees has NEVER mentioned EVER getting off this crap. We have asked him over and over to work with us on a plan to cut the dose down and eventually off of the subs. No help there at all. I appreciate the kind words from those that have responded to my earlier post. Since before he was born all the way to this very day, I have loved him dearly. I'm proud of him for growing a set and preparing to be completely "clean" again. Please remember us in your prayers, especially Matthew!! God Bless you all!
Fathers_Pain -
I jumped after around 1mg a day....for 2 weeks. Yes, that is a decient dose to jump from, tho....less is better. It is so strong, that even .5 mg....will keep him fairily comfortable. Regardless...there will be some WD's, hopefully...not too intense considering, but even the mildest will take 2-3 weeks to be gone. It sounds like an eternity, but for me and most, day 11 was a truning point, and daily improvement began. Expect poor sleep, weight loss due to no appitite and restless leg...the worst for me. The fact that he has you is huge....I had to hide my pain and that only esasserbated the guilt and anxiety...you are great for this.....good luck. Again....if he just can't' deal with the WD's.......don't give him the subs, for it will start the long clock all over again....rather, as mentioned...perhaps a low dose of short acting crap like vicodin or something.....just my opinion, but the vic will go away in 4 hrs....vs 24 hrs for the sub, then the receptor issue, which can take a couple of weeks....good luck again.
i was on 120 migs a day for a a year, and also doing oc's daily just for the taste. i got some felonies and went to long term treatment and was clean for over a year. when i say clean, i mean clean. if you are on suboxone, you are not clean. im so sick of reading that. suboxone is an opiate. plain and simple. anyway, i relapsed on oc for a week, then started suboxone off the street. have been snorting subs daily for 8 months, 6-8 migs a day. im so sick of it. i quit cold turkey three days ago. i feel like dog doo. its not easy. not near as awful as what i went through getting off methadone however. im feel decent during the day, its at night that i really feel the withdrawls. cant sleep. anyway. i pray i can stay off everything. suboxone is a great short term solution, or detox med. but if you are taking it long term, you are only postponing getting clean. thats not an opinion. subs are an opiate, period. no buts, or ifs. google it. lol. i know one thing, for me, the only way to stay clean is to stay away from those people and places. very hard to do. meetings help, IMO because they keep you around sober people. so im going back to the program for that reason alone. that year was amazing. so many improvements to my life. im 33. i want life again. things, relationships, even on suboxone you dont live fully. afterall, you are completely dependent on an opiate. lets get clean people. we can do it, but not alone. we need each other, clean.
todd - cold and true.
Good luck to you...life is still out there...just like when we were kids.....wakeing up in the morning and the natural high of experiencing what the day offered.
Hang in there. Clean is such a beautiful word.
Day 20- wow feeling better every day. For me I still am having a lot of trouble with appetite even smoking weed for that purpose. Sleepless still but the days are getting so much better I can't wait to be off of this stuff for goos and feel that day when things start to change. This site has brought me so much information and support I can't tell you how grateful I am to everyone who cares enough to encourage you to do the best thing you can for your life. You are all truly a gift and have been so helpful. Finally a place you don't feel alone. I only know one person who got on/off of subs and this site truly is what's helped me stick through this.
Good for you Maui......welcome to the other side.
Day 90 for me....and it is all a blurr, but not ever worth returing too.
Happy Memorial weekend........Pearl Harbor?
I am thankful for the posts and helpful comments. I think Matthew has decided to taper down to as close to 1mg a day, then work with a counselor and Dr. to jump off. He is aware that there will be some serious WD's after being on the drug for 18 months. I am appalled at the way Dr.'s so freely prescribe this drug without proper follow up, without a short term plan for getting off and basically no information about how the drug will hook you into an expensive, vicious cycle. For the last 3 visit's, we've told the Dr. that Matthew is ready to taper off the sub's and he hasn't offered a single plan or thought. To boot, he has continued to prescribe the same amount of the drug each time. When Matthew has beaten this, I'm going to file a complaint on this doctor. In my mind, he is nothing more than a professionally licensed drug pusher.
Fathers_Pain: (comment to Rick further down)
I know only too well the problem with certain doctors and their ignorant prescribing of subs. They go on these short courses in order to qualify for prescribing it for opiate addiction. I'm sure these courses do not tell them much about the reality of it.
I had the same problems. I was given no help in tapering by my doc. Every time I hit problems I was just offered more of the drug when what I really wanted was more help to get off it.
I gave up with the drug addiction doctor, discharged myself and went through the hell alone. Afterall, what was he doing for me? He would get me to open up and tell him how I was coping with the taper and withdrawals. I would tell him if I was struggling and what those struggles were. He would then offer no help whatsoever other than offering to increase the dose. He wasn't even willing to prescribe some poxy sleeping tablets when insomnia became the main issue.
I left the drug and alcohol team in disgust and very angry. The anger has calmed down over time but I still retain a very sceptical view of the mainstream healthcare approach to the treatment of opiate addicts. When I first came to the medical profession I wanted to get clean. I wanted freedom. Instead I was sold on the idea of methadone with big smiles and being told how wonderful it will be, how it would enable me to sort my life out. Later I switched to subs after struggling with getting off methadone. Then I realised it was the same deal so I tapered and quit the subs, this time prepared to go through what ever hell was necessary.
Rick:
Yeh, PAWS is hard work. It's ongoing anxiety, depression and messed up thoughts. However, although it takes a long time, it DOES and WILL end. Things will still continue to improve along the way.
Often for me it is 'darkest before the dawn' meaning that when I find things can't get any worse I often wake up the next day feeling a whole lot better and closer to my goal.
I can genuinely say that I am still making huge steps in recovery after being off the subs for 13 months. The recovery is STILL in progress.
I feel for you Rick. I know this is a hard journey but it is the only way to get free from strong 24/7 opiate addiction and the chaos and misery that it causes in our lives.
Hang in there. I know there are times when I just felt I couldn't go on any longer and yes I have slipped up occasionally (mainly on weak opiates but a very few times on strong stuff, not helped by having had general surgery in the middle of it all and actually having to be on morphine and oxycodone for a short period). But, overall, I did and still am getting through and the rewards still amaze me.
I'm still experiencing a re-awakening to life as it really should be and yes, this is after 13 months.
Just a note to anyone reading this who doesn't experience PAWS or know anything about it. Don't fear! Many people do not ever experience PAWS so don't even worry about it. But, for those of us that do, like Rick and myself, it certainly helps to share about it. I wouldn't wish it on my worst enemy but, at the same time, I'm so grateful to you Rick for being honest and telling us this is what you are experiencing. It has helped me enormously to read your post.
Best wishes to everyone,
Phil.
I wish someone would email this link to my doctor, i got suboxone to replace methadone,it was realy hard to feel stable on this drug as it took 12 days for methadone to come out my system, i was up to 32mg of suboxone at the time but during the past 2 years i came down to 2mg, now my doctor was sure as hell it would only take 2 days and id be fine, she even said i wouldnt know if i had the flu or withdrawl, well she was totally wrong, try 3 and a half weeks for me to start feeling ok and in that time i gave in and used H 3 times, im my opion id rather come off H than this stupid drug as 3-4 days of pain is way better than 3 and a half weeks of what i went through, this drug should only be used for detox purposes and a max of 10 days use, the doctors need to get better informed as the longer u are on it the longer it takes to come off it, and it dosnt matter what dose ur on when u come off suboxone as it lasts just as long whatever dose u come off of, well depending on how long u have been taking em for
Well, I on day 6 off subs after only taking them for 2 weeks. The withdrawal is certainly bizarre. At times I feel ok, other than fatigue. At other times I don't feel well at all. Strangely, yesterday I felt much better but today I feel worse after waking up in the middle of the night sweating and nauseous and in pain. I'm taking comfort meds that have kept a lot of the symptoms in check. Strongly considering seeing my doctor today to see if their are any non-narcotic prescription meds she can give me to deal with the pain. Anyone have any suggestions. The body aches and pains are what is killing me right now. That and my stomach. Don't want to eat, stomach feels awful.
Phil....thank you for your words.
Up's and down's, just as you said...but under it all...is accpmplishment, and that is worth everything.
Again....thank you.
On day 23...I guess there are good days and bad days. Today I'm tempted to take a Percocet. I don't know what to do. I'm just so tired and edgy. I fear for anyone who I have to talk to. This lasts so long. It's amazing usually days are ok and totally bearable but when you go days in a row without sleep I feel like a tweaker which is the last thing I want to feel like. I did downers for a reason. I like to sleep. The Dr. isn't helping anymore I have no schedule of when to get of the detox meds he prescribed so I feel like I'm gonna need those for life. When do you stop taking medication! I'm mainly taking clonidine (have to for HBP), valium (the next pill to tackle), and Seroquel. I just can't believe they don't work. I feel foggy and exhausted but can not sleep. Any prayers would be greatly appreciated. I didn't expect to be so far into my detox from Subs and feel this way. A bit discouraged...hopefully just a bad day!
On day 23...I guess there are good days and bad days. Today I'm tempted to take a Percocet. I don't know what to do. I'm just so tired and edgy. I fear for anyone who I have to talk to. This lasts so long. It's amazing usually days are ok and totally bearable but when you go days in a row without sleep I feel like a tweaker which is the last thing I want to feel like. I did downers for a reason. I like to sleep. The Dr. isn't helping anymore I have no schedule of when to get of the detox meds he prescribed so I feel like I'm gonna need those for life. When do you stop taking medication! I'm mainly taking clonidine (have to for HBP), valium (the next pill to tackle), and Seroquel. I just can't believe they don't work. I feel foggy and exhausted but can not sleep. Any prayers would be greatly appreciated. I didn't expect to be so far into my detox from Subs and feel this way. A bit discouraged...hopefully just a bad day!
Maui-hang in there, it is worth it. Stand firm against the evil that is tempting you. You have to trust that you are doing the right thing. Finding yourself with a clear mind and body will one day make you realize that it's the right thing. And, you can influence so many people on here. I know it has to be tough. My son is dreading it. But, for him to be all he can be and help people he touches with a a positive influence, he has to beat this shameful scourge! He went to his doctor today and told him without doubt that he was going to come off the subs. Believe it or not, the doctor told Matthew to find him another doctor. He didn't want to see him anymore!!!!! In other words, I'll keep you on the drug, but if you want to come off, you'll have to find someone else. I say good riddance. To everyone fighting this, keep fighting!!! And, if you haven't turned it over to God, do it. Now. Without him, it will be impossible. With Him, nothing is impossible. It will be a victory that everyone will take note of!!!!
Fathers_pain..thank you so much. I made it through without taking that opiate. You are so right about turning it over to God. I'm so sorry your Dr. or pusher couldn't help your son with the meds I suggested which were non addictive and usually used in most detox facilities. That is so sad how greed can take over the human heart. It's a long ride. I just lost my boyfriend over it today. So now I have to find a new place. Which I was ready for anyway. I believe all things happen for a reason and we were both not going forward so God uses unexpected ways to move you on. He's not addicted to anything but pot! Has no understanding of how this is to go through. So it's sad but I have my family an hour away. I'll be staying with them for the next week until I find a new place. It's crazy how this drugs WD's effect the people who you thought loved you the most. I guess thats when you realize you can't put your faith in man only in God. Again I can't tell you how much your words rang true. I lay awake dreaming of the day this stuff is out of me and I'm back to being clear headed. I was the happiest when I was plugged in and not dependent on anything but God. He always provides. I will keep your son in my prayers and your family. You just got take this thing one day at a time. I've been saying all things are possible over and over so the end of your email really touched my heart. Your son is lucky to have a family with faith. So am I. I don't know what I do without it.
biggest reason i haven't been on here much lately (as my only outlet for my opiate woes) is because i screwed up.
i've screwed up the last two months on tramadol thinking, stupidly, it would give me some temporary relief from my PAWS
i was even stupid enough to think it wouldn't cause any problems being a 'weak' opiate agonist
only been taking it two months and quit two days ago, yesterday was ok, today was bad, serious anxiety etc..
i'm so stupid, i can't believe i did this to myself after all i've been through, now i feel like i'm going through the earlier stages of opiate withdrawal/PAWS all over again albeit not on the same scale as stronger opiates but bad enough i couldn't go to work today
i'm so damn stupid, when will i learn?
yours, thoroughly embarrassed and ashamed,
Phil.
@Phil...it's day 26 for me. I spent the last five nights w/out sleep and was so tempted to take a strong Percocet. I was in tears and extremely emotional and edgy from not having slept. I lost the 3yr relationship I was in b/c of it. I ended up after talking to 5 people not taking it. But being an opiate addict and going through this long withdrawal process I don't blame you. I got a shot of tramadol when I had to go to a Dr. b/c of headaches and my BP was through the roof. He told me there was no opiate in it. When I got home I was puking every 30 minutes and had the worse headache in the world. So your mistake taught me that it was and I was on the Boxes. Don't ever feel ashamed. Shame is what keeps us using. We are all addicts here and most likely want instant gratification. I know I did yesterday. You have been going through this 13 months, right? Please don't beat yourself up. I wanted to take the Percocet and was literally in tears when I had to accept I couldn't. Is there anything else you can take for the anxiety? I just want to encourage you and let you know there is no reason to be embarrassed and ashamed that will keep you in this cycle. I totally understand and right now taking one day at a time. I couldn't imagine feeling how you do after so long. Being honest is a huge step. You've helped me so much with your comments we missed you on this site. This is a safe place to be real. I'm proud of your honesty. I'm sure you know now how horrible an opiate mild or strong makes you feel. After going through such a long WD process and PAWS and seeing that Tramadol had this much of an effect on you is just a learning lesson and you learned.
You will get through this and please don't feel embarrassed to be real it helps many others and you are not being judged!! You are a wealth of information and have helped so many. Your slip was a learning lesson to you and the rest of us. I wish you all the best and your last 2 sentences are not true. You were suffering and that's it. This kicking Boxes is probably the hardest thing I've done. All I know from my past is the shame and embarrassment kept me using. I was a highly functioning addict and lived a double life but inside had so much shame so please let that go and right it off as a learning lesson. Thanks for your honesty it will help many!!
Maui,
Just want to say, right now, I so appreciate your comments. I'm moved to tears.
You are right, shame and embarrassment keep us using. I've got to get back to fighting the good fight.
What is it about opiates? From the age of 14 to 35 I abused and subsequently became addicted to every drug i could get my hands on, cannabis, amphetamine, ecstacy, cocaine, ketamine, benzos, all of the above with alcohol and cocktailed, plus numerous other drugs. But opiates? What is it about them that is so damn destructive, addictive and hard to get off of?
I've cold turkey'ed off all those drugs with no more than a few days of feeling depressed. But opiates? It's a whole different story. It's as if since I got my first opiate hit I've been chasing that high ever since. Chasing it through all sorts of different drugs but the only one I really wanted was opiates.
Some people say crack is worse. I was hooked on cocaine and then also crack for a while. I had terrible cravings for a while but it only took 3 days before I could function perfectly OK after quitting. With opiates, it seems to go on for ever.
Yes I do have other medicine for anxiety from my psychiatrist. Namely clonazepam (another benzo obviously), zopiclone for sleep and seroquel for sleep and anxiety.
I just don't know how to ever get back to experiencing life like it should be. I'm frightened to go out. I'm messed up in so many ways. I'm not sure I even know what is withdrawals/PAWS or just my messed up head? All I know is, my head wasn't this messed up before i got fully hooked on opiates. Since then things have changed. I just go on suffering an inability to cope with life like never before (even despite my pre-existing psychological problems).
Sorry if this rant sounds depressing.
Thanks again Maui for your lovely response, it really means the world to me,
Love to you all,
Phil.
Phil....No big deal friend. In the few months I have spoken with you and learned from you, your heart is strong and determained....we are all human...don't put guilt on yourself. You will look back on this slip, very soon and just write it off. I swear you are right...the opiats/PAWS whatever ase so much mental, in that it is all about the anxiety....that is just unfair...but human. Sorry you feel so poor, but you know it will pass. Funny, for me, dumping Coke was absolutely nothing, and believe me...I enjoyed that crap, yet....when it was over, it was over. Booze the same, tho...it has replaced my anxiety and I too am ashamed of that, but it is an old friend/enemy that I understand.
Hey....not to worry, the weekend is hear....keep active and fall in love...even if it costs you $50.00 hr. ha.
You are the same supportive Phil that you were a month ago. We all look forward to your knowledge and health.
God's speed.....happy thoughts my friend.
Rick
Thanks Rick. Right now I'd happily pay for some love at $50 an hour haha....
I know what u mean about the alcohol. I was drinking quite a lot before relapsing on the tramadol.
I'm still in withdrawals from the tramadol. All the usual opiate turkey pains are there. Hot and cold flushes (even in this hot weather we're having here right now I can feel freezing cold), mental disarray, confusion, unpleasant skin crawling. Thankfully no RLS yet.
Don't get me wrong, this isn't like withdrawals from heavier opiates but it's still extremely unpleasant. It's the psychological side I find the hardest and right now I'm just about holding on to my sanity.
Yup, it's the weekend. Hopefully things will be a lot better by monday...
Must try and keep those happy thoughts going.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Day 27 - yesterday exerted all energy I have doing 8 loads of laundry. Amazing how things load up when your sick. After that was blessed to lay on the beach and feel the sun on my chicken skinned body. I have to say getting the right meds for sleep has helped tremendously. I finally got my appetite back last night. Took 4 wks but it's back that's a good sign, I hope! At least I'll have the energy I needed from food. I'm telling you WATER AND FOOD are so important in clearing this stuff from your system. It was quite a roller coaster week for me but I seem to be coming out of the fog. Still concerned about taking valium but for now I need it and will come to that hurdle when it's time. I know I'm not over doing it. So thats the latest with me.
Phil - You sound much better at least more determined. I was thinking I'v been using opiates from 17-34. Or 32 if you don't count the boxes which I definitely an opiate. Like you said there is something about that drug that can take the people with the longest time of sobriety out. Knowing that is key. We can't even touch a vicodin or it leads you back to the needle or the endless need to fill your body with pills. I could take or leave anything else but this one is a real mind F**k. So I applaud you for getting off of it before you got deeper. We could all use some loving especially when you feel like crap. Alcohol is hard for my body to handle but it's more available so I hurt myself every time I drink. Just like with opiates. It's just better to be clean no matter how long it takes to get there it's well worth the wait. I'm glad you have the weekend to chill. Take care of you!!! Put yourself first and keep those positive vibes flowing. Music, Good movies, anything that makes you happy!! Sending you lots of Aloha!
Maui
Been on Sub for almost exactly 4 months. Started at 4mg/day, taking 2 in the morning and 2 in the afternoon/evening depending on when I started to feel minor depression from the first dose wearing off. I tapered down to 2mg, then 1mg, then .5 mg, and then a very short duration of time on .25mg (less than a week). I cut everything off because I want to be able to enjoy my summer. I'm already one month into it and despising myself for ever starting it. A friend told me he weened himself off of being on .25 for awhile and he was perfectly fine. I don't understand how. I wish I would have read all these comments. I was just looking for something that I knew would help and also give me that opiate high. Opiates will burn just like everything else on this earth once the world ends. But your soul won't. Your soul may tear in half once you begin the WD from Suboxone, but stick with it. I'm on day two and it's not easy, but God's getting me through it. I know in a few days, (I'm praying not weeks) my soul will feel as if it's back to 100%. God willing. No drug should be used to replace an opiate. Because once you're done with the "replacement" drug, you will be so fed up with the WD that you'll want to go use another opiate again (most likely not heroin, because I would assume you'd get 2x the WD symptoms.) Using an opiate to cover up the Sub symptoms kills everything you just worked for over the duration of time you were on the Suboxone. I know, as well as everyone on here who has experienced "sober life after a life of opiate use" knows that we can get by in life without using drugs. We have to try to put ourselves in that small marginal percentage of people who don't retreat to opiates whenever we see a brick wall in front of us. I'll pray for you all.
Hi Maui and thanks for the encouragement. I agree with what you said, it's so true. Masking the WDs with other drugs/alcohol isn't a long term solution although sometimes it can be a necessary 'evil' to get us through the worst of it. I'm still on sleeping pills, seroquel and a benzo, clonazepam. However, the worst of all the meds to take are the opioid analgesics for sure.
I made a mistake thinking tramadol was safe for me because of it being a relatively 'mild' opiate. I was wrong.
I'm feeling much better today. The withdrawal isn't a patch on coming off heavier opiates (including subs). It felt like hell for the first 5 days and my thoughts were very suicidal. I think this is partly because tramadol has an additional antidepressant action on top of the regular opiate buzz. It shares properties with SSRI/SNRI type antidepressants as well as acting on the opioid receptors.
It really is an unpleasant drug to come off. I couldn't believe I was having such a bad reaction when I stopped it, even after just taking it for 2 months. Oh well, stepping stones, lessons learned. I'm not going to let this get blown out of proportion. Yeh, I made a mistake and now... I'm back on track and feeling better than ever. I'm not well, my anxiety is still bad but I am still totally convinced that I am getting better as the weeks past. It is noticeable how much I'm improving.
So, I had a set back but I'm up and fighting again! Thanks again Rick and Maui for your support and helping me get my thinking straight again. It has and continues to be invaluable to me.
Hi lago, I really do hope and pray that you have very short lived withdrawals. Some people do so there is no reason why you shouldn't. Some of us struggle with PAWS but that is not the case for everyone, by any means. In fact, it would seem that PAWS is perhaps in the minority? I'm not sure about that but some people seem to bounce back a lot quicker.
PAWS is a psychological thing. It is about getting back to functioning like a 'normal' human being post-opiate addiction ruling our lives. It's about learning how to get up in the morning and wash, brush your teeth, go shopping, getting household chores done, etc, etc, without relying on that artificial buzz.
Interesting you saying about coming off the subs in order to enjoy summer lago. Isn't it bizarre? The very drug (opiates) that we thought brought us happiness end up bringing us drudgery and depression and a numbness to all the things that make life worth living. Yes, they kill pain, emotional and physical but at what cost? The cost is too great. Do I really want to go through life missing out on everything and not ever being myself?
Thanks to everyone who comes here and thanks for all the posts. It's so encouraging, moreso than ever at this new stage in my recovery. I hope my slip up is a useful reminder to us all of what happens when we go 'back down that road' again. I'm so much better now but on saturday I was suicidal. I put myself through that by getting hooked on tramadol. Hopefully I will learn my lesson this time?
I really am so much better! Just want to make sure you all realise this is a positive and upbeat post because that is the truth. It really is. The battle, for me, isn't over but I'm back on track and already noticing the improvements again.
God bless you all or if you don't believe in God then Best Wishes! (I don't want to offend anyone of differing beliefs, I don't care whether someone is atheist, agnostic or whatever... Every person is valuable and totally equal and we all deserve to be free of this evil addiction and it's consequences, none of us deserve this.),
Oops, now I'm late for the dentist!
Bye,
Phil.
Phil.
I am just curious. Possibly a dumb question but...As recovering addicts, are we more susceptible to becoming re-addicted because of our chemistry? I mean, a normal person can go through a bottle of Oxys...30 or more in a few weeks, and not get hooked...Happens all the time for dental pain etc. But, for us....after being totally free of opiates, would that 30 automatically start the demon? I understand, that mentally yes...we would have to fight that battle, but physically? Is our system NOW....hyper receptive to dependency...not the head, I know that, but the physical side? Just curios, No, I am not even considering it, but just wondered....I have friends who will blast 20 percs in a few days for genuine needs, then forget about it. I think I may have answered my own question....
The mind.....is a terrible thing to abuse.
All the best....Rick
It's been one day over 4 weeks and I'm feeling better every day! It's so nice to have a light at the end of the tunnel. I have to say for me personally weeks 2-3 were the hardest!! I know I still have a journey ahead but it's nice to be feeling better.
Phil - I'm so glad your doing better!!! It passes, just going through it you feel like it will never end. At least we have plenty of practice and know what to expect. It blesses my heart that we can be so honest here and know that when we slip up we can bounce back and you'll always have support!! Even when people let you down God doesn't and like you, anything higher than yourself is what you need to get over this addiction. It took me a long time and many relapses to realize it was more a spiritual battle.
Rick- I think you're totally right about the mind. I know people who can take tons of opiates and go on no problem. I think for those of us that became addicted to them once we get that feeling there is no going back so it does become a mind trip. So to recognize how powerful your mind is could be the key in keeping it in the right place so you don't go back. I just know from when I wasn't sleeping how much my mind would go and it wasn't pretty. It's up to us how we want to view things we just need a mind adjustment..or lobotomy. I'm surprised that hasn't been thrown in with the opiate WD replacements...lol! Wishing everyone all the best on this journey to a clear mind!!
Maui - loved your post. What more can I say? Perfection...
Rick - I agree with Maui. I believe our easy propensity to opiate dependency is a 'mind thing'. I don't believe we get any more physically dependent than any one else. What I do believe is that we become much more psychologically dependent than any other person might. Then, on stopping the drug, we feel the withdrawals more because we know what to look for. An opiate naive person wouldn't even realise the connection.
We also have guilt complexes about enjoying the 'high' these drugs give. I've heard many people say how 'wonderful' the morphine was while they were in hospital and then they just come out and carry on with their lives without a second thought to it.
Yes, it really is a mind thing and yeh... it's a terrible thing to abuse.
Maui - that lobotomy comment was very funny. It's even more ridiculous when one realises that that is really how one feels when in the depths of opiate withdrawals. I think I might have even agreed to a lobotomy if such things had been offered me by the medical profession.
Thank goodness they weren't and aren't. But, believe me, there have been times I've wanted to die. Many, many times. However, there have also been times when I've seen life like never before and it looks truly wonderful even despite it's pains and tribulations.
God bless you all,
Phil.
Maui...you go friend. It is almost over....then the daily retene begins. I do believe, that one must go an entire year clean to be rid of the head trip. You should do all the things you did "loaded", but do them clean.....ball games, movies, weddings, homework, gardening, everything.....then, once you have gone to all the birthday parties that you went to on drugs....you can look back and say...all right then, I did it without...no problem, The next yer of events will not be so anxious, cuz you did it without and the false feeling of "not getting through" those events has been proven wrong. Just a thought.
Phil....dark thoughts are within us all, but judging from the light you share on this site....I do believe, your survival instincts and love of life have and will far outweigh the doom thoughts.
This weekend....I found a sad little squirrel that had drowned in our horse trough....the water level was too low and it just could not get out, poor thing. It really bothered me...I thought, this little fellow probably fought his heart out, but it was meant to be....he had no choice.....I buried him. (I have become such a slob emotionally, after the subs, lately), My point.....we have a choice....we can swim out of the trough and dry off and return to our families and friends.....so, just know that...but I am sure you do. bty...my wife built a little ladder in the tub so, this wont happen again. Sorry to be morbid...but is was one of those moments of nature that really kicked me in the ass.
One day at a time brother....tomorrow will be full of life and adventure, if we we chose to seek it, BUT...if tomorrow isnt the right time...then the day after....Thank God we have that option.
All the best
Rick - that is a very moving post. Thank you for your encouragement and for sharing your own personal thoughts. I'm finding it all helpful and it feels like a family in here even though we are all just communicating via an internet forum. Truly wonderful!
I think your care and consideration for the squirrel is a very kind and loving thing and shows what a caring and sensitive individual you are in the very very best of senses in both cases. It was a very thoughtful thing for your wife to do, to build that little ladder. I'm sure, if another animal slips in, they'll scurry back to safety no problem this time! :)
Things like that are sad but, like with a previous era lost to opiates, we can't change the past. However, we can influence the future. You and your wife have changed the future with regards to the safety of those animals, making it easier for them to exit. You and I, and so many others on this site have influenced our futures by getting on the road to recovery. Sad things do happen but out of them can and do come wonderful things.
And yes, thank God we do have that option indeed! Graceful enough to let us slip up but always faithful and ready to help us when we seek to get back on track.
It isn't a smooth journey and I've had all sorts of blips on the way but I wouldn't change it for the world. I'm getting better. I do need to remind myself that we really need to just take one day at a time, like you said. One day has enough concerns in it for there to be any use worrying about the morrow.
Thanks again Rick, I'm deeply touched and warmed by your post,
Best wishes to all of you,
Phil.
Phil & Rick - You bring tears to my eyes when I read your posts. It's so refreshing to hear a man be honest with his feelings. I was born sensitive so I get tears of joy all the time and of course comes sadness with injustice. I used to think it was the worst thing and caused me to numb myself with opiates but when I was clean it was the best thing ever b/c I was sensitive to others and mostly God! He did something to me that is so personal it changed my heart forever. No matter what I do, I know he's there and not judging me, but loving me and just wants me whole. We put so much pressure on ourselves I don't know if it's a dope addict thing or just life but I do know that's one area I want to work on.
Phil - You're so right our survival instincts and desire to be well. Will keep us going and alive. I pray we never have to go back and if we do. We know what we have to go through. It's only day 30 for me but like I've said I'm on valium, clonidine, Soma at night (muscle relaxer). I just don't want to take anything but my blood pressure medicine, and I don't have a time period of when to stop. My blood pressure is definitely high if I don't take the clonidine and I'm scared to just stop the valium b/c I've been on it for so many years. But the day will come. As far as the boxes go, I'm really starting to feel better. Living in Maui helps. I spend time at the beach every day. It's sad b/c in Hawaii we believe the ocean is so healing and removes and negative ions from your body. Like a cleanse and I've got chicken skin to the max and can't go in. I do enjoy just being there it's helped the mind tremendously. I'm so proud of you! For sticking this through and being one of the voices of knowledge and encouragement you've always been. Don't ever forget that.
Rick-I'm so sorry about that Squirrel I would've been horrified to see that. Thank God for wives. If you compare it to how we live as addicts we drown ourselves and our fighting for our lives when we attempt to come back to being clean. If you have the tools you can do it. Your wife now provided a tool for any animal that might go through that. We can relate that to our own lives. The more tools we have, like you said, going out and being sober and seeing how you can really do it and I know from my past I had more fun than the people getting wasted. Surprisingly I've been going to Birthday parities and events since day 9 and forcing myself to get out of my shell. I had so many events going on this month socially. I'm on unemployment so I have the time to rest up, but it was actually a huge help. I just can't drink w/the meds it hurts me and I've never been much of a drinker I've been a loyal dope addict. Lucky for me I was a closet addict here. So I don't have any friends that do drugs beside weed..I mean it's Maui for God's sake ;) So I agree with you to the max about being clean and going out! I can't wait, now I feel it's almost time to just to to my regular Dr. and get on right Blood Pressure medicine b/c that is truly my only concern. I'm young and it's so scary to have high #'s. I had it when I was clean at 28 so it's just something I have to deal with but kicking makes it much worse. That's why I just chose clonidine for now. I just wanted you to know how moved I was by your compassion and ability to be honest and have emotions something most men hide. I think it's one of the best qualities when a man cries then you know he's real!! So don't worry about that...you just got more props! You have a heart of compassion it's not just the Boxes it's probably a bit of them b/c I've been teary over the silliest things..
I feel each day one day closer to my goal. I have to say waking up with the sunrise and experiencing the quiet of this time in the morning has been a gift I get as I read the posts. This website truly got me through this. It is unbelievable how the help from people you don't even know can touch your heart more than the ones around you. It's the fact that on this site you understand what it's like to get off this stuff and how it is to have a addictive mind when it comes to opiates.
I wish you all an amazing day full of hope! I just can't tell people enough how much this site has blessed me!!! We can all conquer this but you see together it helps so much ;)
Sending lots of Aloha
Maui
I have a question for everyone. My son has been on Sub's for almost 18 months. We are working our way down to 1mg a day before he jumps. In the mean time, we're studying all we can about the effects of the drug. Matthew is suffering from poor appetite, anxiety, weight loss, diarrhea and weight loss, all getting worse the longer he has been on the suboxone. Is this a normal effect of the subs on someone? I try not to worry that he is taking something else that could be causing all those symptoms/problems. So, I'm wondering if there is anyone out there that has taken them for a prolonged period that has suffered similar effects.
Don't forget this... This is a battle worth winning. If you haven't asked God to take over, do it. NOW!! His yoke is easy and his burden is light. He will see you through.
I have a question for everyone. My son has been on Sub's for almost 18 months. We are working our way down to 1mg a day before he jumps. In the mean time, we're studying all we can about the effects of the drug. Matthew is suffering from poor appetite, anxiety, weight loss, diarrhea and weight loss, all getting worse the longer he has been on the suboxone. Is this a normal effect of the subs on someone? I try not to worry that he is taking something else that could be causing all those symptoms/problems. So, I'm wondering if there is anyone out there that has taken them for a prolonged period that has suffered similar effects.
Don't forget this... This is a battle worth winning. If you haven't asked God to take over, do it. NOW!! His yoke is easy and his burden is light. He will see you through.
Fathers - Glad to hear you are getting closer....if possible get it down to a sliver of Subs a day for a seek or so...I'm talking .25 is possible...Regardless, sadly, it's still gonna be a ride, but the less the better....it is, as you have read the receptors in the brain....they take their sweet time to leave, but they DO go away. 11-21 days for me.
Yes...I too lost almost 20 lbs while taking the subs for 7 months.....not much appitite. It is a strong drug, and one worth leaving to history.
Good luck...The sun will shine again for your Matthew.
Maui - Thank you for your lovely, inspiring and encouraging post. Your comments about Rick are so true. I'm glad I'm not the only man here willing to express the deepest most sensitive of emotions! I see that as an enormous strength and I hold Rick in even higher esteem as a result of that post. Wonderful stuff.
I've also always been a sensitive type of person and yes, like you Maui, I think I found opiates so addictive because with sensitivity comes pain and the pills and potions dulled that pain.
But then, they also killed the pleasure... It's so hard getting used to pain again, emotional and/or physical. I think that's a big part of the PAWS thing. Even a bad cold I had recently almost had me running back to opiates. I mean, how can I be expected to suffer a cold and be bed ridden for a couple of days without at least enough opiates to help me through it!!! LOL :) You have to laugh!
I'm glad to say I'm very much still back on the road to recovery and experiencing improvement every day (even despite my recent blip). The PAWS is most definitely becoming milder and milder. It is obvious and noticeable to me. Some days I almost forget about it now! That would have been unthinkable only a few months ago.
I don't want to offend people with differing views on faith but it is very encouraging how many other people on here have found God. However, I must say that it isn't a place to preach. I don't respect someone because of their faith, I respect and love them for who they are. I see every human being on this planet as equal. "But for the grace of God, there go I..." - so to speak. So while I'm learning not to judge myself so harshly because of my drug addictions, I'm also learning not to judge other people who have 'screwed up' in different ways in their lives. They don't deserve judgement either.
Fathers-pain, I agree with Rick. It is better to get down to a slither, like 0.25mg, if possible, and retain until relatively stable (although it's never really possible to be totally stable while on opiates like that but at least until the physical problems subside).
It is also so true what Rick said about the final 'jump' i.e. going to zero, from whatever dose. Even if tapered down to a crumb, the final jump will still kick.
Fathers-Pain, those symptoms you describe your son having are completely normal for someone going through a 'box' taper. It DOES NOT mean he is dabbling in other drugs. The tapering process does NOT remove the unpleasant withdrawals. I experienced very unpleasant symptoms when I was tapering below 2mg and I was going in 0.4mg or even 0.2mg decrements. I was OK going from 16mg a day down to 4mg a day. Then I went down to 2mg a day and that was a bit of a struggle. I to and fro'ed for a bit between 2mg and 4mg etc. Then from 2mg I went down to 1.6mg, 1.2mg. 0.8mg etc.
Remember, I'm in the UK, we can get prescibed 8mg, 2mg and these tiny 0.4mg sub tabs. It's easy to cut in half to achieve smaller doses. However, it is also possible to shave off the larger dose tablets or powder them and divide.
Anyway, once I got below 2mg I really started to struggle. I would have bad anxiety problems as well as RLS and twitching in my arms. It could take 2 weeks for these symptoms to settle on the lowered dose.
Once I got down to 0.4mg daily I thought I was home and dry. Oops! Big mistake. I was shocked at how it kicked when I jumped and I backtracked a few times with 0.2 or 0.4mg before finally just getting bloody minded enough to put myself through whatever hell was necessary to get off the damn things.
Tapering will reduce the severity of the phsyical symptoms and perhaps the mental symptoms also but it does mean the withdrawal process is drawn out over a longer period. So, it's 'horses for courses'. As you are taking the tapering route with your son, I would proceed as planned. Just don't expect it to be the slightest bit easy. It isn't.
And please, don't think the symptoms your son is experiencing have anything to do with other drugs being used. If anything, if he was using something else, he wouldn't be having the anxiety problems! He'd probably be feeling a lot better (albeit temporarily, as we know long term, drug abuse just causes chaos and problems).
So, the symptoms he is having are actually an indication of his suffering withdrawals and NOT using other drugs, not the other way round!
Best wishes to you all, Maui, Rick, and I really hope things continue to go the right way for you Fathers-Pain. Just don't get judgemental with him. Be gentle and kind. He has to be the one committed to this at the end of the day. He needs to feel guilt free. The past is the past. We can only influence our future.
Kind regards,
Phil.
Phil - thanks for your comment they mean so much! I could go on and on as you can see by my lengthy posts..lol! Even through your post you sound so much better.
Fathers_Pain - My family is Christian and always think I'm using when I'm getting off of drugs so what Phil said is totally true. No matter what their faith is or not I'm sure their prayers have kept me alive through so many years of opiate abuse. However, in some ways it's hard because when I needed them the most they assumed I was on drugs because I lost so much weight. Even now at 33 days off of Suboxone I'm a skeleton. I was already thin, my friends are concerned, I have anxiety, I don't sleep, I would recommend Imodium A-D caplets for your son because for some reason they help particularly with opiate WD and having the runs (just the caplets). The most important thing is to be there. It's a long road ahead but he is wanting to do the right thing. Be loving and supportive even if he's a moody jerk it's what this stuff does to you. Give him his space. He won't have much motivation for awhile in the beginning, You'll have your son back it just takes time with this and I'm sure your worst fear would be him using but have faith in him. Has described that's exact signs of WD. If it wasn't then I'd be concerned. I wish you the best of luck and know there is a light at the end of the tunnel!!
Phil - thanks for your comment they mean so much! I could go on and on as you can see by my lengthy posts..lol! Even through your post you sound so much better.
Fathers_Pain - My family is Christian and always think I'm using when I'm getting off of drugs so what Phil said is totally true. No matter what their faith is or not I'm sure their prayers have kept me alive through so many years of opiate abuse. However, in some ways it's hard because when I needed them the most they assumed I was on drugs because I lost so much weight. Even now at 33 days off of Suboxone I'm a skeleton. I was already thin, my friends are concerned, I have anxiety, I don't sleep, I would recommend Imodium A-D caplets for your son because for some reason they help particularly with opiate WD and having the runs (just the caplets). The most important thing is to be there. It's a long road ahead but he is wanting to do the right thing. Be loving and supportive even if he's a moody jerk it's what this stuff does to you. Give him his space. He won't have much motivation for awhile in the beginning, You'll have your son back it just takes time with this and I'm sure your worst fear would be him using but have faith in him. Has described that's exact signs of WD. If it wasn't then I'd be concerned. I wish you the best of luck and know there is a light at the end of the tunnel!!
I'm on day 7 of being off the Suboxone. Still get the chills, still depressed, still can't sleep, still have dilated pupils, and most importantly, my legs are aching luck crazy. How much longer until my legs stop wanting to fall off? I was on 4mg then 2mg then 1mg then .5mg then .25mg over a 5 month period. All I want is for my legs to stop feeling like I'm an 96 year old man. Suboxone to hell.
aching like crazy*
Im on Day 3. I thought theworst was behind me. HA! Was I horribly wrong. Since ive starte Ive lost at least 8 of the 108lbs i weigh & being 5'2 thats pretty gnarly & it sux (i already aint got a booty). Ive been on & off opiates since 05'. The Little vicodin here, little oxy here & there, turned to 15 norcos (equal to 30vic's just w/less apap)or sometimes even more that 15 per day, pot was a must &some yayyo if it was around. And OC, dont get me started. There would be verbal brawls with my guy to get it & vice versa. We said we werent addicts & it was just recreational. But obviously didnt wanna see we already were. Already VERY VERY VERY long story so ill just get to the point. Suboxone to me was a savior, or so i thought. But still F Methadone clinics, all they are good for is keeping you higher and higher to keep getting them chedda$$$ & If you dont have the $ to pay up then they taper u down quicker than you can say wheres the rig. Ive seen AND expirienced MANY things in my life but nothing compares to this ongoing battle for my own soul (Still hav a dude but feels good to say MY life not OUR life). WORKING around suboxone means being well infromed, right? WRONG! I know what its for and why people use it but i had the darndest clue how much worse it is for our wellbeing. All I know is that Suboxone is not meant to be a 'maintnenance' drug only a "temporary' drug. So what are those to do who want the temporary solution not the permament???? I suppose thos who have the time to waste want permanent. Oops sorry, unlike me. No offense, Just remember tar takes your 'soul'.
My Town would burn me at the cross if they only knew my alias. Anywhoo.... This is the 96687 attemp synopsys;
This IS SUBOXONE!: I quit opiates for a few weeks in april 2010 then my Guy gets locked up till July. So i try/must do things my way. I was scaredd SHITLESS, weve been so co-dependant (& living togethger)for 5 years, this was crazy. That led me to start chain smoking & thhen after a few days lucifer won & i started taking 1 maybe 2 norcs aftr work then it went from 1 to 2 'Maybe' to 4 to 10 norcs so i said NO MORE! I found some subs and did that for a while till i needed it anytime i had to do ANYTHING. Once i got the first chills at work and i was dr, i pushed thru. Got home and and found something... 1/4 subs... bing bang boom pop that Sh*it in my mouth, whatcha think. Then aftr staring at it since the bust, i picked up my Bible and began to read... I read and read then i read books backing up, with scientifical proof, the word of God. Altghough subs is frowned upon, Christ made me understand that we no have control over our actions, we do however have a mind of our own to decide on those actions and to decide the diff between good/bad.. I aint trying to preach but get this;
Ive been an Addict since 13y/o by using (((From 1st to last: Alcohol+++++, Rochas?, MariaJane 4life,salvia, LSD++++++, E++++++++++++, Tweak+++++++++++++, Huffing, TRamadol, Darvocet, T3, Soma, Vicodin, Percocet, Oxycontin, Morphine, Methadone, Duragesic, Aqtiq, (list goes on) and returns back to Vicodin))) God prooves to me he hasnt forgotten & he has better things in store for me & this Suboxone pain is just a test. But dang, these subs WD arent as painful but worse that startiht "codone"
Unlike the 'codone' (hydrocodone, oxycodoen, roxucodone etc...) family Suboxone has a longer half life i fpound out, unlike what drs want u to know or what to tell. Next time u see a quack ask him if he's ever felt the ACTUAL suboxone withdrawal?? 9 out od 10 I bet he will say no. Getting off of vics/norcs was hard psycholigiocally but not physically. 3 maybe 4 days max and the worst subsides, u hit the peak by the 2nd day. Knowing this i figured suboxone would be hard b ut not THAT HARD or HARDER! Im on the morning of day 4 and i still cant get out of bed, i cant eat, barely got sleep and all because i dragged on this whole thing. Ive had a love hate relationship with hydrocodone and subs after rehab in 07' but subs always won. They were always my golden ticked outta this ball&chain with norcs but was i mistaken or what. Just know to hang in there, im really really trying to too without checkin my self in (again). Im only 26 darn it there is NO WAY im doing 2 stints in rehab in my 20's! Having the support from those who love you is what is gonna guarantee success. So if you are TRULLY ready to stay clean &/or quit TELL THEM! Be 100% honest and swallow you pride (theyll forgive you and by telling they them already have) and ask if not beg for help. Doesnt have to be physical just tell them to be there when u need to talk or to keep you motivated, it really helps. Trust me. Keep yourself busy, i know its hard but even if u cant get outta bed yet grab a book, a laptop, a journal or anythingto keep your (racing) minda at bay. Good Luck, I know im gonna need it.
Hey guys......
Just looking at my posts from 3 months ago. Have to say I DID IT! I AM BETTER! It took about 10 REALLY bad days, then another month or so of sneezing, sweating, trouble sleeping.... but it was not all that bad. I am more than 100 days clean and am totally better. I went from 20 norcos and 5 oxys a day to freedom. Subs work. They help and if you are comitted to it, YOU WILL GET BETTER. I have never felt better. I am finally free!!!!!! Don't give up, stick it out. I promise you will make it.
Get acupuncture. I MEAN IT. I got it done today. It took away my anxiety for a little bit. The acupuncturist told me to take magnesium (200 mg a day, one in the morning, one at night) to help with the restless legs. It took away some of the chills as well. After I went and got the acupuncture I was able to go exercise and my legs weren't in pain and I got my endorphins kicking in. I highly recommend acupuncture. You can look it up. It's used to treat opiate withdrawal/opiate addiction. I also go in the sauna at my local YMCA and sweat in there for up to 30-45 minutes a day. I am seeing the light at the end of the tunnel. Thank the Lord.
Kella, thanks for the rewardingly good news.
lago, yeh I found acupuncture quite useful at one point. For me it was more the distraction of having to listen to mellow music in a chilled out atmmosphere around like-minded people. I think that is really why it benefited me. However, I had auricular acupuncture and it REALLY hurt! hehe
Anyway, whatever helps. I think outside stimululs is madly important. It's such a welcome distraction. I wonder if my withdrawals would have been so bad if I had not been all alone throughout the worst of it?
Looking back, I still don't see how I survived. The isolation was hell, coupled with the suffering. Bad days and good to remind me why I should never go back down that path.
I'm still going well and recovered from my recent blip. I feel very much on the road to recovery again, especially from PAWS. I really did have a bad patch a few weeks back but I'm going through a really good one now. It's still tough but the light at the end of the tunnel just gets bigger and brighter every day. And it is always there now, every day, even on a bad day.
Kind regards to all,
Phil.
Day 36..but whose counting!
Iago-I just wanted to address the post regarding acupuncture.
It's is extremely helpful if you are not taking other medications to relieve the WD symptoms. I believe in it, has been very successful for me over the years. I would only recommend it if you are taking natural herbs or vitamins. I also was told to take magnesium and couldn't stay off the toilet. I almost had to be hospitalized twice during the first week and second week of my Suboxone WD after my acupuncture treatment. In Chinese medicine they believe the liver controls every aspect of your organs. Like a General that gives orders to the other organs. If your liver is full of western medicine you are going to have severe adverse effects. My blood pressure went through the roof and the head pain and over all body pain I was trying to relieve became worse than ever. This is because it works. It was detoxing my body too fast. If you are not on Western Meds then go for it. It's one of the best treatments in dealing with addiction, and everything that comes with WD's. I just feel it's important to know how severe the reaction can be if you are taking medication. As soon as I'm done with these pills I'm going straight back but I believe it's too hard on your body to do both. My acupuncturist agrees. I just felt that needed to be noted because those were the hardest days I had through this whole process. I thought I might die. So be careful! I'm still not there yet but every day is better sometimes worse but I guess it's the nature of this beast. I have never in my life WD for 36 days and still feel it, no appetite is the hardest as I'm already so thin I feel embarrassed to be in public. I look more like I'm on drugs then when I was b/c of weight alone so I'm hoping the sign of my appetite returning is a sign I'm getting to the end of this!! I just can't wait till some months are behind me. I look so forward to the day when this is nothing but a memory and something I've overcome! I wish you all the best!!
Maui-
Thanks for that post. I actually do take medication to sleep (Seroquel 50mg) and I was taking Xanax (about 3-4mg) for almost two weeks straight and since I started the acupuncture I stopped taking the Xanax because I noticed my body needing that as well. I know enough to stop taking the Xanax and deal with the mild WD symptoms from it now instead of being on it consecutive days for months. Anyway, I also get three different herbs that I put in my water, given to me by the acupuncturist. I know there are some docs that are crock full of shit, and I know ones that aren't. This guy knows what he's doing. But I also know that if you say you felt the way you did after Subs/acupuncture, then there is the possibility it can happen to me. I started the acupuncture on day 8 of 0mg of subs. I stopped taking Xanax for two days. I'm dealing with this mild withdrawal. If I got through those first hellish days of Sub WD, I can get through this. I exercise like crazy to get my endorphins kicking, as I had said. I can tell that my Sub WD symptoms aren't as noticeable, yet they're still mildly there. Just the dilated pupils, mild anxiety, diarrhea, and slight chills. Those are all also characteristics of Xanax withdrawal too. What are your thoughts?
I think you are totally correct! I was on Seroquel (25-50mg's) was able to stop that and the muscle relaxers. She came to my home b/c I was in such bad shape. I really had the worst neck and head pain and just wanted her to address that. I'm taking clonidine b/c I have HBP and it's always helped w/WD's and valium so I'm on a benzo too and sooooooo want to get off. B/c of my Blood pressure being high it's a different story for me I'm concerned to mix the herbs but I know they are so helpful!!! The exercise is the best! I can't believe you can do it! That shows us all we need to get out of the four walls and go for it! I think that's the most important thing. She did a 2 hour treatment the first time and it was over kill literally. Then the next time I asked her to ignore the liver and treat me for WD's but I don't know what it is. Why it didn't work. Acupuncture has saved me from surgery before but w/the Subs I think I had them in my system too long 2.5 years. I would WD from the Xanax if you can at the same time that way you don't have to go through it again. For me I have to wait one med at a time because of my Blood pressure so frustrating for me! Like you I love to exercise. In Hawaii we have the ocean, hiking, so many ways to fill your soul! You've inspired me to get in the water today. I notice even running around doing errands and being around my friends that don't use..none do I was a closet user help so much as well. It takes you out of yourself and you realize you really don't feel that bad! I think in my case my acupuncturist knows so much of my past that she always goes straight to the liver as I've had no signs of Hep C for 5 years! I did a lot of work with her before I started my treatment. I think it's the best thing you can do. I just wanted to share my experience because it was quite frightening. I'm thinking of looking for one that may specialize in addiction but it's hard here b/c they don't have much! No rehabs...no detox facilities. Your on your own. Plenty of Dr's to pass out meds though. Getting your natural endorphins back is so key otherwise this thing will get ya with depression. Sounds like you are doing great at day 8 I wish I had so much energy, a lot was probably the meds. I would get off the Xanax our goal is to be clean and if you can live w/out them then do it!! I wish you all the success and so happy your able to really exercise! Drinking a lot of water is super helpful to in flushing out your system. I force it down!! Wishing everyone the best!
Greetings All:
I posted approx 8 weeks ago. Was able to go 2 months on a one month script of Subs. Its is day three with nothing. It hurts. It hurts fucking bad. Ive got 9 hours of sleep in the last three days. Killer fucking headaches,Runny nose,chills, sweating, sneezing,leg and arm tremors, itching, dont feel like doing shit. Got out of the house today and went to the store for food. After 10 minutes of walking around legs cramps from hell and you all can laugh (I did) passed wind and shit on myself. LOL. Reading the older post it varies from person to person when WD slows down. Just giving you all a heads up about Sub WD GET READY FOR THE EXPRESS ELEVATOR THROUGH HELL. Will post more tomorrow or later in the week to let you all know I am doing and feeling. Much love and respect. PEACE.
Angry - Well, that was quite descriptive. Sorry for your pain....it sucks, and for most...it will likely go downhill, but keep the faith...for me, and many...day 5-7 was the bottom of the hole for me. You should consider sleeping aids, imodium, B Vitamins, food (ugh), and gentle music....it is such a bitch and takes so long....but hopefully, by day 11 ish...it will begin to improve. I know that seems for ever...but just know, it really does go away...and the warmth of life will gradually return. Good luck...and keep in touch...you will clean soon, (not your pants however...ha, lol).
St. Johns Wart and Kava extract combined really helped me with the anxiety....found at natrual foods stores.
Well I guess after reading these posts this will be the stupidist question ever posted on here but here goes nothing.I have been addicted to opiates for 10 years now. After trying to quit on my own so many times I can't count.I finally went to my local V.A. hospital and enterd a treatment deal.I was prescribed suboxone which I had asked for. I am taking 2 mgs a day and that is all I need.I of course loved the thought of not having w/d symptoms.I loved it.I never dreamed I could quit the opiates.I know sub is an opiate but you guys know what I mean.I have stolen ,pawned ,borrowed and suffered like everyone else for 10 years.My stupid question is this: If I do not feel the need to up my dosage{2 mgs} what is wrong with staying on suboxone for the rest of my life? I am in the best state of mind I have felt in my entire adult life.I honestly do not feel the need to up the dosage,I look at it the same way a person with diabetes or heart disease would need to take meds from now on.Please respond and tell me what you think.I pray for everyone on this site and I am eager to hear what everybody thinks about my idea.
How old are you Yngwleellis? The rest of your life is, hopefully a long time, and Subs were designed for the short term to get off opiates. Yes, it is a magic bullet in the beginning, absolutely, only...they are powerful little things...and, for me, after 7 months, the side effects were bad....zero sex drive, miserable appetite, I lost 20 lbs, it began to affect my moods, tho, I did sleep well...it was just a crutch. Not to mention, they are very expensive. I don't know...some may disagree, but overall..the point of the subs is get away from the opiates...it too is an opiate. BTW, 2-mg is just fine if it is comfortable, the idea is to reduce the dose, not increase it. My honest recommendation is, when your heart and head are sick and tired of dependence....then you will know....only, getting off subs.....is 5 times longer than jumping off short acting opiates. I only wish, I had used them for say 2-3 weeks, then taper off them....but, everyone is different. Good luck friend....take your time and do what your heart tells you to do......just know, you have friends here.
I'm so happy I feel done with this! It's almost 6 weeks but yesterday was that day you all have talked about when you wake up and you feel, do I dare say it..."Normal" and so back to my happy self! I can't believe it! There is so much light at the end of the tunnel for those of you in the beginning.
@Yngwheellis- I definitely felt that way at the beginning. My Dr. helped encourage the idea as well that I could stay on 2-4mg for life. In my case that life term lasted 2.5 yrs before I was able to have the time to get off of it. While working I couldn't. Maybe I could but knowing I had time to just take care of this was so much better. It is great that you are only on 2mg. Getting use to life without opiates is one of the best thing suboxone does for your mind but like Rick said it's opiate replacement therapy. In my case I want a child someday and don't want it strung out on anything I've done to my body. I'm 34 been using since 17 off and on mostly on and I thought Suboxone was a miracle drug until I got over paying so much for it, feeling dependent on something, after the time went by I just wanted to be clean. I wish I would have just done a short detox as I'm almost at my 6th week off of them and just now I'm feeling the best yet. So the answer to your ? really is up to you. Just know that there never is a easy yes or no answer your body will tell you when the time is. Rick's advice is right on and I agree with him 100%. There does come a time when it starts effecting other parts of your life that our important. You will know and as they always say no question is a stupid question. Good Luck!
Greetings All:
Day 4. Bad night. Arm and leg tremors all night. Got about 4 hours of uninterrupted sleep. The wife fixed Breakfast food(ugh) ate and showered. To tell you the truth that took all my energy. Killer headache and cramps today. I have WD from opiates in the past, usually after the third day I started feeling physically "normal" again. When I feel better in my recovery I will make a trip to my doctor to tell him he is full of shit. He stated that "little or no WD" from Subs. I can deal with the physical pain of WD. Any ideas for the lack of sleep. Ive got bags under my eyes the size of saddle bags.
Greetings All:
Day 4. Bad night. Arm and leg tremors all night. Got about 4 hours of uninterrupted sleep. The wife fixed Breakfast food(ugh) ate and showered. To tell you the truth that took all my energy. Killer headache and cramps today. I have WD from opiates in the past, usually after the third day I started feeling physically "normal" again. When I feel better in my recovery I will make a trip to my doctor to tell him he is full of shit. He stated that "little or no WD" from Subs. I can deal with the physical pain of WD. Any ideas for the lack of sleep. Ive got bags under my eyes the size of saddle bags.
Angry....Sorry man....but each day gone, is a day down and closer to the end. Sleep is everything....so do what you must. Many here speak of various aids, tho, I am not a big benzo kinda guy...so, for me, (not suggested), I, around day 4-10 would take a Tamazapan sleeping pill and chase it with a cool beer....it worked well for me, but obviously, drinking beer at bed time is another issue....I kinda got into that habit for a couple of weeks, and had to knock it off. Now, I sleep well without anything, tho, I tend to wake up at 4AM, wide awake.....o well, as long as I get a good 6 hrs...I'm cool. Anyway, find something to get your rest...without sleep, the whole process is just agrivated. It sucks enough as it is. Hang tough...don't let this investment go to waste....Hot baths b4 bed are good. You can do it....
I have probably spent over 12 hours reading the stories and replies on this board.
I've struggled with Bipolar-I for years. It didn't get officially diagnosed and properly treated until 2006. I'm currently 33 years old.
For years, my life was pretty much to be everything to everyone. I never listened to my gut instincts, and I made a lot of decisions that caused me to implode.
I had developed some lower back issues from weight training and running. This led to two years of Percocet, Soma, Vicoprofen scripts as I went to all the specialists and physical therapists. On top of that, my p-doc would prescribe 60 or 90x1mg Xanax monthly. I was already deeply depressed because I rushed into a marriage, and it was smothering me.
The addiction runaway lasted until 05 September 2008. I quit cold turkey and got into the rooms of NA. I made it 106 days. Then, I had a follow-up with my doctor. He introduces this thing called Suboxone and says that it will be greatly beneficial in keeping "steady receptor levels". I began to take 8mg daily. I was ignorant of what Subs truly were.
Ironically, at a cafe just down the street from the outpatient program I attended, I met my fiancee. She had a really bad two-year H habit. She went from just drinking wine on a regular basis straight to this. It was mixed with other stuff (cocaine, crack, etc.). She also took Suboxone through her doctor.
About 9-10 days ago, both she and I finished our Suboxone taper. She is only working part-time, and her boss understands what's going on. She's able to take all the time off she needs. My job is pretty good, so I can take care of our financial needs in the meanwhile.
For me, day 1-2 made me very irritated. Day 3-5 brought on the burning, chills and fatigue. It began to subside piece by piece after that. I'm on Day 9, and I'm feeling a lot better. Everything is so much clearer visually, and I've actually been on top of my work game since the first day of no Subs.
For my fiancee, I had been worried about what's been called 'precipitated withdrawals'. She's at Day 10, and she feels close to her worst, though she's quick to note that it's nowhere near the H kick. It just takes a lot longer. I've been keeping house and maintaining a quiet, cool environment for her recovery. I am able to get her out for a small walk each evening, and she always feels better.
We take Clonidine and Gabapentin (Neurontin) to help with the withdrawal pains. I've had to take Gaba for a couple of years to help with anxiety, as-is.
There's a resolve in my head to not let the WDs and addiction have dominion over my body.
Everyone's stories have been so informative and inspirational. Thanks for all the kind words shared, and I look forward to hearing more!
I have probably spent over 12 hours reading the stories and replies on this board.
I've struggled with Bipolar-I for years. It didn't get officially diagnosed and properly treated until 2006. I'm currently 33 years old.
For years, my life was pretty much to be everything to everyone. I never listened to my gut instincts, and I made a lot of decisions that caused me to implode.
I had developed some lower back issues from weight training and running. This led to two years of Percocet, Soma, Vicoprofen scripts as I went to all the specialists and physical therapists. On top of that, my p-doc would prescribe 60 or 90x1mg Xanax monthly. I was already deeply depressed because I rushed into a marriage, and it was smothering me.
The addiction runaway lasted until 05 September 2008. I quit cold turkey and got into the rooms of NA. I made it 106 days. Then, I had a follow-up with my doctor. He introduces this thing called Suboxone and says that it will be greatly beneficial in keeping "steady receptor levels". I began to take 8mg daily. I was ignorant of what Subs truly were.
Ironically, at a cafe just down the street from the outpatient program I attended, I met my fiancee. She had a really bad two-year H habit. She went from just drinking wine on a regular basis straight to this. It was mixed with other stuff (cocaine, crack, etc.). She also took Suboxone through her doctor.
About 9-10 days ago, both she and I finished our Suboxone taper. She is only working part-time, and her boss understands what's going on. She's able to take all the time off she needs. My job is pretty good, so I can take care of our financial needs in the meanwhile.
For me, day 1-2 made me very irritated. Day 3-5 brought on the burning, chills and fatigue. It began to subside piece by piece after that. I'm on Day 9, and I'm feeling a lot better. Everything is so much clearer visually, and I've actually been on top of my work game since the first day of no Subs.
For my fiancee, I had been worried about what's been called 'precipitated withdrawals'. She's at Day 10, and she feels close to her worst, though she's quick to note that it's nowhere near the H kick. It just takes a lot longer. I've been keeping house and maintaining a quiet, cool environment for her recovery. I am able to get her out for a small walk each evening, and she always feels better.
We take Clonidine and Gabapentin (Neurontin) to help with the withdrawal pains. I've had to take Gaba for a couple of years to help with anxiety, as-is.
There's a resolve in my head to not let the WDs and addiction have dominion over my body.
Everyone's stories have been so informative and inspirational. Thanks for all the kind words shared, and I look forward to hearing more!
Greetings All:
After I posted yesterday I "bottomed" lying in the fetal postion in bed with all the symptoms I posted about. I wanted relief I wanted MY DOPE. My wife called upon a friend and veteran as myself who climbed out of the madness a year ago. Finally got some sleep, 8 solid hours. He brought over 4 ambien, and a shit load of vitamins and a case of gatoraide. Gave my wife the 4 ambien to give to me at night. Wouldnt give them to me. I guess I cant blame him. You are correct rick sleep and vitamins is everything, Thank you for your advise and insight. The vitamins and instruction on the sleep aids gave have given me a little enegry. Call it "tough love" he figuratively put a boot in my ass. We spoke of our experience with Sub WD and our life experiences which led us down this road. He gave me "ice pick" in the forehead reality check regarding the hate, vemon and anger I have been spuing towards family friends and loved ones. Be ANGRY at no one but youself, turn anger into resolve, and deal with your guilt after you are sober for a while. I'm still having the physical and mental pains of WD. I still have little or no appetite or it comes right back up after I eat. Being rested makes dealing with it "manageable" if you can call it that. Going to sit in a hot bath now. Much Love and respect. PEACE
As awful as you feel, and as empty as your future seems right now....I promise you you are winning. You are on this thread, you are fighting and hurting and healing.....God bless you for this fight. It is a deamond that can be overcome, honest....I did it...and I had no one to help, I hid my tourture from my dearest love, friend and wife....it was solo...and there were a couple of days when I just could not take it....but you know what....it is a passing evil....My head became my worst enemy...there are things to help with the body....but the head, the saddness, guilt and emotions were freeking terrable....I would cry at chick flicks, and that is not me...but, after day 5-7....I actually started to improve....still shitty, but better...by day 11....the warmth of my past and future began to come in.....and within another less aggonizing week, I was done. The sleep returned the food was palatable and I could almost deal with friends and people.....Honestly, the head part is huge.....sleep is everything and you must force food....it sucks, but is big...I may have mentioned natural herb extracts Kava and St. Johns Wart....those puppies really, really helped my anxiety for 2 weeks.
Just know, it is OK to sit and suck your thumb at this time....it is a big deal....but, the world is waiting for you and your life is just around the corner......be tough, be thankfull you have support.
What the hell did we do that for? Jumping off Vics or Oxys would have been easier, at least shorter...just know, it is not your body anymore....it is your brain...those GD receptors need to free themselvs from the subs...and they will, guaranteed, in there own sweet time......all the best....you have friends here.
Thank you Rick and Maui for your advice
Rick...I am 42 years old. I have detoxed from opiates so many times I can't stand the thought of ever doing it again.I was mistaken when I said that I was taking 2mgs of sub.I looked at the bottle wrong.I'm actually taking 8mgs of bup.and 2 mgs of naloxone.I've been on the stuff for 5 weeks now.I've read most of the posts and I don't think I could ever go through the detox.Obviously everyone agrees that the sub detox lasts longer than coming off opiates.( I know sub is an opiate too)I always get diarhea for 3 or 4 weeks which is unbelievable.Then the mental crap starts and thats when I always relapse.every damn time.I feel like there is absolutely nothing to look forward to.And that I will always feel that horrible mix of anxiety and depression,absolute hopelessness.I used to play guitar 8 hrs a day. Now I don't want to do anything.When I am detoxing I do not have any interest in anything.And the worst part of it all is I feel after 3 or 4 weeks of it that I will never feel better.So I always relapse.3 years ago I owned 2 corvettes and 19 guitars.They are all gone everything is gone.Sold and lost to pawnshops so I could go out and pay $8 PER PILL and it would take 12 pills a day to get high.I would get high and play guitar and then one day I got high and didn't have a guitar to play.Both my corvettes were gone and I told myself it was to pay my bills because when I got out of the service I couldn't find a job,but for every $100 dollars that went to bills I know I spent $300 on dope.So for the last 5 weeks I haven't spent any $ on dope and even though I know that I am trading one addiction for another I can't help but dream about how wonderful it would be to just take the subs from now on.I feel like I have damaged my brain and nervous system so bad that I could never be happy again like a normal person.I honestly believe that that godaweful feeling that I feel when I'm coming off pills will be the way I feel forever.And now when I read these posts and find out that the sub detox lasts even longer I feel like there's no hope at all.I don't know what to do.I will keep checking this website and posting b/c my doctor wants me to attend meetings.I've been there and done that and to be honest I get just as much out of this website as I do those na meetings.Well I wish everyone luck and eventually I am sure the doc will take me off of the subs and I am going to have to deal with this.I will never be able to financially support the habit ever again.I will never make the kind of $ I made before where I am living now and the job market as it is.I appreciate you guys letting me vent.
Greetings All:
Thank you again Rick and Maui for the wisdom, insight and support. I'm somewhat over the hump, meaning the physical WD symptoms have run their course.
Sleep is still an issue. 6 hours total a two day period and 7 hour last night from exhaustion. The fatigue associated with lack of sleep is exhausting.You are right again Rick, I layed in bed physically exhausted and my mind is going 100 miles an hour. Funny you speak of food, woke up this morning to my stomach growling, something I haven't heard or felt in a long while, but welcomed it. I have bad skeletal pain , it gets better with every passing day. Anger is now being replaced by anxiety, I have accepted it as part of the healing process and have to deal with it on a day to day basis. I know it may seem trival but I'm getting cleaned up today and going into town (i live in the country) first time in a week or more. Hopefully I wont have any accidents(read older posts). PEACE
I'm on Day 12 of no subs, and my fiancee is on Day 13. A large portion of the physical WD has tapered off for me. Oddly enough, I have had a resurgence of strong anxiety over the last couple of days. It makes my stomach uncomfortable, but I can deal. Fortunately, I have a script for Xanax which gets filled tomorrow. My fiancee and I regulate this for one another, and it's no biggie. I've had to take it for years (just .5mg daily).
The fiancee is feeling better, too. It's been so frustrating to her that the withdrawals persist for as long as they do. I've shared so many of these stories with her to give her hope and some true "war stories" of people who have gone through the same thing. Ironically, the medicines her p-doc prescribed to help with the withdrawals (Gabapentin and Clonidine) made her feel *worse* than just plain ol' ibuprofen and Simply Sleep (an OTC item that contains just the sleep ingredient in Tylenol PM).
She and I both know that it will be a while before we feel what we describe as "normal". However, there's a bit of regained clarity everyday, and we both know that any of the head/emotional stuff is illogical and is a byproduct of the detox. When you know they won't be there forever, and they wane a tiny bit every day, it isn't as hard to deal with them.
I've been getting in cardio exercise every night. I take her on small walks because she's still pretty weak. I push on a little further.
Some good things to come from this:
* I've been getting back into home-cooked meals like crazy. It gets me excited and happy, and it's a great way to channel this extra energy that I have.
* Due to having a lot of cognitive therapy over the years, I am usually able to turn the nervousness into productive energy. These last couple of weeks at work, I've been on top of my game, not forgetting much of anything. I'm still new here, and I had to cover for an oldtimer while he was on vacation. It went very well!
* My sex drive is through the friggin' roof. We had a healthy intimacy before this, but it's even crazier now. If you're able to take advantage of this, it's so good that it'll knock off the chills and uneasiness for a couple of hours :)
Thanks to everyone for sharing their experiences, all the way down to the nitty gritty. Suboxone is not a crutch. It's saved many a life and preserved relationships in the process. Everyone has a story to tell. If subs were a waypoint to get you back into a clean and sober life, then they were well worth it.
Looking forward to Day 13,
Jay
@Grandgroove - That's awesome that you are able to do so much already. Obviously keeping busy in all area's have been a huge help. As hard as it was looking back I'm grateful I did go on Suboxone b/c it really helped me deal with some serious stuff the past few years and not use any opiate. Which in my past would be my safety net. Just to know you can get through some of the hardest things life throws you without opiates is a relief to someone like me so I believe your last statement is very true. Mentally, surprisingly ok! Happy and not on edge, no anxiety, still not as much sleep as I'd like but enough! My blood pressure is better than ever and I've almost completely cut off the clonidine and reducing valium to only at night. Sometimes need in day as it's been prescribed for me before this WD's twice a day when I'd take my Blood Pressure meds but now realizing I don't really need it just have to be aware of the WD from benzo's. Overall this has been such a great way to get through this whole process by having this site to share our experiences with each other. I wish you all the best...and remember it only gets better the more the days pass and they will.
It's day 43 for me and I'm feeling great! I woke up early as usual and went on a long walk this morning. My appetite is back in full force. Good sign to me usually shows me I'm over it. Losing weight was really hard on my overall. I felt like all I had in my system was pills. So if there is any advice I can give it's force yourself to eat or get a food supplement drink because it's amazing how much better you feel when your body is getting the proper nutrients.
This would be my third attempt at writing; all of a sudden the page shivers and all my text is missing. Is there a trick to writing on this site????
I even was editing everything to be spelled correctly; what a fucking waste of time. I've been writing for over an hour and it happened a second time. I guess the system says I talk too much...has anyone had a taper that didn't completely suck, after 16 to 24 mgs of suboxone per day? My real questions are more complex but I am giving up on trying to write something long and serious and kinda different from what I've read so far, just to see it erased before my eyes..trying to figure out the lesser of two evils--staying on suboxone for pain (OK, not great, but the alternatives either make me feel strange (like extended release morphine) and/or no one will prescribe short acting opiates like oxycodone (which really helps pain) because of my abuse history. I guess all doctors lie, because they all say a slow taper is not uncomfortable; since reading your storiesI am scared to death of eventual WD. I have been on it for 4 months, but if I stop it will have to be after 8 months (away for the summer until October). Please is there anyone who had a not so horrible detox from suboxone? I am terrified of my worst symptom, which is that anxious malaise that makes me feel like my skin is crawling and I am dying...
Maui - I'm so glad to see that you're feeling better. I haven't been on here in a few days, and I just read what you wrote up there about the day you woke up feeling "normal." I felt that the other day, which was two weeks with no subs. I really got lucky and was able to find something that worked for me, which was the acupuncture. I'm off the Xanax and waiting to go back to my psychiatrist and talk to him about it. I don't know if Xanax is as powerful as dope is in the sense that you can go a few weeks without using it and then take it two weeks later and end up getting the WD. I don't know how much time needs to elapse before it's okay to take it again. Even though I say I feel normal, I still have mild anxiety that comes to me when I'm not keeping busy. Xanax WD is over (I'm pretty sure) and I don't even get the chills anymore from either drug. The only thing still lingering is the yawning and the sneezing, which I think is coming from the Subs still.
Karen - Look down the road a few weeks or even months. Eight months of being on this crap for pain will most likely cause you to end up writing a horror story like the hundreds on here. I was on for four months at 4mg then 2mg then 1mg then .5mg then .25mg. I wasn't on .25mg for long enough to be able to stop cold turkey and return to normalcy. I strongly recommend you talk to your doctor about tapering down if you want to avoid the hell many of us have slowly been dragged through. This medication, in my opinion, should ONLY be used for a few days, i.e. - the three or four days after withdrawal from whatever opiate you're on. Eight months of being on it could be maybe a month or more of withdrawal. And I strongly suggest you ween your way off. The change from 24mg to 16mg will not be noticeable most likely. It's when you get down from 4 to 2 and then 2 to 1 and 1 to .5 and so on. I read up there ^ that someone was taking .12mg a day (breaking the 2mg pill into little mounds of powder) and still got some bad WD. I really wish I could tell you a story to calm your thoughts, but I'm only telling you what I've been through after taking it for four months and also what I've learned on here. Best of luck.
Hi,
glad everyone is still battling on
haven't got much to say right now
am having a personal crisis of confidence and mental health
it'll pass
it's not drugs or PAWS, this is the sort of crap i was dealing with before all that, well maybe it is due to a life time of drug abuse and not getting the right help when i needed it for my mental health problems, who knows...
best wishes everyone, keep fighting, sobriety comes at a price but it is worth it,
Phil.
Hey everyone! Its been a long time since I've stopped by but I figured it was about time.
@Maui: I'm so glad to hear that you are finally feeling better these days :) It has been a long journey for you and I'm very proud to hear you stuck through it! You're just about out of the woods now.. jeez by day 43 i would hope so! I don't know if I could have made it that long.. it takes a very strong person to make it through this and u made it Congrats!
@Karen: Firstly... doctors don't know what the F they are talking about. I haven't met a single person who was able to taper and not go through WD. Suboxone is an extremely powerful drug which even in the smallest of doses does cause WD. I don't say this to scare you but it really annoys the crap outta me to hear doctors tell their patients this when they truly have no idea what we go through. I wouldn't change my decision to go on suboxone for a second, it really saved my life. BUT knowing what I know now I would change the amount of time that I spent using the drug. I used suboxone for a little over a year. I started out using maybe 3-4 mgs a day and ended at .5-1mg a day before I jumped. My wd's lasted about 2 weeks and slight symptoms (sneezing, chills) lingered for another couple of weeks. If I can give you one piece of advice it is don't use subs for a moment longer than you have to. I know it's terrifying but the longer you wait the harder its going to be. I hope this helps and if you have any other questions feel free to ask. I don't visit much these days but everyone on this site is completley supportive and best of all.. they know exactly what you're going through because they've been there.
I've kinda lost track of my numbered days but it's been 6 weeks since my last dose and i feel absolutely awesome. The freedom of waking up every morning and not having to "do" something to get me going or to make me feel better still makes me smile. I feel like a normal person again!
As for my past, that still haunts me every day. I have yet to go to court. My first court date was scheduled for June 11 but due to lawyer complications they continued my case so I get to suffer on house arrest for another month, they postponed my case until July 12. It's so frustrating! It's summer and the weather is beautiful and I should be out enjoying it but I can't. Not that I have any friends to enjoy it with anyways.. I was the most popular person in town when I had something everyone wanted, not so much now. I can't wait to just put this all behind me and move far, far away. Me and my girlfriend plan to move to FL, her parents live there and are willing to let us stay with them for a while until we find a place of our own. I know in my heart if I don't get away from here it will ruin me.
Speaking of my girlfriend.. it's been 6 weeks since we have seen eachother (another bail condition.) and i'm going crazy! I don't know they can keep us apart like this, yes I understand we got in trouble together but still we have been together for 4 years.. how can they just separate us like that? She has a hearing for her bail violation on Friday, hopefully she can get her bail conditions ammended and come home! But I'm not going to get my hopes up.
Anywho.. thanks for letting me vent! On a more positive note I'm FINALLY getting my license back :) It's sad to say but I've been 4 years without it. I got a couple OAS's after an OUI (zero tolerance under 21) and haven't had it since, only because of what its going to cost to get it back and I always had better things to spend my money on, drugs of course. I am soooo eager and excited! I take the class in July and should have it back shortly after that. :)
Thanks for letting me "get it all out" haha.. its hard not having anyone to talk to about all this, it's nice to have somewhere that I can be completely open and honest. I'll stop by again soon... everyone hang in there and keep working towards your happy, sober lives.. we are never given more than we can handle- just remember that! Again congrats Maui I'm so happy 4 u!
Have a good day everyone! ♥
Greetings All:
Karen Wrote: I guess all doctors lie, because they all say a slow taper is not uncomfortable.....Karen, that is bullshit. I'm on day 10 or 11, the days seem to run together. I got layed off of work and had approximately a one month supply of Subs. I has down to taking 1/4 of a sub a day for 7 days before running out. Please read my older posts, as I stated before it is day 10 or 11 for myself, and things are somewhat returning to "normal" if you want to call it that. Ive have taking, abused, opiates for years and the WD from them were not as bad as I'm experiencing from Subs Lots of knowledge, wisdom and insight here.
I have been on Suboxone for over 5 years now YES I did say 5 years! I came off the methadone clinic because I was told at the time this was a much safer method of dealing with my severe heroin addiction which of course started out as an Oxycontin addiction. Now I have been asking my doctor to get me off this medication for quite some time now and after reading a lot of these posts I think I am starting to understand why he doesn't want me to come off it after so many years because there really is no way to take me off it safely and without severe long term detox from it! I am so confused as to what I should do now??? I should also mention I have been on Valium as well as Ambien for just as long as the Suboxone. I have severe anxiety and panic disorder along with PTSD among other things which I'm sure some of you also suffer from. After almost 6 years on this medication what the hell do I do now??? I can't cold turkey it, I don't think it would be safe after so long not to mention I have 2 children and it's not an option to be laid up for god knows how long! After reading most of your experiences I am absolutely terrified to stop these meds now! PLEASE HELP ANY ADVISE WOULD BE VERY MUCH APPRECIATED AT THIS POINT! I am wondering is my doctor a hack? He doesn't want to treat me anymore due to insurance issues, so he says, I think he doesn't know what to do with me after addicting me to all of these meds for so long! I don't know what the hell I am going to do but I want off Suboxone, I don't think I can handle coming off the Valium also at least not right now. Should I try to find another doctor, I don't think inpatient detox is an option is it? Oh god what did I do to myself am I going to have to take this for the rest of my life now? I cannot do that I feel like a drug addict still just a different drug. ANYONE??? HELP PLEASE???
Jill,
What dosage are you on?
How many pills (and at what strength) will your insurance leave you with once it has run out?
I think taper is the best way to go for you. Taper is a pain in the ass and makes the withdrawals process linger on for longer but at a less intense level. I'm not sure, with your other issues, that you would cope well with cold turkey from your maintenance dose.
However, the tapering is easy enough down to 4 or even 2mg. It's below 4/2mg that it starts to pinch. For me it was below 2mg where it started to get real tricky.
If I was you, with your pre-existing conditions, I would taper down 50% every 2-4 weeks (depending on your reaction, which could be almost zero to start with). So, if you are on 32mg, do 32->16->4 and then try 2mg. If going from 4 to 2 is too much then go from 4 to 3 and then wait a couple of weeks before going down to 2.
Once you are on 2mg prepare yourself that it is going to feel a bit harder but the bulk of the unpleasantness will pass after two weeks. Try going from 2 -> 1.5 -> 1 -> 0.5 to zero, or even taper in 0.25 decrements when below 1mg, if possible.
You might need 2mg tabs instead of 8mg at some stage, in order to make the dose dividing easier.
I think you are right to come off it but don't beat yourself up about it. It does take time and a lot of blips before one gets the courage to finally jump. The more you try, the more familiar you become with the withdrawals and, in some ways, it becomes easier to handle, as long as the process isn't repeated too often.
I also have severe anxiety and PTSD problems with unpredictable mood swings and such. The subs will be numbing you to some of your anxiety so expect your anxiety levels to increase, even if only temporarily. This is a normal part of opiate withdrawal as I'm sure you are well aware.
Beyond the withdrawals, because of your pre-existing mental health issues, you might find it hard to determine when the withdrawals stop and when you are feeling the anxiety problems as they were before subs or PAWS (google it).
I have had this problem. It is hard to tell if the withdrawals, the psychological ones, are still going on or whether it is more a long term mental health issue that needs addressing through other means be it counselling, CBT or whatever, combined with medication where deemed necessary.
I am also on valium, scripted by a psych. Well, I'm on clonazepam but same difference, it's a benzo. I also take seroquel and zopiclone. My doc is weaning me off the zopiclone as the time seems right. I've had little to no problems with coming off zopiclone so far.
I had, and still do have, a hard time post-opiate addiction. The withdrawals hit me hard psychologically and my mental health deterioated. However, I am now getting better and always have been since quitting the subs.
It is harder at first but in the long term it will give you the opportunity to address your PTSD and other problems first hand. You will deal with them for real with the appropriate help and that way you can really recover. Yes you can!
Being on strong opiates like subs mask so much of who we really are that, I would argue, it is impossible to obtain any psychological healing while under constant influence.
I think your mental health is the most important thing here, your happiness. I believe a large part of the healing process and a return to some normality and even eventually joy will come from being opiate free.
I do think that staying on the subs will just keep you in limbo. You won't ever get any where with what you really need, healing of the mind. How can a mind that is numbed by opiates be healed? Or, how can you clean out a flesh wound without first removing the bandages? Removing bandages hurts and the cleaning can hurt too but the end result is to get that wound clean so it will heal.
It is tiresome how some doctors actually think buprenorphine isn't an opioid analgesic or just doesn't have the same withdrawal problems. It's an extremely potent opioid, far more potent (dose for dose) than morphine or heroin.
It's only real use seems to be as a short term detox drug for opiate withdrawals, 7 to 14 day taper. Beyond that, I see no point to the drug. I don't agree with opiate maintenance, methadone or subs. I think they are horrible drugs. I'd rather people either went clean (which is what I wanted before the UK health service convinced me methadone was the best way to go) or just got their DOC prescribed to them (harm reduction in the case of someone who really doesn't want to get clean, some day they might).
It is sad that society see's it as 'wrong' to prescribe a victim of drug addiction their DOC. Most of the methadone 'patients' I knew back then were also, like me, using crack cocaine to get high and also drinking a lot. Is that a success story? Oh come on medical profession, for how long will you keep your heads in the sand and not see the wood for the trees? Wake up!
You know, the properties of penicillin were noticed in the 1800's by a young student but his findings were dismissed by the 'medical profession' because he was just a young, yet to be qualified, doctor at medical school. They didn't take him seriously.
When will the medical profession start to take us seriously? You know, the folk who have actually gone through this and have first hand experience?
Good to hear from all of you. Great to hear how things are going so well for you DeterminedGrl, just make sure you have plans in place in case of the delayed 'cravings' reaction that sometimes kicks in unexpectedly a few months later. Let's hope it doesn't happen, but better to be prepared and have a course of action in place in order to deal with it.
Angry_Old_Man, yeh, I agree with you and it still makes me sigh in desperation and exacerbation at the arrogance, ignorance and misinformation in the medical community, from consultant psychiatrists, from the very 'top' people in the field of opiate addiction. When will this foolery end? When will the peoples' voice be heard AND listened to? I fear never... (but who knows).
Best wishes to you all,
Phil.
To Phil thank you for the info. I am only on 8mg a day at this point but have been for years. It's at this stage nothing more than a crutch and as you said I can't live a "normal" life on these things! I know it is time for me to get off of them but my doctor keeps putting it off and refuses to wean me off. I still have 2 months worth of refills but it's all for the 8mg a day dose. I am 33yrs old and have a long life ahead of me, this is not the way I want to live it! As for my insurance they will cover the prescriptions but not the doctor visits although he has been seeing me for about 4yrs with no payment to him. I was doing the math last night and it has been over 7yrs on these pills, apparently right after the FDA approved them I went on them. Now I wish I had known the consequences of making this choice, thinking it was much better than the methadone clinic at the time, I had to kick the methadone in bed for 3 days cold turkey before I could take Subs and now I am wishing after the 3 days I had just left my body alone! Since I can't go backward then I guess I have to wean on my own going forward even though I am scared out of my mind!! I just REALLY want to get away from this addiction now! My anxiety is very severe that is where a lot of the fear comes from, I hear it makes anxiety much worse and I don't know how I would deal with that. Well thank you very much for your time and help! I appreciate it. I know I can do this, I have to keep telling myself that! Thanks again!
Jill
Jill....
Good for you. You are getting your head in the right place...I am proud. It is indeed scarry, but most here have smitten the dreaded Subx deamond. It is a bit-h, but doable. I was on 8mg a day for a mear 7 months, (6.5 months too long), but tapered to 4 for a week, then 2 for a week then 1 for a week, then a sliver for about 2 weeks.....It is amazing how well even the low dose will work for you...really, it is a strong puppy, but make no mistake, the lower dose will lessen the WD, but NOT remove it...it will be a ride for a couple of weeks, yet, the advise here is so real and honest, it will help you. I found myself doing herbs....St. Johns Wart and Kava extracts...that really helped, then on to mild benzos for sleep, zanax....then by day 7-11 which was tough, I unfortunately took tamazaman and beer to sleep. Not recommended, but honestly, Sleep is everything, absolutely everything, followed by FOOD....force feed yourself...you bod needs it. Calm soothing music and hot baths, exercise...etc....all do play an important role. For me, day 5-7 were the bottom, but beyond that it gradually improved...but not until, day 21 did I feel alive again. It is long, but doable....you have much support here...just think of your life ahead away this nasty daily routine. I promise, the sun will shine and the birds will sing for you again, and it will actually matter. God bless and luck to you....
Hi Jill
Just wanted you to know that I can speak for myself but know many here weened themselves down the Dr.'s don't encourage it and make you feel like you need it for life. Not all but many. I would come in each visit down by 8mg. I started at 32mg a day. Jumping from 8mg to 4mg isn't that bad even split the pills in 4 and if you need 6mg the first week take 6mg then 4mg then 2mg then do your best to divide up those pills and get a bit of it in you. I ended up jumping off the subs at 2mg. I found for me personally the hardest jump was 4mg to 2mg and it took me awhile to stabilize but if you can just do this week by week it will be so much better. What Rick said is so true. We all get super scared of any WD's and your head can be your worst enemy. Just know you'll get through it and be so much stronger for doing so. Keeping distracted is the best way. Like he said music, movies, warm, baths, try to get something for sleep from your Dr. If you have anxiety he should be able to give you a benzo that will help. I got clonidine as well just cause it has helped me through WD's in the past. Myself, after I read the posts on here I was so shocked that it wasn't what I was expecting but this site helps you get through those tough spots. There is so much encouragement and sound advice here so keep posting and you'll be helped along the way. You're not alone in this and you know what you need to do. I was only on for 2.5 yrs and I'm 34 so I really can relate to how you feel about wanting to move on! Believe me you will!! It's worth the ride because the end is so much better it's amazing!! Start tapering on your own it's kind of our responsibility when we want to get off of them...Good Luck!!!
I have taken sub for about 2 or so year and no one needs to take these for the rest of your life, unless you have some life threatening condition. all you got to do is ween your self off slowly maybe over a few month to get your selfdown to 2mg or less and then prepare yourself. take a week or more off of work and it gonna suck a$$ but just think of how much of a better person you will be. not to have to take a freakin pill every day to fell better1!!!!!
I myself am on day 4 of suboxone withdraws and i wont lie its not fun!! you wont sleep for a few days but man just imagine after its all done you have you whole life ahead you. Drug Free no more suboxone no more dependencys just you life family and you love whatever or who ever it may be. for me i have tried once before to get off subs but it was without tapering off and i couldnt handle it,but if you ween your self down it will make it much easier. I pray(even though im not religious) that this helps someone cuz i know its helping me talking about it.
You have got to stay strong!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Greetings All:
My last post was approx a week ago. In the words of Jerry Garcia "What a long strange trip it's been". Enegry is coming back, appetite in back with a vengeance, lost around 20 lbs taking Subs and on a personal note waking up at "Camp Morningwood" sex drive wasnt there while taking Subs. Sleep uninterrupted 6 hours a night. Still have aches and pains, I believe that is a side effect of my long term abuse of opiates. I'm still opiate free, the addict in me keeps whispering to use again. This is something I will have to deal with one day at a time. I'm early in my recovery, But agree with the older posts,STAY STRONG, I agree with Rick day 5 was my "bottom", I forced myself to eat and drink fluids and shower and bathe, took a shit load of B12 and still taking a vitamin and protien shake regiment as I post. Much thanks, love and respect to all.
I think these posts are scaring a lot of people from quitting the sub. I read them before and I had panic attacks just thinking about quitting. A few things that helped me quit was switching from suboxone to subutex, dont know why it would help but it did. Another thing is cutting down to .25. i also got small small doses of valium to help me sleep. I am on day 5 and almost better.Very little withdrawal. The best thing to do is tell your head that ur body will be fine. Tell yourself that you are the biggest bad ass ever. Also tell yourself that pain is weakness leaving the body. day 5 and I feel like I felt before the drugs (both the oxys and the subs). It is amazing. Do it for yourself and your loved ones because you are not yourself on the subs no matter how much you tell yourself that you are sober and that you dont get a bit euphoric off of them. When you quit the subs you will be free again. And thats what all addicts want isnt it? I know that it was weak of us to become addicted in the first place but if you can get yourself out of it then you will be the toughest person around. I tell myself that I am like an amazonian woman and that no bullshit drug can stop me. Remember that you will be normal again and it will feel better than any high you felt while on the oxys or whatever your opiate of choice was. I feel like I conquered this. I am from wv and the oxys are rampant. I went above and beyond and beat it. You all must tell yourself this and that this PAWS bull is all in your head. Be tough. That is the key.Good luck and god bless.
Thank you all for your help! Although I am scared I have been through worse I KNOW that much! It is going to be tough so it seems but well worth it also. I already take Valium daily so I don't think that would be of much help for me. I do have clonodine and could probably have my doctor prescribe some comfort meds while weaning. I also take Ambien so that will probably be helpful also. Still scared but determined to get this part of my life in my past! I haven't started the weaning yet, I am trying to figure out the best time to start. I have a 3yr old and a 10yr old that I am on my own with but I guess the sooner the better huh? My kids aren't going anywhere so yet another excuse to continue this addictive cycle. Tomorrow I am going to start myself on 4mg and see how it goes. I guess I will just take it from there.
To: Jen I hear ya! Reading some of this has sent me into panic and tears! Although I also know that everyone's experience is different and a lot of it is a "head game"! If I can convince myself I feel alright maybe I will be, I guess I will have to figure that out in time.
Again thank you all for the encouraging words I know it is time and I am so ready!!!
Thank you all for your help! Although I am scared I have been through worse I KNOW that much! It is going to be tough so it seems but well worth it also. I already take Valium daily so I don't think that would be of much help for me. I do have clonodine and could probably have my doctor prescribe some comfort meds while weaning. I also take Ambien so that will probably be helpful also. Still scared but determined to get this part of my life in my past! I haven't started the weaning yet, I am trying to figure out the best time to start. I have a 3yr old and a 10yr old that I am on my own with but I guess the sooner the better huh? My kids aren't going anywhere so yet another excuse to continue this addictive cycle. Tomorrow I am going to start myself on 4mg and see how it goes. I guess I will just take it from there.
To: Jen I hear ya! Reading some of this has sent me into panic and tears! Although I also know that everyone's experience is different and a lot of it is a "head game"! If I can convince myself I feel alright maybe I will be, I guess I will have to figure that out in time.
Again thank you all for the encouraging words I know it is time and I am so ready!!!
Just to be clear for those of us who all came to this site before we quit the subs. It scared the crap out of probably everyone who read this site. For many people there isn't a place or person to talk to that can relate to what your going through. Dr's often are no help and would be happy to keep you on it. Not all but some. You're on your own a lot with this so this is a place to vent. I think during the hardest times is when people post and when they're fine they don't. I'm speaking for myself. I was on this site every day that I was detoxing b/c it helped to just get it out. Or even know I wasn't alone. We are all strong enough to overcome this!!! Don't ever forget that. I felt more support than fear once I started the kick b/c of all the love and support I got from this web site from complete strangers who just like you and me now have this common bond. So have faith don't be discouraged it will pass. For those of us that it may have taken a bit longer could be for various reasons. I jumped at 2 mg didn't ween down lower just wanted to be done and b/c I have other health issues that prolonged the process.
Jill- with the meds you have you'll have no problem. It's true about the timeline that I know is somewhere on this site. But we are all different and just know you are a strong woman who will get through this!
Jen- Thanks for the positive spin and helping all of us addicts we have a choice in how we go through this. Someone once told me there aren't victims just volunteers so it's all about how you chose to look at your situation. Like you said keep telling yourself how strong you are. The mental effects can screw with you so being positive and distracted is the best way to get through this.
I wish you all the best and congrats for doing the best thing you'll ever do in your life!!
Maui, good to hear from you. I so agree with what you have said.
Jen, yeh I know this site can panic people but how someone interprets the posts is very much down to their own state of mind. I actually found this site a massive relief because before coming here I thought I was the only one in the world having such an almighty struggle.
And yes, I'd hazard a guess that after the initial 14 days of physical withdrawals, it's 100% a mind game. It's psychological. Some people just find it incredibly tough to adapt to life without the opiate crutch (to me this is what PAWS is about). Other people bounce back much quicker and don't suffer from a negative mindset.
For me, I battled so hard through withdrawals that I forgot that life isn't meant to be a battle all the time! I was staying on full adrenaline fuelled 'flight or fight' anxiety levels way after my body had physically recovered. I never let up on myself. I kept obsessing about how I'd managed to screw up so much of my life.
A few months down the line and I was also obsessing about using again. I would do anything to quench these cravings, drink alcohol, take other drugs (non-opiate), endless distractions (you can't live life permanently distracting yourself all the time, sometimes you've just got to be comfortable with yourself and be able to chill).
After 12 months clean time I blipped. I got myself a lot of tramadol and was combining it with high dose benzos to get a reasonable 'nod'. I fried my brain like this for about two months before realising I was making a HUGE mistake and that I better get back to sobriety before it was 'too late' (it's never too late but you know what I mean).
Anyway, it's been 14 months since my decision to abstain from opiate dependency (regardless of the blips, I just see them as part of the recovery because my mindset never changed, my goal still remained the same).
And no, life isn't amazing now! However, neither is it that bad! In fact, it's... OK! :) Yeh, it's just OK man! And, I am happy with that! Yes, I am HAPPY! Life is just OK and I am happy and content with that.
I have my feelings back. I can feel love and pain, laughter and sadness. Oh, I just love all those different feelings. Yeh, I don't see sadness as a negative thing any more. It's not a weakness. Being moved to tears is a wonderful and beautiful attribute of our human design. I'm moved to tears of joy just thinking about how beautiful the 'negative' feelings are! Hahaha. :D
So, if I'm positive about the 'negative' then how much more positive am I about the 'positives'? Actually, no more so than the 'negatives'. What? Really? Yes, because my mind is putting a positive spin on every thing. There are no negatives. There are hardships, pains and tribulations but we can even be happy and positive and strong through those!
Of course, sometimes life gets on top of us and we need a shoulder to cry on but isn't it wonderful just to be needing a shoulder to cry on? When I was 'using' I never considered such an action. I would just dull the pain with more drugs. I never realised, back then, that all the time I was weakening my own innate ability to cope with life (without substance misuse).
So yes, I am one of those people who really REALLY struggled with kicking this habit. And yes, this might frighten some people and thus lead to criticism because they feel annoyed at being frightened ("hey, you are making me feel worse man!"). Oh, am I? I have that power over you do I? I am able to control your emotions am I? My goodness, I must be a superhero with superhero powers! Or maybe I'm some kind of malicious god that can perform miracles?
Oh give me a break. It's what is in YOUR mind that scares you. All I've done is tell it as it is and I still do so unapologetically. What do you want me to do? LIE? Say I had a wonderful time coming off opiates, no problems at all and within a week or two was an all singing all dancing member of the human race once again? That stopping 20 years of non-stop drug abuse (with opiates always my DOC) was no harder than eating my favourite ice cream? Oh please, if I laugh any harder I'll break a rib!
I don't doubt for one second, and I'm taking a chance here but heck I'm fine with that, that even those people who bounce back very quickly will be confronted with issues such as cravings or personality problems that they haven't yet addressed (that before they were masking with opiates). I bet, and yes it is a bet, that amidst the whoops of premature joy at being clean, these people will find themselves, at some point, getting annoyed with some part of their life and that little voice will be popping back in their head, "A little opium would make this problem go away, you don't have to put up with this. You can make your life perfect by balancing your emotional state with opiates. This time you won't get hooked. You'll use it 'sensibly', only when things are really bad. And anyway, you are tough, even if you do get a little hooked you can push yourself through withdrawals again."
Oh yeh, really? You think that? You ever thought that? Yeh well, I know I have! But it is absolute rubbish. There is no sensible use of opiates when used to control one's emotions. Every time you do it you weaken your resolve, your ability, your understanding of how to live life like non-addicted people (and I'm not really sure it matters what the addiction is, even the gym becomes an almighty obsession with some people).
I know someone, someone very close to me, whose obsession is always being better than everyone else with regards to working hard, earning more money, having a better house, grounds, cars, lifestyle, etc. It consumes this person so much, yes as much as opiates consumed us, that I can't even talk to them. Their conversation is always about money, investments, banking, doing one better than everyone else. And you know what? cont...
...cont
I'll tell you what. I haven't been able to talk to this person for years, not properly. I don't bother trying to stay in contact with this person except out of duty, once in a blue moon, because they are a close relation of mine. This person is just as lost in their obsession as an opiate addict is in his or hers.
So finally my rant comes to an end here. Thanks for the opportunity to express myself. Thanks to every one here for being so honest, kind and thoughtful. You really are wonderful people. I've never met any of you in real life but, like with the now outdated concept of the 'pen friend', I feel like I have met you all in a way.
You seem like the sort of people that I would get on with under any circumstances. I just enjoy your thoughts, your feelings, your expressions. I want you all to be successful because you are such interesting and nice people that you DESERVE to have a full and vibrant life and that fullness will be stinted if you stay on opiates forever, and that would be a crying shame, a great loss to the world. The world needs people like you. I need people like you. Everyone needs people like you. You are needed.
It's a long road to recovery. Withdrawals is the first step. Then, for some of us, it's relearning how to live life again and most importantly be happy as well, without the fake high. Most of us have spent years getting into this predicament so a full recovery won't happen overnight.
However, I feel blessed because although it's taken me 14 months to get to where I am now, I spent 20 years letting drugs control my life! How great is that? 20 years of abuse and in only 14 months, and even despite blips, I'm really OK again!
Rick, Maui, great to hear from you as always.
Best wishes to you all,
Phil.
Oh I forgot, very important ;)
Angry_Old_Man,
I know that Jerry Garcia quote! It's from one of my favourite all-time classic albums, 'American Beauty', and I remembered the track without any research, 'Trucking' (might have been spelt Truckin').
Indeed it has been a long strange trip... :)
Phil you are a mind reader! I was just telling someone the other day how grateful I am that I'm maybe more "sensitive" then others. I cry for joy, for my friends when they are going through a hard time, and I'm so grateful. That I've been on this journey and be real!! I always thought being sensitive or tearful whether joy or injustice was such a bad thing. I can tell you I love that I am. I have such compassion for people in all walks of life and can relate to them on a real level. If I hadn't gone through what I had I may not be the person I am today. I don't know. All I know is I just want people including myself to be ok with who you are and like you said not need an opiate as a crutch if your having a bad day.
Honestly through this past 2 months I've entertained the thought of taking a pill when I was stressed but I got through it without it and felt so much better. If I would have I wouldn't beat myself up I'd just recognize that whatever got me to that place of wanting to go backwards and use an opiate is the area in my life I have to address.
For me it just took some time having to except the curve balls life throws you then I was so happy I didn't take a pill.
It has be a long strange trip. That's the best part b/c I don't want to go through this again ever God willing..Like you I'm happy, even losing my source of income I trust it's all gonna be ok..before I'd waste my last money on the dope man..As long as the trip is it's the best one to overcome! Aloha to my greatest support group!!
I'm now going into my third day with the sweats,runny nose,mood or emotional issues and a couple more common w/d's. after 8 months on sub for yrs of abusing myself with the devils dope. I got some really good vitamins and some natures stress tabs. also some energy bars. while at work today, i started taking these and now, hours later, i do feel a bit better. The key is our bodies need tons of energy when withdrawing, so we have to supplement ourselves more than ever during this painful process. i will check in soon with an update on my w/d easing ideas and let ya know how its working. thanks for all the good ideas and support. it's about the solution and not the problem! kennethrosenburg@yahoo.com
Let me say i have beaten opiates and suboxone over a year now and everything was great until i started drinking alcohal every day. This must be the addict in me coming out because i know i can never go back to opiates again, and it just seems so easy to stop at the liquor store compared to the other stuff. All i can remember is how much energy i had on opiates and how i was able to do alot of things in one day. Now my mind is numb and i have zero energy and i dont really care again. This has been going on for over a month and i feel horrible. Can anyone help talk some sense into me?
fool23 -
I hear you friend. I had the drinking problem for years, got past that, then slowely, over 5 years....just drank on weekends and socially. But...boom, during the sub dump, I discovered beer again...and, sadely, it has now become a daily routine. I know how do jump from that, yet....psychollogically......It helps with the anxiety. Few benzos for me....just don't like them. UGN....it's always something. Just consider the tried and true booze detox.....one shot or beer or glass of wine...whatever, ever 2 hours for 3 days....poof, at the end of 72 hrs...you are alcohol free. The body will remove an ounce of booze per hr, so by going two (prefferably 3 on day 3), you are somewhat comfortble, but all the while removing the alcohol from your nervus system. This works, it is from a rehap program long ago......Or, just jump altogether and feel shitty for a couple of days....It is NOTHING like jumping from the dreaded and evil subs....but, you probably know that.
Good luck.....
ken -
Good on you....I too used some herbs for my withdrawls, and I have written about it here often. Consider, Kava extract combined with St. Johns Wart....I started doing that combination on my worst day 5, and I swear, it really, really...improved my emotional state....I stayed on that mixture for about 2 weeks. It is natural and affordable.....all the best....you are doing the right thing....and the sun will shine for you again, I promise.
I came to this site hoping to get some insight on how long after the last dose of sbxn i took would i start feeling withdrawals cause after about 48 hours i thought i was in the clear and doing good....when i started the sneezing, coughing, and rls....I have come off sbxn twice before and ive tried everyway possible...first time was after seeing a doctor that gave me 60 8mgs for the first month...thats 2 a day...(at that point i was taking about 5 to 6 80mg ocs everyday before i went for sbxn) lets just say it didnt work and i was using shortly after....the second time was when i went to rehab and was put on subutexe(lil diff then sbxn but not much) over a 3 days span...and i realized it was possible...although it took about two weeks before i had a normal nights sleep, it is possible, and i stayed clean for about 6 months without anything before i started using again...(i just didnt prepare myself for the long haul)now i am trying to do it on my own cause im without insurance...I bought 4 8mg sbxn off the street and moved in with my parents so I could have some support...after taking 2 8 mgs the first day cause I was feeling like shit....i have made the other 2 last over an 11 day period...dont ask me how i just new even at teh smallest amount i wouldnt feel great but it was better than nothing....so although now i have the sneezing and yawning it is much better than what i had experienced in the past. So thru many experiences with sbxn the best has been taking it over a two week period in very small doses then stopping....cause by staying on the sbxn for months u r only addicting ur body to it which makes it hell to come off of....i hope this helps anyone who has any questions cause i know i was always looking for answers.
I came to this site hoping to get some insight on how long after the last dose of sbxn i took would i start feeling withdrawals cause after about 48 hours i thought i was in the clear and doing good....when i started the sneezing, coughing, and rls....I have come off sbxn twice before and ive tried everyway possible...first time was after seeing a doctor that gave me 60 8mgs for the first month...thats 2 a day...(at that point i was taking about 5 to 6 80mg ocs everyday before i went for sbxn) lets just say it didnt work and i was using shortly after....the second time was when i went to rehab and was put on subutexe(lil diff then sbxn but not much) over a 3 days span...and i realized it was possible...although it took about two weeks before i had a normal nights sleep, it is possible, and i stayed clean for about 6 months without anything before i started using again...(i just didnt prepare myself for the long haul)now i am trying to do it on my own cause im without insurance...I bought 4 8mg sbxn off the street and moved in with my parents so I could have some support...after taking 2 8 mgs the first day cause I was feeling like shit....i have made the other 2 last over an 11 day period...dont ask me how i just new even at teh smallest amount i wouldnt feel great but it was better than nothing....so although now i have the sneezing and yawning it is much better than what i had experienced in the past. So thru many experiences with sbxn the best has been taking it over a two week period in very small doses then stopping....cause by staying on the sbxn for months u r only addicting ur body to it which makes it hell to come off of....i hope this helps anyone who has any questions cause i know i was always looking for answers.
OMG. I have tapered off from 32mgs a day, down to 4mgs a day, and the transition has not bothered me a bit. My plan was to drop to 1mg a day. But to hear all you guys, its not really gonna make a difference. I'm still gonna detox like going cold turkey. I've been on sub for 2 yrs. I have a family, and I just want my life back. I can honestly say that once you come to the point in your life when you want freedom, you will prevail. Count on it. You have to want it to achieve it.
Hello
I have been on Sub for 1 year. I have tapered from 1.5 8mg pills per day to one 2mg per day. I plan on going for a week taking 2mg every other day and then going another week taking 2mg every 2 days. Then I plan to stop the Sub altogether. How does this plan sound? Has anyone used this approach? I am not looking forward to this and I need some encouragement.
Thanks!!!
I'm on Day 5 of now suboxone after being on suboxone for the past 2 years and 5 months. I started off at 16 mg of sub. a day and was at that for about a year. I only got prescribed that much cause my boyfriend needed it too and we couldnt afford to pay for 2 people to see the dr. so we agreed I'd get 2 pills a day and give him 1. We broke up a month later though, so I was still getting the 2 pills a day (8 mg each) and by then I sort of liked taking it, so I kept taking 2 a day. I had been on any kind of opiate I could get my hands on from 2004-2007. I started seeing a dr. in feb of 07, and then moved and started seeing another dr. who kept me on 2 pills a day. Maybe 1 year later I decided I should dwindle down, on my own accord, not at all because of the doctors telling me it was time, etc...I don't know how I managed to stay on suboxone for SO long when you're really only supposed to be on it for 3 months then done. so now it's July of 2010 and I'm on Day 5 of no suboxone or opiates and I'm actually feeling a LITTLE better than I have felt in the past few days. I hope the worst is over. I still have a hard time sleeping and when I do lay down, I just toss and turn and whine cause I just want to sleep. I'm also dizzy and have these weird "shuddering" feelings, like jolts in my body every now and then. Also, lots of diarreah, which Immodium has been able to take care of (though not at first). I'm super tired and yawning all the time and I have no appetite and when I do manage to eat something, I'm immediately nauseous and feel sick. It's like I feel the extremes of EVERYTHING. I'm exhausted, but can't sleep. I'm hungry, but have no appetite. When I do eat, I feel sick and nauseous. I so badly want to be clean though and free of all foreign substances. I miss just being me and feeling happy naturally, cause I really am happy, not because I'm on drugs. I haven't been that way since early 2004. That is what keeps me working through this...that, and the support of my boyfriend, who is with me and helping me and buys me medicine to help with the upset tummy and restless legs and sleeplessness. Even with 3 extra strength Tylenol PMs, I could not sleep. The next day I went to the dr. and he gave me Klonopin, which I know some ppl get addicted to, but surprisingly enough, not me. I have been on it before for anxiety and only used it to help me sleep if my mind was racing. Last night was my first night of good rest. I feel much better today, at least not exhausted. This is so hard and every single day is a struggle. Some of the posts help me stay focused though - baby steps, one day at a time, keep your eye on the goal, which is to be clean and happy and normal. No more withdrawals or chasing drugs or wasting money. Natural happiness. I hope I feel better soon. Good luck to you all. I'll be back...
Hey everyone,
Just want to wish everyone good luck during this difficult, and I mean DIFFICULT process. I stumbled onto this site after not being able to sleep because of w/d. Little did I know that I would be reading all the previous posts for like 4 hours. FUN TIMES, you need to come back man! Your posts were golden for me.
I am 22yrs old, struggled with opiate addiction for 5 years now. I was on Suboxone for 4years. Yes, 4 years. I managed to stay clean for the majority of that time until a relapse about 6 months ago. I wound up checking myself into an inpatient rehab because I was literally trapped. I relasped on H briefly, but was right back on my steady diet of suboxone. I knew all too well that this was a band-aid for a broken bone.
I was in my inpatient rehab for 33 days. For the entire 33days I went cold turkey no suboxone. Boy was it hell. I am a really strong dude, but by day 14 I cracked and started crying, something I rarely do. I have a whole journal about each day kicking the suboxone.
Unfortunately, after 33+days, i still was kicking pretty bad, and got fed up and gave back into the sub's. Now, I am at that fed up point and am going to try ALL OVER AGAIN. Ugh. Today is day 2 with no sub's for me.
Just some pointers for those going through it right now. I didn't feel noticeably better until the 15+ day mark. I still had symptoms however they were more tolerable. By the 3rd and 4th week, it was again, more tolerable, but far from over. Like i said earlier, I never made it past 5+ weeks, so that's as far as I can project for you.
I wish everyone the best and look forward to chatting from here on out.
Hey detoxing_bad, I have been thinking about you and have been pulling for you. You are not alone. Cause I'm HERE, and so many others on this "forum" as well. I know sometimes it feels like you are trying to climb Mt.Everest by yourself. That is not good. Because it is near impossible to do that. How do you climb that mountain? With friends, loved ones, and team work. That is what I can provide for you.
I am United States Marine, who is in the same boat as you, but I'll throw on the pom-pom's and literrally be your cheerleader if thats what you need. I am here for you girl.
Stay strong, much love. -Mike
fool123, PAWs baby... PAWS...
I feel the same often. I'm still battling it. The numbness 'anhedonia', an inability to find pleasure in any thing (but distinguishable from depression). Everything is just flat sometimes.
It won't remain like that but at the time I know, it seems like things will never change. And yeh, I battle with alcohol as a way of gaining relief of some sort for exactly the same reason, because I've told myself I can't use opiates any more. And no, I can't.
What is the ultimate answer? I'm not sure. I know time heals though.
Rick, thanks for the advice on alcohol withdrawals. Just thought I would add that if you are on a very high dose of alcohol then it can be dangerous to go CT due to seizures/DTs being a possibility. The taper sounds safer but I guess if on a lower dose then CT is possible. I did my first alcohol detox with benzos under the doctor. It wasn't a big deal. I wasn't on that high a level of alcohol.
Derek, yeh i agree too, 2 weeks should be the cut off point for sub use to get off other opiates. The protracted withdrawals from long term sub maintenance were not good, putting it mildly.
As for the 'long haul', I think that's back to the PAWs issue. Opiate addiction is just unparalleled (in my view) when it comes to the length of time it takes to get used to, or even capable of, living life without all that artificial energy and yet at the same time zero stress.
It's hard but yeh, like Rick says, the sun does shine again. Good days will outnumber bad ones. It just takes time.
missessmith28, not a lot of difference but tapering low will deffo reduce the intensity of the physical withdrawals. Just depends how much patience you have and how much physical withdrawals you can cope with. I also found it no problem at all getting down to 4mg a day and even down to 2mg was not really a big deal. It started to bite when going lower than 2mg and eventually zero. But heck, what else to do?
Freebird, sounds like a good plan. The long half-life of subs means that you can space dosages out longer and longer. Go for it mate and let us know how it goes!
detoxing_bad, yup dope sick sux and sub withdrawal ain't no easier than any other for most people. You are staying positive and that's great. It's a mind game as well, as we all know.
USMCMike, interesting stuff. I'm sure every time you try to kick, even despite relapse, it makes you more determined to get through it the next time and you know what you are in for. I'm sure you will do it.
'If at first you don't succeed, try, try again...'
Rick, I'm interested to know more about how things are going for you, in general, day-to-day coping with life and stuff. How long you been clean from opiates now? Don't answer that if you don't want to. You know I blipped for 2 months on the tramadol. Silly me thinking a 'weaker' opiate would be safe and ease the PAWs difficulties. It didn't help at all. It escalated out of control and threatened to take over my life again. Well, the tramadol withdrawals are nothing like subs but still extremely unpleasant, and reasonably long lasting.
Best wishes to all in this struggle,
Phil.
USMC - What a great friend you will be....thank you for your service. Your support is going to be excellent, and back at ya....we are a family here.
Detoxing Bad - It is doable my friend, but as USMC said, it is a tough climb, but one that you are not alone on. Day 11-13 for me, began the end....all bodily functions started to return to "normal", what ever the hell that is. Food tasted good, sleep improved and the Libido kicked back in.....the Sun is warm and beautiful....once, we remember that it exists.
Phil - Good to hear from you. Sounds like still "day at a time", The paws sucks, but as you said, it is fleeting....a daily downer, usually in the AM, then as the day prgresses...it dissolves....such a mental trip. Action absorbs anxiety, and for me 4-6 daily beers helps. Tho, notrecommended.net is my crutch. I have begun to knock off the beer...no hard booze, that is trouble....but, the fact I have been opiate free since August 09, then on the Subx for 7 months...jumped those evil things March 1st...and life is indeed good. I don't think about pill at all, but, agreed....daily chores like lawn mowing is just not as fun...ha, the energy is there, and I am sociable and reasonably fun to be around. My emotions are finally back in check...that took a full month...whew.
Thank you for your thoughts, and all the best....
We here are Musketeers...ya know, all for one etc....
Be strong and prepare to smell life and feel the sun again...it is glorious. God bless all....
ive been shooting multiple grams of heroine a day. i got arested im also prescribed to suboxone. i admediatly started takings subs and the first day i was in horrific withdrawals and it didnt matter how many subs i took i was the same sickness wen i took 3 subs as wen i didnt take any in fact i went out an got a bag after i took the subs just to make the withdrawel go away it was that bad. and i wasnt sick. so i quess if u take the sub early in the day an dope dope later u wont get sick. its wen u dope then subs wen u get sick! well the next day i took the recomended doses of subs with no dope an i was ok now its 2 weeks later and im only on 2 mg every other day. so i think its easy to taper down its all in ur head. now im only on 2 mg of subs a day and its only been 2 weeks and i feel great! i was doing a lot of dope a day too. im now starting to skip days without taking it too. somone post and tell me what u think?
alex - wow...what a rough beginning to the end for you. Man, that had to be interesting. I am glad you are comfortable on 2mg every other day of the subs...they are truly amazing little farts, but, I would highly suggest that when you are comfortable with dumping them...do so asap, for the longer you are on them the harder it is to jump. I was on 4mg dail for 6 months, tapered to 3 for a week 2 for a week 1 for a week and .5 for a week. all the while, I really didn't notice much change, but once I jumped, on day 5, all hell broke loose, you see....the half life of those litle things if massive, and it is not so much the drug in your system, it is what they do to the brain receptors...they attach and just don't let go untill they are good and ready to...often 2-6 weeks....sorry to say. However, after day 14-17....life will return.....and it improves......It is very strong and long, but well worth the jump....Had I know what I know now...I would have only used the Subs for oh, say....6 weeks. The problem, you feel pretty good on them....sorta of normal???? But, as you probably know, it's not normal...I lost my libido, appitite, 24lbs, and much of my motovation....it just keeps you plugging along, at a high cost as well.
Good for you Alex....hang tough...you have friends here.
Today is day 5 coming off Suboxone and life still sucks pretty bad. I gotta be honest, in my hay-day 6 months ago I was taking 60mg of oxycodone 4 times a day. I got tired of the constant struggle to find more pills and the complete control it had over my life. On a prayer I used my drug money to see a suboxone detox specialist. And began a 24mg a day sub dosage. After 4 months of being on them and paying ridicious amounts of money to use their "legal" opiates. I tapered down to about 1mg per day and took the jump 5 days ago. WARNING- ALL hell brakes loose when you stop. No matter what the dosage is. Day 1-2-3 severe withdrawal day 4 some relief day 5 you don't know what day it is and your legs hurt really bad. Take this jump off the subs very serious you need a reason to be clean. I'm not an "AA" guy. I have a decent support system with lots of reasons to stay clean. If the only thing that stands between me and these final steps, is these several days of pure withdrawal HELL so be it. Bring the pain BITCH!! its day 5 and I'm out of Bed, I will beat you down, I will get better, I will live!!!Never give up the hope I know we all thought this shit was over when we chose to quit and get on the SUBs in the first place and you have come this far.Never give this fight up, its worth fighting for. My heart and prayers go out to everyone posted up on this page "Down with the Dope" and Gods Speed my friends. --Mike "EFS"
Yes, big thumbs up to you Alex. It's great, no, it's friggin' awesome that you have got off doing mutli-g's of Hair-on a day...
Alex is right though. If you stick to subs as a long term maintenance plan then you are going to face sub withdrawal and still have to go through the mill to recover. Best to be tapering off them once your body is past the heroin kick. However, if this is going to cause you to go back to H, if you really haven't committed to being opiate free (and you are not opiate free on subs, believe it), then you know the risks. Coming from such a high dose habit you are highly at risk of taking an OD if you use H again.
If you really are wanting to be clean then do not use the subs for anything other than a short term taper/detox plan. Sounds like you doing good, cutting down the usage already. Subs do have an incredibly long half-life, longer than methadone, making it possible to dose every 48 hrs or even 72, depending on the person.
Going on the subs straight from using H will throw you into precipitated withdrawals, the worst. That's why you were so ill. Subs have a much higher binding affinity for the opiate receptors than other opioids. The bupe knocks the heroin out of your brain but, at the same time, doesn't replace it fully and leaves you hanging like you been jacked up with naloxone. Hence bupe is known as a partial opiate receptor agonist. It has both agonist and antagonist properties.
The binding power of bupe is so high that, in overdose, the usual reversers (antagonists) like naloxone and naltrexone, don't work.
You done a great job Alex. We all just want you to recover fully now and for goodness sake please don't risk an H overdose if you jump subs and can't handle the cravings. As much as I despise subs, you are better off taking a crumb of that to ease the jump than dabbling with street H and risking OD. And as much as I hate buprenorphine, it's got to be safer than banging H.
But if you really want to be clean, don't get fooled into thinking subs are making you 'normal'. It's so far from the truth it's practically laughable, in a tragic way.
Mike "EFS", you said it mate. Totally summed it up. I can't disagree with anything you have said. It's spot on. Likewise, Alex.
It's still a great source of inspiration to me coming to this site and reading these stories of extraordinary courage against such intense adversity. Thank you. I'm in your debt as always.
Best wishes to all,
Phil.
Hello fellow drug slaves. For one thing, when I hear about using Kratom for the WD of SUBS; I think of how ironic that is. I spent over fifteen thousand dollars using Ultra Enhanced Indo Kratom for two years daily.I would go through 100 grams in days.The high was more incredible than OXY - I felt more alive/more energetic/more intellectual while using.After adding up how much I spent on this crap I decided to quit....horrible w/d...no getting out of bed for days. Called my doc and went on Subs (16...then 12...then 8...then 6...then 4...then 2...then 1...then .5 for three days). I am on day 5 of 0 subs; yes the W/D sucks but it will pass. No sleep/legs jumping/freezing cold/shits - I don't need to write about it - we all know it. I am just beginning to feel better and pray it will continue. Believe it or not, the Kratom w/d was worse - I attribute this to the fact that you get really high on UEI and do not on SUBS. Undeniably, SUBS are not a magic pill and you will definitely w/d from them also (but at least it is regulated). I could order UEI from any number of internet sites and have a jar full (expensive as hell) delivered by FedEx the very next day. It was quite an experiment while it lasted (I cannot lie - I do miss the warmth and contentment; but I will never go back...that part of my life is over).
GOOD LUCK TO ALL :)
WILL:
Glad to hear you have/are kicking your habit. Don't get confused over what is sub and what is kratom withdrawal though. How long were you on the subs for? If used like indicated, it seems you were on a short taper. In this case the withdrawals you are feeling now might well still be Kratom related and not to do with subs.
Most people struggling with sub withdrawals have been taking it for 6 months or even years and when desperate they will try anything to ease the pain. The lesser strength Kratom probably gives some relief in this sense. I haven't tried it myself.
Anyway, whatever the case, great to hear you are getting well. And thanks for the info. It's useful for people to hear about what Kratom is capable of and thus educate everyone so others can avoid the pain you have been through.
Best wishes,
Phil.
Phil, no Kratom withdrawal here....SUB! I have been off Kratom for six months and on Sub for same. I began with a high dose and kept it the same, then my doctor told me that the sooner I get off of it the better - that is when I started tapering (fast). Lesser strength Kratom? One day I ran out of UEI and I ingested 30 10mg Norcos (my poor liver) and I was going through withdrawal.Let me tell you this, Kratom (don't confuse regular Kratom with ULTRA ENHANCED INDO Kratom - it is kratom leaf fortified with extra alkaloids in a lab (Heavy Stuff). Do yourself a favor and don't try it...why do you think several countries have banned it?
Thanks for the reply Phil
I have been on suboxone for about three years.I am going in the hospital to have a operation.I was told to stop takeing my suboxone about four days before i go in so i gave it a try just to see if i could.I have been using 16 mg per day so i started to cut back on the dose,i got down to 4mg then 2 mg per day and ran out of my meds.by the third day without any i could hardly stand it leg pain leg jerks head pain bad dreams when i could sleep, most of the time i could not.I had to start using again.I am a 66 year old on social sec.and can't afford my meds. my prescription benefits have run out so i have to pay all the cost out of pocket.Now i have to postpone my operation until i can figure out how to get off this crap.I am sure the people selling the suboxone don't really care what i do.It sure seems like my doctor could care less.Sure just stop using them well i tried, it is not that easy.Pardon me i am just venting,I will figure it out.Yall have a good day.
Bob - Wow....how idiodic for the Dr's. to suggest jumbing before a surgery.....My God, that would be insaine....these fools are cluless, unless their plan was to give you the opiats during recovery...which would help.....but, poof....create a nother problem. However, I must say....I would rather detox from regular short acting opiats anyday, than the subs.....It is not plesent, but 1/15th. shorter of a W/D period. Good luck with all....keep in touch.
After reading all of this shit on here I am scared shitless. I jumped off suboxone at 4mg which from the sounds of it I should have tapered down even more. I am on day 5 of 0mg and life sucks pretty bad right now. Has anyone succesfully gotten off subs after tapering down to only 4mg? If so, how long can I expect to suffer? Someone please help me before I give in.
krys311:
Yes, people here have successfully jumped from 4mg and yes it will be tough but it is possible. I think you might need a contingency plan here though. Do you have access to a doctor who can prescribe meds to ease the withdrawals? Or even maybe a small dose of opiate to taper the withdrawals off a bit?
But the straight answer is, yes, people have successfully withdrawn from 4mg. Please keep in touch with us and let us know how you are doing. I'm rushed at the moment for an appointment and would normally offer more advice. I will check-in later and I'm sure others will have plenty of advice for you aswell.
If you have already got to day 5 then I would have thought that it is not going to get any worse so you might as well stick with it as jumping from even a small dose is still when it hurts, even after tapering.
Sorry to be so rushed.
Bob:
Like Rick, I'm totally shocked at your doctor's advice. You've gone very quickly from a large dose, 16mg, to zero. I'm not surprised you are having such violent withdrawals. It's awful that you have had to postpone your operation due to such appalling advice. I'm really sorry man.
Will:
Thanks for that. It's a warning to us all. The kratom i was referring to that people have used for withdrawals is the weaker herbal stuff not the extremely potent stuff that you were taking. Yes, no surprise it has been made illegal in many countries. It seems to cause the same problems as opiates. I hear it does have mu-opioid receptor binding properties that are essentially like taking opiates.
Best wishes,
Phil.
I am trying to taper off sub. I have been on sub for 1 year. I started at 12 mg and now I am down to 4 mg. I am trying to take 2 mg every other day for 1 week, then 2 mg every 2 days for 1 week and then stop. I have had a tough time on the days I do not take the sub. Even on days when I do take it I seem to struggle toward the end of the day. If I am haveing this much trouble now, whats going to happen when I taper to every other day and then stop???
Is it possible for someone to stay on a low dose of sub forever? After reading all these posts I am afraid I will not be able to ever stop the sub. Any advice out there???
Thanks!!
Freebird
Seems the person who came up with the thought of a vampire must have been an addict. Same mindset, you do not want to feed but are compelled to. You wake in the morning and need to feed on the sub-blood. I have been on various candies for eight years with the last three on sub-blood. I have tried on several occasions to jump from as much as eight 80's a day and thought I would die. Then a friend introduced me to subs and I thought what a deal, no pain and can stop when I want, according to Dr. Do-little. Now three years later after being a highly functional professional I stopped. Now day seven and knock on wood not too bad yet. I took two weeks off
and have been under the radar. I do have the same issues as the rest of folks but it is doable. Oddly I ran out last month and got ten methadone pills and did five and flushed the rest eight days ago and am very positive this will soon pass. I have been reading this board for two years from Queenie to Rick and this has been my guide.
thanks all!
After reding all of thes posts, I am scared shitless. I jumped off subs at 4mg and am now on day 6. This is pure hell. Everyone says so many different things it's hard for me to know when I will really start to round the corner. Please help
I stopped seven days ago from 1mg and today, day seven feel a bit better. Read some older post and you will see many people say by day 11 - 14 much better. I jumped from 8mg a year ago and could not do it do to work. You need time to heal but stay positive and day by day we will make it thru this time. Two to four weeks is not that long to escape this self imposed prison.
Freebird:
You can't get a free ride coming off subs or any other 'replacement' drug. When you jump you will go through withdrawals but you have tapered down so you have minimised the WDs as much as possible.
You could try dividing the 2mg pill into 4 so that you can drop 0.5mg a time. You might be someone who metabolises bupe very quickly. This will work in your favour in the long run but it could be why dosing every 48 hours or 72 is just throwing you into withdrawals each time.
Whether you choose to do a daily taper from 2mg to 1.5mg etc. to zero or carry on as you are and then jump you will still have withdrawals.
The other alternative is to stay on a 'small' amount of sub as maintenance. But don't get confused here, 2mg is not a small dose of buprenorphine. The oral sub-lingual dose for pain is 0.2mg, a tenth of what you are on. Bupe is 20 to 40 times stronger than morphine dose for dose, depending on the person.
So staying on a 'small' dose of 2mg is not a small dose at all. It's your choice but if you stay on even less than 2mg you will still not be yourself and will lose out on life.
I took bupe a couple of times many months after I'd stopped. I had these tiny 0.4mg tablets (in UK we have those) and just one of them would have me stoned for a day (with zero opiate tolerance).
It sounds like you are saying that you can't do this if you have to suffer withdrawals. You can do this! If you are really not ready to hit the pain then maybe keep trying to get as low as possible, very gradually. Maybe go back to dosing every day and reducing 0.5mg at a time or even less if you can cut slithers off. Give it a good two weeks or more on each lower dose, as long as you need to stabilise before reducing again.
As you have already got as far as dosing every 48-72 hours on 2mg you wouldn't need to take 2mg every day to return to daily dosing. You might find 1mg a day perfectly adequate. Go back to only as much as you need as otherwise you will only have to withdraw all the more from a higher dose.
This is only advice. You need to make the decisions yourself as to what is best for you. I wish you the best in your endeavours but remember you are going to have a fight on your hands whatever path you take. Also remember that it WILL END and you will see the sunshine again.
vampirejumper:
Interesting metaphor. I have used the metaphor myself in the past. I agree, the mythical vampire character is very much like a dope fiend. The thirst for blood is intense, mind boggling, as is our thirst for opiates. It's driven many of us to do crazy things and ruin our lives in order to support and carry on with our habits.
Krys311:
Please don't be so scared. Yes it is a struggle and you are right in the middle of it and you are doing extremely well. You are 6 days clean from a 4mg dose. Like vampirejumper said, most people start to feel better through days 7 to 11. You could be feeling improvements as soon as tomorrow or over just the next few days! Don't give up now! You have come past the worst of the physical withdrawals.
Keep your courage up. Anxiety is a symptom of withdrawals so being scared, frightened, afraid is quite normal at this stage. That is what anxiety does, it makes us afraid. This will pass and it will get easier if you can assume a more positive mindset. Don't fear it so much. It is a totally winnable scenario. You are so close!
Please keep on going but whatever happens please come back and tell us how it is going. Post as much and as frequently as you like, whatever helps. We are only too pleased to hear from you.
My thanks to Rick for being such a fantastic support to everyone. Hope you are doing well yourself mate. I totally understand the beer thing. I'm still in recovery 14 months down the line. My psychiatrist has me on 1mg clonazepam a day at the moment plus sleeping pills and seroquel at night time. I'm also getting CBT to help with my anxiety problems. It's really helping at the moment. I hope it continues to do so. I find it hard adjusting to an existance without chemical buffers (opiates or otherwise). I'm just so used to being 'on' something. Still, it's bound to take time to adjust after 20 years of addiction and chaos.
Best wishes to everyone,
Phil.
Here comes the dreaded night. I do have some benzos that I was prescribed by the Dr. after I lit him up a bit after Florida came down hard last week on the pill mills. They can no longer prescribe and sell products for periods longer than three days. I am not too bad going into day eight and hopefully do not hit a wall. Phil , I took the time to read many of the comment and recommendations you have posted and am impressed with
your compassion and knowledge. I see you may have some of the same baggage many of us have. I hope you continue to guide others thru this little time warp we are experiencing. When on opiates we feel time flashing by, inn withdrawal time stands still, how ironic. I will now post as DS as the vampire is now losing his power over me.
Thanks!
Hmmmmm, it seems that many new friends have decided to dump the friend that helped them to dump the enemy. Good for you all....you are not alone and you are not without friends here. The simple answer for all of us to understand is...yup, it is gonna suck for a couple of weeks, but just fight it to days 5-11 and it is downhill from there. I really thought it would not end but....it did...not exactly a light switch, but a slow and gradual healing. If you can distract your mind with anything, music, baths, old movies, whatever, it helps...and as Phil said, get some sleep help....tea, OTC meds, benzos are helpful, beer for me...ugh, but what ever it takes....sleep is everything and food is right behind it....force the nutrition, it wont be delicous for a couple of weeks, but I promice....your steak, salad, fish burger...whatever, will be amazing in 11-14 days, just like it used to be. If you have the luxury of not being around people or work you will be blessed, I did it alone and worked through it.....somehow, when we make the decision to quit that evil sub.....if it is real and true....something inside you will kick in and override it's ugleness.....just fight it and live again in a short time. It took so long to get here....it's ok to invest in a short trip through hell to leave it behind......Your going to be OK....the sun will shine again and your life will be returned to you.....honest. God bless.....
Thank you Phil....all my best to you man.
I seem to feel a bit better today. Force feeding myself and taking 1mg benzo to sleep with a glass of wine. My mind is still a bit foggy and GI issues remain yet I have not had the restless leg thing many folks complain about, yet. I can see the other side and this site has provided a wonderful service for me to go forward.
Rick and Phil, if people would find this site instead of the long term sub doctors you could have saved people a great deal of misery, time, and money.
Thank you both.
phil and rick thanks for the advice it is much appreciated. I have since got rid of the hard liqour and just drink a couple of beers a night which seems to be fine.
Phil you are so right that there is no going back to opiates and it will never be an option for me ever. I was on subs for three years after various opiate problems and i fought the withdrawals and thought it would never end. Reading what everyone is going through during the first few weeks of whitdrawals brings me back to what i went through and i only want to do it once because that was enough.In the end everyone can get through the sub withdrawals as long as you take it one day at a time and beleive you can do it. Good luck All!
No change since yesterday and stable after day nine. I was just informed my vacation will end a bit early and will need all of my wits next wednesday. I am confident I will be prepared and will continue this fight god willing. My daughters returned from PA last night so my false facade continues with guilty tears behind closed doors. I will prevail against the orange demon.
Ds i read what you wrote and i can feel your pain. My kids knew nothing when i went through withdrawals and it was very hard to show how much i cared because at day 9 it really hurts. for me at day 11 i started to feel some joy again and my 2 boys helped me through it even though they will never know. you will prevail against the orange demon.
I see wednesday your vacation will end. Be sure to load your body with many vitamins and do a little bit of exercise each day. This will help speed up your physical recovery and prepare your body for the future.If you have GI issues be sure to eat as many nuts as possible( almonds, pecans, walnuts and peanuts) this will make things more solid. And by the way absolutely no cheese of any sort. Your stomach is loaded with opioid receptors and right now doesnt know how to deal without so go low key with food and it will slowly heal over time. Good luck and i wish you the best.
I dont think the thought of taking benzos and drinking is really the way to stay clean. I think withdrawing off suboxone just comes with time. Im on day 5 clean and sober completely off suboxone and its brutal, but i can do it. I wish you all the best
Thanks everyone for the encouraging words. I'm so glad I found this site. It's weird because day seven I felt like I was starting to feel a little better, and then day 8 hit. The leg pain is insane and nothin I do takes it away. Then my power goes out for 4 hours so I get to just sit there in the dark thinking about how much pain I'm in rocking back and forth. Awesome. It's the start of day 9 though and I wasn't sure I'd make it here.
I hate to sound so negetive, but I'm just so angry that I was so misinformed about suboxone. After thinking I was "clean" for a year I didn't realize I was going to have to go through hell all over again only worse.
I couldn't believe it when i found these sights and realized how many people were going through the exact same thing as me, it's crazy.
Should I feel guilty for using valium to get me through the day and a couple of tokes at night along withh a sleeping pill to get me through this? Will this just set me back? I'm guessing probably, but it's getting me through.
I can't wait until the day I wake up feeling somewhat normal. I have two of the most beautiful babies in the world (2 yr old and 1 month old) and they deserve the best mommy and my husband deserves a better wife.
Thank God for friends and family, I feel sorry for anyone who has to go at it alone, although maybe some prefer it that way.
Geeze-I can't stop rambling at 419 in the morning! Good ol' insomnia.
Thanks again and best of luck to all
Okay, well here goes... today is Day 1 of quitting an addiction to heroin. I've got some hydros, Lorazapams, muscle relaxers, and two 2-mg suboxone. Wish me luck. So not looking forward to this. :( but I have to do it. I'm so sick of the lifestyle.
No, no and no to feeling guilty about taking benzos, sleeping pills and whatever to help you through withdrawals. I know 'Me' says he/she doesn't agree this is the way to get through it and yes it is great that 'Me' has managed it without other meds, well done! BUT, to anyone who is taking meds, whatever they are, it's no big deal. It's a non-issue.
My psychiatrist put me on benzos, sleeping tablets and seroquel after I was suffering from generalised anxiety disorder and insomnia following 6 weeks of clean time. If only I'd had the meds before then I think I might have been much better off. Withdrawals caused me so much anxiety that my body just went into shock and didn't ever really calm down, hence the need for medicine and also counselling with a psychologist. Also bare in mind that I did have anxiety issues before my opiate addiction so part of my journey has been confronting my mental health problems and getting them dealt with properly, another tough journey.
There is some great positive stuff coming through the most recent posts. You do sound like you are all on the road to recovery. Krys311, don't feel guilty about any of that. It's nothing. A few tokes, a benzo and whatever, oh, big deal! You are off the subs! Hurray! :)
Rick, thanks man.
Dana, we all really wish you the very best of everything here. I guess you know the score. It's going to be a very rough ride for a few days but short lived compared to the long acting opioids. I'm sure the medicine you have prepared yourself with will reduce the intensity and make it more bearable. Please keep us posted. Best wishes to you and well done for making such a courageous step.
But remember, we don't judge any one here. We don't judge someone for not succeeding. We're just happy when someone has beaten it because they have got what they wanted and deserve. However, to anyone who has gone back to maintenance/using, no one judges you. You are still loved. We perfectly understand why you went back to it. I've had several blips in my clean time. I understand. I'm surprised I'm clean still. I've needed all the support I can get. I still need support. Just remember you can try again when you are ready and I do think it is worth it.
God bless you all. Your bravery and courage is an inspiration.
Phil.
Made it thru the weekend with somewhat mild issues. Today is day eleven and I see feel okay - not great but okay.
fool123
I have been taking vitamins but never heard of the cheese thing. I had cheese pizza over the weekend and my stomach was in knots, wish I had known, no more cheese for me.
Me
I took some benzos for the first nine days but stopped, it did provide me the ability to get some sleep, a glass or two of wine seemed to calm my nerves but I understand the logic. For me one dragon at a time is all I could take.
krys311
We stopped about the same time and should be close to the end of the worst. One day at a time.
Phil 123
Thanks for your continued support and guidance. This board is worth a hundred sub doctors.
Phil and DS I can't thank you enough. That's about all the energy I have to write at this moment. Stay strong everyone.
Wow, hot showers really do help, but it's so hard to stand up long enough for them. People on here say to get up and get moving but all I want to do is lay in bed. It's day 10 and my parents have had to take care of my kids for me since day four and it just makes me feel like a peice of shit. When I read stories on here about people still not having energy through day 20, it really scares me. I'm so incredibly blessed to have had their help in the first place, but I'm screwed when they leave. My husband works long hours. it's hard not to get discouraged not to mention I'm depressed as all hell. I cry about every 10 seconds. Wow, does anyone think my post could have possibly been any more depressing? Sorry about that, it's just how I feel at the moment. DS-how do you feel today?
kyrys311
Hang in there. Day 12 for me and although I am not running a victory lap I can feel improvement each morning. I need to go from Ft. Lauderdale to Tampa today
and decided to drive instead of fly do to crowds. At least in the car I can listen to music and aviod the noise. Tomorrow will come and go and in a short time we can look back and this will be just a bad memory, one I will never forget. The worst is clearly behind me now.
Ds and krys -
You two are closer to the end than you are the beginning....Hang in there. For me, and many....day 11-14 was a real turning point. Food got better, the emotions began to level out and I could stand to be around people. Just know, with each day....your brain is ridding itself of the evil Subs, and your receptors are opening up again. It takes them a while to remember to produce happeness, but, I promise....they do...the Sun will shine on you soon, for me....a strange thing happened...and others have mentioned this.....As horrible and horendous as the Subs W/d was, once it is past....I really have trouble remembering just how bad it was. Don't get me wrong, I know it sucked worse than anything I ever went through, but, now I am 4.5 months past it, and I really can't relate to just how bad it was. I guess it is the mind sheltering itself from a nasty memory, Kinda like, I've been told....labor pains for mothers....they are severe and real, but later....they are just a painfull memory. My point, stick it out....every hour and day counts toward your goal.....good luck all.
first off, I came here the day before kicking and it was encouraging to know other people going through the same thing. Im on day six now and i dont feel too bad, but I still havent had a wink of sleep. I'm literally starting to hallucinate. I was taking 6 xan bars and 3 valiums each night (and smoked a QP of pot already) but still didnt help and noow i have no more(except pot lol)! how long before most people get their first good nights sleep? I just feel like after I get a night of sleep I will feel 10x better.
Tips for people about to kick the subs:
1. force yourself to eat as much as possible
2. drink glass of milk every morning
3. exercise as much as you can... even if its just
walking to go take a piss lol. (i did pushups and ran in place a lot... for like 5 seconds at a time haha)
4. benzos work miracles. I never take them normally, but they have helped my anxiety so much. (I took too many though and ran out)
5. marijuana can help a lot.
6. being out in the sun for little bits of time seemed to help me.
7. just try to keep your mind off the misery. its very hard, but worth trying.
8. dont answer phone calls from people in the pill scene.
hope this helps at least one person. also, I hope i start feeling better soon as i'm flat broke and need to work.
I forgot to mention, I didn't taper or anything. I got to the point where I was tired of being a slave to 12mg of sub each day... So day 6 cold turkey from 12 mg a day for 2 years (long oxy problem before tht), and its already looking up... that means YOU can do it too... time to smoke a blunt and pass another 30 minutes of hell.
Anyone have any suggestions for the severe leg pain? I'm guessing it's just something I'll have to suffer through, but at this moment I'd like to chop my legs off from the knees down. Thanks.
Krys, im with ya buddy. my legs ache so bad. also, my back aches and my stomach is wretched. Im sure the leg pain is from 6 nights in a row non stop leg kicking. Try taking a nice hot bath. I cant shower during withdrawl i gotta bathe. it helps a lot with the anxiety and pains. (temporary)
Yeh, I can't think of much else to help the leg pain apart from non-opioid painkillers like paracetamol (acetaminophen, APAP), aspirin or ibuprofen. I know you can take ibuprofen as well as APAP. Don't take more than the recommended dose of any of these. It won't increase the painkilling properties and will damage your health.
Also, muscle relaxants might reduce the pain. Benzos are muscle relaxants plus a few other drugs. Muscle relaxants also tend to help reduce anxiety levels. It might be dangerous to mix the more specific muscle relaxants with benzos and/or other downers. Do your research. You probably know all this already.
Some people find clonidine helpful, others don't.
At the very least, APAP and ibuprofen are available OTC, can be taken together and are safe within the guideline dosages. Be careful that the NSAIDs (ibuprofen, aspirin, diclofenac, etc.) don't make your stomach worse. They should be taken with or after food. It's all in the patient advisory leaflet.
Keep on truckin'. Like Rick said, you are so close to the goal. You will get there.
Best wishes,
Phil.
I just want to update how i'm doing. It's amazing how shitty I felt yesterday, but today I feel pretty good, aside from the stomach pain and a little on edge (first day stopping benzos).
But I'm only on day seven cold turkey (from 12 mgs/day) and I feel like I'm doing great,because most of what I've read was telling me the worst would last up to 2 weeks. Everyone's different though. I forced myself to eat as much as possible and exercise/ be productive as much as possible and I think that helped speed up the recovery. It really wasn't easy by any means, but I could not bare tossing and turning in bed 24/7, so I forced exercise. Also, the super excessive amount of benzos I was popping helped me extremely. I went through 30 valium 10's and 50 xanax bars already. But, I feel like I dont need them for the anxiety now. Which is good because I ran out last night... WHICH was my first 6 hours of sleep, w00t. I think that's why my spirits are high. I never heard of hallucinations from withdrawl... but with 6 days not sleeping I felt like I was on a week long horrible acid trip. Basically all the same symptoms haha.
Ps: People like phil abc, who have more experience with all this than us youngins, greatly helped me and I'm sure a lot of others. You don't need to come one here. You do it to help others, and thats awesome.
Good luck all, don't worry, be happy, and don't give up!
How you people force excercise is beyond me! That's awesome and I envy you. It's day 12 fro me, and I must say, this is the best I've felt since day 3, so that's cool. I actually did some housework. My husband God bless him~I had no idea what could happen to my house without me taking care of it for 12 days! Who gives a shit though right? What could possibly be more important than getting off of this EVIL drug.
Not that I'm anywhere near out of the woods yet, I just want to tell other people who are afraid, that you can do it. When I was in the thick of it, I thought I wouldn't make it. But here I am a few short days later with a smile on my face for the first time. If I can do it, TRUST ME, anyone can. I am not necessarily known for my high pain tolerance, determination, or will power. I have a long road ahead of me, but hey, this is the first positive post I've put up, so that says something right?
Phil, Rick, DS can't keep you all straight my brain is fried, but much thanks-more than words can say.
Hang in there everyone.
Just got back from a two day trip to Tampa, I tought it would never end. Day 13 and I can see the other side of this abyss. Still having minor stomach and other various pains but much less intense. Tomorrow makes two weeks so I look forward to that milestone.
krys;
I too still am walking thru a fog and cannot concentrate. This too shall pass I trust - stay strong.
Phil and Rick:
Thanks for positive feedback and e-shoulder to lean on, when alone reading these post were my only contact with the outside world the first nine days except a dog and cat who could care less.
Day 13 and still can't get more than 2 hrs of sleep a night. I hate being wide awake with nothing to do at 215 in the morning while my husband and kids sleep. Could always be worse I guess.
Incremental improvement each day since sunday, day nine.
My daugter asked me to watch a movie last night ans she picked out Harry Potter. There was a scene where these dementors were pulling the life out of Harry thru his skull. I laughed and thought there must be a dementor over my house for the last two weeks, I could relate. All in all I am feeling about 90% better now with the last remaining issues insomnia, and lack of concentration. Slightly dizzy but I can function around other people now.
krys
I feel better today than yesterday and you are coming around the corner so keep up the good fight.
Want2sleep
You jumped from a higher perch than me and seem to be doing great. I too took benzos but in 1 mg dose for nine days and it helped me as well. Looks like you are on the fast track so keep up the fight. I started to feel better day 10 and now I can work but not at full speed. speed.
Greetings All:
Been a while since I posted. Good News: Still opiate free. Start my new job this coming week. NO FUCKIN' WAY i'm I dealing with the orange devil again. Reading some of the threads I'd like to comment. I'm early in my recovery. Sleep with come back, it was around day 14 when I could actually close my eye with no sleep aids and some time after that before the sleep was uninterrupted. I'm a regiment of vitamins and protien shakes now. I suggest it once your over being "dope sick". Still dealing with anxiety and anger but its part of the sickness. Stick with it, I did and I fell 100 percent better.
"So, so you think you can tell
Heaven from Hell. Blue skies from pain.....
...........Now there's a look in your eyes, like black holes in the sky........
Day 8 - Depression increased because of lack of sleep... well no sleep. I think yesterday was better. The only other symptoms remaining are the runs, and mild back and leg pain. Very mild anxiety compared to days 2-6. Oh yeah, and the damn sweating is crazy. I feel like that guy on the deodorant comercial where sweat is pouring out.
All day I've been holding back tears, and I'm not one to cry. I don't know why I feel like crying, but the depression is crazy.
days 1-7 i forced myself to be somewhat productive. now I'm at a point where i'm too depressed. No way in hell am I going to use again, but just needed to vent here for a minute.
Good luck all, and thanks. This is my NA meeting. lol
Want2sleep
I know what you are going thru brother. I am on day 14 and have turned for the better. I remember watching the British Open and had to stop myself from crying when Watson walked across the f-ing brige the last time. I knew I had lost my mind then. After day seven each day get very slightly better than the last. You will not notice it at the time until you look back. I still have little energy and feel weak but it is getting worth it now. No more sitting in a pillmill feeling like a loser
praying nobody saw me enter. What shame that addiction causes. I have no desire to take an opiate now, I would rather feel the pain than the shame.
Be strong - stay strong.
So I was just atarting to feel better yesterday, and then my 2yr old decided to bring one of the other snot-nosed kids infestation home with him, so now I have the f-ing flu. I feel like I'm starting the withdrawls all over again. I was just atarting to see the light and now I'm pissed! Oh, and I can't bring him to daycare either so my sick ass has to take care of two very demanding little boys tomorrow. Not looking forward to it. Sorry so negetive, but seriously the luck.
You are certainly being tested. I'm sure there is a blurr
between what is withdrawal and what is flu. I am still sneezing, tired and dizzy but other symptons mostly gone.
Day 15 so my next target is three weeks - then one month. In the grand scheme of things whats a few weeks anyway? Stay positive if possible, I force myself to look at the bright side, it's not day four and i am not in the fetal position.
I know that's how I have to look at it, like I'm being tested. I just wish I didn't have this horrible chest cold with the body aches because I'd like to be able to gauge how I am progressing and this makes it hard. My entire family has it, so I know it's not still withdrawls, although I can still feel those too-it's just hard to tell the difference. Normally I am such a positive person, and it's been very hard lately for me. I'm very negetive down, depressed, anxious. I know all of these things are normal, I just need to learn to stay positive so thank you for saying that. Thanks for your support. It's so nice to know that I'm not going through this alone. I'm so glad you hit your 2 week mark that's awesome! Mine is today. Right behind ya brother!
there pills suck limp di*k
if ur not a heavy user than just tuff it out! it sucks but it only really lasts like 5 days and ur good so dont replace ur addiction with something else just cuz ur dr tells you to. either way figure out what works best for you and get it done! its nice to have money for a change!
Day 17 and just a general feeling of malaise. Most symptons gone except minor stomach pain and dizzyness.
I am taking the kids on vacation and trying to put it off as long as possible, perhaps two weeks from now and I will be ready for a rollercoaster, or should I say another and quite differest kind of rollercoaster. According to the schedule Rick posted from JDoe everything according to plan so far.
Krys:
I hope your cold is fading along with the w/d symptons. You are on the final stretch it would seem.
day 11 now. My biggest issue is still sleep. i only get 2 hours at the most each night and its killing me mentally. physically, I just feel stomach issues, and restlessness/anxiety. It's the anxiety thats killing my sleep.
On a positive note, I have decent energy for such lack of sleep. Also, my appetite is huge now... like bigger than ever I think. Which isn't all good, because I ate some fast food last night and am still paying for it. My body doesnt ache at all anymore. I drove someone to get their oxy 80's and roxy 30's filled and resisted the temptation. That was the ultimate test.
Day 18 and the curtain of dispair is rising. Days are good with nights just a bit tougher due to lack of quality sleep. Five hours is standard with me now and I am just trying to fill time. Stale time and boredom may be the biggest enemy now and I guess I need a new hobby.
I have a piano but I doubt this kids would appreciate that at 5:00 a.m.
Best to all who try,
I've been off and on with roxys and perks taking like 100 mgs a day, I was thinking if i started with a full sub 8 MG and the following day if I took half of an 8mg to get past the first few harsh days of withdrawals....and then stop completely. would this work? withdrawal free? so I dont withdraw from roxys,perks or suboxene?
I would think this through carefully. Suboxones can give you a false sense of security and can pull you in. I thought I would only take for a six week term and three years later am pulling thru 18 day of misery. Have you tried stopping the roxies and perks? You will have some discomfort if you are indeed "addicted" to opiates, your choice is which bull to ride home on - chances are you will be kicked by something.
I wish you the best,
Drained… I would strongly advise you not to even bother with the subs. Because of the half life of suboxone it takes an extremely time for it to leave your body. The withdrawal from the roxy and perks will be only minor discomfort for about a week….or compared to significantly longer time feeling WD’s from subs. If the WD’s from the perks get bad take a SMALL corner from the sub and dissolve it under your tounge, DO NOT blow it and don’t take any after 7 days and you should be fine. I was taking oxy, roxy, vikes, perks, anything I could get my hands on. Much like DS I only planned on taking subs for a couple weeks, two years later I went through the misery of suboxone WD. Its been 5 months clean and im back to my old self. Stay determined and there is plenty of light at the end of the tunnel!
I also forgot to mention the HUGE benifits of a sauna and hot tub, a 30 day YMCA membership is worth every penny, i was going twice a day for the first month to help with leg pains and general malaise, works miracles!!!!
Day 18 of no subs. I had a feeling my marriage wouldn't survive this. Oxy's and subs have ruined my life and marriage and I feel there is no going back. I guess we weren't meant to be in the first place, I just wish my kids didn't have to pay for this. Sorry so negetive, I just have nowhere else to vent.
krys
Keep the faith and be strong for your children, they need you now more than ever. These nasty drugs will try to take from you what is dear and you must fight back and stay positive thru this time. I know it is difficult to maintain a relationship while dealing with personal
issues such as they are but you are nearing a point where you will be more self reliant and clear headed. Keep slogging along and stay the course. For me this past 19 days have been like a square root. First way down then way up then kind of level. From what has been posted by others after week three it is clearer sailing. Please keep posting so we know you are okay.
Thank you guys.....I guess you guys are right about the subs and not even bothering with them. I have taken them once before and got clean withdrew from the subs, and was 5 months good until I relapsed so I wasn't sure if i should just take like 1 sub and cut it into like 10 pieces to just spare it from time to time during the roxy and perk withdrawals. but I guess just sticking out the opiate withdrawals would be easier and shorter. I just feel like that's too good to be true since im an addict and hearing that makes me think like....."hey man just slow down the pill popping, don't STOP, just slow down."
You are right, we all want to put off the inevitable day of just stopping. I would tell myself for years that I would stop on Thanksgiving, or I will stop over Christmas break and then when it came time I would rationalize that it would not be fair to the family if I were sick. I got to the point where I was losing my sanity and had to just flipping stop. Now 20 day in and there is no going back - ever. It is so worth it to not chase your tail everyday on the pill grind. Hang tough and put this sht in your past, bury it, forever.
Thank you, very much....all of you guys are such a big help. I will keep checking back and keeping you all posted for those of you who care. ( i didn't end up taking a sub)
Is it okay to take some pepto or immodium two weeks in? Or will it upset my stomach more? I havent taken any yet because of fear of making it worse... but I cant take it anymore. if not, has anyone figured anything out to soothe the tummy?
Want2sleep
My first two weeks I used Immodium about once a day or so. Lately I have used Pepto and it doe's not irritate my stomach. As Fool123 informed me do not each cheese, it makes things worse as I felt first hand by eating cheese pizza.
Today is day 21 - three friggin weeks and just minor lingering issues primarily little sleep, five hours of interrupted ziggy sleep and some sneezing riffs. Suboxone is the gift that keeps on giving but hopefully it will peter out in the next week or so. On a positive note I can think clearer and my guts stop hurting.
Keep the faith and keep on truckin fellow travelers.
P.S. I hope Krys is okay, we lost her from the forum a couple of days ago.
Thanks Ds. Bout to take some pepto right now then.
day 15 9:40 AM: Was hard to get out of bed. 2 hours of sleep last night. little depressed/upset. feels like today will get better though. Afternoons seem to be best for me these last few days. This is officially the longest I've ever gone without opiates. Last time I went 13 days and that was my only other time missing a single day.
I can definately never go through this again. I need to move on with life. It has messed my life up so bad. screwed up highschool, no college, no job now... no girl... nothing to live for but I'm stickin it out.
Worst problem now is bored time. I'm used to always being busy, and I have nothing to do. Money is also about to be a problem... bills are almost due and no job. I'm going to have to do some selling... which puts me with some pill people. wish i had help this is so hard.
Want2sleep
Try to stay bust either walking around or going to a park to keep your mind bust. Someone before us said action absorbs anxiet of something like that. My first nine days I was cacooned up by myself and finally got my body moving - nothing arobic for me. When you get thru this you will be in better shape to look for work and get back to your life. Take care of yourself and good thing will happen my friend.
I've got hand surgery on Aug. 2 so they had to stop my suboxone cold turkey. They did put me on vicodin 750mg APAP( it boosts the effects of the vicodin)I thought cool, no problems. WHAT!!!!! The vicodin is not helping with the suboxone withdrawal. I've got a splitting headache,sweats,chills,diarehha,leg pain, sleepless nights,arm and hand twitchy all the time,I'll be off of it for 7 days come surgery, this is messed up. Did I mention I'm Bi-Polar;;; I feel hopeless and on the verge of suicide help me out people!
DS
Sorry to have worried you and thank you so much for caring enough to mention me.
I am glad to hear that you are doing so well and really getting better every day. You have become a source of strength for other people on this forum who are scared and going through this, and at only 3 weeks into this, that is something to be very, very proud of.
I didn't mean to ditch out of the forum. I'm hesitant to post lately.I have become one big huge ball of negetivity and I don't want to bring people who are struggling and need to hear positive things down with me. I'm still clean-3 weeks today with no subs. Everything seems to be falling apart in my life and I'm left feeling hopeless. This too shall pass.
Jumpin outta my skin-doctors are so completely clueless and full of shit. I'm sorry you have to go through this. I will say though, if you have to go seven days and than have surgery, I would stay off the subs when it's over. Although you will be left with lingering withdrawls for around a few weeks to a month, the worst of it will already be over. Walk away from the subs while you have the chance, you won't regret it. Get on a different medication for you Bi-polarism. Subs are EVIL.
Krys:
Glad to hear you are still fighting to good fight. Keeping a postive attitude, hard as it is, helps fight depression. I must say last night was the best I have slept in a very long time. Today is day 23 off of the nasty little subs and the only remaining issue is a slight lack of energy.
Jumpinoutofmyskin;
I agree with Krys on the doctors and staying off of the subs if you can. Every day off of these bitzes is a day toward your future. It would probably be better to not take anything for a few days so the subs come out of your system then take the pain pills if necessary. If I had it to do over I would have locked myself in the basement for a week to come of shorting acting stuff rather than deal with three weeks in the condor.
Good luck to all,
Day 25 and I am so greatful I am coming thru this ring of fire. Three weeks ago I did'nt know if I would make it but things are almost right in my body and mind. The only remaining issues are a little sneezing which is almost amusing and choppy sleep which I have always had as I recall. For anyone thinking about or starting to rid your life of subs do yourself a favor and do it. Use this forum as I have as a crutch as it has been a light for me to follow. So many positive stories and people who have blazed a path with their pain and wisdom thru this trying time. It will be a challenge but so is the pill chase and you will have money for better things in life.
Best,
David
I am no expert, but is it possible that the Vic precipitated a harder detox from the Subs....? I am aware, that you are to be free from opiats, or in withdrawl b4 starting the Subs, I wonder....if the reverse is likely. So sorry for that. But use the short acting stuff i you must, I would have had I know the duration of the subs hell. I am long away from it and tho, no physical issues, I am still in a bit of a mental funk....that is part of it tho, after all we were buzzed for years, it takes a while to get used to smelling the flowers and appreciating it. Your investment to date is not in vain. Good luck with the hand.
day 19: best day yet. slept great the last 2 nights. only because I broke down and bought some xanax. ugh. I feel kind of guilty. should i? Hopefully after tomorrow night I can sleep without then....
so saturday was my 21st b-day. yeah I'm a youngin. which is a blessing and a curse. a blessing because I still have my whole life to recover, and a curse because I spent my most important time (high-school) nodding out and not learning anything. and havent done anything productive since.... Hopefully my brain isn't too fried for college.
Well, I'm so proud of everyone for sticking with it. I don't know anyone around here that successfully quit. I know hundreds to die... but not quit. The pill scene is really bad here in florida. It feels good to know I am not part of it anymore. I might not be on here much anymore, due to getting a life back. But trust that I am not relapsing, and I will check in from time to time.
LaterZ-Mike
Ps: Sorry about lack or grammer/writing properly throughout my posts. I know how to write... Just way too lazy lately. Haha. Also sorry for only writing about myself most of the time. I was mainly using this a a journal to come back to and read.
So I've been off of Subs for over a month and a half. I went through the hellish withdrawals because I was on it for four months. I used opiates to help with the withdrawal. I don't even feel guilty admitting it, which is messed up, but Suboxone withdrawal is like setting yourself up to relapse and use narcotics to counter act withdrawals. But anyway, I've used dope and didn't want to get sick so I took Suboxone yesterday and today. I bought it off of a dealer. Just answer me this question: Will I get the withdrawals again just after using twice or will my body see the Suboxone as something it doesn't recognize and not send me into hell again? I used Xanax to help with the symptoms when I first got off of it and I ended up getting physically addicted to Xanax so I switched it with my psychiatrist to Klonopin. It was over a month without taking Xanax and I took it to see if my body was back to normal and I went through the Xanax WD's. That's why I think I'll go through some Sub WD's again. Anyone think they can shine some light on this topic? Has anyone stopped using, gone through the withdrawals until they returned to normal, then used it again? I just want to know what I'm in for tomorrow.
Hey everyone,
Haven't posted in about 2 weeks but wanted to comment on some things that I saw.
Taking other things to beat your suboxone addiction can work in my opinion. I am not a doctor, but as long as you don't abuse those other things (alcohol, benzo's) then you're jump will be a lot easier. I am not promoting going out and doing this, but I know personally it will make certain symptoms more tolerable.
Who I Am- There is really no telling what your going to feel like tommorow. I think everyone on here could get that question answered! Dear crystal ball, when will my sub w/d go away? *voice in sky* December 29th. Sweet! Lol.
I was in a similiar posistion as you at one point in my life, and I noticed that the key ingredient to all of this is how long you were on them, and at what mg. did you jump off. The person who tapers and jumps at .125mg is gonna have less sever w/d symptoms then the guy/gal jumping from 24mg's(wow that would be brutal!). And with time, that also will indicate how severe/lengthy things will be. Hopefully, you will have mild or no w/d at all.
To everybody else, listening to music has always been the best way for me to feel better. It gives me a personal time out and distraction from symptoms that is nice. And hot showers is #2 even though I know its the last thing you wanna do. Just force yourself to do it, trust me it will help.
Good luck to everyone, much love.
Who I Am: Sorry to say it, but you will definately go through withdrawls. Ive been through this same thing countless times. If you been usin some dope regularly for a lil while, and switched to subs to help, thats the same thing basically. Subs are just another opiate. a super long lasting one that doesnt get you high at all. I suggest you dont take subs much, because the withdrawls are longer lasting than dope (almost as intense). from several personal experiences. If you want off opiates all the way, i suggest you stop subs, take the weakest opiates possible for about a week... like percs or vics or something... just to not get sick. taper as much as u can (i cant taper, hada go cold turkey). then just quit. I used xanax a shit ton to help with my withdrawls. I'm on day 19 almost 20 and I still need xanax to sleep. so sub w/d blows. You're going to have to go through some hell to get past it. That;s just part of it bro. But, the time passes either way, and at day 19 foro me, it is well worth the 100 hells i just went through.
I don't think your withdrawls will be that bad though. not as bad as being strung out for years or something. you'll prob feel better in 2 weeks.
Since, you have a tencendy to get hooked on xanax, you might not want to use that during withdrawls either. try pot or something. I hada use massive amounts of both.
I gotta Q for you... how long before you noticed you were gettin hooked on xanax? I've never taken them often... but have been lately to help withdrawl anxiety and to sleep. I have recently been worrying about this... Whenever the Xanax is wearing off, my anxiety is still there. I'm hoping its still mild sub w/d. I just dont know enough about xanax.
Who am i and Wanttosleep
My niece was on oxy's and came off doing xanax for over a month and is now addicted to xanax. I would keep it to a low dose and skip a couple of days so you do not become dependent on something else. I too took half a bar a night for sleep for nine days ( days five thru 14)
then stopped. They are very helpful if used short term like anything else. The key is to control your usage, easier said than done I know or we would not be here to begin with.
You can do it gang, look at the success stories above. I did'nt even join this club until I was 40 so you young folks take this opportunity to get it together while you still have your youth. Time waits for no man.
David
Who am I....
I would think, yes....the small ammount of subs will likely close your receptors again, and take a while to open up....that is the problem with the subs, long after the chemical is gone, the brains pleasure receptors are stuck shut, and wont open up till they damn well please. Unfortunate choice my friend, hell...I would consider short term opiats to get through it, rather than return to the beast itself. I hope I am wrong....let us know, I am very curious.
Very little benzos for me to sleep during the first month, but, sadely, I returned to beer....ugh. Now, I drink the suds daily, but, not completely excellice....I hate that....it is such a "fat feeling", but hey....still better. Gonna just knock it off and deal with the anxiety which will follow....it's always something, hey? God bless all.
Rick
I see you hunt in Michigan too. I am going up to Alpena this Fall to fish and hunt near Fletchers Pond. I grew up
near Flint but moved to Florida via Texas post college. I miss the change of seasons. Tried drinking a couple of beers last night but they just did'nt taste the same for some reason. Perhaps I still have some funk in me from the subs after 26 days.
i actually went through the day today without taking anything and it wasn't too bad. i purposely didn't take subs because i was planning on using D tonight, which i did. and i'm gonna stop having little D relapses because it's not worth it. i am probably going to use the suboxone to avoid the dope withdrawls tomorrow. and wanttosleep: it was about 10 days using the xanax consecutively. i was prescribed to it, but never ever used it every day for more than 3-4 days. on about day 8, i felt my body feeling gradually worse throughout the day until i took the xanax. i then researched xanax withdrawl and most people said they experienced it after MONTHS of use. i was feeling it after less than two weeks. (i attribute that to the dosage i was taking. 3-4-5 mgs a day) I am going to either going to take the suboxone again to avoid my dope withdrawl or use a different opiate to avoid it. If I use the subs, I'll let everyone know if my body is able to get by without any WD's from the subs. I know everyone's body is different, but trust me, if it's going to happen, it's definitely going to happen to me. My body seems to be extremely sensitive.
remember, I have been off of Subs for over a month and all the WDs were gone when I went and used Subs two days in a row. So it's not like it was recently that my last dosage was.
Woops Rick, I confused you with Plaineinsane regarding
Michigan.
Day 22 and I've got myself in a bind. I took xanax on days 1-7 or so, and then I took them on days 17-20. Never really took them in the past... made me do stupid shit.
I didn't take any yesterday and don't plan on it ever again. Problem: I can't sleep without them it seems. And, as the day goes on without xanax, my anxiety and edginess increases dramatically. Is this because of the Xanax or is this lingering Sub w/d? Remember, I jumped from 12 mgs. I was taking way too much xanax. Like 6 mgs each night sometimes more. I don't even know lethal dose. Probably close. I just WANT2SLEEP and Im tired of diareah. 22 days of diareah and lack of sleep... WHAT THE FUCK!
I don't feel that bad though. Just hard to stay positive. One day can be good, the next can suck.
I just want to have energy to be productive throughout the day, and so that I'm more tired and able to sleep at night. But lately, I just sit around and smoke pot and cigs, passing days by hoping to feel better. Will it ever get back to normal, my mind keeps asking...
So far it seems like sobriety = permanent anxiety attack.
want2sleep....
Trust me, your almost there. Im 9 months clean but continue to read these posts every so often, its like an NA meeting for me. Suboxone isnt a pleasent drug to come off. In the early weeks after i jumped i cant tell you how many times i woke up and said "Ive beaten this, the worst is behind" but it wasnt until day 30-35 when i finally tuned the corner and truley started feeling better, after that the WD's were mild and managable. Some conituned to linger for the next month or two but nothing at all like the first 4 weeks. Your almost there, quit the benzos and get some exercise!
Want2sleep....Sober is right, it is a long struggle, but you are indeed closer to the end than the beginning. I understand about the Benzos, tho that dose is reletively normal for many, not me...but many. It is very probable that your mind, like mine replaces the anxiety with another substitute like benzos or for me beer....ugh. Then, when that is removed our stupid minds turn on us, hence the anxiety....I am on my 5th month off the dreaded subs, and stillhave the GD anxiety, and I really think it is mostely mental, yet....there it is. ugh again. Listen....when I was on the bottom of the bottom around day 5-8, I discovered a natural herb combination, that, swear to God helped me alot, at least the anxiety part. Go to a health food store and get KAVA extract and St. Johns Wart.....take about 60 drops of each and it will deffinately help you sleep...it not a sleep aid, there are many things for that, but as an anxiety relaxer...this crap really helps me...Give it a shot, its cheep and natural. Good luck....
Rick: exactly. It's my mind replacing the anxiety with other stuff. I noticed that maybe about a week ago, but didn't know for sure. I "need" cigs more now, and pot.
I think I was just worried about the benzos, I'm not really feeling the need for them now. It was probably just because I was used to the good sleep on them. Now my sleep is choppy since I'm sober. There's just no way to get physically addicted to benzos from 10 days of use lol.
Sober: Thanks for the support. I really needed it. You too rick. I also see this as my NA meeting. I used to go to meetings but I dont relate to many people so I dont like it.
Today was a very active day for me. Lotta exercise and adrenaline. Also drank a few beers for the first time in maybe 2 years. So, everythings good right now. That's all that matters. If I'm not happy tomorrow then screw it. But, it's gonna be a beach and boating day... so how can that be bad? Damn I love florida.
Want2sleep
Today is day 28 - four weeks of this slow process. I am able to sleep better in the last week and now get six hours without sleep aids. Still not at full speed but I have no anxiety and am just a bit weak and unmotivated.
Seems consistant with Jdoe"s post reposted by Rick a few weeks back on the forum. At least it provides a basic roadmap unlike most doctors who do not understand the process or choose not to share it. Excercise and sweating in the Florida sun should help along with a dose of sunlight. I too am in Florida and it is hot and humid today so lasther up the sunscreen. A sunburn with night sweats is the last thing you want now I would think. Have fun and think about the blue sky overhead and the cool water below. Oh, and keep hydrated.
wanttosleep - that feeling you have is definitely from taking the xanax. the high dosage you were at is what did it to you, even though you weren't on it for a lot of consecutive days. i posted the same question on here when i was getting off the subs. i was taking xanax like you are and in ten days i felt as shitty as you do when i didn't take mine. i ended up changing my prescription with my psychiatrist to klonopin because even a month and a half after getting through the xanax withdrawal i still can't even take 2 mg without going through the WD. the anxiety, dilated pupils, hot and cold flashes, the sweats. tomorrow's basically going to be the first day i haven't taken suboxone in 3 days. (after getting off of it over 2 months ago.) so i'm waiting to see how bad the withdrawal from that is going to be. i used dope and didn't want to deal with the WDs so i turned to the only thing i knew would help me. sad situation i put myself in.
Wow-I seriously cannot believe how long these withdrawls are lasting for me. Actually I don't even know what it is I'm withdrawing form anymore since I took so much shit to get me through them. The first week I was slamming the booze and smoking a ton of weed, then I was taking clonopin along with lexapro and now I'm taking xanax and weed to help me sleep. I'm guessing it's the alcohol that set me back. I'm 4 weeks in now with no subs and I just generally feel like crap. I can get through my day I just have no energy and feel week all of the time and I'm really anxious and depressed. I could literally lay in bed all day everyday and that's just not me. This has to end sometime right? I'm gonna try laying off everything but the lexapro and a couple of tokes at night and see where that gets me. Any thoughts? Good luck to all.
What a strange journey it is getting off the subs....it seems, we all substitute the horror with alternative crap, I know I have, with beer, and very littly benzos, but, krys...you are right, we are still ON something and I guess it is just in our nature to want to feel better. Since the GD subs take forever, we slowley get drawn into another issue. All in all, I will deal with anything else but the subs....never again...Getting of them is like owing money.....with each day and week that you invest and pay back..... you wind up owing more money. Very little rewards there.....so we at least I and many other here, substitute, just to feel better. I dunno....it is a viceous circle....but, being subs free is an amazing accomplishment....coudos to all here who are doing it. God bless.
Who I am: Luckily, I think you are wrong. I only had like half a day of freaking out/anxiety after coming off the benzos. It had to be in my head because its been 3 days now and they've been the best 3 days i've had during this process. The worst is far over. Each day is better than before.
DS: comin close to your one month. That must feel good. That's cool that you live in florida. I thought I was the only one experiencing withdrawls in this heat. haha. I swear I couldn't open my eyes outside for the first 2.5 weeks. I still forced myself to be active outside for at least 3 hours everyday during the hottest time. Still do. I'm kinda feelin how you are. Just weak and unmotivated.
Krys: Sorry to hear you're still struggling. It has to be the benzos. I know they were fuckin with my head. Try to taper off them asap maybe temporarily increase pot consumption. I don't see anything wrong with being on pot the rest of our lives haha. I've noticed you kind of have to go through physical therapy in order to gain the energy and motivation back. Please hear me out and just try to do a little more mental/physical activities each day. Like do more each day than the day before. It gets easier. I know because I've been doin it since day 1. This is taking way longer than I thought also.
Question: How are yall working, or paying bills? This is my biggest problem now. I mean, I don't have a job. Making money is not a problem, it's just how I have to do it. I don't like having people stop by all the time and calling me and having to weigh shit out 24/7. Also, the risk of JAIL! It's driving me nuts. My life has been more expensive this last month too. spent a lot of money on withdrawls.
Oh and I went to an NA meeting last night out of desperation I guess.
Want2sleep-for me sobriety=constant anxiety attack and it makes me want to use again. I feel like I'm never going to stop thinking about pills. I don't want that life anymore but I can't believe this insane urge to use.
How can I love my kids so much it makes me want to cry, but at the same time want to take an oxy? How can I go through 28 days of hell getting off suboxone only to want to take an oxy again? Insane right?
I guess most people have family and people to help them financially. This would be so nice. I feel pretty lonely a lot lately. Only have friends for support.
Good job everyone on sobriety. I'm glad to see all the same people from when I first came here. Yall were already a few days into it (except you rick you got months on us). It helped motivate me and this place still helps as therapy or something. I hope everyone keeps coming back.
Sorry about 3 posts so quick.
Krys: I can relate to how you feel. If you read one of my posts from about 2 days ago I said sobriety=permanent anxiety attack. It's natural to feel like this. It's also natural to crave the opiates after being clean for a little while. It's a long ass rollercoaster of hell, but you have to admit, things are better than day 5?
Please don't fall to the craving. We are all having them, you just have to feel pride in saying no. If you used again it would definately be a motivation breaker.
I regret my neagetive comments from yesterday. I just so badly want to be at full speed again, not for myself, but for my husband and children. They want their Mommy and wife back.It's just hard when people are depending on you. I feel inadequate. It's not going to happen on my time and I can't control it, and I have to accept that. Things couls be SO much worse and I need to stop bouncing back and forth between self-pity and self-hate, it looks REALLY bad on me!!
Thanks everyone for the support and I hope you're having a great Saturday!
I was in a car accident with an 18-wheeler in July of 2007 and was put on Lortabs by my doctor, and then he switched me to Percocet. I was taking Percocet 10mg and Lortab 10mg up until about a year ago. I was taking anywhere between 20 to 40 pills a day, even after the doctor released me from his care from the car accident. About a year ago I tried Suboxone and started taking it every day, buying from "friends" of course since I dont have any health insurence. I started by taking 8mg a day and went up to about 16-20mg a day. Now I'm back down to taking 8mg a day and I'm really wanting to quit. Well I've been wanting to quit for a while now that's why I started slowing down, but now I dont have a choice but to quit because I'm having really bad financial problems and dont have the money to buy any more. I had about 3mg (a big quarter of 8mg pill) this morning and now I'm feeling cold sweats and chills and starting to have body pains. I know that It's gonna get a whole lot worse before it gets better, that's why I started looking on the web about ideas to ease withdrawals. I have 3 little girls (4yr old, 2yr old, and 1yr old) so I cant stay in the bed through the withdrawal process. So I was wondering if there is anything anyone knows that would ease the withdrawals some. And how were you able to get through it? How long did it take for your withdrawals to go completely away and you feel "normal" again? If there is any way that you could help me out I would really greatly appreciate it. Thank you all for reading this.
Want2sleep
I am happy to live in Florida most of the time. Last month I sent the fam up to PA because they wanted to get out of the heat and I wanted two week alone ( they did not know I was withdrawing) funny thing was it was 100 degrees there and 90 in FL. Money is easier not dumping $ 500/month at the pillmill and much more thasn that prior on fiv e 80s per day for five years.
Krys
You are so close don't stop. I thought after nine days on benzos I may be getting another unwanted friend stuck in my head so I stopped. I am on nothing now and feel the best I have in a very long time. Still not at full speed but pushing thru. Thirty days and thirty nights so far and I am ready for normalacy if I can remember what it is. Hopefully I'll know it when I see it, kinda like porn I suppose.
Maria
Read the post Rick put up several weeks ago reposted from Jdoe, it is pretty much what I too have experienced after being on oxys for six years and subs for over two years. Stock up food and meds and prepare for th worst and pray for the best is my advice. It is no picnic but
many others have gone thru it and after 10 to 14 days the acute crap will pass and then you should just be weak for a period of time.
Stay strong for yourself and you family my friends.
Ds-
I looked and looked and couldn't find that post that you are talking about. You said to stock up on food and meds. What kind of meds would help?
Today is my first day of not taking anything at all. Yesterday I took about 3mg in the morning when I'm used to taking 8mg. I already feel like crap and I know it's just gonna get worse, a whole lot worse and I donknow if I will be able to do it. I have 3 little girls take need to be taken care of all day everyday and no friends or family that would be able to help with them. So I'm pretty much doing this on my own with help from what I can find online, which isnt much of anything.
I am really scared that I wont be able to go through with this. When I was on Lortab and Percocet I tried to stop, but I couldn't make it past day 3 or 4, so I got right back on them. Then a "friend" introduced me to sub and I've been on it ever since.
I also got a question for anybody that may have tried this... if I was to take a quarter of a 8mg sub when the withdrawals get to the point where I can't stand it, will it just prolong the comming off process and and put me right back to the beginning?
maria - if you take it again it will put you right back to the beginning. some meds you might want to look into helping you get through this withdrawal would be st. john's wort (in terms of actual vitamins), clonidine (helps your receptors kick the suboxone out of your brain quicker..also helps you sleep at night), xanax/klonopin (obviously for anxiety, just don't over do it for a consecutive amount of days because you'll go through withdrawal through that if you're at a dose of 3-5mg for over two weeks...that's what happened to me at least..)...and also Seroquel will definitely help you with the sleeplessness effect that suboxone withdrawal will put you through. yea, you might be substituting other drugs to help you get through this withdrawal, but this is hellish withdrawal and lasts so long. best of luck. the withdrawals will be at a point where you can't stand it for at least a week, probably two weeks, and maybe up to 3-4 weeks, depending on how long you were on it. i would recommend acupuncture. just make sure you find an acupuncturist who knows what he's doing. acupuncture helped me with my suboxone withdrawal bigtime. it didn't completely take it away, but it did help with the chills a bit and also kept my mind at ease a little bit....best of luck, and if you wish for the WD to end, you just have to refrain from taking any suboxone at all. it's a hard process, but after you go through it you definitely know you're a stronger person than you thought. suboxone is a wonderful drug with a lot of beneficial factors. but the withdrawal from it is longer and more of a mental thing than a physical (as opposed to heroin, oxycodone). best of luck.
i said best of luck three times without realizing it. just be strong. i also recommend using the sauna for 30-45 minutes every day to sweat this out of your system. it doesn't work in the same way that it would for a drug like marijuana, because using the sauna to sweat out the toxins from marijuana just helps it get out of your system. you could be on day 5 and come up clean on a test for bupenorphine (suboxone) and your withdrawal will be far from over. the sauna just has a relaxing effect on your body, and since you're going to be sweating anyway, it feels much better to be sweating in a hot room as opposed to sweating in the comfort of your home with the air conditioner on. i hate suboxone. and withdrawal.
Maria
Rick's re-posing of Jdoes schedule is two months ago so you need to scrool up a bit. You jumped from a large dose and tapering may have helped, I jumped from a 2mg dose. whoami's list of meds should be helpful I would get immodium and pepto for the first two weeks. I found sleep critical so did xanax during the first two weeks just to get a couple hours of sleep. You will need to muster all the strength you have and each day know you are one day closer to beating this. Today is my one month milestone and although it was tough it is worth every day and night.keep posting and people on this forum will be there for you.
Here is that old post Maria.....not pretty, but a decient guide as to what to expect.....
JDoe 5 months ago
2 months sober..
@ RBM: My sleep habits are weird, but not really like what you're talking about. Like, I'm not really tired in the evening until around bed time. Which for me is now ~10.30p (or so I try). I never really was into naps a whole lot, but I did find that through the WD I took a hell of a lot of naps. It was like having the flu for near a month.
What I've really noticed about myself is the inability to sleep for more than 8 - 9 hours a night. Which that may seem normal to some, but I used to stay up until 2 and sleep till noon without issue. Or hell sometimes I'd even go to sleep at midnight and wake up at 11ish. That now seems an impossibility, but I'm not really complaining. I feel rested when I wake.. I just found it, well, weird.
Some days I find I don't feel really happy, and others I do. That's odd too, but I attribute it to just being human. I'd also be careful of the Xanax man. That stuff worked miracles for me to be able to sleep, but I didn't want to wind up addicted to yet another drug. I'm not going to preach to you though.
Somedays, I still feel like using. I want to use to make life easier. Drugs were like a warm blanket to me, and now I'm without it.
I'm incredibly happy to say that there are no side effects left but the sleep thing, and I don't even know if that's a side effect.
I hope you all keep hanging in there. Sub WD goes something like this for all the new people:
Day 1 - 2 = feeling ok
Day 3 - 4 = starting to think something is wrong
Day 5 = utter hell
Day 6 - 8 = starts as utter hell and kinda stays there
Day 9 - 14 = still crappy, but when you hit day 14 you can see light
Day 15 - 24 = less crappy, but still crappy toward the end you see more light
Day 25 - 30 = you go from kinda crappy to actually feeling fine on day 30. You'll even have energy.
I typed that out not to scare anyone, but so that everyone knows what to expect. There is no magic fix. You suffer, but you aren't alone in this. I logged each days feelings that I had going through this.. (well or damn near.) Go read it if you like.
Also keep in mind this was me jumping from 4mg / day to 0mg / day (which wasn't the smartest move on my part come to find out.) And along with that.. I also used for years. For the past 4 - 5 years I'd used something each day.
Everyone's different. I'm just posting a streamlined version of what I went through. Like some others have said though, 1 month to truly beat it and feel ok. That held true for me.
-JDoe
I have been off and on with taking subs and taking opiates, my question is this time I'm trying to get off everything for good, and I slowly weened myself down from what I was taking opiate wise. I wanted to do the same with the subs and start off with an 8mg,and then over the course of ONE week just work myself down from an 8 to a 4 to a 2 etc....will i withdraw still since Ive been back and forth so many times? I understand that everyone is going to say just wait out the 5 days of the opiate withdrawals but what you don't understand is that I CANNOT miss any days of work what so ever and i'm living pay check to pay check so I really really cannot afford to not work even if its just for one day. So since I've been thru the opiate w/ds and the sub w/ds I wanted an expert opinion. thanks all.
DM- You said you were using on and off. So, how long and frequent have you been using this time? Just using subs once every 3 days for a little while would be enough to produce withdrawls for an opiate head. I'm sure.
Tapering down that fast is a bad idea also. By the end of the week, when you're taking 2mgs, you'll still have a bunch of shit in your system from all the 8's etc. So when you jumped off, it would almost be like jumpin off 6mgs or so. If you can taper that fast (could be painful), then stay at 2 mg for a while and try to taper even farther for couple weeks, until you're taking crumbs (like under 1mg) every OTHER day. Don't use until you're about to freak out.
This is how most people do it with minimal withdrawls. I did not. I'm on day 26 clean. jumped cold-turkey straight from 32 mgs, to 12, then off (can't find anyone who jumped off at higher dose). Everyone has their own way. I couldn't taper because I would withdrawl just as bad as quitting.
The bottom line is, you WILL almost positively experience withdrawls. And it will last more than 5 days like you are expecting. Try 2 weeks to a month. Not trying to scare you, it's just part of the experience.
Just expect/prepare for the worst, and hope for the best. That's my philosophy haha.
You just have to WANT it. It took me 5 years and several "rock bottoms" to finally want it bad enough. Good luck to ya bro. Any question on help getting throuhgh it, just ask. There are ways to help w/d, but you might have to find a way out of work for at least a week.
SOOOOOO, this weekend was crazy. I'm not a drinker but I got hammered everyday since thursday. Totally feeling the hangover now haha. They were having the bushwacker festival (alcohol fest lol) here in pensacola, so I wanted to get laid and get drunk to relieve stress. Success. Had to say no to pills at least 20 times. Proud of that.
Last night I broke down and bought 3 xanax bars, but only took one. Slept better than I have in months. Flushed the other 2 because I'm worried about transferring addiction.
So day 26... can't believe almost a month. Feels like 6 months... but things are getting better. I'm happy more often than not. Probably wasn't even happy this much ON pills. I was just kind of numb to life.
Don't know what else to say. Time to go somewhere n eat. Laterz yall.
I've been on and off with the suboxenes for about 5 to 6 months and im just trying to really kick it this time which is why i wanted to do a week weening down to get off them for good because the last month i have been taking opiates.
DM....For most you can get on the subs once opiat withdrawl is present....for me, I waited about 24 hrs....and said screw it and hit the subs...with zero problems. It worked just ad advertised. Unfortunately I ate those orange devels for 7 monts, never more that 4mg daily, but, had I done it over again...I would have read this site and only used them for oh maby 7 weeks, gradually tapering down to a crumb...5mg for the final week.....I really think that is the solution....short use. The problem is, it works and just is so easy, but for me, after 7 months...I lost 25lbs., no libedo, no appitite etc...it is just nasty. Additionally, I, should't say this, but, I think once I jumped 100% from the subs.....by day 5-7, which was the worst for me, I may have tempored it with short acting opiates...I know, I know....that is contrairy, but for me, I had NO ONE to share this with, my wife and boss, it was hell, as you all know...and I really think that would have helped...tho not recomended for the obvious relapse game. At any rate....the key is....DON"T use the subs longer than necessairy....just weeks, not months...really. But, you are gonna have a ride...it is unavoidable, for it is not necessairaily the dose...it is the brains receptors....they are plugged up and wont allow happiness to happen untill they release the subs from themselves, which takes weeks...sadly. It is worth the hell, for, life is again colorful, affordable and warm....friends are again friends and the figgin birds sing and the sheets feel great....and the boom...boom is much better...etc. No down side at all, except for the long term battle to be normal with out chasing an excape, which is real, but temporairy...for me, usually early in the AM...then it passes.
Good luck.
DM.... A clarification....the final week of taper, was .5MG or 1/2MG, NOT 5as stated abover.....yikes.
Want2sleep....Good on you....sounds like you are just around the corner from a very good life again....excellent. Yeah....the beers are my biggest concern now. Damn, it's always something....but, having recovered from a quart of Vodka a day for a full year, long ago, this is no biggie.....a managable old friend / enemy. Well done my friend.
Thanks rick, Thats all I needed to know...I did the exact same thing as you before i relapsed for the second time....I dont drink,smoke, or any other drugs so when i got off of the opiates i was popping those subs as if it was a free high addiction free...boy was i wrong, so after i went like 17 days in on the suboxene withdrawals i went back to the opaites becuase i had enough. so what I want to do now since i want to get clean more then i want to get high, i havent taken anything in 24 hours so i was going to start off with a 8 mg for ONE day and work mny way down for only a week becuase the opiate withdrawals are startign to kick in and granted are going to be far worse tomorrow.
Also, you keep mentioning that you were on "opiates" instead of subs the last little bit. I would just like to add that subs are still an opiate just like any other opiate painkiller. I'm sure 99% of people know that. You just kind of made it seem like you didn't know. So with that said, the withdrawl from subs is still an opiate withdrawl (just lasts longer/less intense). You can't come off of heroin and use subs for a week, and escape withdrawl. It doesn't work like that. Withdrawl is enevitable if you want off. No way around it. Clonidine and valium is easiest way to minimize withdrawl... but you stated that you don't use anything. Just gonna have to tough it out I reckon.
My main concern ofr you is your work. You can't miss even a single day ever? That makes things a lot harder. I feel for ya there. I actually told my boss the truth about what I was doing, and she fired me. So don't try that route. Honesty is NOT the best policy.
Nah, I know that subs are opiates. My hole reasoning for saying this all is so that if i take a small amount of the subs each day for a week and gradually decrease, atleast i'd be able to function at work, not get screamed at for sitting around, and not argue with my gf, be able to sleep and eat. and be on it for a short period of time where it would get rid of the withdrawals but i also wouldn't be taking it for too long that i would be addicted to them and relying on them. I already went thru the sub withdrawal once before, and on top of that went thru the roxy,perk, and vike withdrawals a number of times. I'm just tired of this bull shit.
Hey guys, thanks for all the advice and all the help. I have actually decided to try to taper down some more before jumping off completely. I dont really have any way of getting most of the meds that you guys mentioned would help. I dont know much about prescription meds other than lortab, percocet, and suboxone. But I'm guessing most of those meds "whoiam" mentioned are nerve pills, right? A friend of mine just brought 4 little pills here for me to look up on the internet and see what they were, and I found out that they are called "Alprazolam" which from what I understand is the generic xanax I think. He said that he didn't need them so he let me keep them, and if they really are the same thing as xanax then I figured I would need them for whenever I do jump off sub completely. I dont know how much you're supposed to take, I dont want to OD or anything, so can someone tell me about how much I would have to take of it when I do need it? They are the Alprazolam 0.5mg, so that would be Xanax 0.5mg too right?
Since I am going to try to taper down to taking about 1mg or 0.5mg of sub a day before I jump off, and I'm taking 8mg a day now, how long do I have to draw out the tapering down process?
Thank you everyone for your help and support!
Day 32 seems like the magic number! Not completely back to normal, but finally atarting to see the light! Today is a good day.
Question though-is it normal to still have very little appetite, and when I do eat, more times than not, I get the runs? I'm starting to think this may be an underlying issue that the opiates masked, not sure.
Good luck to everyone and stay strong. I'm finally starting to feel like this has all been worth it. Half the battle is over, now I just need to stay sober-peice of cake right? Ha
Hey Maria....yes you have the generic Xanax. It is really helpfull with anxiety. You will also find it helpful for sleep, only....I would not treat it like a perc, etc. they are very strong little puppies and tho, they don't get you high...which is good, they will indeed mellow out the worst of your WD's. Save em till you need em, day 3-5 should be about right.
I would suggest you taper as long as possible....I was down to .5 for about 7 days then jumped....It still will be tough, but hopefully not nearly as bad as jumping from say, 2mg or even 1.....regardless, you will probably not have much issue physically till around day 3-5...then ugh....the following two weeks will be a test, but stay strong, force eat, vitamins, as much exercise as possible and sleep, what ever it takes....sleep...that is where the .5 Xanax will help you . Stay strong, you have friends here....and I can promise you....it really does go away, honest. Life is warmer and brighter on the other side....we are waiting for you.
Congrats on over 1 month krys. *Hands you the 1 month NA chip*. It's been a long month eh? The first 2 weeks felt like a year. I would be thinking back on the previous day in shock that it was only a day ago. Thank god they go faster now. Keep up the good work. Glad to see you are feeling good today.
Yea maria, definately save those Xans for when you REALLY need them. I had a huge supply of them and valium, but took them all days 1-6 and the worst part for me was like days 7-11. (it's hard to control dosage on those things. for me at least) Broke down and got more xanax on day 12 or so, and again this saturday or sunday. The .5 ones should be the little blue/pink football shaped ones right? Or white circles. These are like the weakest ones so don't worry about OD. I was taking equivelant of 30 of these daily on top of valiums with no tolerance to benzos. Start off with just one though, too see how it affects you. Wait till the third NIGHT before taking any. Don't take em during the day, because they will wear off by night and then you can't sleep. Rick pretty much covered it. I was just seeing if I could add anything.
Day 27: I am starting to feel better than "okay" and moving up to feeling good. haha. It cracks me up looking back and remembering how I was feeling "great" on like day 7 but it was just a false feeling followed by agony. These false feelings tricked me for a while until I realised this shit just takes time. But, Now I can honestly say I am starting to feel GOOD. Energy and all. No more stomach problems at all. The only thing is that I can't sleep more than 4-5 hours a night. But, I've been socializing(sp) and staying active. Eating a SHIT load. Laughing more. Angry less. Just everything overall is getting bettter. Even my money in my pocket! Bout to buy a bunch of new clothes with my extra stack. 3 8mg subs daily was expensive!
Rick, you say to taper down to .5mg, and I have the 8mg pills, so how would I be able to devide the into .5mg pieces? I know a quarter of that is 2mg, but it would be kind of hard to devide a quarte into 4 .5mg pieces. I Usually break it in have and then into quarters, and if i try to use a knife or something then it just shatters it into a thousand tiny crumbs.
Oh and would ambien(sp?) help with the sleep during W/D? I know it's a sleeping pill and it works without the W/D, but would it help during?
I just came across something that kind of got me interested in finding out some more information about it. I'm not sure excactly what it is, or how it works, or where to even go to find out about it...but since I cant post the link to it in here I will just copy/paste it, hope ya'll dont mind.
==========================================
Suboxone detox can be difficult because there are both mental and physical aspects of opiate addiction. Opiates travel rapidly through the bloodstream to the brain, where they stimulate opiate receptors, triggering intense feelings of pleasure and reward. This quick high is followed a state of relaxation and contentment that lasts for several hours. Concurrently, opiates act directly on the respiratory center in the brainstem, causing a decrease in the breathing rate of the user. When Suboxone and/or other opiate-derivative drugs are used incorrectly, this breathing slow-down can be dangerous and even fatal.
Traditional methods of treatment for Suboxone addiction—talk therapy along with medicinal treatment to lessen the pain of withdrawal—often have low success rates (less than 10% after the first year) due to the drug’s powerful, physically addictive properties.
A newer and quicker method of Suboxone detox is Accelerated Neuro-Regulation (ANR), a rapid drug treatment that is being used with increasing success for opiate dependency. ANR, also known as the Waismann Methodsm (formerly rapid detox), treats Suboxone addiction as a physical disease that can be overcome with advanced medical techniques. ANR eliminates the cravings that often accompany traditional opiate detox treatments. The Waismann Method™ has been clinically proven to be effective for Suboxone addiction.
During Suboxone detox using ANR or the Waismann Methodsm, the body’s opiate receptors are cleansed of opiates while the patient is anaesthetized and asleep. The goal is to rid the body of physical addiction: the patient literally sleeps through physical withdrawal. The Waismann Methodsm reports higher success rates in treating opiate addiction than do clinics utilizing more traditional techniques.
==========================================
If anyone has ever heard of this or knows how it works and if it works, please let me know. Also where I could find some more information would be great. Thank you everyone for your help and support.
Anything you would need to know is on this page, it goes all the way back to like a year prior. I'm sure if you needed to find any answers on any questions about suboxene, its here
If you have about $20,000 extra lying around, then go for it. I know one guy that did this and he is still clean.
First, they keep you in a hospital for like 2 days giving you meds and I guess examining every part of you. So that's 2 days no opiates right there. Then, they put you to sleep. While you're asleep they pump you with all sorts of shit to get rid of the opiates. I'm not sure what all they pump you with, besides Naloxone. Naloxone is the stuff in suboxone, not subutex, that counter-acts opiates. You wake up several hours later with supposedly no physical w/d. They say more % of people are successful after this than any other method. I think it's because of the cost. haha
Ps: The person I know that did this said that he got extreme cravings to use after the naloxone was out of his system. But he is still clean. So it's not a foolproof method. People relapse.. you still crave... and I'm sure there is SOME withdrawl after you wake up.
That procedure costs $20,000??????? OMG!!! I wish I had that kind of money. I can deal with the cravings, it's the withdrawal that I dont think I could handle. Do you know if insurence would cover that procedure?
This whole page goes back about 2 years, there is no way I could read all of that, lol. I have read some here and there, but the last 2 years is just a little much for me, especially since I never have more than 20 minutes to myself since I'm constantly having to chase a 4yr old, 2yr old, and a 1yr old all over the house.
Maria, I have a couple of friends that did rapid detox and they still had a tough time afterwords. They said it felt like they were hit by a truck after the procedure and still suffered. I would taper the best I could and count on feeling bad for about 10 day or so. Christ, for $20k you could hire a Nanny, butler and cook for a month and rehab in a hotel. You can do it, look at krys, and want2sleep coming down the homestretch and I just made it 32 days and am feeling strong. It is a high mountain to climb but getting over the sub hump is very rewarding and makes you appreciate everything a bit more. I am more patient, and less on edge now. Like Rick said you have friends here and without them I am not sure if I would have made it past a week.
The only thing about me doing this myself is that I dont hve no one else that could take care of my kids, not even for a day, and a week or more would be completely out of the question. I clean houses for a living and get paid by the job, not by the week. I dont have no savings or anything because I've been having a really tough time financially. I just really dont know how I would be able to do this without losing my kids and my home. I really want to get off these things, but all I have is you guys for support, and no one else for any kind of support or any kind of help with kids or finances. Most my family lives out of state, and the family I do have here I dont hve nothing to do with because if any of them would even get a slight thought that I am on these things they would report to DSS, and I cant let that happen. I just dont know what to do or how to do it. It's just so frustrating, sometimes I just think that it would be easier just to stay on them, but I know that I dont want to and that I need to, have to, quit.
Maria
Sounds like your family and friends need a reverse intervention. I did not inform anyone I knew but was financially able to make it work. There are churches and other groups out there that may be able to help you. Try finding a local outlet in your area for help. You need to get it together soon for the benefit of your children if you can. I know it is hard to see thru the uncertainty and feeling alone in this but seek help. There may be charities in your area the have programs that may help you if you seek them out. Do not dispair, keep looking for the exit door from addiction so you can get back to your life. You are a far better parent for trying to get clean than for fearing what others may think.
Keep the faith.
Maria
I am so sorry for what you are going through. It's so hard when you have kids depending on you. DS said it perfectly, what people think is not as important as getting off the suboxone. It won't be aesier to just stay on them. Are you sure there is noone you could tell that would be willing to help with your kids at least for the few really bad days? It took me forever to tell my Mom and it was the best thing I ever did and I should have told her a long time ago.
You sound like you are a very strong person and I know you can do this. DS is right, there is always help out there. You need to get clean for your kids. The longer you put it off the harder it will be. I won't lie, it got pretty rough for a few days, but in the grand scheme of life 3 days is nothing right? Hang in there. You're a single Mom of three, that takes a very strong woman, if you can pull that off, you can pull this off. Stay strong please- and do whatever it takes-like Rick said, to get to the other side.
Question guys-
I've benn on either clonopin or xanax for about a month. Not a huge amount, but something everyday. I'm down to a half of a xanax at night. Does anyone know how long I will go through withdrawls from these? Not complaining or anything, this is obviously NOTHING compared to kicking the opiates, but I'm just curious when I can expect to stop withdrawing form them. Thanks!
Krys, I don't think you will go through real withdrawls if you have only been taking them for a month. I took them for a little over 2 weeks for this rollercoaster, and THOUGHT I was withdrawling after stopping. I think it was just in my head though. Or maybe it was just lingering sub w/d because it was only day 21 when I stoped taking them. Besides one slip up on friday or somethin.
You can expect anxiety, depression, and insomnia for a couple nights. It's just in our nature to think we NEED something all the time, so we will always thing the worse when stopping a substance. Like I knew I was hooked on pot by the age 15 haha. Should have been a warning... for me to not do any other drugs! lol
Maria- you're in the hardest situation I've seen here! It reminds me of me, except the kids part. I do the same thing for a living. Luckily, it is for extra cash instead of my main income. So, I could take time off and gave other people my work. I'm STILL not ready for cleaning (might be done for good). Also, I have no family/good friends either. That would be so hard with 3 kids. I really think you need to find someone at least one person for support and help. A babysitter at the very least. Wish I could be there to help...
In my opinion, you need to take a couple weeks to prepare for this before jumping off. Also, start tapering if you havent already. If you can raise 3 kids and pay the bills on your own, then you can SURELY do this. It's only a couple weeks of suffering to have your entire life back.
Krys
I would taper off the xanax as soon as possible, cut to a quarter then set yourself free. Try Ricks natural blend and see if it helps. My niece is hooked on xanax and is drinking like crazy and it is not pretty. You have come so far and perhaps some of you GI issues have to do with the x's. I'm no expert but you have suffered
so much and deserve to be clean for youseld and your family. I'm not preaching - God knows I am no angel but give it a shot.
By the way where has Phil been? I hope he is well.
Hang in there Maria....When I jumped, I was virtually alone too, I had a coworker who understood, but my beautiful wife and family, 2 grown kids and a Mom, had NO Idea. I continued to work, and it was absolute hell. I would watch the clock, waiting to go home to try and sleep, but no....had to be "normal" with my wife. I turned to watching old movies, and I tell you, my emotions were so f ed up for the first 14 days, I would weep at West Side Story, just an emotional idiot. That was the hardest part to hide that.....man, now that it is gone, I look back and say wow what a head trip, not to mention phycisal...but it will pass. Just take sleep meds if necessairy, herbal anxiet liquids really did help me...KAVA, St. Johns Root combined, and there is this stuff called Relax, it is a health food store extract...all are quite helpfull. Hot baths, excersise before bed...if possible and force food...nutrition and sleep are everything. Dont worry about feeling sexy....you can kiss that good by for a month....but, the good news....once this passes.....that returns with a vengance...so, whatever...perhaps something else to look forward to...ha. Just know, you do have support right hear all the time. Nature is amazing....and soon you will appreciate the warmth of the morning sun, and the sound of the birds...which for most of us, were ignored for so damn long. It really is beautiful, once we let it in again.
Ds....I too have been thinking about Phil...it has been a while. He was my greatest sourse of support here for a long time. I pray all is well with our friend.
Bless you all....
Thank you all for your support. I didnt mention something on here before, I am married and my husband and I do live together. I know you guys thought I was a single mom since I said that there is no one that could help me with the kids. My husband got hurt really bad in the car accident that we were in a couple years ago, he messed up his shoulder, back, and knee pretty bad and now he can barely walk or do day to day activities. He cant work because of that, I'm the only one who works and my job isnt a very great paying job so I can't save up enough for me to be out of work for even a couple days. I pretty much have to take care of the kids myself, he tries to help but he cant really do much right now. He can't go on disability because the doctors say that he hasnt tried everything possible to fix his back, and the only possible option is surgery, which has a 50/50 chance that he will either et better or e paralized for the rest of his life. And I myself dont like those odds.
That being said, I would still have to tend to the kids myself while coming off the suboxone while having to work as well, and I really dont know how I'll be able to do it. We dont really associate with my husbands family because his mom tried to get custody of our kids when she knew we were on lortabs (even though they were prescribed to us), and if she finds out about the suboxone then she will definatly try to take them away, no matter what it takes. She had dss drug test us when she knew that the doc took us off lortabs, and thankfully sub dont show up on a regular drug test, so we passed. Both of us are on sub right now, we both want to quit, but it would be even harder for him to quit then me because of his back and knee. If he quit taking sub he would most likely end back up on lortabs or percocet because of the pain.
I guess the main thing that is worrying me about quitting is the fact that I wont be able to tend to the kids the way I should during the withdrawal, and that I wont be able to work and we wont have no income. I'm starting to taper down, I'm just dreading the days and weeks after I take the last piece.
Maria
Why would your family have the right to call authorities when your husband suffers from legitimate injuries. That sounds unfair to say the least. Perhaps if you can get yourself together you may be in a position to help your husband deal with his issues. It sounds like a difficult position and a couple of weeks looking forward is daunting but looking back you will so proud of yourself and so will your spouse. It is your choice to make but it sounds like you are the guardian of your childrens future and as unfair as it is it is you that will need to make the tough decision. Five weeks today for me and it is so worth the short term pain to be free of this unfortunate medication.
Ds, I dont know why my family is like that, especially his family though. Ever since Kevin (my husband) and I first started dating, his family (especially his mom)have done nothing but give us hell. I've tried to be nothing but an angel towards her but she still acts like a b*tch toward me. Kevin is her only son and she dont think anyone is good enough for him. When I first got pregnant she said that I should get an abortion. And now she is trying to take the kids away from us, which doesnt make no sense to me. First she doesnt even want her to be born, now she wants to have her.
Yes Kevin has legitimate reasons, but the problem is that he doesn't have a doctors prescription to take them, and I dont either, so therefore it would be more than enough reason for her to report us to dss and her get the kids. So if she finds out that I'm going through w/d then that is excactly what she is going to do.
How can you be more than ready for something and dread it at the same time? I am so ready for me to be off these things but yet I'm dreading comming off. Sometimes I think why dont I just go ahead and quit now and get it over with, but then I think of how much harder it's going to be with me still taking about 7mg a day. I dont know if I should just go ahead and jump off now or taper down more.
Maria
Sounds like your mother in law gives mothers in law a bad reputation. You need to taper down to less than 1mg
before jumping if possible. Is your husband willing to tell his mother to butt out of your lives for a while? Seems she is prolonging your suffering and needs to give you space. I don't know where you live but I would try to get a script for the subs that is legal and then she would have no grounds to attempt to intervene in your lives, subs were made for people so they can function in society without being high, they say. I am truly sorry for your situation and hope you can get some relief soon. When is mommy dearest going on her next vacation? That may be a good time to quit. Remember, the first three days don't count.
I wish it was that easy to get rid of her. He's done told her quite a few times to stay out of our lives and leave us alone but it's no use. And she dont take vacations either, when she is out of work on "vacation" she doesnt actually go on vacation, she just sticks around and butts in even more. She's done been over here twice today and supposed to come back again later on. I cant stand it when she comes over or calls because she's always got to pick about something.
We dont have any insurence so to go to the doc to get subs it would cost way too much and we dont really have that kind of money right now. The closest doctor the perscribes them around here is about an hour drive from here, and charges like $300 for the appt. A friend of mine goes to him. Plus to get the script filled without insurence is like $730. I dont know if its the same everywhere but they are pretty high around here. I know it's cheaper to get the script then to buy them from other people, but you dont have to have that big lump sum all at once buying off the "street".
Wow, change the locks and katybar the doors. 8mg pills cost $8.00 in Fl. and an appointment $ 75.00. There is a post months ago where a husb. and wife shared a script to save $$$. I would start tapering now and get your dose down. I read where you can cut 25% a week until you get to .5mg then jump. Doing this would get you ready in five or six weeks. If you can save the money you are spending from the pills it might allow you to take a few days off. In any case you need a plan before this person boxes you into a corner with no way out. She sounds relentless, kinda like subs I suppose. Is she a big round orange bitch too? Just joking, sorry. Get yourself a calander and make a plan is my unprofessional advise.
Good luck Maria.
Well the price of the pills is the same here, except the appointment is a whole lot higher here. I usually pay between $9 and $12 a piece, but sometimes when they are hard to come by they will go up to as high as $20 a piece. With no insurence the $9 or even $12 I can handle sinnce its not much more than at the pharmacy, but when people try to hike it up to $20 is when we gotta suffer a bit.
Hopefully the evil witch of the east wont be back for a few days now that she's done been here 3 times today. lol
Hi all, just found this forum, thanks for all the honesty. I am day 6 of sub WD, feeling like hell. I thought I was just weak or crazy, but now I know better. I was using pharms for about 20 years and then unfortunately found out how to make opium tea and extract that to pure opium which I was using for 2 years or so. Also poppy seed tea, and all the other crap drugs you take along with that. Weed, benzos, lots of tequila etc...Right now I am taking clonadine, clonazapam, motrin, addys and redbulls. Nothing is really working, it takes a little edge off and I try and do something like laundry and I'm wiped out. This totally sucks. Chills, body aches, and these horrible twitching and muscle cramps at night. Looking forward to this being done!
Maria
Start tapering as soon as you can. I was comforatble on 1 mg after a taper and as many have said this is a strong medication.
Pandaman
You are in the belly of the beast but it should start to get better in the next few days, not great but slowly better and managable. How long and at what dose of Subs were you on? Keep hydrated and use vitamins to help with symptons. Read about Ricks natural blend above and some recommend exercise and saunas. I just walked out in the Florida summer heat and wilted like a lilly.
Good luck all,
I'm going to try my hardest to explain this as easily as possible.
lets say I take the subs for a week straight and decreased everytime until on the last day I finally was down to like a 0.5 mg of subs, and then when I feel the discomfort feeling from weening off of the subs, you take a one perk 10. would that do anything at all or just keep repeating the cycle becuase I figured that people that are none addicts that need to take 4-5 every 6-8 hours wouldnt be addicted or withdraw from taking them. so why wouldnt it work for us?
DM- The naloxone in subs would stop the opiates in the perc from gettin into your brain (it might get some in your brain/system but you wouldn't feel any better from it). so it wouldnt do anything. if you're going to die or something from discomfort you'd need to take more sub to feel better (unless you stopped subs for like 36 hours then you can use other opiates). But screw that just try to deal with the discomfort. Or, ween slower if you need to.
And anyone that takes 4-5 every 6-8 hours would be addicted within 6 months. Withdrawl in gonna happen if you're hooked. there are ways to make it easier... thats bout it.
I just stopped in to say yesterday was my one month off subs/opiates. today is actually day 33.. I think? Took xanax last 4 nights dammit. I needed the good sleep. Hope no negative effects after I stop. Been taking high doses. Including right now.... So sorry if I sould retarded. I was feeling good before that though. Just needed a buzz from something besides pot for a bit lol. Damn addictions....
Later all. Good job everyone sober, and good luck to everyone trying.
DM- On a side note- I think it would be easier withdrawl wise to ween off of percs than subs. the sub w/ds last a lot longer and almost as intense in my opinion depending on dosages. Im one month clean and looking back, I wish I stopped subs for 36 hours and then weened off with percs. Sub might work alright in very short term use... like coming off oxy or something then use subs for 1 week weening and bam just stop... Idk. everyones different. i was a sub slave for like 2 years so it didnt help me.
AND PANDAMAN- Dont friggin take uppers like redbulls and addys which i think you mean adderall? Thats not good for withdrawl. take downers like benzos and alcohol IF U MUST. DS explained the rest.
Now i'm done. laters
I take 8mg sub a day (well now about 7mg) and about a month ago when I couldnt get no sub, I took a perc (well 2 actually since my tolerance to them is kinda high) and it did help with the WD, not completely but a good bit, and it was about 12 hours after I took 4mg of sub. Yea If you take the perc right after the sub it wont do nothing, but once you start feeling the WD it helps (it helped me anyway, but everyone is different).
DM: I used to take lortabs and percs and after about 3 weeks to a month of taking 10mg to 20mg every 4-6 hours I was hooked on them and if I didnt take nothing I would feel withdrawal. So if someone is taking 4 or 5 every 4-6 hours then I'm sure they will have withdrawal after taking them for 2 weeks or so and then stopping. Of course the more you take and the longer you take it for the worse the withdrawal will be.
I wish I had the money to get some percs to get through the worst part of sub withdrawal, not long enough to get me hooked, just about days 2-9 or so.
Want2sleep: Congrats on day 33!!! I wish I could skip from where I'm at now to where you are at, lol. You are so much stronger than me, I really dont know if I will be able to make it when I do jump off. Congrats!!!
Want2sleep
Way to go busting out of the sub cage for over a month. Be cool with the x's, skip days and don't go nuts and you should be fine. it is our nature to seek th eeasy way out, I know I have done a few x's every few days, just a 1/4 though.
Maria
All of us have self doubt and think we are weaker than we are. Three to four weeks of discomfort seems like an eternty but it passes soon enough. I would not jump from 7mg so taper down to 1mg and it should be like a long flu
with out the cough. Your mind will play tricks on you so try not to have subs around or you will be tempted like Adam and Eve biting the apple. You can do this Baby girl.
I wish I could do this without having subs around, but my hubby is still going to have to take them while I'm coming off, so I know there will be temptation but I'm just gonna have to try to tough it out. I wish I could get my hands on same xanax's and some ambien (doc had me on those when I had insurence because I have sleeping problems as it is).
Yeah Ds, I was going several days between xan use but Just got through a 4 day binge of doing some every night. And I usually take 2 or more of the full bars. Probably not necessary, because it's really messing with my memory and I'm sleeping TOO much for a friggin change. Not doing any xans for a good while.
Thanks everyone for your support. I don't know if I could have done this without the internet and yall. Mainly because There is nobody that I know personally that could help. Everyone I know is still asking if I need any pills or can get anything...jeesh. I feel at least 90% back to normal now. stomach is only thing that is occasionally an issue. But no big deal at all.
Maria- I agree with Ds that you should taper down to 1mg or lower. I jumped off at 12mgs and it was pretty bad. Ummm you get your subs from people like I did instead of docs right? I didn't know where to get xanax either because I never messed with it.... just ask around the people you get subs and stuff from and I'm sure some can find you xanax. You will almost certainly need it since you have a hard job and kids. I recommend pot too... I don't know your opinion on that though.
And if you're taking 7-8mgs daily now, you should try to taper straight to 4mgs at first. It won't be a problem at all. Then after that is when you might have to taper slower. Good luck. I know you can do it. It just takes serious planning and serious willpower and support.
Yea I get my subs from other people instead of the doc, well 3 people and I asked them and they dont really fool with xanax. One of them does addys but I dont like those, plus I've heard they wont help none with withdrawal anyway. And as far as pot goes, I've tried it 5 times and every time (exept the 4th time) it has made me really really sick and dizzy and I even passed out, everyone kept telling me that it's the type of pot I tried, but I tried 5 diff times (diff kinds) and every time the same thing except for once, and that time it just made me a little sick and sleepy. The last time I tried it I had a VERY bad experience with it, it made me really sick and a friend of a friend was gonna give me a ride to the store to get something to settle my stomache, and I ended up being drugged by him and well..I'm sure you can figure out the rest. So therefor I'm never going no where near pot again.
I tried just taking 4mg a day, and since I work mostely in the evening, by the time I'm at work I start feeling really bad. And if I just take 2mg in the morning at then 2 mg in the evening then it's almost as if I didnt take nothing at all. Right now I take 4mg when I get up and 3mg in the evening when I start feeling chills, cold sweats, and hot flashes.
I haave a question for those who have went through withdrawals, I have read what the withdrawal symptoms are and when I go through withdrawal when I cant get any subs, I have all those symptoms along with a few other symptoms. So the question is, is it just me or does anyone else feel like you constantly have to stretch, like you could stretch a mile and it still wont feel enough? And I also cant ever get confortable, like when I'm in bed, as soon as I think I might be ok, I gotta move or turn over again, and over and over. And I just feel really restless. Of course along with all the other awful symptoms.
Just a quick hello at the moment. I'm still around. Still slowly getting to my goal of living life without drugs. Still slipping up occasionally. Still enjoying my beer (don't drink that much, don't have a problem with it really). Still on psych meds for anxiety.
But things are still getting better every day. Good to see you still posting Rick. Hope things are well with you. I'm at work. Lunch is almost over. I haven't time to read the latest posts right now. I will do later.
I been feeling a bit down the last few weeks but much better at the moment. CBT (cognitive behavioural therapy) with the psychologist is really helping me make sense of the/my world post drug addiction and how to live life again, getting my confidence back, etc. It's a team effort one2one with a psychologist.
Anyway, bye for now and best wishes to every one kicking or trying to kick the habit.
Love to all,
Phil.
Every one is different on the quantity of subs you take, but if you are doing 7-8mg daily, and anything less freaks you out...something is off. The subs are very strong, and you should not have any reall physical issues by lowering it to 2-4 daily. I am not you, but do believe, that perhaps your anxiety is getting the best of you. Most everyone here has tapered quickly to 1/2 or less of there normal dose and all was just fine. You will need to make your decision and go for it. You are going to be just fine on 2mg daily. That crap isn't like doing short acting opiats....i.e., the more the merrier...doesn't work that way, and as you probably know...it will be in your brain receptors for 2 weeks before it loosens up. Be strong and make it happen....you have support here.
I discovered this forum yesterday morning (Day 5 of 0 Subs). I have to say, it was eye-opening and incredibly disappointing [no, make that heartbreaking!]. I was on 120 mgs of oxy's for 11 months in 2009...and quit cold turkey. That was damn rough. The day after I took my last pill, I hopped on a plane and flew to Los Angeles for a 4 day industry trade conference (working the booth, networking, etc.). Besides the painful WDs, it seemed like an out-of-body experience. Somehow, I made it through...and actually did some decent business. When i returned to South Florida, I struggled with the anxiety, depression, and lack of motivation. But, I worked out, played golf, worked, and after another 3-4 weeks, really felt good. That was June/July of last year.
Unfortunately, I relapsed in November....and was back to 150 mg of oxy/day. As with most everyone on this forum, my true quality of life was lousy (needing a 30 mg pill to get started in the morning, no motivation to be active and to exercise, to go out and enjoy life, greatly diminished sex drive....the list goes on). So, not wanting to experience the difficult withdrawals and detox that I gone through just one year before with no pharmaceutical aid, I went to a Detox Center and started Suboxone on May 29...going from 8 mg first day...immediately then to 4 mg /dayfor 8 weeks..then 2 mg/day for a week, 1 mg/day for a week...and then .5 to .25 mg/day last week. Thursday was my last Sub (.25 mg). I know that I extended my 4 mg dosage per day for too long....but I had to be productive and I struggled to do so on less than 4 mg/day. Still, I was committed to weaning off the Subs...and everything seemed to be going smoothly. I truly believed that Suboxone was a wonder drug for opiate addiction. All was cool on Friday and Saturday...but then Sunday (Day 3) I started feeling like crap. But, it wasn't too bad. But then Monday was worse and by yesterday morning, I was in the full throws of Suboxone withdrawal. Because so many posters here have detailed the terrible symptoms and the pain, I'll skip what I'm going through only to say that I can barely function in my business. I will add that I have forced myself to go for a hard swim in the ocean for the last three days (although it took everything I had to drag my butt down to the beach, I know that it will speed me getting to "the other side" of this.
I called the Detox Center yesterday to tell them how i was feeling....and they said I could either come in for some more medication....or just to stick with it...and the withdrawal symptoms will "ease up" from here on out and I should be feeling much better by the end of the week. So of course I thought that I'll just gut it out through the end of this week...and everything will be much better from there.
But then, I found this site...and read about the extent and length of the withdrawal and detox period....AND...the lingering emotional difficulties. So, yesterday's "learning experience" was very disheartening. I just can't understand why we aren't informed about the length and severity of Suboxone withdrawal. It wasn't until reading these posts did U understand how strong Suboxone pills are and how long they last in your system, etc.
So, if I had to do it over again, I think I'd try to "taper off" the oxy's over a 1-2 month period...and then stop....as opposed to what I've now have to endure with stopping Suboxone.
I feel like crap!
I discovered this forum yesterday morning (Day 5 of 0 Subs). I have to say, it was eye-opening and incredibly disappointing [no, make that heartbreaking!]. I was on 120 mgs of oxy's for 11 months in 2009...and quit cold turkey. That was damn rough. The day after I took my last pill, I hopped on a plane and flew to Los Angeles for a 4 day industry trade conference (working the booth, networking, etc.). Besides the painful WDs, it seemed like an out-of-body experience. Somehow, I made it through...and actually did some decent business. When i returned to South Florida, I struggled with the anxiety, depression, and lack of motivation. But, I worked out, played golf, worked, and after another 3-4 weeks, really felt good. That was June/July of last year.
Unfortunately, I relapsed in November....and was back to 150 mg of oxy/day. As with most everyone on this forum, my true quality of life was lousy (needing a 30 mg pill to get started in the morning, no motivation to be active and to exercise, to go out and enjoy life, greatly diminished sex drive....the list goes on). So, not wanting to experience the difficult withdrawals and detox that I gone through just one year before with no pharmaceutical aid, I went to a Detox Center and started Suboxone on May 29...going from 8 mg first day...immediately then to 4 mg /dayfor 8 weeks..then 2 mg/day for a week, 1 mg/day for a week...and then .5 to .25 mg/day last week. Thursday was my last Sub (.25 mg). I know that I extended my 4 mg dosage per day for too long....but I had to be productive and I struggled to do so on less than 4 mg/day. Still, I was committed to weaning off the Subs...and everything seemed to be going smoothly. I truly believed that Suboxone was a wonder drug for opiate addiction. All was cool on Friday and Saturday...but then Sunday (Day 3) I started feeling like crap. But, it wasn't too bad. But then Monday was worse and by yesterday morning, I was in the full throws of Suboxone withdrawal. Because so many posters here have detailed the terrible symptoms and the pain, I'll skip what I'm going through only to say that I can barely function in my business. I will add that I have forced myself to go for a hard swim in the ocean for the last three days (although it took everything I had to drag my butt down to the beach, I know that it will speed me getting to "the other side" of this.
I called the Detox Center yesterday to tell them how i was feeling....and they said I could either come in for some more medication....or just to stick with it...and the withdrawal symptoms will "ease up" from here on out and I should be feeling much better by the end of the week. So of course I thought that I'll just gut it out through the end of this week...and everything will be much better from there.
But then, I found this site...and read about the extent and length of the withdrawal and detox period....AND...the lingering emotional difficulties. So, yesterday's "learning experience" was very disheartening. I just can't understand why we aren't informed about the length and severity of Suboxone withdrawal. It wasn't until reading these posts did U understand how strong Suboxone pills are and how long they last in your system, etc.
So, if I had to do it over again, I think I'd try to "taper off" the oxy's over a 1-2 month period...and then stop....as opposed to what I've now have to endure with stopping Suboxone.
I feel like crap!
I am on day 4 of detoxing off sub and i feel like I am dying.... I need to know if tomorrow I am finally going to start feeling better!?! I am So sick I have no energy to do anything!Can someone please tell me if I am near the end of this hell I am in......
Maxxy...per my post immediately above yours, I'm on Day 6 and I feel worse than I did on Day 4. Sorry for the "bad news"! I've read through many of the posts on this site, and I don't recall anyone saying that Day 4 was the worst...and it gets better from there. Hang in there! I'm two days ahead of you...and going through the same hell!
SoFlo Male and Maxxy, good luck on kicking this thing and hang in there. I know I myself am not the person to go to for WD help as I cant even go from taking 7mg a day to 4mg a day, even though I am even more determined to do it now. A lot of people on here that have went through this sub hell or that are still going through it say that xanax or other "downers" help a lot with some WD symptoms, it will help relax you a bit and help you go to sleep. Just try not to go crazy with them because you'll just have yet another addiction.
Maxxy, what I've read on here is that it will start getting better in the next few days, and once you start feeling a bit better it will just start getting easier every day for then on.
Good luck you 2!! Hopefully I will doing the same in the next few weeks.
Maxxy and soflo- good to see yall. Glad we have some new recovery recruits lol. Try to avoid looking into the future right now. As the AA/NA people always say, "take it one day at a time." This is so true... Just worry about how you are doing right now and how you can overcome it. Suboxone withdrawl is long lasting and rollercoaster-ish. Some days you will think you're over the hill, but then the next day you can feel like shit. That's just how it is. There are things/remedies that can ease the pain. Just expect one month of discomfort...
Maria- You are definately not alone with the stretching feeling and all that BS. That's personally my most feared and hated part. It's the restless legs or whatever but It can be your whole body. keep stretching and changing positions with no relief. Then after about 5 days all that stretching adds up and your SORE AS HELL. Of course these symtoms increase when you want to sleep...
Rick said pretty much exactly what I would have said about the suboxone tapering. You should not feel discomfort going from 7mgs to 4mgs. I'm not saying that you do not. Everyone is different. But perhaps rick is right and it is your anxiety getting the best of you. I jumped from 32mgs to 12mgs easily so I know it's possible to go from 7 to 4. Just keep trying to make some progress each day.
Soo.... I'm finding myself getting angry all the time lately. Is this normal behavior for one month clean? I think it might be because I cut back on smoking cigs, but I've been a huge asshole lately. I argue about everything and i'm arrogant(sp) and snappy. Even almost got into a physical fight yesterday. Luckily they were scared. Possibly the xanax I was doing? I've never been a joyful person but I don't remember being this negative. Hopefully this is not my sober self forever!
Sorry if what I say isn't the most motivating words yuo'll hear. I try to think and speak logically. I don't tell people things will be better than they will. I just try to tell the truth of what to expect. Had to throw that out there...
Marie and W2S...thanks for the welcome and words of support. As I said in my initial post, just yesterday becoming aware of what we all have to go through to kick the Subs was quite depressing. But, I'm so glad that I was able to find this site...and "benefit" from the information...so I can steel myself for what I have to endure. Again, I'm day 6 and feeling like shit...but, again I forced myself into the ocean for a 45 minute swim and just showered, shaved, and dressed. I've got some errands to do...and then going to meet some buddies for a drink. Alcohol is not a problem for me...but I don't imbibe much anyway. It's more social...and I think this evening will be good for me (to get out). I sure as hell wasn't up to it the previous few days.
SoFlo....I feel you friend. Day six is rough. For me 5-7 were the bottom, then slow and gradual improvement....to nothing to smile about till day's 11-14...sorry, its a bitch that way. So as said, take it a day at a time. You will expect improvement tomorrow, but it will likely not happen....the subs are like oweing money, but...with each payment (day). that goes by, in the beginning....you owe MORE money than when you started....very frustrating for the head....Just know...it absolutely will go away, honest....just do what you are doing...sleep and food are everything, yet the hardest things. Hang in....you will see blue skys in a few more days and the beautiful things in life that we all ignored for so long, will return. Food will tast great again, sex will smile upon your loins and you will sleep, with out the dreaded RLS (my worst part). Keep strong....I agree...had I known the 2-3 week bS of this, I would have gladely tapered from the Oxy's etc....hell, 3-6 days off that crap and it's over. Keep reading my friend.
Want2Sleep....I didn't/don't have anger issues, but man..did I have mushy emotional issues...I would weep at old movies....Not like me at all...just the silliest thing would set me off. I think, it might have been all the suppressed emotions from the opiats longing to be free.....God bless.....
Rick
I understand what you guys are saying about the fact that it might be anxiety making me feel the way I do sometimes. I usually take 4mg in the morning, 4mg in the evening, well now for the past few days I've been taking 3mg in the evening. If I just take 2mg in the morning then I feel as though I havnt even really took anything. I took 4mg this morning and gonna try my best not to take anything else today. Hopefully I will be able to do it, and do the same for about a week and then try to cut down some more. I'm hoping that within a month I will be ready to jump off completely. I wish my hubby would be able to do the same, but he dont have that much will power when it comes to something like this. If e takes less then he is used to he starts feeling worse then "normal" and it dont seem like he can take it very well. He takes between 12 to 20mg a day (1.5 to 2.5 8mg pills), depending on how he feels. I really wish that he would be able to cut down to at least 8mg a day, and no more. He said that he is trying to cut down, but it dont really seem like he is cutting down much. Yea he used to take about 24mg a day, and now he dont take more than 20mg on a bad day, most days he takes between 12 to 16mg though. Yea its a lot better than how much he used to take, but he's been cutting down for a few months now. Which I know that everyone is different and it take different lengths of time to taper comfortably. But anyway, I'm sorry for ranting on about something thats kinda irrelevant. I guess I just kinda wish he was taking less than he is. Once I'm done with the sub and over the WD, hopefully I will be able to help him come off.
Yeah I had those mushy feelings for a while for the first couple weeks. I would almost cry at rediculous stuff on tv. Now it's changed to anger. I figured out its because of people constantly bothering me, and cutting back on cigs. I want to quit them, because I smoke too much pot anyways.
Maria- Good job on taking the next leap. I don't think it will be too hard at 4mgs. You're mind will mess with you sometimes though. For example, if you have to do more work than usual or something, you will think you NEED that extra 3mgs or w/e. Or you will feel like you didn't take anything so you need more. This was my problem tapering. Had to do it cold turkey basically. I'm a weird person though. I do everything differently lol.
Long friggin day. Time to hit the sack.
Just a quick question, does anyone know how long is suboxones half life?
Rick,
Thanks, bud...for the encouragement....and for the plain, hard truth. Day 7 is today....hardly slept last night. Feel like absolute shit this morning. Somehow, I have to get some work done today (proposals and order processing). I just need to get to the weekend...Next Monday will be Day 11. Hopefully by then, I'll be able to function...
Maria, I'm attaching the first paragraph from a post by "g-man" from 19 months ago and talks to your question about sub half-life. I suggest you scroll down from the very top to his full post as he also does a pretty good job of shooting holes in the claims of "less severe" and "shorter" withdrawal experience with Subs. Good luck!
----
g-man 19 months ago
I think the original article is wrong in some respects. Sub does not have a short half-life like heroin or pain pills, which are around 3 hours. Sub has a half-life of 37.5 hours and methadone has one of 40 hours. Therefore, sub is very hard to get off of, as I am finding out as I type. My doc put me on maintenance suboxone for a year and a half without good reason, and now I'm having severe withdrawals (on my fifth day) even after tapering as he directed.
SoFlo, Thanks for pointing thaat out for me, I remembered reading that somewhre but wasnt sure where I've read it cuz I've been to a ton of websites on suboxone. Good job on 7 days and hope you are able to get through work ok. Good luck and like everyone said before, take it one day at a time, just focus on getting through today.
Good job Soflo, the worst will definately be over after the weekend. You sound like you are doing pretty good. Getting work done and such....Keep going to the beach like you said you did before. That helped me tons. For some reason, swimming in the ocean was perfect. It took away almost all symptoms. Hot baths did too. Probably spent 10 hours a day in my jacuzzi.
Next monday you probably won't feel great or anything though. But, you will be more able to work and concentrate better. Then, the third week is even faster and easier... then the fourth is cake... then basically normal.
Sleep is gonna be an issue for a while. Nights and mornings suck the worst. But if you can stay positive, then the afternoons and evenings can be okay. not awesome or anything, but okay.
Day 36 for me (I think... Jul 15th was day 1). I feel lazy a lot and sleep a lot which is funny because I was having the worst issues with sleeping. I mean, I go by want2sleep on here.... And I'm having mood swings like a teenage girl or something haha. But, I feel decent for the mose part. I laugh a lot more, and food is amazingly good. Pills definately dull food. Sex drive is out of control. Pills must have killed that too... and there is so much more that I appreciate in life.
Everyones doing supurb. Keep it up.
Most everyone on here says that they didnt have much of an appetite while on sub, but it's the other way around for me, esspecially the last month or so it seems like I'm always hungry or craving something or another. When I was on lortab and percocet I didnt have much of an appetite at all and lost a lot of weight, but since I've been on sub (since June 2009) I've actually gained like 15 or 20 pounds. Is that normal? I thought most people lose their appetite and lose weight while on sub.
And I've also heard that once you quit some kind of drug or whatever, that most people gain weight, is that true with when you quit suboxone too? Does that mean I'm gonna gain even more weight when I quit taking sub?
I know that is kind of a weird and crazy question, but I was just curious.
maria- After quitting subs you will probably lose weight at first. Mainly because its hard to eat for the first couple weeks. I lost 10 pounds. But after a while your appetite will probably be even bigger than it is while on subs. So it's possible to gain weight if you dont be careful. This is my case..... I gained the 10lbs back plus another 10. Thank god im skinny. need another 10lbs probably.
I was the same way on subs too... normal appetite and ate fine. loved the sweets and junkfood on subs. But yeah, it seems like most people dont have much appetite on subs from what I've heard too.
You've probably gained the weight because you switched from tabs to subs. Everyone loses weight on tabs/oxy.
That's all I can think of to answer your Q. Little drunk. I can't stay sober... gah... at least no opiates.
I guess I'm gonna have to be extra careful with food once I come off these things. When I first started taking sub I gained some weight, then there was a time when I didnt have no appetite at all and ended up losing some weight, and now I'm back to gaining weight. I just hope that once I come off of sub that I wont go over 140lbs (150 at most), lol. Thanks for the info!
I was taking suboxone for a severe heroin addiction since fall of 2006. I started with taking upwards of 48 mg suboxone per day. Over the past four years I have tried to finish taking suboxone by tapering and trying to come off 2mg. NO WAY! That is just as painful as quitting heroin. The way to do it is to taper down to 2mg and take that for about a month. Next taper down to 1 mg per day for a month. Then, cut the tablets again and taper down to 1/2 mg per day. Take 1/2 mg per day for a month also. Then, you will need a large syringe or measuring device. You will dissolve the quarter tablet (1/2 mg) in a specific amount of water and divide it into 2 days. Now you are taking 1/4mg per day. Do that for about a month. Next, dissolve with twice as much water, now you are down to 1/8 mg per day. I actually went two steps further and ended up at 1/32mg per day for two weeks (needed two syringes for such small doses). the solution looked like water but i kept taking it. Finally I decided to stop. Felt GREAT! It is the best feeling in the world to be off this and the key is definately TAPER TAPER TAPER and at least down to 1/4mg per day. Its been 2 weeks and I feel the same! Please stick with it suboxone sucks and its great to be FREE!
Hi all, just an update, day 11 sub wd. I was on 16mgs a day for a year and tapered 2 mg a month to 2 mgs a day and decided to kick off 2 mgs. Still feeling crappy, no appetite, no sleep, aches, pains, lethagy etc etc...Definitely better than a few days ago, less severe feeling. I've been drinking nutritional shakes and takes lots of vitamins. Getting some nutrients in your body really helps. I think kicking off at 2mgs was rough, in retrospect, I should have tapered a little more, but I wanted to quit and BE DONE and that is really the key to this whole thing, I think. So, still trying to get though every day, taking care of my 3 1/2 year old daughter and work. If I can get my butt the gym and hit the saunas, from everyones advice, will be good, just the thoughts of getting there makes me tired. Going to try and do some exercise today though. Will let you all know. Again, thank you for your honesty and sharing.
Want2sleep- off the redbulls and cut the adderall in half, just using enough to get up with my daughter at 7am and get her fed and dressed and still be loving responsible dad and not just caught up in my own hell.
DS - Thank you for the encouragement.
W2S, thanks for your message to me...and the support. Day 7 (yesterday) was rough...but not as rough as 5 and 6. I was able to get a bit of work done...and again forced myself to take a swim. I do feel much better after the exercise...at least for a couple of hours. I purposely had not used a sleeping agent the previous 2 nights (and had maybe 4.5 hours of very restless sleep). But last night, I took a Xanax about 1.5 hours before i hit the sack. Although I woke up twice for 45 minutes or so, I did wind up getting 8 hours of sleep (first time in a week). Day 8 is today. Still feeling like crap...but not as bad as yesterday. Making progress has lifted my spirits (and yes, I know from our fellow posters, that it's still going to be up and down...and tomorrow or Sunday I might feel worse)..but the fact that I've had consecutive "slightly better" days is encouraging. And, I'm almost to the weekend...when I won't be as dispirited for not being productive.
I am so looking forward to feeling 'alive' again. Looking back at my 20 months on and off opiates...and the two months on the subs, your words about missing fundamental human enjoyments (food, sex, fun, etc.) really hit home. I've always been someone who's completely enjoyed life with gusto. I've travelled the world, been fortunate enough to splurge at incredible restaurants, drink amazing wines, enjoy the company of wonderful women, and spent quality time with great friends and a wonderful family. Without a doubt, the opiates withdrew me from so much of that. It's embarrassing to admit how often over the last couple of years that I laid on the couch throughout the week and all weekend, watching TV and ordering delivery food. And I live right on the beach in one of South Florida's nicest oceanside cities with new hotels, restaurants, and clubs right beside me....all up and down the beach. How ridiculous is that? Very sad. So, I've got to get through this...and back to live. Every day I send myself a text message with the simple words: LIVE...LIVE...Long and Wide! That's my motivational mantra. The "Wide" part of it comes from something I read last week about former Dallas Cowboys Super Bowl winning coach Jimmy Johnson....who at age 67 is going to be on the upcoming Survivor tv series. I've not watched much of Survivor over the years...but I know that it's a grueling test for the contestants. Asked why he's putting himself through such an ordeal, Johnson (retired from coaching, makes nice money and has fun as a TV NFL commentator, lives in Key Largo, fishes, swims, and boats every day) replied with this quote, "Live your life from the start to the finish, but don't just live the length of it. Live the width of it, too."
All of us on this forum that are going through the hell and toll of addiction, detox/withdrawal, recovery and healing (physically, emotionally, mentally), and fending off relapse....need to get back to where we can start living the "width" of our lives!
tstro - Thanks for that input, I am still currently on sub and trying to taper down to where I can jump off completely. I think I might give your idea a shot and see how it works for me, because I will admit that I'm not a very strong person when it comes to withdrawal.
Pandaman and SoFlo - You guys sound like you are doing a really great job with handling this, you are so much stronger than I could ever imagine to be. Any time when I wasnt able to get any sub and had to go through a day or 2 of withdrawal I couldnt even barely get up to do anything, and ya'll seem to manage to even exercise. And from what everyone says is the first 2 days is a piece of cake and it seemed like hell for me. Well keep it up and good luck!!
Maria - You can do it. I am not so strong, trust me, I've trying quitting so many times, so many struggles, like everyone here. Take your time and be ready, emotionally. Get you supplements and food ready. Have everything prepared so you don't have to think, just heal. Don't keep it secret either, share with anyone you trust, the conversation alone with a sympathetic friend, is a welcome distraction, and will take some of the edge off. Ask for help, don't do it alone. Look at everyone here. YOU CAN DO IT!!!
ADVICE/HELP!
Sooo00, it's been over 5 weeks and this is still the hardest thing I've ever done in my entire life. I am having the hardest time going without any drugs. Yes, I'm opiate free for this long, but I've never been a drinker or a xan head and now I am doing one or the other OR BOTH every single day. It still feels like friday the 13th ive been so faded... My parents passed from addiction so I need to learn from them.
My goal is to just smoke pot. It's so hard. Is anyone else having these issues? I mean, it feels great off pills, and everything is way better... but It's impossible to move on with my life under the influence of xanax. And for some reason I keep on doing it!!!! I'm not addicted to it yet, but I am addicted to getting "messed up" in general. Shouldn't have started drugs at age 12... read somewhere that if you start that young, only 5% ever become sober. Great inspiration...
Another thing is the people I hang out with. It's so lonely at home all the time with nobody (except customers hassling me), especially with no girlfriend or job or something. So, I go out with friends almost daily. Of course, they are all pill addicted... So within 30 mins of hanging out they want to go make money on pills or do pills.
Everyday I get offered oxys and have to say no. (not by friends of course, just fuckin idiots that dont care or understand my situation), This is even when avoiding phone calls... I know EVERY fuck in this city, so everywhere I go someone is hassling me about pills. It's because I was/am a "dealer". Would love to stop... but bills to pay.
Any advice would be great... I feel like the only way out is to get away from everyone, but then I'd have no money. I need to go back to college... but how would i remember class on 2 xan bars?... Life is harder than I expected as a kid haha. Hopefully I figure this out soon. Almost feel more pressure now than ever.
Hopefully this LSD dose this weekend will inspire me and make me think deeply. (experienced tripper) Hoping the LSD will enlighten me like usual. Actually, I dosed 2 days before jumping off subs... it does positive things for me.
Sorry for the long, boring, negative post. I'm not really feeling that negative, These are just issues I want to handle quick-like.
I would love to see how DS and Krys are handling things... yall are only few day ahead of me. Advice from yall is ideal. Rick also is always on the money with advice...
PS: I know this post is bologna, like my last few. Sorry, it's the friggin xanax. I need help though.
Hopefully I will be in the right state of mind soon, and able to contribute to others more. Thanks all.
Panda, and soflo- Yall are just doing wonderful.
Now that I'm not intoxicated like the above post I can explain why I'm going through this... It all boils down to my past experiences and memories. It's filled with horrible things and very little good moments. I don't want to go into detail but lets just say I watched my parents die, best friend die, and I've personally killed a man in self defense. All before I was 20. There is much much more as well, such as never accomplishing anything etc.. These thoughts don't go away no matter what. I need to learn how to accept things how they are and move on and try to do good things. The xanax is not helping. Please be careful if you have gone down the same road and are taking xanax to get off opiates. It's making matters worse now. But... Bout to pop 2 bars of course.
At least you all are doing well. I need a girlfriend. haha
Want2sleep- So hesitant to go here but I will do it anyway. The only way to even start to begin to feel better is to be forgiven, not just forgiving yourself but being forgiven by a higher source. I don't know if your ready to hear that but I feel your suffering. I have lived a similar path and survived (am surviving) to talk about it. I just turned 40 and 2 weeks after my birthday kicked a 2 year suboxone treatment (treatment, ha,ha.) 14 days into it and just starting to feel better. I still f*ck up, but I am only human and just strive for the best, just as you are already doing. Seriously though, those friends are not going to help. You are better off finding a church group to hand with or an NA group. They are all f'd up too ,but at least they acknowledge it. Good luck man.
Want2sleep
I know how you feel about wanting to take something, we are not used to being without a crutch. This sub withdrawal for the first month was like groundhogs day when you wake-up, if you sleeped at all, and the sun comes up and you still feel like hell. I am feeling pretty much normal now. The first two weeks were tough with the next couple of weeks less so. The past two weeks have gotten me almost back to normal - as I recall. So after 46 days I am subfree with no sleep aids except a couple of ill thought thru cocktail binges. Emotions are in check, energy back full force, and now I think it is important to fill time with activity. Boredom can be your worst enemy especially if you hang out with people who may tempt you to use something you should not. If you are drinking it will be much easier to just say f-it and take a opiate and have to start the process all over. This is a long term commitment to stay clean and not a 30 day stopoff for me, too much pain invested at this point to fall back.
Stay focused my freinds,
Day 11....and now feeling better each day (from Day 8 Friday). I hope it's a trend that continues (although virtually all fellow posters here seem to agree on the lengthy/ongoing struggle with the sub withdrawal, detox, recovery, and "getting back to normal"! Normal seems quite far away. I wish I could afford some additional "down time" to work my way through this...but I can't. I have to be productive (to conduct business, to deal with personal issues...some as simple as bill paying...some as complex as selling my home and relocating to another state). On top of that, I'm still dealing with the loss of my company (that failed last about 18 months ago) and the subsequent loss of my wife, which broke my heart. Losing my wife and the company I founded is still heartbreaking. Then three weeks ago, I had an inspection done on my home (in preparation to sell) and found out that previous owners had remodeled extensively and must have used contractors that didn't adhere to code. So, I had to hire contractors that have been here daily over the last 3 weeks to rip out the old electric and plumbing...replace with code compliant parts...and then repair (drywall and plaster) 30 holes in my ceilings and walls. They should be finished by Wednesday...and then the painters come in for a couple of days. Then the place has to be cleaned from top to bottom. Of course, I stopped my sub program in the middle of all this. If I had to do it over again, I would have pushed out the 0 sub start until perhaps after I sell, close, and move. I was so non-functional and non-productive last week that I didn't know how how or if I could make it through. Again, today is quite a bit better than last week...so, I'm hopeful!
This is so difficult that I've become an outspoken opponent of opiates, pain meds, etc. I think I've been successful in eductatin (and scaring) most of my friends to the point that they'll never fall prey!
SoFlo male
You are thu the worst it would seem, my acute symptons were gone within the first two weeks then mostly minor stuff. Sorry to hear about your personal issues, life comes at you pretty fast sometimes. Stay the course and soon this will be just a bad memory and you will be on the road to a new start in life. I think it a admirable you share this experience with your friends to help keep them from following you into this unfortunate bubble. I could not share with my friends and family or it would have caused other problems I will not go into here.
I wish you the best,
Ds
Hi all....I think it all comes down to this.....we are addicted to addiction. The desire to remove dependence is strong and good, but the end result is a hole, a void, an emptyness that was always filled with "something", so, at least for me, the normal feeling is so damn unrewarding. That my friends is the big deal...hence, we do beer, pot, benzos, whatever...the fact that it is NOT opiats or Subs, makes it seem better, and in fact it is...for we have slayen that deamond, but just replaced it with a lesser one. I am right there. Proud to be opiat and sub free, but upset at mysel lthat I fill the hole with beer. I think the name for it, which I learned from Paul, is called PAWS....Post Accute Withdrawl Syngrome. That is a head thing, but since the head produces chemicals....it creates an uncomfortable sence of anxiety....false sence of need to remove it, by masking it, and most importantly...a beliefe that it is better. Well, it is better, but not free....at least for me. My life is as complicated as many here, less than some and more so than others....but, at the end of the day....I have my family, friends...and so far my job. I just wish the PAWS would end, and that involves something we cant drink, eat, smoke or inhaile...it is, wait for it.....NATURE. I will say....with each week, (5 months off now), I improve and have much longer anxiety free moments....it is great, but then....boom....that fool brain of mine tells me to fill the hole...so, I have a few beers. Don't get me wrong...that is nothing like what we left behind, but it is just a pissy little annoyance...yet, universal here....so don't beat yourself up about substitutions of a lesser evil for a while....it has its purpose for some, not all. Just know that...love, God, friends and family are the answer. I expect this to be over on my ONE year anniversairy....and will look forward to that end, if it completely gone b4 then....cool, but I can hang on...I am not biting my nails over it...sleeping well, eating well and my humor is back....soon, the naggy little mental gremlins will die of old age and I will be at peace, and you all will too.
All the best friends.
Hey everyone, I havent been on here in a few days, but thats because my hubby had to go to the hospital. His feet and legs started swelling really bad and his chest was hurting. We found out that it was his blood pressure causing him to detain water, or something like that. He has had high blood pressure for about 4 or 5 years now, but it has gotten a whole lot worse here lately. It was 201 over 137 at the hospital. They gave him some meds to take and last night his blood pressure finally started going down some. It's acting like a bouncy ball, it'll go down and then back up, but it hasnt went up as high as it was, which is really good. The swelling is almost gone too. The doctor said that if he wouldnt have went to the hospital when he did then water would have started to collect around his heart and cause part of it to shut down, and eventually shut down completely. So he gave us a bit of a scare. But he's starting to get better now so it's a good thing.
I was wondering something by the way, my hubby is on sub too, and he has high blood pressure and also heart problems (irregular heart beat and something else, not sure what it was) He also had a heart attack 2.5 years ago. I heard somewhere that if a person has heart problems or something, that if they were to try to quit sub they could be at a high risk for a heart attack. Is that true? He wants to quit sub too, but ever since we heard that, he has been kinda iffy about trying to.
Plus with all that going on, I had a job interview this morning and got the job, I have to go in to fillout paperwork in the morning and I start work this Thursday. So with me going to work now, it's going to be even harder for me to try to quit. I know many people do it and work at the same time, but I wouldnt be able to do it. I would probably get fired. So I guess what I'm gonna try to do is what tstro said he did (posted 3 days ago). I hope that will work for me, because I dont know any other option other than just jumping off and going through the withdrawals and working at the same time. I know, I'm a wimp. lol.
All of you guys sound like you are doing great. Good luck and hope ya'll can get through the withdrawal hell.
Well, I guess if you drank too much, did to many pills, or smoked pot prior to starting opiates it would be somewhat nieve to think that by stopping opiates that the pre-existing habits would go away when you stopped. I know many people who have stopped without suffering PAWS and some with. It is important to understand what PAWS is, but on the other hand many people will not suffer from it and it could be difficult for someone in the first couple of weeks to think they will suffer from longer term effects. This could discourage folks from getting off the subs which would be a damn shame.
Please understand that quitting subs will not fill your bank account, bring back your girlfriend, of fix any other underlying issues you had before. It will however allow you to focus with a clear mind on how to get your life back without the additional baggage of opiates and the time, cost and lost relationships they helped cause.
If you were an asshole before you may well be an asshole after. If you drank before that may not go away. Everyone is different so do not fear PAWS - it may or maynot affect you but if it doe's it cannot be anything like acute withdrawal. I suppose boredome is what caused many of us to end up here to begin with so it would not be a shock to end up lackiing motivation. Opiates tend to give people energy and mask emotions so when that facade is taken away we are left with ourself, warts and all. I have no anxiety at all after 47 days and although
I miss the extra jolt of energy and need to keep busy I have no hankering to do drugs. A couple if cocktails now and then is where is was when I got on this bus and that is where I am now. If you restart you will not pass go and will not collect two hundred dollors.
Fear not:
Maria- Well, opiate addiction can cause serious drops and rises in blood pressure. The more opiates you take, the higher the blood pressure raises, then the less you take the lower your blood pressure gets (this is why needle users can't find veins when dopesick... low BP). So that bouncing around on a daily basis is not good. My father was on the same boat with oxys and cocaine, and sadly had is final heart attack 3 years ago.
In my opinion, your husband should be on supervised detox if he ever decides to quit. It's dangerous for patients like him to do it at home. Dangerous to use opiates, and dangerous to quit... hard situation. I'd say his heart would greatly improve if he could get off though, and get some aerobic exercise.
Congrats on the job though. That's a good thing. I'm the same way, had to quit work in order to get through this. Maybe you could take vacation time with this new job after proving for a few months to be a good worker? I don't know.
If you can do tstro's method, let me know. This seems really complicated and drawn out to me. But it also seems like it could really remove almost all withdrawls. Interested in seeing other results from this method.
Remember you're not a wimp. This shit is harder than navy seals boot camp haha. Haven't experienced that... just making that up. But whatever hardships you are on, just remember that billions of people have gone through harder. That's something to be grateful about.
Day 41 for me (I think)- Had a wake up call from xanax. My kidneys store the chemical somehow, and it caused me to have mild seizures these last couple days. This is what the doc said in the hospital at least. They wanted to give me morphine and I declined. Because your body gets really sore after jolting and convulsing. Proud to have declined. was tempted haha. Also, no drugs except pot since. keeping it that way. no way in hell I will pop xanax after that.
Anxiety is my only issue now... I do recall having anxiety and insomnia before addiction... so it could be something I just have to deal with... perhaps adhd.
Well, I'm off to my second home (the woods). Bout to hunt me a hog and feast with some buddies. Yeah, I'm a redneck.
Oh you must have posted right before me DS. I just have to say that is a great, informative post that everyone needs to read. I don't think I experienced PAWS... not sure if I believe in it either. Should be called pre-existing mental issues haha.
But you're so right about taking drugs before opiates, and expecting to be in the clear after quitting opiates. It can be harder than that for people like me...
See, before gettin on the opiate train, I was already a daily pot user for years, and did the coke, ecstasy, all that stupid shit. So, I was already an addict before getting addicted. When I tried oxy it was over.
I think my anxiety now days comes from pot. It goes away after I smoke. They say weed isn't addicting... but I beg to differ. If I don't smoke, it's almost like opiate withdrawls. hard to sleep/eat/ and I get in a bitchy mood. So I shall stick pot till I die probably. Although, it would be an extra 100$ a day if i quit.... hmm...
I think DS post fits in with you as well rick. Give it a good read.
Hey everyone, it's been a while-for a reason. I'm very ashamed to say I slipped up. I went on a 6 day oxy binge. Bad idea. I knew it was a bad idea while I was doing it, but didn't care.
While it can be comforting to compare stories, it's really important to remember just how different everyone's situation is. Whether PAWS is real or not I really have no clue. I just know that life for me after opiates is very hard. Of course that's a catch-22 because life with opiates sucks too.
All this talk about pre-exsisting menatal issues is definetly ringing a bell for me. Since the age of 13, I've been smoking pot and drinking, and I've always had a bit of anxiety, so of course I'm going to feel those things again post opiates. BUT, this is way over the top for me. It seems I can't function outside of my house. I'm going to have to figure it out since I go back to work in less than two weeks from maternity leave.
Everyone is doing so well on here, so I feel ashamed for having relapsed. I had to quit oxy and go on subs because I found out I was pregnant(or at least that's what the doc's suggested, had I been more educated,I would have done things differently.)I jumped off subs at 4mg 2 weeks after having my baby, not the smartest thing, but I had the support of my parents and the time off work so I figured now or never. I think the horror of the subs withdrawl and some post-partum depression, mixed with being in my house alone alot with the baby could have been the bad combo that did me in. I can make excuses all day long, but the fact remains, I'm apparently not strong enough to handle the feelings I'm left with after pills.
I think what I really need is treatment, but that's just not an option for many reasons I won't go into, I fear I've bored everyone enough!
My point is, the struggle can be harder for some people more than others, and that really shouldn't scare anyone from going off subs. No matter how hard it is to go off subs, you have to do it sometime, you can't stay on them forever.
As for me, no oxys since saturday. Kinda feels like I'm starting over, so let that be a lesson to anyone considering going on a 6 day oxy binge like my dumb-ass self!
Want2sleep, you're my hero. I didn't have pills or morphine shoved in my face, I actually had to seek them out. You have some serious will-power to resist all of those times, you should be proud.
I hope all of my fellow jumpers who began their journey's around the same time I did, still consider me part of the club even after my little blip:(
Words of encouragement would help.
Stay strong everyone, you are all doing so well!
I'm really disappointed with myself this morning. I've been reading this forum while tapering down, ready to get completely free of subs. I went from around 2mg to about 1mg, then to .65 mg. Only waited about a week between drops. Last night I just couldn't take the leg cramps/spasms/etc. I was so tired I was nuts, but had to keep moving or I don't know what. Finally, about 2am I went to the fridge and ate two more .65 pieces (I'd had one about 12 hours before). In a few minutes I was fine. Ha. I feel like I've blown all my progress and will never be able to pull this off. The one thing that was different about last night was that I took 50 mg of benadryl and a flexeril to try to ward off the cramps I'd been having. Butm what I'd been having was nothing to what I experienced last night. Can somebody tell me if it was the benadryl and/or flexeril that made things so much worse? Could one of you tell me what to do about getting back on my taper schedule? Should I try to start back at .65mg or go all the way back to 1mg? I'm afraid if I have another night like last night I'll just say to hell with it and stay on subs. I've been on them for 5 years. Yeah. Until about a month ago I was on a regular dose of about 2mg. I really want this poison out of my body and life, as well as the lives of those around me. Yet, at this point I feel like a hopeless, weak, failure. Talk to me people.
Krys and CrazyInAlabama
It is tough getting off of opiates whether it be oxys or sub. Don't beat yourself up too bad it took me three times to quit - each time making it a week then falling off the wagon. On a side note I read where " falling off the wagon" came from" In old England they would take prisioners to the gallows on a wagon. They would stop at a bar close to the hangin place and let the condemed have one last beer. Once the bar tender asked a condemned man if he wanted another beer, the gaurd then said, no - he's on the wagon. Just a bit of folklore. In any case Failure is part of the process so don't dispair. Krys you may want to taper off oxys quickly instead of going back on subs, it may be faster albeit hard but thats up to you. I have been fighting this for nearly 10 years, seven on opiates, three on subs and this is the first time I feel I have it under control with no noticable effects. Be good to yourself and do what is good for you and your family. Try not to increase dosage and watchout for rabbit holes.
Let us know how you are doing.
Oh, CrazyInAlabama, if you are stable at around 1mg you have not gone off the reservation too far. I would slowly come down back to .65 mg then to .5 then to .25 week by week. From what I understand the lower the dose the better. Just know there is no free ride and some discomfort will probably occur. These subs and sticky little bastards and tend to hang on to receptors for sometime. I jumped at about 2mg but Want2sleep came off much higher and is slogging thru okay from his post. Adjust your expectations so you know what to expect. My first jump I listened to the "professionals" who said there would be minor withdrawal symptons for about seven days. For me it was two weeks very tough, two weeks tough, and two weeks irritating. Now just the same old pain in the ass I was before, and I'll take that.
KRYS- There is no need to stress about this too much. None of us feel less of you at all. It's part of the process. We've all had relapses... at least I know I've had 3-4 major ones where I would go at least a couple weeks and slip up. 99% of the time, that one slip up will end you up on the opiate train again. Just a warning.
I still think you're doing good. If you haven't done oxy since saturday I think you said, then in a couple of weeks this will just be a speedbump. I wouldn't even consider it a relapse if you can keep it clean for here on out. I really hope that you don't have to go through a long withdrawl from that. It will probably be mostly mental rather than physical after friday or saturday.
Not sure about the treatment thing. I've tried it twice personally... and walked out within days each time. Not just because of wanting to use, but because their policies. All the god talk kills me since I'm agnostic/borderline atheist. And they only let me smoke like 5 cigs a day... eat when they want me to eat... sleep when they want...paperwork a lot.. meetings (basically prison/boot camp)... I just needed to do it on my own time which is what the "professionals" say never works. All treatment centers are different though. Some are probably great and might not boss you around as much. These are my experiences.
Also, I know exactly what you mean about not feeling strong enough to deal with life and feelings during sobriety. It's really hard for me too as I had a breakdown a few days ago. Everything is overwhelming to say the least. But, you have to trust that you do have the willpower. Whether you believe a god/higher power gave it to you or not, you definately have the willpower. It's the "paws", or the staying clean part that messes with your head. We were hooked for years, so we can't expect to be superman/women within a month or 2. Us addictive people are always impatient, and we want what we want, when we want it. Am I right?
And you're not boring! I feel like I can relate to you, so I really enjoy reading your posts. Please try to avoid the opiates. Just remember, I'll be sitting here with super anxiety just like you. haha
Anything I missed or any questions, please ask us.
Good luck all. (this was all typed on an iphone... holy crap) Hope everyone has a good day!
Hey, everybody! Im on my second tour of Suboxone wd and i'll say this much is the ONLY certainty that goes for every user and everybody who is prescribed Suboxone long term and is comfortable that way- it's not you. If you think you are yourself on Suboxone bc it's marginally better at concealing your problem. think again.
The OTHER thing (really, these are the 2 universal truths about Suboxone, the rest has evidence to the contrary posted usually from one person to the next)that I can tell is that the longer youve been on them or continue to "taper" is just making the inevitable that much worse. Yes, no matter who you are, it only gets harder and harder per dose taken over x amount of years so you may consider this idea: Start saving yoour life today
Diggsy age 26
habit: 1- 8 mg injested under tongue switched out every 2 day or so with a few bags of H.
Kick: 11 of the flesh pealingist, rancidly slow, jesus discovering days Iver ever had. Crying, kicking, begging for mercy, like ive seeen alot of the lucky ones on here it was all over after this hard 11.
Diggsy age 30, today is my 20th gd day of kicking. Ive had symptoms this time around that I did not have before and I'm missing some from the last time (no sneezing, yawning this time yet. Despite the ridiculous length of time in my "cell" this tour, most bothersome syptoms are the feeling of a magnet beiing sewn under my ass cheeks' flesh that pulls my lower half weight ever downward on colllision with the floor. contd soon, too exhausted to continue soar asss in chair typing lol
Diggsy
The first time I tried to jump from 8mg I had the most insane anxiety I could imagine. I was shakey and had the RLS so bad I had to take a sub or jump off a bridge. That was last year. This time I jumped from 1-2 mg and it was a long miserable month followed by a couple of weeks of malaise but not as intense as last time. The hardest part this time was lack of energy, insomnia, GI issues, and depression. Luckily I have not had the mind numbing anxiety that took me out the first time. I agree that the sooner you can stop the better. You need to be mentally prepared which is no small task. This is a very personal choice people need to make for themselves though. I had a person nagging me to death which made me want to do more.
Good luck.
You guys are just not getting it, in many respects. I have been addicted to heroin (12 pills/bags per day=$120), methadone (12mg dose) and Suboxone.
The cold turkey heroin was absolute hell. Depression on a suicidal level, vomiting or dry heaves, and constant trips to the bathroom for taking a dump. None of that is as bad as the leg-kicks, and arm-twitches accompanying insomnia. Missing an 8 hour sleep period, in misery and the dark and feeling so generally depressed.
Cold-turkey, which I tried once from 100mg of Methadone makes going through heroin withdrawal seem like a mild hangover. When I closed my eyes to try to sleep, all thee images from National Geographic if lions devouring zebra's started to drift to and from my mind. That night was the worst I ever lived through. I showed up back at the clinic the next day, talked to the counselor, and slowly very slowly tapered down from the methadone. It was tough, I was depressed, but it eventually worked.
When I went off Suboxone, tapered down, I really didn't have much of a problem except for one night when my arms wouldn't sit still.
Once, I went off 8 mg Suboxone cold-turkey. I was very jittery, but not so depressed. Benadryl and Trazadone helped somewhat.
But none of those experiences even closely matched abrupt methadone withdrawal, even the heroin detoxes I went through. Getting off subs is really much milder.
Tax lawyer-
Ok so what's your point, we should all stop supporting eachother and talking about how difficult suboxone withdrawl is? You said "Once" you went off suboxone at 8mg cold turkey, which leads me to believe that you have jumped off many substances on many diff occasions. Which then leads me to believe that you are going through what the rest of us are going through while trying to support eachother. So please tell me, what are we all "not getting in many respects?"
I can't stand know it alls who want to make other people feel bad for what they are going through because of their own personal struggles.
I'm just sayin', be nice.
Krys
What would you expect from a laywer? Certainly not the truth.
Be strong, regardless of what F Lee Tax Lawyer says everyone experiences different levels of pain. His experiences may be unique to him but certainly have no bearing on how other folks feel.
jeeez, this is not the place to compare who has it worse or who experienced the most pain. I agree with Ds, everyone has their own experience. This forum gave me hope, when 14 days ago was in the worst suboxone WD. I was taking subs for 2 years. Thank you all again for your honesty and truthfulness. I am on day 18 off subs and really starting to feel better. Still can't sleep. I am taking some clonazepam and melatonin and valerian root. I sleep a little, what can you do. Eating a lot of motrin as i have constant headaches. I don't know what that is al about. Debating whether or not to do a 2 day solo backpacking trip and just try to burn the rest of this sh*t out of my system. But I've lost like 10 pounds and just seem to be getting my strength back. Anyway sorry for the ramble, but to everyone in the thick of it right now..HANG ON!! and you WILL get through it.
Tax- Don't act like you are better, just because you had an easier time with sub w/d than heroin/methadone. Trust me, I've been through that as well (and most on here), and jumped off much higher doses than you did. 100mg a day methadone? Childs play... So please... Don't think we have no idea... Also, benadryl and trazadone was like the worst things for me to take for withdrawl. Definately do not recommend these. Lastly, you made no real points (typical lawyer)... Just blabbed on about the different things you've jumped from. Most of us here have also. So laterz Moron, hope to never see you here again. This is why America is falling apart... Lawyers like this. Although, this is probably a 17 year old kid just acting like one.
Sub withdrawl, for most, is slightly less intense than methadone/heroin, but will last longer. Yes, even longer than the dreaded methadone w/d. For me, it was just as intense and 2x as long. I guess it has a lot to do with the dose you jump off from as well.
@ DS- Hahaha "what do you expect from a lawyer" - Made my day.
Sorry that post was kind of mean and negative. That was mild for me though. People like this are people I hurt. If someone was talking like this to a friend in person, his face would be in a world of pain.
@pandaman- Wow, 18 days already! That's great. I guess time flies when you're not the one going through it haha.
You sound like you're doing really good. Sleep is an issue for most for up to a month or so. That's when I could finally sleep a full 6-8 hours.
Not sure what to make of the headaches. I don't recall having any. The motrin might mess up your stomach if you take too much. Not sure how your stomach is feeling though. Mine was still sort of wack at day 18.
The backpacking trip is a good idea. Maybe wait until day 21. You should make the judgment whether or not to go. I know that going out in the woods, and going to the beach was good for me. Still is. I was trying to burn the shit out of me from day 1 though, and I'm not sure if it made it a faster process... But I think it helps you get your energy back.
I also lost weight at first. Start eating and your appetite will increase daily. Now I weigh more than before. And it's all muscle muahaha.
Great job. So nice to see others becomming success stories. Off to the woods I go. Gotta love having a mudding jeep.
I agree wit what everyone else said about "the lawyer", everyone has different levels of withdrawal, and I dont see what point he was trying to make anyway. But anyways, everyone on here is doing such a great job, I wish I could just quit and get it over with, but I just started my job today and I dont think I could work with the withdrawals. I know I'm a wimp and a cry baby and not near as strong as most of you, especially the ones that jumped from a higher dose and those who jumped and still worked. I took my dose this morning before I went to work and at about 3pm I started going through withdrawals as if I aint took nothing nothing for 2 days. I dont know what it was or why, but i started having chills, sweats, felt like I had to stretch a mile, and I started shaking really really bad. My whole body was shaking and I felt like I was gonna collapse, my hands were shaking so bad that my drink spilled when I went to take a drink. It was really weird, but I had to take something before my boss seen me so that I wouldnt get fired on my first day at work. A little bit after I took it I started feeling better and the shakes stopped. I never felt like that before, unless I havent took nothing in a day or so.
Panda - Hang in there, you are doing so much better than I could ever think of. I think the backpacking trip would be a good idea, but like want2sleep said, it's your choice to make. Good luck and hope it gets better for you soon.
Well wish me luck I start tomorrow to kick heroin with the use of Subs. I always kicked cold turkey and would force my self to excercise after 4 days to make symtoms goaway faster. sitting around was always the worst thing to do. plus hot showers every 2 hours. and force down water and gatorayde.I got some 8 mg pills so we'll see...
cdog
Do yourself a favor and try to taper quickly from subs. If you can get off in six or seven weeks the withdrawals should be much less intense. From what I have read and experienced the longer you are on subs the more they effect the severity and length of coming off. Make sure you are in withdrawal prior to taking the subs and expect a major league headache for a couple of hours post first dose. I was on them for almost three years and it took me six weeks to feel right. Today is day 50 so I am past seven weeks and back to life as it is. Looking back it is hard to believe I made it. Wish I had jumped years ago but like others fear and anxiety stopped me. It is no picnic but very much worth it to be free on the shackles I wore daily from taking the little orange bastards.
Want2sleep
How was hog hunting? Hope you bagged a couple and slow cooked em.
Good luck!
Cdog....Good luck my friend. I think you will find that the subs are quite effective, remarkable in fact...but take the advise of Ds, and don't stay on them for longer than a 6-8 weeks....really. By then, the H is way gone, and all you will be jumping from is the Subs....do a long taper. You can learn much in this threads history. Hang in there and good on ya.
Maria....I don't know what to tell you.
You should NOT have any WD's whatsoever for 24-36 hours of NO subs. So, my thinking is you are experiencing some bigtime anxiety issues....sorry for that....but, just understand that the half life of subs is very long....it is not like percs etc....so, be at peace and congrats with the new job.
Rick, I didnt really know what anxiety really is and what the "symptoms" are, so when I read your post I went and looked up a few things about anxiety and the symptoms. After reading up on it a bit, I do think that's what might be going on with me, but the only thing I dont understand is when I start feeling like that (most of the time 7-8 hours after I take a sub), it goes away if I take another peice of a sub. That's what made me think it was WD because I would start feeling better after I took some more. So if it is anxiety, why does it go away after I take some more sub? Is it all in my head? If it is anxiety, whould it go away if I took something for anxiety instead of the sub? This is why it's so hard for me to taper is because I start feeling withdrawal (or anxiety) symptoms if I take less then I'm used to taking and when I'm used to taking it. This is all so frustrating because I really want to taper down and quit taking them but either my body or my brain wont let me. I guess I'm just too weak when it comes to this. I wish I could just jump off right now and get it over with, but I cant afford to lose this job.
By the way, what helps with anxiety? What kind of meds are there for it?
@maria- I kind of had the same problem with tapering. I'm not sure if it's just in our heads that we are starting to w/d, or if we just took subs twice daily for so long, that our bodies became used to that... and maybe we really do start withdrawling from them within 12 hours. Everyone has their own way of quitting an addiction. Tapering is not for everyone. I don't think it was for me. I wish I could have, in order to save me from some pain... but it is how it is. Maybe you should try cold turkey. Sounds scary but it worked for me. I tapered for like 2 days and almost got down to 1/3 my regular dose in that 2 days before jumping. It probably didn't help any at all though, because of the long ass half-life. but at least I'm clean now. Either way, nobody is too weak to quit a sub problem. That's just the subs talking for you. The final decision is up to you.
As for anxiety... it's a demon. There are meds that help with it temporarily. But in my opinion, meds will just make it worse in the long run and you get hooked on those meds (which can be worse than opiates. You can die when you quit them). I'm talking about the main anxiety/nerve pills xanax, valium, and klonopin (and all generics).
@ds- It only took us about an hour to catch 2 hogs. My friend literally just chases them down and wrestles them. It's amazing. He should be on TV. But yeah, it's been over a year since my last pig roast, so it was great. Never tasted so good. And they encourage you to kill them around here... so might have to do it again soon!
I have been on subs for 25 days and I'm getting frightened to stay on them any longer after all the reading I am doing. I have tapered to 4mg and am going to 2mg tomorrow and plan to meet my doc to see how best to quit this so I don't experience hell and a lot of time off work. Does anybody have any idea how quickly I should finish this taper in order to avoid the insomia, anxiety, etc?
Maria-
Please quit telling yourslef that you're too weak. It's not true, you can do it, give yourself some credit! For me, tapering didn't work, I just needed to do it, otherwise I would have thought about it too much. Either you can drag it out with the taper, or you can just get it over with. It seems to me that it's a struggle either way you go about it, but you can do it.
Want2sleep-you crack me up. I'd love to meet you along with everyone else that's kept me going. DS, Rick, Phil, you guys are all awesome!!
Subscared-
You've only been on subs for 25 days, so in my opinion, you should get off of them asap. The sooner the better, and maybe the withdrawls won't be as bad. I will say though, I don't think it's possible to avoid the insomnia and anxiety, it's just part of the package.
We addicts like to think there is an easy way out, but I finally realized there is no such thing. You are going to suffer in some respect no matter how you go about it. Stay strong and tell yourself you can do it, but do it soon, and get our life back.
W2S - I'm glad to know that I'm not the only one that is having this problem (or "was" in your case). I guess I'm just gonna have to try taking smaller doses twice a day. I would try to just quit cold turkey if I wouldnt have just started this job. I hate them little orange devils, I wish I wouldnt have ever started taking them, but then again, dont we all.
Krys - Thank you for the support. I wish I could just jump off and get it over with, but I really am not strong enough to be able to do it, especially work too.
Subscared - I agree with krys, get off the sub as soon as possible. The longer you are on them the worse it's gonna be. Try to taper as quick as you can, or just jump off, that way you dont have to take them much longer and get your body and brain even more used to them. Jumping off at 25 days isnt going to be nothing compared to jumping off after a few months or years. Good luck and hope you dont have to go through what everyone else on here has went through/is going through/about to go through.
Thanks for everyone's support. I think I should go a 3 more days at 2mg and then a 4 at 1mg and then .5mg every other day for 2 more days. Does that make any sense in order to function at an uninterrupted work schedule...at least being able to go to a desk job 10-5 and appear normal ??
Subscared
Make a plan and stick to it. I would try to have a week off if possible for days 4-11 which seems to be the hardest physically. Some people jump from higher doses and others at lower doses, seems the hardest part is in that time frame. You may not have significant withdrawal due to your not being on subs for long. I would assume that you will have issues and plan around the worst case, if you don't no sweat. In any case you are doing the right thing and asking the right questions. This forum helped me get through this time and there are great folks that will assist you during this.
Don't be scared you can do this - life can be wonderful.
Hey everyone, I was just looking around on the web and I came across something called Withdrawal-Ease. Has anyone ever tried it? I looked up some reviews on it and some say it helps and some say it dont. Has anyone here ever tried it? It costs right at almost $100 but if it really does work then it would be worth it, considering the price of suboxone. The "kit" contains a 30 day supply of daytime and a 30 night supply of night time pills or whatever they are. It also comes with some kind of "survival guide" or something. But anyways, if anyone knows anything about this pease let me know. If you want to see what it is, just go to Google and type in "Withdrawal-Ease" and and it should be like the first thing that comes up.
Good Luck Everyone!!!
first of all... I need to go by another name. Because I sleep too much now haha.
Maria- I just did 5 mins of research on that Withdrawal-Ease stuff, and it would not do very much to help withdrawls. What I do to research is look at the active ingredients, and what they do. All of the ingredients in there were just herbs and such. And for reviews, most were not so good from long-term opiate addicts. Never trust reviews from the products site or sellers by the way, obviously.
So in my opinion, this is not worth the money. It would help ease withdrawls slightly, but I'd still say Xanax and valium and hot baths is the best way to ease w/d. But, since you cannot find these, you might want to give it a shot.
99% of withdrawl/detox products are just scams. Placebo at most. And they are never approved by the FDA which is also not too good of a sign. Also, the products will make claims on certain ingredients to work miracles for symptoms, but hardly any are actually proven by science. You could buy they main herbs and such from GNC for way cheaper. I believe Rick has a remedy which is cheap and probably just as effective.
Remember this is just my opinion, since most is not proven by anyone and you just have the people supporting it with the claims. I have tried a few similar products in the past, with some of the same ingredients with minimal effects. Oh, almost forgot to mention... this product is very similar to the ol' school cheap "thomas recipe"... minus the valiums he says to do (which have most effect)
Btw I feel your agony tring to figure this out while holding down a job. It is very hard and I couldn't keep mine. Good luck you're on the right path.
Me- good day today. drank some beer and had a few joints with some buddies nothing too crazy. Was happy all day (even before booze) which is a first. I've been hacing mood swings ever since the xanax jump and seizure thingy. Need a job ASAP!! Sorry for the long post. Laterz
thanks to everyone of the posts they have put some perspective on withdrawal. My story is I had been on methadone for 23 years then a change inthe local doctor decided that I should try buprenorphine, so before I knew it I had reduced to 40 mg then switched to 8mg suboxone. Nasty business. but, that was okay but then family wants overseas trip so time to withdraw. In august month tapered 8, 6,4,2 then .08 and JUMP. It is day 5. I cried on the first day tears of fear and grief but I had valium to get through but finished them last night when the leg kicking kicked in. Is this where the term "kicking" drugs comes from??
I hate the lack of energy, I can barely walk, my kids are home preparing for trip and hubby is outside working. All my previous interests and hobbies are dead, I feel no happiness in the day, sometimes my daughteres are really sweet and bring me pictures and chai tea and I reassure them I will be better in a few more days. The house has gone to ruin but hubby is at least cooking dinner and loading the dishwasher. I went to local gp to get more valium but he said "oh no, no, no, these are terriblethings you must go back to your hospital" fine except she was a locum and left town on Friday. I'll try some OTC meds as suggested way up the posts.
One last hting about that rapid detox done under anaesthetic, a drug counsellor who has witnessed this process told me some years ago she wouldn't do it to a dog so think carefully about the question if that is going to be the answer!
thanks again to all of you, I've been reading for a couple of days when I could focus but didn't have the will to write. Good luck to all on this journey.
Well then.....Want2Sleep...hey, when you have a good day before the beer, that is excellent...It has taken me 2 friggin months to get there....mostly, anxiety for me...the beer helps, but just not good....especially in a work environment.....things are falling into place weekly....external stress plays a big part. My mom is 88 with dimentia, I am the only one near her...so I get the jog....some good days, some bad days....and my anxiety is purportunate to her health....little dumb things like going to weddings you dont' want to, are annoying, but once finished....it is just another hurdle that really was no big deal....The sky get bluer every day, really.
Maria....my discovery of herbal extracts really helped me, by day 5-11....it was KAVA extract and St. Johns Wart....take about 60 drops each a couple times a day...it really helps with stablizing emotion and mood, and helpled me with the anxiety...Carfull tho...Kava is strong, and has cautions on it, re, potential liver damage if used too much.....but, it is cheep and natural...at all healthfood stores...good luck.
Subscared - Your taper planc sounds excellent to me, and I couldn't offer any changes on it....It is really amazing, just how strong even .25 is....it can be every bit as effective after a week or so taper as doing 4mg in the beginning, at least for me. Good plan.....
Krys - YOu are right on....there is NO easy way out. No pain, no gain....blah, blah...but, we can minimize it by preparing a plan, haveing aids for sleep and time to be alone to heal....
It is odd....not that I am on 6 months off the subs....I can honestly say, the horror of the WD's is a faint memory....go figure. I know it was the worst 3 weeks of my life at the time, but today....it just seems vague. I guess it is our brains way of protecting our sanity. This is a good thing. I have been told by mothers, that...labor was awfull, just awfull, but in time...it is hard to grasp just how intence it was....same thing, I guess.
God speed to all of to those going to the other side, and welcome home to those who are here.
Skippy
You will be so proud of youself when you get thru this withdrawal, twenty three years is a lifetime on methadone. In about another week the acute sickness should be mostly gone with just lingering issues like sneezing, some weakness, and insomnia. For me after three to four weeks I was feeling pretty good then real good after six weeks, you may be have different results.
Move and sweat as much as you can take - eat and drink water too.
Rick
Sorry to hear about your mothers illness. My older brother died last year of Picks disease at age 53. It is similar to Alzheimers disease but affects younger people in their forties and fifties. Dimetia robs people of the dignity and is very hard for caregivers. That alone must to be very stressful and has to increase your anxiety level. Nothing wrong with a few beers my friend, I think I'll have a couple tonight.
Cheers
To Everyone,
Thank you all for the present and past comments you all have posted. I'm new here and I must say that reading a lot of the comments scares me when it comes to what I'm about to go through but I must say finding a forum like this and seeing so many of you dealing with the same thing has brought me some sort of piece of mind. So I would like to thank you all for that.
I am four months into my Suboxone treatment and recently broke a tooth. So i figured i would ween myself off of suboxone on my own since the Doc said that's fine. I wanted to make sure that getting the surgery on my mouth wouldn't be complicated by the Suboxone. I had a 200mg Hydrocodone habit a day for a long time and decided that I needed help to get off of them for my wife and my two kids so I saw a Sub doctor. I thought they were a miracle as soon as I took my first dose but I am now 4 days off of them and I feel like I'm going to die. I feel horribly depressed because I cant care for my sons the way I want to. I know everyone has experienced the same WD as I am so I wont go into them but I'm seriously losing all hope. I would really appreciate some input from you all as I am new here and looking for positive people to talk to about my issues.
I hope I'm not coming across as a whiner so I apologize. I'm just truly scared and don't know what to do...I will be as honest as possible if anyone needs to know more about my story in order to help. I apologize for such a long post...and I truly want to thank everyone of you in advance for such great insight into the hellish world of Suboxone withdrawl
have a great evening
A
Rick- That's funny that you mentioned how you kind of don't remember going through the w/d much. I was just thinking about that earlier today. I mean, I can remember what the symptoms are like, but I can't remember the first 2 weeks very well from this last time. Must be the brain blocking the trauma. All I can remember is bits and pieces like trying to sleep at times, and taking baths, and random "freak out" moments. The rest is such a blur. Also was probably because I got basically 0 sleep for 2 weeks at first. Or maybe just because I've been through w/d countless times lol. This time is for good. That's been decided since before day 1. Feels awesome.
Losing hope- Losing hope is the worst thing to do during w/d! I admit, day 4 is when it first begins getting rough. Another week or so and it will slowely get better. And I do mean slowly. But, you need to just stay positive about things. You can do it. It only takes a small amount of time and pain in the grand sceme of things. Our lives are too short to waste away on opiates, or worse, die an opiate head.
Just keep trying to force youself to get up, walk around, maybe exercise if possible. It helps the days if you exercise when you first get up (sooo hard though). This might help you be more productive for your kids. The more you do, the more rewarding it is, and the easier you can rest at night. Also, I always recommend hot baths. I don't know how many people actually do this... but please try it. It eliminated what was the worst symptoms for me, for about 30 minutes or so (so I'd take 30 baths a day heheh)
Also, eat things that help with your GI issues during w/d which will come soon. Things like whole grains, nuts, and fruits n veggies. Drink plenty of water and green tea. There are also other ways to help ease it all.
Overall, w/d sucks... But getting through it gives you pride and strength, and the ability to get your life back together. Keep it up. Go one day at a time. Shit, one breath at a time for some days. Lol.
Good luck buddy. I know you can do it. Keep posting here. The people are great and will help you with everything. I'm not good at giving support. I'm just a straight-foward guy. Hope It at least helps knowing that I'm here trying to help.
Krys- So how you been doing? Have you been feeling better since your speedbump? Haven't heard you say much about that ever since. Hope you are coping okay.
Ps: We should all make some plans to meet up somewhere and have a recovering addict party haha!!!! As long as it's near florida I'm down.
Have a good night yall.
Want2Sleep - Thanks for your opinion, I was pretty much thinking the same thing about the withdrawal ease but wanted someone else's thought on it.
Rick - Thank for the advice, I'm gonna have to try to find a place that sells thata around here. I dont really take any kind of herbal stuff so I dont know much about it or where to get it. I am going to look into and see where I can get it around here, and I need to go ahead and start taking vitamins and such just to get a little head start.
I was doing some more browsing and came accross something called "Kratom". I found a lot of places that say it helps a lot with sub withdrawal, as long as you dont take it for a long time (like with just about anything else). It's supposed to be some kind of natural plant or something. So I was wondering if anyone has tried this and if it works? From what I've read, it's supposed to help the withdrawals a lot, it dont get rid of them but it helps.
I also read that when you taper down pretty low, that it helps to switch to subutex for the last month or so and taper as low as you can before jumping. The reason it said to switch from suboxone to subutex is because the naloxone in suboxone blocks the natural dopamine (sp?) from being produced by the brain, or something like that. So since subutex dont have naloxone in it, it allows the brains recepters to produce and/or recieve the natural stuff as you taper as low as you can. Therefore, when you jump, your brain already has a head start at producing its own "happy feeling". I think it's something like that, I dont remember everything exactly, but that was the general idea.
Has anyone tried either one of these "options"? If so, what was your thought on it?
Sorry for the long post and asking so many questions.
i've been skimming these posts for the last 2 days now, barely getting any work done. I was on subs for a year back in 2004-2005; I was also on Klonopin and Xanax and if I could I would strangle the doctor who prescribed me all that shit or at least have him go through the same agony that I did. It was a really bumpy road coming off all that crap and it actually took me having to go away to an intensive treatment program for nearly two years to quit drugs completely. Now I take the occasional bong hit or have a sip of wine (i hate alcohol though) but I'm a completely different person than I used to be. I was a monster. I feel for every single person here. There is no way around withdrawal from anything. No matter how you prepare yourself or how you taper or whatever there's going to be some uncomfortability and it takes a REALLY LONG TIME to subside. After the physical symptoms go away the mental side effects of withdrawal last for a really long time which is why I was away for so long. Had I came out of rehab in even 3 months I most certainly would have relapsed. I had to change every single thing about my life; friends, city, school, work, EVERYTHING. I started a completely new life by default.
Want2Sleep - I skimmed your last bunch of posts and I'm glad you learned your lesson about the xanax. If there is anything harder to kick than opiates it's benzos. Benzo withdrawal can actually kill you, opiate withdrawal can't kill you it's just agonizing and takes time but with the benzos you have to be really careful.
I understand where everyone is coming from when it comes to work and responsibility and not being able to start kicking because of responsibilities but the time is going to come where you're going to have to make that decision of what's most important. This isn't something you can do in a week or two and return to life like normal; it's a lot of hard work and requires progression, dedication, and investment. I love my life now, even though I still struggle here and there and I've definitely had my slip-ups which I got honest about instantly; the only person I need to be honest with is myself. I would never do the things or put myself in the situations that I used to; I'm a petite young girl who could have been raped or robbed or both (i was robbed at gunpoint once) and killed...I'm terrified to go back into those project hallways or abandoned buildings because I've realized everything I have to live for today and it's all worth a lot more than putting my body through such turmoil and pain. I look back and I never in a million years would have thought I'd be able to say these things, I just thought I would eventually stop using everything when I felt like it or when I became a "grown-up" the urge would just naturally go away. It didn't, I worked really fucking hard to get to where I'm at and don't get me wrong, i'm far from perfect but now that I have priorities and attainable goals (only attainable because i'm clean and clear-headed) the cravings come and i let them pass, I assume that's how the rest of my life will be so i just need to keep letting them come and go, because they DO GO. Cravings don't last a long time. Once you start thinking about something else or focus on something else (shit, take a hit of weed even, the craving will pass) it goes away. Someone told me this one time and it sticks out in my mind every time I have the urge to get high: "You'll never regret NOT using the next day" So if you want to get high tonight and you decide not to, tomorrow morning you won't wake up and say "damn i should have gotten high last night".
I hope you can all crawl out of the dark places you're in, but you'll never be able to appreciate the light if you're not in the dark for some time first. Just stay positive and trust that time does pass and good things come to those who wait. All good things in all good time.
exsubmarine
You seem to have fallen into a deeper ring of Dante's
Hell than some of us. Although I can empathize with people who struggle at the extremes, many of us do not. It is fair to say we all suffer in some way but you seem to have drawn a short straw and may be at the extreme margin. Two years in a "treatment" center would have sent me over the edge by itself. It's could be like W2S
previoulsy said,,, pre-existing conditions.
Hey man whatever works, ya know. It was either treatment or jail. Either way, there's a way out for everybody no matter what the situation is. There's always hope.
Hey man whatever works, ya know. It was either treatment or jail. Either way, there's a way out for everybody no matter what the situation is. There's always hope.
exsubmarine -
Very heart felt and strong post....thank you. You sound like a great addition to this site. I hope that your story will strength some here, and not spook others.....many here are very fragile, as you know....but you speak the truth, however, the 2 year rehab thing, was amazing to learn of. You should be very proud of yourself. The "Light Side", is indeed the right side....don't be a stranger.
I just read that the makers of Suboxone received FDA approval to market a new sub film in the U.S. The same dosages as currently marketed. I wish doctors were required to know the side effects and explain to people before they go down this road. Now they have a new patent for the film delivery method for several more years.
maria- kratom is probably the only drug I havent tried/know a lot about. I know a lot of people that used it and say it helped with withdrawl a lot(supposedly its the closest thing to an opiate buzz). But, 2 of them are addicted to that now. So, I guess it's addicting.I don't much about it really... besides the fact that its a plant leaf. I mean I don't know the chemicals and how they work. shit, it might be an opiate. I know it works on opiate receptors, so either it definatly helps w/d, or it is an opiate. Google it. I know it's cheap so give it a shot. Just remember, there is no easy way out. You should spend more time preparing for recovery than looking for easy ways out.
And you are correct about the switching to Subutex while tapering. The naloxone does effect dopamine and seratonin levels. Leaving you even more depressed than you should be during opiate w/d. But, I would recommend tapering from hydrocodone or percocet way more than subutex. Mainly because the subutex will be almost the same as suboxone... long as two hells.
Submarine- You are so right about everything in your post. Very nice to read that, and your story. A lot of people just don't realise some of these things about addiction, and becoming a recovering addict. There is much more involved than just quitting the drug. And getting your life back afterwords can be a big struggle.
I pretty much knew everything about benzo addiction, but still abused them for the last 1.5 months. I don't think I got addicted, but my body doesn't process it properly.. I did learn my lesson though, haha. Benzos just dulled me even more anyways... Thought they were helping with lingering w/ds. I'm way happier now.
Later yall
ds- So it's not even a new generic sub? It's the same brand coming out with another pill... but the same thing? I just don't get it.... Unless they discontinue their little orange devils. Or I just don't understand what you meant.
Just imagine if they suddenly made all opiates illegal in the states. That would be hilarious (shitty if I was still doing them). I would be a multi-billionaire heroin dealer heheh. Seriously though, why are all these painkillers and benzos LEGAL when they are the most dangerous drugs known to man? Well, I know the answer but don't feel like getting into it.
Sept. 15th = 2 month anniversary off of the subs! I never thought I would make it this far. Now the issue is what to do with my life. I'm young and have all the potential in the world. So much to take in and so many decisions to make it's stressful. But, I stay happy knowing that I would be moving in the opposite direction still if I didn't commit to this. I'm hoping to go back to school in January, when the next classes start (If I have money). Last time I attempted college, I had a horrible Oxy habit, and couldnt keep my eyes open in class. So that didn't work. Now i'm like 5 years rusty in the school game.
If not college, then perhaps I should join the military to get my ass in shape, and still have access to higher education if I want. Also, it seems government jobs are the only secure ones these days. Plus, I can't think of any reason for college because I have no real interests. Sold drugs all my life... But, I don't want to flip burgers all my life either. Yup this is just some stuff I've been thinking about lately. Sorry to bore ya. Laters yall.
Well today is my last day at 2mg. I am starting Sub at 1mg tomorrow. I saw the Dr and explained a lot of stuff on this site to him. He thinks that a lot of people tht come off suboxone and never have any problems don't go to these sites and report their story and that I am focusing too much on just a small percentage of people that truly have a diffficult time with withdrawal symptoms. I am at 28 days today on suboxone and am optimistic that I can taper off within the next two weeks. I only have the 8mg tabs to taper with. Does anyone have any suggestions about this? Should I keep breaking them into smaller pieces or insist on a Rx for a 1mg or 2mg subutex to make more exact dosing on the taper. Thanks for any of your comments and support.
okay this is mind boggling okay i just detoxed of methadone all the way to zero and waited the two days and got on suboxine for the cravings and to help with what was coming from the methadone withdrawl but damn i never knew how bad suboxine withdrawl is I am a recovering heroin addict who just got on suboxine 17 days ago and relapsed yesterday around 6pm im hurting waiting till i can take my suboxine any think it will be okay to take it a little early
time2breal.....Carefull. YOu must be in pretty obvious wd's b4 taking the subx....otherwise, it will throw you into precipitated WD's, full blown nasty. I, can't speak to H, but, my guess is...if your are hurting, it will likely be OK.....there is no specific time line, tho...all I have read, is...you must be in wd's to begin...so, since you are....you should be fine....Good luck. I, waited only 24 hrs from jumping from my Oxy habbit, and the subs worked, immediately....tho, the first 2 days....I took 8mgs, and, for me that was too much....I puked every 15 minutes....on the 3day...I cut the dose to 4mg, and it was perfect, for 7 months.....way too long. I wish I had only used the subs for 7 weeks, but hey....we all avoid discomfort, right.
Subscared.....break up up, and stretch them as long as you can....down to .5mg for the last few days, wouldn't be a bad idea....it is different for all...but it seems, the lesser dose for a few days or a week will hopefully help...tho, I am sorry to say...you will have a ride, regardless.....Just keep strong, and don't expect hell for the first 2-3 days...for me any many....days 5-7 was when the fun began.....you can do this....you have friends here..stay in touch.
Want2sleep
Good job on getting of opiates and Subs for this long. Getting an education is so important in todays world.
Good luck and if you need assistance the Military may not be a bad way to help pay. I took out student loans
and was so happy when I made the last payment over a ten year period. Felt almost as good as getting off Subs.
I'm sure the new sub-film is a way for the Pharm. Co. to make money on folks like us by touting a new faster disolving film to compete with the generics coming to market. As they say "follow the money."
On a personal note today is 8 weeks off the subs and I have had no side effects and no symptons in the past two weeks. I know some folks do suffer from PAWS on this forum and I do and hope their suffering soon fades.
Have a great Labor Day weekend gang.
Thanks for all the support from you guys. I am today on 1mg of sub and it is difficult to break the 8mg tabs into an eight way piece but I will keep at it. Does anyone think 3 days it too short on the 1mg or should I make it longer before tapering down to .5. I am eating, sleeping, and exercise good so far in this San Diego climate makes it is easy along the coast. Any ideas?
subscared- 3 days on 1mg should be good. For some people they need to take longer. Just make sure you are accurately measuring doses to be sure it's 1 mg. And just go by feel. Also, if you are getting from a doc, or know where to get the 2mg pills, then get those. Obviously much easier to break down.
One key thing about tapering subs is time between doses. You should try to go longer each time without dosing. like if you normally do every 24 hours, try to wait 30 hours next time and so on. This will help rid your body of sub quicker, since it has such a long half-life. If you don't do this, you could still be building up sub in your system while thinking you are tapering.
You sound like you are doing good. A lot of people have a very hard time just getting to where you are. So, if you are doing this good, then you should do good during the whole process. It's not fun but it's well worth it in the long run. I know you can do it.
Also, in my opinion there is no reason to taper below .5. After you have been on .5 for a few days-week, and you are going longer time between doses, it's time to take the final leap. Tapering below .5 is hellish on its own from what I hear, and the withdrawls from anything lower than .5 aren't any easier from what I've heard. Others (1 out of 100,000) will say they tapered all the way off with no w/d. I call this BS. Yes I made up that number.
Thanks for that info. I have only been on subs for 29 days now, and the DOC was fentanyl that I got that was left over from my wife that died of cancer. So I was only on that for about a month to tamp down the emotional pain. I have never really wanted to be on this stuff but found a reason in my mind to do it. Thanks again for taking the time to share with me. You are an angel.
i got on suboxone 6 months ago to help with getting my lifestyle straightened out and stay awayfrom heroin. i was getting them from a friend and not a prescription. i have finally taken the step to get off box and im 5 days in. a may have an upcoming probation drug test. can anyone confirm if suboxone is something they test for on a drug test these days for probation. i know they didnt two years ago but i heard it is alot more common place today. i jumped off at 2.5 and im still in full swing w/d and rotten but i am so tired of being dependent on this drug. If anyone has recent intel on this i would greatly appreciate it! jail would suck after coming this far from where i was about 8 months ago
I have been on Sub for about 3 years now and currently at 3mg (down from 24 mg). Only been having some minor WD's so far. I spend most of my time in a forum where there are a lot of positive and supportive people.
http://www.drugs.com/forum/need-talk/
I believe that our expectations play a big part in how bad our tapering process will be. Experiences seem to vary quite a bit too.
Hooray !! I am at .5mg today and I feel fine. I have had few withdrawal symptoms. Granted that I have only used suboxone for a detox from fentanyl, but I expected some major withdrawal symptoms. The secret for me was to go downward from 16mg to 4mg as fast as I could and taper from there 1mg every few days. I am going to take everyone's advice and stay at .5mg for three days and then .5 every other day for three days and be done. I have had some ambien and alpraxolam for sleep but have not needed it too much. I do understand from all you guys that day 3-5 after being completely off may hold some surprise discomfort but I'm mentally ready to deal with it as I do not want to be a slave to this drug or any other opiate ever again in my lifetime. Thanks for everyone's support and I'll check back in after a few days to let you know how it went. Happy Labor Day !!
I HAVE BEEN TRYING TO JUMP FROM SUBS FOR OVER THREE MONTHS NOW. WORKED MY DOWN TO 1MG EVERY OTHER DAY. MY LOGIC FOR THE PAST TWO WEEKS IS THAT I WOULD JUMP THURSDAY TAKE FRIDAY,SAT,SUN AND MONDAY OFF FROM WORK AND THEN SUFFER FROM THERE. I MAKE IT UNTIL TUE MORNING AND I STILL CANT GO BACK ON 1MG ONLY SIX MG IN LAST TWO WEEKS AND CANNOT MANAGE WORK. CAN SOMEONE THAT HAS BEEN ON SUBS FOR 2-YRS 4-8MG A DAY THAT HAS KICKED IT WITHOUT HAVING TO STOP WORKING FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME? IF SO PLEASE TELL ME HOW.
Ya know, some of the advice given by "fellow addicts or users" is just totally off base. I have been on Suboxone for 3 years now. About 1 1/2 years into it someone stole my meds. At that time, I was down to 16mg per day. And let me tell you, the withdrawal I went through was absolutely as bad if not worse than any withdrawal I had ever experienced. My doctor would not replace my meds even after I had made a police report and the news of my apartment getting burglarized had made the police blotter in the local newspap. He simply wrote me a prescription for Vistaril(hydroxozine)which is an antihistamine. That did nothing for the symptoms I was experiencing. But the point is.........it was awful! I had to go 6 days without my medication. And then, when I went back to my doctor for my regular appointment, he said that since I had been without Suboxone for 6 days that any any withdrawal symptoms I had were all in my head and that I no longer needed, nor would he prescribe, Suboxone for me any longer. Thanx Doc. I ended right back on Oxy's. Thankfully, I had the good sense to seek further treatment with another doctor who immediately put me right back on Subutex for 5 days before prescribing Suboxone at 24mg per day. Now,18 months later, I am back down to 8mg per day and will go to 6 mg per day next week. There was a point I was trying to make somewhere, but I lost track of it. Just keep up the desire to get clean, and maybe you will be successful. I cannot say that I am clean because I still take opiates daily(Suboxone), but I have the desire to be clean. Oh ya, the point I was getting at was that Suboxone is addictive as any other opiate. I often think that the only benefit of it is removing the criminal element of obtaining opiates from the street. I still think that I crave other opiates............but I hope that I can overcome that someday. I am honestly scared of being weaned off of Suboxone. I just hope that I can keep my head and heart in the right direction. To all of you fellow addicts.....I feel ya. Good luck. And to my former doctor who basically gave me Benadryl when I was sick.........Eat a turd.
wishinevertriedopiates you make a good point. considering the fact that nobody is prepaired for w/d associated w/opiat addiction. there is no point in suffering until one is prepared and commited to quiting. its amazing how loosly the medical community administers
these drugs. i believe if doctors were forced to suffer thru w/d they would take a different aproach to how they precribe drugs. my strugles to quit are giving me insite in to why it is a life time struggle for most.
what is the lowest dose which you could maintain you dailey life?
I think it probably is around 1 mg. As everyone has pointed out there seems to be a long half life of sub and a 2-3 day delayed reaction to the withdrawals of having dropped down on your dose. Once before when I was on this med years ago I had a Dr prescribe a shorter acting opiate to take the edge off but only for a couple of days so I wouldn't become dependent on them. It was propoxiphene, aka Darvon. It helped a whole bunch and allowed me to get off a little easier. Although he still maintains that most people can taper down with no real problem if they take their time with it. Maybe I am hurrying it too much as I feel like chili peppers are slowing through my blood stream right now....which is anxiety. One of the keys is to have a compassionate MD help you through this. Good Luck. Still scared of subs!!
Subscared
As I understand it the half life of suboxone is almost 36 to 40 hours, then acute withdrawal begins. I have not met anyone who has avioded withdrawals totally but I guess it is possible. I would continue to cut the dose to as low as possibe skipping days between doses and try to have a week off in case you do have any issues with withdrawal. Days 1-3 don't count and 4-11 seem to be the hardest if you do indeed have withdrawals. For me that was true and things improved slightly week after week thereafter. All in I was functing well after a month and six weeks to be feeling great. 63 days in and everything is wondeful.
Best of luck.
To Usitiger: The lowest amount that I have had to get by on is 1mg a day for a few days. Of course if I would quit being the "savior" of some my friends, that wouldn't be the case. I know that I see it as me trying to help somebody else who is going through something that I know sucks, I'm basically putting myself through unwanted stress and agony. Not a week goes by that someone I know hits me up for a sub or two(sometimes more). And then I have to do without or cut back. I should be selfish when it comes to my medication because that's what it is,.....MY MEDICATION. But I don't have the heart. I know how I feel when I am wd'ing, so I seem to be a softie when it comes to someone I love or care a great deal about. But even when I have had to cut back(which is what I'm doing today, tomorrow, ect....until Monday) it really is uncomfortable and I'm just not myself. What really sucks is my job, when I'm suddenly cutting back from 8mg to 2 or 1mg per day for several days. I drive a truck for Pepsi and that means I have to do a lot of lifting and bending and so on and so forth. I'm not whining about it, because everyone here knows what I'm talking about. I just seem to lose ALL energy on about the 2nd day of cutting back. Then it drags on until I get my subs. And to wander further from the question(which I often do), I get really anxious and nervous and usually have to take xanax or something to ease the anxiety and insomnia. People who have never been addicted to opiates have no idea what I mean when I say that opiates give me energy, sort of a speed buzz(but NOTHING like actual speed)and energy. They all seem to think that it's like a downer or something. But you know as well as I do that it is not. I turn 38 on Sat(9/11.....i know), and I honestly hope that this will be the last birthday with opiates. But if isn't.......................to be continued. I'm a realist, not a dreamer.
WishInever...- I know how that situation goes. People were always hitting me up for subs as well. Luckily, I didn't get them from a doc, and had an umlimited supply (hince why I was doing 32mg per day DUMB). But still, Sometimes it would be before I re-upped for a few days, and some good friends would call whining about how bad they feel. So, like a good neighbor, I would always hook them up for free with like 2 weeks worth of subs. Leaving me with not enough to do my normal dose. Anything under 12mgs and I would be in hell after day 2.
Long story short, I couldn't put up with being adicted anymore, and just jumped from 12mgs (highest I've ever seen with no relapse). And I was using 32mgs/day just 2 days before that! I gave over 300 8mg pills away to friends, and flushed another 20 or so that I was saving in case things got bad. Good thing I flushed, or I would have done them by day 5.
I also couldn't hold down my job during this process, so I made sure I had a lot of money saved, and just quit my job. My health was more important than my job at the time. I needed to recover! Plus I have ways of making side money, heheh. But for people that absolutely can't take time from work, you're going to have to do the slow taper.
Another thing... I actually quit 2 weeks beofre my birthday, hoping I would be feeling alright on my b-day. Boy was I wrong. Good times at a b-day party for you feeling like shit. So don't feel bad for not quitting before this b-day. ;-)
Now it's been damn near 2 months and I still get AT LEAST 10-15 calls a day from pillheads wanting oxy/roxy/subs... w/e (Was selling to support sub habit and pay rent)... And I just tell them one by one that I am done with any opiate shit. Call if you need pot.
So when you finally go through with it, and quit, tell those good friends what you are doing, and that you wont be able to do anything for a while. They will understand. Luckily I had good friend support, because I have no family. My cell phone was off for a solid 14 days. Turned it on with a full voice mailbox and hundreds of texts.
Good luck people. It's a struggle. But, it could always be worse. Sorry if this post sounds rediculous... I ate funky fungi last night and still feel funny.
sept 15 = 2 months W00H! I feel great. Still like to use other substances though. Ones that I know won't put me through hell. Such as pot, beer, and occasional psychedelics. That's my meds now.
Subscared- I agree with ds about never hearing someone get out with no withdrawls. Well, for true addicts at least. In your case, only using for 2 months. It is very possible you could have 0 to very minimal w/d. It took at least 6 months of daily use for me to start getting w/d. So 2 months is really childs play mental games. The faster you get off subs, the better. Just because the w/d will last longer than any other opiate. Especially the fentynal you were doing. That causes pretty bad w/d, but it's over completely in about 2 weeks. Even for several year users.
Just to add to the whole picture.................I'm married with 4 children.16,11,10,& 5. So there isn't any turning off the phone, trippin shrooms, ect, to displace my mind. And there is no one to blame but me. I'm not trying play any kind of sympathy card, tell someone that my situation is worse or better, or anything of the sort. I'm just here as another outlet of my addiction. Trying to find a safe place where people understand me, even if the situation or level of addiction is completely different. What works for you is good for you(even though it sounds like you might be playing with fire). And if it improves your life, that's great. So,..............uh............there was something. I just lost it though. I could get more subs. But that addiction is just as bad as any other opiate. If I could have all the $$$ that I have spent on opiates over the past 15 years...................it makes me sick to think about it.
I took suboxone for about two months. I was taking an average of 8 30mg roxies a day and went straight to suboxone. I did not withdrawal for 3 days like they recommend because I knew it would be absolute hell. I started with one pill, a week later a half, then 2 weeks later a quarter. It worked like a charm but I am definitely feeling the withdrawal. The first 3 days were bad, but not anywhere close to roxie withdrawal. I'm on day 5 and I feel kind of crappy today but everyday seems to be better. Just tough the subo withdrawal out. It's not as bad as it may seem, and that's really all you can do. Stick with it and you will be happy. With me luck.
I took .5mg this morning due to nervousness and anxiety. I have a rx for xanax but I don't want to take that and replace one problem with another, as I already take one a day and am tapering from 1mg of that too. Sometimes even small doses of meds can give the mind a real challenge to quit. It must be the obsession or compulsion component of our personalities that brings this on and continues it. I don't think the condition of addiction will ever quit for me. It seems to have been a lifelong condition. Sometimes I live and work with it and never really adversely affected by it but it may manifest itself as bothersome to other people. But I am who I am and God made me that way, so I will just make the best of it today and hope for a better tomorrow. Good luck to all of you reading this. I think my problems are small in comparison and I count my blessings, may God bless you today as well. Subscared
WishInever- It sounds like I'm playing with fire? Just wondering how. I mean I'm not perfect at all, but the benzos I was taking during withdrawal was playing with fire. I don't see much harm in smoking pot daily, drinking the occasional beer, and tripping maybe once a month. If that's even what you mean. I would go 100% clean from everything, but have no motivation to quit the herb. That's always been my lifestyle, before and during, and after opiates.
My comment seems to have posted on its own... so to continue... sorry if that's not even what you meant, but please enlighten me?
Also, you seem to be in a different situation than me. Probably a harder one at that. But, with a will there is a way. I'm sure you will find a way off of these things, since you want to be clean. I've often thought about how much $ I've spent on opiates a well. It is absolutely nuts... To think for about 3 years everyday I was spending 900$ on Oxy. That is almost a million dollars alone. And I'm living in an apartment, and never had a decent job, haha. AND!!! that's not even a dent in the total amount i've spent on BS. So yeah, that makes me sick also.
Good luck to you. I still use this place as an outlet even after being clean almost 2 months. It's just nice to read and share to others going through similar experiences. Even though our addictions are all different, we are a lot alike. I hope you find your way, and have at least someone in your life for support.
Subscared- You have a good attitude. That will help you a lot during this process. Addiction is definately a lifelong thing for most of us. Even if and when you get clean, it's still a struggle to NEVER use again. Also, it is smart of you to taper of benzos as well. Actually, if I absolutely had to be hooked on benzos or opiates, I would choose opiates. Simply because you can die from benzo withdrawal. So just remember that when poppin those little things. I do recommend them during the opiate w/d though.
You are doing great though. Glad you're keepin it at .5. If you find yourself not able to jump from .5 due to work or anything, perhaps you should taper to .25. I've heard it doesn't make much difference, but some people say it does. The main key is trying to go as long as possible between doses.
You're never going to wake up and not want to use or just be free from withdrawal. All of us have to go through it in order to get off. It's just a little different for everyone...
Good day all.
HI MY NAME IS RUBY AND I HAVE BEEN USING ANY KIND IF PAIN MEDS I COULD GET MY HANDS ON FOR OVER 10YEARS AND IM 30 YEARS OLD I WENT TO REHAB ABOUT 9 MONTHS AGO AND WENT THREW THE MOST HORRIBLE WITHDRAW I WILL NEVER FOR GET!...THEY PUT ME ON 18 MG OF SUBOXONE AND NOW MY INS HAS OVER LAPSED AND NOW IT WONT BE EFFECTIVE FOR AT LEAST 30 TO 45 DAYS AND IM COMPLEATY OUT AND I WENT FROM 18MG TO 8 MG ON FIRDAY OF LAST WEEK AND TOOK MY LAST ONE ON TUES THE DAY I WAS SO SEE MY DOC FOR MY REFILL AND THEY COULD NOT SEE ME WITH OUT INS....AND ITS RESLLY HARD TO WORK AND GO THROW THIS I BARLEY STARTING THE WD AND IM SCARED SHIT LESS MY HEAD IS POUNDING AND SO SHAKEY I CAN HARDLEY TYPE THIS PLEASE GIVE ME SOME ADVISE WHAT I SHOULD DO I FELL LIKE I SHOULD ADMIT MY SELF TO THE ER SO I CAN DETOX..IM AFRADE I WILL GO LOOKING FOR SOME OXYS TO KILL THE PAIN IM IN TEARS DONT KNOW WHAT TO DO...I HAVE TO LEAVE FOR WK IN 10 MINS DONT KNOW HOW IMA DO THIS? :( IMMMMMMM SOOOO SCARED!!!!!!!!!!!!
Ruby Red I think maybe you're in a situation that may require medical intervention. You don't have to be afraid of asking for help at an ER. You may need to get that help. Hang on and don't do anything to harm yourself. A lot more people care than you think or you will ever know. Call a crisis hotline in your neighborhood and ask for advice on how to treat the problem. We're pulling and praying for you. God Bless. Subscared
WOW, I just spent the last few hours reading on this site. I was wondering "what the hell is wrong with me" the doctor said I would be fine if I did 8/days 12mg 8/days-8mg 8/days 4mg and 8/days 2mg then stop. (I was on subs 12mg for 3 months to kick percs). I am down to my 2mg a day and had no idea what was wrong with me until I read your posts. I am soooo sad, I feel like a huge looser for no real reason, I have NO energy. My daughter keeps asking me whats wrong! I am freaked out to learn this shit sticks with you so long. I am not going to shave down the pills, I am just going to stop, at least that was the plan before I read this! I figure why prolong the suffering! Its my head that is getting the best of me. lucy-bird
I've only been taking suboxone for 1 month, 12 mgs per day. Has anyone stopped taking it after that short of a time? Were the withdraws as bad as everyone says? I am out of work, currently interviewing and am scared of experiencing such bad symptoms while starting a new job? I plan to tapper down with what I have left but now Im absolutely terrified of stopping.
Well I was on them for 35 days and got down to 8 as quickly as I could. I did a taper but it was a fast one at 4mg 4 days , 3mg 4 days, 2mg 4 days, 1mg 4days. I have been off of them for 5 days and like everyone says its the insomnia and aches, etc. I have to function at a job so I am putting in just half time right now for the next week or two so I can get it together. I think I slept a couple of hours last night. If you are at 12mg per day you need to taper what you can but remember there is a several day lag time with this med that your body doesn't feel so go very sloooowly. Good Luck CulyB. It's not the end of the world, just not a lot of fun.
To you Lucy Bird, just remember that the taper is a long slow one. I've been told that coming off this is nowhere near as bad as methadone. May I suggest to all that read this that the other people that don't have problems coming off this are not posting on the site. No its truly not everyone that has problems. It is the idiosycratic nature of medications that you are experiencing. Just go slow on the taper and take your time and communicate with your doctor. Good Luck. If you need anything I will check back in a few hours. Subscared
I've been off for a couple of weeks now. Started on 16mg a couple of months ago. Tapered to 2mg, then stopped. The WD's were no where near the opiates! Yes, the no motivation, depression, aniety are all part of the game. But I'm finally able to do things. For me, at the 2 week mark, I noticed a huge difference. All the best.
Buckeye Thanks for the support. I am closing in on a week and feeling like I will make it just fine. I can't wait for the next week to go by!!!
Stay on it...
Love my coffee & Subs in the morning..
I have been on it for two years & no doubt the best two years of my addicted life.
I no longer drink as well ( GREAT). I do however smoke cigs a lot more, but oh well..
Jay.....not helpful.
This board is for people wishing to leave the subs....get it?
Rick, Thanks for that comment. This site is to help and encourage people that want to improve their lives and by those of us that want to help them we are helping ourselves. I am 6 days off subs and feel pretty good. I'm looking forward to feeling better, but I am surrounding myself with people that care about me and I am letting them know I need to lean on them a little bit for some help at the moment and they understand. Love transcends all including death, which I experienced with my wife 2 months ago. I took her cancer hospice meds after she passed to cover up my own pain. A big mistake for someone in their late 50s. But I have found out just today that it happens often, and don't feel so much shame. Please try to get off subs and be proud of yourself for making the effort to improve the rest of life. It is really worth it.....I am living it today !!!
Hey guys, Today is 17 days without sub and it does get better. I have motivation back- not 100% though. A couple of things that are still lingering are insomnia and Diarrhea. I am exercising @ lunch, which does help! I still have some short bouts with anxiety, but the heavy breathing and knowing it will pass helps me. I will check back in if anyone has questions.
Well, so far I've gone from 12 mgs to 4 mgs in two days, and while i do feel a little anxiety and some aches, I have been sleeping fine. That's my biggest fear, is not sleeping. I'm still tapering down, I will probably take 4mgs again today, try 2 mg tomorrow and so on. As long as I keep busy, I can deal so far. I have to say, I almost think ignorance is bliss, because if I hadn't know all the withdrawal symtoms, I would probably think it was the flu, and be more able to push myself. I guess everyone is different, and like you said, Subscared, not everyone has huge problems coming off of it. I have a few friends who took it for a few months and experienced no withdrawals. I'm hoping for the best, but prepared for the worst. Thanks everyone, keep sharing your positive thoughts to help other people get through this :)
Hey, did my second day of the "off the couch to 5k". Google that. It kicked my butt, but it made me feel so good and will definitely get me through the afternoon. Honestly, today has been the best day. For me, the first 10 days were brutal. Gotta believe mind over matter!!
w00t today is exactly 2 months clean from opiates. Been feeling fine for a couple weeks at least so I don't really count days. I just remember 7-15 was my sobriety date. I'm still getting used to being opiate free though. There is definately more to it than just going through withdrawals. I don't have cravings or any physical problems thank god. It's just getting used to dealing with stress and emotions without poppin pills that is still hard. Way happier off those things though.
Good job to everyone keeping clean. Especially yall fresh into it haha.
Hey want, motivation and drive back to 100%?
I'm posting at 3:26 with a Suboxone in my mouth. It took forever to scroll down to how it really is withdrawing from this poison. Two years ago I was writing on sites that this was a miracle drug. It's not.
There are two Suboxone programs where I live, because drug use is so heavy here. One gives you three days worth of Suboxone and you are done and sent back into the world. That clinic has a high rate of return addicts. And addict is an addict, they just stop doing drugs. I am an addict.
I was in the program where they keep you on Suboxone for the rest of your life. I was fine taking my pills until a few things happened. One, my now ex was upset that I could not have an orgasm. Two, I went camping at his request with no Suboxone. It was such an intense pain emotionally and physically (and damn I was frozen in my bones) that I did not care about the road being a death trap to get home.
Fast forward another year and I'm still on Suboxone. I was cut off the patient assistance plan, so I spend over $100 a week to stay sane for the life I have. Otherwise I yell, cry, have a hard time walking, wear sky jackets in summer weather, lose weight in an ugly way and am unable to get a bit of work done. I had a project were I had to walk for 20 minutes-usually no big deal for me- and I laid in bed. I actually called the suicide hotline it was so bad. I broke down and called people I don't get a long with just to help fund my medication- and I'm still speaking of Suboxone, not heroin. Suboxone is evil. It clings to my brain, my happiness, my body. I am not myself anymore. Music does not sound as good. I'm just going through motions. But suicide is not an option. We are strong people. Risk takers. That's why we got into this mess. I love each and every one of you. Be strong, and together we will come around. I do not recommend camping as a way to withdraw though.
I'm posting at 3:26 with a Suboxone in my mouth. It took forever to scroll down to how it really is withdrawing from this poison. Two years ago I was writing on sites that this was a miracle drug. It's not.
There are two Suboxone programs where I live, because drug use is so heavy here. One gives you three days worth of Suboxone and you are done and sent back into the world. That clinic has a high rate of return addicts. And addict is an addict, they just stop doing drugs. I am an addict.
I was in the program where they keep you on Suboxone for the rest of your life. I was fine taking my pills until a few things happened. One, my now ex was upset that I could not have an orgasm. Two, I went camping at his request with no Suboxone. It was such an intense pain emotionally and physically (and damn I was frozen in my bones) that I did not care about the road being a death trap to get home.
Fast forward another year and I'm still on Suboxone. I was cut off the patient assistance plan, so I spend over $100 a week to stay sane for the life I have. Otherwise I yell, cry, have a hard time walking, wear sky jackets in summer weather, lose weight in an ugly way and am unable to get a bit of work done. I had a project were I had to walk for 20 minutes-usually no big deal for me- and I laid in bed. I actually called the suicide hotline it was so bad. I broke down and called people I don't get a long with just to help fund my medication- and I'm still speaking of Suboxone, not heroin. Suboxone is evil. It clings to my brain, my happiness, my body. I am not myself anymore. Music does not sound as good. I'm just going through motions. But suicide is not an option. We are strong people. Risk takers. That's why we got into this mess. I love each and every one of you. Be strong, and together we will come around. I do not recommend camping as a way to withdraw though.
Rose
I too thought suboxone with the ticket. It was said to have no side effects and easy to stop with minor withdrawals if any. What a pack of lies that was. I was on them for almost three years until I looked in the mirror and said enough. Ten weeks ago today and I feel great. For me the first two weeks was pretty miserable, the next two weeks was like a minor flu with weakness, lack of energy and insomnia. Weeks five thru six were just minor discomfort. Taper down to a 1mg or less and take some time for yourself if possible, I had about 10 day at home alone which was most helpful. Get your mind around the fact it will suck for a short period of time and soon you will have you life back. Oh, and stock up on food and comfort meds so you don't need to go to the store if you feel too weak for a few days. I did benzos for a week for sleep but many discourage that.
You can do it Rose!
Buckeye- drive and energy are back at 100%. It took some work though. You can't just lay around all day and hope it comes back naturally. Well, that might work for some people. I had to get up and exercise. Been doing it since the worst of w/d and still do. I have a lot more endurance now, and it seems to help me mentally as well. I think if I never got up and became more active, I would still be very lazy.
Coffee in the morning helps too... AFTER the stomach issues go away. I drank a glass when my tummy was still screwed up and nearly shit myself.
Rose@ I had that problem with orgasm on oxys and such... but I'm a guy. That used to piss me off so much. Subs didn't do that to me. But, now that I'm off opiates, I can't seem to last 5 minutes haha.
I agree that subs start to dull everything in your life after a while. At first everyone thinks it's a miracle drug, until being on it for years and can't get off. That's when you realise it's basically the same thing as any other opiate. At least you want to be clean from them. That's the first step. Some people are proud to be on subs their whole life. Those people are usually assholes as well.
Thanks for the note. I feel like I'm at about 80% right now. It's still hard for me to stay concentrated on one thing- I'm a database programmer. Looking back to a week ago, its like night and day though. I have been exercising, which does help.
Hi - right now I'm just goingto do what one other person did - see if my comment will post before writing a lot!...?
(Ok - does post...?...)I have been reading all of the people's feelings, fears, WD pains info, usage amts.,tapering amts., etc., for 2 days now - and it has scared the living crap out of me worse!(We were hoping we were just WEAK!) My husband & I started using Suboxone thru our daughter & her at the time BF, who were in the then new Suboxone programs. She,(both of them actually), said it would calm us down, and wasn't a narcotic - we were told it was just a safe "high" that would replace heroin for our daughter, keep her from going back to or wanting 'street' drugs - I asked all about it also for her - they were not very well informed abt how bad the WD were either, evidently.(And, yes - mess up, the Dr. shuts you right off, leaving you with ANOTHER addiction, how intelligent!). It was only when we didn't have any for appx.4 days that the BF says,"you're probably sick - I'll be up tonite w/bupe",that we had first inkling we might be in trouble. I was at work, (as was my husband, a construction worker - full manual labor - then & now - poor man!), both of us having sweating, no energy, flu-like symptoms, sore legs, muscles - you all know already!- (and I was lucky enough to be at home, just get up, get my child off to school, then collapse, fight just to get up & into the shower when we were w/out for over 2 wks.). Needless to say, my husband & I both felt better after the BF came.
That was 3 yrs. ago. We have always only done 1-2 mg. a day, usually 2 mg.apiece. We want to stop so bad, we tried last fall for over 2 wks. It was HELL - as you've all stated in different, very eloquent - and honest!- ways: the symptoms are BAD - depression, zero energy, restless legs, insomnia, etc., - but not the poops...?. We thought, felt like we were dying - hubby could just go to work, come home, sit & just DIE after working for 8 - 10 hrs. We felt so awful, we didn't even look for any, but someone finally called us. We saw no end in sight, no improvement of how we felt after 2 wks. or longer, so we despaired of getting any farther toward ever feeling better, any relief of any kind. So, we took the one we got, did 2 mil. each, felt so much better in a little bit, as you all also know! I later found out due to a heavy period at the same time last fall, I had lost 2 pts. of blood during that time also that I had to have replaced. So, I knew why my energy level was sooo low, and why I couldn't comprehend my hubby working(cuz I felt so lousy!), but was still scared to death of quitting cuz of how damned bad we had felt for so long, w/no improvement. We are older - in our 50's - and raising a grandchild who was removed due to drug problems w/ parents. The last thing we want or will do is to endanger the child's well-being, security, trust, HOME, etc., with us in any way because we were stupid enough after our whole lives of never getting even remotely addicted to ANYTHING, to have this happen - they gave us energy, made us feel good and we thought they were safe as our girl was being given them to stay OFF opiates and help her not to have a worse addiction, to live a 'clean' life - (We still have a 'normal' life ourselves, busy, visible, etc. - FOR NOW)- "What a joke", was my 1st reaction when they told me about the program - I said, " You are going to take her from 3 mos. detox, sober, and give her a drug to get her legally high? - why??? when she's clean now?" They said it was to keep her from going right back to the street drugs....rigghhttt! So, now, we can't go to detox, or a Dr., to get help or meds to get us thru kicking this. We have recently made the commitment to quit. We have cut our intake to 1 mg. a day, splitting a 1/4 of a 8 mg. in the morning for the day...hard to split too, as 1 person had said! - lol! Somedays, we do a "bump" after he gets home from work, maybe split a 1/4 of an 8 mg.(1 mg. ea.) again then. We are going to start doing 1 mg. every other day. We DO have some valium to help w/WD symptoms, and will try to get percs also to help, cuz we have done those and quit, never bothered us at all. It's just that we have to keep up appearances - we just cannot ever chance the possibility of losing our child - have to deal w/school, daily responsibilities, our child, neighbors, other kids, supper, the routines & schedules, homework, on and on! - all the things that were MOUNTAINS before will be again, geez.
From what I've read, except for a few , most everyone here is on suboxone w/a Dr., not cuz of having bought it on the street, and a Dr. is helping w/ the weaning/tapering - is that correct??? We've also been told that the orange tablets are going to get scarce w/this change to the 'film strips" coming - not sure, hope we do not have to find out. Know we have to wean, go days w/out a dose - but def. will need something to take the edge off everyday.
I've read the way some people tapered themselves, the amts. - so small,you wouldn't believe they'd make a difference; .50 mg., .25 mg. - but I know how just a tiny bit is so much better than nothing at points now, believe me!
We are going to try to lick this addiction because we HAVE TO. We have to keep our adopted child, we have to not NEED anything at all for drugs( a lil' pot now & then MAYBE...), we have to be able to function while we do it too, so I hope our willpower is as strong as it was in the fall last year,that we can control the taper, along w/other medications not nearly so addictive. We made it 2 wks. cold turkey - hoping we can make it this time, knowing more , being better prepared and not to run out of other aides, like Valium, to get off this terribly addictive "miracle cure" for opiate addiction - yeah, ok, right....I want to say how much I appreciate this comment area, it helped me know that we - my husband & I - are not crazy, weak, bad, alone OR HOPELESS...SO, THANK YOU, ONE AND ALL.
I'LL BE BACK, I'M SURE...THIS IS GONNA BE A LONG HAUL! (Oops - sorry, caps! - unconcious????....lol!)I do remember a statement I read about a time frame of sorts - around lil' over 30 days, may start to realize you can do this and live, be normal again - and that it was day 62 or so for that person & things were great. If we can only get throught the first 2-3 wks again - that was SOOO HORRID, I CAN'T BEAR TO THINK OF OR REMEMBER IT. The lack of energy was one of the worse things, and my husband couldn't sleep due to the restless legs syndrome - me either, but I didn't have to get up at 5:30 am - so he was working on just a few hrs. sleep each nite....PLEASE - say a prayer for us. We want SOOO badly to be free of Suboxone forever - we got hooked in such a weird way. NEVER would have done heroin or oxys - afraid of THOSE!!! - not like lots of people who WERE doing those things at the time. We thought the suboxone was safe, withdrawal free - WHAT A JOKE ON US, HMMM? We just feel like all of a sudden - "addicts in our 50's - how the hell did this happen to us?????"....still can't comprehend how easy it happened when we think on it. Should have stuck w/ the occasional V or K to relax once in awhile!- ? - never had a problem then...okay - "TYVM" for listening, my heart & prayers go out to all of you - I know how you are feeling if you are not off it yet. Discouraging also to hear that anxiety & depression can be made worse & last for long after physical addiction is gone...really makes me afraid, wondering if I/we can do this, but we know we got here by doing it & the only way out is to STOP, pure & simple. Came in through it, we have to go out through it...TC to all!...???
G/Morniong Whattheheck, I have a lot in common with you guys. I'm in my 50s and have immense responsibilities which I cannot discuss on this forum. I was on 16mg to 1mg in 37 days. So I was all the way in with this stuff. I think it has been about 10 days with nothing and I am battling the depression from it but I feel like I am coming back slowly. I went to rehab once for H a long time ago, like 15 years and that took 2 weeks to get my head back together and they kept me for a month. So I figure this may well be much the same. As everyone says a couple of weeks and the sleep and anxiety improves, and you're looking back at the time without subs which is a beautiful experience. Give yourself time, don't obsess on your WD. I know its hard with the lack of motivation and energy and drive that we had before. But it does come back !! I promise you that. I too have had my MD write a few simple Darvons and xanax to help with the WD of this although he still swears to me for a third time that not everyone goes through this. He says most people taper slowly and do fine. It truly is the idiosyncratic nature of pharmaceutical medications as all of our DNA is different so we react differently to withdrawals. Talk to people that love and understand and ask for some help if you can share even a modest version of what you're going through so someone can help out with shopping, laundry, cooking, etc. I've got to get ready for church now. I already said a prayer for you and I will say another one for you in half an hour. People love you that don't know you guys, as we are God's children, from my heart, Subscared
Whattheheck
Sounds like you almost made it the first time you attempted to quit stopping for two weeks. You did the hard part and like many of us fell off the wagon. From what I have read most people do not make it the first time so you are in good company. I am 50 and have two school age daughters and a wife who knew nothing about what I was on or what I was jumpting from. Fortunately
I sent her and my girls away to vist family for three weeks and had some privacy. If you can get a week or two off work it will be helpful and get you thru the worst part of withdrawal. For me it was six weeks total to be free from any effects of the subs. Like you said the first two were rough but it gets easier during the next two weeks and just irritating weeks five and six. You will be so proud of yourselves when you stop this stealth addiction and put it n your past for the sake of your family and you.
Good luck.
Hey guys, Agree. 3 weeks off and can see the progress.
I have been on Subs for a year and ahalf with a dr. he had me on a pretty high dose in the beggining but tablerd me down. three or four months ago i started tapering down a lot more until i finnally stopped taking them on September 2, 2010. I was supposd to see my dr on September 1, for a refill but i decided to stop, so i cancelled my appt and stopped taking them. today is day 19 and its getting better. Im still having stomach issues which i think will probably last for at least 30 days but as far as the weakness and wanting to jump out of my skin, not sleeping, thats all pretty much gone now. I will tell you though I tried to stop subs about 8 months ago and couldnt do it i ended up in the ER. I realize now that I wasnt tapered down enough, you really have to taper as low as you possibly can to make this transition easier. I was on a very low dose, 2.5 mgs. its a tiny orange pill a third of the size of the regular subs and i would break them in three pieces and take one pieace each day on my last month. Once i was out, I was out. I knew I couldnt do it if i still had any subs and this time I had the help of my boyfriend who was very understanding and supportive and proud of what i was doing he also gave me weed to smoke. he told me it would help me sleep and help my pain which it absolutely did!! I hadnt smoked pot since i was in my 20s. So all of you that are in sub withdrawal, just hang in there it will get better, stay hydrated. stay hydrated, stay hydrated!!! I know for me the feeling of wanting to jump out of my skin, restless legs, not able to lay still to try to sleep was way worse if i was not well hydrated. drink lots and lots of water and gaterade. Exercise also helps when your feeling like you cant stand still go for a run, a long walk or a bike ride. Fortunately, i have a tread mill which i used alot to help. a hot bath is also very comforting. It is best to take time off of work if you can at least to get through the first week. Thats what I did and to tell you the truth i wish id taken two because i have the time to take at my job, i just really didnt think i would need more time. Smoke some danm weed if you hurting or cant sleep!! help yourself anyway you can without truning back. You can do it and you will be so happy when your clean! it truly will be one of your biggest accomplishments and something to be proud of.
good luck eveyone!!
Hey....for me it took about 3 weeks to feel "normal" again. Sleeping is good, eating better. I do have some times of anxiety...but unfort for me...that is normal I believe.
Wow I have been reading all these posts and it makes me feel a little better to hear that so many have quit and made it.... Well "better" for now anyways. I am dreading the wd from subs. Actually already feeling minor aches and chills after not having any for a whopping 8 hours. Probably a lot of you are laughing at that. My husband and I have been on them for 3 years. I know - sad. We got on them to get off of H, which we had been hooked on for about a year. It's been a long road and it's time we start on a new path. We don't have great med insurance, so my husband quit going to the doc for them quite a long time ago and we've been buying the subs from our buddy ever since. We've tried to quit before but didn't last more than a day or maybe two. So we have been tapering down, but maybe not enough. We probably have been doing about 2-4mgs a day for the last year or so. In the last week, we've tapered that down to no more than 2mgs a day for each of us. Now we are just about out and maybe that's a good thing. I don't think we'd ever quit if we had a completely endless supply. It almost always seemed endless and though I don't like being dependant on these things, it was toooo rough trying to get off of them, and we were always able to get more. Oh just to feel normal again without the help of a drug!!! We are pretty much set on quitting now though, and I am scared. I wish I would have read this before and we would have tapered way way down before our supply ran out. My husband is stronger than I am when it comes to this kind of thing, but I know he is gonna be hurting too. I don't want to be all whiney and bring him down. I appreciate this forum and all your comments and encouragements. I know that after reading this, I don't really feel that bad now. Things will be getting much worse before they get better I guess. I'm hoping and praying for the best. I wish I could just hide away for a week, but I can't. I've got family things coming up where I gotta be around my mom and dad... and I can't tell them what's going on. They have no clue. Anyways, after all that rambling, I do have a question. And I am embarrassed to ask it. But here goes... We did not do the "under the tongue" dealio, but have been snooting them since the very beginning. I read that that makes the withdrawl worse. Is that true? Well I am sure I will be back. To all you people who are in the middle of this, keep it up. I am about to join you. Be Strong, We Can Do This.
@kel- Is snooting snorting or banging? I've never heard that term... or typo? Anyways... Snorting or shooting them would cause the drug to get into your system faster and also leave faster.... so you might feel the effects a little more (not much. ive done it all. subs are subs anyway you do them) but it will also wear off faster. Meaning you will start w/ding faster and it might be a little more intense than under the tongue. Probably not much worse though. Dosage is the main thing. But... there is one upside to using sub this way... your w/ds will not last as long as people doing them under the tongue. That's all I can think of. Late and tired. Hope this helps.
Well, it's been a long journey, i jumped on 23rd April 2009, I'm doing much better these days although i do find it a struggle at times, the temptation is still there, the psychological battle remains, albeit just milder and quieter as the days pass by...
Best wishes to everyone,
Phil.
Promethazine is a good choice with the sub detox, as it helps with the nasuea and promotes light sleep, it also makes opiates "feel" stronger as it is commonly perscribed in a "tussin" along with codiene. therefore, in theory, using it with the taper method mentioned may be benificial, in taking a small of dose as possible.
I am all too familar with the absolute hell that is opiate addiction, given any opiate. mine started on vics, then percs, then oc's, im sure youre all too familar with that damn slope :D anyways, been clean about 5 months now, and have decided to step up and try to quit these subs for good. suboxone withdrawal is by no means "mild" due to its such long half-life and wide spread withdraw, it often at times seems worse for me..
anyways, wish me luck and good luck to everyone currently trying to spank this monkey :)
@Want2sleep, thx for your answer. I could definitely deal with a shorter w/d, even if it is more intense. And sorry - I guess snorting would be the correct term. I was researching a bunch of stuff before I found this website and the article I read talked about the naloxone being put in there to deter people from snorting or injecting because it can cause w/d symptoms. I re-read it, and I think that it is probably referring to people starting and taking the suboxone, maybe not people getting off of the drug. I have a hard time making sense out of all the medical/neurological descriptions and explanations that I researched tho... That is one reason I like this site. You hear in laymans terms straight from the people who have experienced it. And I thank you again for your response. That does make sense and helps. I like to know what I'm dealing with. Last night wasn't so bad. Feeling not quite normal, some minor sweats, lots of yawning, minor leg and lower back discomfort, and I had weird weird dreams, but at least I slept. We had a little tiny piece of sub left, and did probably 1/2 mg this morning. I feel pretty much like myself again and I know I can get some work done today, but now I kind of wish I would have went without and wonder what I'd be feeling like now. We are just trying to get through this with the least discomfort possible. If the w/d would be nothing worse than what we dealt with last night, I could definitely deal with that. I am just scared that it will get a lot worse. We shall see. I am determined to stay positive and not bring hubby down. It seems like keeping busy helps.
I've been reading some posts on here trying to see what I expect to go through. I've been on subs for 2 years, had it down to 8mg, and about a month ago jumped back up to 16... decided I'm just done. Heading out in about 30 min. to spend a week in a medical detox unit and then straight to treatment. I'll bookmark this site and share how it went.. wish me luck =)
Good luck. Hang in there for the 2 week mark!
good luck to all of you jumping and tapering....
1/2 mg of subs is still quite a powerful amount of opiate as you would notice even more if you were totally opiate naive
the standard entry level dose of sub for pain relief is less than that, it's 200mcg
i slipped up once after being clean for a number of months and took about 0.8mg, the next day i threw my guts up, proper dope sick as if i'd taken an average entry level whack of heroin from zero tolerance
it's real powerful stuff is bupe
i'm not sure the naloxone is actually effective even despite its purpose, its more a marketing fad by pharmaceutical companies, for a start, naloxone only lasts for a short period of time so you would soon only have the subs in your system without any effect from the naloxone
further more, buprenorphine is a stronger binder to the opioid receptors than naloxone so, in theory, any naloxone taken with bupe would be knocked out of the way by the subs
what follows from this and proves the point more succinctly is the fact that naloxone isn't effective in reversing respiratory failure in bupe overdose, it just can't knock the bupe off the opiate receptors
this binding power of bupe probably gives it it's huge full and half life and thus the awful reality of prolonged withdrawals, less intense but disturbingly and painfully long...
i'm still sick to death of the medical profession prescribing long acting opioids in maintenance therapy, i.e. methadone and suboxone / subutex, i really do believe it would be better to prescribe that person whatever it is they are addicted to at the time, like oxys or pharmaceutical heroin (albeit the latter is not available in the US, but in the UK a few heroin addicts already get diamorphine prescribed)
long acting opiates come with problems, i took a moderately high maintenance dose of methadone for a while, 140mg a day at my peak, it drove me nuts, i tried to detox from it but even tapering the stuff drove me nuts, i got down to 30mg or below and switched to subutex thinking the ride would be easier
the ride was different but was it easier? no, it was hard, but you will be able to do it just accept it will hurt for a while and your mind will go crazy for a bit
the problem i'm having now, after nearly a year and a half is recent cravings for the oblivion of strong opiates, i believe it is because i'm going through a very stressful episode of my life and needing to find somewhere else to live very quickly plus quite a few other factors
best wishes to all of you in your endeavours, you can and will do it, just don't make the mistake of thinking you can detox without pain, whether it be in the short term in withdrawals or in the long term with adjusting to life post-opiate addiction
however, as you all have realised, it is the only way forward, you can't lose the rest of your life to this drug, you've lost too much already
but if at first you don't succeed, try, try again, and you will get there in the end, a little stronger and a little changed for the better (for yourself and your quality of life) each time,
much love to all victims of opiate dependency and addiction,
Phil.
back again and now at the four week 1 day mark. While the worst of the withdrawal is over there is still lingering diarrhoea (can anyone spell that) some sneezing, hard to get to sleep but worst of all is the lack of energy and motivation to get on with a life opiate free. Like some of theother posters, I don't like alcohol and I don't like pot so there is no artificial relief from the total blankness of my mind. This may be because I did spend half a lifetime on methadone and then subs for two months but the temptation to return to how I used to feel, regain interest in life, make plans for the future is really overwhelming,. It is to the point where I seriously consider leaving hubby and kids and assets and return to pre 1987 lifestyle (some of you may not even have been born then), I do have some sense of responsibility for my young children but worry about the effect of a listless and depressed mother on their development. I take heart from comments that after 6 weeks I will start to feel better.
I hope you all get through and make use of this really great forum for anyone going through opiate withdrawal.
My brother gave me some great advice about gettinbg through withdrawal which is to keep telling yourself you only need to get through the next hour, to the next morning or the next day. As trite as it sounds it helped and stopped me thinking about going back as a way of getting through! good luck everyone
Hey guys how we all doing?
@Phil abc, thanks for all that info. You are right - they need a better way to treat this kinda thing. Some smart chemist needs to discover or invent a miracle drug or something. Suboxone is my nemisis right now. My husband thinks we wouldn't have kicked the H without it, but I don't know. I don't remember much from wd from H. Only that suboxone was like the best thing ever at the time. I can't believe I've been on it for so long and thought for a second we'd be able to get off it easily.
So that 1/2 mg from this morning seems like light years away. It of course did the job for most of the day, but when 5pm suboxone time came around and there was no suboxone to be had, I was like "man this sucks." So I went to the gym to keep busy and that definitely helped...although I sweated like crazy crazy. Soon as I got home and sat down I felt sucky. We got a hold of some things that may or may not help us through this. I am not into taking a lot of different drugs, but at this point and knowing what's coming, I am honestly up for anything that will help but not take me backwards. An acquaintance told us his doctor gave him tramadol to help get off the orange, and he gave us some. Never heard of it before. And didn't see any comments from anyone on this site about that being used to help wd from sub. Did some research on it, but has anyone here heard of that? Or tried it and it helped? Not sure if I want to take it. Also got some benzos which I have never had before either. Never even heard of the term "benzo" before I came to this site. Not sure exactly what they do except help sleep? Didn't know if I should try it, but I did. Just needed something. We'll see. I still feel the same right now. Sorry I do feel like a weakling having a hard time with this already. I know you guys who are on your first full days/weeks without must think I'm a wimp. I was fine until things wound down this evening. Now I got that freakin monkey on my back. But it isn't THAT bad. It is managable. Just trying to keep positive. We plan on not doing ANY tomorrow. Lets see how that goes. See ya all lata then.
Hey Kel, I took some Tramadol and still take a small amount due to severe arthritic knees. It is very mild and although it is a synthetic partial agonist, it is quite easy for most people to stop taking. It does seem to help me a little. The benzos help too, but don't stay on those for more than a couple of weeks or you'll have another problem. As to Phil abc, doesnot have it quite right as to the Nalexone compound. It is very effective sublingually, I can attest myself to that part. Also the 200mcg level of sub is not a medically therapeutic level for anyone. Maybe its stronger in the UK. Goodnight all and good luck I am at 2 weeks tomorrow, and feeling better little by little. God Bless everyone.
Hey, Kel? Are you telling me that you have never heard of the term "benzos"? Tramadol??? I'm not making fun of you, by any means, but it seems like those are two common knowledge things in the world of drug addiction. But anyway, things are pretty shitty around my world right now. Ya, I know. Who gives a fukc? But I'm gonna pound on the keyboard and rattle on about it for a while anyway. I broke my femur(thigh), and had to have surgery. Besides having six 3 inch screws and 3 titanium plates inserted into my leg, and being laid up and off work for two months(the nice people at Pepsi are picking up the tab), the brilliant surgeons and doctors thought it would be beneficial to put me on dilaudid......NOT!!!! Bad idea. No, wait. Terrible idea. And because I have been going absolutely nuts from being couped up and worried about impending doom from having a limp or chronic pain or an infection or whatever else my bed ridden mind can muster up............sigh, the pill throwing doctors decided to ease my worried soul with Ativan. Another bad idea. Although the big D and benzos are helping with the discomfort and pain.............I know me too well. All of this wonderful stuff happened on my birthday(9/11). So for twelve days now I have obviously ruined my present attempt at being clean. I was contemplating taking the jump on my birthday and going commando! And just suffer through the wd's and will myself to proceed with life and go opiate free.................but that's down the tubes. WTF? So I know I will be a hot mess in a few weeks. What to do, what to do? I don't have a clue. I have thought about it, but that's about it. After six days on the Dilaudid, they prescribed Roxy 15's and put me on Xanax instead of Ativan. I know I should just not take the Roxy's and take my subs instead.......but I'm an addict. Triple sigh. And the zannies do help me relax. But that's the whole problem. I'm giving myself and using these excuses to keep using instead of trying to continue what I was doing in the first place. I'm just venting, I guess. I totally screwed up my sub tapering process. I was in too much pain to really think straight. But I have the ol' noggin tightened up again and I am in a dilemma. I know that I should be on an addiction forum instead of a sub tapering forum right now,...........but,....uh ..maybe the head isn't screwed on that tight after all. Just be kind and understanding, and don't boo me off the board. I guess I will be back when I am something. Sigh.........
Hey all, thank you all for your responses to my questions. Glad to hear some of you are feeling better and better (it is encouraging), and sorry to those of you who aren't there yet. I'm not, but we were able to get some more subs and are able to taper down a little more before taking the big jump. So that is helpful for sure. We took it down to maybe .125 mg a day. It is so tiny I can't believe it helps, but it does the job for a few hours, and we do a little suffering for the rest of the day.... All for the better though. We know the sooner we're off of them completely, the sooner we'll be free of them, so we are determined to make ourselves suffer through the tapering process so the total wd process maybe won't be quite as bad. It does take willpower though, let me tell ya. I could easily go snort up a huge line right now, but that'll just take me back to where I don't want to be.
The last I posted I asked about the tramadol and benzos. No, I honestly have never heard of those before. I've heard of klonopin but didn't know it was a "benzo" or what a benzo was. So we were feeling super crappy that night I posted and we each took a klonopin to help us calm down and sleep. Knocked us right out. Apparently my brain didn't react well to it though. I got the possibly the worst migraine of my life yesterday... maybe a reaction to the klonopin. Or maybe a reaction to so little sub, or maybe something not even related. You never know with those damn migraines, but I won't be taking anymore of those benzos.
Want2Sleep, Subscared, Skippy & Others: You guys give me so much encouragement. I have read through many of your posts and it is great to hear that you are all doing it and that it really does get better if you just stick it out.
WishINeverTriedOpiates: I just wanted to give you my support. I know it must suck terribly trying to get off and stay off everything when you've got medical problems going on that cause you pain. Everyone on this forum is pretty much understanding it seems though, and I know you won't bee boo'd. Maybe someone here has been in a similar situation. But we've all had somewhat similar situations in that we've all obviously been addicted (or still are). You have the right idea and are thinking the right way - you WANT to be off all the crap... and that is the first step, right? Those freaking doctors arent really helping though, are they? I don't want to give you advice, bcuz I I haven't had the same experiences. But I have been addicted. Still am, but determined to not be - just like you. Just be strong and keep it in your head that your goal is to get off all the junk as soon as you possibly can.
Phil abc: Man, stay strong. You know you don't want to go back on that road. It is a sucky road. You are in the clear now. Life sucks sometimes. Life throws a lot of problems and shit your way, but you know if you go back to opiates, that's only going to make you feel better temporarily and then it'll make you even more miserable. There is something out there that will make you happy, but not opiates. Right? Good luck with what you're going through. You've got my support.
Talk to you all later.
Thanks for the posts. I am over two weeks today and feeling better all the time. I am taking my first trip out of town today and am a little frightened about the experience of being away for a couple days. But I am telling you straight up that after two weeks off the subs it does make a big difference. I still have ongoing arthritic pain and insomnia that kicks you but I will win in the end. Go do the right thing, and you know what it is. Stay off subs !!! God Bless you all.
Spent just 3 and a half days in detox. After sleeping for 2 and a half days I decided no more meds (cuz they just knock you out) and wanted to see how I felt. My vitals returned to normal so I got to come home for a couple days before treatment. I don't know if I just got lucky or what but I don't ever remember it getting real bad. Or maybe what they were giving me made me not notice. I don't remember hurting other than minor backache, which I attributed to sleeping in a bed other than my own. Now I just pretty much feel drained, some hot flash type issues, but not too bad. Today is day 8 without a sub dose. Also, I don't know if it would make a difference but a couple months ago I switched to the generic buprenorphine, I'm wondering if that could be why my wd isn't that bad?? who knows, I'm just glad!
I think the fatigue is normal. It was pretty much couch city for me during the first 2 weeks. It does get better...much better. I'm over a month and feel the same as I did while taking sub. It wasnt easy...but worth it!!
HUH, my math sucks, today is day 8. Although I missed my family I regret coming home from detox, home is SOOO overwhelming. I have trazadone so I'm able to sleep fine, I don't ache or anything, no RLS crud. Just completely BLAH, and everytime I get up I have that kicked in the gut feeling. Still some hot/cold stuff. Worthless feeling, and I'm scared $hitless because I've read this can last for months!! I can't handle that. I'll be heading out for treatment tomorrow and I'm afraid their just gonna try to stuff god down my throat, which is the last thing I need. This sucks. I guess I'm pretty mad at myself because of course I knew better, I'm a nurse for god sakes. urghhh.. stupid
Hang in there.....@ 2 weeks, you will notice a big difference. Around the first week, it was a big challenge to get up and feed the dog. Now...no bid deal. It will get better!!
Just checking - lost whole post...grrr...
Just wrote tons and lost it - my comp's fault. Anyway - This is the first time i have been back since posting, and i was just sobbing over answers, responses to my post. Its just so nice to know there are others in our position - or where we want to be - out there.
DS - ty for your words. We were so scared, thought there was no end in sight. Now we now we were at least thru part of the worst of it.
Maria - i so can relate to you. I also cannot be public w/this. Will not jeopardize my kids for anything, Dept. of Children , no one , understands. They would just remove kids. We also do not havve any help, no one to turn to, to take kids.
We r hoping to stop when hubby gets laid off - seasonal work - so he doesn't jeopardize his job, in this economy, that can't happen. He work the whole 2 wks. we stopped before - I couldn't believe it. I don't work now, DS, not for last 2 yrs., but want to go back - obv. clean.
My heart went out to Freebird when he said he was a strong person but on Day 14, he cried - I have sat here feeling depressed, lousy, 2-faced, false, etc. as i cannot show anything to anyone....small town, all know our business, sure some of you can relate to that. I look at myself and would think - esp. during the time we stopped - that I was a 50 yr. old junkie & how the hell did this happen to us??? But, with God, willpower, strength and maybe this site to vent/question on, we may just be able to put this horrible thing behind us. iunderstand that the only way to get over this addiction is to go THRU it. We also plan on using, valiums, percs, klonapin, marijuana (me, beer - husband doesn't drink) - whatever helps the symptoms.( We know from before, that we just have to get thru the evening - ME, actually, since hubby has wkd all day at that point - do dinner, homework, showers, etc. Just having the ENERGY to deal w/boys (!) is so hard, and I thanked God when I made it to another bedtime). Used them all at one time or another - prescriptions mostly - I am a person w/anxiety - so we know none will be a problem not to do. NEVER had an issue until we tried subs....went substance-free totally for 3 yrs. when adopting boys - should have stayed that way! Marijuana was the most we did then - and an occasional valium, etc. as needed to calm down. Never have been dependant on anything - boy, what a terrible choice we made w/this "bupe" thing....hindsight, right?...jeez.
Thanks also, subscared, for your comments - and definitely tyvm for your prayers....we certainly can use them. also - thank you so much.
All your words mean more to me than I can possibly ever express. Sorry this is so messy, etc., but i've read for literally hrs. today, and now it's time for my sons to be home from school - husband just got home from work. We are scared, esp. knowing some of what we will face - but know that you all help, every word, emotion, advice that you share here helps someone somewhere - even if they don't post, I'm sure of it. May God Bless you all and help us all through maybe one of the toughest things there is to get thru - drug addiction. I will NOT let the depression get the best of me, as my family depends on me. I am a very strong woman - like to think I am! - and I will get thru this. Just so scary knowing it has to be done w/out anyone seeing, knowing - except me and my husband. we are all we can count on.
Take care all - you are all always in my thoughts, prayers, heart. Thank you all for just being here, posting, sharing what has to be the hardest thing there is to share - humiliation, shame, self-loathing, secret lives, etc. - these are things I feel always....anger is right at the top, let me tell you, at myself, for letting this happen to us - I am supposed to be the strong one, the one who says "No", keeps us on track - my husband does listen to me, I'm a pretty dominate personality. Which probably makes me more susceptible to addictions, I don't know - think i can control everytrhing, hate it that I obviously cannot....thanks again, one and all. Hope to get to talk to more of you in more detail.... :).
Going to my granddaughter's soccer game now - better enjoy these things while I can, right??? Cuz, it'll be awhile before we feel like doing things like this when detoxing....oh God, so hard to think of. I have to keep in mind it was really harder then for me as I had had lost 2 pts. of blood ALSO during that time of stopping due to menopause & BAD menstrual cycle! - talk abt getting hit HARD!...lol! At least I know why I felt SOO little energy, on top of what you would anyway....man!
Oh - we take 1/8 a day each now - sometime another when he gets home around dinnertime - and now we are going to start skipping a day, then go down to splitting the 1/8 a day for 2 wks., then 'jump', the term I have read.
Bye for now - prayers to all.
Hey everyone hope ur all well. today is day 26 for me and I'm still having some stomach issues but its getting much better. I'm actually surprised that im still feeling a littel bad. I really am starting to believe that the longer you are on the subs, the longer the withdrawal will be. although I dont feel anywhere near as bad as I did the first two weeks im still not 100%. but like skippys brother said, you need to keep telling urself you only need to get through the next hour or next morning or next day. take one hour one day at a time and you'll get there. Im not sure which poster said they had some family shit coming up while they would be going through withdrawal, but for me that wouldnt be a good idea. I had to devote all my time and energy to getting clean. there was no way i was attending any fuctions while i was doing this, i think that makes it all that much harder. thats just me though.
I know my best days are coming. stay strong everyone!! and god bless!
I feel like I'm losing my mind, is it normal to just not give a %$$%? I've been reading old posts and I hear of all this determination and I just don't feel it. Right now I could care less about being clean, for 2 cents I'd hop on a ferry to the big city and od behind some dumpster... but that would take too much energy, I haven't even combed my hair today..lol, yuk! Oh idk, I'm just not feeling this, just have a eff it all and eff everyone attitude today. I think if a clean life was so good than why did I do it anyways? ugh,sorry, I'm confused, exhausted, probably don't make much sense, pissed, at least I can sleep. Although all I do is dream about oxy's... my DOC. how freakin' pathetic =( I'm sick of this already.
Come on guys ....cheer up a little and don't beat yourselves up. It just takes a little time. Don't you understand that the fear of getting clean is all part of the disease of addiction ? Please as everyone has said that at one week you feel better and at two its amazing. I will have 3 weeks day after tomorrow and am feeling a huge difference. Please stay with it and be strong, as it is worth it in the end and you don't want to have to go through being sick all over another time again. God Bless you all, and especially JGirl
Day 8 was worse than 7, I haven't decided how I feel yet today. I woke up sad, what is with the dreams? Has anyone else ecperienced vivid dreams? I do sleep OK, prob thanks to the trazadone, but I dream of wierd things, last night it was about a close friend I lost a few years back.. actually not that I think about it his funeral was on 9/28...weird. Anyways, I'm leaving today, for what I don't know. I think it has to be better than lazing around the house constantly with my kiddos watching me. The older ones know whats up but not the little ones.
I just can't help be so mad for taking this shit for so long! If only I had done my research, instead of just ignoring it for 2 years..I feel like I'll never be normal again :( I think of me back in the day and I was sooo different. better. It all started after getting my tubes tied and these stupid little pills made me feel good, I'll never forget my son's dad, when they were gone I told him "geez, I'd be in trouble if you could buy those things..." and he replied "you can"... and he did, and you know the rest. I was clueless. Well, not really, just thought I was invincible I guess... or didn't get how it get's out of control so quick. Then the subs, oh what a life saver!! ya right, I truly believe I'm worse off now than I would have been detoxing the oxy's. OK, enough, I've got kids to put on the bus and myself to get ready. good luck all
To Jgirl....Yeah its probably the Trazedone I think. I took that and thought I belonged in a nut house. The doc took me of it right away due to my reaction to it. Just stay the course and don't use anything and then you can look back after a couple of weeks and its just a slow process but let the time go by and you will see the light at the end of the tunnel. I know you have probably had a real bad flu and felt worse than you do now. Tell yourself you've had flu and colds that were worse and that you can handle it. Good Luck, a lot of people care about you that you don't even know !!
Jgirl the depression and not giving a flying fuck about anything is part of the withdrawal, it will go away and you will feel happy again, that part was very hard for me as well. hang in there girl you've come to far to turn back now! Your almost there!!
I was abusing heroin for about a year. After That I went on a 6 month suboxone plan. The Plan worked great but after I plan was finished, I went cold turkey. I DO NOT recommend this. I was having horrible withdrawal symptoms for over a week. Taper your last 60 days down! You'll do yourself a big favor.
Hello all. Been reading more today - I thank God for this site, I must have been led here - sure wished I had seen it a year ago, would have kept going. Every day when my husband comes home, we talk about something else that I've read here. Trying to be 'smart', preparing to stop this time - get my home in order and all that before I do also.
We are down to 1 mg. a day still - and are talking about cutting out the 'bump' of another 1 mg.at dinnertime (we snort it, does anyone know if that makes it easier , harder or doesn't matter, to kick???). I have 4mgs. left and at $20 a piece here on the streets ($15 from a "friend") I plan on buying at least 2 more to taper to .5 a day with for a bit, then want to stop. My husband would like to wait til layoffs in winter....I don't know if I can stand feeling this way for that long tho, w/this THING hanging over me/us....but I think it's critical we stop together. Our boys are 8 & 10, old enough to know something will be wrong, but will 'buy' us saying we are sick w/flu. I am going to buy all the valiums I can from another 'friend'(:}), look for percs, stock up on the herbals I've read about here, and then...guess we just have to STOP. I want to give myself at least 2 weeks more as I have meetings at school, etc. to get out of the way now. I have 2 percs, 3 oxys(which we don't even use normally), 1 vicodan I have saved for way over a month to have when we need them. We do smoke pot occasionally - probably do alot more of that! I know what I do have saved is nothing yet tho - AND I'm in full-blown menopause now...lol...just one more thing to deal with, but at least I'm sure used to the "sweats", irritability, sleeplessness, moodiness, etc.! - AND won't have a blood loss episode at the same time AGAIN when trying to stop, making me think I really was going to die, like last year.
There are so many things I want to comment on as I'm reading, then it's all so overwhelming, I don't do it. Being new, I am at least encouraged by reading stories of the people who have come out at the other end - after around a month of pure hell - clean, and read that they feel better, are glad they quit, can see the sun again.
I agree w/the others about using 'aids' - I wished we had had some when we stopped for the 2 wks. last yr., would have made it more tolerable maybe. I DID get 2 percs around day 6-7 (neighbor, saw I was not feeling well & gave them to me) and it def. helped both of us for a few hrs. I'm also very lucky that myself & hubby are on same page - if he didn't want it also, I would have a hard time by myself - as Maria, whom, BTW, my heart goes out to - w/her hubby being injured & not cutting down w/her. My husband, as I've said, worked. Now, I've also read of others who did also, but did anyone do physical labor? - he works construction, he's 57 and had to have a pacemaker 3 yrs. ago this month (seems like a lot happens to us in the fall!)a young 57 tho - he works very hard, and was barely making it after 2 wks. last yr., which is why he wanted to wait to get laid off. I'm thinking about the holidays - to be clean by then would be sooo good, to just enjoy my boys, my family, my LIFE, normally again would be great - like a good dream after a horrible nightmare.
I really look up to all of you who have made it past the 3-4 wk. mark - wished we would have known what we do know , we'd have kept going. Sometime, it seems twice as hard to think of quitting now, knowing what we are in for, having experienced those first 2 wks. once already. HELL is a mild description, as you all know. I know it will be worth it - we never used opiates before, so this is our first experience w/addiction ourselves - saw our daughter go thru hell tho, adopted her kids and ended up here...what irony, huh? Life is a real kick in the ass sometimes, isn't it? - real comedian....
Wanted to ask whoever can answer - read about the KAVA extract, St.John's Wart, know about klonapin, valium, seroquel(not sure how we will get those tho - except maybe the valium - hard to get a Dr. to give a script here). Have been PXed xanax, klonopin, ambien a long time ago myself, but not recently. Also - read about the Waismann Method - way too much $$$$, that's not possible - also about the Ketamine(is the only way to take that in injections??? - cuz cannot do THAT - but it doesn't exactly sound like something easily available either, by PX or on the streets!) - and iboga/ibogaine in Mexico - another dream, due to no $$$ for that either - although they do sound like the way to go if only we could - miracle cures...I'm sure all here wouldn't have suffered so much if any of these were easy to get, so I'm not holding out for any false hopes, ways around going THRU the withdrawals.
So many things that people said gave them some relief - just would like to know the best things to have on hand-sounds like we will need A LOT of whatever we use, and need to wait til at least days 5-14 to use, when WD is getting really BAD and for the couple of weeks after that, tho less. I am just trying to figure out how to do this as methodically as possible, be prepared, cuz we already know how very awful we are going to feel. I'm lucky, I can stay home, just get boys off to school ,then deal with the day, get ready to get thru the evening w/them - my husband will not be moving when he gets home from work much, if he can continue working - which he kind of has to, as his is our only source of income.
Our boys have recently started seeing their biological dad, but he knows none of this, and he will be busy hunting for awhile, so no help there. My daughter knows, but has new baby and it's not feasible to bring boys to her on weekdays due to school, weekends MAYBE - boys want to be with us always tho. It is going to be VERY disruptive - to put it MILDLY - to have the "flu" for over a month. We had them in Tai-kwon-do last year & had to DRAG ourselves to get them there. Seeing people was hard, EVERYTHING a chore, as you all know SO well - getting groceries ,errands, laundry, appts. that can't be put off(as for school-related issues), etc. - all HUGE tasks. I really feel for the people like Maria, especially as I can relate to the worry about losing your children w/everything else you have to deal with - ON TOP of the issues w/her husband's injury - and ESP. w/a mother-in-law like hers...ugh!
If we were to go to our doctor, be honest, do you all think that would be a mistake? - from what I've read here, doesn't sound like a Dr. would be much help anyway...you guys, this site, are where it's at for me right now. I feel like, and hubby agrees, we have to keep it between us, at home, in private and just suffer thru - buy what we can on the "streets" to help us - we started that way, end it that way. But, it's just that I DO remember, all too well, the NO ENERGY(which w/kids was practically impossible to function w/out, particularly as we are not young anymore and it's tiring sometime on a good day to care for 2 young boys at our ages) and this makes us feel much older. Used to feel 1/2 my age - both of us did - but just thinking of cooking, homework, playing, etc. was just unimaginable most days when we weren't doing any sub(we call it 'bupe"). I had all I could do to shower, fumble at some housework & get mentally prepared for them to come home at 4 pm, then get thru next appx. 5 hrs. til bedtime - which seemed like 10 hrs.! Then - trouble sleeping, restlessness(that was the worse in a way for my husband, as he had to get up at 5 am to go to work...kudos to him!), not caring, fear, crying, mortification, self-loathing/hatred, etc. - so want to get ready for it now, be as prepared as anyone possibly can be. In some ways it's worse this time as we have been thru part of it and can't kid ourselves about how AWFUL we felt those simple little 2 wks. - months go by that I can't believe at times, yet those 2 wks. remain in my memory as an endless time period of feeling worse than I ever could have possibly imagined. I still feel we would jeopardize the boys if we told ANYONE.
Subscared, Fun Times, Fool123, Rick, Freebird, Philabc, Want2sleep, DS, krys - all of you - I
Hey - sorry for the repetitious remarks! Just read back, seems like I've said the same things everytime...:). Also looks like I was WAY too wordy - all of my post doesn't show. Was just saying how what you all share helps so much...Kel - I think you have a good attitude and will get thru this. Subscared - congratulations, you really give me hope too. Thanks also for the reminder not to dwell on the WD, just do it a day at a time.
I will try to keep it short from now on - think I've explained my situation enough! Also - thanks for the info on snorting vs under tongue - I missed it before. Guess I'd rather have WD be more intense than longer - not sure. I do think, after reading a bit more - that we need to taper down just a bit more....thanks all...blessings.
Whattheheck
I think worring about and contemplating jumping from subs causes people to delay the jump, it did with me.
Being co-dependent with your husband has to add to that I would think. I know rehab centers do not like partners to detox together for that reason. Get tapered down and plan your exit from this drug and you will never regret feeling like hell for a few weeks. Today is week 12 from jumping and I have felt great since week six. Just a blip in time
Good luck
So true...Its been 5 weeks for me and I feel great!
Today is 22 days. I feel pretty good. The only lingering effects seem to be a little bit of lethargy that comes and goes and a little insomnia. No big deal. Good Luck everyone.
don't give up. you are not alone. love you and hope you get better.
The Miracle of Day 10
Hey guys!
I must admit that I do not identify myself as being addicted to medicine. I have a serious medical issue that causes ongoing pain, but I was sick of being so sedated and distant from loved ones. So, I fired my doctor and went off the medicines on my own.
I was only on 40 mg of Oxy and 20 mg of Vicodin for breakthrough pain. I gradually started in late July going off my medicines slowly until I was only taking 20 mg. of Oxycontin. My new doctor told me to start Soboxone at 2mg, which was way too much for me. Vomiting and nausea were my regular companions.
I started to cut my pills in half and go as long as I could until I really felt the withdrawals hitting me (normally 24 hours between half doses). I then diminished my doses to a small fragment of the medicine which had an incredible effect. It still completely kept the withdrawals at bay.
After three weeks of this, I was waiting to find the right time, whatever that means.
I dropped off of the suboxone on a Tuesday 11 days ago. OMG! I had no idea what adventure was awaiting me.
The first four days were like having the worst flu you have ever had with no medicine to hit the pain. Barely slept and really struggled to maintain the course.
Day 5 - I thought things were getting better at this point. I actually thought I was through the worst of it.
Day 6-8 - I woke up in full withdrawal pains, including diarrhea, the worst restless leg issues I have ever had in my life, restless arms too, and a feeling of great sadness. I thought I did it wrong. I thought I was failing at this because I had never seen someone say that five days in, it got worse. Two more days of this craziness.
Day 9 - I felt like I had a very mild flu that Day-Quil easily attacked.
Day 10 - Tired but incredibly grateful. I will never allow a doctor to put me on those medicines again. I had no idea what the outcome would be. I was never even told.
Last thing: Here are some things that saved me:
a) Hot baths during Days 5-7
b) Benadryl and Flexiril to Sleep on Days 1-6
c) DayQuil during the day all day
d) I took Flexiril for my restless legs on days 5 and 6. It saved me!!!!!
e) Distractions Galore
f) Take a walk whether you feel like it or not in the morning and evening. It was my saving grace.
I wish all of you the very best in this journey. I feel free in a way I haven't felt for a long time. I have such a wonderful group of friends and loved ones that I knew it was time to accept more pain and less medicine.
This won't be right for all people with a health issue, but it is working for me.
I send all of you love and kindness as you venture down this path. Never forget: YOU ARE NOT ALONE.
The kind words of many on here saved me, so I can never really repay the kindness shared with me.
Love, B
Glad to see everyone stickin it out. My comp got a virus so couldn't come here for a little bit.
Whattheheck- You seem to know everything you need to know in order to get this over with. I think the inevitable w/d is scaring yall too much. And you're with someone else going through the same thing... so it's probably easier for you guys to talk each other into dosing when feelin like shit.
With proper tapering like you are, it isn't THAT bad. Actually I don't know that for sure, because I never tapered haha. I can only imagine it being easier than 12-32mg daily jump. Suboxone is such a long lasting opiate that snortin it probably doesnt make much of a difference. I did both under tongue and snort... mainly because I could not snort 4 of those big ass pills everyday - wouldn't have a nose. Just keep on truckin and tapering. I'd say after being on .5 for a week or so just go for it. $20 a pop is friggin expensive. Think about all that money you'll save.
Also, I read your really long post (lol) and ketamine stuck out... seriously I would not touch this shit during w/d. It would not be pleasant. I'd just stick to good ol benzos and pot for a couple weeks. I know yall can do this. Keep us posted.
Brian- how can you not be addicted, but still have withdrawals? Seriously, try to answer that. If you don't admit that you were addicted, you have a way higher chance of going through the same shit all over again. Not trying to offend you.
Oct 15= 3 months w00h! I wouldn't be here without pot! Best medicine known to man in my opinion.
Holy crap. I convinced myself I had a parasite. Went to India for a couple months over the summmer. Had been on subs for about a year and decided being out of the contry would help me stop taking them. As it turns out India wasnt a cool place to kick subs so i replaced with the local wonderful, put you in a coma, make you want to move there and get a stint surgically installed in your neck type of junk. Got home in aug. and started subs again. Just stopped them about three weeks ago. I have been pretty sick. And it has lasted much longer than any heroin withdrawal I have ever experienced so I figured I picked up some kind of crazy parasite while traveling. If I would have known is was that garbage arse suboxone i probably would have broke down and stuck a vein or started back on the suboxone. But I'm pretty much three weeks in now and finally sleeping at night. Still wake up with the rooster in the a.m. but at least sleep a bit a night. Also have diahrrea and feel a bit cold but beats going through that first couple weeks again. So my advice would be to sack up and tell yourself you have the flu. And that its all in your pansy little mind. Good lord. I mean people used to have to run into battle with little more than a knife in their hand and a pile of crap in there pants. Sleeping out in the rain for months on end if they lived that long crapping there guts out and wiping with there hand. We have toilet paper. And refrigerators. And nice poeple telling us "its a disease and its not our fault and we can do it!" I think we can all manage to stiffen our upper lips and crawl out of the sesspool we dug and filled.
subwoofer
Thanks for the visuals. I agree however that we in the west are too soft compared to people who suffer real truma and pain. Sub withdrawal is a real bitch but we have our creature comforts including computers and t.v.s to gape at while going thru this. Imagine living in a cave in afganistan withdrawing with bullets flying overhead. Count your blessings and pay the piper his due.
Hello everyone. Just came on to check posts.... :)
Want2sleep
Thank you so much for your words - AND for reading my long posts...lol. We ARE very scared & know we are putting of the inevitable ,as you say. We know it just has to be DONE. TYVM also for info on ketamine - don't want to do something worse for us. Yes, we do know what we need to do...and, yes, it will be hard together. But, we tend to encourage each other to do the right thing, not to dose to feel better as we know it's just a postponement. My husband went w/out the .1 mg yesterday - he just felt good & decided not to. And, oh boy! - yes, $20 is alot of money and we do look forward to having it to spend on the good things in life - like getting a creemie w/the boys, going bowling,movies, etc., etc.!!
Ds
We really do understand about being co-dependent and have looked at that. We know we can't bring each other down, have to support each other. When we quit for the 2 wks., neither one of us wanted to go buy a sub to make the other feel better. We just got scared as we didn't know how long it lasted & thought there was something REALLY wrong with being sick so long - we won't make that mistake again, thanks to the info we have found here.
Subscared
Thanks for your words also. Its nice to hear again & again that it will get better, we will feel better in a matter of weeks. Right now I can't hear it enough and that fear we feel will drive us when the going gets so tough we want to just use & not be strong, we hope to dig deep, find the strength you all did & keep on , 1 hour, 1 day at a time.
subwoofer
I am also in agreement w/the fact that we do have the "niceties" of everyday living that we all take for granted to help us get thru this cuz God know's what I would have done if I hadn't found this site, w/ so many answers to our addiction and the withdrawal from it by people who have been there, did it! _ and a really big heartfelt congrats to all of you for coming back to help, share, advise. You really are all better than any DR. or clinic who haven't experienced it 1st-hand and can tell you the REAL deal on withdrawal symptoms, etc.
My husband and I continue to do the 1 mg a day - no 'bump' at dinnertime now. We are continuing the taper as it can't hurt(HA!)and will plan our lowering to .5, then OFF....also know what we face this time, so will be more prepared. Yes, we are scared to death (I really am obsessing w/this & know it, as I AM so scared inside, I think about it all the time ,damn) We both are scared shitless - but know we owe it to ourselves & our family to get thru this and just be NORMAL again - whatever the hell that is for us! It will be a subfree future and I can't wait til we are looking back at this, feeling good again w/out any drugs - well, except for maybe the pot! - ( :)) @ Want2sleep > My husband used to feel bad that he did THAT! I think it may be a good friend for awhile...).
I pray that you all continue to feel better every day & again, thank you all for your words, caring & sharing. I KNOW you all know how much it means - it really was so hard not knowing the truth about this drug - ohhh, to know 3 yrs. ago what I know now....I just say again & again to myself," What the hell did we get into????" - hence, the name, "Whattheheck"....I say a prayer everynite (as I obsess w/this...lol)for all of you, tho faceless, are NOT unknown, as we are all in the same boat, so to speak....here's to hoping we all sail into the sun, the dawn, a bright future and never go back again to the belly of this particular beast - ADDICTION.
My husband is coming off Suboxone due to a surgery he has to have in about a week. He was weaning himself off even before he knew about the surgery. Today is day 4 for him he has had no sleep,leg pain,depression,and it is not getting any better. He did start taking a couple Lortab a day to help with the misery but he cannot feel them. Does anyone know how long it will take for him to be able to feel the other pain meds,considering he is going for surgery he is gonna need the pain med to help. He had planned on after he was done with the pain med from surgery then to get one or two more Suboxone and try to wean hisself off again...any advice for us would greatly be appreciated oh and he was only taking about 1 1/2 mg a day....thanks so much.
My husband is coming off Suboxone due to a surgery he has to have in about a week. He was weaning himself off even before he knew about the surgery. Today is day 4 for him he has had no sleep,leg pain,depression,and it is not getting any better. He did start taking a couple Lortab a day to help with the misery but he cannot feel them. Does anyone know how long it will take for him to be able to feel the other pain meds,considering he is going for surgery he is gonna need the pain med to help. He had planned on after he was done with the pain med from surgery then to get one or two more Suboxone and try to wean hisself off again...any advice for us would greatly be appreciated oh and he was only taking about 1 1/2 mg a day....thanks so much.
Hey, I was taking 4 mg before my surgery. My surgery was on a Friday. My doc had me split my dose on Wed. My last dose of the sub was 2mg on Wed night. He also prescribed me oxycodone. He will prob need to take more than just a cople to feel anything b/c of tolerance. Have his sub doc prescribe the pain meds. He will prob give him some pain meds w/o tylenol. Also, make sure his surgeon knows he has been taking the sub. Good luck!
Yup. He's got the Nalexone compound working against him for a couple of days as an opiate antagonist, which counteracts other opiate drugs from locking up on the Mu receptors. Same function as Naltraxen Hydrocloride given for addicts, and Narcan for those that OD. Everyone is different but I have heard that after 72 hours most people can titrate up and get some relief with opiate meds. The tolerance component of the individual is also a big factor. If I were his doc I would write Norco 10mg or Lortab 10mg and get him comfortable. You could also call the Suboxone pharmaceutical Rx manufacturer and discuss it with them, or a really SMART pharmacist, or finally an addictionalist should have the solution. Titrate up on the meds. Good Luck !!
My last post was a bit on the negative side. Also my intention was not to undermine the hell of suboxone withdrawal, but rather to express the importance of perspective and gravel in your guts; or attitude to get through it. That is basically what i have to tell myself every morning when I wake up; that I am a pansy, and that kids are starving in Africa, and that my grandfather's generation would probably be laughing at my sorry state.
Getting through these first three weeks I have had to keep my mind in a grey area between the f&^k-it stage and the sorry for myself stage which are two boundaries that will cause me to relapse.
Woke up before the sun to punish the toilet. Still have a pretty bad stomach. Immodium seems to help though. I have heard that it works like an opiate or maybe even has trace opiates in it to help with withdrawals and toilet time. A great deal of the w/ds are mental so if you know that immodium fact to be untrue, please dont tell me. Tried jogging too today. Made it about half way down the street before i was hunched over gasping for air. I am only 22 years old. I should be able to run marathons. haha. However, I felt like it was a good start and I will tell myself tonight that my aching restless legs are merely the fruit of my mornings "workout" labors.
I sure am glad that I read these blogs a solid three weeks in. They are not the hopeful literary lollypops of inspiration one might be searching for while taking wet thumb to the wind before this voyage towards freedom. I wish I had something inspiring and hopeful to say to those who have not stopped the suboxone yet. All i can say is that its not as intense as coming off of heroin; it is bearable, but it does last longer. An interesting trade.
Yup, the withdrawals last longer and there is often a nasty anxiety kick that goes on for a long time plus anhedonia persisting for several months for some people
I personally think sub withdrawal after long term maintenance is about as horrible as it gets, due to the duration of the withdrawals and the anxiety / anhedonia issues
Methadone is the only other opioid i know to cause such extended withdrawals, i tried to kick a 140mg a day habit and it was ridiculously hard, i was running on the spot night after night for two weeks, i caved in and resumed maintenance
I did kick completely in the end, going from low dose methadone to subs, getting hooked on subs for a while and then just ENOUGH WAS ENOUGH, and I jumped from the subs
Different opiates do cause different withdrawals and it also varies from person to person. Personally, I'd rather a short but intense withdrawal to a long drawn out one, it's easier to plan for and u can dose up short term on drugs like benzos and... whatever else...
the long withdrawals open up new problems like, u can't just keep necking benzos after 2 to 3 weeks and yet, for me, the anxiety was intense for a very very long time and in the end a psychiatrist put me on daily clonazepam medium to long term (months rather than weeks) plus seroquel (chemical lobotomy)
There is a great deal of it that is state of mind, environmental factors and so on, but it doesn't make it any easier
And yes, immodium is an opioid, that's how it constipates, it acts on the opioid receptors in the guts / bowels but doesn't seem to act on the opioid receptors in the brain (as far as they know, heck, it might to some degree). So maybe immodium does help with more than just the toilet issues, no scientist has been able to prove either way and usually it's the people with experience that know best... It's certainly an interesting concept...
Best wishes every one in this battle, you will conquer!
Phil.
oh, one other thing, us in the west with our distractions, i don't think they help, i craved the adrenaline rush of being on the brink of death, bullets flying, the distraction might have been powerful enough to kickstart my mind which stopped working for a long time after quitting, i used to take stupid risks just to force some kind of adrenaline trip / rush, i could have got myself killed
the hardest part is actually getting used to life without the adrenaline rush / living on the edge feeling that the crazy dope fiend life gives you...
real life is much more straight forward, pedestrian, sometimes boring and often hard work, this is the biggest hurdle, learning how to live in the west without being on the edge (due to drugs and the lifestyle)...
Very eloquent guys. This would make for a really nice NA or AA meeting as the posts sound like seasoned veterans. Maybe we all are to some degree. Thanks for the support on my 28 days today. Keep the faith !
Phil
Anhedonia is quite a word, thnaks for expanding my vocabulary a bit. I hope you are well.
Subscared
Congratulations on 28 days - quite a milestone.
Subwoofer, that first post wasn't on the negative side. I think it made my day. That's exactly the way I think sometimes. There are countless numbers of other people that have suffered beyond imagine and probably never complained half as much as us addicts. You spoke the truth, and it is actually encouraging to me. But I'm psycho.... And already clean.
Phil- Good to see you. You're the first person I've seen on this site post that immodium is an opioid (true). It doesn't cause any problems like prolonging addiction, or getting hooked to immodium or anything haha. But, I tried it during my w/d, and to be honest my stomach hurt worse from it. I think the best way is to just let your tummy do it's work. Opiates constipate us as we all know. So, it's no wonder we have the runs for weeks on end during w/d. We probably had 20 lbs of waste stuck up there. I just think it's best to let it get out ASAP. Immodium seemed to lengthin my stomach problems. But, after 2 weeks in w/d, pepto seemed to help.
And no, since immodium has an opioid compound, does not mean it will help your withdrawals either. It won't.
Oh and phil, you're so right about getting used to life without the rush. It is my biggest problem still... almost 3 months clean. Sober life is definately hard work when you are not used to it anymore. Much easier to be doped up. But less rewarding.
Phil, you make an interesting point, although I think there is a difference between seeking an adrenaline rush vs. one seeking you. I have detoxed in numerous settings including on the street, in jail, and in a comfortable bed with a tv. I can assure you the latter was most pleasant for me. I guess everyone is different though. As far as immodium goes. I like it. When it comes to a choice between the runs and being constipated. As a dope fiend I obviously feel more at home being clogged. Everyone is different though.
TOday i think I did the most productive and positive thing for my effed up state of mind that i have done in the past three weeks. I cleaned my place up. I had the day off, so starting early this morning I went through everything as though I had died and someone else was deciding what to keep. I dont know about you other junkies, but I gathered quite a collection of weird crap I did not need while i was still junkin around. I have gone through some of it in the past few months while on the suboxone but did not fully detail. Since I have had the suboxone plague, I basically have to force myself just to pee in the toilet and not on the wall or in bed, so cleaning was out of the question. Anyway the moral is that I cleaned today and I have a lot harder time feeling sorry for myself or pissed off when I come home to a spotless organized living space.
dammit i lost my post...
in brief, thanks for the greets and comments guys
i jumped on 23rd April 2009, i have made a lot of posts previously although not for the last couple of months or so
Subwoofer, i understand the sentiment entirely, beautifully and humorously described by you as "I basically have to force myself just to pee in the toilet and not on the wall or in bed"
I know it's horrible to have to feel like that. Everything is an effort. But it gets easier as time goes on.
Well done for making your living space all tidy. I bet that took a herculean effort. It certainly is nice when things are tidy and clean.
Just don't be hard on yourselves guys. Us recovering dope addicts have this tendency to beat ourselves up. There is no need to. We've been unwell. We became victims of opiate addiction for numerous reasons. We never planned for it to happen and never realised the consequences of what were, at the time, probably split second decisions, often compromised by mental health problems, intoxication on other things, just unfortunately being in the wrong place at the wrong time, going through a rough patch in life, etc... I think you get my drift.
The world is what it is and it's sometimes just wrong. A victim of addiction should always be treated with the same compassion and love as a victim of cancer cells. Fortunately there are people out there that share this view but we also know many people don't. Well, let's not let the small minded sad people ruin our view of the world. Leave the cruel minded people to their own harshness and misery (they normally aren't happy people themselves).
Best wishes to you all, keep fighting for that goal, you so deserve it and it will bring huge rewards, it's a long journey, don't let that disillusion you and if you blip then don't feel guilty, just pick yourself up and carry on the good path :)
Be kind to yourselves, you are doing something extremely brave and deserve a huge pat on the back and a big hug,
Phil.
You have no clue what you are talking about. ppl can take suboxone indefinitely? NOT TRUE. Stop spreading mis-information. you must work in the suboxone industry, they are the only ones dishonest enough to make a claim this false. Taking suboxone does not cure anything, if you suffer from opiate addiction, it is just delaying the withdrawal period, and when that time finally comes (after being on this drug for a year), it makes kicking 100% harder. dont be fooled ppl. there are no short cuts. you will suffer soon enough.
AL
What board have you been reading, or did you just see a suboxone forum and decide to comment. Folks are here to get off of this shit not to embrace it. This is certainly no pro-sub board my freind. I hope you are doing well, you sound like you have been negatively effected by suboxone youself like most of us.
AL, i totally agree with DS and felt exactly the same with regards to your post... i.e. totally confused as to what you are referring to as every one here AGREES WITH YOU, we are all trying to get off, have jumped already or are trying to remain sub free (and opiate free in general)
DS summed it up already, "you sound like you have been negatively affected by suboxone yourself, like most of us [indeed all of us here on this forum]"
and like DS, I, and I'm sure every one else here, really hope you are doing well and free of this drug (or in the process of trying to do so)
we (on this forum) have been victims of the government sanctioned maintenance opioid drugs, mainly suboxone (subutex in the UK), it is indeed a rotten drug to get stuck on in the long term and I totally agree with you, it does seem to make it even harder in the end when one finally decides to try and get off the stuff, same story with methadone
thanks for your post AL, I hope to hear more of your thoughts as you are so obviously on the same side as us...
greets,
Phil.
My step-daughter was percocet and oxycotin addict, has been on suboxone for 1 year. Started at 8mg and slowly worked her way to 1mg. She took her last pill over the wknd of Sept. 25th. She started her withdrawl last Saturday the 2nd of Oct. She is in some horrible pain. I have never witnessed anything like this. Her description for me was a hole in her stomach and she could feel her backbone. She cannot eat, sleep, lay still. I am extremely worried for her. I am afraid she's so dehydrated that is making all of this worse for her. She is determined to kick this and we all support her but is there any suggestions to help her through this. We are on day 9 and see no end in site.
You should start to see improvements some time during days 10 to 14. That is what most people report. Everyone is different so this is just an average.
Meanwhile, do you have access to a friendly family doctor who could prescribe other types of medications to ease the discomfort a little? Sleeping pills and tranquilisers can help a little. Getting sleep is important and can make it more bearable during the day just knowing you are going to be able to sleep at night. It took me about 150mg Seroquel and 15mg zopiclone (or 10 to 30mg diazepam instead of the zopiclone can be more effective, it will also reduce the restlessness) in order to get a half decent night's sleep
she is right in the middle of it at the moment, it won't get worse, it should start to improve a little over the next few days
i hope she can hang in there, she needs a tough mindset, if she can't then as a last resort she could take 0.5mg or 0.25mg of suboxone as a one off to give herself a break, it won't ruin her recovery, her tolerance will be lowered now, if she does this then take the smallest amount possible to reduce the distress
she can get through this, she won't die, try and encourage her to drink fluids, eat and take exercise (however tiny), confront her fears, she might be afraid of going outside but sometimes exposing herself to these fears, however unpleasant, can bring about some relief once she has returned to the home, even if it is just a walk out the front door, around the house and back in again...
find distractions, watch movies, 'fun' things, light hearted things, remember it's a psychological battle as well as a physical one
please remember, the end IS in sight, you can't see it now, of course you can't, because she is in the middle of it, just about every one i have come across experiences some kind of reduction in symptoms after 14 days and many can even recognise improvements after 10 days, despite many problems still persisting
ask a doctor for non-opioid medicinal help, but beware them trying to get her back on suboxone again, that's really a last resort and means she will have to face the withdrawals all over again at some later point (although sometimes people are just not ready and need to take a few attempts before succeeding), however, it's better to have a brief 'blip' on a small dose than go back on full blown maintenance therapy again... bare in mind, even 0.2mg of subs is a powerful painkiller, many people don't realise how strong this stuff is, 1mg is 5 times the standard entry level dose for pain control...
best of luck and keep us posted, ask any thing you want, we can only give our opinions (from experience), weigh up the information for yourself and take what you think is the most appropriate action, don't fear a few valium or whatever to help her through it in the short term, it's no big deal compared to opiate addiction
there are non-opioid drugs that can help so don't deny her medicinal help, the objective here is to get off opiates, that's the important bit, no other drug is even close when it comes to withdrawals compared to opiates, I'd have swapped a controlled benzo taper and withdrawal for an opiate withdrawal any day of the week, it's easy in comparison, a walk in the park...
i'm just brain storming, i hope you can find at least a little bit of information of some use in what i have said
i wish you all the best, she is lucky to have you, i had no support and did it all on my own...
best wishes,
Phil.
Subdaughter- Being dehydrated will make it all worse. I know that water tasted horrible and passed right through me during those first couple weeks but the more fluids she can hold down, or at least get through her body the better(I would imagine). I am not a doctor, so I can only speak based on what I have personally experienced. The best thing to eat and drink for me were fruit smoothies. Juice is pretty good too. For food, i basically lived off of peanut butter and banana sandwiches washed down with some milk. And as far as feeling better, hot baths and/or showers were a life saver. I could have spent all day sitting (yes sitting) in the shower if the hot water could have lasted that long. When it comes to otc medication, immodium was wonderful for me along with exederin pm or bennadryl for attempting to sleep. I believe the sleeping improved for me at about the two week mark maybe a little sooner. Also as horrible as it may sound to her, I always mentally and physically felt better after going for a walk. I tried to get outside at least once a day no matter what to force myself to walk a bit in some fresh air. I know how bad it sucks, but it does get better. It just takes some time. Once the sleep gradually returns after a couple weeks, everything improves from there. Honestly, it seems like there is not a whole lot you can do to dramatically help with the withdrawals, unless you want to get hooked on a new poison such as benzos or alcohol which only replaces the problem witha new one, but there are a few things you can do to make yourself slightly more comfortable. I know everybody is different, but these were the things that helped me and hopefully your stepdaughter can make herself a little more comfortable from at least one of the ideas. All in all a few weeks of misery is definately going to be worth a lifetime of freedom from those evil opiates.
So I was bad and left rehab early. What they were preaching to me wasn't sitting right in my gut... and I didn't feel like "going through the motions" to make them happy. So I'm home, today is day 22 without subs. It got pretty rough for a bit but I'm doing OK now. Still slight stomach stuff, sleeping good, just laaaazy. Not much motivation, I swear it changes by the hour. I'll feel motivated but once I start moving it's gone as quick as it came. And I'm itchy?? Haven't noticed anyone else complain of this...maybe it's just me? I don't know but it's driving me crazy. but... I don't feel horrible anymore, and I didn't wake up to suck on a pill. I know it will get better =)
Hey, I think when you get around 3 weeks, its hard to notice the day to day changes. Each week, you will notice a lot of things are better. Yep, the no motivation can be a killer, but it does get better. Just have to force yourself to start to do more things. It will get better.
On day 6 and i have to be honest guys it hasnt been all that bad. Was on sub for ~2 years and just recently decided i was sick of being dependant on a substance, whether its meant to help me or not. I got down to 2mg from 16mg over the course of a year and a half about and had been on 2mg for 4-5 months, from what ive read 2mg is usually the breaking point for most, it seems like coming down is easy till that point, and that was definitely true for me. Anyway, i worked out a structured plan with my doctor that had me titrating down from 2mg/day to .5mg every 3 days over the course of 2 months. He also supplemented my titration with clonidine (not clonipin) which is a blood pressure med which definitely helps the anxiety and restless legs, only thing i notice is that it will make you extremely tired about a half hour after taking it (not really a negative) and will make it hard to keep your eyes open. It will not get you 8 hours of sleep but will help you take 1-3 hour power naps to keep yourself sane. The other thing he gave me was hydroxizine (generic for visteril) which was supposed to help me sleep. I didnt notice it help too much with my sleep so i stopped taking it.
Anyway thats my sub detox story to this point, day 6 and i feel some energy returning and the achiness starting to dissipate. Still not getting regular sleep but i can get 3-4 hours a night and its been enough to keep me functioning at work. All i can say to those contemplating how to go about coming off is that the slower you ween yourself off the easier it will be, do it under a doctors supervision if you have that luxury, ask about any non opioid meds that will make you more comfortable and above all else keep your mind occupied. The worst thing i can do to try and deal with w/d is to lay around in bed trying to fall asleep, I start to go nuts thinking about how easy it would be to take just 1 mg of sub to feel better. Sit up, put the TV on, put a movie on, play a video game, call friends/family, go for a walk, knit something I dont care what it is, keep your mind occupied, it will make it much harder on you if all you have is the withdrawal to think about. Push yourself to exercise especially, your brain isnt producing endorphins properly because the meds have been doing that for it for so long and the lack of endorphins is what causes withdrawal, exercise helps stimulate endorphin production and thus helps combat the pain of withdrawal.
Hope this helps someone...
It has been a month since I have wrote. I mostly just read. I hate to be negative but I am still feeling bad, no energy, no appetite (lost 13lbs) cant concentrate, sneezing, diarrhea, depression and alot of anxiety. My mind is screaming for something to make me feel better. I will not allow myself to use anything because for me if it makes me feel good I will abuse it. When I am close to using I go to a meeting or read this site. Anyone with constant sweaty palms? I read on here alot of ppl feel better by week 2. Not me! I feel so much guilt for not being 100% there for my 4yro daughter. Doing a load of laundry is an effort. I HATE FEELING SORRY FOR MY SELF! I have never felt like this before. lb
Lbird, It was about three months until i was 100%, things only start to improve after two weeks, but remember suboxone stays with you for awhile. Energy might be hard to come by for another couple weeks. Get outside, enjoy the sun, and get some exercise, it really does help. Im 10 months clean after HEAVY opiate use and 3+ years on suboxone. If i can do it, anyone can
The first two weeks are the most difficult and weeks two thry four for me were less bad but still not pleasant. I too had many of the symptons you describe but muted from the first two weeks. Weeks five and six got better and I was feeling great after week six. Some people seem to have somewhat longer term issues. Don't beat you self up about your daughter, you are doing the right thing long term and soon enough this will be behind you. I just passed three months and feel great and so can you - keep slogging along and you will win your life back.
it does take some people a great deal longer than others to start to feel functional again, i think in the long term this is a psychological battle or even a problem of old mental health, neurological and /or psychological issues rearing their heads whereas before they were buried by opiates....
that's certainly been the case for me, i knew sobriety would mean hell but it's less hell than opiate addiction once you've gotten as low as you can possibly get, now i have to overcome anxiety, depression and a totally fucked up mind with emotional problems and all sorts plus a neurological condition called aspergers syndrome which i have to get my head round....
i gotta learn how to live without drugs (especially opiates), but there ain't no other way any more, i done all the drugs, they don't work, not in the long term, they just cause massively more problems...
c'est la vie
life is a biotch sometimes...
keep going good folk and don't go feeling bad or guilty about anything, that won't help you or any one else, it's a complete waste of time...
Phil.
off subs.. So I don't really feel physically sick anymore. Except that "kicked in the gut" feeling everytime I get up to do something. Maybe it's anxiety, I'm not sure because I've never had issues with anxiety before.
I am completely saturated with depression. I have NO motivation, and if I happen to get an ounce of it depression and self-pity are soon to follow and I find myself once again staring at the walls in my bedroom. My boyfriend is losing patience, the house is a wreck, the kids are pissed at me.
This is ridiculous. What if "this" is my normal? I dealt with depression before all this opiate crap and one single dose of an antidepressant threw me straight into seratonin syndrome so I'm too scared to take anything. If this is normal than I really don't see the point?? This isn't life, and the thought of feeling like this for much longer makes me have thoughts that have never crossed my mind before and it scares me.
I honestly feel like I'm losing my mind, has anyone else sat and fantasized about self destruction. I almost feel like I wasted my "screw off" time with pills and suboxone, like I should have just gone straight to the mother and experienced a "real" high. Is this normal? I'm angry, at myself, and everyone around me because they don't understand. Everytime someone tells me how good I'm doing I just want to punch them in the face.
I feel bad for posting all about me on here, but I don't feel I have any worthwhile advice for anyone. I sound like a freakin' psycho, and really I'm not, normally anyways. This mental crap is killing me.
Would going back to work help? I feel like I can't work feeling like this. I'm currently in a job transition, just finished my degree. Still have to take my state exam. I'm afraid of burning bridges with even an interview showing up so miserable and no personality. Well I gotta run, 2 little kiddos upstairs I have to put on the bus. btw this is Jgirl
Jgirl
It is not unusual to feel weak and depressed after four weeks. The acute sickness may be gone but it takes some time to get all of your energy back and back into a new routine, six weeks for me but it differs with each individual. You have done the hard part so stay strong and let time heal you. Try to stay busy and keep your mind off the boredom. As Phil recently posted andehonia can become an issue.
wow, i'm glad i found this forum just when i was coming off the hydro's and oxy's with suboxone. started with 2 8mg strips a day for a couple of days just as doctor prescribed. he never once asked me how much opiate i been taking! had a stronger buzz than with the other. i knew that was not right so i cut the dose down to 8mg per day for 3 days. decided i did'nt want to get caught up in this crap, so i cut down to 4mg for a few days. decided to stop completely after reading all these horror stories about withdrawals on this crap. had slight stomach discomfort a couple of days after stoping, but none of the other horrific syptoms i have read on this site. be wise. dont get hung up on this crap. its no different than getting strung on the other stuff. feeling good after a few days away from it. good luck to you! p.s. been doing 100-140 mg a day for the last year before i decided i had HAD ENOUGH!!!!
Please hang on, don't give up hope. My experience with smart MDs in the addiction business (most of these guys don't like to write much of anything) is that the chemical balance in the brain is very delicate and it takes many weeks, and depending on how long you were using your drug of choice..sometimes a couple of months to re-establish the serotonin and norepinephrine levels. This may be reason why energy levels take so long to return. I'm told the central nervous system is trying to find a proper balance...for me I describe it as a comfortable point between nervous anxiety and pathetic lethargy. It does take time...so let the time go by!! I am at 40 days today and am looking back at a huge difference. Everyone around me notices the difference. It is really worth it although your brain and the disease of addiction will try to trick you into thinking it is not worth the wait. That's part of the cunning, sinister, and heartless part of addiction. Hold steady on the course, don't use anything.
So yesterday I set out on a mission because I heard you could find kratom in smoke shops. Although the closet user I was I've never had to hunt, someone else always did it for me. To make a long story short I was embarrassed so I didn't even park the car :) Went and had some awesome chinese food instead. urgh... plus I know me, I do nothing in moderation. I did finally pick up a couple lemons so I could start on the 18 pack of coronas that have been sitting in the fridge for the last 3 months. I've never been a drinker but know when I do drink, at least for one night it's fun.
Started my morning with my zune blasting simple man in my ears (in case your curious the shinedown cover is AMAZING...youtube it), and I have to say if I could keep music in my ears 24/7 I'd be better. My goal today is to do just that, and clean my nasty house. We'll see, will let you know, if you care..
Jgirl (28 days), if you struggled with depression before entering into opiate addiction then it's no surprise that this is one of the major struggles you are battling with in your recovery...
I to suffer with depression and anxiety. I'm still trying to find answers to my problems. I do get a bit closer to resolution as time passes by but it is a hard journey.
Like you, I suffer horrible side effects from anti-depressants. SSRIs, SNRIs, tricyclics, tetracyclics, all but MAOIs, which I've never tried and hope I never will have to. I'd rather be on amphetamine derivatives but of course they don't prescribe those for depression (not in the UK at least).
So after years of battling with nerves and depression, which started after a breakdown in my late teens, I discovered that opiates both relieved my depression and anxiety. The problem is that they are physically addictive and the body grows dependent and tolerance develops. So in the end, not even the opiates worked.
As you all know, whatever the reason for taking them, addiction leads to its own nightmares and dysfunctional living.
I might be free of the full blown opiate addiction but I'm still seeking answers and a way out of the turbulent emotional mess that is my life. Some days I'm stable, others I'm a nervous wreck (as in way off the scale anxiety with paranoia) and others I'm so depressed I can't function any way.
My doctor has me on seroquel 150mg and clonazepam 1mg, daily. Neither seem to help very much. It seems to be more environmental factors such as having a structured day and living somewhere I'm comfortable. I hate where I live and I've recently lost all structure due to getting mentally ill again and not being able to work.
C'est la vie. Life really sucks sometimes. This is what brought me to give up and plunge into full blown opiate addiction. I won't go down that road again. I couldn't handle the withdrawals or even the crap that happens when one is on the stuff, 'maintained'. What a load of bull, you can't maintain an opiate addiction.
On the days I feel like slipping up I'd rather a short acting opiate than subs or methadone. I have had minor blips on 'very weak' opiates like codeine. Not often, but it does happen. I wish there was the help I need to get my environment right to enable me to live a content life. There just isn't the help out there. Well, there is help but it isn't ever as much as I need, leaving me depressed, anxious and hopeless.
As for people blubbing about withdrawals needing to be without medication like benzos or whatever, get a life. No one has to suffer unduly. If a medication can relieve the pain of withdrawal then take it as guided by a physician. I've been on and off benzos for years and the withdrawals over a careful taper don't even bother me.
Opiate withdrawals do bother me, big time. They hurt mentally and physically. Benzo whinge is a walk in the park, aka sleeping pills etc...
It just bugs me that as soon as some people start coming off opiates they go all 'southern baptist' and think they need to deny themselves of certain avenues of help. It really gets on my nerves.
I wish anti-depressants did work for me but they don't. Meanwhile, what have the doctors done instead? Nothing. I'm left to suffer. Where is the sense in that?
I'm not apologising for this 'negative' post. If you don't like it, go screw yourself. Live in my head for a day and see if you don't go jumping off a cliff. It takes all my energy just to keep myself alive when I'm like this.
Yeh, I'm opiate free. That was a logical decision because the opiates don't work in the long run.
I've said enough...
OK OK OK OK!!!!! I have sat here and read all or most of these posts. I am gonna tell you the real deal about the withdrawl off suboxone.......... I started out on Vicodins and moved up quickly to oxy's then was talked into a methodone program. I took methodone for 1 year and got pregnant and knew I didnt want this life for my baby. I weekly came off the methodone before I gave birth and switched to 8 mg suboxone twice a day. Three years later, I got up the courage to finally get off the suboxone. One year later I was finally down to 2mg's a day. Until 1 mg every other day.
My suggestion to all is to tapper as far down as you can off the suboxone first. You will still have a mild withdrawl. But way better than with methodone!!! I am on day 10 and everyday gets a little bit easier. No more leg cramps at least! Or your skin CRAWLIN! The insomnia is still there but hopefully I will sleep a little more as it goes on.
I love my kids and knew if I didnt get off this CRUTCH I would never be able to be the mom I use to be. You need to try to remeber the person you use to be!!! Remeber you were not always this person. Little by little your old self will come back and your new high will be LIFE and your family!!!!
And any of you that are being negative..... dont even write on here because you are not really ready to get off of any of it! You have to do this in a process and take it slow and easy. It took time for you to become a addict REMEBER THAT! Good luck!
You can do it BE STRONG and you can get through this. You'll look back and be glad you did!!!!!!! There is hope!!!!! I promise!!!!
Philabc
I just read the last few posts. Phil - I have always thought your posts were some of the most honest,down-to-earth,realistic ones...now I know why. I can relate as to the your feeling of everyone not having to feel like they can't do ANYTHING for relief. SOME people just can't use, even a little, cuz then they're off - my daughtr is like that, all or nothing - but most, I believe can use, say, valium, klonapan, percoset, vicodin, or things milder - whatever, it's better than using heroin, meth or subs again, when depressed and feeling like giving in to a worst demon drug. And , as you stated, a lot easier to get off from. We never had a problem w/those things - nothing before the sub use addiction was ever a problem of any kind to be without for long, and that was mostly in our heads, easy to overcome. I really wished there were help for the way you feel, Phil, because it can be so debillitating, not wanting to even be around others, feeling less than nothing....it's not true, and in better times you know that. But at the lowest point it's hard to convince yourself that you are SOMEBODY. Not many meds work either, huh? That's really too bad. I understand from the way you state it that if we WERE to be in your head at those times, it would be a kind of a scary place, right? I hope you can find something more to give you the strength, the peace, to not feel that bad. For me, it's my adopted grandsons - they really do keep me going, give me reason to go on when I may not feel like it that day, to function, care for them, laugh eventually again - cuz I know how much they depend on me and I need to be always on top of my game, even if I don't feel like it. THAT'S how I got thru 2 wks. w/out bupe, cold turkey, w/ a 2 pt. blood lost I didnt know abt!...lol! - I had to dig REAL DEEP for that inner strength at that time to just move, talk and function! You have that same inner strength, Phil - you must reach into it to be as strong as you possibly can be in periods of darkness and no energy or good feelings. You really are a valuable human being, Phil. Keep on keeping on, hon...: ))...
Showers
Thanks so much for such an honest, upfront post. it was very refreshing & informative...: ). 1 mg. every other day, huh? That would be good - we r still at 1.mg a day, my husband & I. We were going to go to .5 mg a day - would it be better to do that or skip a day on the 1 mg., I wonder? I don't know cuz that "half-life" thing I read and learned abt here ( AND experienced!) of the subs makes me unsure if it'll be better to taper every day to .5 or go every other day (will it make a diff. to skip a day w/that amt. of time the sub is in your system?) when we want to taper down, to 1 mg. every other day...just curious. What you said about your kids, naturally, really reached me. It's so true - you just want to be the person you were and care for your LIFE normally, w/no cloud hanging over you always(oh so true, what Phil's post said abt maintaining is bullshit, there is NO maintaining - u r still using, which means seaching for the drug, money, not being all you can be; a very vicious cycle that takes all of some people's time, so sad - no freedom there)....to be free to live your life....oh God!...the BEST to look forward to! Thanks also for the reminders that we weren't always this person, we can be who we used to be - and that it took time to get this way, it's going to take time to change things...we can't do it in a month when it took years to get where you are, or were. We all tend to blame ourselves, to feel huge amts. of guilt, to feel LESS of a person because we have a problem, a huge problem, that most of us hide from everyone - I know I hide it - if anyone knew this abt me, OMG - we would all suffer greatly. But, we should be able to hold our heads up, feel pride, when you have the energy to (!!!) - we are all aware what is wrong and are fixing it, or have already fixed it, and you all deserve to feel good abt whatever you have accomplished - tapering, jumping, making it thru each day - some an hr. at a time - but YOU ARE DOING IT!
Thanks again, Showers!...: ))...you made me feel good abt ME for a little while again, and it feels so damned nice - haven't felt justified, understood , like that for awhile! It gives me that burst of "I CAN DO IT!!!" inspiration that I need to go forward. The best of luck to you in your life.
Showers~ well I'm glad your all uppedy but for most people coming off of opiates, whether it be subs or oxy..whatever, depression hits. Who the hell are you to tell anyone that "their not really ready" to get off of something? Really? Cuz it's so eff-ing easy to sit here depressed and lazy instead of just calling my sub doc or taking a drive down the road for some pills right?? I'm generally a nice person and think chat/blog arguments are a ridiculous waste of time but I can't freakin' stand people like you, making your generalizations like you have a clue.
Showers
Past performance is not a gautantee of future results.
I am happy for you that after 10 days you are cured. For many people it is not that easy and it can take longer. I hope that your progress remains on track but please do not gauge others by your personal yardstick. Also be carefull counting your chickens before they are hatched, this sub thing tends to drag on a bit. Ten days clean after the years on opiates you spoke of do not make it over quite yet. Good luck.
I would also like to add that at 10 days I was way more optomistic than I am at this point. The physical part was way more manageable than the mental part, but as it drags on, day 15 passes... OK, why do I still feel horrible? then day 20...25...28...wtf?? I'm still feeling like a slug! That's depressing.
Knowing my potential, and not having the energy, motivation, or CARE to get up and do it? It's pathetic, I have no real reasons to be depressed, the place I was in when I started abusing opiates, well I'm not surprised I did it at all. Horrible relationship, crappy job, never enough money. Somehow as I abused opiates I managed to get a new career, a degree, an amazing boyfriend... now I'm confusing myself. Maybe I'm depressed because I feel like it's a big fluke! I feel undeserving of what I have.
I think the hardest part is that on sub's "life" was working, and now off them it's not. The only thing that keeps me from calling the doc is that the past month has sucked so bad that the thought of it being in vain.. well I just can't do that. And I know that what I called "life" would be down the drain as soon as bupe is on a normal drug screening.
I'm rambling, does anyone know if the dose you jumped from affects the PAWS crud? I took it for 2 years to the day, had some wacko doc for the first 7 months or so that obviously didn't know what she was doing, then closed her practice, anyway she had me taking 3 8's twice daily. Over the next year got it down to 1 8 daily, then after some time I felt it wasn't working anymore and went back to 2 8's daily... and that's what I stopped at. I read somewhere that every dose you took is equivalent to 72 hours of feeling like crap?? That can't be true can it? LOL, that would be yeeeears for me, anyhow. I could type all day but can't, I have things to go force myself to do. Good luck all
Oops! - :) - sent & wanted to say something to Jgirl, then Showers had posted, so wanted to comment again!...lol...
29Days(Jgirl)
Glad to hear you have made it so long - I cried for you when reading your earlier posts,struggles(I have read many posts here from the beginning) - when you said if you had the strength,energy, you'd go into the city, OD behind a garbage bin, just "fuck it' - IF you had the energy - hon, that broke my heart cuz I could only imagine how bad it had to be for you to feel that way, just wanting to give up...but, YOU DIDN'T! Girl - you have come a long way!... :D! I understand about the depression & Phil's right - if it was a problem before, it may be again - unfortunatley, only the sub addiction is gone, but the reasons we used to begin with may still be unresolved - so unfortunate, so sad, to get straight & still not feel as good as you know you can, hmmm? You got off the subs - and, by God, THAT is a HUGE accomplishment!!! - but problems that existed before are still going to be there to be dealt with - not many of us popped a pill,drank booze,used benzos, opiates, etc. WHATEVER - to calm down, feel "good, for no reason - stress, depression, a bad situation in life, loneliness, you name it, fill in your blank - it all really had to be so hurtful to us physically that we tried to escape however we could, and it's not always possible to just get away from the stressors, depressing situations that made us feel like using to begin with. I feel you have shown more strength than you give yourself credit for, and pray you can find a way to feel good about all the big & little things that we need to be thankful for everyday that are all around us...just look up one day, see the beauty of the sky, the sun, the clouds - you know? - little things we all can do, freely. We each have our own special little "feel-goods" that help us to get an up-lifted feeling, feel like smiling, big & small things that we CAN control - like baking, cooking a nice meal, being w/your family - straight, clean, free of a need - cleaning, walking, talking to friends, taking a lil' trip - if you have that luxury - or just have a picnic or an outing someplace nice, close by you, w/family or friends if possible, if you can't travel. AND exercise, as so, so many people here have said, helps, no matter if it is the LAST thing you feel like doing, you'll feel better just moving, doing anything - doesn't have to be a long thing, just to get you moving! ... :D.
Good luck to you, 29Days! I think you are someone to look up to, you need to feel a whole lot of pride in your accomplishments that you KNOW you have done every day you get thru.
30days
I don't think that Showers meant that feeling depressed, or talking abt it, was being negative - it is an unfortunate part of the process in WD - worse in some than others, which is just the way life is , the way we are made, every being so unique. I can't imagine how Showers could not have had a taste of depression thru WD's, right? I think - HOPE - the reference abt 'not being really ready' might have meant the people who are negative abt how a post may sound - or their interpretation of it - that in their response or in speaking their feelings, they say some things that do not appear to be kind, empathetic, understanding that everyone is different - what happens to me may not happen to you, but we should be no less sympathetic just because WE didn't experience that or that someone feels superior because they have a stronger will, stronger constitution, along with a no-nonsense way of dealing, and they come on here & makes light of or are scornful about what is HELL for most of us here - knowing you need to get off or already having jumped & coping w/the trauma of the WD's and all their symptoms. People who come here are already beat themselves up all the time, I'm sure - they don't really need more. I think we come here for support, understanding, info, connections,to just purge our feelings when necessary - I know I do! This site should be a safe haven to do just that, as everyone here has been thru many horrors,fear,sometimes not many people, if any, to talk to honestly. But here, they can bare their feelings, worries, doubts - hoping someone will say a kind thing to them, that they will hear that special thing they need to hear right then to keep going another day, whatever. Some may sound as tho they have no sympathy if someone doesn't have the strength they think they do, or to sound superior to others here, not even trying to relate to what others go thru (we are all different) even tho they themselves may not have had that particular symptom, to understand it is a very real problem for someone else is what you should relate here, not negative ideas. I do agree w/THAT for sure, 30days!!!
So - I HOPE that Showers was not being negative the way you think, cuz that's the last thing people here need - they come for support & understanding, to vent at times, to share info, to just be HEARD and understood - not judged. I'm sure they have all had enough of that in their lives, have done it to themselves too much already also. We should try to help each other get better, get clean, to understand - not forget that everyone has been where that person is, or COULD have been if they don't feel that they really ever were.
Take care everyone!
or 29, 30...Jgirl, sorry if you misunderstood it's all me.
whattheheck... I see what your saying, and I'm over it. I was irritated to all hell with the first line of that post.
"OK OK OK OK!!!!! I have sat here and read all or most of these posts. I am gonna tell you the real deal about the withdrawl off suboxone......."
Of course in sarcasm I was thinking now why have I wasted my time reading, what, 2 years worth of posts when this person here is finally gonna tell me the real deal!! The whole point is it's different for everyone to some extent. How withdrawal manifests in each of us is unique and completely subjective. I have always been a stubborn person. For example that's exactly why I left re-hab early. These people were telling me how I was supposed to be feeling, giving me these BS assignments and telling me I needed to fabricate answers to find myself?? Really, I'm 32 years old, not 18 trying to find myself... I KNOW who I am, I KNOW what I think, and I KNOW how I feel. Maybe I'm just oversensitive right now with people around me trying to understand how I feel, what I'm going through, and then there's the pep talks..please! Especially the people close to me still poppin' the pills, love them dearly, but even if they do come around they need to keep thier mouths shut!
OK, rant's over. I've looked over my old posts, and it's pretty clear that even no matter how crappy I feel now it's obviously gotten better. The depression comes in waves, usually in the day when I'm home alone. It's awesome when my boyfriend comes home cuz he makes me laugh constantly. Yesterday I can honestly say I felt pretty good, I wonder if that had anything to do with my little fit of fury at showers first thing in the morning, lol, I was all fired up. The thing is that when I do get up and moving I get this really weird feeling in my gut and feel like I can't catch my breath right and have to sit down... is that anxiety? I've never had anxiety before. And with the motivation troubles I feel like the last thing that would be helpful is a downer. The only meds I've been taking is some supplements, vitamins, Imodium, Motrin. I tried some ropinorole a couple nights for whatever it is my legs do at night and that was a huge mistake. It's a dopamine agonist so I figured it would help but did nothing but throw me into a fit of restless tossing and turning for hours. Other than that I've been sleeping good once I fall asleep, I can be grateful for that.
anyhow, I've got kiddos to get ready for the bus. Ya'all have a good day and good luck!
Phil....I blipped briefly. I understand completely....and you know what....It is OK. I am thinking about you my friend. over 1/2 year off the subs, and that is what matters.
I wish you all the strength and happiness you can muster.
Hang in...
Rick
thanks to all of yall.. reading this really helps.. i just wanted my old life back and b normal and not want to chase a pill everyday... there is so much more to life then what i thought.. Thanks ;]
So I'm still a slug, lazy, unmotivated, depressed. Although even being that I still feel that way I think it's getting better. Haven't had a complete fit of "rage/self-pity/want to taste the end of a shotgun" type of feeling for several days. Not 100%, not even close. the only thing that keeps me hanging in there is that I read about how taking even one dose of an opiate will reset the clock on PAWS, and I freakin' hate PAWS. It can't last forever...
Phil abc
Hope you are doing - and feeling! - better today than a week or so ago... :D. I was re-reading your post about your depression, how YOU feel and the medications not working for you.
You said you would prefer an amphetamine derivitive but can't get it in the UK. We have a friend who, altho not a heavy drug user of any kind, or an addict either( other than occasionally smoking some pot... :D ), is in his late 50's, is considered ADD/ADHD - among some other things he has going on health-wise - by his physician,and is given Riddlin(sp.???) to help him. For him, that relaxes him - for me, it would be a Valium or clonapin(sp.?...lol) to help a LITTLE.
AND - you say you are prescribed 1(probably .1...???) mg. daily. That's a really low dose - I deal w/anxiety attacks, being a high-strung, high-stress type(!!!)of person myself - and the deprassion that you have to get thru...it's horrible. My physician has, at the different times, prescribed 3-4 valium, xanax, clonapin - whichever px it was at that time - daily to me. There were days I had to take 4-5 instead of 3-4 to calm myself enough - and it just calmed me, still very functionable - not a "zombie"!...lol...so I guess I have high anxiety, for whatever real/imagined reasons, a LOT of it!...haha. I know that feeling of your heart knockin' out of your chest, the shakiness, wanting to be left ALONE, your head is spinning w/thoughts, you get a 'flight-or-fight'(sp.?, again ... :D)mode feeling, etc. My Dr. sees an extra beat in my EKG when I am in that mode one time - he asked "...don't you feel THAT???"...lmao!...I said," YEAH! Of course! - but, I thought I was might be making too much out of feeling it, as my heart beats SO hard anyway when I got anxious!" - he told me it really wasn't a good thing to have happening - lol - that was 20+ yrs. ago. AND the way you feel could very well be my feelings magnified xxx amount of times, you know? Which I must say that, if so, my heart goes out to you. I had/have to deal w/it - w/kids, it's hard to 'withdraw' from everyday life!.....lol... and it's a real push to function normally sometime, somedays. It's too bad you can't get the medication that YOU know works for YOU where you live, right?
Thinking of you, really hoping you are in a better period now than you were - a bit brighter, I hope, for you. I know, WE all know, that there are good days, bad days and, then, there are "so-so" days I guess - that's true for me, probably more true for some than others, I'm sure - and that there is a big gap between the severity of the differences in those days for different people sometime.
I feel like I'm in a pretty good period, luckily, right now, for me - with my commitments, responsibilities, goals, etc. in my life right now, it's nice to feel pretty good about yourself - :) -..like any of us would, I'm sure.. Life can't be put on HOLD while we try to play get well, can it?
Also - slipping up is just as you said - A BLIMP, nothing in the scheme of things. You are still doing a great job staying off the subs - hooray for you, really. Just as you say, about someone trying to go thru WD's w/out taking any meds.,etc., that would just temporarily relieve the sypmtoms of a MUCH worse problem >>> sub WD's - why deny yourself that could get you thru something so hard if you can do/take ANYTHING to alleviate the symptoms for just that time period, then, yes, USE IT. It'll be much easier to not use again (whatever you decided to take!), to come off from - than the Subs, OR methadone, from what I've read about it here AND heard also.
My daughter is on a methadone program & has been told by MANY people that the WD's from it are the worst, unfortunately, and she would like to get off SOMEDAY - NOT be on it for "maintainance" the rest of her life. Also - the people at the clinic aren't the ones who tell her how hard it'll be to get of it, like I've read here SO much - it's others who EXPERIENCED it, went thru it. So sad to get so addicted legally, be told it's not a big deal - couple of days of WD's - then it's so easy for the person on the program to mess up, get kicked off program, for maybe a good reason too, but.... - oops, there's another junkie on the street, looking to buy the pills they got shut off, cold turkey, from getting by their own doctor . Physician's should HAVE to wean you off the subs, even if they will not keep you on their regular program - might save a lot of trouble in the long run, esp. w/all the young people who ALWAYS want to try something new.....right??? - maybe less on the streets, who knows?....God!!!) Oh - also - my daughter sweats a lot & thinks it must be due to the methadone....does using methadone in a treatment program , or in general, make you have a problem with sweating? - a lot??? (...sorry, lol, HAD to ask!) Poor girl tho!...:(.
TC Everyone!!!
Have a good rest of the week!... :))
Hey. okay so... ive been on suboxone for over two years now and have ,in this time, at different dosages, made attempts to completely come off. Its quite frustrating to say the least. Ive been steadily tapering this 2+ years now and really want to be "OUT". Ya know, ive been outta the drug life for the whole two years pretty much except some minor infractions at the beginning. I rockclimb, kayak sometimes, mountain bike, do yoga and i would love to actually feel good in the morning and finally be self sustaining. the lower I take my dose the faster i feel pain, well that obvious i suppose, but the point is I got down to a quarter of a 2mg a day after starting at 16mg 2 yrs ago. Its thursday today and the last time i took any was Tues morning so like 2.5 days to be more precise i suppose. Ive gone through withrdawal quite a few times before from oxys and all those other meds, ya know percs and phenyl and whatever. All the other classes too, but really, is that valid for this forum, i dont know but thats what everybody does. Anyhoo.. im on day 2.5 and had to skip my class tonight. Im cold and somewhat sweaty, and that fear of twitching and sweating in the front row in Anatomy and physiology of all classes made my decision for me. So there it is and I just thought this forum might help me get to where i can exist without this daily doses of a crutch, and hopefully, if i can actually make myself wanna type through thi loud fog, meaning i am hypersensitive to everything but my mind is too slow to sense it or something and anyone who has felt or is feeling it knows. Either way this stuff doesnt fit into my view of what your daily life should need to consist of. I hope I can help someone too, but right now im just hoping i might sleep okay tonight. Man this screen is lookin real jingley right now, crap. Okay so hopefully i wont go on a meandering rant but my mind is not in prime form. So uh.. peace and love Laura
I took my last dose of suboxone last September 28. So I'm better than a month clean. Been through the muscle misery (soaking in a hot bath was my only relief), done with the hurling, finished with the chills and sweats. I'm sleeping more or less normally again (the insomnia was the worst thing of all; I had no idea that after being awake for a week it hurt to use the remote to change the tv). Over all I was sick as I've ever been for about three weeks. I know withdrawal is very personal and idiosyncratic, but that's what it did to me. Anyway. What I want someone to tell me is if my continued sneezing and nose running like the Mississippi is related to my detox, or do I need to go see my ENT doc? I actually feel pretty good (after 5+ years on the subs!), but this sinus business is getting old. I'll bet I sneeze 20 times a day and go through a box of tissues daily. Sorry I can't contribute any profound insignt, but will somebody please tell me about my snot?
Dzul - that sneezing and nose running is indeed caused by the minor WD symptoms that you're still experiencing. You got out very luckily, having the major symptoms subside after only a month and having been on the drug for 5+ years. The sneezing is only the smallest part of the symptoms, but it definitely gets annoying. I wouldn't know how to gauge how long that's going to last, but I guess I would presume (at most) it would last up to another month. It could always last for another week, but I remember that I was sneezing for awhile afterwards. Best of luck and congratulations on getting through it.
Thanks, Iago, for your help and insight. I suspected (and my partner kept tellng me)that it was related to my detox. It's actually much better this morning. I've been blasting my sinuses (sini?) with the Neil Med stuff (the ones who market the Neti Pot, but I use the squeeze bottle), and, as I said, it's much better. I appreciate your info, the last thing I need to do is a doctor's visit that isn't necessary. After 5+ years addicted, I'm so behind on everything important. For those other folks out there, and this forum is like manna from heaven when you're trying to get off the dope, I tapered down to .5 mg a day before I jumped. It took me from March until September to do it, but I think it saved my skin. I know I got out light, but I believe I'd rather take a bullet than put another piece of sub under my tongue. It was plenty bad enough for me.
I HAVE BEEN ON SUBOXONE FOR 5 MONTHS. PREVIOUSLY DILAUDID
4MG. AND ALTHOUGH THE SUBS PREVENT WITHDRAWL,THEY DO NOTHING FOR MY PAIN.I LIVE IN A CONSERVITIVE STATE (mass)
AND MY DOCTOR BASICLY TRICKRD ME INTO THE SUBOXONE PROGRAM. IF I HAVE AN UNOPERABLE PHYSICALY PAIN INDUCING
AILMENT,WHAT IS WRONG IN TAKING OPIATE (REAL) MEDICATIONS? THE ANSWER IS; THE DOCTORS ARE WORRING ABOUT LIABILITY REGARDING PRESCRIBING HEAVY PAIN MEDS.
I WAS GIVIN THE LINE FROM MY DOC;"YOU HAVE BEEN ON THE DILAUDID FOR SO LONG YOUR PAIN RECEPTORS ARE NOT FULLY ABSORBING THE DRUG,SO I AM SWITCHING YOU TO SUBOXONE"
WELL FOLKS,I HAD NO COMPLAINTS ABOUT THE DILAUDID,DIDNT ASK FOR INCREASE IN DOSAGE,OR FREQUENCY,AND I WAS PAIN FREE. SO I AM ON SUBS NOW,MY CANE IS BACK IN MY HAND,AND
I HAVE NO RE-COURSE, ONCE YOU TAKE SUBOXONE,YOU WEAR A SIGN AROUND YOUR NECK THAT SAYS "OPIATE ABUSER" NO DOCTOR OR E.R. WILL EVER PRESCRIBE OPIATES AGAIN. SO BEWARE..-STEVE CAPE COD MA..
I HAVE BEEN ON SUBOXONE FOR 5 MONTHS. PREVIOUSLY DILAUDID
4MG. AND ALTHOUGH THE SUBS PREVENT WITHDRAWL,THEY DO NOTHING FOR MY PAIN.I LIVE IN A CONSERVITIVE STATE (mass)
AND MY DOCTOR BASICLY TRICKRD ME INTO THE SUBOXONE PROGRAM. IF I HAVE AN UNOPERABLE PHYSICALY PAIN INDUCING
AILMENT,WHAT IS WRONG IN TAKING OPIATE (REAL) MEDICATIONS? THE ANSWER IS; THE DOCTORS ARE WORRING ABOUT LIABILITY REGARDING PRESCRIBING HEAVY PAIN MEDS.
I WAS GIVIN THE LINE FROM MY DOC;"YOU HAVE BEEN ON THE DILAUDID FOR SO LONG YOUR PAIN RECEPTORS ARE NOT FULLY ABSORBING THE DRUG,SO I AM SWITCHING YOU TO SUBOXONE"
WELL FOLKS,I HAD NO COMPLAINTS ABOUT THE DILAUDID,DIDNT ASK FOR INCREASE IN DOSAGE,OR FREQUENCY,AND I WAS PAIN FREE. SO I AM ON SUBS NOW,MY CANE IS BACK IN MY HAND,AND
I HAVE NO RE-COURSE, ONCE YOU TAKE SUBOXONE,YOU WEAR A SIGN AROUND YOUR NECK THAT SAYS "OPIATE ABUSER" NO DOCTOR OR E.R. WILL EVER PRESCRIBE OPIATES AGAIN. SO BEWARE..-STEVE CAPE COD MA..
Day three--feeling miserable---jumped from 2mg/day to 0. Been on subs for about 100 days---tapered to 2mg for about 45 days. Getting ready to go on trip by myself away from my family and decided this good time to jump. Now just need to convince my wife, who doesn't know anything, that i don't need to go to the doctor. Anything to help with this nausea and lack of energy? I realize from older posts that it's a gut check. I just hope I am one of those who feels better after 5-10 days!
So I looked all over the internet, for something to help with the withdrawl symptoms and I think I finally found something. I know this will sound weird, but Robotusin DM, and it has to be the DM, helps the symptoms. I took some last night before bed and I was actually able to sleep. No restless legs, no cold-sweats, at least not so far. I guess they have done research with opiates and the active ingredient(DXM for short). I would also like to point out that I'm not a doctor and these results aren't proven, they just work for me.
Hello all. I havent been on this page in about a month. Good to see some more people are quitting the subs. I'm still clean as well. Today is 4 months clean. I never thought I would be able to say that. It's a great feeling to be in control on your life and not have anything make up your mind for you. I also quit smoking cigs on halloween. This was scary for me as well. I thought it would be so hard. In fact, it was really easy. I just ate a bunch more food and had some silly cig dreams, but basically no cravings.
Well, I was just stopping by to update and read some posts. Good luck to everyone that recently jumped off subs. It gets easier eventually and is totally worth it.
Ok Been on Subs for over 4 yrs now! I was on Percs /Vic/(pain Killers ..due to some pain a while back...given to me by a Doc who kept upping my dose until full -blown addicted..Went into rehab got off pain meds went on Subs-and Still on them for over 4 years..!! i am unable to get off the dam things... Cant take off work long enough... Missed to much work as it is attempting to get get off of the dam things -per my Doc..."you should NOT have any with-draws just do this".... I do what he says & i get sick.. Now i am thinking rehab... Iv been @ a wonderful & understanding job for the last 11 years now & i dont know how to explaine to them that..hey i need to go back into rehab to get off another medication again! embarrised as hell! I think subs are just as bad as any pain med~!! :(
Well with the first Thanksgiving in nearly ten years approaching opiate free I must say how good it feels. Seems like a lost decade but I'm free. I recall thinking I would quit every year only to see time fly by while living in a haze. Next week will be five months clean and I urge anyone who is thinking about getting sober to do it now and start fresh, you will not regret it.
Happy T-day all.
Hello everyone. I have been on subs for about 5 months now after switching from being on methadone for 5 years. I am very active in 12 step programs and I live with my sponsor. I am wanting to come off of the subs soon, probably after thanksgiving and before christmas. I am very scared and I dont want to relapse on anything during the detox. Thank all of you for your posts, they have helped me to get prepared. I'll keep you all infromed of my situation.
Hi guys, I have been trying to find out info about suboxon withdrawals. My best friend has been on them for months now. She was put on them after 5 yrs of heroine. six days ago she ran out and couldn't get an appointment with her doctor to get a refill until yesterday. But during that time she decided she just wanted to get off of them. I think she was on a 1/4 of a pill a day. Since she has been off of them she has been eating somas and xanex like they are candy. She hasn't been getting any better. When I am around her I try to regulate the pills she takes, make sure she eats and give her lots of water. I don't know what to do. Can anyone help me please.
Hey Inneed..
It gets better, but there isn't a whole lot you can do for the time being. I took Xanax to sleep at night, but try to push her to a hot bath in the daytime.. Those things REALLY help.. Also if you can get uh some pain relieving soap.. just a sec let me run and look at the label.. Village Naturals therapy.. Village Naturals Therapy Aches & Pains Mineral Shower Gel.. You can find it at Walmart, but remarkably it's SUPER at making you feel better and relieving Anxiety..
Depending on how long she's been at a 1/4 pill depends on how decent WD's will be.. The Xanax will help immensely, but IMO should not be relied upon much as it's addictive too.. But I took it for about 3 weeks or so starting at 2 pills to sleep and going down to 1 then a quarter then another quarter and that process took about 3 weeks.. After that I was able to sleep well enough on my own and I didn't want to risk another addiction. 6th day is hell btw.. 5th and 6th.. Probably the worst.. Push her to keep going otherwise these days she's suffered will all be wasted effort..
Also.. I've been off subs for almost a year now. I quit December 26th of last year. You can do it.. It is possible.. There is light at the end of the tunnel.
- Jdoe
Soooo....I've been on subs for a year and a half. I moved, and the state I moved to sucks for getting a new dr! LOL! I made 1 mth of subs last for 4mths...and I've been totally out of them for about 9 days. Finally slept the whole night last night....it might of just been luck tho! LOL! I seriously have no motivation, very high anxiety (ESPECIALLY @ night!!), and that's really about the extent of it....except for this damn sneezing all the time!! It sucks!!! Anyone have any tips for energy during the day....or how to relieve this anxiety w/o meds?? I'm REALLY hoping this doesn't last too much longer....but as I know from the past, everyone IS different. But really, I'm over feeling like this!!! :/
Well, first off the worst thing that you could do is stay on suboxone for more than 10 days. I have detoxed twice now with suboxone (I was using aroung 300mg of oxicodone a day) (We are having a freakin pill epidemic in FL)it took around 7 to 8 days for me to feel better. I couldn't sleep, I had crazy dreams, stomach, bodyaches, the whole deal. I will say that it lasts longer than regular opiate detox but not as bad. I knew it wasn't going to be as easy as my doctor said (come on now....subs have opiate in them.) Anyways, I will swear by suboxone as long as you don't take it for more than 10 days, you will be okay. It sucks and there is no way that I was able to go to work, I tried on day five and blacked out. Drink lots of fluids, VITAMIN C, sleep aids (although they tend to cause crazy dreams) and eat even if it is unbearable. There is a light at the end of the tunnel. Go to meetings and have your friends and family support you. I changed my phone number....GOOD LUCK TO EVERYONE!
today is day one. got a few ultrams to help with the withdrawals. i stopped at 4mg of subs
its just time to quit for me. I know its not going to be fun. i got some gabapentin to help with the restless legs.Amitriptyline and nyquil caps for sleep. hopefully this will help.
day 2,, the tramadol is making me feel a little better. I sure hope I get through this. Im gonna stop taking tramadol tomorrow I think.
snorting suboxone is just fine.
suboxone is not a short acting opiate.
I am just over 30 days clean from suboxone. (32 I think). I have spent the last few days reading the forum and have found it quite helpful. Anyway, to all of you who are in your first two weeks of de-tox - I can tell you that it does get better, so please don't give up... you can do it!!! Detoxing from suboxone may last longer than other opiates, but it is not nearly as acute. Try finding people coming cold turkey off of oxy, hydro, or H writing about their experiences on days 1-7. Those stories are hard to come by b/c IMHO those people feel so bad, they can't even get out of bed much less read and type. I know when I tried, I don't think I made it 24hrs before caving into temptation.
My History: Lost hubby to cancer 2 years ago. 2 years before that, when things were starting to get stressful, my migraines went thru the roof (10-12/month that were completely debilitating). I used hubby's pills as a way to relieve that pain b/c no migraine medication on the market aside from narcotics could touch the pain. But quickly found that oxy kills more than just physical pain and had a serious habit before I knew what happened. Long story short, I was using between 200 & 600mg of oxy daily at the end. I've been on suboxone for the last 1 1/2 years. It really was a life-saver. It allowed me the opportunity to put the rest of the pieces of my life together before I took on the horendous task of detoxing. So, that's about 4 years of solid narcotic use/abuse.
The Detox: I tapered down to 1mg daily for the last several months. Anything less than this was not a sufficient maintenance dose for me. Had no problem tapering down at other point - never felt a thing until I finally jumped. I took 2 weeks off of work and went out of town to stay with a friend's parents. They knew the deal and what I was trying to do. I was very grateful that they were willing to take care of me. I believe being out of my normal environmental was key, b/c I would've caved on ~day 10 had I been home. Day 11 was significantly better. After that, it was easier to measure my progress in weeks rather than days. It went something like this:
Day 1 - not too bad. I think my anticipation of what was to come was bad.
Day 2 - felt like I had terrible flu - body ached all over and felt like I had a pretty high fever.
Days 3-6 - sucked. No sleep, RLS, severe anxiety, chills, severe diahrea (yes, I shit my pants more than once), zero appetite, and body aches. But, as bad as these symptoms were, they were nothing compared to cold turkey from oxy. Was taking up to 40mg of valium daily to help. Had clonidine, but didn't use it... BP was already plenty low and I was quite honestly a little nervous about it dropping even more. I definitely forced myself to eat and excercise (3 mile hikes daily). Long hot showers also helped. At this time, I also realize that my huge caffeine intake is making things worse, so I cut out all caffeine.
Day 7-10 - sleep, RLS, anxiety worse than ever. Other symptoms starting improve. Taking only 10-30mg of valium and really only at night in the hopes of a valium induced coma. While it did help subside the anxiety, sleep was illusive - 2-4hrs at most and it's broken. Still forcing myself to excercise. During this time the malaise and fatigue really started to set in, especially in the morning. I knew a long hot shower would make me feel better, but I had a very hard time working up the energy to actually get in the shower.
Day 11 - noticed big improvement in all symptoms except insomnia and malaise/fatigue. Sneezing my ass off though. Still forcing myself to excercise daily.
Day 12-14 - same as day 11 really. Taking no more than 20mg of valium at night at this point, but insomnia is still a bitch.
Week 3 - noticed improvement from earlier. Insomnia and fatigue still a big problem. Some issues with chills, sneezing, and anxiety. Feeling like "when will this ever end???!!! Returned to work and my normal schedule of daily yoga (I have a very intense practice) in the evenings. I feel f'n great by the time I get home with my endorphins kicking. My valium consumption has dropped to 2.5-5mg as needed. Many days, don't take any valium at all. I drink maybe half a cup a coffee in the morning more out of habit than anything else.
Week 4 - Again, noticable improvement from week 3. Insomnia is a still a bitch. But instead of 2-4 hours of sleep, I'm getting 4-6 hours. Though it's broken sleep - 2hrs, wake up for an hour or two, fall back asleep. No more valium. Taking melatonin and valerian root to help with insomnia - even if it's the placebo effect, I'll take what I can get. My problem is not falling asleep, but rather staying asleep. Morning fatigue is the worst!!!! I pop awake at 3-4AM, but even getting out of bed to pee seems like too much effort. However, once I get up and going, the days aren't too bad. I feel pretty decent and know that each week will get better. During the day, I think that it's safe to say I actually feel good aside from the occasional sneezing fit. Especially after a good work-out... then I feel f'n great!
Week 5 - I am currently in the middle of this week. I am now getting 6 hours of sleep, but it is broken. 3hrs sleep, wake up for an hour or two, 3 more hrs sleep. Wake up at 6:30AM. Hate being up this early, and the fatigue is still there, but it's definitely not as bad as last week. I have yet to contemplate pissing my bed, which I did almost every morning last week. I think I'm turning a corner. During the day, I feel normal, at least I think this is normal. It's been so long, I'm having a tough time remembering what sobriety is like... is this how normal people feel most days?? Not too shabby!!
I hope this little diary is useful to anyone starting their detox. Reading other people's experiences certainly was encouraging for me.
Those of you still checking in at this forum who have more than 30 days of sobriety, I would be very grateful if you would tell me how much longer I will have to endure insomnia and fatigue. The most frustrating thing at this point is the insomnia and morning fatigue. I would give anything for a decent night's sleep and to wake up feeling refreshed.
Otherwise, I feel good, better than I have in years!! And, I have sense of accomplishment... this is no easy task, but it can be done. Takes hard work and dedication, but it is possible, so please don't give up.
I have been through withdrawal so many times, I wonder why any sane person would keep doing this to themselves. 20+ years of w/d. I quit yet again 2 days ago, and I am angry at myself and disgusted. I have found that benedryl take 2 every 4 hours and mucinex dm helps with anxiety and coughing/ sneezing. Really helps with insomnia, restless leg ect. Take your vitamins I know that helps with energy loss.I'm working right now. I am a very functional addict apparently. No one knows. Its almost like I am two different people. I feel for everyone going through this. You don't have to be a dummy to get sucked into this mess. Addiction doesn't care how smart you are. Someone please say a prayer that I get some sense. All of the postings help so much. If I start freaking out I just start reading. One more hour of work, after tonight it will be day 3. Again. it's like ground hog day!
I did want to suggest one more thing. Detox! and lots of water. I bought a regular kit at Costco for 20.00 and it worked great. Music, sitting in the sun. Funny movies. My Ipod is my best w/d friend. Good lord another 30 mins... I get to go home and be super mom. I will do it to, because i love it. My kids deserve so much more.... what is wrong with me? anyway!...
today is day 3. I feel ok because of tramadol.,,,I have no more tramadol so Im gonna feel real bad tomorrow.
hey Red Neck. I'm on day 3 too. Take 2 benedryl it is a lifesaver. Your getting there! I'm saying that for my benifit too. I'm at work. Took my benedryl and musenix to stop me from choking to death and sneezing my neighbor away. Took the hottest bath that I could stand. I feel semi human
Red Neck - yep, you're not gonna feel great. Unfortunately, I think taking the tramadol just delayed the whole process by a few days. But, it's not impossible. You'll feel better tomorrow than you will in a few more days, so take advantage of that. Shell is right, try to take a very hot shower and/or bath. That will help tremendously. Try to eat and definitely try to drink lots of fluids - water or Gatorade is best. The other thing that is going to help is exercise. Try to force yourself to move around as much as possible. You won't really feel like it, but it will definitely help. Part of the reason this process is so difficult is b/c we've all artificially replaced our body's natural opiates - aka, endorphins, with an artificial ones. B/C of this, our body no longer produces enough of its own chemicals, hence the WD process. Anything you can do that will kick start endorphin production is a very, very good thing. I promise it will make you feel better than just laying around the house. But, I also know you have to force yourself to move b/c you won't really feel like doing anything other than laying around. But, if you can make yourself get some exercise, you will notice an improvement in how you feel - I promise. I'm on Day 33 and I can tell you that while I don't feel 100% yet, I'm damn close and I feel about a million times better than I did on day 3. You can do this!!!!
Shell - you know what you're in for. Good luck - you will get through this, though it is difficult. I think most of us addicts have long histories of addiction. I've been dealing with one addiction or another for the last 20 years as well. Though, this may be the first time I've seriously battled an opiate addiction, it's not my first addiction rodeo. It's easier for me to name the drugs I haven't tried than the ones I have. But, of everything I've abused, I think that opiates are by far the most difficult to kick. You are 3 days closer to reaching your final goal... don't give up!!
Shell & Red Neck - If you can get a hold of some benzos - valium, xanex, ativan, klonopin - they should help out tremendously in the first few weeks. Reading the posts here, you will see to many people have used benzos to ease the WD symptoms early on. They can be addictive, but if you use them for the short term - 2-3 weeks max - you shouldn't have a problem. Other OTC medications that I found helpful were Immodium & Ibuprofen. My doctor told me that 800mg of Ibuprofen 3x daily was just fine for 2-4 weeks. He even said that some studies have shown that that much Ibuprofen produces the same or better pain-relieving effects as narcotic pain-killers, but he also said that he didn't know how much he believed that.
http://www.neurogenesis.com/Neuroscience/opiate-ad is a pretty detailed explanation of how opiates affect our neural function - specifically dopamine production and how it relates to our reward system (i.e. food, sex, etc.)
yea Shell I am done with pills.Im sick and tired of being sick and tired.I have been on suboxone about 6 months. It madefeel great at first but as time went on it started to make me feel like crap. Shell it is hard to work while detoxing. I took some gabbapentin and nyquil. The gabapentin suppose to help with the restless legs.
I have put myself though this so many times that I just can't stop because I feel like this. I feel bad today. People think I have a cold. I just sit here. Do the best I can. I am very sick and tired too. But I'll say this. I could have gone to urgent care last night, or asked someone just so I could get some peace and I didn't do it. I keep thinking NO MORE. Telling myself I'm going to suffer it will pass. I was clean for 10years and managed to get and education and a decent job, get married, have wonderful children. But it was just sitting there waiting. I always like to think that I'm a good person, but I know the lying comes very easy to me when it comes to this. How in the world can I believe your a good person, when I can do the things I do. Tired of thinking one way and acting another. I'm disappointed in myself, that I can hide what I am so very well. Its a little scary. I would and have given someone the shirt off my back, and then take it back in an instant if I need my pills. night and day...
On a brighter note without the doom and gloom. Day three is a butt kicker but I'm hanging in there. Probably should stop beating myself up. Won't help. I thank God for this contact with other people who are going through the same thing. So ITS GONNA BE A GREAT DAY! It can't be anything else. We are one day closer
Yea I can relate. I have been through this many times. This is the last time I hope. The tramadol has really helped the first few days because I have not had any withdrawal. But I know that that they will start later today. Shell hang in there. We both know all about this and this. Its just a mater of making this the last time. Many people have gotten sober and kept sober in a program or not. Go to AA or NA if you think you want to go to a support group. There are good sober people in those programs. I have been to those before but I really didn't like it. It just wasn't for me. I met some really nice people there though.
Red Neck & Shell - you guys shouldn't be too hard on yourselves. Your feelings are natural - you feel guilty when you're high and now that you're trying to quit, those feelings are just amplified. Depression is a major factor in the WD process... and, it's also one of lingering symptoms, but it WILL let up. My husband had cancer and suffered terribly, but despite this, I still managed to take probably half of his pain-killers. Talk about guilt.... A lot of people refer to addiction as a disease, just like diabetes. They say you have to go to meetings etc. and give yourself up to higher power, admitting you have no control over your actions in order to maintain your sobriety. I don't know how much I buy into this, but I do know that long-term drug use can permanently damage your neuro-pathways such that the brain simply does not allow the body to feel "normal" without the presence of the drug of choice. Our brains have become wired to feel they need the drug in order to function and that craving can literally be as strong as any basic survival instinct. There are also genetic factors that can predispose you towards addiction. You can't really control that anymore than a person who has diabetes can control their pancreatic function. That's why relapse rates, especially among opiate addicts, are as high as 90%. So, give yourselves some credit - you're already 3 days further along than most people ever get. Every day can be struggle, especially in this first month. But it DOES get easier and you WILL feel better. You just need to give yourself some time. None of us got into this position overnight, and we ain't gonna get out of it overnight either. For me, it helps to understand the biology of what my body is going through - it makes it easier to accept the anger, the pain, the guilt, the self-loathing, etc., as normal/natural feelings that will let up as I heal. It's my brain trying to send out danger signals to get me to cave in. But we are stronger than our minds and with practice, we can learn to control those impulses. Before I started my Detox, I spent a year learning to meditate so that I could learn to ignore my brain when it tried to make me go against myself. But, it's only this week that I've been able to actually mediate with any success. At first I was pissed, but I forgave myself. As the saying goes - time heals all wounds. So keep your heads up, forgive yourselves, and keep on keeping on b/c this too shall pass - in it's place are feelings of happiness, success, and achievement (even it we have to work hard to maintain those feelings, it is certainly worth the effort).
Hope I can keep a positive attitude because I know the chills and sweating sick to stomach is coming soon.
Wow self loathing! taking sick peoples meds. yep. I think if I said out loud the things that I've done I would disappear forever. But I'm ready to come to terms with it. It's done. I can't take it back. I can only try to make up for it in the future, and for whatever reason I'm still here. It is a deep dark place in my mind today. Life is hard. We get beat up and beat down. I know I get tired. I come from a family of addicts. I know that it's in the blood, the genes, whatever you want to call it. Also monkey see monkey do. My husband knows that I've had problems in the past. But he is oblivious to the daily struggles I put myself through. I checked into a hospital once. The people there were just so harsh. It was a very bad experience, that didn't work by the way. My husband was just sick about it. He watched me like a hawk for years after that, but I just got better at hiding. I've been on these pills ever since and he has no idea... I'm here again. I will not say anything to anyone. I hate being that person. The weak one with no will power. The poor little thing. I look like such a responsibile person on the outside. Good mother, there if you need me. Take care of my grandparents. The wolfe in sheeps clothing is more like it. Its like I've been asleep and didn't ever feel anything. So now it is all hitting me hard. Like waves. Things from 6 years ago. because I never felt it at the time. I think that is where the depression comes from. All the things we never worked through have built up and are hitting us at the same time. In small amounts, over time it's easier. But all at once makes me feel like I'm drowning. Still have a good attitude though, even though I'm on a roller coaster right now. Don't feel badly about taking your husbands meds. Your not alone. What is done is done. It's what we do today and tomorrow that counts.
Shell - Buddha said, "what we are now is where we have been, what we do now is where we will be." Very true - everything we've done up to this point has shaped us and we cannot escape that past, but the decisions we make now can take us to a different place. To that extent, I think that most addicts willing to take on recovery are exponentially stronger than the average person b/c the process is so difficult both physically and mentally. Most people cannot understand the daily struggle that addicts endure just to maintain their sobriety b/c I believe that most addicts are fighting both a genetic factor and also a factor that goes against how their neuro-pathways are wired. You are stronger than most of the other people in your life for this one reason alone!!
It was a strange dynamic between my husband and I with regards to my addiction. To some extent he knew about my problem and was a partial enabler, though I think he was willfully ignorant of just how bad things were, not to mention my weeling and dealing with both him and his doctors. It wasn't until he was in hospice that he was able to fully express his concern. My theory on this dynamic is long and painful. Suffice to say, however, we both felt guilty about putting the other in the situation and when a part of you knows that your time with your spouse is going to be limited, I think you tend not to address the difficult things - only the things that make you laugh and smile. At least that's how it worked with us. Anyway, I've let most of that guilt go b/c it was eating me up like the cancer did him.
I also think you have a point about the depression - when we're fucked up, nothing seems to bother us, so when we sober up, all that shit has to be dealt with and it does tend to hit you all at once. But, there is also a biological factor too - when you detox, all of your emotions, but especially the negative ones, are amplified. It's just another trick your brain uses to try and get you to feed the demon inside.
I'm sorry you had such a bad experience at the hospital. Some see addiction as a weakness, but they just don't understand all the minutia that goes into the disease. Even some of the addiction specialists treat you like a moron. I was lucky enough to find a compassionate and competent doctor (a rarity in the medical field), who didn't pull any punches and didn't lie to me, but also was encouraging.
It is definitely a roller-coaster and it's probably going to get worse before it gets better. Not trying to scare you, just want to be honest. Progressively worse thru ~Day 7 and progressively better afterwards, but still a long road for about month. Just try to keep thinking positive. It can be so hard to do when every fiber of your being just feels miserable, but there's nothing to it but do it, so.... At day 33, I feel better than I have in a loooooooonnnnnnnnnnngggggggggg time. But it was not easy to get here and only in the last few days have I really started to notice a change in my attitude - the depression is lifting, FINALLY. So, I am proof that it does get better, it just takes time - quite a lot of time and patience with yourself. But you know that already - I'm just here to re-emphasize the point.
You are not a wolf in sheep's clothing. You are not Jekyl & Hyde. You are just a strong woman going thru a tough time and we all of us falter along the way. And you're scared of people finding out about your inner demon. That's a truly heavy load to bear - I feel for you. Trust me, I understand that feeling - what kind of wife steals her dying husband's meds... a terrible one. But then I had it pointed out to me that I took care of my husband and dedicated my everything to him. I sacrificed my own health to take care of him and the last few months were bad - very, very bad. Our hospice nurses said that most family's aren't able to provide the kind of care at home that I did - most cases like my husband's would've been transferred to a hospice house b/c the intensive care required is just more than most people can handle. But my husband passed quietly at home, as were his wishes, and it was pointed out to me that I alone was the reason this happened (I had to fight for it). You, like me, are struggling with issues that nobody can even begin to understand. But try to think of the things you have sacrificed for your friends and family and the good you have - I'm sure they are countless. If you don't believe, just ask your family and you'll find out how much you mean to them... ask your kids.
If this board is your support system, then I am happy to help. But, it sounds like you don't have a whole lot of support at home b/c you're such a driven person - determined to get through this w/out anybody every having known it was a problem to begin with. I worry about that b/c a strong support is almost essential for success. I failed miserably when I tried to go it alone. It wasn't until I was honest with my family, who knew anyway (though I didn't think they had a clue), that I got their support. And it was much needed.
Keep up the positive thoughts - know that these feelings are really only temporary and you are strong enough to conquer this. Anything worth having is worth fighting for.
You are very kind and generous. Yes I know that I am loved by my family. My grandfather knows about my problem. He is 76. I took care of my grandmother for about 10 years on and off before she passed away. She didn't have cancer, but she had so many things wrong with her. I felt like she was a gaudy puppet and the doctors and her family were pulling the strings against her will. It was horrible. I loved her so much. She was everything to me. She raised me, and I never lied to her. She would be the only one. Her and my grandfather. So we had the same relationship that you had with your husband. I watched her waist away. Stood by vidgently while she suffered. She knew what I was doing. But she did the same thing your husband did and didn't really look. We both suffered I guess. It was hard on both of us. I remember thinking how could she just leave me here alone. It took me a long time to get over that. I know she loved me reguardless of what I did. I sacreficed alot and gladly. But in the end I wasn't there for her. She fell getting up in the morning and I just happened to not come that one time. So I guess I think that I should have been more selfless. I wasn't selfless enough, and THAT would have made a difference? In what I don't know. But somehow. After saying all that, I actually do know the reality of what happened to her. It really had nothing to do with me at all. When I saw her getting sicker and sicker I started running again. I turned back into that other person. I know the right way to go. As I am sure that you do to. It's just remembering that I deserve it. I should have it. I can have it. I was watching a halloween show with my kids. Halloweentown actually and the grandmother was explaining magic to her granddaughter. She says all you have to do is wish for something and then LET yourself have it. How many times have I told myself I don't derserve that? Stop punishing myself and let myself have it. That would really be magical.
We are weak but we are also very strong. Out of all this suffering comes strength and wisdom. Its all true. But I feel like the lone ranger. I wonder how is Red Neck holding up?
i was on methadone for about 5 years. when i found out that methadone w/d can last up to 3 months, i opted for suboxone. i started suboxone got down to 2 mil and stayed there for a while. i then went to 1 mil, then half a mil for 2 months. i am definitely going through w/d symptoms, but nothing as strong as when i came off of heroin or oxycontin. but my best advice is get as low as u can b4 coming off. i have even heard that when you are ready to quit, try taking .5mg every other day, then quit. its def not easy, and my stomach is KILLING me b/c i am currently only 1 week off the subs. but this w/d is most definitely more mild (although longer) than Heroin and oxycontins.
Hi Guys,
I sliped last night and took 4mg and another 4mg this morning. Oh well I will start over tomorrow without tramadol this time. nobody is perfect.
Its ok Red Neck. Just keep going. I am really suffering today. It really is torture. I'm on day 4. At work and my eyes are dialated. Things look weird. I feel like my face and lips are tingly. I couln't find this page because I left the address at home on my computer.. HA. I took suboxone for 2 years.. and I couldn't make it through the withdrawals. I just couldn't. Started using again. And now here I am. I don't know what is worse really. Its all bad. I wanted to slip up so badly last night. My grandfather was over after the kids got home from school and he had his pills in his pocket. I could hear them. I was just so angry I had to force myself to be nice. I wasnt angry at him either. It was me. I kept imagining getting away for a few hours from this constant hell. And cooking a nice dinner. I pretty much pushed him out the door. And he looked like, had I just asked and put on the sad face he would have given me a couple. AAAAHHHHHHHHHHH ..... I wanted to call him this morning. I understand slipping. It is just so physically and mentally painful. Start over tomorrow.. You can do it......
here until 6pm. My eyes are still dialated. I feel like a rabid ferret. Pretty sure I look like one too.
This is by far the worst day... day 4 from hell.... I don't know what else to do but write. I just don't know. The physical part isn't even half as bad as the mental part of this.
congtrats ksub... keep going.... a week is awsome. Im just counting down the hours. Good luck to everyone over the weekend and Friday night.
i was on suboxone for just under a year, i was on 1mg for 2 months and then .5 mg for 2 months. yes, i still am going through w/d, but it is much more mild than w/d from Heroin or oxycontins. the sub w/d lasts a littl longer, but the best way to make the symptoms more mild and go away qquicker is to wean urself down to .5mg, then maybe take .5 every other day for a week or two, then just quit. and for the record, the worst symptom in my book is the upset stomach and diarrhea. i am constantly hungry b/c nothing stayed in my stomach long enough. Hot baths w/ epsom salt will remove the muscle twitch-thingys ( u may have to take a few a night, esp if they are so bad that u cant sleep) small amounts of xanax during the day helps, and ambien at night has helped me sleep. and as much as we feel like crap, getting up and out of the house puts your discomfort on the back burner
Ok Im back to day one,, Im prepared for the hell that comes and looking forward to the things that im gonna be able to do not being dependant on anything. I will be able to start that new career that I have been wanting to do.. Shell are you doing ok?
day 2
hey all... hope you guys are doing better. The first two weeks aren't going to be pleasant, but the 2nd two weeks will be much better, though still not perfect. Hang in there though, as it does get better!!
I'm at 6 weeks now and feeling much better though still not 100%. Sleep is slowly but surely improving and I find if I turn of the damn TV and all the lights, I can sleep thru the night. Morning fatigue is probably the biggest problem I'm facing at this point. This weekend, I didn't really have any commitments, so it wasn't until like 10PM last night that I was able to muster up the gumption to start some laundry. However, during the week when I have to get up to go to work, I find that I feel pretty normal by about 8:30AM. Maybe I should make some commitments in the morning on the weekends.
Things are continuing to improve, slowly but surely. I'm f'n STARVING all the time and have probably put on a good 10-15 lbs. Though, right now, I'm not denying myself any food of any food. Come Jan 1, though, I think I will start eating more healthy so I can shed the lbs that I'm putting on since I am currently heavier than I've ever been. I'm hoping that by Jan.1 homeostasis will have returned to my life, though I know that I'm already 90% there.
Shell - keep going. By now, I would think that many physical symptoms would be starting to abate, though sleep, RLS, fatigue, anxiety are probably not much better. For me, Days 7-10 saw a let up of the much of the physical stuff except for these (and diarrhea), which actually seemed to get worse. I was very glad that I didn't have any responsibilities for the first 14 days. After day 14, things really start to improve except for insomnia and fatigue.
Red Neck - I hope that day 2 is tolerable. Tomorrow won't be any picnic either b/c your symptoms should be kicking in full force by then. But, you shouldn't feel as bad as if you were kicking straight from full opiates.
Hi all, well done to everyone who is kicking this lingering,"miracle" drug. I am on day 4 suboxone free and would just like to share my experience with everyone. I had used H for approx 3 years, only ever smoked but decided enough was enough. I was given suboxone to use by a friend and was only taking 2mg per day then tapered down over a month to 0.5mg. The first day was fine and thought my addiction days were over, how wrong could I be. Day 2 started to withdraw and it was bareable (smoking pot is a god send, well for me anyway). Day 3 Had to go to the doctors for help, unable to sleep, agigtated and anxiety realy bad, I had to come home from work. The doctor only perscribed me tamazepam for insomnia (I'm in uk and scripts are free)and I brought natracalm from the pharmacy to relax in the day.
Day 4, I feel so much better but I am scared about what is to come as people have previously described symptoms peeking at day 5.
What do other people think? Am I over the worst or is there more to come.
Be strong, peace out.
Wannabefree - Look... if you've made it to Day 4, you can make it the rest of the way. For me, the first two weeks just plain sucked and while the physical symptoms really seemed to get better daily after the first week, I would say the most difficult part was mental and that really started to set in during the 2nd week. In the 3rd week, I really felt like "when the f is this ever going to end??!!" I was just sick and tired of being exhausted yet unable to sleep well. But I stuck it out and am really glad that I did. I'm in the middle of my 6th week and feel pretty much normal. My sleep patterns are still a little screwy, but they are MUCH MUCH MUCH better than they were 2 weeks ago. Morning fatigue is still a bit of a problem, but it's no where near as bad as it was 2 weeks ago. I would say that I'm about 90% of the way there.
Tamazepam is a benzo and any benzo should help, especially during the first two weeks. It should help not only with insomnia, but RLS and anxiety as well. I was taking valium and it did help. After about 3 weeks, however, I wasn't taking any prescription anything.
Don't give in, you can do it. It will take time and a lot of patience with yourself. Other OTC meds that might help are immodium and ibuprofin. Aside from these, I can recommend that you force yourself to get some pretty strenuous exercise on a daily basis - anything that gets your heart rate up and gets you sweating should help to kick-start endorphin production and those endorphins are you body's natural opiates, so they will make you feel better. And, long, hot, showers and/or baths will help as well.
I abused oxy at very high doses (200-600mg daily) for about 2-1/2 years and was on suboxone for another 1 1/2 years after that. So, that's 4 years of solid opiate use/abuse. I am grateful that it looks like it's only going to take about 6 weeks to feel pretty much like I did before I started abusing narcotics. After 3 years of H, you cannot expect that you won't feel some withdrawals... that's just reasonable. But, you should be grateful that on Day 4 you can actually post about how you feel. Do you think that would've been possible coming cold turkey off of H?? I would say that you're probably in for about 2 weeks of having a difficult time functioning in your regular life (work, etc.). The 3rd week you'll feel better, but it will be a struggle - you'll probably be frustrated. Week 4 gets even better, as does week 5. By week 6 you should feel pretty much normal. That's how it's gone for me and for many others from what I can tell by reading the posts here.
Good luck and keep posting!! I didn't find this website until about my 5th week and wish I had found it sooner. I probably would've been more optimistic in weeks 3 & 4 than I was.
I had made plans to check into a detox clinic I was so sick of taking Subs(2 years). Anyway, I was taking about 10-12mg's a day. I was due to check in on November 24th so I took my last 1/4 of a pill that night before.
Well, when I get there they say my Insurance wont cover a detox because I was already under a DR.'s care and that if I am on Sub I should be on and not come off. I said "BS" and went home and white knuckled the W/D(day 14 as of today). I went cold turkey from 12mg's and it doesnt sound like doing it that way as opposed to tapering makes much difference.
I was ok the first 4 days and then the 5th day it hit me like a train..waves and waves of nasuea and anxiety, arms burning like crazy...the whole bit, everyone here knows those feelings. Anyway, like I said, I got through the toughest part but still achey and chilled, sweaty palms.....doctors that say you wont have any W/D's from Subs are lying through their teeth. It is a nice drug if used correctly but there seems to be a breakdown somewhere.....no one should be on these things any longer than 6-8 days period!! I mean, what good does it do to come off one thing and be addicted to another?? Total money maker at the expense of us drug abusers.
UpFromHere - Congrats on making to Day 14!! That's definitely an accomplishment of which you can be very proud.
In my 3rd week, I still had some problems with cold chills and sneezing, but the real killer for me was insomnia and fatigue mixed with some depression. I really did feel like it was never going to end. But here I am in my 6th week and I feel 100 times better than I did even 2 weeks ago.
I've heard and read that many people did not get the honest truth from their doctors about suboxone. To some extent, I think you're right about doctors exploiting addicts. Last night, I was talking to close friend who said his doc just gave him blank stare when he was asking questions about what WD would be like and how long it would last... that is just inexcusable. Before I found my current doctor, who is a privately practicing psychiatrist specializing in addiction, I went to one of those 6-week outpatient detox centers and spent several thousand dollars for a single 1-hour consultation and then several 100 more dollars for medications. Then I was to stay in regular contact via phone with an administrator, not a doctor. That program was shit!! My current doctor is great and didn't pull any punches... he was honest with me from the get go about what suboxone was, how it worked, and that it would be tough to come off of. He helped me weigh out the pros and cons of being on suboxone in the first place. The first time I saw him, I said I wanted a short detox/taper program 6-8 weeks max. He didn't think that was a good idea and he told me so, but said if I wanted to try it, he would work with me. As it turned out my doc was right... that short term taper program did not work for me - I relapsed.
For me, suboxone was a tool that allowed me to put all of the other pieces of my life back together so that I would be strong enough both mentally and physically to go thru WD. That took about a year. About 7 months ago, we started discussing coming off of suboxone. This time my doc responded with a completely different attitude saying that he thought now it would be possible for me to be successful. I worked with my doctor to develop a WD plan for success and almost every detail was in place before I jumped off. I spent 6 months planning to come off and was completely prepared for it. I had a plan that I had developed with the help of a doctor and I stuck to that plan, which is why I believe that I am doing as well as I am right now. For me this was key. Otherwise, I think that I probably would've caved somewhere between days 9 & 10 or again during week 3 just out of sheer exhaustion and frustration.
I agree that there are a lot of ignorant doctors out there, but I also think that it is possible to find great doctors who have your best interests in mind... who shoot straight and will work with you. If used correctly, I think suboxone can be a life-saving tool, but I think most people need to be on it for longer than a few weeks to really get the benefit. But, my opinion is just based on my personal experience. I also think that there is definitely a place for a maintenance drug out there like suboxone. If it means the difference between leading a productive life or living in the street, than I am all for it. People who have diabetes take insulin for a lifetime, people in renal failure get dialysis for a lifetime... I think that some addicts have permanently damaged their neuro-pathways to such and extent that it is not possible for them to live a normal life without some sort of maintenance therapy. Up until a week or so ago, I was seriously starting to believe that i might be amongst them.
Keep up the good work and keep up the positive thoughts... you can do this!!
hey guys, these comments are so uplifting b/c i am not the only one going through this its like an online rehab meeting or something. but yeah i am on day 3. i went from taking 2-3 mgs of subs for the past 6 months on a daily basis. i skipped a day and then did 3mgs and next day probably less then 2mgs and now i am on day 3 with nothing, the anxiety the body aches the sweats. ya'll know the drill it's no fun. im crying non stop. its def not as bad as opiate WD but its not too far behind it b/c i detoxed opiates in rehab before i started taking the subs on a daily basis.any support would be awesome. we can do this . this effin sux. and im in another country that never even heard of this stuff so there is no backing out for me.
Bellavia...hang in there. It's absolutely worth it. But there's no way around experiencing substantial pain, discomfort, anxiety, depression, and worry. It's the physioligal effect of the drug on the cells in your body. It takes time to eradicate the damage that the subs have inflicted. But it seems like we all agree, if you can just somehow make it two weeks, the worst of it will be behind you. I was on this board in August (my first attempt to jump off sub after my initial sub taper-off program of 7 weeks). I got to day 10...and had to function and be productive...and gave in and went back on. This time...I'm doing something in line with what Subfreefinally (above) did...and was able to better prepare my schedule and arrange some fairly radical medical support. I will share all of that with the board in coming days...but I'm hopeful that what I'm doing will shorten the duration of the withdrawal symptoms and speed recovery. I'm on Day 15 Suboxone Free...and I had a great day (worked out and swam for an hour, a couple of hours of e-mails and phone calls, cleaned my house for 40 minutes, showered/shaved, went to two different therapy sessions (again, I'll detail what I'm doing in coming posts), did a bit of shopping, made myself a nice dinner,...and earlier, changed a tire (holy crap! I had a blowout!). I couldn't have done all that last week (although I know that Day 8 this time...was much better than Day 8 last time).
Whereas last time, I had only anguish and despair...and didn't make it past Day 11, I'm +2 weeks...and feel so much better. So, again, Bellavia, hang in there. IT GETS BETTER...AND YOU'LL BE SO PROUD OF YOURSELF WHEN THE DAYS START TO IMPROVE FOR YOU! I wish you....and everyone on this board the best.
Subfreefinally-Thanks for the great advice and support. You say the 2nd week is more mental. Can you please explain as I have no urge to take subs or my doc
Today is day 5 sub free, still not ready to go back to work, although it would probably do me good I'm just to scared just in case I am not up to it. Energy is not great and I can't stop sweating although I am not warm or having hot flushes, sneezing quite a bit which seems to make me feel better, yes weird, i know. I'm going to try get out the house today, maybe that will help.
Everybody remember. Every hour in W/D is an hour closer to being free.
Be strong, peace out
Wannabefree - Congrats on Day 5 - you can do this!!
I believe that some posts up from last week, I've wrote a little diary about my first 5 weeks, so most of the details are there. But when I say it is more mental in the 2nd week, I think it really related the anxiety, insomnia, fatigue, and RLS. The physical symptoms were noticeably better in the 2nd week, but they were still pretty bad. I was still having cold sweats all day, sneezing fits, and I still had diarrhea (though my bowels were only moving once or twice a day, but they were still loose); my appetite was a little better and if I smoked some weed, then I was actually very hungry. But I wasn't sleeping but maybe 2 or 3 broken hours a night... 4 if I was lucky. That is just not enough sleep for the body to rejuvenate itself. So mostly I was just sick and tired of feeling sick and tired. I was away from home for those first two weeks and I would've caved on Day 10 had I been home b/c I just wanted some to be able to relax in my own skin and get some decent sleep. But, I'm glad that I didn't b/c I felt noticeably better the very next day. So the 2nd week was a mental game of just trying to push the exhaustion and fatigue. The 3rd week was tough too b/c although I felt better during the day (not 100%, but still much better than the first 2 weeks) the nights were just awful b/c I still wasn't sleeping but 4hrs a night - 2hrs wake up for an hour, sleep for another 2hrs. I'd wake up at 4AM and watch TV for a few hours before work, but I literally had no energy - even getting out of bed to piss seemed like overwhelming effort. But, here I am in my 6th week and everything is 100% better and I feel like I'm 90% there. I'm still only sleeping 5-6hrs/night, but I'm sleeping through the night now, which is a big improvement. I still have a little bit of morning fatigue, but it only takes 30 minutes to get going instead of 2hrs. I think I'll say I'm 100% when I'm sleeping 8hrs and wake up feeling refreshed.
Bellavia - SoFlo Male is right... there's nothing to it but to do it, and it will not be easy; you are not going to feel good. I've got a little diary of how my first 5 weeks went a few posts up and I think it's a pretty accurate and typical account of how things go for most people. I think knowing what to expect might make things easier. I also think having a good understanding of how opiates have affected your neuro-pathways helps. You've artificially replaced your body's own opiates, like endorphins, so your body isn't hasn't had to produce it's own in quite a while. When we eat, excercise, have sex, or just about anything else that is good for us, our body releases small amounts of it's own natural opiates. Those opiates trigger the release of dopamine, which is how our brain rewards us - it makes us feel good so we'll do whatever again. But, we addicts have conditioned our brains to require huge amounts of opiates while at the same hindering our own ability to produce them naturally and it just takes time for your brain to re-adjust to an opiate free environment and for your body to start producing it's own chemicals again. WD is simply your brain trying to send out danger signals to get you to cave b/c that's much easier and faster than repairing neurotransmitters and pathways. This link is a pretty good illustration of how opiates affect dopamine in the brain - http://www.neurogenesis.com/Neuroscience/opiate-ad
Soflo Male is also right about having a plan. I guess that we can both attest to the fact that having a well developed plan can be the difference between success and failure.
But the following should help ease the worst of things:
1) Eat and drink as much as you can. You won't feel like it, but it will help. Try to cut out caffeine though, as that will only exacerbate the anxiety, insomnia, and RLS.
2) Short term use of benzos - valium, xanex, ativan will also be very helpful.
3) Immodium helps with diarrhea and ibuprofen helps with body aches. I didn't really have any nausea, but there are medications that can help with that as well.
4) Exercise - try to work out every day. Anything that gets you sweating and breathing a little heavy will produce endorphins and they will make you feel better. THIS IS ESSENTIAL!!! You won't really feel like doing anything, but if you make yourself, I promise you will be thankful.
5) Long hot showers and/or baths will also help.
Aside from these things, it's really about the mental game. Your inner addict is always going to be there and if you can keep them in check, you'll be good to go. But fair warning is that inner addict is a damn pesky and persistent little mf. It took me a lot of time to finally get to a place where I was stronger than it.
Good luck with Day 4, which probably isn't any better than Day 3 and maybe even a little worse, but I promise that if you can hold out, it will get better!!!
SoFlo Male - Hey... good to hear from somebody else that's beyond the 2-week mark. I'm glad you're feeling so good!! I think you sound like you're doing much better than I did in my 3rd week. I'd be interested in hearing what your plan was and the things that you did to combat the WD. I'm also wondering how you're sleeping. That's probably my biggest unresolved issue at this point. I mean, it's much, much better than it has been, but still not the best, which is a little frustrating considering I'm in my 6th week. My doc prescribed trazadone, but I've had that in the past and hated it, so I didn't even fill the prescription. Melatonin & Valerian don't seem to make much of a difference, so... if you're sleeping more than 6 solid hours, I'd like to know what you're doing. My problem is not falling asleep, but staying asleep.
Anyway, stay strong!!
Im miserable w/stomach pain, nausea, diarrhea, pain/achiness, exhaustion, no sleep, anxiety, depression, etc., etc. I can't even get myself in the shower... I already have Fibromyalgia so this is hitting me HARD! I had NO CLUE this stuff would do this to me...! My doc. quit practicing and never told me what to expect when I went off this stuff. I didn' come close to tappering off like I should cause i had NO IDEA! NO TRUST IN DOCTORS ANYMORE! I can't handle this at all... I can't believe how long I gotta feel like this. I'm only on day 7 or so and the thought of feeling this crappy for so long scares me to death. ;( God help me.
cantwin4losin- I know its hard, but keep pushing through.
I understand it must be even harder for you as I know all about Fibromyalgia as a good friend of mine has it.
Are you taking any other meds to help with W/D's?
Alot of ppl on here have already stated imodium is good for the stomach upset.
Are you able to get hold of benzos ie Tamazipam, Valium, Xanax etc? These help no end with insomnia and anxiety.
(I take 1 10mg tamazipam before I got to bed and get 6-7 hours sleep, this is only day 5 for me).
Also go to health shop (I'm in UK, don't know about US) and look for something that contains Passiflora Incarnata, maypop (same thing, many other names aswell). This also helps with anxiety but I have yet to find an energy booster (execpt hot shower or bath)as for me this is by far the worst.
One more thing if your into it. Smoking weed really helps for me
Dont get disheartened and take one day at a time.
Be strong, peace out
cantwin4losin - I have to say, it sounds like you really did get screwed by your doctor. Your doctor really should've told you what suboxone was and what the potential side effects were. If you think you can tolerate another week or two of feeling really bad and then another 2 weeks of feeling so, so I would say keep on going. Otherwise, I think it might be best for you to try and find another doctor. I realize that you don't have any trust in doctors, but it is possible with some good searching to find somebody who is both competent and compassionate. I did not have a good experience with the first group that put me on suboxone (who said I would have no WDs - what a bunch of BS!!), but afterwards, I really searched around for a good shrink and I found one.
I can tell you that it does get better and you will feel better, it just takes a lot of time and a lot of patience with yourself, though I can only imagine how bad it is when you had no idea that it was coming in the first place.
Good luck!!
Some great posts, Im on my 3rd day detoxing from suboxone,Iv'e been on it for 4 years now, WOW, this stuff is another way for the doctors to control you.Don't get me wrong, if it wasn't for suboxone,I would of probably been dead allready... I was taking 100 norco's a day $400 a day habit for 2 years. And here's something that everybody should be aware of when starting suboxone, DO NOT LIE ABOUT THE LAST TIME YOU USED,I know I made the mistake of not waiting at minimum 14 huors, and boy did I pay, Here's a little secret they won't tell you... If you make that mistake, and you start going into severe withdraws, just take whatever you were on right after, { norco;s , oxy's. methadone, whatever) and you will be thanking me, trust me I had to figure that out on my own... Oh well life and times of a Fu@@@@ing addic. Hope this helps...
day 6 today and what can I say..... Still not feeling the best but hey lifes a bitch.
Alot of sweating today but I think that is one of the side effects of taking benzos to help me sleep (this has only started since taking them) any one else have this issue?
got a good 7 hours sleep last night, but still awoke at stupid o'clock in the morning and now my eyes are burning (Its only 2.20pm aswell). My dealer rang me today asking if I wanted to buy my DOC, I gave him the big F**K OFF. I'm actually quite proud of myself.
Sorry the post is all about me but it has a calming affect, so I will continue to write as long as no one has any objections.
Rick(sac)- That is one hell of a habit, did you taper off the subs? What was your final dose of sub and how are you feeling on day 3, because the 3rd day for me was hell.
Be strong Peace out
Just out of curiosity, Who tapered off the subs and who came off at a hire dose e.g 2mg and above?
Also what stage are you at with your withdrawl?
This could help people in the future, so they know what to expect and what not to do. I know some one is going to say "But everyone is different", well, we will just wait to see what the general concensus is.
If anyone thinks its a bad idea, then please bash me, but I think least people are getting a true, experienced idea of what to expect, instaed of all the bullshit most doctors tell patients.
Sorry to babble on....
Wannabefree- 1 month on 4mg, 6 weeks on 2mg then 2 weeks on 0.5mg. Day 6 today feeling 75-80% better, 7hours sleep with benzos 10mg, just feeling empty and have no energy.
Glad to see the usual suspects on here are still doing well. Personally, I am on day 18 day....free from Sub. Ive realized that patience is the name of the game. You may think that you arent getting better or feeling better but just think about how you felt 1 week ago....could you do what you are doing right now?? I know this time last week I couldnt even watch a movie with my wife and kids because I was so agitated and edgy that I couldnt lay still on the couch. Then the next morning I had to call my dad to come watch the kids while my wife was gone because of edginess, anxiety and depression. I sit here today typing after working a full week and looking forward to our movie night.
I still have sweats real bad and some achiness in the afternoons but on my 18th day I feel 100% better than I did on my 10th and 11th days.
Stay positive everyone!!
Glad to see the usual suspects on here are still doing well. Personally, I am on day 18 day....free from Sub. Ive realized that patience is the name of the game. You may think that you arent getting better or feeling better but just think about how you felt 1 week ago....could you do what you are doing right now?? I know this time last week I couldnt even watch a movie with my wife and kids because I was so agitated and edgy that I couldnt lay still on the couch. Then the next morning I had to call my dad to come watch the kids while my wife was gone because of edginess, anxiety and depression. I sit here today typing after working a full week and looking forward to our movie night.
I still have sweats real bad and some achiness in the afternoons but on my 18th day I feel 100% better than I did on my 10th and 11th days.
Stay positive everyone!!
ive been on 16-8mg suboxone for aleast 5years. Cant get off it. decided to take heroin for a week then when w/d's started took 2mg off sub 4 days ago and so far so good. little bit off back pain but sleeping ok. ive Been told this works so here's hoping. will keep you posted.
If you don't like hearing negative rants following opiate withdrawal please dont read anymore.
philabc,jgirl and whattheheck
I've just read your posts that others have taken to be negative and not worthy of this site. Let me agree with your posts wholeheartedly. I know that negative comments aren't helpful but they do illustrate the dilemma we face, so I'm going to add my take.
I jumped August 26 so it is nearly four months opiate free for me. In that time I've been around the world with the kids and hubby as planned (and the main impetus for getting off methadone to suboxone to nothing in two months). Now all the physical symptoms may be gone but the mental pain continues and your comments allow me to give voice to what I can't discuss here at home.
I agree with jgirl's post that life on opiates brought achievements, I got my degree, postgraduate studies, had three kids, a marriage, steady employment for 15 years and as a consequence assets and security. I reduced off methadone to 1mg for my pregnancies but then went back up after the last one was born 8 years ago.
Now, when everyone who says I'm doing well just enrages me to the point where I want to smash their face in (not my usual response), and my house is a pigsty of cat hair, kids toys and clothes, (but the dishes do get done!).
When I wake up in the morning and the first thought that comes is I wish I were dead and when I get that positive rush of yes, I'll go and clean the floors, before the thought has turned into getting off the couch, my energy drains and I stare into space and forget what I was thinking about. For that matter, I don't seem to even think about things much.
I've been back to clinic for help, been put on SSRI which gave me very dark and compelling suicidal thoughts, as well as splitting headaches. I've stopped taking them because I'm not depressed or anxious. I've just stopped feeling.
How can I be sure that what I've done is the right thing when I feel so wrong about it? When I feel like I'm sinking and spiralling out of control, and all I have now will disappear because I can't be of any use to my family or myself? Existential angst or just plain selfishness? How am I to be grateful for what I have when I don't give a crap about anything anyway. The usual pick yourself up, stiff upper lip, CBT theory advice doesn't register while I feel this way.
Earlier someone said it was like the Dementors kiss and I agree. All I feel left with is every bad memory that got me to using opiates in the first place, a rerun of childhood pain in a detail that has never been available to me before and which I've never wanted access to. Taking a family centred look at my past I only see the negatives that could account for the way I feel now. Is that past so powerful, have the pathways in my brain been so altered that now all I have to look forward to is the release that death may bring?
Okay, getting tooooo negative, but I feel safe in saying these things here because this is where it makes sense, this is where I don't have to go through my history to some new health worker who will leave in a few months.
And I know some of you will understand that saying there is no answer you just have to get on with it is just as good advice as saying try doint this!
Skippy
It is difficult to stop taking opiates escpeially if you have been on them for long periods of time. Most doctors I spoke to gave the pat ansewer that the withdrawals will last about 10 days. I did have a doctor that worked at a clinic for one day as a fill-in who told me PAWS can last six montyhs to a year in some people. The feeling of a monotone life with nothing that gets you excited must be depressing. I am five month in and have no physical symptons but do find myself utterly bored from time to time, this must be some residual brain cravings I suppose. Time does heal the mind so stay committed to you future. I too worked a long time and saved a conciderable amount of money but it does not bring happiness, relationships do so concentrate on that. Soon enough the kids will be grown and you will wonder what you did to enrich their lives, not yours.
It is awesome that some of you have actually made it off the subs. I have been on them for about 2 years and have tapered down to crumbs every other day. Yes, crumbs. I am about to go for crumbs every three days. I just can't stop cold turkey. Not worth it. I feel bad for those of you that ran out. I never followed my doctors script of 16mg daily. Right off I looked for the dose that kept me working and stuck with it. But I always went for my monthly 60 tabs. So I stock piled hundreds. And I control my addiction, not some damn "addiction specialist".
I noticed Red Neck never came back but I will give s/him some advice that might do a lot of you trying to quit some good. Jumping off at 4mgs or even 2 is going to hurt. I take so little, but I keep my self on the verge of depression and leg pain. Maybe doing it my way makes the kick last forever, but it is damn near painless.
I know there is a difference between crumbs and 0mgs. I am glad to read your success storys because I feel like I can kowing more of what to expect. Improvement in 10 days sounds great. I just feared four months of depression.
Good Luck
Mr Taper- Today for me is day 9 and I woke up this morning probaly feeling 90% and as the day has worn on, I am now feeling 100%. I don't know what tomorrow will bring.... but hey.
I like you tapered, but I only went to 0.5mg and came off(I was only on them 3months....read above posts)it was hard but I seem to have recovered much faster than many other posts. Reading your post, it seems to me that you have the idea spot on of how to get off the subs, good luck.
Be strong, Peace out
wannabefree and subfreefinally: Thx for nice words & understanding. I haven't even been able to get on my computer or do anything since my post 4 days ago... I've been on Klonopin for 12 years, so thats all I have. What sux is last time I went to c this doc., he cut my dose in half, so just when I need it most I have half the amount! As I think I wrote, I didn't abuse the Oxy's I was on, I took 2 a day for 12 yrs, then my life went to hell due to my "ex" f**ckin up my world. Anyway, I thought I was gona die and even wanted to die and ahold of 10 (10mg) Dalata's (don't know how to spell?). Did I just F**ck up? I ask cause I've only been takin 1 pill a day and I only get about 2 hours of relief (NOT HIGH AT ALL)... I just couldn't take the PAIN & MISERY anymore. Haven't taken 1 yet today, I wait as long as I can. It's sooo hard from the W/D symptoms and the Fibro. pain... Thx. and good luck to all.
Cantwin4losin- I think dalatas (dilaudid) is the wrong way to got especially with benzos (Im no medical expert). As it is diamorphine, then this might just prolong the W/D's. I think, in your sitution you may need to look at subfreefinally's comment about finding another doctor to get your issue re assessed or worst case scenario (if it really is that bad and you are unable to get to a doctor), score your DOC to feel better, then find a doctor, tell him everything, then try agian. This is my third attempt to get off opiates, not everyone gets off it first time.
Sorry to be negative, I'm just being honest.
Be strong, peace out
Today is day 44 and for the first time since I started this whole WD business, I slept a solid 7 hours and woke up this morning actually feeling refreshed - OMG, what an AWESOME feeling!!!! For the first time in years, I actually got out of bed without the help of some pill and was actually happy to be up and about. I surely hope that tomorrow is the same.
Up From Here - All of the physical symptoms (sweats, anxiety, diarrhea) didn't really abate for me until sometime in the 4th week. Sounds like your WD course is following the same pattern as mine, so I bet you'll feel 100% better next week than this and 100% better in your 5th than your 4th, and so on.... Congrats on Day 18 (guess it's 20 now). Definitely something to be proud of!!! You're about halfway to feeling like a normal, decent human being :-)
Assie Joe - I can't say that I agree with your method, but if it works for you, than fantastic. But, my experience is that anytime you try any kind of opiate at all, you set yourself back to square one.
Skippy - I think that Ds is right - what you're experiencing might be PAWS. And that can last from 6mos-1year (sometimes even longer). I may be shot and strung up by my toenails for saying this, but I don't think that there is anything wrong with a maintenance program. If you're really feeling empty and depressed this far out - a dementor's kiss really is the perfect description - maybe maintenance isn't such a bad idea for you. If a small dose of suboxone keeps suicidal thoughts at bay and enables you to smile and/or cry, than for you it may be worth considering. Diabetics take insulin on a daily basis for a lifetime... why do we all assume that dysfunction in neuropathways (forget about how it came to be that way) is any less of disease that does not deserve the same diligent daily care?? Maintenance helped me get my life back and I am personally not opposed to a lifetime on a maintenance program. Trust me, if I felt empty and borderline suicidal after 4 mos, I would have no problem with a small maintenance dose of suboxone. Just my 2 cents. But if you stick it out for another month or two, you might very well start feeling a big improvement. You'll have my support whatever you decide.
Mr. Taper - I too found it most helpful to know what to expect. That made it possible to plan and if you've read my posts, you'll know that having plan made all the difference in the world. I kind of agree with your assessment that crumbs every few days may be tantamount to just extending the WD process, but most of this game is mental, so if that works for you then go for it. Yep, 10-14 days and you should be feeling significantly better. 1-3 weeks after that should have you feeling nearly human again (BTW - these timelines are based on jumping from a 1mg daily dose - your method could be completely different). Depression after 4mos is more aptly referred to a PAWS (post-acute withdrawal syndrome). I think that what Skippy is experiencing may be more severe than what many people experience. But hey - you won't know until you try. Good luck!!!
Wannabefree - I'm glad to here that you're feeling so good at day 9... that's a big improvement over me. I was probably in 4th-5th week before I felt 90% when I woke up, so you must be doing something right!!! My guess is that tomorrow will be about the same as today, but next week should be noticeably better.
Cantwin4losin - I didn't realize that your doc had you on subs for pain control. I've heard it used that way before, but it's more often used as detox and/or maintenance drug for people with narcotic paid medicine addictions. In fact, from reading your post, it's unclear if you were on oxy or suboxone. If you had to cold turkey from oxy, then I'm not surprised you felt so miserable, you literally felt like dieing. I felt that way too when WDs cold turkey from straight narcotics set in. I think you are referring to dilaudid, which is hydromorphone. In my experience, hydromorphone taken orally is not anywhere near as strong as oxycodone/oxycontin (or sub for that matter). At any rate, if your goal is get off opiates of any kind, then yep, you did set yourself back some. But if your goal is simply pain management, then perhaps whatever supply you have can hold you over until you find a doctor. I think that since you were never abusing your medication to begin with and since it was being prescribed for a legitimate medical reason, you really should try and find another doctor - from what I can tell, a pain management specialist or rheumatologist are probably your best bets. A neurologist may be another option, but my experience is that they are not so good with chronic pain management. Going thru WD is bad enough, but when you couple it with fibro, it must be very debilitating, as the WD process will amplify and legitimate pain that you may be feeling. I know you're a bit leary of doctors at present, but I honestly think that's probably your best bet right now.
I guess I wasn't very clear... Was on 2 20mg Oxy's. and 2 750 Vic's a day for 12 yrs. Then went on the Suboxone's for 1 1/2 yrs. The doc who prescribed the Sub's. didn't explain anything to me -- then he up and quit practicing medicine. I had to go off the Oxys and Vic's cold-turkey cause my "ex" (abusive & controlling man) talked me into tryin to fill a Oxy script and Methodone script--my doc was in the middle of switching me to Methodone due to the cost of Oxy's,and this is how I had two scripts which was caught in the pharmacists computer. My doc. called me to ask what was going on and my "ex" was in the car so I was affraid to tell him the truth. Had I done so, he would have gave me a second chance -- I know, cause I never ever abused my med's. till this a**hole came into my life -- talking me into trying to fill both scripts which I would never have done had he not manipulated me/controlled me so bad. So, whats getting me right now is not knowing anything about subs and/or how to taper down the subs... I went down to 1/4 pill a day for about 2 weeks? then nothing and it's unbelievable how horrible I feel. I know it's worse cause of the Fibro pain alone...! I'm thinking about seeing my "old doc" and telling him the truth about my "ex". I did file charges on him for the abuse twice, although the abuse happended several times. So far today, I'm feeling better then yesterday, but it is early. I do still have stomach issues, but the leg pain is quite a bit better today, so far... (haven't taken anything today either). Thx. to all and good luck. I guess I'll c what the day brings and go from there. Everyone on this site is amazing and i appreciate all opionions. Good luck to all...
So I have been on sub for 2 years completely clean from everything else. Im down to 2mg and have been for two weeks. This week Im dropping to 1mg. Today is Dec 15th. I have to be completely off by Jan 3rd. Is that realistic? Im scheduled to quit working Jan 2nd and then I am scheduled to begin a training program in Michigan for an instructor program in Africa Feb 7th. Thats why I decided to come off of the sub. Is jan 2nd-Feb 7th enough time to get over the worst? I am terrified but willing to do what ever it takes. I cant take any benzos or weed to help me with the W/D. I am an ADDICT and I will just get hooked on those again. Will OTC sleep aids help? Insomnia is always my demon that gets me. OTC sleep aids have always helped me but I also havent had to deal with withdrwals in a LONG time. In my AA community, I know no one who has gone through this and therefore have no one to talk to but my counselor at the methadone/suboxone clinic and although she is sweet and supportive, she has no experience. Actually, the local clinic has never had someone dose off of suboxone successfully. Which is intimidating. Can someone please email me and be willing to be my over-the-phone or over-email support during the next month and a half? LauraAHicks8@aol.com please someone help me. The only thing that has helped me thus far is knowing that I am doing this so that I can be better able to help others.
So I have been on sub for 2 years completely clean from everything else. Im down to 2mg and have been for two weeks. This week Im dropping to 1mg. Today is Dec 15th. I have to be completely off by Jan 3rd. Is that realistic? Im scheduled to quit working Jan 2nd and then I am scheduled to begin a training program in Michigan for an instructor program in Africa Feb 7th. Thats why I decided to come off of the sub. Is jan 2nd-Feb 7th enough time to get over the worst? I am terrified but willing to do what ever it takes. I cant take any benzos or weed to help me with the W/D. I am an ADDICT and I will just get hooked on those again. Will OTC sleep aids help? Insomnia is always my demon that gets me. OTC sleep aids have always helped me but I also havent had to deal with withdrwals in a LONG time. In my AA community, I know no one who has gone through this and therefore have no one to talk to but my counselor at the methadone/suboxone clinic and although she is sweet and supportive, she has no experience. Actually, the local clinic has never had someone dose off of suboxone successfully. Which is intimidating. Can someone please email me and be willing to be my over-the-phone or over-email support during the next month and a half? LauraAHicks8@aol.com please someone help me. The only thing that has helped me thus far is knowing that I am doing this so that I can be better able to help others.
Laura
One of the recurring themes of this forum is that you can do it! Since writing on Monday I've actually managed to put up the xmas tree, got a job interview and taken the kids to the library every day, clean the floors and bathrooms, get the washing done, do some baking and cooking... so while you are at the start of the journey take heart from this site. Again, the best advice I got for the first two weeks was don't worry about what it is going to feel like tomorrow or next week or next month, just set small time goals, get through the next half hour, the next hour, then morning, then aim for the night and then the next mornign. You can't do it all in one go so break it down to manageable achievable goals. Take lots of baths or showers and have some soup or water on hand.
OTC sleep medications are fine but in the first few days I took valium then sleeping pills to get through the night. There is a risk of being dependent on them, but I was "lucky" because no doctor or the clinic would give me more than two prescriptions. After they ran out I was on my own.
You have to be lucky with counsellors who are useful - most seem to be just out of university, or are absolute mean girls who don't have any idea of what you are experiencing. This site has helped me enormously because it is where you can rant and rave and say the most outrageous things without being howled down.
You are giving yourself one month which is enough time to go through the physical withdrawal which really is over in about two weeks with residual feelings of ill health. I don't know how you would go with a training program straight after though. I went on an overseas trip after 6 weeks and while it was distracting and admittedly fun (even went to Disneyland!!) I also took some OTC pain medication at times, especially ones with codeine. But, I didn't go looking for anything although fantasised about where and how I would look in the US, UK and Europe. So, travel did take me out of myself for the time we were away and stop focussing on how I was feeling. For you training may have the same result. Good luck and try your hardest.
DS
Thanks for your comments. As I said since writing I've actually had some up time so while I know I will go up and down it helps to know that there is a time limit! And I agree with your last bit about kids vs me. Guilt is a great motivator when it comes to children.
Subfreefinally
The last thing anyone should do is string up someone for offering an opinion. The option of going back to a low maintenance dose is something I am considering reluctantly, but at present isn't a possibility till the New Year. I'm taking StJohn's wort and a herbal sleep aid to see how it goes. My reluctance to return to a maintenance dose is because I want to give my brain a chance to heal.
I like what you said about diabetes because I have argued that point several times but haven't found much agreement. The negative social stigma of opiates/addiction can't be overcome with clever analogies even when they make perfect sense. And while some diabetic conditions are self inflicted the treatment is not nearly so hard to come by nor is the condition so negatively judged.
Mr Taper
It isn't depression or anxiety that ails me but a lack of frontal activity in the brain - whether that is anhedonia (thanks philabc but this symptom seems to be associated with schizophrenics rather than addicts but is a perfect definition of the feeling) or sheer ennui I don't know and it is different for every person. Don't fear something that may not even happen because not everyone will feel as bad I have recently. And, I am feeling a lot better!
Good luck all especially those about to give it up.
Day 12- I feel 100%, anxiety has gone but I do still have sleep issues. I can not sleep for longer than 5 hours. Does anyone else have this problem?
LauraAshley- I tapered to 0.5mg and it was still hell for a week, what you have to remember is suboxone has a half life of approx 36 hrs average (someone please correct me if I'm wrong), so every 36 hrs you only get rid of half of the dose of subs in your body.You need to continue to taper to lower than 0.5mg and then start to miss days between doses (W/Ds normally start between 48 and 72hrs). Once you are down to taking subs every other day, 2 days then come off and hopefully W/Ds will be less severe and will only last a short period.
From what I have been reading, very few people ever comes off opiates, without feeling some kind of W/Ds.
Your goal for Feb 7th is definately achievable, but what ever you do, do not come off at 1mg, it will probably be hell (Can someone confirm or deny this statement).
I wish you all the best
Be strong, peace out
Today is Day 46 and I slept a total of 8 glorious hours. I got a cold last week and I still have a cough that is hanging on. A few more days of 8hrs of sleep and I'd say that I'd be at 100%.
LauraAshley - I would say that you've got plenty of time to get over the worst of things. Your taper plan sounds pretty good. If you can tolerate dropping to 0.5mg before your kick date, then do so, but I don't think it will really make that big of a different (but i could be wrong on this point - I kicked at 1mg too). You may not be feeling 100% by the time you get to your training, but you'll definitely be feeling way way way better than you will in your first two weeks. Insomnia has turned out to be a demon for me as well. Last night was the very first night that I got 8-hours of sleep. But, I'm so glad that I stuck it out b/c I'm really feeling great and am very proud to be pretty much done with WD process. My advice to you would be lots of hot showers, eat well, drink plenty, and exercise, lots of exercise - work out until your breathing hard and sweating. Nothing I took seemed to help with sleep - not benzos, and nothing OTC that I tried. But, I have to say that I think benzos were a huge help with anxiety and RLS. I too am an addict and I did not develop a problem with benzos, so I think that with a very limited supply you will probably be fine. You could also try valerian root and/or melatonin - they didn't seem to help me, but they could work for you. I have a diary of how my first 4 or 5 weeks of detox/WD went - it's a few posts up, from maybe two weeks ago. It will give you a good idea of what to expect when. My doctor has had very few people successfully come of suboxone - I am one of only a handful (I think less than 5). So, this is no easy feat, but if you're committed, have a plan, and have a good support system, you will be fine. It will be difficult, but you will be so pleased with yourself. It is possible, and it sounds like you are motivated enough to be successful, so Good Luck!! Keep posting here - this board is a really great support system.
Skippy - I'm glad that you seem to be doing better than your initial post. I completely understand your reluctance to return to maintenance. Perhaps you are just one of the unfortunate few who suffers with PAWS long-term. Maybe giving it another 2 months will show some improvement - I surely hope so. I know you are suffering, but you definitely sound soooo much better. Maybe positing on this board will get you through this difficult period.
I know that there is a ton of social stigma surrounding addiction, especially opiates. It really is unfortunate b/c the analogy is pretty sound - addicts really have re-routed their neuro-pathways such that the brain just does not function normally. And I truly believe that for some people, that damage is permanent. But alas, I haven't found much agreement outside of my immediate family and friends. But then again, most of my immediate circle is a recovering addict - mother, father, brother, & BF. We all had different drugs of choice and were highly functioning addicts so few people were clued into the fact that there was a problem at all. At least in the US anyway, I think that the stigma will never really change. I certainly didn't inform my work of my problem for fear of being fired or at least non-promotion.
Wannabefree - Glad that after only Day 12, you feel 100%. Yes, it is normal for insomnia to a greater or lesser degree to be a problem. For me, this symptom lingered on and on and on and on and on... I'm in my 7th week and only just now starting to get 8hrs. Sounds like this will be your demon as well.
As far as kicking entirely, I don't think and I've not really heard many stories during which people didn't experience their own personal hell. i don't think it's possible to do it without WD. As far as the difference in severity vs. dose at kick - I don't know. It would make sense that the lower the dose, the less severe the wd. But, WD is also influenced by many factors, not the least of which would be time of use. I think the longer anybody has been accustomed to having opiates in their system, the longer the WD period. It seems that 2 weeks is pretty average for the most severe symptoms. The lingering symptoms like anxiety, insomnia, and depression probably vary quite a bit from person to person and are probably influenced by many factors.
back and forth back and forth... day 2 again.... At least I'm determined.... for better or worse...
Today is day 13, and last night I had a whole 9hrs sleep with no meds. Things are looking and feeling really good, and I no longer believe I am an addict.I would like to thank everyone for their advice and support.
and I will continue to follow this site and give advice where I can.
You can and will get there, just be prepred for a bit of pain, before you reap the benefits of a sober life.
A sober life, is definately a better life.
Be strong, peace out
Today is day 13, and last night I had a whole 9hrs sleep with no meds. Things are looking and feeling really good, and I no longer believe I am an addict.I would like to thank everyone for their advice and support.
and I will continue to follow this site and give advice where I can.
You can and will get there, just be prepred for a bit of pain, before you reap the benefits of a sober life.
A sober life, is definately a better life.
Be strong, peace out
Wannabefre
I hope you are right and are not an addict. Please be careful , it may be a trap to think after 13 days you are free from the gravity of a body as large as addiction.
Good luck,
I got in a car accident in 2008 and was given oxy for the pain. When the doctor found out I was addicted about 3 months in (I am an addict) he fired me and cut me off. I bought from a dealer from April until August when I got an offer to go to film school and could not live like that anymore (as I am sure you are all in agreement).
Tried the Cold Turkey as I was up to 140mgs of oxy a day snorting and that was hell...I lasted two days and then the sleeplessness.
Surrendered to the drink in September and was started at 88mgs of methadone which just made me puke my guts out.
Next thing I knew it was 2010 and I wanted my life back.
Dropped down 15 mgs a week on my methadone by using a holistic combination of for every 10mgs of methadone I was on I took 100mgs of Calcium/magnisum/zinc and an amino acid called L-Tyrosene...the whole thing cost under $20. I had no problem dropping down to the necessary 30 to get on Suboxone.
The 60 hour cold turkey off the methadone was hell...something I would wish on my worst enemy.
Here where I live I have to pay cash for the suboxone and 8mg tabs were at a national loss (the great suboxone famine).
Within a month I got down to 2mgs and have stayed there from April to today...when I woke up this morning and said...enough.
As one writer said here...I am now waiting for the "hat to drop", however Im ready and as someone said to me "you only have to withdraw once if you want to".
Thanks for all being here...amazing what a pest and pal the internet and these blog boards can be. However, your stories are helpful and mean a great deal to me.
Good luck to all of you and I wish you a happy holiday:)
i havent found that the withdrawals linger for two weeks. If you taper down to about 1mg and do it every other day or so for about a week or two then stop. Then when you feel the withdrawls take a tiny fraction and wait an hour to see if it made you feel better. Then try to hold off for 1.5 days or more. Do this for about a week. Then completely stop. I found that the "symptoms" lasted maybe 4 days. I was able to sleep through the night completely about 2 out of the 4 or 5 nights. And the other 3 nights i would fall asleep normal, yet wake up at 2:30am only to be instantly untired and incapable of sleep, then at about 6am i would doze off again only to have to wake up at 7am. This gave me 3 or 4 hours of innterupted sleep a night. I had somewhat diareah, not full blown liquid. It wasnt that bad, i could hold it in fine, and kept a regular bowel movement schedule. Eating good sized protein filled meals, along with a good solid workout seemed to alleviate all symptoms at least temporarily. a good hour or 2 after eating i would feel normal, and the same after working out. I find that giving your body nutrients and stimulating hormones tends to be a great medicine. At work i was minimally productive, but i wasnt noticebly in discomfort to anyone. I just didnt feel like being there. All in all, compared to other withdrawals, this was cake a roo. Just taper down. Like another guy said, you only have to do this once. And by the way, when we get sick with the flu or a cold you dont see us running to some forumn to cry our feelings out. Suck it up, its like a bug or virus. Its only worse because you know you have a sure fire cure for it in the medicine cabinet and its difficult to not take the meds to stop the pain. Treat it like a week long virus and tell yourself there is nothing to make me feel better except time and myself. Believe me, time and your attitude are tremendous healers. Another guy said he was unmotivated to do anything on the weekends, and he would be 100% unproductive the entire day yet the work week he felt ok by 830am. He thought if he scheduled stuff on the weekends that forced him to be active it would help, this is so true. Ive hidden my minor addiction from my gf, but it was wonderful to hear her ask to run errands with her which i usually found tedious. But after the first couple rough days, you dont find stuff so tedious after you have awaken your body for the day. If you have something forcing you to be active you will feel better. My solutions - first few days, eat large portions of food, work out, try to pump yourself and your attitude up. Next few days, continue working out and eating good and if you dont feel horrible try to find something to do on days when you dont work. Find something that will keep you occupied on your days off from about the time you usually go to work till about lunch time. Then take a nap if needed, and be active in the evening. I found that coming of the subs will all but drain your energy, you oculd sleep for 3 days strait. I suggest napping in the afternoon instead of sleeping in. Sleeping in doesnt help and napping seemed to help more. Anywho good luck and god bless. Eat good, workout, dont let your attitude be affected. Im a true believer we feel how we choose to feel, and although my body said i felt bad, i told my mind good things are to come, so why not feel good now. It helps a lot. Depression can be overcome by attitude, activeness, and a friend or spouse to hang out with. Also if you arent prone to being addicted to alcohol, have a few drinks at night to calm yourself for the evening.
Ds - I really do appreciate your concerns, but I feel so much better, even better than when I was on my DOC. I have found a new side to life and even planning a 3 week tour of the States (I'm in uk).
I had forgot what it was like sober, but I love it.
Good luck to everyone.
Be strong, peace out
Wow! I avoided getting back on here for 5 days in fear no one would respond! And lotsa people did! I am continually amazed at the love and compassion and support of fellow addicts. So thank you to everyone who responded to my post and thank you to everyone who has continued to post their progress on here. Reading all of these stories has given me hope. Im down to 1mg today and Im beginnning to skip days. Really its just a mind fuck! For christmas I am volunteering at the shelter to serve xmas dinner and I reallly think seeing that and being around that is gonna make it easier to jump off the sub a week later. I am also going ahead and planning work out schedule and activities for the next month to keep me occupied while detoxing. That was really great advice bc I was planning on hiding in bed for the first two weeks so Im glad someone posted about working out everyday and staying active. I will continue to post on here about my progress and seek support and offer it as well. Thank you to everyone who has gone through this and shared it!
I am currently on my eighth day with kno subs and it is making me crazy. The withdrawl symptoms seem to be getting worse as each day goes by. It is more mental than anything, because my days are far better than my nights. My advise to anyone who is trying to put the subs down is to stay active. The more you sit around and think about it, the worse the wd will become. The worst feeling in the world is when you are tired as hell, but cant go to sleep to save your life. This is a tough process and it will take a strong willed person to stay on top of it. Ive been on subs for about 2 1/2 yrs. Prior to that I was taking methadone and lortabs, whichever i could get my hands on. Although, subs are a great alternative to some of the other poisons we ingest into our systems, I am just tired of being a slave to them. If anyone knows of any tricks to aleviate some of the discomfort, please post. Thanks
benedryl... 2 tabs and a heating pad. I have really drawn this out for myself... not injoying it but can't seem to change it. Loggin on and reading everyone's posts help. Most of the time I can't respond. There is a reason I'm here. If it could be fixed, I'd do it in a heartbeat. Christmas is almost here. I'm still working like this. There are good days and bad days. If it gets too bad I just induldge myself and try not to beat myself up too badly. This is how I have drawn it out... But I can go for longer and longer before I need to take something. I love Christmas, but I have a really bad attitude this year. I am tired of being a slave also. Don't want to answer to anyone anymore for anything, unless I WANT to. I'm trying to work through the mental issues. The depression, anxiety, and the general feeling like crap. I appreciate everyone of these posts. I know I'm not alone. I wonder how many people we pass on the street that are going through the exact same thing and just trying to make it? Wish I could just say hey you'll be ok, I'm there too. But of course we are such expert hiders that it would be nearly impossible to tell. I will say that my mental state has improved. I can function. Put up the tree and lights, cooked some dinner, did laundry, watched an excellent movie. Staying active does help. I feel better at work then at home. I can resist at work too, because I know there aren't any here. I just keep dialing and robotically doing my routine. The time keeps passing. The time I've lost is just amazing to me. But I enjoyed the non discusting part of my addiction. I was happy, productive. I have no idea what tomorrow will bring, or the rest of today for that matter. Everyone here seems to be going through the exact same thing. Over and over.
Doctors don't understand. I don't think the average non addict has any idea of the pain we go through, or why. They will give you the meds until you are hooked. Addicts, why do we do these things and other people do not? I've read all the articles, pre disposition, life style factors. We all need some kind of vaccine! So no one will catch this. :)
I want to hear about the amazing strides they're making in fixing us. I would definately donate to that.
So if so many people are in the same situation, why does it have to be so shameful. It's not just one person, or one type of person. Why do we have to keep it a secret?
oh well..... deep thoughts.
I actually felt like writing today.
No one should feel badly about being negative. This is a negative situation. It feels better to get the craziness out, instead of letting it fester in there... If you can't say it here, then where?
Hey all- Sorry if this post is a little off topic, I've just been reading this thread since the beginning, I'm totally new to this but I feel I need to post and get it out to at least someone.
I am 24 years old and a recovering heroin addict. I started doing heroin about a year and a half ago, and then after trying to detox on my own several times and suboxone would no longer work for my type of habit, I went on methadone (worst decision of my LIFE!!) on 85mg per day. Eventually, that landed me in a detox center and then treatment.
I just got out of treatment a week and a half ago, and I feel like such a piece of shit bc of course, the first thing I wanted to do was try dope again without any tolerance. I only was going to do it for a day, then wait a few and do it again.. So that I wouldnt get addicted. But it didn't work that way, and now I find myself addicted again and I don't know what to do!
I have a whole bottle of 8mg suboxones left over from a few yrs ago when I was on it.. But I don't want to go on suboxone now especially after reading about how bad and long everyone's suboxone wd's have been! But I did have one idea..
At the detox I was at, first they gave me stuff for the methadone. Then they started me on Suboxone. 4 for 2 days, 3 for 2 days, 2 for 2, 1 for 2... I did have some withdrawl symptoms for the first few days without anything but it was nothing, just a bit of acheyness.. SO I was thinking maybe I could try something like this on my own? That way not get hooked on suboxone either but not have withdrawls that bad. Any ideas?
what made you start again?
First Xmas in a loooooong time opiate free. I cooked for the family, turkey, ham, trimmings as wells as chocolate delights, and we stayed home this year and it was a lot of fun. The kids got up at 3am to open their pressies while me and dad were asleep of course.
I got the job I went for and start in the new year. I don't feel the deep despair anymore, so anyone who dreads that part as described by my experience can be reassured this will pass. I looked back at my posts and was somewhat ashamed of how self pitying and whiney it came out. However, it was therapeutic to rant and get it out in the open so if you do feel bad then try to get it down on paper or in this forum. Anticipating responses, even kind words from other people in the same situation is better than falling back on a chemical lift.
To the people who are still going through the physical stuff keep going because you don't want to do it again. My biggest fear was the actual withdrawal and now I've done it I feel so much stronger mentally.
Shell
A lot of program opiate addicts are productive and respected members of their communities or workplaces. But, I never told anyone at work and I was constantly fearful that it would come out, particularly as I workin in the health field. I remeber picking up methadone in a chemist and a work colleague and friend came in and I was so anxious. They left but not before I told them I had to do something personal when they wanted to wait for me. In small communities it is even harder than in a big city. It would be great to out yourself and become a positive 'role model' that would change community attitudes towards people on opiate programs.
Best wishes and merry christmas to all and Happy New Year for 2011.
Let me start by saying I have the utmost respect for you all!!! I am not, nor have I ever used street drugs only occasionally taking pain meds. My journey started October the 26, 2010. I had surgery on my neck due to a car accident. After taking Percocet for almost 2 weeks 15mg 3 times a day, I stopped because I no longer needed the medication. Well started to show symptoms 2 days after and just though it was a cold I was coming down with. After day 4 I was complete out my mind! Having severe anxiety, sweats, chills loss of appetite, not sleeping, shaking, agitated, can’t sit still, and heart palpations. Went to the ER they said it was nothing wrong, By this them the anxiety was increasing as I knew something was wrong. After coming come and talking with my brother (who was addicted to heroin and been clean for 10 yrs) said it sounds like you’re in withdrawals take another one and see if it stops. WHALA it id WOW me! So I went to my personal Dr and explained to her what happened, she gave my Hydrocodine to start the weaning process as I wanted nothing to do with Percocet!!!!! By day 2 I was back in the ER again this time worse than before. I stated I could not go home like this and needed them to help me. To my surprise they called a detox center, I did not care at this point I just needed relief!!! After in a treatment center and on 1mg of suboxone went home in 3 days. Within 4 days weaned off. Well 2 days later started back up again and had to go back on suboxonen and Xanax. Stayed on suboxone for another 10 days and Xanax for 5 days. I thought I was DONE. That’s when things got really bad, however, I was determined not to take another pill. Then found out I had to detox of the detox meds. (WOW) My last pill have been taken 3 weeks ago. I am able to sleep about 5 hours without waking up but then struggle to go back asleep. I have lost about 24 pounds, I am forcing myself. I do get hungry around 6 or 7 pm (why). The anxiety is down to just the heart palpations, now depression is trying to creep in I’m fighting it with all I have. I am a CHRISTIAN and know that God has my back. (All things work together for the good of those who are called according to his purposes). My faith in Christ has kept me thus far and I know it will see me through. Let me end by saying I RESPECT YOU GUYS SO MUCH FOR WANTING TO GET CLEAN!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! When will this stop!
So, I actually had a really great Christmas. It was the first one in years without opiates in my system. I actually felt fantastic most of the time last week. We got off work early on the 23rd - around noon. And I was in the most amazing mood - I kind of felt high... I guess that I was high on life, which is incredible feeling after the events of the last several years. I don't think I've been that happy since I got married. And it's definitely the happiest I've been since my husband passed. Yes, I shed some tears for him, but I was still happy. I know I'll always miss him, but the tears that I shed now are mingled with all the good memories instead of just pure grief for his loss. I can't believe that it's taken two years to learn that I deserve to be happy. Anyway, my whole family agreed that it was the best Christmas we had in years. It wasn't about the presents, none of which of very lavish, but mostly about the time we spent together. The highlight of the day was dinner. I made a 16lb (5 ribs) standing rib roast accompanied by roasted root vegetables and Yorkshire Pudding (made from the drippings as it is supposed to be). The roast dripped plenty, so we had like a gallon of gravy. And I topped it off with a homemade German Chocolate cake. Even Martha Stewart would've been jealous.
It's been 9 weeks now and I would say that I am at 98%. My only lingering symptoms are some sleep disturbance and general lethargy. I sleep 6-8hrs a night, but before opiates, I was able to sleep in no problem. Now, when I wake up in the morning, I'm up. I think that I will probably have to accept this as my new normal. I know it sounds like a minor thing, but it is frustrating for me. It's definitely taking some getting used to. I also still have some lethargy in the morning. I mean, I'm wide awake when I wake up, but I'm usually pissed off about it. If I can talk myself into getting out of bed and moving, I feel 100% within an hour or two. But sometimes, it's just so hard to make myself get up.
There are also some things that I just need to get done - finish cleaning out my husband's things and going through all the shit that I've accumulated in the last few years... a general spring cleaning if you will. And although these jobs are not really that big, they seem overwhelming. Especially when I think that if I just popped a pill, I would have all the energy I need to conquer these tasks. I actually have no desire to take anything, I just wish I could man up and get it done. Some years ago, I'd have no problem with it. But now, I think to myself in the morning, "just go through one box when you get home and after a few days of that, you'll be done!!" But I get home and look at the work to be done and I just can't seem to make myself face it and I flop on the couch to watch TV. Then I really do feel like a lazy piece of shit. I know I'll feel better once it's done, my house will look better, I'll actually be able to enjoy my husband's momentos, etc... so many good things I can think of to do it. But for whatever reason, when it comes time do some work, I just can't. Now perhaps this is more than just lingering WD symptoms, but I don't know. It's a sore point for me. I kind of feel like if I can just get through it, things really will be all downhill from here... whatever sober life has in store for me, I'll be able to enjoy it with a completely open heart and a positive attitude. But I just can't seem to make myself get on with it. It's so much easier than what I've already been through, but I am just unable to face it.
Maybe I should make this a New Year's Resolution :-)
subfreefinally: We are on the same week w/o subx. I'm the exact same way when I wake. I'm pissed and then I get depressed just knowing "what I have to feel for 2day" and then day after day for who knows how long? I still have massive lethargy problem too and don't/can't/don't want to, do anything physical, including gettin my butt in the shower (although I also have Fibromyalgia which has a lot of the similar symptoms so who knows what is what for sure...?). My heart goes out to you regarding your husband. God bless you! I say, take care of YOU and get to the stuff when you have the energy and don't put too much pressure or guilt (on urself -- just my opinion cause I totally get the how any task seems like a mountain. I was starting to feel really guilty for not doin' anything around the house and I finally told my dad what I was going through last week. (I'm a grown woman and lost my home at the end of July cause I lost my job 2 yrs ago and just couldn't keep up w/all the bills/mortgage which is a entire different subject, but hard to deal with the loss of MY home and now needing to "come back to daddy's" - I hate it, although I appreciate it.) Personally, I know I'm still having other WD symptoms than the lethargy/not wanting to do ANYTHING, etc.. They are both physcial & emotional. Still SNEEZING (so embarrasing cause it's been goin on soooo long!), I'm now coughing (not sure if I may have a cold or it's a WD symptom?), of course the lethargy - which is 1 of the hardest 4 me 2 to deal with, massive anxiety & some major depression... (no house and no job, mixed w/the WD don't help w/that either though). I haven't had to deal w/anything near as bad as losing a husband, but have stuggled with some depression my entire adult life and went off those meds cause I'm broke.
What is still crazy to me is I'm still having stomach/digestive sytem issues. I thought this s/b over by now? B4, I maybe went to the bathroom once a week (always constipated), now it's 6-8 times a day and when I gotta go, I gotta go. Sorry if that's a lil "TMI" but WHEN WILL THAT STOP? I can afford to lose some more weight so its 1 way of looking at it in a positive way although probably not a healthy way 2 lose wgt. =) I don't have a scale, but can tell in my clothes and stomach is almost flat again! LOL! Anyway, I've noticed the length of time these HORRIBLE WD's seem to differ for us is quite a bit. I can't remember how long you were on the Subs? I was on em for 18 months, which seems like quite a long time -- if you really wana go off and deal w/all this sh*tty WDs AND BE DONE w/it. I was NEVER told a single thing about the Suboxone and how hard they'd be to get off. THIS IS MY SORE SPOT! I would never had started them in the first place, unless I was in a good in-treatment facility w/good, smart, caring doctors. I feel like you, it is so hard to handle any little task and get on w/life. Heck, I just wana feel okay, not high or even hyper, well enough to wake w/o being pissed & crying when I wake. Then, 4 me about an hour later, my anxiety is through the roof but only in my head (i still can't move my body as fast as my head and heart palps, so I sit and feel like I'm gona have a panic attack... i hate it)! Sooo, I guess I just wana tell ya I completely understand how ur feeling, but I believe WE CAN DO IT! God Bless to you, good luck and keep posting...!! We are on the same week and I find reading ur posts makes me sane seeing/knowing others are still feeling some WDs.
Anyone: I'd say this to ANYONE who thinks about going on Subs -- again this is just how I feel ... I HATE WHAT THEY'VE DONE TO ME. If u need em to safely go off opiods GET A GOOD DOCTOR who will explain everything about them and don't stay on them for long cause the WD's are HORRIBLE and linger FOREVER.
Good luck to everyone!
Week 9: Is it normal to still have diarea, nausia, gasiness, anxiety, depression, HORRIBLE LETHARGY?
MY brother has used suboxone for a crutch for years. I found out on Christmas that he has supplied it to my fiancee for many months behind my back and now he is addicted too. I understand this is a great next step help from methadone, but it is still a crutch if the user isn't totally strong and honest with themselves and loved ones. The stories still arent straight. I am writing, however, to just thank everyone for being so honest here. I have learned a lot so quickly from you honest people. Good luck to all of us.
Hi again
Subfreefinally and cantwin4losin
I feel for you two because what you're going through is both individual to yourself but has a common thread to all symptoms. The lack of energy and can't be arsed to do anything - I still feel that way and have to make myself do things. I still struggle to do housework of any kind. I wrote about it early this month that I had done some but haven't done much more since. Xmas seemed to spur me on to action but since then I've just watched tv and not much else. I don't feel hopeless just a can't be bothered feeling. It is now 4 months since I stopped so although I feel better in some ways, the lack of energy continues (as does the sneezing and diarhhea). If I think about it, I do have energy when I have a specific goal that is unusual to everyday life, ie going for a job, putting up xmas decorations, cooking xmas lunch. But when I look at the things that used to come easy such as housekeeping, gardening etc I can't move myself. I hope this will pass because like subfreefinally I have a room full of boxes of stuff that needs to be sorted and thrown out. I also thought just do one box and the rest will follow but I can't face it. It was hard enough finding the xmas decorations back early in December!
But, hey, you are doing really well to be at 9 weeks and you will stop counting weeks soon and before you know it it will be months. Hang in there and just get through the present.
subfreefinally
I'm glad you had a great xmas especially with the sadness and grief you have had in your life. The human spirit has an amazing ability to keep on going.
As for sleep patterms for me it may be more to do with my mental makeup than the actual withdrawal stuff. I used to sleep in and lose the day right into my early thirties so I guess I never was that motivated to start with, except to find drugs. And the sense of purpose that I had in doing that is very similar to what I feel when I do get up and do something. It just doesn't end in the same high.
Cantwin4losin
The symptoms will come to an end but there is lingering feeling of illness. Other posters recommend vigorous or gentle exercise (the guys seem to go for the hardcore running etc, me I was flat out getting off the bed!) and that has also been shown to really help with depression. Getting out in the fresh air and taking in nature is good for the soul. Some herbal tonics are useful, I took St John's Wort which helped. I'm sorry to hear about your work and housing situation but if you achieved it once then I'm sure you can do it again.
Hi, I thought of you all during christmas. Said a prayer. Christmas was very good. I'm still here. Better everyday.
Skippy,
Yes I do need to out myself. But as soon as I put it out there I will not be able to manage it the way I want to yet. My loved ones will take over, and watch me like a hawk. I guess I still want my ability to go back if I want to. It's horrible to say, but the truth is I'm not fully committed. I am not willing to loose my options for my addiction. Sad but true. I know my family will still love me. But this has been a problem that they have had to deal with for over 20years. I don't want to let them down. I don't want to see that face. Every addict knows the face that you get when your loved one sees you for what you really are. Can't pretend anymore. I have it all under control.
I don't. Hopefully knowing the problem will lead to the solution.
It was wonderful to hear all the great Christmas stories. It sounds like we all have some very good things in our lives.
I'm also unmotivated. When I wake up in the morning the first thought in my head is imagining myself after the day is over and I can go back. I wake up wishing that it was bed time again.
I think of being 9 weeks and it seems impossible. Why Why Why. I look around at everyone and wonder how they do it day in and day out. Without the constant craving. I am pissed at being sober. Angry and pissed. I can't figure out why I'm so angry.
it's 5 stages of grief/ loss. sounds familiar right?
1.Denial—"I feel fine."; "This can't be happening, not to me."
Denial is usually only a temporary defense for the individual. This feeling is generally replaced with heightened awareness of positions and individuals that will be left behind after death.
2.Anger—"Why me? It's not fair!"; "How can this happen to me?"; "Who is to blame?"
Once in the second stage, the individual recognizes that denial cannot continue. Because of anger, the person is very difficult to care for due to misplaced feelings of rage and envy. Any individual that symbolizes life or energy is subject to projected resentment and jealousy.
3.Bargaining—"Just let me live to see my children graduate."; "I'll do anything for a few more years."; "I will give my life savings if..."
The third stage involves the hope that the individual can somehow postpone or delay death. Usually, the negotiation for an extended life is made with a higher power in exchange for a reformed lifestyle. Psychologically, the individual is saying, "I understand I will die, but if I could just have more time..."
4.Depression—"I'm so sad, why bother with anything?"; "I'm going to die... What's the point?"; "I miss my loved one, why go on?"
During the fourth stage, the dying person begins to understand the certainty of death. Because of this, the individual may become silent, refuse visitors and spend much of the time crying and grieving. This process allows the dying person to disconnect oneself from things of love and affection. It is not recommended to attempt to cheer up an individual who is in this stage. It is an important time for grieving that must be processed.
5.Acceptance—"It's going to be okay."; "I can't fight it, I may as well prepare for it."
In this last stage, the individual begins to come to terms with his mortality or that of his loved one.
Kübler-Ross originally applied these stages to people suffering from terminal illness, later to any form of catastrophic personal loss (job, income, freedom). This may also include significant life events such as the death of a loved one, divorce, drug addiction, the onset of a disease or chronic illness, an infertility diagnosis, as well many tragedies and disasters.
Kübler-Ross claimed these steps do not necessarily come in the order noted above, nor are all steps experienced by all patients, though she stated a person will always experience at least two. Often, people will experience several stages in a "roller coaster" effect—switching between two or more stages, returning to one or more several times before working through it.[2]
Significantly, people experiencing (or caretakers observing) the stages should not force the process. The grief process is highly personal and should not be rushed, nor lengthened, on the basis of an individual's imposed time frame or opinion. One should merely be aware that the stages will be worked through and the ultimate stage of "Acceptance" will be reached.
It seems like I am over most of the physical withdrawal. I still feel like a whiney dog....
I think the worst part is that I need to forgive myself and like myself again. I re read all my posts too. I hate the way I sound. Thank God for all of your patience. And most of all thank you for not judging me. That has been worth more to me then anything else. I do not think I would have gotten this far without all of you. I know I wouldn't have. Thank you.....
Hi new here I was using 1 mg sub for 3 months for depression how bad coming off any help appreciated
i was on subs for about 5 months taking about 8mgs a day then i relapsed for about 4 months with no subs went to detox for 7 days where they gave me methadone i have been back on the subs for about 1 month now takeing between 8 and 16mgs a day. if i stop after only taking them for a month will i have withdrawals? this site is making me nervous.... today is day 2 without and i feel fine
This site makes me sad. There are so many of us...I can't get off subs. I try and I try and the half life is to long. After day 2 I want to die. And I've been on the smallest amount I can possible bring myself down to for over a year now. The more time goes by the worse I feel being on it. After using Heroin IV for 4 and some years, that was nothing time wise compared to subs. I've been clean off everything but the pains were still there even after months. I feel for all of you. What a terrible thing to have to feel such pain. I envy those who will never feel this way.
annoyedsubber- i hear you.... it almost makes me want to start doing dope again for a month while i withdraw from the subs then try and kick the dope cuz i know for sure after about 5 days i will feel better. But i know if i did that im sure i wouldnt stop again until i had no choice. This whole thing is so shitty! today is day 3 and i feel ok but as i've read it doesn't seem to start till about 4 or 5 days so we will see. Trying to brace myself for whats about to come!
Such an interesting article on suboxone withdrawal.
I have another informative details, kindly visit http://suboxonewithdrawal.com
I figured I'd say hi. Most of my posts are a year back because that's when I went through Sub w/d. December 26th 2009. I documented the withdrawal symptoms to the day.. Each day made a report on how I felt and such if that'd help anyone. From the vast amount of data I've gathered from this site what I went through is what to expect if you jump from 2 mg (I stopped at a higher dose than I should.. I should have tapered more but tapering more just makes you suffer more too.)
It was a hard journey, but I'm sub free. I'm sober. I'm actually going to start exercising soon I think.
Sub w/d was probably the most terrible thing I've gone through, but you can do it. You've basically got 2 shitty weeks then a less shitty week and another one and then you see light. After about a month you'll feel better. If you were a long user like me anyway.
Oh and it doesn't start until Day 4 - 5. You might feel like you want more subs, but the true WD hits around day 5. The reason for this is that the half-life for suboxone is longer than methadone even. It stays in your system for a good amount of time. Day 5 - 10 are the worst, but the absolute worst was probably day 5 - 6. Like I said .. Go back a year if you'd like to read my documented posts.
I wish you all the best and it can be done.. I also took my woman out for a nice dinner without worrying about drugs. (A desire from a year ago that I made come true.)
Good luck!
-JDoe
My last dose of suboxone was Oct. 31. So, I guess I'm just over two months out. You can read my posts from about a month ago. From what I can tell, my experience is pretty much par for the course. I jumped from 1mg. JDoe is right - WD really starts to set in around days 3-4. It peaks between days 5-7, but you still feel like total shit until about day 12-16. After that, it's a gradual improvement from week to week. After about a month or so, you're really over all the physical stuff and then it becomes a mental game. Anyway, at my worst, I still did not feel as bad as I did coming straight off oxys. I was never able to be successful doing that. So, in the end, I've been happy to trade to a longer WD process for less severe symptoms. Plus, the subs gave me the opportunity to put the pieces of my life back together and develop a plan without have cravings. So, while this has been no picnic, I am a fan of subs b/c it has given me the opportunity that I needed.
Physically, I feel fine. Better than fine in fact... I feel great. I have zero physical symptoms left. It probably took about 1-1.5mos for that to happen. But I'm glad I stuck it out. It was no easy feat
I'm still having some minor problems with sleep disturbance. I just get up really early - I cannot seem to sleep more than 6-8hrs at a time. I suppose that's normal for most people, but I could always sleep in without problem before suboxone/opiates. I guess the bright side is that I do have a really hard time waking up if I've had anything less than 6hrs. However, I am not as frustrated with this as I once was. I'm learning to adjust to this new normal.
The other lingering symptom I have is a lack of motivation. During the week when I have to work, I'm fine. I have tons of energy all day and even some to spare when I get home. I used to be exhausted when I got home, but that's definitely much better. However, my house is kind of trashed. It needs a very thorough cleaning, but I just can't seem to make myself do it. Plus, I have an entire room shit of that needs to be sorted so I can that space from storage into an office/guest room. I could've worked on some of these things this weekend, but I pretty much just sat around on my ass and didn't do anything. I feel like once these tasks are accomplished, my suboxone journey will really be over. But they just seem so overwhelming.... Admittedly, some days are worse than others. And it does seem that as time passes, my motivation levels are slowly improving, but we're talking a snails pace. I read somewhere that 3mos is soemthing of a milestone when it comes to WD, so here's to hoping that by February, I'll have the gumption to take on the tasks that seem to be impossible now.
Shell - I'm glad that you've tried again. It's about 2 weeks since you posted, so I hope that things are continuing to improve for you. If you've fallen off the horse, no worries, you can always climb back on. But if you haven't, you've really gotten past the worst of all the physical stuff.
Jackie & Annoyedsubber - This will be no easy journey, but the end result is worth it. I wish you the best of luck and am happy to offer any advice you may want/need. IMHO, I think the two biggest factors to success are your attitude towards success and having a plan for success. It is frustrating and at times, you'll want to quit, but having a plan and a positive attitude will go a long way towards getting you through the toughest parts of the process.
JDoe - I just went back and read your old posts. Your story sounds a lot like mine. I hope you're still reading posts on a regular and can respond to this one. I have two questions for you:
1) I found a post from about 2mos out for you and you were talking about still only being able to sleep 6-8hrs a night when you previously able to sleep 8-11hrs no problem. What are your sleep patterns like at a year?
2) How is your depression/motivation after a year?
3) Have you married your fiance yet??
Okay - I guess that was 3. Anyway, after hearing you've been clean for over a year, I know I'll make it!!
Hi guys. Hope everyone enjoyed the holidays. As for me, Im now on day 28 and I think I'm doing ok. For the past 2 weeks, I have been taking one vicodin in the morning to help me get my day started and one at night just to take the edge off the anxiety. Yesterday, I started taking one vicodin per day (about 2pm). So far this system has worked out for me, even though I know its substituting one drug for another. I'll do the one a day thing for about 2 weeks and then I'll see what happens. My only fear about this is getting hooked on the vicodin. Hopefully by weaning down to one a day the chances of getting hooked will be slim to none. By no means am I suggesting you guys do the same thing. I am just sharing my story. These are the things that I am doing to get through this. I really appreciate all the courage and honesty you guys have shown and it really inspires me to keep moving forward with this fight. Hopefully one day all of us will be able to share our ultimate success story. I'll post again in 2 weeks to keep you guys posted on the progress. Please comment on the remedy I have chosen. Thanks
hey all, ive been clean 2 and half years taking subs since i embarked on this journey. i can contribute the subs for keeping me clean with no relapse, cause i have seen people relapsing left and right in the program of recovery. i have to be honest and say i feel lied to in a sense. i didnt ask to b on the subs i was just follwing the program. the economy took a dump i lost my job of 17 yrs. from 1 of the 3 automakers and was left hangin! my dr. refused to c me anymore when they cared sooo much about my recovery and getting clean... was all about the money!!! 280$ for 3 mins. to say hi need more subs? seeya next month.... anyway after over a year of takin 16mg. a day i was hianddry and pissed! i felt betrayed lied to and told what i wanted to hear... that suboxone was the miraculous cure to my problems no withdrawls easy to get off but y wuld i ever want to get off.... this is wat i was told.... i found myself going thru worse withdrawls than from the withdrawls i felt that brought me to recovery.. 1 yr. later im down to 8mg. after finding another dr. i still feel that ive just traded one drug for another and stil having financial difficulties have to go a day or two missing dosages from being unable to afford the medication..to b honest im afraid to completly stop taking it cuz of the effects....
Zingo24
Eight mg is still a strong dose. I too was on subs for almost three years and finally had enough. Taper down to 4mg then 2mg then 1mg and get off the train if you can. I have been off subs for six months now and wish I had jumped long before that. It will be tough for a couple of weeks then then three or four more weeks of weakness if you are like me.
Take the power away from the Dr.s and drugs and you will feel so good soon enough.
B12KNO1 - Good luck to you. Don't take this the wrong way, but I really do think that you're playing with fire. I'm not suggesting you'll get hooked on the Vicoden, though it's always a possibility, but my experience is that any use of any opiate at all during this process simple delays and/or extends the inevitable. I've not seen or heard of anybody being able to do this without having to deal the extreme uncomfort of WD. But, I'd be interested in hearing how this worked for you.
zingo24 - You really did screwed with by your doctors. For them to tell you that sub would be easy to get off of and have no WD is just unconscionable. I was lucky enough to find a doctor who was both compassionate and honest. He went over all of the pluses and minuses of the drug and was very frank with me, saying that sub was nearly as hard to come off of as straight opiates. Plus $280/month just to get a refill - that's just a ridiculous amount of money. I paid just $80 for a 20 minute consultation with a psychiatrist. I'm not surprised that your WDs after cold turkey from 16mg of sub were worse than your original problem. 16mg is a very high dose. My final maintenance dose was 1mg. I was on 16mg for all of about 2 weeks and I was down to 4mg within a month of that. But, the taper from 4mg to 1mg was much slower and I didn't feel any WD pain at all throughout this process. I would recommend talking to your doctor about slowly tapering down your dose even further. I would suggest dropping 2mg every month until you get to 2mg. Then you can drop to 1mg. I was never able to get below 1mg - anything less than this was just not a maintenance dose for me. However, many people on this site seemed to do just fine at 0.5mg, so.... At any rate, I know that the lower your dose and the longer you're on that lower dose will have a positive effect on the WDs when you finally come off of sub. That being said, I would also recommend that you talk to your doctor about developing a detox plan. If you read my posts from about 4-6 weeks ago, I've got a pretty detailed summary of how my detox went. And I can tell you that having a plan made all the difference in the world. I knew what to expect, was prepared (including having necessary time off from work), and had medications to help ease the WDs. It was not a pleasant experience by any means, but I have been successful thus far (10-11 weeks out) and I experienced significantly less pain than in previous detox attempts. My message is that this is possible. It's not easy, but it is possible.
test
Sorry for the above, just wanted to make sure my comment would post...Anyway
I don't even know where to start or really what to say. I guess I just need to type out my problems and get feedback/support from other people who KNOW what Im going through. Im on my 2nd day (56hrs) with no Sub and so far ok, but Im taking vicodin to subside some of the pain. I know what your thinking, what is the point of getting off subs then... but Im only taking 2 vicodin a day one in the am and one at night before bed. My plan is to only take them for 7 days in hopes the worst of my withdraw will be over by then. If anyone has any experience with that, please Im listening. I would just suck it up and quit cold turkey but I have a one year old daughter that I have to care for and I just don't think Im strong enough to do it. Im so over being addicted to these pills, I've been strugling for over 2 years between vics and Sub. It started when I was pregnant, I had sciatic (sp) nerve pain and my dr put me on norco. I was on that for about 6 months till I delivered and then my dr cut me off, by that time I was hooked! I started buying vicodin off the street just to cope and care for my baby. I started with taking 3 tabs a day and ended up working my way all the way up to 10-12 vicodin a day. Finally I got sick of the way it made me feel to have to rely on these pills just to get me through the day so I started looking into treatment options, thats when I 1st found out about Subs. I continplated going to a rehab center (now wishing i would of) I didn't because of my baby. So I went to a dr who tried weaning me off the vics but referred me to the sub dr. I had the choice between continuing the taper off vics or switching to subs. My dr made subs sound so great, he said I take them I won't feel any withdraw and that I wouldn't have a problem getting off of them as long as I taper. Well of course I chose to go on the subs, I mean who wouldn't. I ended up taking 3mg of subs a day for about 6 months and then weined to 2mg for about 3 months and then 1mg for a week or so before I jumped off 2 days ago. My dr wanted me to stay on subs for LIFE as a maintance drug so I did my own taper with my last script till I ran out. So that pretty much brings me to where I am now....I now know that I need to join some type of program, again open to suggestions. Before I was in denial and thought I didn't need to that my body just got dependent but I know it's way more then that now. Everytime I p/u anything these days, I can't set it down..it's like I can't cope without drugs. While taking the subs, I found myself drinking alot..more then alot every night. I've stopped that to now but again just a few days ago...Im to the point now that Im just scarred and feeling like what's next. If I don't stop all this now my drug/alcohol addiction is going to destroy me. This has already taken so much from me, I have to take control before it's to late!
If anyone knows of anything I can take to help with the withdraw (once I put the vics down in 4 days) Id so appreciate it. So far Im sweating, can't sleep good and my anxiety is thru the roof! Im sure I have more to come...My prayers to everyone, and please say a prayer for me!
hey, zingo here, just wanted to say i really appreciate the feedback, i was screwed by my dr. wen i asked that dr. about getting off after a year he scared the crap out of me, saying that 2 patients relapsed and 1 overdosed because the stopped taking subs.... the dr. i got hooked up with now is an addictionologist????? anyway he kept me on same dose 16mg a day and charges me 250 a visit which is difficult still to swing... plus the cost of the subs is outrageous!!!! i havent toldem i only take 8mg. a day.... i tried taking half of that but seem weak and unproductive and always endup taking the other half at midday.... im definatly an addict and am grateful ive stayed clean this long... the perception i get from researching is that i presume dr.s presribing feel that we will be taking subs permantly.....
I am about to have to kick subs --- ive done it before on a little 30 day jail stint for weed (instead of taking probation) but I was on Phenergan and Clonidine while I kicked. At the moment, I have one quarter of a 2mg sub (and ive taken .5mg the last couple of days....
Ive been trying to taper to the point so my W/D's are very mild, Ive been on sub maybe... 5 or 6 months?
Please let me know what I should do/what I should take..
I dont have my own script so i have to get them from a friend, but he recently moved and the only doctors in Dallas Ive found are outrageously priced without insurance, priced where I cant afford it.
Im 22 and I have a beautiful daughter and GF. Please give me insight!
Zingo24 - I'm terribly sorry about your experience with doctors. I hear this a lot and it makes me grateful that I found my doctor, who is not only competent & compassionate, but also reasonably priced. Tapering down from 8mg to 4mg all at one go is a bit much. Try breaking that 8mg pill into 4 pieces and take 3 of them everyday, which should be 6mg. Take the full dose in the morning. Suboxone has really long half-life - ~36hrs - so that should last you all day. When you first step down, you may feel it a little bit - slightly weak and sluggish, but it should be tolerable and it should dissipate in a week or two if you can stick it out.
For-my-daughter - I wish you the best of luck!! You have all the reasons in the world to be successful, but you do need some kind of support system. I hate to be the one to break it to you, but you're just not going to feel great for a while. Taking the vics may provide some temporary relief but my experience is that doing so only postpones/prolongs the inevitable. I too jumped from 1mg and I was pretty useless the first two weeks. If I had a 1-year child, I probably could've mustered up the energy to care for them, but it would've been minimal stuff - the child would not starve and would've been mostly clean, but probably not entertained. If you've got a family member or friend, see if they'd be willing to help out for the first two weeks. After that, you still won't be feeling so great, but the worst of the WD pains will have passed and you'll find that you're ever increasing moments of feeling good. If you read my posts from about 4 & 5 weeks ago, you'll find a pretty detailed diary of what I experienced. You'll also find all of the things I did to alleviate the WD pain. My advice to you is to develop a plan for success - that made all the difference in the world for me.
YourFriendNick (and the rest of you as well) -
The following is my diary of the first 5 weeks, which I've cut and pasted from my original post:
The Detox: I tapered down to 1mg daily for the last several months. Anything less than this was not a sufficient maintenance dose for me. Had no problem tapering down at other point - never felt a thing until I finally jumped. I took 2 weeks off of work and went out of town to stay with a friend's parents. They knew the deal and what I was trying to do. I was very grateful that they were willing to take care of me. I believe being out of my normal environmental was key, b/c I would've caved on ~day 10 had I been home. Day 11 was significantly better. After that, it was easier to measure my progress in weeks rather than days. It went something like this:
Day 1 - not too bad. I think my anticipation of what was to come was bad.
Day 2 - felt like I had terrible flu - body ached all over and felt like I had a pretty high fever.
Days 3-6 - sucked. No sleep, RLS, severe anxiety, chills, severe diahrea (yes, I shit my pants more than once), zero appetite, and body aches. But, as bad as these symptoms were, they were nothing compared to cold turkey from oxy. Was taking up to 40mg of valium daily to help. Had clonidine, but didn't use it... BP was already plenty low and I was quite honestly a little nervous about it dropping even more. I definitely forced myself to eat and excercise (3 mile hikes daily). Long hot showers also helped. At this time, I also realize that my huge caffeine intake is making things worse, so I cut out all caffeine.
Day 7-10 - sleep, RLS, anxiety worse than ever. Other symptoms starting improve. Taking only 10-30mg of valium and really only at night in the hopes of a valium induced coma. While it did help subside the anxiety, sleep was illusive - 2-4hrs at most and it's broken. Still forcing myself to excercise. During this time the malaise and fatigue really started to set in, especially in the morning. I knew a long hot shower would make me feel better, but I had a very hard time working up the energy to actually get in the shower.
Day 11 - noticed big improvement in all symptoms except insomnia and malaise/fatigue. Sneezing my ass off though. Still forcing myself to excercise daily.
Day 12-14 - same as day 11 really. Taking no more than 20mg of valium at night at this point, but insomnia is still a bitch.
Week 3 - noticed improvement from earlier. Insomnia and fatigue still a big problem. Some issues with chills, sneezing, and anxiety. Feeling like "when will this ever end???!!! Returned to work and my normal schedule of daily yoga (I have a very intense practice) in the evenings. I feel f'n great by the time I get home with my endorphins kicking. My valium consumption has dropped to 2.5-5mg as needed. Many days, don't take any valium at all. I drink maybe half a cup a coffee in the morning more out of habit than anything else.
Week 4 - Again, noticable improvement from week 3. Insomnia is a still a bitch. But instead of 2-4 hours of sleep, I'm getting 4-6 hours. Though it's broken sleep - 2hrs, wake up for an hour or two, fall back asleep. No more valium. Taking melatonin and valerian root to help with insomnia - even if it's the placebo effect, I'll take what I can get. My problem is not falling asleep, but rather staying asleep. Morning fatigue is the worst!!!! I pop awake at 3-4AM, but even getting out of bed to pee seems like too much effort. However, once I get up and going, the days aren't too bad. I feel pretty decent and know that each week will get better. During the day, I think that it's safe to say I actually feel good aside from the occasional sneezing fit. Especially after a good work-out... then I feel f'n great!
Week 5 - Getting 6 hours of sleep, but it is broken. 3hrs sleep, wake up for an hour or two, 3 more hrs sleep. Wake up at 6:30AM. Hate being up this early, and the fatigue is still there, but it's definitely not as bad as last week. I have yet to contemplate pissing my bed, which I did almost every morning last week. I think I'm turning a corner. During the day, I feel normal, at least I think this is normal. It's been so long, I'm having a tough time remembering what sobriety is like... is this how normal people feel most days?? Not too shabby!!
And some advice on combating the WD, which I've cut and pasted from some of my earlier posts:
1) Eat and drink as much as you can. You won't feel like it, but it will help. Try to cut out caffeine though, as that will only exacerbate the anxiety, insomnia, and RLS.
2) Short term use of benzos - valium, xanex, ativan will also be very helpful. It will relieve a lot of the anxiety, and also help out with the insomnia and RLS.
3) Immodium helps with diarrhea and ibuprofen helps with body aches. I didn't really have any nausea, but there are medications that can help with that as well.
4) Exercise - try to work out every day. Anything that gets you sweating and your heart rate up will produce endorphins and they will make you feel better. THIS IS ESSENTIAL!!! You won't really feel like doing anything, but if you make yourself, I promise you will be thankful.
5) Long hot showers and/or baths will also help. Take as many a day as you want.
I wish all of the best of luck!! This is something that is possible - it's not easy, but it is doable. I'm about 2 1/2 mos clean from sub and all other opiates, so I'm proof that it is possible. I'm here to offer my support and advice.
this has to be hell on earth...im going on day number 9 now. what i havent really seen anyone write in the 3 hours i been reading this board is going cold turkey from 12mg of suboxone a day....it is fucking crazy never felt this bad ever in my life and ive detoxed myself without rehab 100 times and im only 23 not bragging just saying today i wanted to go to a rehab so bad but i fianally got ahold of 10 hydrocodone/apap 5/500....i was freaking the minute i did 3 of the vics up my facehole the tremendous pain and anxiety ended... i havent done shit in 10 days havent ate shit been being a stink-ass, feels like someone dropped a hot-pot on my stomach, keep getting an exicteability type waves of anxiety thinking im die'n like i was temped to get a sub....but from what i have read here its fine to do an actual opiate just not bupe and your detox will not start over and an opiate like a vic is very minute so im hoping im fine....seems like yesterday on day 8 i was almost normal fell asleep for 1 hour at 8 am today and just got more and more intense from that point today to worse feeling then what i thought was the peak of it all on day 5 felt like i was recovering than *BAM* today seemes like the peak.....any advice or someone let me know that i didnt go and fuck shit up with the vics today im pretty sure in another few hours ill be back to the point of no return again.....please reply
this has to be hell on earth...im going on day number 9 now. what i havent really seen anyone write in the 3 hours i been reading this board is going cold turkey from 12mg of suboxone a day....it is fucking crazy never felt this bad ever in my life and ive detoxed myself without rehab 100 times and im only 23 not bragging just saying today i wanted to go to a rehab so bad but i fianally got ahold of 10 hydrocodone/apap 5/500....i was freaking the minute i did 3 of the vics up my facehole the tremendous pain and anxiety ended... i havent done shit in 10 days havent ate shit been being a stink-ass, feels like someone dropped a hot-pot on my stomach, keep getting an exicteability type waves of anxiety thinking im die'n like i was temped to get a sub....but from what i have read here its fine to do an actual opiate just not bupe and your detox will not start over and an opiate like a vic is very minute so im hoping im fine....seems like yesterday on day 8 i was almost normal fell asleep for 1 hour at 8 am today and just got more and more intense from that point today to worse feeling then what i thought was the peak of it all on day 5 felt like i was recovering than *BAM* today seemes like the peak.....any advice or someone let me know that i didnt go and fuck shit up with the vics today im pretty sure in another few hours ill be back to the point of no return again.....please reply
Eighty Proof Cole: I am trying a similar approach but somewhat different. I am on day 30 of my recovery and things are going ok. I started cold turkey until day 14 when I felt as though I wanted to jump off a bridge. The anxiety was that bad. I decided to take 2 vicodin and it took the edge off while not getting me high. I then continued to take 1 in the morning and 1 before bed up until day 28. My dose has now been cut in half. On Monday, I took 1 vicodin around 2pm and was fine for the remainder of the day. On Tuesday, I stretched it a bit just to see how long it will take for me to start feeling any discomfort.I was able to hold out until 8pm and I still didnt feel too bad but I knew if I didnt take the 1 vicodin, would toss and turn all night. Right now, its 7:25 pm and I dont really have an urge to take 1. I'll do this for 1 week and if need be, I'll taper down to half a day. But first I'll try the cold turkey thing again. Try not to take too many of the vicodin at a time. You dont want to build a tolerance up for that. Just use what you need to take the edge off and get out the house. Another thing that has helped me is every morning , no matter how shitty I feel, I make myself excercise. Pushups and curls every morning before a hot shower and breakfast. For some reason this has kept me with a positive start to my day. In the beginning, this seemed impossible for me and Im in pretty decent shape but I forced myself to do it and now its a little less of a hassle to get started. Good luck 2 you and i'll keep you and the rest of the gang in my prayers. I'll also keep you posted on my progress. You do the same.
Subfreefinally: I appreciate your reply. I have the same concern, although I'm somewhat optimistic. I'll keep you posted on my recovery. Thanks for all the information youve given through your comments. Talk 2 u guys soon.
subfreefinally; that is an amazing and inspiring journey you had to be sub free i mean that sounds like everything i go thru when i cant afford to see my doc or afford any subs.... i aprreciate the advice also you said 4 pieces? well the new doc im seein switched me to the films vs. the tablets and seem to be more potent but anyway can i just slice the films like the tablets? im grateful for the advice nevertheless and just never thought it would come down to this i mean the dr. sayin it was so easy to come off of it....lies... all about the $
OK I am very conflicted. I have been on 32mg subs for two years. When I got out of the military all I wanted to do was party and I ended up getting hooked on every opiate known to man. The VA diagnosed me with PTSD and addiction and had me detox in the hospital for a week then put me on subs. They have worked great for me, I have been abstinent from all other opiates. The situation I am currently in is that I have been without subs for five days because the one Dr. In the VA system that can prescribe suboxone has taken a personal leave of absence. The VA has informed me to visit them day after tommorow to get an emergency script of subs. After reading these posts I am tempted to just say fuck it and quit all together. My only fear is that I will fall behind in my college classes do to withdrawal. I dont have to pay for my subs because the VA gives me free medical. I am on what to do next. Any suggestions?
Hey all.. I have stumbled across this site several times before and throughout my w/d process, so I thought I might add my experience. Im 28.. starting using H and oxys around 20 used for about 3.5 years and then after numerous attempts I finally kicked for good. I had never gone to any kind of rehab or had any other help like methadone.. I just always kicked cold turkey and I remember it was hell everytime but at least it only lasted for about a week or so, aside from insomnia that seemed to last for about a month. I ended up getting into NA and stayed clean for about 3.5 years (ironic).. Anyways, at the end of 09 and beginning of Jan 10, I ended up relapsing, going back to my old ways.. I used for about 2-3 months without my committed live in b/f even knowing...until he found all my supplies. He called my entire family and for the first time in my life i was put into an outpatient treatment where they gave me suboxone, which I was coaxed into believing that this drug was "magical" and would cure me..
yea.. i stayed in treatment as long as i could but i had to stop because my insurance only covered so much, so needless to say i never detoxed the way everyone else did. But because i knew this ahead of time and i started decreasing my dose on my own without telling them, so they would continue to give me scripts. i figured that if I had enough suboxone stockpiled i could detox myself..well i ended up running out of my subs over the summer, I had a so called friend help me out with methadone until i could find subs.. Then i ran into some people i used to be in NA with that had a great sub connect... so anyways I tapered down on my own.. taking 2 mgs, then down to 1mg and then even down to just a crumble.. i could make an 8mg pill last a little over a week.. so i took my last piece of sub the day of my last exam ( december 17th) - that was the last day i took anything..here i am pretty much a month out and I am still having sweats/chills, irregular bowels and am totally wiped out ( fatigue )..
I dont get it.. its been over a month now and Im still having physical w/d symptoms... the weird thing is, is that its sporadic. One day i will feel okay and then the next day like today, i will be feeling completely worthless. My brother is a doc and he said the w/d's can last over a month especially if you are on them for an extended period of time.
Dont get me wrong. I feel much better than i did the first two weeks, but this constant drawn out w/d is getting old.. I have to go back to school on Monday which is like 4 days away..
Ive been pretty strong, but if I knew that suboxone withdrawal was going to be this bad, I think I would have just gone cold turkey again. I agree with the general consensus by saying - do your research before you get on this drug!! As someone above me said, it seems to be just another scam from the pharmaceutical companies and these "doctors" dont mind pushing it.
Paratrooper- are you still on 32 mgs of subs? holy crap. thats double what they started me on. I wouldn't recommend coming off that much cold turkey.. hell you have already been on them two years, a month extra probably wouldnt hurt to at least wean down a bit, unless you want to stay on maintenance. Im in the same boat as you with school. I am going to a private liberal arts school to finish up my BS in biology. It is soooo much harder than the school i transferred from. There would be no way i could function or do school work if i was in full w/d. That's pretty much why i chose my winter break to detox.
EightyProofCole - Going CT from 12mg/day is a really high dose. I personally think that kicking from even 4mg is high. I kicked at 1mg and many people taper even lower than that. However, tapering down to ~1-2mg is the most common from what I can tell. No wonder you're having such a tough time. CT off of 12mg is got to be miserable. There's a reason you see many stories of people doing this way... because tapering down to your lowest tolerable maintenance dose is really important if you want to be successful. It's no secret that my personal opinion is that using opiates of any kind only delays/prolongs the inevitable... when the Vic wears off, you'll probably feel just as bad as you did before. That was my experience. I wish you the best of luck!!
B12KNO1 - I hope that things continue to go well for you. You're a stronger person than me b/c the few times I tried what you're doing, I was never able to resist the urge to actually get high. Keep us posted on your progress and good luck!!
zingo24 - yep, you can cut the films up... cut it up into quarters. I've got a couple of friends who are doing that. In fact, from what I understand, the films make it even easier to control you dose when you get below 2mg. You can do this!! Like I said, when you drop from 8mg to 6mg, you may a little bit of discomfort and/or low energy levels, but they should be tolerable and should dissipate in a week or two. I never had any problems tapering down and I tapered all the way to 1mg.
Paratrooper6 - Holy Shit Batman!! 32mg is HUGE dose. It's twice as high as the typical induction dose. Whatever you do, DO NOT try and quit cold turkey from 32mg. You'll be miserable and I can't even imagine how bad the anxiety will be. Seriously, don't do it. If you really want to come off the subs, then you need to taper down to the lowest possible maintenance dose. Once you get there, you'll need about 2 weeks to get over the worst of the physical WD symptoms. Symptoms like insomnia and fatigue can linger on for a month or more. I would say that you need 2-3 month span during which you don't have any major commitments. I'm 2 1/2 months out and am still battling a little bit of sleep disturbance and some fatigue.
Stelablu07 - I experienced minor WD symptoms - sweats/chills and diarrhea - all the way thru my 3rd week and into my 4th week. I would say that if you can hold out for a little longer, those will probably dissipate soon enough. However, my experience tells me that the fatigue is going linger (and linger, and linger). Hell, the insomnia lingered too. I'm 2 1/2 months out (my last 1mg dose was Oct. 30), and still having some sleep disturbance and a little bit of fatigue. I know it's frustrating... but it will get better over time. Try exercising - that will help out tremendously.
I have to say that the more I hear from you guys, the more upset I get about irresponsible prescribing of this medication. The first time I tried was via an outpatient detox program, which was crap. I was led to believe that after a 6-week taper from 16mg/daily to 1mg/daily, I would be able to jump with no WD symptoms. Needless to say that program didn't work for me. I was lucky enough to find a really good doctor who was completely honest with me about this medication, including that it was not a miracle and difficult to come off of. He's only had a handful of patients detox successfully, though he doesn't necessarily blame the drug itself, but the disease that it's treating. Anyway, I'm so grateful that I knew exactly what I was getting into. It made me work hard towards my own recovery, and believe me, that process was long and painful. But I'm glad I did the work and I'm glad that nothing I experienced along the way, including my detox/WD came as a surprise. I truly feel for all of you who haven't been so fortunate with the medical establishment.
Subfree- thanks for the encouragement and insight. My b/f has been pretty understanding throughout the process but you know, he's never been addicted to opiates and gone through w/d's. I was thinking to myself, if I could just touch him and transfer what it actually felt like then he would understand.. People that have never been through opiate w/d just don't understand how truly awful it is, although I can't complain b/c I have had some support along the way.
I dont think i would have made it this far had I not had xanax. Im Rx'ed 3 mgs a day from my new psychiatrist, that has no clue I am an addict. The funny thing was that my old shrink that i used to go to was an addictionologist as well as the leader of the treatment facility i went to. I will never forget the look on his face when i went to group..( i pretty much had no choice, he was one of 2 doctors where i live that Rx subs, or i could pay 24 bucks a day at the methadone clinic for it...i couldnt afford that, and i was for damn sure determined not to get on methadone after all the horror stories i have heard) I had been going to this guy for years and he never knew I had issues with addiction. I mean he was a smart guy and I know i did not divulge him with the information, but i cant believe an addictionologist that has been practicing for 20+ years had no clue i was an addict. I never really told him in fear of having my xanax taken away from me.
I have been on benzos since i was 15 so once i was done with the treatment, i knew i had to switch docs because i knew that he would not put me back on xanax.
Throughout my detox I have been taking more than 3 mgs.. I have a very high tolerance and at times in the first week i would take up to 10-12 mgs. I have a connect that i can get 2 mgs bars from, so thats the only way I have been able to spare the extra. Oh i also got put on ambien a few weeks ago after telling my doc that my seroquel wasn't really working for me. So these two combined have saved my life as I have only struggled to get decent sleep a handful of times. Now that I am feeling better i have decreased my xanax intake back down to 2-4 mgs a day depending on how i feel. I have been on benzos for so long, they really dont make me groggy the next morning. I wouldnt suggest anyone take that much unless you already have been on xanax or some other benzo for awhile, as you will develop a tolerance faster with those than opiates. That is a whole other monkey on your back you will have to deal with. I have no plans to stop taking my xanax anytime soon, and i have a legit script so i am not too worried about that. I guess that was just my way of dealing with it - i pretty much wanted to comatose myself for a few weeks.
Anyway, I am almost thankful in some strange way that this detox has been such hell. Perhaps this time the memory of being ill for over a month will teach me a lesson. Since i was an active recovering addict for 3.5 years in NA, i still have recovery in me. Anyone that's ever worked steps or really been committed to a recovery program would understand. It kinda screws you bad when you relapse because you feel like you should have know better.
I just quit going to meetings, became withdrawn and was kinda tired of the drama which seemed to be manifesting itself in high gear ( i live in a fairly small city ).. Im kinda torn right now on what to do. I miss NA, but there are a lot of things i dont miss about it, plus i still drink and i wouldnt feel right about going if im not completely clean. Either way from past experience, for most addicts, or at least myself, I was never able to stop without some kind of follow up recovery.
In its place, i have been attending a bible study regularly and have found a lot of similarities in the teachings compared to NA. Its somewhat comforting knowing im getting something a higher power or God, whatever you'd like to refer to it as, and know that the people im with are not addicts. I have found that a lot of people in my area relapse and the people i used and ran with were mainly people that i met in NA that had relapsed as well.. So even though i got recovery, i also got a whole new handful of contacts for drugs.. but honestly, i know i screwed up. Recovery must be an active process and I chose to be no longer active.
Thought I'd stop by and read up on some posts. It's been a couple months since I've been here. It's good to see this place is active still, and many more people are making the decision to quit the nasty opiate cycle. It's been 6 months since my last sub/opiate. It is still the hardest thing in my whole life to stay clean. I never knew how powerful my problem was until I quit. I figured after withdrawals were over it would be cake. I still struggle to this day. It's not opiates tempting me or anything, it's just dealing with life in general that is difficult.
Recently I found myself going back to my old ways, just minus the opiates. I started drinking several times a week, as well as taking benzos a few times a week. Going to bars... all that crap. A few weeks ago Karma came knockin on my door and I got arrested for DUI. 3 days ago I quit smoking pot in case the judge piss tests me or gives me probation. It is like a mild opiate w/d coming off pot when you smoke like me. I havent slept or ate in 3 days. I get angry easily and anxiety is higher than usual. It's like I took 1 step foward when quitting subs, but now I just took like 3 steps back. I feel myself getting depressed and lazy and careless... I know everything will get better with effort. Just disregard this negative post. I am just writing it as if it were a journal to come back to.
I will be trying to come to this page more often now to help some people out. But for now, my brain is tired so laters.
Wowzers, DS good to see you still coming here too. Congrats on 6 months! I'm only 2 days away. Looks like me and you are the only ones left from our "month". You helped me and everyone a lot. I hope you continue to pop in once in a while. I sure will. The people need you!
This site brings back some memories. I quit subs 2 years ago and posted then. Phewwwwwwww...... This site helped. I went through ultra-rapid detox once, that was a very bad night. I was on a bunch of meth and my idiot doctor tells me that I should have quit the meth and taken H for a couple weeks first, because the meth sticks like glue. He had to cycle narcon like mad to get that out of me he said, but H he said was easy. Hmmmmn. I get it now. Being on H, you get a little sick every day...or maybe a lotta sick :) Being on meth or subs, you're set. Not high, but not sick. Your body just quits making natural opiates because it has a constant external supply. I only mention this because in hindsight, I would've taken some vicodin during my sub kick. I saw a video where that's recommended, and it made sense. Subs are strong, they replace H no troubles. And H is strong... Vicondin isn't, but if it's gonna take the edge of a detox and help someone succeed, I don't see why it shouldn't be used. IT'S JUST ANOTHER FORM OF TAPERING. I jumped off 8mgs at the least, at times I took 12/16. That was just stupid of course, but I worked it out where after a couple weeks I took like 2mgs for like a week then zero then 1 for a week then zero. I had codeine cough medicine which helped :) No kidding. That little bit helped. If that helped, I know Vicodin would.
For me the thing is that this Post Acute Withdrawl Shit is actually real. Day 80 was great, day 200 sucked, stuff like that. Non-sensical. Still affects me. But there was a certain ebb and flow, and things keep flowing toward the better side. I got pretty deep into NA also. I picked myself up off the floor to make a meeting, went, came home and fell back down. LITERALLY. I hit a meeting a day for 120 days, during my kick. But God it helped. That was a blessing. I'm in a big city so I could find a good group. I did AA, NA, CA and now there's HA....the same pinciples apply. And it gave me motivation, and still does. That's what subs/opiates/drugs really killed was any motivation I had. It was nice at first (Yay...I'm clean) but then that thrill wore off somewhere inside my brain. NA and the support I received and the knowledge I gained really help "fix" bad neural pathways that I created. It helped me also become a better person, and accomplish a few things I really wanted to.
Those are just some thoughts. Good luck to everyone getting off subs. Principles and convictions are nice, but in the end successfully kicking is what matters. I think that Benzos help for sure and I think maybe a light short acting opiate like codeine or vicodin is a great idea, just so it's done for the right reason, to get off something hardcore. Plus a drink probably doesn't hurt. I'm NOT pro drugs. I hate drugs. I'm pro seeing people succeed with what can be a difficult kick. Stay hard and take things a day, and hour, or a minute at a time. Whatever you need. And TRUST God. I can't say He exists, noone can, but it seems like He's helping me quite a bit. I've made a decision to turn my will over to Him, and just relax a bit. Thankfully :) Good Luck everyone.
By the way, I'm reading some posts and I remember what a bitch sleeping was. The worst for me was not sleeping for 3 days straight...before I had to go to work post kick. I was just so nervous and freaked out. At that point I told myself...if I walk into work and fall down on the floor....let it be. I slept right after I let go of that "worry"...from 7am to 8am. And then settled into a semi normal pattern.
I digress. They do have a product at GNC with a bit of Melatonin and a lot of Tryptophan...and that really helped me sleep. Of course Tryptophan is the amino acid in turkey that makes people crash after Thanksgiving dinner. That stuff actually works...for what it's worth. I believe it's called Alteril, but it's the best sleep aid I found...it's effective and very clean...it's non-narcotic/natural.
hey all, back again and a day away from 4 solid weeks of being sub free... in attempts to decrease my xanax, i think im having a bit of insomnia issues, that or like Funtimes said maybe its the "worry" that im not going to be worth a shit by Monday when i go back to school. jeez, last night sucked.. I was up until almost 8 am and then woke back up around noon... not a happy camper..but I forced myself to get up and take a bath and start doing some house cleaning. I have been doing mild exercising as i am out of shape at the moment from smoking and drinking and pretty much wreaking havoc on my body.. Im not overweight or anything, about 105 lbs or so. I never had an issue with not wanting to eat when i was sick, i actually was more hungry than i usually was.. i had major issues when i first starting taking subs.. i would get so sick after i would eat that i would throw up, so it got to the point where i wasn't eating much. So I guess i got the opposite when i was detoxing. Noticed my appetite isn't as big as it was in the first few weeks now...
I hate not sleeping.. it drives me crazy, like i want to tear my skin off or climb the walls. It creates major anxiety in me. Im trying to get on a better sleeping schedule and attempting to take my meds as Rx'ed and not abuse them. As for the rest of the symptoms, I seem to be feeling better overall, but i still have hints of sweating that make me feel gross. I wake up in the morning sweating but that usually subsides if i get up and start moving around but then i notice any remaining w/d's seem to come out at night.. sweating, cold, nervous energy... ive noticed that i had starting getting really bad headaches during the day but cant really do much about it.. I ate too much advil during the course of my w/d and ending up bringing back an ulcer..not fun.. i think ill take my headache over stabbing stomach pains that make me double over in pain all day..
Want2Sleep- dont be too hard on yourself. I mean i hear people talk about how god awful w/d is and that its easier to get clean than to stay clean, but from what i have learned about myself through recovery, knowing i am an addict; i tend to abuse pretty much anything i can, and when i dont have drugs, i use other things such as sex and notice that i have some compulsive issues that come out.. ( ie- anxiety gets worse because of fixated thoughts and worries, i tend to start paying more attention to my body ) I think when i got clean i went down to almost 97 lbs, not on accident, pretty much on purpose. Apparently i have OCD issues that come with my anxiety disorder that i didnt even knew existed until i got clean.. its kinda weird bc im not a neat freak by any means, its more internalized for me i think..even if you have back peddled a few steps back, just keep moving forward. It just makes me really sad to see people relapse. Again like i said before I live in a smaller city and most people in NA know you or have seen you before.. we only have noon meetings and then maybe 2 different ones in the evening and then a midnight meeting on friday and sat night. Throughout the course of my clean time i saw people that had multiple years, people that you would NEVER EVER think would relapse go back out and a lot of the times they never made it back. I remember one summer when i had about two years clean, i lost 4 very close friends - all to overdoses- all within a 2 month period. That shit really hits home when its that close to you. Then a couple months later my mom (real bad alcoholic, now recovering), tried to kill herself with pills and alcohol..I got to her just in time but i swear, i will never forget running into her apartment and seeing her like.. she was going cold and not responding.. i thought my mom was going to die in my arms...It sucked, people were dropping all around me. Makes you wonder why your still alive? Ive OD'ed and had several brushes with death and numerous relapses. I IV'ed for years yet I never got anything like hep or HIV and many of my friends got it ( hep C). I dont know if you believe in God or a Higher Power, but every single person has made it to this board for a reason, including yourself. Just be careful out there! When i relapsed it all started with drinking.. then abusing my benzos.. then well i starting running into people that i shouldnt be hangin with and before you knew it every other weekend turned into every weekend, then turned into every other day and finally turned into everyday and then i was hooked again. i was so pissed bc i didnt really crave opiates before hand but after knowing that i was fucking up and then seeing someone bang a roxy in front of me.. i was like fuck it. i put myself in a dodgy situation. and after this month of pure hell, i know i am never taking subs ever again.. thats for damn sure. I hope i finally get to a place where i never use opiates ever again, but if i do and live to see the other side, i can tell you know, i will be kicking cold turkey!!
Fun Times- good to see someone come back from so long ago.. kinda like NA, gives you hope despite the statistics, that people are staying clean. Some of the first posts i read on here were from you and all the "fun times" you had.. made me smile when i was feeling shitty that at least you had somewhat of a sense of humor and sarcasm about the situation. It must be nice to be in a big city with more options of recovery. i know i need to get my ass in gear, its just so small here, everyone knows everyone.. and I have been MIA for about a year and half.. Hell in this town, if you miss a couple days, people are like " are you okay? " ..like they think you have relapsed.. Ecspecially the people that dont really do anything but go to meetings.. I was going to school part time and working full time during most of my recovery and a lot people dont realize that you have a life outside of the rooms.
Just thought I would stop back by. My 4 weeks was yesterday. Im feeling better everyday that passes. A little anxiety and some sleep issues... and lingering sweats, but nothing i cant deal with. I just hope i will feel well in the morning when i go back to school. Hope everyone's doing well.
I feel all of yalls PAIN- Mostly in my legs!
I just read most of these posts and wanted to share. I hurt my back 4 years ago and went on Vicodin and Percecets. The pain went away but my need for that feeling didnt. So I started doc shopping and that was simple. I was on Oxy from one doc and Vicodin and perks from the other two. This went on for 3 years and then the doctors started cutting me off. Those withdrawl pains in my legs were like death. I found a clinic close to home and they set me up on Subs. They give me 16mg (2 pills) a dose. That was 5 months ago. That stuff is $22 per 16mg! I only go once a week now and make those 2 last. The problem is I still get those pangs when I stop. I guess I need to fight it but if yall have pain for weeks after, I dont think I want to yet-
Hey all.. i dont think i have been this tired throughout my entire detox..(starting 5th week).I got decent sleep but woke up in the middle of the night and couldnt fall back asleep for awhile.. having really crazy dreams.. then i woke up earlier today than i have all month and its so cold where im at, i thought i was going to fall out. I made it through my first day back to school and have already gotten through half my HW.. im going to bed early..like any minute now.. didnt have hardly any w/d symptoms other than being tired. I was sweating just a little bit, but i think it was more of my anxiety than anything.
J418- subs are expensive even w/ insurance. I dont remember what i paid, but i think it was like 50 bucks for a weeks worth, which isnt bad. But street prices were steep. $25 per 8mg tablet or strip. I started at 16mgs like you did and you definitely dont want to come off at 16mgs either. That would be bad. If you are wanting to ween down, you should let your doc know.. if he/she has kept you on that high of dosage for that long im assuming they are keeping you on maintenance. I was in OP treatment with a couple people that have a similar story to yours. Some were there to get off of pain meds because they were abusing them while going to pain management. Others swore they didnt have a problem and the doc sent them there to get their tolerance lower and reset their receptors (never really understood that). A good number of people that had pain issues decided to stay on the maintenance program because suboxone is supposed to help your pain (although a lot of people said it didnt work as well as their pain meds, even when taking them like they were supposed to). The maintenance program where i went was pretty strict and expensive. They wanted you to attend group once a week. Meet with your doc/PA every 2 weeks and you had to get a NA/AA meeting attendance sheet signed at least 3 times a week. Unless insurance is covering that, it can get really expensive, i dont know how they afford to do that and maintain financial stability. That was not the route for me, but if you have significant pain issues and you are planning on taking something indefinitely anyways, subs may be a good option for you..Just know, its kinda like methadone.. the longer you are on them, the harder it is to get off of them if you want to get clean of all opiates. If you are planning to return to your pain docs, it wont be hard to switch over. I used opiates several times while taking suboxone at low doses ( like 2-4 mgs ) i just waited 12 hours. ( not telling you to go back to your pain meds, just dont know your situation)
Want2sleep - It's good to see you back here again. I must say that I found your posts extremely helpful. I've heard addicts say that recovery is 100 times more difficult than detox/withdrawal. I think we've all gotten used to using opiates to deal with stress, so it can be difficult to learn new coping techniques. Plus there's the PAWS factor - although how much that plays into our day-to-day struggles probably varies from day-to-day. Did you see Drugged - Marijuana on NATGEO this weekend? I've smoke pot since I was 15, so that's 20 years. I've never had problems not sleeping etc. when I don't smoke, so I don't think I've ever been addicted, but insomnia is sure enough one of the WD symptoms from pot. If you can get off subs, you can surely quit pot. But learning how to live w/out drugs, that's the hard part. Good luck!!
FunTimes - Glad hear from somebody so far into their recovery. Seems like most people quit posting after the first month or so. Also glad to hear that you're still clean. Thanks for all of your comments, rants, and insights - you surely have a way with words and have always been able to make smile.
Stelablu07 - The insomnia and fatigue are likely to last for a while more. It can be soooooooo frustrating too. There's nothing worse than being dead tired, but only able to sleep 3-6hrs a night, and broken sleep at that. These two symptoms were my nemesis. But, you'll find that in another month or so, they'll have definitely improved. You're gonna have good days and bad days, but you'll notice that you'll start having more good days than bad in the very near future. During the day, you'll feel good, but the nights will probably be tough. Keep up with the exercise - and try and pick up the tempo with it... you'll be surprised how helpful it is. I used to dread going to sleep at night b/c I knew it would be difficult... I'd feel so good during the day, but at night, I'd go right back to feeling like a lazy piece of shit. However, I'm close to 90 days and I can definitely say that even these things are noticeably better. I can usually go right to sleep and sleep thru the entire night, waking up refreshed. I'm pretty sure that I still toss around quite a bit b/c my bed is all trashed when I get up, but I don't sweat thru my sheets anymore. If I go to bed before midnight, I'm up by about 7AM. Anything after midnight, and I have a difficult time waking up before I've gotten a solid 6hrs. So while I'm not back to 100% yet, I'd say it's 95-99%. Stick with it - you've come so far and I know that you'll be able to keep with it.
wow where do I start.. Well I'm 26 and been dealing with this shit since I was about 15... After being introduved to the needle when I was about 16 It was a full blown crazed madness.. I some how managed to get clean long engouht to join the Army when I was 21 and excelled better than I thought.. It was when I was diagnoased with hep c a motnh before my deployment that it started going back down hill.. They put me on a non deployable status and where gonna start me on treatment.. That became my new excuse to be handed all the klonanpin and xanax I wanted soon after I was shooting heroin in the fucking army.. Crazy I know.. well it eventually led to rehab and getting discharged.. I then moved in with my dad who started giving me methadone.. Anywas Im back home and been on suboxone for about a year now.. I took my last bit on Friday so its now day 3 4 and ill tell you what.. Ive learned one thing, weather its bad or not so bad withdrawel sucks! I think its time to get back into the NA scene considering doing this myself just isnt working!!1 sry just needed to get some of this out
wow where do I start.. Well I'm 26 and been dealing with this shit since I was about 15... After being introduved to the needle when I was about 16 It was a full blown crazed madness.. I some how managed to get clean long engouht to join the Army when I was 21 and excelled better than I thought.. It was when I was diagnoased with hep c a motnh before my deployment that it started going back down hill.. They put me on a non deployable status and where gonna start me on treatment.. That became my new excuse to be handed all the klonanpin and xanax I wanted soon after I was shooting heroin in the fucking army.. Crazy I know.. well it eventually led to rehab and getting discharged.. I then moved in with my dad who started giving me methadone.. Anywas Im back home and been on suboxone for about a year now.. I took my last bit on Friday so its now day 3 4 and ill tell you what.. Ive learned one thing, weather its bad or not so bad withdrawel sucks! I think its time to get back into the NA scene considering doing this myself just isnt working!!1 sry just needed to get some of this out
subfreefinally- Thanks for the support. Glad to know that someone's out there that has gotten through what seems to be the worst part. But yea, this sleep situation is now becoming an issue. I find it funny how there is always a worst part when I am in it. The worst part drove me to use drugs, the worst part was being stuck in addiction, the worst part was hitting rock bottom AGAIN ( several rock bottoms i have reached now in my span of 28 years) and the last worst part is getting back to normal. That goes to show how negative a state of mind can be. I remember having highs and lows when I was in recovery, but there was never any worse part. I was happy most of the time ( once i got past 6 months totally clean of all substances ) Here I am- where I worked so hard to get, throughout my years of my first legit recovery and I have beaten the shit out of it and almost lost it with this last relapse. Even being on subs and just maintaining was not the same as before. I feel like I had lost all motivation. And yes it is incredibly frustrating to be dead tired and not sleep. I get headaches because my eyes hurt so bad they feel like they are sinking back into my eye sockets. Its only day two back to school and I am totally bombarded by work already. I'm taking a full course load of all really intense HARD classes. I think I am going to take your advice and try to force myself to workout. I have a gym at my school, but since I don't live on campus (live almost 30mins away) and I am usually ready to get home by the time my classes are over, its hard to get motivated. Plus the gym there is always so crowded, I just hate going in there. Must be my antisocial nature.. or just convincing myself of excuses. Even though my body is somewhat clean ( still take benzo, have an Rx), my mind is still fighting off that mindset that comes with using.. I know good things are to come if get back on the right track.
Weaves- No need to apologize. What your going through brought pretty much all of us here. Even though we are just screen names with stories, let it be living proof through reading some of these posts, that it can be done. If you got clean and got into the army, then you know you have the strength inside of you to get through this crap. A lot of addicts are really intelligent people that have the ability to excel. Some of the best knowledge of what I thought was me just being a waste was cleared up once i started recovery. Im headed the same direction as you.. Good luck, stay strong.. it gets better
I had been using kratom FST and basically every pill I could get my hands on for 2+ years on and off the last 4 months I found a heroin connect which leaded to another better heroin connect then it ended up with me selling drugs to support my drug habit (btw kratom was still my doc) I was arrested on unrelated charged and in jail for 3 of the longest worst days of my life. When I got out I immediately celebrated by getting all the usual chemicals and I immediately knew something needed to change a friend of mine was able to give me 4 8mg subs which I broke apart and used whenever the heavy w/ds kicked in.
I've only been using the subs for about a week and a half and now I have been off of them for exactly one week now and have ZERO energy and get very little sleep at night its been a damn week now and I just started getting the shits. How long is this going to last and what else can I do to speed this up?
Don't get me wrong the subs were a miracle drug to bypass the W/ds but now the malaise and lack of energy or sleep is just getting overwhelming.
I just want to sleep.
When i first looked at this website it was on Saturday knowing i was going to discontinue my use of Suboxone on Sunday. I got my first and Only script back in the beginning of October and i KNEW i was not going to be on it for 6 months because, first of all i don't have insurance or the money to pay for Dr visits and to fill my scripts, and secondly i figured using them for that long will give me a worse dependence. It is no only 2am on Thursday and this is going on my 3rd night of no sleep. Monday night i got like 2 hours, but since then it's been an uphill battle. I absolutely refuse to take any opiate because that's what keeps getting me into this mess and i want to be DONE, ONCE AND FOR ALL. Overall the withdrawal symptoms are not AS bad as OC withdrawals, but when i did have my OC withdrawals at least i got some sleep. At noon today it will be 5 days without taking any subs. My main problem is the insomnia (i need my sleep,) a close second is the restless legs and arms (if i can't sleep i should at least be able to rest comfortably, but no,) then the lower back pain (although pretty mild i can't help but notice,) a lot of sneezes and shivers but nothing significant from when i detoxed from OCs. I am only 22 yrs old but have been experiencing with drugs since i was in my early-mid teens and became ABSOLUTELY addicted fresh out of high school. I have confidence in myself, my youth, and my health that i can get rid of all this and "turn over a new leaf" if you will in this nightmare i call "my life." I noticed a lot of you who posted have been on subs for a year or more so i'm hoping that the withdrawals aren't as long as yours. Well, at least i'm praying. I've tried taking over the counter sleep aids and such but for me they don't work since in the past when i was trying to detox by myself i ate them like candy. All in all i feel best when moving around because when i am stationery for too long i start getting cramped and get the "heebie-jeebies" if you will. I don't have a lot of energy to STAY active during the day because im not sleeping but it feels good to stretch out and walk around for a little. The only time i do feel 100% though....IS IN A HOT BATH!! I can't stress it enough how wonderful it feels to be completely submersed in hot water! Although i don't like taking benzos, i am considering it if it will help me sleep.
Just remember, you CAN do anything you want, if you want to get over this, you will, it's just a matter of time.
stelablu07 - I was so frustrated with my detox when I was a month out. I honestly felt like when will it all end. But then I would have a few good days, and some not so bad nights. Then I noticed that I was having more good days and the nights were becoming more tolerable. At this point, I think your best bet is exercise - as much vigorous exercise as you can tolerate/force yourself to do. It will help with the insomnia and that general lazy feeling. Vigorous exercise produces endorphins, which are body's own natural opiates and they stimulate the release of dopamine, which makes us feel good. Opiates reproduce that dopamine response we would normally get from eating, having sex, and anything else that is generally good for us, only at exponential levels. When we've become dependent on opiates, our neural pathways get all screwed up and out body just doesn't have enough of its own natural chemicals to satisfy the unusually high levels that we're used to. I'm not sure if we just make less dopamine, etc. or if we just have more dopamine receptors. Either way, it takes time, a lot of time, for our brain to readjust to an opiate free environment. Anyway, anything you can do to stimulate your own natural opiates is going to help. I hate crowds of people too, and it was worse when I wasn't feeling so hot. So as much you dislike that crowded gym, it really is pretty key. Keep it up - you've been thru worse of the physical WDs. In another month, this mental game will ease up too.
mickeymac - read some of my previous posts. You'll find a diary of how my WD went, which is pretty standard for most people as far as I can tell. But expect that the first 2 weeks, thru about day 14, to pretty much suck all the way around. After that, the worst of the physical symptoms should be done, but you'll still be left with some minor ones for about another week or two. The 2nd month is better, but insomnia and fatigue are likely to still be a problem, though not quite as severe as in the first month. After about 2 months or so, you'll really start to feel good - I mean really good. Maybe my timeline is wrong b/c of your short sub usage, so consider all of this as a worse case scenario. I don't think that there's much you can to speed the process up, but there are things you can do to help alleviate the symptoms:
1) Eat and drink as much as you can. You won't feel like it, but it will help. Try to cut out caffeine though, as that will only exacerbate the anxiety, insomnia, and RLS.
2) Short term use of benzos - valium, xanex, ativan will also be very helpful. It will relieve a lot of the anxiety, and also help out with the insomnia and RLS.
3) Immodium helps with diarrhea and ibuprofen helps with body aches. I didn't really have any nausea, but there are medications that can help with that as well.
4) Exercise - try to work out every day. Anything that gets you sweating and your heart rate up will produce endorphins and they will make you feel better. THIS IS ESSENTIAL!!! You won't really feel like doing anything, but if you make yourself, I promise you will be thankful.
5) Long hot showers and/or baths will also help. Take as many a day as you want.
I wish you all the best - you're only another 1/2 week away from being done with the very worst of the physical symptoms.
Gottagetthruthis - read above and try doing any and all of those things. None of them will completely alleviate any symptom, but they will all help. Insomnia and fatigue are very common problems and unfortunately are also some of the lingering symptoms. I'm nearly 90 days out and still have some minor sleep disturbances and issues with fatigue, so.... The benzos will help with the sleep, as well as the RLS and anxiety. They might make the difference between zero sleep and 2hrs. I'm guessing that after zero, 2hrs will seem like a godsend. Anyway, read some of my earlier posts and you'll find a diary of what my WD was like. You may find that information helpful. Good luck - you can do this!!!
I appreciate it subfreefinally--
I have never gone 70 hrs with out a wink of sleep and it is killing me. My eyes are heavy, my brain feels sluggish, but my body won't let me do it. Not just because of the RLS but i start thinking about crazy stupid shit and it gets stuck in my head! I'm not sure if it is the depression of not being on an opiate or if its caused from my sleeplessness my being delirious. I know its important to eat especially since i'm so low on energy but i gag just thinking about food. I do have some Miso soup and i'm going to have that a little later. I wish i could sweat some of this out. I would love to be able to jog around the block, (i live in Florida and it's beautiful out today.) But i mean, i can't even get it up to take a shower... It has been nothing but baths for me. I've never meditated or done yoga but i've noticed that slowing down my breathes..breathe in for 4 seconds, exhale for 4 seconds..has helped a bit when i get overwhelmed and get anxiety. I'm not the type to feel sorry for myself, but last night i cried for like an hour while kicking around in my half covered bed. Nights are DEFINATELY the worst. I tried making a psychiatrist appointment to see if i can get like ambien or valium, but every doc in my area is booked until March. Ridiculous! I'm waiting to hear from my pcp to see if he can do anything for me. If there are any tricks to sleeping, i beg you to let me know! I’ve tried Benadryl and NyQuil and all of that OTC stuff to make you sleep (and I mean a lot of it.) How long were you all 100% sleepless? Like no sleep at all? Please tell me under a week..i just don't know how much more i can take...but if I could get two hours in I’d be just dandy…
Oh, and another weird thing..today was the first day I suffered from severe chills and goosebumps. Now, I remember them from the OC withdrawals, but hasn’t really been an issue for me..until today..
Sorry, just thought of something. Back in March 2008 I went to a inpatient detox to get off OCs…I remember I was more messed up in detox than I was on the pills. (I might have needed that though.) Anyway, after I got out and experienced the rest of the withdrawal symptoms I was in terrible pain. I would stay in bed all day (was out of work for a month,) watch movies, get up at 6pm, get dressed, and go to the bar. That was the only way I could sleep without sleeping pills, passed out drunk. I am way passed that now. But I do remember going to a psychologist and like 2 weeks in I felt GREAT! He informed me that it’s something called “cloud 9.” I guess once you are finally clean and the receptors start to heal you get this feeling of euphoria that lasts a couple days and you think you’re cured. I thought I was. But after that time period, reality sets in and I was miserable again. Did anybody, a few months into recovery, feel this?? If so, how long was it after you were clean that you did?
Gottagetthruthis- Hey there, i feel your pain. sounds like the typical hell i experienced minus the inpatient part. Back in the day before i ever got on any subs or methadone, i always kicked cold turkey b/c my family didnt know how bad my addiction was. So i would rather be sick than let anyone know whats going on. I used to stay up for days.. Both heroin and OC's were my thing... I remember the first time i kicked i seriously did not sleep for a month.. i maybe got 10 hours at best and it was broken up. I was going fucking crazy... That was probably the worst part of the whole thing.
I was on subs for about a year, and had no idea how bad it was going to be getting off of them. The doc told me I would feel no w/d at all. Anyway, I knew that it was going to suck so I stocked piled on benzos.. Now im not suggesting this because it can be dangerous and is probably not the healthiest way to kick.. but i know my body with benzos and have a very high tolerance...Over the summer i was taking up to 10-12 mgs a day while on suboxone ( after i left OP treatment that is.. they wouldnt let me have it while i was there) Anyway, I knew the only way i was going to be able to sleep was to eat an insane amount of benzos and drink. And thats pretty much what i did for 3 weeks. I lowered my tolerance for benzos before i detoxed so it would be affective... I took anywhere from 4-8 mgs of xanax, and 2-4 klonpoins a day and would drink liquor every night. I had zero problems with sleeping until i starting cutting back on the benzos. Im Rx'ed 3 mgs a day and thats what i have tapered down to. Also around the 2nd-3rd week I got a script for ambien, which helped. I am probably having the most sleeping problems now though.. Overall i am starting to feel much better, but for some reason I cannot go to bed before two, despite taking ambien or working out.. I dont excessively take benzos or drink anymore bc i am back in school and cant party like that every night and function. Plus I gave myself an ulcer from drinking crown every night..NOT FUN! I am making my body conform to a schedule. i get up the same time everyday despite what time i go to bed. it sucks but im getting through it.
Subfreefinally probably has the best advice on here recently about what someone ought to do. So anyone reading going through it should try and look at the suggestions he ( im assuming) posted. Wise words and experience. I have experience I just didnt approach it in the healthiest or safest way.
Oh and the pink cloud or cloud 9.. whatever you wanna call it.. I think it varies for different people, but when i got clean clean.. like NO DRUGS not even alcohol...for 3.5 years, I went through that up until the third month.. i mean i had bad days, but i remember having that "everythings freaking great feeling"
After that reality set back in, but it wasnt bad. It wasnt easy but I went to a lot of meetings and back when i was clean and attending meetings, I was a lot happier overall and had my shit together.
Gottagetthruthis - Trust me when I say that I know how bad you're feeling right now. And I understand that food makes you gag looking at it and exercise seems to to be a pipe dream. But, you've got to do it... it is definitely going to help and you'll be surprised how much better it will make you feel. So, force feed yourself... seriously, you've got to eat. And the exercise is really key. I notice you said at one point that you feel better when you move around. Well, think how much better you'll feel if you get your heart rate going and you start sweating... you'll get those endorphins kicking and that, i promise, will make you feel better. Also, and I would never normally suggest this, if you can't get any benzos legitimately, try and find some on the the street. That too will be a big help - you might get some sleep and the RLS and anxiety will definitely ease up. See if you can get in with your PCP and be totally honest about what you're going thru. I don't know if that means you'll actually get a script for benzos, but definitely try every legitimate source you can before hitting the street. But the best trick to sleeping is to fucking exercise like you mean it!!! I hate to be harsh about it, but food and exercise are the very best things you can do for yourself right now. I know you don't feel like, trust me, I know, but you've got to force yourself and you will be so grateful that you did. There were days when I just couldn't force myself to move around much and I definitely noticed that I felt worse. I wouldn't really recommend drinking too much alcohol - I tried that too, but found that it just make what little sleep I was getting more broken and less restful. But that's just me. Try googling "alcohol and sleep." Alcohol exacerbates sleep issues in non-addicts, so think how much worse the sleep issue will be when you're not getting any. There's a difference between passing out and sleeping. Oh, and congratulations on getting some Yoga in during this very difficult time. That even breathing you're doing is called Samavritti breathing. This pranayama helps calm the body and focus the mind. If you're so inclined, you may want to practice it more:
Sama Vritti Pranayama (The Equal Breath)
This technique releases stress and helps you develop a good awareness to breath. It balances the mind, and is especially beneficial when you feel apprehensive, worried or tensed.
1. Sit comfortably, either cross legged on the floor or on a chair. Keep the back straight. Relax and become aware of your breath.
2. After a few minutes, include a mental count. Inhale and count 3. Then exhale to the count of 3.
3. Next, make the inhalations and exhalations 4 beats each.
4. Steadily, over a period of time, build up to the count of 8. Importantly, never force the breathing. That would be useless, even destructive.
5. Observe how you feel. Locate the areas of tensions. Do not judge how you feel, simply acknowledge it. When you start feeling satisfactorily relaxed and at peace, you can end the practice
Or you can try a different exercise:
Bhramari (The Humming Bee Breath)
This form of Pranayama calms and stabilizes the emotions. It chases away feelings of anxiety, fear or anger. Constant practice inspires a sense of complete well being and peace.
1. Sit in a relaxed posture. Close your ears gently using the thumbs. Cover the eyes with the other fingers. Keep the face, neck, and shoulders absolutely relaxed.
2. Inhale slowly. Be aware of the lungs, the heart and the head. When you exhale, make a humming sound, like a bee.
3. Now, focus on the humming sound. Feel the vibrations in the face, neck, throat, chest, head and scalp.
4. After 5 rounds, sit quietly for a while
Look, this first week is the roughest and the 2nd week isn't much better. But, this is only a temporary state, though I know it doesn't feel that way now. You didn't get yourself hooked on opiates over night - I'm betting that you abused them for at least 6 mos and probably much longer - so you aren't going to get out of this situation overnight either. I am personally grateful that it has only taken about 2-3 months to dig myself out of a 4 year hole. One last thing - the crying is pretty normal too - depression is another symptom of WD. All the symptoms of WD are your brain sending out danger signals to try and trick you into taking an opiate. You are one week closer to your goal right now and I promise that you will start noticing improvements. Try and take things an hour at a time and try not to focus on how bad you feel, because that will just make things worse. You are stronger than your mind!!
stelablu07 - I'm glad you think my advice is helpful. It's why I'm posting here. I was lucky enough to have a good doctor, the support of family & friends, and a really good plan for success. At this point, I know that I'm thru the woods and have the ability to be successful in my recovery. But, I know that not everybody has been lucky enough to have these things. Their doctors weren't completely honest with them, they don't have a strong support network, and even fewer know what to expect or have a plan. If my experience and knowledge can help just one person get to where I am, I'll know that my addiction has served a greater purpose. So funny you assumed I was guy :-). But, I'm not offended. Most of my friends are guys - I guess I'm what you'd call a guy's girl. So, that aspect of me probably comes thru on this board. I lost my husband to cancer about 2 years ago (I was 32 and he was 36 at the time). And that's how I ended up in this position in the first place - abusing his medication for various reasons, but I now think it was mostly to escape/ignore the pain of knowing you're going to lose your lover and best friend. Don't get me wrong - I have a long history with drugs and it's probably easier to name those that I've never done than those I've tried. But, this was the first time I'd ever really let them control me. Anyway, I'm glad that you're feeling better. Having a regular schedule is going to help (as is the exercise). Next week, it'll kind of sneak up you, but you'll notice some improvement over this week. It might be an extra hour or two of sleep, or it might be that you're finding is easier to fall asleep, but I promise that you'll notice something.
hi everybody.
im new on this page, and havent found a Norwegian page like this. so i hope its ok that im joyning you!!
im on my tapering right now on 6 mg and going to 4 next week.
i have 2 small kids so im very anxious how im going to handle everything while i stop completely.
has some of you tryed to do this while taking care of children?
hi everybody.
im new on this page, and havent found a Norwegian page like this. so i hope its ok that im joyning you!!
im on my tapering right now on 6 mg and going to 4 next week.
i have 2 small kids so im very anxious how im going to handle everything while i stop completely.
has some of you tryed to do this while taking care of children?
this must be outdated. suboxone does contain nalaxone but it will not be absorbed by any route of administration. buprenorphine has a higher affinitly for the receptors than nalaxone and even when it is iv'd the naloxone will do nothing (i know from first hand experience). I am not saying to do it, but, I hate seeing misinformation. Further, I found generic subutex which contains no naloxone to be more effective, personally the naloxone made me feel ill at times, but not from withdrawal.
also, bupe is not short acting, it has a similar half life to methadone. and, the withdrawals are just as bad, it doesnt matter that much whether its a full or partial agonist, it binds tightly to the receptor sites.
suboxone should be started with care because based on individual metabolisms its hard to know when the right time to take it is. the best thing is to use the 2mg tablets and break them in 2. take 1mg every 20 minutes until you feel better. start taking it when you feel withdrawal symptoms fairly strong, but no need to be in full wd when you go on, generally. by taking only 1mg every 20 mins you can feel if you are doing the right thing at the right time. if you feel worse, stop taking it (noticeably worse not just from experiencing the same wd's); if you feel better 20 mins later take more. dont take more than you have to, as they say, with bupe less is more. however, less is more only works until a certain extent for many people, like me, when i got to 4mgs from starting at 28 a year before, i could not get lower.
problems with bupe and the addict - as an opiate addict one may begin to experience the "nod" with bupe especially when at lower doses. once i found this out, i would wait all day to take my bupe and then take not 4 but 6-8 mgs at night and get high. eventually, i switched back to full mu receptor agonists. for the addict it may become difficult to get low ebough on bupe to jump off to zero. many people have to get down to .5 or .25mg every other day before they can experience very little wd. that is also very hard when the smallest tablet they make it 2mg (unless your in europe i believe .4mg temgesic is available).
in the end, i would rather kick dope for 4-6 days than spend 2-3 weeks kicking bupe... but thats me.
hope this helps someone.
Eddie
Hi norwegianSUBquitt,
Good luck to you. theres no reason to have to experience wd on subs. if you feel like you cant handle going from 6-4, simply go back to 6. i went from 6-4 with little problems. even better, go from 6 to 5 to 4, breaking it in half. or break it in quarters. the slower you go, the easier it is. please do not take benzodiazepines for the anxiety, i tried that and only ended up with another addiction. theres a reason most people are on suboxone and thats because they were addicted to opiates, and its easy to become addicted to things like xanax and klonopin or valium, etc. unless its administered to you in a controlled fashion and not for more than 3-5 days at a time, i would not reccomend it. i kicked xanax and opiates at the same time and the xanax withdrawal was imo worse than heroin withdrawal.
Subfreefinally- yea im a guys girl too. I have always had more guys friends than girls.. I am so sorry to hear about what happened. That would probably drive me to use as well. And yes being on a schedule is really helping me. I dont have to be up too early but I have woken up before 9 everyday during the past week and I automatically woke up around 10 am both days this weekend, which is really out of the ordinary for me. Im the kinda person that will sleep for hours, days, months if you let me. Not to mention I am being kept 100% busy with all my school work.
One of my guy friends originally from NA but is now using called me up yesterday looking to see if i wanted to go in on a deal with him. I was getting subs from him so he knew I was trying to detox. I guess he assumed I had caved. It felt good to say, "im done, I kicked, Im clean". Him and his g/f have been trying to get off subs for a long time..He said he was going to call me back when they were planning on quitting. I dont mind helping them over the phone with that, but Im not going near those peeps.They just use subs to maintain and then get high on the weekends or whenever there is a good deal and they got me into the same pattern there for a bit.
Yesterday was my 5 weeks. Feeling considerable improvement looking back on how I was feeling. Even sleep has gotten a little bit better. Hope everyone is doing well.
Eddie, thanks for your answer!
I havent had problems going from 24 mg to 6 eighter. have went down 2 mg in dose every other week.
I could feel a little unwell for some days when i went from 12 to 8 and 8 to 6 mg. a little problems falling aleep but i aadjusted very quik.
Ive been on sub for 5 years and wanted to quit for atleast 3 of them.
But there has been alot of thing coming in the way for me to quit.
Now im finally ready and at it!
I have been using Heroin and amfetamin for 7 years before i started sub treatment.
I was only 19 years when they put me on sub and locking back I can really not understand how they could put me in that situation when i was that young!
It is a struggle and a lot of psycologicly difficulties of getting of.
I am alone with the caring of two small kids only 2.5 years.
But i have been in a false reality using this drug.
Havvent had a good laugh or been real sad, you know?
It has been flat emotionally and im sick of that!
I can allready feel the improvement just from 24-6 mg.
I feel more alive and awake then i have been in a long time!
and not tired all the time anymore.
I cant wait to be completely off!
I will not use b-preperates when im going off anyways!!
The worst thing that could happen is if i end up with another addiction!
I will bite myy teeth together and stand the line out!
I have family that will help me and also can relieve me with the kids if i get to ill.
but i will take it slow and hope that it will not be too much withdraw, and not for a long time.
but we will see!
I have recieved alot of information feom this page and it gives me hope too see that many of you have made it!
I will stick around for the rest of my struggle and hope i can post a message in some months telling u:
I DID IT!!! kross your fingers for me and i will also keep mine crossed for all of u!
NorwegianSUBquit - your beat bet is to do a long slow taper. Drop .5 to 1mg every time you drop and probably best to wait at least two weeks between drops. That's how my doctor had me do it. I couldn't get below 1mg. Anything less than that was not a sufficient maintenance dose for me. So that's where I kicked from. If you have a food doctor that person should work with you develop a detox plan. I found that knowing exactly what to expect and having a plan made all the difference in the world. I have a detailed diary of how I felt for the first 4-5 weeks several posts up. You'll likely feel like total shit for the first two weeks. You'll feel progressively better each subsequent week but expect to not feel like 100% for probably 6-9 weeks. If you can have a family member watch your children for the first two weeks, take advantage of that because you will really appreciate the break. Kicking is hard enough without the tremendous responsibility of two wonderful lives. You'll be better able to handle that once the very worst of the physical wd have subsided. Good luck!
Eddie- You're right. Some of the info on this page isn't entirely accurate but I think most of the people who post here are looking for support of people going thru the same thing. Kicking suboxone was no picnic and though longer I found it much less acute. It gave me the ability to put the pieces of my life back together so I would be strong enough to actually kick. I know that euphoric feeling to which you refer because I've done the same thing. But bc it was nowhere near as strong as oxy so I didn't do it often. I have to disagree with you about the methadone though. I can't speak from personal experience but from what I've heard and read it's way worse than suboxone. You don't often see people writing online about how awful they feel 3-4 days after methadone or oxy the way you do with suboxone. In my opinion it's because they can't because they can't even get out of bed. I also have to disagree with you about the use of benzos during detox. They were tremendously helpful to me and I did not developna problem with them. Several others who have posted here reported the same thing. Yes it is possible to get addicted but short term use is nor likely to produce dependence. However congrats on kicking both the opiates and the benzos at the same time. That's no small task!! You should be very proud of yourself.
Stelablu07- I told you that you'd start noticing a.difference soon. It'll keep getting better for you little by little. Keep exercising. Good job on blowing off some of your user friends. Until they get clean they will not be a positive force in your life. You know as well as I do that there's nothing to it but to do it. I'm not against maintenance by any means but it doesn't sound like your friend is really working a maintenance program thru a doctor. Keeping busy with school is also good. It'll take your mind off of how you're feeling physically. I always felt better during the week when I was at work than on the weekends when I didn't have any commitments. So glad you're doing better. Keep it up!
thank you subfreefinally.
I have been tapering for about a year to go from 24 mg to 6 mg. I have spoken to the head doctor and counseller at the metadone clinic, and she advised me to go 2 mg at a time and atleast 2 weeks between every drop. She told me it can be difficult to go under 4 or 2 mg, but i have also been offered to start on subutex patch, (witch is .5 or .25 mg i think) after going under 2-1 mg. But I feel like its just delaying the problem, i mean- will it make a big difference with the WD if i stop at 1 mg or .5-.25?
I have to be finnished before the summer cause i have to be back in buisnness in June. So i dont want to delay it more that what is nessesary! are u completely done with sub and WD?
how long time did it take before u felt normal and could leve normaly?
norwegianSUBquitt - Glad you're working with your doctors on the taper. Once you get down to the lower doses, it can be difficult to taper. I tapered from 16mg over the course of about 2 years year. I dropped from 6mg to 4mg with no problem. However, after at 4mg, I dropped by 1mg instead of 2mg. I was able to get down to 1mg without feeling anything, however, I could not get below 1mg. In the US, I don't believe that doses less than 2mg are sold. The 2mg pills, however, are easy enough to break in half for 1mg pieces. However, it's difficult to break those 1mg pieces into anything smaller... you pretty much have to use a razor blade. Anyway, I jumped at 1mg, and it was no picnic, but I had a good plan in place and a strong will to quit. I'm pretty much 3mos out, and feeling back to normal, but it took over 2mos to get here. Common sense would say that the lower the dose you're on when you jump, the less severe the WD, but it may not exactly work that way. See what your doctor says, but they may not know either. Most doctors do not have a high percentage of patients that come off of suboxone, at least that's how it is here in the US. I would say that no matter what, you're not going to feel great for at least 2-weeks and probably more, no matter what dose you jump from. However, my opinion is based on nothing more than intuition alone. I can tell you that if you have a good plan in place, the right attitude, and the support of your family and friends, jumping from 1mg is possible. If you're looking to be completely done with all WD, you'll need 1-3 mos, which means you'll have to jump by April to be clean by June. I don't see anyway for you to do that unless you jump from 1mg or taper quicker than advised. The following is a diary of my WD, which I posted a few months ago (I've also cut and paste how I felt during my subsequent weeks - it's kind of cool going back and reading this stuff now that I'm feeling good again):
Day 1 - not too bad. I think my anticipation of what was to come was bad.
Day 2 - felt like I had terrible flu - body ached all over and felt like I had a pretty high fever.
Days 3-6 - sucked. No sleep, RLS, severe anxiety, chills, severe diahrea (yes, I shit my pants more than once), zero appetite, and body aches. But, as bad as these symptoms were, they were nothing compared to cold turkey from oxy. Was taking up to 40mg of valium daily to help. Had clonidine, but didn't use it... BP was already plenty low and I was quite honestly a little nervous about it dropping even more. I definitely forced myself to eat and excercise (3 mile hikes daily). Long hot showers also helped. At this time, I also realize that my huge caffeine intake is making things worse, so I cut out all caffeine.
Day 7-10 - sleep, RLS, anxiety worse than ever. Other symptoms starting improve. Taking only 10-30mg of valium and really only at night in the hopes of a valium induced coma. While it did help subside the anxiety, sleep was illusive - 2-4hrs at most and it's broken. Still forcing myself to excercise. During this time the malaise and fatigue really started to set in, especially in the morning. I knew a long hot shower would make me feel better, but I had a very hard time working up the energy to actually get in the shower.
Day 11 - noticed big improvement in all symptoms except insomnia and malaise/fatigue. Sneezing my ass off though. Still forcing myself to excercise daily.
Day 12-14 - same as day 11 really. Taking no more than 20mg of valium at night at this point, but insomnia is still a bitch.
Week 3 - noticed improvement from earlier. Insomnia and fatigue still a big problem. Some issues with chills, sneezing, and anxiety. Feeling like "when will this ever end???!!! Returned to work and my normal schedule of daily yoga (I have a very intense practice) in the evenings. I feel f'n great by the time I get home with my endorphins kicking. My valium consumption has dropped to 2.5-5mg as needed. Many days, don't take any valium at all. I drink maybe half a cup a coffee in the morning more out of habit than anything else.
Week 4 - Again, noticable improvement from week 3. Insomnia is a still a bitch. But instead of 2-4 hours of sleep, I'm getting 4-6 hours. Though it's broken sleep - 2hrs, wake up for an hour or two, fall back asleep. No more valium. Taking melatonin and valerian root to help with insomnia - even if it's the placebo effect, I'll take what I can get. My problem is not falling asleep, but rather staying asleep. Morning fatigue is the worst!!!! I pop awake at 3-4AM, but even getting out of bed to pee seems like too much effort. However, once I get up and going, the days aren't too bad. I feel pretty decent and know that each week will get better. During the day, I think that it's safe to say I actually feel good aside from the occasional sneezing fit. Especially after a good work-out... then I feel f'n great!
Week 5 - I am currently in the middle of this week. I am now getting 6 hours of sleep, but it is broken. 3hrs sleep, wake up for an hour or two, 3 more hrs sleep. Wake up at 6:30AM. Hate being up this early, and the fatigue is still there, but it's definitely not as bad as last week. I have yet to contemplate pissing my bed, which I did almost every morning last week. I think I'm turning a corner. During the day, I feel normal, at least I think this is normal. It's been so long, I'm having a tough time remembering what sobriety is like... is this how normal people feel most days?? Not too shabby!!
I'm at 6 weeks now and feeling much better though still not 100%. Sleep is slowly but surely improving and I find if I turn of the damn TV and all the lights, I can sleep thru the night. Morning fatigue is probably the biggest problem I'm facing at this point. This weekend, I didn't really have any commitments, so it wasn't until like 10PM last night that I was able to muster up the gumption to start some laundry. However, during the week when I have to get up to go to work, I find that I feel pretty normal by about 8:30AM. Maybe I should make some commitments in the morning on the weekends. Things are continuing to improve, slowly but surely. I'm f'n STARVING all the time and have probably put on a good 10-15 lbs. Though, right now, I'm not denying myself any food of any food. Come Jan 1, though, I think I will start eating more healthy so I can shed the lbs that I'm putting on since I am currently heavier than I've ever been. I'm hoping that by Jan.1 homeostasis will have returned to my life, though I know that I'm already 90% there.
Today is day 44 and for the first time since I started this whole WD business, I slept a solid 7 hours and woke up this morning actually feeling refreshed - OMG, what an AWESOME feeling!!!! For the first time in years, I actually got out of bed without the help of some pill and was actually happy to be up and about. I surely hope that tomorrow is the same.
Today is Day 46 and I slept a total of 8 glorious hours. I got a cold last week and I still have a cough that is hanging on. A few more days of 8hrs of sleep and I'd say that I'd be at 100%.
It's been 9 weeks now and I would say that I am at 98%. My only lingering symptoms are some sleep disturbance and general lethargy. I sleep 6-8hrs a night, but before opiates, I was able to sleep in no problem. Now, when I wake up in the morning, I'm up. I think that I will probably have to accept this as my new normal. I know it sounds like a minor thing, but it is frustrating for me. It's definitely taking some getting used to. I also still have some lethargy in the morning. I mean, I'm wide awake when I wake up, but I'm usually pissed off about it. If I can talk myself into getting out of bed and moving, I feel 100% within an hour or two. But sometimes, it's just so hard to make myself get up.
2 Months - Physically, I feel fine. Better than fine in fact... I feel great. I have zero physical symptoms left. It probably took about 1-1.5mos for that to happen. But I'm glad I stuck it out. It was no easy feat.
I'm still having some minor problems with sleep disturbance. I just get up really early - I cannot seem to sleep more than
Hey everyone. I was just reading some comments and decided to comment myself. I have a few opinions. Eddie, I have to agree that a hard dope kick in the long run beats a long sub kick. I'm done them both. The problem with that is that at least on subs you can get your life back together and live in a very manageable way. And you don't arrested and have to cop every day...I do hate heroin now, as I'm sure everyone here does.
And subfree, I experienced both the straight methadone kick as well, and that was the bitch of the bunch. That made the suboxone kick seem fun, it broke me in half. How is this for funny...Thank God for Suboxone it saved my life. The funny part is that I mean that.
Subfree-I notice that you have posted your detox schedule a few times, and hopefully that helped some people. Although everyone's experience is going to different, it's probably a pretty good indicator. You seem to be very supportive and helpful and caring and that's when this site gets good. It feels good to vent, and it feels good to share, and it's nice to get good advice, and be complimented for giving good advice, or just for caring about people going through what can be a very difficult time.
I guess I visit the site after being off subs for 2 years because it's a nice reminder to myself of how bad things were, and how much better life is now, if I get in a rut. Plus I'm interested in how other people are doing, it's nice to learn or help, if possible. I was lethargic after being off subs over 4 months. Work piled up everywhere. I caught a serious a case of post acute withdrawl, which was demoralizing, because I felt great 30 to 60 days in ((my cloud 9 time, which is as real as anything), only to have this 'lethargy/lack of motivation' slowly start building. I've said enough about NA, but it did kind of save me.
One thing I know is that everyone's kick is gonna be different. It can be very different. I was a bit dissapointed that a hadcore shooter friend of mine (who is clean now and has been for a year and a half) just took subs for like a month and slipped off ok. I have a relative who took subs for a few months due to a big(?) vicodin habit, same thing, slipped off okay. I was on Methadone and subs for years...I went 70 hours like Eddie without sleeping. I slept an hour a day, a lot. I woke up like a frozen corpse. But I had a real nice attitude about it. I wasn't afraid. I didn't complain. I remember being up at like 4:30am one morning after not sleeping forever and I just started laughing so hard. The kick was so hard it was actually funny. I was actually having a dialouge with my kick. I remember saying things like " I gotta hand it to you, you are one serious kick...my God". I may have a twisted sense of humor but I laughed that anything could be such a bitch.
The thing is, I just had it so set in my mind that I'm gonna quit and whatever happens is gonna happen. I knew it wasn't supposed to be fun. But I was 100% committed and motivated, the thought of not quitting did not exist. I decided that if other people did it, I can do it, and instead of complaining, I would call a friend and laugh about how bad I felt. And he would laugh with me, and I got through it with a sense of humor and a lack of fear or self pity. That was very useful for me. To me, it was a realy freaked out experience, and it was really unpleasant...but I counted the minutes and the hours and the days that I was clean, and I knew I was done before I was done, and I was proud of myself while kicking. Knowing what everyone is going through (more or less), I hope everyone here is proud of themselves as well. You're doing something amazing, something few people will ever know, and be Really proud of that. It's a lot better going through the kick feeing proud of what you accomplished and are accomplishing every hour or day you are subfee, instead of feeling sorry for yourself. It's too easy sometimes to miss the forrest for the trees. The kick will end, you will feel better, and time is on everyone's side. It doesn't last forever, and eventually, you'll forget how bad it was. I remember it was bad, but it's a very distant memory :) Whe I read my old posts I remember. And it was the best thing I ever did, being strong and just quitting. God Bless you all, and let this temporary kick become a distant memory for you as well!
Hey Fun Times! Good to see ya comment again..
@ subfreefinally
I'm sleeping normally now, but I used to sleep way more.. Back when I was high all the time I could sleep the day away if I let myself.. Currently I can sleep ~9 hours or sometimes even 10.. Odd thing is that if I get drunk the night before I'm usually up early. Generally though I wake up early on weekends and such, but I rather enjoy that. I no longer sleep till like noon on days I'm off work and I love the extra time it gives me. So sleep pattern is a-ok in my book.
2) I'm totally fine as far as being depressed / motivated goes. It's like I was never addicted. I don't care if it's around me or people talk about it. I'm totally happy on my own, and even though I get stressed out I'm totally capable of dealing.
3) And yes I'm married. I got married last summer and we'll celebrate 1 year this summer. I took her out for her birthday too when it hit.. I recall feeling like shit last year because I was way too sick from W/D to do ANYTHING for her. She was there for me throughout the entire ordeal, and without her I wouldn't be sober.
And I'm sure you will make it.. Everyone can make it. It helps to have a solid support system, but I know everyone can get sober. If I can, anyone can. 8 years on drugs is a LONG time to be giving your life away to drugs. It takes a toll on everything.
I know you can be successful. Just keep at it and never forget you aren't alone. None of you are.
-JDoe
I just stopped taking Suboxone, because I felt it wasn't working anymore, now I feel sick with intestinal problems, lack of energy, anxiety and a manic feeling, as well as severe insomnia, shakiness and other things, I didn't think it was suboxone causing this, but now I have a good feeling that it is.
Today is 2 weeks in being completely off Subs. I haven't responded in a while because i have been really busy trying to piece my life back together. After about 90 something hours of no sleep, i went to my PCP who prescribed me clonazepam (klonopin.) If it weren't for that i don't know when i would have slept. My blood pressure was 140/100 last Friday when he took it and continually to this day when i don't take anything, even at a resting position (sitting or laying,) my heart rate is about 130 beats per min. Not healthy at all. I'm not happy to be taking a benzo but i have severe axiety when i don't take it. I've never had any problems like this in the past from what i remember so the feeling of not breathing properly scares me. Over all, i feel good. I sleep fine, i eat a decent amount, stomach is always irrated (but manageable,) and i really have a good amount of energy. I don't know if the only reason for this is because of the benzo and i fucking hope not. I stopped taking subs because I DON'T WANT TO BE ON ANY drug, especially for the rest of my life. I'm taking only 0.5 mg a day twice a day. Sometimes i end up taking 3 a day though if i did a lot of driving or running around. But i'm not at all messed up on them. I'm back to work, i feel like i can function. I think it will be alright since i've taken benzos in the past and never really got addicted but i never had a Rx for them or took them everyday. I don't abuse them, like snort them (how i did with my ocs) but i still don't know if it is necessarily "healthy" for an "addict" to be taking a drug known for substance abuse and dependence. I have tried not to take it at all, but i get wayy too nervous.
P.S. Sorry, it's been a while stelablu and subfree, didn't want you to think i fell off the wagon...i have been thinking about you ladies everyday!
Hi guys, I'm new here but ive been reading everything and you guys are such an inspiration to me, i mean it. I just turned 25 and ive been an on and off roxie addict for the better part of 4 yrs... Ive been on subs for 2 years, started at 8mg, then down to 4, then 2, then 1, then .5... I was on .5 for about 2 weeks and i stopped 2 days ago and i feel like absolute hell. I wish i would have known when i started suboxone that the wd's from this are just as bad as opiate withdrawal. For me, its the cold sweats and the general feeling of suckiness that is the worst for me. I can deal with not eating and sleeping, but the whole body temp issue is the worst thing for me. I have no motivation to get up and do anything and I am dreading going to work tomorrow in my Manhattan law office (suck). But knowing that I'm not alone, as corny as it sounds, is really helping me cope. Thanks to you all, and I really pray this is the last time. I'm tired of always being dependent on SOMETHING, whether it be opiates or subs and I just want OUT. I'm praying for me, and I'm praying for you all too :)
Hi guys, I'm new here but ive been reading everything and you guys are such an inspiration to me, i mean it. I just turned 25 and ive been an on and off roxie addict for the better part of 4 yrs... Ive been on subs for 2 years, started at 8mg, then down to 4, then 2, then 1, then .5... I was on .5 for about 2 weeks and i stopped 2 days ago and i feel like absolute hell. I wish i would have known when i started suboxone that the wd's from this are just as bad as opiate withdrawal. For me, its the cold sweats and the general feeling of suckiness that is the worst for me. I can deal with not eating and sleeping, but the whole body temp issue is the worst thing for me. I have no motivation to get up and do anything and I am dreading going to work tomorrow in my Manhattan law office (suck). But knowing that I'm not alone, as corny as it sounds, is really helping me cope. Thanks to you all, and I really pray this is the last time. I'm tired of always being dependent on SOMETHING, whether it be opiates or subs and I just want OUT. I'm praying for me, and I'm praying for you all too :)
Hey all..7 weeks out now.. havent posted in a bit because I have been extremely busy with school. I feel like that's all I do anymore, which is a good thing, but at the same time, its really challenging. After being on subs for so long and then stopping I can really tell a difference!!
Never realized what a fog I was in on subs compared to how I feel now. I feel really clear.. sometimes too clear.. I can feel my brain getting back to normal and unlike the many times before I have come off drugs, this time is really different b.c school is demanding me to be really articulate.. and its hard. I often feel confused, or like my brain is running slow..I have trouble remembering things... other times i feel like I have too much energy ( like manic but cant get anything done )..Its frustrating though b/c I know my mind and potential are there, its just the rebooting process is tripping me up.
Other than that I feel great physically aside from the fact that I am STILL having random bouts of sweats.. This happened to me when I kicked heroin cold turkey and was clean for 3.5 years.. I swear it took a year or more before i stopped sweating when I was cold. It being winter, this is a total suck ass position to be in and even more embarrassing. I was freezing today at school and had plenty of clothes on, yet sweating like crazy.. and you know when you sweat you smell.. i dont know if anyone could smell me, but i was really horrified and embarrassed cuz im a girl and girls arent supposed to sweat or smell.. esp with all the UBER preppy chicks at my school. I already stick out since im not a cooker cutter, A&F wearing, carbon copy clone of everyone else...oh well... this to shall pass i suppose..
Subfree-yea my user "friends" arent even Rx'ed subs, they just have a lot of connects to them. They just talking about quitting . They are couple and now the girl is mad at me because we got really close when we were using and shes a lot like me, with not a lot of girl friends.. and then when I quit, I was really sick and didnt leave the house much or talk on the phone, so she said I hurt her feelings because she thought i was a good friend and i disappeared on her.. but lets face it..
your drug friends are not your true friends, because i had plenty of friends when i used dope, but when I went to jail for 9 months, no one wrote me, sent me $$ or came to visit. Even my family was done with me at that point. it sucked.
Beanz- your w/d sounds almost exactly how I felt at the time and your weaning process is similar too. I was on subs for almost a year.. tapered down to merely crumbs but was still sick for a over a month. wow. NY must be cold this time of year. Im down in VA and it gets pretty cold.. I hate it so bad I want to move somewhere that stays warm b.c being cold reminds me of being dopesick.. even during the time when i was in active recovery.. Something about opiates has permanently caused me to HATE being cold. Id rather be hot than freezing any day and Im sure I would die if i was any further north right now..Plus when its warm, I just feel better overall. Keep up the optimism, faith, willpower and use the support. It really helped me too. Just whatever you do, DONT CAVE..no matter what kind of taper you do, your gonna have some w/d.. caving is just gonna delay the inevitable but you sound like you already know that.. stay strong.. it gets better ;)
I just recently got out of a very posh in house rehab in December. Great place , best decision I have ever made. I was snorting , chewing at least 380 mgs of oxy, roxy, mscontin, kadian.
Anyways there promise to me was a painless detox , and 30 days of expensive therapy. It went great , I dealt with a lot of personal demons that was driving me to abuse. When ingot there my reg was Ativan , trazadone for sleep, and they started me on subutex, Whig is suboxen minus the naloxen. That way if I had residual opiate build up it would not send me into a withdrawal. So subutex is a good option for those that need help now but are still using.
Eventually they put me on suboxen 8/2 bilingual tabs. I started with 4 mg and slowly tapered down to than 1. Here's my issue. I felt great in the rehab , energy, working out, motivated, clear . When I got out they sent me home with a 2 month supply , which I tapered on till my last dose on this last Monday night @ 9. Suboxone has a half life of 36 hours , ververy long. Meaning the withdrawals don't start for at least a day and a half(depending on usage)
Well I feel like shut right now ! I can't sleep , constant yawning, leg stretching , nervous stomach. And I'm now in my 3 full day, they say the main wd'S go away after 5-6 days with residual of as long as a month. I mean the pain is bearable but your mind at night is just as bad as a benzo withdrawal . You cannot fuvking sleep. I'm pissed at my rehab because in my opinion being on suboxen forever is not a realistic idea. It clouds u! It feeds the inner drug addict in u. So now , after supposedly deriding at a facility , 3 months later I have to do it over again on my own. My advice is go on suboxen for as short of time as possible! If u really want to be sober than that's how it needs to be. I mean r u really sober if ur taking a class 4 opiate suboxen for the rest of your life. That's just swapping drugs in mybook.
Wish me sleep tonight-
I agree with Subuser, I think subs got us all back to a somewhat manageable point in our lives, but the pain free withdrawal or promised "lack of withdrawal" provides false hope to people that already feel hopeless. Its not right. Bottom line, If you get on suboxone, get off of it as fast as you can!! The longer you are on it, the worse the w/d will be. I mean kicking dope is more intense, but sub w/d is just really long and drawn out and makes you want to go insane. If I had to or ever have to do it over again, I am going cold turkey... cheaper and less aggravating.
My friend was on roxy's really bad and she didnt have a lot of money, so she weaned herself down as low as she could get on the roxy's.. i dont know how many mgs that was..maybe a quater of a 30mg pill.. then i gave her one of my 8 mg subs and she managed to get clean. She said it was really easy.
Shes a good friend of mine and shes not a liar so i know shes telling the truth, but just goes to show how everyone is different. She was on 60mgs of roxys or more a day for over 6 months (IV)
Anyway- Good luck kickers.. it gets better... hope you can get some sleep.
i took suboxone too soon after doing dope and i feel terrible how long does this last it is very intense..what can i do to help
Hey Matt--- your going through precipitated w/d. Nothing I ever experienced myself but have seen others go through it. I have also heard a lot about it. Since you posted this 12 hours ago, im hoping you are experiencing some relief, but you will find that once you do this, there isnt much you can do to stop it. You sort of have to let it run its course.. Ive heard taking more opiates will not help b.c the receptors are full of subs (and naloxone) and taking more subs wouldn't help since your receptors are already saturated.
Im not an expert on this since its never happened to me. I always waited a good 12 hours before I took a sub after an opiate and thankfully never experienced this. Im just passing along info that has been shared with me. Hope you feel better and try to wait longer next time.. because I heard it sucks pretty bad.. :(
Hey, I'm new here....I have a question that doesnt really have to deal with subs, more with the opiates itself and i didnt know who else to turn to, i really hope you guys can help..........
I've had an addiction to Roxys for a year and a half, and just recently quit taking them and was on 8 days clean today, my energy was coming back day by day, and everything was going good, then a little while ago my girl friend broke up with me after 3 years, so stupidly i bought one.....and did it.....sadly i have a feeling those past 8 days where just flushed down the toliet and im going to have to cold turkey it all over again, but then there was the other side of me that figured since 8 days the drug was completely out of my system there might be a slight chance that as long as i never touch them again or slip up again ill be withdrawal free due to it only be one 30 mg instead of what i used to do which was like 10..30 mgs a day...everyday
any help would be awesome thank you so much i heard nothing but positive feedback from this website. much love and success to you all fighting, dont be stupid like me i just lost the love of my life, family, friends, everything....breaking the news to my sponsor is going to make me want to murder myself, esp if im going to withdraw again. ughhh fuck these drugs, and my life =/
Busted--Don't give up. It's not like those 8 days were completely worthless. You are still going to wd since i know when i quit cold turkey i remember rough symptoms for over 2 weeks. I'll tell you from my experience though, it's not going to be like day 1 for you, even though technically you are starting over. Everybody does handle wd differently, but when i relapsed back in the day which might have been 5 days in, i really didn't notice a difference. The worst thing you could do, is say that you fucked up and not stay on track. The whole reason i went back to OCs was because me and my ex broke up and that was what i considered "comforting." But really i just screwed myself in the end since i never wanted to start doing them again to anyway. What i'm saying is, just because you slipped up just say, "Fuck it." People get upset and make mistakes, what's important is that you don't forget about what's really important right now to you, and that's your health and YOURSELF. I'm sorry about your relationship but i believe you'll be just fine if you stay strong and make yourself not want to pick up another roxie.
Oh, and don't do subs. That's why the rest of us are here.
Busted- gottagetthruthis has some good advice. what you are doing now is about the best thing you can do. Just quit that shit cold turkey. It may suck, but dont give up. W/D's don't last forever, they just feel like they do sometimes.. My guess is that since your out that far, and you only did one, your not going to start the process over again. And yes, stay away from SUBS and METHADONE.. evil.. thats some long lasting w/d's
I know how you feel about breaking the news to your sponsor, but really its gonna set you free.. I quit telling my sponsor things and before you know it, i went from years of clean time to none! Its humbling and embarrassing, but your an addict.. its not like addicts are programmed to stay clean.. otherwise we wouldnt need help.. we use, thats what we do.
Speaking of giving in.. I swear i just want to eat a bunch my benzos and have a drink NOW, instead of studying for 2 tests tomorrow!! ARRGH!!! *FUCK YOU CHEMISTRY AND STATISTICS!!.. sry i had to rant.
Oh still sub free here.. things are getting better, other than the fact that i got the flu that lasted for 4 days with a temp of 104.. not fun, but not as bad as sub w/d, i swear.. Ill take the flu over sub w/d anyday..
Hey all... it's been a few weeks. I had a 5-day Yoga training seminar and then I left for Costa Rica for a week. Those 2-weeks were much needed respite from my daily grind. Costa Rica is BEAUTIFUL and I highly recommend visiting the country at least once. I can't wait to go back....
Less than 24hrs before I got on plane to Costa Rica, I had a 5hr root canal. Umm... it was horrible, worse than horrible, it was fucking torture. I debated on whether or not I should tell the doctor that I am a recovering opiate addict and finally decided that I would keep that little factoid to myself. At the beginning of the root canal I even thought that would just not fill the prescription for painkillers he gave me. But after 5hrs I was fucking sore... almost felt like I had just had my wisdom teeth pulled. It was such a tremendous experience that that the doctor rewrote the prescription for more pills saying he didn't want me to be stuck in the jungle and in pain. I was in so much pain, I couldn't wait the get the prescription filled b/c the advil was just not cutting it. I was seriously worried about the consequences of this event... was I heading back down the path of addiction?? Long story short is that I swelled up like a chipmunk for a few days and had to be careful about chewing food for the entire week I was gone. But, I took the vicodin as prescribed and am sitting here this morning grateful that I had it because I needed it and also grateful that I am not jonesin for that high. I feel like this was a test from above and that I passed it. I am sure that this was just the first of many tests.
Interestingly, I didn't really get "high" of the vicodin. It was the 5mg hydrocodone pills and there was a time when I wouldn't even feel 30-50mg of that particular drug. I felt the 5-10mg I was taking at a time, but it just helped with the pain, that's it. I wonder if the experience would've been the same with oxycodone, which is, in my opinion, a much stronger drug at the same dosage levels.
Fun Times - You're right, everybody's kick is going to be different. I didn't have any problems whatsoever with nausea or vomiting, but understand that many people do. I am envious of those who've been able to come off with relatively few symptoms/problems. That being said however, I do think the vast majority of suboxone users will experience pretty intense WD symptoms and that there is a general pattern. This website is a testament to that. I think you're right that probably the most important factor in any kick is your desire and attitude. If you want it bad enough, if you're committed enough, you will be successful no matter what you go through. Anyway, congrats on being 2yrs clean - that is a feat!! You should post here more often. You definitely have a way with words and I'm sure that you've been an encouragement to more people than just me.
JDoe - Congrats on your marriage and life after addiction. Hope things continue that way for you!!
Gottagetthruthis - by now you should be about a month in. Congrats on getting this far. It's no easy task, I know, but you're probably feeling waaaaayyyyyyyy better than you did even two weeks ago. Every day, every week is gonna get a little better. Keep it up!!
Stelablu07 - I'm so glad that you're well. I hope that your sleep patterns have returned to normal and that your energy levels are coming back. I also realize that Chem & Stat suck major balls, but hopefully your tests went well. Just like WD, school life is just temporary, so make the best of it :-). I worked full-time while going to school part-time (2-3 classes/semester) and I had zero social life at the time. Took me 9yrs to get my degree, but it was worth it. Anyway, kudos to you... you deserve it!!!
Subfree- glad to hear you didnt get back on that junk. i always worried what would happen if i had to take pain meds in recovery, but I have found that most of the stuff they give you wont get you high like the way we used to use.. A 5 mg lortab is nothing compared to 90mgs of roxy IV. or dope...
sry you had to endure one of the suckiest things ever. my dad and brother are dentists and I have worked in oral surgery, so I know that a root canal like beats all. its worse than extractions. unless you get a dry socket.. man, i wish i could take a vacation. Im so poor. I got my school loan the other day and its already half gone because of past due bills... ugh.. oh well, at least im getting a decent tax return.
yea i worked full time for several years going part time until i got my associates at a local community college and then in fall 2009 I transferred to a private liberal arts college full time and am working on a BS in Bio. Thought the fact that it was a smaller school would make it a better experience, but i have found it to be a personal hell. Because there are less students, there is like 10x more work.. papers out the ass and serious lab structured lab reports. Teachers expect TOP NOTCH WORK..I have talked to other bio majors from universities and compared experiences and they have it SOOOOOOOO much easier... I always have so much work I can barely keep up, let alone work. I made straight A's at the other school. I do alright at the one Im at now. I think i have a B average in all of my classes ( 16 credits) which is supposedly good for that school, but it frustrates me because I am used to making A's.
did you major in a science?
Hi everyone. I Was addicted to oxy for about 3 yrs. I got on sub several months ago. I went back and forth between oxy and subs for a few months. I kicked the opiates about a month ago. I did 2 weeks on sub, tapering down. I kicked the subs 14 days ago. I still can't sleep more than 4 broken hours and have problems sitting or lying still. My under arms sweat non stop. Please tell me I'm getting close??? My legs don't throb anymore atleast. When will this end? Thanks everyone. ( I gave up smoking weed a month ago and stopped recreational yay use around the same time)
stelablu07 - oh... the memories :-) I was a liberal arts major - The Classics (Greece, Rome, Latin). I graduated Magna Cum Laude (3.96 GPA) with a double major in History & Latin. A useless degree from a practical sense, but it left my options in the "real" world wide open. I do work in an environmental laboratory, so the I am in the tech field. All the work and papers suck now, but the heavy emphasis on writing will likely serve you well later. I can't tell you how very few people in the tech field have the ability to communicate well, either verbally or written. They can't spell and they can't construct a proper sentence with good grammar... i.e., they can't get their ideas across in a meaningful way. Look, I started at the very bottom rung in my company but am now the #2 person in my office. My liberal arts background gave me the ability to be very flexible, research what I didn't know, problem solve, and most importantly - communicate!! As far as your GPA goes, don't stress it too much. My GPA was a top priority when I was in school, but I have found that nobody really gives two shits that I graduated with a 3.96... they just care that I have a degree. I could've had much more fun in school, graduating with a 3.0 instead, and still be exactly where I am. So unless you have designs on grad school, I wouldn't worry too much about your GPA as long as it's a 3.0 or better. Give yourself a break every once in a while because you deserve it!!
I wish I had known how bad root canals were before I agreed to do this one. It was on my very last upper molar, so I probably could've just had it pulled and it wouldn't have fucked up my tooth spacing at all. But he told me that an extraction would be difficult because I there was no tooth above the gumline for 1/2 of my tooth, to he'd have to cut pretty deep to pull out the pieces of my root. Oh well, it's done now and I'm none the worse for the wear.
NeverAgain - Listen, I understand just how miserable you're feeling right now, but I promise that this is just a temporary state, even though it feels like forever right now. The worst of the physical WD symptoms are pretty over now. You'll likely still have cold sweats, sneezing, and some intestinal issues for another week or two, but they won't be anywhere near as bad as what you've just experienced. The sleep, RLS, and anxiety are going to get better, I promise, but it's going to take a while. You should notice a gradual improvement from week to week. For me, the insomnia and fatigue were absolutely the worse symptom, and they lingered on and on and on and on and on.... In my 4th week, I started getting ~4-6hrs of sleep, but it was broken. In my 5th week, it was 6hrs, but still broken. In my 6th week, I was sleeping thru the night, but only like 6hrs max. It wasn't until about day 45 that I slept a solid 7-8hrs. My last sub was 10/31 and it wasn't until mid-late January that my energy levels and sleep patterns returned to what most people would call normal. Look, you've come this far, so you should stick to it. My everything, including my ability to sleep in, has pretty much returned to normal. And there was a time in the not so distant past that I felt like the misery was never going to end. If you're not already doing so, I would highly recommend working out - get your heart rate up, sweat a little (or a lot), and get your endorphins kicking. I promise that it will make you feel better. If the anxiety/RLS are unbearable, try going to see your PCP to see if you can get a short-term prescription for a benzo (adivan, xanex, valium). That should help you a bit and you'll likely only need them for another week or two anyway. Keep posting here - there are many who will give you advice and encouragement. Keep it up... I promise you'll feel significantly better next week!!!!
Hey everyone.. Been off Suboxone now for 5 days and feel horrible.. I was on for 2 years and was down to 1/4 of 8mg pill per day for 5 months.. I still can barely move or function.. No sleep in 5 nights even with an Ambien and a half...like I said day 5 and still feel like s-it...I don't remember feeling normal in at least 4 years..I hope good things are to come..I take at least 3 energy drinks a day and still does nothing for me..I will update in 2 more days..I almost wish I could live on Sub but know I need to change this cycle as it has been off and on for 10 years..
Over it
You should beging to feel better in a few days. I would not drink the energy drinks, caffine can make you feel worse. See if you can get a few benzos for sleep, they sure helped me the first ten days. Drink lots of water smoothies and eat. Keep moving and things will get better slowly - it took six weeks for me to feel almost right and now after seven months its just a bad memory.
Good luck
Over It - Ds has a lot of good points. Cut out the caffeine, as that just contributes to the insomnia, anxiety, and RLS. Sleep is going to be hard to come by just now, but benzos should help an awful lot, especially in the first 2 weeks. I don't think I would've made it through the first 2 weeks w/out them, so... They'll not only help with sleep, but the anxiety & RLS too. You may not feel like eating, but your body needs it, so eat as much as a you. If solid food is difficult, drink smoothies. I also know you don't feel like moving at all, but I found exercise to be crucial at this time. Anything that gets your endorphins flowing will help make you feel better. I know you don't even have the energy to drag yourself to the bathroom, but I promise that if you force yourself to get on the treadmill, you will notice the difference and be grateful for it. Also showers... long hot showers and/or baths will also help to alleviate some of the WD pains. Take several a day if you need to. You've probably probably got about another 8-10 days of feeling like total shit. Then it switches to just somewhat shitty, but bearable and much better than how you currently feel. The first 14 days are likely to be most difficult, then you'll notice small improvements every week. I hate to tell you this, but full process is long. Like Ds, it took me about 6 weeks to sleep 6-8 solid hours every night. I also battled huge problems with fatigue. After about 2 1/2 mos, I felt mostly normal. It's been nearly 4 months now, and I feel 100% completely, totally normal.
I certainly have nothing against a maintenance protocol of subs and will concede that it may be a necessity for some people, but if you've come this far, why not hold out for another week or two. I promise that you'll feel better than you do right now.
This feeling does not last forever, it only feels that way now.
There are many of us on this site who've been through exactly what you're experiencing now. And, we're all still sober and grateful to be sober. So, keep posting here, as you'll find lots of support, advice, and encouraging words.
Good luck... you can do it!!!!
Subfreefinally and Ds,
Thanks for the support..I feel worse today after no sleep again. I called my doctor twice and no response. He gave me script for Klonopin(Not sure if I spelled it correctly)and I never filled it.
This feeling is not something I wish on my worse enemy. I have 2 children who need me and a BEYOND supportive wife..I almost recomend to everyone to quit your orginal drug of choice as W/D from SUB is by far the worse of the 2 evils.
I have a job I have to do which is the worst part. I have people depending on me to motivate them everyday and all I can do is lay down and try to talk on the phone and act like I want to be on that call.
I have missed so much of my children's life due to being there but not being there since I was high all the time. My wife is a non-user and god knows why a woman as great as her chose to stay with me during this inner-battle.
All I can say is I can't wait for these W/D from sub to be gone so I can breathe and enjoy life the way we all remember as children and not needing something just to get us a good feeling.
I've read so many of these posts and all of you guys are good people.
We all just made mistake after mistake and then believed suboxone was a miracle..HA HA...Until we try coming off of it..No more MIRACLE here..The lady at the doctors office just told me to maybe start Sub again if I am having these W/D..Sure I will head there now and pay them 250.00 and get a new script.(What a deal)..
What makes this so hard is I functioned so good on Sub maintaing a six figure salary and looking like an upstanding citizen..
IF THEY ALL ONLY NEW!!!
Well like I said day 6 and sh---y it is! Back to going through the motions..
Over it
Your story sounds just like mine, two kids good job and subs. I made the mistake of staying on for close to three years and put off the pain. looking back i wish I had quit two years sooner, would have saved a bunch of cash but more importantly been myself for the family. Day six was the worst for me and by day nine or ten it gets easier. You must keep on going and if possible resist the temptation of going back on subs, it can end soon enough if you try buddy.
DS,
Thanks...Just reading that made me feel better.
And Yes day 6 is sucking right now!
Over it - Hey, go fill the script for klonopin... it's a benzo as well so likely to help tremendously. You're halfway thru the very worst part. I know you're going to work right now, but perhaps you can call out for a week (have a family emergency or something). When I quit, I took 2-weeks off from work and stayed with some family friends who took care of me. I knew what I was getting into, so I knew how awful I was going to feel. But, I have to say you're incredibly strong if you're at 6 Days and still dragging yourself into the office - stronger than me.
I know you have a lot of feelings of guilt, etc., but you are extremely luck to have the support of your family, so use it. Let it be a driving force for you in this mission. But some of that depression and guilt can be WD symptoms.
You are going to be feeling significantly better in another week or so, but you still won't be feeling great. I found that after the first two weeks, it was easier to measure my progress weekly instead of daily. In addition to exercise, hot showers/baths, and eating well, you might try journaling. I have never been a big one for keeping a diary, but I found that keeping a record of how I was feeling day-to-day was very helpful. In my 3rd week when I still wasn't feeling so hot and was very frustrated, I could go back read exactly how I felt on Day 6. So even when my mind was telling me that I felt as crummy as I did on Day 1, I could remind myself that I had made significant improvement. Another piece of advice that I can give is to start developing a plan for success now. I did it before I ever started the WD process, but I don't think it's ever too late to have a plan.
One of the recurring themes on this site is the ignorance of prescribing doctors. So many people are not given the whole deal on suboxone, so they mistakenly believe it's a wonder pill that will allow them get off opiates (and then the suboxone) with no WD... some have even been told that coming off of subxone is easy. I am so glad that my doctor was up front and honest with me about what I would go thru should I ever decide to come off of suboxone. You say that Sub allowed you to function well, and that is its purpose. For me, it allowed me to put the pieces of life back together so that I would be mentally prepared to come off of it. I would never have been successful (and indeed never was the several times I tried) just coming off of oxy, so.... I found that WD from suboxone symptoms were less acute/severe. I actually have no idea how long it takes for all WD symptoms from a straight opiate detox take to subside b/c I personally never made it even 24hrs.
As a maintenance drug, suboxone has a much higher success rate than methadone or cold turkey. But, I have no idea what the success rate is for kicking suboxone. I suspect it's somewhat higher than just opiates primarily b/c it allows people to live a "normal, functioning" life - develop new coping skills, ID triggers, etc. Have you been able to change some of the habits in your world, identify triggers, develop coping and communication skills?? At any rate, my point is that I don't think suboxone is evil, but neither do I think that it is a wonder drug. I do, however, think that there is a lot of misinformation about it and a lot if idiot/ignorant doctors. For me it was a life saver, but it was also coupled with a competent doctor and good therapy. I am grateful that after a 4yr habit, it only took ~3mos to feel really good again.
You can do this!!!!!!!
Day 6-7 can't count right now Sub-free...
Slept last night and had a dream for the first time since Sub w/d started...
A Xanax an some good workout(If you know what I mean) really helped..
Today was tough in the morning but got a couple bursts of energy through the day..Still the restless part is brutal.
I think I;m turning the corner possibly..
What i said about Sub being evil..Well I thought hard about that..Where would I have been without it..Remember the everyday battle just to find what you needed to get through the day would consume you..remember planning trips around knowing whether or not you would run out of what you needed before Subs..Well that went away for two years and maybe that is why I am at this point..
Where are the people that never found Sub's..Not on here with us but dead or in Jail......
I guess my attitude has changed over the last day or so as the misery has gotten just a little less...
And let me tell you all those great sensations you lose while on Sub's start to come back..
Coming to the end of day 2 of no subs. Was only on them for about 24 days. Was at 8 mg a day for 7 days, then 4 mg for about 13 days and 2 mg for the last 4 days. Was on opiate pills(averaged at least 150 mg a day, on good days 300 mg) for about 7 years. Been through opiate withdrawal plenty of times. This suboxone withdrawal is beasting me on day 2. I feel lucky because I have help with the sleep thanks to xanax and a lil bit of weed but my legs are f-ing killing me. To make things harder I have my 16 month old daughter to care after and I am moving in 3 days. I feel like I am gonna break and use opiates again. I feel like an ass to because a lot of posts I have read state that most of y'all used subs for a hell of a lot longer than me. Maybe I am a bitch but I am aching for a few blues, especially for moving. For know I am staying strong. Hopefully tomorrow, day 3 on no subs, I can stay as strong. Good Luck to everybody!
Sub-Weiner bear..
I didn't think I was going to make it either but day 7 and I'm here and I really an weak when it comes to tolerance..You got this!!!Look at that baby of 16 months and realize you will see them sober.. I missed mine for years because of being high and not really being their!!!!!!
Good luck to you...
Sub-Weiner bear..
I didn't think I was going to make it either but day 7 and I'm here and I really an weak when it comes to tolerance..You got this!!!Look at that baby of 16 months and realize you will see them sober.. I missed mine for years because of being high and not really being their!!!!!!
Good luck to you...
I keep reverting back to this site and have read for hours..It really is amazing how many people get hooked on opiates and then want out of the grasp. I thought I had everything for years..The nicest cars, the best house, the best friends and all I needed was a little pill to jumpstart my day and then another to push me to be more succesful and then more and more..Well guess what it was all BULLSHIT.. In my 7th evening of being Sub free I am looking back on all this and realizing it meant nothing..What means something is being SOBER and staying SOBER..
I am so amazed by this group of people on here and I am sure many of you are the person next door or the PTA mom or the COACH of my childs team..We are all guilty of one thing..LOOKING FOR A HAPINESS IN SOMETHING BY TAKING SOMETHING..I really believe reading this information all you guys/girls have posted has been a blessing to me during these last few days..Just to see other people feel the same way and have familes and jobs and have no way to just roll in a ball for 2 weeeks why they get over Sub w/d..Remember something else..We are all addicts and can very easily dive back in unless we change the people around us..I moved 750 miles away from Orlando to even be able to be Sub free without having tempation around every corner......Just realize once you get through these bullshit w/d syptoms you never want to visit this again..
Day 8-----
Man I actually feel better by using everyones advice on here..Doc never told me to take hot showers everyday or maybe take Xanax to sleep..
Special thanks to DS and Subfreefinally...
I can move this morning and have some energy...
This is the best advice I ever got..
Anyone going through W/D from sub please take advice from people on here...
I wish I could send all of you a gift as you have made last several days go by better..
I just got done chasing my dogs around the entire neighborhood and I actually felt good afterwards..
And yes each day gets better!!!!!!!
Day 8-----
Man I actually feel better by using everyones advice on here..Doc never told me to take hot showers everyday or maybe take Xanax to sleep..
Special thanks to DS and Subfreefinally...
I can move this morning and have some energy...
This is the best advice I ever got..
Anyone going through W/D from sub please take advice from people on here...
I wish I could send all of you a gift as you have made last several days go by better..
I just got done chasing my dogs around the entire neighborhood and I actually felt good afterwards..
And yes each day gets better!!!!!!!
Sub-WeinerBear - Yep, these next few weeks are going to be difficult for you, but I am here to tell you that it is possible to get through this. It takes some hard word, some diligent faith, and a lot of will, but it is possible. The following are the best pieces of advice that I can give you to help manage your WD symptoms. Nothing is going to alleviate your pain entirely, but all of these will provide some relief:
1) Eat and drink as much as you can. You won't feel like it, but it will help. Try to cut out caffeine though, as that will only exacerbate the anxiety, insomnia, and RLS.
2) Short term use of benzos - valium, xanex, ativan, klonopin will also be very helpful. It will relieve a lot of the anxiety, and also help out with the insomnia and RLS.
3) Immodium helps with diarrhea and ibuprofen helps with body aches. I didn't really have any nausea, but there are medications that can help with that as well.
4) Exercise - try to work out every day. Anything that gets you sweating and your heart rate up will produce endorphins and they will make you feel better. THIS IS ESSENTIAL!!! You won't really feel like doing anything, but if you make yourself, I promise you will be thankful.
5) Long hot showers and/or baths will also help. Take as many a day as you want.
Good Luck... you can do this!!!
Over it - I'm so glad that you're feeling a little bit better!!! It's amazing what a little bit of sleep can do to help. Plus, there's no replacement for a positive attitude. Go take another jog around the neighborhood. Oh, and last night's exercise - well let's just say that it was a first hand experience of the power of endorphins :-) You'll still have a lot of ups and downs throughout the next month or two, but in general, things will gradually continue to improve.
And the dreams... I totally forgot about that. I had VERY vivid dreams for about the first month. I still have pretty vivid dreams and they are mostly good.
I have to agree with you about the portrait of an addict. Most are normal, everyday people whom you would not even suspect. I was a highly functioning addict for many years and able to hide my condition (up to a point) from even my closest family and friends. I suspect that you were the same. Good people find themselves in bad situations or make bad choices all the time. I think that every person on this site is an angel at their core. Opiates are insidious and devious - the first few times, it's all just fun and games. But, it's way too easy to find yourself dealing with a serious habit before you even know what's happened. It's feels good to be free of that control, but it's struggle to learn how to have fun with getting high. I think that's the hardest part of recovery. I'm so glad you have family around you to remind you that sobriety is a much better state of being.
Keep it up!!!!
wow great forum, glad top see it's still up to date. I've been on sub's for 2 years or so, started on 16, quickly went to 8mg (money issues), then after a year or so went to 6mg, then 4mg, then 2mg, and the last 4 months or so I got on the "strips" - sublingual film. The best part was they where free as I got a card to pay 75$ off the perscription, being on 1mg a day it was enough to cover full cost. Any way I weaned down to .5 mg a day for about a month, and then .25 mg a day for about 3 weeks (23 days). My last .25mg dose was sunday morning so I guess this is day 4 (or night 4). Day 1 and 2 sucked pretty bad but where tolorable, lot of OTC pain meds. NSAIDS. No exsedrine, I know caffine is bad news. The lack of energy has been the worst so far, mild leg cramping. Oddly enough today is the day the anxitey has kicked in, my legs actually feel better, and much like Jules (read all her posts) I feel fine in the morning, worce at night. I take clonidine for sleep but it dosent really keep me asleep, just gets me there, then I wake up in 2 hours, take 2 more, lather, rince repeat. Problem is by morning the residual effects drain the little energy I have left, so even though I feel ok mentally , I cant move so well... Ive missed the last few days of school (college I'm 28) but I have to go in tomarrow, pray for me on that one, I hope I can make it. I noticed alot of people on here where jumping at 2mg, honestly I really beive you should ween more, down to at least .5 if possible (the strips make this much, much eaiser) When i tried to come off 2mg I diddnt even make it 24 hours, it was as bad as regular herion withdrawl to me, I went running to my doc, in tears! Any way I know this post is VERY unstructured, I'm just kind of thought dumping, I've been watching alot of movies, taking alot of NSAIDS, lot of hot coco (replacment for my 6 cup pf coffee a day habit) and yes I will also swear by hot showers before bed. I'll try to keep everyone updated so theres another log of WD from low dose (under .5mg) sub use. Any encouragement or ideas of what I'm in for appreciated.
wow great forum, glad top see it's still up to date. I've been on sub's for 2 years or so, started on 16, quickly went to 8mg (money issues), then after a year or so went to 6mg, then 4mg, then 2mg, and the last 4 months or so I got on the "strips" - sublingual film. The best part was they where free as I got a card to pay 75$ off the perscription, being on 1mg a day it was enough to cover full cost. Any way I weaned down to .5 mg a day for about a month, and then .25 mg a day for about 3 weeks (23 days). My last .25mg dose was sunday morning so I guess this is day 4 (or night 4). Day 1 and 2 sucked pretty bad but where tolorable, lot of OTC pain meds. NSAIDS. No exsedrine, I know caffine is bad news. The lack of energy has been the worst so far, mild leg cramping. Oddly enough today is the day the anxitey has kicked in, my legs actually feel better, and much like Jules (read all her posts) I feel fine in the morning, worce at night. I take clonidine for sleep but it dosent really keep me asleep, just gets me there, then I wake up in 2 hours, take 2 more, lather, rince repeat. Problem is by morning the residual effects drain the little energy I have left, so even though I feel ok mentally , I cant move so well... Ive missed the last few days of school (college I'm 28) but I have to go in tomarrow, pray for me on that one, I hope I can make it. I noticed alot of people on here where jumping at 2mg, honestly I really beive you should ween more, down to at least .5 if possible (the strips make this much, much eaiser) When i tried to come off 2mg I diddnt even make it 24 hours, it was as bad as regular herion withdrawl to me, I went running to my doc, in tears! Any way I know this post is VERY unstructured, I'm just kind of thought dumping, I've been watching alot of movies, taking alot of NSAIDS, lot of hot coco (replacment for my 6 cup pf coffee a day habit) and yes I will also swear by hot showers before bed. I'll try to keep everyone updated so theres another log of WD from low dose (under .5mg) sub use. Any encouragement or ideas of what I'm in for appreciated.
Patty C- sounds like we have a bit in common.. im in college too and 28.. I also kicked at a really low dose... I was only on subs for about a year though.. then gradually weaned down to just a crumble before I kicked. I waited until my winterbreak to kick because i thought it would take at least two weeks from what I had heard. It actually took me a full solid month. I was feeling crappy (improvement definitely, but still crappy) the friday before I started school. I prayed to God to help me and damn if it didnt work. By the time Monday came around I was doing a lot better. I had some lingering side effects with sleeping and sweating, but they are resolving themselves as the days go by.
At least your doing it the healthy way, or it sounds like it.. Be careful with all the NSAIDS on your stomach. I gave myself an ulcer and that was pretty fucking awful on top of being sub sick. I took a lot of benzos (have a tolerance to begin with), probably a very unhealthy amount and drank pretty much every night. I am probably the example of what not to do, but I knew it was going to suck so I wanted to just try and comatose myself. I pretty much did not do anything but watch movies on netflix for days, weeks on end. Getting up to do anything was a chore. I dreaded going outside ( it was cold, made me feel worse ) and just getting up and moving around drained me. The only time I felt normal was when i was in the bath or shower, which only took me an hour to muster up the energy to take.. lol.. I didnt even start to exercise until after about 3.5 weeks, although they say you are supposed to exercise as much as possible. I have never been much of an exerciser myself anyways, so the fact that I even did anything at all was an accomplishment.
I am still subfree... my last day was December 17th. Im Rx'ed xanax and ambien, and attempt to take it as responsibly as possible. I am still sort of struggling with drinking. I drink pretty much every night, which i know is terribly unhealthy and I want to stop, but I am just not ready yet. I dont get shitfaced or anything, unless its a weekend and DO NOT DRINK until my homework and studying are done, but yea, I got some habits still left in me.
I know I should be in recovery, but as i have said in my earlier posts, i am still reluctant due to various reasons. I had 3.5 years completely sober before I relapsed. ( and that was after at least 6 attempts to get clean... all cold turkey) This was my first go round with any kind of opiate replacement drug..oh well.. I kind of came here tonight to just kind of dump my random feelings too... Mainly about my guilt of drinking... I am doing good things though, I have pretty much quit smoking cigarettes, which I have smoked since I was 13..I made it a week and a half and my bf bought a pack :(.. but I have only had one here and there.. I am so done with smoking.. i hate it and i cant breath.. I have been exercising on a regular basis which is way out of the ordinary for me. Im actually trying to be healthy.. I dont workout to lose weight since I stay fairly thin with diet alone. And i dont drink coffee anymore either.. it helps decrease my anxiety. Anyway sounds like you are on a optimistic path to getting better.. keep us updated on how your doing.. its always nice to have a support group especially if your not in a recovery program like NA.. just talking to people that have been there helps.. A lot of times i just come to read the posts even though I dont really have anything to say..
Well Day 9 in the morning..
Day 8 was strange I actually had a few bursts of energy and then they went away just like they came..Slept about 4 hours or so from Xanax..
This morning I am kind of lazy and have been sneezing already..
I have NEVER sneezed so many times in my life.. It's at least 20-30 times a day..
Have to do some traveling in about 8 days so I hope I will be good with it..
This forum is like my counseling I think..I think all the doc's that perscribe this need to read for at least a week..YOU WANT A CASE STUDY....Here it is..These are real people in real world enviorments going through the ups and downs of SUB W/D..
Any by the way day 9 is much better than day 5 but still a long way to go..
Stelablu07-------------Congrats of being clear since DEC 17th..That's huge and I look forward to being there myself..Over 2 months must feel good..
Day 5 Morning- Pain is ok, slept sorta ok, 10-12:30 3am-5am, maby another broken hour in between 5am and 7:45am. Energy is LOW, hard to get up and walk around, I HAVE to goto school soon though so I'm hoping it's just morning tiredness. I'm really mad at my doctor, he told me 3-5 days, it will peak at 3 done by 5. Sounds like regular full agonist WD to me, not subs by any means. So I called him this morning, (got the nurse) asked what I was in for, she tells me 15-30 days. Great. Thanks. She says get some benadryle. Thanks again. I know I could scedule an appt for monday and go back on .25mg but I really don't want to, I'm hoping by monday I feel good enough to resist, I don't want all this week to be wasted, like I've come this far why waste it. Anyway I've noticed I feel best pain wise in the morning (my pain is about a 2 right now) and best mentally in the afternoon so I'm looking forward to that, some optimisim. The depresion and anxity is the worst, if it was just phys pain I think I'd be totally fine. Its that "Chemical Depression" , yuk! So, we'll see how the day goes.
stellablu- Thanks for responding. How many NSAIDS where you taking a day? I have 200mg IBPRF and I take about 10 and mabey 2-4 asprin. My thinking was they perscribe 800mg IBPRF so I'm in that range. IDK though honestly but I need something for pain. I'm sorry your still having trouble with alcohol, because of my heavy herion use in the past I never really developed a drinking habit (as I'm sure you know opiates dont mix well) I think recovery for any substance though starts with the will to quit. If you don't "want" to quit you just never will. I know thats kind of cliche' but it is true, I've relapsed and rehabed so many times, and the only times I was sucsessfull was when I made my mind up that "this" wasn't for me. I'm curious about you sub WD's, at what point (time wise) did you feel you where getting a little better each day as opposed to worce? I'd like to have some kind of goal in mind. Also be carefull with the benzo's , I've heard getting of them is another monster alltogether. I guess at least you have an Rx so just try to take as reccomended, and let doc wean you off when ready, I have friends that swear they's take a full blown herion WD over benzo WD any day of the week. So its time for me to get going, busy day before the weekend, Oh and last night I called some friends to talk, made plans, first time I felt like doing that since sunday, so that was a plus. Done rambling now.
Over it- Hi BTW. Lokks like I'm just a few days behind you here. Also curious at which point you began to feel better instead of worce. It's odd for me it comes in waves, but 3 I think was the worst, thing is I don't know if I'm feeling better, or just getting used to feeling like crap?
Also My name is Patrick, everyone calls me Patty, (its affectionate, I like it :) )
Patty C - If you read my posts from a month or two ago, you'll find a pretty detailed diary of my first 5-6 weeks. But I felt really shitty for the first 5-7 Days, and only slightly less shitty thru days 8-12/14. For me, after about the first two weeks, it switched from being a physical game to a mental game. I mean yes, I still had some minor WD symptoms (diarrhea, sneezing, cold sweats, etc.) thru about weeks 3-4, but my real demon was insomnia, fatigue, and bouts of depression. The insomnia and fatigue went on and on and on - I would say that it took a good 2-2.5 mos before those really let up. But I'm nearly 4mos out now, and I feel great - I think it's safe to say that I feel 100%. I jumped from 1mg, so maybe my time-line is a little longer than yours will be, but I think it's a pretty good baseline anyway.
I know it sounds weird, b/c you have no energy to even get out of bed, but if you force yourself to exercise pretty vigorously, you'll find that it may help with your energy levels (and also with sleep). Exercise will help jump start endorphin production, which are your body's natural opiates. But, having bursts of energy here and there is pretty common. Also, I always felt way better in the afternoons than in the mornings, so I don't think that's anything unusual. The clonodine may be contributing to your morning fatigue, but maybe not. I used valium to get thru the first few weeks instead (I had both, it's just my BP, which is naturally low, seemed to be low enough). You can try the benadryl, but I don't know how well it will work. I got the flu after about a month, and found that Nyquil helped some sleeping. But that might have also been due to being sick. At any rate, it probably won't hurt to at least try one or both of those. Herbal teas might help too, even if it's just the placebo effect. Regarding the NSAIDs, my doctor told me that I could take 800mg 4 times daily for a few weeks with no problems, so.... Also, I can relate with to not knowing if you're actually improving or just getting used to feeling like ass. I kept a journal of how I felt from day to day so that when I got super frustrated in weeks 3 & 4, I could look back and see how far I had actually come. You might try doing the same.
You're nearly halfway thru the very worst part, so keep it up. Good luck!!
Stelablu07 - Take it one day at a time, one substance at a time. Giving up the opiates was tough. Not that I am condoning the abuse of any substance, but don't be too hard on yourself. That's just a set-up for failure, which will likely lead right back down the road you came. When you say you drink every night, do you mean that you have a beer or two, or do you drink yourself into oblivion?? They are two very different things. Look, you know that you're prone to addiction and you're already well aware of your bad habits. I would say that as long as you're taking baby steps in the right direction, you'll be fine in the long run. I don't see anything wrong with a beer or joint at the end of the day.
Over it - also forgot to mention the sneezing to you. I had intermittent sneezing for about 5-6 weeks. As the days passed by, the number of times I sneezed would slowly decrease. It's also entirely normal to have your energy kind of come and go throughout the day. In fact, don't be surprised if you feel great one day and like you've taken two steps back the next. Overall, you'll feel better and better as time passes. You probably won't be feeling 100% by the time you travel, but you will be feeling much better than you do now.
All of you guys are truly amazing and I'm wishing all of you the very best of luck!!!
subfree- Thanks, I do think I'm just getting used to feeling like crap. But honestly I think day 3 was the worst, I kept falling asleep in my chair for 20 mins at atime and the sneezing was nonstop, what is with that? I'm at 9 sneezes today, it's early though I guess. I don't feel too horrible, but far from normal. I got some more Ibuprofan and that bendryl, we'll see how that works. I do exesize, I have no car, only a bike, so yeah. It does make me feel better. And honestly the cold helps too (Im in WI). It's mid afternoon so this is my best time of day, I have a headach but legs are honestly fine, (800mgs Ibuprofan) It's weird, my sleep isnt interupted by pain or sweats, it just restless mind, like my mind races all over the place, I just cant stop it, I try counting backwards from 100 but it makes it worce half the time. I just get up watch tv untill I can pass out for another hour or so, hopfully benadryl helps with that. Weird stuff, better then RLS, I feel for you going through that, its a nightmare. Mabey it's because I was on less then 1mg for months and .25 for 3 weeks, it was good ween I guess. Oh and the anxity from last night has subsided a bit. On a scale 1-10 Im about a 4 with pain (headache) a 0 with anxitey (lets hope that keeps up) and 6~7 with lack of energy, by far my worst symptom. I have plans to goto bible study tonight, that should keep my mind off things. Yes I am a christain, Jesus has done alot for me and I Love Him! Thanks for the support, just knowing others are going through/ have gone through this makes it alot eaiser. Espessly when I can get straight answers (unlike my doc). I hope my experience helps others as well. I just want o reiterate, jumping from 2mg's I think is too much, please get down below 1mg if possible, I remember trying to come off 2mgs and it was not possible for me. Now I feel I can and will do this.
Hey everyone. I still read these posts occassionally, and I did want to say to subfree that you may have sold yourself short. I think a 3.96 is Summa Cum Laude :)
I read Patty Cs comment and thought....wow. I jumped off at least 8mgs. It wasn't advisable, but I was impulsive and figured screw it, work got light for a minute, it was a good time. And I was kicking a 4 year everyday crack habit (which is just embarassing to say...it seems so low...I made a deal with myself, I allowed myself to do anything but H....bc H hurt me, that dog bit hard) at the same time. If i drifted off for a short nap, at some point it was so painful waking up that i kept my eyes closed (at it's very worst) for like 15-20 minutes. Then I opened one eye. And waited another 5-10 minutes. I couldn't move. I was a frozen paralyzed corpse for about a hour. Could not move, period. I'm sure the stupid crack run didn't help anything. And it actually kinda hurt laying in bed. I didn't realize it took muscles to lay on a comfy bed. I laid a hard floor that actually supported my skeleton....lol. My point is that after that, I would say I have some hard bark (i heard that in a western and liked it), but Patty C, if you actually made it for a month on less than 1 milligram...I have to believe you're going to be doing well very soon. That was so disciplined and smart. You can kick 1, or less than 1, no troubles. God job.
Those 5 things you mention subfree, those are the exact things I talked about 2 years ago. I squandered $7,500 on ultra rapid detox. They gave a piece of paper the day after, with medical advice. Number 1, above the prescribed use for taking Clonidine patches, in big bold letters read "TAKE A SHOWER EVERY MORNING. YOU WON'T WANT TO. BUT DO IT". And that advice was worth a couple grand during my sub kick, because I took 4 showers a day, with water sooo hot I could not take half of that today (I know this sounds dramatic but I lost sensation in my skin/nerves...it got bad), and those showers saved me. They cleared my head so much, and warmed my froze bones...lol.
Even as I say I how bad things were (and I could go on) the fact is that I didn't really let it get to me. I expected something that wouldn't feel cool, something kinda horrible, so when it happened I just thought, well this is what it is. I knew after 4 years of subs and 15 years of H amd methadone and the rocks that this was gonna hurt a bit. And I guess it did, but mentally I was pretty strong looking back. I agree subfree that this all about your attitude and also your expectations. I was expecting and prepared for something really hard, so when it came, it was no suprise, I just dealt with it. I can understand everyone being upset at times and worn out and afraid, but that stuff passes...as anyone who successfuly kicked will tell you. But I believe this is a great forum, I used to read and post for months everyday as soon as I got to work, because it was a great support group. I think it's fine to vent if you can't laugh. But I would say stay away from self pity, or regret, and just think strong...because anyone who decides for themselves they want to be clean and does this, is really strong. And after such a brutal ordeal, life seems so much easier when it's over, because you're all doing or have done the hardest stuff now, and life is really a breeze post kick. It builds character. Take Care and Good Luck Everyone!
Day 6- morn, Really strange, I had the best afternoon yesterday since stopping subs, and by FAR the worst night. I took benadryl which worked just like clonidine, got me to sleep, diddnt keep me there. I passed out about 11pm woke up at 1am, mind racing, severe leg cramps, (oddly not in my calvs, which is normal, but my thigh, like almost my glutts...was terrible) I took some ibuprofan and clonidine, got to sleep again around 3, woke up intermitantly every half hour untill 6am. Its now after 9, I just got out of the shower, and am bgining to feel like I can type this. I'm thinking of going to a walk in clinic or ER and explaining my situation to get some benzo's, no idea if this will work. My sub doctor has been out of office since thursday and he's far away, without a car it's a major pain to get there, plus he's very against benzo's, no way he'll perscibe them anyway. I'm hoping I have another good afternoon as I have to clean house and do laundry, just not feelin that at all right now.
For the record getting down to .25 was not that bad, I took it slow, the worst was goin from 4mg to 2mg, that took about 5 days untill 2 was enough. Knowing though that every morn I would get relief made a huge diferance, and the WD where not that bad, mostly mental. Each succsessive step I really diddnt notice, mabey only for a day or 2. I went from 2mg, and jumped, got back on at 1 1/2 (taking .5mg 3 times a day) Then eventuall I skipped the afternoon dose, barley noticed it, then I went to .25 twice a day, felt tired for a few days, but the 1/4 mg was enough to clear my head and get me feeling better. Finnaly I just started taking .25 in the late moring, after breakfast, the first few nights where a little rough but my clonidine really was enough to deal with it. After about another 5 days .25 kept me good all day and night, after 23 days I jumped, that was monday. I can highly reccomend this method as although i feel like ass at night and morining, after 4 days, my afternoons are more than tolorable, I dont feel great but I feel like "I can do this". to be consistant, I'll rate my symptoms from night and now.
last night- Pain 7, Mental -5 Energy (was on benidryle so "N/A")
This morning - Pain - 3 (hot shower and 400mg NSAID)Energy - 6 (pretty drained but mobile) Mental - 2~3 ( I feel OK, not looking forward to all the chores)
DAY 10---
Patty I feel your pain..Last night was the first night I could actually leave the house and go out..Took my wife out for some drinks..I actually enjoyed something for the first time in 10 days..I mean truly enjoyed being out and about..For some reason I keep sneezing and have at least 10 times already today...I tell you it gets better each day..Sleep still sucks and without XAn/Ambien I would be Fu----. Stay strong as I am a weak person and have made it to 10 DAYS!!!
When you get down go back and read posts from here for hours..This is an amazing group and they ALL WERE WHERE WE ARE NOW..And remember they are alive and kicking..The best are posts from people 2-3-4 months off Subs and hearing the positive words to us BEGINNERS..Stay strong as much as you can..AND HOT SHOWERS.. F----- amazing..My water bill will be 2000.00 this month lol.. Best 2000.00 I ever spent!!!!!
Over It- Yeah I agree about the forum. I've been on here fopr about 2 hours reading alot of subfreely's old posts and many other from 6-9 months ago. Today is rough day, I think my expectation was to start feeling better by the weekend, and now that I don't its kind of crushed my spirit. It's weird how it comes and go's, like yester day I had 5-6 really good hours, like just a headach and thats is, then night all hell braks loose and now I feel like day 3-4 again. Weird. I probly will go to my ER today to try and get benzo's or at least a refill on my clonidine, benidryle is NOT the answer. It dosent make you sleep, just to tired to get up and shower or get water, sucky. My stomach I think is getting messed up from all the NSAIDS, I've taken 45 200mg tabs since monday, about 8 a day, just started feeling that this morning. Mabey benidryle had somthing to do with it. Hot coco still treating me well, I've had such a sweet tooth\, like coockies, coco, fig newtons, brownies, cereal. I guess the suger makes me happy or somthing, I forget how shitty I'm feeling while burried in large bowl of lucky charms, or ego waffles and syrup. at least I can eat, I count myself lucky. Got one load of laundry done, and one load of dishes so far, its not noon yet so plenty of time. I miss coffee terribly still but I know better. Cig's too, I can barle smoke a 1/2 of one but my body WANTS that nicotine badley. *sigh* IDK what the deal is, just gota wait it out, be patient. If there where no rewards to reap, I certainly would have walked away, by now. ;)
I love finding new meaning in old things.
--
If there were no rewards to reap,
No loving embrace to see me through this tedious path I've chosen here,
I certainly would've walked away by now.
I'm gonna wait it out
If there were no desire to heal
The damaged and broken met along this tedious path I've chosen here,
I certainly would've walked away by now.
This day is rough. Just tryng to keep my mind off things. It's discouraging. I've been listning to music, it reaks hvok on my emotions. I'm a musician myself so I guess I'm sensitive... He's some stuff... I find my abity to identify with it someone comforting, mabey the same for a few of you on here. Nothing to profound, just keeping myself busy, lyrics, poems, whatever.
our old friend...
Clever got me this far, then tricky got me in
Eye on what I’m after, I don’t need another friend
Smile and drop the cliche Till you think I’m listening
I take just what I came for then I’m out the door again
Peripheral on the "package", don’t care to settle in
Time to feed the monster, I don’t need another friend
Comfort is a mystery crawling out of my own skin
Just give me what I came for then I’m out the door again
I think we can all relate..
And I listen for the whisper
Of your sweet insanity
while I formulate denials
Of your affect on me
You’re a stranger
So what do I care
You vanish today
Not the first time I hear
Or the last
What am I to do with all this silence
Shy away, shy away phantom
Run away, terrified child
Won’t you move away from the tornado
I’m better off without you, tearing my will down
God I love maynard sometimes,
Ever heard this call?
Pay no mind what other voices say
They don’t care about you, like I do, like I do
Safe from pain
and truth
and choice
and other poisoned devils,
See, they don’t give a fuck about you, like I do.
Just stay with me, safe and ignorant,
Go back to sleep
Go back to sleep
Any way these always remind me of what I'm up against and the human condition, how close we all are. Sad, but inspiring, better with music. Mabey check it out, mabey don't.
(all from 13th step.)
Catch me, heal me, lift me back up to the sun,
Help me survive the bottom
Calm these hands before they
Snare another pill
And drive another nail
Down another needy hole
Please release me
I am surrendering to the gravity and the unknown,
Catch me, heal me, lift me back up to the sun,
I choose to live...
Patty-- I hear you with the cig's..I can't even get through a whole cig myself..
I'm lucky I have a wife who has stuck by my side..Still don't know why she did..I can tell you I have hurt many people along the way as well..
I;m on day 10 and today I actually fell like s-it as I was turning a corner I thought,,,,
Rememeber something though,,,,All the enjoyment you had before and could find in 2 minutes through drugs is all false..I realize this now..All those laughs and smiles were bullshit because those little pills gave us all those emotions..
After a few weeks this will alll be in the rear view mirror..In a way this is our punishment for all those years of self medicating...Keep reading all these posts as it helped me so much to get me through..
I want to get off subs forever. I am 30, been a user for 12 months only and am now on suboxone for the past 4 months . i am on 32mg per day. I have had thoughts of suicide etc and to be honest with you I am scared of the withdrawls etc, I know I want to be clean of everything and start to live life fully with joy and fun. Please can anyone give me advice in point form of the best steps to take. I know I have to tell my doctor to reduce my dosage. Please can someone help me, please.
Smithy- Unfortunatly the hard reality is WD symptoms are inevitable. However I can almost gaurntee they are not as bad as you fear them to be. The mind is an amazing thing and when you make up your mind to quit you will be able to deal with it. Notice how few people on here actually went back to subs after Wd'ing for days or weeks. You need to taper for sure, oing from you dose now down to 8mg shouldnt be to difficult, you probly will barley notice, just take it slow. If your on 32mg (which is insane IMO, 16 should be max) cut down by 4mg each month, when you get to 8mg take it slower, like 1mg a month. (7 then 6 then 5) Split it up, take half the dose in morn and half in eve or even go 1/3 for 3 times a day, its eaiser to manag a little discomfort for a few hours knowing you'll get relief. When you get to 2mg start decreasing by .25, thats wht i did, I barly noticed it. The worst was from 6-4mg and from 4 to 2mg (I went to fast there I think) and even then it wasn't so bad, just tiredness and headaches. Minor depression. When you do jump make sure your comfortable with .5 to .25 mg, no time limit, just untill you take .25 and feel fine all day (maby a little discomofort at night. To get from 16 mg to that point took me over a year so its a long, but relitivly painless process, weaning really isnt that bad. The Wd's do suck, Im on night 6 and I feel like shit, but again, no where neer Herion withdrawl, I can move, type, do chores, eat. Sleep not so much. It comes in waves which isnt a good thing, you start to feel fine then, bam its back, it gets old quick for sure. I really woudn't worry about it for now, I'd consintrate on weaning to 8mg over the nxt 4-6 months or so. It shouldn't be bad, at most mild discomfort, and a daily dose will relieve you each morning. Take it one step at a time.
My doctor visit: Went to the clinic, ass fucking doctors. I havent slept more then 20 hours in 6 days, I ask for somthing to help sleep, explan the situation and I get treated like a junkie looking for a fix. doc says "I'd hate to have you trade one addiction for another, what did you say you where wd'ing from again? Hydrocodone?" NO SUBOXONE, AND ITS BEEN 6 DAYS!! I havent done drugs other than subs for 2 years, I dont need alot, like a weeks supply mabey, is that going to get me addicted?" Doc-"Well I can give you a clondine patch.". me- I HAVE MY OWN CLONIDINE! I NEED TO SLEEP!".. doc - "Emm, well wd's normaly peak at 3 days and are over in a week or so.." me- "NO, thats full agonist opiates, this is bupinorphine wd, it lasts alot longer and I cant fucking sleep so can you please give me some zanax or lorazaam so I can function by monday.....please". doc- "Emm, well Id hate to have you trade one addiction for another, (said that like 30 times I'm paraphrasing here) You should talk to your addiction doctor".. me - "well my doc is been out since thursday, is 55 miles away, I dont have a car, and normally it takes a a few days to get an appt, so thers nothing he can do for me now, i called his nurse, she reccomended I come here." doc-" have you tried benadryl?" , "Yes, did not work, same as clonidine", "Well all sleep meds are addictive and I couldnt in good consious give you any, nor would any other doctor around here" me "Your a heartless bastard". Then he left the room, said he'll be right back. He gave me two week long clonidine patches (thanks asshole) and a script for 2 2mg adavan. Anyone know of these, I know they are benzo's but is 2mg anything? Should I take both or one a day as reccomended? Are they strong? Will I sleep. Heres what he left me with, verbatom on the post visit intructions:
Patrick: Please contact you addiction doctor to discuss your withdrawl issues. i have written you for two adavan pills to cover you for sat. and sun ONLY. you will need to get further meds from your octor only. (great cause I cant get there, so I'm skrewed) Please wear the clonidine patch. it is good for one week, don't supplement with oral medication. good lucking on kickin opiates.
I could kill someone.
If it can help anyone explain the potency of the lorazapam according to http://www.benzo.org.uk/ 1mg is equil to 10mg of valume, so i'd be taking 20mg's of valunme equivilent with a whole pill. I have 0 benzo tolorance, so just wondering if I should take both, one, or break them in half for 4 days instead of 2.
Wow, those lorazapan are great. * hours sleep baby, NO RLS, only woke up once to turn TV off. Amzing stuff, too bad I only have one more. I may have to get to my doc and convince him I need like 4-5 5 of those for the week and the worst part of all this. I see now why alot of you swear on benzo's, they really are the answer. (short term though, seems you cn get wd's from them as quick as 7 days on so be carefull) Not sure how I'm feelng on Day 7 here, can still feel the lorazapan from last night so pretty good I guess. I just can't believe how much that one 2mg pill helped, like all my pain, anixitey, sleep. Why dont they just give these standard with sub WD or Tapering, Like heres for the week, start after day 4. Good luck!
Pain - 2 (mild body aches) Mental 4- (still feeling a little low but better) Energy - 5~5.5 (Idk I just woke up 20min ago)
Smithy...
I am 34 and was on and off opiates for 10 years with subs over 2..
I didn't think I would ever get through..You are 4 years behind me..Don't waste them..I am day 11 i believe and still feel like s-it but I am alive and made it through..
You are ONLY 30!!! You got this because you already took the first step by reading this forum..I just found it when i was in day 5 dying going through W/D..
This clean life is much better from what I hear..
It's so easy to just go down the other path and stay on something forevever..That's not living though!
Patty...glad you feel better..our only a few days behind me and sound good.This forum is amazing counceling.Without it I don't know where I would be..
DS...Again thank you for your support in the early days as those little words helped greatly..
This forum is better than 3000.00 a day rehab..
This is real people with familes, friends and jobs to do..This is not a group of street junkies..(No offense to them as they just may not have the opportunity's we do) ..
KEEP THE FAITH!!! And yes the music helps Patty big time..
REMEMBER HOW FAR YOU HAVE COME AND WHERE YOU ARE GOING!!!
I actually feel better right now after reading and writing..Everyone I guarantee this forum will be a life-saver so take it to heart..These are REAR PEOPLE WHO CARE!!!
by the way day 11 and the sneezing sucks..It's at least 10 times this morning already..
by the way day 11 and the sneezing sucks..It's at least 10 times this morning already..
Yeah the sneezing is nuts. I sneezed so hard this morning I though I hernated my intestines or somting, I dropped to the floor for a min or 2 but got better. I was worried. I still feel overall crapy but glad I have that Lorazapam for tonight, I dont know if I'll be able to get more or what. I know I dont want to take them for more than 5 days ata time so...IDK. Might try asking around at school, I may have a few friends with scrips, not sure. If not then I guess I could try clinic but doubt it will work, only option is getting to wasau which I dont think will work. Its just such a pain to synch everything up. These clonidine patches IDK if they are helping or hurting. I slept good but Im still really tierd with no motivation to do anything. I have to be at school at 8am tomarrow, so Im going to try to sleep by 9-10pm. We'll see how that goes. IM JUST SO DONE WITH THIS SHIT! blah.
took off the clonidine patches for now, they where just draining the little energy I had left. I dont even know how I feel anymore. Feeling well is a distant memory. I can function, thank God for that. I hope I can gt up tomarrow for a long day at school. So much to be done, I wish I could just goto inpatient and wait it out. Not gona happen though, wish me luck on getting a few more benzo's. I only want like 4 or 5. Mabey it will work out somehow. This is normally my best time of day, I worry about what the night will bring givien how crappy I feel now.
It doesn't matter how long you take the suboxone. I only took it for 30 days and I still feel wierd after being off for 12 days. It's not as bad physically as it is mentally. The anxiety is UNBAREABLE and the crawling skin and insomnia isn't fun either. I was completely honest with my wife and handed her a hand full of vics. I told her to give me one as needed for my crazy ass! The sub is soooooo much stronger than any lortab or vic. trust me, I took two vics the first night and I almost kicked my bones right from under my skin. This is a very, very wicked drug!
Day 8, Got back from my sub doctor today. Intrsting, learned many of them mental side effects are from the kapa receptor that bupe affects *alsu the MU the one all opiates effect to get you high) this kapa receptor is also what is targeted by antidepressants, almost like a side effect of bupe. So the mental Wd's that last for months are due to this kapa receptor, becaue weve all been on anti depresants bascily while we where on subs. Intresting. Anyway heres what I got
Lorazapam, 2mg, 5 of
Clonidine .1mg 3 refils, 60 of
CELEXA - .5mg, 2 refills, 30 of (for the Kapa receptor)
ketoprofan- 75mg, 90 of (for pain)
Lunesta - many free 2mg samples
Woth the visit I suppose, I feel like absolute ass any my head is killing me.
Day 12 for me I think and I feel like shit again..
Anxiety is something I never had and now it's nuts..
Didn't sleep one second last night..That really is the worse part and then the guilt for what i did to my family and my life for so long is killing me..
Sub does control your mind totally!!!!!!!After 12 days I have been in the bathroom more today than any day at all..this has been a battle but HOT SHOWERS help def..
Day 12 for me I think and I feel like shit again..
Anxiety is something I never had and now it's nuts..
Didn't sleep one second last night..That really is the worse part and then the guilt for what i did to my family and my life for so long is killing me..
Sub does control your mind totally!!!!!!!After 12 days I have been in the bathroom more today than any day at all..this has been a battle but HOT SHOWERS help def..
Hang in there overit, My doc todl me it takes about 15 days to start feeling better, your almost there. Consider getting on some antidepresants as mentioned in my abouve post. Welbutrin is fast acting but expensive (150 per month) the clexa takes a few weeks to work but only costs abou 5 dollars per month. If money isnt an issue go with welbutran, its supposed to work the first few doses, Doc said it makes you feel like "going out and doing things"
these benzo;s are a slipery slope indeed. Glad i on got a weeks worth. Given the Wd's are worse then opiates I stay away from anything less the a few to get you though week . I feel good but not great, I'm medicated.... Least Im not back on subs but I could benzos becoming a problem and I havent been an addict for over 2 years *no alcohol, pot, anything) Think im gona take the next few night off them if possible, stick to ambian and clonidine...
Up early today which in nice. Just had my first double sneeze of the day there. Anyway I still feel benzo's in my system so yeah I feel fine. That ketoprfan helpped alot with the RLS/cramping. Funny, to come of one drug Im now on 5.
Day 13..These nights keep getting worse..
I feel lethargic in the morning and almost depressed.
I can't wait to feel normal as I feel like ass today again..
This is a brutal battle but I'm not going to lose it..
My family has to deal as well and it sucks for them Im sure with my misery...
Already sneezed 5 times this morning by 957am est..
WTF...If I knew what this roller coaster was like I would have locked myself in a room for three weeks...
When does the anxiety go down? Anyone know? Am i gonna need benzos forever now?
It's great to see show much activity on here over the past few days!! This board really is an excellent support system for people at all stages of recovery.
Fun Times - I surely wish that my GPA constituted graduating Summa Cum Laude... I'll call my university and tell them that you said to change my diploma :-)
Patty C - I wouldn't worry too much about getting addicted to the adivan (aka lorazepam). Short term use is not likely to produce any WD symptoms. With zero tolerance, 2mg is a pretty hefty dose. My doctor had me on valium up to 40mg/day for the first 2 weeks. I only took that much for maybe the first 3 days. However, even in my 3rd & 4th week, I would take 2.5-5mg of Valium every so often to help with anxiety, etc. So sorry about your experience at the emergency clinic. I can't say that I'm entirely surprised. Many suboxone doctors aren't well versed in how long sub WD takes, so I'm not surprised the ER doc wasn't either - he gave you the stock answer for a full opiate agonist. Your sub doctor, however, has it pretty much got it right on the money - ~2weeks. After that, it's much more of a mental game. Are you able to push through the insomnia, fatigue, and depression??? It can be very frustrating, but then you'll have a really good day. The next day may not be so good, but if you can hold onto that one good day, they start happening more and more frequently. After about a month or so, you'll be sleeping thru the night. I think it was about day 44 or 45 before I got my first 7-8hrs of uninterrupted sleep. I remember how excited about that I was b/c it was truly a milestone. You'll get there, I promise. You have the will and the drive, and those are the most important factors in the process. It takes time for your brain to start producing all of its own chemicals in sufficient quantities again, so be patient with yourself.
Let me know how the CELEXA works... I always wondered if short-term use of an anti-depressant would've helped me to feel "normal" sooner. Though, at this point, I'm glad that I let my brain recover its chemistry at its own pace.
BTW - You lyrics are really amazing... I would say keep up with them right now. They appear to be a great outlet for you.
Over it - don't get discouraged b/c Day 12 seems to be worse than the last few days. I went through the exact same thing. I think that on Day 10 I was just, as you'd say, OVER IT. I was frustrated with not sleeping and my energy levels seemed to be getting worse and worse. I thought that I felt worse than I had a week prior. I remember that I even called my doctor and let my frustrations out. But, I felt significantly better the very next day. Really, I was just frustrated and sick and tired of feeling sick and tired. This happened a few other times throughout my WD process, with the most recent being right after the holidays, when I was frustrated that I was still having what I deemed to be significant issues with fatigue after 2mos of sobriety. But these ups and downs are pretty much par for the course. After 4mos, I feel normal. My sleep patterns have returned to normal, my energy levels are pretty good, I have zero anxiety and depression outside of what I would consider "normal for life." The guilt and depression may be real, but those feelings are also amplified by the WD process. Be kind and patient with yourself. Most people never take the steps that you are right now.
Smithy - Holt Shit Batman!! 32mg/day is a huge dose and twice what my initial induction dose was. At this point, I would say that you need to work with your doctor very closely. You need to develop a taper plan. It will probably be very easy to taper down from 32mg to about 8mg, and you should be able to do it quickly. Within a month or two I would say. But going from 8mg down to 1mg or lower will probably take many months. I would say that the entire taper process should take 6mos-1year. But again, you'll need to work that out with your doctor. You should also start working with your doctor to develop a plan for success. What support system are you going to put in place right now?? ID your triggers, develop coping skills, learning to live a sober life, etc. Then you need to develop a plan for the WD period, which can last from 1-3/4 mos. What should you expect in regards to symptoms, how long should you expect them to last, what are you going to do to deal with those symptoms - i.e. medications and behavior modifications?? What support system are you going to have in place for during the WD time period??
This forum is a great place to start researching answers to these questions. But your doctor, friends, and family should also be key ingredients in any plan you develop.
The most important factors are your attitude and your plan. If you want this bad enough, you will succeed and it will be easier if you have a concrete plan in place. I developed my plan with the help of my doctor and family over the course of about 6mos. When I jumped, I had almost every detail from medications to environment and support meticulously planned out. I also jumped from a fairly low dose of 1mg and during a time when I had no major commitments or responsibilities for a few months.
I hope this information is helpful.
You guys are all doing great and I promise that each day/week is going to get a little better. Soon enough, you are all going to be feeling so much better. I'm really proud of you guys... keep it up!!!!!
I am happy
sub sux - How long has it been since your last sub and what dose did you jump from?? The anxiety can be pretty intense for the first 2 weeks. After that, it should start to decrease over the next several weeks to months. I had occasional panic attacks even at 2mos clean, but nothing that required benzos. I only used benzos for the the first 3-4 weeks and at every decreasing doses. If the feelings of anxiety are overwhelming, I would highly recommend that you discuss them with your doctor. There may be other, underlying, factors involved. But anxiety and depression
Today was a bad day overall..I sure hope your right SUBFREE and this turns around..Don't know how much more my wife can take..Going on a trip(an actual trip lol)in about 6 days and will need my energy for work..
I think I forgot life without something in my system..
Need some strenght naturally and not from some pill or drink..Thanks again for the support and everyone stay strong!
just no energy today. Just took an hour nap from 2-3pm. Glad I'm only taking 3 ketoprofan instead of 12 ibuprofan, stomach fels better, and pain is same. Mind is mushy. Kinda want to crawl in a hole somewhere, cant believe its the middle of week and how much I have to do yet. Theres always tomarrow. Thanks for the encouragement SubFree - it make a differance knowing Ill be regular again someday. I hate the Waves this comes in, like it teases me, and over stuffed lion, it teases me.
Over it - I promise that feeling this bad is only temporary, even though it feels like forever right now. I have been exactly where you are now... I understand how tired and frustrated you feel. Things are going to improve, I promise. Are you exercising?? I mean, like heart pumping, sweating like a motherfucker exercising?? That's going to help. The days i didn't force myself to exercise were my very worst days. I know you don't feel like it - I know the idea of getting out of bed to take a piss seems overwhelming - but I'm not kidding when I say it really helps more than you can imagine.
Tomorrow will probably be just a little better. Next isn't going to be great, but it will be a lot better.
Go work out and then take a long hot shower. Shovel some food in your mouth, take a xanex and try and get some sleep. At 2am when you're tired of laying in bed, watch some movies, read a book, and/or listen to some music. Whatever you do however, DO NOT sit around thinking about how bad you feel - that will just make you feel worse.
Patty C - savor the sleep when you can get it!! And yes, you'll start feeling better soon enough. By the summertime, this will all just be a memory and you'll have the best 4th of July that you can remember in a while... promise!!
THIS DOES NOT LAST FOREVER... IT ONLY FEELS THAT WAY RIGHT NOW!!! Keep your eye on the prize on don't give up!! If it were easy, everybody would do it. But this is not easy, so try and be patient with yourself.
thanks sub free. The meds have been hlping my sleep alot but I'm more groggy throughout the day. Pain is less mental exhaustion is more. I feel like Im dreaming half the time. Short term memory loss. Like being stoned for 48 hours (I havent smoked in about a year but I remember what it feels like. Motivation is low. I think 2 years of subs have knoced out alot of my addictive tendancies. Not realy jonesing, but I wouldnt want any thing in front of me. I dont know if I mentioned but I was herion addict, IV the shpeel. Speedballs IV cocain, pot, crack, roxycets and oxy for maitnence. What a life huh. Its amzing how many memories I surpressed on suboxone. I noticed some old track marks today, almost cried. Emotions are on the frizt I guess. Having a hard time enyjoying anything, last few days I was able to play some video games, watch TV, now I'm just not intrested. I rented dinner for schmucks, dont know If ill watch it. I have an aapt on thursday with my good friend and school g. counsler, I thik that will help. Bible study again on fri night. Exersize is imminant as I ride my bike in excess of 2 miles a day minimum, yeah it helps even if just for the moment. it's hard doing this day today, only a few of my friends know, everyone else just thinks Ive been sick for a week, Day 10 tomarrow. Thats sound good. Noone around here gets it...
help me if you can
it's just that this, this is not the way i'm wired
so could you please,
help me understand why
youve given in to all these
reckless and dark desires
You're lying to yourself again!
Suicidal imbecile
think about it, you're pounding on the fault line
what'll it take to get it through to you precious
i'm over this. Why do you wanna throw it away like this
Such a mess. Why would I want to watch you......
disconnect and self destruct one bullet at a time
what's your rush now, everyone will have his day to die
Sub--Thanks for advice..I am going to exercise tomorrow and see if it helps..Only pray tomorrow will be better,,Tonight was actually weird I felp good for about 5 hours,,
What up's and down's.....My work has really suffered so I have lots of making up to do along with making up to my family as well....
Patty------I wish I could ride 2 miles on a bike....
Good luck my BROTHER!
Sub--Thanks for advice..I am going to exercise tomorrow and see if it helps..Only pray tomorrow will be better,,Tonight was actually weird I felp good for about 5 hours,,
What up's and down's.....My work has really suffered so I have lots of making up to do along with making up to my family as well....
Patty------I wish I could ride 2 miles on a bike....
Good luck my BROTHER!
day 10 morning - Still medicated from last night, running a lttle late fro class but it's ok it's just lab. Still waiting for a eekend where I can just do nothing. So much to get done today, assignments, check offs, bills to pay, monet orders to grab, phone calls to make, Sheesh, just typing makes me want to go back to bed...
Sub free- I jumped at .25. Im on day 14 off of sub and everything is ok except the anxiety. It just comes over me and I feel like I have to leave work. Today I'm doing better because I took a .5 ativan this morning. Will this hurt me and when should I stop the ativan. Ive been on it around 8 days at .5-1. Thanks
Sub Sux - You should really start seeing an improvement in the anxiety if you haven't already. I was using 10-40mg of Valium a day for the first two weeks. In weeks 3-4, I was taking maybe 2.5-5mg of Valium as needed. I didn't have any problems coming off of the valium... no WD whatsoever. While opiate/sub withdrawal isn't really dangerous (it just feels that way), benzo withdrawal can be very dangerous - seizures etc. Let me preface this next bit by saying that I AM NOT A DOCTOR, but my personal opinion is that neither your dosage nor length of time on the ativan should be a cause for concern. However, to be on the safe side, you should probably discuss that with your doctor. Some years ago, I was taking 6mg of ativan/daily. I tapered down to 1mg and jumped from there without incident. The anxiety that you're experiencing is pretty normal and it was my experience to have it come on all of a sudden and sometimes leave just as suddenly. The first two weeks were pretty intense, and it got progressively better throughout weeks 3 & 4, but I would still have some panic attacks even as far out as 2mos, though nothing as intense as those first two weeks. If you're really worried about it, you should discuss it with your doctor.
PS - I'm a little jealous that it's your only symptom after 14 days. You should consider yourself lucky, as that is not the case for most people.
Patty - Yep... what you're describing sounds pretty normal and very familiar. It really is a mental game now... I mean yes you'll still experience some minor physical symptoms for another few weeks, but the mental symptoms were the most difficult for me. I had depression and anxiety, but the real killers were insomnia and fatigue/lethargy. They really did linger on for a long, long, long time (2.5-3mos) with small improvements every week. They were my nemesis and it looks like they're going to be yours as well. I'm not trying to scare you, just want to be honest about what you can expect. Given your drug history, you should be extremely proud of yourself. It takes an incredible amount of strength to get clean and stay clean.
I did not have an IV habit of any kind, but I've abused drugs for most of my adult life, though I've always been a highly functioning addict. It's easier to name what I haven't done than what I have. Anyway, I never messed with H in my younger years b/c I was terrified of ruining my life... I saw a lot of my friends take that path, many of whom are no longer with us. I don't know why I thought that oxy would be different, but I did. My point is that sub did the same thing for me that it did for you. I was able to change my lifestyle and habits. When I quit, I didn't really have any cravings or an urge. I just felt like shit and knew if I did use, I would feel better. Every time the thought even began to creep into my mind, I would tell myself that the last week (or month or however long it had been) of feeling like shit was all for not.
You're a whole lot more active than I was on day 10 and still seem to handling your commitments relatively well. So if I can do this, you definitely can!!!
BTW - Love the lyrics... wish I could hear what music you play them to :-)
Over It - Having bursts of energy or just feeling good in general is pretty normal. It happened to me as well. As time passes, those bursts will become more and more frequent and last longer and longer. In my 3rd week, I would take a power yoga class in the evenings and when I got home, I would feel f'n great. But by the next morning, I'd be back to feeling like a lethargic piece of shit. Just try to make the most of the time when you're feeling okay. I know that you're having a lot of guilt about what you're putting your family through, and are wondering if they can really put up with this. But I suspect that your wife (and kids) are going to support you. Look, your wife didn't leave you when you were using/abusing, so why would she leave you now that you're carrying out the final step towards complete sobriety?? Maybe you didn't have a really good idea of what you were in for, so she wasn't prepared. But now you do know and you should share all of it and your feelings with her. It is so much easier to do this when you know that your family is is your corner and behind you 100%.
Keep it guys... you can do this!!! Besides, you're almost done with worst of the symptoms.
SubFree- Much like you mentioned earlier, Its not like we can go on for years and years as addicts, than expect to be fin in a month. I get that. I just HATE "Chemical depression" Feeling like nothing is fun or worthwile. Avoidence is my best bet, just try not to think about it. When I'm active I almost forget how crappy I feel. But staying busy is its own monster. The lorazapan helps, fuck it if it feed addictive tendancies, I have 5 of them, I'll quit soon enough lol., for now they make life tolorable. Ketoprofan is AMAZING for pain, havent had any headachse or cramps worth griping about since I got it. Highly reccomended, cant see why any doc wouldnt hook it up (Non narcotic). Going on the CELEXA today. Im a little nervous it's just another habit I'll have to break eventually, but if it turn 2.5 to 3 months of depression into weeks than its worth it. So much to do. Glad you like some of the lyrics, addicts always get it. Not all are origanal. Heres one about my old friend..
more poem than lyrics
many more times than i can come clean
something wicked trips my good eye
and down, i crash
babbling a slippery tongue among close friends
all i need is just ignition.. fuel to rock this engine
i can't deny, i love the way
it serpentines, through my veins
paralyzed, at twenty-five
i love the taste, hate this place
ebony creepers barrel down upon the earth in my
80 proof is positive of something much darker at hand
saturation bombing of my senses
slackened by the stingiest of missions
to the derision of.. my.. life..
i can't deny, i love the way
it serpentines, through my veins
paralyzed, at twenty-five
i love the taste, hate this place
Sub Free- Thanks; you made me feel a lot better. It's just scary to think xanax and ativan are the only things making me feel better right now. I was freaking out after work because I had "that feeling" come over me after a perfectly fine day (every sub withdrawaler should know that back and forth bullsh%t), but after taking a quarter of a xanax bar (.5) I feel much better. I'm just afraid I'll need it forever because I screwed my brain somehow (hopefully this is natural). Would you recommend an antidepressant for all the years of abuse, maybe only for a short time to help my brain get back to normal? If so which one? Your help is greatly appreciated.
Ps- It’s amazing how these doctors and hospitals and detox places are so clueless with sub withdrawal! From what I gather you have to be admitted to a nut house to detox or get help…..SUB SUX!
Sub Free- Thanks; you made me feel a lot better. It's just scary to think xanax and ativan are the only things making me feel better right now. I was freaking out after work because I had "that feeling" come over me after a perfectly fine day (every sub withdrawaler should know that back and forth bullsh%t), but after taking a quarter of a xanax bar (.5) I feel much better. I'm just afraid I'll need it forever because I screwed my brain somehow (hopefully this is natural). Would you recommend an antidepressant for all the years of abuse, maybe only for a short time to help my brain get back to normal? If so which one? Your help is greatly appreciated.
Ps- It’s amazing how these doctors and hospitals and detox places are so clueless with sub withdrawal! From what I gather you have to be admitted to a nut house to detox or get help…..SUB SUX!
Here's my lyrics for the the day....
"Bury me softly in this womb
I give this part of me for you
Sand rains down and here I sit
Holding rare flowers
In a tomb...in bloom
Down in a hole and I don't know if I can be saved
See my heart I decorate it like a grave
You don't understand who they
Thought I was supposed to be
Look at me now a man
Who wont let himself be
Down in a hole, feelin so small
Down in a hole, losin my soul
Id like to fly,
But my wings have been so denied"
Sorry to be so depressed, but I'm sure everyone can relate to this song at one point in time.
Yeah I'm on day 11 and just not doing as good as Id like to be. My doc did reccomend anti depresants as Sub acts as one affecting the Kapa receptor of the brain.
My pain is tolorable but I feel that WD chemical depression big time, I actualy went to my med cabinet looking for a sub this morning without even thinking about it. Ive been sleeping due to lorazapan, 2mg, I have one left and dont really want any more. Next will be lunesta o possibly guiness. We'll see.
Patty - Yep, you've pretty much hit the nail on the head. There's not a whole lot more we can but wait it out. You can try and alleviate the symptoms, but there's nothing that will alleviate them 100%. Mostly it's about having a positive attitude and the will to do it. 2-3 weeks/2-3 mos isn't a long time in the grand scheme of things, but it surely does feel like forever when you're in the thick of it. The chemical depression is the worst... you just feel dead inside. You could win the lotto and think, "eh... that's nice." I know you're not feeling as good as you would like, or perhaps even as you expected, but you'll get through this. You really are entering the mental game part of this process. It's frustrating, I know... trust me, I know!!! Had I been at home on Day 10/11, I would've caved. Fortunately, I know myself and I was several states away. And you know what, I felt significantly better the very next day. And, 7 days after that, i felt even better. I hope the CELEXA works for you. I'm kind of curious to see if it does make a big difference, but it will probably be at least week before you can tell for sure. My doc did not prescribe anti-depressents... never even suggested them. He just told me to wait it out, and would point out the improvements that I'd made. I think he also wanted me to get used to the idea that there's not always going to be a pill to make you feel better. Sometimes, you just gotta work through whatever it is. And sub WD is work - it definitely rates in the top 5 of hardest things I've ever done.
Keep up the fight... and definitely hate this place, so you don't ever come back!!
Sub Sux - I don't really think that you're likely to need the benzos forever. As much as you feel like you're in a permanent state of feeling like shit, it really is only temporary. You'll be surprised how much better you feel in a week. I don't know what to tell you about the anti-depressant. I didn't use one and I came out the other end OK. It just takes a lot of time for your brain and endocrine system to start making sufficient amounts of your body's own chemicals. You have become conditioned to huge amounts of opiates in your system, so your body no longer produces it's own. It just takes some some time for your neurotransmitters to recover. I would say that you should wait another week or two to see if you feel any better. It took me a good 2.5-3mos before I could say that I felt "normal."
Your lyrics really hit home - I felt pretty much just like that not so long ago.
I have to say, you guys impress me with your creativity. I'm not a creative person by nature and never have been. Guess I just have to live vicariously through you all :-)
wow. this page has been active since I last posted. Just wanted to drop in and see how people were doing and maybe get some support myself. I am still sub free, but I just wanted to remind people out there that there is still temptation lurking when you least expect it. I had no desire to use at all and then while cleaning up last week, I stumbled upon something I must have dropped (dont know how in the hell that happened, because when I used I was pretty diligent about keeping up with my stash). Anyway, what I found would have would have made my entire day, if I had found it when I was using..
So I havent used, but coming across something that would have been so valuable back then has now got my mind reeling. I'm on break from school right now and I still have "it". Its only enough for one time, and I don't know why I cant just get rid of it. I feel like I could do it and be okay, but I don't know. I don't think gambling on this would be a good idea... I have been there a 1000 times... and usually one here or there, leads to everyday. FUCK... why does shit like this have to happen. Anyway, I came here for advice. Keep in mind I am not totally clean. I still drink, take my Rx'ed benzos (i consider a drug b/c I was NA for a bit) and smoke pot like once in a blue moon although I dont really care for it.
I keep trying to justify it in my mind since all my dealers have either moved away or are in jail. I live in a small area, so its not like i can just find it.. it takes serious work to get connections. Ive just had this on my mind for the last week or two and I had to get it out. I cant really talk to my b/f about this bc he doesnt really understand what its like to be a full blown opiate addict. I'd go to a meeting, but this really isnt like a burning desire, just more of a temptation. I have had it for over a week and I have been okay. I just need some comments from some other people while im going through a weak point.
Sub sux- Alice in Chains!.. god all of there songs are somehow a story of everything I have ever experienced while using or attempting to get clean. I love them but i have to be in a good place in my head to listen to them.
sub sux contd-(sorry my computer shut off)
Oh and about your anxiety. I can't tell you if it will ever go away. Perhaps your anxiety is what led you to use in the first place. I know that was the case for me. I have been on benzo's since I was 14 and I am currently Rx'ed 3mgs of xanax a day. I have been on ativan (lorazepam) as well as klonopin. You are on a very low dose and haven't been on it all that long, so i wouldn't sweat it. You wont have any physical w/d but you might crave it. I am okay with being on them because I know I need to be. Benzo addiction is a bitch though and its one of those that can kill you if you dont taper correctly. I have been on and off of them for years and never experienced anything like that, so I am assuming you have to be on them for a very long time consistently to go through that kind of w/d. I can tell you that if I dont take my xanax, I cannot sleep at all, even with the 10mg of ambien im on. I usually wait to take my xanax at night since it affects my memory and I am in school right now but I can tell when I need it. I start getting edgy and fidgety.. like now.. i havent take it yet and I can feel the tension... it sucks, but oh well. I have tried other methods for dealing with stress and havent had any success (including exercise). Dont mean to sound so cumbersome, but just giving you my personal experience.
Just a quick note on the benzo's, I had 7 2mg lorazapan which I took 1 a day for a week. Last Night I swiched to Lunesta and although I diddnt sleep as well I didd't feel and WD symptoms or cravings. I did have a Major headach yesterday though but it was from sub, I've had it before, the one on the right side of my temple thagt feels like that vein there is going to pop. Any way it's day 13 or somthing feeling a little better I guess. Headach is gone, leg pain is still minor, it comes and it goes. Mental symptoms in full swing. Not much else, still tired.
Stella- I think you may be able to rationalize taking whatver you found, but I doubt whatever "High" you get will outweigh the guilt you feel. You're an addict, we all are, and guilt will follow. Just my 2 sence. Good luck.
Thanks Patty.. i know your right about that guilt.. I used to get headaches like that too. I actually asked my doctor about lunesta, but he wouldnt put me on it because he said it was expensive and it took longer to get in your system as opposed to ambien. I think either way you go, when your in sub w/d sleep doesnt come easy no matter what you do. In addition to my 3 mgs im rxed. I got extra xanax on the side and was taking an upwards of 10-12 mgs/day for the first week and half or so AND i was drinking on top of it and I still had some sleep issues. I definitely slept more than any other w/d I had ever been through and thats probably the only thing that keep me sane. Not the healthiest way to go about it( and like ive said before- would not recommend that high of a dosage for anyone that doesnt already have a benzo tolerance), but i got through it, and now im down to about 2mg of xanax a day.. Somedays I take 3 but i try not to take so much.
Yesterday makes 11 weeks out since my last sub.. almost 3 months. I feel pretty darn good. No sleep or depression issues. I feel pretty optimistic aside from the temptation situation I ran into. I have some wild dreams this month. I noticed I never really used to dream when I was on subs or opiates. I also quit smoking and am exercising more, so I guess im on the right track.
stella- Its inspiring to know you're doing well. Now that the benzo's are gone i feel like crap but the more i read on here the more I realize it's only temporary. The benzo's did help alot though, even if just for the sleep they provided. And obv anxitey issues. I have clonidine and it helps a little. Today has been the worst in awhile but monday will be day 15 so hopfully things will start to get better. Also being the weekend i'm not at school and not as active so yeah, dosen't help any. Also with taking a pill/drugs whatever, it may not kill you but you have to draw a line. If you say it's ok to take one pill, then what about 2?, What if it's a different day? The problem is as an addict we can't say "one or 2", or "once a month", it's all or nothing, it's eaither ok to do drugs or it's not. I know it seems simple, black and white, and it kind of is. But, really think about it, is it ok to do drugs for you? Don't add in the "one time" or "every once in awhile" clause, because thats just rationalization. Its your mind making a black and whie issue a grey one. Just think about it.
It's day 14 and the swings are just ridiculus. I felt like crap all day today, mostly depression and lack of energy. I took a small nap. Woke up feeling 90%, just a little over slept, weak, you know the feeling. 3 Hours later and back to crap. Yesterday I felt relitivly ok, day before was terrible. Cant believe how eratic this all is. Seriously sick of it though, insomnia is sporadic as well, without benzos I'm up every 2 hours, just differs how often I get back to sleep. Just want some improvement, without taking two steps back.
Today is day 20 and I can honestly say my anxiety is pretty much gone….Thank God! I felt like a crazy person that couldn’t walk into a gas station without feeling like everyone was staring at me. There is nothing worse than drug withdrawal anxiety, let me tell you. My doctor gave me 20 .5 ativans and like a million busebars or whatever the hell that is. Has anyone ever had these busebars or bursebars things? They’re supposed to be like xanax, but a non narcotic form. I don’t even feel like I need them anymore to be honest. Anyways, I hope everyone’s doing ok and just remember it does get better each day. Even when you don’t feel like it will. Here are my lyrics of the day……AIC Rotten Apple!
“Hey Ah Na Na
Ignorance is spoken
Spoken
Confidence is broken
Broken
Sustenance is stolen
Stolen
Arrogance is potent
What I see is unreal
I've written my own part
Eat of the apple, so young
I'm crawling back to start
Hey Ah Na Na
A romance is fallen
Fallen
I repent tomorrow
Tomorrow
Is suspended my sorrow
Sorrow
Recommend you borrow”
Hey Patty, it sucks but sounds normal. The first time i got off opiates.. not subs or anything, I didnt sleep for an entire month. I mean I would get an hour here and there, but it was enough to make me freaking crazy!! And then of course that creates an anxiety driven situation. Good news is that it will get better eventually. I know its hard. I feel like a cheater bc I am still on benzos and ambien, but at the same time, the doctors feel I need to be on them regardless of what kind of w/d I am going through. Im okay with it. I hope you get to feeling better soon. I have starting exercising a lot more and that has really helped with my mindset more than anything. I am sure that it helps me sleep better but I cant really tell since im on meds.
Sub Sux- glad to hear your doing better. I was like that the first 3 weeks even on heavy benzos. Its like my anxiety would get so bad sometimes, I just couldnt even leave the house. I was afraid I might get in a wreck while driving and then any time i was in the store I felt like a nutcase and like everyone was looking at me. Thankfully most of that has subsided. I tend to be an anxious person by nature, so a lot of that social anxiety is still there but now its more like a 4 instead of a 10 or 10+++++.
Ativans will help you, they are benzos. They are the weakest of the benzos. Usually two 1 mgs = one 1 mg xanax. Like im normally on 3 mgs, and my bf gave me some of his ativans to replace what he took last week. That meant I had to eat six 1 mgs ativans to equal my dosage.. talk about feeling like a pill junkie.. good lord.
as far as buspar goes, it is not a benzo and has no euphoric effects despite what anyone may tell you.. trust me. They prescribe it to "help"... kind of like the same way they prescribe antidepressants to "help" with the anxiety. They gave that to me when I was taking ativans and the doctor said that it would kind of act as a low grade SSRI ( i have issues with SSRI's... they jack me up real bad and I cant get past the adjustment period) Anyway.. they may work okay for you, but I had a terrible incident with them. They actually increased my anxiety to the point that my ativan wasnt even helping calm me down. I felt like I was tripping out w/out the hallucinations. Thats just me.. Im really sensitive when it comes to stuff like that. I have found the least amount of medication to be on is usually the best. I mean some people have to be on it.. but as far as antidepressants.. i freaking hate them. I have seen loved ones and friends on them and seen all the side effects. Not to mention, most of my friends stay on a certain pill for about 3 years and then generally they switch you over to something else. The switching and or tapering down or quitting part is pretty bad for some.. although others act like it doesnt even phase them.. odd how everyone's brain chemistry is a bit different.
I agree with the antidepressants (SSRI) I took mine for a 5 days then stopped, and I felt alot better. They made me more depressed and just overall strung out. I actually missed a dose one morning and felt better the whole day, then tried not taking them for a few days and just kept feeling better. I guess it could have been time but it really seems the day after or so I stopped taking them I felt better. Also I would notic more anxiety after taking them so I just leave them alone now, I rather get better without them anyway so whatever. Sleep still sucks, I just lay in bed, I get a few hours but I'm up at 1am, 3am and 5am like clockwork with little sleep in between. (I go to bed around 10:30-11) I suppose I'm feeling better just lack of energy from not sleeping and the insomnia. Depression is getting better, not great but mangeable. Pain is only at night really, minor leg issues, headaches. The ketoprophan I got actually heps quite a bit, I only need 3 a day which is way better then the 10 or 12 Ibuprophan I was taking. Over all I'm looking forward to day 20 as a milestone, hopfully I'll see some more improvement. Last few days have hit a plateau.
Patty C- keep up the good work.
everyone keep up the good work
Patty C- keep up the good work.
everyone keep up the good work
WTF! I thought the anxiety was gone, but I guess I was wrong. I quit the ativan like three days ago and for some reason after lunch I got real tense and tight. Is this going to last forever and do I need to finish up my recovery in rehab or something? What do they do for you in rehab if you're having panic attacks? Man, what a nut case I've become coming of opiates. The good thing about the anxiety is that I can fight them off as fast as they come on. Is this a good thing or should I just go along with it? Stela help me out, please...
sub sux- good job on making it so far. It will start getting better very soon. And no, it won't last forever so don't worry about that. Just make it day by day hour by hour. I don't know if you should go to a rehab or not. That's really up to the person.
About fighting the anxiety. I'm not sure what exactly you mean by fight. If it is getting rid of the anxiety quickly though, sounds good to me lol. When anxiety would get really high for me I would take a hot bath, or do some pushups out of nowhere. It seemed to help. Especially the baths, and I'm not a bath person =P You have no choice but to go along with it, really... but doing things to take your mind off the pain is always great! coming on here, exercise, whatever! I also must admit smoking MJ helped tons if you do that... and good 'ol cigarettes (which I have also quit since)
Hopefully you were just getting a little anxious because of the ativan leaving your system. You will probably see a big change in the next week
Good job everyone and keep it up! There's a lot more people jumping it seems, than 6-7 months ago.
I like to first thank the webmaster for making this website available. What i like to share with those seeking info on suboxone withdrawl. I have been abusing drugs on and off for nearly 20 years now, and as you know, opiates are the worst enemy. There came a time, I stumbled upon suboxone started on 4 mg, immidiately it was a life saver, I started to realize who I was, stable, didn't abuse drugs, it made me function normal. I was on it for two years, and I got myself ready to stop. And got into the mind frame, thinking, whatever the feelings will be felt, I will endure. And that I did, for about a week it was terrible, but I stuck to stopping. And about 6 months clean, I relapsed in using smack again. Back to the doctors, I got on suboxone again for another two years. My doctor is a great guy (without meeting him, I would be lost, perhaps I should say "not here")
Again, being on suboxone is great for some people, and as you would agree it is better than being on heroin. If you want to stop using suboxone, JUST KNOW THAT YOU CAN.
Here's what I did, for about a month before withdrawl, I got online found all I could about withdrawl from suboxone. I prepared myself mentally, imagined all the things I was missing out on, I knew that the air I used to smell was beautiful, I knew that life was waiting for me to feel it. I was sick of being numbed (as that is EXACTLY WHAT SUBOXONE DID TO ME)though smack made me feel DUMB, so, I thought, you know what? I MUST STOP SUBOXONE, I MADE STRONGEST DECISION, and then, after finding great information in PDF format. It stated that the best way to stop was in a WEEK OF controlled dosage, meaning, gradually minimize the dose over a week, so I did. And feeling like sh@* it actually took me 1 week of HELL, as nearly bad as heavy smack withdrawl. YET, knowing that others have stopped suboxone, I STUCK to my initial decision, REMEMBER, lots of fluids force yourself if you have to, yet drink water, remmeber, force yourself if you have to, yet, food, even a bite of apple of orange, after a week I was able to eat better, got into fish, avocados, chestnuts, meat etc. I breath better now I feel the BEAUTY OF THAT AIR I MISSED for so long. I hope you will also make certain, that YOU CAN AND WILL chose a better way of life, one that you deserve. I promise you that life is waiting for you,to experience its beauty. Yes, we have been ill, YET KNOW that your body is the soooooooooo smart in repairing itself, just give it a chance that it deserves. GIVE YOURSELF THE CHANCE THAT YOU DESERVE.
I hope me taking this time out to share my exprience will bring you to a life that you know in your heart of heart that you DESERVE.
Take care dear friend, be well.
SUBOXONE Withdrawal Symptoms Journal
4 Month Suboxone use…
16mg to 8 mg – 8 mg to 4 mg- 4 mg to 2mg- 2mg to 1mg…
First Day-High Sensivity, Anxiety, Cold Sweat, Night Sweat, Anorexia, Insomia
2nd Day- Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Cold Sweat, Night Sweat, Anorexia, Insomia
3rd Day-Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Muscle Kramp, Leg Pain, Cold Sweat, Night Sweat, Diarrhea , Anorexia ,Insomia
4th Day - Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Muscle Kramp, Leg Pain, Cold Sweat, Night Sweat, Diarrhea, Anorexia ,Insomia
5th Day- Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Muscle Kramp, Leg Pain, Cold Sweat, Night Sweat, Diarrhea, Anorexia ,Insomia
6th Day- Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Leg Pain (but lower) , Cold sweat (but lower), Night Sweat, Diarrhea, Anorexia, Insomia
7th Day - Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Leg Pain (but lower) , Cold sweat (but lower), Night Sweat, Diarrhea, Anorexia, Insomia
8th Day- Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, , Cold sweat (but lower), Night Sweat, Diarrhea , Anorexia, Insomia
9th Day- Depression, Anxiety, Lack of Energy, Cold sweat (but lower), Night Sweat, Diarrhea , Anorexia, Insomia
10th Day - Anxiety, Lack of Energy, , Cold sweat (very low), Diarrhea (very low)
11th Day- Anxiety (but flasbacks time to time), Lack of Energy (but getting beter), Cold Sweat( time to time, not constant)
12th Day- Anxiety (but flasbacks time to time), Lack of Energy (but getting beter)
13th Day- Lack of Energy (but getting much beter)
Personal Wiews: It’s not hard as heroin or other opioid withdrawal but much longer like Methadon. I can say that any kind of symtoms are not hard as heroin (half of it). But period is very long so it’s very very bad.
Try not to use anykind of drugs when withdrawal (like xanax, vicodin v.s) Because buprenorphine has long term of half life and effects fat cells so it stays body much longer. Any kind of sedative drugs can cause withdrawal much longer to 2 weeks or 3 weeks, cause body try detox buprenorphine and other drugs at same time.
Like anykind of opioid withdrawal try to consume lots of liquid specially sport drinks. But don’t drink anykind of liquid which ?nclude caffein because it increases cold sweats..
Music helps you very much to deal with depression and anxiety. Best to motivate yourself is to remember that there is nothing permanent everything is temporary. Get well soon to everbody….
Is giving it another go. Day 4 and feel better at this stage then last time. Just hanging in there, hope to be on the home stretch soon.
Is giving it another go. Day 4 and feel better at this stage then last time. Just hanging in there, hope to be on the home stretch soon.
Activities NOT recommended while going through bupe withdrawal: 1) eating spinach and ricotta cannelloni 2)attempting to put a fitted sheet on a bed --> f'n thing. Am so hyper aggressive at the moment.
used32
I learned the hard way to stay away from all cheeses for a few weeks. It tends to knot up your stomach and cause cramping. Keep strong and understand it will take a few weeks to get the monkey off your back and each week you should see improvement, six weeks for me to feel like the worst was over. Good luck!
Thanks Ds! Hey i finally cracked it and took 2 x panadene forte (codeine) tablets which (praise the Lord) stopped the cramps/shakes. Does anyone have a rough idea of if/how much this may have set me back? I am on Day 5 today with no bupe. Pot worked for about 1.5hrs -but I notice it makes me calm but does nothing to stop leg shakes/cramps. Thanks.
Its my 9th day off of the sub and its not that bad people. I was taking 200mg of vicodin sometimes more a day for about 2 1/2 years then got on suboxone for not even a year. I wanted to get off everything so i broke my 8mg subs down as far as i could until it was crumbs. I'm sorry but withdrawl from vics was WAY worse than anything i'm experiencing right now from subs. I am going to wrk everyday granted it sucks but i am a big girl and im not going to miss wrk for my Fu*k ups. The only thing i wish would go away is the leg cramps. It sucks! I am takin vitamins which seem to help. My sleep is just fine, i do sneeze a lot and my energy is pretty low. But i am able to function everday and wrk and take care of my daughter. I am 24 years old and if i can do it believe me anyone can. I didn't even want to stop taking vicodin b/c i was so scared of the withdrawl. But i did and i never want to go back. I love waking up in the morning and not feeling sick!! Its amazing. Good luck everyone. Its not as bad as what some of these people are saying, months gone by and u still feel that bad? Its been a little over a week for me and its not that bad. Don't give in!
Its my 9th day off of the sub and its not that bad people. I was taking 200mg of vicodin sometimes more a day for about 2 1/2 years then got on suboxone for not even a year. I wanted to get off everything so i broke my 8mg subs down as far as i could until it was crumbs. I'm sorry but withdrawl from vics was WAY worse than anything i'm experiencing right now from subs. I am going to wrk everyday granted it sucks but i am a big girl and im not going to miss wrk for my Fu*k ups. The only thing i wish would go away is the leg cramps. It sucks! I am takin vitamins which seem to help. My sleep is just fine, i do sneeze a lot and my energy is pretty low. But i am able to function everday and wrk and take care of my daughter. I am 24 years old and if i can do it believe me anyone can. I didn't even want to stop taking vicodin b/c i was so scared of the withdrawl. But i did and i never want to go back. I love waking up in the morning and not feeling sick!! Its amazing. Good luck everyone. Its not as bad as what some of these people are saying, months gone by and u still feel that bad? Its been a little over a week for me and its not that bad. Don't give in!
You're right about it not being as bad as vicoden, physically, but mentally for me it was a whole lot worse. The anxiety and depression are still pretty bad for me ( off sub about 5 weeks ). Of course it gets better each week, but I think the sub amplified my nervousness which I didnt really used to have before I started pills.
Yes a lot of it is all mental. You think you need something and you continue to think about it and want it. After reading some of these posts yesterday with all the negative i got off with the worst anxiety and feeling like crap. If you stay positive and think positive then you will be better off. Also when I'm having a really bad day and when my anxiety is high xanax is a life saver. It really really helps. As long as you dont over do it. My legs aren't aching as bad as they were yesterday, i'm feeling pretty good so far. I did take an ibprofen 800mg (sp)so that seemed to help with the aches. I just can't wait to put this all behind me.
Today is my 11th day and I feel great. My legs aren't aching at all anymore, i have good energy and i just feel all around good. I'm finally starting to feel like myself again. Stay strong everyone it only gets better. Another thing you can try this vitamin that seems to be helping me a lot called StressTab..you can get them at your walmart or drug store. They really do work and give you the extra energy you need.
I used heroin for 4 yrs...been on suboxone now for almost another 4. Im ready to get off, im scared though. Just a few days ago i got myself down to .5 mg a day...My doc gave me .1 mg clonidine(high blood pressure med) and 10mg baclofen(muscle relaxer) but only 30 of each, no refills. Its not enough so im tryin to hold off on using them until i need to. Im so scared to stop. i dont want to lose my job, just moved away from my sub doc in ny to here in michigan. I tried getting anxiety meds but all the damn doctors give me are anti-deppressants. its bullshit. last time i had withdrawl was from heroin..around 48 hr mark i freaked out because i was dripping sweat in a house with a temp of 62 degrees and i took 16 mg suboxone, it did nothing, so i called 911. It wont be so bad this time, i hope. I just dont know how to keep my job. it feels good to vent out on here. ill let yall know how my withdrawl goes.
I used heroin for 4 yrs...been on suboxone now for almost another 4. Im ready to get off, im scared though. Just a few days ago i got myself down to .5 mg a day...My doc gave me .1 mg clonidine(high blood pressure med) and 10mg baclofen(muscle relaxer) but only 30 of each, no refills. Its not enough so im tryin to hold off on using them until i need to. Im so scared to stop. i dont want to lose my job, just moved away from my sub doc in ny to here in michigan. I tried getting anxiety meds but all the damn doctors give me are anti-deppressants. its bullshit. last time i had withdrawl was from heroin..around 48 hr mark i freaked out because i was dripping sweat in a house with a temp of 62 degrees and i took 16 mg suboxone, it did nothing, so i called 911. It wont be so bad this time, i hope. I just dont know how to keep my job. it feels good to vent out on here. ill let yall know how my withdrawl goes.
How come on day 9 of getting off of SUB I was feeling pretty good over all and on day 10, I feel like sh**? Does it go back and forth like this during the whole withdrawal period? Does caffeine products make the withdrawal feelings worse?
Kelly- Yes and yes. Sub is very back and forth. Caffeine was really bad for me also. It really spiked my anxiety. I wouldn't recommend it.
Kelly- Yes and yes. Sub is very back and forth. Caffeine was really bad for me also. It really spiked my anxiety. I wouldn't recommend it.
hi im on 16 mgrs subs for 11 months can i drop to 2 mgrs
Good luck Shane! Kelly, I was the same way, day 10 sucked for me but after that i was good. I'm on day 16 and feeling great. I'm having no more withdrawl or anything. It only gets better i promise! John you should be just fine going to 2mg. If you feel shitty then try 4mg. And eventually just wean urself off.
This is day one of sub withdrawl for me and it is sucking *ss! I have been on it for the past two years and I have been on 4mg for the past year and a half. I took my last dose over the course of the past two days. I woke up this morning *issed off at the world, I am stir crazy, and experiencing dirreah, fever, chiils, and insomnia. It's almost 3 am! LOL. BLAH. I am glad I found this site. I don't know any body else to talk to about this that understands. My boyfriend acts like he is an expert on this and he keeps telling me that the withdrawl will only last 3 days max even though he has never been addicted to opiates before. All day i have been debating wheter or not I should go to my sub. doc tommorrow and get a fill or just countinue to tough it out. After reading all of you guys' post- I'm gonna woman up and do the damn thing. Thanks for the encouragement!!! i'll post back! Ps. Is there anything that helps with the jumping out of my skin feeling?
Morgan, tough it out! The first week is the worse. I'm on my second week and feel great now. Believe me its all worth it in the end. The thing that helped me with that feeling and anxiety is xanax. I also take lots of vitamins which seem to help too. The thing that was the worse for me was my legs aching. It sucked so bad. Good luck and dont give up!
Hi Everyone! Did an 11 day taper with the help of my pain mgmt Dr. Now I am 11 days Sub free. Day 5 landed me in the ER ( I have severe Pulmonary Disease and just had a left collasped lung resected and repaired ( ouch ) Also several other concurring medical problems. I was shaking so bad, so cold, so sweaty, HORRENDOUS heart palpitations, Anxiety, trouble breathing---even though I am on supplemental oxygen. Hosp Dr's know me here and all my reg Dr's have privledges here so I have been treated well. I felt so much better after being put on IV fluids, also was really low on potassium and magnesium. Last night my heart rate SPIKED HIGH and they had to call in a cardiologist so I am going to be stuck here for a few more days. But they are giving me xanax and a beta blocker and it has helped immensely. They also put me on a low dose of dilaudid ( I know, really )I no longer feel that I am going to die and that I will get better. The night sweats are still bad though. I am having a thorough work up and they really understand about the withdrawal and it's effects on the body. If I had to do it all over again---I would NEVER TOUCH SUBOXONE. It is a dangerous drug which can be worse than whatever you are using. It is only a way to get the money off the streets and into the hands of the Dr's and Drug Company. Please research it fully before you use it.
Everyone hang in there. Be careful. No caffeine lots of fluids---do not get dehydrated. Xanax or better yet..some valium..it lasts longer and is easier to stop. Blessings and peace to all of you who are going through your personal trials.
trying this out
trying this out
hey folks, i'm really glad i've found this site. i've been reading posts for several hours, and i think if i'm going to find help or support anywhere, it's going to be here. so here is my story: major childhood traumas lead to adolescent angst that of course lead to drug use at the ripe old age of 13. struggles with my sexuality didn't make things any easier, and by the time i got to college, i had pretty much tried everything around. coke was my drug of choice then, it allowed me to study, exercise, be superman. on the downside, it lead to a heart attack at 19, a week in the hospital, and a very terrifying experience all together.i thought i'd learned my lesson, so i moved from a small town to a big city, and had a good year or so of clean living,exercising, working,and was very productive in school. i slowly started partying again, weed at first but it was only a matter of time before i discovered perks, which lead to oxys rather quickly. i was never a haibitual user, i was always more of a binger, but it was still a big enough issue to ruin my life. i'm a pretty smart guy, certainly capable of finishing school, but i could never keep it together long enough to do that. i'd have a 4.0 at midterm, get stressed out with the tests or caught up in some bad romance, go on a bender for a few weeks and not be able to salvage it at the end. most times i would be too junked out to even bother to withdraw from classes. this went on for nearly a decade, leaving my college transcript full of semesters of a's and f's and little in between. as others have said on here, addicts are truly people only capable of living in extremes. that's certainly the case for me at least. my family was always supportive financially, but the money kept me at a distance and allowed them to stay in total denial about me, preferring to keep their head in the sand about my drug problem (as if a heart attack at 19 wasn't enough to signal it to even the most casual observer). i was able to charm and manipulate my way into a few good jobs, but never able to stay sober long enough to keep them...always i'd start out strong then majorly self destruct. i've moved around constantly for the past decade, making small small triumphs that successivley lead to even greater tragedies. i'd always wind up back home with my follks. last summer i'd had enough. i saw that my addiction was ruining a relationship that meant more to me than anything ever had, and that was the impetus for me to get some help. drugs had taken so much from me, i wasn't willing to let them take that too, even though he did end up breaking up with me shortly after i began treatment. i told my family repeatedly I NEED HELP but they continued to be in denial, telling me to pick myself up by my bootstraps, to man up, etc. the nature of my addiction wasn't outwardly destructive; i wasn't pawning my belongings or stealing, but it was destroying my life...eating away at me none the less. i was fortunate enough to have some good connections, and was able to get in a treatment facility at a local hospital on a financial assistance program. they supervised my detox and put me on suboxone, 8 mg at first then moving up to 12. i did my homework, i knew the risks, i was fully aware of what i was doing. i knew that suboxone was another opiate, but i had just enrolled back in school with a year and half left, and told myself i would stay on the stuff long enough to finish my degree. i've been in intensive therapy the entire, meeting with a councler three times a week for the past 8 months, and have made enermous progres. i've stayed sober, got myself in the best physical shape i've ever been in, got a 4.0 last semester, and as of mid term this semester i had a 4.0 as well. spring break was a few weeks ago, and things have fallen so fast and so far since then. i smoked some weed and have felt so guilty and depressed after 8 months of being clean. i've started to find sub on the street and take far more of it than i should. i was very honest with my therapist about what had happened, and we had begun to work on these issues when i found out last week the treatment facility is being closed in 30 days. the hospital says they aren't making enough money, and have given all the people on suboxone there a little over a month to find some alternative. there are a few private doctors in the area who prescribe suboxone, but there is no other program that requires or even offers the intensive therapy component of treatment. i would be lying if i said suboxone hasn't helped me stay away from other opiates, but more than anything it was the accountability of random drug tests, the structure of the program, and the therapy that helped most of all. i have developed a very good rapport with my therapist over the past 8 months, and i cant imagine starting over with someone else, even if i could afford private therapy, which i certainly can't. the dr at the facility has said he will take me on as a private patient, but i will have to pay for the services out of pocket, which as a fulltime college student taking an overload of classes (21 hours) i certainly can't afford. i was barley able to pay for living expenses and my suboxone before. so i have to make some huge choices and make them very quickly. i see the dr once more on april 6 before the facility cloeses april 30. i will have one months supply of suboxone, but after reading peoples experiences here, i can't imagine tapering off from 12 mg in that amount of time. it will be the end of the semester, and finals will be going on in the first weeks of may. i can't image going through the withdraw then. since i have found out about the closing, i have been abusing my suboxone, taking far more than the 12 i have been prescribed and getting high as a way to numb myself to my fear, anger, sadness, and frustration. i know this is really stupid on my part. i have done so well, accomplished so much. i am set to graduate next decemeber, i have gotten in great physical shape, and finally begun to address the emotional problems that lead to my addiciton in the first place. now i am loosing everything. i am in such a dark place now. i don't want to be on suboxone forever, and i came across this site while searching for ways to deal with the withdraw. if i was not takign sucha full course load in school, i know i would be able to endure it, however horrible it may be, but i simply can not fathom trying to deal with this in the last part of the semester and during finals. i will have a two week break after finals, and then will be taking a course overload in the summer and 21 hours again in the fall in order to graduate in december. i am falling so fast, so far. i am so behind in school work right now. i should be finishing an essay right now and working on papers and reading. i can't imagine anytime i could posssibly deal with this withdraw until after i graduate, but i don't know what choice i really have. i can stay on with the dr if i can afford it, but he has yet to set his prices, and i really don't think i'll be able to do it. i fear that everything i have worked so hard for is about to slip out of my grasp right now, when i'm closer than i've ever been to finally making it. i don't want that to happen. i know if i go back down the road i've been on, it will be worse than it's ever been, knowing i came so close to loose it all again. i don't think i would make it back to the other side.
If anyone has the chance to detox off your DOC other than Subs or Methadone, do it. You'll save yourself a lot of pain, suffering and wondering when the w/drawals will end. Like other people wrote, w/drawal symptoms come and go, sometimes for months. I had a habit of 3 grams of H a day before getting onto methadone, then when I got to 30mg's I switched to Suboxone, hearing all the good news about the ease of w/drawal. I've been on it for 5 months, starting at 16mg's/day, and worked my way down to 3/4mg/day, then tried to jump. After 8 days of staring at the back of my eyelids and freezing my ass off, and knowing I still had Subs left, I decided to take 1/4mg before bed and that was all it took to ease the restlessness in my arms and legs. This is a powerful drug. But for me to sleep, I need 4 OTC sleeping pills, 3mg's of Klonopin, 30-50mg's of Phenergan and .2mg's of Clonidine plus some pot all at once, and that gives me at most, 5hrs of sleep. It's not that my tolerance went up with these drugs, it's just what I need. I tried Trazadone,(300mg), and Ambien,(30-40mg's) with no luck putting me to sleep at all. I've been at 1/4mg for about one month and am ready to jump again, but I wanted to remind people that everyone is different and will experience w/drawal differently. Some lucky ones will feel not too bad throughout, while others will feel crappy for months. That's why I say to get off your DOC instead of jumping onto the Suboxone bandwagon. It's not all it's cracked up to be. Lastly, when detoxing, try the liquid taper method to get your dose down real low before jumping. Just take an 8mg pill and add 8ml's of water to it to turn it to liquid,(I store it in an old asprin bottle and keep it in the fridg), then use a childs medicine dropper to suck up whatever you need, all the way down to 1/4mg, and squirt it under your tongue like usual. The most important thing to do is get to a real low dose before jumping. All you have to do is remind yourself that the dr. that prescribed this to you only had to take one 8hr course and then can charge whatever they want for a monthly visit. That's why they don't understand what this med is all about and how long the w/drawal will last. Just reading some of these posts, it's obvious that dr's are giving out false info on the med they are suppose to know how to prescribe and what the patient will be in for when detoxing. Good luck.
When i found this site over a year and a half ago i was on day 9 of sub wd's and it was getting worse by the minute. I was living second to second and all the while nobody close to me knew what i was going through. The doctor wanted to keep me on subs long term, but i decided to taper down over a two month period to a crumb every 5 hours with my last script of 90 4mg pills. I found out how powerful subs are compared to oxy's and after 9 days of no sleep and living through 9 nights of pure hell i found this site and it helped me stay strong enough to make it over the hill witch came around day 17. The wd's were still there, but they were getting less each day. As i became free from pills the dullness in life faded away, my emotion returned, my mind became clear, and i cared weather i lived or died.
What got me through the most difficut journey in my life was this. Time will pass as it alwayse does. Time does not stand still, and as long as i kept fighting one day i will free. Before you know it its over and time did pass. You will realize the hell you went through is a very small part of your life and make the absolute best of the second chance you have been given!
I wish everyone luck dealing with this demon. It can be done, just stay focused on taking your life back.
Stay strong!
Just a few words of encouragement for all of us that have struggled with the pain, anxiety, depression, and despair from being opiate and suboxone free. I've just made it to 5 full months of being clean. It was hell. But I can testify that is so worth it. I could go for paragraphs on the personal benefits...but I have to be brief in this post...so I'll summarize by saying that I HAVE MY LIFE BACK! I'll post more later. But for now, be strong...be brave...and be dedicated to not going back no matter how bad you are feeling. You'll never regret getting off of these drugs!
SoFla male
Well done. It is good to hear positive stories from those
who have been successful in stopping opiates of all kinds. I just came thru my ninth month sub-free and am looking forward to a life without the baggage of addiction. To all of those who are still in the process of quitting stay focused and soon enough you will get thru this time.
Good luck
I am amazed at the strength in this forum, you should ALL be proud of yourselves and the courage it takes to attempt "living hell" of withdrawal. Myself, I've been on suboxone for 10 years. I attempted to quit once, and bailed on the third day, it was so awful and I was not really prepared for such harsh withdrawals, my doctor told me it would be "easy" yeah, right. Well I've been on maintenance therapy at 8mg a day all this time and just recently have been robbed of my meds. I was again facing the hell of this suboxone withdrawal. I bailed and did some heroin, which I really hate that dopey sickly feeling, that High you get from it as I am so used to feeling simply normal on suboxone. I am due to get a new script on Wednesday and plan on locking up my meds tight. But to all of you - suboxone is a miracle drug. It's allowed me to live a normal life without being high - I beleive it saved me from death or jail as I was out of control on all and any sort of drug I could get my hands on before I discovered suboxone. Its kept me sane and normal. There is nothing wrong with being on maintenance therapy if you truly need to be. That being said - I admire the courage most of you have in stopping ALL opiates - that takes courage I don't think I possess. Kuddos to you all!
everyone- ive made it. it does get better. i feel 100%. it takes about a month or two to gt to this point but its well worth it. I don't take anything all day or night except maybe 1 ty p.m. i could say a lot but im not. one thing i will say is you have to replace addictions with addictions. mine is working out. you have to find something to kill the boredom which is the hardest part in my opinion. Have yall ever seen trainspoting? Where he says, "once the pains go away, the real battle begins. The boredom and depression". This is so true so find another addiction. Its the only way. Good luck to all, this can be done because it has to.
Hey guys. Now im finally at it, and it feels good. Ive been on suboxone for 5-6 years, and wanting to get of for at least 4 of them. Here im finally going :) :) :) Ive been taping down 2 mg every 14 day since desembre. I didnt feel any problems tapering, no whitdrawls or anything. ive been on 1 mg for over a month, and had my last 0.5 mg 2 days ago. i feel a little uncomfeteble and had very broken sleep last night, but still im really happy! im acheving mny goal, to be completely drug and medisine free and i finally am!! trying to prepare for a hard flu, and im ready for it. Good luck for all of you, you can make whatever you want to in your lifes. today im going for a long walk in the forest. a really good way to not feel the uncomfort and restlessness. also fhysical activity releases endorphines and using energy is creating energy! so get out and move your body, its the easiest way to feel better and making this recovery faster.
hey again folks. I just came back from a 3 hours walk in the mountain. Feels GREAT!! my strategy to beat the whitdrawls with physical activity is working so far perfectly!! when i woke up this morning and before i went out, i felt empty of energy, and had a bad headache. i was laying on the sofa and felt sorry for myself and had no energy. then i desided to go. 5 minutes into the walk i started feeling better, and when i got to the top of the mountain i felt like the king of the world!! i cant remember having such a great feeling all of the last 4 years when ive been using suboxone, ive been emotional closed. but the feeling i had on the walk with all the eendorphines running trough my system it felt so great!! i will keep you updated :)
so far, all i can say is get out and have a walk, let the nature help you get trough this!! the worst thing you can do is sitting still, searching for the pain and feel sorry for yourself. its only making it a whole lot worse. let the bodys natural pain killers help you trough this! good luck everyone!
norwegian
Comgrats on jumping after such a long ride on subs. I was on for about three years and jumpted from 2mg which was a bit high. Your taper plan was well thought out and I hope you keep positive over the next few weeks as you
go thru the ups and downs of withdrawal should you suffer them. I'm 10 months sub free now and am so glad I jumpted off the nasty little pills.
Good luck
thank you :) its the fourth day today, and I feel alittle worse. but still not half as bad as i was prepared for. Im really motivated for this, and notthing will stop me! Today I went to the doctor, then i picked the kids up from kindergarden and tryed taking care of them for 3 hour until their father came home. this got to much for mje. i have twins at the age of 3 so they are very loud and all over the place. i had to call him and have him come after 2 hours, then i had to go to my moms. i have total lack of energy, and only slept for 3 hours last night. i guess thats the main reason for the lack of energy. But my doctor gave me some sleeping medisines so i hope this will help. its not buphrenophine, just some anti psycotics that has a tiering effect. we will see if this helps. i will stay away from Buphrenophines for as long as possible and hopefully i wont need them at all. my willpower is a little shaky, but there is no way back for me now. i will stand this trough, this is my time!! its nice to hear that others made it, its a good motivation! thanks for the message DS. 10 months thats a great achivement and comgratulations for taking your life back!! did u do it without other medisines during the WD?
Day 5. not so bad :) :) :) the meds i got from the doc yesterday helped me sleep 10 hours tonight :) a small discomfort in my back, and body feels hevy, not alot of energy. besides from that, perfecto :)
im so glad im this far,today im going for a long walk and hopefully it will give me my energy back! im planing on ghoinbg to the mountain again today, and lay on the mountain reading. its warm outside and a very nice weather. as soon as the endorphines starts runnin its so nice to walk. even if you feel like you cant find the energy to do it, get up and just start. i promise you will feel better! even 10 minutes walk outside your house is better then laying in bed or the sofa all day. notthing will make you feel worse then not using energy! almoust a week passed, im so proud and happyyyy :)
Day 5. not so bad :) :) :) the meds i got from the doc yesterday helped me sleep 10 hours tonight :) a small discomfort in my back, and body feels hevy, not alot of energy. besides from that, perfecto :)
im so glad im this far,today im going for a long walk and hopefully it will give me my energy back! im planing on ghoinbg to the mountain again today, and lay on the mountain reading. its warm outside and a very nice weather. as soon as the endorphines starts runnin its so nice to walk. even if you feel like you cant find the energy to do it, get up and just start. i promise you will feel better! even 10 minutes walk outside your house is better then laying in bed or the sofa all day. notthing will make you feel worse then not using energy! almoust a week passed, im so proud and happyyyy :)
Hi guys!!! I try to quit buprenorphine and feel like s-t. I used that meds for 3 years(2mg pill) but it was 6 times a day. A week ago I lower the dosage to 2 pills a day and now I try to have nothing. Today is the day 6 and I wanna kill myself. Doctor prescribe me clonidine and my friend recomend me L-thyrosine, I will try tomorrow I wish I can get over soon b/c I have to have IVF in June.
Hi. I'm a 23year old male, and I'm currently on methadone, 38mgs daily. I have just been precribed suboxone because i want to use them for a very short period(maybe two weeks) so i don't have to go through such intense methadone withdralws. I've already weighted the pros and cons of the situation and am well aware that there is no easy way out of this situation(opiate addiction) and I will have to brave SOME withdrawl. But my question really is that I have just been diagnosed with hepatitis C. I know that Suboxone has been reported to cause liver problems , like elevated enzyms to jaundice. I figured I would talk to my gastroenterologist before I start taking suboxone, but I need to leave the clinic. Would anyone know if it would be risky to start my soboxone like my doctor the prescribed it told me to do, or wait and talk to my specialist? I kinda think that he will just tell me what my original doctor told me, because she knows that I have hepatitis but still prescribed the suboxone. I will only be taking them for about a day before I see my specialist so i was just seeking some more opinions, thanks.
norwegianSUBquitt. I just wanted to say that you have the right idea dude, thats why you got through your withdralws so easily, because you obviously have a good attidude and mind frame. Addiction is 95% mental in my opinion. Going for a walk in the woods is about the best therapy you could ask for. I plan to do just that, make sure I get enough excersize when i do quit the suboxone, lots of walks at the park with my dog, and a positive general attitude, supplemented with some resposible marijuana use, and I think I can overcome.(Note that marijuana is NOT for every recovering addict, but has been implimented in many studies as effective in addiction therapy, used correctly of course. It has been a defining facotr in my ability and willingness to stay clean, and has really kept my thoughts on track as far as whats important to my life, such as family, friends, and simple things, such as nature or a walk in the woods, like I was saying.) So the bottom line is STAY POSITIVE! The human mind is indeed a powerful thing, we have the power the think ourselfs into, or out of just about anything. Try it! :) Good luck everyone, I feel for all of you and I know we will all have a great life! :)
Day 9. I feel GREAT. I cant believe hoow easy this has been for me, and I think the main reason is that my tapering have been so long. Almoust a year all combined. Started counting the years ive been on the subxone meds. 7 years. 7 years of this nonesence. And then it took under 2 weeks to be completely free and normal. Should have doe it a long time ago if I knew it would be so easy. I feel so free, its a great big burden lifted from my shoulders.
CUTTY: I think you are right about the mentally aspect of this. I desided before I quit that I would not allow myelf to be weak or feel sorry for myself. I have 2 small children (twins) at the age of 3. My greatest motivation was to get home to them as soon as possible. And also the days I felt total lack of energy and started to feel sorry for myself I pushed myself outdoors and for long walks every day. Atleast 2-3 hours a day. And im convinced that is the reason I recovered so fast. Suboxone provides trhe body with painkilling, and using it for a long time, then your body will stop produsing this naturally. It takes time for the body to get back to normal and all the reseptors to close. Physical activity really helps the body to produse endorphines and helps the system recover.
About your question metadone-suboxone. I dont think this will be a big problem for yuour liver. I have also the hep c virus, and have been on suboxone for 7 years, no probl. I cant see that 2 weeks for you will be eighter. I wish you the best of luck :) :)
keep thinking positive!
justT
hey, hang in there!! You got this far and you will soon start to feel better. I think you feel bad cause your tapering was very short. But it doesent matter now, you came 6 days, and if your still hanging in there it will be 9 days today. Thats a great achievement!! I recomend you to try and use your body, drink alot of wather and get fresh air. You and me are on the same day, day 9 :)
I hope you will post again and tell us how u are doing. Its nice to have someone to talk to about this and that are going trough the same!!! good luck for you, im sending you strength and happy toughts!!
NorwegianSUBquitt
Hey guys!!!! I feel much better, valerian roots and L-Thyrosine, exercise and school helpful how are you doing?
Hey guys. So today was my last day taking methadone. Going to get my prescription of Suboxone tommarow. I will be waiting at least four days to take any however. So i will be needing that pill by then. I only plan to take them for two weeks, so I can minimize the withdrawl. I just hope I stick to that plan, and don't go any longer. I have a feeling I may. But either way I am confident that i can handle the withdrawls, doing what I said in my last post, staying active and taking lots of walks. As well as keeping my mind active and occupied so i don't have time to dwell on the withdrawls. I just fear the lack of energy. I've been through withdrawls plenty of times, from heroin and methadone so Iknow what to expect, and I know my personal way of beating it. Also as I said before I belive that resposible and moderate(even heavy at times) use of marijuana has been a very valuable and effective tool in my addiction therapy. It's also very good at reducing withdrawl symptoms. This method is of course, not for everyone and I don't mean to promote marijuana use to any recovering addicts if thats one of your triggers.Although I feel there is absolutly noithing wrong with useing it, especially in a medical context.
NorwegianSUBquitt
You have really eased my concerns about taking suboxones with Hep C. That was really my only major concern about going from methadone to subs. But I kinda figured that suboxone cannot be much worse for my liver then methadone is. The main goal is to be opiate free, but untill then I need something easy on my body. I feel driven to be healthy, after my 5years or so of drug use. I'm only 23years old so I have got time. Thank God I realize this while I still have time to change for the better, and enjoy life to the fullest. :) I'm sorry but I must add that gardening is very thereputic as well, and it keeps one busy. You guys should try it! :) I'll post again soon! Take care all!
Hey guys. So today was my last day taking methadone. Going to get my prescription of Suboxone tommarow. I will be waiting at least four days to take any however. So i will be needing that pill by then. I only plan to take them for two weeks, so I can minimize the withdrawl. I just hope I stick to that plan, and don't go any longer. I have a feeling I may. But either way I am confident that i can handle the withdrawls, doing what I said in my last post, staying active and taking lots of walks. As well as keeping my mind active and occupied so i don't have time to dwell on the withdrawls. I just fear the lack of energy. I've been through withdrawls plenty of times, from heroin and methadone so Iknow what to expect, and I know my personal way of beating it. Also as I said before I belive that resposible and moderate(even heavy at times) use of marijuana has been a very valuable and effective tool in my addiction therapy. It's also very good at reducing withdrawl symptoms. This method is of course, not for everyone and I don't mean to promote marijuana use to any recovering addicts if thats one of your triggers.Although I feel there is absolutly noithing wrong with useing it, especially in a medical context.
NorwegianSUBquitt
You have really eased my concerns about taking suboxones with Hep C. That was really my only major concern about going from methadone to subs. But I kinda figured that suboxone cannot be much worse for my liver then methadone is. The main goal is to be opiate free, but untill then I need something easy on my body. I feel driven to be healthy, after my 5years or so of drug use. I'm only 23years old so I have got time. Thank God I realize this while I still have time to change for the better, and enjoy life to the fullest. :) I'm sorry but I must add that gardening is very thereputic as well, and it keeps one busy. You guys should try it! :) I'll post again soon! Take care all!
I'm really sorry guys, did NOT mean to post that long thing twice. Also, valerian root is AWESOME! I usually drink that with lemon balm tea, that will usually help you to sleep at night, if you are trying to get off opiates.
hey man :)I like your attitude, and if u can keep it up I think it will make all of this alot easier for you. Tomorrow is 2 weeks without meds for me, and it feels good! No WD no restlessness anymore, and alot more energy. I can relate to what you are thinking about-with fear for the lack of energy. But let me say one thing. I have been fearing this WD for 6 months, i have been thinking about how awfull it would be, and I have been reading alot of the posts in this page and they sceared the crap out of me. And came to the point, i didnt have half or a third of the WD and pain i was prepared for. What im trying to say is that you shouldent use your energy fearing what will come. Make your mind up that you will only use suboxone for 2 weeks and then walk it of. If you are using it for a longer peroid of time, you will suffer WD from this also, and your plan will not be as good. My advice for you is to push yourself as hard as never before, make your plans before quitting, and stick to them!If I was in your shoes, I would try and go as many days as possible without metadone and suboxone. If you are prepared to go 4 days before starting suboxone, i would try and make it without stargting them at all. 4 days of met WD and you allready along way... it can be only a delay of your problems mto shortcut into suboxone. Alot of people quitting subs have alot of WD. Most of the people in this page f.eks. Bt nomatter what you deside, I advise you to makrre your mind up to be in charge of your mind and body. I personally feel like i have kicked that suboxones ass and laughing in its face! I feel very good and Im shure alot of the reason for that is all the thinking i did before i stoped, and that I refused to let this hold me down. I dont think it will be as easy for everyone ofcause, but i tghink you can controll it alot in your mind, like you wrote in your post! I wish you the best of luck, i will heng around inhere and see how you are doing :) :) :) Finally SUB free and i LOVE it!!!!!! by the way im 25 years old.
justT
im glad to hear you are doing better :) :)
I was on Lortab, Oxycodone, for YEARS because of a bad back, cancer and heart surgery. I finally went on Subs. 8-2, 2 1/2 a day. I got down to 2 a day and decided to stop...mainly because the doc and the Rx was so freakin' expensive. I felt great for 2 weeks...now I'm going through HELL. I finally had to call my psych today and make another appt. and he was good enough to phone me in enough subs to get thru til I get in. Subs are late-acting when you come off of them. The withdrawals don't start right away, like with opiates.
I was on Lortab, Oxycodone, for YEARS because of a bad back, cancer and heart surgery. I finally went on Subs. 8-2, 2 1/2 a day. I got down to 2 a day and decided to stop...mainly because the doc and the Rx was so freakin' expensive. I felt great for 2 weeks...now I'm going through HELL. I finally had to call my psych today and make another appt. and he was good enough to phone me in enough subs to get thru til I get in. Subs are late-acting when you come off of them. The withdrawals don't start right away, like with opiates.
I want to start by saying this first.You all are full of s__t. I have taken almost every drug there is.I was on pain meds for a severe back surgery For 7 years I started out taking 4 or 5 pills a day and for the last 4 years I was taking 30 to 40 a day. I got off the pills 1 year ago and started taking Suboxone 8mg / 2mg 3 times a day.I have went at least 7 days with out the soboxone sublingual films and have had not even the first withdrawl hell when I quit the pills I never had them all it takes is WILLPOWER AND MOST DRUG ADDICTS DO NOT HAVE THAT.If YOU use mind control for a week before quiting you will have very little if any withdrawls. Sincerely Lee G.
Lee G
Thanks for informing us that Sub withdrawals are in our heads. Let us know how that Vulcan mind meld works out for you over time. By the way, if you have no withdrawals why are you trolling this board?
hey Lee G. What a silly, stupid and ignorent comment you left. Enough said im not waisting my energy by trying to answer you alot. just letting you know that you should think about what you write in this page and that everyone experience things differentlty. Notthing is more right or wrong. Good for you that you didnt experience WD. for thee rest of you trying to get of this meds, GOOD LUCK AND HAN IN THERE! im a month without now and i fee so good! Been using this stupid medisin for 7years. and i fee so good and free by not beeing addicted to anything anymore. my mind and body feels great and im really really happy!!! :)
grandma... that sounds like a weird situaion your in... ive never heard about anyone starting feeling bad after 2 weeks. more of the opposite, that after 2 weeks most people start feeling better. could it be some other things that could make you feel bad besides suboxone? maby you should speak to your doctor and make some tests to see if there could be some medical reason for you to experience this.? good luck to you! :)
LeeG- Suboxone stays in your system for sometime and it takes awhile for wd symptoms to show up, so try going a little longer then 7 days and then tell
us how ya feel. :)
Hello all. I haven't been on here in a while, and decided to read how some people are doing. DS, I'm glad to see you are still clean and somewhat active on here, helping others. Can you believe we are already nearing 1 year?! July 15th will be my 1 year.
To everyone stuck in this vicious cycle, just hang in there. It isn't an overnight thing getting off a several year addiction. Hell, I still have my ups and downs. It's natural. But my WORST day clean, beats my BEST day of addiction. Give the withdrawal symptoms about a month to clear up. give or take a little bit for some. It took me around 5 weeks to get to baseline. And even after that, it's not the easiest thing in the world to STAY quit. Craving will come and go... it's all up to you. do YOU want to quit?? Or do YOU want to be on these things for life?
Get a support group if that's the thing your into. Do as much research as you can to prepare. I wish you all the best.
Hello all. I haven't been on here in a while, and decided to read how some people are doing. DS, I'm glad to see you are still clean and somewhat active on here, helping others. Can you believe we are already nearing 1 year?! July 15th will be my 1 year.
To everyone stuck in this vicious cycle, just hang in there. It isn't an overnight thing getting off a several year addiction. Hell, I still have my ups and downs. It's natural. But my WORST day clean, beats my BEST day of addiction. Give the withdrawal symptoms about a month to clear up. give or take a little bit for some. It took me around 5 weeks to get to baseline. And even after that, it's not the easiest thing in the world to STAY quit. Craving will come and go... it's all up to you. do YOU want to quit?? Or do YOU want to be on these things for life?
Get a support group if that's the thing your into. Do as much research as you can to prepare. I wish you all the best.
Want2Sleep
So good to hear you are doing well. The past eleven months has flown by and I do not have any craving fortunately. I look forward to July 7th for my one year
sub free day. I do visit the site now and then to remind myself of the dark days in the first month of so I never
repeat the opiate hell again. It was so easy to get entangled in this mess and months turn into years which can never be regained.
To everyone starting the jumping process just know it passes and like Want2sleep says in a month or so you will feel much better.
To anyone out there, I have 3 8mg. subs left. Been taking 4mg. a day for the past month, do I have enough left to ween myself properly? After reading about the withdrawal symptoms and how long they last, I am freaking out. I have been taking suboxone for 2 yrs. I am also almost 45 yrs. old. Is there really a way to beat this terrible drug? I am really scared, please help.
Allshookup2
I jumped from about 2 mg and it was tough but worth the effort. You may feel pretty bad for a couple of weeks and then weak for a few weeks after that. I wish I had quit sooner. It is helpful if you can aviod work for the first two weeks and then ease back in. Some folks claim they have no withdrawal symptoms and others have a tough
time. Force yourself to eat and drink plenty of fluids and try to stay active. There are some great people on this forum with awesome advise - you should read to get prepared. Lots of us have stopped so it can be done.
Good luck
Also, I stayed on alprazolam for 2 weeks after a crisis. Only taking 2mg./day. It totally took my appetite, and ability to sleep. It's been four days since taking any alprazolam, still not really hungry,sleeping maybe two hours a night even though, have not reduced my suboxone level of 4mg./day. Does alprazolam reduce your sub levels or am I just withdrawing? Any help out there? Need some sleep. Thanks for the help Ds.
I was taking 24mg when i jumped.
I am on day 11 now and it sucks.
My doctor lied to me saying i would have no withdrals at all the higher the dose.
I wish i found this site a long time ago.
WHat is up with the leg cramps,is it your feeling coming back! I have a full months worth left. So close to taking them.
Hate subs- I know the desperation the leg cramps can lead to. But your in day 11 allready and that would be alot of suffering for no bennefit if you started taking subs again. I hope others read theese posts and see how much easier it will be if you TAPER. the slower and lower dose you taper to the less WD youll experience! I had a very short WD time and it didnt hit me nearly as hard as i was prepared for. i tapered for 6 months and was on 1 mg for a month before i stopped. Hang in there everyone, hate subs and all shockup. its just a short period of time, about 2-4 weeks and then your clean, free and will feel better then youve done all this time using drugs and medisines. its really worth it, its pain that will pass and it will pass soon! in the mean time try and use your body notthing will help you like physical activity. goo for walks try and get exusted in a good way. then you will also have a better chanse for sleeping well! good luck to all of ya. find your strength and use it. it feels so great to be without this sstupid medisin!
Hi all....I've been trolling around on different sites looking for info on coming off of suboxone...I'm really scared after reading some of these posts but I knew going in it wouldn't be easy. I abused percs/vics for about a year and then went to detox where they gave me suboxone and I've been on it ever since, 5 1/2 years. In 2008 I was on 32 mg. I am now down to 1 mg comfortably...however for the past 2 mos I've been able to take .5 mg OCCASIONALLY. For the past week I've been on .5 mg SOLID and I'm so uncomfortable. I can sleep but the anxiety and restlessness are making nervous abuot what is to come when I do jump. I'm starting nursing school in Sept and I really want to be off by then, otherwise I don't see how I will detox while going to nursing school and working full time. I'm asking for help / support. Should I jump next week? This weekend? I don't have the option of taking time off from work right now..will this still be do-able? Sorry for the long post and thanks for any help.
Well now it is day 13 and the no energy thing is the worse for me. Just want to go outside and cut my grass but there is no way in hell i could get up long enough.
If it wasnt for this place, ther is no way i could have made it this far. thanks all!
Hate subs- I know the feeling of no energy, but remmeber its a FEELING. You have no energy cause yoou use no energy. And all of that unused energy just makes you feel worse and feel more uncomfortneSs in your body. you should get up, go for a walk, come back and cut the grass, and you would feel like a houndred times better when you finnish! I promise! Then go inside have a nice shoower and it will make you feel better im 100% shure. Your body and brain needs help to start produsing natural pain killers and endorphine. The system is not as is suppposed to be, its demaged from the suboxone use. The best way foor you to help it back on track is by moving. You feel like there is no energy, no way for you to make it, but it is! PUSH yourself, go outside, even for half an hour walk you will feel better. I was walking for hours and hours almoust every day, I has so lazy and had no energy didnt want to leave the bed. And wanted to stay there feeling sorry for myself. But i got up and pushed myself outside and it made me feel great. Thats my advise for everyone, use your body!
Julie- its possibe and doable! its probably not going to be a dance on roses, but it doesent nessasarely have to be too bad eighter. Seems like people experience this differently, and you shouldent let all of theese posts scare you. I did the same and it made me wait almoust a year to quit the meds. And when i finally did it took about a week before I was good enough to function in my dayly life and with my kids. the first week was not too bad eighter, but I needed the time alone and was just walking outside or eating or sleeping. i had 3 nights with just some hours of sleep and then my sleep was ok.
I think it will be doable, and i think if your feeling alot of discomfort with the 0.5 mg you can jump right away. its not giving you enough to function and if I was in your shoes i would stop. Im shure you will be in the shape of your life when september somes. hopefully just in 2-3 weeks you will be! And just let me say- its really really worth it, it feels GREAT to be drug free!!! good luck to you, let us know how u are doing. use the support you can get inhere it really does help to hear from people that are experiencing the same and can relate to what your dealing with! :) :) :) best of wishes!
HATESUBS: Just wanted to say I am going thru the withdrawals right now too. This site really helps cope with all this hell on earth. Are you taking any herbal supplements? I heard valarian root helps. My appetite has gone to pot. I have been drinking ensure to help with it. Are you having difficulty eating? Just can't seem to be able to sleep much though. Some of the comments scare the hell out of me. I take the suboxone when I am at my worst and just rub a little under my tongue, just a little though, baby step at a time right? Hang tough..
Allshookup-What day are you in? This is day 14 for me and so far cannot tell if it is better or worse pain wise but mentaly it is geting better.The sleep sucks.i am use to getting 8 to 12 hours sleep a night and now it is only 2 maybe 3. I will go and get the valarian root but have never taken any kind of supplement befor but right now i will try anything. Taking the subs or any kind of opiots will only take it longer to get out of your system.
norwegianSUBguit-thanks for the help on the energy thing it did help.Just forcing myself off the couch was the hardest part. Maybe tommoro i will finally cut my grass. Just keep cheking back in. YOU are helping alot!
Hate subs- It's day 12 for me. The mental anguish seems to be better. Having trouble eating, no appetite. I live in NC and this hot weather seems to help with the chills. Been freezing my ass off. Were you able to get time off from work? I only have a few more days to pull it together. I wish this would be over with already, right? What part of the world do you live in?
Allshookup2- Day 15 now and it does get better except for the sleep problem.Ilive in texas and you talk about hot, it has been 100 to 105 deg for allmost a month now.I have to go back to work monday after two weeks off.Just sucks that i had to use my vacation time for this s##t!! Where do you go get the valerion root,gnc store or the grocery store. well my headace is coming back so i will check back later.Hang in there.
Suboxone will HURT YOU...bad,if taken more than a couple of months. Was on it two years. The pain and lingering effects are MUCH worse than scientific and "official" product articles let on to. Its a SERIOUS withdraw everyone. Im on day 20 and STILL dealing with the life sucking withdrawal of the " miracle drug cure". What makes me laugh the most are the people that post at other forums saying how "far theyve come" because they were able to stop drinking and doing Oxy or Herion because they "bravely" chose Suboxone. ???? Lol. Suboxone is ANOTHER OPIATE. All they did was replace one bad drug for another and they have NO idea of the trouble they are bout to inherit. Best of luck my fellow Suboxone Alumni.
Suboxone did change my life for 3 years but it was a lie. This entire time i thought i was drug free. Now that i know the truth there will be hell to pay for that docter. Went outside today and washed my car and it felt good. Hurt like hell but it made me feel better. Hopefully this will not last much longer
Someone is going to be sued
Hate subs- Hope things are getting better. Did you make it back to work today? I have just 3 more days to recover. Things seem to be getting a little back to normal now. I think you are right, these Dr.'s do need to be sued. These sub withdrawals seem like they will never let up. I was also told the w/d symptoms would be easy, he lied to me. They just want our money, if they only had to endure this. Talk later-
Allshookup2-Idid not make it to work today. Only had about 2 hours sleep agian last night. My boss was pissed but right now i dont give a shit. Sat and Sun i was feeling fine then when i woke up the sub w/d slamed me to the floor agian. If i did not stop cold turkey at 24m i might not have had a bad time getting off the subs. TO everyone taper down befor you jump! Anyways its day 17 and starting to see light.One day you feel fine and then the next day you are feeling like shit. But i did cut my grass today so i did do something. Went and got some melatonin today to see if it helps me sleep.
Good luck Allshookup2
Hate subs- I myself cannot seem to get these w/d symptoms under control. I have yet to have a good day yet. Wondering, have I destroyed my body? I am 44 years old, not in the best of health, smoke a pack of cigs a day. That is the next mountain to climb and conquer. I have been on pills, methadone treatment (18 mos. @ 90mg./day), then this suboxone 28 mos., for a total of 8 yrs. I can't remember how it feels to be normal. But, now is the time to see what life has to give in a normal state. Hope things get better soon, or I am going to lose everything. I too, am still looking for a brighter day ahead. You are very right about jumping from 24, wow that is incredible the will power you have. You must be in incredible shape. I am still praying everyday, trying to stay strong and believing it will be better soon. One day you feel better and the next, it starts all over again. Today is one of the bad days, just trying to get motivated to do something. I have read posts where people jump at only 1/2 mg. a day and still go thru tremendous w/d's. What is the deal with this devil's drug? Hope today was better for you, let me know how it works out, the melatonin. I sure need something for sleep as well. Talk later-
Has anyone out there tried this advertisement at the bottom, called Withdrawal-Ease??
Allshookup2-Idid go to work today and it was hell, just thank god i no longer work as a machinist. Been there for 13 years and was finally moved up to sales just 4 weeks before all this sub w/d. My boss is going to work with me for 2 more weeks, anything after that he said i am fired.Hopefully this shit is out of my system by then! It's funny how i worked high all the time with no problem and now i am drug free i can not do my job. Taking opiots for the whole time i was there i am so suprised i was never drug tested. But anyways the melatonin did give me 1 more hour of sleep and thats all, so dont wast your money. Other post on here said the withdrawal=Ease is a scam. Last night i did order some Kratom to see if it works. So many people said it took the w/d away. I cant find to much info on it but it/s worth a try! Tomorrow will be day 19 for me and hopefully the w/d will start to be less severe! I,ll let you know how the Kraton works when it gets here. So nice to talk to somebody who is going thru this at the same time. Keep me informed how your doing budy. Try not to think about losing what you have it will only make the w/d,s worse. I never had will power until i said enough is enough with having to live my life under a LIE.
Hang in there
Hate subs- Today is a good day, feel good. Where did you order the Kratom from? I should go ahead and order some too. Anything that will help right now is worth a try. Have been walking today and it seems to help the mind. Just to get back to a normal routine again. It is nice to have someone go thru this with, just knowing there is someone out there struggling with the same day to day issues you can converse back and forth with. The way it looks in some of the comments, it may take a month or two before this will really start to get behind us. Just depends on the person, I guess. Do you have a bad headache all the time? How's your appetite? They say taking B-12 helps too. We will look back on this all in time and be so happy we did take this step to be clean. The best is yet to come. How was your day? Let me know about the Kratom, thanks.
Hello All... It's been a while since I posted. My last sub was 10/31/10, so that's just shy of 8 solid months clean. I feel great!! Just know that no matter how bad you feel right now, it truly is only temporary. As I recall, after about 2mos, most of the lingering symptoms (fatigue & depression) really lifted. But, they are absolute hell while you're going through it. But, I'm just grateful that it only took maybe 2-3mos to kick a 4-year opiate habit and another 2-years of suboxone (I guess that's 6-years of opiates in one form or another).
It will vary from person to person, but a few weeks to a few months seems pretty typical for most people. The worst of the physical stuff is over after ~2-weeks. The rest is mental game - if you want this bad enough, you'll figure out a way to tough it out. And you'll be so proud that you did!! Life on the other side is awesome!!
Hate subs & Allshookup2 - you should be over the worst of the physical stuff by now. You're probably dealing with insomnia, fatigue, depression. You can try over the counter meds, vitamins, herbal supplements. At this point, it's probably worth a try (even if it's only the placebo effect). Never heard of Kratom, but it it's some sort of low-grade narcotic, I'd just be careful. I did the same and the only thing that really helped was exercise (lots of it), a nutritious and balanced diet, lots of fluids, and most importantly - lots and lots of time and patience with yourself.
Allshookup2 - I caved and bought the withdrawalease stuff after about 1.5mos, just to see if it would help with insomnia and fatigue. It didn't. Maybe it will be different for you, but it didn't do a thing for me. I think Valerian Root & melatonin, which you can get at the local drug store would be a better bet if you want to try herbal supplements.
NorwegianSUBquit - Congrats on making it this far. You seem to be over the very worst of things, so CONGRATS!!! So glad you're feeling better and enjoying a world without subs... things really are greener on this side of the fence.
Ds & Want2Sleep - You guys are such awesome examples and sources and hope for myself and many other people on this forum. I remember reading your posts and being thankful that I wasn't alone and that what I was experiencing was completely normal. Congrats on 1-year!!
Julie40 - Read some earlier posts from a few months back. I know I included an entire diary of how I felt from day to day, and then updated things week by week. It's different for each person, but I think my experience is pretty par for the course. You didn't get into this situation overnight and it'll probably take a month two to get out of it as well. I've read you should detox at a time when you have no major life commitments to do anything for about 2mos (this is regardless of the opiate from which you are detoxing). Good luck!!
Allshookup2- Today was not that bad and the sleep is the worse for me. Most peaple on this site were able to take xanex or valum to sleep trhu this but i have no way of getting it. I orderd Kratom so hopefully it will help me with the insomnia! I ordered from Kratomhill.com. Day 20 tomorrow and i hope it,s better! Glad to hear you got out and walked today. My worst headache is in the mornin then it gets less and les as the day goes on. But right now my head is killing me. Its hard but the light is starting to get closer.
subfree- How long did it take you to get your energy back! What did you take to get some sleep. Anything is better than none.
JUST WANT TO SLEEP!!!!!!!!!!!
There is no way i can go 2 months with no energy i am not that kind of person
Hate subs - don't freak out, you will get through this, promise. When I was where you are, I felt like it was never going to end, but it did. One of things that really helped was keeping a journal of how I was feeling from day to day. On a bad day, I would go back and read it to remind myself just how far I had come. I had valium, and it helped somewhat. It took the edge off, but it didn't make the "ick" feeling go away completely (nothing did). The best things were lots of hardcore exercise and a nutritious diet. But, mostly it was time. Things get a little better with each passing day and each passing week. I tried melatonin and valerian root. I don't know if it was the placebo effect, but they seemed to help a little bit. My problem was not falling asleep but staying asleep. I promise you that it does get better, it really does. I know it's frustrating, but you can do this!! I just sort of accepted that I was going to wake up early and still be tired. I would watch TV for hours before getting up to go to work. Also, try taking hot showers. They help with the muscle cramps and they do make you feel much more relaxed, which might make what little sleep you are getting more restful. By the end of the summer, you will be looking back on this time and congratulating yourself for making it through. By Thanksgiving, you might even forget the specifics of just how bad you're feeling now.
I had low energy for about two-three months. Some days were worse than others, but it sucked. However, every time I felt tempted to give in, I would remind myself that giving in would completely defeat the purpose of the misery of the last month - it would make the last month nothing but pointless suffering. I'm 8 months out now and I feel 110%. All of the issues I dealt with then have been resolved. My endocrine system is functioning normally and my brain is making plenty of it's own opiates.
You can do this, just be patient with yourself and give yourself some time. 2 mos is nothing compared to the years it took to get into this situation. 2 mos is nothing compared to a lifetime of being opiate free and a slave to nothing.
allsookup2- where you at budy i saw you didnt post today. Man i feel alot better today than i did last night. Went to work today for 4 hours started to feel bad then i went home. Anyways, when i came home i started to feel sorry for myself but i said this is no longer going to keep me down. went outside and cut my front yard and it felt great! THe kratom came in the mail after that and i tryed a little bit of it and my w/ds went away. The only bad thing i noticed was that it felt like i was high smoking mariguana. I have not done that for over 20 years. I should have orderd it 2 weeks ago! Now that my w/ds arent that bad i will not try that again.
subfreefinaly- thanks for being here for me and everybody. Last night i was freking out. When i finally get thru this maybe i can help somebody. Your right about not being a slave anymore(i refuse to)! Thanks
hatesubs- Good to hear from you, things are still getting better. Actually feel like doing something now. I may get some of the Kratom. I plan on cutting my grass in the morning (Sat.). Eating alot better now, have lost about 10 lbs. Gatorade seems to help. Marijuana just makes me very depressed, haven't smoke any in 8 months. Did you get the liquid or pill form of Kratom? Is your sleep improving yet? Better go-
Allshookup- Today is the best i have felt so far. My energy leval is slowly coming back, my legs hurt very little and my headace is the only thing still lingering. Now my appetite is comeing back stong. I dont remember ever eating 3 meals a day and snacks in between. The sleep problem is still only about 3 to 4 hours a night but it seems to be getting better every day. I did use the kratom agian today and this time it did not make me feel high(thank god) but it took allmost all of the w/ds away. I bought the Bali kratom powder. The best way i found to take it is to mix it with orange juice. It it sold as a incense so dont worry about that like i did.
Keep having a great day!
Hatesubs- Today is a Great day. Things really seem to be getting better now. Taking vitamins and eating. Headaches are diminishing as well for me. Looks like the worst is over. Still battling the depression. Hope you have a great weekend, going to church tomorrow. Take Care-
Hate subs- Well church was great yesterday, went out to eat and ended up going shopping for clothes with the wife. All in all a good day indeed. How is everything with you? Gotta run for now, let me know how you are doing.
Hate subs- Well church was great yesterday, went out to eat and ended up going shopping for clothes with the wife. All in all a good day indeed. How is everything with you? Gotta run for now, let me know how you are doing.
Allshookup2- Im glad you feeling better. Today was a full day at work for the first time in 3 weeks. It was a little hard to keep focused but i made it trhu!My boss is happy im back even if i only feel about 80%.It felt good to get back to work and get out of this damn house. i am glad to here you go to church, that is something i havent done in over 20 years. Does your wife support you thru this? When i got home today my wife of 14 years was gone,her dog was gone and allmost all of her clothes. She said she was moving in with her mom until i start feeling better because i am allways going thru something and she cant do it anymore. Just when i am finally getting completly clean she takes off. It was a good day until i got home.
Better luck to you. Stay clean and have another great day!
Hate subs- Glad to hear you are doing well. My wife has been thru alot with me. We have been together for 13yrs. So sorry to hear that your wife walked out on you. Time will tell, she will be back. I am just trying to focus right now on staying clean and getting healthy. Like you said she is moving out till you get over this. I hope to hear back from you soon-
Alshookup2-Today is a bad day. I woke up at 4:30 this morning and i felt like i was on day 10 agian. Tryed to go to work but it was just to painful. I will be glad when this rollercoaster is over with.It's wierd how for 2 days you feel like its comeing to an end then it slams me to the floor again.
One day it will end
Allshookup2- How you doing,are you having good days then bad! Today was another bad day for me. I went to my reguler doctor today and he didnt even know what suboxone was. I told him about the insomia and anxiety and just wanted something to help me sleep or to knock me out. He said no matter what i give you your brain will not realy sleep. He wanted to put me on paxil for axiety and said it will help me sleep in a week or two when it starts to get in my system.
No way i will take something that will control my mind agian. These doctors down here seem like they just dont understand what the hell there doing. I did get me some xanex from my sister so i hope i will sleep good tonight.
So far my leg pains will not stop. When they do start to hurt i take a little bit of kratom and the pain allmost goes all away but i am sick of reling on something. Day 26 now and so far it is not getting better fast enough!
To anyone out there trying to quit subs please tapper down. you will save yourself alot of PAIN!
Thanks ALlshookup2 for being here with me you do help out alot.
Hatesubs - Just think, you've made it almost a month, so you're the better part of 1/3-1/2 way thru this. You jumped from 24mg, so give yourself some credit. Many of us jumped from 1-2mg, and we still felt like shit at this point. I remember being very frustrated after about 1-month b/c I felt like I should be feeling better than I was. You'll have a few good days and then a few bad days. Sometimes it seems like you take one step forward and two steps back, but the reality is that you're constantly making baby steps forward. Your doctor is right in that there is probably very little you can do about the insomnia aside from wait it out. And that can be a slow process marked by small improvements week by week. Homeopathic remedies are likely to do just as much good as anything that he could prescribe. Remember, force yourself to some hardcore exercise every day. That probably will help more than anything, as will long hot showers. I don't know about the Paxil thing. I think you're right to be leery of it. Xanex or valium are probably a better bet. They can be addictive as well, but low doses for the short term probably don't pose much risk. Valium was tremendously helpful to me in taking some of the edge off, but it did not really help me sleep. Anyway, don't give in no matter how tired and frustrated you are. Remember that these symptoms are normal and they do abate after some time - it just takes time for your brain to adjust to not having narcotics on board (your receptors have to adjust and your body has to start making its own opiates again). Giving in now will just be a waste of the last 3-4 weeks of hard work. You can do this!!!
Hate subs- your doing an amazing job, remember to tell yourself that you are! You came this far, mening the worst part is overwith and you WILL feel better alittle by little. I have to advise you to get outside and walk, use your body and get fresh air in your brain. break a sweat and YOU WILL FEEL BETTER! its a fact! your body needs help to start produsing enndorphines, and when you release energy it will take away some of the uncomfortness. the best thing you can do for sleep is also using your body and get exhausted. if you have time of this weekend you should try and use as much time as possible walking outside and hopefully youll sleep like a baby after :)
im sorry that you wife left, but i think i can understand her. My husband was quitting suboxone and it was a nightmare to be around him. This is something that i think is best to do alone and get trought it, and she will probably come home when you have something to offer. I hope you take my advice to use energy, i know it feels like you cant and dont have any power and probably dont even want to. But push yourself, do it, i promise it will help you get trough this alot faster!!!And also, remember to drink alot of wather. its the most purifying thing yiu can give to your body. you need alot of it right now :) good luck to you, keep posting. sending you power and warm toughts. from the other side of the fence. and the grass really is greener at this side :)
Well today is 27 days sub free and it is still no walk in the park. I just wish the body aces would stop. My body feels like it will not stop shacking, and cannot stay still. I did work out today and all it did was make my body shake worse. I do feel a little better.
DO the worse days come more than the good ones. Its hard to take long walks where i live because every corner you turn there is someone trying to sell you something.
I have never had axiety in my life untill now. How long does that last?
I am starting to lose the little will power i have left. if it wasnt for this place and all of your strugles there is no way i could have made it this far!
sorry for the spelling, my mind is not right
Thanks ALL
Hate subs - I'll admit that it is a bit of a roller coaster ride. When you're in the middle of things, it's hard to see the positive, but once you're feeling better, you'll see how much all of this amazing work was worth it. This is only temporary and it does end. After 4-weeks, I was still having big problems with insomnia and fatigue. In fact, I think it took close to 40-50 days to get a solid night's sleep (7-8hrs uniterupted). Anxiety for me was a big problem after 4-weeks, but I would have still have moments. However, you jumped from 24mg & I jumped from 1mg, so that may have something to do with it. Keep up with the exercise and take plenty of long, hot showers/baths - that will make a big difference. DO NOT GIVE IN - YOU CAN DO THIS!!!!! I'm sorry that your sub doctor wasn't very knowledgeable about this process, otherwise, I would recommend that you get in to see that person. My doctor was tremendously helpful and provided me with an aresenal of medications to ease the process, most of which I really only took for 2-3 weeks. But, I did complain about the sleep thing and he told me that there wasn't much he could do and that I just needed to wait it out. I know you feel like crawling out of skin right now and some relief, any relief would be welcomed now, but you have to decide how much your sobriety is worth. The way I see it - if you want this bad enough, you'll figure out a way to muscle through the pain, insomnia, fatigue, and anxiety. On the other side of things though, perhaps you jumped too early or from too high a dose. I didn't succeed to first few times I tried to quit subs either. I personally don't see any shame in another 6-mos on subs so you can develop a plan for success and ween yourself down to low dose. But just remember that this process is long and difficult no matter how you look at it.
Hate subs- I took paxil for years, very good for depression. I stopped and changed to cymbalta, I like it better. The paxil will drag you down till you get use to it. These w/d symptoms seem to go on and on. I wish I would have never seen suboxone and or taken it. The sleep thing and the anxiety is the worse. Some people seem to snap right back, I am at a plateau it seems right now. Feel bad one day and terrible the next, will it ever end? Very frustrating, I have been walking some but, the heat is making that tough. Were you able to go to work today? (July 1st) Anyway, let me know how everything is going for you. Has your wife come back yet? I hope so.
Allshookup2- today was a decent day,i did go to work and it felt kind of like i wasnt even there most of the time. There is no way in hell i will go back on that EVIL drug agian. No matter how bad i feel this is the first time in 10 plus years my mind is free! After looking back at it and my wife walking away really did make me want to stay off this shit even more.
The good days feel allmost great but the bad ones make me come back to the real world as it should be. life is a bitch then you get sober.Years of drug use makes everything more real when you quit.
Im 4 weeks in today and it feels like i have only gone thru this for a couple of days! Man i wish time will pass faster.
One day this will all be over and i will not forget all of yall for helping me thru this!
I would look to god to help me but i grew up with my dad as a paster and he turned out to be a bad man. Havent talked to him in 6 years. Its funny how you start to think about the past so much when you get off this ShiT!
I will stop rambling on with my problems.
To everbody thank you for helping me!
Hate subs- Great to hear from you, sounds like we are in the same boat right now. One day is good then the next seems like back to square one. Sleep is slowly getting better (3-4hrs.). Just want this to be over w/ already. Just taking it one day @ a time. Are you still taking the Kratom? I never got any, just toughing it out. Hoping everyday will be better than the last. Hang in there---
Allshookup2- I would have to tell you that this is the hardest thing i have ever done. When my body starts to shake bad i will take a little kratom and it damn near stops. I dont use this stuff to get high i just use enough to help me thru this hell. Anyways today is another good day.
Last night i went to bed around 1:00 and slept till 9:30 man did that feel good. I just hope it keeps going that way. The only thing that hurts today is my legs but still no energy at all. WE will make it thru this!
Have a good weekend.
Allshoohup2- Today is the best day i have had and i allmost feel like a brand new person. But i wont get my hopes up for tomorrow,you no how one day your allright and the next you not so im just keeping my fingers crossed. I sleeped another 9 hours last night and damn that felt good. Hopefully more of the good days are on the way
still my skin crawls and not much energy but i can deal with that. Mayby it helped going to my sisters house yeterday and playing water ballon fights with my little nefew. Damn i wish i hade half of his energy.
let me know how your doing.
Hi everybody! I try to stop subs from 12 mg to 0 it was the worst time, also I have my finals in school and my husband tell me after 2 weeks I have to start take a pills again and low my dose. A week ago I jump from 0.5 mg and start feel bad again, insomnia is back already( not sleeping 7 days)maybe 2-3 h a night, no energy doing a day time, but I hope it will be done soooon!!!! It is really 50 days before I will start sleep all night long?
Hi everybody! I try to stop subs from 12 mg to 0 it was the worst time, also I have my finals in school and my husband tell me after 2 weeks I have to start take a pills again and low my dose. A week ago I jump from 0.5 mg and start feel bad again, insomnia is back already( not sleeping 7 days)maybe 2-3 h a night, no energy doing a day time, but I hope it will be done soooon!!!! It is really 50 days before I will start sleep all night long?
Hate subs- How is your depression? Mine seems to be thru the roof. Energy is still low, but trying to stay as active as possible. Keep me updated, please.
justT- Why would your husband tell you to start using again? So you can start your withdrawals all over again?
You said you went to 0mg...that means you stopped right?
When you stop...you stop. Any doc will tell you that.
It's not 50 days till you sleep. You should be able to sleep after the 3-4th day.( i had 1 or 2 nights of little or no sleep) Maybe not very well, or very long....but you can sleep.
It might be 3-5 weeks before all symptoms are gone. Many people are different.
Test
Okay,Well, Here i am,still alive two weeks after my VERY FIRST post on ANY forum,anywhere. I was a complete MESS when I 1st posted 14 days ago. From what I can tell,quitting Subox ,basically is truly an AGONIZING WAITING GAME. The bad news is that YES its a living hell to go through. The GOOD news is that YES,you get through it. Just take it day by day and DO NOT expect it to be gone within just two days or even two weeks. I am now at day....... # 36 !!! Thats right,thirty six days of life sucking depression with ZERO energy. I am SO glad to read from others here that it may take AT LEAST over two months to feel slightly better if you were on Subox at least two years. I was on Subox almost three years off and on. For me,the first two weeks were like a slice of DEATH. So much pain. After that,the unrelenting depression and lack of energy has been the main problem. Can anyone relate? lol.
Paul
Thank you for support people!!! I am in day 8 and jump from 0.5 mg a day, I have no pain but not sleep well at night, maybe 2-3 hours and have little energy ;-( but already feel better and I pray a lot!!!!! Also Lthyrosin is help b/c heal receptors that was blocked by devil pills. Also I have to walk y dog every day and that helps too. I try to have Xanax it was help for 4 days, now is not working. I was doctor in my country and never have panic attack but at night when normal people sleeping and you can't I start have panics. And not gonna trust any psychiatrist in my live again!!!!I tell her many time that we planing have a baby, she sad that it's ok to have a Sub and have a absolutely healthy baby, I am in shock, it's a big business in US put you on pain killers and than start 'help" you w/other drugs. I will never in my live touch anything again!!! Good luck people we CAN DO IT!!!!!
Allshookup2-Today is another good day. I fell good but just hardly any energy. I dont feel like i have problems with depression,but i could and just not know it. Today i went to my sisters house and played with my nephew agian and it felt good to get out of this house.
Swimming in the pool felt good yesterday but it makes you feel very sore the next day. How was your holiday, did you go to church, or shoping with your wife agian. Let we know how your doing!
J ditwiller- Man i jumped at 24m a day and i was on the subs for allmost 3 years. Its day 32 for me and i know what your going thru. This shit sucks but as long as you keep a kind of positive attitude that helps alot. The way i feel is if the longer your on subs the longer the w/ds are no matter how much you took.
Tomorrow is another day sub FREE.
Im getting atleast 7 hours of sleep a night now and it feels great. Besides the body aces and no energy,working out makes me feel allot better. Drink vitamim water it has all of the B vitamines your body is lacking!
Let this hell try to bring me back to opiots. I WILL WIN
Hi Hatesubs, My GOD,...jumping at 24 mg ????? YOU are doing great considering what you dropped at! Seriously. I feel bad that you are still having physical pain but wow,you are at day # 33 today(Tuesday) ? Like me,youll perhaps have bad lethargy for several more weeks(each person is diff so maybe you wont)but yep,we ALL just have to keep making it ...just one more day,or as Ive started saying to save my sanity-Just One More Week. Best, Jack
hey people,
well i wish i had have read this site before taking this wonderdrug, damn doctors shouldnt be prescribing this, thankfully i live in australia where our health system is much more subsidised by the government, i do feel for any poor soul trying to support this new habit without insurance.i tried to get off for the first time the other week and felt like everyone else, damn awfull.
so am now just taking 1mg a day and thats seemsokay, but i really wanted to be clean before starting full time work again after a year off.
i wish there were a few more possitive postings on this site, but it sounds like this is going to be one hell of a ride to get myself back again.
i know it may sound silly and counter productive but if heroin or meth withdrawel is shorter by what seems like months, why arent people using small amounts of h during the worst part of there sub withdrawel, mayby for the first month and then dealling with a much shorter time of hell? i know the risks of relapsing, but i am thinking now that if i had my time again i wld have rathered just cold turkey it. alass to late for that now, or is it. i dont think i can do 2 or 3 months of the hell i went thru the other week, i know i am not that strong.
so if i get down to 0.5mg every two days, why not avoid no sleep for weeks with a little taste,
ps. i am not trying to find an excuse to use again, im just curious why no one has tried or posted that they have tried this.
hey people,
well i wish i had have read this site before taking this wonderdrug, damn doctors shouldnt be prescribing this, thankfully i live in australia where our health system is much more subsidised by the government, i do feel for any poor soul trying to support this new habit without insurance.i tried to get off for the first time the other week and felt like everyone else, damn awfull.
so am now just taking 1mg a day and thats seemsokay, but i really wanted to be clean before starting full time work again after a year off.
i wish there were a few more possitive postings on this site, but it sounds like this is going to be one hell of a ride to get myself back again.
i know it may sound silly and counter productive but if heroin or meth withdrawel is shorter by what seems like months, why arent people using small amounts of h during the worst part of there sub withdrawel, mayby for the first month and then dealling with a much shorter time of hell? i know the risks of relapsing, but i am thinking now that if i had my time again i wld have rathered just cold turkey it. alass to late for that now, or is it. i dont think i can do 2 or 3 months of the hell i went thru the other week, i know i am not that strong.
so if i get down to 0.5mg every two days, why not avoid no sleep for weeks with a little taste,
ps. i am not trying to find an excuse to use again, im just curious why no one has tried or posted that they have tried this.
Allshookup- where you at? Do you feel alot better? I went to work today and thank god my boss was not there. It was realy hard to focus on my paperwork. Today i feel prety good just realy tired. My body aces from 1 to 10 allways seem to stay around 3 to 4. the mornings are the worst for me, then as the day goes on it gets a little better.
Jackson ditwiller-The fist 3 weeks sucked bad but i did not go to work the first 2 weeks witch were the HELL you talked about! Ill keep your mindset of now thinking of one week at a time unsted of day to day,that should help out. does your body hurt at all? Its weird how my mind is still a little foggy but i will fight thru it no matter what! No drug will ever control my mind and body agian!
notanothervictom- Sorry you think there is no will power but you can do this. there are things to help with the w/ds. The fist two weeks are hell but not as bad as H. Read some older post on here,they relly helped me thru this.
If your allready taking 1 mg and feeling allright,then it might be time to just stop. Im not trying to be negative but the longer you take it the longer it will take to be sober. I did not think i could do it either and it is allmost over (i think).
Life allready seems to be coming back to me like it was befor i started all these damn drugs. It will get better!
To everybody, stay positive it will soon pass.
Hey guys!!! I went to acupuncture today for 2h and the first time I feel good!!!! Now is 11;30 pm I will post tomorrow how was my night, hopefully I will have at least 5 h to sleep!!!! Also I was rollerblading for 40 min and feel great!!! Good luck for everybody!!!
Today is one year off of subs. Time has flown by after the first six weeks or so that I thought would never end.
To everone currenty in the belly of the beast of withdrawal just stay strong and very soon you can be free of this addiction. Set benchmarks, at first day to day then week to week. I remember how good I felt after two months, then six and now one year.
Good luck,
notanothervictim :
i know of people that have used short acting opiates like heroin to wean themselves off drugs like methadone and subutex, it does happen, does it work? i dunno, i never checked in with these people later, i guess it does for some people
subutex sux, i hate the withdrawals from it with a passion, that and methadone... i'd rather taper on shit and keep some weak ass opiates for occasional relief (short acters)
hey, everyone's different
thanks phil for answering my (probably stupid) question mate. its been a pretty busy day for me, planning the next few weeks, i hope i dont have to resort to short acting opiates,as you so sicinctly called them, and i do know that it isnt a good idea. i was just curious as to others experiences. im just so scared of the next few weeks as it may be the last chance i get. i have such a great support base over here with family and some good friends, and so want to be my own man again. well dont we all. and i have read most of the postings over the last few days(new computer from family). its just that i suppose i am still coming to terms with the shitty situation i HAVE GOT MYSELF IN and am trying to use cognitive thearapy (positive thoughts,looking at things from differant angles).
i have just had so many people, good people, smart and loving people, die in the last few years, that i suppose i am just as scared of the phycological demons that will be released as the actual withdrawle.
i am like some other people who i have read, posting,( or whatever this type of comunication is called,) for the first time. i know life will get better if i can just get thru the next month or so. i also know that i am so lucky to have the support of my family, who i am going to stay with for a few weeks, they like me are all chefs and as everyone knows the thought of cooking food whilst going thru what i have to go thru is pretty tough.
i dont or didnt mean to be negetive in my first post, its just that i wasnt prepared for how hard this is going to be.
so much to say, so few words to say them.thanks
wish me luck, as i wish anyone who aspires to be a better person luck.
thanks phil for answering my (probably stupid) question mate. its been a pretty busy day for me, planning the next few weeks, i hope i dont have to resort to short acting opiates,as you so sicinctly called them, and i do know that it isnt a good idea. i was just curious as to others experiences. im just so scared of the next few weeks as it may be the last chance i get. i have such a great support base over here with family and some good friends, and so want to be my own man again. well dont we all. and i have read most of the postings over the last few days(new computer from family). its just that i suppose i am still coming to terms with the shitty situation i HAVE GOT MYSELF IN and am trying to use cognitive thearapy (positive thoughts,looking at things from differant angles).
i have just had so many people, good people, smart and loving people, die in the last few years, that i suppose i am just as scared of the phycological demons that will be released as the actual withdrawle.
i am like some other people who i have read, posting,( or whatever this type of comunication is called,) for the first time. i know life will get better if i can just get thru the next month or so. i also know that i am so lucky to have the support of my family, who i am going to stay with for a few weeks, they like me are all chefs and as everyone knows the thought of cooking food whilst going thru what i have to go thru is pretty tough.
i dont or didnt mean to be negetive in my first post, its just that i wasnt prepared for how hard this is going to be.
so much to say, so few words to say them.thanks
wish me luck, as i wish anyone who aspires to be a better person luck.
Ive read a few posts at other forums of people who switched out Subox for other opiates to withdrawal quicker. You usually dont hear much from those people after a week or two.. . Russian roulette folks. Hate Subs and everyone else reading- Yes,At day # 38 !!! =-) , I feel nagging but ever so small body aches. They just linger and linger and its SofaKing annoying. It feels like weights on your whole body and it takes a WHILE for it to SLOWLY go away guys. Thats why,now,at over 5 weeks into giving up Subox,I can only feel improvement from week to week now. DO NOT be deceived people,you are getting better as the days go slowly by. Its just a slow process but wow,when I think about how I was even less than two weeks ago,Its a difference. I still feel lousy,but at least now it isnt such a chore to walk up a few steps or run to the bank. Now,its just less of a chore,but a chore none the less.lol Hang in there guys. Lets just keep the days a comin,and WEEKS. Best regards, Jack Ps Hi JusT ,Glad the accupuncture worked well for you
Today was not a good day at all! My body seems to be getting better a little bit at a time. I am at the point now that nothing matters but keeping my job. My bills are piling up, not because i dont have the money,but i just dont care. This shit is starting to get to me bad.
Sorry people about being negative. I WANT MY ENERGY BACK! I dont even know what day im in anymore(33,34 or 35). Just know friday is five long weeks of sub hell.
Today was and is a bad day!
Hate subs you seem to have done so well, over a month,not everyone can do that, if i do get to that stage,which hopefully i will, i would be so proud of myself, and thats what you gotta keep remembering,that you got this far and it will get better.
Because the only certainty in life is that things in life change, its all about being in control of that change. Bad days will end, and its one day closer.
Hatesubs- ...I know how bad you feel. We can sit here all day saying about how we all "just have to make it another day" but at times,its SO hard to just make it through each day,even each hour when youve been experiencing day after day after day after day after day after week after week after week of body pain,depression and or lethargy. It really can take a toll on your mind....Im sorry. Lets just get past the first six weeks and then see how we feel. That goes for EVERYONE that was on Subox for over a year or two. I am now still battling the withdraw lethargy and depression(a little) and slight body ache at day # 39. Wow...almost 40 days. In a way,feels like its been 3 months. Every day was a HUGE painful challenge up until about 3 or 4 days ago. Now its only a Medium slightly painful challenge. HANG IN THERE EVERYONE. Warmest regards, Jack
Hatesubs- ...I know how bad you feel. We can sit here all day saying about how we all "just have to make it another day" but at times,its SO hard to just make it through each day,even each hour when youve been experiencing day after day after day after day after day after week after week after week of body pain,depression and or lethargy. It really can take a toll on your mind....Im sorry. Lets just get past the first six weeks and then see how we feel. That goes for EVERYONE that was on Subox for over a year or two. I am now still battling the withdraw lethargy and depression(a little) and slight body ache at day # 39. Wow...almost 40 days. In a way,feels like its been 3 months. Every day was a HUGE painful challenge up until about 3 or 4 days ago. Now its only a Medium slightly painful challenge. HANG IN THERE EVERYONE. Warmest regards, Jack
Sorry about the negative posting last night.
Today was a good day.
I dont feel like talking tonight.
Jack and notanothervictom thanks.
Talk later
How long is this shit going to last. Most peaple on this site say it will last 3 to 6 months. They stoped at 6 to 1 mg. Maybe this shit is getting to me bad or im going crazy. I know one day it will stop but its not coming fast enough. The world looks difrent. The leg pains and no energy is driving me mad.
Yhe firt 2 weeks were bad but now it seems to be not getting any beter.
Hate subs- Still hanging in here, hope things are getting better. Today, so far, seems to be ok. This is a long haul, something about the lasting effects just don't want to let go. The mental anguish seems to be a bit better. When will the energy return? Still a big issue. Just staying positive, and getting thru one day at a time. Gotta go for now-
HateSub , The energy WILL get better,ever so slowly. However,even if you DO have a day where all a suddenyou feel great,DONT get over excited. Because you will have positive days followed by taking one step backwards. So far,thats what ive been feeling. Two slow steps forward,then followed by a half step back.And yep,ive read that we may have months ahead for our bodies,then minds to slowly get better. But oh well. LISTEN,if we can survive over 5 weeks like this,then we CAN and will,just have to tough this out and crawl through the rest of the months kicking and moaning. Thats my plan.Look how bad the first couple weeks were/ Yes,the dull nagging pain and lethargy and depression is annoying,but lets just accept it. We have no choice but to DO THIS. Im now at day # 41. Still very sensitive to cold,BAD lethargy but the depression is EVER SO SLOWLY lifting. The trick is,life was NEVER perfect. Dontt everyone, Jack
? lol, what happened to the second half of my post? Oh well, ill write more later. J
Here it is... wow, Day # 42 aka SIX WEEKS since quitting Suboxone. Still feel pretty sucked dry of my energy and mind but ive pushed through day after day,even after getting the worse cold/flu that ive had in more than 15 years. That was my all time low,lol,being sick with the withdrawls AND then getting the flu. Even so,ive manged to work part time at an extremely physical job and work out every 3rd day since day # 12 of kicking Subox. Hope everyone reading is hanging in there. I mean it. Best, Jack
Yeh it does get better. It can take a very long time for some of us. PAWS (Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome) can last for a year or more. However, there is always constant improvement and the intensity is forever decreasing.
I gave up on 23rd April 2009. I came back here to read after having cravings because of a period of depression that lasted a few weeks. I'm over it now.
I'm still clean. Please keep going everyone. It is extremely tough and you are very brave. You all deserve a lot of love and encouragement. Being a victim of opiate addiction is horrible.
Yes, do think positive. You can't change the past. Accept it. Don't bother yourself with thoughts about how you ever got addicted in the first place and what negative effects it has had on your life. Don't beat yourself up.
You know of the negative effects otherwise you wouldn't be quitting. Be kind to yourself. People are afflicted with all sorts of challenges in this world. Opiate addiction is one such significant challenge and illness that changes lives forever.
I remember posting here by the day, #42, #120, I can't remember how far I got in counting the days. It was definitely over 6 months. I can remember posting on the anniversary, one year. That was a milestone (as was 6 months).
It's so tough and horrible but there is always some sunshine on the horizon if you search for it hard enough. I still have so much admiration for all of you when I read the posts here. Your courage and conviction was always and still is a huge inspiration.
It never ceases to amaze me how special the people that come here are. My prayer, religious or not, is that every one of you succeeds.
Phil.
Hey All
I'm reading that a lot of you are frustrated b/c after 4-6 weeks, you're not feeling as well as you would like. Please don't give up... it does get better, I promise!!!!! After 40+ days, I was still dealing w/ some insomnia, but the fatigue and lethargy were the worst, coupled with some depression. Some days were better than others, and I really did feel like it was never going to end. But it did, though I still have moments here and there. It is a very slow process. My last sub was 10/31/10 and it wasn't until February that I could say most of the lingering fatigue and depression had lifted.
Philabc mentions something called PAWS (post-acute withdrawal syndrome) and that can last for 6-18mos. But most of you guys aren't far enough into the process to make a determination about that yet.
I know you guys are tired & frustrated. But, please keep with it. The fog will start to clear very soon - even if it's only for a day or two. Then the span of time between clearings gets less and less, until it's really just not foggy at all. The next major holiday is Labor Day. When it arrives, you should be able to look back on this time and pat yourself on the back that you've managed to pull through the summer. And by Thanksgiving, which I know seems eons away right now, you all will be feeling a 100 times better than you do right now.
You guys are so much stronger than you feel right now. Most people don't even have it in them to try and quit, so ya'll are already stronger than most. Keep at it, knowing that this week will better than last week, and next week will be better than this one. Baby steps people, baby steps. 3-mos is nothing compared to the years most of spent building this addiction in the first place.
Good Luck!!!!!!
Today was a good day. Fiday will be 6 weeks from this hell of a ride. Mentally it is hard to keep focused on what im doing at work but getting a little better. I still have the body aches and my skin feels like something is crawling underneath it. Still no energy but iam sleeping good at night when i do fall asleep.
Im trying to stay positive thru this shit but it is very tough for me when all i think about is wanting this overwith.
Subfree and Phil thanks alot for sharing with me what you went thru. It gives me hope witch i need right now.
Allshookup2- How are you feeling. Hope to here from you.
Where did everybody go!
Allshookup2- Did you not make it thru this sub hell and started taking agian. Im talking to you like your right in front of me. That is how crazy my mind is working now.
How long does the leg pain last. Tomorrow will be 6 weeks from 3 years of sub use and my legs still kill me.
I will check back later
Where did everybody go!
Allshookup2- Did you not make it thru this sub hell and started taking agian. Im talking to you like your right in front of me. That is how crazy my mind is working now.
How long does the leg pain last. Tomorrow will be 6 weeks from 3 years of sub use and my legs still kill me.
I will check back later
Hi HateSubs, I dont even bother to post on the days im not doing well because I think I would go to pieces on the forum right in front of everyone here reading. So I wait till I fell...hmm..not SO negative. Its really been two steps forward,one half step back for me lately. I begin to feel great,then out of no where ,wake up in the morning sick like a dog again feeling depressed. Luckily,the feelings of depression and sickness come and then go away after a day or two. AT LEAST my body aches are 99% history. NO leg pains or crawling electric flesh. NO head aches if I drink plenty of water,Gatoraid and bananas. For me,the Gatoriad/Bananas/water combo has been helpful. Strange but true. Im at day # 47 now. Im starting to care less and less about day #'s all the time. Now I just look forward to counting week #'s. All the best to everyone here. Regards, Jack
Hate Subs- Still hanging in here. The pain is severe in my legs still. Sleeping a little better now. How much are you sleeping now? Me, 3-4 hrs. This is dragging on and on. Sure glad it's Friday, two days to rest, right? Cut my grass today and it felt good. My honey do list is way behind . Did your wife return? You can email me at bechristlike.langston@gmail.com
Hi everyone. I HOPE everyone is hanging in there. I am officially at OVER seven weeks clean from Suboxone. And even though thats 50 days for me,I cant say I feel too great. The lethargy and fatigue causes me to feel SO depressed. (at least it is not the other way around)I can feel my body fighting...and fighting..so hard but the tiredness and fatigue is just all encompassing on many days(not all). It gets my spirits down and slight panioc sets in once or twice per week,although just for a little while. Was/IS anyone else at roughly 6-7 weeks and still having to take A NAP!!!! after doing something as simply as carrying in groceries or taking out the trash????? jeez. Its rediculous isnt it? I want to THANK the kind people whom have posted about there success with quitting Subox and how they also didnt feel 100% even after a few months after quitting Subox. Those posts have REALLY helped some of us here. Take care everyone. All the best, Jack
Hey all - I just want to send a few words of encouragement. Based on my own experience, everything that has been mentioned in the last few posts seems pretty much par for the course. The lethargy and fatigue were the symptoms that just seemed to linger on and on and on (and on and on). The fatigue was always worse in the morning, and seemed to get better as the day went on. And of course, I had good days and bad days. But overall, I made progress each week, and that is what it sounds like you guys are doing as well. And, yes, after the first few weeks, it's easier to measure your progress weekly than daily. Even after 8 weeks, I was having still having a hard time with fatigue/lethargy. 8 weeks was Christmas-time for me and while I was feeling way better, I was still frustrated that I didn't seem to have the energy to really decorate the house or the tree. But, by the end of February, I was really feeling much better. I'm 8.5 mos out now, and feeling great. Yes, I occasionally have cravings, and I occasionally experience some fatigue and depression, but it's nothing compared to those first 2-3mos. I suspect that everybody had issues with fatigue and depression sometimes, so I'm not sure if I should contribute it to being in recovery or just normal life.
Good luck everybody... keep it up!!! You don't have much longer to go now :-)
Hi SubFreeFinally, GREAT post man. The way you put things is pretty effective. Got a serious queswstion for you(and anyone else who wants to share an opinion on this). I feel totally sucked of life and am rather depressed. Do you think going on Wellbutrin is a good or bad idea at this stage? i always suffered from depression but do not know if MAYBE i MIGHT? feel okay if I just wait out this Subox withdrawal. I am usually good at making my OWN decisions but after going day after day after day after day after night after night after night after night after night after night after week after week after week of fatigue and depression,my mind is a bit fuzzy in some respects. I hope everyone out there is doing okay. All the best, Jack
Just wanted to add something realo quick for SubFreeFinally- We have interestingly similar stories. I too was on Subox around three years like you(I think you were)?? Also I have naturally low BP, I jumped at 1 mg of Subox at the very end of a month. I ALSO got the flue roughly a month after quitting Subox. It devistated me.Wasnt it discoraging for you? I also was done with most of the physically serious symptoms after roughly two weeks,then it turned mostly mental with fatigue.
Hate subs- Are you still stopping by? Let us know how you are doing.
Jackson - The way you feel right now is totally normal in my opinion. And, I know it's frustrating b/c it seems like it is never going to end, but your energy levels will slowly and surely return. I was extremely frustrated after ~6-8 weeks, but I got thru it by remembering that if I slipped, the last several weeks of misery were all for not. Plus, I kept a diary of how I was feeling and going back through it, I could see my progress even when I wasn't feeling it. I agree that after the first 2-3 weeks, this process really does turn into a mental game - can you find a way to tolerate the insomnia, fatigue, and depression?? If you want this bad enough, you'll figure out a way. The fact that you say you've always suffered from depression is interesting to me. Perhaps it is why you ended up in this situation in the first place - self medication. Opiates spur dopamine production and added dopamine in your system will certainly lift the blues temporarily. I don't know if a mild anti-depressant like Welbutrin will help you. I think that's a question more appropriate for your doctor. Maybe you should give it another month or so and then see how you're feeling before you decide to go the anti-depressant route. I can also highly recommend a good work-out routine as being helpful to deal with the fatigue and depression - those endorphins really can do wonders.
Good luck - you can do this!!
Hi SubFreeFinally and EVERYONE out there. SubFree,thanks for all the advice. I will see if I feel less depressed in a few more months. I just have bouts of sheer frustration and going on an anti depressant is usually the FIRST thing out of my mouth when that happens. I will try to wait it out and see what happens in two more full months. I dabbled in Subox originally twice or three times a month for the 1st year,then I went on it non stop via an official doctor for the last 2 years of usage. So I KNOW its going to be a while before Im okay. Sux when every day feels like a week,know what I mean? BUT,here I am at day # 52 and Im...well,im alive. Thanks again SubFree and good luck to you as well. I went back and read through all of your posts. Your story is very interesting and youve been very supportive at this forum over the past 8 months. THANK YOU. Hope everyone else reading is hanging in there as well. Be good, Jack
Hey everyone- Im still living(if that is what you call it) Today i think is day 47 but i do know friday is 7 weeks off that shit called a miracle drug!
The main thing that still pisses me off the most is the pains in my legs. WHen the hell is it going to stop. Still have stomach problems and ofcorse week with no energy. Do any of yall still sneez all day long,My sinuses are constanly cloged up. I sleep 6 hours a night most of the time will taking nothing.
One other thing that ive noticed is my vision seems to go foggy alot , have any of you had this problem or do i need to get my eyes cheked.
Allshookup2-when i set up my new email ill give you a ring.Right now all i have is my work email. I was never into this computer stuff to much i was allways outside working in the yard, washing my vette or just sitting on the deck. one thing i allways used the computer for is to check on my Buccaneers. Not sure if you are into football but if you are i hope your not a panthers fan(just kidding)
I just hope the withdrawls go away before football starts (if there is a season).
Jack- When did the leg pains go away it is driving me mad.Your a few days ahead of me but i think you said you stopped at 1 mlg if so i still have a long way to go.I still think the longer your on the subs the longer the withdrawls are no matter what you stopped at(just my opion).
One day we will be trhu this hell!
Hi Subfree ,AllShookUp and Hatesubs,Here it is,the end of Day # 52 for me. I had a good day. How good? Well,you see,lol,I consider it a good day when Im not 100% totally depressed and fatigued/tired. I was only slightly depressed and 50% fatigued/tired today. What a pain in the a$$. HateSubs- Ive looked at many of your previous posts. You jumped at 24 mg right? Well,i think that shows PERHAPS(maybe) why you are now just a few days behind me but have much more severe physical pain that many others at day # 47? i DO feel bad that you are so far along and still having leg/body pain. I have a feeling that you MIGHT (maybe) have a good three months ,maybe four,before you are close to 100% and obviously,I may be wrong,it may very well be shorter. YOU MUST HANG IN THERE. NO CHOICE. You are almost at seven weeks bro. I know how rediculous it feels to be in prolonged AGONY. Lets just get through this one day and night at a time and that goes for EVERYONE here. Even you,the first time reader who hasnt even signed up for a forum screen name yet!
I was on Subox aprx 3 years,jumped at 1mg(went from 8mg to ZERO in 13 days). My leg and arm pains stopped at about day #14 - 16 after quitting Subox . Best regards, Jack
HateSubs-,YEP,I HAD SUCH BAD SNEEZING,EVERY DAY,TWO AT A TIME SNEEZES FOR THE FIRST 43 DAYS. THEY ARE NOW 99%GONE AT DAY #52 and yep,VERY blurry vision after quitting Subs. BE WARNED-the blurry vision takes a while to go away,BUT it does slowly ease up. Slow progress on all fronts. I STILL cant see so good .
Hi everybody!!! I am start week 5!!!!!!!! Feel much better, I sleep at least 6 hours!!! No restless legs, just not 100%energy back but I try to keep myself busy. Still sneezing but much less now than a week ago. We have to be strong and patient ;-)) If I can do it everyone can!!!!Good luck for everybody!!!!!
JusT, Good to hear that you are doing well. Just one thing,How long were you on Suboxone and how much were you taking(mg)? I have a feeling you were on Subox a lot less time than many of us here.Still,its GREAT that you havent suffered too much and are now already doing well. Best, Jack
Jackson Ditwiller I was in Subutex ( white pills 2 mg) 3 years, But I have 12-14 mg a day last year, and when I try to quit cold turkey I was failed. It took me 5 weeks to lower my dose before I quit, 2 weeks I have 1/4 of the 2 mg pill= 0.5 mg a day!!! Any way I have horrible time insomnia was the worst one, I slept just 2 h a night 12 days!!!Thanks God I feel good now and I hope my live come back one day. One good positive things I quit smoking too, no pills,no smoke!!!! Acupuncture help me a lot, I hope all people who is struggling will feel better very sooon!!!! How are you doing so far?
Everybody- Today was the same as yesterday,bad leg pain and all the other shit.But i think i know what is causing my bad leg pains. Nine years ago i had back surgery to fix a rupcherd disk in my lower back. I never knew my back was that bad with all the pills and drugs i was taking. Last year i forgot that i was diagnosed with peripheral neuropathy. The whole time i was high on subs so the pain wasnt that bad but bad enough to get some help. I do need another back surgery(i will do it without pain meds) its funny how you forget things that important.
The nerve damage is bad in my right leg from my disk pushing on my nerve for so long but i never knew how bad it was untill i could not walk. the surgery did help at the time but now i remember that is when my drug use went trhu the roof. Blocking all of that pain is what i wanted.
I never want to trust a doc agian but this time it might be something to think about. This also runs in my family. I did not know this until my sister told me today.
Allsookup2-My wife did come home but she still does not understand what im going thru(nobody does except on here). My boss thinks im just draging this on to get sympaty and that realy hurts because im dieing at work trying to do my job. If they only knew.
Well thats all i have right now. Need to get ready for bed.
Thanks all!
Hate subs- Sometimes I wonder, have we done permanent neurological damage to our brains? I can only pray not. Glad to hear your wife has returned. People have no idea how hard this is that haven't been a victim to this bullshit miracle drug. I was only hooked on lortab's when I went to get help. I got no help, If I would have just suffered for the 5-7 days it would have passed. I learned the hard way. Suboxone is definately the "DEVIL'S DRUG". Have a great weekend-----------------
Hi EVERYONE,Glad to see some great posts from you guys today. Informative. HateSubs,Im sorry about your situation. Its interesting to note that I BET 95% of the people here,if they thought about it,can trace the exact true reason why they became accepting of drugs and Subox. It helped with your leg pain. I liked
Subox because it helped me feel less sad,etc. JustT. Wow, you WERE on Subox a long while. Good for you that you are doing well!! Youve come a long way. AND you stopped smoking,EXCELLENT. AllShookUp- Ive read at least 100 articles about Subox usage and quitting,ALL articles agree that ZERO permanent mental damage is ever done from Subox,ESPECIALLY those who have quit! Good luck to you AllShookUp,JustT,HateSubs,SubFreeFinally,and EVERYONE ELSE READING. Warmest, Jack
Hey everyone- Today was the first time my body did not kill me. It has been a long time since i felt my body getting better(until tomorrow) but for right now im enjoying no body aches.
Cant wait for this hell to end
Thanks all
Hate Subs I am so happy for you!!! Everyday will be better and better!!! More patient ;-))
..... Here we are- 8 full weeks since quitting Subox. When I first came here and was sick as a dog at day # TWO without Subox,I thought a week and a half was a long time to be quit. Now I know that I still have at LEAST another month to be fatigued and a bit depressed before I start to feel 99% better. Id still like to take this time to look back on all thats changed in the past 56 days. !. I no longer have an hour or so of screaming from the pain at night and have the nieghbors think im insane or that someone is being Serial Killed. 2. I no longer have to sweat THROUGH all of my clothes and blankets and sheets. 3. I no longer think anything below 85 degrees is freezing cold. 4. I no longer need ten minutes to work up the strength and courage to pull myself up and out of the bathtub. 5. My brain and body are no longer in NON stop undescribible pain. 6.When walking outside,Im no longer embarrassed for moving like an 87 year old man. and best of all at # 9.- I can sleep the whole freakin night through. Hope everyone out there is hanging on. All the best, Jack
Hello all. i have never, never, posted on a forum or twitter account in my life. I have spent a good portion of my day reading all of you posts and comparing them to my particular circumstance. Trying to make some inconclusive rationale out of the chaos that is surrounding me. I have never used Heroin, or any type of medication that works primarily on the brains opiod receptors. My fiance however is an addict. He has spent the past 4 years of our lives on subsitution therapy (suboxone), and tried numerous times, unsuccesfully, to taper himself down and get off Suboxone. A week ago today I found out that he had been given Heroin from an old accquaintance that he saw at a gas station down the street from our home. He had up until this point been buyin Suboxone off the street, due his inability to get off of it. He claims that he took the heroin to avoid withdrawals, and when he was able to purchase more suboxone, he did. We have a son named Noah, he will be 3 years old this Friday. I know that he is telling the truth about the herion because had it been about getting high, he would have just bought heroin a while ago, rather than continuing to buy suboxone off the street, we all know that it is much cheaper. He left for rehab yesterday, this must be his 3rd time in rehab, his second since weve been together for 5 years. I wish that he had never started taking suboxone, all he was doing was SUBSTITUTING one drug for another. I am fearful that when he comes out, his cravings for opiates will be unbelievable, since he has had some form of an opiate acting on his brain receptors for over 5 years now. 4 of which were spent on Suboxone. I know the relapse rate amongst drug addicts. I cannot stand the thought of rasing our children on my own. We are expecting our second child, a little girl we are going to name Catherine. She is due this November on Thanksgiving. A part of me wishes he never began taking suboxone, while the otehr half wishes he woudl stay on it because it has allowed him to remain relapse free and be a functiong, present, and necessary part of our growing families life, however, he is essentially just substituting an illegal addiction for one that is not. Thanks for letting me ramble, I guess I am just looking for support. Take care you all. Please do not let addiction take CONTROL of YOUR lives. Only you have the power to make decisions that are going to impact your qulaity of life, the right decisions are always the most hardest to make. As you can see I am struggling with my own currently.
Hi Jessie,Glad you posted. It can really help to just write things out. You are in a VERY serious ,awful situation. I feel for you,your child,and your husband. I understand and KNOW your husbands fear of Subox withdrawal. Its rather painful and unlike heroine,its 50 times longer,accompanied by bone crushing depression,fatigue and insomnia,all of which are omnipresent,every second,every minute,24 hours a day. If you look on line,there is a GREAT doctor who has a really good tapering plan which eliminates a good 75% of the Subox withdrawal. He shows you how to SLOWLY taper down to just literally Subox dust over the course of six months. Ive read time and time again from people who quit this way and it seems to work well. Google Suboxone Withdrawal and its on the first page of search results I believe. Point being that your husband should NOT stay on Suboxone.Eventually,it has to stop. Not good for the body. As a former Subox user now at OVER 8 weeks clean,I can tell you that my body feels SO much cleaner,healthier and ALIVE despite the fact that im still withdrawing. Yep,If you were on Subox more than a year(I was on it for three) the withdrawal goes on and on and on. Its been the hardest thing ive ever had to do. I wish you and your family all the best Jessie. HANG IN THERE and stay strong okay? Best, Jack
Suboxone withdrale is very hard! I will be 8 weeks come friday and this hell is just starting to get better. I really feel for your fiance jessie, but he can make it if he wants off of it bad enough. This sub hell will only last as long as he lets it.
Today was another good day, minor body ackes,no energy but its finally getting better. Just hang in there a little longer, he will maybe feel like the person you fell in love with in the first place. My wife allmost gave up on me a few years ago,a few weeks ago,but not now(hopefully). Opiots are one of the worst drugs you could ever take(in my mind). Did he go to rehab on his own?
Finally my legs dont kill me all day long!
Allshookup2-When i came home today there was a sign in my yard and i was pissed,but then i read it and it said i won yard of the month. Ive been trying to win this award for years. I hope this good luck will continue.
Hi Allshookup,Hatesubs,SubfreeFinally,Jessie and JustT, Hope everyone is hanging in there today. Hatesubs,Glad to hear that you had another good day. Youll prob be experiencing more and more frequent good days. Always remember that they will usually be followed by bad days as well. The more we keep that in mind,the less of a let down the bad days will become. Im at day #59 now. Im just..okay today but yesterday I was rather sick and completly drained with a bad headache. Im at over two months clean but am still very fatigued with bouts of depression that accompany it at times. I do OKAY,just okay on the days that I dont feel real depressed,but on the days that I do feel depressed and tired,WOW,its SO seriously ,deeply bad. Then ill wake up the very next day okay again. Strange but I guess? thats the way it goes. All the best, Jack
Hey Everybody,
I've been busy as of late, so was just reading the recent posts. Sounds like most of you are starting to turn a corner!!! I know that the last few months have not been easy, but you should be so proud of yourselves. Things are going to continue get better from here on out. Probably the hardest part now is just learning to live life w/out that rush of being high... learning how to deal with life's problems without reaching for a pill.
Hate Subs - I'm glad that the pain is receding some for you. I know you're not feeling 100%, but I can tell that you're feeling much better than you did even a week or two ago. Things should continue to improve, although there will be times it will feel slower than a snail, but even a snail moves forward :-) Congrats on the yard and I'm so glad your wife has returned. Having the support of those closest to you is so important.
Jack - The fatigue was my longest lingering symptom. What you describe about feeling ok one day and crappy the next is pretty normal, but the times between the crappy days should start to get longer and longer. Remember that are a really good exercise regimen is going to help with the fatigue. Hey, I'm nearly 9 mos clean and I still have bouts of depression, though I wonder if sober people deal with this too....
Jess - watching somebody you love self-destruct is never easy. Hopefully rehad works for him this time around. Most addicts try several times for sobriety before succeeding. So, maybe this time will be the clincher - 3rd time's a charm, right?? Withdrawals are miserable - it's like to worst flu you've ever had accompanied by nausea and diarrhea, times 20 and it lasts for 2 weeks or more. And then the really hard part begins with insomnia, fatigue, depression, malaise, etc., and that lasts for a few more months. If you're not prepared to deal with these symptoms, you'll do just about anything to ward them off. My experience is that WD from straight opiates is way way way more acute from suboxone. They say it doesn't last as long, but I wouldn't know, since I never made it past 24hrs. This is probably not the most popular opinion on this board, but I don't see anything wrong with maintenance therapy for some people - if it allows you to live a normal life, not be high, craving free, etc., than I'm all for it. And, if after some time on maintenance, somebody decides that they're strong enough to come off of it, then this board is here to support them. Though, I'm also a big proponent of finding a competent doctor to help you through this process. Good luck, Jess... I truly do hope that your man finds his way. It is possible to support him w/out enabling him - and I know from my own personal experience that support is crucial to his long-term success.
SubFreeFinally, I have been working out two or three times a week. Just light excercise for 20-30 min but YES,on the days I do that,i feel almost ZERO signs of ANY withdrawl for most of that day.
Jack - may I suggest that up your workout routine to daily. It is amazing what a big difference our own natural endorphins can make.
Good luck everybody!!!
Hey everyone-Tomorrow will be 8 weeks sub free and my legs still hurt but my energy is back to about 90%.Its weird how in the morning my legs barely hurt but as the day go,s on my pain gets WORSE!
If i did not focus 50% of my mind feeling my leg pains i would feel alot better. To be this far in and still have pain does not seem right. Hopefully saturday i will have a good day like i had last saturday. When i go swimming in the pool, all of this shit goes away for some reason.
I need to find something to do to take my mind off of everthing but nothing seems to intrest me anymore. I use to play the guitar before but while on drugs i pawned all of them to get high. Man do i regret getting rid of them. There was one guitar my wife bought for me for my birthday that was a metallica fist addition kerk hammet(how ever you spell it) and i sold it for only $75.00. That is one thing i will probably never forgive myself for.
Anyways, let me know what yall do to keep your mind positive.
Thanks all!
...the very unreal fact that ive managed to push myself to work out AT ALL on ANY day of the week during this horrible,painful,life sucking mess has been a triumph. I am so ungodly tired that working out every day isnt going to happen rite now.Most REGULAR happy people cant work out every day so imagione what a terrible mess it is for someone withdrawing and fatigued and DEPRESSED/.
Allshookup2-How you doing,are you feeling better,Let us know
I read back on this site and found someone who stopped subs at allmost the same mgs i did and he went 13 weeks before his body pain went away. This gives me hope that this hell will end in hopefully 5 more weeks.
I still cannot beleive i have made it this long without giving in. This site has helped me alot. Everyone that starts subs should read what others go trhu on this shit befor they start. Doctors have no clue what this drug(yes drug) does to your body and mind.
I wiil be free from this shit one way or another.
8 weeks clean(party time)
Whats up everybody- Today i cut my hair. it has been allmost to my back for 20 years and i wish i would have done it a long time ago.I was right about feeling good today becouse the pool realy makes everthing go away.Now all i can think about is swimming agian next week but this time i am going to take my family to the beach.
Dont have anything else right now to say other than i still need to find something during the week to keep my mind off of this sub hell.
Sorry but my hair was allmost to my ass not my back.I am going to donate my hair to Locks of Love for women with cancer treatment and that makes me feel good.
Is there a way to edit after you post?
One day i will be my old self again
Glad you had a good day Hatesubs. How do you feel without ur hair? Ill write more tomorrow. Gotta get to bed. All the best to you and EVERYONE out there reading. -J
Whats up everyone- I should have cut my hair along time ago,it is so easy now to take a shower. Cant wait to get to work to see how bad i get picked on by my friends.
To tierd to wright now but i do feel a little bit better.
hang in there everone, allshookup2 have not heard fromm you in days (where you at). Hope you feel better jack
Hi SubFreeFinally,JustT,Jessie,AllShookUp and of course HateSubs. It looks as though SubFree was right. Doing some sort of excercise DEFINETLY moves things along and makes one feel almost 100% better. I just wish it wasnt so difficult to work out or run on the treadmill. Withdrawing and being badly depressed makes it so much more impossible to get to the gym or work out. It ISNT about being lazy. Its just SO hard to do while getting through the Subox depression. I worked out and ate properly today and Saturday....I felt- GREAT. Running on the treadmill didnt hurt like it usually does. My girlfriend was with me and she was surprised at how fast and hard I was running. I worked out before on Suboxone and it DIDNT feel the same. I worked out when I did Adderal and that DIDNT feel the same. Its such a different feeling to be living life in the raw...naked(no prescription drugs in body whatsoever). After my workout,my GFriend and I drove to get sushi and listened to music in our car as the sun was setting. I WAS HIT IN THE FACE by a feeling I havent felt in years.....happiness. A feeling of being reconnected with life again. Anyone else get that? I almost started crying because I forgot what that normal connected and at peace feeling was like. Im sure others reading know what Im reffering to when I say its a strange,confusing but good feeling,feeling what normal life and REGULAR emotions are like. Things as simple as the breeze in your hair takes on an old,nice familiar,yet NEW again sense of satisfication. Its also confusing because as GOOD as today and saturday were,I know damn well that tomorrow may be depressing again. But heck,Ill take any good days I can get,know what I mean? Today is Day # 63 ,aka 9 weeks. Take care everyone and Im glad you were okay with cutting your hair HateSubs. its so freeing isnt it? Youll be more active psysically now perhaps. Swimming is great for the body and mind bro. Regards, Jack
Talk tomorrow, not feeling so good
Hate subs- Still hanging in here, things are getting better. The depression is still a factor along with the insomnia. Just so ready to be completely normal again. I see you are getting along good too. Still having good and bad days. Time seems to be flying by so fast. Talk later-
..what a bad day. Fri,Sat,Sun,and Mon went great,really good. Today,sick,tired,depressed as hell.
...okay,not too good today. Will try to crawl to the gym in an hour or so from now to vent my panic and depression on the treadmill. really dont feel like going......
Im at day # 66 If I manage to crawl to the gym,Im way okay the whole day n night. Its getting to the gym that sux. Then,if I even skip one day of working out,I get sick and depressed. My life has changed so much in the past two years. I gave up drinking first(never had a problem with that though,so wasnt a hard thing to do),then a year and half ago,I gave up smoking(smoked nine years off and on) and then gave up adderal at the same time(that was tough) and then sixty six days ago,i gave up the only thing I had left keeping me going-Suboxone. Im surprised Im functioning even half way normally. Depression and lethargy are still hitting me rough every day I dont work out hard. Best, Jack
i have been detoxing myself off suboxone for an operation i am having this friday, and all i hear are all the HORROR story's about people trying to come off and having the worst withdrawal symptoms EVER...WELL i am going on day 4 and my withdraw has been EXTREMELY MINIMAL, i hear it takes a while to get out of your system but I tapered down to about a little over 1mg daily. Little bit of chills, DEFINITELY a tough time sleeping BUT NOWHERE NEAR AS BAD AS I HAVE HEARD READING ALL THEASE STUPID STORY'S ON THE INTERNET.....IF YOU ARE OUT THERE AND YOU WANT TO QUIT BOX, HAVE SOME WILL POWER PEOPLE, THIS IS NOWHERE NEAR THE FEELING I HAD TRYING TO KICK A 200mg OXY HABIT FOR TWO YEARS! IF YOU ARE OUT THERE, AND YOU CANT SEE LIGHT AT THE END OF THE TUNNEL, JUST TAPER DOWN,TAKE THE PLUNGE, AND DO IT!!!!! ITS NOT THAT BAD, I HOPE THIS HELPS SOMEONE OUT THERE, AND I WISH I HAD READ THIS MYSELF B4 I JUMPED! GOOD LUCK!!BY THE WAY I WAS ON SUBOXONE FOR TWO YEARS...started on 16mg for about a month, jumped to 8 for over a year, then 4 mg for about two months, then about a little over 1mg for 2 months, during this time i did have a bit of small withdraw, just the basic runny nose and loss of energy, the usual...i will let you know how tomorrow goes but i just dont see it coming, i felt much worse YESTERDAY than i do today,,,,
I AM SORRY BUT I JUST HAVE TO SAY, EVERYONE I SEE THAT WRITES ABOUT THEIR ANXIETY AND DEPRESSION MONTHS AFTER DISCONTINUING SUBOXONE IS JUST BEING A TYPCAL DRUG ADDICT, PUT THE BLAME ON THE DRUG, HATE SUBOXONE, ITS THE DRUG THAT MAKES ME A LAZY SHIT, THIS IS LIFE PEOPLE, YOU ARE GOING TO FEEL DEPRESSED SOMETIME, YOU ARE GOING TO FEEL TIRED, ITS ABOUT PICKING YOUR LAZY ASS UP AND GOING FOR A WALK, GET UP AND ENJOY THIS BEAUTIFUL PLANET WE ARE ON. I HAVE KICKED BOX AND IT WAS NOT HALF AS BAD AS WHAT I HAVE READ ON THE INTERNET. MAYBE SOME OF YOU HAVE OTHER ISSUES IN YOUR LIFE THAT ARE HARD TO COPE WITH BUT THIS IS A SUBOXONE WITHDRAWAL THREAD, AND NOBODY NEEDS TO HEAR ABOUT YOUR DEPRESSING SHIT, IF YOU WANNA POST ABOUT THAT THEN JUST GO ON SOME SORT OF DEPRESSION WEB PAGE OR WHATEVER, BUT PEOPLE NEED HOPE OUT THERE, THIS DRUG IS SERIOUS, AND IT WAS NOT THE EASIEST THING TO KICK BUT IT IS NOT NEARLY AS BAD AS ANY THREAD I HAVE EVER READ ABOUT THEIR EXPERIENCE WITH KICKING SUBOXONE...THAT IS ALL I HAVE TO SAY, GOD BLESS PEOPLE, AND THERE IS HOPE, I DID IT, DO NOT LISTEN TO THE HORROR STORYS
............. Are we supposed to care about what was just written? Lol. Every once in a while,you get a reply/post like this. Complete waste of breath. I wont comment on this for one more second. All the best to the REAL hard working,brave ex and SOON to be ex users who come here and let us in on there private battles. Warmest, Jack
GUEST2300- Im glad you can deal with your sub withdrawl this easy. SOUNDS TO ME YOU HAVE A FUCKING PROBLEM GETTING OFF THIS SHIT MORE THAN YOU KNOW. DONT BASH PEAPLE FOR HAVING TROUBLE GETTING OFF THIS HELL WHEN YOU HAVE NO PROBLEM WITH IT.
If your in only day 4 with no withdrawls good for you , just go a little longer before you start thinking that way.
WHY ARE YOU EVEN ON THIS SITE IF YOU ARE HAVING NO WITHDRAWALS!(F OFF)
Hey everyone(jack, allsookup2) Today was a bad day trying to go to work but when i got there it was all better. My legs still kill me but they are getting better. Today is day 60 for me and friday will be 9 weeks DRUG FREE(unlike that other guy)but it is getting better.
Anyone reading this should note that not everyony has the same symtoms(unlike that other guy).
Hang in there everyone.
Jack- I just posted on that guy-girl before your post came out and i should have did what you did (not even bother). God be with him-her.
The more and more i read this JACKASS POST BY GUEST 2330 THE MORE I GET PISSED OFF. GET THE FUCK OFF THIS SITE IF YOUR HAVING NO PROBLEMS. I DONT GET PISSED TO OFFTON BUT YOU HIT A FUCKING NERVE WITH ME! WHY WONT YOU GO FIND SOME WHERE ELSE TO GO AND CRY.
Jack-how do you stay so calm when this guy-girl starts shit without even knowing us or anyone else on here.
I think this person is crying for help but just does not know how to ask for it!
Hi Hatesubs. Glad you are now almost!!! at nine,yep 9 WEEKS !!!!!! Lets do this bud. We have come a long way,and no,its NOT over yet. Lets just keep the weeks coming so that we have a good 3 months behind us. THEN we will re-check just how far weve all come. Weve been through really bad,painful and agonizing days. There will be more. But i think the severity is lessening. I had a GREAT day ...once I crawled to the gym. All the best and lets ignore what happened earlier. Warmest, Jack
I want to apologize for hurting anyones feelings on here, i did not write what i wrote to make anybody have a tougher time during their recovery, I was only trying to shed a possitive light in someones life, I WISH i had read about a possitive post when i was trying to make the jump. How do u think people feel who read your posts when u are talking about having 60 some days clean, do u think thAT IS GOING TO HELP PEOPLE MAKE THE JUMP, sorry not in my oppinion. obviously you have posted on this wall for a while but you do not own it, i know someone out there will read what i wrote and hopefully it will influence a possitive outlook for them. AGAIN i did not mean to hurt anybodys experience, i was just sharing mine.
Hey Everybody,
I'm glad to read that some of you are continuing to see improvement. And I'm also glad that you're keeping up with the gym - it really does make a huge difference. Sometimes you'll just have to force yourself to exercise, but you'll thank yourself for doing so. Keep it up!!!
Jack & Hatesubs - you guys have really crossed the half-way point. And while you're still going to have some bad days, it should all be down-hill from here :-) Congrats!!!!!
Guest - Thank you for your apology. You are entitled to your opinion and I hope that you continue to share. But for future reference, you may want to be a bit more diplomatic about it. Although you may not have intended it, your initial posts really did come off as degrading. They seemed to me to insinuate that anybody having a difficult time with this process is just a wimpy piece of shit drug addict. Obviously the 2+years of posts here show that getting off of subs is no walk in the park. But you are right - it is way, way easier then coming straight off of oxy and it is totally doable and achievable. But, it is still very difficult for most people. I also agree that people need to hear positive experiences for inspirational purposes. But I have to disagree that this board doesn't have them. It does - it has lots of them. I see people working thru their difficulties and finding support from others in the same situation. I see a lot of people here making the decision to stay clean despite not feeling 100% and others encouraging them to keep it up. Good luck to you - I hope that your experience continues to be positive!! This board will be here for you if you need some support.
again i would like to apologize; There was not as many horror storys on this thread but i have read many throughout the internet, and i just hoped that someone wanting to hear what i had to say...heard it...Again i am sorry for how i acted.
Hi Hatesubs,SubFreefinally,JustT,Jessie and AllShookUp,How is everyone out there? Good,or at LEAST okay I hope!! =-) Heres day # 67 , Waking up is now the hardest part of my day(I know,I know,me and the rest of the world) but does the rest of the world feel gut level sick,depressed and sucked dry of life every single morning? I hate bein g forced to do ANYTHING but giving up subox has forced me to - Either go to the gym or be sick,its that simple. I guess I shouldnt complain. Just a month ago,it was my b-day and I could barely move during most of the day. Two and a half months ago,I was still addicted to Subox,going to the bathroom just once every three days,I always felt bloated,my face looked swollen most of the time,my teeth felt really bad ,it took me forever to ...finish...when with a girl,and I was tired all day n night. Now,I try to go to the gym and thats my big dilemma? lol. Well,it IS when withdrawing from Subox. Very FEW people stay clean when trying to give it up,MOST people(good,hard working,brave and TOUGH men and woman) find it extremely painful and difficult to make it through a Subox Detox and to STAY clean of it. The success rate of STAYING off of Subox is.....low. I think the people who have the most SCARY,DIFFICULT and painful time giving subox up are the ones who have the best odds of staying quit of ANY opiates. The worse the pain,the more that person remembers how AWFUL it would be to start the whole process over again. I really want to beat the odds and WIN this. I KNOW people like AllShookUp,SubFreeFinally,and HateSubs(all who suffered greatly to make it through the withdrawl) ALSO want(and are) to beat the odds. Lets do this. All the best, Jack Ps. Time to crawl to the gym,uggh.
Guest - Apology accepted!! Please continue to post here because I do want to hear what you have to say. I and many others have found this board to be a great place for support and I encourage you to do the same. I wish you the very best of luck in your journey!! I think you are having surgery tomorrow, so I hope that it goes well.
Jack - You're right, the success rate for opiate detox is way low. I think that I once read that the relapse rate is like 80-90%. I suspect that suboxone is probably similar. But, we are all living proof that it can be done. I am 9-mos clean and pretty much have zero lingering symptoms. Life really is good without a monkey on your back. The best part is when people notice how good you're doing. I recently saw a friend who had no clue about my addiction. Despite this however, they noticed that something was different and that it is positive. Things like this keep me going when I get the occasional craving
If I can do this, then all the rest of you can too!!! Here's to another sober day :-)
You are absolutely right subfree, I am having surgery tomorrow, and today is day 5 of my sub recovery, same usual clammy hands, back and forehead, restless legs at night, pretty bad headache but i can honestly say it has not been bad at all compared to kicking the oxy habit, but it definitely seems to be a longer drawn out withdrawal process. I think i was one of the lucky ones, who knows i could have been on box another two years b4 i quit, i was set to have surgery and i went on the internet and found these horrible storys how people were waking up and the anestesia not workingm it honestly scared the shit out of me. So almost unwillingly i had to quit box, well THANK GOT I TAPERED DOWN, that must have been gods way of making it all work out for me. I was down to a little over 1MG daily when i made the jump, I wish everyone who has been on box for over 2 years would make the jump, I dont mean to sound like an ass like i already have but BOX WAS MY CRUTCH. I guess in my first posts i just wanted to exert possitive energy about this topic, it really is not easy but if you can trick your mind into thinking it is not so bad, IT REALLY ISN"T, two days ago was my hardest day SO FAR. I hope it dosn't get much worse, it feels weird but i can feel these weird emotions i have not felt in SO long. sometimes its hard to bare but im sure in a couple weeks and months it will slowly work it's self out, Again guys i think I GOT MYSELF OFF TO A BAD START, god bless
Hi Everyone,Thanks for the feedback SubFreeFinally. Congratulations on your NINTH month! It must be nice. Today is pretty good. Crawled to the gym earlier and it was...interesting. After the first few workouts,its already feeling better and better to go longer and longer on the machines. It makes the entire day and 99.9 % of the rest of that night feel better. ... I almost hate falling asleep at the end of the night because I KNOW I usually wake up the next morning feeling bad all over again. At LEAST things are moving along easier now. i hope all is well with everyone. Hatesubs- Hope you are doing good man and All ShookUp,thanks for the great post. Warmest, Jack
woke up feeling nasty with headache. oh well,once I got ALL the way up and was awake,I felt...okay. Aside from the working out stuff,I just decided to change my whole diet. withdrawing seems to have made me VERY sensitive to the bad and fattening foods(I love em) that I had become used to eating. I just went out and bought a hundred bux(remember when that was a LOT of money?) worth of "Naked" juices,beans,eggs(for the whites),low fat low sodium soups,friut,vegetables PLUS five hour energy shots (one per morning). I SEEM to feel better when Im not eating Taco Bell and Soda all day n night. Dont know if im going to the gym today,I have a VERY physical job on the weekends so I may take a break. Today is day # 68 for me. All the best and hang in there everyone. Best, J
Had my surgery this morning, got a whole bottle of percs which i gave to my MOM IMMEDIATELY, so far i have only taken two 5mg, i think i can get through this without the narcotic pain medication! i do have to say though LAST NIGHT IT WAAS IMPOSSIBLE TO GET ONE SECOND OF SLEEP, i could not fall asleep at all, and for those who do not know my situation, i made the jump off a little over 1mg box daily for this surgery and decided i would take this opportunity TO STOP EVERYTHING, i was just sick of always being on a crutch (box) Dont get me wrong box probobly saved my life but i dont' believe anyone shold be on it for over a year, i was on it for 2 years. If you read my post above i tapered down to 1mg from 8mg, was not the easiest thing in the world but honestly the WORST part about quitting suboxone, IS THE SLEEPLESS NIGHTS, i literally had to drive around at 430 this morning til about 530, i could not get my legs to stop jittering. Anyone out ther who knows anything about suboxone and narcotics i have a very important question i would really like to hear some responses on.....SO if i made it 6 days WITH ABSOLUTELY NO BOX OR ANYTHING, and again this is coming off 1mg, SINCE I WAS PUT UNDER TODAY AND WHEN I WOKE TOOK 2 PERCOCET 5MG, WILL MY WITHDRAWAL START ALL OVER AGAIN? OR WILL THE REST OF IT JUST PLAY OUT ONCE THE PERCOCET IS OUT OF MY SYSTEM, I PLAN ON TAKING MAYBE ONE MORE 5MG TOINIGHT SO I CAN SLEEP, AND TOMORROW NIGHT SO I CAN SLEEP. I REALLY HOPE SOMEONE ANSWERS THIS QUESTION WITH SOME POSSITIVE FEEDBACK, PLEASE DO NOT TRY AND SCARE THE CRAP OUT OF ME, MY MOTHER HAS THE WHOLE SCRIPT OF PERCOCET AND SHE IS GIVING ME EVEN LESS THANN THE DOCTOR STATED, THANKS TO ANYONE WHO READ MY POST, GOD BLESS
Hi Everyone,Whats new? Still day # 68. DID drag myself to the gym. Feels weird to be sweating so much...on purpose. Feels incredible once Im on the machines a few minutes and the endorphines start up. Tomorrow(sat) I have to bust my A$$ all night at a very physical job so perhaps all this working out will make my job easier this week. Who knows,I just dont want to feel depressed and lousy so working out is what Im now FORCED to do as I wake up every day with headache and gloom. HateSubs,hope you are doing good and that you arent so sore the day after you swim any more. Take care everyone. Regards, Jack
We are leaving to take the kids to Disney in exactly one week. He is on day 2 of w/d from 2mg. He has every symptom you are talking about, insomnia, restless legs, mixed emotions, but no headache and no vomiting. He's walking around ok, he's forcing food down. I brought him in here to read these comments you are all making about this evil drug, and how it's the devil, because he says it all the time. It was nice for him to see other people who are going through the same thing, and have someone to relate to. So here's my question, Will he be ok in Disney?? It will be his 8th day. He has to drive 6 hours.. we have 3 drivers.. So, was it bad timing to quit now, or will he be ok???
Thanks in advance for you help
We are leaving to take the kids to Disney in exactly one week. He is on day 2 of w/d from 2mg. He has every symptom you are talking about, insomnia, restless legs, mixed emotions, but no headache and no vomiting. He's walking around ok, he's forcing food down. I brought him in here to read these comments you are all making about this evil drug, and how it's the devil, because he says it all the time. It was nice for him to see other people who are going through the same thing, and have someone to relate to. So here's my question, Will he be ok in Disney?? It will be his 8th day. He has to drive 6 hours.. we have 3 drivers.. So, was it bad timing to quit now, or will he be ok???
Thanks in advance for you help
Hey Coming off subs wife, HONESTLY if i was in your husbands shoes i would just stay on the subs and quit as soon as i got back from disney, just being honest with you, its just a very uncomfortable experience and its been over a week for me and i am still having lots of trouble sleeping, that is the worst part about the withdrawal, well at least for me. Hopefully your husband tapered down to a very low dose before he quit. And if he is on day two maybe he takes .50mg tonight and skips tomorrow, takes .50 again on tuesday and so on just so he can at least sleep and enjoy his vacation, my family and i went to disney a couple years back and i can't imagine spending the money we did and actually withdrawaling from suboxone at the same time, just seems kinda messed up to be honest with u, but if there is something i dont know and he NEEDS to stop now then he should be OK, just will not sleep very well at all, I tapered down to 1mg daily when i made the jump and my only REAL complaint was the sleepless nights and restless legs, other than that its not that bad, BUT IF HE IS ON over 2mg and he expects to make the jump, THAT WILL BE VERY DIFFICULT, enjoy your vacation, im sure it is coasting you guys a lot of moneym its just not work taking a chance on having a horrible time, JUST MY OPPINION! i wish you guys the best of luck, and i am so glad to hear that he wants to gett off the suboxone, THAT IS THE HARDEST PART, TAKING THE LEAP! GOD BLESS!
Hi Everone out there. Hope everyone's weekend was great or at least tolerable. Theres been a lot of days where id settle for tolerable thus far. As of today(Sunday)I am now at 10 weeks FREE of Suboxone. I still feel lousy as hell (exhausted,depressed a bit0 if I am not working out. ANY day that I dont work out is pretty much not a real good day. As for ComingoffSubs Wife. If you guys are goin to Disney in a few weeks,you really might want to let ur husband have just a LITTLE subox every other day until the trip is over,not one day longer. AND I MEAN IT !! The second you guys get back home from Disney,your husband should THEN quit the Suboxone once and for all. My prayers go out to you and your husband. Be patient with him. Nothing you do will take away his pain while withdrawing but he will NEVER forget your kindness,support and understanding once he is quit and the subox is out of his system. Warmest regards, Jack
Whats up jack- My body aces are getting a little better and my eyes dont seem to be as cloudy as they were a week ago. Working out does seem to help me thru the day. Saturday night i felt normal. I went to a bar with my sister and i had a good time(ive not felt that good for 10 plus years)but anyways i dont know if i will wright to much more on here after last weeks bullshit.
Im here to tell my story with other peaple going thru the same thing for help and support and not to be bashed.
Thanks to all.
How you doing allshookup2?
Hi Hatesubs. Made me happy to read that you were feeling NORMAL! on Sat and went out to a bar for some fun with friends. AND that you tried working out as well. Its good to know that it makes you feel relief the same way it does for me. Hope you keep posting because letting one person out of dozens cause you to stop reporting your PROGRESS here would not just suck for us,but it would bad for you as well. You coming here is a great way for you to vent and share your pain/triumphs. The comment that was made last week was pretty pathetic,but its done and over with my friend. Hope we dont lose your presence here over one person's comment. All the best and again,happy that you had a good weekend Hatesubs. Regards, Jack
Guest - glad your surgery went well. I'm not sure how taking percs is going to affect your suboxone recovery. I was 3-mos out before I had a root canal that required narcotic pain medication. I took it as prescribed and had no problems. But that's a completely different story from surgery within a week of your last dose of suboxone. I would suspect that the percs will make you feel better for a short period of time, but after a few hours you'll be back to the insomnia and RLS. In the grand scheme of things, I don't think it will affect you too much. This process is a long one regardless. Under ordinary circumstances I would recommend that you stay away from the narcotics entirely, but surgery is an X factor. The physical symptoms - i.e. pain, nausea, diarrhea, sweats, etc. - really only last 2-4 weeks depending on the person. It's the insomnia, fatigue, and anxiety/depression that seem to linger on for most folks. In the beginning, they don't seem like a big deal, but after several weeks it does get frustrating. If anything, I would say that you won't start the whole process over again, but you could add another week or two to your total suboxone recovery time, depending on how long you need the percs post-surgery. Seriously, you're probably looking at ~4-weeks for the most acute symptoms to subside and another 2-3 months, for all of the insominia and lethargy to improve. Not trying to scare you, just trying to be honest. It is uncomfortable and frustrating, but really nothing more. You'll make small improvements daily and weekly. Good luck - I hope that your recover, both from surgery and suboxone go well.
Jack - hang in there... things will continue to improve. At this point, you're probably sleeping 6-8hrs a night, but not much more. I'm glad that you've proven to yourself how important exercise is to this process. The absolute worse thing you can do is sit around. But getting up and getting in some hard core exercise at this stage is truly the one thing that's gonna help you get to the finish line. Those endorphins are super important and every day, your body is adjusting to make just a little more of your own natural opiates. Your normal body chemistry is slowly but surely returning to homeostasis. In about another month, you're really going to notice a big difference. You're not going wake up one day and say wow, everything is normal, but one day you will notice that you don't really feel like shit when you get up and it's kind of been that way for a while. Keep it up!!
Hate Subs - I'm glad that you continue to see improvement. And every week is going to get just a bit better than the last. Evenings like the one you had with you sister are going to become more and more frequent until you notice that they're normal occurance!! Please don't stop posting here. Jack is right - you need to have a place to vent and get support. Don't let one bad experience ruin all the benefit you get from this board. I know that Guest's first comments were offensive, but Guest has since made a very sincere apology. I've accepted it and I think that you should too.
Sub Wife - I agree with the others - your husband should continue on the lowest maintenance dose possible, which is probably around 0.5mg-2mg, while you are in Disney World. Imagine having a horrible flu and not being able to sleep and how that would affect not only you, but also your family while in Disney World. I mean, he wold be okay, just very uncomfortable and probably a bit of a drag for everybody else. The most acute symptoms last ~2weeks and most people deal with lingering symptoms of insomnia and fatigue for 2-3mos. My worst day in that first two weeks was day 10. Neither you nor he should have any shame in getting back on the maintenance program until after your vacation and then starting the WD process when you get home.
Good luck everybody - keep up all the hard work!!!
JUST TO STIR THE POT
But I am sorry to say this ,but i do understand the reason for guests first post,even if it is a little premature,as he is in his first week which is nothing as we know.
Yet i felt the same way on first reading some of the posts here.
It can come across that getting of subs is going to be a incredibly hard battle, which i am sure it is for some, but not all. just taper, taper down down.
I have been Over a month off the subs now and havnt had that much of a hard time, yes the first few weeks are really hard, but i am feeling a lot better than i thought i would, lucky me i guess.
and i was on them for almost a year.
IT CAN BE DONE, AND NOT EVERYONE GOES THRU MONTHS OF PAIN.
Mayby i am one of the lucky ones, but just be prepared for a week or two of little sleep and feeling awfull.
After that it has just been a head thing.
Anyway , thanks for the helpfull advice i did get from this site, and there was a lot of usefull information, but there are also a lot of people who are dwelling on this and dont seem to realise that years of abuse will have permanent effects on there body, you are not likely to feel as well as you did pre-substance use, EVER, and that is something one must deal with,
i started using twenty years ago, so stopping isnt going to make me feel like a 16 year old again is it,
whether it is damage done to body or simply that you are older and things do get sore and tired.
SUCK IT UP I SAY
talk to a 70 year old, do they jump out of bed feeling a million dollars, not many.
Anyway enough from me,
thanks again for the warnings, it did make me over prepare which isnt a bad thing, but if you are still all f.. up after a few months i think it is time you start getting used to your new reality, cause i dont imagine its going to get any better.and telling the world how bad you feel aint going to help, or mayby it does?
no need to respond as i wont be reading this site anymore, i am moving onwards and upwards.
SUCH IS LIFE
JUST TO STIR THE POT
But I am sorry to say this ,but i do understand the reason for guests first post,even if it is a little premature,as he is in his first week which is nothing as we know.
Yet i felt the same way on first reading some of the posts here.
It can come across that getting of subs is going to be a incredibly hard battle, which i am sure it is for some, but not all. just taper, taper down down.
I have been Over a month off the subs now and havnt had that much of a hard time, yes the first few weeks are really hard, but i am feeling a lot better than i thought i would, lucky me i guess.
and i was on them for almost a year.
IT CAN BE DONE, AND NOT EVERYONE GOES THRU MONTHS OF PAIN.
Mayby i am one of the lucky ones, but just be prepared for a week or two of little sleep and feeling awfull.
After that it has just been a head thing.
Anyway , thanks for the helpfull advice i did get from this site, and there was a lot of usefull information, but there are also a lot of people who are dwelling on this and dont seem to realise that years of abuse will have permanent effects on there body, you are not likely to feel as well as you did pre-substance use, EVER, and that is something one must deal with,
i started using twenty years ago, so stopping isnt going to make me feel like a 16 year old again is it,
whether it is damage done to body or simply that you are older and things do get sore and tired.
SUCK IT UP I SAY
talk to a 70 year old, do they jump out of bed feeling a million dollars, not many.
Anyway enough from me,
thanks again for the warnings, it did make me over prepare which isnt a bad thing, but if you are still all f.. up after a few months i think it is time you start getting used to your new reality, cause i dont imagine its going to get any better.and telling the world how bad you feel aint going to help, or mayby it does?
no need to respond as i wont be reading this site anymore, i am moving onwards and upwards.
SUCH IS LIFE
We cant help it if we arent as strong,powerful,tough,good looking and HUMBLE as the people that get through there Subox withdrawal in just 3 or 4 weeks. Lol. Its all just in our heads guys so l guess we just need to think positive and pull ourselves up by our bootstraps. Let me tell you something Jerk Off....... If it was that easy,95% of this thread would be empty.You made yurself look like a fool by telling people that they will be "stuck" feeling lousy and that they are now damaged for life. lol ??? Thats about all the response youll get from me. For the rest of us like SubFree ,HateSubs ,AllShookup ,etc, Heres day # 72 and its pretty good. Hope all is well HateSubs. SubFreeFinally, Thank you so much for the startlingly ACCURATE break downs and timelines of what I could expect ,its really helped =-) Warmest and lets move on...as always. Regards, Jack
and the guy wasnt even on them even ONE year. OF COURSE he didnt have that bad of a time. Lets see what he would have been like if he was on it two or three or 4 years and didnt have the knowledge or opportunity to "taper,taper,taper" lol. Not smart to put down DOZENS of people on a forum going through the fight of there lives.Makes you look like a fool. How many dozens of times has it been clearly stated THROUGH OUT this entire thread that if you werent on Subox too long,you wont have such severe withdrawls ? Okay,go run along now because WE ALL dismiss you. lol,what a joke.
Jack and allshookup- I felt good yesterday except for a little leg pain but like i posted before, that i dont think its still the suboxone doing it anymore(but you never know). Its weird how when i wake up in the morning(hard as hell to finally get out of bed) and go to work i feel allmost 100% but as the day goes on my legs start hurting again and my vision starts to get foggy. Maybe its sitting at my desk for so long but i dont know.
Mentally i feel like im at about 95% and when my legs dont hurt my energy is fine. I am a very strong person with alot of will power but it takes all i have to make it trhu some of the days.
You know i still have sub flms in my medesin cabinet and i keep them to remind me every day what ive gone thru and i flip them off every chance i get. This is just my way of copeing with my past and reminding me of all the pain i have broght on my family and friends.
This site, my job and my sister have been the only support ive had thru this sub hell and i will not leave or forget the peaple that have stuck by me. Even the peaple who have gone only 2 weeks of pain or 3 to 6 MONTHS of pain.
When i went out saturday night with my sister, it was the fist time i have done anything for her in a long time.She does not drink or do any drugs(ever)so whats wrong with going out and having a good time. When i was on drugs i kept myself isolated from everbody. I think i made a big step going around peaple that i didnt know and having a good time with no drugs.
I will no longer listen to negative things peaple say anymore.
This drug will not cause body and brian damage, it just takes time for your body and mind to heel.
Peace out and have another good day
Day # 67
Everybody stay strong and drug free
Very cool.
Good for you HateSubs. Warmest, J
hey subfree, sorry i havn't posted in a few days, i want to thank you for respoding to my post. Hopefully even though i was on very little percocet the suboxone was still leave my mind and body little by little each day?... anyway i am not feeling that bad, just feel like its a huge MIND FU*K which is pretty difficult to deal with. Everything else it going great, healing from surgery and walking more and more each day.
Hi HateSubs,SubFree,AllShookUp,etc. Hope everyone is hanging in there and/or doing well. Here we go,its day # 74 since I gave up Suboxone. Its getting easier and easier to get myself to the gym. Ive gone just about every single day in the past two weeks. I STILL feel like hell when I wake up but its been gettin way easier to convince myself to get out the door to the gym to work out and it helps SO much. I sleep pretty well too. Its now doen to just one problem-my mind. Im feeling depressove a bit still but as SubFreeFinally said,it would be at least three months before I felt pretty normal. Take care everyone. Warmest, Jack
Well, we made it to day 6, with 2 days left until Disney. I want to thank everyone for all of your responses, and I did share them with him, but he had his mind firmly set that he wasn't turning back. He said that once you make that choice to stop having your life controlled by that pill, it's too late to start over, or you may never make that choice again. So here we are. He is feeling that once we get to Disney, and it's sunny and happy, his mind will be occupied, and he will have no choice but to push forward and go with the flow. This is an ugly process no doctor warns you about. I've watched the mixed emotions, the restless legs, the sleepless nights, and I just hope you all have a very strong support system at home. I can't say I know how you feel, but I do understand from what I have seen my husband go through. If you are on this site, then that means you are a step in the right direction. May God Bless you all
Seems like the physical pains, and restlessness, and insomnia are getting better. He's sleeping more hours at a time, and he's eating better. I am making sure to have plenty of fruit, bananas, pears, oranges, and plenty of protein available. He is eating more, but now what's happening is the emotions. Does anyone else have major ups and downs? Anyone spew things they don't mean? Bouts of uncontrollable laughter, followed by crying bouts? I am trying to be a supportive and patient as possible, and trying not to take anything personal, but it is hard. We've been through this before years ago. I know how this goes, but the W/d was from the painkillers, I've never seen a sub w/d, and it seems to be different. Is it safe to assume it's harder to w/d from subs? Last night I spent some time reading alot of the above, and Jack, I am so happy to read that your wife has returned and many kudos to you, for continuing to push through and keep your eye on the prize even when you had no support. I support mine through all the decisions he's ever made, and I give him alot of credit for deciding on his own when he had had enough. I never pestered or belittled. There is only one judge and it is not me. This all started with a broken hand, and then a broken ankle, and you all know how it snowballs from there. He's pushing himself to put on a happy face for our children, but I know how bad he's really suffering inside. The timing of this w/d could not be any worse. Tomorrow we leave for our vacation, and you could cut the tension in this house with a knife. The kids and I are all excited to leave, and his anxiety level is through the roof, worrying about being able to put on that happy face. I am doing my best to reassure him everything will be ok, and I keep trying to tell him how sunny and happy it is there, but nothing I say is really sinking in, and I think I am just aggravating him more. I just want to make sure he realizes he is not in this hell alone. Jack you made me feel better when you said that he'll never forget I was by his side. I know now he can't show it, or even appreciate it, but maybe one day. I like this group, and how you are all here for each other. Eventhough I am not the one going through it, I feel better reading your success stories, and the way you post how day by day you are getting better. He was on them for 3 years, and weaned himself down from 8mg to 2 mg, and then the last month he just broke them up, and took crumbs until they were gone. He had declared after the script ran out, he was done forever with them, and it just so happened to be over 8 days before vaca. He thought weaning would make it easier, but he said last night w/d from the actual pk's was easier then this, and it's harder then he thought. What's your take on that? Can anyone give me a clue how much longer? Right now, he's in a very depressed raging sort of mind, and I can't help but worry about his mental well being. Do you guys think sunny happy Disney will help?? I thought it would, he said it would, but i am not so sure now. Thanks for being there for us, and best of luck to all of you. This is very hard, and I give you all much credit for sticking to your goal. Sending healing vibes. xo
NOTHING will fix the way he feels except time. Thats why it was stated before about not going inless he is on a bit of Subox every other day. Reading through your post verifies and validates what a LOT of us have been saying about Suboxone withdrawl. Thank you for posting SubWife. I know you are going through a lot. EVERYTHING you are describing is to be expected,absolutely. Your husband has several weeks of being mind-F%^d ahead so please be patient with him.It takes a while. Ill write more later tonight. Warmest regards, Jack.
Hi SubFree,AllShookUp,HateSubs,and Subs Wife =-)Hope EVERYONE is okay out there and in here,reading. SubWife, I want to share that your Husband and I were on Subox roughly the same amount of time AND at roughly the exact same dosage. Everything you stated about what your husband is going through IS to be expected. Now,everyone is different but your husbands mental withdrawl could be the longest part of his ordeal. Again,EVERONE is different but if he was on Subox for like three years,then JUST TO BE SAFE,expect to go through several(and I mean at LEAST 8 perhaps maybe) weeks of mental anguish and feelings of mild depression and or lethargy. DO NOT BE FOOLED by what many "official" and "Clinical" websites say about Suboxone being a week or two of withdrawl and then its over. It isnt like that UNLESS you were on it a year or under. AGAIN for all the newbies reading-If you were on SUBOXONE a year or less,then YOUR withdrawals MAY NOT be as bad as some of the more serious cases such as me,SubFree and HateSubs. Also be aware that no matter what is said,the facts are that the success rate for people that try to give up Suboxone(without ever going back OR doing other OPIATES) is very low. Its not very low because its easy folks. Its a low success rate because of the SEVERE physical pains in the beginning and even more so because of the nasty LONG LASTING depressive effects that linger on,and on,and on,and on and.... when the body no longer has its Suboxone. As SubFree also says,I couldnt recommend physical exercise any more seriously. PLEASE,whatever you do,FIND A WAY to get to the gym,or serious walks or pushups and dancing to music,anything that gets the sweat going for a half hour and more. I am now on day # 75 with NO suboxone. I have been working out EVERY day almost for two weeks now and the difference is like NIGHT AND DAY. I still have my bad moments,like during the day when Im TRYING to get to the gym to work out,but once I start...everything changes. Life gets great once the endorphins start slightly flowing. SubWife,your husband will not probably be in good shape on your trip. LET HIM be the way he wants to be. Trying TOO much to show him how happy everything is will most likely just kill him inside because he KNOWS he wants to be happy but cant right now. You sound like a very caring,warm wife and just keep doing what you were already doing. All the best and warmest regards, Jack PS. Hope your doing great HateSubs. I hope it starts getting even easier for you soon . I mean it.
just checking in here, sub wife i hope you are enjoying your vacation, i am almost at the two week mark being suboxone free, i remember the first few days i thought were a breeze... but for me the worst part is the fact that i just cannot fall asleep at night, i do for about an hour or so then wake up with sweat all over me, during the day i feel like i am almost out of the clear, but i just can't seem to get comfortable at night. DEFINITE MIX OF EMOTIONS but i kindof like it, music is my best friend at this point, i swear if i could just listen to music all day i would be completely fine with all of this. Hoping that my withdrawal does not last quite as long as some of yours, to be honest i think my body is telling me to give it another couple days then i will be back to ALMOST myself, but it really is not AT ALL WHAT I EXPECTED, IT IS WAY EASIER AT LEAST FOR ME than some other people's storys seem to detail. I hope that by the time you get home from vacation he feels MUCH MUCH better, we would all love to hear from you again and hopefully you will post when you return from disney...but if i can give you some hope...i would say just give him about 2 weeks and things will definitely start looking up. At least thats how my body has reacted...any problems past a month or two i would worry about an actual depression problem, not suboxone withdrawal,,,just my take on things from reading EVERYONES posts. thanks and god bless
Thank you all again for all of your continued support. We are leaving in 3 hours. This morning it was R A G E~!! Oh my Gosh I prayed so hard for God to take this all away. He slept really good for about 2 hours, and now he's getting ready, but he lets out alot of out loud signs, and groans. This morning I found him laying on the floor from exhaustion just from tying up trash. I pray to God things start to get better. You are giving me hope Guest. I sure hope his recovery goes as smooth as yours.. this is day 8. It seems like symptoms and moods change every 10 minutes. From what I am observing.. this is severe depression. Not sure if it is from w/d, or if it's something more. But I just hope he can pull it together to have fun with the kids. I'll have my phone with me, hopefully at night, I can check in on all of you, and keep up to date with what's happening. Thanks again, and God Bless you, I pray for all of you to get through this. You should all be so proud of yourselves. This is not an easy thing to deal with, and day by day, you are beating it! xo
Hi Subswife. Well,I bet you guys are leaving for Disney right about now. Hang in there and best of luck with your husband. By day # 12,most of my flu like and extreme pain symptoms were history. I went back to work on day # 12,it wasnt easy but it was do-able. It was the WEEKS of being mentally drained afterwards that was hardest. At two and a half months,im almost 100 % now. Ive lost 20 pounds and changed my whole diet. Life is pretty good ! I work out all the time and its just....so different. Your husband will be FINE. Just give it time and dont be upset if it takes a few months to totally clear the mental aspect. He COULD be better in two weeks,but that isnt realistic. I would rather overstate something,and then be happy if he is better in less time than tell you Life will be great in two weeks and then have you or your husband upset and asking whats going on when he doesnt feel 100 percwent in just 3 weeks. Know what I mean? =-) Try getting him into the sun,laying out in sun for a few minutes during the day and then plenty of hot showers and baths. They REALLY help the body and mind. Just get him into the tub and fill it with very warm /hot water.It will ease his pain. Warmest regards, Jack
SUBWIFE....I KNOW EXACTLY WHAT YOU MEAN BY THE MOOD CHANGES, ONE MINUTE I THINK TO MYSELF OH ITS OVER I FEEL GREAT, THEN IT COULD BE AN HOUR OR TWO LATER AND I WILL BE BUMMED OUT FOR WHILE,,,IT DOES GET BETTER I PROMISE YOU THAT, I FEEL PRETTY GOOD OVERALL RIGHT NOW AND ITS BEEN TWO WEEKS. LIKE JACKSON SAID IM SURE IT IS THOSE FIRST 12 DAYS THAT ARE THE HARDEST. The lingering effects during the days/weeks after will not be as alarming and difficult for you and your husband to deal with. I have to say i really enjoy writing on this post, our feedback helps eachother tremendously, we are not alone in this battle. Still though for me it is just the sleepless nights that are KILLER, i think that could have something to do with my mood changes as well, just getting a couple hours if any of sleep over the past two weeks, good luck again and have fun,,, i promise he will get through this, the worst part is almost over
........... 11 weeks free since leaving Suboxone behind. Best, Jack
and BTW Subs Wife, Quitting Suboxone CAUSES a depression.Its a temporary thing and DOES NOT mean he is damaged goods or that his brain will permanently be depressed and messed up. It will slowly..VERY slowly go away over time,expect at least a month or two for it to subside(maybe longer),each person is different.
i just wish i could sleep through the night, i think alot of my sympotoms are worsened from lack of sleep, it is SOOOOOO ANNOYING! but i am still doing well..its annoying trying to recover from the surgery while quitting the box, i definitely feel a lack of motivation and a little discouragement BUT FOR THE MOST PART my mind is starting to feel sooo much clearer and better eeach day. I didn't know the small effects from withdrawal would liinger for so long. I still feel that i am having a great recovery, maybe i am one of the lucky ones, it would be so much better if i could just sleep. Restless legs went away, taking lots of vitamins and staying healthy. I WANNA APOLOGIZE AGAIN FOR MY INTRODUCTORY INTO THIS POST.. i had no idea the lingering effects would last this long, BUT SUBWIFE, At the two week mark it does get MUCH better. My mind is just exhausted from all of this
10 weeks 2 days clean!!
Last night was the best night of sleep i have had in two weeks, i feel great! THANK GOD! It gets better each day!
wow where is everyone? anyway after my one good night of sleep were two horrible ones, and then a good one. I still have a lack of energy but today is the best i have felt in the past 17 days, i guess i am getting closer to the light, but sleep is still scary...its like i know when i put those lights off and try to lay there, its just not happeneing.....
Hi everyone. Im now at day # 81 . Id LIKE to say its all great now. But it isnt. Its so much better than before but wow,my GOD did I just have too terrible days in a row. Im still doing my work outs and THAT is really helping . Its frustrating to have several good/ok days and then WHAM , a really nasty one again.
im sorry but if i am still commenting about having bad days at day 81 i will probobly strangle my suboxone doctor, im not gonna lie, iits extremely discouraging to hear that
today is around day 18 or 19 and i feel pretty damn good, slept well last night, definitely don't have the energy i used to but im sure that will come back in time, i feel great to finally feel better than i did 7-10 days ago. Maybe i have it easier cause i tapered to 1mg? maybe cause i was only on box for 2 years? Whatever the case may be i just feel lucky now. god bless
EVERY single person is different. If someone is better after three weeks,THEN THATS WHAT I WANT FOR THEM. I dont enjoy the suffering of others. God knows that if you are lucky enough to be better in a few weeks,then GREAT. It just isnt like that for everyone. If someone was on Subox two years only,the withdrawal will be a bit shorter than someone on it for three years. Someone on it three years will have a slightly less longer withdrawal that someone on it 4 or 5 years,etc. Either way,EACH PERSON is different and SOME of us have a longer,more frustrating road than others. btw just about everyone here would like to strangle the doc who gave em Subox and SAID that it would be an almost non existent withdrawal if you stop taking it. Yeahhhh right. Bull S^&t.
i respect that answer...and again i didn;t mean to offend you or anything. It just seems to me like maybe you are dealing with some depression caused by the discontuation of suboxone not actual suboxone withdrawal, im no doctor so i can't pretend to know. I do with you luck and am glad you are at least having some good days, but suboxone or not, we all will have good and bad days in life. Again not trying to be an ass... sorry
Thats WHAT Suboxone withdrawal is. The taking away of Suboxone from your brain CAUSES a depression in MANY or MOST if on it long enough. It takes a while to shake and tons of people on this forum and others experience the same.Just Not everyone. Agreed,we ALL have bad days BUT taking away Subox from the brain makes it really hard to tell which is really a bad day and WHICH is just the brain dealing with the loss of the Suboxone. It messes with many of us. If NOT for you and some others,then GOOD. Thats a good thing.
Ok that was a great answer. It just scares me cause i feel like now, well at least for the past two days, i feel SOOO much better than i had the first two weeks. Definite lack of energy still and i am sneezing still but thats it, i am sleeping much better...i can only see it getting better from here thats all, and it just freaks me out when i see 80 some days. I hope at least it has gotten MUCH better for you. Its nice to wake up and not have take anything to get through the day...i give you a lot of credit going 81 days, and im so proud of myself for getting this far, i can't look back now...
i keep posting and the days keep going...feelin good about this! another day behind me!
3 weeks!!!!!
I am now at 12 Weeks. Twelve. ... Now that a good amount of time has gone by since my quit date- May 29th 2011 and things feel pretty different and SOMEWHAT normal,Id like to take the time right now and bring up a serious point. I feel so much different now,even compared to 2 weeks ago. More importantly,when I compare how I feel on a good day now to how it was the first two months,the contrast is a bit....shocking. I cant believe how bad it was for me the first 8 weeks. EACH PERSON IS DIFFERENT but for me,the withdrawl was so F'ing bad. My body felt like it was literally being crushed and ripped apart all at once during the first SEVERAL weeks. I feel very different and good now on most(but NOT all) days now and I cringe when I think how insanely bad I felt in june and most of July. It messed with my head so bad. Im ALMOST out of the woods now but still have bad days at least once a week. It will go away for several days in a row,Ill feel GREAT and then WHAM I get hit with a f@#$$%d headache and zero energy. Id still have to say that again,working out has really speeded the healing process up. Getting used to REAL life is going to take me a bit of tiem,but the process has been strikingly exact as to what forum member SUBFREEFINALLY said it would be. Thank you. Im now LESS that a week away from the official 3 MONTH mark. Just THANK GOD that the worse is done with and out of the way. it was crazy to be in that much pain in body and mind....... Ill write more later. Hi HateSubs,how ur doing great as well as All ShookUp and Subs Wife! Warmest, Jack
First of all congratulations to you all for your successes! I've read thru quite a bit of this and have to say I'm having second thoughts on what to do. I started suboxone treatment 11 months and 2 weeks ago. I had slowly built up to around 240/day mgs of hydrocodone over a 4 year period. suboxone has worked great for me during this time. I had to go to required weekly meetings and didn't seem to be as badly hooked as most were. My original dose was 4mg twice each day, it actually made me feel a bit euphoric. I realized I must be taking to much and within 2 weeks was down to 4mg once per day...a far lower dose than any other new members in my group. I had intentions on weening myself off as quickly as possible. after 2-3 months I was down to 2mg/day and cut it in half twice more about a month apart each time to .5mgs/day. In no case did I feel bad or have withdrawals. I was using the 8mg film and cutting down further was hard to do. I lost my job early on during this time and couldn't afford the monthly doctor bill plus the weekly group sessions. I had to quit and was determined to ween myself off with that last box. I only actually had 4 boxes of 8mg suboxone the entire time. As I got to the end of my supply the past week I was down to 1/3mg per day and thought that would be a low enough dosage to jump without WD no worse than a flu. I had no idea until reading this forum tonight what I may face and had taken my last dose a day and a half ago and was feeling worse as time went by. I took some xanax to help me sleep last night but thrashed around for hours until it knocked me out. I woke this morning feeling lethargic from the xanax (I have a low tolerance for it and hate it). As the day passed I started feeling worse and worse. After partially reading this forum I panicked and took 30mg of hydrocodone with every intention of finding another doctor to get back on suboxone tomorrow if possible. I intend on being honest with my experience with the doctor and want to get the 2mg films so I can cut it down to lower doses more easily. If it's the same size as the 8mg films I can easily cut it into 16 pieces which would only be 1/8th of a mg. I could at some point try dosing every other day then every third or so on. I do not wish to go thru the withdrawals you poor people are having. Can anyone tell me if my idea is sound and would they suggest it? If not can you offer better solutions?
Hi Forked. Glad you posted. We are here to try and help. If I were you,Id google search Suboxone Tapering Plan or Suboxone slow taper and if that doesnt work,just Google search the words Suboxone Withdrawal. On the very first page of choices,youll be looking for a name of a doctor named "Robert" who has a rather popular Tapering program on line FREE of charge. He tells you the proper way to taper down off of Subox over a SIX month timespan. It takes away like 90% of the withdrawal. Tpering any slower DOESNT WORK my friend. SO many people think that by tapering down to like half of one mg Subox over a month will do it. The sad truth is that youll be semi okay at even just a few crumbs every other day BUT ONCE YOU COMPLETLY RUN OUT ??? The PAIN begins. Its a nasty,longer than most people realize withdrawal and Forked,I DONT RECOMMEND IT. Hang in there and DONT start your subox tapering program until you are REALLY sure you are ready and that you are serious because once you start,turning back is a REAL bad idea. We are all here if you need to talk or ask more of any questions you might have. Best regards, Jack
NOTE: YES,Forked COULD wait a few days and see how bad his withdrawal gets. If it isnt REAL bad,Forked COULD just stick it out and wait n see if his withdrawal is better than most other people's on this forum.That would be great. But if that DOESNT work,I advice he should go get another prescription for Suboxone from his Doctor and follow that Doctor Robert guy's 6 month tapering plan thats on line. The success rate and popularity of that plan and all its positive feedback is interesting. If I had known about it,i would have NEVER quit cold turkey. Was TERRIBLE and the hardest thing Ive ever done in my life. Alot of people forget that the success rate of stopping Suboxone PERMANENTLY is only roughly 10 % . The success rate aint that low cause its easy folks. I wouldnt wish a suboxone withdrawal on my worst enemy.
Thanks for the prompt reply Jack. As stated in my first post I'm down to .5mg and have been there for well over a month with 0 issues. As I have tapered I stayed on my new dose for several weeks with no ill effects. No withdrawals at all during that time. However even at that dose after less than 48 hours since the jump I thrashed around half the night until the xanax kicked in and I was able to get a few hours sleep. Like I said I panicked after reading thru some of the earlier posts. I'm committed to getting off the suboxone but would rather take the long road and make it easier on myself. Does anyone know if the 2mg films are the same size as the 8mg? If it's only 1/4 the size of the 8mg then it wouldn't be any easier to cut down to a lower dosage. I'm heading to google to try to find the method you mentioned. Once again thanks Jack, god bless you all.
Jack is this the method you mention? http://www.drugs.com/forum/featured-drugs/suboxone Here is a link to a handy interactive chart http://www.subotex.com/SuboxoneTaperChart.aspx that showed with the half life from previous dosing I still had 2mg in my system at any time. Thanks again for the help. I'll let everyone know how it goes.
Hi Forked, How are you doing today man? I mentioned above that it doesnt matter that you have been on such a low dose of Subox. You will be fine on just crumbs every other day,anyone would be. BUT ,Its when you COMPLETELY stop and have NO Suboxone for a couple days that the true beast rears its ugly head. So many of us go in quiting and thinking its fine because 'hey,I was only taking .5 mg and could handle it fine so my withdrawal wont be bad" IT DOESNT work that way,once you have ZERO mg in ur system for a few days,THEN your brain and body start saying "Give me Suboxone you Mother F'er". The link you provided above is correct Forked. If your withdrawal gets too much to bare,try that Doctor Robert method. Sign up at that forum and ask him to personally advise you too if you want. Take care and keep us posted. All the best and good luck to you. Han in there okay? Best regards, Jack
i agree with jackson here, even if you have .5 every other or every 3 days, your brain will still be getting suboxone, its only when u come fully off that you will feel the withdrawal effects. From experience i would definitely get to a low mg amout per day but regardless you will have to make the jump, i would say it should be a time when you are ABSOLUTELY ready to stop suboxone. i was at the point where i hated taking it after 2 and a half years which made it a bit easier to stop. I WISH YOU LUCK, some people will tell you how difficult it is and some will tell you it was not as horrible as they thought it would be, not trying to scare you here but it is definitely difficult to sleep so i would take SOMETHING to help you sleep, i have heard of suboxone doctors giving clonodine which lowers your blood pressure and helps with the restless legs at night. I have been clean for 3 weeks now and i can honestly say it was not THAT BAD FOR ME! If you are having a more difficult time i would definitely try to get some type of benzo for sleep, like a klonopin or something. If you have more questions just ask, but if i were you the sooner you make the jump the better, and even though the days feel long, the weeks don't, i can't believe its already been 3 weeks! i feel pretty good at this point, definitely not sleeping perfectly and i still have some anxiety but for the most part i am just happy to wake up everymorning and not have to take any meds AT ALL, no counting how many i have left, no worrying about going to the shore or on vacation cause i dont have enough pills.....make the jump, stay strong, and good things WILL happen
As I stated in my first post I did indeed make the doctors appointment for next week on tuesday intending to go as low as possible before making the jump. The down side is I'll have to use again to get from now until then. I guess I fooled myself the whole time I bled down to .5mg as I thought that would be an easy jump...not! Even tho I was on that dosage for over a month with no WDs they hit me about 36 hours in. I want to make it as painless as possible so this is the path I have chosen. Sounds like you're well on your well to be free of this curse guest2330...the best of luck to each of you. If anyone has info on whether the 2mg film is the same size physically as the 8mg films please let me know.
good luck to you forked, you can do it. and i do not know this for a fact but i do believe that the 2mg film is smaller than the 8mg, remember when u do the jump you want clonodine, and whenever you do the jump even if its a crumb its going to be semi the same withdrawal effect, i hope you best of luck with it all, not trying to scare you but you have to be mentally ready to stop whenever you decide to jump. Its tough but you can do it, get through the pain to get to the glory
Just make it to next week any way you have to Forked. Once u have ur new 2mg Subox,start the 6 month plan and avoid 90% of the mess that we cold turkey people went/are going through.
Thanks guest2330 and you to Jack, that is my intention. I'll be staying in touch.
Yesterday I ended up taking 40mg hydrocodone to maintain which is far below the 240mgs I was taking before starting suboxone. I got no buzz nor did I want one and had no withdrawals other than I can't get to sleep (it's 3:20am) and have little appetite. I'm running on around 7 hours sleep since Friday morning. Maybe it's the hydrocodone but I know the suboxone is still in my system with it's long half life. Today is only 3 days with no suboxone. One week to my new doctors appointment for more suboxone and I sure hope I can sleep some in the mean time without using benzos...I hate the way they make me feel. Is it possible I may be better off staying on the hydrocodone till the suboxone is out of my system then ween off the hydro? I do NOT like this feeling, it reminds me of the old days and I look forward to my new suboxone prescription then going the Dr. Robert 6 month taper route. Any advice is appreciated.
Forked, HANG IN THERE. You are in a REAL tricky spot right now. You are RIGHT in the middle of seeing that there is NO free get out of jail card when it comes to opiate consumption. Anyone who dabbles in opiates for more than a few weeks will have to pay the piper on the back end. If you continue the Hydro until the Subox leaves your system,youll still be in for a SERIOUS withdrawal. It WILL be quicker to get over but...much more painful and intense. Either you take a long slow time via Subox taper or you go the quicker route with Hydro which will be MUCH more painful but somewhat shorter. Going the Hydro route is setting you back up to continue a serious opiate addiction In MY opinion. Id go the LEGAL route and do it through a doctor via Subox program. Be careful my friend and again,hang in there. Be safe. Warmest, Jack
FORKED, i agree with jackson 100% here, there is NO easy way out. If i were you i would not even subject myself to the hydrocodone for more than a day or two POSSIBLY three, when i was detoxing from suboxone i had surgery a week after and had to take pain meds for two days, if anything i think it may have set me back a day or two in the long run, i am still not PERFECT at day 22 but i feel soooo much better than i did a couple weeks ago. You are going to have to go through SOME sort of withdrawal, just think about it like this, you have been through your addiction, you had the balls and guts to want to change so you went on suboxone, NOW THIS IS IT, the part where you put all of this behind you and move on with your life, just to decide you want to quit box is a HUGE step, you have to be mentally ready for this, it will not be the easiest thing you do in your life BUT I PROMISE YOU IN A COUPLE WEEKS YOU WILL BE THANKING GOD THAT YOU CAN WAKE UP EVERYMORNING AND GO TO SLEEP EVERYNIGHT NOT WORRYING ABOUT HAVING TO TAKE ANYTHING TO MAKE YOU FEEL "NORMAL" THAT IS NOT WHAT LIFE IS ABOUT....trust me...taper off the box as best you can and make the jump and deal with it, if i were you i would honestly just RUN with these three days you have been off box, just QUIT, and i should not even say this but if it is THHHHAT BAD, TRAMADOL is a non narcotic pain medication that that attaches to the same receptors as suboxone (m2) but it is also an addictive drug and you do not want to substitute one addiction for another. I don't know what to tell you other than that....you are going to have to make the jump sometime, weather you taper or not you will still have withdrawal, but you already have 3 days clean, b4 u know it 3 days turns into 8 then 10 then 3 weeks....do your body a favor! let your mind be free, deal with some discomfort and sleepless nights, its all for the greater good, good luck to you and you have two guys right here that are obviously trying to show you support, RUN WITH IT... we have been through it, and still are going through it but i would not take it back for anything. GOOD LUCK
...Hi Forked. Hope you are doing okay over there man. IF you can make it through the full week you have till your doc appointment,you WOULD be already what ? 9 days into withdrawal ? Ill tell you what my friend,IF you can go the rest of those days and STOP taking hydro AND it isnt the worse,painful,terrible nightmare of your life? Then YES , You should ABSOLUTELY CANCEL your doc appointment and just wait it out. By day nine,youll be seriously just like 5 days away from being OVER the worse part of the withdrawal.
you COULD be well o your way to leaving Suboxone behind by then. BUT if those nine days are indeed a living nightmare Hot mess and you cant stand it,go the six month SLOW taper. Its success rate is high. All the best and no matter what you do,EITHER WAY, we arent here to judge you,only help and answer questions. Be safe forked. Warmest, Jack
if you can do the first part of what jack said that would be awesome, you will probobly have a bit of discomfort but i think you will have discomfort with whatever route you take...but it will be like 9 days by the time you go to the doctor, i just pray that those days dont get you liking the hydrocodone.... best of luck, please let us know how u r doing, it definitely helps when you have people trying to help you
Thanks all for the good wishes and advice. I'm gonna keep my doc appointment and go the long taper route which should not be 6 months for me since I was already comfortably down to .5mgs suboxone/day before I ran out. Hopefully the hydro I'm taking between now and my appointment 6 days away won't effect it to much. I know I'll have to go thru induction again and am prepared for it. I completely understand there is no free ride and I will have to pay some price to be free of this curse but I want to take the time to make it as easy as I can and give myself a better chance at staying opiate free. I've found further info on dissolving the film in water to further cut the dosage that has worked well for others. I wish I'd had the foresight to hold back one 8mg film before the jump. I would have had plenty of time to schedule another doc appointment to avoid the hydro. I absolutely hate that my old feelings are returning from it, the ups and downs, etc. Best of luck to all and thanks again for the advice and good wishes.
BEST OF LUCK TO YOU FORKED, and yea anytime you dilute the suboxone or not take is sublingually it definitely does not has NEARLY as much of an efffect. I REALLY hope this method works for you. Stay in contact please as i and others usually check this post.
YO suboxone steals your swagger, something everyone must know....
guest2330 you dissolve it in 10ml of water then using a needle that measures in ml to get the correct dose you squirt it under your tongue so it still gets absorbed sublingually. Supposedly it's the same as using the film itself. Thanks for the good wishes. 50mg hydro to maintain me today...
Adrenaline. lol. Yes, I think most people on Suboxone do know that it steals your swagger,and your hard ons(or at least the sensitivity) and your normal emotions. It slowly robs you of normal life until one day ,you wake up in a numb little bubble and you dont even know it ...for a while. Then many of us wake up and say enough is enough. Here I am at day # 87 and its going rather well now. I'd say that I have 3 or 4 really nice days in a row,followed bay 1 day or even a whole day and a half of feeling zoned out and F%^&@!d. From what I can tell,my bad days are the withdrawal's in my brain and bodies last ditch attempt at TRYING to force and convince me to hurry up ,panic,and Put a drug back into it . Sorry, aint gonna happen. Its a strange feeling to have so many good,NORMAL days in a row and then outa no where a BADDD freaki day comes. When I started my detox program in mid may at Kaiser ,the drug abuse doctors gently told me that theyve had many patients that dont feel all together or feel "zoned out" for up to a year and a half after quitting Subox. Still considering that I TOO once felt like new forum member Forked (Really bad feelings being managed by taking Subox)its amazing that I walk around a lot of days almost completely normally. Its been such a tedious,hard journey,but really worth it. My body feels so much younger and lighter since quitting Subox. It doesnt feel all mediciney and tainted and bloated and FAKE. It feels good to own my feelings again and not rely on a GROSS orange tasting,face bloating,libido tampering SERIOUS OPIATE DRUG any more. All the best, Jack
That's so awesome Jack. That sounds like the future I want and dream of. I know you're proud and with good reason :) Proud of your mental strength and resiliency, proud of taking control back after being duped by suboxone. I remember that feeling when I made the decision to start the suboxone. Pride that I finally managed to take the path to recovery and come out of the downward spiral only to now realize how badly I had been fooled. Then the panic and fear when I realized how little I knew, that I had jumped to soon. Finding this forum and the information it has provided has given me new hope. I have a positive attitude and know I'll be in your shoes in the not too distant future. Congratulations Jack, guest2330 and all you others will the iron will it takes to succeed.
JACK I COULD NOT AGREE WITH YOU MORE HAHAHAHAHHA I AM ROLLIN RIGHT NOW. SUBOXONE IS THE SWAGGER STABBER, HAhahhahaqha IT IS SOOOOOOOOO TRUE. OMG HAHAHAHAHAHAHAAHAHAH GREAT POST JACKSON. AND GOOD LUCK FORKED, WE ARE ALWAYS CHECKIN IN ON THIS PAGE SO JUST STAY IN TOUCH.
Hi Everyone. Hope everyone is hanging in there and being good. I just got in from the gym. I do 4 days on and 1 day off,then 4 on again. When I was on Subox,working out stunk. My muscles didnt respond the same...they were literally numb. It was creepy. Two months ago when I was really in deep withdrawal,I couldnt barely make a small walk around the block happen. You guys would have loved seeing me baby stepping around my block. I looked like I just got hit by a car and every muscle and limb were stiff as an 80 year old. It looked pretty funny! I couldnt barely get out of the bathtub at night. I had to mentally prepare myself for 5 minutes just to pull myself outa a TUB. When I am in the gym now,and on the treadmill,i walk fast for a half an hour,then my ipod music really statrs to kick in and Start running to the beat of the music. EVERYTHING,every problem,every negative though gets left behind as I run. I feel like I leave my negativities behind,like I am beating the negative in a race. Ive now lost at least 25 pounds. 3 years ago I was a drinker,a smoker,an adderal freak and a perkocet abuser.(WARNING: DO NOT READ NEXT SENTENCE IF YOU ARE EASILY OFFENDED,HATE BAD LANGUAGE OR ARE A WOMAN) Now I eat healthy,run,lift weights and make my girlfriend cum 8 and 9 times in a row in bed. Things are so different now,even compared to 3 weeks ago. Serious advice? Eat bananas,drink water and gatorade,and get PLENTY of b vitamins. Even without working out,those things really help. Talk soon, Jack
Okay well Ive been using and abusing opiates for 2yrs now. It at one point was an everyday thing.. waking up, feeling the aftermath of the pills.. I was so depressed at one time I thought about suicide & thought about 5p countless times. I am 17 yrs old..will be 18 in a month. I started using soboxone about 3 months ago when my family seen me crumble and turn into someone i wasn't. I am now still using suboxone and let me tell you, I thought it was a miracle till I wanted to stop using period.. well its not easy let me tell you.. I am not clean yet, but each time I try to stop the pain gets worse and worse.. theirs weeks where I went clean, & experienced the same w/ds everyone else is talking about in previous posts. Getting off suboxone is like getting off anything else for me. I hope for myself & my family I can come to closure & quit for good.
....Stop right now Dallas. You are very young and JUST two years into ur abuse of opiates. The LONGER you wait to stop,the more SERIOUS trouble you are about to be in. Your going to be in REAL deep if you dont. Regards, Jack
Yup Dallas listen to Jack. Check my above posts for links to a method of slowly tapering off to ease the WDs but be prepared to pay. The longer you wait the harder it gets. Start tapering off ASAP and we'll be here to help in what ways we can. You're not alone.
I AGREE 100%.....go through the pain to get to the light my friend, trust us! I have been clean for ALMOST a month now and i feel awesome, but i did taper down to 1mg a day for a long time b4 i jumped, and still have a difficult time sleeping for 3 weeks and sometimes still but its SO much better, and i FEEL so much better, you are 17, i am 26, you dont need to put your brain through the stress that we all have. you are young enough where you should spring back pretty quick...GOOD LUCK, stay in touch
I was on Subox for 3 years , I jumped from 8 mg down to zero mg in 12 days. i DONT recommend doing it that way. Was insane to jump like that.
jackson i had NO IDEA you jumped like that, NO WONDER YOU HAD SUCH A TOUGH TIME!!!! i was on like 1mg for like 6 months before i jumped, and still had a tough time, i just literally PUSHED myself soooo hard to feel normal and get through my days, and sleep, but i feel pretty awesome now
jackson i had NO IDEA you jumped like that, NO WONDER YOU HAD SUCH A TOUGH TIME!!!! i was on like 1mg for like 6 months before i jumped, and still had a tough time, i just literally PUSHED myself soooo hard to feel normal and get through my days, and sleep, but i feel pretty awesome now
Saturday Night August 27th 2011. Hope everyone out there is doing great- Subs Wife ,Hatesubs ,AllShookUp,Jessie,JustT,SubFreeFinally,Forked,Dallas,and Guest. Im still takin it one day and week at a time. Getting aclimated to living life with OUT ANY pillz or drugs whatsover. I could be doin a LOT worse. All the best and warmest regards, Jack Ps. Hope every one of my friends out there on the east coast are safe and hangin in there.
Glad you're doing good Jack and the rest of you. I hope you're doing ok Dallas, please let us know. 3 months on the pills isn't to bad so you shouldn't have to suffer thru what Jack and others have. Jack gives me hope, that was a huge jump. 2 more days till my doctors appointment. Time has passed fairly quickly although I'm impatient. I'm really looking forward to the slow taper and getting the monkey off my back for good.
thanks for the thoughts jack and forked, i was definitely in the middle of that hurricane last night, it was crazy, not as bad as i thought but it may not truly be over yet, lets see what happens tonight, so far just flooding not aany broken windows or anything
Here we go,its now 13 weeks for me. THREE FULL MONTHS. I want to be honest,i always have been here. I still feel slight but obvious mental withdrawals. I do great for most of the day but Im SURE that i am not back to 100% myself as of yet. Still,considering how i felt even 3 weeks ago,Life sure is a LOT better =-) I really hope EVERYONE is doing well and/or at LEAST hanging in there. Be safe. Warmest regards, Jack
ONE FULL MONTH TODAY
Everyone-12 weeks 3 days sub free. Honestly i have lost track of how many days it has ben. My life has changed ever since i stoped that dam suboxone.
I still have dreams of popping pills or shooting but i block it out when i wake up.
Things are starting to look like they did years ago when i was clean.
I will say it again and again to anyone that reads this( taper,taper and taper down from this miracle drug). Next Friday will be 3 months for me and the withdrawl pain is still with ME!
Jack- Im still having leg pains but the anxiety is controling me most of the time. I am allmost 100%. I have not told you or anyone else that i was close to killing myself the first 4 weeks thru this shit but this site and everyone else on here helped me thru this.I am close to getting my life back to normal.
Hatesubs, Im glad you have let me know finally. also,Did you say you still have anxiety aside from leg pain ?
Ill be back to write more in a few hours and THANKS for checking in with me (us). Warmest, J
Just sayin hi real quick before I get to bed since I said I would be back. Hope EVERYONE out there reading this is doing well,thinking about staying off of subox or prepping to start tapering. Be as strong as you can. Some days Im so strong,other days,i feel like I could die. The bad feelings never last too long though and things are going rather well. Good night for now. Its now been 93 days since I completly stopped Suboxone. Warmest, Jack
Congrats Hate subs, guest2330 and Jack. Today is my doctors appointment. I've been back on hydro for 10 days now and look forward to the subs. I was down to .5mgs/day for nearly a month before I tried the jump, I wonder if my hydro use will affect that and if so how much. This time I'll taper off even more using the liquid method. I know that sounds extreme but if it makes it easier I'm all for it. Each time I tapered by 50% with no ill effects all the way down to the .5mgs. Hopefully I can continue to taper without WDs. I can see taking it slowly and going down to an extreme small dose staying at each level for 2 weeks to allow the half life to catch up and my body to adjust. I'll let everyone knows how the swap back to suboxone goes after maintaining for 10 days with an average of 70mgs of hydro. Does anyone think the swap back the hydro will make it any easier to ween off the subs later? Good luck to all.
.....Theres nothing easy about what your going to have to do Forked. BTW,almost NO ONE feels any serious withdrawals when tapering down by 50% all the way down to LESS than .5 mg. Ive mentioned this several times here. Its when you COMPLETELY run out of Subox and two days goes by that the mess begins. Just get to ur doc and start the 6 month taper. Dont try it in ANYTHING LESS than 6 months. Good luck and thanks for the update. Warmest regards, Jack
Flush the F'in hydro. You keep playing with more fire by keeping it around my friend.
i am definitely not trying to add fuel to the fire here but i agree with jackson, i had surgery and quit box at the same time, quit the box one week before the surgery...now let me tell you...GOING INTO SURGERY I FELT LIKE ABSOLUTE SHIT, i had hardly slept that whole week, maybe only the first night or two cause the WD didn't really kick in til day 2 1/2 or 3, but anyway i felt absolutely fine after surgery, and for the next 2 or three days i had to manage my pain, WELL THIS IS MY POINT.....I MAY HAVE TAKEN 30 OR 40 MG...40MG AT THE MOST of hydrocodone in a full day, and i was waking up extremely early. I am just saying FORKED, i felt completely normal on 30mg, it took every suboxone withdrawal i had away and actually made me feel pretty damn good, it was pretty scary. 70mg a day just seems like a pretty high dose just to MAINTAIN YOURSELF for a week til u got the new script of box, i wish i would have told you this earlier but whats done is done, but get your hand out of the fire ASAP, cause even after those 2 or 3 days, it was tough for me to stop taking everything, especially when u have 16 8mg box left and a bottle of percocet. My point is this.....we all have to go through some shit in our lifetime, you put yourself in this position, and you are going to have to stop some day and deal with some withdrawal....you can't just take something to take the pain away all the time cause this is life, and it is a painful thing. I found out some shit today that happened 2 or 3 years ago and it HURTS, but im not gonna use to dull the pain...I lied cheated, stole shit, got locked up, shot at people, robbed people, u name it.....I just feel like you are young enough now to beat this bullshit, and i pray u dont have to go through what i went through...it helps me to post on this wall just hoping someone will take something from what i wrote....u have your whole life ahead of u, and you are an addict, just like me, and if u did anything like what i did, i felt i deserved to go through some pain. If you had done some shit to get locked up they are not gonna give you some medicine that makes the time easier... u get my point? u are young, its time to man up..and i wish u the BESTT OF LUCK, but no hydrocodone is gonna help your cause right now
this is my step sons account i have been an opiate addict for about 15yrs now in and out of cold turkey facilities/jails.i have been a sub patient for 5 mos now at 24mgs a day i just stepped off 7 days ago and ths is nothing compared to cold turkey tar, persion,and white chinese herion w/ds ive experianced although i did taper down to a third of an 8mg a day for about a wk before stepping off the 4th 5th and yesterday was th worst by far but i do have a concious drive to get clean and better i have a two and four yr old that need their cargiver and provider of sound mind also i am going to school in awk for three wks to get a commercial drivers license and cant be nodding off on subs behind the wheel of a 40 ton vehicle so im beasting through it one painful day and one sleepless night at a time and praying it doesent get to much worse most ive read are right about symptoms ive experianced so far my joints and legs fucking hurt its an effort to get up from a chair or bed there is not enough coffee in the world to get motivated i drank three pots yesterday lol 100mgs of triazodone a day helps a lil but i am determined to recover from ths madness/insanity thank you all for your posts made me feel not so alone my doc also told me if i taperd there would be little to none w/d symptoms BULLSHIT!!!!! KEEP FIGHTING OUR LIVES ARE WORTH SAVING.
this is my step sons account i have been an opiate addict for about 15yrs now in and out of cold turkey facilities/jails.i have been a sub patient for 5 mos now at 24mgs a day i just stepped off 7 days ago and ths is nothing compared to cold turkey tar, persion,and white chinese herion w/ds ive experianced although i did taper down to a third of an 8mg a day for about a wk before stepping off the 4th 5th and yesterday was th worst by far but i do have a concious drive to get clean and better i have a two and four yr old that need their cargiver and provider of sound mind also i am going to school in awk for three wks to get a commercial drivers license and cant be nodding off on subs behind the wheel of a 40 ton vehicle so im beasting through it one painful day and one sleepless night at a time and praying it doesent get to much worse most ive read are right about symptoms ive experianced so far my joints and legs fucking hurt its an effort to get up from a chair or bed there is not enough coffee in the world to get motivated i drank three pots yesterday lol 100mgs of triazodone a day helps a lil but i am determined to recover from ths madness/insanity thank you all for your posts made me feel not so alone my doc also told me if i taperd there would be little to none w/d symptoms BULLSHIT!!!!! KEEP FIGHTING OUR LIVES ARE WORTH SAVING.
FIGHT IT BACK HOME! FIGHT IT! im on day 33 or 34 and it feels pretty damn good! just make is through the sleepless nights, restless legs, and lack of energy and you will be a happy man in the end, waking up not having to take box everyday, everynight. Good luck to you...there is light at the end of the tunnel
Hi Back Home.Thanks for the post and your honesty. Since you were used to such SERIOUS and strong opiates like Tar,persian and White Chinese Heroine,perhaps your Suboxone withdrawal will not be so rough... FOR YOU. Be safe. Good luck and try to keep us updated if you would like. Regards, Jack
Guys and Girls... I have detoxed off sub 3 times in the past. The first time was a month of not so great days. The last 2 times I felt no pain, no symptoms at all! I used Kratom. It is expensive you can buy it online. But it is VERY safe IMO and obsessive research. I walked off sub with Kratom.
Guys and Girls... I have detoxed off sub 3 times in the past. The first time was a month of not so great days. The last 2 times I felt no pain, no symptoms at all! I used Kratom. It is expensive you can buy it online. But it is VERY safe IMO and obsessive research. I walked off sub with Kratom.
Hi Nick, How are you ? Thanks for posting. The last two times? Kratom is a low grade narcotic isnt it? Very low grade I think. Hey,if it worked for you,Im glad .I know Hatesubs? tried it but cant recall if he liked it very much. I just think you have a better time staying away and NEVER going back to Subox if you keep it simple and stop intergrating or replacing one drug for another. I know Kratom can make people feel high and or not so good but again,If you want,give it a shot. I knew about Kratom when I jumped cold turkey but I didnt want to take that chance. All the best, Jack
Be carefull with the Kratom! I noticed after a while of taking it i could not wait untill i could take it agian. When i stopped it, it felt like i was going thru wd,s agian. I should have used it the second week ONLY when the sub wd,s are the worst.I strogly recomend to take as little as possibe or not at all.
Jack- Tomorrow is 13 weeks and three months sub free , and it does get better. I do feel a little bit af anxity ever day but it passes when i tell myself ive been thru worse. one thing that sucks for me is even when i work out i still cannot lose the weight ive put on getting of the subs. I have become more social with peaple now unsted of just walking away not careing what in the hell they say. I am so proud of myself for going thru this hell and not giving in to any temptations except that dam Kratom. I will never bash peaple for trying it but just be very careful.
Everyone is different when it comes to wd,s , so just hang in there and it will soon pass(just not as fast as you want).
Need some advise. My husband has had chronic pain due to cancer,and spine issues, and has been on opana and oxycodone for past year. He has just been prescribed suboxone films to help come off ( his choice) He started the suboxone too soon,and is having precipitated withdraw symptoms. What do we do?? Stop the suboxone and go back on the opiates he was abusing,or wait a few days and try to resume suboxone. He is very ill right now.
NO just stay on the suboxone!!! it will start to work probobly by the next dose or two. DO NOT GO BACK TO OPIATES, the brain receptors still had opiates on them and the suboxone is kicking them off and grabbing on tight, trust me, take the next dose as prescribed!
Hatesubs. Good for you man! Thats great news to hear that ur doing well. Im impressed with how freakin far youve come. For RonANdRobyn- Just wait a day and then STAY ON THE SUBOXONE. Especially if your poor husband has Cancer. Suboxone should really help him out well. In his case,I think Subox is a GOOD thing. All the best and warmest regards to everyone out there, Jack
I'm glad to hear you regulars are still doing ok. RonandRobyn yep stay on the subs, he's most likely over the WDs by now. guest2330 maybe I'm young (50) by your standards but not by most :) Ok I got back on the subs after the doctors appointment Tuesday. I had already been 12 hours since my last dose of hydro so I took the suboxone on the way home and by the time I got in it had hit me. It took a day or two for my system to settle down again but I'm fine now and will start the long taper soon. Hopefully I can get back down to .5mgs again easily and go from there. The doctor basically told me he knew more about it than I for me to listen to him. NOT, he prescribed me 8mgs/day and wanted to wean me down from there... I'll keep yall informed on how it goes. Take care everyone.
Hi Forked,thanks for the update my friend. AS SOON as you get caught up,START the slow 6 month taper. Because the longer you wait to start tapering,the more discomfort you may have later. Good night everyone reading. GOOD luck and stay safe. Best, Jack
hey forked im so sorry i could have SWORN you said you were 17 or 18 or sometthing, maybe i got you confused with another person who posted here? im really sorry about that! and i am glad you are doing good, thats awesome that u were able to get back on the box, now its taper time and u GOT THIS! im on day 36 or 37 i forget, but i have been feeling great! definitely a lot more anger in me but im learning to control it
opiates are at every corner where i live. 1 phone call away; a 2 minute walk to the corner and then grab some works at CVS. Last time i got out of jail i said it would stop. Well the same night i was crashing into a tree ans heading back to the 8 by 8 cell. 1 day i had an apiphany at the age of 29, that i couldnt do it anymore.I lost 3 good friends. 1 of them i was on the pfone with while i was in jail while his heart exploded. I went on the suboxone full time instead of when i wanted to and life felt good. 3 years of weekend needles sterted to drive me insane so i quit it all. I had been sick 100 times before so what was 1 more time. I loaded up on 250mg of valium and 50mg of Ativan and ate them like candy for the next week. When i quite the boxes i was down to 8mg a day and stopped on a friday. over all it was nothing in comparison to what I"ve felt a dozen times before. So bottom line is if you dont truely want to stop then you wont. It has to be from the heart and you have to stay strong.
Boston, thanks for posting man, your story and mine has many similarities...glad you are doing well my friend, and you are absolutely right...if you dont have the burning desire to stop in your heart, you wont...
Its now Labor Day and just like someone told me over three months ago,by the time this holiday came,Id be doin pretty good. Pretty exciting to of made it this far without even one slip up. Its day # 98 aka Fourteen Weeks. When I think about how I feel now compared to a month and a half ago? The difference is a bit shocking. Im so happy that the horrible and LONG LASTING deep nagging body aching is gone. Still get a bit of anxiety from time to time and I guess thats life. All the best and good luck everyone. Warmest regards, Jack
Congrats Jack, that's great news and something I look forward to.
CONGRATS JACK, that is awesome man
Hi all....
I was wondering if anyone cane help me out here, I have been taking Suboxone for almost 3 years in december, I had a percocet addiction which progressed into 30 10mg pills a day and then to roxies. I wont glorify or get into my past usage too much for their is no need to, what matters today is that I have been clean off those pills and taking suboxone, or am i really clean? My addict behavior still lingers and is tranfered to other areas of my life all the time, my work, shopping, anything and everything, i know that it is in me to be that type of person who is obssessive, compulsive and likes instant gratifiaction, however I have worked on the issues that made me use and where the void came from that i filled with percocet. I do feel no matter what in life people can get off anything they are abusing, and they can get off it but staying clean and sober is the hard part, We all can stop taking suboxone and get through it, the hardest part is keeping the "addict" behavior transfered to healthy areas, cause i dont believe we will ever change that in us, once a addict always a addict, thats why to stay successful we must refrain from the use of all mind altering substances, because addiction can be tranfered quite easy, what my concernm is and if anyone can hear me and understand where im coming from is I am just done with taking suboxone, i want to try and have a baby with my husband and i refuse to get pregnant while using any medication, so i am DONE... I will be stopping abruptly and i am looking for guidance, im taking 16 to 24 Mg a day, because, yes, im addicted to suboxone also, im DONE im angry and i am fed up.... i want to get healthy and give my family another child and give my life a chance to be normal, i am taking a week off of work, and i am going into hybernation, I can handle the withdrawel i know i can, but how bad will it be after the withdrawel stops, will i be depressed, will my brain ever go back to normal, will my brain chemistry return to making chemicals on its own, i hear of "SIMS" it can take up to a year after coming off suboxone to have your brain chemicals level back out, is this true? i am tired of substituting one for another, they say oh you may need lexipro or welbutrin, what if i dont? any advice out there?
Hi all....
I was wondering if anyone cane help me out here, I have been taking Suboxone for almost 3 years in december, I had a percocet addiction which progressed into 30 10mg pills a day and then to roxies. I wont glorify or get into my past usage too much for their is no need to, what matters today is that I have been clean off those pills and taking suboxone, or am i really clean? My addict behavior still lingers and is tranfered to other areas of my life all the time, my work, shopping, anything and everything, i know that it is in me to be that type of person who is obssessive, compulsive and likes instant gratifiaction, however I have worked on the issues that made me use and where the void came from that i filled with percocet. I do feel no matter what in life people can get off anything they are abusing, and they can get off it but staying clean and sober is the hard part, We all can stop taking suboxone and get through it, the hardest part is keeping the "addict" behavior transfered to healthy areas, cause i dont believe we will ever change that in us, once a addict always a addict, thats why to stay successful we must refrain from the use of all mind altering substances, because addiction can be tranfered quite easy, what my concernm is and if anyone can hear me and understand where im coming from is I am just done with taking suboxone, i want to try and have a baby with my husband and i refuse to get pregnant while using any medication, so i am DONE... I will be stopping abruptly and i am looking for guidance, im taking 16 to 24 Mg a day, because, yes, im addicted to suboxone also, im DONE im angry and i am fed up.... i want to get healthy and give my family another child and give my life a chance to be normal, i am taking a week off of work, and i am going into hybernation, I can handle the withdrawel i know i can, but how bad will it be after the withdrawel stops, will i be depressed, will my brain ever go back to normal, will my brain chemistry return to making chemicals on its own, i hear of "SIMS" it can take up to a year after coming off suboxone to have your brain chemicals level back out, is this true? i am tired of substituting one for another, they say oh you may need lexipro or welbutrin, what if i dont? any advice out there?
hopeful and determined.....the name says it all...if you ARE truly hopeful and determined you will be able to stop! you have to reallllly want it. BUT i would not EVER try to come off of 16 to 24mg, i would get down to at least 1mg before i made the jump off of suboxone, try cutting your amount literally in half for the next month, then over the next month or two same thing til u get to about 1mg, then JUMP, and you will have about 3 or 4 weeks of insomnia, cramps, restless legs, weird up and down emotions, some actually GOOD, you want to listen to A LOT OF MUSIC. I have been clean off of suboxone for 37 or 38 days and i can honestly say i feel MUCH better than i did even on my last days of being on suboxone. I just like you, got fed up with taking it everyday, and i was having surgery so i had to stop. YOU CAN DO IT, I was on opiates for the past 5 or 6 years (including suboxone) and my answer is YES your brain will get back to normal, i feel awesome now and im only on day 37, from what i hear it takes a couple months to feel COMPLETELY normal, it takes a while to get fully out of your system, any other questions please ask, but i would wait at least another 6 months b4 u get pregnant, just my oppinion, i wish u the best of luck, please ask any questions u might have.. i dont want to speak for anyone else but jack has been clean for months and he is doing really well, there IS HOPE
Listen to guest2330, you do NOT want to try coming off 16 to 24 mb suboxone at once. As he says taper down to at least 1mg if not 1/4 that then make the jump. The secret is a long slow taper. Good luck and God bless.
Hi Everyone, I cant stay for more than a sec,but Ive been reading the posts from the past few days. Ill be back later tonight to talk about this. Warmest, Jack
Day 102 free from Suboxone for me here. Im doing good....IF i work out. Its really hard to do so most days. God forbid i dont work out,im a cranky,tired,anxiety ridden mess if i dont work out. i have many good days ,then ill get hit with a SLEDGEHAMMER of depression out of no where. Sound familiar? Yep,ive been saying the same thing for a long time now. Ive been doing s lot of reading about Suboxone and the long term effects of trying to quit. Ive now literally read over 200 blurbs,articles and viewer posts about how once the ACUTE symptoms are gone,MANY people go onto have serious long term struggles with depression and anxiety. The posts all say the same thing- Get Exercise,Eat REALLY proper,good,healthy foods with PLENTY of fruits and veggies and BE SURE to take b vitamins and fish oil ,vitamin d, iron and last but not least TONS of water. Not just for a month or two,but for months and months and a good YEAR or two after your last day of Suboxone. For people on opiates and subox (SAME THING PEOPLE) over a good year or two or three,BE CAREFUL,the failure rate is 90%. The articles all said the same thing in regards to the dangers of thinking you beet the drugs too soon. It takes MONTHS AND MONTHS and even a good year or so to be TOTALLY healed,whether you feel depressed,anxious,fatigued,lack of motivation or not. I just want ALL of us on the same page here my friends. Be proud of every day you have beaten Subox but DONT fool urself either. The road is long and there will be times that are rough for MANY of us for MONTHS down the line. Good luck everyone and hang in there. Warmest regards,Jack
Hey everyone!
Today is day 2 for me off of suboxone, and the withdrawals are definitely apparent. However, they aren't nearly as bad as the "dopesickness" that I had endured while I was using black tar.
I have only been using it for a few weeks at about 8mg a day, eventually weening down to 1mg before stopping. I know suboxone should be used for a much longer time but I figured if I get off it as soon as possible, I can avoid getting addicted to another drug, because soboxone is, in fact, addictive... and the withdrawals can be intense depending on your length of usage.
I figure since my suboxone usage was brief and comprised of low dosages, the pain that I am feeling may be the tail-end of the heroine withdrawals (which includes RLS, yawning, teary eyes, discomfort, stuffy nose and sore throat). These physical effects are very minimal at this point and seem to be going away. On the other hand, the mental effects are taking a hold.
My anxiety is through the roof and the feeling of depression and extreme boredom is almost overwhelming. Now, I know that the suboxone would get me through this period if I remain on it, but like I said, I just want to be clean, and I've been depressed before. I can handle it.
I was using heroine (by means of free-base) for about a year, using about a half gram a day on avg. I know thats nothing compared to most serious addictions but it was enough to drown my bank account and quickly became the soul purpose of my life... waking up, waiting to get shit, smoking, going to work to get money for more shit.
I am in pain, but the feeling of nearly comfortable sobriety is worth it.
i see the light at the end of the tunnel, and its getting brighter every day.
For those of you (and i know many of you have a much harder path than me) who are on the road to sobriety, know that you will have to endure pain, regardless of what recovery drug you are taking. But you all have the power to get through it, no matter what situation you may be in.
If you are interested in natural recovery, I recommend the THOMAS RECIPE. This works for getting off any opiate, including methadone and suboxone recoveries.
Its a combination of supplements that can be found at any drug store or co-op. It includes L-Tyrosine and B-vitamins (energy and absorption), Potassium (helps with restless legs and arms), and high doses of multivitamin cocktail. And if shit really hits the fan, get a hold of some benzos, even low doses, combined with melatonin, help with sleep. BUT BE CAREFUL if you do take benzos. they are addictive!
Also, keep yourself active... the endorphins released during work-outs help with the discomfort immensely, even though the idea of getting up and doing something is unappealing during illness.
Lots of fruits and veggis, soups, and milk
also NO BOOZE, unless you want to increase discomfort (ironically enough, this is true, at least for me).
YOU CAN GET THROUGH THIS, but ya gotta be strong. I'm no doctor, so these suggestions I offered are not to be taken as professional advice. Just some shit that helped me that might help you.
But really, check out the thomas recipe... and keep a positive attitude!!!
Goodbye, and good luck to all of you!
~Sean (day 25 off black, day 2 off suboxone... and going strong!)
sms181- Its been over 3 months for me and i feel close to 100% . If you are who i think you are , stay strong!
If it is you Ill check back more often to see how your doing
Jack- Glad to here your still working out. Checked in just to see how your doing.
Ha, Whats up HateSubs. Great to hear from you and Im real glad that your going strong. dude,Youve done real well. Maybe perhaps even quicker than me !!! =-) i like that,I want everyone here to do well and get on with life. I have mostly good days but wow ohh WOW do I STILL have bad ones once in a while. They are intense but they never last more than a day or three. All the best HateSubs and stop back again if you can sometime,it wont be the same without you. However,If I dont hear from you,its okay,cuz that most likely means that your doing great and have moved onward and upward. Warmest regards everyone, Jack Ps. Than ks for all the info Sean. Stop back in and tell us your progress when you can.
To everyone
Hi Guys!!!! I am free of subs more than 2 month, feel great my energy is 100% back, I am sleeping last month without waking up. Just be strong people, its worth it!!! And trust me if I can do it you can do it too!!!
Thank you all for responding to my message, I am sitting here reading with my husband getting as much info as possible.... I unfortunately have come to terms with the fact that I am also addicted to subs, it sucks, and I hate it, I never realized something that could give me my life back would be so hard to let go of, I feel like I sold my soul to the devil for monitary gain. I am not able to taper off, I know everyone says to get down to 1 mg but I'm addicted to it I am not able to wean, I tried. For me I feel the best option is to suffer and get threw it, I just am very scared I'll die during withdrawal. I'm scared to death literally, I have a huge amount of support and people around me who fully know of my situation, I'm so done and have made up my mind that in order for me to beat this, I must stop abruptly . Please don't judge me, just help me, any advice on how to make this easier and does anyone feel I may be in danger? I will be taking my last dose tomorrow evening and Monday morning I'll be sub free thanks everyone I'll be reading and be in touch
......Hi Hopeful and Determined. Check back in with us here as soon as you can. J. Ps. Hi Just T , GLad you stopped by. so happy that you are doing GREAT !!!!! =-)
ummm, HopeFul and Determined,What dosage(mg) of Subox are you on right now ??? Either way,NO MATTER what MG of Subox ur at, You are in no REAL life or death danger if you quit cold turkey. That DOESNT mean it isnt going to be a nightmare to drop Cold Turkey. I dropped Cold Turkey from basically an 8 mg dose after 3 years of usage. It was F'in nuts BUT SO WORTH IT IN THE END =-) I gotta go for now but again,please check back in with us ASAP if you can okay ? =-) Warmest, Jack
Hopefull & determined I feel so bad for you. I hope you're not on a high dose, the higher the dosage you're used to the harder quitting will be on you. You say you can't taper off but maybe you should try again. What has happened before when you tried tapering? Have your partner keep your medicine for you and dole it out daily after making a schedule. Cut down 25% at a time until you get down to 1mg or so and go as low as you possibly can before you jump. A calendar with your schedule on it can be helpful as you can track your progress. We'll be happy to help you all we can as far as advice, etc. justT great job. I'm glad to see it working out for you and you to Jack. Take care all.
Hopefull & determined
Hi ! I am not recommend you quit cold turkey it is very hard for your body and brain. Forked is absolutely right, you have to lower your dose!!! And you have to know that life is beautiful without subs and look forward you can do it!!! We all understand you and will be supporting you!!! Take care.
Thank you guys for your support
Okay so here is what I was thinking, right now, I take anywhere from 8 mg to 16 to 24 I honestly do not pay attention, I thought by me being busy in my everyday life If I didn't pay attention I would wean off by kind of tricking myself, I haunt tried tapering by giving my meds to my husband because I feel that is enabling, if I can't do that myself have have the control myself I feel it's not real, I'm very very awre of my addict behavior and I'm almost punishing myself in a way by coming off cold turkey , I'm looking at this like a exercisium. I have been given many chances to wean and I have not it's because if I have a bad day eor a fight subs has become my crutch..... I'm doing this and coming off cold turkey because I feel the drastic choice is the only way for me and my personality to finally break the cycle of the obsessive compulsive behavior, this is how I think, if I wean I will feel withdrawal anyway right? So what is the difference if I wean and suffer slowly or I cut it off and go through it at one shot? Is that crazy to think this way? I went to my dr and he told me it's my choice he said he is there no matter what if I can't get through this and will give me meds, he said for the past two years I have gotten down from 90 pills of 8 mgs a month to 40 a month so now I have been on 40 to 50 pills a month from 90 I just can't make this last jump, I have seen this pattern go on for a year, and I feel when a patten cant be broken over time it's not a successful plan and is not working for me, does this make sense? Today it's 2 pm and I havnt taken any subs yet, mentally I feel ok, physically I'm ok I'm thinking I should stop today I have 1 8 mg pill left my dr gave me colonodan to make me feel more comfortable any thoughts?
H & D ,How are you? Listen carefully okay ? YOU WILL FEEL FINE at the beginning of quitting subox, EVERYONE does. It takes a few days,then the HELL starts. Youll see ,ESPECIALLY if you are quitting cold turkey. You are certaintly in for a tough ride,YES you can do it but man ohh man ,dropping from an average of 16 mg a day is a ...well,a tough one. I hope you are ready for this. If you want it bad enough,YOU CAN do it. I promise you that. Regards, Jack
Thank you jack today is day one tomorrow is day two so far I feel great, I took my last dose of suboxone Sunday evening at around 6 pm so it is over 24 hours right now, I know I can do this , I am ready to get through it, I want to so badly get control of me again, I M not one of these people coming off suboxone notnready, I have been in massive therapy and have done my 12 steps over and over again, I am a completely different person than when I started, I have mazing things in my life now and I am truly blessed for getting my life back, and make no mistakes about it suboxone gave that back to me, I am forever grateful, but for me I think mentally and emotionally I am 100 percent ready to live life on lifes terms. I was also young and I have grown and matured and have learned the fundamentals which I lacked which made me use, I will always stay fearful of relapse and keep humble, but it's time for me, keck if you don't mind, can you be more elaborate on what I'm going to go through? And on what day? When will it subside? Anything I can do to make this more comfortable? Thank you so much for your support I will be checking in to all on my progress and reading all of your help
H and D , its (:20 pm West Coast(CA) time right now. Ill be back in two hours from now to let you know ALL I can to help this be as less terrible as possible. You will NOT be comfortable through this whatsoever. Expect the pain to start late tomorrow night or Wednesday night. Be back at 11:20 pm All the best, Jack
day ten still no fn sleep im loosen it
day ten still no fn sleep im loosen it
Hi Everyone, i hope ALL of you out there are doing well =-) This message is sorta for H & D mostly. Hopefully,Im glad to read that you are ready and sure that you want to give up Subox and that right now,you are on your very first 24 hours!!! Thats GREAT =-) Before the withdrawals really kick in,see if you can maybe get to the store? Heres a list of stuff that I WISH I would of knew bout during the worse of my Sub withdrawals(First two weeks). Get yourself a bunch of banannas, Naked Juices , Protein like Steak and chicken,B vitamins,B vitamins B vitamins! ,Fish or Flax seed oil capsules ,Vitamin D and Glucosamin,OATMEAL in the mornings,Trazidone from the Doctor for sleep(if you can) and Gatorade. By Tuesday night or Wednesday,your going to start being..ummm,very uncomfortable. Be sure to have more than one set of clean blankets,sheets and pillowcases. Do not be fooled of this very warm weather, You WILL be freezing cold sometimes. TRY to go take a 15 or 20 min walk EVERYDAY,even if you are barely hobbling along outside. If you have any sort of access to a hot tub at any time,USE IT and if not,be sure to crawl to the shower or tub once or twice a day. Just LAY in the tub with the very warm or hot water filling up the tub. Use Motrin or Mydol instead of aspirin or tylenol for the pain and headaches. You will be very uncomfortable,you will feel like jumping right outa ur skin maybe. If that happens,JUST REMEMBER that its part of the process,you are NOT dying and its NORMAL. You can do this. Youll be okay =-) It just takes time,youll see. Check back with us often and one more thing.... BE SURE TO HAVE UR IPOD with you. Music is going to sound so good for some reason and it will help take ur mind off the pain and believe it or not,make you feel better. Warmest regards, jack
- Pat I , Hope you tell us a bit more when you can. i know its really rough for you right now at day 10. It WILL start to ease up for you in just two or three more days,youll see. Check back in with us SOON. All the best, Jack
years ago i was fixing a roof on some rental property. i fell and messed up my back. so i started taking pain pills. at first 4 then 5 or 6 i did that for maybe 10 years. along came katrina and wiped out all the rentals and the only place to work was construction so for the first time in 20 yrs i was doing a lot of manual labor.i had insurence so the dr started perscribing higher doses of loratab and stuff . i more i took the more i could work.well after 2yrs the construction ran out so i lost my insurance. i started working as a stage hand and a comercial fisherman. i was getting 10's for 5$ and it was costing me 50$ a day.well along comes the bp spill and takes out the fishing. at first i wasnt a big deal cause they were paying well for us to clean up the oil. but that only lasted till last october.the convention season run from oct to june so i went straight into stage hand work after the spill. a freind told me about suboxone and wanting to save money it seemed like a good idea. i went from 50$ to 10$ a day.well that was fine for 7 months until it was time to go back to fishing and found out nobody is buying crabs from the gulf now. so i ended up unemployed . i wanted to get clean anyway and what better time than when your just about broke. so last friday i quit. at first i was alright but started with real anxiety about day3. it has not let up it feals like i have my finger in a light socket. im just shaking. i cant sleep even when im so tire my legs are kicking and jumping and then i have to get up. man this is from 5mg a day. wtf is this stuff for- torturing info out of alqaida members. why would someone make this crab i didnt even enjoy the stuff.anyway im reading about months of withdral some guy wrote years,i dont think i can take it. maybe go back on loratab it only takes a few days to get off that . iv slept about 8 hrs in 10 days if i could just get a nights sleep i could think clear enough to figure out what to do. but im freakin my old lady is gettin pissed at me walkin up and down the hall all night.how much longer before i can sleep. i know that this is probabl a bunch of ramblen nonsence but thanks for having a place just to get it out.
Jack I thank you for all you have told me, really I can't thank you enough for taking time to give me advice, today is day 2 I feel okay, I'm sure in comparison to the next week today will be I feel amazing, I'm trying to keep myself busy and keep my mind off this as much as possible, I am basically waiting, I did get medication from my dr, I got colonodain trizadone flex all as a muscle relaxer, I got tons of v8 juice, I have bananas potassium supplements vit b vit c vit d fish oil wi omega 3, amino acids and am odium . I started taking all my natural supplements Sunday, I'm mostly scared I will not feel well and think I'm going to die and bring myself into a state of panic, we shall she I will def keep posting to let you all know how I'm doing, I feel if I can do this I want to be of help to all and give back what I got from this, there is hope, and when your mind is set, mountains can be moved. :)
H & D , You are well prepared to do this. Its going to suck either way but your head seems like its in the right place and you have a lot of ammo to help you get through the hell. Just be warned that even with the Trazadone,youll only be getting a few hours of sleep per night at first. with everything you have at ur disposal,you should be through the worst of the withdrawal in about 10 or 12 days from today. HOWEVER,Again,EvERYONE IS DIFFRENT and theres no guarantee of an EXACT timeline to recovery!!!!!!! except that you will live through it and eventually you WILL be fine. Okay ? You have to understand that down the line,at some point, ALL OF THIS,all the mind fucking,all the pain,all the depression,it will ALL slowly go away. ZERO permanent damage was done by taking Subox. All the best, Jack Ps. Pat ! ,thanks for coming back,Ill be on later to discuss a few things with you.
hi jack, thank you again, right now it is about 49 hours since my last dose, i am expierencing minor chills, headache and some irritability, the worst is far ahead, but i know its starting, just dont know when i should start taking my meds, ill keep posting out there ands please i need support from as many as possible, thank you to all for feedback
-DONT take them yet. Start tomorrow(WED) morning if you can H & D. Tonight will prob be the last time u get more than a few hours sleep so go to bed early if possible my friend. Jack
Hey Jack-Im not realy sure anymore how long its ben since i stopped subs anymore (i think im in week 14)but your right about the good and bad days . This whole weekend i felt prety good until today. the anxiety came back bad for a couple of hours but it is over now. The lack of energy comes and goes.
H @ d - Jack is right about the b vitamans , they help alot! I was taking 24 mg a day when i stopped after 3 years of subs. The next day i felt fine,saturday,sunday and moday Then when tuesday came i started feeling bad. I could not go to work. Went to my sub doctor wednesday and he told me to get back on the subs on a higher dose(36 mg) for another month then stop.Thats when i knew i was in trouble. So i left and never picked up the meds.Since i was on a large dose my w/ds hit me hard the next day. For me weeks 2 and 3 were the worst. My insomnia did not start till week 3 (for me). I did notice after 3 weeks even without sleep everthing looked diferent. Please stay with it. It will get better after awhile. Everyone is diferent. One thing that did help me was not having to work the fist 3 weeks. My boss was understanding after he read all the shit he could on suboxone. So thank god i still have a job.
I will allways be grateful for this site for helping me thru this sub hell. I would name everbody for helping me thru this but it will take awhile!
How you doing jack?
wow got 2 hrs sleep today and again tonight my legs quit kicking. woke up both times wiyh severe anxiety but i can deal with that. i think i can take this level for a while. the strangest thing - after the first 2 days the desire to use subs wasnt realy that strong. it was just the anxiety, the restless legs and lack of sleep . you think your going crazy. H.D. for me day 12 is the first livable day since day 3 i hope yoours comes soon.
HA, See Pat 1 ,I knew today or maybe tomorrow things would finally start to ease up a tiny bit for you! Thats excellent. Your just about over the toughest part now! Just be prepared for Weeks of not feeling urself. Could be a few months. Everyone is diff. HATESUBS- Thanks for coming in and posting and letting the newer members in on what you went through and how long it took for you. Its important for the new people to hear just how varied and different each Subox quitters experience really can be. Im at day 107 now. I have such great days,and now,almost whole weeks of feeling GREAT !!!! Lol, then its usually followed by a big out of no where dose of depression and anxiety for a day or two. I DO notice however, that each time i get through the latest hit of anxiety/depression, the following streak of GOOD days keeps getting longer and brighter! Can you believe it HateSubs? I think we are really gonna make it now. I think we almost have this beat. =-) Only time will tell. All the best everyone. Warmest, Jack
How does this site work ? I need some advice about coming of suboxen feel free to look at my profile and any helpful comments would be great.Cheers folks and no matter what you are ALL very important never forget it.
Hello everyone , okay, I am now on day 3 of zero suboxone approximately 69 hours since my last dose, may I remind you all I am 31 years old 5 ft 4 and 120 pounds I have been on subs for almost three years, I was taking 8 to 16 to 20 mgs a day and I stopped Sunday night cold turkey, so far.......... I feel fine, I feel decent, some chills some irritability, I have been taking vit b potassium vit d vit c drinking tons of water, drinking v8 juice with antioxidants I so far and doing great, but I'm waiting.......... I'm sure it's coming soon I was on far to high of a dosage and I'm too little to not have hell. I have not taken any meds yet my dr gave me, jack you said to wait right? I'll post back soon and keep all updated, everyones body is different so I won't know for sure how hard this will hit and when it will start.... I just walked a half hour to keep busy and so far so good , just getting some headaches
Everyone read I promise it'll help you. I used Lortab from 18 to 22 then made an appointment with a dr who could help. The appointment was scheduled pretty far out so I just went cold turkey off lor
Sorry my IPhone cut off. So I went cold turkey and was pretty much through everything when I finally saw the Dr. He said it's in your best interest to take suboxone even though you're through the worst of it. Since he was a Dr. I just said okay. I had no idea what I was in store for. I was never told anything about how I would become completely hooked on this drug til I met my wife 3 years ago. That day I checked myself into rehab because every time I asked to get off it was always taper, taper, taper. It's hard mentally to taper I've found out. At that point I was on 8 MG and checked into rehab and got clean, but guess who the head Dr. was that they checked with, the one I told I just wanted off. After 4 days in rehab I decided I could do it from home. I felt like total crap, but at least I would have tv and my wonderful family at the time. I was required to check in with my Dr. after 9 days, it was part of my release. I was feeling great. I still don't know how this happened, but the Dr. convinced me that if I didn't take suboxone I would want Lortab again. I said I really can get through this. He said okay here's the deal take 2mg's it's not as bad at all, in fact you're body will need it for at least a little bit. I went into my marriage not telling my wife I was back on suboxone because I thought it would be an easy thing to taper from 2mg. It's now been 2 and a half years and I finally said give me my meds to help I'm done with this crap. I'm on day 8 right this minute and the only problem I'm having is sleep even though I'm tanking practically everything to knock myself out. Anyone on it, you need to realize it's really shouldn't be long term it's supposed to be rapid detox. It's not gonna cure you. You're just going to be hooked on something without a high. I've lost 8 years of my life and frankly don't know where I would be without my wonderful wife. I've lost jobs over drugs which I made six figures. The first few days of these last 8 were awful, it wasn't until day 7 I started feeling energy. Luckily I have the luxury of staying home, but now I'm getting the bug crawling feeling on my arms. I've always been a skinny guy, but on suboxone I ate poorly, slept poorly and am currenly 6feet 116 pounds. Luckily my wife digs the face. Honestly I promise all of you it'll pass don't believe this year withdrawal stuff. People are just scared to do it. Get Clonidine. That will help a ton, also get a muscle relaxer for your legs. I take methocarbomol. Don't let a Dr. make you think you need it like I did. I already feel mentally stronger and like I am getting back to normal. Just throw out your drugs and do it. I'm so over Lortab no Dr. will tell me otherwise.
Hopefull and determined 3 hours ago
Hello everyone , okay, I am now on day 3 of zero suboxone approximately 69 hours since my last dose, may I remind you all I am 31 years old 5 ft 4 and 120 pounds I have been on subs for almost three years, I was taking 8 to 16 to 20 mgs a day and I stopped Sunday night cold turkey, so far.......... I feel fine, I feel decent, some chills some irritability, I have been taking vit b potassium vit d vit c drinking tons of water, drinking v8 juice with antioxidants I so far and doing great, but I'm waiting.......... I'm sure it's coming soon I was on far to high of a dosage and I'm too little to not have hell. I have not taken any meds yet my dr gave me, jack you said to wait right? I'll post back soon and keep all updated, everyones body is different so I won't know for sure how hard this will hit and when it will start.... I just walked a half hour to keep busy and so far so good , just getting some headaches
It'll mainly start on day 3 through about 7. You sound prepared, but you'll get through it. Just look back at all the great things that came from using ABSOLUTELY NOTHING
Everyones comments are true, one thing i have not seen is the OTC detox solutions. I have kicked from Opiates to Subs to detox drinks to 0. Still not easy but beeter then nothing. On the first 2 days take the Immediate clenser 2, then the 6 days tabs from "Advanced Detox Solutions". Stuff is expensive, but works!Wakes you up, cleans your blood. Take Ambien at night.Not the CR, but the old school 10's.
Hi everyone, wow now I'm getting scared it's now going on day 4 and hardly anything.... No severe withdrawal yet, I am wondering since I was on such a high dose, is that why it's taking so long to bring me into full withdrawal? Also is there a possibility that I can have seizures during detox? Now im scared I'm hearing Amy Weinberg house died from detox?
Hi everyone, wow now I'm getting scared it's now going on day 4 and hardly anything.... No severe withdrawal yet, I am wondering since I was on such a high dose, is that why it's taking so long to bring me into full withdrawal? Also is there a possibility that I can have seizures during detox? Now im scared I'm hearing Amy Weinberg house died from detox?
You are well equipped to get through this with a LOT less withdrawal than some others. You have a whole laundry list of foods,drink supplement and prescription!!! A lot of others on here had nothing to help them,nothing and no ONE. You seem ready to me. Your anxiety over how bad this MIGHT be is VERY typical and common. Just hold on and be ready for the pain,whether its very little,or a whole lot. Let us know and keep checkin g in with us either way H & D. Warmest regards, Jack =-)
hopefull and determined, if you came off a high dose, i think maybe u said something like 16mg??? but yea even if it was 8mg its gonna take a lil to get out of your system, the half life on suboxone is 36 or more hours i forget BUT i came off of 1mg about a month and a half ago and i had a pretty easy time coming off suboxone. I had a lot of trouble sleeping though, for like 2 weeks i hardly slept, and u will have some weird emotions highs and lows, sneezing restless legs at night, trust me u will know when it starts. it was not as horrible for me maybe cause i was on a low dose but i am on day like 41 and i feel great, and have felt pretty good for the last 2 weeks, been able to sleep great. still some anxiety i think but nothing major at all.
good day today anxiety high but nothing i cant deal with. got a good amount of sleep that realy helped.i didnt know that the sneezing was part of it- guess i should let the cat back in.big difference from just 48 hrs ago.
lol, i sneezed for almost 8 weeks. strange but its a genuine withdrawal symptom.
It's good to hear you're all doing so well. H&D I'm happily surprised you're doing so well on day 4. Jack, guest2330 and Pat, glad to see you're doing ok to along with all the others. Rob M your doctor really screwed you over. It sounds like you had it beat until he "advised" you. Stick with it and you'll be home free before you know it. As for me I'm starting week 3 of being back on the subs and have got back down to 2mg/day and look forward to next week when I'll cut it in half again. I was down to .5mg before I first tried to jump and this time I intend on going much lower to make it as easy as possible. Good luck to all and God bless.
Hello all. Today is full day 4 off 16 mg of suboxone cold turkey, i feel pretty good still, I went for a long walk to get some exercise I recommend to anyone going through this to get v8 juice with natural antioxidants and to drink 8 to 16 oz a day along with the Thomas recepie along with alot of prayer, I am sure I will be exuding pain soon but so far I have gotten 12 hours of sleep since day 1 and am doing great! Jack I still have not taken my meds yet my dr gave me to make my withdrawal more comfortable, I have been using the Thomas recipe :) I'm hoping I will breeze through this but I'm staying humble
H & D , You know, each person is different. Maybe,just MAYBE because of all the prep and research you did FIRST,youll make it through ur Subox withdrawal WITHOUT the excruciating mess that some of us were UNlucky enough to encounter. I basically quit cold turkey and DO NOT recommend it. Good luck and keep us posted. FORKED- Good to hear from you. Best regards, Jack
Thank you jack for your in sight, maybe just maybe your right, my fourth day is just about over, and still I feel good, if what I did is helping than I want to pass it along to the world so none of you have to suffer, I started taking vit b complex the mega dose the day I stopped suboxone, I started taking zinc, magnesium, milk thysile, potassium, oat meal , v8 juice with antioxidants I took L- carnitine which is a amino acid which helps transport fluid between cell body and helps coat nero transmitters, I drink every morning with all my supplements the v8 and tons of water, half your body weight in ounces a day, I am eating bananas for the restless leg, and praying to god I don't suffer, if this was my miracle please to all, if you had money to get high you will have money to get supplements that will help, vitamins are huge, imoduim ad will help because there is a opiate in it which will help with pain from diahrea the reason why we get diaries is because opiates suck water out of our intestines and when our opiate receptors are freed during withdrawal it shoots water back into our intestine which gives the runs, suboxone causes constipation because of the opiates pulling water out which dries up our intestine and does not allow proper bowel movements, I believe that when you are backed up, all that stuff acts as toxins in your body, which makes you feel like crap, I recommend to anyone to get a detox tea, which will help clean and re charge all of your organs thanks jack and to all... Get off suboxone only when your ready!!!!!!! Ready means therapy ready means in or out patient therapy and major changes in your life, suboxone saved my life I don't hate suboxone, no one should hate suboxone the only ones who hate it are the ones who abused it, suboxone gives people back their lives as long as they do the work they need to to get off, if you don't work on the issues that caused you to use and just take a pill than your not accomplishing anything!!! If we all take a look at our lives before suboxone and than look at our lives after being on it our lives got better, we all should try and think about that instead of cursing it, if you have will which we all do we can beat this drug and come off look inside your self be strong and like someone on here said get Angry at You!
yo H&D not sure if you read what i wrote to u earlier but check it out. FORKED, hope all is going well with u!
Hi guest2330. I'm sorry I don't know your name I'm Angela . Yes I just re read your message and thank you, I'm really grateful for today, tomorrow is dayb5 and ifvi was to rate my pain and uncomfortability from 1 to 10 on withdrawal I would say I'm at a 2 I am in disbelief myself I'm not as sick as I should be, I still don't know what tomorrow will bring but as for today I feel great! I have let go of the anxiety, I was on 16 mg to 24 mgs a day and stopped cold turkey Sunday so I believe my half life is over and my receptors are def starting to empty the bherophrine by now, I'm just taking alot of vit and anti oxidants which I believe is helping tremendously, I'm so happy your doing well! Congrats on day 42! Everyone is different o for you your just as lucky as me to not have major major withdrawal, did u take anything for sleep? And thanks forked for your feedback, I'm just as happily surprised at how I'm doing, I hope only for the best!!! I'm very hopefull and VERY determined!!! God bless to all I'll check in tomorrow am
my name is eric nice to meet u angela...its awesome how determined you are, you make me think of myself when i first stopped. No matter what keep that attitude, try to work out and release your endorphins naturally. How is your sleeping? i did take random sleeping medications for about two weeks but it really didn't help much. Everything from nyquil, benadryl, tylenol pm, ambien, even tried drinking myself to sleep. Nothing really helped but after the two weeks it got a lil better and now i sleep like a baby through the night with absolutely no meds, only thing in my body is vitamins every morning. LISTEN TO LOTS OF MUSIC, it helped me sooo much. When your emotions all come back its a trip both good and bad so enjoy the ride and stay as positive as you are now! good luck, i will be checking in
and H&D drug, here's what I know: If you took 16mg, the Buprenorphine has a half life of 37.5 hours. Meaning, in 37.5 hours, you would still have 8mg of Buprenorphine in your body. 37.5 hours later, you would have 4mg in your body. 37.5 hours later, you would have 2mg left. 37.5 hours later, you'd have 1 mg left. 37.5 hours later, you'd have .50mg..... that is what "half life" means. HOPEFULLY you do not have any major WD but i am just giving you the facts here. let us know how you are
Hi everyone, Eric, I am sleeping great! I really don't get this, if u read up to my day 1 I was scared, begging for help, now I'm in shock at how good I feel, I was on subs for almost 3 years and many days took 24 mgs a day, my last dose was Sunday at 6 pm of 12 mgs I'm on day 5 don't get me wrong I am having chills, body temperature changes some irritability some abdominal pain but very very light, as I said I'm taking alot of healthy vitamins and supplements, maybe that's it? I watched a YouTube video of one guy Casper was his I'd name and he had the closest story to mine, he took 24 mgs a daybfor 2 and a half years and by day 5 he was on his death bed, me I'm great! I'm soooo blessed but still keeping humble cause again I won't know what tomorrow will bring....thank you Eric for your feedback, can I ask what u mean by getting your emotions back? Is it true suboxone supresses emotion while on it? And I also realized to any of suboxone users currently lat evening night juncture for sweets is a side effect and I always had that, interesting right? I'm sleeping very well I'm very calm I'm happy and grateful, maybe a miracle? Idk...... jack can I ask you something? How are you? And two what was your last dosage before you stopped cold turkey? How many mgs were. You on. Prior to stopping? Thanks to you all for your feedback and support u have no idea how much this helps me :)
Hey H&D, well with the emotion thing, i definitely believe suboxone numbed out a lot of my emotions, when i quit i had some major up and down emotions, i was happy one minute, like i literally felt high, then i would feel like crying..it was very back and forth. but that all balances itself out. I am so glad to hear how good you are doing.. i really hope that this is not going to be as bad for you. It wasn't that bad for me..nothing i couldn't handle, but that was coming off of 1mg! i honestly would have been scared to come off of 16mg or even 12mg. Its pretty amazing you are not complaining more hahaha... check in and let us know how u are doing
Hello everyone!! Today is day 6 off 16 to 24 mg of suboxone cold turkey, didn't sleep sooooo good last night, I slept but it was a broken sleep, woke up every hour or so and felt myself in a light sleep only to wake up again, but nothing terrible, I had some muscle aches but again totally tolerable, I just went for a 30 min power walk, I think sweating it out is a good thing cause I feel more rejuvenated, trying to release natural endorphins, and get them moving, I have realized I think the people who come off suboxone and lay in bed will feel the pain more, and I know it's so hard it's so fucking hard to force yourself when your sick, but for me I watched a info commercial on rumba and get motivated watching the people dance and hearing the music I just got up, I don't know what day 7 will bring but I'm hopeful :) I feel everyones pain out there it's rough stuff , no doubt but I do feel if you use proper supplements all natural and don't drink and use other drugs it's so possible to get through this, u have to prep and if you research and use Thomas recepie and exercise andvdrink tons of water it will help huge!!! I think that if we asked the people who suffered they would say they didn't do all the prepping, cause I was on a highhhhhhh dose and stopped!!! And im ok. :) any thoughts??
Hopeful and Determined- Did you dissolve the suboxone under your tongue, or did you swallow them? No withdrawals is unheard of.
Hopeful and Determined- Did you dissolve the suboxone under your tongue, or did you swallow them? No withdrawals is unheard of.
from my experience with opiates one thing i know is that every question i had i all ready new the answer.suboxone is very tough to get off of..for me it does has some ups being an op user..it definitely is only good maintenance wise only if you have a doctor and plan on having the acceptance issue taking care of...for me i still use preferably subutex for lets say recreational use..like a treat for a dog that last me a couple of days and then i will use maybe tramadol once in awhile and cannibas to ease the small what goes up must come down after affects(maybe some benzo's also)...suboxone is definitely like playing with fire but if handled wisely you can stop yourself from wasting tons of money on diesel and expensive as phuck oxys or whatever..suboxone is what i treat myself with once a week that lasts for a couple of days..thats just how it works for me..
its been 2 weeks im feeling good. anxiety slightly elevated- no aces and pains legs have chilled out and im getting good sleep. it was the anxiety and lack of sleep that just kinda built up that seemed to be the hard part. your mind starts going in ten directions at once.just remember its a mind fuck- you have to get through a few more days of it and your alright.
hello all,
I would just like to post this and tell my story here.
im 23 years old (just turned sept 12) and in the past few weeks i have gotten my self off heroin. i was a back and forth user of oxys since i was at-least 17 and started on the H at about 19 20 or so.. and of course the whole time i would use suboxone to keep from getting horribly sick when i didn't have the means to use. well this summer i was getting pretty bad on H and i just recently decided its time to grow the fuck up and get clean and i have been off H now for 2 weeks and i used suboxone to get off.
i would use the newer strips more then then pill and i would only have to take at most 2-3 mgs or a sliver of the strip to feel normal and that little bit worked great... i weaned my self down to 2 then a very tiny piece in the past week and now im 4 days off subs and have barely if any W/D symptoms at most i will get a slight chill every here and there and of course a craving. the 2 things i hate most about W/D but its so slight that it can be dealt with easily.
i feel bad for people going to doctors and the doctors putting them on 3 8mg pills a day... that is WAYYY to fucking much and that is why people are haven such bad W/Ds from suboxone.. my advice even though im young but i have been through this shit, is to not go to a doctor and find subs on the street get your self 3 or 4 strips or pills and do as i did and see if it works and only use small minute amounts to make u feel good and this way you wont have the bad W/Ds from suboxone like me. doctors just want your damn money they don't care about if your going through horrible pain from getting off the medication. any thoughts back are cool
Allshookup I def never stated I had no withdrawels I certainly don't want to come off to everyone here like I'm some kind of super hero, if you read all my posts I have absolutely had symptoms, But my withdrawal so far entering day 7 now has not been nearly as bad as some stories on here, as for what Jackson told me I did a huge amount of research and prepared tremendously for this, I believe it's also mind over matter, I have a business I own a 5 year old daughter and a family I take care of so for me I have no choice to push through as much as I can on a daily basis , not saying I have more responsibility than anyone on here, just saying I don't have the luxury to stay in bed all day until this heals, I believe I have done so much damage to my body by abusing percocet and oxy that when I went on suboxone 3 years ago I was determined to fix my inner self I spent three years in massive therapy I had lost my marriage, my beautiful home I owned my whole life fell apart from using and suboxone treatment and therapy helped me get Angela back, when I started making serious changes and going to therapy I was able to get my husband back two weeks before signing divorce papers I got my life back, I opened a business last year which I was able to bring to success . Nothing came easy I fought for it all, now that my life was back it was time for me to get off subs and gain control back, with tons of research I prepared long and hard on all natural things to recharge my body, don't get me wrong I have withdrawal symptoms, I said in my posts I do, but on a scale of 1 to 10 there a 3 and I push right through it, I don't believe I could have done this well if I wasn't really ready and I didn't prep, I'm very humble I am still expecting some bumps, but I push past it with every ounce of fight in me, because I HAVE to, my 5 year old dosnt understand mommy is sick, but my family has been a huge support, I took time off to heal. So far so good, this has not been easy, it's been one of the hardest journeys of my life, but when you put in the time and effort to rebuild you, and when u get to a place in your life of healthy, I believe you build the fundamentals to succeed. If I can give any advice to anyone out there suffering please take your life back, we get one shot at life no one deserves to suffer, get help get you back and take one hour at a time. :)
H&D You're definitely an unusual case but we're all glad to hear it. Your technique is working well for you and maybe it will help others. I'll be going that route myself when the time comes. Good luck to everyone.
Thanks forked when it's time for you, you can do this, just get into therapy get strong and prepare, taper obviously if u can, tapering wasn't for me, it's all or nothing with my personality, if my dr gave me 60 pills for the month I took them all and came up short too, I took wayyyyyyyy to much subs oddly every time I took one I loved to smoke, idk if anyone expierenved that , now being off the subs ciggxs aren't the same. But on day 7 I still feel good nothing I can't handle best of luck to you, you can absolutely do this when the time is right ands you will know when that time comes trust me
H&D, that is the best attitude to have, so glad you are still doing well, before you know it you will be free from this mess
...hi everyone. Please just remember that the relapse rate for ANY opiates is 90% by the one year mark . The battle is NO WHERE near over once the acute withdrawal is over. Stay grounded and humble(i know u guys and gals already are) and prepare to stay clean for the long haul (the rest of ur entire life). All the best and ill be back in a day or two for MY long overdue status updates and question answering. Been so freakin busy. Warmest regards, Jack
i lost track of days i feel so great
Hi everyone, today is day 9 off 16 to 24 mgs of subs cold turkey, I am having issues getting comfortable and staying asleep, still having chills and tired lethargic spouts , I don't feel depressed I don't have anxiety, and I feel pretty good, except those complaints I listed above, any thoughts?
H and D. Okay,you have trouble getting comfortable,You have trouble staying asleep,you get the chills and you are having tired lethargic spouts. Those are all common withdrawls. If you have all of that and to such a small degree that you have zero depression and you feel pretty good,id say you are getting through this better than the majority of people who quit Subox cold turkey. You really did get lucky and good for you. Just take it slow and remember that staying off of opiates isnt just about getting over the acute pain,its staying clean for the long haul. All of our battles just started when we got over our acute withdrawals. We have our whole lives to prove that we can stay clean. It aint over. Best regards, Jack Ps Im at 16 Weeks Clean now.
Jack congrats!!!!!! 16 weeks is awesome!!!!! Go you!!!! I agree 100% with everything you said, however I feel with the amount of therapy I went through for three years I believe I have built fundamentals for success , that's what suboxone is about no? If u take suboxone n don't change the insides your not allowing yourself to be successful off the meds, I have symptoms no doubt but I keep on pushing, what really gets me is how people have admitted to using drugs or drinking to help make their withdrawal easier, ummmmmm hellooooooo????? Lol that I don't get, when u get off or let me say when it's time to get off, u shouldn't be substituting anything right? Idk my whole withdrawal was a 2 from 1 to 10 I'm a fighter and I put in my time, u know that jack, but I will foreverrrrrrr be humble and scared of relapse! However I don't see it now , I went to my dr today and he was wowing me all across the board I did blood work and hormone testing also hugeeeeevreccomendation is neuro transmitting testing!!! To see what chemicals your lacking n what u need that combined with hormones and mental health can really give u a jump start on the right road for positive recovery, thanks jack congrats an be well!!!!!
Looks like you are at 15 weeks? How is everything at this point? It has been a hard journey, but well worth it. 10 weeks for me and still not sleeping straight thru the night but very manageable. I can remember for the first ten days not sleeping much at all. The depression is alot better. Gaining alot of weight back, ten pounds, so far. I lost aound 25 during the w/d's. Let me know how you're doing, take care. Allshookup2
yeah
WHERE'S EVERYBODY AT?????????????????????
Way to go Jack!
Hello everyone. I have spend a good deal of the last two days reading ALL the posts. I was on 1400 mg of morhine a day for almost 19 yrs. I got off using suboxone a few months ago but only used it for 5 days. Then 6 wks ago got back on suboxone 8mg 3 times a day. Im on day three of 0mg and have most of the withdrawal symptoms of the previous posts. Here's my question to anyone who's out there. What natural or over the counter remedies are people using to diminish symptoms or strengthen resolve to kick this stuff.
I did 5days once and 6 days the next week leading up to this but then got my script and took the week worth in two days as usual both times. i cant control the suboxone any better than I did the morphine. I have one more script with 14 of the 8mg. Should I use it to taper down or will the added time on the suboxone make getting off even harder. Ive only been taking it for 6 wks.
Any suggestions?
Hi HateSubs? or ? Allshookup ? Is that you HateSubs? Ill be on tomorrow. work has been keeping me real busy.Ill Be on tomorrow(Sunday). Hope everyone is doing good out there. Take care Hatesubs. Ill update you on everything then man. All the best, Jack
Hopeful and Determined? What did you use to help stregthen yourself? You said you used natural remedies? What are they?
Badotter, Please read through some of the posts above,its simple to go through the posts from a week or even months ago by scrolling above. ALL the answers to 99% of the questions people ask agaion and agin are ALL in there. So much useful info. Good luck to you,Jack
Badotter, Please read through some of the posts above,its simple to go through the posts from a week or even months ago by scrolling above. ALL the answers to 99% of the questions people ask again and again are ALL in there. So much useful info. Good luck to you,Jack
Badotter, Please read through some of the posts above,its simple to go through the posts from a week or even months ago by scrolling above. ALL the answers to 99% of the questions people ask again and again are ALL in there. So much useful info. Good luck to you,Jack
jeez,your seeing one of the OTHER reasons I havent posted as much lately. Not on my usual computer. This one gives me a migraine.....
hope all is well, im loving being free from suboxone....how u doin H&D?
Hi everyone , ok so natural remedies read up on Thomas recepie and withdrawel ease those two combined with getting to your dr and having him give you iv vitamin shots is so important for detox tons of water tons and tons of water v8 juice with anti oxidants and natural ways to help your brain chemistry return..... B12 b complex, Gabba l- tyrosine etc etc get the perfect clease and cleanse your body... Trust me!!!!!! I was on a highhhhhhhh dose and jumped cold turkey, And I'm on day 15 today and every day is better and better, still have sneezing and insomnia broken sleep I refuse to take more pills!!!! I'll beat this we all need time to heal it will take time, it took time to build our addiction and it will take time to heal from it too. :) good luck n hope all is well out there!!!
Hi guest I'm doing good thanks ! U??? Listen everyday is different some days it's a fight to get energy some days are great I just keep it my head it's allllll going to get better each day, and I just keep pushing, bad otter this is for you, taper!!!!!!!!!! By taking more subs It's NotDoing ANYTHING the half life is so long on subs u won't feel any better by taking more!!!! It's in your head and now has to be a mental fight u must taper, I prepped hard an have tons of therapy in rebuilding me so I could handle it, if u have some left taper!!!!!
i absolutely agree with you H&D, you will have your good and bad days but you just need to stay strong and push though, its been over 2 months for me and i still sneeze much more than i did before i quit the suboxone, but as far as sleeping and everything else goes, i am doing amazing... sleep should get much better for you in the next few days, it took me about 2 and a half weeks to start sleeping through the night. If you got this far off of 16mg you should be so proud of yourself... glad you are doing so well!!
H+D yes I do have more. I took some more after 6 days off and Im regretting it of coarse. Im going to try another 6 days and then possibly take a very small dose if I absolutely have to. I wasnt even in that bad of shape when I took the last dose. What I was saying about tapering was,,,, whats more likely to produce withdrawal....either taking subs for a longer period or trying to stop cold turkey while Ive only got 6 weeks on it. Ive read some stories about people wearing themselves out completely by tapering off for such a long period. Anyway, i appreciate the posts,,I understand that everyone is posting their own experiences and doing their best at interpreting the results. Thankyou for the natural remedy info,, I'll go look right now..: )
H+D yes I do have more. I took some more after 6 days off and Im regretting it of coarse. Im going to try another 6 days and then possibly take a very small dose if I absolutely have to. I wasnt even in that bad of shape when I took the last dose. What I was saying about tapering was,,,, whats more likely to produce withdrawal....either taking subs for a longer period or trying to stop cold turkey while Ive only got 6 weeks on it. Ive read some stories about people wearing themselves out completely by tapering off for such a long period. Anyway, i appreciate the posts,,I understand that everyone is posting their own experiences and doing their best at interpreting the results. Thankyou for the natural remedy info,, I'll go look right now..: )
Bad otter. If you still have a good relationship with your dr go back and get a script for one more month, give the pills to someone to hold, take 4 mg a day wean down to 2 after 4 weeks get yourself down to 1 mg n stay on that for a few weeks, MIND CONTROL your letting your addict behavior take over by taking more subs if u stopped subs now u would not get withdrawel for three to four days, by taking more subs than recommended is your own head messing with you, and we should never diagnosis ourselves but if you don't have the self control to taper by god buddy buck up prep research and jump off cold. It's not as horrible if you prep yourself like I told you, the people who have awefulllllll stories I believe don't prep and use the essential things needed to be done to help, your brain chemistry has changed being on subs after your receptors release all the behurphine your brain will look for something else if your not strong enough u may give in, that's why u shouldn't get off subs unless your 100% ready and strong enough to face your addict behavior and know why you needed to fill voids with pills. If you are 100% ready, and strong in your mind buddy, jump off if u can't taper, u can do it, it's not death you won't die sometimes we MUST go through the uncomfortability to get to the joy, when your finally free of subs the work than continues on staying clean, deriding from subs is the ez part, fighting PAWS and keeping straight comes from years of therapy needed to silence the demion of addiction that speaks to us everyday good luck bad otter take my advice I know what I'm saying please. :)
Bad otter one more thing if your looking to get off cold turkey doo as follows, Get vit b12 vit b complex, zinc, magnesium, melatonin, milk thysile , black coaish, for the hot and cold sweats, eat bananas for potassium for restless leg syndrome drink tons of water the more water u drink the faster u flush out the opiates in your brain, v8 juice 16 oz a day with anti oxidants don't take imodiam, let your body flush out what it needs take a week off to rest and listen to tons of music, you will experience tons of up and down emotions enjoy it :) go to your dr prior to your last dose and get vitamin booster shots through a IV get the perfect cleanse EAT!!!!! HEALTHY don't substitute and try and get vidicon to help stay clean!!!! Let yourself think of this as a exercisum every moment you feel sick think it's your body cleansing itself, get into NA meetings and talk to your family and get support You Can Do This!!!!!,
H&D- Were you on the sub strips or the tablets? Seems like the strips are stronger? I really like your attitude towards this evil orange demon. Seems like you really beat it. The vitamin regiment looks like you really done your homework on this and it paid off. I'm sure your words of encouragement are helping a lot of people. Have a Great Day-
strips or tabs...pretty much the same in my oppinion
Allshookup2 and Jack-I am still here and doing well. I am sorry for not cheking in lately. Stoping subs was the hardest thing i had ever gone thru. I am about 100% back to my old self. I did slipup and took loratab for my leg pain but i have not taken it for 2 weeks or so. I am so pissed off at myself for taking it but i am back to being clean. One problem i have is not feeling a high. This will be a daily battle for me (it seems) the rest of my life .
I will stay clean!
Well in my addict opion I believe for me the tablets were stronger, I hated the strips I didn't feell it worked as well I was on 2 to 3 8 mg tablets a day, and let me say suboxone isntba demon, it saved my life!!!!! My demon is just my addict behavior, if I didn't go on suboxone, it wouldnt have given me three years of healing me. If suboxone is used Correctly, it can save your life, we addicts sometimes have issues taking suggestions, :) suboxone should be used with therapy!!!!!! If u don't fix your insides first u can't be strong enough to surpress the disease of addiction, and my god is it a powerful disease! We are forever addicts it's all about a choice, we have choices in life, what WE chose to do is how well or not well we can keep our disease surpressed :)
how is everyone??? noone has been posting just asking for everyone to keep posting to keep this going and help eachother :}
i am good H&D, i have been checking in and reading the posts, i just honestly don't have much to say anymore unless i am answering a question... i feel amazing.. so happy and grateful to be free from suboxone
H&D- It does look like most people have left this site. I keep going back and reading the older posts and wondering how everyone is doing. Can you imagine how many people are dealing with this that don't have access to a computer, wow, probably thousands going thru this same mess. I wish I would have never taken subs. The w/d's last so much longer than the pills ever did. Five days or so and you were feeling better. The sub w/d's last sooooooooo much longer. If there are any people out there reading, please post and maybe someone on here can help you thru this struggle. It helped me a lot along with others. Everyone hang in there, it does get better.
I havent left. Im still checking every few days. H+D,,,,I have cut the remainder of my strips up into 48 one mg pieces. As far as my doctor goes,, I told him I was ashamed of him as a doctor.
Maybe when Im clear of this Ill tell why I did that. I hope I can do this. I did get off a HUGE amount of morphine after 28 years of steady use so Im no stranger to withdrawal. Hey,,,,Does anyone know about Kratom? Ive read some positive thing regarding its use at legitamate treatment facilities........ Anyone tried using it to combat the hard-acute withdrawal symptoms?
I havent left. Im still checking every few days. H+D,,,,I have cut the remainder of my strips up into 48 one mg pieces. As far as my doctor goes,, I told him I was ashamed of him as a doctor.
Maybe when Im clear of this Ill tell why I did that. I hope I can do this. I did get off a HUGE amount of morphine after 28 years of steady use so Im no stranger to withdrawal. Hey,,,,Does anyone know about Kratom? Ive read some positive thing regarding its use at legitamate treatment facilities........ Anyone tried using it to combat the hard-acute withdrawal symptoms?
Badotter-I took the Kratom powder and it took almost all the pains away. The only thing i have to say to you is only take it when you are in deep wd's from subs or pills because it will have it's own wd's(and they feel just as BAD)!
I took it for my wd's from subs and i thought it helped me until i stopped using it. Please only use it if you feel you need it. I will never ever try that shit again.
The kratom turns into your new addiction!
Just checking in to see how everyone is doing. H&D you still hanging tough? Anyone else have any stories to share, we are hear to help through this horrific battle.
hi, wow i didnt know heroin was such a nerve wrecking drug ive been watching my dad do it for the last two years since hes been back in my life and all i could wonder is why why cant he just quit today and be done with it. but i didnt know it was so hard he used to be the dad no one would mess with big and buff and now hes washed up and skin and bones. he goes 5 days up to a week with out a shower. it breaks my heart cuz i lost my uncle ralph who was killed he was da onky father figure i had and my cuzn who wass my big brother figure and now im losing my dad. i tried to clean my self up so he could be in my life 2 yrs. ago i was 13 and was addicted to crystal meth and was an alcoholic. i figured if i was clean he would call more n visit and want to have something to do with me. im glad i have an idea of what this stuff does to you and i just have hope to have my dad back in my life.
hi, wow i didnt know heroin was such a nerve wrecking drug ive been watching my dad do it for the last two years since hes been back in my life and all i could wonder is why why cant he just quit today and be done with it. but i didnt know it was so hard he used to be the dad no one would mess with big and buff and now hes washed up and skin and bones. he goes 5 days up to a week with out a shower. it breaks my heart cuz i lost my uncle ralph who was killed he was da onky father figure i had and my cuzn who wass my big brother figure and now im losing my dad. i tried to clean my self up so he could be in my life 2 yrs. ago i was 13 and was addicted to crystal meth and was an alcoholic. i figured if i was clean he would call more n visit and want to have something to do with me. im glad i have an idea of what this stuff does to you and i just have hope to have my dad back in my life.
Got stuck on pain meds after a series of surguries in short amoun of time. Desperate to stop i go on sub. I am 5 days into and suffering ... Feel likemy central nervoys system is plugged into a light socket! Using mirapex for restless legs and bentyl for cramping ... Also i am profoundly weak and exhausted but have trouble getting and/or staying asleep. Using benedryl for sleep and small doses of doxepin (6mg) for sleep. In other words treating all the symptoms. Looked here to see how long this is going to last already! Forced myself to go to work but it was v tough! Really tough! Cant sit still; hate it!! Hve some sub left and so tempted to end this suffering but dont want to go thru it a second time!!!
Plugged in- Did you taper down on the subs? What mg. per day were you on when you stopped. L-tyrosine 500mgs. helps alot to make this somewhat easier. Around days 11-15 you should be seeing the light. Read some of the earlier posts there's alot of good advice. You really need to be on less than 2mg. of subs a day for limited w/d's. Anything over that is very tough. w/b i am on here till 8pm eastern time. Hang in there
Shyanna "babygurl" Heroin is the worst drug in the world to break. Your dad will probably need to go to rehab or get on suboxone to get away from it. But only for a short period of time. If you read some of the older posts you will see what a horror story suboxone can be if taken for long term recovery. The w/d's can be severe and long lasting, but it would save your dads life. You were very smart to get you life together as early as you did. It only gets harder to break with age.
Hate subs- You said the Kratom took away all the w/d's. Wsa it in powder form or the leaves? Would you share what site on the internet you got it from? Good to hear you made it through this ordeal. Plugged in above is at day 5 and is really struggling to get over the hump and I thought the Kratom may just be some good advice to tell him about it. Just wasn't sure about the form you used. Please share that.
hi, sis.
what can we take a medicament to avoid the isomnia while withdrawling from heroine. m on the 3 rd day and i m not sleeping? can you advise?
i just want to say goodbye to everyone and wish everyone luck. I have been checking in on the posts throughout the past couple weeks and i just feel like my job is done here, i am no longer going through any type of withdrawal, the questions being asked seemed to be getting answered accurately. I just hope that if anyone takes anything from me it would be to not believe everything you hear about how horrible the withdrawals are. They are different for everyone. I had a tough month but that was about it. I feel GREAT now and am just sooo happy to be able to wake up everymorning and go to sleep everynight not having to rely on anything but the natural juices being produced by my body. Thank you for everyone who has helped me get through this....best of luck on this road of sobriety...if i can do it YOU ALL CAN TOO..
Hi everyone. Hi HateSubs and AllShookUp!!! Im still here,still clean 100%. My quit date was May 29th 2011. That puts me at well over 4 full months CLEAN. That being said...... look, I dont like to come here and post if I dont feel so hot because I want the best for everyone here. I want to be encouraging and positive. I havent been posting lately partly because although Im happy to be well over for months TOTALLY clean and no relapse,Id have to say that the honeymoon is now OVER. It is really hard for me right now. The novelty of being clean is done. Knowing I have to now RE-LEARN how to live has honestly been......tough. I feel naked every day without any Subox or Percs or Oxy,etc. Everything feels raw and I get bad anxiety at the slightest problem. My motivation is so LOW. Doing things is a chore. Simple fucking things. Ever break out into a cold sweat because you have to go to the grocery store? I do now sometimes. ..... Ever feel like it takes three or four hours to get up and be awake in the morning? I do,that is WHEN I actually do successfully get up. I think Im a more extreme case and a LOT of you here will NOT have the same lingering problems like I unfortunately have so do not stress. I just want to always be able to be honest with all of you here =-) Ill keep on fighting and all of you must too. Great to see you back here AllShookUp and Hatesubs. Warmest regards, Jack
Prior to beginning an 8mg t.i.d. Suboxone film regime around the middle of May this year, to stop using H, I sure wish I would have come across this valuable thread. I would never have chosen to remain on Suboxone this long. My physician gave me the impression that the w/d from Sub was quick, and fairly painless. After reading this thread, and four days w/out Sub, I'm anticipating an arduous and lengthily detox. I'm surprised and encouraged that this thread has been going on for over two years. As I spent the last couple of hours reading through the previous postings I began to stop feeling like a snowflake(terminally unique and all alone.) Even though this is my first post, I feel like I already know several of you. I can identify with almost everybody who's commented. Thank you all for sharing your experience, strength, and hope. Jack, your honesty and transparency has been especially encouraging. You've contributed to my desire to fight the fight and obtain freedom from opiates. I'll use your most recent post for the times life begins to life me in sobriety.
Following 11 years battling opiate addiction, in Aug2010 I had achieved one continuous year clean of all mood altering substances(excluding coffee&tobacco.) Related to an incident of severe depression, in Sep2010 I began to chip H. By the end of may May I had a gram/day habit-not an extreme amount, but too much for me. My habit had quickly become more than I could afford. I wasn't willing to commit crime to support my habit, and I was in a situation where I was unable spare the time to kick. I decided to enroll in the Here to Help Program and begin Suboxone therapy. I was in full withdrawal(36 on the C.O.W.S. scale) on my initial visit to the Suboxone provider. That morning the doc provided me with 16mg Sub and within an hour almost all my w/d symptoms vanished. The doc assured me that I could stay on Suboxone for as long as it took to get my opiate addled brain and body "rewired." The doc also informed me that Suboxone: has a ceiling effect, was slow acting, had a long half life, was merely a partial mu opiate agonist, could eliminate H cravings, and that these factors contributed to a brief and meager w/d symptoms. From the research I've done, I can say that the doc was correct in everything she said- except for one thing.
My insurance ran out the last week of August and I'm lacking financial resources to pay for the Dr. visits and the medication out of pocket. I didn't realize how expensive Suboxone was. I sure wish I could have titrated. I took my last dose 4 days ago. The first couple of days my w/d symptoms were mild: runny nose, watery eyes, yawns, slight chills and sweats. Day three the burnt Cheeto smell began, and I began dry heaving each time I tried to smoke a cigarette. By yesterday I was sitting on the commode with a bucket in front. I was filling them up at the same time. I was also so depressed and lethargic I briefly idealized suicide. I've kicked opiates a few times, but I was not expecting this violent of a kick. Last night I broke down and scored some H, several Xanax, and some Klonipin. I administered myself a small amount of H(YOU CAN ALWAYS DO MORE)and I immediately felt better. I still have a little more H. I'm going to use the rest of it to provide me with the energy to prepare for my Suboxone w/d. I'm going to follow Jack's advice and stock up on bananas, Naked Juices, protein shakes, vitamins, fish oil, L-tyrosine, and have several clean sheets at the ready.
I am so grateful for this site. It has been an great relief to know that I'm not alone, and that others have successfully obtained freedom from Suboxone and opiates in general.
Hi Everyone. Hi Chronicity. I read your post several times,very carefully. Be careful with the H and good luck. Check in with us here when you can. All the best, Jack
Guys............. i was an addict using around 2gs/day and i did not experience any symptom of what might hit....YOU KNOW YYYYYYYY????????????????
The only cure is to reduce gradually like i did whatever it takes time to....I reduced from using 2 to 1g and than to half up to my need only...not to feel high...
the last week was based on 2ls a day only for sleeping and eating morning and evening.....I advise all to be clever becos this is the way Doctors treat their patients while having morphine,,,, Than i woke up a week later to reduction with very small sense of tireness and sleeping also was a small issue that u cannot sleep at night but u sleep the next day....TAKE MY ADISE AND UR CURED>>>>>>NB: YOU NEED A FRIEND TO PASS BY THE NEEDED QT.../Day since you wont be able to controll it...A Clean Friend...........Nothing is impossible...And if u do what i say and u feel any symptom PLS COME AND SPIT ON ME..........Hehe
Guys............. i was an addict using around 2gs/day and i did not experience any symptom of what might hit....YOU KNOW YYYYYYYY????????????????
The only cure is to reduce gradually like i did whatever it takes time to....I reduced from using 2 to 1g and than to half up to my need only...not to feel high...
the last week was based on 2ls a day only for sleeping and eating morning and evening.....I advise all to be clever becos this is the way Doctors treat their patients while having morphine,,,, Than i woke up a week later to reduction with very small sense of tireness and sleeping also was a small issue that u cannot sleep at night but u sleep the next day....TAKE MY ADISE AND UR CURED>>>>>>NB: YOU NEED A FRIEND TO PASS BY THE NEEDED QT.../Day since you wont be able to controll it...A Clean Friend...........Nothing is impossible...And if u do what i say and u feel any symptom PLS COME AND SPIT ON ME..........Hehe
Not many people posting here lately? Hopefully everyone is doing fine. Not a lot to say, still a daily struggle. Prayer helps.
Hi AllShookUp !! =-) Im here every other day,sometimes every day but I usually will hold off on posting if Im having a rough day or WEEK. Im doing really good the past couple of days. Even now,almost 4 and a half months since quitting Suboxone,I still am improving SLOWLY all the time. I have really bad days followed by several great! days in a row. Ive noticed that at least in my case,the recovery process has been deceptive in so many ways. Just when I think Im all better,I get a real bad depression or anxiety attack and just when I start to think that I wont get any better and this is as good as it gets,I somehow DO move forward and make even more progress towards healing. Thats all for now. Hang in there everyone. Regards, Jack
Allshookup2 & Jack - I feel so tired all the time and that sucks. I go to work and when i get home i just dont feel like doing anything. My mind is going crazy! .
Staying clean is a hard battle for me but so far i am winning
Hi Hatesubs. Glad u r hangin in there and glad to know that I am not the only one NOT having a perfect hunky dorey time since quitting Suboxone. Hey,at least we did it though! Best, J
I am in the seconded week of withdraw and it is no better!!
-Scott, Give it between 10 to 12 days. Youll probably feel the pain finally slowly start to lessen by then. Hang in there =-) Regards, Jack
Im now at roughly 4 and a half months without ANY opiates,zero anything and even now,this past week,Ive made another step in progress. It truly is diff for everyone so its amazing to be this far along and still feel lingering effects from being on Suboxone for three years. shows how freakin serious of a drug it is. Christ.
Hi people
Tomorrow will be day one for me. Hope that i can get through this in about 2 weeks. i was off of suboxone for a while because last december i found out that i had testecular cancer. It has been one hell of a year with 2 surgeries and 3 months of chemo. I have been back on suboxone for about 2 months now so mabe it want be as bad. I was on alot of oxycodone and hydrocodone because of the 2 surgeries. I came off all of that stuff including tramadol this past summer and that was horrible. I will be coming off 4 mg a day of the suboxone. If anyone has a sugestion please help,by the way i am cancer free right now so if i can go through all of that, i can get off these subs.
Hi Red Neck, You just have to hold on and do it. The worst of it will be done within two weeks but youll still feel a little worn down for a few weeks past that. Good luck with everything. Regards, Jack
Thanks Jackson,
I know i can do it,and i have the time, i have to get through this before i find a job, its been one hell of a year dealing with addiction and cancer but im sure next year will be alot better.
red neck if I was you I'd taper down even more...to no more than .5mg/day then make the jump. Good luck with whatever you do. Jack, hate subs and the others hang in there!
Suboxone ruined my life. These crooked doctors don't give you all the facts when you go on it, so now I've been in severe withdrawal for 7 days, and it will last at least another week. So mad at myself for getting addicted to drugs at such a young age.... best to beat this demon now so I can have the rest of my life not dependent on anything.
Hey Jack and everyone - June6 was my last day on subs and the withdrawls lasted hard for me about 6 weeks (
3 years 24 mgs a day) , but the only thing still holding me back is the not careing about anything attitude. Trust me i feel better body wise but mentally is still a battle!! Before i quit subs i was 180 pounds, now i am 217 pounds! It does get alot better but the wanting to goback to the high is killing me.
For me (not everybody) my strengh has not come back yet. Cant wait till i am back to my old self 10 years ago when i did not need drugs to cope with energy.
Sorry about the spelling . Just hang in there everyone it does get ALOT better.!!!!!
I've taken subs for 3 + years. I am 20 years old and am ready to be done with this terrible era in my life. I took up to 16 mg a day for two years and have currently been weining off. i'm literally taking .5 mg of suboxone twice per day. once in the morning and a little at night. that's 1 mg a day. Prior to that I have been taking 2 mg per day for the last year! YES, IT'S BEEN THAT HARD TO COME DOWN JUST THAT 1 MG. What i've noticed in the past 2 weeks of taking my 1mg compared to my 2mg is that I am starting to know what it's like to actually feel normal again. I am happier and more upbeat! compared to being ornery and depressed. I smoke buds to help with my anxiety but not a lot. I can say that I haven't felt this good about my self in years. SUBOXONE IS EVIL DON'T START! I was manipulated by my doctor into taking it for a short amount of time. It's been over 3 years and I had to find the true answers out for myself. OUR DOCTORS AREN'T THE ONES PUTTING THESE HIGHLY ADDICTIVE DRUGS IN THEIR SYSTEMS EVERYDAY! I'm finally gaining some weight back that suboxone stole from me. I am a healthy guy and am very active in sports and weightlifting. So i need every lb I can possibly gain! I am not off of my suboxone yet. like i said, i take 1 mg per day as of now. DOES ANYONE HAVE ANY ADVICE FOR THE LAST STEP IN WEINING OFF? IN TERMS OF DOSAGE?
Hate subs- I fell back into this nightmare about 6 weeks ago. I have been on o subs and this is day 6. I have the kratom powder, very helpful with the anxiety. Just have no appetite, is that normal? I am taking Tyrosine 500mgs and a high complex b vitamin 3 times a day. What did or could you eat during the first 14 days of this hell? You must be one strong mf. The days are just dragging by. I try to stay active but getting off the couch is a stretch right now. I have so much I need to be doing, just don't give a damn. Please let me know all you can on this matter, you have done this, amazing indeed.
By the way the Kratom powder I got from Bali Botanicals, the 4oz. is reasonable and gets here quick. A BIG HELP with this constant mind battle. Good luck everyone.
jordan jump man read up and read all i wrote i was on subs for almost 3 years and jumped off cold turkey at 16 to 24 mgs a day and did it with ease and grace, i had withdrawel but it was not nearly as bad as some of the others on here had but i preped hard, read and u will know all u need, secondly please take this the right way, i know your fustrated about suboxone but its not good to tell people its evil dont go on it, suboxone saves lives when done RIGHT maybe you werent coached correctly or did all the suggestions you were supposed to do to have this sucess but its def NOT evil, if we all look at our lives before subs and then after being on subs our lives got better after subs we got life back, maybe it supressed some emotion but i would rather that then being in full blown adict mode popping 40 pills a day like i used to,, read up on everything i wrote from my jump and goodluck to you you can do this!
Hi HateSubs and AllShookUp. Wow, So at least im not the only one struggling a little bit. HateSubs, I know EXACTLY how you feel and AllShookUp,Im impressed that you came back,let us know that you had a mis-step and are already trying again,thats good. Thats all for now. Im doing pretty good but jeez do I STILL have a lack of energy and gusto for life that I NORMALLY always had. Ill make it but it IS tough sometimes. I come to this blog almost everyday so keep coming back and posting everyone. All the best, =-) , Jack
Day 8 Slept a couple hrs., up and down all nite. Very miserable at this point. Just taking it minute to minute. Just sharing the experience with everyone. Not trying to sound whiny just this sucks. Just a wreck wondering and looking for the light at the end of the tunnel. Walking on a treadmill almost everyday for 20 min. Gonna start the detox cleanse today. Hope all is well
.... Good luck with everything AllShookUp. J.
Allshookup2=Please dont take to much Kratom it will cause its own wd,s. Im sad to here you went back on that EVIL drug but i sliped up taking loratab for a week so there is not much i can say.
The subs did help me get away from the drug dealers and so called friends but it skrewed my mind up. I am still dealing with no energy from that shit after 4 allmost 5 months. Please hang in there it gets a little better every week. If you do order more Kratom for your pain order from kratomhill.com. My last dose was a month ago and it took me atleast 6 days to get that stuff out of my system.
Jack- Its crazy how when i am at work it does not bother me that i have no energy but when i get home i dont want to do anything! To bad norigon subquit is not on here telling us how it goes after 7 months. I dont know about you but life is alot slower and harder without drugs in my system .
We will win this battle!!!!
HateSubs, Yep, I hate that we both are going through this but its a bit assuring to know that Im not alone in dealing with LOW energy and gusto for life in general. Lol. Suboxone did indeed steal our SWAGGER.... at least for now. Lets just keep fighting and push through this. THAT goes for everyone here. Best, J
i have been on suboxone 4 years to long iam going threw bad withdrawls sym the doctor told me to take three a day 8mg but i only look one its not a savier drug its addictive my friend took them for about a month and stopped and he was ok ive been sober for 17 days now i feel a little better but iam still having withdrawls be with very careful with this drug iam taking vitmins to give and i just started to take withdrawl ease and it helping me alot just go threw the pain suboxone is a dangerous drug
i have been on suboxone 4 years to long iam going threw bad withdrawls sym the doctor told me to take three a day 8mg but i only look one its not a savier drug its addictive my friend took them for about a month and stopped and he was ok ive been sober for 17 days now i feel a little better but iam still having withdrawls be with very careful with this drug iam taking vitmins to give and i just started to take withdrawl ease and it helping me alot just go threw the pain suboxone is a dangerous drug
ok. I've been using opiates for 22 years. mostly heroin. i'VE BEEN ON SUBOXONE for 4 weeks. 8 mg/day for the 1st 7 days and then down to 4mg/day for the past 3 weeks. I have no income & no insurance, so the only (& I mean ONLY) place I could go was a maintainace program...&thank God for that...but I want to be OFF completely & at this particular program They won't let me....I'm ready to say screw it & just walk away and detox myself the rest of the way with bupe from the street (Which are pretty cheap in Baltimore: 8 mg for $5).....but I don't want to walk away from the councelling & the other benefits of the program I'm in...I couldn't detox myself before..so, I'm VERY sceptical of myself being able to do it now...but the idea of even 4mg/day of the suboxone scaress me...the doctor there tells me the diff between addiction & dependence is behavior...I say BS. I'm addicted to the suboxone now. Heroin w/drawal is INTENSE, but the suboxone w/drawal is drawn-out. I can handle the intensity- it's the drawn-out part that makes me use again. My thinking is obviously seriously still very screwed-up....I don't know WHAT to do!!!
My mind is still swirling... I didn't go to the clinic today...after I take 4mg/day for 3-4 days I feel "all jacked-up" & can't sleep (like last night). I don't want to forfeit the benefits I MAY be ablw to have by being in this program...but the only way I can stay in it is to be on Bupe maintainance...I had to FIGHT to go from 8mg to 4mg!! The councellors & doctor gave me HELL about it!!!! & 4mg STILL feels like too much to me...after all, it's 20-40 times stronger than morphene, so for me 4mg/day is PLENTY....actually, I feel it is too much. I don't want to go back to shooting dope - mostly because I can't afford to & don't want to get arrested again...but I don't want to be a slave to this shit either. Any suggestions?
D in B , Hi, You are in a very serious situation. Please read THROUGH the pervious posts on this forum. EVERY answer you need is here,you just need to scroll through all the posts up above. You CAN give up subox IF you really want it bad enough. It sounds like you are tired of living the way you are and you seem like youve had enough. Try SLOWLY tapering down to literally just a few crumbs every other day over the course of say... 6 months. Best of luck and STAY STRONG. Regards, Jack
All I have to say is, BAR NONE Subutex saved my life...simple as that, bout the only real word of honest advice I can actually provide is, to NOT just go from this drug to another. That defeats the purpose, and the people that do that give the drug a bad name based on they're own ignorant actions, rendering what could very well be one of the worlds most pivotal pharmaceutical game changers (as something that the ignorant masses see as a street drug). Don't buy them off the street, go to a damn doctor, do it the right way, if you don't then it's as simple as this... You ain't trying to get off what you are on, you are just using as a substitute, making it harder for the people that really need it an go about it the right way, to actually get a prescription to call their own.
"...As simple as this: You ain't tryin to get off..." Where do YOU get off? Are you going to pay for the doctor visit & the prescription? No. You are not. If I only have $20 or $30 in my pocket then I have to do what I have to do. I don't know what your situation is, but I live in Baltimore city, I have no health insurance & I can't afford to pay full price for a prescription & I have ZERO income.... I suggest you don't have the audacity to tell someone else what it is that they "are really doing" when their situation is probably very different than yours. I tried to see a doctor, I've tried to do this "the right way" & by my not having any insurance & having no income, my situation is compounded...believe me: I do not LIKE my situation, but it is what it is...I've only been on the Suboxone for 4 weeks. One week of 8mg/day, & 3 weeks of 4mg/day...plus I've skipped a few days purposefully. I took nothing yesterday, today I've already gone & gotten a pill of dope. I didn't really feel it like I wanted to. I'm going downtown tomorrow & getting a few Suboxones off the street & will try to take 2mg/day for a week or so & jump down to 2mg/every other day. I am sick of being a dopefiend...been one for a long, long time. I remember when I had only been using for a couple of years, even only 5 years, & yes, I was a dopefiend then....but when you've been using for 20 years, it is a bit different. I wouldn't be able to articulate these differences very well to someone who hasn't been using for less than 15 or 20 years...but it IS different. Using has been MY LIFE. My entire life - unfortunately. I haven't worked for 3 years...if it wasn't for my wife (who doesn't use) I would surely be at least homeless (yet again...). I don't know where I was going with this other than - DON"T JUDGE SOMEONE ELSE'S SITUATION based on your OWN SITUATION if it bears lttle or no resemblance to the other's at all. Are you 48 years old & been using addictively for the past 30 years? if so: I may be open to some suggestions you may have. Otherwise: crawl back in your hole.
Hey, I don't relly want to come onto this hub, or whatever it's called, & come-off the wrong way. The reason I am posting here is because I have read some of the posts & I can see the honesty in the people that have posted here before me. I don't want to continue using. To me being chemically dependant is no different than being drug addicted. I've read-up on Suboxone & I see how strong it is & how long the half-life is & I realize that if I trade my heroin addiction foer suboxone dependence, that unless I stay on suboxone the rest of my life (which I do not want to do) I will have to come off of it eventually. Everything I've read suggests to me that coming off of suboxone is going to be harder than coming off heroin...& I'm not willing to subject myself to that. I can kick a dope habit in a week at most....From what I've read & heard about suboxone is that the withdrawal is going to last a month - at least. & yes, that scares me. I've already dope a pill of dope today - I regret that alredy...I've already stated that I hacve a hell of a time detoxing myself. But there are simply NO resourses for me here in Baltimore. NONE. Believe me I've tried. Over the past 20 years I've burned a lot of bridges...I can't go to any rehab or detox anymore because I've already used up those resourses. Very frustating...But it is what it is. If anyone has any contructive comments I would appriciate them. I'm going to a meeting tomorrow night, but as far as I know, there is none in my area tonight. That's probably my best bet at this point: AA or NA & meet some people there who are serious about recovery & jump in myself with both feet. I guess that's what I'm looking for here: support. I know myself well enough that I know I cannot do this alone.
Hang in there D in B. I hope EVERYONE out there is doing okay. =-) Warmest,J.
Went From 320 mg. of oxy a day to subs. Thought subs saved my life but oh was i fooled. Don't take subs! I guess everybody's different but I'm going on three weeks of being sick as fudge. I was Tapered down to 1/16 of a 8 mg. pill a day. (insufflated) Which works much better than under the tongue you need much less for more effect. The nalaxone blocking if you snort or shoot is bullshit. Anyways I've completely withdrawn from oxy before no subs about 4-5 days of hell then everyday gets a little brighter. Tomorrow will be three weeks since i used sub and my dig is still in the dirt. Yesterday I thought of nothing but 1000 different ways to kill myself, no shit. The Anxiety is over whelming. Non-stop chills, they don't sell enough Imodium in my state to stop my ass from spilling ectoplasm. Absolutely zero energy, endless headache from hell, and the worst is my stomach has been twisting non-stop and horrible burning pains, even after i put down my one a day little meal. Eating is Like a job for me now. So unless your slamming 2+ bags of H a day I would recommend to just stay away from the stuff. It's Like from going up shit creek without a paddle, to going up shit creek without a boat.
I have been on subs for 2 years now and I have slowly started sleeping from 11pm to sometimes 4 or 5 the next day with no desire to get up. Do any of yall think this could be from the subs?
I have been on subs for 2 years now and I have slowly started sleeping from 11pm to sometimes 4 or 5 the next day with no desire to get up. Do any of yall think this could be from the subs?
SubHHI, Hello,. YES,its the Suboxone.
Hey, dopefiend in baltimore, theres NA and AA meetings every night in the area, on bus lines and in the county http://portaltools.na.org/portaltools/MeetingLoc/ You're right on track
Hi, just thought I'd check in since I haven't posted in over a week. I'm still tapering down and doing well atm. I see a few here are having a really hard time and all I can say is try to hang in there cuz it will get better with time. Try to find something to cling to to keep you going, exercise if you can make yourself do it. Good luck to everyone and stay safe!
Hey there to everyone! My name is Boris. I am an hub writer here, I am an researcher of opiate addiction and IT Specialist. My heroin addiction started, the real one in my 14th - heroin IV...and it lasted till my methadone maintenance started - 19th.I was struggling with opiate antagonist based medicines,and partial agonist based medicine - Buprenorphine = NOTHING. Well, what can say ... Anyway - If you read my article "Methadone Vs. Buprenoprhine" ,here on HP , you will see an detailed research (of EMCDDA and ME) where you can see where do you "belong" by the time of opiate addiction - and you can see in what category you are and what is the medicine proper for you (most common).
Hello to everyone. I was prescribed Suboxone by a Psychiatrist who specializes in addition, after many years addicted to opiates. I took Suboxone for about 1.5 years and finally on my son's 4th birthday decided it was time to stop. I was tired of being numb to everything. I tried to taper down over a 2 week period from 4mg. I felt fine for about 2 days, then the next 2 weeks were a living hell (for me and my family). Having 2 young kids (both under 4), I could not help with any of the normal duties of a parent of young children. My wife was a life saver, but even now (Day # 36) she is still "rightfully" angry that I didn't prepare her for this. A couple lessons and things that helped (in case any of my experience can help one of you):
1) Prepare your loved ones for this. I didn't tell my
wife as I thought this would be a short term W/D (as
Hydrocodone always was) and then I could surprise her
by saying that I was finally clean. I surprised her
alright, by missing a week of work and staying in bed
all the time, with chronic ups/downs.
2) The worst physical symptoms I had (which apparently
is worse if you are taking other stimulants like
nicotine or caffeine (like I was) are the racing
thoughts and insomnia. It was so bad for me that I
had to quit nicotine (after a 5 year habit) and still
feel a bit of this even on Day # 36.
3) If you have insomnia for more than about 3 days, you
really need to get help for that. You cannot go for
more days than that without some sleep. Ambien
helped me for 2 hrs at a time, but 0.5mg Klonopin
taken at night, along with 5mg Melatonin helped a lot
more during the first 2 weeks and proved useful for
daytime anxiety as well (as it has a very
long 1/2 life).
4) Keep Immodium handy as chronic diarrhea (and water
loss) is a major problem.
5) Keep Gatorade handy all the time. From the
nightly sweating and chronic diarrhea, you will
lose a lot of fluids and key electrolytes. I lost
15lb of water weight in the first 2 weeks.
Even at day # 36, I only feel about 75%, but I can definitely see improvements every day and I am definitely enjoying life more. The experience was just painful enough that day to day pains are not that bad anymore.
Hi everyone out there! Im now rapidly approaching the 5 month clean mark. Anyone else get slightly blurred vision after quitting Subox ? J.
To: norwegianSUBquitt;
Finally, someone who wrote something I feel the same way about. Could you email me? I need to chat w/ and ask you some Q's...about Vicodin and this issue. I have felt the same way, go to the mountains and do a retreat of sorts ...and find an alternative for my migraines..instead of Vicodin which I was put on 5 years ago..and has destroyed my life to date. I would appreciate so much...if you could email me..and I could chat w/ you........ please please.
Thanks so much;
hoping to hear from you.........please..please...
noodlz17@hotmail.com
What is this Krakom stuff and does it work? Gosh I hope so, I'm a single mom, have kids and a dog and can't take this. I have been to six... SIX suboxone docs and NONE of them have helped me with a taper.. I am on day 26 with 0 but still feel shitty, anxious, my stomach is in never ending knots... I have taken xanax, klonipin, weed, a couple of vicodin, not all at once of course but over the course of time. I had six days and broke down and took 2 mg. suddenly was up, making my kids breakfast, walking the dog, etc. then my kid actually told me to "man up" because I had "failed" at staying off subs. HUMBLING but she doesn't know how hard it is... anyway what about this krakom? Any risks? tincture or powder? Let me know and thanks for listening
EyeOnThePrize-Yes the Kratom helps, Use the powder. It will HELP with the w/d's , just use it when you need it because the w/d,s from it will be bad if taken to much(trust me i went thru it)!!Not as bad as suboxone. My last day on subs was June 6. and i feel pretty good .
Fuck all the sub doctors!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Jack-Im still clean and going strong.
I agree Hatesubs... Those sub doctors have no conscience whatsoever!! Finally I got hold of the manager of one of the most respected addictionologist offices in the area. He was the first person who was honest with me and said it is going to be a month of hell and then a month of feeling crappy. I told him I had read about vicodin helping the w/d of subs and asked what he thought. He paused and then said off the record, "that's what I would do" I cried because finally someone telling me the truth about how flippin bad the withdrawals are and to go out on a limb and tell an addict to take a narcotic to get off subs was a risky thing but I appreciated his honesty. Unfortunately it took me a couple of weeks of hell before I had the gumption to even get the vicodin. I was in too much hell with w/d's and didn't have it in me to lie to a doctor. I was honest with three docs and they all shut me down and said go back on subs NO WAY!! Finally found someone who did it for me. Only had it for 6 days, and I didn't ever feel or get high from them. Haven't takne more than a half or one at a time in a 6-10 hour gap. I know some people would look down on this but when that mgr said he would do it, I thought anything but the HELL I was going thru with the sub withdrawal. WORST experience of my life. Missed my daughter's birthday party even though I had the vikes at the time. I have had every symptom listed except for rls. For me wanting to crawl out of my skin and the gastric disturbance/runs were the worst. I have been going to acupuncture which I think helps and someone said a colonic would be good to rid the body of the residual of the subs. I joined a class action lawsuit against Suboxone. Anyone want to know the info to get on let me know.
Hi EyeOnThePrize , ??? Why would you go on a prescription painkiller to overcome addiction to a prescription painkiller ? Thats a pretty serious matter and although I am concerned for you,I DO wish you the best of luck. Please be careful okay? All the best,Jack Ps Hi Hatesubs, Great to hear from you. Glad your doing good over there.
I have alot to say. Where do I start? My husband and I both got hooked on painkillers. After a few years and wanting to quit we heard about the "miracle" drug. Yeah right. Our doctor started my hubbie at 32 mg a day and me 8 mg a day. Wish I would have gotten more info. I feel that 4 subs a day is wayyy too much. I've been on subs for two years now. In June my husband got in a car accident and suffered a severe brain injury. The only way he got off subs is by being in a coma for 7 days, sedated and in hospital for a month, after him trying to get off subs and doing meth like a dummy to kill the w/d. I had been sharing his script and since I didn't have my own, I had to find a doc. He's basically my legal druglord. Switched to generic bup.-they are a lot less expensive. I got down to 1 mg/day. I am on day four with no meds. I made a decision to quit, made arrangements with bills, family, help with house etc. Other times I tried to quit I didn't have a very good plan. I'm gonna do it. I feel like hell. I'm having all the symptoms. I know the next month will be hell, but will never have to feel this way again. Good luck to everyone out there. You can do it. These meds are the devil. If you are just starting get out while you can. I wish I would have just cold turkied it 4 years ago when I was taking 3-4 10's/day- hydros and percs. I could have gotten my life back a long time ago. I truly believe that if my husband didn't get on subs he wouldn't have gotten in that accident. They made him worse. I will post again to let you know my progress.
Just wanted to add that I've heard to keep the gatorade on hand, take B12-which I've been doing-it is supposed to help with the central nervous system. Some of you might think this is cheating but I say insomnia sucks and I need sleep. I've taken a muscle relaxer the last two nights to help me sleep. They are not addictive and trust me, it helped esp with the leg cramps.
Well since no one has posted I hope everyone is sub free. I am going on day six. I started reading every post on here and it is giving me the extra push to keep going. I'm not turning back. Hopefully the leg cramps are gone for good. I have the worst headache. Going to drink a little caffeine since I haven't had any for like three days. I woke up for a few hours last night. The only thing that is helping me sleep is muscle relaxers. I've never taken klonopine but have heard from several people that it helps. Maybe some sleep meds. I might have to call the dr to get a script-not for subs. Yeah!! Baths really help. I've been taking at least 2 a day. I'm excited for the future-everyone who thinks they can't quit are wrong. You can. I'm not an expert and have a long way to go but at least I'm on the right path.
Kim in Kansas-I've been subFree since June 6-11. I NEVER imagined at the time i could have made it this far. The headaches wore the worst for me and my leg pain is still with me but that is from neuropaty. No doctor would give me anything for the insomnia but after allmost 2 weeks with no sleep my sister gave me xanex and that knocked me out(finally sleep). I cant remember how long it took me to sleep on my own but now i sleep fine. My withdrawls lasted a long time but everybody is diferent.
The hot baths and showers saved me.
I still have a long way to go mentally but Idid not let that evil drug beat me!!!!!!!!
This site really saved me from going back on that shit knowing i wasn't alone.Hang in there Kim it will soon pass!
Jack- If you check in ,let us know how you are doing.
This drug can be BEAT!
Hatesubs-That's awesome!! I'm glad to hear that there are people out there that have quit. This site actually got me threw the most terrible days. The hot baths saved me too at 2 sometimes 3 a day. I'm "CLEANER" than I've been for quite awhile.
I feel pretty good being on day seven. Day 4&5 were the worst, with a lot of ups & downs. So I hope the worst is over. Sounds like I'm getting more sleep then most. I think I got a good 5.5 hrs last night. I'm still having some aches and feeling tired but looking at life in a whole new light. I'm alive!! and thinking about my future again!! I can't believe how numb I have been for the last 4 1/2 yrs? Life is good and I'm thankful for my family and friends and God(he's heard alot from me this last week-and listened) ;)
Hey Jack, the reason I went on vikes to overcome the withdrawal is because the manager of the most respected addictionologist office in the city recommended it (off the record) He said I would experience one month of hell and one month of feeling like crap. I said I had seen online people using hydro to help through that lengthy w/d and he paused and then told me he would do that... to me it makes sense.. subs latch onto the receptors so DAMN hard.......... ease it off with the hydro and then wean off........ that's my plan and I am sticking to it. I have enough resolve to have a bunch of hydro and not wanna take it all even if I am feeling bad. I don't feel the hydro fortunately.. In my opinion: my dance card is UP regarding opiates. have had too much in my lifetime to get hight from them anymore and it is a BESSING!! Right now I have lived through the "helll" phase and am just enduring the "crappy" phase... Does it really take more than a month to get off this drug???!!!! Please enlighten me :)
Thanks sub sux from 6 months ago that is great advice... get another addiction! I like your choice: working out.... gonna focus on that because you are right the boredom and all the time in my head is so hard. you really helped me! ;)
Thanks sub sux from 6 months ago that is great advice... get another addiction! I like your choice: working out.... gonna focus on that because you are right the boredom and all the time in my head is so hard. you really helped me! ;)
Eye on the Prize-I hope that works for you. I thought about weaning from hydros but I think for me I would have been right back to square one. Everyone is different so stay focused. How long have you been w/o subs?
Well I've made it a week. Hoorah!! Actually day 8 and I feel worse than yesterday. Today my head and neck feel like they are going to break. I couldn't sleep very well last night. Stomach issues still and I feel more depressed today. Snap out of it! Thinking positive! Still know in my heart I'm not turning back. I planned for at least two weeks of hell, so I still have a few days to go. I can do this! I had two children with no drugs, I can handle any pain coming my way.
This a money making scheme by doctors if you dont pay cach for your visit they try and get you off subs as quick as they can no matter how bad you feel with no energy. I went on subs to get of prescribed painkillers from a medical problem. If you cant afford them forget it and the doctors dont care they cut me as quick as possible i got sick and had to buy them of friends. these doctors dont undrstand im in pain and need them. I really wish I never took them.
Lisa-so are you still on suboxone? Is your medical condition the same or can you live without pain meds?
I can't believe how much some of these doctors are making on us unsuspecting victims? I believe that some are very misinformed also and some just don't give a crap. It's about the moolah. One of the docs in the area charge $800 f*$#@*! dollars just to start. Thank goodness the one I found won't make you pay everytime but he's just a legal dealer. I can say I'm in a hurry, just need my script, he'll give it to me, and for 5 min of his time he probably charges me $150. I'm sure he's making a fortune. Oh and then a few times he starts to doze off like its nap nap time and I'm screaming for help. Thank goodness I'm done with him. I can't wait until I call him up to tell him I'm off subs. Music definitely helps the soul right now-9 days in w/d-two songs everyone should listen to is Pink-Sober and Destiny's Child-Survivor. I like rock-Tesla, Nickelback, 3 Doors Down, Godsmack, but thought the two songs I suggested go with the whole scheme of things right now. I'm still going strong and really need to rev up with vitamins etc. I feel pretty good, got sleep last night, but woke up with the cold chills, and this terrible feeling like the crawly skin, or a flush feeling like there was no life in me. I'll be alright. Still positive and happy I'm doing this. One Day at a Time-right?
Kim in KS- Hang in there , it will get better(trust me). It will go from one day at a time to one week at a time. To this day it is still hard for me not to think about the hell i went thru but i dont remember the pain anymore.
Doctors SUCK!!!!!!!
Hi Everyone,Whats up HateSubs? Ha! Looks like its now just you and I on here from the older gang. Just got back from a long cruise to Cabo San Lucas and Puerto Viarta. Was nice. Im looking forward to ALL of us here making it to the one year mark SUB FREE. The first year is the most dangerous and only 10% make it that long without relapsing.Good luck everyone,we will need it. Warmest, Jack
Hatesubs & Jackson-thanks for the extra support. I think it's great that you still get on here and can tell people your story and help them. These are my daily meetings. Whatever works right?
I'm starting to see what people have been talking about-with lack of motivation etc. On Day 6 when I had some energy and was up cleaning house, but today-day 10 my headache and neck ache is back and I wan't to do everything but feel like doing nothing. I just keep in mind that it will get better and I will have the natural energy I had before I ever started pills. My neighbor used to tell me she would get tired from watching me work in the yard. I can't wait to feel like that again. I'm a little anxious about Thanksgiving. I have so much to be thankful for. My family, my husband is improving from his accident, my life. Anyways I might break down. It would probably do some good. The numbness is over and I have emotions again.
Thanks again for the support. I'll be checking in for my "meetings". Does anyone have suggestions for natural supplements or herbs for energy etc.? Right now I'm only taking a multivitamin & B12 & trying to drink lots of water and eat as healthy as possible. Time to eat right again & excercise again.
Jackson-One more thing. The cruise sounds awesome. You deserved it, but you already knew that. My husband, I and kids went on a cruise in Nov last year to the Bahamas. It sounds warm and wonderful. Not sure where everyone else lives but its getting cold in Kansas and I'm ready to move south for the winter. Anyways hope you had a wonderful time.
Wow man.Just like to say thank you to you all for posting your stories.Even though some of them frighten me of the road that lies ahead.But others give me hope that one day(hopefully sooner than later)I can go back to living my life normally.
I guess I can start by saying I am addicted to suboxone.I have been taking them for over a year now.I am taking them illigally.I started the trainwreck by taking just a 1/4 of a pill.Felt that initial high,and was hooked right away.Of course I was taking them for the high.But before too long I needed them to survive.I wish I could go back in time.Never take that peice!!!
So,I have been on these for waaaaaay too long,and now I gotta get off them.I have not been my normal self for a year and a half.I wanna cry when I think about it.But that will get me nowhere.I have gotten myself down to 1/4 a day.and that barely keeps me alive.I am a manager at a McDonalds,so I am always on me feet running around.I have wroked 1 day sick and it was horrible!!!!!I really think my only option is to put in my 2 weeks and suffer thru it,then come back healthy and...myself.I only make $11.25 but thats more than most places that dont do background/urine tests....I am really not looking foward to the withdrawls.I have been there many times before w/ heroin,vicodin,percs,oxcy's.But this has been a 1 year plus addiction,so I am gonna be in it for the long run.I need to consult a doctor and see if there is gonna be any way to make it easier.
I have so much respect for you guys for trying to quit,and for those that are clean and clear of any drugs.Thanks again for sharing your experiences.
Been off subs for three months after two years on and off. I wish that I had just quit right from the oxys and dope only because of the drawn out withdrawel from subs. I was miserable for about three weeks before I physically felt better. I will say subs are a great way to see that there is a hope of being happy without being high all the time. I do recommend subs for people who are looking to get clean just keep in mind the withdrawel symptoms are longer-lasting than any opiate other than methadone.
NoMoSubs-You can do it. I've read lots of stories about people quitting from 2mg+. If you could get down to 1mg or less that may help some. There's lots of other things you can do to help get through the roughest days. I would definitely take some time off of work. I'm on day 10 and even though I've had some pretty crappy days I could have done this along time ago. It's not so bad that you can't get through it. If you plan and prepare and get your mind over matter I think the success rate is much better. Something I noticed when I tried to quit the last time-only made it to like day 5.- from subs my w/d's were a lot worse than from quitting this time after doing the generic buprenorphine for 5 months. I've been down to 1mg for around a year. Good luck.
bcman-Yeah!Another sub quitter. I say that subs are the devil b/c of what they do to many people but do agree that some people really need them, BUT the meds need closely monitored and one should get counseling etc while tapering asap. I still don't understand how they think a pill is gonna help a pill addict. Most likely they will be out of control. If a doc hands someone a script for one month most likely the meds aren't gonna last that long. How do you feel after three months? Are you having any anxiety or depressed feelings? Today I ventured out to Walmart and thought I was gonna have a panic attack, and thought, that's what everyone means about anxiety. :)
I'm so proud of myself. Food is starting to sound good again, and I'm mostly just having aches and pains today-and really no motivation. I can't wait to get my energy back.
Hi everyone. Hows it going out there in the Suboxone Free Zone ? Im here and doing VERY well considering that less than 6 months ago,I was a complete mess. I work out 6 days a week,eat right,take vitamins and supplements and sleep appropriate hours. Also,Tomorrow marks my TWO year mark since quitting smoking. Jeez am I glad I somehow managed to do that,really thought I was going to fail at that as well. Sometimeslife isnt so bad...sometimes. Good luck to all of you. Hi Hatesubs. Best regards, Jack
Day 12!! About to hit that two week mark. I feel so much better. My mind is clear, and I'm only feeling minor back aches/headaches. The flu bug is in my house, but haven't caught it yet. I slept last night with no muscle relaxers for the first time. Life is good.
Jack-Congrats on quitting smoking. I quit around 7 years ago. That's also a big accomplishment. I'm really upset that my husband started smoking again after quitting for 3 months. I hope someday soon he will.
Kim - Congrats on Day 12!! You asked about supplements: Google the Thomas Recipe. he talks about L-Tyrosine, an amino acid that you can get at a health food store, not expensive and some other things to help w/d. I am at one month and a couple of days. Woulda had more but did 6 days and couldn't handle it. My fiance "hid" my remaining sub and I found it in about 30 seconds under the mattress... It would be funny if it didn't suck so much.. went back on sub for about a week and started over Oct. 12th. I believe I am outa the woods on sub but have been taking hydro to ease w/d the last couple of weeks. Gotta keep diligent about not overdoing it with them, don't have unlimited access to them so that helps. Also haven't gotten high on anything in so long its easier to not take a lot. I am very proud of you for getting so far along. I would not have survived without this site and others. I would have thought I was crazy with such a long detox. Still not a 100% but am SOOOO much better. I couldn't drive for about 2 weeks because I was so ill.
Had both my daughters' birthdays over last month and that sucked but they are old enough to talk with about it. At first they didn't understand and then I had them read some of the comments on this site so they know its not just Mommy being a big wimp. Still have my Eye on the Prize for having this shit 100% out of my system. I am thinking another couple of weeks? Is that the general consensus? about 2 months?
So after getting over the worst of the w/d's then I came down with the stomach flu. I'm better now and just trying to get back in the swing of things. Without suboxone!! I have goals again and want to accomplish things. I've always had a lot of energy but after being on that shit awhile it took all of my natural energy. It's coming back.
Eye on the Prize-Good for you! This site definitely helped me also. I've read almost every post on here. Funny story-looking back-when my husband went into the hospital and couldn't talk-I was out of suboxone and no dr till Monday. I looked everywhere in our house. I had a flashlight looking under the bed, looking under the dressers hoping one had dropped somewhere. A day later I found 1/2 pill and thought I hit the damn jackpot. At the time I knew I was being ridiculous but wasn't ready to quit. I know what you mean about kids and this stuff. I debated whether to tell my 13 yr old daughter. I played the w/d's off as "being sick". I just don't think she would understand and I don't want her to be disappointed. My 21 yr old daughter knows and supported me. I have definitely thought about having her read this site, cause I don't think she understands and always wondered why I couldn't just stop taking "the medicine". Please be careful with the hydro. I've thought the same way, but for me I was making excuses and still using a crutch. Everyone is different just don't want you to go backwards, but forward. Hang in there. Oh and still sneezing. I'll definitely check out the energy supplements. Thanks.
Kim in KS- yeah I still have a good amount of anxiety but other than that feel pretty good. It's crazy but I still have dreams once in a while about getting high but as long as I don't make it reality ill be alright. I have inspired some of my friends to quit also so I'm pretty excited for them because it's definitely an empowering feeling.
Hi gang, Whats new? Im still here and going strong. Ive been doing pretty well. I STILL have a terrible day every now and then where I feel so bad I could die. Even more than 5 months in ,things are STILL getting better. Im still working out 5 or 6 times a week and eating wisely,my whole life has changed. 6 months ago I couldnt leave the house unless I was HIGH on Subox,and believe me,ANYONE taking Suboxone is getting high EVERY time they take it. Whether they think so or not.Now,things are so crystal clear again after years of misery........ All the best, Jack. Ps Hope ur doing great Hatesubs and Kim. EyeonthePrize - STOP the hydro.
One day short of three weeks. I feel pretty good. I've been taking the L-tyrosine and I think it is giving me a little extra energy. The hardest thing I'm facing now is dealing with my emotions. I have a lot going on with my husband having a brain injury and I'm coming out of the denial stage and I'm really having a hard time facing the reality of it all. I'm going back and forth between "things will get better" and being mad as hell that this happened to us. Trying to stay positive and thank God for what I do have. For anyone out there that doesn't think they can do it-YES you can.
I hope everyone else that comes on here to update that you have a great Thankgiving. I feel this holiday is different this time-I have so much to be thankful for and I'm especially thankful that I'm not on subs or painkillers this holiday season. It's a whole new perspective!
I am a sub user who wants desperately to get off. I have found some hope in what I have read but I am really, REALLY scared. I am a 16mg a day and tried to wean alittle but only made it through 24 hours of actual withdrawal feelings before I could not take it anymore. I do suffer from depression and anxiety and agoraphobia...which using the ops helped me with. After the birth of my daughter...I wanted to end the op usage and went onto subs. Started at 32 mgs. a day and have decreased to 12/16 mgs. a day. Not that I am proud, since I started the subs 2 1/2 years ago...so the decrease hasn't been much. But just like I am reading from many of you...I am so tired of having to take subs...trading one for another. I just want it all to end. But I am the mother of a 3 year old and I am scared to go through all of the withdrawals and have to be there for her. I was hoping to find some methods to ease the withdrawal so I can finally just end this whole mess. I know that I will always have the other mental issues (from a very long family history of mental illness)...but I am so tired of having to worry about having my supply just to get through the day. I almost feel as though being sub free will be a high in and of itself...and I really want the soberhigh...more than anything.
I am a sub user who wants desperately to get off. I have found some hope in what I have read but I am really, REALLY scared. I am a 16mg a day and tried to wean alittle but only made it through 24 hours of actual withdrawal feelings before I could not take it anymore. I do suffer from depression and anxiety and agoraphobia...which using the ops helped me with. After the birth of my daughter...I wanted to end the op usage and went onto subs. Started at 32 mgs. a day and have decreased to 12/16 mgs. a day. Not that I am proud, since I started the subs 2 1/2 years ago...so the decrease hasn't been much. But just like I am reading from many of you...I am so tired of having to take subs...trading one for another. I just want it all to end. But I am the mother of a 3 year old and I am scared to go through all of the withdrawals and have to be there for her. I was hoping to find some methods to ease the withdrawal so I can finally just end this whole mess. I know that I will always have the other mental issues (from a very long family history of mental illness)...but I am so tired of having to worry about having my supply just to get through the day. I almost feel as though being sub free will be a high in and of itself...and I really want the soberhigh...more than anything.
Be SURE to be on an anti depressant when you quit Subox Kim. You can do this. I mean it. .. Warmest, Jack
The only thing inaccurate about this information is the idea that the withdrawal symptoms are not as "intense" or "powerful". I took Suboxone for almost three years after a four year Heroin and Oxycontin dependence. The sickness from withdrawal of these drugs is almost identical. The Suboxone withdrawal can even be worse, depending on how well you do your titration (tapering down). I did however taper correctly over the course of eight months and along with Clonidine and Flexaril had a pretty painless time of it. Hope this helps someone. THERE IS HOPE. I was a HARDCORE drug addict, and the twelve steps of Narcotics Anonymous saved my life. I highly suggest you try it and truly surrender.
ALSO, I forgot to mention the most important part. YOU CAN DO IT!!!! Your mental perspective and keeping a positive attitude has SUCH a powerful impact on your recovery and titration process. YOU MUST EXERCISE!!!! IT IS A MUST. It is irrelevant what opiate you are experiencing withdrawal symptoms from. Exercise is the single most crucial element to beating the sadness, fatigue, anxiety and pretty much every other side effect of withdrawal. Go to meetings, and try to draw closer to a higher power. Faith and/or belief that you can do this will make a HUGE difference. Much love and good luck. AGAIN YOU CAN DO IT!!!! If I can do it, anyone can.
I quit cold turkey at 8 mg. Worse pain I ever felt.
Kim1112-You can do it. There are a lot of people that have quit at the dosage you are on although I think it would make sense to taper down as much as possible. Make a plan. Is there anyone your daughter could stay with for a few days when you are really sick-cause there's really no way of getting around it. There is a lot you can do to ease the w/d. Take everyone's advice and use all of the natural remedies or sleep aids. Vitamins, lots of gatorade, baths severeal times a day, music, prayer, walks-anything that will help you physically and mentally get through it until you start to feel better. And you will feel better. That's the best part. No more figuring out how to get meds, no more sub dr's, no more feeling like crap if you don't have your shit. It's all worth it. You will be able to really concentrate on you and your daughter and have your life back!
Steven-I'm so happy for you and excited when I hear awesome stories about people getting off of subs & drugs. I agree, you really have to stay positive and have a mind set to not turn back.
Hi Jackson-Glad that you keep posting and helping other people.
Question? For esp the last week I have had the aches in my neck/back and a little in the rest of my body. I have been tired with not much motivation which I know is normal. I am at three weeks. Wondering if anyone else has exp the aches after the other symptoms are gone? Something else I experienced that I haven't heard anyone talk about is the gagging or choking like gasping for air. This happened for the first almost two weeks.
Hi Kim In KS, While Ive never had the choking feeling,I did have bad aches for at least two months(more I think). Felt so sore and got so bad that I drug myself to the gym and started working out 5 or 6 times a week to deal with the pain. It helped greatly. All the best, Jack
Jackson.... don't you think it would be easier to wean off the hydro? It was an option for me for one because my sub dr. shut down shop. I think he was using something himself. I am not insured and the dr appts and sub itself were so expensive. I thought the hydro being a five day kick would make it easier than the 2 month sub kick. I did 3 weeks I think without hydro... Now I am nervous, I am definitely taking more than I probably need to, I have taken as many as 6 reg vikes in a day 5.0. So now I am into it now about 6 weeks off suboxone, 3 hell weeks and then 1 week or so somewhat better but still bad and then last 2 have been more manageable. I started taper today and plan on going down for two weeks and jump. I will probably have my fiance manage the pills. I expect some w/d but nothing like what I was experiencing with the sub... like I said I have kids and to just jump off and be down for 2 months wasn't an option. God I hope this plan works. I wanna be like you guys where it sounds like the sky is blue again and the air smells clean and you want to live again.
Hello EyeonthePrize, Good to hear from you. I understand what your trying to do. The pain from your withdrawal is a scary thing and no one wants you to be in agony. It sucks,I know..... Your going to have to pay the piper for all the time you were high on pills. Do your two week taper that you mentioned and then stop taking ANY opiates. Im sure that by now youve read through much of the previous forum entries on how to minimize the pain and discomfort during your final withdrawal. You can and MUST do your final drop. Hang in there and keep us posted EyeonThePrize. Warmest regards, Jack
hello everyone...first time being here and i must have read about a hundred posts...i must admit,some posts scared the bejeeby's out of me...specialy the one where the guy(forgot to note his user name)said he weaned down to .04mgs? .04??? thats the equivlent of one 8mg pill lasting 200 days!then he said he maintained that for 'a month or two'which honestly,made me suspicious..a month or two? you dont remember EXACKLY? i know i would!..but he went on to say he STILL felt sick...he said they have that dose in eagland..that scared me..i have took 8 mgs for 3 years..i weened to 4mgs almost effortlessly..then..in one week down to 1mgs with some dificulty at days 2 and 3 but feel pretty good today, day 8...i sleep fine..just feel alittle sluggish and alittle 'emotional raw'..but over all,no complaints..im just alittle nervous about some of these posts..some say they felt 'good' at 30 days jumpin off at 1mg..some say they still felt horrible after monthes of being with zero subs...i suppose everyone is diferent..but i'm gonna keep monitoring everyones journey to freedom from this hideous addiction and will 'keep you posted' to my journey as well..im just going to taper taper taper..test the waters..if i feel i can 'jump' i will..if not, i will taper some more..im at 1mg..for one week..so i can go to at least .5mgs..or even .25..but .04? id need a magnified glass to cut a piece that damn small from a 8mg pill..it would look like a couple grains of salt im thinkin!..maybe i'll just lick the pill twice...lol...holy shit!..i just hope that post was designed to mess with peoples head..im gonna google to see if that dose exists in eagland like he said..or where ever...but im kinda hoping it isnt real...well..good luck everyone..it's nice to know i have this site..i dont feel so all alone now in this quest to be 'addiction free'
Thanks Jack. Thanks everyone for the continued support here. Well its time to completely jump off. Tried to taper hydro after 1 month off subs and as everyone probably assumed wasn't as easy as I thought... Now we have Christmas coming and I will be damned if I am popping pills over a holiday with two kids. I feel like I am pretty prepared but having gone through such a gnarly first month off of subs, I am just plain scared!! I feel pretty prepared, bought the Withdrawal-Ease herbal supplements online and have the Thomas Recipe memorized. One good thing is that I am 2 months off of suboxone in 5 days!! I am hoping the w/d symptoms from hydro is only a week or so. I hope I can do this. Don't have any more access to hydro which is a good thing!! Blessings to all, Sara
Hmm, just came from that robert site for tapering off subs.even tho he isn't a doctor I found what he said to make a lot of sence..problem is,its for people who have opiate addictions OTHER then subs..so being addicted to SUBS kinda complicates things...but his taper program is rather rapid...more rapid then I would have thought possible..i am roughly at 1mg of subs and been here about a week .i found it relatively painless to get from 8mgs to 1mg..(about a month)at this point he recommend reducing your dose 25% every 4 days!...then he recomended skipping a day at your final dose (I'm going to try and jump at .25)...then skipping 2 days, dose, then skipping 3 days, dose, then 4 days, dose, then ' jump '...one problem of course is accurately dosing to .25mg with a 8mg pill..a sliver?..a crumb? 2 crumbs?..and I read one person who I thought had a rather ingenious idea to solve this problem..get a seringe (needle) and remove the needle..drop say 1mg (8th of a 8mg sub) into a ml of WATER! put it in the serynge and then sqeeze out a quarter under your tongue!..boom,a accurate .25mg dose!..has anyone ever heard of this ' method'?..anyone ever try it? there would be 3 more doses of .25mgs left in the syringe (finally spelt syringe correctly I think)..does suboxone remain stable sitting in water for four days?...i never heard of putting subs in water before..but am concerned about getting such a small dose correct..for instances, let's say .25 is still a painful jump for me, let's say it benifits me to go as small as .1mg..it would be exceedingly dificult to accurately dose that small..maybe im being rediculis trying to get that small but hell, if it makes it that much easier why not?..but I'm going to try and reduce my dose by 25% every 4 days tho like robert suggests...that's seems exciting to me...i was thinking I had to stay at a ' dose' for like a month!..if not I will try every 6 days or what ever it takes..4 days just seems so fast to reduce 25%..i'll post my success or failure and where I settle..every 4 days or every 8 or whatever....i know we are all diferent so don't pretend to think what works for me would work for every one...just another testimonial of one person...namely, me....well, good luck every one
Hmm, just came from that robert site for tapering off subs.even tho he isn't a doctor I found what he said to make a lot of sence..problem is,its for people who have opiate addictions OTHER then subs..so being addicted to SUBS kinda complicates things...but his taper program is rather rapid...more rapid then I would have thought possible..i am roughly at 1mg of subs and been here about a week .i found it relatively painless to get from 8mgs to 1mg..(about a month)at this point he recommend reducing your dose 25% every 4 days!...then he recomended skipping a day at your final dose (I'm going to try and jump at .25)...then skipping 2 days, dose, then skipping 3 days, dose, then 4 days, dose, then ' jump '...one problem of course is accurately dosing to .25mg with a 8mg pill..a sliver?..a crumb? 2 crumbs?..and I read one person who I thought had a rather ingenious idea to solve this problem..get a seringe (needle) and remove the needle..drop say 1mg (8th of a 8mg sub) into a ml of WATER! put it in the serynge and then sqeeze out a quarter under your tongue!..boom,a accurate .25mg dose!..has anyone ever heard of this ' method'?..anyone ever try it? there would be 3 more doses of .25mgs left in the syringe (finally spelt syringe correctly I think)..does suboxone remain stable sitting in water for four days?...i never heard of putting subs in water before..but am concerned about getting such a small dose correct..for instances, let's say .25 is still a painful jump for me, let's say it benifits me to go as small as .1mg..it would be exceedingly dificult to accurately dose that small..maybe im being rediculis trying to get that small but hell, if it makes it that much easier why not?..but I'm going to try and reduce my dose by 25% every 4 days tho like robert suggests...that's seems exciting to me...i was thinking I had to stay at a ' dose' for like a month!..if not I will try every 6 days or what ever it takes..4 days just seems so fast to reduce 25%..i'll post my success or failure and where I settle..every 4 days or every 8 or whatever....i know we are all diferent so don't pretend to think what works for me would work for every one...just another testimonial of one person...namely, me....well, good luck every one
hi guys
hi guys
Hello everyone, I started taking vicodin abt 2 years ago and recently stopped about 5 months ago using Suboxone. I have been on the suboxone now for 5 months. I started taking only 4mg a day and now im on 2mg a day. Tapering down really works and I dont have a problem with that but now im finding it hard to get off completely. im afraid of the withdrawl process. No one in my life knows that im on them, not even my boyfriend who sees me daily. I cant take off work to go through the withdrawl process cause i dont want my bf or family to know whats really going on. The sad part about all this is that I have become addicted to the subs and feel like i cant operate without them. I just turned 29 this year and wish i can ask a friend to help me. I feel like its aging me along with ruining my organs. Any advice on what to do? I dont trust any therapists, i think they are full of shit and all they really want is money. xoxo Jessica
jessicaxo..it is my humble opinion that 2mgs is still a very high dose and you cant 'cold turkey' from 2 mgs..at least not with out strong withdrawls...i would suggest continueing to taper down to as little as .25mgs..or a quarter of one mg...try going from 2mgs down to 1 1/2 mgs for a week or so then 1mg and so on....2mgs is still a very high dose....and i found personally too hard to jump from there...good luck with what ever you decide...
TO ALL THAT R ON THE MEDS TAKE IT FROM UNFORTUNATLY AN EXPERIENCED JUNKIE BEEN ON ALL THE OPIATES FOR WELL OVER A DECADE AND BETWEEN KICKING IN JAIL OR KICKING FROM NO FUNDS I'VE KICKED ALL OF THE PILLS AT ONE TIME OR ANOTHER AND THEY ALL SUCK REALLY BAD I TRY TO TELL PEOPLE WHEN THEY GET ON THE SHIT THEY THINK THEY CAN JUST KICK WHENEVER THEY WAN'T THAT IT JUST DOESN'T WORK LIKE THAT BUT FOR SOME REASON PEOPLE JUST HAVE TO LEARN THE HARD WAY AND THEN WHEN THEY GET HOOKED THE GET ON SOME OTHER SHIT AND THINK IT,S A MIRACLE BUT IN REALITY IT'S JUST JUMPING FROM CRUTCH TO ANOTHER THERE IS NO PERFECT ANSWER JUST A SHIT LOAD OF ADVICE YOU JUST SIFT THROUGH THE SHIT BE STRONG AND MAKE THE BEST OF IT. THE CLOSEST THING TO A COURE THAT EXISTS!
TO ALL THAT R ON THE MEDS TAKE IT FROM UNFORTUNATLY AN EXPERIENCED JUNKIE BEEN ON ALL THE OPIATES FOR WELL OVER A DECADE AND BETWEEN KICKING IN JAIL OR KICKING FROM NO FUNDS I'VE KICKED ALL OF THE PILLS AT ONE TIME OR ANOTHER AND THEY ALL SUCK REALLY BAD I TRY TO TELL PEOPLE WHEN THEY GET ON THE SHIT THEY THINK THEY CAN JUST KICK WHENEVER THEY WAN'T THAT IT JUST DOESN'T WORK LIKE THAT BUT FOR SOME REASON PEOPLE JUST HAVE TO LEARN THE HARD WAY AND THEN WHEN THEY GET HOOKED THE GET ON SOME OTHER SHIT AND THINK IT,S A MIRACLE BUT IN REALITY IT'S JUST JUMPING FROM CRUTCH TO ANOTHER THERE IS NO PERFECT ANSWER JUST A SHIT LOAD OF ADVICE YOU JUST SIFT THROUGH THE SHIT BE STRONG AND MAKE THE BEST OF IT. THE CLOSEST THING TO A COURE THAT EXISTS!
Hi everyone. It's been one month and two weeks for me with no subs. I feel pretty damn good. I don't have to look for shit, I don't have to figure out how to pay the dr. or buy the script or even find the Walgreens that has the script. I know everyone is different but the w/d's I experienced from the generic buprenorphine-1 mg was not as bad as the suboxone at 1 mg. I would say that the worst of my pain was day 5&6 and then eased up some and ended about two weeks. After that it has been minor aches & pains and lack of motivation, which has lasted around two weeks. Now it's all about getting back in a healthy routine to kick my lack of mot. I have been eating more healthy and have finally started to excercise. I know this will make me feel much better. My mind is so much more clear.
Also the bup. comes in 2 mg pills-not sure if subs do? This could help anyone taper down since you would get a smaller dose by cutting the 2 mg pill into quarter's and eigths. I hope everyone is doing well and for anyone that is getting ready to quit or not sure-you can do it. I'm not gonna lie and say it's easy but it's doable. It's nice to have support & help. Take advice from people on here and use it to get through the w/d's.
Jessicaxo-I agree with mikeyraiders about tapering a little more. I stopped at 1 mg. Part of that was due to timing. I saw my chance and I took it. I understand not wanting anyone to know. I hid my addiction because I was ashamed that I let this even happen. I would consider confiding in your closest friends/family. They should support you in your decision to quit. With work, can you take at least a week off? I had to play my w/d's off to my 13 yr old as "I don't feel good" and "if this doesn't go away, I'm making a dr appt." I had a lot of ups & downs, so it was believable that I had a flu bug that I couldn't shake. I wish you the best and know you can do it.
Eye on the Prize & Mikeyraiders-Please keep us posted & let us know how you are doing?
Jackson & Hatesubs-Hope you are still doing well.
Still doing well. hang in there everyone. All the best, J
I've been Sub-free now for 13 months after 2 years of oxy and 8 months of Suboxone (and 3 previous failed attempts to get off the Subs...each lasting 8-11 days before going back on them). The physical withdrawal was pure hell as so many have described in this forum. After the initial 3 weeks of agony, residual physical pain and discomfort lasted for another 2 months or so. My restless sleep lasted longer (almost 8 months). But I slowly got my physical life back and 6 months in, I felt normal and regained my active life. My libido returned to levels pre-opiates.
The mental withdrawal has taken longer. I had such a tough time getting motivated and driven. I was depressed. I tried a number of things to snap me out of this mental and emotional fog (supplements like SAMe, St. John's Wort, Brain Power, amino acids; prescription medicine for my adrenals and thyroid, testosterone; Brain Core Therapy; etc.). Although I'm sure it was all helpful, nothing I did really restored my mental vitality sufficiently. It's only been over the last few months that I've "rejoined" my active mental and emotional life. The fog has lifted. I'm actively engaged and driven in business; I'm social; I've for the most part stopped the self-loathing; I'm energized to get up and get on with my day.
I had none of this when I was on the opiates (oxy and subs). I had little of it during the initial phase of being opiate-free. But now I feel great...and very proud that I've put it behind me. The pain, the anguish, and the embarrasment that I've experienced from 3.5 years of opiate abuse is "my rock" that will prevent me from returning to opiates or any other addictive substance. I just won't allow myself to get back into a situation where it's so painful to return from. I've had many opportunities to imbibe...but I remain absolute!
In closing this post, I implore my fellow opiate addicts to be incredibally strong and make the break. Know that it will be one of the hardest things you will ever go through...but it's worth it. Don't underestimate how difficult the journey will be. You will want to use to ease the pain. Later you will want to use to lift the fog. But if you relapse, you'll have to go through the hell again. So resign yourself to the intensity of the challenge...and gut it out. It does get better....much better. My advice is to 1) stop using (after tapering down to chips) at a time when you have at least a week or two when you don't have to be productive or social, 2) arm yourself with supplements and non-addictive medications to ease the pain and promote sleep during the initial weeks, 3) force yourself to exert yourself physically (intense exercise), 4) do not use other drugs or alcohol to mask the pain and mental fog, and 5) force yourself to be social (get out and be with people). And with time, your body and brain will function like it did before you started the perilous path of opiate addiction.
Best of luck to you all on this most difficult journey!
apropos jumping from 2mg is still a big jump
it certainly will be for many, some people do not realise that 0.2mg is a therapeutic dose used in pain management (when tolerance isn't present)
which is equivalent to a few milligrams IV of morphine iirc, so 2mg is a few milligrams * 10 of morphine administered IV (4-5 times stronger than morphine administered orally) iirc
so taper till u can bear it no longer
i quit a few years back, finally jumping from subs
hi everyone,hmmm..i thought i posted a post a couple of days ago from my 'smart phone' but evidently it didnt 'post comment'..no biggie...i agree with phil...2mgs is a rather big jump..if you have access to more subs i'd suggest to continue to taper taper taper...i am curently at about .5mgs..and got my hands on some klonopin to help ease some of the anziety and restless leg syndrome symptoms..i googled benzo's(klonopin is in the benzo family) and was horrified at what people who are addicted to benzo's go thru to get off! it makes kickin subs a 'walk in the park' so i am ACUTELY AWARE of not allowing my self to use klonopin for anymore then 10 days or so,and at a low dose of course...5mg to 1 mg and no longer then ten days....tens days will be a benefit..anything after that and im flirting with a whole new addiction that is super dangerous to get 'hooked' on...just google some testemonials if you think im 'hyping' the effects of benzo withdrawals..they are truly nightmarish..ANYWAY..i have to report i feel pretty damn good! i didnt even take a 'dose' yesterday and feel suprizingly well..the benzo relieves the restlessleg syndrome and makes sleep a breeze! and anxiety is non existent!..i can see why people would get addicted to benzos..i obviously have a 'addictive nature' so i have to be reeeeeal careful not to get hooked on these benzo's too cause i be liken these sucka's...but the testimonials of sever benzo addiction withdrawals will boggle your mind so AINT NO WAY IM GETTING ADDICTED TO BENZO'S...i have a healthy fear of benzo's..unlike how casually i thought i could 'handle' opiate's..i learned that lesson THE HARD WAY..so im wiser now..some benzo's have a half life of a whopping 200 hours!..the one im using has a half life of 18 to 50 hours..so they 'acumulate'in your body as you dose daily and it take's 5 to 10 days to become completely removed from your system..so if you decide to use benzo's to ease sub withdrawal DO SO WITH EXTREAME CAUTION...do not string too many days together...as far as the subs go, i think im ready to reduce my dose from .5 to maybe .4mgs..thats a 20% reduction..if thats to sever i will go 10%(4.5)i bought a oral syringe and plan to drop a 8mg pill into 10mgs of water and just 'dose' accordingly to get a precise dose..cause its just too tuff to precisely dose with 'chips' at this point...who know's, maybe i wont even need another dose because im telling you i feel 'mysteriously fine' this morning even though i 'skipped' a dose yesterday.(didnt dose today either).im just gonna see how long i can go till i crack..if at all!..but i do realize you really havnt 'baselined' till about day 4 of zero subs..it's only been 36 hours since my last dose so i got a long way to go till i truly know if im ready to jump..but right now i feel just fine so maybe i can string 2 days together..which would be AWESOME...i perfer to take my dose about 2 hours before sleep time because i find at these low doses within 12 hours i feel exceedingly crappier as the day goes by so i rather feel crappy during the day rather then tossing and turning all night..cause i figure the sleep helps my brain have the opportunity(and energy) to heal when it gets sleep..i take juuust enough to have some 'low quality' sleep..but it's still sleep!..i figure that if you arnt feeling some withdrawal your body finds no need to 'adjust'..it's just a matter of getting your dose just right so as to feel SOME discomfort but not to the point that you are always wanting to 'relapse'..i can handle feeling 'shitty' i cant handle feeling 'miserable with zero sleep and anziety thru the roof and bone tired..just doesnt make sense to me..as long as im making progress in my tapering i feel like 'why suffer needlessly'..i would suggest you research this drug alot..and listen to your own damn body..dont just blindly trust what some doctor tells you..my doctor said id feel fine after i 'cold turkeyed' after about 4 or 5 days...SAY WHAAAAAT!..i have found most doctors dont have a clue or are straight out lying when they say upsurd shit like that..4 or 5 days indeed..how upsurd...from 8mgs no less! 8mgs of suboxone is a massive dose! 2mgs is even...under one or .5 is when your getting into 'jump' territory but i would suggest even lower..7 to ten days at that dose..then reduce by 10%..but nothing is cast in stone of course we are all different..so take controll of your own damn tapering plan..dont let anyone 'dictate' how you should go about it TAKE CHARGE OF YOUR OWN TAPER PLAN..thats my humble advise..i wish everyone the best of luck and i'll keep posting to let ya know how im making out just so as to be another example of a attempt to be free of subs...MERRY CHRISTMAS EVERYONE(or happy Hanuka or quanza or festivus for the rest of us) love, mike
Thanks all for your postings... Jessica, tell your bf. It will help so much.. Let him see any of the thousands of posts of people like me who went on suboxone and never should have. It has cost me thousands of dollars and easily two years of my life, relationships, it goes on and I am by far not the only one. When he sees you are not alone it will be so much easier for you to get off. It is hard enough as it is. I am two and a half months off subs but have used everything under the sun to do so... Lately, I have been drinking a lot and am shaky all the time and am just beside myself feeling like my fiance and kids can only take so much of me feeling like shit. Its christmas, spent morning with my kids, and fiance wanted to take me whale watching in beautiful san diego where we live and I am just not up for it. It takes so long to get back to normal!! Many hopeful posts on the site but one, two, three months seems the bare minimum before you are back..... Trying to keep the faith but struggling today. I had one good day last week when I slept and woke up feeling normal. One day in 3 months. Well make that 2 years...... I have no choice but to plug forward and so I am gonna do it. gonna start going to aa meetings and maybe some na ones. was sober for 3 years and felt great.... my kids are graduating out of hs in next 2 years and I have to be normal and present for them or I won't be able to forgive myself. Peace and Love to everyone on Christmas!
make your bed sleep in it
Im almost 8 months clean from that Hell and i Feel GOOD!! Hang in there everyone (it will pass).
wow man.I am so scared of the w/d's.I am taking about 3.5mg a day...The other day i slept in until AFTER I had to be to work.A phone call woke me up,I got dressed and ran out the door,forgetting to take my dose.2 hours in I was dying.Throwing up,sweating,feverish,shaky.And I am a manager at a McDonalds,so I am constantll on my feet walkink/running around.....this is gonna be a long drawn out process,and I do not wanna do it.I have read so many stories above,and I have been to the point(on H),you get so sick,all it would take is a bag,or one little pill and you can be fine.But I do not want that....But what I am gonna do is buy some vicodin or percocet,I am sure that will help me on the really bad days.And if I really need to,if I can find it,some H.I am gonna have to do whatever it takes......I couldnt go 8 hours w/out sub's.There is something wrong there.So I am gonna tell my job I need some time off and go back to where I moved from 2 yrs ago.I am making a huge sacrifice just to get off the shit that has ruined my life.I am going to start tapering now.Then in about a month,just go for it.Hopefully be down to under 1 mg.....I feel for you guys on 8,16,adn 24mgs.You guys can probably take it for years,but I take mine ILLEGALY.I have been on them for a year and a half now,adn have never been perscribed them.I usually get 10 of the 8mgs for $100.
So,good luck to all.I will keep updating for all the people about to be in my shoes..... W_T_F :(
i was on 16mg of subs for 9 months. tried to quit. Didnt get too bad till day 8 or so. I went cold turkey. 16mg to 0. day 11 gave in. DOCTORS IN REHAB TOLD BE IT WASNT ADDICTIVE AND PYSC DID TOO. im going up there and cussing them bastards out when i get clean
Ive been off day 5 now. the usual leg cramps. Actually been sleeping which is amazing. Im taking xanax when it really hurts and klonopin at night time to help me sleep. I also got some ambien but it hardly works. So all in all this week has been decent id say 5/10.
Now next week I am expecting hell. I had to get back on 2 years ago on day 11 cuz i couldnt handle it. but this time i have some "goodies" to help me.
This time I went from taking 8 mg for 2 years and then I took a third of that 8mg strip for about 3 weeks. So yea im not expecting good things to happen for me next week. I didnt want to taper because i got fn sick of it and just said F it im getting off.
Luckily i have a family business and can take 3 weeks off. I dunno how u people do it and go to work.
i did some research and there is this leaf that makes tea that can help you with your pain. its called kratom. Its illegal in most countries. Its not an opiate but it makes your brain think its an opiate so your not in pain when you drink it.
Cheers let u guys know on day 8 or so.
OH AND NEVER EVER EVER TRUST WHAT DOCTORS TELL YOU. DO YOUR RESEARCH ON IT FIRST EVEN IF YOUR IN REHAB REFUSE.
and then go home and do research and then decide if u want to get on the drug. Suboxone is a HUGE money maker for the feds. U think they care about us junkies or the billions they are making on it?
to all you people saying u have to taper and cant quit on 2mg is ridicule. Order yourself alot of xanax or clonopin from the UK and just take them and get yourself some ambien. People who are trying to taper are just delaying the inevitable, YOUR STILL GOING TO HAVE WITHDRAWLS. If u make up ur mind u can do anything. Lying in a bathtub or whatever. Like i said im on day 6 from going from 8mg to (3mg for three weeks) and im weak yeah but its not that bad. Suck it up people and get off that shit ASAP dont continute to pay the goverment for screwing you.
get some xanax drink some whiskey and knock yourself out. Ive slept 10 hours every night for the last 5 nights
ridicule?..nobody said you CANT quit at 2mgs..least i didnt..i simply said i didnt recommend it..i tapered from 8mgs to .5mgs(point 5) in about 2 monthes and never missed a day of sleep yet..so why is 2mgs a magic number? why not 3mgs? or 1mg? or 5?..wanna jump at 8mgs? have at it..im just posting my experience at trying to literally taper to zero...if your telling me a jump from 8 mgs is the same as a jump at .25 or .1mgs im just not buying that...i dont intend to 'jump' at all...i intend to 'hop' off what ever little dust of a dose i can..it's not like i been 'tapering' for 5 years or something..its only been two friggin monthes and i got five 8mgs subs left...this aint no contest or who can 'suffer' the most...wanna 'tuff it out' be my guest...i'd rather do it my way...i feel uncomfortable and always force myself to take just a bit less each week or so..and so far its been working for me so why jump now?..if i hit a 'wall' then i'll jump..if i dont hit a wall, fuck that im gonna continue to 'micro taper'..not trying to 'preach' to anyone..just giving another 'testimonial'..everyone has to go their own way..this is my way...good luck everyone...i'll keep ya posted...HAPPY NEW YEAR!
Where in the heck are all my posts???
I havent stopped coming here or posting. Now adays 99% of my posts dont work..they dont go up and its not due to my computer. Ive spent a lot of time addressing everyone and saying hi to HATESUBS,MIKEYRAIDERS,KIM,ETC and my posts dont get put up. I dont curse,act negatively or rude and yet,my posts are almost never getting posted any longer. It sux. Im now officiallyone week shy of being Subox free for ....7 months!! I STILL have bad days once in a while but man oh man has life gotten better. Hang in there everyone. Ill be thinking of you and prayin for ya. Warmest, Jack
hi jackson ditwiler..shoot..they censure posts? yours? i read many of your posts and didnt see anything in your former posts that seemed 'inappropriate' and your at 7 months sub free? we need your input!..what did you jump from? what dose? i cant remember and it would take too long to sift thru all these post to find out...i slept last night at a dose of .25mgs! but i did do a colonpin so i guess thats cheating alittle.(took no colopin today).but so far i didnt do a 'dose'(suboxone i mean) today..(i take mine 2 hours or so before goin to sleep) but my point is i feel pretty damn good all the way up till this minute!..(it's 5 40pm here)..legs dont hurt(well just a tad) i just feel abit lethargic..oh..and @ 'day' i think you meant 'ridicules'? not 'ridicule'..lol...my bad..big difference actually...im starting to actually believe i might beat this suboxone without ever losing a nights sleep!..probable wishfull thinking but so far so good..thanks jack! and congrats man..i'm alittle jelous..(in a good way) good luck everyone and i'll keep ya posted...
Today is my first day of taking Sub. Right now this is how i feel.......just picked up an icecube to cool my grandsons soup and it actually felt warmer than the ice shards running through my veins. Prickly icy cold blood. I can't concentrate because I've been on 80mg methadone for pain for the last 3 to 4 yrs. I lost my (good) job due to layoffs and i can't even get a job at the local convenience store so here I am. My doctor suddenly retired and refuses to forward the correct records to another pain management dr so i can continue my meds so after weaning myself down to 20mgs a day i am officially out and stressing big time. I dont know what to do at this point; only have 2 subs and got them free from a friend of a friend.........etc. So; after reading too many comments I decided that this is probably not going to work for me since im not on a legal regiment. So what do I do now? To be honest I never reserched methadone; I just know it helped a lot of people i grew up with (including myself) back in the 60's & 70's to get off smack. So I started reading all your posts and what I've gotten out of it is didly squat. Or that it's a psychosematic concoction made into a pill you take that talks your receptacles into not reacting or so you believe. The human brain after all is easily manipulated by everything we put in our mouths. Methadone is supposed to be the cure for H or opiates. But it also helps me walk and function without intense pain. What can i do? Where can I go???? Anybody got an answer?
OK update day 9 going from 8mg to cold turkey.
Feel like i have zero withdrawls for last 3 days and heres why. Day 6 was so bad i said no i can go this for 10 more days so i got up on the internet and found about a tea/powder/pill called "kratom" that takes away all opiate withdrawls when u take it.
Well i didnt belive this but i went to the local head shop to get some and OMG THIS STUFF WORKS. FOR 5-7 HOURS U FEEL LIKE U HAVE NO WITHDRAWLS SYMPTOMS.
Other drugs helping me.....adderal XR (they give this at rehabd for sub patients to get energy and it works), xanax (maybe 3 2mg a day) and this Kraton.
To all my brothers and sisters who do not want to feel those withdrawl pains go buy "KRATOM" and take 5mg at a time. Its legal in US and can be on your doorstep in two days but it was too painful so i went to local head shop immediatly and then once i knew it worked ordered way cheaper off net (and they ship from within US so no wwaiting weeks)
2 years ago when i tried to quit (which should of been easier since i wasnt on as long) is NOTHING compared to this. I feel like i could go to work today and be just fine.
Kratom was literally a life saver for me and hope it will be for you too. MY suggestion buy the capsules and swallow them cuz the tea u gotta make alot of the powder u gotta swallow and it doesnt taste so good.
Hi everyone,
I've been a long term suboxone user who recently quit cold turkey(I say that loosely, considering I took vitamins, herbal supplements, along with presribed meds) in helping me got off a five year suboxone maintenance program.
The following medications, herbs, vitamins,etc.. that while some have seen before many times from other postings that can aid in easing WD symptoms, there could be for many things mentioned that they have not seen before which helped me deal with the mental and physical WD of suboxone. Here they are:
Herbs-Passionflower extract(liquid preferred but if having difficulty finding, you can use tea leaves instead. Passionflower is very underated and in actuality for me was extremely useful. It is used in the treatment of anxiety, and in some insomnia.
Clonidine-Use for lowering BP during WD's. Aids in easing muscle spasms, cold/hot flashes, and for some agitation. When using clonidine and passionflower together, for me it worked wonders. They seem to have an effect on one another. The passionflower increases in potency in elevating mood, along with decreasing mental cravings of suboxone. If you have difficulty finding passionflower liquid drops, you can use tea form instead.
Speaking of teas, buying pure green tea(organic), Ginger(helps with nausea), and chamomille are all good ones to use when detoxing. Be sure to drink electrolyte water such as Smart brand, and Gatorade to keep hydrated. Use sugarless, sugarfree gum such as orbit so your mouth doesn't become dry. Some don't realize this, but being dehydrated is a cause for huge WD symptoms by itself when detoxing. More you drink, less some of the WD's can be.
Vitamins-Instead of breaking all of them down from B^, to vitamin C, fish oil, I recommend getting B12 sublingual tabls. They are very useful as they absorb quickly and aid with joint,muscle pains, along with providing nutrients you will need do to lack of wanting to eat much .
Supplements; L-Tyrosine, Theanine, with B6 together and on empty stomach. Take an hour before eating anything for fast absorption. B6 helps with that. You should take this when your stomach can handle it. This will usually be on days 4,5 or whenever the physical symptoms subside during the detoxification.
Cremes-BioFreeze, or Capsaicin- This may not be for everyone. Take a tiny bit and rub on your body to see how potent it is. If you feel a strong burning sensation DO NOT use! You may be allergic or your skin could be too sensitive to it. The reason is this cream is made up of spices such sa jalepenos. It is good because spices produce natural endorphines. Hence, it helps with muscle, joint, bone pains but also can lift your mood up by producing endorphines.
Finally, benzodiazpeines; If you are one who can get them prescribed, use only when necessary due to an easy buildup of tolerance. This medication should honestly be used only for at most a week. They do help with anxiety, tension, at times muscle aches, so should you get, the two ones I recommend are clonazepam(klonipin), and Diazepam(Valium).
@toooldforthis...hmmm...i wish i knew how fast you tapered the meth down from 80 to 20..a week? a month? 6 months?..anyway, the reason why that suboxone you took is making you feel WORSE in stead of better is probable you took it before you allowed yourself to be in almost full withdrawals from the meth...if you take a sub while still having meth in your system and 'feeling ok' it will knock the meth off the receptor and replace it with the subs opiate which isnt as strong as the meth..(take too long to explain why)..you have to begin subs when your WITHDRAWING..or it will have the opposite effect..instead of making you feel better it will bring on withdrawals...and im sorry to report 2 subs isnt gonna be enough to properly taper in my opinion..you need like 10 or so...research suboxone online to understand how it works..i made the exact same mistake one time..i was taking meth 'bisquits' ran out ..had some subs...took one while feeling still ok from the meth and BAM! i felt horrible in 20 friggin minutes..then compounded the problem by taking yet another sub..while at work! instant withdrawals! lasted about 24 hours...get online and understand how subs work..meth to subs can be a rough transision but it can be done..but your gonna need more subs and gonna have to wait a day or two befor your gonna feel 'better'...DONT TAKE ANOTHER SUB for at least another 36 hours or so would be my humble advise..good luck toooldforthis...
@toooldforthis...and i hope you know you dont SWALLOW suboxone..you melt it under your tougue..critically important..dont swallow it!
it's only critically important if you want it to have any effect :)
anyway, i used to post here a year or 2 ago, came off various but eventually the subs, comparably evil to methadone withdrawals in my estimation,
but yeh, dead on advice, my clinic made me wait for 48 hours after my last methadone dose before taking subutex, however, because I had tapered down to 30mg methadone a day
they let me start it about 36 hours afterwards
i came to post an update, i need caffeine though, i'm still waking up, bbs
where am I now? Well, I'm not using the hard stuff. It isn't that sometimes it still seems like it would be a nice thing to do.
Time heals wounds. The pain fades. A new life beckons. It might not be what you expected. It'll never be easy and neither will it ever be dull or lacking in love, emotion, tears, joy, happiness, all those amazing things you lose when dependent on strong opioid medication.
Please, if you listen to any of this post at all then let it be this. That is, don't be hard on yourselves. Don't do it. Don't beat yourselves up about it. However you got there doesn't matter now, you ended up with the same illness, opioid dependency, and you are brave enough to push through really thorough, carefully thought out and disciplined self-detoxes.
Sometimes I think it is a stroke of genius.
arrivederci,
Phil.
That leaf/herb/tea/powder/pills that prevents opiate withdeawl is called "KAROM" not karotom
@mikey....i only took 3gs for 2 week then cold turkyey off of 8mg, Im on day 13 and went to work and everything. feel really really well.....3 years cold turykey i should be going through hell.
People Really buy some kratom, it really works.
@blue acid...wow! seems too good to be true..i'm gonna look up 'karom' online..if it isn't a opiate,which i assume it isnt, i wonder how it can 'trick' the body into thinking it's 'ok' without the correct level of natural opiates the brain produces..the only thing i ever heard that saves you from going into withdrawals from a opiate addiction is being in a coma..lol...to jump from 3mgs and be 'fine' 13 days later seems too good to be true..i tried to go from .5mgs to .25mgs and felt like shit..lol..here you are jumping from 3mgs??? daaaaang..give me some of that 'karom'...let me go check it out on line and read some testomonials and i'll report back...by the way im somewhere between .5mgs and .25mgs cause .5mgs i feel TOO GOOD..and .25 i get to leg kickin at night..unbelievable..i crush the sub and i swear messin with those little doses with little 'homemade' tiny spoons makes it hard to accurately dose..i'd like to get to say .4mgs..a 20% reduction from .5mgs..which i think would be perfect for me right now but i got to do it in a guessing kinda way..why doesnt america make a .5 dose and a .4 dose and so on...smallest dose in the usa is a wopping 2mgs! friggin criminal if ya ask me..anyway,going to check out this magical 'karom' stuff..good luck everyone..i'll keep ya posted..
ok..just got back from googling 'karom'..and 'karom opiate withdrawals' and came up with zero hits,sure thats the right way to spell it?
update..lol...KRATOM...@blueacid..lol..you spelled it karom at the beginning of your post then KRATOM at the end..googled 'kratom' and got loads of hits...i read the wikipedia explantion of this plant and was impressed to be honest....it doesnt mask or trick the body like i assumed it actual binds to the opiate receptors in your brain! and was said to be a 'cure' for opiate dependency...it's illegal in a few country's now which made me suspicius and also said 'prolonged use can cause dependency'..i'm curious to know what happens when you dis continue the kratom blueacid?..does your withdrawals return? or are you 'good'....sounds like something worth considering but im so close to just jumping from the subs should i even mess with this kratom stuff?...hmmm..gotta think about it..anyone else have any experience using kratom to get off of subs THEN stopped the kratom and then was 'ok'?...thanks for the info...i'll keep ya posted...
From what I have read and talked about with other people, Kratom does contain an opioid agonist. It binds to Mu opioid receptors in the brain.
AFAIK Kratom can then cause dependency and its own withdrawal syndrome because dummy opioid receptors are screaming out for their fix. So the scenario sounds very similar to a more classic opioid agonist like morphine or heroin.
Kratom comes in various forms. I have spoken to one guy, on here a long time back, who was buying lab concentrated kratom. He said he went through hell coming off it.
Most other Kratom supplies are not anything like as strong as that lab distilled stuff. Is it just swapping one opioid receptor clinging drug for another? It seems that, in the short term at least, it is another useful compound for treating the most unpleasant symptoms.
I doubt you can go far wrong buying some Kratom products online. Anything that might help must be worth a go if you need as many crutches as possible. Just be wary it doesn't become another habit that will hurt when you try and stop. Unless of course it seems like the only route forward because the withdrawals are too much of a hill to climb or too time consuming.
I think people posting here are more than intelligent enough to weigh up the facts and use, if necessary, other drugs to ease the withdrawals. Surely the most important thing is to be off the subs.
If the worst scenario is that the person becomes hooked on Kratom, physically dependent, and will need to do withdrawals to kick it, then is that really so bad? What if the Kratom causes a milder cold turkey that is easier to handle?
I think some of us are unfortunately much more sensitive to opioid withdrawals. I've heard a wide range of stories from people who have kicked the habit. A very small minority don't struggle much at all. Most of us experience some unpleasantness of some sort. And, some of us seem to develop PAWS (Post Acute Withdrawal Syndrome). This is when the drug is free of our system and there is no physical withdrawal except the person concerned is experiencing the same, or similar discomfort. Sometimes PAWS can persist for years but improvement is always clear with hindsight.
I think the single worst withdrawal symptom from subs was the unbelievably high levels of anxiety I had. My heart was tachycardic for ages and I have since been diagnosed with a slight heart problem which requires medication to try and reverse the damage. My heart was beating so hard and fast, for so long, that the heart muscle thickened which is the last thing you want as it makes the heart work harder and the problem is compounded.
I hope no one minds me coming back here and catching up on recent events. I just wanted to see how folks were doing. Things sound encouraging as always.
Glad to see this hub is still going strong.
Phil.
hello everyone..how you??..i just wanna give a update of my 'quest' to be suboxone free...a strange thing happened to me couple days ago..i was having trouble getting a uniform and accurate dose of my suboxone..i was somewhere between .5mgs per day(too high for me) and .25mgs(too low for me)i crush the pill into a powder and made a homemade spoon out of a piece of wood..(drilled a small half hole in it)but kept getting different amounts when i did little tests with it..so anyway, i decided to try and do that 'liquid' suboxone method..i bought a oral syringe for like 2 bucks at walmart and dropped a quarter suboxone(2mgs) in exackly 5mgs of water...that makes 1mg of water/suboxone exactly .4mgs dose..which seemed like a good starting dose for me..less then .5mgs and more then .25mgs..well,i took it at 10 pm 2 days ago..took 1mg of water/sub..a .4mg dose...and fell to sleep nicely about a hour later...felt great all the next day..then tried to sleep without taking a nother dose the next day and to my amazement fell asleep again!..but when i woke up i felt alittle shitty and it got slowly worse as the day wore on so i took a .2 dose just to see if that would be enough and bam,2 hours later, i felt fine!..and do feel fine..it just seems weird that since dropping the suboxone into water i seem to require so much less suddenly..its as if my new dose is .2mgs..when just last week that would have never got me to sleep...also..i do notice that the suboxone in water doesnt appear to desolve completely..the water turns orange but if you lay the syringe down on it's side for abit,lets say a hour? you can see some settles at the bottom so i twirl the syringe around before i dose just to make sure its mixed good...who knows, maybe i was just ready to reduce but it does seem suspicious how suddenly and drastically i was able to get down to what appears to be a .2mg dose...not that im complaining...i think im getting reeeeal close to 'jumping'...more like a hop to me but i DO RECOMMEND doing the 'liquid soboxone' method for a nice convenient accurate way of knowing and controlling your exact dose each day or what ever way you dose..anyhow..thats the latest from me..good luck everyone and i'll keep ya posted..ps..i sure do wish there was more activity here..i like to read peoples post's and compare notes..bye4now..oh, and thanks for the info phil abc..i think i dont need the kramtom this late in the tapering game for me..but could have used it earlier im thinking...good luck everyone and i'll keep ya posted..
Anybody going thru this hell of a withdrawl is a strong MF. I am 7 months clean from sub's and feel almost 100%.
The kratom helped for the w/ds but it does have its own evil. Good luck to all.
Hey mikeyraiders. Appreciated your comments, went back to the dones but still tapering down. In answer to your question i went from 80mgs to 20mgs over 4 months. I'm still at 20 but am getting ready to go to 10 next week since funds are limited then on to 0 unless i can find what i need out there. Opiates are not my drug of choice but since my injuries were incurred they've been the only thing that helps me move at ease. life still sucks but don't have it in me to end it.
Hey everyone....on my phone here and this site is rather unstable on my ' smart phone' so I hope this posts...it's 645am here and I'm wide wake so figured I make a post...a doc told me I should wait 2 to 3 weeks before reducing my dose ' wait till you feel normal' she said..but I'm a impatient ass and don't wanna wait that long..i want to reduce every friggin 4 day's or so and end up getting ' slapped back' by Mr Suboxone but I still like ' pushing the envelope...where's my dose now?...about .33mgs..which I read is the equivalent to 10mgs of morphine...but that's a meaningless comparson to me cause I have never done morphine..id rather know how that measures up to say, methadone.. .33mgs of suboxone is equvilent to how many milligrams of methadone?..anybody know?..just curious...i just want to comment on some of the horror stories that have been posted on this and other sites concerning getting off soboxone...DON'T BELIEVE THE HYPE...is my comment..us substance abusers love to bring the drama...me included...but honestly? It ain't that friggin bad at all if you simple taper intelligently..did I jump yet? No..but hell,i been doing opiates for ten friggin years and on subs for the last 3 years (8mgs a day)..and started tapering about 10 weeks or so ago and slept just about every friggin night..no high anxiety...no 'runs' no stomach issues...just lethargic..some low anxiety and ' trouble' sleeping..it is my opinion that you need to dose high enough to sleep..because your brain needs the sleep to heal itself...take just enough soboxone to have a half decent amount of sleep each night..you should be feeling uncomfortable not ' horrible'..from what I understand suboxone is a super powerful opiate and if your at even 1 lousy milligram your taking a HIGH DOSE of a powerful long lasting opiate..so don't freak out if you try to jump at that dose and find it miserbly hard...just continue to taper taper taper...be patient (unlike me)..i found it surprising ' easy' to get from 8mgs to 2mgs...alittle tougher at 2mgs to 1mgs then it gets more dificult to taper at the same quick rate once under 1mg..so just slow down..just make say,10% reductions at that point and wait longer between reductions..i fully intend to kick this soboxone dependency completely without losing one damn night of sleep..and so far? so good! so, in my humble opinion? Don't believe the hype..its tough yea, but a horror? no, not at all..now I know we are all diferent and some people just will have diferent experience's..i get that..i personally think the key is knowing your proper dose..not too much, not to little. I personally like to dose 2 hours before trying to sleep..and I don't like it if I fall asleep too easily..i like having alittle trouble falling asleep..but no sleep? Day after day after day after day? How is your brain gonna have the ability to heal with day's strung together of no sleep?..i am living proof (so far) that you can successfully taper down to .3mgs from a wopping 8mgs and never missed a night of at least SOME SLEEP..i truly believe the sleep has SPED UP my ability to taper off suboxone..besides, you are much more likely to fail with no sleep for day's or weeks..that's my humble opinion..anyway that's my 2 cents for now ..good luck to everyone and don't believe the hype..and i'll keep posted.
Hey everyone....on my phone here and this site is rather unstable on my ' smart phone' so I hope this posts...it's 645am here and I'm wide wake so figured I make a post...a doc told me I should wait 2 to 3 weeks before reducing my dose ' wait till you feel normal' she said..but I'm a impatient ass and don't wanna wait that long..i want to reduce every friggin 4 day's or so and end up getting ' slapped back' by Mr Suboxone but I still like ' pushing the envelope...where's my dose now?...about .33mgs..which I read is the equivalent to 10mgs of morphine...but that's a meaningless comparson to me cause I have never done morphine..id rather know how that measures up to say, methadone.. .33mgs of suboxone is equvilent to how many milligrams of methadone?..anybody know?..just curious...i just want to comment on some of the horror stories that have been posted on this and other sites concerning getting off soboxone...DON'T BELIEVE THE HYPE...is my comment..us substance abusers love to bring the drama...me included...but honestly? It ain't that friggin bad at all if you simple taper intelligently..did I jump yet? No..but hell,i been doing opiates for ten friggin years and on subs for the last 3 years (8mgs a day)..and started tapering about 10 weeks or so ago and slept just about every friggin night..no high anxiety...no 'runs' no stomach issues...just lethargic..some low anxiety and ' trouble' sleeping..it is my opinion that you need to dose high enough to sleep..because your brain needs the sleep to heal itself...take just enough soboxone to have a half decent amount of sleep each night..you should be feeling uncomfortable not ' horrible'..from what I understand suboxone is a super powerful opiate and if your at even 1 lousy milligram your taking a HIGH DOSE of a powerful long lasting opiate..so don't freak out if you try to jump at that dose and find it miserbly hard...just continue to taper taper taper...be patient (unlike me)..i found it surprising ' easy' to get from 8mgs to 2mgs...alittle tougher at 2mgs to 1mgs then it gets more dificult to taper at the same quick rate once under 1mg..so just slow down..just make say,10% reductions at that point and wait longer between reductions..i fully intend to kick this soboxone dependency completely without losing one damn night of sleep..and so far? so good! so, in my humble opinion? Don't believe the hype..its tough yea, but a horror? no, not at all..now I know we are all diferent and some people just will have diferent experience's..i get that..i personally think the key is knowing your proper dose..not too much, not to little. I personally like to dose 2 hours before trying to sleep..and I don't like it if I fall asleep too easily..i like having alittle trouble falling asleep..but no sleep? Day after day after day after day? How is your brain gonna have the ability to heal with day's strung together of no sleep?..i am living proof (so far) that you can successfully taper down to .3mgs from a wopping 8mgs and never missed a night of at least SOME SLEEP..i truly believe the sleep has SPED UP my ability to taper off suboxone..besides, you are much more likely to fail with no sleep for day's or weeks..that's my humble opinion..anyway that's my 2 cents for now ..good luck to everyone and don't believe the hype..and i'll keep posted.
After 2 years of pain killers I had the surgery. A year and a few months later I'm still on the vic's, Oxy's, & anything else. A few days in a rehab and I'm off everything except for the subs. The doc started me out on 16 mg a day and I did that for about 2 weeks and realized it wasn't for me for I stopped completely. After about a wek of nothing I was feeling like shit and when I was at my councelers I let him tell me that I shouldn't of stopped. I started again but only to the tune of 8mg a day. I have been doing that for about 4 weeks to get through the holidays. I now have cut down to 6mg a day with some days only taking 4mg. I have been on htis for about 2 weeks. I will try in about 1 week to go to 4mgs a day. This is half of an 8mg strip. I will cut the strip up so I can take 2mgs at a time in the morning and in the eve.
After I get use to that I will do the 2 mgs a day using the sliver method. I seem to have luck it I let the symptoms build up a bit and then hit back with a tiny bit just enough to take the edge off.
I have some Baclofen (Mussle relaxer) that seems to help for sleep. I cut a 10mg in half. I also use walmart brand ibuprofin. I take about 3, 200mg pills every 6 hours or so. I swear it helps!!!.
I hope to wean down and be done with this crap in about 2 months. The Dr. wants me to go till summer but he also wanted me to start out at 16 mgs.
The subs got me off the pain meds as I wanted. Now to kick the subs. Hummmm!! You'd think it would be easier but it isn't. The saving grace is I couldn't cut daown and wean off the pain Meds but I seem to be able to do it on the subs. I hope my plan works and I have good news to report next time.
@wildwillie..good for you to start weaning so quickly..smart move..i really dont get why some doctors start people at such a huge dose of suboxone..16mgs is HUGE..even 8 is alot..one doc who i had alot of respect for said he would start someone addicted to opiates(besides methodone,unless at a very low dose of meth..say 20 mgs)at 2MGS..then wait 90minutes and slowly add to the dose by increments of .5mgs or even .25mgs.every 90 minutes until the patient was 'stablized' and comfortable..and said he RARELY went over 6mgs for a INITIAL dose then begin weaning RIGHT AWAY...he said the avarage starting dose that stabilized a patient was 4MGS..friggin 16MGS off the bat just seems irresponsible to me...but granted i aint no doctor..but this one doc seem to know his shit...now that you been on a whopping 16mgs of suboxone for 2 weeks im afraid he may have unnecessarily set you back abit ..but least you caught it quick and are now dosing at a more common sense dose..so, good for you..your approach to weaning is like mine..i take just enough to 'take the edge off' and am now down to .33mgs..i use the pills(8mgs) and drop them into measured water and use a oral syringe to try and keep the dose accurate..i went from 8mgs for 3 years to .33mgs in about ten weeks..10 weeks ago i decided it was time to try and beat this sub habit..and so im at .33mgs for about a week or so now and in another week or so will try to reduce further..maybe 10 or 20%..and so on and so on..good luck wildwillie and everyone else ..i'll keep ya posted..ps, CANT WAIT TO JUMP!
hello all that has been dupped in some way that suboxine is the wonder drug. i went to a detox to be able to get off the fenytnal patch that i had been put on because of a car accident. they never told me that the subs was addictive in any way. i really feel betrayed by this place because i was wanting to get off the pain meds and not be a slave to another drug. i feel that it will be harder than the pain meds to get off of. i have read a lot of horror stories on here and am going through withdrawls as i am writting this. a full day and a half so far and i am really miserable. darn those drs that didnt tell me about this part of the miracle drug that would make it so easy to get off the pain meds. well i just wanted to say a few words...
hi this is my first time on and i need some help.
i was taking oxecodone for about 2years then switch to sub. i took half 2mg pill 3 times a day for a month im on day nine of withdrawal and if i dont get some sleep soon i'll cut my legs off. RLS is really driving me insane. can somebody give me some kind of time line or is there something i can do to help.
You are right Mikeyraiders, I am lucky to start the weaning prosess this soon into it. I did go to 8mgs with no problem and then to 6mgs for a few days and now I'm at 4mgs. I think I'll hang with the 4mgs for a couple weeks and then go to 2 or 3 mgs as the drop might make me a bit wierded out I think I can handle it till it it evens out. It seems to do this quickly for me but I think that is because I've only been on this stuff for a couple months. I will keep a .5mg handy asa rescue dose in caser I go into nasty withdrawl effects. Most of the time I just feel a bit shakey and nerveous and if I tough it out I stablize after about 2 days.
Good luck everyone!!! This Sucks but we know it is worth it!!!
Will stop back again soon.
Wow these comments are wild. I've been on suboxone for 7 months and my insurance just stopped paying for it yesterday. I have 19 8mg sublingual strips left and am terrified of running out. I usually take one strip every 2 days. I'm trying to taper down, but it's not easy. I went 4 days without taking any about 4 weeks ago and the only symptoms I noticed were agitation, depression, slight anxiety, and cravings. There were no physical symptoms.. I'm bookmarkig this page as I think I'm going to need all of the support I can get. Much love
hey everyone...@jpnirish...you were taking 2mgs 3 times a day..thats 6 mgs per day (obviously) and thats a very high dose to 'jump' at..you must feel awful...and i'm impressed you made it 9 days so far!..(11 now if your still cold turkeying)..but if you still got access to subs i would take a 2mgs right now...thats just me..6mgs a day is way too high a dose to jump at if you have a choice..i admire your strenth but to me? it's doing things the hard way..your not gonna sleep for likely at least a couple of weeks if you continue to 'cold turkey'and then just a bit...if that!..maybe a month or so before you can sleep if you continue to cold turkey is my guess? if i were you i'd take just enough to get a good night sleep TONIGHT..then taper slowly from there...thats my 2 cents..
wildwillie you seem to have the same approach as me..
noah sparger, 19 8mg strips is just about perfect to taper from in my humble opinion..i started with 17 8mg pills then gave 6 away and i have plenty left at my current dose (.3mgs) not sure why you dose every 2 days tho..i would dose everyday but half the dose per day obviously..then just take enough to feel uncomfortable but not horrible and juuuust enough to get SOME sleep at night..i have slept every single night and i tappered from 8 mgs to .3 in about ten weeks so...everyone is diferent but i do believe you can taper off suboxone while being still able to sleep..im living proof of that...so far anyway..and i feel perfectly confident i will jump (at what ever tiny ass dose)and sleep just fine..thats my goal anyway..wish me luck ..i wish all you luck and hope you all succeed but i am a BIG fan of the slow but steady taper..my formula is juuust enough to sleep at night..and i like to 'dose' about 2 hours befor i intend to sleep for the night...good luck again everyone..
just wondering how bad the withdrawal symptoms are to just stop COLD TURKEY from 8 mg a day? Is that something that should not be done...I am asking because my husband is trying it...and I am a little concerned that this may not be safe for him to do....any advise???
just wondering how bad the withdrawal symptoms are to just stop COLD TURKEY from 8 mg a day? Is that something that should not be done...I am asking because my husband is trying it...and I am a little concerned that this may not be safe for him to do....any advise???
Hi. Wondering I was fine for the first few days then it got rough no sleep bad headaches nausea then restless.legs which is the worst part.my advise go to the head shop and buy kratom. Look it up on the web. It was used a long time ago for opiate withdrawl but be careful cause its addictive as well but it really helps.me.
Here's my story and maybe someone can advise me, or maybe I can help someone else :) I began buying percocet off a friend of mine 2.5 years ago, for really bad back problems. I've seen Dr after Dr after Dr and none of them would give me any pain meds, even though my MRI showed 2 herniated discs, arthritis, stenosis, and degenerative disc disease! Well, they tried tramadol, 800mg ibuprofin, and one Dr prescribed me 2mg dilauted, NONE of them worked & I told the Dr's that, they didn't care!! (I've had REALLY bad luck with Dr's!!)The percs were the only thing that helped! I didn't abuse them, I would take 5-10mg every 4-5 hours, but over time I built up a tolerance. Now here I am 2.5 years later taking 100-120mg/day... Which really wasn't enough, but I couldn't even afford that, let alone MORE! 30mg percs go for $25-$30 a piece! So... After being sick of being broke ALL the time, and feeling like shit all the time, and I'm VERY surprised my man hasn't left me, I've decided it's time to stop! I WANT MY LIFE BACK! Keep in mind in the 2.5 yrs I've been taking these, I've never gone more than 3 days w/o one! The withdrawal would become to severe and I would give up. I also have a few friends who are addicts as well... They're everywhere, people are REALLY good at hiding their addictions. The friends who I know that are addicts don't take them for pain, they take them to get high. Just like I have found percs through friends of friends, I've also found suboxine through friends. Two weeks ago today was the last time I had a percocet, and it feels amazing! However, I can't really enjoy my victory because now I'm concerned if I'll be able to stop the subs! Here is what I have learned about subs.... I've had 2 close friends whom were heavily addicted to taking perc 30's, take suboxine for 1 week, stop there and feel fine and never look back! These 2 friends both were recreational users - no pain. Here is my problem, I stopped taking subs on Tues, I felt some withdrawal symptoms, very minimal though, light headache, runny nose, fatigue. Nothing I couldn't overcome... However, on the 3rd day w/o them (today) I start to feel my pain coming back, and it sucks! I caved and I took one today, but it's better than buying a perc, right? So here is what I'm thinking, forget all that crap the dr's are telling you about months and years of these!! Take them for a week, then taper down. I'm also thinking since my withdrawal symptoms took 2 days to go into affect, maybe use that as part of the taper... as your tapering go a day or 2 w/o... I bet it won't be as bad as you think :)
Also, for meth users, I have no idea what your going through, so this might not work for you...
and for people who have snorted them (I have not) it's a TOTALLY diff withdrawal for you then for me. If you snort suboxine, it releases a drug that the effects of aren't felt in the under the tongue method. If you quit, you'll go into full opiate withdrawal almost instantly...
I hope this helps anybody at all and if anyone has advice for me, please speak...
Thanks for reading guys :)
@wondering..hi,cold turkeying from 8mgs of suboxone is gonna be extreamly dificult for just about anyone is my humble opinion..not necessarily dangerous but VERY uncomfortable..i wouldn't even jump at 1 mg never mind 8mgs!.if he has access to more suboxone and is in no rush to be clean and wants a worlds easier experience detoxing i suggest he taper off slowly..maybe a 3 month type deal? or more depending how he feels..i found it relatively easy to get from 8mgs down to 2mgs then somewhat harder to go from 2mgs to 1mg..then more slower and difficult to get from 1mgs to .5mgs and so on..but i slept every night and was able to work so..my advise? TAPER..8mgs is a huge dose to cold turkey from..good luck to you and him what ever you decide to do..hmmm, kramton is just another opiate no? so, if you get on that you'll still have to taper im thinking..subs are relatively cheap and pharmaceutically 'pure' and measured so i per fur to ween off of them..besides..today i started a new lower dose of just .25mgs (or last night) and feel just fine so far..i wont know if im stable at this dose until a full 4 days pass at this dose because of suboxones rather high 'half life'..which is 37 hours..meaning,half of the suboxone you take is still active in your system 37 hours later, then, half of that is still in your system 37 hours after that and so on..so it takes about 4 days to really know where you are at any particular dose or if you go 'cold turkey'...w/d's peak at day 4..that's your 'baseline'..thats when your basically without any benefit from suboxone because it's ALL out of your system by then for the most part..anyhoot good luck everyone and i'l keep ya posted as to my 'testimonial'
Things are going good. While I was tapering from 4mgs to 3.5mgs I realized after one day I would have the same effects as 3 mgs. I did 3 mgs for 2 days and because I take them .5mg at a time, say every 4-5 hours, next thing I knew I am down to 2.5 mgs a day. This is day 3 of it and I'll go one more day and drop to 2.0mgs. I think I'm at a point when I should go the 4 full days before dropping. If all goes well, I should be jumping in about2 weeks. I hope this goes as planned.
My story is similar to many of the ones here. I was taking 10 to 12 Lorcet 10/650's a DAY and just got to the end of my rope and decided to go in for the rapid opiate detox at Methodist in Houston. The procedure was the best thing I ever did! Then "foolishly" someone suggested I take Suboxone to manage myself and keep steady. Now, 2 years later I can't get off the stuff and really wished I had never started taking it.
thx mikey. I have 12 left. Helped a friend. Doing ok going down to 4mg a day for 3 days thn 2 mg a day.. Feeling ok so far. I think I'm more afraid than anything and maybe I'm freaking myself out. We'll see how it goes. Thx y'all for the support
I use to take oxycontin for about two years(atleast 60mg's/daily + daily)which I'm sure is way less than alot of you..anyway I went to a methadone clinic for about 10 mos. after getting absolutely nowhere at that place,and sick alot still,I went to a different clinic and started on suboxone,which I've been on for about a year or so.I just recently decided to quit cold turkey,from 1 3/4 mg's daily.It's now day 7 and the worst is over,I believe.I've had cold chills,sweats,restless legs,pains,etc,etc.I know that coming off suboxone is a longer process than what people think,but you have to have the will power to do it and don't be discouraged,it takes multiple tries sometimes..I just wanted to let people on here know that it can be done..I took alot of clonidine to sleep the first few days,when I couldn't even sleep anymore it just comes down to toughing it out..It's not the "flu like symptoms" the doctor's tell you it will be but it is beatable..I still feel rough,tired as hell and still can't sleep but I really do feel like a new person already..don't be discouraged,it does get better! Good Luck to everybody in their recovery.
Just stopped in to say I made the drop to 2mg a day. It is going a lot easier than I thought it would. This is day 2 of it and I think I'll stay at this dose for 5/6 days and then go to 1 1/2mg a day.
I just want to do what my counseler tells me and that is to allow myself the time to come in for a smooth landing.
I read on another forum of some people having a lot of luck jumping at 1 1/2 mg. They take it for 4/6 days and then only use a tiny sliver when the wd's get bad. after a few days they don't even need the slivers. Maybe a benydrl or something at night for sleep but that is very short term also.
I'm hopeful and of course wish everyone the best of luck as we go through this together.
Hi guys,
I randomly found this site again while researching for a friend. I was on here 15 months ago going through it. It is a nasty and drawn out withdrawl. I am here to say it is possible though. I have been off the stuff for 15 months now and live a "relatively" "normal" life haha. In all honesty i would say it took me between 3 and 5 months for all symptoms to subside. Everyone is different thought. Here was my timeline-
~6 years- 560 mgs+ of oxycontin or a gram of heroin a day (intravenous).(expensive!!)
~8 months- minimum of 8mg of suboxone a day
~1 month- tapering down to literally a thumbnail full of suboxone (did not get sick at all during taper)
1st week- cold turkey off suboxone (feeling fine still)
~2nd & 3rd week- feeling horrible. all symptoms (w/d's finally kicked in after a week of cold turkey)
~first 3 months- ever so gradually progressing state of health. (anxiety, sluggish, no motivation, dysentery, depression)(that's right! 3 months of horrible toilet experiences)
Don't want to scare anyone, but I think you deserve to know what you could be up against. Again, everyone is different. This is just how it was for me. First two weeks were the worst physically, after that the hardest parts for me were dealing with my overwhelming anxiety and depression and getting my energy/motivation back.
For anyone looking to actually start suboxone, i would say don't take it for more than five days if you have to take it at all. If i could go back in time i would have checked into detox to cold turkey my heroin habit.
Day 8 and feeling fine. I've cut down to 4 mg a day and I'll be going down to 2 mg a day tomorrow. After a few days of that I'll be going down to nothing until I feel withdrawl symptoms. I'm scared after reading all of these posts. I always assumed that since the times I went 3-7 days cold turkey and felt fine that the withdrawls would be fine. Now I know that I was probably wrong. I guess I'll find out soon. Been going to NA meetings daily and that helps a lot. Much love y'all
hey everyone!..whats good!...just wanted to give a update to my testimonial and see how everyone was doing..im still at .25mgs and its amazing how if i DONT take my dose at 9 pm i CANT SLEEP..but if i do? i fall asleep relatively easy..then when i wake up i feel fairly good..but as the day progresses i slowly begin to feel increasingly uncomfortable..then..at about 6pm,i begin to start clock watching...waiting for that damn clock to say 9pm...it's been about a week at this dose so i figure i'l give it another week before trying to reduce further..i tried moving my dosing time at this dose to the morning so i would feel better during the day but then i just couldnt sleep so that was a no go...im back to the 9pm dosing time..i would like trying to split my dose to half at 9am and half at 9pm but dont think half would be enough to sleep..maybe i'll try that more down the road..things have definitely slowed down at these low doses but thats all good..i'l just be patient..even if i have to stay at a dose now for a month i will..but never longer then that..if i hit a wall(which i cant see why i would) i would just simple 'jump' and bear it out..(i think)..but i cant rationalize why that would be necessary..i figure my next reduction will be from .25 to .2mgs..a 20% reduction.. then .15mgs .1mgs..and so on..or maybe slower not sure yet...well, thats where i am..wish everyone luck...write more later..
steve
I got addicted to norc's after a work injury after 18yrs sobriety. yep clean and sober. going to meetings, counceling, being a good family man, makin better decisions every day.really living the dream. I'm a 52 yr old home builder hooked on sub's for 3 or so years now & i don't know if I'll ever be free of this drug. w/d's last to long. When I quit norc's I hit up a coworker for some time release xane's & d/t'd over a long weekend. year later I f-up my back get hooked again right. I get myself(with A.A support) clean again & go to my Dr on day 7 drug free.I tell him & he offers me something for my cravings.damn, I took the cheese. I've been around long enough to know there aint no free lunch.... but nothin in my life experiences prepared me for sub w/d.I made it 10 days 0mg & had to go back. for me getting sober the 1st time was the last resort, I drank myself into a corner. takin a sub is not gonna land me in jail, or take my home, job, or FAMILY. so i'm not really motivated to suffer. sucks.
Just for the record, some of the information on this website is incorrect. The first thing I noticed was the part where it says that basically if you shoot suboxone you will go into a withdrawal. This is completely false, and yes I personally, know this for a fact. I am a recovering addict, I've been clean/sober for 2 years, and although ive been able to stop doing drugs, I still have the obsession for the needle. With all that said, I personally choose to inject my suboxone. Probably not the best idea, especially for newly sober ppl, for some ppl just SEEING a pin can set them off.
Anyway, the other thing I wanted to comment on was the part where it says, roughly, if you attempt to take another opiate while suboxone is in your system, you will go through withdrawals. Now this part here, I speak for myself only when I say this isn't nessecarily true. A few weeks ago, I had some dental work done that left me in excruciating pain, I was given Percocet. Expecting to get violently ill
I got a big jug of water, a bucket (to puke in), got in my pj's and hunkered down. I waited, ...and waited. After about 45 minutes I realized, (thank God), that I wasn't going to get sick.
Now remember, I said I only speak for myself and how MY body reacted. But I just thought that I'd throw it out there that, if you really need a strong pain medicine (narcotic, opiate) and are on Suboxone, you'll probably be ok.
alicia..lol..your killing me..you got the whole thing ass backwards...it's not if you have SUBOXONE in your system and take a OPIATE you will go into withdrawals...it's if you have a OPIATE in your system and take SUBOXONE you CAN go into withdrawals....read the very beginning of this hub..it explains it perfectly..as far as letting people know you can inject suboxone? um..that may be all well and good but WHY would you need to even put that in a persons head is beyond me..this hub is about getting better not learning how to complicate our live's even further..but like ya said..we are all different..and aint that the truth..to Steve...TAPPPPER....LOL...it's do-able..least it has been so far for me..im still at .25mgs..for maybe another week or two? i'l keep ya posted..good luck everyone...oh and ps..taking a strong opiate AFTER taking suboxone? the suboxone will have a BLOCKING effect to the stronger opiate do to its higher 'binding' rate to the receptor in your brain...take heroin or meth for example..suboxone will 'knock' the dope off the receptor and bind to the receptor..if the suboxone is at the receptor first, the dope cant knock the suboxone off the binder hence it is effectively 'blocked'..so if ya got suboxone in your system? dont waste your dope by trying to take it while the suboxone is in ya..you will barely feel it, if at all...
I'm doin' ok. Today I'm officialy going from 2mg to 1 1/2mgs a day. This taper plan is the way to go. I've been sleeping good. I get a bit sniffley every once in a while but nothing bad. I want off so bad I have it in my head that as much as it doesn't want to let me go,, I'm not letting it stay!!!! As I said, TAPER. I can't get over how well it is going. I'll be jumping in about 2 weeks!!! Good luck to everyone and I'll stop in again soon.
I have been using off and on for years. I was even clean for a 7 year period, but the opiates kept calling my name. Whether it be the bad company I kept or my terrible will power, I would always seem to fall right back into the same damn thing, Heroin, oxy's, Vicodin, Percocet, Diladids, Roxy's. You name it I popped shot and sniffed my way to happiness. I have a strong conscious and every time I got addicted it would tell me you have to stop or your going to die, I also couldn't afford the habit I was making 6 figures and still couldn't afford the habit. Well I got off every time with suboxone I did a 3 week detox started with 2 8's a day and after a week went to two 4's a day then so on and so on. It seemed to work without any problems. Yet the older I got it seemed to stop working so effectively. I have made it through the 3 days of hell with Heroin that you suffer and it's terrible and wouldn't wish it on my worst enemy, but I have been using suboxone for a year and a half this past time I got addicted my doctor thought it would best to stay on it indefinitely but I wanted to be clean, cause honestly suboxone kills your lobe-do. Well Over that year and a half I was only taking about 2mg twice a day and even less at times. Here I am 5 days clean and I would have rather gone through heroin withdraw for 3 days. All 5 days for me have been hell. I am taking clonidine, ativan, and phenobarbital to no avail. THIS SHIT SUCKS. 5 Freaking days and I have terrible anxiety, nausea, restless leg syndrome. You name it I have it and it keeps getting worse. Heroins detox is much stronger but 72 hours your in the clear, this suboxone seems like its going to be forever. I know taking lots of Xanax helps you get through but this time the doctor would give me any. Well here looking forward to another 2 weeks of hell I guess after reading everyone else's diatribes. Good luck and God bless. Oh btw screw the doctors and the drug companies.
This is the first time I have posted on this site, but I have been reading all the posts for a few days. Im 31, been on subutex for 4 years, and trying to taper down. I was a huge pill/dope adict for almost 12 years. I couls take a 1000 miligrams of morphine a day and still be walkin around fine. Now im on 8 miligrams of subutex, but I cannot seem to get my dose any lower. I am obsessed with subutex. I always think about it, or I always obsess about it. Ive been in recovery (AA) for a lil over two years, but this subutex thing has me all freaked out. I get terrible mood swings when I dont have it, and have no energy to do anything. I get my subutex through a clinic. I dont know why they have let me be on this for so long, but now they are presuring me to get off. I feel like I dont want ot stop taking it. I have a 3 year old baby who I take care of myself, go to school full time, and take care of a deathly sick mother. When the hell will I have time to feel like shit from the detox? I pray everyday to god to help me have the willingness to stop taking subutex. I just wanted to add a comment to the alicia chick..... why are you hanging around people who use or have needles to shoot up with if you are trying not to use anymore? Why are you doing opiates if you are on suboxone anyway? I needed to get fully away from old places and people to start the change process. I think suboxone is a good thing to help people with addiction. However, the doctors that prescribe this should fucking regulate how long someone is on it. I crossed a thereshold of taking 1 sub. everyday and not even thinkin about it till the next day, to now its almost all I think about. Im sad
One more thing, I feel as tho my last post sounded as if I was blaming the clinic for the situation I am in now, but I am not. I am the only person to blame for where I am at now. It is no one elses fault. I have not used any drugs or alcohol for over two years. I believe sub. gave me the first step to wanting to get sober. The only problem is that I have an addicts mind, so I have just switched my addiction to sub. If one can get clean without it, then id suggest not doing it. If one cannot stop using because of cravings, then its a miricle drug. As long as you dont stay on it very long. Congrats to eveyone who has stayed clean after stopping sub., and to everyonewho is trying to stop.
I took the plundge yesterday and went from 1 1/2mgs a day to 1mg a day. I feel good. I have strips that I cut and I take about 1/4 mg at about 9am and then I'll take another 1/4mg between 2 and 4 pm. at 6 pm I'll take a tiny piece and take the rest at about 8:30pm. I hit the sack around 9pm so I have been doing good with the sleeping. I normally feel ok in the am. I get up at 5am. I won't take anything till I feel a need to and the times have been getting later and later. So far by tapering I've had good luck. Normally the only time I feel a bit crappy is day 2 of lowering the dose but that is only once in a while and it is very controlable. In a nutshell, Everyday, strive to use a tad bit less than the day before and you WILL slowly and comfortably wake up and realize your using a lot less than you were a month ago. Taper slow, It Works. I'll up-date again soon. Good Luck Everyone!!!
kimmykat
It important to begin dosing down as soon as possible. I cut back in 25% intervals going from 8 to 6 to 4 to 2 then jumping. I should have gone down to 1 but wanted to get off the shit. I have been off for 19 months after being on sub for over three years. It will be uncomfortable but if you make it the first two weeks it gets better. It took me six weeks to get over most of the effects. Try to get someone to help you for two weeks so you can fucus on rest if possible. There are lots of helpful folks on the board that have good advice on how to manage during the withdrawals. I took two weeks off and took showers several times a day and used benzos for the first two weeks for sleep.
You can do it but you must want to stop badly.
Good luck
I am coming in on this at a very different angle. I have read a lot of your posts and can appreciate them very much. I have never been addicted to anything, however, my husband was in the past. We are a young couple with two children and want a better life. My husband has been on Subs for the past two years. this is not including the past few times he was on it in between him being an active user. He has been clean for almost 2.5 years and really wants to be off of Subs as well. My question to anyone with good advice is while he is detoxing and going through withdrawal, what are some things I can do to help? I have never had to experience it on my own and I want to be supportive and helpful but not enable him to keep using it since he really wants off of it. I do know that if he really does not want to be on it, he won't use it. And I am well aware of the fact that he has to want the help too. So what are some common withdrawal symptoms and what types of things have helped those who are posting in here? Did you want left alone? did you want to talk, what was a good support system for you? Were there things that made you feel better like for instance I read that fruit smoothies were helpful. This is a delicate situation because of the seriousness, so I just want to do the right things to help him make this time a successful one. Thank you to anyone who has read this. I truly wish all of you the best! We all find ourselves in situations that may not be at all what we wanted, but if we learn something and can pass on lessons to help others it is very empowering. things happen for a reason and helping one another can be a very powerful medicine on its own. take care and thank you for your time.
The one thing I did not read on these comments is that you MUST be withdrawaling before you can take the Suboxone or you will become very ill...then, the sub will work in about 20 min. (8 min. for your blood to circulate thru your body, give it two goes = 16 min.).
I just happened to get on this site because I don't have the money to refill my suboxone prescription and just wanted to know what to expect...same thing it seems, but not as severe...I'll post later after my experience, unless my script gets filled.
One person wanted to know how to help their partner during withdrawal...what helped me was backrubs and bath soaks...The night-leg-cramps about did me in...when I was able to eat...soft foods, like yogurt, was about all I could handle.
Thank you all for your stories. They help.I'm praying I don't seek out anything for what I'm facing...if anyone cares...I'm a 54 yr. old grandma :(
High school: Weed, xanax, and occasional cocaine. Shortly after high school: Weed, Xanax,ectstacy, mushrooms, acid, and occasional cocaine and crack. Boom Busted. One year sober exept alcohol. I moved away from where I grew up, in with my mother. Sober from everything for two months. I thought I was done with it. I found a job in my new town and started making friends.
Cocaine, and alcohol on and on to no end, and there's my halucagen friends again. Four more years gone.
My roommate and myself went to the beach for four days with no drugs at all. We got into playing golf, and lifting weights. When we got back from the beach we both decided to live a healthy life! Clean from all drugs for 36 months!!
About two years ago my roommate and his girlfriend started takin vicoden. At first I was strong, defiant, and voiced my opinions loudly, but as the weeks and months passed I slowly let go. It started with nothing, but the next thing I knew it was out of control. Opana, oxy's, vicoden, and you know the drill any opiate in sight that I could afford. I started doing cocaine and crack again as well.
I decided about 10 months ago that I was yet again done. I weined myself down with tramadal to ease the pain. When I ran out of that, I went cold turckey. At the end of my fourth day of withdrawal I lost my job. Totally unrelated, but it killed me, and I could'nt help but to think that I had fucked things up. I took my Withdrawals head on and got through it within the next week. I only stayed unemployed for 2 weeks then took a temp job for the summer.
While clean once again my roommate and his girlfriend decided that they wanted to clean up, and his girlfriend got a script to suboxone. I started taking 1 8mg strip every five days. After about a month I decided I wanted to be clean. I stopped taking it completely, and I have got to say that the withdrawal from that was rough! It lasted for about 10 days, but during which I honestly thought I had hurt my back somehow so bad that I thought it would never heal. The sneezing was awful, and the diahrea was pretty bad.
I made it through, and I am just fine. I found a job just as good as I had before. It can be done! Good luck to you all!
MikeyRaiders-have you heard of this Kratom tea that people are talking about. Does anyone know anything about this tea? What kind should I buy? They have it in a pill form and a tea form. Can someone give me some info?
Thanks
PROUD AS HELL!!!! IF I did it,,, YOU CAN TOO!!!! If you followed my threads I weaned down to 1 mg day 11 days ago. I did that for four days and then did 1/2 mg for 1 day. Then I did 1/4 mg for 2 days,,, Then Jumped!!! I did ok for 2 days except in the late afternoon. Sleep aids helped at night. by the 4 day I knew I had it beat!!! It has been a whole week today and I feel GREAT!! Thanks for all the advise and support and best of Luck to you all!!!! YOU CAN DO IT!!!!
test page to see if it post
Hi All,
I have been on 16 mg subox for 10 weeks, after being addicted to opiates for 3 years. I have to go to drug court due to legal problems (instead of jail), but they said I have to be off the subox. I have 5 weeks to get completely off and I am scared as hell. My doc said I should stay on for a year before starting a slow taper, but after reading this thread, I don't want to stay on it any longer than I have too. I read Wildwillie's thread and am encouraged a bit, although I am starting from a higher dose. But I don't have much choice, so here I go. I am cutting to 8 mg today. Any advice on how to progress to zero in 5 weeks will be most appreciated.
Gatorpoo
You need to taper pretty quickly. 16 mg is a high dose so I would cut 25% to 12 mg immediately for a week then 8gm for a week and so on until you get down to two mg max before you jump. I jumped from two and it was no picnic for two weeks but was managable. You may have weekness for some time after that but you will be so glad when you look back in the rear view mirror in a couple of months.
Good luck
Its all about the green. Suboxone withdrawal nothing nice. I stopped abruptly and had to drive 400 miles.And my heater broke. Freezing crazy and really really dirty and drank robitussin thEn diarreahed in my pants. in my car. It was freezing temperatures. heater only worked when i hit 80 mph. i was a mess. made it home. thank god i didnt get pulled over. took 3 days to drive 400 miles. Suboxone withdrawal is to be taken seriously. Peace... namasta
It is day 7 since I started tapering. Started at 16 mg, cut to 8 for 3 days, then to 6 for 3 days, and today I will star 4 mg. I have noticed Ome sweating today, so I may need to stay at 4 mg for more than 3 days. My thinking is that it may be better to taper quick in the beginning and slow bear the end. I have 4 weeks until I have to be completely off the Suboxone. So far, it is going ok. Keeping my fingers crossed though for the upcoming week.
Goodluck Gaterpoo, Lets us know how your doing!
Hey Y'all
I have some information for all of you looking to detox from the seemingly endless wd's from suboxone: the Naltrexone detox. But before you get all excited I must warn you, it is a BRUTAL detox that lasted 2-3 days for me and I was only able to get through it with the help of additional meds (benzos, sleeping pills) to sedate me and put me out until it was over. However, I can't stress enough how amazing I felt afterwards, like a million bucks! The experience made me realize how it's not just our brain's depleted receptors that causes withdrawal pain but the pain from the toxins leaving our body from the stubborn opiates from our receptors which linger there for long periods and screw up our homeostasis much longer than we anticipate.
Here's the back-story: 4 years ago I was sent to rehab, Caron institute, after a 2 year heroin addiciton that I started in college. By the time I went in I was speedballing, shooting up 10 times a day, living on the edge, not in great shape. In rehab I was in detox for 7 days and taken off Subutex abruptly after 10 days. Oddly, I felt OK the first few days I was taken off but after a week I started getting P.A.W.S., couldn't sit still in my chair during meetings, extremely intense dreams about getting high, general irritability and uncomfortable surges in my libido. I talked to the staff doctor, told her how another H patient was taking Naltrexone which he said helped with cravings. He started taking it in prison when he was obviously detoxed because he didn't have the same experience I did. So, talking to the doctor she told me that I might feel some discomfort in my digestion and was curious herself how I might react telling me I'd be a guinea pig with this experiment. Didn't sound too bad...
That night, an hour or two after taking the naltrexone, I went to hell. What I could only describe as violent, electric-withdrawals started ripping through me. My legs were kicking violently, I was gripping onto my mattress and must have masturbated in the bathroom about 7 times, which sounds insane, just to take my mind off how I was feeling. Luckily my roomate had just left after his 30 days so I was alone my room. Finally I couldn't take it anymore and demanded to be sent back to detox where I was curled up on the couch, my muscles all cramped up like you wouldn't believe. I don't remember exactly what meds the nurse gave me, just these little cups filled with different pills that I kept having to demand until I could finally relax. I don't remember how it was the next couple days, I was so heavily sedated I just slept the entire time. HOWEVER, the day I was well enough to go back to the housing community I felt so amazingly refreshed and re-born, a true detox experience. I didn't feel a single shred of wd symptoms after that ordeal. The doctor told me that I still must've had some leftover opioids in my receptors even after being off the subs for a week or so.
After I graduated from the 30 days there, the institution convinced my parents to send me down to a 90 day facility in Florida where I really learned about the whole recovery process, lifestyle change and NA AA culture that's integral to recovery. Unfortunately when I moved back to NY, falling back into the H trap wasn't as unavoidable as I hoped and put up with it until I finally called it quits 18 months ago, coming off a bundle a day habit and onto 24 mg of suboxone a day which I managed to taper down to less than 1mg a day 1.5 years later which i've been on for the past couple months and today is my second day on 0mg. I made sure to taper down to the tiniest amount possible for the 2 months before I cut the chord. The tapering process isn't as mathematical as I assumed, the psychological aspect can overpower the physical symptoms when on such a small dose and I actually make myself feel worse by sitting around thinking about it. The only levity I find now to feel better is daily exercise and a healthy diet which gets the natural endorphins going and balances out the brain. I know when it's working because I don't even think of taking any subs, my mind is clear.
Hopefully the following week won't be so bad. I felt much worse this morning, could barely move, chills, worsened by the hangover I was feeling because I went out and drank too much last night. Right now its mostly the fear of the unknown and general lethargy holding me back, but I'm pulling through. It's amazing how much I feel my soul come back to me even from being on such a tiny amount of the orange pill.
I'm not sure if I'd have the balls to go through another naltrexone detox, but for those of you who fear the long, drawn out withdrawals that keep us from working and make us wanna go out and cop, it could be a great option for you. Best of luck to everyone!
ps. I'm a 6'3, 28 year old male with a very high drug tolerance. People react differently to these substances and what works for one person could be deadly for another, so please be careful!
Subs may have helped in the beginning but 4 years later I have now weaned to 2 1/2 2mg a day and cant go any lower without going through the worst detox that I had ever imagined. This is a government plot to get all the dope fiends dependent on subs, kinda of a legal way to control addicts if you have insurance the got ya fer life. They treat it like its no big deal to get off but we that have been on it all know better now that it is too late. We are just as trapped as we were on junk just now we work for the man. If you are thinking of using subs to get off the opiates think again open your eyes and read all this crap, we are not fooling this is a drug that you may never get off with going through the longest and most insane withdrawal of your life or should I say hell. Personally I have saved a huge stash of subs by only taking half of the subs I have been prescribed for the past 3 years just so I wont run out no matter what cause I know the end result if I cant get more.
I was just wondering if anyone experienced a personality change after they stopped taking subs?
i have been reading all these posts for the last few days and I can say everything that everyone has posted about the wd is so accurate. I was in a dream world when I went off of suboxone 27 days ago , because my dr said i would hardly feel it. He was so wrong and had no clue. I was only on suboxone for 4 months and I am just starting to feel normal, but not yet 100%. I still feel winded and no energy, and there is this heavy feeling like I have to give it my all to get my body up and moving. It is so hard to explain this fatique that comes from this drug. It is like nothing I have ever experienced and it is so hard to explain unless you have personally experienced it. In ths first week when the rls was bad and the feeling like you are always cold, I found that the thermal heat pads helped at night by placing them on my legs and arms. It seemed to give me some relief to sleep a little. I hope that everyone going through this stays strong and dont give up!!!!You can do it !!!! god bless everyone
Hi everyone, I just came across this forum and I'm totally freaked out. I've been on 16mg of subs for 2 years. I quit cold turkey on the 23rd of Feb. I'm in my third week now, and I'm still having a really hard time. I went to a detox center to jump off because I just wasn't disciplined enough to taper myself. They helped me for the first 5 days but that's it. My BP has been through the roof with anxiety, so now I have to take a BP medication to keep from getting hypertension and tachycardia. I'm really tempted to try this Kratom stuff some of you have talked about, but I don't want to set back all of the hard work I've done so far. I hate this lack of energy and insomnia. Its so discouraging every night when I wake up 2 hours after going to sleep, even after taking tylenol PM and melatonin. I have to go back to work today and I am so scared that its going to be so hard!
Anyway, if anyone has experience with the Kratom and coming off of it, please share!
And good luck to all of you, too.
Chesaki- The Kratom does help alot at first. ONLY try it for a couple of weeks( just to get thru the first 2 months). The w/d's from it for me was pretty bad but no where neer the f##kin Subs. I have ben off of Subs for 10 months now and i feel fine.My only problem was i stayed on the Kratom for to long and went thru w/d,s.
For me the sub witdrawl lasted 3 to 4 months. It will pass.
Thanks Hate subs...I did order some and I've been using it for about a week. Its been a lifesaver. I hope I have the willpower to stop it all together after another week or so. For me, a couple of days of WD are totally worth it to help me through this agony. I just hit 30 days off the subs so hopefully things will only get easier from here. What a nightmare.
Thanks again for the advice and encouragement!
Well I have read every post in here and I'm freaking out! I have been using opiots for the last five years at extremely high doses! I have lost my wife my house and just about everything in it. Lol 2years ago I went on subox for seven months and it worked great. I have relapsed so many times and been through the withdrawal process many times. As well!! But after hearing from all of you wonderful people I don't think I want to use subox anymore and I might as well just suffer from oxy withdrawal again. And pray to god I can do it this time. It's just that I am a cabinet installer who requires much physical demands on a daily basis. And will loose my job if I miss even one day!!!! What am I to do people please help me
im so glad i found this website so i know that the hell i am going through is normal. I have tapered down from 6mg a day to 0mg in about a month and it seems like no matter how much i taper down the w/d is all the same, insomnia, diarriah, muscle pain, no energy and stomache ache. Today is the first day i have gone without any sub at all and its been hell, i cant sit still or lay down because my bones and muscles ache so bad that its unbearable. Yesterday i took .5mg so that i could go to sleep and that was enough to ease some of the pain, but now i just want to suffer through the w/d so i can get off subs for good. I hate being dependent on an opiate, although i must say subs did save my life and was what helped me get stable enough to get my life back together. I was doing 3 x 80mg oxys a day and norcos as well. I couldnt even take care of myself when i was w/d from oxys it was so bad plus i was not in my right state of mind to be able to just stop cold turkey. So in my opinion subs are great as a transitional crutch but in the end you will still have to suffer w/d. I did not know suboxone was this strong and i thought i could cheat and not have to go through w/d but i was sadly mistaken. Oh well. I have been clean over a year now thanks to subs.
OMG! I have been experiencing all these same symptoms, and had no idea they were related to Suboxone. I have a chronic pain condition called RSD -Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy. For over 10 years I have been on Rx meds increasing to 4- 80mg Oxycontin, 100 mcg/hr Fentanyl, and about 20+ other meds/DAY. About 3 years ago I went to a different doctor to get off of as many drugs as possible, including all narcotics. He first put me back on the Oxycontin, then Methadone, then Suboxone. Not knowing anything about Sub, I reluctantly took the first 2 8mg tabs sublingually and was on the 16mg for over 2 years. I am now down to .5mg daily and would like to be DONE! I have suffered with ALL of the symptoms listed in these posts while titrating down-and have talked to my Dr. about everything. He insists it had nothing to do with the Subs, but rather the RSD. What an ass-hole! I know understand what has been going on. The pain, nausea/dizziness, unable to sleep most nights - but sleeping all day & night after taking the sub, extreamly high B/P and heartrate, nerve pain, extreme anxiety, etc. I had no idea about this drug. I only took it as a way to get off the pain meds per my doctors advice. I am back at a pain clinic that wants me off the Suboxone and back on Fentanyl. I struggle daily with even the simplest of activities d/t pain, and am terribly afraid of starting back on the rollercoaster of Rx pain meds again. If anything, I am so glad I found this forum where I could read and share in your struggles that shed light on my own. Guess I'm not crazy after all.
Someone asked if anyone experienced a personality change after stopping subs/opiates... for me I did. I am not as loud and outgoing and confident. I think I am more wise, though... I think I'm a better person after being off opiates since july 2010... My posts are up there =P
A little input on sub withdrawal from my experience stopping 16+ mg/day habit. The withdrawal is not as intense as other opiates (oxy, methadone etc.), but it lasts a hell of a lot longer... The best idea is to taper down as low as possible (I had a problem tapering and cold turkey was the best way, but most people find tapering easier). Get some benzos to last for 2 weeks, no longer. I had a little problem with benzos for a few months after quitting opiates. They help TONS for WDs, but you can easily switch addictions. Expect the worst to last a month. I didn't leave the house for 20 or so days. Even after being clean for several months I had little things here and there that bothered me. Anxiety, insomnia, depression... but all that passed as well. I think it gets harder the older you get, so it's always better to stop now than later if you want to stop. Good luck everyone
Want2Sleep
Glad to see you are still doing well. We went thru this the same time and the site certainly helped me get thru the first month which was tough. If you can get past the first two weeks things do moderate and you can see the light at the end of the tunnel. I was good after six weeks except for some sleep issues.
Good luck everyone.
my second day and it's the psychological part that's got me the most, besides that my appetite is gone and my nose keeps running. maybe a cone might help...
I did heroin on and ooff for 22 years. I finally got on methodone and stayed on maintenance for fourteen years.My detox took two months and I sailed right through.It wasn't until I was completely off that I got sick as hell. I stuck it out for five days and on the sixth day I actually felt pretty good. I did however get ahold of a few subs and was amazed.....only took them for two days because the reality is YOU have to pay the price sooner or later.... that's opiates of any kind. Take it from me I'm 46 yrs old and am a pro with all class A narcotics. If you take them forget trying to get around the withdrawl......it's just a fact of life.
This saved my life. Plain and simple. After two years I weaned off with my dr and had almost no withdrawal at all...some body aches...nothing compared to opiate or heroin withdrawal. Not even close.
On and off for 2 and half years, started at 24 mgs, im now on .25 mg, tried to go cold but felt like i was dying, pain, like ants stinging your insides, and depression, anxiety and pretty much thought I had some serious disease, felt like a panic attack with pain, without the heart palpatations, dizzy, felt like shit, went to get checked out, blood results were clean, it was the w/d's, im still on .25 mg on week two with this dosage, my habit was 400 mg of oxy before starting. i think ill cutdown to .125 in one week, then .06, until i get to close to zero as possible, fuck cold turkey i can't afford to be out of commission for a week or two, fuck this. fucking use a .357 instead of staying on this shit forever or going through the w'ds again.
























rusticradio 3 years ago
Hello,
When would it be safe to start taking suboxone. I take Oxycontin at about 300 mg daily. After a 10-12 hour wait would it be alright to do the normal starting dose of 2 mg and so on.
Any and all help at all would be greatly appreciated.
Many Thanks, rusticradio